Skip to content | Change text size
Handbooks Courses Units Related information
 

AAH1010 - Ancient civilisations 1

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Colin A. Hope

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Overview of ancient cultures of the Mediterranean world: Crete, Egypt, Greece, Iraq, and Turkey. Examines political, social, economic and religious systems, art, architecture, and material culture. Source material includes monuments, artefacts and texts on which reconstruction of the past is based. Introduces archaeological methodology, textual analysis and critical appraisal of evidence.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have acquired a basic knowledge of the cultures of the ancient Mediterranean that are studied and their contribution to western civilisation.
  2. Have developed an awareness of the different political, social, economic and religious systems of each of these cultures.
  3. Be aware of the cultural and documentary exchange that operated in the Mediterranean region.
  4. Be aware of the range of material - monuments, artefacts, texts - available for use in the reconstruction of ancient societies.
  5. Understand the basic methods of archaeological and historical interpretation.
  6. Demonstrate basic training in the critical appraisal of source material of all kinds.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (3000 words)
2 hour exam: 40%

Contact hours

2 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial per week


AAH1020 - Ancient civilisations 2

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Gillian E. Bowen

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

An overview of the cultures of the Mediterranean from the end of the Bronze Age to the triumph of Christianity. The major focus is upon the classical cultures: Greece and Macedon, Hellenism and Rome; also surveyed are Egypt, Iraq and Persia. Themes and source material as AAH1010.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Acquired a basic knowledge of those cultures of the ancient Mediterranean studied.
  2. Developed an awareness of the different political, social, economic and religious systems which each of these cultures developed.
  3. An awareness of the cultural exchange which operated in the Mediterranean region.
  4. An awareness of the range of material - monuments, artefacts, texts - available for use in the reconstruction of ancient societies.
  5. An understanding of the basic methods of archaeology and ancient history.
  6. Acquired basic training in the development of a critical appraisal of source material of all kinds.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (3000 words)
2 hour exam: 40%

Contact hours

2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour lecture per week


AAH2220 - Alexander the Great and his world

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Gillian Bowen and Dr Andrea Di Castro

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Alexander the Great is an enigmatic figure whose conquests transformed the eastern Mediterranean world. This unit attempts to come to an understanding of Alexander, his campaigns against the Persians, his successes and failures, the machinations of his generals following his death, and the new world order that ensued. It will explore the myths that surrounded Alexander and the way in which he was emulated by the Roman emperors. His cultural ideology was the basis of Hellenism, the major facets of which will be examined.

Objectives

On successful completion of the unit, students will have:

  1. Gained an understanding of historiographic traditions concerning Alexander the Great.
  2. Acquired an understanding of the importance of the non-literary sources for the period: coins, art, architecture, epigraphy.
  3. Examined the impact of Alexander's conquest and subsequent policies for the entire eastern Mediterranean world.
  4. Gained an understanding of the nature of the emerging Hellenistic kingdoms.
  5. Acquired the ability to use and assess critically a variety of ancient sources.
  6. Acquired critical and analytical skills in dealing with a variety of primary, secondary and tertiary sources.
  7. Acquired communication and collaborative skills through group tutorial presentations.

Assessment

2 tests: 30%
tutorial presentation/participation: 20%
written work: 50% (2500 words)

Contact hours

12 x 90 minute lectures and 12 x 1 hour tutorials

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in Archaeology & Ancient History or permission.

Prohibitions

AAH3220


AAH2230 - Imperial Egypt and the Mediterranean world

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Colin Hope

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit will focus upon a study of Egypt and her interaction with the major Mediterranean cultures during the Late Bronze Age into Early Iron Age, c. 1550-900 BCE. A key theme will be the study of the so-called Egyptian Empire: the reasons for expansion into the Near East and Nubia, the resultant changes to Egyptian society and the problems involved in maintaining her sphere of influence. The significance of trade and the development of a complex web of international diplomacy will be examined, as will religious innovation and orthodoxy, and urbanism. The surviving sources, from archaeological to textual, will be examined and analysed in a multi-disciplinary study.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Gained an understanding of the evolution of Egyptian culture during the New Kingdom.

  1. Obtained a knowledge of the main phases of the political history of the ancient Near East during the period under study.

  1. Obtained an understanding of the significance of international relations during the Late Bronze Age in the Mediterranean.

  1. Developed a detailed knowledge of the motivations behind Egyptian foreign policy and the impact this had upon Egyptian society in the period.

  1. Developed skills in interpreting the past based upon the critical analysis of documentary and archaeological data.

  1. Developed the ability to present a sustained argument based upon a variety of sources.

Assessment

Written work/exam: 85% (3500 words)
tutorial presentation/participation: 15% (1000 words)

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prohibitions

ARY3230


AAH2240 - Archaeological fieldwork in Tuscany

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Associate Professor Colin A. Hope and Dr Andrea Di Castro

Offered

Prato Winter semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the archaeology of Italy through participation in the excavations of an Etruscan and Roman site in Tuscany in collaboration with the University of Florence. It will enable students to gain experience in current fieldwork techniques, object recording, analysis and preservation, and introduce the main features of Etruscan culture and its impact upon Rome. While focusing upon one site it will also include visits to other relevant archaeological sites and important museum collections.

Objectives

On successful completion of the unit the students will have:

  1. gained a basic understanding of current excavation techniques;
  2. gained the ability to document and analyse artifacts;
  3. been introduced to contemporary archaeological theory especially as it relates to material culture;
  4. gained ability to document excavations within a contemporary framework;
  5. obtained specific understanding of the site under excavation and its contribution to the wider study of Etruscan and Roman culture.
  6. Third level students will be expected to demonstrate more advanced analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent reading and research.

Assessment

Written work: 100%

Off-campus attendance requirements

Three weeks of intensive instruction and fieldwork, based in Prato

Prerequisites

First-year sequence in Archaeology (AAH1010 and AAH1020) or equivalent, or with permission

Prohibitions

AAH3240


AAH2250 - Archaeology of the Roman Mediterranean

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Colin Hope

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The focus of the unit is to analyze the archaeological material of the Roman Empire, and to also examine the regional variations that epitomized cultural progression and acculturation throughout the Mediterranean throughout the period in question. The unit will examine closely the ancient archaeological sources for the Roman period from the 2nd century BCE to the 4th century CE: architectural, numismatic, epigraphic and sculptural, in an attempt to provide the students with the most comprehensive understanding of Roman material culture. The focus will be on what has been discovered and how it can be analyzed and interpreted.

Objectives

On successful completion of the unit, students will have:

  1. Gained an understanding of archaeological traditions concerning the Roman World;
  2. Gained an understanding of the importance of the archaeological sources for the period: coins, art, architecture, epigraphy;
  3. Acquired an understanding of the impact that Roman culture had upon the entire Mediterranean world;
  4. Gained an understanding of the significance of the material culture of the Roman Empire and how it impacted on the provinces;
  5. The ability to use and assess a variety of archaeological sources and relevant documentary material; and
  6. Proficiency in critical reading and writing skills.

Assessment

Written work/exam: 80% (3500 words)
tutorial presentation/participation: 20%

Contact hours

One 1.5 hour lecture and a one-hour tutorial per week over a 12 week period.

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Archaeology, Classical Studies or History, or other discipline with approval.

Prohibitions

AAH3250


AAH2260 - Imperial Rome: A study in power and perversion in the early empire

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Gillian Bowen

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit examines aspects of Roman political, social and cultural history from the crucial period when she made the transition from Republic to Empire to her peak in High Empire (30 BCE - 138 CE). It focuses upon the reigns of four emperors: Augustus, Claudius, Nero and Hadrian. Themes include the nature of Roman politics, the role of the emperor within the political system, the manner in which the emperor acquired, consolidated and held his position; the role of the Praetorian guard; the rise to power of freedmen, the plight of the aristocrats, and way in which the populace was treated under, and affected by, the style of rule adopted by each of the four emperors.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. A comprehensive understanding of the Roman political ideals of government and the manner in which these ideals were manipulated by each of the emperors.

  1. A sound knowledge of the political, social and cultural history of Rome during the period covered.

  1. The ability to examine critically the evidence relating to the power invested in the emperor and how the form of rule and the fate of the people was determined by the personality of the incumbent, and the manner in which the aristocracy adapted their lifestyle in response.

  1. Critical and analytical skills in dealing with a variety of primary, secondary and tertiary sources, in particular the development of skills in source criticism.

  1. Communication and collaborative skills through group tutorial presentations.

Assessment

Tutorial presentations: 20%
Written work (3,000 words): 60%
Class test (1 hour): 20%

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

One of the following: ARY1020, HSY1010, HSY1020, CLA1020, or permission from the Co-ordinator

Prohibitions

ARY3260


AAH2570 - Minoans and Mycenaeans

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Gillian Bowen

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit entails a study of the two major cultures of the pre-classical Aegean based primarily upon the archaeological record. The major Aegean sites will be examined, and the evidence for religious beliefs, economy and society in general will be reviewed. The interaction of the two groups will be examined and their contribution to later Greek culture assessed. As no contemporary historical documents are known from either culture the accounts in later literary tradition such as Homer will be examined in an effort to determine the reliability of their portrayal of each.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will have:

  1. Acquired knowledge of two Bronze Age Aegean societies that had no written records other than basic inventories.
  2. Acquired an understanding of the methods of archaeological interpretation used to reconstruct the nature of these societies and the difficulties inherent in such an endeavour.
  3. Developed the ability to appraise critically archaeological reports and interpretations.
  4. Developed the ability to understand how interpretation can be affected by the conditioning of the excavator/historian.
  5. Developed an understanding of the major features of Minoan and Mycenaean societies and their interaction with each other.
  6. Appraised the validity of using myth to aid the reconstruction on Minoan and Mycenaean societies and to recognise the ways in which later literary tradition was influenced by perceptions of these cultures and the achievements attributed to them.

Assessment

Slide test 500 words 10%
Essay 2500 words 50%
Test 1000 words 20%
Tutorial presentation and participation 500 words 20%

Contact hours

12 x 1.5 hr lectures for 12 weeks and 12 x 1 hr tutorials

Prerequisites

A first year sequence in Archaeology or permission

Prohibitions

ARY3570


AAH2580 - The middle kingdom in Egypt: from collapse to recovery and foreign rule

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Colin Hope

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit focuses upon the second major phase in Egyptian history, the Middle Kingdom, and examines its rise from the fragmentation of the First Intermediate Period, its collapse and the on-set of foreign rule in the second Intermediate Period. Within an historical framework it will review the major features and development of Egyptian culture with specific emphasis upon the changing nature of kingship, the literary achievements and the major developments in domestic and funerary archaeology. It will take a multi-disciplinary approach, focusing upon the methodologies employed in reconstructing past societies.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will have:

developed an understanding of the main features of Egyptian culture;

developed the ability to compare/contrast different types of documentation;

examined the use of a wide range of literary genres in the process of Egyptian self-definition;

gained insight into the methodologies employed to reconstruct ancient Egyptian culture;

developed the ability to undertake independent research incorporating both ancient and modern sources and employing a variety of methodological approaches, and present the results of that research in the form of both written and verbal communication;

developed their ability to work as part of a team.

Assessment

Written work/test: 75% (3500 words)
tutorial presentation/participation: 25% (1000 words)

Contact hours

2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial

Prohibitions

ARY3580


AAH2800 - The golden age of Athens

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Gillian E. Bowen

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit focuses upon Athens during the 5th century BCE, the period when, in a burst of creativity, her citizens attained their greatest achievements. The unit offers an historical framework within which to explore aspects of Greek culture: literature, drama, art and architecture, religion and philosophy, and the Athenians system of government. The subject incorporates a wide selection of primary source material. Students will be encouraged to identify ways in which Athenian culture has impacted upon the western world.

Objectives

On successful completion of the unit students will have acquired:

  1. a knowledge of the historical context within which 5th century Athens flourished.
  2. An understanding of the process by which Athens established an empire which, in turn, facilitated her innovative artistic and cultural achievements.
  3. An understanding of the principles of Greek art, architecture, and rhetoric, the underlying concepts of philosophy and religion, the nature of Greek historiography, the Athenian concept of radical democracy and its variance in western ideals.
  4. Critical and analytical skills, which enable the application of textual, epigraphic, archaeological, and numismatic methodologies.
  5. Communication skills through debates and a mock ekklesia meeting.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (3000 words)
Tutorial presentation/participation: 20%
Test (1 hour): 20%

Contact hours

12 x 90 minute lectures and 12 x 1 hour tutorials

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in Archaeology & Ancient History or permission.

Prohibitions

AAH3800


AAH2970 - The early dynastic period and old kingdom in Egypt, 3050-2150

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Colin Hope

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit commences with the study of the unification process that resulted in the emergence of Egypt as the first territorial state in the Near East. The ensuing Early Dynastic Period, Old Kingdom and First Intermediate Period are studied through a combination of literary and documentary texts, surviving monuments and objects of material culture. An historical outline of these periods provides a framework within which social, cultural and religious developments are reviewed. While the focus is upon internal affairs particularly during the Old Kingdom (Pyramid Age), Egypt's relations with the Sudan, Libya, the Near East and the Mediterranean are examined.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have gained an understanding of the evolution and main features of Egyptian culture from the emergence of a unified state until the end of the Old Kingdom.

  1. Have acquired an awareness of the limitations/extent of our knowledge of this culture; i.e., of the types of material that have survived and the variety of ways in which they are interpreted.

  1. Be able to display a basic understanding of the Egyptian perception of their world.

  1. Be able to display knowledge of the main sources of our textual and archaeological reconstruction of the culture.

  1. Have acquired the ability to access the tertiary sources and to assess critically the current theories encountered.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (3000 words)
Tutorial presentations: 15%
Exam: 25%

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


AAH2990 - Egypt's golden age and its aftermath

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Christian Knoblauch

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This study entails the study of ancient Egypt throughout the New Kingdom, Dynasties 18-20, and the Third Intermediate Period, Dynasties 21-25, covering the period 1550-664 BCE. It will follow the same general themes and format as ARY2970, but will also include an introduction to the international character of Egyptian culture during the New Kingdom. It will examine the major changes that occurred following Dynasty 20 and the impact of foreign domination upon Egypt in the Third Intermediate Period.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have gained an understanding of the characteristics and development of Egyptian culture from the end of the Middle Kingdom to the Late Period.

  1. Have acquired an awareness of the limitations/extent of our knowledge of this culture; i.e., of the types of material that have survived and the variety of ways in which they are interpreted.

  1. Be able to display a basic understanding of the Egyptian perception of their world.

  1. Be able to display knowledge of the main sources of our textual and archaeological reconstruction of the culture.

  1. Have acquired the ability to access the tertiary sources and to assess critically the current theories encountered.

  1. Have developed an understanding of the nature and impact of international trade during the height of the Late Bronze Age and of the concepts of imperialism which developed during that time.

Assessment

Written work/test: 75% (3500 words)
tutorial presentation/participation: 25% (1000 words)

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in Archaeology or permission

Prohibitions

ARY3990


AAH3220 - Alexander the Great and his world

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Gillian Bowen and Dr Andrea Di Castro

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Alexander the Great is an enigmatic figure whose conquests transformed the eastern Mediterranean world. This unit attempts to come to an understanding of Alexander, his campaigns against the Persians, his successes and failures, the machinations of his generals following his death, and the new world order that ensued. It will explore the myths that surrounded Alexander and the way in which he was emulated by the Roman emperors. His cultural ideology was the basis of Hellenism, the major facets of which will be examined.

Objectives

On successful completion of the unit, students will have:

  1. Gained an understanding of historiographic traditions concerning Alexander the Great.
  2. Acquired an understanding of the importance of the non-literary sources for the period: coins, art, architecture, epigraphy.
  3. Examined the impact of Alexander's conquest and subsequent policies for the entire eastern Mediterranean world.
  4. Gained an understanding of the nature of the emerging Hellenistic kingdoms.
  5. Acquired the ability to use and assess critically a variety of ancient sources.
  6. Acquired critical and analytical skills in dealing with a variety of primary, secondary and tertiary sources.
  7. Acquired communication and collaborative skills through group tutorial presentations.

Assessment

2 tests: 30%
tutorial presentation/participation: 20%
written work: 50% (2500 words)

Contact hours

12 x 90 minute lectures and 12 x 1 hour tutorials

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in Archaeology & Ancient History or permission.

Prohibitions

AAH3220


AAH3230 - Imperial Egypt and the Mediterranean world

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Colin Hope

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit will focus upon a study of Egypt and her interaction with the major Mediterranean cultures during the Late Bronze Age into Early Iron Age, c. 1550-900 BCE. A key theme will be the study of the so-called Egyptian Empire: the reasons for expansion into the Near East and Nubia, the resultant changes to Egyptian society and the problems involved in maintaining her sphere of influence. The significance of trade and the development of a complex web of international diplomacy will be examined, as will religious innovation and orthodoxy, and urbanism. The surviving sources, from archaeological to textual, will be examined and analysed in a multi-disciplinary study.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Gained an understanding of the evolution of Egyptian culture during the New Kingdom.

  1. Obtained a knowledge of the main phases of the political history of the ancient Near East during the period under study.

  1. Obtained an understanding of the significance of international relations during the Late Bronze Age in the Mediterranean.

  1. Developed a detailed knowledge of the motivations behind Egyptian foreign policy and the impact this had upon Egyptian society in the period.

  1. Developed skills in interpreting the past based upon the critical analysis of documentary and archaeological data.

  1. Developed the ability to present a sustained argument based upon a variety of sources.

  1. Developed greater critical ability in assessing source material.

  1. Developed the ability to undertake independent research.

Assessment

Written work/exam: 85% (3500 words)
tutorial presentation/participation: 15% (1000 words)

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prohibitions

ARY2230


AAH3240 - Archaeological fieldwork in Tuscany

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Associate Professor Colin A. Hope and Dr Andrea Di Castro

Offered

Prato Winter semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the archaeology of Italy through participation in the excavations of an Etruscan and Roman site in Tuscany in collaboration with the University of Florence. It will enable students to gain experience in current fieldwork techniques, object recording, analysis and preservation, and introduce the main features of Etruscan culture and its impact upon Rome. While focusing upon one site it will also include visits to other relevant archaeological sites and important museum collections.

Objectives

On successful completion of the unit the students will have:

  1. gained a basic understanding of current excavation techniques
  2. gained the ability to document and analyse artifacts
  3. been introduced to contemporary archaeological theory especially as it relates to material culture
  4. gained ability to document excavations within a contemporary framework
  5. obtained specific understanding of the site under excavation and its contribution to the wider study of Etruscan and Roman culture.
  6. Third level students will be expected to demonstrate more advanced analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent reading and research.

Assessment

Written work: 100%

Off-campus attendance requirements

Three weeks of intensive instruction and fieldwork, based in Prato

Prerequisites

First-year sequence in Archaeology (AAH1010 and AAH1020) or equivalent, or with permission

Prohibitions

AAH2240


AAH3250 - Archaeology of the Roman Mediterranean

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Colin Hope

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The focus of the unit is to analyze the archaeological material of the Roman Empire, and to also examine the regional variations that epitomized cultural progression and acculturation throughout the Mediterranean throughout the period in question. The unit will examine closely the ancient archaeological sources for the Roman period from the 2nd century BCE to the 4th century CE: architectural, numismatic, epigraphic and sculptural, in an attempt to provide the students with the most comprehensive understanding of Roman material culture. The focus will be on what has been discovered and how it can be analyzed and interpreted.

Objectives

On successful completion of the unit, students will have:

  1. Gained an understanding of archaeological traditions concerning the Roman World;
  2. Gained an understanding of the importance of the archaeological sources for the period: coins, art, architecture, epigraphy;
  3. Acquired an understanding of the impact that Roman culture had upon the entire Mediterranean world;
  4. Gained an understanding of the significance of the material culture of the Roman Empire and how it impacted on the provinces;
  5. The ability to use and assess a variety of archaeological sources and relevant documentary material;
  6. Proficiency in critical reading and writing skills; and
  7. Developed a more sophisticated understanding of both ancient and modern archaeological traditions and displayed a thorough knowledge of analytical criticism.

Assessment

Written work/exam: 80% (3500 words)
tutorial presentation/participation: 20%

Contact hours

One 1.5 hour lecture and a one-hour tutorial per week over a 12 week period.

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Archaeology, Classical Studies or History, or other discipline with approval.

Prohibitions

AAH2250


AAH3260 - Imperial Rome: A study in power and perversion in the early empire

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Gillian E. Bowen

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit examines aspects of Roman political, social and cultural history from the crucial period when she made the transition from Republic to Empire (30 BCE - 138 CE). It focuses upon the reigns of four emperors: Augustus, Claudius, Nero and Hadrian. Themes include the nature of Roman politics, the role of the emperor within the political system, the manner in which the emperor acquired, consolidated and held his position; the role of the Praetorian Guard; the rise to power of the freedmen, the plight of the aristocrats, and the way in which the populace was treated under, and affected by, the style of rule adopted by each of the four emperors.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. A comprehensive understanding of the Roman political ideals of government and the manner in which these ideals were manipulated by each of the emperors.

  1. A sound knowledge of the political, social and cultural history of Rome during the period covered.

  1. The ability to examine critically the evidence relating to the power invested in the emperor and how the form of rule and the fate of the people was determined by the personality of the incumbent, and the manner in which the aristocracy adapted their lifestyle in response.

  1. Critical and analytical skills in dealing with a variety of primary, secondary and tertiary sources, in particular the development of skills in source criticism.

  1. Communication and collaborative skills through group tutorial presentations.

Assessment

Tutorial presentation/participation: 20%
Written work: (3,000 words) 60%
Class test (1 hour): 20%

Contact hours

12 x 90 minute lectures and 12 x 1 hour tutorials

Prerequisites

A first level sequence in Archaeology & Ancient History or permission.

Prohibitions

AAH2260


AAH3570 - Minoans and Mycenaeans

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Gillian Bowen

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for AAH2570

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will have:

  1. Acquired knowledge of two Bronze Age Aegean societies that had no written records other than basic inventories.
  2. Acquired an understanding of the methods of archaeological interpretation used to reconstruct the nature of these societies and the difficulties inherent in such an endeavour.
  3. Developed the ability to appraise critically archaeological reports and interpretations.
  4. Developed the ability to understand how interpretation can be affected by the conditioning of the excavator/historian.
  5. Developed an understanding of the major features of Minoan and Mycenaean societies and their interaction with each other.
  6. Appraised the validity of using myth to aid the reconstruction on Minoan and Mycenaean societies and to recognise the ways in which later literary tradition was influenced by perceptions of these cultures and the achievements attributed to them.
  7. Displayed enhanced skills in the formulation and development of an independent research project that includes the application of diverse methodologies.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (3000 words)
Test: 20% (1000 words)
Tutorial presentation/participation: 20%

Contact hours

12 x 1.5 hr lectures for 12 weeks and 12 x 1 hr tutorials

Prerequisites

A first year sequence in Archaeology or permission

Prohibitions

ARY2570


AAH3580 - The middle kingdom in Egypt: from collapse to recovery and foreign rule

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Colin Hope

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit focuses upon the second major phase in Egyptian history, the Middle Kingdom, and examines its rise from the fragmentation of the First Intermediate Period, its collapse and the on-set of foreign rule in the second Intermediate Period. Within an historical framework it will review the major features and development of Egyptian culture with specific emphasis upon the changing nature of kingship, the literary achievements and the major developments in domestic and funerary archaeology. It will take a multi-disciplinary approach, focusing upon the methodologies employed in reconstructing past societies.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will have:

developed an understanding of the main features of Egyptian culture;

developed the ability to compare/contrast different types of documentation;

examined the use of a wide range of literary genres in the process of Egyptian self-definition;

gained insight into the methodologies employed to reconstruct ancient Egyptian culture;

developed the ability to undertake independent research incorporating both ancient and modern sources and employing a variety of methodological approaches, and present the results of that research in the form of both written and verbal communication;

developed their ability to work as part of a team.

Assessment

Written work/test: 75% (3500 words)
tutorial presentation/participation: 25% (1000 words)

Contact hours

2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial

Prohibitions

ARY2580


AAH3800 - The golden age of Athens

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Gillian E. Bowen

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit focuses upon Athens during the 5th century BCE, the period when, in a burst of creativity, her citizens attained their greatest achievements. The unit offers an historical framework within which to explore aspects of Greek culture: literature, drama, art and architecture, religion and philosophy, and the Athenians system of government. The subject incorporates a wide selection of primary source material. Students will be encouraged to identify ways in which Athenian culture has impacted upon the western world.

Objectives

On successful completion of the unit students will have acquired:

  1. a knowledge of the historical context within which 5th century Athens flourished.
  2. An understanding of the process by which Athens established an empire which, in turn, facilitated her innovative artistic and cultural achievements.
  3. An understanding of the principles of Greek art, architecture, and rhetoric, the underlying concepts of philosophy and religion, the nature of Greek historiography, the Athenian concept of radical democracy and its variance in western ideals.
  4. Critical and analytical skills, which enable the application of textual, epigraphic, archaeological, and numismatic methodologies.
  5. Communication skills through debates and a mock ekklesia meeting.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Tutorial presentation and participation: 20%

Contact hours

12 x 90 minute lectures and 12 x 1 hour tutorials

Prerequisites

First year sequence in Archaeology & Ancient History or permission.

Prohibitions

AAH2800


AAH3950 - Kleopatra's Egypt

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Gillian E. Bowen and Associate Professor Colin Hope

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Kleopatra the Great was the last ruler of the most significant of the Hellenistic kingdoms: Egypt; she tried valiantly to save Egypt from Roman annexation. Following her suicide Egypt became a province of Rome. The unit focuses on the world into which Kleopatra was born. Themes include: the nature of Ptolemaic rule; the multicultural nature of the population under the Ptolemies; problems faced by Kleopatra and her forebears with the growing threat of Roman annexation; the heterogeneous culture that developed as a result of Roman occupation, and the way the indigenous culture flourished in spite of the profound changes it experienced. It draws upon and analyses a wide range of sources.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. A detailed knowledge of the nature of late Ptolemaic and early Roman rule in Egypt.
  2. An understanding of the political situation in the Eastern Mediterranean region in the second and first centuries BCE.
  3. Detailed understanding of the problems facing Kleopatra VII in her fight to save her kingdom from Roman annexation.
  4. An understanding of the complexity and changing nature of Egyptian culture as a result of the introduction of Hellenism and then the Roman occupation upon the traditional culture.
  5. The ability to appraise critically ancient and secondary source material, and combine a variety of types of evidence in the analysis of ancient culture.
  6. Independent research skills and the ability to undertake individual research projects, which are presented in a clearly expressed and cogent manner.

Assessment

Essay 60% (3000 words)
Test 20% (1 hour)
Tutorial presentation/participation: 20%.

Contact hours

2 x 1 hour lectures per week and one 90 minute tutorial

Prerequisites

A second year sequence in AAH or permission.


AAH3970 - The early dynastic period and old kingdom in Egypt, 3050-2150

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Colin Hope

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit commences with the study of the unification process that resulted in the emergence of Egypt as the first territorial state in the Near East. The ensuing Early Dynastic Period, Old Kingdom and First Intermediate Period are studied through a combination of literary and documentary texts, surviving monuments and objects of material culture. An historical outline of these periods provides a framework within which social, cultural and religious developments are reviewed. While the focus is upon internal affairs particularly during the Old Kingdom (Pyramid Age), Egypt's relations with the Sudan, Libya, the Near East and the Mediterranean are examined.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have gained an understanding of the evolution and main features of Egyptian culture from the emergence of a unified state until the end of the Old Kingdom.

  1. Have acquired an awareness of the limitations/extent of our knowledge of this culture; i.e., of the types of material that have survived and the variety of ways in which they are interpreted.

  1. Be able to display a basic understanding of the Egyptian perception of their world.

  1. Be able to display knowledge of the main sources of our textual and archaeological reconstruction of the culture.

  1. Have acquired the ability to access the tertiary sources and to assess critically the current theories encountered.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (3000 words)
Tutorial presentations: 15%
Exam: 25%

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


AAH3990 - Egypt's golden age and its aftermath

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Christian Knoblauch

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for ARY2990

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have gained an understanding of the characteristics and development of Egyptian culture from the end of the Middle Kingdom to the Late Period.

  1. Have acquired an awareness of the limitations/extent of our knowledge of this culture; i.e., of the types of material that have survived and the variety of ways in which they are interpreted.

  1. Be able to display a basic understanding of the Egyptian perception of their world.

  1. Be able to display knowledge of the main sources of our textual and archaeological reconstruction of the culture.

  1. Have acquired the ability to access the tertiary sources and to assess critically the current theories encountered.

  1. Have developed an understanding of the nature and impact of international trade during the height of the Late Bronze Age and of the concepts of imperialism which developed during that time.

Assessment

Written work/test: 75% (3500 words)
tutorial presentation/participation: 25% (1000 words)

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

A first year sequence in Archaeology, or permission of the head of school

Prohibitions

ARY2990


AAH4060 - Predynastic and early dynastic Egypt

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Colin Hope

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

It is widely recognised that the genesis of the Pharaonic state lay within the traditions which emerged within Egypt during the Predynastic Period, c.4500-3050 BCE, and that the ensuing Early Dynastic Period was a transitional phase. This subject analyses the development of Egyptian culture attempting to document the processes which culminated in Unification. It will examine Egypt's links with the neighbouring regions to determine spheres of influence and impact. In the process it will explore modern theories of the emergence of complex society as they relate to Egypt, the impact of environmental change on this development and the techniques used to explore non-literate societies.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Developed a knowledge of the archaeological record of the Predynastic and Early Dynastic Periods.
  2. Understood the complex cultural processes which led to the emergence of the unified Egyptian state.
  3. Examined the impact of environmental change upon north-east Africa.
  4. Developed skills in interpreting archaeological data in the light of cultural tradition reflected in later literary material from Egypt.
  5. Explored current theories of the emergence of complex society in the Near East and how the Egyptian evidence might be interpreted in light of them.
  6. Developed the ability to present a sustained argument drawing upon a variety of data.

Assessment

Written work: 85% (7500 words)
seminar presentation: 15%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


AAH4100 - Research methods in classical antiquity

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Gillian E. Bowen

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines a variety of methodological approaches to studying the ancient classical world: Greece, the Hellenistic kingdoms and Rome. Categories of data studied include: historiography, numismatic, epigraphic, papyrological, and material remains. The unit is organised around a series of case studies; these include aspects of Athens under Peisistratos and Perikles, the Hellenistic world in the reign of Ptolemy II, and Rome under Gaius Caligula.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. Have an understanding of the variety of data available for accessing the ancient classical world;
  2. Have developed a sound approach to a using a wide range of methodologies in researching the ancient past;
  3. Have an understanding of the different historiographic approaches of the authors of the three cultures studied;
  4. Have well-developed textual analysis skills for each of the cultures studied;
  5. Demonstrate an ability to use coins, inscriptions, papyri and objects to reconstruct aspects of, or events in, the past;
  6. Have developed good presentation skills; and
  7. Demonstrate an ability to use a variety of source material to produce a sustained piece of written work.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Oral and written presentation: 20%
Seminar/workshop participation: 10%

Contact hours

One one-hour lecture and one one-hour seminar/workshop per week for 13 weeks.

Prerequisites

A major sequence in Archaeology and Ancient History

Co-requisites

AAH4740

Prohibitions

AAM4100


AAH4730(A) - Dissertation part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Colin Hope

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The dissertation comprises an extended discussion of an appropriate topic selected by students in consultation with the supervisor. It is regarded as a culminating test of the students' ability to produce, in respect of a significant archaeological topic, theme or theory, a piece of analytical and critical work. Prospective students should discuss the selection of a suitable topic with the Director of the Centre for Archaeology before the end of second semester of third year, for allocation of a supervisor, to enable the student to commence research during the long vacation.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have demonstrated that they are able to:

  1. Design and develop a significant research project.

  1. Collect, systematically and comprehensively, data relating to the research topic.

  1. Undertake independent research with some guidance from a supervisor.

  1. Present a cogent and convincing argument in relation to an in-depth analysis of the topic.

  1. Assess various current interpretations of primary data in light of current knowledge.

  1. Present a major piece of work in an acceptable scholarly form.


AAH4730(B) - Dissertation part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Colin Hope

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for ARY4730(A)

Assessment

Written work 15,000 - 18,000 words: 100%


AAH4740 - Reading the ancient past

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Colin Hope and Gillian Bowen

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Technicalities involved in the interpretation and assessment of archaeological data. The types of material which are available for use, their relative reliability in respect of the question posed and the use of archaeological reports will be studied through a detailed examination of specific problems relating to Egypt. The unit will also consider changing theories relating to the interpretation of cultural data.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An ability to use various types of data, such as textual, archaeological and pictorial, in relation to specific problems.

  1. An ability to appraise critically the reliability of the source material.

  1. The ability to identify and appraise the various interpretations which have been placed upon data by scholars at different times.

  1. An awareness of the impact of contemporary ideology and religious beliefs upon the interpretation of the ancient past from the nineteenth century to the present day.

  1. A breadth of understanding of how aspects of the ancient past may be studied and the limitations of the available data.

  1. The ability to present a detailed analytical discussion which draws upon a wide variety of source material.

Assessment

Two written assignments (4500 words each): 100%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


AEH1001 - Arts exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH1002 - Arts exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH1003 - Arts exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH1004 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH2001 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH2002 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH2003 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH2004 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH3001 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH3002 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Clayton Summer semester A 2009 (Day)
Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH3003 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH3004 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH4001 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH4002 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH4003 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH4004 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH4005 - Arts Exchange Unit

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH4006 - Arts Exchange Unit

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEL2001 - Writing at work

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Writing at Work offers students an opportunity to develop both practical writing skills and understanding of writing in a variety of genres that they may encounter both at university and the workplace. Using a variety of case studies, they will be encouraged to reflect on the nature of writing, and on the difference between writing and other modes of communication. Various modes of writing will be analysed: such as reports, technical and creative writing, and writing for the Internet. A critical approach will be taken to each of these forms, considering what makes particular forms and styles effective and how styles and ideas about writing are shaped by social and cultural factors.

Assessment

Writing portfolio: 70%
Poster presentation: 30%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

a minimum of 24 points at first year level in any discipline.


AIA1000 - World prehistory

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Duncan Wright

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Explores how archaeologists and related scientists have developed an understanding of the long-term evolution of human cultural diversity. Students will gain an appreciation of how archaeologists have documented the spread of humans across the globe over the last 2 million years. Numerous case studies will reveal how archaeologists use physical evidence from the earth to understand the evolution of past cultures. Areas of investigation will range from the dawn of humanity in Africa and the Ice Age peoples of Europe and the Americas, through to the ancestors of the Polynesians and Aboriginal Australians. Themes include the origins of spiritual beliefs, art, and burial practices.

Objectives

The overarching aims are to provide students with a broad understanding of how archaeologists have constructed a long-term picture of the evolution of human cultural diversity across the globe. On successful completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Understand key periods in the evolution of humanity in terms of changes in culture and patterns of global colonisation.

  1. Appreciate why humans in different parts of the globe differ culturally.

  1. Appreciate the origins of art and spiritual beliefs and question what it means to be human.

  1. Appreciate the broad range of techniques used by archaeologists to infer behaviour from prehistoric remains excavated from the earth.

  1. Develop basic skills in critically evaluating archaeological findings and theories.

  1. Appreciate major scientific debates in understanding human origins and long-term cultural developments.

Assessment

Minor essay (1000 words): 20%
Major essay (2000 words): 40%
Examination (1.5 hrs, 1500 words): 30%
Tutorial participation: 10%

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial/video viewing) per week


AIA2100 - Archaeological theories and controversies

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Ian McNiven

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The subject critically examines the range of conceptual and theoretical frameworks used by archaeologists to understand the ancient past. How do archaeologists explain cultural change over thousands of years? Is environmental and climatic change the major driver of long-term cultural change? And who has the right to research the pasts of different cultures around the world? Who owns the past? Do archaeologists need to listen more to the voices of cultural minorities such as Indigenous communities? On completion of the subject students will appreciate the varied theoretical, social and political issues that the modern archaeologist must deal with in a post-colonial world.

Objectives

The overarching aims are to provide students with a broad understanding of contemporary archaeology in terms of explanatory theoretical frameworks and controversial work practices. On successful completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the broad range of theoretical frameworks used by archaeologists to understand how ancient peoples lived their lives and explain how and why cultures change over thousands of years.

  1. Appreciate the range of controversies faced by the modern archaeologist when working on the ancient heritage of cultural minorities, particularly Indigenous peoples

  1. Develop advanced skills in critically evaluating major debates and contentious theoretical issues in archaeology.

  1. Understand key changes in theoretical approaches of archaeologists over the last 150 years.



Assessment

1 short oral tutorial presentation (10%): 1 short paper related to seminar presentation 1000 words (20%): 1 essay 3500 words (60%): Tutorial attendance and participation (10%)

Contact hours

2 x one-hour lectures each week, plus 1 x one-hour tutorial each week. Students would be required to do an additional 9 hours reading time for tutorials and researching major essay topic.


AIA2200 - Archaeological field and laboratory methods

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Associate Professor Ian McNiven

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The subject provides students with a through grounding in archaeological field and laboratory techniques. Field techniques include critical analysis of different approaches by archaeologists to find, record and excavate sites. Practical experience and tuition in each of these three areas will be gained through 10 days of fieldwork in Victoria. To understand how archaeologists interpret excavated materials, students will gain practical experience in the identification and analysis of bone, shell, stone artefact and pottery through laboratory classes. On completion of the subject students will have firsthand appreciation of what it takes to excavate and analyse archaeological sites.

Objectives

The overarching aims are to provide students with a through grounding in archaeological field and laboratory techniques. On successful completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  • Appreciate the broad range of conceptual and practical skills required to find, record and excavate archaeological sites.
  • Develop skills in the proper identification and appropriate analysis of a range of classes of archaeological materials.
  • Develop skills to critically evaluate site survey and excavation reports.


Assessment

Fieldwork diary (50%)
1hr lab exam (50%)

Contact hours

Flexible

Prohibitions

AIS3300, GES2080, GES3080


AIA3000 - Archaeology of indigenous Australia

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Ian McNiven

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The subject critically examines the range of techniques and theoretical frameworks used by archaeologists to understand Australia's 50,000-year plus Indigenous history. The focus will be archaeological sites and debates associated with the interpretation of excavated cultural materials. Issues covered include the origins of the first Australians, processes of continental colonisation, responses to environmental change and sea level change, human environmental impacts, broad-scale social changes; and responses to Europeans on the colonial frontier. Students will also examine long-term changes in the development of trading networks, art, social organisation and burial practices.

Objectives

The overarching aims are to provide students with a broad understanding of how archaeologists have constructed a long-term picture of Australia's Indigenous past. On successful completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the broad range of techniques used by archaeologists to infer behaviour from Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander cultural sites and material culture.

  1. Develop advanced skills in critically evaluating major debates and contentious theoretical issues in Australian Indigenous archaeology.

  1. Understand key cultural changes over the past 50,000 years of Australian's Indigenous past.

  1. Appreciate the diversity of Indigenous Australians who in different parts of the continent developed different cultures and lifeways.

  1. Appreciate debates concerning the origins of Aboriginal peoples and Torres Strait Islanders from an archaeological perspective.

Assessment

Oral presentation (500 words): 10%
Short paper related to seminar presentation (1000 words): 20%
Essay (3000 words): 60%
Tutorial participation: 10%

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prohibitions

AIA2000


AIA3100 - Archaeological theories and controversies

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Ian McNiven

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for AIA2100

Objectives

The overarching aims are to provide students with a broad understanding of contemporary archaeology in terms of explanatory theoretical frameworks and controversial work practices. On successful completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the broad range of theoretical frameworks used by archaeologists to understand how ancient peoples lived their lives and explain how and why cultures change over thousands of years.

  1. Appreciate the range of controversies faced by the modern archaeologist when working on the ancient heritage of cultural minorities, particularly Indigenous peoples.

  1. Develop advanced skills in critically evaluating major debates and contentious theoretical issues in archaeology.

  1. Understand key changes in theoretical approaches of archaeologists over the last 150 years.

Assessment

Third Year students will have the same assessment structure to Second Year students but be expected to complete assessed work at a qualitatively and theoretically more sophisticated level than in the Second Year version of the unit. 1 short oral tutorial presentation (10%): 1 short paper related to seminar presentation 1000 words (20%): 1 essay 3500 words (60%): Tutorial attendance & participation (10%)

Contact hours

2 x one-hour lectures each week, plus 1 x one-hour tutorial each week. Students would be required to do an additional 9 hours reading time for tutorials and researching major essay topic.


AIA3300 - Archaeological field and laboratory methods

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Ian McNiven

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The subject provides students with a through grounding in archaeological field and laboratory techniques. Field techniques include critical analysis of different approaches by archaeologists to find, record and excavate sites. Practical experience and tuition in each of these three areas will be gained through 10 days of fieldwork in Victoria. To understand how archaeologists interpret excavated materials, students will gain practical experience in the identification and analysis of bone, shell, stone artifact and pottery through laboratory classes. On completion of the subject students will have firsthand appreciation of what it takes to excavate and analyse archaeological sites.

Objectives

The overarching aims are to provide students with a through grounding in archaeological field and laboratory techniques. On successful completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  • Appreciate the broad range of conceptual and practical skills required to find, record and excavate archaeological sites.
  • Develop skills in the proper identification and appropriate analysis of a range of classes of archaeological materials.
  • Develop skills to critically evaluate site survey and excavation reports.


Assessment

Third Year students will have the same assessment structure to Second Year students but be expected to complete assessed work at a qualitatively and theoretically more sophisticated level than in the Second Year version of the unit.
Fieldwork diary (50%)
1hr lab exam (50%)

Contact hours

Flexible.

Prohibitions

AIA2200


AIS1011 - Introduction to Australian indigenous societies I

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Andrew Gunstone/Robyn Heckenberg

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit will commence with an examination of the representation of Australian Indigenous peoples and societies. It will then explore the topics of Indigenous spirituality, customary law, kinship systems and languages. The unit will then examine government policies, Indigenous resistance, land rights and native title, deaths in custody, stolen generations, reconciliation and sovereignty.

Objectives

On successful completion of this subject, students will:

  1. Be able to express the knowledge and understandings they have gained of the diversity of Indigenous Australian cultures, histories and social organisations and of Indigenous perspectives and identities.

  1. Understand the impact of colonisation upon these, and Aboriginal responses to this.

  1. Have an awareness of the value of interdisciplinary approaches to a study of this kind.

  1. Have developed skills of organising materials and using these to write in a coherent way on topics of their choice, with suitable referencing of sources consulted.

Assessment

Essay 1 (700 words): 15%
Essay 2 (1800 words): 40%
Exam (2000 words): 45%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prohibitions

AIS1010, KRS2010, GSC1801


AIS1012 - Issues in aboriginal education

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Robyn Heckenberg

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit will critique notions of 'education as assimilation' and 'education for self-determination' and locate Aboriginal education within broader constructs of multicultural Australia. Issues such as culturally appropriate pedagogical practice and ownership of knowledge are also investigated, and provision is made for education practitioners to address practical problems faced in the classroom. Aboriginal education policies are explored examining the effects of non-indigenous education curriculum in Aboriginal communities with a view to assessing both its 'success' in terms of academic goals and outcomes, and its consequences for the maintenance of Aboriginal cultural values.

Objectives

On the successful completion of this unit students will have developed:

  1. An understanding of the social, political and economic impact, that the current education system has on Indigenous Australians.

  1. Students will have a working knowledge of education policies and practices and research methodologies and how they are perceived by Aboriginal people.

  1. Students will also have developed an awareness of the value of the bi-cultural approach to a study of Indigenous education.

Additionally, they will have an understanding of the key concepts of 'Two Way Learning' and self-determination in the delivery of relevant education Curricula to Indigenous Australians.

  1. Students will be able to locate relevant resources and assess the value of those resources and construct effective oral and written arguments on Indigenous education in Australia.

Assessment

Presentation and written summary (1000 words): 20%
Essay (1500 words): 35%
Exam (2 hours): 45%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


AIS1020 - Aborigines and white Australia: colonial encounters

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Amanda Kearney and Dr Stephen Pritchard

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit considers the colonial encounter between Aboriginal people and white Australia. Students will gain an appreciation of the historical context in which relationships between Aborigines and white Australia have developed. The unit focuses on the theoretical, political and legal dimensions of Aboriginal encounters with white Australia and provides students with foundational knowledge required to undertake further Indigenous Studies. The unit is therefore centrally concerned with introducing students to the key 'factual' information of the colonial encounter between Aborigines and white Australia.

Objectives

On successful completion of this subject, students will:

  1. have gained a broad understanding of the historical, political and legal dimensions that have shaped the colonial encounter between Aborigines and white Australia (Objectives 5,6,7 and 9)

  1. have gained an understanding of the theoretical ideas that have shaped understandings of the colonial encounter between Aborigines and white Australia. For example, the theoretical idea of colonialism in the 19th and 20th will be explored as will the related ideas of race and culture. (Objectives 7 and 8)

  1. have engaged in written and oral presentations which reflect these understandings as well as an awareness of the value of interdisciplinary approaches to a study of this kind. (Objectives 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9).

  1. have developed skills of organizing materials and using these to write in a coherent manner on topics of students' choice, with suitable referencing of sources consulted; have developed oral skills through the presentation of information and ideas in a coherent manner within the tutorial context, based upon research of suitable materials. (Objectives 1, 2, 3 and 4).

Assessment

Written work: 75% (3375 words)
In-class test: 25% (1 hour)

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hours lecture + 1 x 1 hours tutorial)

Prerequisites

ANY1010


AIS1050 - Aboriginal peoples, gender, and the colonial frontier

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Amanda Kearney

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The concept of 'the frontier' in colonial Australia and the ways in which non-Aborigines and Aborigines responded to their encounters in this period. Use of historical and other source materials to explore the ways in which gender was constructed by colonists (sealers, whalers, 'humanitarians' and colonial officials) in relation to Aboriginal men and women, and how masculinist discourses were a part of the colonising process. Examination of how gender relations were defined with regard to Aboriginal women and how colonial fears of 'miscegenation' impacted on policies and practices throughout the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the complexities of the interaction between Aborigines and white settlers on the colonial frontier and the ways in which gender relations were formed, experienced and responded to; an understanding of the manner and extent to which contemporary Aboriginal/non-Aboriginal race and gender relations remain influenced by earlier colonial relations; an ability to reflect on their own relationship to questions of race and gender and the contemporary paradox of 'the frontier' and 'postcolonialism'. Written assignments, and oral presentations in class, as well as the written class test aim to provide students with the skills and confidence to demonstrate their ability to conduct independent research as well as analyse texts provided.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (3600 words)
In-class test: 20% (1 hour)

Contact hours

1 x 1 hour lecture plus 1 x 2 hour tutorial per week for 13 weeks

Prerequisites

ANY1010 or with approval of coordinator


AIS2010 - Social justice and indigenous Australians

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Liam Brady

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit examines the relationship between social justice and Indigenous rights, focusing on the role of the State and its obligations to the international community; Aboriginal human and civil rights and self-determination; land rights and native title; Aboriginal sovereignty, and service provision in the areas of health, education, housing and the law. The value of an interdisciplinary approach to these topics is highlighted.

Objectives

Upon completion of this units students can expect to have developed a thorough understanding of the concept and theories of 'social justice' and its relationship to the application of British law and institutions within Australia and should be able to demonstrate both orally and in writing an understanding of theories of social justice as they have and have not applied to Indigenous Australians.

Assessment

Written work: 75% (3000 words)
Class Project: 25% (1500 words)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

AIS3010; KRS3010 (2000 and previously)


AIS2011 - Dynamics of indigenous cultures

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Andrew Gunstone and Robyn Heckenberg

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The intention of this unit is to address the following issues: how do (nation) states define indigenous peoples? How do people get classified as "indigenous" or "aboriginal"? How has globalisation enhanced awareness of minority and human rights everywhere? The course will show how being indigenous is often a product of state politics, negotiation of identities between local, state and transnational pressure, and even of individual self-selection. We will re-examine debates over universal values versus cultural relativism, flexible citizenship and identity, and group versus individual identities.

Objectives

  1. On the successful completion of this unit students will have developed an understanding of the social, political and economic impact that Indigenous Australians and other Indigenous peoples face.

  1. Students will have a working knowledge of specific countries' policies and practices and how these are perceived by their Indigenous populations.

  1. Students will have engaged with issues of research and research methodologies in relation to Indigenous societies.

  1. Students will also have developed an awareness of the value of the bi-cultural approach to looking at Indigenousness.

Additionally, students will have an understanding of the key concepts of self-determination in relation to where these societies live.

  1. Students will be able to locate relevant resources.

  1. Students will be able to assess the value of those resources and construct effective arguments on Indigenous societies in Australia and other countries.

Assessment

Short Essay (800 words): 20%
Long Essay (1700 words): 35%
Examination (2 hours): 45%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

AIS1010 or AIS1011 and AIS1040 or AIS1012

Prohibitions

AIS3011


AIS2020 - Interrogating racism: indigenous Australians and the state

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Stephen Pritchard

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit focuses on theories of race and issues of ethnicity, prejudice and racism, with particular emphasis on the continuities and discontinuities of discourses on 'race' in Australia; language use in a multicultural context; the uses of opinion polls; the representation of Indigenous people in the media and other forms of popular culture; multiculturalism and Aborigines. The value of an interdisciplinary approach to these topics is highlighted.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit students should have gained an understanding of the relationship between Australian Aborigines and social institutions and how theories of race and experiences of racism continue to impact upon Aborigines, and in addition engaged with issues of research and research methodologies in relation to racism and prejudice in contemporary Australia.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4500 words)
Oral Presentation 10% (500 words)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

First year sequence or with permission of the coordinator

Prohibitions

AIS3020


AIS2025 - Activism, politics and indigenous Australia

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Andrew Gunstone

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This Unit analyses two broad, interrelated themes: firstly, the political struggles and activism of Indigenous peoples; and secondly, the numerous Government policies that have affected Indigenous peoples. The first section of the Unit examines these themes from a historical perspective, exploring issues such as protectionism, the 1938 Day of Mourning, assimilation, the 1967 Referendum, self-determination and the Aboriginal Tent Embassy. The second section of the Unit discusses several contemporary Indigenous issues that relate to the two themes. These issues include: land rights, native title, deaths in custody, the stolen generation, reconciliation, treaty, welfare reform and sovereignty.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Understand the politics of Indigenous and non-Indigenous relations from the Invasion to the present day, particularly the connections between Indigenous political activism and Government policies on Indigenous issues.

  1. Have developed an awareness of the need to analyse and understand contemporary Indigenous issues in a critical historical context.

  1. Be able to analyse a range of complicated, contemporary Indigenous issues and to argue their own viewpoint on these issues.

Assessment

Essay 1 (700 words): 15%
Essay 2 (1800 words): 40%
Examination (2 hours): 45%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

12 points at first year level any any discipline


AIS2035 - Australian Indigenous literature

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Robyn Heckenberg

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Australian Indigenous Literature takes the scholar on a journey of listening to and reflecting upon Indigenous voices in a variety of texts, including poetry, theatre, autobiography, early writings and film. The course is intended to expose students to an Indigenous way of seeing history, social issues and life in general. The diversity of Indigenous perspectives and life styles will become apparent, as will the creativity of Indigenous voices in Australia today. Students will gain abilities in critical thinking and analysis of material covered.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  • Have gained a broader appreciation of Indigenous Australian Literature through a variety of formats.
  • Appreciate the diversity of cultural and historical backgrounds of Indigenous people by being exposed to a diverse range of Indigenous creativity
  • Have gained understanding of the main social and cultural issues that Indigenous people see as relevant.
  • Have gained abilities in being able to critically examine and analyse a variety of texts.
  • Have developed greater writing skills.

Assessment

Essay (1500) : 30%
Journal (1000 words) : 25%
2 hour exam: 45%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar

Prerequisites

A sequence of first year subjects

Prohibitions

AIS1040, AIS3025


AIS2045 - Australian indigenous art and design

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Robyn Heckenberg

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an historical and contemporary overview of Australian Indigenous Art.The unit contextualises the place of Art in Indigenous culture posing interesting questions and points of view in relation to links to Country, diversity of Indigenous society and art used as a voice piece. The unit will also examine the growth in the participation of Indigenous artists in the marketplace and issues of copyright and intellectual property.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have gained an insight into the importance and relevance of art practice to the core cultural practices of Australian Indigenous societies, including links to the land and the Dreaming

  1. Have been introduced and be able to articulate the complexity and diversity of Australian Indigenous culture as reflected in art and craft (material culture).

  1. Have an understanding of the major issues of concern to Indigenous artists, including copyright and intellectual property issues.

  1. Have discussed and understood how contemporary Indigenous art practice reflects social and political concerns of Indigenous Australians.

At level 3, students will have an understanding of how to critique and analyse the work of Indigenous urban art work.

Assessment

Poster or alternate presentation (500 words): 10%
short written work (1000 words): 25%
Essay/Report(2500 words): 55%
Journal daily: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

AIS3045


AIS2055 - Power, knowledge, Aborigines: between representation and reality

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Mr Barry Judd and Stephen Pritchard

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit critically examines the ability of white Australia to know Aborigines through the discursive power of representation. This unit explores white Australia's attempt to represent Aborigines, moving beyond the historical, political and legal 'facts' of the colonial encounter to address the inherent theoretical problems of 'talking' about and for Australia's Indigenous peoples. Topics covered include representation of Aborigines in media, history, sport, culture, public administration and law. The unit is self reflexive and critically assesses way the Western academy has claimed to possess knowledge about Aborigines and authority over Aboriginal lives.

Objectives

This unit aims to provide students with an understanding of contemporary relationships between Aborigines and white Australia through a critical examination of how white Australia claims to "know" Aboriginal people, cultures and history. The unit will introduce students to the problematic of representation and the theoretical and practical influence representational constructs have exerted in shaping the colonial encounter between Aborigines and white Australia. On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate, both orally and in writing an appreciation of the broad social, cultural and historical context in which contemporary dialogues between Aborigines and white Australia operate.

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the key theoretical frameworks through which white Australia claims "knowledge" about and "power" over Aboriginal peoples and cultures.

  1. Describe and critically assess the central themes and issues that have shaped white Australian "knowledge" about Aboriginal peoples and cultures.

  1. Acknowledge and critically examine the difference between white Australia's representational constructs of Aborigines and the historic and contemporary realities of Australia's Indigenous peoples'.

  1. Acknowledge and critically examine the power and privilege of "whiteness" in contemporary Australian society.

  1. Demonstrate the various study skills and techniques necessary to successfully complete this unit and other Indigenous Studies units.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4500 words)
Oral Presentation 10% (500 words)

Contact hours

One x 2 hour seminar/week

Prerequisites

Any first year Arts sequence or permission of Undergraduate Co-ordinator

Prohibitions

AIS3055


AIS2060 - Indigenous legal issues

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Stephen Pritchard

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines the historical and cultural dimensions of law, law administration and the legal representation of Indigenous peoples in Australia from a critical inter-disciplinary perspective. Topics covered include: the recognition of Indigenous customary law, the Royal Commission into Aboriginal Deaths in Custody, mandatory sentencing, intellectual property, heritage protection and the Stolen Generations.

Objectives

Upon completion of this units students will be able to:

  1. Describe and critically analyse both orally and in writing, the operation of key Australian law and legislature relating to Indigenous cultures and peoples.

  1. Describe and critically analyse the central themes and issues relating to historical and contemporary approaches to Indigenous issues both orally and in writing.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4000 words)
Oral Presentation 10% (500 words)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

First year Arts sequence or permission of coordinator

Prohibitions

AIS2040, AIS3040


AIS2070 - Australian Aboriginal women

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Amanda Kearney

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit focuses on theoretical and cultural issues involved in 'studying' Australian Aboriginal Women; 'traditional' roles of Aboriginal women and their place in colonial and contemporary Australian society. It will also focus on European constructions of Aboriginal women's identity, the place of Aboriginal women in the state and the nation; Aboriginal women and feminism; media constructions and stereotypes of Aboriginal women; Aboriginal women's cultural autonomy; gender issues in land rights; and Aboriginal women's present needs and future aspirations. It will also look at the lives of Indigenous women in a global perspective.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit students should have acquired an understanding of the roles of Australian Aboriginal women historically and in their communities today, and of the ways in which academic knowledge of Aboriginal women has been constructed; and developed an awareness of the value of interdisciplinary approaches to a study of this kind, and of the importance of Aboriginal oral testimonies, as well as the uses of film and other media in the study of Australian Aboriginal women's lives.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4000 words)
Oral Presentation 10% (500 words)

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

First-year sequence or permission of coordinator

Prohibitions

AIS3070, AIS2170, AIS3170


AIS2080 - Contesting laws: culture, colonialism and land

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Stephen Pritchard

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit undertakes an inter-disciplinary study of historical and contemporary approaches to Australian Indigenous land rights and native title. It critically examines law, legislation and historical and political approaches to Aboriginal land rights prior to the decision in Mabo vs The State of Queensland, the debates surrounding the Mabo case, Wik vs The State of Queensland, Members of the Yorta Yorta Aboriginal Community vs Victoria, the Native Title Act, the Native Title Amendment Act, as well as a range of associated topics including the relationship between native title, history, heritage, anthropology, and archaeology.

Objectives

Upon completion of this units students will be able to:

  1. Describe and critically compare both orally and in writing the major shifts in approaches to native title and land rights.

  1. Evaluate the prevailing attitudes which dominate current thinking about native title from a range of disciplinary perspectives, including law, history, anthropology and archaeology.

  1. Understand the importance of native title and land rights to social justice and reconciliation.

  1. Critically analyse legal, political and historical representations of native title and understand their relationship to debates concerning the cultural politics of representation and self-determination.

  1. Demonstrate both orally and in writing an understanding of native title debates in terms of historical and contemporary relations between Indigenous peoples and the law.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4500 words)
Oral Presentation 10% (500 words)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

First year Arts sequence or permission of coordinator

Prohibitions

AIS2030/3030


AIS2090 - Hearing the country: Studies in indigenous Australian ethnoecology

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr John Bradley

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Australia is the site of a remarkable diversity of systems of knowledge. Indigenous knowledge systems and systems based on western scientific tradition have often been seen as the most distant poles on a continuum that ranges from myth to science. Continuing research in Australia shows that Indigenous ecological knowledge on this continent is detailed, localised and grounded in empirical observations. In addition, Indigenous knowledge is embedded within a system of ethics that is oriented toward long-term productivity. It is usual to contrast Indigenous knowledge with non-Indigenous systems of knowledge and care in order to show their divergence or even, in many instances, their oppositions.

Objectives

The objectives of this subject are to explore in depth the way in which people describe their relationship with country. It seeks to explore the way in which environmental and biological knowledge is encoded. It's major goal is to study ecological and scientific systems within the context of a culture. The subject aims to explore how language, history. "tradition", material culture, spirituality, kinship, emotion and politics are all ways in which people negotiate a relationship with the environment. The course will study the anthropological discourse with landscape and how knowledge about landscapes are encoded. This will involve issues such as kinship and ceremony, language and understanding ethnobiological zoological / botanical taxonomy in comparison to western Linnaean zoological and botanical taxonomy. The course will use actual case studies and will involve manipulating original material collected by the lecturer and other researchers. The course will also address the academic debates in relation to ethnoecology from the school of thought which places cognition at the forefront of this discipline to those that believe other issues such as culture, time and concepts such as "tradition" and religion also influence people and their relationship to the environment.

Assessment

Written work: 50% (3500 words)
Porfolio & Journal 50% (2,250 words)

Contact hours

1 two hour lecture per week

Prerequisites

ANY1010


AIS2110 - Indigenous heritage in the contemporary world

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Stephen Pritchard and Amanda Kearney

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit offers an interdisciplinary examination of Indigenous heritage and cultural property. By reference to key texts from anthropology, legal studies, history and art criticism, it will focus on the 'belongings' of culture; both in terms of material and intangible aspects of culture as well as the sense in which 'things' are understood to belong to cultures. Topics covered will include material culture, intangible cultural heritage and emotional engagements with cultural property, international interest in safeguarding cultural heritage and the re-assertment of Indigenous control and ownership of heritage.

Objectives

This unit aims to provide students with an understanding of historical and contemporary issues and approaches relating to Australian Indigenous heritage from a range of disciplinary perspectives. On successful completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. describe and critically compare both orally and in writing the major shifts in approaches to Indigenous heritage and cultural property.
  2. examine leading attitudes, which dominate current thinking about culture and heritage from a range of disciplinary perspectives, including law, history, anthropology and archaeology.
  3. understand of the importance of heritage and cultural property to social justice and reconciliation.
  4. critically analyzing legal, anthroplogical and historical representations of heritage and understand their relationship debates concerning the cultural politics of representation and self-determination.
  5. engage with global interest and international instruments concerned with 'categorising' and 'safeguarding' human heritage and cultural property
  6. demonstrate both orally and in writing an understanding of heritage debates in terms of historical and contemporary relations between Indigenous peoples and the law, anthropology and archaeology

Assessment

1 Seminar paper (1000 word) : 20%
1 Research essay (3000 word) : 70%
1 Oral presentation (500 word equivalent) : 10%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Any 1st year sequence in Arts, Social Work, Education or Law or permission of Undergraduate Coordinator

Prohibitions

AIS3110


AIS2120 - Museums and galleries: popular expressions of indigenous cultures

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Stephen Pritchard

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit considers the construction and representation of Indigenous culture and identity by reference to museum and art exhibitions and supporting literature. Museums and art galleries tend to give meaning to Indigenous 'cultural objects' by situating them within contextualizing narratives or by reference to additional information about their producers and production. This process may have broader implications relating to notions of Indigenous culture and their relationship to non-Indigenous history, identity and cultural production and property. These issues will be investigated through case studies drawn from current museum and gallery exhibitions in Melbourne's CBD.

Objectives

This unit aims to provide students with an understanding of historical and contemporary representations and constructions of Indigenous culture and identity through a critical examination of museum and art exhibits. The unit will introduce students to current discussions focusing on the construction of identity and culture, as well as their relevance to museum and art contexts. On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate, both orally and in writing an appreciation of the broad social, cultural and historical issues relating to the representation of Indigenous identities and cultures.
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of the key theoretical frameworks through which non-Indigenous Australia claims 'knowledge' about Indigenous peoples and cultures operate.
  3. Describe and critically assess the central themes and issues that have shaped non-Indigenous 'knowledge' about Australian Indigenous peoples and cultures.
  4. Acknowledge and critically examine the difference between non-Indigenous representations of Indigenous Australia and the historic and contemporary realities claimed by Indigenous people themselves.
  5. Critically examine how Indigenous culture and identity tend to be represented in museum and art exhibitions.
  6. Demonstrate the various study skills and techniques necessary to successfully complete this unit and later year Indigenous Studies.

Assessment

Seminar paper (1000 word) : 20%
Research essay (3000 word) : 70%
Oral presentation (500 word equivalent): 10%

Prerequisites

1st year arts sequence or with the permission of unit coordinator

Prohibitions

AIS3120


AIS2170 - Australian indigenous women

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Robyn Heckenberg

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Australian Indigenous Women examines the roles of women in traditional society as well as the significant role they have played in colonial society. The unit examines common stereotypes that Indigenous women have sought to disarm. There is discussion on discourses which involve Indigenous and Black women and feminism. Representations of Indigenous women in film, the theatre and literature. Self-representations of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander women as presented in art and photography movements. The role played by Indigenous women in Australia in politics and black women's voices. Common threads which run through Indigenous women in Australia and other countries.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will:

1. Be familiar with the issues central to the lives of contemporary Indigenous women; 2. Have a clear overview of the historical implications of colonization and the impacts that colonization had on Indigenous women, including stereotyping; 3. Understand the effects of government policy on the lives of Indigenous women and their families; 4. See the similarities for Indigenous women internationally and the changes they have and do face.

Assessment

Journal: 10%
Class presentation (1200 words): 15%
Essay (3000 words): 75%
OCL students will be part of on-line discussion group with interactive participation in place of the Class presentation.

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

AIS1010 or AIS1011 and AIS1040 or AIS1012

Prohibitions

AIS2070, AIS3070, AIS3170


AIS2180 - Aborigines: Sport, race and gender

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Barry Judd

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

A touchstone of Australian nationalism, sport has played an important role in determining the boundaries of nation by providing (re)presentational types of who Australians are or should be. Until recently images of Australian-ness to emerge in sports reflected the social and political aspiration of white Australia which formed around national identity around white masculinity. Despite this, Aboriginal people have both a long history of sporting participation and an outstanding record of sporting achievement. This unit considers the contribution of Aborigines to sport. Students will gain an appreciation of how ideas of race and gender have influenced Aboriginal participation in sport.

Objectives

This unit aims to provide students with an understanding of Aborigines in Australian sport through a critical examination of sporting discourse and its impact on Aboriginal participation and sporting achievement. The unit will introduce students to the racialised and gendered representation of Aborigines in Australian sport and explore how notions of race and gender have been used to 'read' the success, failure or political stance of Aboriginal sports people. On successful completion of this unit students will be able to: Demonstrate, both orally and in writing an appreciation of the broad social, cultural and historical context in which Aborigines have participated in Australian sports. Demonstrate an understanding of the key discursive frameworks through which Australian sport represents Aboriginal sports people. Describe and critically assess the central themes and issues that have shaped Australian sports 'knowledge' understanding of Aboriginal people. Acknowledge and critically examine the power and privilege of 'whiteness' in Australian sporting discourse. Acknowledge and critically examine the power and privilege of 'masculinity' in Australian sporting discourse. Demonstrate the various study skills and techniques necessary to successfully complete this unit and other Indigenous Studies units. In addition, at third year level, students are expected to demonstrate more extensive research and sophisticated oral presentation, analytical and writing skills.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4000 words)
Oral Presentation 10% (500 words)

Contact hours

6 x 4 hour seminars for 6 weeks.


AIS2807 - Australian indigenous health

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an overview of the complexity of Aboriginal health and ill-health. It also looks at the impact of colonisation on the health and well-being of Indigenous Australians. It examines access to health care systems and evaluates how Aboriginal communities practice self-determination in the delivery of health care.

Assessment

Journal (750 words): 10%
Research project proposal (750 words): 20%
Research project (3000 words): 70%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

AIS1010 or AIS1011 or equivalent

Prohibitions

AIS3807; GSC3801 (2000 and previously)


AIS2808 - Human rights and the indigenous Australian experience

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Andrew Gunstone

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit will assist students to acquire analytical and research skills which will enable them to examine and discuss objectively the application of human rights in Australia, in both a general sense and specifically in relation to Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people. This unit also aims to assist students to examine their knowledge and understanding of human rights, and which human rights Australian citizens can expect to have applied on their behalf by Australian Governments.

Assessment

Essay (2250 words): 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

12 points at first year in any discipline

Prohibitions

AIS3808, GSC3804


AIS2809 - Tourism and indigenous Australia

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Andrew Gunstone

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity to investigate and examine the contribution Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people make to the tourism industry in Australia. Case studies will provide the framework to study the various tourist attractions and management arrangements; particularly the level and nature of involvement of Indigenous Australians. A one day field excursion will be part of this unit.

Assessment

Major Case study/project (2000 words): 50%
Examination (2 hours): 40%
Draft proposal for major project (500 words): 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

AIS1010 or AIS1011 or equivalent

Prohibitions

AIS3809; GSC3802 (2000 and previously)


AIS3010 - Social justice and indigenous Australians

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Barry Judd

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit examines the relationship between social justice and Indigenous rights, focusing on the role of the State and its obligations to the international community; Aboriginal human and civil rights and self-determination; land rights and native title; Aboriginal sovereignty, and service provision in the areas of health, education, housing and the law. The value of an interdisciplinary approach to these topics is highlighted.

Objectives

Upon completion of this units students can expect to have developed a thorough understanding of the concept and theories of 'social justice' and its relationship to the application of British law and institutions within Australia and should be able to demonstrate both orally and in writing an understanding of theories of social justice as they have and have not applied to Indigenous Australians.

Assessment

Written work: 75% (3000 words)
Class Project: 25% (1500 words)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

AIS2010; KRS3010 (2000 and previously)


AIS3011 - Dynamics of indigenous cultures

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Andrew Gunstone and Robyn Heckenberg

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The intention of this unit is to address the following issues: how do (nation) states define indigenous peoples? How do people get classified as "indigenous" or "aboriginal"? How has globalisation enhanced awareness of minority and human rights everywhere? The course will show how being indigenous is often a product of state politics, negotiation of identities between local, state and transnational pressure, and even of individual self-selection. We will re-examine debates over universal values versus cultural relativism, flexible citizenship and identity, and group versus individual identities.

Objectives

As for AIS2011



Students undertaking the unit will be expected to have read more broadly and to show a greater depth of understanding in their written work and seminar contributions than students undertaking AIS2011.

Assessment

Short Essay (800 words): 20%
Long Essay (1700 words): 35%
Examination (2 hours): 45%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

AIS1010 or AIS1011 and AIS1012 or AIS1040

Prohibitions

AIS2011


AIS3020 - Interrogating racism: indigenous Australians and the state

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Stephen Pritchard

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit focuses on theories of race and issues of ethnicity, prejudice and racism, with particular emphasis on the continuities and discontinuities of discourses on 'race' in Australia; language use in a multicultural context; the uses of opinion polls; the representation of Indigenous people in the media and other forms of popular culture; multiculturalism and Aborigines. The value of an interdisciplinary approach to these topics is highlighted.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit students should have gained an understanding of the relationship between Australian Aborigines and social institutions and how theories of race and experiences of racism continue to impact upon Aborigines, and in addition engaged with issues of research and research methodologies in relation to racism and prejudice in contemporary Australia.

Assessment

Written work: 65% (3000 words)
Class Project: 25% (1500 words)
Oral Presentation 10% (500 words)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

First-year sequence or with permission of the coordinator

Prohibitions

AIS2020


AIS3025 - Activism, politics and indigenous Australia

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Andrew Gunstone

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This Unit analyses two broad, interrelated themes: firstly, the political struggles and activism of Indigenous peoples; and secondly, the numerous Government policies that have affected Indigenous peoples. The first section of the Unit examines these themes from a historical perspective, exploring issues such as protectionism, the 1938 Day of Mourning, assimilation, the 1967 Referendum, self-determination and the Aboriginal Tent Embassy. The second section of the Unit discusses several contemporary Indigenous issues that relate to the two themes. These issues include: land rights, native title, deaths in custody, the stolen generation, reconciliation, treaty, welfare reform and sovereignty.

Objectives

Same as AIS2025.



Plus level 3 students enrolled in AIS3025 will be expected to show that they have a greater depth of knowledge and have read more widely than the Level 2 students enrolled in AIS2025.

Assessment

Essay 1 (700 words): 15%
Essay 2 (1800 words): 40%
Examination (2 hours): 45%
Students will be expected to demonstrate a greater depth of knowledge and to have read more widely than the AIS2025 students

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

12 points at first year in any discipline

Prohibitions

AIS2025


AIS3035 - Australian Indigenous literature

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Robyn Heckenberg

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Australian Indigenous Literature takes the scholar on a journey of listening to and reflecting upon Indigenous voices in a variety of texts, including poetry, theatre, autobiography, early writings and film. The course is intended to expose students to an Indigenous way of seeing history, social issues and life in general. The diversity of Indigenous perspectives and life styles will become apparent, as will the creativity of Indigenous voices in Australia today. Students will gain abilities in critical thinking and analysis of material covered.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  • Have gained a broader appreciation of Indigenous Australian Literature through a variety of formats.
  • Appreciate the diversity of cultural and historical backgrounds of Indigenous people by being exposed to a diverse range of Indigenous creativity
  • Have gained an understanding of the main social and cultural issues that Indigenous people see as relevant.
  • Have gained abilities in being able to critically examine and analyse a variety of texts.
  • Have developed greater writing skills
  • At third year level, students will have fulfilled all the above as well as being able to show a broader background in research and resourcing support articles At third year level students will have demonstrated a greater ability to analyse and formulate a critical evaluation of the texts in the unit, inclusive of Indigenous points of view.

Assessment

Essay (1500) : 30%
Journal (1000 words) : 25%
2 hour exam: 45%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar

Prerequisites

A sequence of first year subjects

Prohibitions

AIS1040, AIS2025


AIS3045 - Australian indigenous art and design

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Robyn Heckenberg

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an historical and contemporary overview of Australian Indigenous Art.The unit contextualises the place of Art in Indigenous culture posing interesting questions and points of view in relation to links to Country, diversity of Indigenous society and art used as a voice piece. The unit will also examine the growth in the participation of Indigenous artists in the marketplace and issues of copyright and intellectual property.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have gained an insight into the importance and relevance of art practice to the core cultural practices of Australian Indigenous societies, including links to the land and the Dreaming

  1. Have been introduced and be able to articulate the complexity and diversity of Australian Indigenous culture as reflected in art and craft (material culture).

  1. Have an understanding of the major issues of concern to Indigenous artists, including copyright and intellectual property issues.

  1. Have discussed and understood how contemporary Indigenous art practice reflects social and political concerns of Indigenous Australians.

At level 3, students will have an understanding of how to critique and analyse the work of Indigenous urban art work.

Assessment

Poster or Alternate presentation (500 words): 10%
Short written work (1000 words): 25%
Essay/Report (2500 words): 55%
Journal daily: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

AIS2045


AIS3055 - Power, knowledge, Aborigines: between representation and reality

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Barry Judd and Stephen Pritchard

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for AIS2055

Objectives

This unit aims to provide students with an understanding of contemporary relationships between Aborigines and white Australia through a critical examination of how white Australia claims to "know" Aboriginal people, cultures and history. The unit will introduce students to the problematic of representation and the theoretical and practical influence representational constructs have exerted in shaping the colonial encounter between Aborigines and white Australia. On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate, both orally and in writing an appreciation of the broad social, cultural and historical context in which contemporary dialogues between Aborigines and white Australia operate.

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the key theoretical frameworks through which white Australia claims "knowledge" about and "power" over Aboriginal peoples and cultures.

  1. Describe and critically assess the central themes and issues that have shaped white Australian "knowledge" about Aboriginal peoples and cultures.

  1. Acknowledge and critically examine the difference between white Australia's representational constructs of Aborigines and the historic and contemporary realities of Australia's Indigenous peoples'.

  1. Acknowledge and critically examine the power and privilege of "whiteness" in contemporary Australian society.

  1. Demonstrate the various study skills and techniques necessary to successfully complete this unit and other Indigenous Studies units.

  1. The third year students, in addition, will be expected to provide evidence of independent research by reading and considering a range of materials not covered in the seminars or on the distributed reading list. (Added by Assessor)

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4500 words)
Oral Presentation 10% (500 words)

Contact hours

One x 2 hour seminar/week

Prerequisites

AIS1020 or with the permission of the coordinator

Prohibitions

AIS2055


AIS3060 - Indigenous legal Issues

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Stephen Pritchard

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines the historical and cultural dimensions of law, law administration and the legal representation of Indigenous peoples in Australia from a critical inter-disciplinary perspective. Topics covered include: the recognition of Indigenous customary law, the Royal Commission into Aboriginal Deaths in Custody, mandatory sentencing, intellectual property, heritage protection and the Stolen Generations.

Objectives

Upon completion of this units students will be able to:

  1. Describe and critically analyse both orally and in writing, the operation of key Australian law and legislature relating to Indigenous cultures and peoples.

  1. Describe and critically analyse the central themes and issues relating to historical and contemporary approaches to Indigenous issues both orally and in writing.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4000 words)
Oral Presentation 10% (500 words)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

First year Arts sequence or permission of coordinator

Prohibitions

AIS2040/3040


AIS3070 - Australian Aboriginal women

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Amanda Kearney

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit focuses on theoretical and cultural issues involved in 'studying' Australian Aboriginal Women; 'traditional' roles of Aboriginal women and their place in colonial and contemporary Australian society. It will also focus on European constructions of Aboriginal women's identity, the place of Aboriginal women in the state and the nation; Aboriginal women and feminism; media constructions and stereotypes of Aboriginal women; Aboriginal women's cultural autonomy; gender issues in land rights; and Aboriginal women's present needs and future aspirations. It will also look at the lives of Indigenous women in a global perspective.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit students should have acquired an understanding of the roles of Australian Aboriginal women historically and in their communities today, and of the ways in which academic knowledge of Aboriginal women has been constructed; and developed an awareness of the value of interdisciplinary approaches to a study of this kind, and of the importance of Aboriginal oral testimonies, as well as the uses of film and other media in the study of Australian Aboriginal women's lives.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4000 words)
Oral Presentation 10% (500 words)

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

First year sequence or with permission of the coordinator

Prohibitions

AIS2070, AIS2170, AIS3170


AIS3080 - Contesting laws: culture, colonialism and land

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Stephen Pritchard

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit undertakes an inter-disciplinary study of historical and contemporary approaches to Australian Indigenous land rights and native title. It critically examines law, legislation and historical and political approaches to Aboriginal land rights prior to the decision in Mabo vs The State of Queensland, the debates surrounding the Mabo case, Wik vs The State of Queensland, Members of the Yorta Yorta Aboriginal Community vs Victoria, the Native Title Act, the Native Title Amendment Act, as well as a range of associated topics including the relationship between native title, history, heritage, anthropology, and archaeology.

Objectives

Upon completion of this units students will be able to:

  1. Describe and critically compare both orally and in writing the major shifts in approaches to native title and land rights.

  1. Evaluate the prevailing attitudes which dominate current thinking about native title from a range of disciplinary perspectives, including law, history, anthropology and archaeology.

  1. Understand the importance of native title and land rights to social justice and reconciliation.

  1. Critically analyse legal, political and historical representations of native title and understand their relationship to debates concerning the cultural politics of representation and self-determination.

  1. Demonstrate both orally and in writing an understanding of native title debates in terms of historical and contemporary relations between Indigenous peoples and the law.

In addition, third-year students should be able to demonstrate more extensive research and sophisticated analytical, oral presentation and writing skills.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4500 words)
Oral Presentation 10% (500 words)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

First-year Arts sequence or permission of coordinator

Prohibitions

AIS2030/3030


AIS3090 - Hearing the country: Studies in indigenous Australian ethnoecology

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr John Bradley

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Australia is the site of a remarkable diversity of systems of knowledge. Indigenous knowledge systems and systems based on western scientific tradition have often been seen as the most distant poles on a continuum that ranges from myth to science. Continuing research in Australia shows that Indigenous ecological knowledge on this continent is detailed, localised and grounded in empirical observations. In addition, Indigenous knowledge is embedded within a system of ethics that is oriented toward long-term productivity. It is usual to contrast Indigenous knowledge with non-Indigenous systems of knowledge and care in order to show their divergence or even, in many instances, their oppositions.

Objectives

The objectives of this subject are to explore in depth the way in which people describe their relationship with country. It seeks to explore the way in which environmental and biological knowledge is encoded. It's major goal is to study ecological and scientific systems within the context of a culture. The subject aims to explore how language, history. "tradition", material culture, spirituality, kinship, emotion and politics are all ways in which people negotiate a relationship with the environment. The course will study the anthropological discourse with landscape and how knowledge about landscapes are encoded. This will involve issues such as kinship and ceremony, language and understanding ethnobiological zoological / botanical taxonomy in comparison to western Linnaean zoological and botanical taxonomy. The course will use actual case studies and will involve manipulating original material collected by the lecturer and other researchers. The course will also address the academic debates in relation to ethnoecology from the school of thought which places cognition at the forefront of this discipline to those that believe other issues such as culture, time and concepts such as "tradition" and religion also influence people and their relationship to the environment.

Assessment

Written work: 50% (3500 words)
Portfolio & Journal 50% (2,250 words)
3rd year students are required to demonstrate a tight engagement with the literature covered within the unit.

Contact hours

1 two hour lecture per week

Prerequisites

ANY1010


AIS3110 - Indigenous heritage in the contemporary world

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Stephen Pritchard and Amanda Kearney

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit offers an interdisciplinary examination of Indigenous heritage and cultural property. By reference to key texts from anthropology, legal studies, history and art criticism, it will focus on the 'belongings' of culture; both in terms of material and intangible aspects of culture as well as the sense in which 'things' are understood to belong to cultures. Topics covered will include material culture, intangible cultural heritage and emotional engagements with cultural property, international interest in safeguarding cultural heritage and the re-assertment of Indigenous control and ownership of heritage.

Objectives

This unit aims to provide students with an understanding of historical and contemporary issues and approaches relating to Australian Indigenous heritage from a range of disciplinary perspectives. On successful completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. describe and critically compare both orally and in writing the major shifts in approaches to Indigenous heritage and cultural property.
  2. examine leading attitudes, which dominate current thinking about culture and heritage from a range of disciplinary perspectives, including law, history, anthropology and archaeology.
  3. understand of the importance of heritage and cultural property to social justice and reconciliation.
  4. critically analyzing legal, anthroplogical and historical representations of heritage and understand their relationship debates concerning the cultural politics of representation and self-determination.
  5. engage with global interest and international instruments concerned with 'categorising' and 'safeguarding' human heritage and cultural property
  6. demonstrate both orally and in writing an understanding of heritage debates in terms of historical and contemporary relations between Indigenous peoples and the law, anthropology and archaeology.

Assessment

Seminar paper (1000 word) : 20%
Research essay (3000 word) : 70%
Oral presentation (500 word equivalent): 10%

Prerequisites

Any 1st year sequence in Arts, Social Work, Education or Law or permission of Undergraduate Coordinator

Prohibitions

AIS2110


AIS3120 - Museums and galleries: popular expressions of indigenous cultures

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Stephen Pritchard

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit considers the construction and representation of Indigenous culture and identity by reference to museum and art exhibitions and supporting literature. Museums and art galleries tend to give meaning to Indigenous 'cultural objects' by situating them within contextualizing narratives or by reference to additional information about their producers and production. This process may have broader implications relating to notions of Indigenous culture and their relationship to non-Indigenous history, identity and cultural production and property. These issues will be investigated through case studies drawn from current museum and gallery exhibitions in Melbourne's CBD.

Objectives

This unit aims to provide students with an understanding of historical and contemporary representations and constructions of Indigenous culture and identity through a critical examination of museum and art exhibits. The unit will introduce students to current discussions focusing on the construction of identity and culture, as well as their relevance to museum and art contexts. On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate, both orally and in writing an appreciation of the broad social, cultural and historical issues relating to the representation of Indigenous identities and cultures.
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of the key theoretical frameworks through which non-Indigenous Australia claims 'knowledge' about Indigenous peoples and cultures operate.
  3. Describe and critically assess the central themes and issues that have shaped non-Indigenous 'knowledge' about Australian Indigenous peoples and cultures.
  4. Acknowledge and critically examine the difference between non-Indigenous representations of Indigenous Australia and the historic and contemporary realities claimed by Indigenous people themselves.
  5. Critically examine how Indigenous culture and identity tend to be represented in museum and art exhibitions.
  6. Demonstrate the various study skills and techniques necessary to successfully complete this unit and later year Indigenous Studies.

Assessment

Seminar paper (1000 word) : 20%
Research essay (3000 word) : 70%
Oral presentation (500 word equivalent): 10%

Prerequisites

1st year arts sequence or with the permission of unit coordinator

Prohibitions

AIS2120


AIS3170 - Australian indigenous women

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Robyn Heckenberg

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Australian Indigenous Women examines the roles of women in traditional society as well as the significant role they have played in colonial society. The unit examines common stereotypes that Indigenous women have sought to disarm. There is discussion on discourses which involve Indigenous and Black women and feminism. Representations of Indigenous women in film, the theatre and literature. Self-representations of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander women as presented in art and photography movements. The role played by Indigenous women in Australia in politics and black women's voices. Common threads which run through Indigenous women in Australia and other countries.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will:

1. Be familiar with the issues central to the lives of contemporary Indigenous women; 2. Have a clear overview of the historical implications of colonization and the impacts that colonization had on Indigenous women, including stereotyping; 3. Understand the effects of government policy on the lives of Indigenous women and their families; 4. See the similarities for Indigenous women internationally and the changes they have and do face.

At level 3 students will show greater analytical strengths in the discussion of issues concerning Indigenous women.

Assessment

Journal: 10%
Class presentation (1200 words): 15%
Essay (3000 words): 75%
OCL students will be part of on-line discussion group with interactive participation in place of the Class presentation.

Third year students will be expected to demonstrate greater skills of analysis as well as demonstrating a broader range of reading.

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

AIS1010 or AIS1011 and AIS1040 or AIS1012

Prohibitions

AIS2070, AIS3070, AIS2170


AIS3180 - Aborigines: Sport, race and gender

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Barry Judd

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

A touchstone of Australian nationalism, sport has played an important role in determining the boundaries of nation by providing (re)presentational types of who Australians are or should be. Until recently images of Australian-ness to emerge in sports reflected the social and political aspiration of white Australia which formed around national identity around white masculinity. Despite this, Aboriginal people have both a long history of sporting participation and an outstanding record of sporting achievement. This unit considers the contribution of Aborigines to sport. Students will gain an appreciation of how ideas of race and gender have influenced Aboriginal participation in sport.

Objectives

This unit aims to provide students with an understanding of Aborigines in Australian sport through a critical examination of sporting discourse and its impact on Aboriginal participation and sporting achievement. The unit will introduce students to the racialised and gendered representation of Aborigines in Australian sport and explore how notions of race and gender have been used to 'read' the success, failure or political stance of Aboriginal sports people. On successful completion of this unit students will be able to: Demonstrate, both orally and in writing an appreciation of the broad social, cultural and historical context in which Aborigines have participated in Australian sports. Demonstrate an understanding of the key discursive frameworks through which Australian sport represents Aboriginal sports people. Describe and critically assess the central themes and issues that have shaped Australian sports 'knowledge' understanding of Aboriginal people. Acknowledge and critically examine the power and privilege of 'whiteness' in Australian sporting discourse. Acknowledge and critically examine the power and privilege of 'masculinity' in Australian sporting discourse. Demonstrate the various study skills and techniques necessary to successfully complete this unit and other Indigenous Studies units. In addition, at third year level, students are expected to demonstrate more extensive research and sophisticated oral presentation, analytical and writing skills.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4000 words)
Oral Presentation 10% (500 words)

Contact hours

6 x 4 hour seminars for 6 weeks.


AIS3807 - Australian indigenous health

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an overview of the complexity of Aboriginal health and ill-health. It also looks at the impact of colonisation on the health and well-being of Indigenous Australians. It examines access to health care systems and evaluates how Aboriginal communities practice self-determination in the delivery of health care.

Assessment

Journal (750 words): 10%
Research project proposal (750 words): 20%
Research project (3000 words): 70%
Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate more sophisticated analytical skills and submit work which demonstrates that they have read more extensively.

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

AIS1010 or AIS1011 or equivalent

Prohibitions

AIS2807; GSC3801 (2000 and previously)


AIS3808 - Human rights and the indigenous Australian experience

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Andrew Gunstone

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit will assist students to acquire analytical and research skills which will enable them to examine and discuss objectively the application of human rights in Australia, in both a general sense and specifically in relation to Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people. This unit also aims to assist students to examine their knowledge and understanding of human rights, and which human rights Australian citizens can expect to have applied on their behalf by Australian Governments.

Assessment

Essay (2250 words): 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%
Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate more sophisticated analytical skills and submit work which demonstrates that they have read more extensively.

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

12 points at first year in any discipline

Prohibitions

AIS2808; GSC3804 (2000 and previously)


AIS3809 - Tourism and indigenous Australia

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Andrew Gunstone

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity to investigate and examine the contribution Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people make to the tourism industry in Australia. Case studies will provide the framework to study the various tourist attractions and management arrangements; particularly the level and nature of involvement of Indigenous Australians. A one day field excursion will be part of this unit.

Assessment

Major case study/project (2000 words): 50%
Examination (2 hours): 40%
Draft proposal for major project (500 words): 10%
Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate more sophisticated analytical skills and submit work which demonstrates that they have read more extensively.

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

AIS1010 or AIS1011 or equivalent

Prohibitions

AIS2809; GSC3802 (2000 and previously)


AIS4010 - Theories and research methodologies in Australian indigenous studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr John Bradley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Theoretical and methodological issues involved in researching and writing about Indigenous peoples; constructions of Aboriginality and discourses of 'Aboriginalism'; contextualizing Indigenous ontology and epistemology in regard to dominant western perspectives and understanding that western epistemologies are no longer a primary tool to gain knowledge and thus appreciate that belief and knowledge systems are culturally derived; an exploration of 'two-way' engagement as a decolonizing tool.

Objectives

Students should be able to critically reflect on their own subject and speaking positions; and demonstrate their understanding of: constructions of Aboriginality and discourses of 'Aboriginalism'; the significance and meanings of oral history; ethical responsibilities and methodological approaches to Australian Indigenous Studies as an interdisciplinary study as well as within the discrete disciplines of Australian Indigenous archaeology and anthropology; understanding of questions of identity constructions and contestations; and how visual representations of Aboriginality have and continue to reflect the legacies of colonialism and Indigenous peoples' responses to this. On completion of this unit students should be able to demonstrate the capacity to think critically, and to communicate effectively and to a high level in written and oral forms.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (9000 words)
Oral Presentation 10% (500 words)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week for 13 weeks

Prerequisites

A major sequence in Australian Indigenous Studies, Australian Indigenous Archaeology or Anthropology, or with approval of the Honours coordinator.

Prohibitions

KRS4010 (2000 and previously)


AIS4030(A) - Honours dissertation part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lynette Russell

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Prospective honours students should consult Dr John Bradley or Professor Lynette Russell in their third year of study, between October and early December, to have their thesis topic approved and for details of supervision to be arranged. Combined honours may be taken with another Arts discipline, provided that honours requirements have been met in both disciplines. Students are expected to commence their research during the long vacation. The dissertation is due by late October.

Objectives

The dissertation should aim to analyse an issue of problem, develop a coherent argument and arrive at clearly articulated conclusions based on evidence. It should include appropriate footnotes/endnotes and a comprehensive bibliography and bibliographic essay.

Prohibitions

KRS4030 (2000 and previously)


AIS4030(B) - Honours dissertation part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lynette Russell

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for AIS4030(A)

Objectives

The dissertation should aim to analyse an issue of problem, develop a coherent argument and arrive at clearly articulated conclusions based on evidence. It should include appropriate footnotes/endnotes and a comprehensive bibliography and bibliographic essay.

Assessment

Written work: Research dissertation 100% (15,000 - 18,000 words)

Prohibitions

KRS4030 (2000 and previously)


AIS4031 - Honours dissertation

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Andrew Gunstone/Robyn Heckenberg

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Prospective honours students should consult either Dr Andrew Gunstone or Ms Robyn Heckenberg in their third year of study, between October and early December, to have their thesis topic approved and for details of supervision to be arranged. Combined honours may be taken with another Arts discipline, provided that honours requirements have been met in both disciplines. Students are expected to commence their research during the long vacation. The dissertation is due by late October.

Objectives

The dissertation should aim to analyse an issue of problem, develop a coherent argument and arrive at clearly articulated conclusions based on evidence. It should include appropriate footnotes/endnotes and a comprehensive bibliography and bibliographic essay.

Assessment

Written (15,000 to 18,000 words): 100%

Prerequisites

A major sequence in Australian Indigenous Studies

Prohibitions

KRS4030, AIS4030


AIS4040 - Interrogating race and power in Australian indigenous studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Stephen Pritchard

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Examination of race, gender, class and discourse of whiteness within Australian Indigenous Studies. Comparative study of other settler societies. Power and privilege in Australia.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit students will have developed an understanding of the theoretical foundations for an interrogation of the ways in which race, gender and class interact to sustain discourses of whiteness within Australian Indigenous Studies. Students will gain an understanding of the bases of power and privilege as they have been and continue to be exercised in Australia, through a comparative approach to studying material from other settler societies such as Canada, Aotearoa New Zealand, South Africa and the United States. Students will gain the ability to express their understandings of these factors and of Indigenous peoples' responses to the power structures within their colonial and contemporary settings both orally and in writing.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (9000 words)
Oral Presentation 10% (500 words)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

A major sequence in Australian Indigenous Studies or cognate discipline(s) as approved by the Honours coordinator


AIS4041 - Protocols and power in indigenous studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Andrew Gunstone and Robyn Heckenberg

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This is a preparatory unit for further research in the area of Indigenous Studies. Theoretical and methodological issues involved in researching and writing Indigenous Studies, including race, gender, class and ethnicity will be examined. This subject will be underpinned by an examination of appropriate ethical and protocol considerations. The subject will also deeply analyse power and privilege within the context of researching Indigenous Studies. Students will also be given the opportunity to enhance their understandings of Indigenous Studies at a global level.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit students should have developed an understanding of:

  1. their own subject and speaking positions;
  2. constructions of Aboriginality and discourses of Aboriginalism;
  3. ethical responsibilities and different methodological approaches to Australian Indigenous Studies;
  4. theories, practices, and the importance of oral history;
  5. historical and contemporary concepts of 'race,' in Australian scholarship;
  6. the value of interdisciplinary and comparative perspectives;
  7. the basis of power and privilege;
  8. indigenous issues at a global level.
Students should also be able to demonstrate the ability to research, analyse and communicate effectively to a high level in both written and oral forms.

Assessment

Seminar paper (3000 words): 30%
Essay (6000 words): 60%
Presentation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

A major sequence in Australian Indigenous Studies

Prohibitions

KRS4010, AIS4010, KRS4040, AIS4040


ANY1010 - Culture, power, difference: Indigeneity and Australian identity

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): John Bradley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Anthropology is the study of the diversity of human expression through space and time, which not only focuses on differences and similarities between societies and cultures, but also on connections and contestations between them. This unit will explore these aspects through focussing on the ongoing relationship between Indigenous and Settler Australians. This unit explores points of contestation and how this has shaped the position of Indigenous and Non-Indigenous Australians in contemporary society. Key periods in Indigenous Australia are discussed and the way in which Anthropology has been involved in the process of understanding Indigenous relationships to each other and to the land.

Objectives

Students in this subject can expect to learn:

  1. to formulate and critically evaluate concepts for understanding differences, similarities, connections and contestations between cultures,

  1. to perceive the ways in which knowledge about cultural comparisons enables us to be critically aware of our own cultural practices;

  1. to appreciate some of the important features of a number of Indigenous cultures in Australia;

  1. to discuss some of the key contemporary issues which exist in the relationship between Indigenous and Non-Indigenous cultures in Australia and

  1. to write clear and well-supported responses to various questions posed through exercises and essays.

Assessment

Tutorial Work (2000 words): 40%
Essay (2000 words): 40%
1 hour exam (500 words): 20%

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


ANY1020 - Culture, power and globalisation

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Brett Hough

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Anthropologists working among diverse communities have had to take into account the different ways in which people's identities, cultural practices, and sources of livelihoods have been increasingly shaped by global changes and inter-ethnic conflicts. This unit examines the impact of cultures upon each other, in particular, due to the development and spread of capitalism, colonialism, nationalism and globalisation. The focus will involve looking at the social transformation of societies, cultures and identities as ongoing processes in light of these forces of modernity.

Objectives

Students in this course can expect to:

  1. formulate and critically evaluate concepts for understanding the experiences of modernity;

  1. understand the relevance of anthropology to seeking solutions to such problems as racism, inter-ethnic

conflict, terrorism and war;

  1. gain a comparative understanding of processes of socio-cultural change in other societies;

  1. develop the critical and expressive skills required to write clear, coherent and original responses to various questions posed through exercises and essays.

Assessment

Tutorial Work (2000 words): 40%
Essay (2000 words): 40%
1 hour exam (500 words): 20%

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


ANY2110 - Magic, science and religion

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Thomas Reuter

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit examines some of the contributions that anthropologists and sociologists have made to our understanding of religion. The unit concentrates in particular on the relevance of the concepts of 'magic', 'science' and 'religion' for a comparative understanding of rituals and associated cosmologies in a variety of sociocultural settings.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this subject should have:

  1. An understanding of the development of Western thought in relation to science and religion and the influence of this on anthropological approaches to the study of non-Western religious traditions.

  1. An appreciation of the nature of rationalities underlying behaviour in other cultures.

  1. Knowledge of some non-Western magico-religious beliefs and practices through the examination of specific ethnographic case studies.

  1. Critical and reflexive skills that will enable them to provide thoughtful, clearly written and logically argued responses to topics and questions provided or chosen.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 50%
Seminar presentation and participation: 10%
Examination (3 hours): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

Appropriate first-year ANY sequence or by permission

Prohibitions

ANY3120


ANY2140 - Polynesia: Great anthropological debates

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Matt Tomlinson

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Anthropologists working with Polynesian cultures have generated some of the discipline's most provocative and productive debates. Major topics such as identity, agency, and performance have been investigated, argued about, and continually rethought. In this class, students will read and participate in some of these debates including: arguments over Captain Cook's "divine" status for Hawaiians; interpretations of sexuality, power, and violence in Samoa; long-distance voyaging and settlement; ritual cannibalism; and ethnographic representation. All of these topics will be discussed with reference to their contributions to anthropological understandings beyond Polynesia itself.

Objectives

  1. display significant knowledge about the cultures of the Pacific Islands
  2. identify key debates in the history of anthropology
  3. discuss the ways that scholarly arguments about culture are best evaluated, criticised, engaged with, and used productively
  4. develop the ability to write a focused research paper
  5. develop the ability to write a proposal for scholarly research

Assessment

Essay (2500 words): 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in Anthropology or History or Politics or Sociology or a cognate discipline or by permission

Prohibitions

ANY3140


ANY2160 - Understanding prejudice and discrimination

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Matt Tomlinson

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

If we examine arguments and conduct which support, justify and enact prejudice and discrimination, then what we find underlying them are theories about human nature. These theories are connected to the diverse forms of prejudice and discrimination and are always embedded within particular cultural, social, legal, political, economic and historical contexts. The unit therefore aims to

  1. adopt a crosscultural comparative and historical approach to explaining the dynamics of prejudice and discrimination; and
  2. introduce students to the range of current arguments to demonstrate how scholars are striving to understand the contemporary dynamics of prejudice and discrimination.

Objectives

Students can expect to develop:

  1. An understanding of the key concepts in terms of their social and historical contexts.

  1. A deeper and more reflective understanding of how the social and political dynamics of prejudice and discrimination are connected to specific interpretations of human nature and how these interpretations are cultural in origin.

  1. A critical awareness of the range of contemporary theoretical models that strive to explain the causes and the consequences of prejudice and discrimination.

  1. Knowledge about the social and cultural history of prejudice and discrimination and its links with colonialism and slavery.

  1. An enhanced cross-cultural and critical awareness of the social and historical bases of prejudice and discrimination in the modern world.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 60%
examination (1.5 hours): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

Appropriate first-year ANY sequence or by permission

Prohibitions

COS2160


ANY2170 - Visualising cultures: film and ethnography

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Brett Hough

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores the relation between film and ethnography by examining how cultures are 'visualised' - documented and represented on celluloid, usually in productions that are aimed at an educational audience rather than one that seeks pure entertainment. The ethical responsibilities of the filmmaker, the political dimension of filmic representation and the practical problems of recording another culture without 'exoticising' it will be studied. The unit also explores the issue of when visual representation can be more (or less) effective than textual discussions.

Objectives

Students in this subject can expect to:

  1. Become familiar with a range of ethnographic films.

  1. Further their understanding of issues involved in the politics of representation.

  1. Situate ethnographic film in relation to both a written tradition of ethnography and other filmed products.

  1. Develop their capacity to apply theories 'visually' as well as 'textually'.

  1. Improve written and oral skills in presenting, discussing and evaluating ideas and issues in anthropology by studying particular films in some detail.

Assessment

Written work and film reviews: 70%
Exam: 20%
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 2 hour film screening, 1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

Appropriate first-year ANY sequence or by permission

Prohibitions

COS2170 & ANY3170


ANY2180 - Witchcraft in the modern world

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Nicholas Herriman

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit presents witchcraft as a topic integral to the anthropology of religion, relevant both to earlier generations of scholars attempting to study religion objectively and to present-day scholars exploring witchcraft as a cultural phenomenon in the industrialised West. In this unit, students approach the study of witchcraft from both angles, asking: Why have narratives of witchcraft circulated so successfully in different cultural contexts for long historical periods? In what ways do pagan groups borrow from mainstream ideologies and practices, and in what ways subvert them? How can anthropologists investigate the interplay between religious practices and their representations?

Objectives

After successfully completing this unit, students in ANY2180 will be able to:
a. discuss the development of anthropological theories of religion through the lens of ethnographic work on witchcraft b. identify key definitions of witchcraft in the anthropological canon, and discuss their relevance to studies of modern neopagan religious movements c. discuss the emerging ethnography of modern neopagan religious movements d. use specific case studies to evaluate the validity of generalisations about witchcraft
Aims: Students are expected to develop their abilities to:

  1. use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with ethnographic accounts ii. read written sources and view visual material critically
  2. assess their own preconceived ideas about what witchcraft is vi. present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing

Assessment

Participation : 10%
In-class exam (1000) : 20%
Research essay 1 (1500) : 30%
Research essay 2 (2000) : 40%
Students taking the unit at Level 3 as part of a major in Anthropology will be required in their essays to show how the literature on witchcraft has contributed to broader developments in anthropological theory.

Contact hours

2 hour seminar

Prohibitions

Either ANY2180 or ANY3180 but not both


ANY2350 - Questions of identity: ethnicity, nationalism and globalisation

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Penelope Graham

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines the modern phenomenon of nationalism and reviews a range of theories that attempt to account for it. Despite predictions of its demise, nationalism is apparently flourishing as we continue to witness the forging of nations and the construction of national identities around the globe. Overall, the unit explores the thesis that the nation, as a culturally defined community, is the highest symbolic value of modernity. Themes include the relationship of nationalism to ethnicity and migration, gender and sexuality, colonialism and globalisation.

Objectives

On completion of this subject, students should be able to:

  1. Analyse key concepts constituting anthropological and sociological approaches to ethnicity and nationalism.

  1. Demonstrate a grasp of the arguments in the principle works on nationalism currently defining the topic in the social sciences.

  1. Analyse the relationship of nationalism to various wide-ranging sociological phenomena such as colonialism and globalisation.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Test: 20%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in Anthropology or History or Politics or Sociology or a cognate discipline or by permission

Prohibitions

COS2350, ANY3350, COS3350


ANY2530 - Modernities in the making: Indigenous peoples and colonial cultures

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Penelope Graham

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit explores the emergence of diverse 'modern' ways of life cross-culturally, especially as these stem from the varied contexts of indigenous peoples' encounters with forms of colonial power. Starting from a critique of the notion of 'unchanging' tradition, the focus is on the differing agendas and cultural processes which shaped relations between local peoples and colonial agents intent on re-constituting aspects of their social and cultural life.

Objectives

On completion of this subject students should be able to:

  1. Analyse socio-cultural aspects of emergent modernities in selected ethnographic settings around the globe.

  1. Demonstrate a knowledge of recent trends in the anthropological and sociological literature on colonial cultures and differing forms of modernity.

  1. Critique unduly dichotomous accounts of colonial/pre-colonial and Western/non-Western social formations.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
Test: 20%
Oral presentation: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in Anthropology or History or Politics or Sociology or a cognate discipline or by permission

Prohibitions

COS2530/ANY3530/COS3530


ANY3120 - Magic, science and religion

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Thomas Reuter

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit examines some of the contributions that anthropologists and sociologists have made to our understanding of religion. The unit concentrates in particular on the relevance of the concepts of 'magic', 'science' and 'religion' for a comparative understanding of rituals and associated cosmologies in a variety of sociocultural settings.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this subject should have:

  1. An understanding of the development of Western thought in relation to science and religion and the influence of this on anthropological approaches to the study of non-Western religious traditions.

  1. An appreciation of the nature of rationalities underlying behaviour in other cultures.

  1. Knowledge of some non-Western magico-religious beliefs and practices through the examination of specific ethnographic case studies.

  1. Critical and reflexive skills that will enable them to provide thoughtful, clearly written and logically argued responses to topics and questions provided or chosen.

Assessment

One essay (3500 words): 75%
Class exercise (1000 words): 25%
Third year students will be expected to exhibit an understanding of the theoretical debates associated with the conceptualisation of religion and associated concept of anthropology.

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

Appropriate first-year and/or second year ANY sequence or by permission

Prohibitions

ANY2110, COS2210, COS3220, RLT2110


ANY3140 - Polynesia: Great anthropological debates

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Matt Tomlinson

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Anthropologists working with Polynesian cultures have generated some of the discipline's most provocative and productive debates. Major topics such as identity, agency, and performance have been investigated, argued about, and continually rethought. In this class, students will read and participate in some of these debates including: arguments over Captain Cook's "divine" status for Hawaiians; interpretations of sexuality, power, and violence in Samoa; long-distance voyaging and settlement; ritual cannibalism; and ethnographic representation. All of these topics will be discussed with reference to their contributions to anthropological understandings beyond Polynesia itself.

Objectives

  1. display significant knowledge about the cultures of the Pacific Islands
  2. identify key debates in the history of anthropology
  3. discuss the ways that scholarly arguments about culture are best evaluated, criticised, engaged with, and used productively
  4. develop the ability to write a focused research paper
  5. develop the ability to write a proposal for scholarly research

For students taking the unit at Level 3 as part of a major in Anthropology there is the additional objective of:
  1. Ability to present an oral summary of their research proposals and answer questions on it

Assessment

Midterm essay (1000 words): 20%; Final essay (2000 words): 40%; Research proposal (1500 words):30%; Participation 10%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in Anthropology or History or Politics or Sociology or a cognate discipline or by permission

Prohibitions

ANY2140


ANY3170 - Visualising cultures: film and ethnography

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Brett Hough

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores the relation between film and ethnography by examining how cultures are 'visualised' - documented and represented on celluloid, usually in productions that are aimed at an educational audience rather than one that seeks pure entertainment. The ethical responsibilities of the filmmaker, the political dimension of filmic representation and the practical problems of recording another culture without 'exoticising' it will be studied. The unit also explores the issue of when visual representation can be more (or less) effective than textual discussions.

Objectives

Students in this subject can expect to become familiar with a range of ethnographic films; further their understanding of issues involved in the politics of representation; situate ethnographic film in relation to both a written tradition of ethnography and other filmed products; develop their capacity to apply theories 'visually' as well as 'textually'; improve written and oral skills in presenting, discussing and evaluating ideas and issues in anthropology by studying particular films in some detail. Students taking the unit at Third Year level will be expected in the essay to research and critically assess the work of a film-maker not covered in the set program.

Assessment

Written work and film reviews: 70%
Exam: 20%
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x film screening + l hour lecture +1 tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

Appropriate first-year ANY sequence or by permission

Prohibitions

COS2170 & ANY2170


ANY3180 - Witchcraft in the modern world

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Nicholas Herriman

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit presents witchcraft as a topic integral to the anthropology of religion, relevant both to earlier generations of scholars attempting to study religion objectively and to present-day scholars exploring witchcraft as a cultural phenomenon in the industrialised West. In this unit, students approach the study of witchcraft from both angles, asking: Why have narratives of witchcraft circulated so successfully in different cultural contexts for long historical periods? In what ways do pagan groups borrow from mainstream ideologies and practices, and in what ways subvert them? How can anthropologists investigate the interplay between religious practices and their representations?

Objectives

After successfully completing this unit, students will be able to: a. discuss the development of anthropological theories of religion through the lens of ethnographic work on witchcraft b. identify key definitions of witchcraft in the anthropological canon, and discuss their relevance to studies of modern neopagan religious movements c. discuss the emerging ethnography of modern neopagan religious movements d. use specific case studies to evaluate the validity of generalisations about witchcraft. For students taking the unit at Level 3 as part of a major in Anthropology there is the additional objective of: e. critically evaluating how the literature on witchcraft has contributed to broader developments in anthropological theory. Aims: Students are expected to develop their abilities to: i. use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with ethnographic accounts ii. read written sources and view visual material critically iii. assess their own preconceived ideas about what witchcraft is vi. present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing

Assessment

Participation : 10%
In-class exam (1000) : 20%
Research essay 1 (1500) : 30%
Research essay 2 (2000) : 40%
Students taking the unit at Level 3 as part of a major in Anthropology will be required in their essays to show how the literature on witchcraft has contributed to broader developments in anthropological theory.

Contact hours

2 hour seminar

Prohibitions

Either ANY2180 or ANY3180 but not both


ANY3230 - Culture and conflict in Indonesia

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Brett Hough

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Indonesia is a plural society made up of many groups distinguishable on ethnic, religious, linguistic and other cultural grounds. It is also a modern nation-state undergoing considerable social, political and economic transformation. This unit will analyse the processes of democratisation and conflict within the context of the political economy of structural change in Indonesia. It will examine the cultural mediation of conflict, the cultural reproduction of group identity, and the dynamics of social movements engendered by modernisation - mass movements which draw on the symbols of Islam, ethnicity, nationalism, and various political ideologies.

Objectives

Students in this subject can expect to develop:

  1. An awareness of the unity and diversity of Indonesia.

  1. An understanding of the significant social, political, historical and economic forces that have shaped (and continue to shape) contemporary Indonesia.

  1. The conceptual tools for understanding these processes.

  1. A sense of their own personal and cultural reflexivity as they use material written from different theoretical perspectives.

  1. The critical and expressive resources to make use of the material to write independent essays on the topics provided or chosen for assessment.

Assessment

Written work: 95% (9,000 words)
Seminar Participation: 5%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 1 hour film screening and 2 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Appropriate first-year ANY sequence or by permission


ANY3350 - Questions of identity: ethnicity, nationalism and globalisation

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Penelope Graham

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines the modern phenomenon of nationalism and reviews a range of theories that attempt to account for it. Despite predictions of its demise, nationalism is apparently flourishing as we continue to witness the forging of nations and the construction of national identities around the globe. Overall, the unit explores the thesis that the nation, as a culturally defined community, is the highest symbolic value of modernity. Themes include the relationship of nationalism to ethnicity and migration, gender and sexuality, colonialism and globalisation.

Objectives

On completion of this subject, students should be able to:

  1. Analyse key concepts constituting anthropological and sociological approaches to ethnicity and nationalism.

  1. Demonstrate a grasp of the arguments in the principle works on nationalism currently defining the topic in the social sciences.

  1. Analyse the relationship of nationalism to various wide-ranging sociological phenomena such as colonialism and globalisation.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Oral presentation: 20%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in Anthropology or History or Politics or Sociology or a cognate discipline or by permission

Prohibitions

ANY2350, COS2350, COS3350


ANY3480 - The third world

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit takes as its central themes the social consequences of economic development. It therefore examines the question of the emergence of industrial capitalism and how through colonialism the twin seeds of capitalism and underdevelopment were sown in the Third World. It also examines the response of the Third World to these transformations.

Objectives

Students can expect to develop:

  1. An understanding of the inequalities between the world's nations.
  2. An understanding of how the structure of global inequality effects different human groups in different ways.
  3. An increased awareness of the long-term historical, cultural, political, and economic forces which created and continue to create global inequalities.
  4. Critical evaluative skills with regard to theoretical models which strive to explain unequal development.
  5. An enhanced crosscultural knowledge about the dynamics of unequal development and its primary consequences.
  6. An understanding of Third World writers' views about these above mentioned issues.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Test: 20%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

Appropriate first-year ANY sequence or by permission

Prohibitions

COS3430


ANY3520 - Theorising culture

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Matt Tomlinson

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit gives students a grounding in the history of twentieth century anthropological theories of culture, and addresses the crisis in culture theory in the last decades of the century. By the middle of the semester, students will be able to develop a viable definition of culture and flexible but critical theory of ethnographic representation. In the second half of the semester, students will develop conference papers in which they reinterpret a major ethnographic contribution within a particular area (e.g., a classic monograph from Oceania) in light of the critical theoretical training they have received.

Objectives

There are four main objectives for this unit, considered both in terms of content and skills and experiences. Students will:

  1. Learn the broad historical outlines of the development of anthropological theories of culture, from early ideas of sociocultural evolution to later theories of structural functionalism, structuralism, and interpretive anthropology
  2. Continue to improve their ability to think with scholarly rigor and philosophical depth on the subject of culture while beginning to formulate their own ideas about how best to study it.
  3. Develop the ability to write a focused and analytically rigorous conference paper of approximately 4,000-5,000 words,
  4. Develop the ability to present such a paper to their peers. All of these objectives are interrelated, and the unit is designed to lead the students toward greater independence and confidence in their abilities to be original and productive thinkers.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Exam: 45%
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in Anthropology or History or Politics or Sociology or a cognate discipline or by permission

Co-requisites

The unit forms a sequence with ANY4300/ASM5290, Into the Field


ANY3530 - Modernities in the making: Indigenous peoples and colonial cultures

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Penelope Graham

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit explores the emergence of diverse 'modern' ways of life cross-culturally, especially as these stem from the varied contexts of indigenous peoples' encounters with forms of colonial power. Starting from a critique of the notion of 'unchanging' tradition, the focus is on the differing agendas and cultural processes which shaped relations between local peoples and colonial agents intent on re-constituting aspects of their social and cultural life.

Objectives

On completion of this subject students should be able to:

  1. Analyse socio-cultural aspects of emergent modernities in selected ethnographic settings around the globe.

  1. Demonstrate a knowledge of recent trends in the anthropological and sociological literature on colonial cultures and differing forms of modernity.

  1. Critique unduly dichotomous accounts of colonial/pre-colonial and Western/non-Western social formations.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Oral presentation: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in Anthropology or History or Politics or Sociology or a cognate discipline or by permission

Prohibitions

ANY2530/COS2530/COS3530


ANY4100 - Violences

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Brett Hough

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit explores violences as a complex set of practices, from a range of disciplinary perspectives although with an overall emphasis on the social sciences. Topic areas covered in any year may include state-sanctioned violences like institutionalised torture and capital punishment; interpersonal violences such as rape and child abuse; and intellectual and political debates over ethics, research methodologies and epistemologies, and issues of representation. This unit will also entail examining violences via cross-cultural perspectives in order to highlight differences and similarities throughout the world.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (9000 words)
Seminar work: 20%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 1 hour film screening and 1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


ANY4200 - Anthropology honours seminar

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): John Bradley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students may select a unit, in first or second semester, from those available at fourth-year level in the department. Approval for the selection must be obtained from the honours coordinator or the head of department.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Test: 20%
Class participation: 10%


ANY4300 - Into the field: The theory and practice of ethnography

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): John Bradley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Theoretical foundations for researching and analyzing cultural and social aspects of specific societies. Discussion will centre on theories associated with French structuralism and post-structuralism and British Social theory cultural studies. Each of these will be examined for its respective treatment of the relationship between individual creativity, culture and society and for its impact on the theory of ethnographic research.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


ANY4380(A) - Thesis in anthropology part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): John Bradley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students will be required to write a thesis of approximately 15,000-18,000 words on an approved topic. Each student will be allotted a supervisor with whom they will meet regularly.


ANY4380(B) - Thesis in anthropology part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): John Bradley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for ANY4380(A)

Assessment

Critical review essay (2000 words): 20%
Class presentation: 20%
Final portfolio containing a literature review and a methodological paper (5000 words): 60%


ANY4440 - Asia and the West

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Penny Graham

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit considers how categories like Asia and the West are constituted in the scholarly and popular imagination. Using film and written materials, the unit examines specific representations of Asian regions, cultures and societies with regard to issues of knowledge, power and subject position. Topics range from the problematic relationship between ecology and culture to a comparative analysis of how ancestral cosmologies, world religions, forms of modernity and the nation-state all work to shape local identities in Asia. Themes explored include how cross-cultural knowledge is constituted, how the workings of power are conceptualised and how status hierarchies are enacted and challenged.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students should be able to

  1. identify and critique key features of dichotomising accounts of Asia and the West (assessed in tasks 1 and 2);
  2. critically analyse a variety of tropes informing anthropological accounts of regions within Asia vis-a-vis the West (assessed in tasks 2 and 3);
  3. demonstrate a grasp of conceptual problems in the anthropological analysis of societies in Asia (assessed in tasks 2, 3 and 4);
  4. evaluate selected theoretical and ethnographic approaches to understanding the historical and sociological complexity of cultural and social formations in Asia (assessed in tasks 2, 3 and 4).

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Seminar participation: 10%
Oral presentation: 20%

Contact hours

33 hours: 3-hour workshops x 11 weeks during semester

Prohibitions

ASM5440


ANY4520 - Theorising culture

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Matt Tomlinson

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit gives students a grounding in the history of twentieth century anthropological theories of culture, and addresses the crisis in culture theory in the last decades of the century. By the middle of the semester, students will be able to develop a viable definition of culture and flexible but critical theory of ethnographic representation. In the second half of the semester, students will develop conference papers in which they reinterpret a major ethnographic contribution within a particular area (e.g., a classic monograph from Oceania) in light of the critical theoretical training they have received.

Objectives

There are four main objectives for this unit, considered both in terms of content and skills and experiences. Students will:

  1. Learn the broad historical outlines of the development of anthropological theories of culture, from early ideas of sociocultural evolution to later theories of structural functionalism, structuralism, and interpretive anthropology
  2. Continue to improve their ability to think with scholarly rigor and philosophical depth on the subject of culture while beginning to formulate their own ideas about how best to study it.
  3. Develop the ability to write a focused and analytically rigorous conference paper of approximately 4,000-5,000 words,
  4. Develop the ability to present such a paper to their peers. All of these objectives are interrelated, and the unit is designed to lead the students toward greater independence and confidence in their abilities to be original and productive thinkers.

Assessment

Midterm essay (1000 words): 20%;Final essay (3500 words): 35%; Conference presentation based on final essay(3500 words): 35%; Participation 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in Anthropology or History or Politics or Sociology or a cognate discipline or by permission

Prohibitions

ANY3520


ASN2010 - Global change and changing identities in Asia

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Prof Ross Mouer

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit is structured around several modules and incorporates contributions from the disciplines of anthropology, sociology, cultural studies, economics, gender studies, history, linguistics and politics as relevant to the understanding of social change. After considering the problems inherent in 'Asia' as a concept, it will examine some of the following topics in a comparative manner. The exact selection of topics to be covered in any given offering of the subject may vary from year to year.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this subject will have acquired:

  1. A basic exposure to a range of approaches to understanding Asian societies and cultures.

  1. A grounding in key facts about the state of private and public spheres of socio-cultural life in countries where change is occurring at a very rapid place.

  1. A familiarity with some methodologies used for furthering our knowledge about Asian societies.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (2500 words)
Exam: 20%
Presentation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour seminar) per week


ASN2020 - War and memory in the Asia Pacific: Legacies of World War II

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Beatrice Trefalt

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines the legacies of World War II in the Asia Pacific region, especially Japan,Korea, China, Malaysia, Singapore, Indonesia and the Philippines. It considers such well-known events as the Nanking Massacre of 1937 and the sexual slavery of so-called 'comfort women , as well as lesser known issues such as the use of Asian forced labour on the Burma-Thailand Railway or the experiences of colonial soldiers (Korean, Taiwanese, Filipino, Indian) in the conflict. Importantly, the unit examines critically how debates about the past affect international and domestic relations in the region, and why the wartime past continues to haunt Japan and its neighbours to this day.

Objectives

Upon completion of the unit, the students should have acquired

  1. a solid foundation of knowledge about the Second World War in Asia and the Pacific
  2. familiarity with specific issues related to war legacies and war memory
  3. critical insights into the contested and fluid nature of representations of the past
  4. research and interpretation skills through tutorial preparation and participation, and through the submission of written assignments
  5. practice in presenting and debating ideas and interpretations effectively and in an informed manner, both orally and in writing.

Assessment

Written work (3000 words): 70%
1 hour Exam: 20%
Tutorial contribution:10%

Contact hours

1 one-hour lecture per week for 13 weeks and 1 one-hour tutorial per week for 12 weeks

Prerequisites

An appropriate first year sequence or first year unit such as HSY1050/HSY1060 or HSY1050/JPS 1090 or HSY1111/HSY1112 or INT1010/INT1020 or PLT1031 or PLT1040 or PLT1050 or PLT1070


Prohibitions

ASN3020


ASN2030 - Narratives in a globalizing Asia: from oral literature to the modern novel

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alison Tokita

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores various kinds of narrative in Asian countries, from oral narrative to the modern novel and will analyse the global impact of the modern Western novel as a key marker of cultural modernity. A number of case studies (in India, China, Korea, Japan, Indonesia, Vietnam) will introduce oral narratives and classical literature as precursors to the novel, before studying the modern novel in each context. The novel will be discussed as a vehicle of displaced identity in Asian diasporic literatures. Finally we will ask whether Asian literature can be global literature.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this subject will have:

  1. developed an understanding of the development of oral and literate cultures in the Asian context
  2. developed an understanding of the impact of modernity on a selection of Asian cultures, as seen in the creation of the modern novel in vernacular languages
  3. developed critical insights into dynamics of modernity in the Asian context through literature
  4. become familiar with the struggle for national identity in Asian countries faced with the threat of Western domination and the role of literature in exploring individual and national identities in a globalizing world
  5. developed their skills in the areas of research, textual analysis and interpretation, and communication, both oral and written, through the application critical perspectives to the analysis and interpretation of one or more texts
  6. Students taking the unit at third-year level will be expected to demonstrate that they have read more widely in both the prescribed texts and the recommended critical texts.

Assessment

Written work (2500 words): 50%
Tutorial contribution 10%
Examination (2 hours): 40%.

Third-year students will be encouraged to formulate their own essay question, and will be expected to engage reflectively with theoretical work.

Contact hours

Two hours per week

Prerequisites

Any first-year sequence in Arts

Prohibitions

ASN3030


ASN2170 - Women in Asia: Gender, Tradition and Modernity

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit will look at gender relations, cultural definitions of femininity and masculinity and changing gender roles in Asian societies and cultures. The pre-modern, modern and postmodern condition of women in countries such as Japan and Indonesia, and the issues facing women in Asia today will be explored in depth in a comparative context. Topics will include matriarchal cultural patterns in Japan and Indonesia and their cultural expressions, the impact of patriarchal systems such as Confucianism and Buddhism, the nature of women's equal rights movements in contemporary Asia, changing family structures and educational opportunities for women.

Objectives

On completion of this subject, students should be able to:

  1. Analyse contemporary gender relations in selected South and Southeast Asian contexts from anthropological and sociological perspectives.

  1. Examine selected gender issues and changing gender roles in East Asian countries.

  1. Demonstrate a good grasp of issues arising in the intersection of gender, tradition and modernity across Asia.

Assessment

Written work
Project summary: 70%
Exam: 30%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in Asian studies or Anthropology or by permission

Prohibitions

ASN3170


ASN3010 - Global change and changing identities in Asia

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Prof Ross Mouer

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit is structured around several modules and incorporates contributions from the disciplines of anthropology, sociology, cultural studies, economics, gender studies, history, linguistics and politics as relevant to the understanding of social change. After considering the problems inherent in 'Asia' as a concept, it will examine some of the following topics in a comparative manner. The exact selection of topics to be covered in any given offering of the subject may vary from year to year.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this subject will have acquired:

  1. A basic exposure to a range of approaches to understanding Asian societies and cultures.

  1. A grounding in key facts about the state of private and public spheres of socio-cultural life in countries where change is occurring at a very rapid place.

  1. A familiarity with some methodologies used for furthering our knowledge about Asian societies.

  1. The ability to situate an understanding of the relationship of societies and economies to each other within a global/local context which can enhance our appreciation and understanding of the situation in other societies.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (2500 words)
Exam: 20%
Presentation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour seminar) per week


ASN3020 - War and Memory in the Asia Pacific: Legacies of World War II

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Beatrice Trefalt

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines the legacies of World War II in the Asia Pacific region, especially Japan,Korea, China, Malaysia, Singapore, Indonesia and the Philippines. It considers such well-known events as the Nanking Massacre of 1937 and the sexual slavery of so-called 'comfort women , as well as lesser known issues such as the use of Asian forced labour on the Burma-Thailand Railway or the experiences of colonial soldiers (Korean, Taiwanese, Filipino, Indian) in the conflict. Importantly, the unit examines critically how debates about the past affect international and domestic relations in the region, and why the wartime past continues to haunt Japan and its neighbours to this day.

Objectives

Upon completion of the unit, the students should have acquired

  1. a solid foundation of knowledge about the Second World War in Asia and the Pacific
  2. familiarity with specific issues related to war legacies and war memory
  3. critical insights into the contested and fluid nature of representations of the past
  4. research and interpretation skills through tutorial preparation and participation, and through the submission of written assignments
  5. practice in presenting and debating ideas and interpretations effectively and in an informed manner, both orally and in writing.

Assessment

Written work (3000 words): 70%
1 hour Exam: 20%
Tutorial contribution:10%

Contact hours

1 one-hour lecture per week for 13 weeks and 1 one-hour tutorial per week for 12 weeks

Prerequisites

An appropriate first year sequence or first year unit such as HSY1050/HSY1060 or HSY1050/JPS1090 or HSY1111/HSY1112 or INT1010/INT1020 or PLT1031 or PLT1040 or PLT1050 or PLT1070


Prohibitions

ASN3020


ASN3030 - Narratives in a globalizing Asia: from oral literature to the modern novel

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alison Tokita

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores various kinds of narrative in Asian countries, from oral narrative to the modern novel and will analyse the global impact of the modern Western novel as a key marker of cultural modernity. A number of case studies (in India, China, Korea, Japan, Indonesia, Vietnam) will introduce oral narratives and classical literature as precursors to the novel, before studying the modern novel in each context. The novel will be discussed as a vehicle of displaced identity in Asian diasporic literatures. Finally we will ask whether Asian literature can be global literature.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this subject will have:

  1. developed an understanding of the development of oral and literate cultures in the Asian context
  2. developed an understanding of the impact of modernity on a selection of Asian cultures, as seen in the creation of the modern novel in vernacular languages
  3. developed critical insights into dynamics of modernity in the Asian context through literature
  4. become familiar with the struggle for national identity in Asian countries faced with the threat of Western domination and the role of literature in exploring individual and national identities in a globalizing world
  5. developed their skills in the areas of research, textual analysis and interpretation, and communication, both oral and written, through the application critical perspectives to the analysis and interpretation of one or more texts
  6. Students taking the unit at third-year level will be expected to demonstrate that they have read more widely in both the prescribed texts and the recommended critical texts.

Assessment

Written work (2500 words): 50%
Tutorial contribution 10%
Examination (2 hours): 40%.

Third-year students will be encouraged to formulate their own essay question, and will be expected to engage reflectively with theoretical work.

Contact hours

Two hours per week

Prerequisites

Any first-year sequence in Arts

Prohibitions

ASN2030


ASN3071 - Theory and research in Asian Studies

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Unit is designed to guide students in the formulation of a research problem consciousness. This involves the ability to conduct a literature review to identify key issues and concepts, to argue the significance of pursuing research on a specific topic, to operationalise the key concepts relevant to sample, and to write a statement explaining their problem consciousness. Students will be exposed to obtrusive and unobtrusive methodologies for gathering data, reading texts, observation and participant observation, use of government data, interviewing and surveying. Various methods of recording data will also be introduced. Special attention is given to using resources about Asia in libraries.

Assessment

Written assignments (3500 words): 80%
Examination (1 hour): 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

Completion of one or more units with considerable Asian content or by permission


ASN3170 - Women in Asia: Gender, tradition and modernity

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit will look at gender relations, cultural definitions of femininity and masculinity and changing gender roles in Asian societies and cultures. The pre-modern, modern and postmodern condition of women in countries such as Japan and Indonesia, and the issues facing women in Asia today will be explored in depth in a comparative context. Topics will include matriarchal cultural patterns in Japan and Indonesia and their cultural expressions, the impact of patriarchal systems such as Confucianism and Buddhism, the nature of women's equal rights movements in contemporary Asia, changing family structures and educational opportunities for women.

Objectives

On completion of this subject, students should be able to:

  1. Analyse contemporary gender relations in selected South and Southeast Asian contexts from anthropological and sociological perspectives.
  2. Examine selected gender issues and changing gender roles in East Asian countries.
  3. Demonstrate a good grasp of issues arising in the intersection of gender, tradition and modernity across Asia.
  4. Third year students are expected to have gained familiarity with aspects of theory relating to gender and modernity.

Assessment

Written work
Project summary: 70%
Exam: 30%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in Asian studies or Anthropology or by permission

Prohibitions

ASN2170


ASN4499 - Honours seminar in Asian studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Bruce Jacobs

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The seminar has two key purposes:

  1. to examine a series of topics in Asian Studies of interest to the students and lectures and
  2. to develop the research, writing and oral presentation skills of the students. To meet these goals, students will choose their literature review and research paper topics in consultation with the coordinator. They will also help choose the readings for the seminar discussions of their topics. At the conclusion of the seminar, students should have knowledge of several important topics in Asian Studies as well as enhanced abilities to conduct research at honours level.

Assessment

Literature Review (3500 words): 35%
Research Paper (5500 words): 65%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in one of the honours programs in Asian Studies (normally Chinese, Indonesian, Japanese or Korean)


ASN4929 - Dissertation

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Beatrice Trefalt

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A dissertation of about 15,000-18,000 words in English, using a substantial number of Asian language and secondary sources. This unit may be taken over one or two semesters in the same calendar year by students who are starting and completing the thesis in that calendar year.

Assessment

Written (15,000-18,000 words): 100%

Prerequisites

Admission to honours


ASN4929(A) - Dissertation Part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Beatrice Trefalt

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A dissertation of about 15,000-18,000 words in English, using a substantial number of Asian language and secondary sources. This unit may be taken over one or two semesters in the same calendar year by students who are starting and completing the thesis in that calendar year.

Prerequisites

Admission to honours


ASN4929(B) - Dissertation Part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Beatrice Trefalt

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for ASN4929(A)

Assessment

Written (15,000-18,000 words): 100%

Prerequisites

Admission to honours


AST4060 - Japan and Asia since 1945: war legacies and memory wars

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examine various debates about World War II legacies in the Asian region, affecting particularly Japan's relationship with Korea, with China and with various other peoples and nations that suffered from Japan's invasion up to 1945. As well as examining the parameters of these debates, the unit encourages reflection on the politicised and consumable nature of the past, and on the processes of remembering and forgetting upon which the identity of nations and communities are built.

Objectives

Upon completion of the unit, the students should have 1) acquired a solid foundation of knowledge about the Second World War in Asia and the Pacific 2)become familiar with a number of specific issues related to war legacies and war memory 3)developed critical insights into the contested and fluid nature of representations of the past, and become familiar with the major writers in the area 4)developed research and interpretation skills through preparation for and participation in the weekly seminars, and through preparation for their written assignments 5) practised devising a feasible research project 6) practised presenting and debating ideas and interpretations effectively and in an informed manner, both orally and in writing

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

1 one-hour lecture per week for 13 weeks and 1 two-hour seminar per week for 12 weeks


AST4700A - Research Dissertation - Part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


AST4700B - Research Dissertation - Part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


ATD4090 - Applied industry research

8 points, SCA Band 1, 0.1666667 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Jeff Jarvis

Offered

City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

The role of research in the tourism industry. The existing base of secondary information, including publications such as The International Visitor Survey and the Domestic Tourism Monitor, and how they can be used in the industry. The methodology for designing quantitative and qualitative studies and how the results can be interpreted statistically and graphically.

Assessment

Analytical assignment/take home exam (2000 words): 30%
Group research report (4000 words): 50%
Research presentation: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

2-hour seminar per week


AUS1010 - Out of empire: Australia in the world

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Australia's relationship with Britain from the 1900s to the present day. Topics covered include the changing orientation of Australian trade, foreign policy and cultural ties. Britain's role as the main source of Australia's migrants. Australia's drift away from Britain and towards Asia and the United States. The role of the monarchy and the debate over republicanism. Australia's widening relationships with India, Japan, SE Asia and the U.S. Post-colonial identities and exchanges: expatriates, backpackers and 'whingeing poms'.

Objectives

  1. To gain an understanding of Australia's changing relationship with Britain and the monarchy.
  2. To gain an understanding of issues and events that have shaped the nation and Australia's international role.
  3. To think, discuss and write critically about the issues that effect Australian politics, culture and society.
  4. To develop students' independent research and presentation skills on related subjects.

Assessment

Written exercise (500 words) : 20%
Assignment (2000 words) : 40%
Examination (2 hours) : 40%,

Contact hours

Three hours per week


AUS1020 - Democracy and nation

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

An overview of Australia's political, social and cultural development over this century and the early development of the nation's political and legal system. The character of the democracy that was established in Australia at the time of federation in 1901. Influences on Australia's constitution and its system of government, and how Australian citizens viewed their rights and responsibilities.

Assessment

Written exercise (500 words): 15%
Assignment 1 (1500 words): 35%
Assignment 2 (2500 words): 50%

Contact hours

5 hours per week


AUS1040 - Holiday business: An introduction to the tourism industry

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Vicki Peel

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

A general overview of the tourism industry in its Australian and international contexts emphasizing destination development, planning and trends in tourism growth amid changing economic, social and political environments. The structure of the domestic and international tourism industry and the roles and responsibility of community, government and business in developing and planning for tourism growth is a central theme. Case studies will investigate resort development, special events, cultural and ecotourism, and the significance of indigenous culture in tourism.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be able to:

  1. Analyse critically aspects of sustainable tourism development and planning in a global context.

  1. Identify the planning and policy making role of Governments, industry and communities in tourism development.

  1. Recognise a range of tourism planning methodologies.

  1. Enhance their report writing, research and oral presentation skills in preparation for a career in the industry.

Assessment

Field Exercise (1500 words ): 30%
Essay (2000 words): 35%
Examination (1 hour): 25%
Tutorial attendance and work requirements: 10%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


AUS1050 - Cultural tourism

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr David Dunstan

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Introduction to cultural tourism in international and Australian contexts. Theory and development of cultural tourism. The role of cultural institutions such as museums, theme parks and galleries and precincts such as southbank, Chapel Street and the Rocks. The thematic interaction of tourism with hinterland districts, festivals, heritage and indigenous culture. Developing and interpreting cultural tourism attractions.

Objectives

  1. To equip students with a foundation of the origins and direction of cultural tourism development in Australia and internationally.

  1. To provide understanding of the theory and practice of cultural tourism product development.

  1. To develop skills in the evaluation and interpretation of cultural tourism attractions.

  1. To develop research, writing and oral presentation skills related to the field.

Assessment

Examination (1.5 hours): 35%
Research essay (2000 words) 35%
Class participation and seminar presentation: 15%
Seminar exercise (1000 words): 15%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


AUS1060 - Australian idol: exploring contemporary Australia

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Tom Heenan

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

What symbols and landmarks identify and embody Australia? How have Uluru and the Opera House, the Harbour Bridge and Barrier Reef, Anzac and vegemite evolved as cultural icons and what do they tell us about Australian history and identity? This unit explores contemporary Australia through its films, literature, sport, myths, heroes and history. Organised around the themes of Land, Nation and People, it focuses on the making of national/gender/racial identity, white Australians reckoning with Indigenous culture and our changing relationship with the world and the region. It includes an excursion to the iconic landscape of the Rocks in central Sydney and/or a tour of the 'Aussie Outback'.

Objectives

  1. To develop students' understanding of the historical and cultural processes impacting upon various aspects of contemporary Australia.
  2. To employ fieldwork, film and media analysis, and a range of relevant sources within the field of Australian Studies in gaining insight into past and current events that have shaped contemporary Australia.
  3. To think, discuss and write critically about the issues that effect Australian politics, culture and society.
  4. To develop students' independent research and presentation skills on related subjects.

Assessment

Minor Essay (1000 words): 15%
Major Essay
Oral Presentation (2000 words
10 minutes): 35%
10%
Tutorial attendance and contribution: 10%,
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Contact hours

Three hours per week (two hour lecture and one tutorial)


AUS1070 - Sport and society in Australia

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Tom Heenan

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A study of sport in contemporary Australia and a study of Australian society and values through an investigation of sport. Includes the origins of popular mainstream codes such as Australian Rules football (including possible Gaelic and Aboriginal origins), rugby, tennis, boxing, racing, swimming and cricket. Further topics include the commercialisation of sport, the politics and professionalisation of sport, sport and the construction of national identity. Institutions and events studied include the Australian Football League, Soccer Australia, the World Cup, the Olympic Games and Commonwealth Games and the AIS. Wider issues studied include gender, race and ethnicity in sport, sport and the media.

Objectives

Students can expect to: demonstrate an understanding of the evolution of contemporary sporting practices; key issues in the study of sport in Australia today and of sport's contribution to Australian national identity. Students will further demonstrate the ability to: critically evaluate topical debates dealing with sport; conduct independent research and group research and communicate findings; engage in independent and critical thinking, written analysis and communication.

Assessment

Research Essay (2000 words) : 40%
Short Essay (1000 words) : 20%
Short report working in groups (500 words) : 10%
Tutorial and fieldtrip participation: 10%
Examination (1000 words) : 20%
A fieldwork excursion is included in the program

Contact hours

Three hours per week


AUS2000 - Anzac legends: Australians at war

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Bruce Scates

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Why is war central to the shaping of Australian identity? How has it defined our place in the region and the world? This unit explores the experience of Australians at war, from the colonial period to the Landing at Gallipoli and through the major conflicts of the twentieth century. It focuses on the 'face of battle' and how human conflict affected men and women on the front line. 'Anzac Legends' will examine the role of war in both consolidating and challenging definitions of gender, national and racial identity. It will explore the changing representation of war memory in film and literature and includes excursions to the Australian War Memorial in Canberra and/or Melbourne's Shrine.

Objectives

  1. a critical understanding of the history of Australia's involvement in war and the significance of that involvement; (2) an in depth understanding of the lived experience of war and an ability to interrogate personal testimonies; (3) a knowledge of the historical and social context of Australia's involvement in particular campaigns and how these have redefined Australia's relationship with the region and the world
  2. a familiarity with the major historiographical issues surrounding the impact of war on Australian identity and society; (5)an ability to conduct independent research; (6) an ability to write expressively and critically on the complex questions of involvement in human conflict.

Assessment

Short essay (based on excursion) (1000 words): 20%
Major essay (2000 words): 40%
Seminar contribution: 20% Test (one hour): 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 hour lecture + 1 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

First year Arts sequence or equivalent

Prohibitions

AUS3000


AUS2001 - Broken earth: Journeys through the Australian landscape

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Bruce Scates

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

How has the landscape shaped the definition of what it means to be Australian? Why was 'the Bush' en as a place of the weird or the monstrous? Have non-Indigenous Australians learned from Aboriginal relationships with the natural environment and (in an age of catastrophic climate change) what challenges do we now face in living with the land? This unit considers the climatic, cultural and economic forces which have shaped the landscape, exploring the dynamic interaction between Australians and their environment. It draws on a range of disciplines, including tourism, literature, geography, politics, journalism and cultural studies; includes excursions along the Great Ocean Road and/or the Murray River.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students should have:

  1. an understanding of changing perceptions of the Australian environment;
  2. an understanding of the climatic, cultural and economic forces that help to determine land usage;
  3. a knowledge of different ways of interacting with the landscape, in particular Aboriginal as opposed to non-Indigenous attitudes to land usage;
  4. a familiarity with the major themes in the field of Australian environmental history;
  5. an ability to conduct research;
  6. an ability to write expressively and critically on the complex questions of human relationships with the natural world.

Assessment

Minor essay (based on excursion) (1000 words): 20%
Major essay (2000 words): 40%
Seminar contribution: 20% Test (one hour): 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 hour lecture + 1 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

First year Arts sequence or equivalent

Prohibitions

AUS3001, AUS4220, AUS5220


AUS2002 - Beyond Gallipoli: Australians in two World Wars

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Bruce Scates

Offered

Prato Winter semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This Unit centres on a study tour of the Gallipoli peninsula, a visit to the ancient site of Troy and/or a cruise through the historic Greek islands to the WWII battlefields of Crete. It will be based at the Prato Study Centre near Florence where lectures/seminars will introduce students to Australians' experience of war. Topics will include the making of the Anzac legend, war and the experience of overseas travel, homeric tradition and the changing nature of battle, pilgrimage, cultural tourism and the making of commemorative landscapes abroad. Students will be required to research a campaign in depth and present their findings on a former battlefield or related site of memory.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students should have:

  1. a critical understanding of the history of Australia's involvement in the world wars and the way these conflicts have been remembered and commemorated;
  2. an in depth understanding of the lived experience of war and an ability to interrogate personal testimonies;
  3. a knowledge of the historical and social context of Australia's involvement in particular campaigns during the first and second world wars and how these have redefined Australia's relationship with the region and the world;
  4. a familiarity with the major historiographical issues surrounding the impact of world war and 'total war' on Australian identity and society;
  5. an ability to conduct independent research;
  6. an ability to write expressively and critically on the complex questions of involvement in human conflict.

Assessment

Assignment based on excursion (2000 words): 20%
One major essay (4000 words): 40%
Class presentation: 20%
Test (1 hour): 20%

Contact hours

12 hours (4 x 1 hour lecture + 4 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

First year Arts sequence or equivalent

Prohibitions

AUS2003, AUS3003, AUS3002, AUS2004, AUS3004, AUS2005, AUS3005


AUS2003 - Gallipoli journey: Anzac and the Ottomans

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Bruce Scates

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit centres on a study tour of the Istanbul and the Gallipoli Peninsula, reconstructing the ANZAC campaign of 1915. A series of on site lectures and workshops will introduce students to the nature and experience of war on the peninsula. Topics will include the making of the Anzac Legend, War and the experience of overseas travel, Homeric tradition and the changing nature of battle, pilgrimage, cultural tourism, the making of commemorative landscapes and the Ottoman Empire. Students will be required to research a battle in depth and present their findings on the battlefield or related site of memory.

Objectives

  1. a critical understanding of the history of Australia's involvement in the Great War and the way that conflict has been remembered and commemorated.
  2. an in depth understanding of the lived experience of war and an ability to interrogate personal testimonies
  3. a knowledge of the historical and social context of Australia's involvement in the Gallipoli campaign and how that campaign redefined Australia's relationship with the region and the world
  4. a familiarity with the major historiographical issues surrounding the impact of world war and 'total war' on Australian identity and society
  5. an ability to conduct independent research
  6. an ability to write expressively and critically on the complex questions of involvement in human conflict
  7. an understanding of different theoretical approaches to the writing of history and the history of warfare in particular (third year students would be expected to acquire a greater degree of sophistication in applying critical and theoretical approaches)

Assessment

Assignment (2,000 words): 20%
One major essay (4,000 words): 40%
Class presentation
Journal: 20%
Test (1 hour): 20%

Contact hours

Contact hours - 1 x 3 hr workshop pre departure + 10 x 2 hr lecture delivered on site at Istanbul/Gallipoli + 5 x 2 hr seminars delivered on site at Istanbul/Gallipoli over 22 days

Off-campus attendance requirements

Given the experiential aspect of this unit, it cannot be offered through distance learning.

Prerequisites

First year Arts sequence or equivalent

Co-requisites

None

Prohibitions

AUS2002, AUS3002, AUS3003, AUS2005, AUS3005


AUS2004 - Gallipoli's shadow: Australia at war

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Bruce Scates

Offered

Prato Winter semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores Australians experience of war and will be taught at the Monash Study Centre in Prato. A series of lectures and workshops will introduce students to the Australia's contribution to both World Wars emphasising our changing relationship to Britain/Europe. Topics will include the making of the Anzac Legend, War and the experience of overseas travel, Homeric tradition and the changing nature of battle, pilgrimage, cultural tourism and the making of commemorative landscapes. Students will be required to research a battle in depth and present their findings using combatants' testimony. Includes an excursion to an historic site of war memory in Italy.

Objectives

  1. A critical understanding of the history of Australia's involvement in the Great War and the way that conflict has been remembered and commemorated.
  2. an in depth understanding of the lived experience of war and an ability to interrogate personal testimonies
  3. a knowledge of the historical and social context of Australia's involvement in particular campaigns during the first and second world wars and how these have redefined Australia's relationship with the region and the world
  4. a familiarity with the major historiographical issues surrounding the impact of world war and 'total war' on Australian identity and society
  5. an ability to conduct independent research
  6. an ability to write expressively and critically on the complex questions of involvement in human conflict
  7. an understanding of different theoretical approaches to the writing of history and the history of warfare in particular (third year students would be expected to acquire a greater degree of sophistication in applying critical and theoretical approaches).

Assessment

One major essay (3000 words): 60%
Class presentation (based on excursion): 20%
+ Test (1 hour): 20%

Contact hours

Contact hours: 1 x 2 hr workshop pre departure + 1 x 2 hr lecture pre departure +10 x 1 hr lecture + 5 x 2 hr seminars over 3 weeks in Prato.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Given that this course is to be delivered in Prato, it cannot be offered through distance learning.

Prerequisites

First year Arts sequence or equivalent

Co-requisites

None

Prohibitions

AUS2002, AUS3002, AUS3004


AUS2005 - Anzac journey: Gallipoli and the Ottomans

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Bruce Scates

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit centres on a study tour of the Istanbul and the Gallipoli Peninsula, reconstructing the ANZAC campaign of 1915. A series of on site lectures and workshops will introduce students to the nature and experience of war on the peninsula. Topics will include the making of the Anzac Legend, War and the experience of overseas travel, Homeric tradition and the changing nature of battle, pilgrimage, cultural tourism, the making of commemorative landscapes and the Ottoman Empire. Students will be required to research a battle in depth and present their findings on the battlefield or related site of memory.

Objectives

  1. a critical understanding of the history of Australia's involvement in the Great War and the way that conflict has been remembered and commemorated.
  2. an in depth understanding of the lived experience of war and an ability to interrogate personal testimonies
  3. a knowledge of the historical and social context of Australia's involvement in the Gallipoli campaign and how that campaign redefined Australia's relationship with the region and the world
  4. a familiarity with the major historiographical issues surrounding the impact of world war and 'total war' on Australian identity and society
  5. an ability to conduct independent research
  6. an ability to write expressively and critically on the complex questions of involvement in human conflict
  7. an understanding of different theoretical approaches to the writing of history and the history of warfare in particular (third year students would be expected to acquire a greater degree of sophistication in applying critical and theoretical approaches)

Assessment

One major essay (3000 words): 60%
Class presentation (based on excursion): 20%
Test (1 hour): 20%

Contact hours

Contact hours - 1 x 3 hr Workshop pre departure + 11 x 1 hr Lecture delivered on site at Istanbul/Gallipoli + 5 x 2 hr Seminars delivered on site at Istanbul/Gallipoli over 22 days

Off-campus attendance requirements

Given the experiential aspect of this unit, it cannot be offered through distance learning.

Prerequisites

First year Arts sequence or equivalent

Co-requisites

None

Prohibitions

AUS2002, AUS3002, AUS2003, AUS3003, AUS3005


AUS2015 - A world of sport: Culture, communities and communication

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr David Nadel

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit studies sport in international and Australian contexts as a global phenomenon. Australia's in organisations like the Olympic Games movement (IOC), the role of sport in different communities and culture, also representation and the media, government, politics and professionalism, regulation, sporting communities and public policy. An understanding of sporting traditions and the construction of identity and heritage. The significance of places, stadiums and territory, gender, regional diversity and equity and social opportunity. Students undertake a special industry study.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of different theories of society, individual and group identity and of sport.
  2. A critical understanding of key issues in the study of international sport, including the complex interplay between social ideals and aspirations and commercial, political, developmental and individual concerns.
  3. An understanding of different institutional, developmental and community concerns in selected sporting traditions and institutions.
  4. A critical and comparative understanding of Australia's contribution to international sport and exchange.
  5. An ability to critically evaluate the role of allied activities, including the media, in the development and representation of sport. An ability to develop methodological research techniques to inform theoretical concerns in industry studies.
  6. An ability to conduct independent research and to document and communicate findings.
  7. Improved skills of independent and critical thinking, English language, and written and oral communication.

Assessment

Research essay (2150 words):48%;
Short essay 1: (900 words): 20%;
Seminar and fieldwork participation 10%;
Examination (1000 words): 22%

Contact hours

Three hours per week One two hour lecture and one one hour seminar

Prohibitions

AUS3015


AUS2040 - Travel writing and new technologies

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit provides an understanding of the role and practice of a range of communication media important to the tourism industry. First half examines the development and practice of travel publishing in diverse formats including journal articles, brochures, guidebooks and media releases. Second half introduces students to the applied use of new technologies in tourism. This includes text and web-page design and the implications of E-commerce for the travel industry.

Objectives

On successful completion of this subject students should:

  1. Be able to write copy for the travel industry.

  1. Have an understanding of the ways in which written and technological communications are used by the travel industry.

  1. Have developed practical skills such as audience identification, web-page design and the implications of e-commerce in tourism.

  1. Be able to create internet-ready product for the travel industry.

  1. Have an overview and understanding of the tourist communication media.

Assessment

Book review (1000 words): 20%
Encyclopaedia entry (text and electronic versions): 20%
Website production: 25%
Examination (90 minutes): 25%
Attendance and participation: 10%


AUS2050 - Australian sports writing

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr David Dunstan and Dr Tom Heenan

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit studies Australian sports writing and the growth of a culture of communication with attention given to sports writers as creative professionals. Topics include the diversity of sporting contexts brought before the public, the sports writer and different media, creating the writer's role, reader and community responses, and the contribution made to consumerism and Australian identity. Case studies include events interpreted, categories of writing and critical studies of writers of note. Students will be encouraged to develop writing skills in the field.

Objectives

Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be expected to be able:

  1. Write an appropriate account of a given sporting event;
  2. Recognise the techniques utilised by sportswriters in their craft and to demonstrate applicable sports writing skills;
  3. Demonstrate a critical understanding of sports writing as it reflects different historical, social and psychological contexts;
  4. Work collaboratively as well as independently;
  5. To conduct independent research and fieldwork.

Assessment

Minor essay (1000 words): 20%
Major essay (2000 words): 40%
Writing exercises (1000 words): 20%
Examination (1 hour): 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in an Arts discipline or permission.


AUS2070 - Australia in a globalizing world

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Tom Heenan

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity to consider the evolving character of Australia's external relations from the beginning of the twentieth century to the present. The initial focus is closely integrated with investigations of how Australia's traditional bonds with Britain and the US were influenced by Australia's insecurities about Asia. The unit will trace how these traditional fears and bonds have altered as Australia engaged more with Asia in response to the growth of regional trading blocs and a globalizing world economy. Australia's identity as a small nation state engaged in a post-colonial and rapidly changing world environment.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the broad contours of Australia's external relations over the past century and the key assumptions that have underpinned Australian foreign and trade policies.
  2. An understanding of the changing balance in Australia's relations between Great Britain, the US and the Asian region.
  3. A knowledge of the changing perceptions of Australia among its traditional allies and within the Asian region.
  4. An ability to critically evaluate topical debates about Australia's foreign and trade relations in a globalizing world economy.
  5. An ability to conduct independent research.
  6. An ability to write lucidly and with analytical depth.

Assessment

Tutorial attendance and participation : 10%
Document/text analysis (1000 words) : 20%
Major essay (2000 words) : 30%
Examination (1.5 hrs) : 40%

Contact hours

3 hrs (1 x 2 hr lecture, 1 x1 hr tutorial)


AUS2220 - Where do you get it? Consumerism in Australia

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr David Dunstan and Dr Tom Heenan

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit will focus on the development of the Australian consumer market. Specific topics include advertising, selling, market research, branding, anti-consumerism, and consumer protection and activism. The unit will explore the global influences that have shaped Australian consumerism, and the contributions of the consumer, commercial sector, and state and federal regulatory bodies in moulding a consumer-based suburban 'Australian way of life'.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit students should have acquired:
An understanding of the consumer movement and the forces that have shaped Australian consumer society; changing roles of marketing and selling, and government regulation; an ability to present soundly based argument in written, visual and oral formats; independent research skills of a quantitative and qualitative nature and an ability to critically evaluate results.

Assessment

Minor essay (1000 words): 20%
Major essay (2000 words): 40%
Class test (1.5 hours): 30%
Participation & oral presentation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in an Arts discipline or permission.

Prohibitions

AUS3220


AUS3000 - Anzac legends: Australians at war

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Bruce Scates

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Why is war central to the shaping of Australian identity? How has it defined our place in the region and the world? This unit explores the experience of Australians at war, from the colonial period to the Landing at Gallipoli and through the major conflicts of the twentieth century. It focuses on the 'face of battle' and how human conflict affected men and women on the front line. 'Anzac Legends' will examine the role of war in both consolidating and challenging definitions of gender, national and racial identity. It will explore the changing representation of war memory in film and literature and includes excursions to the Australian War Memorial in Canberra and/or Melbourne's Shrine.

Objectives

  1. a critical understanding of the history of Australia's involvement in war and the significance of that involvement; (2) an in depth understanding of the lived experience of war and an ability to interrogate personal testimonies; (3) a knowledge of the historical and social context of Australia's involvement in particular campaigns and how these have redefined Australia's relationship with the region and the world
  2. a familiarity with the major historiographical issues surrounding the impact of war on Australian identity and society; (5)an ability to conduct independent research; (6) an ability to write expressively and critically on the complex questions of involvement in human conflict; (7)an understanding of different theoretical approaches to the writing of history and the history of warfare in particular (third year students would be expected to acquire and demonstrate a greater degree of sophistication in applying critical and theoretical approaches).

Assessment

Short essay (based on excursion) (1000 words): 20%
Major essay (3000 words): 40%
Seminar contribution: 20% Test (one hour): 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 hour lecture + 1 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

First year Arts sequence or equivalent

Prohibitions

AUS2000


AUS3001 - Broken earth: Journeys through the Australian landscape

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Bruce Scates

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

How has the landscape shaped the definition of what it means to be Australian? Why was 'the Bush' en as a place of the weird or the monstrous? Have non-Indigenous Australians learned from Aboriginal relationships with the natural environment and (in an age of catastrophic climate change) what challenges do we now face in living with the land? This unit considers the climatic, cultural and economic forces which have shaped the landscape, exploring the dynamic interaction between Australians and their environment. It draws on a range of disciplines, including tourism, literature, geography, politics, journalism and cultural studies; includes excursions along the Great Ocean Road and/or the Murray River.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students should have:

  1. an understanding of changing perceptions of the Australian environment;
  2. an understanding of the climatic, cultural and economic forces that help to determine land usage;
  3. a knowledge of different ways of interacting with the landscape, in particular Aboriginal as opposed to non-Indigenous attitudes to land usage;
  4. a familiarity with the major themes in the field of Australian environmental history;
  5. an ability to conduct research;
  6. an ability to write expressively and critically on the complex questions of human relationships with the natural world;
  7. an understanding of different theoretical approaches to the writing of environmental history

Assessment

Minor essay (based on excursion) (1000 words): 20%
Major essay (3000 words): 40%
Seminar contribution: 20%
Test (one hour): 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 hour lecture + 1 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

First year Arts sequence or equivalent

Prohibitions

AUS2001, AUS4220, AUS5220


AUS3002 - Beyond Gallipoli: Australians in two World Wars

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Bruce Scates

Offered

Prato Winter semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This Unit centres on a study tour of the Gallipoli peninsula, a visit to the ancient site of Troy and/or a cruise through the historic Greek islands to the WWII battlefields of Crete. It will be based at the Prato Study Centre near Florence where lectures/seminars will introduce students to Australians' experience of war. Topics will include the making of the Anzac legend, war and the experience of overseas travel, Homeric tradition and the changing nature of battle, pilgrimage, cultural tourism and the making of commemorative landscapes abroad. Students will be required to research a campaign in depth and present their findings on a former battlefield or related site of memory.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students should have:

  1. a critical understanding of the history of Australia's involvement in the world wars and the way these conflicts have been remembered and commemorated;
  2. an in depth understanding of the lived experience of war and an ability to interrogate personal testimonies;
  3. a knowledge of the historical and social context of Australia's involvement in particular campaigns during the first and second world wars and how these have redefined Australia's relationship with the region and the world;
  4. a familiarity with the major historiographical issues surrounding the impact of world war and 'total war' on Australian identity and society;
  5. an ability to conduct independent research;
  6. an ability to write expressively and critically on the complex questions of involvement in human conflict;
  7. an understanding of different theoretical approaches to the writing of history and the history of total war in particular (third year students would be expected to acquire and demonstrate a greater degree of sophistication in applying critical and theoretical approaches).

Assessment

Assignment based on excursion (2000 words): 20%
One major essay (4000 words): 40%
Class presentation
journal: 20%
Test (1 hour): 20%

Contact hours

12 hours (4 x 1 hour lecture + 4 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

First year Arts sequence or equivalent

Prohibitions

AUS2002, AUS2003,AUS3003, AUS2004, AUS3004, AUS2005, AUS3005


AUS3003 - Gallipoli journey: Anzac and the Ottomans

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Bruce Scates

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit centres on a study tour of the Istanbul and the Gallipoli Peninsula, reconstructing the ANZAC campaign of 1915. A series of on site lectures and workshops will introduce students to the nature and experience of war on the peninsula. Topics will include the making of the Anzac Legend, War and the experience of overseas travel, Homeric tradition and the changing nature of battle, pilgrimage, cultural tourism, the making of commemorative landscapes and the Ottoman Empire. Students will be required to research a battle in depth and present their findings on the battlefield or related site of memory.

Objectives

  1. a critical understanding of the history of Australia's involvement in the Great War and the way that conflict has been remembered and commemorated.
  2. an in depth understanding of the lived experience of war and an ability to interrogate personal testimonies
  3. a knowledge of the historical and social context of Australia's involvement in the Gallipoli campaign and how that campaign redefined Australia's relationship with the region and the world
  4. a familiarity with the major historiographical issues surrounding the impact of world war and 'total war' on Australian identity and society
  5. an ability to conduct independent research
  6. an ability to write expressively and critically on the complex questions of involvement in human conflict
  7. an understanding of different theoretical approaches to the writing of history and the history of warfare in particular (third year students would be expected to acquire a greater degree of sophistication in applying critical and theoretical approaches)

Assessment

Assignment (2,000 words): 20%
Major essay (4,000 words): 40%
Class presentation and journal: 20%
Test (1 hour): 20%

Contact hours

Contact hours - 1 x 3 hr Workshop pre departure + 10 x 2 hr Lecture delivered on site at Istanbul/Gallipoli + 5 x 2 hr Seminars delivered on site at Istanbul/Gallipoli over 22 days

Off-campus attendance requirements

Given the experiential aspect of this unit, it cannot be offered through distance learning.

Prerequisites

First year Arts sequence or equivalent

Co-requisites

None

Prohibitions

AUS2002, AUS3002, AUS2003, AUS2005, AUS3005


AUS3004 - Gallipoli's shadow: Australia at war

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Bruce Scates

Offered

Prato Winter semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores Australians experience of war and will be taught at the Monash Study Centre in Prato. A series of lectures and workshops will introduce students to the Australia's contribution to both World Wars emphasising our changing relationship to Britain/Europe. Topics will include the making of the Anzac Legend, War and the experience of overseas travel, Homeric tradition and the changing nature of battle, pilgrimage, cultural tourism and the making of commemorative landscapes. Students will be required to research a battle in depth and present their findings using combatants' testimony. Includes an excursion to an historic site of war memory in Italy.

Objectives

  1. A critical understanding of the history of Australia's involvement in the Great War and the way that conflict has been remembered and commemorated.
  2. an in depth understanding of the lived experience of war and an ability to interrogate personal testimonies
  3. a knowledge of the historical and social context of Australia's involvement in particular campaigns during the first and second world wars and how these have redefined Australia's relationship with the region and the world
  4. a familiarity with the major historiographical issues surrounding the impact of world war and 'total war' on Australian identity and society
  5. an ability to conduct independent research
  6. an ability to write expressively and critically on the complex questions of involvement in human conflict
  7. an understanding of different theoretical approaches to the writing of history and the history of warfare in particular (third year students would be expected to acquire a greater degree of sophistication in applying critical and theoretical approaches).

Assessment

One major essay (3000 words): 60%
Class presentation (based on excursion): 20%
+ Test (1 hour): 20%

Contact hours

Contact hours: 1 x 2 hr workshop pre departure + 1 x 2 hr lecture pre departure +10 x 1 hr lecture + 5 x 2 hr seminars over 3 weeks in Prato.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Given that this course is to be delivered in Prato, it cannot be offered through distance learning.

Prerequisites

First year Arts sequence or equivalent

Co-requisites

None

Prohibitions

AUS2002, AUS3002, AUS2004


AUS3005 - Anzac journey: Gallipoli and the Ottomans

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Bruce Scates

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit centres on a study tour of the Istanbul and the Gallipoli Peninsula, reconstructing the ANZAC campaign of 1915. A series of on site lectures and workshops will introduce students to the nature and experience of war on the peninsula. Topics will include the making of the Anzac Legend, War and the experience of overseas travel, Homeric tradition and the changing nature of battle, pilgrimage, cultural tourism, the making of commemorative landscapes and the Ottoman Empire. Students will be required to research a battle in depth and present their findings on the battlefield or related site of memory.

Objectives

  1. a critical understanding of the history of Australia's involvement in the Great War and the way that conflict has been remembered and commemorated.
  2. an in depth understanding of the lived experience of war and an ability to interrogate personal testimonies
  3. a knowledge of the historical and social context of Australia's involvement in the Gallipoli campaign and how that campaign redefined Australia's relationship with the region and the world
  4. a familiarity with the major historiographical issues surrounding the impact of world war and 'total war' on Australian identity and society
  5. an ability to conduct independent research
  6. an ability to write expressively and critically on the complex questions of involvement in human conflict
  7. an understanding of different theoretical approaches to the writing of history and the history of warfare in particular (third year students would be expected to acquire a greater degree of sophistication in applying critical and theoretical approaches)

Assessment

One major essay (3000 words): 60%
Class presentation (based on excursion): 20%
Test (1 hour): 20%

Contact hours

Contact hours - 1 x 3 hr Workshop pre departure + 11 x 1 hr Lecture delivered on site at Istanbul/Gallipoli + 5 x 2 hr Seminars delivered on site at Istanbul/Gallipoli over 22 days

Off-campus attendance requirements

Given the experiential aspect of this unit, it cannot be offered through distance learning.

Prerequisites

First year Arts sequence or equivalent

Co-requisites

None

Prohibitions

AUS2002, AUS3002, AUS2003, AUS3003, AUS2005


AUS3015 - A world of sport: Culture, communities and communication

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr David Nadel

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit studies sport in international and Australian contexts as a global phenomenon. Australia's involvement in organisations like the Olympic (IOC) and Commonwealth Games movements, the role of sport in different communities and cultures, also representation and the media, government, politics and professionalism, regulation, sporting communities and public policy. An understanding of sporting traditions and the construction of identity and heritage. The significance of places, stadiums and territory, gender, regional diversity and equity and social opportunity. Students undertake a special industry study with emphasis on theoretical concerns and research techniques

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of different theories of society, individual and group identity and of sport.
  2. A critical understanding of key issues in the study of international sport, including the complex interplay between social ideals and aspirations and commercial, political, developmental and individual concerns.
  3. An understanding of different institutional, developmental and community concerns in selected sporting traditions and institutions.
  4. A critical and comparative understanding of Australia's contribution to international sport and exchange.
  5. An ability to critically evaluate the role of allied activities, including the media, in the development and representation of sport. An ability to develop methodological research techniques to inform theoretical concerns in industry studies.
  6. An ability to conduct independent research and to document and communicate findings.
  7. Improved skills of independent and critical thinking, English language, and written and oral communication.
  8. An ability to develop research techniques to inform theoretical concerns in industry studies.

Assessment

Research essay (2150 words) : 48%
Short essay 1 (900 words) : 20%
Seminar and fieldwork participation (Equivalent to 450 words) : 10%
Examination (1000 words) : 22%

Contact hours

Three hours per week

Prohibitions

AUS2015


AUS3040 - Travel writing and new technologies

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit provides an understanding of the role and practice of a range of communication media important to the tourism industry. First half examines the development and practice of travel publishing in diverse formats including journal articles, brochures, guidebooks and media releases. Second half introduces students to the applied use of new technologies in tourism. This includes text and web-page design and the implications of E-commerce for the travel industry.

Objectives

Book review (1000 words): 20%

  • Encyclopaedia entry (text and electronic versions): 20%
  • Website production: 25%
  • Examination (90 minutes): 25%
  • Attendance and participation: 10%

Assessment

Book review (1000 words): 20%
Encyclopaedia entry (text and electronic versions): 20%
Website production: 25%
Examination (90 minutes): 25%
Attendance and participation: 10%


AUS3050 - Australian sports writing

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr David Dunstan and Dr Tom Heenan

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit studies Australian sports writing and the growth of a culture of communication with attention given to sports writers as creative professionals. Topics include the diversity of sporting contexts brought before the public, the sports writer and different media, creating the writer's role, reader and community responses, and the contribution made to consumerism and Australian identity. Case studies include events interpreted, categories of writing and critical studies of writers of note. Students will be encouraged to develop writing skills in the field.

Objectives

Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be expected to be able:

  1. Write an appropriate account of a given sporting event;
  2. Recognise the techniques utilised by sportswriters in their craft and to demonstrate applicable sports writing skills;
  3. Demonstrate a critical understanding of sports writing as it reflects different historical, social and psychological contexts;
  4. Work collaboratively as well as independently;
  5. To conduct independent research and fieldwork;
  6. Demonstrate a familiarity with contemporary critical debates relevant to sports literature.

Assessment

Minor essay (1000 words): 20%
Major essay (2000 words): 40%
Writing exercises (1000 words): 20%
Examination (1 hour): 20%

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in an Arts discipline or permission.


AUS3070 - Australia in a globalizing world

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Tom Heenan

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit provides students with an opportunity to consider the evolving character of Australia's external relations from the beginning of the twentieth century to the present. The initial focus is closely integrated with investigations of how Australia's traditional bonds with Britain and the US were influenced by Australia's insecurities about Asia. The unit will trace how these traditional fears and bonds have altered as Australia engaged more with Asia in response to the growth of regional trading blocs and a globalizing world economy. Australia's identity as a small nation state engaged in a post-colonial and rapidly changing world environment.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the broad contours of Australia's external relations over the past century and the key assumptions that have underpinned Australian foreign and trade policies.
  2. An understanding of the changing balance in Australia's relations between Great Britain, the US and the Asian region.
  3. A knowledge of the changing perceptions of Australia among its traditional allies and within the Asian region.
  4. An ability to critically evaluate topical debates about Australia's foreign and trade relations in a globalizing world economy.
  5. An ability to conduct independent research.
  6. An ability to write lucidly and with analytical depth. Third year students will be expected to demonstrate additional conceptual ability.

Assessment

Tutorial attendance and participation : 10%
Document/text analysis (1000 words) : 20%
Major essay (2000 words) : 30%
Examination (1.5 hrs) : 40%

Contact hours

3 hrs (1 x 2 hr lecture, 1 x1 hr tutorial)


AUS3220 - Where do you get it? Consumerism in Australia

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr David Dunstan and Dr Tom Heenan

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit will focus on the development of the Australian consumer market. Specific topics include advertising, selling, market research, branding, anti-consumerism, and consumer protection and activism. The unit will explore the global influences that have shaped Australian consumerism, and the contributions of the consumer, commercial sector, and state and federal regulatory bodies in moulding a consumer-based suburban 'Australian way of life'.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit students should have acquired:
An understanding of the consumer movement and the forces that have shaped Australian consumer society; changing roles of marketing and selling, and government regulation; an ability to present soundly based argument in written, visual and oral formats; independent research skills of a quantitative and qualitative nature and an ability to utilise theoretical perspectives to critically analyse social movements.

Assessment

Minor essay (1000 words): 20%
Major essay (2000 words): 40%
Class test (1.5 hours): 30%
Participation & oral presentation: 10%

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence in an Arts discipline or permission.

Prohibitions

AUS2220


BHS1711 - Understanding human behaviour

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Luke Howie

Offered

Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to cognitive-behavioural, psychodynamic and social
understandings of human behaviour. This multi-disciplinary orientation, including studies of the human mind, consciousness, emotion, and normal and abnormal behaviours,
provides students with a broad and detailed introduction to understanding human
behaviour.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an appropriate level of understanding of a range of theoretical orientations to human behaviour;
  2. the ability to discriminate between evidence, interpretation, opinion and fact in evaluating these theories and concepts;
  3. an ability to communicate, orally and in a written form, their understanding of these theories and concepts.

Assessment

Written work 50%
Oral presentation 20%
Class tests 30%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


BHS1712 - Introduction to social behaviour

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Luke Howie

Offered

Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to the study of behaviour in its social contexts. Key understandings of the social influences on behaviour throughout the lifespan are situated in a study of the individual as a social being who is involved a variety of relationships and settings. The unit introduces students to concepts that explore and explain the ways these relationships - pairs, groups, teams, communities and cultures - and settings - family, school, work and leisure - change throughout the lifespan.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an appropriate level of understanding of a range of theoretical orientations to the social settings of, and influences on, human behaviour across the lifespan;
  2. the ability to discriminate between evidence, interpretation, opinion and fact in evaluating these theories and concepts;
  3. the ability to communicate, orally and in a written form, their understanding of these theories and concepts.

Assessment

Written work 50%: Oral presentation 20%: Class tests 30%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prohibitions

GSC1712,PSS1712


BHS2110 - Researching behaviour: Principles and practice

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Roseanne Misajon

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students will be introduced to the practice of behavioural research through the development of a research proposal in an area of their choice. The proposal will draw on the student's own interests and incorporate material presented in the seminar series. Topics to be covered in the seminar series include: ethics in research involving humans, research design; sampling, data collection, analysis and interpretation, reporting of findings and statistical concepts.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a broad understanding of the main stages and tasks of behavioural research.
  2. a broad understanding of the basic practical and ethical issues surrounding the conduct of behavioural research.
  3. the skills to produce a well-structured proposal for a small behavioural research project on a topic of their own choice.

Assessment

Written work 60%
Class tests 40%

Contact hours

2 hours per week (1 x 2-hour seminar)

Prerequisites

BHS1711 and BHS1712 or permission

Prohibitions

BHS3110


BHS2340 - The criminal mind

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Chris Caras/Kathryn Garland

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to biological, psychological and social models of criminal behaviour and explores the application of these approaches to understanding the diversity of criminal behaviours. The critical evaluation and application of these theories to various categories of crime and behaviour will provide students with the opportunity to explore and analyse individual and social influences on criminal behaviours.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a broad understanding of the biological, psychological and social models of criminal behaviour.
  2. the ability to discriminate between evidence, interpretation, opinion and fact in evaluating these theories and concepts;
  3. an ability to communicate, orally and in a written form, their understanding of these theories and concepts.

Assessment

Written work 60%
Class tests 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

BHS1711 and BHS1712, or permission

Prohibitions

BHS3340


BHS2490 - The self and others: Identity and the experience of difference in the 21st Century

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Kelly

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In the 21st century our sense of Self, and our relationships to others, are constructed out of a multitude of interactions - some face-to-face, some more abstract. Our experience of difference can be destructive and/or empowering - at the levels of personal relationships, public relationships in spaces such as schools and workplaces, through to the so-called clash of civilisations. This Unit will explore socio-cultural approaches to understanding: the character of human relationships at the start of the 21st century: the consequences that these relationships have for a sense of Self and Others and: how we can understand the variety of behaviours that are shaped by these relationships.

Objectives

At the completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have developed a detailed and extensive knowledge of a variety of socio-cultural perspectives on the nature of human relationships at the start of the 21st century
  2. Have developed a detailed and extensive knowledge of the socio-cultural concept of Identity
  3. Have developed a detailed and extensive knowledge of the ways in which the experience of difference influences the relationships between the Self and Others, and to demonstrate a capacity to work with these understandings of difference in a group work assessment context
  4. Have developed an ability to identify, explore and make judgements on the research literature related to these concepts
  5. Have developed an ability to critically use this literature to communicate, orally and in a written form, in a logical, coherent and analytical manner about these concepts

Assessment

Written work 60%
Class tests 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

BHS1711 and BHS1712, or permission

Prohibitions

BHS3490


BHS2711 - Personality: Beyond the persona

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Chris Caras and Kathryn Garland

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the development of personality theory from the late 19th century to the present time. A range of theories and theorists will be examined reflecting the dominant analytic, phenomenological, humanistic and cognitive paradigms. Each theory will be explored in relation to the historical, cultural and social context from which it emerged and the personal history of the originating theorist. No theory will be viewed in isolation, rather each will be evaluated and compared in relation to the others.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. familiarity with the major theoretical approaches to personality and individual differences.
  2. an understanding of the historical and social contexts in which these theoretical approaches emerged.
  3. an in-depth knowledge of one of the major theoretical approaches to personality and individual differences.

Assessment

Written work 60%
Class tests 40%

Contact hours

One x 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

BHS1711 and BHS1712, or permission

Prohibitions

BHS3711, GSC2711,GSC3711


BHS3000 - Digital selves

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Francesca Collins

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Online)

Synopsis

The next 10 years will see a huge increase in the adoption of 2D and 3D virtual environments as spaces for work-related interaction, collaboration and socialising. As the realities of the workplace become less time and space-bound, it is important that professionals possess the skills to enable them to flourish in these environments as well as a deeper understanding and appreciation of the implications of virtual and mixed realities for the questions of identity, selfhood and other. Thus the content of this unit will be both theoretical and applied addressing questions such as: Who am I? Who am I interacting with? Where does the real life me end the virtual me begin, if at all?

Objectives

At the completion of this unit students will:

  1. be aware of the philosophical and psychological questions related to digital identity
  2. have acquired the skills to create a considered and purposeful visual digital identity (2D profiles and 3D avatars)
  3. have acquired a critical appreciation of the variety of 2D and 3D digital cultures, sub-cultures, standards of behaviour and their relationship to users' offline lives
  4. Understand the affordances of 2D and 3D digital environments for social and professional interaction and collaboration
  5. be aware of the legal and ethical questions associated with digital/virtual spaces and presence
  6. demonstrate a practical knowledge of the legal issues surrounding user-created content, contexts and virtual property
  7. demonstrate an appreciation of the impact of perception and non-physical presence in online consumer behaviour.

Assessment

Avatar creation and 400 word written reflection (900 words): 20%
Group work (900 words): 20%
Independent work (1800 words): 40%
Class participation (900 words): 20%

Students will be required to attend at least 80% of teaching activities (seminars and tutorials).

Contact hours

One 2-hour online seminar, and one 1-hour online tutorial per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

This unit will be delivered 100% online. Students will be required to attend at least 80% of teaching activities (seminars and tutorials) to pass the unit. Attendance and participation will be monitored via interaction with staff and fellow students and activity log files (e.g., Blackboard logs, Second Life logs,etc.)

Prerequisites

96 points of an undergraduate degree, including 48 points at second-year level


BHS3110 - Researching behaviour: Principles and practice

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Roseanne Misajon

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students will be introduced to the practice of behavioural research through the development of a research proposal in an area of their choice. The proposal will draw on the student's own interests and incorporate material presented in the seminar series. Topics to be covered in the seminar series include: ethics in research involving humans, research design; sampling, data collection, analysis and interpretation, reporting of findings and statistical concepts.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a broad understanding of the main stages and tasks of behavioural research.

  1. a broad understanding of the basic practical and ethical issues surrounding the conduct of behavioural research.

  1. the skills to produce a well-structured proposal for a small behavioural research project on a topic of their own choice.

  1. a greater degree of theoretical understanding and more sophisticated analysis in their written work than students enrolled in BHS2110.

Assessment

Written work 60%
Class tests 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

BHS1711 and BHS1712 or equivalent

Prohibitions

BHS2110


BHS3130 - Contemporary issues in behavioural studies

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Kelly

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

At the start of the 21st century the study and management of human behaviour presents a variety of challenges for the behavioural sciences. In this Unit students will identify an issue that is of interest to them; one that is particularly related to either of the two Behavioural Studies sequences The Lifecourse and Lifecourse Change and Conflict and Difference. They will conduct an extensive and detailed review of the literature (academic, policy, general) that relates to their chosen topic in order to produce a research report that explores this topic. This research, which will develop analytical and communication skills, will be supervised by the Unit Co-ordinator in a seminar program.

Objectives

At the completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have developed a detailed and extensive knowledge of a significant issue in the study of human behaviour
  2. Have developed a detailed and extensive knowledge of the historical and contemporary characteristics of this issue
  3. Have developed a detailed and extensive knowledge of the variety of theoretical and methodological approaches that have been developed and deployed in relation to this issue
  4. Have developed an ability to identify, explore and make judgements on the research literature related to this issue
  5. Have developed an ability to critically use this literature to communicate, orally and in a written form, in a logical, coherent and analytical manner about this issue

Assessment

Written work 100%

Contact hours

One x 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Must have completed a Behavioural Studies minor sequence, or permission


BHS3340 - The criminal mind

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Chris Caras/Kathryn Garland

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to biological, psychological and social models of criminal behaviour and explores the application of these approaches to understanding the diversity of criminal behaviours. The critical evaluation and application of these theories to various categories of crime and behaviour will provide students with the opportunity to explore and analyse individual and social influences on criminal behaviours.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a broad understanding of the biological, psychological and social models of criminal behaviour.
  2. the ability to discriminate between evidence, interpretation, opinion and fact in evaluating these theories and concepts;
  3. an ability to communicate, orally and in a written form, their understanding of these theories and concepts.

Assessment

Written work 60%
Class tests 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

BHS1711 and BHS1712, or permission

Prohibitions

BHS2340


BHS3490 - The self and others: Identity and the experience of difference in the 21st century

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Kelly

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In the 21st century our sense of Self, and our relationships to others, are constructed out of a multitude of interactions - some face-to-face, some more abstract. Our experience of difference can be destructive and/or empowering - at the levels of personal relationships, public relationships in spaces such as schools and workplaces, through to the so-called clash of civilisations. This Unit will explore socio-cultural approaches to understanding: the character of human relationships at the start of the 21st century: the consequences that these relationships have for a sense of Self and Others and: how we can understand the variety of behaviours that are shaped by these relationships.

Objectives

At the completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have developed a detailed and extensive knowledge of a variety of socio-cultural perspectives on the nature of human relationships at the start of the 21st century
  2. Have developed a detailed and extensive knowledge of the socio-cultural concept of Identity
  3. Have developed a detailed and extensive knowledge of the ways in which the experience of difference influences the relationships between the Self and Others, and to demonstrate a capacity to work with these understandings of difference in a group work assessment context
  4. Have developed an ability to identify, explore and make judgements on the research literature related to these concepts
  5. Have developed an ability to critically use this literature to communicate, orally and in a written form, in a logical, coherent and analytical manner about these concepts

Assessment

Written work 60%
Class tests 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

BHS1711 and BHS1712, or permission

Prohibitions

BHS2490


BHS3711 - Personality: Beyond the persona

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Chris Caras and Kathryn Garland

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the development of personality theory from the late 19th century to the present time. A range of theories and theorists will be examined reflecting the dominant analytic, phenomenological, humanistic and cognitive paradigms. Each theory will be explored in relation to the historical, cultural and social context from which it emerged and the personal history of the originating theorist. No theory will be viewed in isolation, rather each will be evaluated and compared in relation to the others.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. familiarity with the major theoretical approaches to personality and individual differences.
  2. an understanding of the historical and social contexts in which these theoretical approaches emerged.
  3. an in-depth knowledge of one of the major theoretical approaches to personality and individual differences.

Assessment

Written work 60%
Class tests 40%

Contact hours

One x 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

BHS1711 and BHS1712, or permission

Prohibitions

BHS2711, GSC3711,GSC2711


BHS4000 - Honours Research Project

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Francesca Collins

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Under the supervision of an academic staff member, students will develop, conduct and report on a research project on an approved topic of their own devising. Throughout the year, students will also undertake research-related activities including participation at research colloquia.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a proficiency in the planning, conduct and report of research in the behavioural and social science fields.

  1. a confidence and professional skills in the conference-style presentation of their research findings.

3 a practical understanding of the ethical issues associated with research involving humans.

Assessment

Research thesis (15,000 - 18,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

1-2 hours per week.

Prerequisites

Students must have satisfied the requirements of a three year bachelor degree.


BHS4000(A) - Honours Research Project Part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Francesca Collins

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Under the supervision of an academic staff member, students will develop, conduct and report on a research project on an approved topic of their own devising. Throughout the year, students will also undertake research-related activities including participation at research colloquia.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a proficiency in the planning, conduct and report of research in the behavioural and social science fields.

  1. a confidence and professional skills in the conference-style presentation of their research findings.

3 a practical understanding of the ethical issues associated with research involving humans.

Assessment

Hurdle requirement of satisfactory progress toward completion of Honours thess. Final mark for thesis recorded uner BHS4000(B)

Contact hours

1-2 hours per week.

Prerequisites

Students must have satisfied the requirements of a three year bachelor degree.


BHS4000(B) - Honours Research Project Part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Francesca Collins

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for BHS4000(A)

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a proficiency in the planning, conduct and report of research in the behavioural and social science fields.

  1. a confidence and professional skills in the conference-style presentation of their research findings.

3 a practical understanding of the ethical issues associated with research involving humans.

Assessment

Research thesis (15,000 - 18,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

1-2 hours per week.


BHS4030 - Researching behaviour: Advanced practice and reporting

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): RoseAnne Misajon

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students will develop the skills required to conduct an independent research project and present their findings both orally and as a research thesis. Topics to be covered include critical reading of the relevant behavioural sciences research literature, key statistical concepts for the social sciences, research planning, design and execution, research ethics and presentation skills. On completion of this unit, students will have conducted a thoughtful and critical review of the literature in their area of research interest and have acquired the skills and confidence to present their ideas to a professional academic audience

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. critical research article reading skills.
  2. a thorough understanding of the practical and ethical issues surrounding behavioural research.
  3. the skills to conduct a thorough, well-structured review of the research literature in their area of research interest.

Assessment

Written work 100%

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in an appropriate Honours program.


BHS4040 - Behavioural studies in the 21st Century: Issues and paradigms

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Kelly

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The beginning of the 21st century poses a variety of challenges for the study and understanding of human behaviour. In the social sciences the so-called paradigm wars - between Positivist, Interpretivist and Critical research traditions - have made the study of behaviour more problematic. In addition, globalised social, cultural, technological and political changes have transformed the contexts, the nature and the consequences of human behaviour. In this Unit students will identify and review research traditions and issues in relation to an area of behaviour that they select in consultation with the Unit Co-ordinator.

Objectives

At the completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have developed a detailed and extensive knowledge of a significant issue in the study of human behaviour
  2. Have developed a detailed and extensive knowledge of the historical and contemporary characteristics of this issue
  3. Have developed a detailed and extensive knowledge of the variety of theoretical and methodological approaches that have been developed and deployed in relation to this issue
  4. Have developed an ability to identify, explore and make judgements on the research literature related to this issue
  5. Have developed an ability to critically use this literature to communicate, orally and in a written form, in a logical, coherent and analytical manner about this issue

Assessment

Written work 70%
Seminar presentation 30%

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar per week


CHB1010 - Ethics, biotechnology and genetics: Current issues in bioethics

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Robert Sparrow

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit investigates emerging ethical issues raised by current and future developments in biotechnology and genetics. The main competing ethical frameworks are explained, initially through a discussion of abortion and research ethics, to help students analyse and resolve various contemporary ethical issues in biotechnology and genetics. The unit examines ethical issues in the following areas, outlining the latest research in each case: human embryonic stem cell research; the creation of cross-species hybrids; xenotransplantation; genetic engineering and 'enhancement' of human traits; therapeutic and reproductive cloning; and preimplantation and prenatal genetic diagnosis and selection.

Objectives

On successfully completing this unit, students will have: a familiarity with major ethical frameworks used in discussions of current issues in bioethics; skills that enable them to think critically about some key ethical issues raised by current and future developments in biotechnology and genetics; and the ability to make informed judgements about those ethical issues.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
2 hour exam: 35%
Tutorial performance: 5%

Contact hours

2 one-hour lectures and a one-hour tutorial per week

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/ugrad/chb1010.php


CHB1020 - Biotechnology, justice and the law

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Linda Barclay

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit investigates how the law and public policy should respond to advances in medicine and biotechnology and covers: whether employers and insurance companies should be permitted to discriminate among applicants on the basis of their genetic profile; whether the law should protect individuals' genetic privacy or whether we have a duty to share our genetic knowledge; whether the law should act paternalistically to prevent people from harming themselves; whether people who are partly responsible for their own bad health should receive lower priority of care in hospitals, or whether advances in knowledge in the biological bases for behaviour give us reason to doubt individual responsibility.

Objectives

On successfully completing this unit, students will have:

  1. familiarity with the key philosophical approaches to discrimination, autonomy, responsibility and equality as they apply to debates within bioethics
  2. skills enabling them to think critically about key ethical, policy and legal issues raised by recent advances in medicine
  3. biotechnology; the ability to make informed judgements about those ethical, policy and legal issues.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (2500 words)
Exam: 35%
Tutorial performance: 5%

Contact hours

2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial per week

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/ugrad/chb1020.php


CHB2100 - Bioethics, the human body and the international marketplace

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Linda Barclay

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In this unit we discuss the ethical issues that arise with the commercialisation of the human body, in particular focusing on concepts of exploitation, commodification and coercion. Our central question is whether we have reasons to try and prohibit the commercialisation of the body or whether a regulated market in human body parts can promote ethically defensible outcomes. Specifically, we discuss gene patents, payments to research participants, research conducted in developing countries, organ and tissue sales, the selling of gametes and the implications for parenthood.

Objectives

On successfully completing this unit, students will have:

  1. familiarity with the major ethical concepts and arguments used in discussions of the commercialisation of the human body
  2. skills enabling them to critically analyse key ethical and policy issues related to these growing practices
  3. the ability to make informed judgements about those ethical and policy issues.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (3500 words)
Test: 20%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence including at least one of: CHB1010, CHB1020, PHL1010

Prohibitions

CHB3100

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/ugrad/chb2100.php


CHB3100 - Bioethics, the human body and the international marketplace

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Linda Barclay

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In this unit we discuss the ethical issues that arise with the commercialisation of the human body, in particular focusing on concepts of exploitation, commodification and coercion. Our central question is whether we have reasons to try and prohibit the commercialisation of the body or whether a regulated market in human body parts can promote ethically defensible outcomes. Specifically, we discuss gene patents, payments to research participants, research conducted in developing countries, organ and tissue sales, the selling of gametes and the implications for parenthood.

Objectives

On successfully completing this unit, students will have:

  1. familiarity with the major ethical concepts and arguments used in discussions of the commercialisation of the human body
  2. skills enabling them to critically analyse key ethical and policy issues related to these growing practices
  3. the ability to make informed judgements about those ethical and policy issues.

Assessment

Exercise (500 words): 10%
Essay (2000 words): 40%
Exam (2 hours) : 50%
Students completing the unit at third-year level will be required to demonstrate independent research ability. To meet this requirement students must be able to exploit relevant resources which have not been mentioned in the subject handbook and lectures in completing their assignments, in particular the major essay.

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

A first-year sequence including at least one of: CHB1010, CHB1020, PHL1010

Prohibitions

CHB2100

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/ugrad/chb3100.php


CHI1010 - Chinese 1

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Scott Grant

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to spoken and written modern standard Chinese to students with no prior knowledge of Mandarin. An overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese is begun with equal emphasis on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Read around 250 Chinese characters and identify important associated radicals.

  1. Write around 250 Chinese characters in simple composition.

  1. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a small number of everyday practical situations.

  1. Use the pinyin romanisation system.

Assessment

Written work and tests: 60%
Exam: 25%
Oral exam: 15%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prohibitions

CHI1901, CHI2010, CHI2901, CHI4010, CHI5010


CHI1020 - Chinese 2

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Scott Grant

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Read around an additional 250 Chinese characters (500 in total) and identify important associated radicals.

  1. Write around an additional 250 Chinese characters in simple composition (around 500 in total).

  1. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a range of everyday practical situations (approximates to International Second Language Proficiency level 1-: minimum creative proficiency).

Assessment

Written work & tests: 60%
Exam: 25%
Oral exam: 15%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 1 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1902, CHI2020, CHI2902, CHI4020, CHI5020


CHI1030 - Chinese 3

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Robert Irving

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Chinese 3 continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1 and 2. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations, to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and reading skills will be further developed through the use of audio/visual, Web-based and computer-assisted language learning materials.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have acquired:

  1. The ability to read and write an additional 200 Chinese characters (700 in total).

  1. A preliminary understanding of the basic syntax of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English.

  1. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study.

  1. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations.

  1. Cultural (socio-political) knowledge to enhance understanding of the texts under study and the cultural sensitivity to communicate using appropriate levels of formality with Chinese from mainland China, Taiwan and various parts of the Chinese Diaspora.

Assessment

Written work: 20%
Exam and tests: 50%
Oral test and class performance: 30%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

VCE Chinese (CSL) or IB Chinese (students may be required to sit a placement test to determine Chinese language proficiency)

Prohibitions

CHI1903, CHI2030, CHI2903, CHI 3903, CHI4030, CHI5030


CHI1040 - Chinese 4

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Robert Irving

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Chinese 4 completes an overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and reading skills will be further developed through the use of audio/visual, Web-based and computer assisted learning materials.

Objectives

Building on the language skills acquired in Chinese 3, on successful completion of Chinese 4 students will have developed:

  1. The ability to read and write around an additional 200 Chinese characters (900) total.
  2. An understanding of the basic syntax system of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study facilitating progression to later study of formal written Chinese (in Chinese Media Studies and

Advanced Chinese). 4. Comprehension skills necessary o read simple modern vernacular texts. 5. Basic Chinese word processing skills. 6. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations (approximates to International Second Language Proficiency Level 1+: transactional proficiency (able to satisfy all survival needs and limited social needs)).

Assessment

Written work: 20%
Exam and tests: 50%
Oral test and class performance: 30%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 3 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1904, CHI2040, CHI2904, CHI3904, CHI4040, CHI5040


CHI1050 - Chinese 5

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lijun Bi

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culturE.

Objectives

This unit is available to students who have a Chinese language ability equivalent to Chinese

  • Upon successful completion of this subject students will develop:
    1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
    2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
    3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
    4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
    5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

    Assessment

    Tests and class assessments: 50%
    Exam: 35%
    Oral exam: 15%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 4 language proficiency as determined by placement test

    Prohibitions

    CHI1905, CHI2050, CHI2905, CHI3050 CHI3905, CHI4050, CHI5050


  • CHI1060 - Chinese 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijun Bi

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culture.

    Objectives

    This unit is available to students who have passed Chinese 5, or who have equivalent language ability. Upon successful completion of this unit students will develop:

    1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
    2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
    3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
    4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
    5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

    Assessment

    Tests and class assessments: 50%
    Exam: 35%
    Oral exam: 15%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    CHI1050 or equivalent/permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1906, CHI2060, CHI2906, CHI3060, CHI3906, CHI4060, CHI5060


    CHI1070 - Chinese 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Warren Sun

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

    Objectives

    The subject aims to provide students with:

    1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.

    1. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.

    1. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

    Assessment

    Class participation (450 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar paper and associated oral presentation (1350 words equivalent): 20%
    10%; Two written assignments (1350 words in total): 30%; Written examination (1350 words equivalent): 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 6 level language proficiency as determined by placement test

    Prohibitions

    CHI1907, CHI2070, CHI2079, CHI3070, CHI3907, CHI4070, CHI4079, CHI4907, CHI5070


    CHI1080 - Chinese 8

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Warren Sun

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

    Objectives

    The subject aims to provide students with:

    1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.

    1. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.

    1. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

    Assessment

    Class participation (450 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar paper and associated oral presentation(1350 words equivalent): 20%
    10%; Two written assignments (1350 words in total): 30%; Written examination (1350 words equivalent): 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 7 or permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1908, CHI2080, CHI2908, CHI3080, CHI3908, CHI4080, CHI4089, CHI4908, CHI5080


    CHI1090 - Chinese 9

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hui Xu

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s - 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural changes in modern China resulting from the 1911 Revolution.

    Objectives

    1. To further develop students' ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
    2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
    3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

    Assessment

    Written work: 45%
    Oral presentaion: 15%
    Exam: 30%
    Class participation/perfomance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 language level proficiency as determined by placement test.

    Prohibitions

    CHI1909, CHI2090, CHI2909, CHI3090, CHI3909, CHI4090, CHI 4099, CHI4909, CHI5090


    CHI1100 - Chinese 10

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hui Xu

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Building on and consolidating
    Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s TO 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural change of modern China as a result of the 1911 Revolution.

    Objectives

    1. To further develop students linguistic ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoke and written forms.
    2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
    3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

    Assessment

    Written work: 45%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Exam: 30%
    Class participation/performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 9 or equivalent/permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1910, CHI2100, CHI2910, CHI3100, CHI3910, CHI4100, CHI4109, CHI4910, CHI5100


    CHI1110 - Chinese 11

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hui Xu

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

    1. a general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s).
    2. an in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
    3. the ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75%
    Oral presentaion: 15%
    Class participation/perfomance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 10 language level proficiency or by permission.

    Prohibitions

    CHI1911, CHI2110, CHI2911, CHI3110, CHI3911, CHI4110, CHI4119, CHI4911, CHI5110


    CHI1120 - Chinese 12

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hui Xu

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

    1. a general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s)
    2. an in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
    3. the ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Class participation/performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 11 or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1912, CHI2120, CHI2912, CHI3120, CHI3912, CHI4120, CHI4129, CHI4912, CHI5120


    CHI1450 - Chinese for business communication, part 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Candy Wang

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides students with Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. By exposing students to a specialised business text style, students who wish to further improve their Chinese language proficiency can have an opportunity to grasp the language features of business texts and practice writing and translating related texts, thus developing their current bilingual language proficiency as well as broadening their career opportunities.

    Objectives

    Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:

    1. to acquire familiarity with the basic linguistic features of Chinese business text through discourse analysis;
    2. to acquire basic Chinese business writing skills;
    3. to foster basic translation skills in translating business texts;
    4. to further improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

    Assessment

    Written work & Class test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour lecture and one 2-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 or equivalent/permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1945, CHI2450, CHI2945, CHI3450, CHI3945, CHI4450, CHI4459, CHI5450


    CHI1460 - Chinese for business communication, part 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Candy Wang

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides students with further Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. Having been exposed to texts in a specialised business style, students will further improve their Chinese language proficiency, and will be introduced to an increased range of language features common to Chinese business texts. Students will continue to practise writing and translating related texts and will be required to display a greater level of sophistication and understanding in both their translation and original writing than in Chinese for Business Communication part 1. This will further promote students' bilingual language proficiency and broaden their career opportunities.

    Objectives

    Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:

    1. to familiarise with an expanded range of features of business text through discourse analysis;
    2. to extend basic Chinese business writing skills acquired in Chinese for Business Communication Part 1;
    3. to extend translation skills in translating business text;
    4. to further improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

    Assessment

    Written work & Class test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour lecture per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese for Business Communication, Part 1 or permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1946, CHI2460, CHI2946, CHI3460, CHI3946, CHI4460, CHI4469, CHI5460


    CHI1650 - Chinese translation 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to a number of basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation studies. It is aimed at improving students' intercultural and inter-lingual communication skills through various translation projects and critical readings of a range of different representations of Chinese translation works. The integration of classroom teaching and translation projects will encourage students to apply the basic translation skills they learn from the class to translation practices. Small group discussion encourages students to discuss some common conceptual and practical issues of translation among themselves.

    Objectives

    This unit is designed for those students who have completed Chinese 8 or equivalent. Upon successfully completing the unit, students are expected:

    1. to have a basic understanding of theoretical and practical issues in modern Chinese translation activities;
    2. to improve their communication skills between the two languages and;
    3. to acquire some important techniques of translation between Chinese and English;
    4. to be capable of enrolling in higher level of translation studies (graduate diploma or Masters of Translation Studies.

    Assessment

    Written work & Class test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours on weekly basis

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    CHI2650/3650/4659


    CHI1660 - Chinese translation 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to a number of additional basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation studies. It is aimed at improving students' intercultural and inter-lingual communication skills through various translation projects and critical readings of a range of different representations of Chinese translation works. Through the study of Chinese and Western translation history, students will be able to enhance their translation skills. In addition, translation analysis is also introduced.

    Objectives

    Upon successfully completing the unit, students are expected:

    1. to have furthered their understanding of theoretical and practical issues in modern Chinese translation activities and studies
    2. to improve their communication skills between the two languages and cultures
    3. to acquire some important techniques of translation between Chinese and English
    4. to be able to enrol in higher level of translation studies (Graduate Diploma or Masters of Translation Studies.

    Assessment

    Written work & Class test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours on weekly basis

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    CHI1966, CHI2660, CHI2966, CHI3660, CHI3966


    CHI1901 - Chinese 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Scott Grant

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It provides an introduction to spoken and written modern standard Chinese to students with no prior knowledge of Mandarin. An overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese is begun with equal emphasis on the four skills of reading, writing, listening, and speaking.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

    1. Read around 250 characters and identify important composite radicals
    2. Write around 250 Chinese characters in simple composition
    3. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a number of everyday practical situations
    4. Use the pinyin romanisation system.

    Assessment

    Written work/tests: 60%
    Exam: 25%
    Oral exam: 15%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prohibitions

    CHI1010, CHI2010, CHI2901, CHI4010, CHI5010


    CHI1902 - Chinese 2 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Scott Grant

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It unit continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening, and speaking.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

    1. Read around an additional 250 Chinese characters (500 in total) and identify important associated radicals
    2. Write around an additional 250 Chinese characters in simple composition (around 500 in total)
    3. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a range of everyday practical situations (approximates to International Second Language Proficiency Level 1-: minimum creative proficiency).

    Assessment

    Written work & tests: 60%
    Exam: 25%
    Oral exam: 15%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 1 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1020, CHI2020, CHI2902, CHI4020, CHI5020


    CHI1903 - Chinese 3 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Robert Irving

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1 and 2. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations, to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have acquired:

    1. The ability to read and write an additional 200 Chinese characters (700 in total).
    2. A preliminary understanding of the basic syntax of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English.
    3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study.
    4. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations.
    5. Cultural (socio-political) knowledge to enhance understanding of the texts under study and the cultural sensitivity to communicate using appropriate levels of formality with Chinese from mainland China, Taiwan and various parts of the Chinese Diaspora.

    Assessment

    Written work: 20%
    Exam and tests: 50%
    Oral test and class performance: 30%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 2 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1030, CHI2030, CHI2903, CHI3903, CHI4030, CHI5030


    CHI1904 - Chinese 4 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It gives students an overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China.

    Objectives

    Building on the language skills acquired in Chinese 3, on successful completion of Chinese 4 students will have developed:

    1. The ability to read and write around an additional 200 Chinese characters (900) total
    2. An understanding of the basic syntax system of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English
    3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study facilitating progression to later study of formal written Chinese (in Chinese Media Studies and Advanced Chinese)
    4. Comprehension skills necessary o read simple modern vernacular texts. 5. Basic Chinese word processing skills. 6. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations (approximates to International Second Language Proficiency Level 1+: transactional proficiency (able to satisfy all survival needs and limited social needs).

    Assessment

    Written work: 20%
    Exam and tests: 50%
    Oral test and class performance: 30%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 3 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1040, CHI2040, CHI2904, CHI3904, CHI4040, CHI5040


    CHI1905 - Chinese 5 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijun Bi

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It introduces students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culture.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will develop:

    1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese
    2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese
    3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner
    4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese
    5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

    Assessment

    Tests and class assessments: 50%
    Exam: 35%
    Oral exam: 15%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 4 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1050, CHI2050, CHI2905, CHI3050, CHI3905, CHI4050, CHI5050


    CHI1906 - Chinese 6 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijun Bi

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It introduces students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culture.

    Objectives

    This unit is available to students who have passed Chinese 5, or who have equivalent language ability. Upon successful completion of this unit students will develop:

    1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese
    2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese
    3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner
    4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese
    5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

    Assessment

    Tests and class assessments: 50%
    Exam: 35%
    Oral exam: 15%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 5 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1060, CHI2060, CHI2906, CHI3060, CHI3906, CHI4060, CHI5060


    CHI1907 - Chinese 7 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It introduces students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

    Objectives

    The unit aims to provide students with:

    1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society
    2. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level
    3. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

    Assessment

    Seminar participation, presentation and paper: 40%
    Written work: 30%
    Exam: 30%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 6 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1070, CHI2070, CHI2907, CHI3070, CHI3907, CHI4070, CHI4079, CHI4907, CHI5070, CHI5907


    CHI1908 - Chinese 8 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It introduces students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

    Objectives

    The unit aims to provide students with:

    1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society
    2. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level
    3. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China

    Assessment

    Seminar participation, presentation and paper: 40%
    Written work: 30%
    Exam: 30%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 7 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1080, CHI2080, CHI2908, CHI3080, CHI3908, CHI4080, CHI4089, CHI4908, CHI5080


    CHI1909 - Chinese 9 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s - 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural changes in modern China resulting from the 1911 Revolution.

    Objectives

    1. To further develop students' ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms
    2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation
    3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

    Assessment

    Written work: 45%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Exam: 30%
    Class participation/performance: 10%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1090, CHI2090, CHI2909, CHI3090, CHI3909, CHI4090, CHI 4099, CHI4909, CHI5090, CHI5909


    CHI1910 - Chinese 10 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s to 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural change of modern China as a result of the 1911 Revolution.

    Objectives

    1. To further develop students' linguistic ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms
    2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation
    3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

    Assessment

    Written work: 45%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Exam: 30%
    Class participation/performance: 10%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours of three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 9 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1100, CHI2100, CHI2910, CHI3100, CHI3910, CHI4100, CHI4109, CHI4910, CHI5100


    CHI1911 - Chinese 11 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hui Xu

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry Program. Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, it will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired:

    1. A general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s).
    2. An in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
    3. The ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Class participation/performance: 10%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over 3 weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 10 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1110, CHI2110, CHI2911, CHI3110, CHI3911, CHI4110, CHI4119, CHI4911, CHI5110, CHI5911


    CHI1912 - Chinese 12 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hui Xu

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry Program. Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, it will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

    1. A general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s)
    2. An in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
    3. The ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Class participation/performance: 10%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 11 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1120, CHI2120, CHI2912, CHI3120, CHI3912, CHI4120, CHI4129, CHI4912, CHI5120


    CHI1945 - Chinese for business communication, part 1 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Candy Wang

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Assessment

    Written work & Class Test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2 hour lecture and one 2 hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    CHI1450, CHI2450, CHI2945, CHI3450, CHI3945, CHI4450, CHI 4459, CHI5450


    CHI1946 - Chinese for business communication, part 2 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Candy Wang

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour lecture per week

    Prohibitions

    CHI1460, CHI2460, CHI2946, CHI3460, CHI3946, CHI4460, CHI4469, CHI4946, CHI5460, CHI5946


    CHI1965 - Chinese translation 1 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Prohibitions

    CHI1650, CHI2650, CHI2965, CHI3650, CHI3965


    CHI1966 - Chinese translation 2 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry program. It introduces students to a number of additional basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation studies. It is aimed at improving students' intercultural and inter-lingual communication skills through various translation projects and critical readings of a range of different representations of Chinese translation works. Through the study of Chinese and Western translation history, students will be able to enhance their translation skills. In addition, translation analysis is also introduced.

    Objectives

    Upon successfully completing the unit, students are expected:

    1. to have furthered their understanding of theoretical and practical issues in modern Chinese translation activities and studies
    2. to have improved their communication skills between the two languages and cultures
    3. to have acquired some important techniques of translation between Chinese and English, and
    4. to be able to enrol in higher level of translation studies (Graduate Diploma or Masters of Translation Studies).

    Assessment

    Written work & Class Test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    60 hours over 3 weeks

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese Translation 1, Chinese 8 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1660, CHI2660, CHI2966, CHI3650, CHI3966


    CHI1990 - Language study abroad program

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijun Bi

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will allow first, second, third year or postgraduate students to complete the equivalent of one semester of Chinese language study in three weeks of intensive in-country study. The unit will be offered as part of the Monash Chinese in-country program, between November and January at the campus of Shanghai International Studies University, or Civil Aviation Management Institute of China, both institutions are in the Peoples Republic of China. Unit content will be equivalent to that of the corresponding unit at Monash, Clayton. The workload of this unit will be equivalent to that required for a 6-point on-campus unit at Monash.

    Objectives

    Objectives of the Chinese Incountry Program units shall be similar to the equivalent Clayton-based Chinese Studies Program units.

    Assessment

    Assessment criteria will differ in accordance with actual Chinese units studied in country. They will be similar to those of equivalent Chinese language units taught at Clayton Campus. Written and oral work will be assessed by Chinese language teaching staff of both Monash University and the Chinese host institutions.

    Contact hours

    60 hours over 3 weeks

    Prerequisites

    A placement test and/or interview may be required

    Prohibitions

    Equivalent Monash Chinese language unit


    CHI1991 - Language study abroad program

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijun Bi

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will allow first, second, third year or postgraduate students to complete the equivalent of two semesters of Chinese language study in six weeks of intensive in-country study. The unit will be offered as part of the Monash Chinese in-country program, between November and January at the campus of Shanghai International Studies University, or Civil Aviation Management Institute of China in the Peoples Republic of China. Unit content will be equivalent to that of the corresponding unit at Monash, Clayton. The workload of this unit will be equivalent to that required for a 6-point on-campus unit at Monash.

    Objectives

    Objectives of the Chinese Incountry Program units shall be similar to the equivalent Clayton-based Chinese Studies Program units.

    Assessment

    Assessment criteria will differ in accordance with actual Chinese units studied in country. They will be similar to those of equivalent Chinese language units taught at Clayton Campus. Written and oral work will be assessed by Chinese language teaching staff of both Monash University and the Chinese host institutions.

    Contact hours

    120 hours over six weeks

    Prerequisites

    A placement test and/or interview may be required

    Prohibitions

    Equivalent Monash Chinese language unit


    CHI2010 - Chinese 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Scott Grant

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to spoken and written modern standard Chinese to students with no prior knowledge of Mandarin. An overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese is begun with equal emphasis on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

    1. Read around 250 Chinese characters and identify important associated radicals.

    1. Write around 250 Chinese characters in simple composition.

    1. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a small number of everyday practical situations.

    1. Use the pinyin romanisation system.

    Assessment

    Written work and tests: 60%
    Exam: 25%
    Oral exam: 15%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prohibitions

    Students enrolled in Arts courses are prohibited from taking this unit. CHI1010, CHI1901, CHI2901, CHI4010, CHI5010.


    CHI2020 - Chinese 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Scott Grant

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

    1. Read around an additional 250 Chinese characters (500 in total) and identify important associated radicals.

    1. Write around an additional 250 Chinese characters in simple composition (around 500 in total).

    1. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a range of everyday practical situations (approximates to International Second Language Proficiency level 1-: minimum creative proficiency).

    Assessment

    Written work & tests: 60%
    Exam: 25%
    Oral exam: 15%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    A pass in CHI4010 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    Students enrolled in Arts courses are prohibited from taking this unit.CHI1020, CHI1902, CHI2902, CHI4020, CHI5020


    CHI2030 - Chinese 3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Robert Irving

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Chinese 3 continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1 and 2. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations, to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and reading skills will be further developed through the use of audio/visual, Web-based and computer-assisted language learning materials.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have acquired:

    1. The ability to read and write an additional 200 Chinese characters (700 in total).

    1. A preliminary understanding of the basic syntax of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English.

    1. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study.

    1. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations.

    1. Cultural (socio-political) knowledge to enhance understanding of the texts under study and the cultural sensitivity to communicate using appropriate levels of formality with Chinese from mainland China, Taiwan and various parts of the Chinese Diaspora.

    Assessment

    Written work: 20%
    Exam and tests: 50%
    Oral test and class performance: 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 2 or equivalent/permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1030, CHI1903, CHI2903, CHI3903, CHI4030, CHI5030


    CHI2040 - Chinese 4

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Robert Irving

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Chinese 4 completes an overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and reading skills will be further developed through the use of audio/visual, Web-based and computer assisted learning materials.

    Objectives

    Building on the language skills acquired in Chinese 3, on successful completion of Chinese 4 students will have developed:

    1. The ability to read and write around an additional 200 Chinese characters (900) total.
    2. An understanding of the basic syntax system of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English.
    3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study facilitating progression to later study of formal written Chinese (in Chinese Media Studies and

    Advanced Chinese). 4. Comprehension skills necessary o read simple modern vernacular texts. 5. Basic Chinese word processing skills. 6. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations (approximates to International Second Language Proficiency Level 1+: transactional proficiency (able to satisfy all survival needs and limited social needs)).

    Assessment

    Written work: 20%
    Exam and tests: 50%
    Oral test and class performance: 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 3 or equivalent/permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1040, CHI1904, CHI2904, CHI3904, CHI4040, CHI5040


    CHI2050 - Chinese 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijun Bi

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culturE.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject, students will develop:

    1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.

    1. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.

    1. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.

    1. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.

    1. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

    Assessment

    Tests and class assessments: 50%
    Exam: 35%
    Oral exam: 15%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    CHI1040 or equivalent/permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1050, CHI1905, CHI2905, CHI3050, CHI3905, CHI4050, CHI5050


    CHI2060 - Chinese 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijun Bi

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culture.

    Objectives

    This unit is available to students who have passed Chinese 5, or who have equivalent language ability. Upon successful completion of this unit students will develop:

    1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
    2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
    3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
    4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
    5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

    Assessment

    Tests and class assessments: 50%
    Exam: 35%
    Oral exam: 15%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    CHI1050 or equivalent/permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1060, CHI1906, CHI2906, CHI3060, CHI3906, CHI4060, CHI5060


    CHI2070 - Chinese 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Warren Sun

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

    Objectives

    The subject aims to provide students with:

    1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.

    1. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.

    1. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

    Assessment

    Class participation (450 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar paper and associated oral presentation (1350 words equivalent): 20%
    10%;Two written assignments (1350 words in total): 30%; Written examination (1350 words equivalent): 30%;

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 6 or permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1070, CHI1907, CHI2907, CHI3070, CHI3907, CHI4070, CHI4079, CHI 4907, CHI5070


    CHI2080 - Chinese 8

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Warren Sun

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

    Objectives

    The subject aims to provide students with:

    1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.

    1. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.

    1. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

    Assessment

    Class participation (450 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar paper and associated oral presentation(1350 words equivalent): 20%
    10%; Two written assignments (1350 words in total): 30%; Written examination (1350 words equivalent): 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 7 or permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1080, CHI1908, CHI2908, CHI3080, CHI3908, CHI4080, CHI4089, CHI4908, CHI5080


    CHI2090 - Chinese 9

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hui Xu

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s - 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural changes in modern China resulting from the 1911 Revolution.

    Objectives

    1. To further develop students' ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
    2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
    3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

    Assessment

    Written work: 45%+ Oral presentaion: 15%
    Exam: 30%
    Class participation/perfomance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 language level proficiency as determined by placement test.

    Prohibitions

    CHI1090, CHI1909, CHI2909, CHI3090, CHI3909, CHI4090, CHI4099, CHI4909, CHI5090


    CHI2100 - Chinese 10

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hui Xu

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s to 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural change of modern China as a result of the 1911 Revolution.

    Objectives

    1. To further develop students linguistic ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoke and written forms.
    2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
    3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

    Assessment

    Written work: 45%
    Oral presentaion: 15%
    Exam: 30%
    Class participation/perfomance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 9 or equivalent/permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1100, CHI1910, CHI2910, CHI3100, CHI3910, CHI4100, CHI4109, CHI4910, CHI5100


    CHI2110 - Chinese 11

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hui Xu

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

    1. a general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s).
    2. an in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
    3. the ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75%
    Oral presentaion: 15%
    Class participation/perfomance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 10 language level proficiency or by permission.

    Prohibitions

    CHI1110, CHI1911, CHI2119, CHI3110, CHI3911, CHI4110, CHI4119, CHI4911, CHI5110


    CHI2120 - Chinese 12

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hui Xu

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

    1. a general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s)
    2. an in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
    3. the ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Class participation/performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 11 or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1120, CHI1912, CHI2912, CHI3120, CHI3912, CHI4120, CHI4129, CHI4912, CHI5120


    CHI2335 - Chinese media studies, part 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Scott Grant

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Through the study of graded Chinese news articles and news broadcasts, this unit will introduce students to the language and issues of contemporary Chinese current affairs. Topics covered include politics, economics, human rights, the environment, international relations and current social issues. Students will also develop research and language skills tailored to the Chinese language Internet.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will develop a basic understanding of the structures of the Chinese media (written and spoken); be able to read, comprehend, and translate a basic range of Chinese news articles; develop listening skills appropriate to understanding Chinese broadcast news; develop a basic understanding of the political, economic, and social background to major issues in contemporary China; and be able to acess and read major Chinese resources on the Internet

    Assessment

    Examination (Equivalent to 2000 words): 45%; Three translation/ Internet based assignments (Equivalent to 700 words): 15%; Two class tests(Equivalent to 1400 words): 30%; Class performance/participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar + 1 hour computer lab

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 4 or equivalent + interview

    Prohibitions

    CHI3335


    CHI2345 - Chinese media studies, part 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Scott Grant

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for CHI2335

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will develop a basic understanding of the structures of the Chinese media (written and spoken); be able to read and translate or interpret a basic range of Chinese news articles; develop listening skills appropriate to understanding Chinese broadcast news; develop a basic understanding of the political, economic, and social background to major issues in contemporary China; and be able to acess and read major Chinese resources on the Internet with a high degree of independence.

    Assessment

    Exam: 40%
    Written work: 30%
    2 x Class tests: 20%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar + 1 hour computer lab

    Prerequisites

    Chinese Media Studies Part 1 and interview, or permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI2335


    CHI2430 - Understanding modern China

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Gloria Davies

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to the Chinese language as it is used in academic writing within the Chinese humanities. It will cover a range of key topics in the disciplines of literature, politics, history and cultural studies, as these are discussed and written about in English and Chinese. It will also examine and compare Chinese and Western styles of academic writing and research methods. Questions of translation, both linguistic and cultural, will be central to this subject.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to have acquired:

    1. A basic understanding of key features of modern Chinese intellectual history with reference to: East-West perspectives on Chinese Studies; May Fourth concepts of enlightenment, democracy, science and nationalism; the Cultural Revolution and the renewal of humanist values in post-Mao China.
    2. Library and web-based research skills relevant to modern Chinese studies.
    3. Translation skills (appropriate to the Chinese language ability of individual students) and an understanding of aspects of translation theory relevant to modern Chinese studies.
    4. A good knowledge of the socio-political contexts of the evolution of modern Chinese thought in the twentieth century.
    5. Skills of analysis and interpretation in the study of China through exposure to the textual sources used in this unit.

    Assessment

    Written work and Translation:(3000 words) : 67%
    Seminar Presentation : 17%
    Literature Review (750 words) : 16%

    Contact hours

    3 (1 hour lecture; 2 hour seminar)

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 2 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    CHI3430, CHI4439, CHI4430


    CHI2440 - Understanding contemporary China

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Gloria Davies

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will extend on the work completed in "Understanding Modern China" by introducing students to further aspects of the Chinese language as it is used in academic writing within the Chinese humanities. It will cover a range of key topics in the disciplines of literature, politics, history and cultural studies, as these are discussed and written about in English and Chinese. It will also examine and compare Chinese and Western styles of academic writing and research methods. Questions of translation, both linguistic and cultural, will be central to this unit.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to have acquired:

    1. A basic understanding of issues and themes in contemporary Chinese critical inquiry with reference to intellectual debates on: inter-cultural dialogue; the public sphere; socialist principles vs. globalisation; new theoretical developments in the Chinese humanities and social sciences;
    2. Library and web-based research skills relevant to modern Chinese studies;
    3. Translation skills (in accordance with the Chinese language ability of individual students) and an understanding of aspects of translation theory relevant to modern Chinese studies;
    4. A good knowledge of the socio-political context of contemporary Chinese critical inquiry;
    5. Skills of analysis and interpretation in the study of China through exposure to the textual sources used in this unit.

    Assessment

    Written work and translation project: 67%
    Oral presentation and written summary (750 words): 16%
    Film Review (750 words): 17%.

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 hour lecture; 2 hour seminar)

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 2 or equivalent.

    Prohibitions

    CHI3440/CHI4440/CHI4449


    CHI2450 - Chinese for business communication part 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Candy Wang

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides students with Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. By exposing students to a specialised business text style, students who wish to further improve their Chinese language proficiency can have an opportunity to grasp the language features of business texts and practice writing and translating related texts, thus developing their current bilingual language proficiency as well as broadening their career opportunities.

    Assessment

    Written work & Class test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour lecture per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 or equivalent/permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1450, CHI1945, CHI2945, CHI3450, CHI3945, CHI4450, CHI4459, CHI5450


    CHI2460 - Chinese for business communication part 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Candy Wang

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides students with further Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. Having been exposed to texts in a specialised business style, students will further improve their Chinese language proficiency, and will be introduced to an increased range of language features common to Chinese business texts. Students will continue to practise writing and translating related texts and will be required to display a greater level of sophistication and understanding in both their translation and original writing than in Chinese for Business Communication part 1. This will further promote students' bilingual language proficiency and broaden their career opportunities.

    Objectives

    Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:

    1. to familiarise with an expanded range of features of business text through discourse analysis;
    2. to extend basic Chinese business writing skills acquired in Chinese for Business Communication Part 1;
    3. to extend translation skills in translating business text;
    4. to further improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

    Assessment

    Written work & Class test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour lecture per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese for Business Communication, Part 1 or permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1460, CHI1946, CHI2946, CHI3460, CHI3946, CHI4460, CHI4469, CHI5460


    CHI2550 - Professional Chinese language internship, Part 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is designed for students with relatively high Chinese language level to conduct a project-based language program for professional purposes. On a weekly basis, it requires students to search text-based news reports from major online (the Internet based) or offline (hardcopy) media of western countries. Based on critical analysis, students are required to rewrite and edit them into Chinese with students' own comments. The unit will require students to develop a combined skill of reading, comprehension, critical analysis, writing and presentation for professional purposes. Wherever possible, the news briefings prepared by students will be broadcast by students themselves at local Chinese language radio station and published either in a local Chinese language community newspaper or online.

    Objectives

    1. Through weekly based searching for useful information from major online (the Internet based) and offline media (hardcopies), students are expected to improve their basic research skills and techniques to find for useful information for professional purposes;
    2. It will help students to keep in touch with the latest developments in world affairs and to improve their understanding of the social, political, cultural and economic contexts against which media terms and expressions are used in their news briefing writings;
    3. By weekly based extensive reading, critical analysis, translating, writing and editing news briefings, students are expected to greatly enhance their study skills necessary for their future intellectual development.
    4. Through regular news briefing writings and research project, students are expected to improve their Chinese language writing skills for professional purposes.

    Assessment

    Class contribution: 10%
    Written work: 60%
    Presentations: 30%

    Contact hours

    Three x 1 hr seminars/week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    CHI2955, CHI3550, CHI3955, CHI4550, CHI4559


    CHI2560 - Professional Chinese Language Internship, Part 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is designed for students with relatively high Chinese language level to conduct a project-based language program for professional purposes. It requires students to search multimedia-based news reports from major online (the Internet based) media of western countries. Students are required to rewrite and edit information obtained from the Internet into Chinese with students' own critical comments. The unit will require students to develop a combined skill of Internet searching, reading and listening, comprehension, critical analysis, writing/editing and presentation for professional purposes. Wherever possible, the news briefings prepared by students will be broadcast by students themselves at local Chinese language radio station and published either in a local Chinese language community newspaper or online.

    Objectives

    1. Through weekly based searching for useful information from major online (the Internet based) and offline media (hardcopies), students are expected to improve their basic research skills and techniques to find for useful information for professional purposes;
    2. It will help students to keep in touch with the latest developments in world affairs and to improve their understanding of the social, political, cultural and economic contexts against which media terms and expressions are used in their news briefing writings;
    3. By weekly based extensive reading, critical analysis, translating, writing and editing news briefings, students are expected to greatly enhance their study skills necessary for their future intellectual development.
    4. Through regular news briefing writings and research project, students are expected to improve their Chinese language writing skills for professional purposes.

    Assessment

    Class contribution: 10%
    Written work: 60%
    Presentations: 30%

    Contact hours

    3 (3 x one hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    CHI3560, CHI4569, CHI4560


    CHI2650 - Chinese translation 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to a number of basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation studies. It is aimed at improving students' intercultural and inter-lingual communication skills through various translation projects and critical readings of a range of different representations of Chinese translation works. The integration of classroom teaching and translation projects will encourage students to apply the basic translation skills they learn from the class to translation practices. Small group discussion encourages students to discuss some common conceptual and practical issues of translation among themselves.

    Objectives

    This unit is designed for those students who have completed Chinese 8 or equivalent. Upon successfully completing the unit, students are expected:

    1. to have a basic understanding of theoretical and practical issues in modern Chinese translation activities;
    2. to improve their communication skills between the two languages and;
    3. to acquire some important techniques of translation between Chinese and English;
    4. to be capable of enrolling in higher level of translation studies (graduate diploma or Masters of Translation Studies.

    Assessment

    Written work & Class test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours on weekly basis

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    CHI1650/3650/4659


    CHI2660 - Chinese translation 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to a number of additional basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation studies. It is aimed at improving students' intercultural and inter-lingual communication skills through various translation projects and critical readings of a range of different representations of Chinese translation works. Through the study of Chinese and Western translation history, students will be able to enhance their translation skills. In addition, translation analysis is also introduced.

    Objectives

    Upon successfully completing the unit, students are expected:

    1. To have furthered their understanding of theoretical and practical issues in modern Chinese translation activities and studies
    2. To improve their communication skills between the two languages and cultures and
    3. To acquire some important techniques of translation between Chinese and English
    4. To be able to enrol in higher level of translation studies (Graduate Diploma or Masters of Translation Studies.

    Assessment

    Written work & Class test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours on weekly basis

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    CHI1660, CHI1966, CHI2966, CHI3660, CHI3966


    CHI2750 - Chinese translation for professional purposes 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Through a number of text-analysis focused projects, this unit will introduce students to various basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation; It will help students to identify different types of source texts, build up their skills in text analysis and help students to choose correct strategies when translating different texts for professional purposes; Through project-based exercises, this unit will provide an opportunity for students to improve their understanding and analytic skills of all factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language; The integration of classroom teaching and translation projects encourages students to apply theories and skills they learn in class to translation practices.

    Objectives

    1. Weekly lecture/seminar on prescribed texts will provide basic concepts of issues in translation studies in general and text analysis in particular. The unit will focus on some basic ideas on text analysis of translation studies and some popular theories which discuss factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language. Students are expected to improve their understandings of theories relating to classification and identification of source texts and translation strategies;
    2. By applying some basic concepts relating to text analysis and translation strategies to weekly project-based translation practices and class discussions, students are also expected to improve their ability to determine a correct translation strategy for professional purposes;
    3. Three supervised translation projects and one examination in a time controlled situation will be conducted during the semesters in order to test the progress of students.

    Assessment

    Written work & Class test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 (2 hours lecture/seminar, one hour class discussion)

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    CHI2975, CHI3750, CHI3975


    CHI2760 - Chinese translation for professional purposes 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is an extension of but can be independent from Chinese Translation for Professional Purposes 1. Through a number of text-analysis focused projects, this unit will introduce students to various basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation; It will help students to identify different types of source texts, build up their skills in text analysis and help students to choose correct strategies when translating different texts for professional purposes; Through project-based exercises, this unit will provide an opportunity for students to improve their understanding and analytic skills of all factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language; The integration of classroom teaching and translation projects encourages students to apply theories and skills they learn in class to translation practices.

    Objectives

    1. Weekly lecture/seminar on prescribed texts will provide basic concepts of issues in translation studies in general and text analysis in particular. The unit will focus on some basic ideas on text analysis of translation studies and some popular theories which discuss factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language. Students are expected to improve their understandings of theories relating to classification and identification of source texts and translation strategies;
    2. By applying some basic concepts relating to text analysis and translation strategies to weekly project-based translation practices and class discussions, students are also expected to improve their ability to determine a correct translation strategy for professional purposes;
    3. Three supervised translation projects and one examination in a time controlled situation will be conducted during the semesters in order to test the progress of students.

    Assessment

    Written work & Class test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 (2 hours lecture/seminar, one hour class discussion)

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    CHI3760


    CHI2850 - Basic interpreting skills (Mandarin) 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit consists of a series of lectures, seminars, workshops, and practical sessions, covering 5 common areas. It also covers a brief introduction to the concepts, techniques and background knowledge of interpreting skills. After the introductory module introducing the history and procedures of interpreting, topics covered will include Culture & Education, Public Health, Social Issues, and Tourism.

    Objectives

    This course aims to train bilingually proficient students in the role, theory, ethics, and practice of inter-cultural verbal communication at elementary level.

    This course helps students':

    1. Basic concepts of interpreting skills To fully understand the differences between verbal and non-verbal interpreting skills and concepts underlying principles and practice of interpreting and to recognize the specific requirements of different types of interpreting.

    1. Skills To improve and develop students' linguistic competence as well as their verbal and non-verbal interpreting competence in both Chinese and English, to help them acquire fundamental skills and strategies essential to interpreting and to help students in developing underlying techniques for summarizing, memory enhancement, note taking, public speaking skills, etc. To get involved in various kinds of communicative activities which are closely in line with real-life situations and explore solutions to problems involved in decoding and encoding messages in the process of interpreting.

    1. Cultural context To enable students to enhance their multicultural understanding, as a prerequisite to interpreting and to communicate culturally specific information into an understandable format in the target language.

    1. Pathways To provide a pathway/articulation into further interpreting and translation studies by giving students a solid foundation and confidence to participate in postgraduate level of interpreting and translation studies and/or other higher level of professional training programs.

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation & homework: 10%
    Written work: 50%
    Final oral exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour lecture, one 1-hour seminar per week, and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese Translation 1, Chinese Translation for Professional Purposes 1, or permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI2985, CHI3850, CHI3985, CHI4850


    CHI2860 - Basic interpreting skills (Mandarin) 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit builds on the skills learnt in Basic Interpreting Skills (Mandarin) 1. It covers topics including:
    finance and trade, banking and insurance, information and technology, legal matters, formalities for conferences, and interviews. Semester 2 clearly follows a more professional line than semester 1 and is designed to give students more complete and polished skills as well as increasing the variety of their experiences.

    Objectives

    This course aims to train bilingually proficient students in the role, theory, ethics, and practice of interpreting at intermediate level.

    This course helps students':

    1. Basic concepts of interpreting skills To fully understand the differences between verbal and non-verbal interpreting skills and concepts underlying principles and practice of interpreting skills and to recognize the specific requirements of different types of interpreting.

    1. Skills To improve and develop students' linguistic competence as well as their verbal and non-verbal interpreting competence in both Chinese/English interpretation, to help them acquire fundamental skills and strategies essential to interpreting and to help students in developing underlying techniques for summarizing, memory enhancement, note taking, public speaking skills, etc. To get involved in various kinds of communicative activities which are closely in line with real-life situations and explore solutions to problems involved in decoding and encoding messages in the process of interpreting.

    1. Cultural context To enable students to enhance their multicultural understanding, as a prerequisite to interpreting and to communicate culturally specific information into an understandable format in the target language.

    1. Pathways To provide a pathway/articulation into advanced translation/interpreting studies, giving them the confidence to participate in studies such as NAATI accredited courses.

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation & homework: 10%
    Written Test: 10%
    Oral Presentation & Oral Exam: 60%
    Simulation performance: 20%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour lecture, one 1-hour seminar, and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    Basic Interpreting Skills (Mandarin) 1 or equivalent/permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI2986, CHI3860, CHI3986, CHI4860


    CHI2901 - Chinese 1 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Scott Grant

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It provides an introduction to spoken and written modern standard Chinese to students with no prior knowledge of Mandarin. An overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese is begun with equal emphasis on the four skills of reading, writing, listening, and speaking.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

    1. Read around 250 characters and identify important composite radicals
    2. Write around 250 Chinese characters in simple composition
    3. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a number of everyday practical situations
    4. Use the pinyin romanisation system.

    Assessment

    Written work/tests: 60%
    Exam: 25%
    Oral exam: 15%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prohibitions

    CHI1010, CHI1901, CHI2010, CHI4010, CHI5010. Students enrolled in Arts courses are prohibited from taking this unit.


    CHI2902 - Chinese 2 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Scott Grant

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It unit continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening, and speaking.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

    1. Read around an additional 250 Chinese characters (500 in total) and identify important associated radicals.
    2. Write around an additional 250 Chinese characters in simple composition (around 500 in total).
    3. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a range of everyday practical situations (approximates to International Second Language Proficiency Level 1-: minimum creative proficiency)

    Assessment

    Written work & tests: 60%
    Exam: 25%
    Oral exam: 15%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 1 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1020, CHI2020, CHI2902, CHI4020, CHI5020

    Note: Students enrolled in Arts courses are prohibited from taking this unit.


    CHI2903 - Chinese 3 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Robert Irving

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1 and 2. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations, to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have acquired:

    1. The ability to read and write an additional 200 Chinese characters (700 in total).
    2. A preliminary understanding of the basic syntax of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English.
    3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study.
    4. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations.
    5. Cultural (socio-political) knowledge to enhance understanding of the texts under study and the cultural sensitivity to communicate using appropriate levels of formality with Chinese from mainland China, Taiwan and various parts of the Chinese Diaspora.

    Assessment

    Written work: 20%
    Exam and tests: 50%
    Oral test and class performance: 30%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 2 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1030, CHI1903, CHI2030, CHI3903, CHI4030, CHI5030


    CHI2904 - Chinese 4 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It gives students an overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China.

    Objectives

    Building on the language skills acquired in Chinese 3, on successful completion of Chinese 4 students will have developed:

    1. The ability to read and write around an additional 200 Chinese characters (900) total.
    2. An understanding of the basic syntax system of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English.
    3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study facilitating progression to later study of formal written Chinese (in Chinese Media Studies and Advanced Chinese).
    4. Comprehension skills necessary to read simple modern vernacular texts.
    5. Basic Chinese word processing skills.
    6. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations (approximates to International Second Language Proficiency Level 1+: transactional proficiency (able to satisfy all survival needs and limited social needs).

    Assessment

    Written work: 20%
    Exam and tests: 50%
    Oral test and class performance: 30%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 3 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1040, CHI1904, CHI2040, CHI3904, CHI4040, CHI5040


    CHI2905 - Chinese 5 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijun Bi

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It introduces students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culture.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will develop:

    1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
    2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
    3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
    4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
    5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

    Assessment

    Tests and class assessments: 50%
    Exam: 35%
    Oral exam: 15%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 4 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1050, CHI1905, CHI2050, CHI3050 CHI3905, CHI4050, CHI5050


    CHI2906 - Chinese 6 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijun Bi

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It introduces students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culture.

    Objectives

    This unit is available to students who have passed Chinese 5, or who have equivalent language ability. Upon successful completion of this unit students will develop:

    1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
    2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
    3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
    4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
    5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

    Assessment

    Tests and class assessments: 50%
    Exam: 35%
    Oral exam: 15%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 5 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1060, CHI1906, CHI2060, CHI3060, CHI3906, CHI4060, CHI5060


    CHI2907 - Chinese 7 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It introduces students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

    Objectives

    The unit aims to provide students with:

    1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.
    2. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.
    3. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

    Assessment

    Seminar participation, presentation and paper: 40%
    Written work: 30%
    Exam: 30%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 6 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1070, CHI1907, CHI2070, CHI3070, CHI3907, CHI4070, CHI4079, CHI4907, CHI5070, CHI5907


    CHI2908 - Chinese 8 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It introduces students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

    Objectives

    The unit aims to provide students with:

    1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.
    2. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.
    3. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

    Assessment

    Seminar participation, presentation and paper: 40%
    Written work: 30%
    Exam: 30%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 7 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1080, CHI1908, CHI2080, CHI3080, CHI3908, CHI4080, CHI4089, CHI4908, CHI5080


    CHI2909 - Chinese 9 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s - 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural changes in modern China resulting from the 1911 Revolution.

    Objectives

    1. To further develop students' ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
    2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
    3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

    Assessment

    Written work: 45%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Exam: 30%
    Class participation/performance: 10%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1090, CHI1909,CHI2090, CHI3090, CHI3909, CHI4090, CHI 4099, CHI4909, CHI5090, CHI5909


    CHI2910 - Chinese 10 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s to 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural change of modern China as a result of the 1911 Revolution.

    Objectives

    1. To further develop students' linguistic ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
    2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
    3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

    Assessment

    Written work: 45%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Exam: 30%
    Class participation/performance: 10%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours of three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 9 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1100, CHI1910, CHI2100, CHI3100, CHI3910, CHI4100, CHI4109, CHI4910, CHI5100


    CHI2911 - Chinese 11 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hui Xu

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry Program. Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, it will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired:

    1. A general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s).
    2. An in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
    3. The ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Class participation/performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    60 hours over 3 weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 10 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1110, CHI1911, CHI2110, CHI3110, CHI3911, CHI4110, CHI4119, CHI4911, CHI5110, CHI5911


    CHI2912 - Chinese 12 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hui Xu

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry Program. Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, it will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

    1. A general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s)
    2. An in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
    3. The ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Class participation/performance: 10%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 11 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1120, CHI1912, CHI2120, CHI3120, CHI3912, CHI4120, CHI4129, CHI4912, CHI5120, CHI5912


    CHI2945 - Chinese for business communication, part 1 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Candy Wang

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry Program. It provides students with Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. By exposing students to a specialised business text style, students who wish to further improve their Chinese language proficiency can have an opportunity to grasp the language features of business texts and practice writing and translating related texts, thus developing their current bilingual language proficiency as well as broadening their career opportunities.

    Objectives

    Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:

    1. to acquire familiarity with the basic linguistic features of Chinese business text through discourse analysis
    2. to acquire basic Chinese business writing skills
    3. to foster basic translation skills in translating business texts, and
    4. to improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

    Assessment

    Written work & Class Test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    60 hours over 3 weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1450, CHI1945, CHI2450, CHI3450, CHI3945, CHI4450, CHI4459, CHI4945, CHI5450, CHI5945


    CHI2946 - Chinese for business communication, part 2 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Candy Wang

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour lecture per week

    Prohibitions

    CHI1460, CHI1946, CHI2460, CHI3460, CHI3946, CHI4460, CHI4469, CHI4946, CHI5460, CHI5946


    CHI2960 - Professional Chinese language internship, part 2 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Prohibitions

    CHI2560, CHI3560, CHI3960, CHI4560, CHI4569


    CHI2965 - Chinese translation 1 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Prohibitions

    CHI1650, CHI1965, CHI2650, CHI3650, CHI3965


    CHI2966 - Chinese translation 2 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry program. It introduces students to a number of additional basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation studies. It is aimed at improving students' intercultural and inter-lingual communication skills through various translation projects and critical readings of a range of different representations of Chinese translation works. Through the study of Chinese and Western translation history, students will be able to enhance their translation skills. In addition, translation analysis is also introduced.

    Objectives

    Upon successfully completing the unit, students are expected:

    1. to have furthered their understanding of theoretical and practical issues in modern Chinese translation activities and studies;
    2. to have improved their communication skills between the two languages and cultures
    3. to have acquired some important techniques of translation between Chinese and English, and
    4. to be able to enrol in higher level of translation studies (Graduate Diploma or Masters of Translation Studies).

    Assessment

    Written work & Class Test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    60 hours over 3 weeks

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI660, CHI1966, CHI2660, CHI3660, CHI3966


    CHI2975 - Chinese translation for professional purposes 1 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry Program. It provides basic training of Chinese translation techniques through exposing students to Western theoretical approaches in text type, and different contextual analyses of the linguistic features of different text types. Through a number of text-analysis focused projects, this unit will introduce students to various basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation. Through project-based exercises, this unit will provide an opportunity for students to improve their understanding and analytic skills of all factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language.

    Objectives

    Upon successfully completing the units, students are expected to:

    1. Have a basic understanding of theoretical and practical issues relating to the text analysis and translation strategy
    2. Be able to identify different types of source texts for different professional purposes
    3. Be able to identify correct translation strategy for targeted professional readers, and
    4. Have a solid foundation to enrol in higher level of translation studies (Graduate Diploma or Masters of Translation Studies).

    Assessment

    Written work & Class Test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI2750, CHI3750, CHI3975


    CHI2976 - Chinese translation for professional purposes 2 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Contact hours

    60 hours over 3 weeks

    Prohibitions

    CHI2760, CHI3760, CHI3976


    CHI2985 - Basic interpreting skills (Mandarin) 1 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit is offered in China as through the Chinese Incountry Program. It consists of a series of lectures, seminars, workshops, and practical sessions, covering 5 common areas. It also covers a brief introduction to the concepts, techniques and background knowledge of interpreting skills. After the introductory module introducing the history and procedures of interpreting, topics covered will include Culture & Education, Public Health, Social Issues, and Tourism.

    Objectives

    This unit aims to train bilingually proficient students in the role, theory, ethics, and practice of inter-cultural verbal communication at elementary level.
    On completion of this units students will have developed:

    1. Basic concepts of interpreting skills To fully understand the differences between verbal and non-verbal interpreting skills and concepts underlying principles and practice of interpreting and to recognize the specific requirements of different types of interpreting.
    2. Improved linguistic competence as well as verbal and non-verbal interpreting competence in both Chinese and English, to help them acquire fundamental skills and strategies essential to interpreting and to develop underlying techniques for summarizing, memory enhancement, note taking, public speaking skills, to help them become involved in various kinds of communicative activities which are closely in line with real-life situations and explore solutions to problems involved in decoding and encoding messages in the process of interpreting.
    3. Enhanced multicultural understanding, as a prerequisite to interpreting and to communicate culturally specific information into an understandable format in the target language.
    4. A solid foundation and confidence to participate in postgraduate level of interpreting and translation studies and/or other higher level of professional training programs.

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation & homework: 10%
    Written work: 50%
    Final Oral exam: 40%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese Translation 1, Chinese Translation for Professional Purposes 1, or permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI2850, CHI3850, CHI3985, CHI4850


    CHI2986 - Basic interpreting skills (Mandarin) 2 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Taught in a Chinese university, this unit builds on the skills learnt in Basic Interpreting Skills (Mandarin) 1; It covers topics including: finance and trade, banking and insurance, information and technology, legal matters, formalities for conferences, and interviews. Basic Interpreting Skills (Mandarin) 1 clearly follows a more professional line and is designed to give students more complete and polished skills as well as increasing the variety of their experiences.

    Objectives

    This unit aims to train bilingually proficient students in the role, theory, ethics, and practice of inter-cultural verbal communication at elementary level.
    On completion of this unit students will have further developed and consolidated:

    1. Concepts of interpreting skills To fully understand the differences between verbal and non-verbal interpreting skills and concepts underlying principles and practice of interpreting and to recognize the specific requirements of different types of interpreting.
    2. Linguistic competence as well as verbal and non-verbal interpreting competence in both Chinese and English, to help them acquire fundamental skills and strategies essential to interpreting and to develop underlying techniques for summarizing, memory enhancement, note taking, public speaking skills, to help them become involved in various kinds of communicative activities which are closely in line with real-life situations and explore solutions to problems involved in decoding and encoding messages in the process of interpreting.
    3. Multicultural understanding, as a prerequisite to interpreting and to communicate culturally specific information into an understandable format in the target language.
    4. The foundation and confidence to participate in postgraduate level of interpreting and translation studies and/or other higher level of professional training programs.

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation & homework: 10%
    Written test: 10%
    Oral presentation & oral exam: 60%
    Simulation performance: 20%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Basic Interpreting Skills (Mandarin) 1 or equivalent/permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI2860, CHI3860, CHI3986, CHI4860


    CHI2990 - Language study abroad program

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijun Bi

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will allow first, second, third year or postgraduate students to complete the equivalent of one semester of Chinese language study in three weeks of intensive in-country study. The unit will be offered as part of the Monash Chinese in-country program, between November and January at the campus of Shanghai International Studies University, or Civil Aviation Management Institute of China, both institutions are in the Peoples Republic of China. Unit content will be equivalent to that of the corresponding unit at Monash, Clayton. The workload of this unit will be equivalent to that required for a 6-point on-campus unit at Monash

    Objectives

    Objectives of the Chinese Incountry Program units shall be similar to the equivalent Clayton-based Chinese Studies Program units

    Assessment

    Assessment criteria will differ in accordance with actual Chinese units studied in country. They will be similar to those of equivalent Chinese language units taught at Clayton Campus. Written and oral work will be assessed by Chinese language teaching staff of both Monash University and the Chinese host institutions.

    Contact hours

    60 hours over 3 weeks

    Prerequisites

    A placement test and/or interview may be required

    Prohibitions

    Equivalent Monash Chinese language unit


    CHI2991 - Language study abroad program

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijun Bi

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will allow first, second, third year or postgraduate students to complete the equivalent of two semesters of Chinese language study in six weeks of intensive in-country study. The unit will be offered as part of the Monash Chinese in-country program, between November and January at the campus of Shanghai International Studies University, or Civil Aviation Management Institute of China in the Peoples Republic of China. Unit content will be equivalent to that of the corresponding unit at Monash, Clayton. The workload of this unit will be equivalent to that required for a 6-point on-campus unit at Monash

    Objectives

    Objectives of the Chinese Incountry Program units shall be similar to the equivalent Clayton-based Chinese Studies Program units.

    Assessment

    Assessment criteria will differ in accordance with actual Chinese units studied in country. They will be similar to those of equivalent Chinese language units taught at Clayton Campus. Written and oral work will be assessed by Chinese language teaching staff of both Monash University and the Chinese host institutions.

    Contact hours

    120 hours over six weeks

    Prerequisites

    A placement test and/or interview may be required

    Prohibitions

    Equivalent Monash Chinese language unit


    CHI2992 - Language study abroad program

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit allows second year students to complete the equivalent of 24 points of Chinese language study in a minimum of six months of in-country study. It is offered as part of the Monash in-country Chinese program conducted at the campus of Shanghai International Studies University, People's Republic of China. The level of the in-country unit in which the student enrols will be determined by the highest level of Chinese language study previously completed. Unit content will be equivalent to that of the corresponding unit within the Monash Chinese programs. The workload for this unit will be not less than that required for four 6-point on-campus units at Monash University.

    Assessment

    Assessment criteria will differ in accordance with actual units studied in country. These and their relationship with unit objectives will match assessment criteria for the equivalent on-campus Monash Chinese language units. Written and oral work will be assessed by Chinese language staff of both Monash University and the host institution.

    Prerequisites

    A first-year Chinese Language sequence


    CHI3050 - Chinese 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijun Bi

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culturE.

    Objectives

    This unit is available to students who have a Chinese language ability equivalent to Chinese

  • Upon successful completion of this subject students will develop:
    1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
    2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
    3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
    4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
    5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

    Assessment

    Tests and class assessments: 50%
    Exam: 35%
    Oral exam: 15%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    CHI2040 or equivalent/permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1050, CHI1905, CHI2050, CHI2905, CHI3905, CHI4050, CHI5050


  • CHI3060 - Chinese 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijun Bi

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culture.

    Objectives

    This unit is available to students who have passed Chinese 5, or who have equivalent language ability. Upon successful completion of this unit students will develop:

    1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
    2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
    3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
    4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
    5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

    Assessment

    Tests and class assessments: 50%
    Exam: 35%
    Oral exam: 15%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    CHI3050 or equivalent/permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1060, CHI1906, CHI2060, CHI2906, CHI3906, CHI4060, CHI5060


    CHI3070 - Chinese 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Warren Sun

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills of speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

    Objectives

    The subject aims to provide students with:

    1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.

    1. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.

    1. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

    Assessment

    Class participation (450 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar paper and associated oral presentation (1350 words equivalent): 20%
    10%;Two written assignments (1350 words in total): 30%; Written examination (1350 words equivalent): 30%;

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 6 or permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1070, CHI1907, CHI2070, CHI2907, CHI3907, CHI4070, CHI4079, CHI 4907, CHI5070


    CHI3080 - Chinese 8

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Warren Sun

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills of speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

    Objectives

    The subject aims to provide students with:

    1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.

    1. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.

    1. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

    Assessment

    Class participation (450 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar paper and associated oral presentation(1350 words equivalent): 20%
    10%; Two written assignments (1350 words in total): 30%; Written examination (1350 words equivalent): 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 7 or permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1080, CHI1908, CHI2080, CHI2908, CHI3908, CHI4080, CHI4089, CHI4908, CHI5080


    CHI3090 - Chinese 9

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hui Xu

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s - 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural changes in modern China resulting from the 1911 Revolution.

    Objectives

    1. To further develop students' ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
    2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
    3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

    Assessment

    Written work: 45%+ Oral presentaion: 15%
    Exam: 30%
    Class participation/perfomance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 language level proficiency as determined by placement test.

    Prohibitions

    CHI1090, CHI1909, CHI2090, CHI2909, CHI3909, CHI4090, CHI4099, CHI4909, CHI5090


    CHI3100 - Chinese 10

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hui Xu

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s to 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural change of modern China as a result of the 1911 Revolution.

    Objectives

    1. To further develop students linguistic ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoke and written forms.
    2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
    3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

    Assessment

    Written work: 45%
    Oral presentaion: 15%
    Exam: 30%
    Class participation/perfomance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 9 or equivalent/permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1100, CHI1910, CHI2100, CHI2910, CHI3910, CHI4100, CHI4109, CHI4910, CHI5100


    CHI3110 - Chinese 11

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hui Xu

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

    1. a general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s).
    2. an in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
    3. the ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75%
    Oral presentaion: 15%
    Class participation/perfomance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 10 language level proficiency or by permission.

    Prohibitions

    CHI1110, CHI1911, CHI2110, CHI2911, CHI3911, CHI4110, CHI4119, CHI4911, CHI5110


    CHI3120 - Chinese 12

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hui Xu

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

    1. a general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s)
    2. an in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
    3. the ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Class participation/performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 11 or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1120, CHI1912, CHI2120, CHI2912, CHI3912, CHI4120, CHI4129, CHI4912, CHI5120


    CHI3335 - Chinese media studies, part 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Scott Grant

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Through the study of graded Chinese news articles and news broadcasts, this unit will introduce students to the language and issues of contemporary Chinese current affairs. Topics covered include politics, economics, human rights, the environment, international relations and current social issues. Students will also develop research and language skills tailored to the Chinese language Internet.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will develop a basic understanding of the structures of the Chinese media (written and spoken); be able to read, comprehend, and translate a basic range of Chinese news articles; develop listening skills appropriate to understanding Chinese broadcast news; develop a basic understanding of the political, economic, and social background to major issues in contemporary China; and be able to acess and read major Chinese resources on the Internet

    Assessment

    Exam: 40%
    Written work: 30%
    2 x Class tests: 20%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar + 1 hour computer lab

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 4 or equivalent + interview

    Prohibitions

    CHI2335


    CHI3345 - Chinese media studies, part 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Scott Grant

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Through the study of graded Chinese news articles and news broadcasts, this unit will introduce students to the language and issues of contemporary Chinese current affairs. Topics covered include politics, economics, human rights, the environment, international relations and current social issues. Students will also develop research and language skills tailored to the Chinese language Internet.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will develop a basic understanding of the structures of the Chinese media (written and spoken); be able to read and translate or interpret a basic range of Chinese news articles; develop listening skills appropriate to understanding Chinese broadcast news; develop a basic understanding of the political, economic, and social background to major issues in contemporary China; and be able to acess and read major Chinese resources on the Internet with a high degree of independence.

    Assessment

    Exam: 40%
    Written work: 30%
    2 x Class tests: 20%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar + 1 hour computer lab

    Prerequisites

    CHI3335 and an interview

    Prohibitions

    CHI2345


    CHI3430 - Understanding modern China

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Gloria Davies

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to the Chinese language as it is used in academic writing within the Chinese humanities. It will cover a range of key topics in the disciplines of literature, politics, history and cultural studies, as these are discussed and written about in the Chinese language. It will also examine and compare Chinese and Western styles of academic writing, research methods and goals. Questions of translation, both linguistic and cultural, will be central to this subject.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to have acquired:

    1. A basic understanding of key features of modern Chinese intellectual history with reference to: East-West perspectives on Chinese Studies; May Fourth concepts of enlightenment, democracy, science and nationalism; the Cultural Revolution and the renewal of humanist values in post-Mao China.
    2. Library and web-based research skills relevant to modern Chinese studies.
    3. Translation skills (appropriate to the Chinese language ability of individual students) and an understanding of aspects of translation theory relevant to modern Chinese studies.
    4. A good knowledge of the socio-political contexts of the evolution of modern Chinese thought in the twentieth century.
    5. Skills of analysis and interpretation in the study of China through exposure to the textual sources used in this unit.

    Assessment

    Written work and translation:(3000 words): 67%
    Seminar presentation: 17%
    Literature review (750 words): 16%

    Contact hours

    3 (1 hour lecture; 2 hour seminar)

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 2 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    CHI2430, CHI4439, CHI4340


    CHI3440 - Understanding contemporary China

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Gloria Davies

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will extend on the work completed in "Understanding Modern China" by introducing students to further aspects of the Chinese language as it is used in academic writing within the Chinese humanities. It will cover a range of key topics in the disciplines of literature, politics, history and cultural studies, as these are discussed and written about in English and Chinese. It will also examine and compare Chinese and Western styles of academic writing and research methods. Questions of translation, both linguistic and cultural, will be central to this unit.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to have acquired:

    1. A basic understanding of issues and themes in contemporary Chinese critical inquiry with reference to intellectual debates on: inter-cultural dialogue; the public sphere; socialist principles vs. globalisation; new theoretical developments in the Chinese humanities and social sciences;
    2. Library and web-based research skills relevant to modern Chinese studies;
    3. Translation skills (in accordance with the Chinese language ability of individual students) and an understanding of aspects of translation theory relevant to modern Chinese studies;
    4. A good knowledge of the socio-political context of contemporary Chinese critical inquiry;
    5. Skills of analysis and interpretation in the study of China through exposure to the textual sources used in this unit.

    Assessment

    Written work and translation project: 67%
    Oral presentation and written summary (750 words): 16%; Film review (750 words): 17%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 hour lecture; 2 hour seminar)

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 2 or equivalent.

    Prohibitions

    CHI2440/4440/4449


    CHI3450 - Chinese for business communication, Part 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Candy Wang

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides students with Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. By exposing students to a specialised business text style, students who wish to further improve their Chinese language proficiency can have an opportunity to grasp the language features of business texts and practice writing and translating related texts, thus developing their current bilingual language proficiency as well as broadening their career opportunities.

    Objectives

    Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:

    1. to acquire familiarity with the basic linguistic features of Chinese business text through discourse analysis;
    2. to acquire basic Chinese business writing skills;
    3. to foster basic translation skills in translating business texts;
    4. to further improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

    Assessment

    Written work & Class Test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour lecture per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 or equivalent/permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1450, CHI1945, CHI2450, CHI2945, CHI3945, CHI4450, CHI4459, CHI5450


    CHI3460 - Chinese for business communication, Part 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Candy Wang

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides students with further Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. Having been exposed to texts in a specialised business style, students will further improve their Chinese language proficiency, and will be introduced to an increased range of language features common to Chinese business texts. Students will continue to practise writing and translating related texts and will be required to display a greater level of sophistication and understanding in both their translation and original writing than in Chinese for Business Communication part 1. This will further promote students' bilingual language proficiency and broaden their career opportunities.

    Objectives

    Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:

    1. to familiarise with an expanded range of features of business text through discourse analysis;
    2. to extend basic Chinese business writing skills acquired in Chinese for Business Communication Part 1;
    3. to extend translation skills in translating business text;
    4. to further improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

    Assessment

    Written work & Class Test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour lecture per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese for Business Communication, Part 1 or permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1460, CHI1946, CHI2460, CHI2946, CHI3946, CHI4460, CHI4469, CHI5460


    CHI3550 - Professional Chinese language internship, Part 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is designed for students with relatively high Chinese language level to conduct a project-based language program for professional purposes. On a weekly basis, it will organize students into groups and search news reports from major English newspapers of western countries, online or offline, translate them into Chinese, where necessary, and re-write news reports with students' own comments. The news briefings will be broadcast by students at a local Chinese language radio station and published in a local Chinese language community newspaper.

    Objectives

    1. Through daily searching news reports from major English online and offline media, students are expected to keep in touch with the latest developments in world affairs and to improve their understanding of the social, political, cultural and economic contexts against which media terms and expressions are used in their weekly news briefing writings.

    1. By weekly based extensive reading, translating, writing and editing news briefings, students are expected to greatly enhance their Chinese language writing skills for professional purposes.

    1. Through extensive daily search and analysis of useful news reports from the Internet and major newspapers for the purpose of providing up-to-date news briefing for local Chinese language media publication, students are expected to improve their basic research skills and techniques of searching for useful information for professional purposes.

    Assessment

    Class contribution: 10%
    Written work: 60%
    Presentations: 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese level equivalent to Chinese 7

    Prohibitions

    CHI2550, CHI2955, CHI3955, CHI4550, CHI4559


    CHI3560 - Professional Chinese language internship, Part 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is designed for students with relatively high Chinese language level to conduct a project-based language program for professional purposes. On weekly basis, it will organize students into groups and search news reports from major English newspapers of western countries, online or offline, translate them into Chinese, where necessary, and re-write news reports with students' own comments. The news briefings will be broadcast by students at a local Chinese language radio station and published in a local Chinese language community newspaper.

    Objectives

    1. Through daily searching news reports from major English online and offline media, students are expected to keep in touch with the latest developments in world affairs and to improve their understanding of the social, political, cultural and economic contexts against which media terms and expressions are used in their weekly news briefing writings.

    1. By weekly based extensive reading, translating, writing and editing news briefings, students are expected to greatly enhance their Chinese language writing skills for professional purposes.

    1. Through extensive daily search and analysis of useful news reports from the Internet and major newspapers for the purpose of providing up-to-date news briefing for local Chinese language media publication, students are expected to improve their basic research skills and techniques of searching for useful information for professional purposes.

    Assessment

    Class contribution: 10%
    Written work: 60%
    Presentations: 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese level equivalent to Chinese 7

    Prohibitions

    CHI4569


    CHI3650 - Chinese translation 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to a number of basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation studies. It is aimed at improving students' intercultural and inter-lingual communication skills through various translation projects and critical readings of a range of different representations of Chinese translation works. The integration of classroom teaching and translation projects will encourage students to apply the basic translation skills they learn from the class to translation practices. Small group discussion encourages students to discuss some common conceptual and practical issues of translation among themselves.

    Objectives

    This unit is designed for those students who have completed Chinese 8 or equivalent. Upon successfully completing the unit, students are expected:

    1. to have a basic understanding of theoretical and practical issues in modern Chinese translation activities and studies;
    2. to improve their communication skills between the two languages and cultures and;
    3. to acquire some important techniques of translation between Chinese and English;
    4. to be able to enrol in higher level of translation studies (graduate diploma or Masters of Translation Studies.

    Assessment

    Written work & Class Test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours on weekly basis

    Prerequisites

    Completion of Chinese 8 or equivalent


    CHI3660 - Chinese translation 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to a number of additional basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation studies. It is aimed at improving students' intercultural and inter-lingual communication skills through various translation projects and critical readings of a range of different representations of Chinese translation works. Through the study of Chinese and Western translation history, students will be able to enhance their translation skills. In addition, translation analysis is also introduced.

    Objectives

    Upon successfully completing the unit, students are expected:

    1. To have furthered their understanding of theoretical and practical issues in modern Chinese translation activities and studies
    2. To improve their communication skills between the two languages and cultures and
    3. To acquire some important techniques of translation between Chinese and English
    4. To be able to enrol in higher level of translation studies (Graduate Diploma or Masters of Translation Studies.

    Assessment

    Written work & Class Test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours on weekly basis

    Prerequisites

    Completion of Chinese 8 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    CHI1660, CHI1966, CHI2660, CHI2966, CHI3966


    CHI3750 - Chinese translation for professional purposes 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Through a number of text-analysis focused projects, this unit will introduce students to various basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation; It will help students to identify different types of source texts, build up their skills in text analysis and help students to choose correct strategies when translating different texts for professional purposes; Through project-based exercises, this unit will provide an opportunity for students to improve their understanding and analytic skills of all factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language; The integration of classroom teaching and translation projects encourages students to apply theories and skills they learn in class to translation practices.

    Objectives

    1. Weekly lecture/seminar on prescribed texts will provide basic concepts of issues in translation studies in general and text analysis in particular. The unit will focus on some basic ideas on text analysis of translation studies and some popular theories which discuss factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language. Students are expected to improve their understandings of theories relating to classification and identification of source texts and translation strategies;
    2. By applying some basic concepts relating to text analysis and translation strategies to weekly project-based translation practices and class discussions, students are also expected to improve their ability to determine a correct translation strategy for professional purposes;
    3. Three supervised translation projects and one examination in a time controlled situation will be conducted during the semesters in order to test the progress of students.

    Assessment

    Written work & class test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 (2 hours lecture/seminar, one hour class discussion)

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    CHI2750, CHI2975, CHI3975


    CHI3760 - Chinese translation for professional purposes 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is an extension of but can be independent from Chinese Translation for Professional Purposes 1. Through a number of text-analysis focused projects, this unit will introduce students to various basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation; It will help students to identify different types of source texts, build up their skills in text analysis and help students to choose correct strategies when translating different texts for professional purposes; Through project-based exercises, this unit will provide an opportunity for students to improve their understanding and analytic skills of all factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language; The integration of classroom teaching and translation projects encourages students to apply theories and skills they learn in class to translation practices.

    Objectives

    1. Weekly lecture/seminar on prescribed texts will provide basic concepts of issues in translation studies in general and text analysis in particular. The unit will focus on some basic ideas on text analysis of translation studies and some popular theories which discuss factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language. Students are expected to improve their understandings of theories relating to classification and identification of source texts and translation strategies;
    2. By applying some basic concepts relating to text analysis and translation strategies to weekly project-based translation practices and class discussions, students are also expected to improve their ability to determine a correct translation strategy for professional purposes;
    3. Three supervised translation projects and one examination in a time controlled situation will be conducted during the semesters in order to test the progress of students.

    Assessment

    Written work & class test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 (2 hours lecture/seminar, one hour class discussion)

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    CHI2760


    CHI3850 - Basic interpreting skills (Mandarin) 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit consists of a series of lectures, seminars, workshops, and practical sessions, covering 5 common areas. It also covers a brief introduction to the concepts, techniques and background knowledge of interpreting skills. After the introductory module introducing the history and procedures of interpreting, topics covered will include Culture & Education, Public Health, Social Issues, and Tourism.

    Objectives

    This course aims to train bilingually proficient students in the role, theory, ethics, and practice of inter-cultural verbal communication at elementary level.

    This course helps students':

    1. Basic concepts of interpreting skills To fully understand the differences between verbal and non-verbal interpreting skills and concepts underlying principles and practice of interpreting and to recognize the specific requirements of different types of interpreting.

    1. Skills To improve and develop students linguistic competence as well as their verbal and non-verbal interpreting competence in both Chinese and English, to help them acquire fundamental skills and strategies essential to interpreting and to help students in developing underlying techniques for summarizing, memory enhancement, note taking, public speaking skills, etc. To get involved in various kinds of communicative activities which are closely in line with real-life situations and explore solutions to problems involved in decoding and encoding messages in the process of interpreting.

    1. Cultural context To enable students to enhance their multicultural understanding, as a prerequisite to interpreting and to communicate culturally specific information into an understandable format in the target language.

    1. Pathways To provide a pathway/articulation into further interpreting and translation studies by giving students a solid foundation and confidence to participate in postgraduate level of interpreting and translation studies and/or other higher level of professional training programs.

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation & homework: 10%
    Written work: 50%
    Final oral exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour lecture, one 1-hour seminar per week, and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese Translation 1, Chinese Translation for Professional Purposes 1, or permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI2850, CHI2985, CHI3985, CHI4850


    CHI3860 - Basic interpreting skills (Mandarin) 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit builds on the skills learnt in Basic Interpreting Skills (Mandarin) 1; It covers topics including:
    finance and trade, banking and insurance, information and technology, legal matters, formalities for conferences, and interviews. Semester 2 clearly follows a more professional line than semester 1 and is designed to give students more complete and polished skills as well as increasing the variety of their experiences.

    Objectives

    This course aims to train bilingually proficient students in the role, theory, ethics, and practice of interpreting at intermediate level.

    This course helps students':

    1. Basic concepts of interpreting skills To fully understand the differences between verbal and non-verbal interpreting skills and concepts underlying principles and practice of interpreting skills and to recognize the specific requirements of different types of interpreting.

    1. Skills To improve and develop students' linguistic competence as well as their verbal and non-verbal interpreting competence in both Chinese/English interpretation, to help them acquire fundamental skills and strategies essential to interpreting and to help students in developing underlying techniques for summarizing, memory enhancement, note taking, public speaking skills, etc. To get involved in various kinds of communicative activities which are closely in line with real-life situations and explore solutions to problems involved in decoding and encoding messages in the process of interpreting.

    1. Cultural context To enable students to enhance their multicultural understanding, as a prerequisite to interpreting and to communicate culturally specific information into an understandable format in the target language.

    1. Pathways To provide a pathway/articulation into advanced translation/interpreting studies, giving them the confidence to participate in studies such as NAATI accredited courses.



    Assessment

    Tutorial participation & homework: 10%
    Written test: 10%
    Oral presentation & oral exam: 60%
    Simulation performance: 20%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour lecture, one 1-hour seminar, and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    Basic Interpreting Skills (Mandarin) 1 or equivalent/permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI2860, CHI2986, CHI3986, CHI4860


    CHI3903 - Chinese 3 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Robert Irving

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1 and 2. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations, to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have acquired:

    1. The ability to read and write an additional 200 Chinese characters (700 in total).
    2. A preliminary understanding of the basic syntax of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English.
    3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study.
    4. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations.
    5. Cultural (socio-political) knowledge to enhance understanding of the texts under study and the cultural sensitivity to communicate using appropriate levels of formality with Chinese from mainland China, Taiwan and various parts of the Chinese Diaspora.

    Assessment

    Written work: 20%
    Exam and tests: 50%
    Oral test and class performance: 30%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 2 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1030, CHI1903, CHI2030, CHI2903, CHI4030, CHI5030


    CHI3904 - Chinese 4 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It gives students an overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China.

    Objectives

    Building on the language skills acquired in Chinese 3, on successful completion of Chinese 4 students will have developed:

    1. The ability to read and write around an additional 200 Chinese characters (900) total.
    2. An understanding of the basic syntax system of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English.
    3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study facilitating progression to later study of formal written Chinese (in Chinese Media Studies and Advanced Chinese).
    4. Comprehension skills necessary o read simple modern vernacular texts.
    5. Basic Chinese word processing skills.
    6. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations (approximates to International Second Language Proficiency Level 1+: transactional proficiency (able to satisfy all survival needs and limited social needs).

    Assessment

    Written work: 20%
    Exam and tests: 50%
    Oral test and class performance: 30%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 3 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1040, CHI1904, CHI2040, CHI2904, CHI3040, CHI4040, CHI5040


    CHI3905 - Chinese 5 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijun Bi

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It introduces students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culture.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will develop:

    1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
    2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
    3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
    4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
    5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

    Assessment

    Tests and class assessments: 50%
    Exam: 35%
    Oral exam: 15%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 4 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1050, CHI1905, CHI2050, CHI2905, CHI3050, CHI4050, CHI5050


    CHI3906 - Chinese 6 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijun Bi

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It introduces students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culture.

    Objectives

    This unit is available to students who have passed Chinese 5, or who have equivalent language ability. Upon successful completion of this unit students will develop:

    1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
    2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
    3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
    4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
    5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

    Assessment

    Tests and class assessments: 50%
    Exam: 35%
    Oral exam: 15%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 5 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1060, CHI1906, CHI2060, CHI2906, CHI3060, CHI4060, CHI5060


    CHI3907 - Chinese 7 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It introduces students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

    Objectives

    The unit aims to provide students with:

    1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.
    2. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.
    3. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

    Assessment

    Seminar participation, presentation and paper: 40%
    Written work: 30%
    Exam: 30%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 6 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1070, CHI1907, CHI2070, CHI2907, CHI3070, CHI4070, CHI4079, CHI4907, CHI5070, CHI5907


    CHI3908 - Chinese 8 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It introduces students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

    Objectives

    The unit aims to provide students with:

    1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.
    2. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.
    3. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

    Assessment

    Seminar participation, presentation and paper: 40%
    Written work: 30%
    Exam: 30%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 7 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1080, CHI1908, CHI2080, CHI2908, CHI3080, CHI4080, CHI4089, CHI4908, CHI5080


    CHI3909 - Chinese 9 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s - 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural changes in modern China resulting from the 1911 Revolution.

    Objectives

    1. To further develop students' ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
    2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
    3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

    Assessment

    Written work: 45%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Exam: 30%
    Class participation/performance: 10%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1090, CHI1909,CHI2090, CHI2909, CHI3090, CHI4090, CHI 4099, CHI4909, CHI5090, CHI5909


    CHI3910 - Chinese 10 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s to 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural change of modern China as a result of the 1911 Revolution.

    Objectives

    1. To further develop students' linguistic ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
    2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
    3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

    Assessment

    Written work: 45%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Exam: 30%
    Class participation/performance: 10%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours of three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 9 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1100, CHI1910, CHI2100, CHI2910, CHI3100, CHI4100, CHI4109, CHI4910, CHI5100


    CHI3911 - Chinese 11 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hui Xu

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry Program. Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, it will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired:

    1. a general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s).
    2. an in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
    3. the ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Class participation/performance: 10%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over 3 weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 10 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1911, CHI2110, CHI2911, CHI3110, CHI3911, CHI4110, CHI4119, CHI4911, CHI5110, CHI5911


    CHI3912 - Chinese 12 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hui Xu

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry Program. Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, it will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

    1. A general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s)
    2. An in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
    3. The ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Class participation/performance: 10%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 11 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1120, CHI1912, CHI2120, CHI2912, CHI3120, CHI4120, CHI4129, CHI4912, CHI5120


    CHI3945 - Chinese for business communication, part 1 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Candy Wang

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Assessment

    Written work & Class Test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2 hour lecture and one 2 hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    CHI1450, CHI1945, CHI2450, CHI2945, CHI3450, CHI4450, CHI 4459, CHI5450


    CHI3946 - Chinese for business communication, part 2 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Candy Wang

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour lecture per week

    Prohibitions

    CHI1460, CHI1946, CHI2460, CHI2946, CHI3460, CHI4460, CHI4469, CHI4946, CHI5460, CHI5946


    CHI3955 - Professional Chinese language internship, part 1 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)


    CHI3960 - Professional Chinese language internship, part 2 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Prohibitions

    CHI2560, CHI2960, CHI3560, CHI4560, CHI4569


    CHI3965 - Chinese translation 1 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Prohibitions

    CHI1650, CHI1965, CHI2650, CHI2965, CHI3650


    CHI3966 - Chinese translation 2 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry program. It introduces students to a number of additional basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation studies. It is aimed at improving students' intercultural and inter-lingual communication skills through various translation projects and critical readings of a range of different representations of Chinese translation works. Through the study of Chinese and Western translation history, students will be able to enhance their translation skills. In addition, translation analysis is also introduced.

    Objectives

    Upon successfully completing the unit, students are expected:

    1. to have furthered their understanding of theoretical and practical issues in modern Chinese translation activities and studies
    2. to have improved their communication skills between the two languages and cultures
    3. to have acquired some important techniques of translation between Chinese and English, and
    4. to be able to enrol in higher level of translation studies (Graduate Diploma or Masters of Translation Studies).

    Assessment

    Written work & Class test: 90%; Class participation and performance: 10%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 or equivalent, or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1660, CHI1966, CHI2660, CHI2966, CHI3660


    CHI3975 - Chinese translation for professional purposes 1 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry Program. It provides basic training of Chinese translation techniques through exposing students to Western theoretical approaches in text type, and different contextual analyses of the linguistic features of different text types. Through a number of text-analysis focused projects, this unit will introduce students to various basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation. Through project-based exercises, this unit will provide an opportunity for students to improve their understanding and analytic skills of all factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language.

    Objectives

    Upon successfully completing the units, students are expected to:

    1. Have a basic understanding of theoretical and practical issues relating to the text analysis and translation strategy
    2. Be able to identify different types of source texts for different professional purposes
    3. Be able to identify correct translation strategy for targeted professional readers, and
    4. Have a solid foundation to enrol in higher level of translation studies (Graduate Diploma or Masters of Translation Studies).

    Assessment

    Written work & class test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI2750, CHI3975, CHI3750


    CHI3976 - Chinese translation for professional purposes 2 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Prohibitions

    CHI2760, CHI2976, CHI3760


    CHI3985 - Basic interpreting skills (Mandarin) 1 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit is offered in China as through the Chinese Incountry Program. It consists of a series of lectures, seminars, workshops, and practical sessions, covering 5 common areas. It also covers a brief introduction to the concepts, techniques and background knowledge of interpreting skills. After the introductory module introducing the history and procedures of interpreting, topics covered will include Culture & Education, Public Health, Social Issues, and Tourism.

    Objectives

    This unit aims to train bilingually proficient students in the role, theory, ethics, and practice of inter-cultural verbal communication at elementary level.

    On completion of this units students will have developed:

    1. Basic concepts of interpreting skills To fully understand the differences between verbal and non-verbal interpreting skills and concepts underlying principles and practice of interpreting and to recognize the specific requirements of different types of interpreting
    2. Improved linguistic competence as well as verbal and non-verbal interpreting competence in both Chinese and English, to help them acquire fundamental skills and strategies essential to interpreting and to develop underlying techniques for summarizing, memory enhancement, note taking, public speaking skills, to help them become involved in various kinds of communicative activities which are closely in line with real-life situations and explore solutions to problems involved in decoding and encoding messages in the process of interpreting
    3. Enhanced multicultural understanding, as a prerequisite to interpreting and to communicate culturally specific information into an understandable format in the target language
    4. A solid foundation and confidence to participate in postgraduate level of interpreting and translation studies and/or other higher level of professional training programs.

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation & homework: 10%
    Written work: 50%
    Final oral exam: 40%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese Translation 1, Chinese Translation for Professional Purposes 1, or permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI2850, CHI2985, CHI3850,CHI4850


    CHI3986 - Basic Interpreting Skills (Mandarin) 2 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Taught in a Chinese university, this unit builds on the skills learnt in Basic Interpreting Skills (Mandarin) 1; It covers topics including: finance and trade, banking and insurance, information and technology, legal matters, formalities for conferences, and interviews. Basic Interpreting Skills (Mandarin) 1 clearly follows a more professional line and is designed to give students more complete and polished skills as well as increasing the variety of their experiences.

    Objectives

    This unit aims to train bilingually proficient students in the role, theory, ethics, and practice of inter-cultural verbal communication at elementary level.
    On completion of this unit students will have further developed and consolidated:

    1. Concepts of interpreting skills To fully understand the differences between verbal and non-verbal interpreting skills and concepts underlying principles and practice of interpreting and to recognize the specific requirements of different types of interpreting
    2. Linguistic competence as well as verbal and non-verbal interpreting competence in both Chinese and English, to help them acquire fundamental skills and strategies essential to interpreting and to develop underlying techniques for summarizing, memory enhancement, note taking, public speaking skills, to help them become involved in various kinds of communicative activities which are closely in line with real-life situations and explore solutions to problems involved in decoding and encoding messages in the process of interpreting.
    3. Multicultural understanding, as a prerequisite to interpreting and to communicate culturally specific information into an understandable format in the target language.
    4. The foundation and confidence to participate in postgraduate level of interpreting and translation studies and/or other higher level of professional training programs.

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation & homework: 10%
    Written test: 10%
    Oral presentation & oral exam: 60%
    Simulation performance: 20%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Basic Interpreting Skills (Mandarin) 1 or equivalent/permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI2860, CHI2986, CHI3860, CHI4860


    CHI3990 - Language study abroad program

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijun Bi

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will allow first, second, third year or postgraduate students to complete the equivalent of one semester of Chinese language study in three weeks of intensive in-country study. The unit will be offered as part of the Monash Chinese in-country program, between November and January at the campus of Shanghai International Studies University, or Civil Aviation Management Institute of China, both institutions are in the Peoples Republic of China. Unit content will be equivalent to that of the corresponding unit at Monash, Clayton. The workload of this unit will be equivalent to that required for a 6-point on-campus unit at Monash.

    Objectives

    Objectives of the Chinese Incountry Program units shall be similar to the equivalent Clayton-based Chinese Studies Program units.

    Assessment

    Assessment criteria will differ in accordance with actual Chinese units studied in country. They will be similar to those of equivalent Chinese language units taught at Clayton Campus. Written and oral work will be assessed by Chinese language teaching staff of both Monash University and the Chinese host institutions.

    Contact hours

    60 hours over 3 weeks

    Prerequisites

    A placement test and/or interview may be required

    Prohibitions

    Equivalent Monash Chinese language unit


    CHI3991 - Language study abroad program

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijun Bi

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will allow first, second, third year or postgraduate students to complete the equivalent of two semesters of Chinese language study in six weeks of intensive in-country study. The unit will be offered as part of the Monash Chinese in-country program, between November and January at the campus of Shanghai International Studies University, or Civil Aviation Management Institute of China in the Peoples Republic of China. Unit content will be equivalent to that of the corresponding unit at Monash, Clayton. The workload of this unit will be equivalent to that required for a 6-point on-campus unit at Monash.

    Objectives

    Objectives of the Chinese Incountry Program units shall be similar to the equivalent Clayton-based Chinese Studies Program units.

    Assessment

    Assessment criteria will differ in accordance with actual Chinese units studied in country. They will be similar to those of equivalent Chinese language units taught at Clayton Campus. Written and oral work will be assessed by Chinese language teaching staff of both Monash University and the Chinese host institutions.

    Contact hours

    120 hours over 6 weeks

    Prerequisites

    A placement test and/or interview may be required

    Prohibitions

    Equivalent Monash Chinese language unit


    CHI3992 - Language study abroad program

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Full year 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    Unit allows third-year students to complete the equivalent of 24 points of Chinese language study by undertaking an approved program of study over a minimum of six months at Shanghai International Studies University or other institution in the People's Republic of China or Republic of China. The level of the in-country unit in which the student enrols will be determined by the highest level of Chinese language study previously completed. Unit content will be equivalent to that of the corresponding unit within the Monash Chinese programs. The workload for this unit will be not less than that required for four 6-point on-campus units at Monash University.

    Assessment

    Assessment criteria will differ in accordance with actual units studied in country. Written and oral work will be assessed by Chinese language staff of both Monash University and the host institution.

    Prerequisites

    A second year Chinese Language Sequence


    CHI4040 - Chinese 4

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Robert Irving

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Chinese 4 completes an overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and reading skills will be further developed through the use of audio/visual, Web-based and computer assisted learning materials.

    Objectives

    Building on the language skills acquired in Chinese 3, on successful completion of Chinese 4 students will have developed:

    1. The ability to read and write around an additional 200 Chinese characters (900) total.
    2. An understanding of the basic syntax system of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English.
    3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study facilitating progression to later study of formal written Chinese (in Chinese Media Studies and

    Advanced Chinese). 4. Comprehension skills necessary o read simple modern vernacular texts. 5. Basic Chinese word processing skills. 6. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations (approximates to International Second Language Proficiency Level 1+: transactional proficiency (able to satisfy all survival needs and limited social needs)).

    Assessment

    Written work: 20%
    Exam and tests: 50%
    Oral test and class performance: 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 3 or equivalent/permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1040, CHI1904, CHI2040, CHI2904, CHI3904, CHI5040


    CHI4079 - Chinese 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Warren Sun

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills of speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

    Objectives

    The subject aims to provide students with:

    1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.

    1. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.

    1. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

    Assessment

    Class participation (450 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar paper and associated oral presentation (1350 words equivalent): 20%
    10%;Two written assignments (1350 words in total): 30%; Written examination (1350 words equivalent): 30%;

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    A credit in Chinese 6 or permission. Admission to Honours.

    Prohibitions

    CHI1070, CHI1907, CHI2070, CHI2907, CHI3070, CHI3907, CHI4070, CHI4907, CHI5070


    CHI4089 - Chinese 8

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Warren Sun

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills of speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

    Objectives

    The subject aims to provide students with:

    1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.

    1. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.

    1. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

    Assessment

    Class participation (450 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar paper and associated oral presentation(1350 words equivalent): 20%
    10%; Two written assignments (1350 words in total): 30%; Written examination (1350 words equivalent): 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    A credit in Chinese 7 or permission. Admission to Honours.

    Prohibitions

    CHI1080, CHI1089, CHI2080, CHI2089, CHI3080, CHI3089, CHI4080, CHI4908, CHI5080


    CHI4099 - Chinese 9

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hui Xu

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s - 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural changes in modern China resulting from the 1911 Revolution.

    Objectives

    1. To further develop students' ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
    2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
    3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

    Assessment

    Written work: 45%
    Oral presentaion: 15%
    Exam: 30%
    Class participation/perfomance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    A credit in Chinese 8 or permission. Admission to Honours

    Prohibitions

    CHI1090, CHI1909, CHI2090, CHI2909, CHI3090, CHI3909, CHI4090, CHI4909, CHI5090


    CHI4109 - Chinese 10

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hui Xu

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s-1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural change of modern China as a result of the 1911 Revolution.

    Objectives

    1) To further develop students' ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoke and written forms. 2) To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation. 3) On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

    Assessment

    Written work: 45%
    Oral presentaion: 15%
    Exam: 30%
    Class participation/perfomance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    A credit in Chinese 9 or permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1100, CHI1910, CHI2100, CHI2910, CHI3100, CHI3910, CHI4100, CHI4910, CHI5100


    CHI4129 - Chinese 12

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hui Xu

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

    1. a general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s)
    2. an in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
    3. the ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Class participation/performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    Three x 1 hr seminars/week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 11 or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1120, CHI1912, CHI2120, CHI2912, CHI3120, CHI3912, CHI4120, CHI4912, CHI5120


    CHI4439 - Understanding modern China

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Gloria Davies

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to the Chinese language as it is used in academic writing within the Chinese humanities. It will cover a range of key topics in the disciplines of literature, politics, history and cultural studies, as these are discussed and written about in the Chinese language. It will also examine and compare Chinese and Western styles of academic writing, research methods and goals. Questions of translation, both linguistic and cultural, will be central to this unit.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to have acquired:

    1. A basic understanding of issues and themes in contemporary Chinese critical inquiry with reference to intellectual debates on: inter-cultural dialogue; the public sphere; socialist principles vs. globalisation; new theoretical developments in the Chinese humanities and social sciences;
    2. Library and web-based research skills relevant to modern Chinese studies.
    3. Translation skills (in accordance with the Chinese language ability of individual students) and an understanding of aspects of translation theory relevant to modern Chinese studies;
    4. A good knowledge of the socio-political context of contemporary Chinese critical inquiry;
    5. Skills of analysis and interpretation in the study of China through exposure to the textual sources used in this unit.

    Assessment

    Written work and translation:(3000 words): 67%
    Seminar presentation: 17%
    Literature review (750 words): 16%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 2 or equivalent, admission to Honours.

    Prohibitions

    CHI2430/3430/4430


    CHI4449 - Understanding contemporary China

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Gloria Davies

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will extend on the work completed in 'Understanding Modern China' by introducing students to further aspects of the Chinese language as it is used in academic writing within the Chinese humanities. It will cover a range of key topics in the disciplines of literature, politics, history and cultural studies, as these are discussed and written about in the Chinese language. It will also examine and compare Chinese and Western styles of academic writing, research methods and goals. Questions of translation, both linguistic and cultural, will be central to this unit.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to have acquired:

    1. A basic understanding of issues and themes in contemporary Chinese critical inquiry with reference to intellectual debates on: inter-cultural dialogue; the public sphere; socialist principles vs. globalisation; new theoretical developments in the Chinese humanities and social sciences;
    2. Library and web-based research skills relevant to modern Chinese studies;
    3. Translation skills (in accordance with the Chinese language ability of individual students) and an understanding of aspects of translation theory relevant to modern Chinese studies;
    4. A good knowledge of the socio-political context of contemporary Chinese critical inquiry;
    5. Skills of analysis and interpretation in the study of China through exposure to the textual sources used in this unit.

    Assessment

    Written work and translation project: 67%
    Oral presentation and written summary (750 words): 16%; Film review (750 words): 17%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 2 or equivalent, admission to Honours.

    Prohibitions

    CHI2440/3440/4440


    CHI4450 - Chinese for business communication, Part 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Candy Wang

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides students with Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. By exposing students to a specialised business text style, students who wish to further improve their Chinese language proficiency can have an opportunity to grasp the language features of business texts and practice writing and translating related texts, thus developing their current bilingual language proficiency as well as broadening their career opportunities.

    Objectives

    Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:

    1. to acquire familiarity with the basic linguistic features of Chinese business text through discourse analysis;
    2. to acquire basic Chinese business writing skills;
    3. to foster basic translation skills in translating business texts;
    4. to further improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

    Assessment

    Written work & class test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour lecture per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 or equivalent/permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1450, CHI1945, CHI2450, CHI2945, CHI3450, CHI3945, CHI4459, CHI5450


    CHI4459 - Chinese for business communication, Part 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Candy Wang

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides students with Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. By exposing students to a specialised business text style, students who wish to further improve their Chinese language proficiency can have an opportunity to grasp the language features of business texts and practice writing and translating related texts, thus developing their current bilingual language proficiency as well as broadening their career opportunities.

    Objectives

    Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:

    1. to acquire familiarity with the basic linguistic features of Chinese business text through discourse analysis;
    2. to acquire basic Chinese business writing skills;
    3. to foster basic translation skills in translating business texts;
    4. to further improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

    Assessment

    Written work & class test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour lecture per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 or equivalent/permission; entry to Honours

    Prohibitions

    CHI1450, CHI1945, CHI2450, CHI2945, CHI3945, CHI4450, CHI5450


    CHI4460 - Chinese for business communication, Part 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Candy Wang

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides students with further Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. Having been exposed to texts in a specialised business style, students will further improve their Chinese language proficiency, and will be introduced to an increased range of language features common to Chinese business texts. Students will continue to practise writing and translating related texts and will be required to display a greater level of sophistication and understanding in both their translation and original writing than in Chinese for Business Communication part 1; This will further promote students' bilingual language proficiency and broaden their career opportunities.

    Objectives

    Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:

    1. to familiarise with an expanded range of features of business text through discourse analysis;
    2. to extend basic Chinese business writing skills acquired in Chinese for Business Communication Part 1;
    3. to extend translation skills in translating business text;
    4. to further improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

    Assessment

    Written work & class test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour lecture per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese for Business Communication, Part 1 or permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1460, CHI1946, CHI2460, CHI2946, CHI3460, CHI3946, CHI4469, CHI5460


    CHI4469 - Chinese for business communication, Part 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Candy Wang

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides students with further Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. Having been exposed to texts in a specialised business style, students will further improve their Chinese language proficiency, and will be introduced to an increased range of language features common to Chinese business texts. Students will continue to practise writing and translating related texts and will be required to display a greater level of sophistication and understanding in both their translation and original writing than in Chinese for Business Communication part 1; This will further promote students' bilingual language proficiency and broaden their career opportunities.

    Objectives

    Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:

    1. to familiarise with an expanded range of features of business text through discourse analysis;
    2. to extend basic Chinese business writing skills acquired in Chinese for Business Communication Part 1;
    3. to extend translation skills in translating business text;
    4. to further improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

    Assessment

    Written work & class test: 90%
    Class participation and performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour lecture per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese for Business Communication, Part 1 or permission; admission to Honours

    Prohibitions

    CHI1460, CHI1946, CHI2460, CHI2946, CHI3460, CHI3946, CHI4460, CHI5460


    CHI4559 - Professional Chinese language internship, Part 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is designed for students with relatively high Chinese language level to conduct a project-based language program for professional purposes. On weekly basis, it will organize students into groups and search news reports from major English newspapers of western countries, online or offline, translate them into Chinese, where necessary, and re-write news reports with students' own comments. The news briefings will be broadcast by students at a local Chinese language radio station and published in a local Chinese language community newspaper.

    Objectives

    1. Through daily searching news reports from major English online and offline media, students are expected to keep in touch with the latest development of world affairs and improve their understanding of the social, political, cultural and economic contexts against which media terms and expressions are used in their weekly news briefing writings.

    1. By weekly based extensive reading, translating, writing and editing news briefings, students are expected to greatly enhance their Chinese language writing skills for professional purposes.

    1. Through extensive daily search and analysis of useful news reports from the Internet and major newspapers for the purpose of providing up-to-date news briefing for local Chinese language media publication, students are expected to improve their basic research skills and techniques of searching useful information for professional purposes.



    Assessment

    Class contribution: 10%
    Written work: 60%
    Presentations: 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese level equivalent to Chinese 7

    Prohibitions

    CHI2550, CHI2955, CHI3550, CHI3955, CHI4550


    CHI4569 - Professional Chinese language internship, Part 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is designed for students with relatively high Chinese language level to conduct a project-based language program for professional purposes. On weekly basis, it will organize students into groups and search news reports from major English newspapers of western countries, online or offline, translate them into Chinese, where necessary, and re-write news reports with students own comments. The news briefings will be broadcast by students at a local Chinese language radio station and published in a local Chinese language community newspaper.

    Objectives

    1. Through daily searching news reports from major English online and offline media, students are expected to keep in touch with the latest development of world affairs and improve their understanding of the social, political, cultural and economic contexts against which media terms and expressions are used in their weekly news briefing writings.

    1. By weekly based extensive reading, translating, writing and editing news briefings, students are expected to greatly enhance their Chinese language writing skills for professional purposes.

    1. Through extensive daily search and analysis of useful news reports from the Internet and major newspapers for the purpose of providing up-to-date news briefing for local Chinese language media publication, students are expected to improve their basic research skills and techniques of searching useful information for professional purposes.

    Assessment

    Class contribution: 10%
    Written work: 60%
    Presentations: 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Chinese level equivalent to Chinese 7

    Prohibitions

    CHI2560, CHI2960, CHI3560, CH3960, CHI4560, CHI4569


    CHI4850 - Basic interpreting skills (Mandarin) 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit consists of a series of lectures, seminars, workshops, and practical sessions, covering 5 common areas. It also covers a brief introduction to the concepts, techniques and background knowledge of interpreting skills. After the introductory module introducing the history and procedures of interpreting, topics covered will include Culture & Education, Public Health, Social Issues, and Tourism.

    Objectives

    This course aims to train bilingually proficient students in the role, theory, ethics, and practice of inter-cultural verbal communication at elementary level.

    This course helps students':

    1. Basic concepts of interpreting skills To fully understand the differences between verbal and non-verbal interpreting skills and concepts underlying principles and practice of interpreting and to recognize the specific requirements of different types of interpreting.

    1. Skills To improve and develop students linguistic competence as well as their verbal and non-verbal interpreting competence in both Chinese and English, to help them acquire fundamental skills and strategies essential to interpreting and to help students in developing underlying techniques for summarizing, memory enhancement, note taking, public speaking skills, etc. To get involved in various kinds of communicative activities which are closely in line with real-life situations and explore solutions to problems involved in decoding and encoding messages in the process of interpreting.

    1. Cultural context To enable students to enhance their multicultural understanding, as a prerequisite to interpreting and to communicate culturally specific information into an understandable format in the target language.

    1. Pathways To provide a pathway/articulation into further interpreting and translation studies by giving students a solid foundation and confidence to participate in postgraduate level of interpreting and translation studies and/or other higher level of professional training programs.

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation & homework: 10%
    Written work: 50%
    Final oral exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour lecture, one 1-hour seminar per week, and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    A 2-hour lecture per week, one 1-hour seminar per week and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    CHI2850, CHI2985, CHI3850, CHI3985


    CHI4860 - Basic interpreting skills (Mandarin) 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chunming Shan

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit builds on the skills learnt in Basic Interpreting Skills (Mandarin) 1; It covers topics including: finance and trade, banking and insurance, information and technology, legal matters, formalities for conferences, and interviews. Semester 2 clearly follows a more professional line than semester 1 and is designed to give students more complete and polished skills as well as increasing the variety of their experiences.

    Objectives

    This course aims to train bilingually proficient students in the role, theory, ethics, and practice of interpreting at intermediate level.

    This course helps students':

    1. Basic concepts of interpreting skills To fully understand the differences between verbal and non-verbal interpreting skills and concepts underlying principles and practice of interpreting skills and to recognize the specific requirements of different types of interpreting.

    1. Skills To improve and develop students' linguistic competence as well as their verbal and non-verbal interpreting competence in both Chinese/English interpretation, to help them acquire fundamental skills and strategies essential to interpreting and to help students in developing underlying techniques for summarizing, memory enhancement, note taking, public speaking skills, etc. To get involved in various kinds of communicative activities which are closely in line with real-life situations and explore solutions to problems involved in decoding and encoding messages in the process of interpreting.

    1. Cultural context To enable students to enhance their multicultural understanding, as a prerequisite to interpreting and to communicate culturally specific information into an understandable format in the target language.

    1. Pathways To provide a pathway/articulation into advanced translation/interpreting studies, giving them the confidence to participate in studies such as NAATI accredited courses.



    Assessment

    Tutorial participation & homework: 10%
    Written test: 10%
    Oral presentation & oral exam: 60%
    Simulation performance: 20%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour lecture, one 1-hour seminar, and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    Basic Interpreting Skills (Mandarin) 1 or equivalent/permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI2860, CHI2986, CHI3860, CHI3986


    CHI4907 - Chinese 7 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It introduces students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

    Objectives

    The unit aims to provide students with:

    1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.
    2. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.
    3. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

    Assessment

    Seminar participation, presentation and paper: 40%
    Written work: 30%
    Exam: 30%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 6 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1070, CHI1907, CHI2070, CHI2907, CHI3070, CHI3907, CHI4070, CHI4079, CHI5070, CHI5907


    CHI4908 - Chinese 8 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It introduces students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

    Objectives

    The unit aims to provide students with:

    1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.
    2. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.
    3. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

    Assessment

    Seminar participation, presentation and paper: 40%
    Written work: 30%
    Exam: 30%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 7 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1080, CHI1908, CHI2080, CHI2908, CHI3080, CHI3908, CHI4080, CHI4089, CHI5080


    CHI4909 - Chinese 9 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s - 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural changes in modern China resulting from the 1911 Revolution.

    Objectives

    1. To further develop students' ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
    2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
    3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

    Assessment

    Written work: 45%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Exam: 30%
    Class participation/performance: 10%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 8 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1090, CHI1909,CHI2090, CHI2909, CHI3090, CHI3909, CHI4090, CHI 4099, CHI5090, CHI5909


    CHI4910 - Chinese 10 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s to 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural change of modern China as a result of the 1911 Revolution.

    Objectives

    1. To further develop students' linguistic ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
    2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
    3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

    Assessment

    Written work: 45%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Exam: 30%
    Class participation/performance: 10%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours of three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 9 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1100, CHI2100, CHI2910, CHI3100, CHI3910, CHI4100, CHI4109, CHI4910, CHI5100


    CHI4911 - Chinese 11 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hui Xu

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry Program. Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, it will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired:

    1. A general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s).
    2. An in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
    3. The ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Class participation/performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    60 hours over 3 weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 10 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1110, CHI1911, CHI2110, CHI2911, CHI3110, CHI3911, CHI4110, CHI4119, CHI5110, CHI5911


    CHI4912 - Chinese 12 (Incountry Program)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hui Xu

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry Program. Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

    1. A general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s)
    2. An in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism)
    3. The ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Class participation/performance: 10%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    60 hours over three weeks

    Prerequisites

    Chinese 11 language level proficiency or by permission

    Prohibitions

    CHI1120, CHI1912, CHI2120, CHI2912, CHI3120, CHI3912, CHI4120, CHI4129, CHI5120


    CHI4920(A) - Dissertation Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Bruce Jacobs

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


    CHI4920(B) - Dissertation Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Bruce Jacobs

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


    CHI4929 - Dissertation

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Bruce Jacobs

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A dissertation of about 15,000-18,000 words in English, using a substantial number of Chinese language and secondary sources, to be submitted by 1 November. Students should provide the department with a summary of the proposed topic at the end of their third year.

    Assessment

    Written: (15,000 to 18,000 words): 100%


    CHI4929(A) - Dissertation Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Bruce Jacobs

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A dissertation of about 15,000-18,000 words in English, using a substantial number of Chinese language and secondary sources, to be submitted by 1 November. Students should provide the department with a summary of the proposed topic at the end of their third year.


    CHI4929(B) - Dissertation Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Bruce Jacobs

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for CHI4929(A)

    Assessment

    Written: (15,000 to 18,000 words): 100%


    CHI4990 - Language Study Abroad Program

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijun Bi

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will allow fourth-year students to complete the equivalent of one semester of Chinese language study in three weeks of intensive in-country study. The unit will be offered as part of the Monash in-country Chinese program conducted between December and February every year at the campus of Shanghai International Studies University, People's Republic of China. The level of the in-country unit in which the student enrols will be determined by the highest level of Chinese language study previously completed. Unit content will be equivalent to that of the corresponding unit within the Monash Chinese programs at Clayton and Peninsula.

    Objectives

    Objectives of the Chinese Incountry Program units shall be similar to the equivalent Clayton-based Chinese Studies Program units.

    Assessment

    Assessment criteria will differ in accordance with actual subjects studied in country. Written and oral work will be assessed by Chinese language staff of both Monash University and the host institution.

    Contact hours

    60 hours over 3 weeks

    Prerequisites

    A placement test and/or interview may be required

    Prohibitions

    Equivalent Monash Chinese language unit


    CHI4991 - Language Study Abroad Program

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijun Bi

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will allow first, second, third year or postgraduate students to complete the equivalent of two semesters of Chinese language study in six weeks of intensive in-country study. The unit will be offered as part of the Monash Chinese in-country program, between November and January at the campus of Shanghai International Studies University, or Civil Aviation Management Institute of China in the People's Republic of China. Unit content will be equivalent to that of the corresponding unit at Monash, Clayton. The workload of this unit will be equivalent to that required for a 6-point on-campus unit at Monash.

    Objectives

    Objectives of the Chinese Incountry Program units shall be similar to the equivalent Clayton-based Chinese Studies Program units.

    Assessment

    Assessment criteria will differ in accordance with actual Chinese units studied in country. They will be similar to those of equivalent Chinese language units taught at Clayton Campus. Written and oral work will be assessed by Chinese language teaching staff of both Monash University and the Chinese host institutions.

    Contact hours

    120 hours over 6 weeks

    Prerequisites

    A placement test and/or interview may be required

    Prohibitions

    Equivalent Monash Chinese language unit


    CHI4992 - Language Study Abroad Program

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lijian Hong

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit allows fourth year students to complete the equivalent of 24 points of Chinese language study by undertaking an approved program of study over a minimum of six months at Shanghai International Studies University or other institution in the People's Republic of China or Republic of China. The level of the in-country unit in which the student enrols will be determined by the highest level of Chinese language study previously completed. Unit content will be equivalent to that of the corresponding unitt within the Monash Chinese programs.The workload for this unit will be not less than that required for four 6-point on-campus units at Monash University.

    Assessment

    Assessment criteria will differ in accordance with actual units studied in country. These and their relationship with unit objectives will match assessment criteria for the equivalent on-campus Monash Chinese language units. Written and oral work will be assessed by Chinese language staff of both Monash University and the host institution.

    Prerequisites

    A third-year Chinese Language sequence


    CLA1010 - Classical mythology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the nature of myth through the myths of Greece and Rome. It explores the way in which myths are adapted to reflect particular societies, ages and cultural forms. We will investigate myths of creation, gods, heroes and monsters in Greek and Roman epic and lyric poetry, drama, historical texts, art and even modern cinema. Students will be introduced to a number of Classical literary forms and the major scholarly approaches to the subject of myth. All texts will be studied in translation.

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject students will have read all of the prescribed selection of authentic texts in translation and selected secondary texts/readings provided at the end of each seminar. Students will have gained and be able to demonstrate:

    1. A knowledge of the historical and cultural background to the prescribed texts, and a context-based understanding of them.

    1. A general knowledge and understanding of the themes and issues that are generated in the myths studied.

    1. A detailed knowledge and understanding of the evolution of myths in different social and cultural contexts.

    1. An ability to interpret and evaluate the primary sources.

    1. A critical understanding of the nature of myth.

    1. The ability to discriminate between evidence, interpretation, opinion and fact in evaluating secondary sources.

    Assessment

    Tutorial paper (500 words): 10%
    Essay (2000 words): 50%
    Exam (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


    CLA1020 - Life and culture in ancient Greece and Rome

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit introduces students to the culture and societies of Ancient Greece and Rome. Students will examine themes including: war and peace, science and knowledge, politics and litigation, love and sex, death and the Afterlife, through a study of epic and lyric poetry, historical writings, philosophy, comic and tragic drama, legal and political writings and magical tracts. All texts will be studied in translation.

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject students will have read all of the prescribed texts in translation and selected secondary texts. Students will have gained and be able to demonstrate:

    1. An understanding of the generic nature of and differences between the primary texts studied.

    1. Knowledge of the life and culture of Ancient Greece and Rome.

    1. Abilities to evaluate and contextualise the information that texts provided.

    1. Abilities to critically evaluate texts as source material for knowledge.

    Assessment

    Tutorial paper (500 words): 10%
    Essay (2000 words): 50%
    Exam (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


    CLA1110 - Introductory Latin A/1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Jane Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to classical Latin for students with little or no previous knowledge of the language. Students steadily acquire a basic grammatical overview of Latin, reinforced by the reading of adapted Latin texts, weekly grammar exercises and vocabulary tests. More broadly, students encounter the Latin language within the context of classical Roman society and culture, and emphasis is given to Latin's grammatical legacy to English and other modern languages. Although there is no formal oral component to this unit, students are encouraged to become familiar with the pronunciation of Classical Latin.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have achieved:

    1. An overview knowledge of Latin grammar.

    1. A basic active vocabulary in Classical Latin.

    1. Reading skills in Classical Latin, including a more extensive passive vocabulary.

    1. A learning technique in relation to Latin that will allow them to become more autonomous learners of the language.

    Assessment

    2 x 1 hour Exams: 60%
    Class tests: 30%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prohibitions

    LAT1010


    CLA1111 - Introductory ancient Greek A/1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Jane Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit is designed to bring students with no previous knowledge of Ancient Greek to a level at which they begin to read and enjoy Ancient Greek texts.

    Assessment

    2 x 1 hour Exams: 60%
    Class tests: 30%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prohibitions

    AGR1010


    CLA1120 - Introductory Latin B/1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Jane Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit is designed to further students' reading skills gained in CLA1110, to the point where authentic Latin texts may be read and enjoyed. Students continue to acquire grammatical and syntactical knowledge of Latin, while reading increasingly authentic texts by authors such as Virgil, Cicero and Seutonius. Learning is reinforced by weekly grammar exercises and vocabulary tests, and the unit serves in part as an introduction to the literary and cultural heritage of Rome.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have achieved:

    1. A sufficient knowledge of Latin grammar to allow most Latin texts to be approached successfully.

    1. A general active vocabulary in Classical Latin.

    1. Reading skills in Latin to allow most Latin text to be approached successfully.

    1. A basic understanding of the historical and cultural context of Classical Latin.

    Assessment

    2 x 1 hour Exams: 60%
    Class tests: 30%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    CLA1110 or CLA2110 or CLA3110 or LAT1010 or VCE Latin

    Prohibitions

    LAT1020


    CLA1121 - Introductory ancient Greek B/1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Jane Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit is designed to enhance students' reading skills by building upon the foundations laid in CLA1111.

    Assessment

    2 x 1 hour Exams: 60%
    Class tests:30%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    CLA1111 or CLA2111 or CLA3111 or VCE Ancient Greek


    CLA1210 - Intermediate Latin A/1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this unit students advance their grammatical and syntactical knowledge of Latin, while reading and discussing a variety of historical and poetic Latin texts. This unit is designed not only to increase students' experience in reading Latin but also to equip students with the interpretive skills to approach Latin literature critically. Students explore relevant aspects of Roman mythology and poetic technique, and emphasis is given to the historical, political and cultural contexts of the texts studied in class.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

    1. An extensive knowledge of Classical Latin grammar.

    1. An extensive vocabulary in Classical Latin.

    1. Reading experience in variety of Latin styles.

    1. Interpretive skills in relation to Latin literature, and an understanding of the texts in their historical and cultural contexts.

    Assessment

    2 x 1 hour Exams: 60%
    Class tests: 30%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    CLA1120 or CLA2120 or CLA3120 or LAT1120 or VCE Latin

    Prohibitions

    LAT2210 or LAT2240 or LAT3210 or CLA3240


    CLA1211 - Intermediate ancient Greek A/1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students read Ancient Greek literary texts and continue their study of the language.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

    1. An extensive knowledge of Ancient Greek grammar.

    1. An extensive vocabulary in Ancient Greek.

    1. Reading experience in a variety of Ancient Greek styles.

    1. Interpretative skills in relation to Ancient Greek literature, and an understanding of the texts in their historical and cultural contexts.

    Assessment

    Written assignments: 40%
    2 x 1 hour written tests: 60%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    CLA1121 or CLA2121 or CLA3121 or VCE Ancient Greek


    CLA1220 - Intermediate Latin B/1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this unit students continue to advance their grammatical and syntactical knowledge of Latin, while reading and discussing a variety of historical and poetic Latin texts. This unit is designed not only to increase students' experience in reading Latin but also to equip students with the interpretive skills to approach Latin literature critically. Students explore relevant aspects of Roman mythology and poetic technique, and emphasis is given to the historical, political and cultural contexts of the texts studied in class.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

    1. An extensive knowledge of Classical Latin grammar.

    1. An extensive vocabulary in Classical Latin.

    1. Wide reading experience in a variety of Latin styles.

    1. Interpretive skills in relation to Latin literature, and an understanding of the texts in their historical and cultural contexts.

    Assessment

    Written assignments: 40%; 2 x 1 hour written tests: 60%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    CLA1120 or CLA2120 or CLA3120 or LAT1120 or VCE Latin

    Prohibitions

    LAT2220 or LAT 2230 or LAT3220 or CLA3230


    CLA1221 - Intermediate ancient Greek B/1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students read further Ancient Greek literary texts and continue their study of the language.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

    1. An extensive knowledge of Ancient Greek grammar.

    1. An extensive vocabulary in Ancient Greek.

    1. Wide reading experience in a variety of Ancient Greek styles.

    1. Interpretive skills in relation to Ancient Greek literature, and an understanding of the texts in their historical and cultural contexts.

    Assessment

    Written assignments: 40%
    2 x 1 hour written tests: 60%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    CLA1121 or CLA2121 or CLA3121 or VCE Ancient Greek


    CLA2030 - Ancient Greek epic

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Jane Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the epic poetry of pre-Classical Greek and the cultural context in which it was created. We will focus on Homer's 'Iliad' and 'Odyssey', and the Trojan war stories of the Epic Cycle. Students will gain an understanding and appreciation of epic through close readings of the primary texts, and examine theories of oral composition and the major scholarly approaches to the unit. Texts will be studied in translation.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this subject students will have read all of the prescribed selection of authentic texts in translation and the selected secondary texts/readings provided at the end of each seminar. Students will have gained and be able to demonstrate:

    1. A knowledge of the historical and cultural background to the prescribed selection of authentic texts, and a context-based understanding of them.

    1. A detailed knowledge and understanding of the themes and issues that are generated in Ancient Greek epic poetry, especially the Iliad and Odyssey.

    1. Knowledge of the literary qualities/character of the received (written) text and way in which they shed light on the tradition of their oral transmission, including knowledge of the theory of formulaic composition and the issues of orality and literacy.

    1. The ability to discriminate between evidence, interpretation, opinion and fact in secondary sources.

    1. The ability to develop their own interpretations and understanding of the primary texts.

    Assessment

    Written work (4000 words): 85%
    Class test: 15%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1.5 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    AGS2030


    CLA2040 - Ancient Greek theatre

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Jane Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the theatre of Classical Greece through a study of the surviving plays of the fifth century dramatists. Students will be introduced to the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles and Euripides, and the comedies of Aristophanes. We will examine the social and religious function of theatre in Classical Athens, and study the nature and development of theatrical performance. We will also examine the architecture of the theatre through a study of archaeological remains and the internal evidence of the plays. Students will be introduced to a range of critical approaches to Greek drama. Texts will be studies in translation.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this subject students will have read all of the prescribed selection of authentic texts in translation and selected secondary texts/readings provided. Students will have gained and be able to demonstrate:

    1. A knowledge of the historical and cultural background to the prescribed selection of authentic texts, and a context-based understanding of them.

    1. A general knowledge and understanding of the themes and issues that are generated in the plays studied.

    1. A detailed knowledge and understanding of the reception of Greek drama in 5th century Athens, both in a cultural, philosophical and pedagogical context.

    1. Knowledge of the literary qualities/character of the received (written) text and the way in which they shed light on the tradition of their performance.

    1. The ability to discriminate between evidence, interpretation, opinion and fact in secondary sources.

    1. The ability to develop their own interpretations and understanding of the primary texts.

    Assessment

    Written work: (4000 words): 85%
    Class test: 15%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1.5 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    AGS2040


    CLA2050 - Performing Rome: from comedy to the Colosseum

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Jane Griffiths

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This subject will provide students with an introduction to Roman drama and spectacular entertainment. Through an examination of the performance culture of Ancient Rome, it will analyse the creation of Roman cultural identity in Rome and the wider Empire. It will look at the historical context of Roman theatre, its contemporary critical and theatrical reception, and the cultural significance of spectacle. Students will be introduced to a range of specific critical discourses as methodologies for analysing Roman performativity. They will study Roman playwrights and theatre history, the rhetoric of spectacular propaganda and the cultural currency of gladiatorial displays.

    Objectives

    1. a knowledge of the historical and cultural background to the performance culture of ancient Rome

    1. an in-depth knowledge of the prescribed selection of 'authentic' texts, and a context-based understanding of them

    1. a general knowledge and understanding of the themes and issues that are generated in the plays studied

    1. a detailed knowledge and understanding of the reception of Roman drama and spectacle in a cultural, political and didactic context

    1. knowledge of the literary qualities/character of the received (written) text and awareness of issues of translation and textual authority

    1. the ability to discriminate between evidence, interpretation, opinion and fact in secondary sources

    Assessment

    Written work: (4000 words): 85%
    Class test: 15%

    Contact hours

    1 x 1 hour lecture and 1x 1.5 hour tutorial

    Prohibitions

    CLA3050


    CLA2060 - Eros and the body: sexuality and body politics in the classical world

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This subject will provide students with an introduction to the literary and cultural representation of gender and sexuality in Greece and Rome. Through an examination of prescribed texts and visual material, the unit will analyse the body and erotic desire in the Classical world. It will look at erotic poetry, the cultural context of medical literature, the eroticisation of the Hellenistic novel, the rhetorical and political use of gender politics, and the culture of corporeal abnegation fostered by the early Christian church. Specific focus will also be given to literary and iconographic representation of the suffering body as a site/sight of entertainment and deterrent.

    Objectives

    1. a knowledge of the historical and cultural background to the erotic literature and iconography of ancient Greece and Rome

    1. an in-depth knowledge of the prescribed selection of 'authentic' texts, and a context-based understanding of them

    1. a general knowledge and understanding of the themes and issues that are generated in the texts studied

    1. a detailed knowledge and understanding of the reception of body image and sexuality in a cultural, political and didactic context within the societies of Ancient Greece and Rome

    1. knowledge of the literary qualities/character of the received (written) text and awareness of issues of translation and textual authority

    1. the ability to discriminate between evidence, interpretation, opinion and fact in secondary sources

    Assessment

    Written work 70% (3100 words)
    in class exam 30%

    Contact hours

    1 x 1 hour lecture and 1x 1.5 hour tutorial

    Prohibitions

    CLA3060


    CLA2110 - Introductory Latin A/2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Jane Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to classical Latin for students with little or no previous knowledge of the language. Students steadily acquire a basic grammatical overview of Latin, reinforced by the reading of adapted Latin texts, weekly grammar exercises and vocabulary tests. More broadly, students encounter the Latin language within the context of classical Roman society and culture, and emphasis is given to Latin's grammatical legacy to English and other modern languages. Although there is no formal oral component to this unit, students are encouraged to become familiar with the pronunciation of Classical Latin.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have achieved:

    1. An overview knowledge of Latin grammar.

    1. A basic active vocabulary in Classical Latin.

    1. Reading skills in Classical Latin, including a more extensive passive vocabulary.

    1. A learning technique in relation to Latin that will allow them to become more autonomous learners of the language.

    Assessment

    2 x 1 hour Exams: 60%
    Class tests:30%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prohibitions

    LAT1010


    CLA2111 - Introductory ancient Greek A/2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Jane Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit is designed to bring students with no previous knowledge of Ancient Greek to a level at which they begin to read and enjoy Ancient Greek texts.

    Assessment

    2 x 1 hour Exams: 60%
    Class tests: 30%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week


    CLA2120 - Introductory Latin B/2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Jane Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit is designed to further students' reading skills gained in CLA2110, to the point where authentic Latin texts may be read and enjoyed. Students continue to acquire grammatical and syntactical knowledge of Latin, while reading increasingly authentic texts by authors such as Virgil, Cicero and Seutonius. Learning is reinforced by weekly grammar exercises and vocabulary tests, and the unit serves in part as an introduction to the literary and cultural heritage of Rome.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have achieved:

    1. A sufficient knowledge of Latin grammar to allow most Latin texts to be approached successfully.

    1. A general active vocabulary in Classical Latin.

    1. Reading skills in Latin to allow most Latin text to be approached successfully.

    1. A basic understanding of the historical and cultural context of Classical Latin.

    Assessment

    2 x 1 hour Exams: 60%
    Class tests: 30%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    CLA1110 or CLA2110 or CLA3110 or LAT1010

    Prohibitions

    CLA1120/CLA3120


    CLA2121 - Introductory ancient Greek B/2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Jane Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit is designed to enhance students' reading skills by building upon the foundations laid in CLA2111.

    Assessment

    2 x 1 hour Exams: 60%
    Class tests: 30%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    CLA1111 or CLA2111 or CLA3111 or VCE


    CLA2210 - Intermediate Latin A/2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this unit students advance their grammatical and syntactical knowledge of Latin, while reading and discussing a variety of historical and poetic Latin texts. This unit is designed not only to increase students' experience in reading Latin but also to equip students with the interpretive skills to approach Latin literature critically. Students explore relevant aspects of Roman mythology and poetic technique, and emphasis is given to the historical, political and cultural contexts of the texts studied in class.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

    1. An extensive knowledge of Classical Latin grammar.

    1. An extensive vocabulary in Classical Latin.

    1. Reading experience in variety of Latin styles.

    1. Interpretive skills in relation to Latin literature, and an understanding of the texts in their historical and cultural contexts.

    Assessment

    Written assignments: 40%; 2 x 1 hour written tests: 60%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    CLA1120/2120/3120 or VCE Latin

    Prohibitions

    CLA1210/CLA3210


    CLA2211 - Intermediate ancient Greek A/2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students read Ancient Greek literary texts and continue their study of the language.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

    1. An extensive knowledge of Ancient Greek grammar.

    1. An extensive vocabulary in Ancient Greek.

    1. Reading experience in a variety of Ancient Greek styles.

    1. Interpretative skills in relation to Ancient Greek literature, and an understanding of the texts in their historical and cultural contexts.

    Assessment

    Written assignments: 40%
    2 x 1 hour Written tests: 60%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    CLA1121 or CLA2121 or CLA3121 or VCE

    Prohibitions

    CLA1211, CLA3211


    CLA2220 - Intermediate Latin B/2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this unit students continue to advance their grammatical and syntactical knowledge of Latin, while reading and discussing a variety of historical and poetic Latin texts. This unit is designed not only to increase students' experience in reading Latin but also to equip students with the interpretive skills to approach Latin literature critically. Students explore relevant aspects of Roman mythology and poetic technique, and emphasis is given to the historical, political and cultural contexts of the texts studied in class.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

    1. An extensive knowledge of Classical Latin grammar.

    1. An extensive vocabulary in Classical Latin.

    1. Wide reading experience in a variety of Latin styles.

    1. Interpretive skills in relation to Latin literature, and an understanding of the texts in their historical and cultural contexts.

    Assessment

    Written assignments: 40%; 2 x 1 hour written tests: 60%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    CLA1120 or CLA2120 or CLA3120 or LAT1120 or VCE Latin

    Prohibitions

    LAT2220 or LAT 2230 or LAT3220 or CLA3230


    CLA2221 - Intermediate ancient Greek B/2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students read further Ancient Greek literary texts and continue their study of the language.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

    1. An extensive knowledge of Ancient Greek grammar.

    1. An extensive vocabulary in Ancient Greek.

    1. Wide reading experience in a variety of Ancient Greek styles.

    1. Interpretive skills in relation to Ancient Greek literature, and an understanding of the texts in their historical and cultural contexts.

    Assessment

    Written assignments: 40%
    2 x 1 hour Written tests: 60%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    CLA1121 or CLA2121 or CLA3121 or VCE Ancient Greek

    Prohibitions

    CLA1221, CLA3221


    CLA2310 - Advanced Latin A/2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students read further Latin texts and continue their study in the language.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

    1. Extensive knowledge and understanding of Classical Latin grammar and vocabulary.

    1. Extensive experience in reading and interpreting Classical Latin literature.

    1. Specialised knowledge of style and genre in Classical Latin literature.

    1. Critical technique in analysis and interpretation of Classical Latin literature.

    Assessment

    Weekly assignments (1000 words equivalent) and an essay (2500 words): 50%
    2 x 1 hour examinations: 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    2 units Intermediate Latin or LAT2230 and LAT2240


    CLA2320 - Advanced Latin B/2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students read further Latin texts and continue their study in the language.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

    1. Extensive knowledge and understanding of Classical Latin grammar and vocabulary.

    1. Extensive experience in reading and interpreting Classical Latin literature.

    1. Specialised knowledge of style and genre in Classical Latin literature.

    1. Critical technique in analysis and interpretation of Classical Latin literature.

    Assessment

    Written work (weekly assignments equivalent to 1000 words and one 2500 word essay): 50%
    Examinations(2 x 1 hour): 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1-hour seminars)

    Prerequisites

    2 units Intermediate Latin or LAT2230 and LAT2240


    CLA3030 - Ancient Greek epic

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Jane Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the epic poetry of pre-Classical Greek and the cultural context in which it was created. We will focus on Homer's 'Iliad' and 'Odyssey', and the Trojan war stories of the Epic Cycle. Students will gain an understanding and appreciation of epic through close readings of the primary texts, and examine theories of oral composition and the major scholarly approaches to the unit. Texts will be studied in translation.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this subject students will have read all of the prescribed selection of authentic texts in translation and the selected secondary texts/readings provided at the end of each seminar. Students will have gained and be able to demonstrate:

    1. A knowledge of the historical and cultural background to the prescribed selection of authentic texts, and a context-based understanding of them.

    1. A detailed knowledge and understanding of the themes and issues that are generated in Ancient Greek epic poetry, especially the Iliad and Odyssey.

    1. Knowledge of the literary qualities/character of the received (written) text and way in which they shed light on the tradition of their oral transmission, including knowledge of the theory of formulaic composition and the issues of orality and literacy.

    1. The ability to discriminate between evidence, interpretation, opinion and fact in secondary sources.

    1. The ability to develop their own interpretations and understanding of the primary texts.

    1. The ability to engage with the critical discourse. This will be assessed in the longer essay, in which students will be required to demonstrate a detailed understanding of critical approaches in the secondary sources.

    Assessment

    Written work (4000 words): 85%
    Class test: 15%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1.5 hour seminar) per week


    CLA3040 - Ancient Greek theatre

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Jane Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the theatre of Classical Greece through a study of the surviving plays of the fifth century dramatists. Students will be introduced to the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles and Euripides, and the comedies of Aristophanes. We will examine the social and religious function of theatre in Classical Athens, and study the nature and development of theatrical performance. We will also examine the architecture of the theatre through a study of archaeological remains and the internal evidence of the plays. Students will be introduced to a range of critical approaches to Greek drama. Texts will be studies in translation.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this subject students will have read all of the prescribed selection of authentic texts in translation and selected secondary texts/readings provided. Students will have gained and be able to demonstrate:

    1. A knowledge of the historical and cultural background to the prescribed selection of authentic texts, and a context-based understanding of them.

    1. A general knowledge and understanding of the themes and issues that are generated in the plays studied.

    1. A detailed knowledge and understanding of the reception of Greek drama in 5th century Athens, both in a cultural, philosophical and pedagogical context.

    1. Knowledge of the literary qualities/character of the received (written) text and the way in which they shed light on the tradition of their performance.

    1. The ability to discriminate between evidence, interpretation, opinion and fact in secondary sources.

    1. The ability to develop their own interpretations and understanding of the primary texts.

    1. The ability to engage with the critical discourse. This will be assessed in the longer essay, in which students will be required to demonstrate a detailed understanding of critical approaches in the secondary sources.

    Assessment

    Written work (4000 words): 85%
    Class test: 15%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1.5 hour seminar) per week


    CLA3050 - Performing Rome: from comedy to the Colosseum

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Jane Griffiths

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for CLA2050

    Objectives

    1. a knowledge of the historical and cultural background to the performance culture of ancient Rome

    1. an in-depth knowledge of the prescribed selection of 'authentic' texts, and a context-based understanding of them

    1. a general knowledge and understanding of the themes and issues that are generated in the plays studied

    1. a detailed knowledge and understanding of the reception of Roman drama and spectacle in a cultural, political and didactic context

    1. knowledge of the literary qualities/character of the received (written) text and awareness of issues of translation and textual authority

    1. the ability to discriminate between evidence, interpretation, opinion and fact in secondary sources

    1. an ability to use contemporary cultural and critical theory as a transferable methodology through which to analyse Roman performativity.

    1. the ability to engage critically with the methodological discourse

    Assessment

    Written work (4000 words): 85%
    Class test: 15%

    Contact hours

    1 x 1 hour lecture and 1x 1.5 hour tutorial

    Prohibitions

    CLA2050


    CLA3060 - Eros and the body: Sexuality and body politics in the classical world

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for CLA2060

    Objectives

    1. a knowledge of the historical and cultural background to the erotic literature and iconography of ancient Greece and Rome

    1. an in-depth knowledge of the prescribed selection of "authentic" texts, and a context-based understanding of them

    1. a general knowledge and understanding of the themes and issues that are generated in the texts studied

    1. a detailed knowledge and understanding of the reception of body image and sexuality in a cultural, political and didactic context within the societies of Ancient Greece and Rome

    1. knowledge of the literary qualities/character of the received (written) text and awareness of issues of translation and textual authority

    1. the ability to discriminate between evidence, interpretation, opinion and fact in secondary sources

    Assessment

    Written work (3100 words): 70%
    In class exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    1 x 1 hour lecture and 1x 1.5 hour tutorial

    Prohibitions

    CLA2060


    CLA3110 - Introductory Latin A/3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Jane Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to classical Latin for students with little or no previous knowledge of the language. Students steadily acquire a basic grammatical overview of Latin, reinforced by the reading of adapted Latin texts, weekly grammar exercises and vocabulary tests. More broadly, students encounter the Latin language within the context of classical Roman society and culture, and emphasis is given to Latin's grammatical legacy to English and other modern languages. Although there is no formal oral component to this unit, students are encouraged to become familiar with the pronunciation of Classical Latin.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have achieved:

    1. An overview knowledge of Latin grammar.

    1. A basic active vocabulary in Classical Latin.

    1. Reading skills in Classical Latin, including a more extensive passive vocabulary.

    1. A learning technique in relation to Latin that will allow them to become more autonomous learners of the language.

    Assessment

    2 x 1 hour Exams: 60%
    Class tests: 30%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prohibitions

    LAT1010


    CLA3111 - Introductory ancient Greek A/3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Jane Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit is designed to bring students with no previous knowledge of Ancient Greek to a level at which they begin to read and enjoy Ancient Greek texts.

    Assessment

    2 x 1 hour Exams: 60%
    Class tests: 30%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week


    CLA3120 - Introductory Latin B/3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Jane Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit is designed to further students' reading skills gained in CLA1110, to the point where authentic Latin texts may be read and enjoyed. Students continue to acquire grammatical and syntactical knowledge of Latin, while reading increasingly authentic texts by authors such as Virgil, Cicero and Seutonius. Learning is reinforced by weekly grammar exercises and vocabulary tests, and the unit serves in part as an introduction to the literary and cultural heritage of Rome.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have achieved:

    1. A sufficient knowledge of Latin grammar to allow most Latin texts to be approached successfully.

    1. A general active vocabulary in Classical Latin.

    1. Reading skills in Latin to allow most Latin text to be approached successfully.

    1. A basic understanding of the historical and cultural context of Classical Latin.

    Assessment

    2 x 1 hour Exams: 60%
    Class tests: 30%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    CLA1110 or CLA2110 or CLA3110 or LAT1010 or VCE Latin

    Prohibitions

    LAT1020


    CLA3121 - Introductory ancient Greek B/3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Jane Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit is designed to enhance students' reading skills by building upon the foundations laid in CLA3111.

    Assessment

    2 x 1 hour Exams: 60%
    Class tests: 30%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    CLA1111 or CLA2111 or CLA3111 or VCE Ancient Greek


    CLA3210 - Intermediate Latin A/3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this unit students advance their grammatical and syntactical knowledge of Latin, while reading and discussing a variety of historical and poetic Latin texts. This unit is designed not only to increase students' experience in reading Latin but also to equip students with the interpretive skills to approach Latin literature critically. Students explore relevant aspects of Roman mythology and poetic technique, and emphasis is given to the historical, political and cultural contexts of the texts studied in class.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

    1. An extensive knowledge of Classical Latin grammar.

    1. An extensive vocabulary in Classical Latin.

    1. Reading experience in a variety of Latin styles.

    1. Interpretive skills in relation to Latin literature, and an understanding of the texts in their historical and cultural contexts.

    Assessment

    Written assignments: 40%; 2 x 1 hour written tests: 60%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    CLA1120 or CLA2120 or CLA3120 or LAT1120 or VCE Latin

    Prohibitions

    LAT2210 or LAT2240 or LAT3210 or CLA3240


    CLA3211 - Intermediate ancient Greek A/3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students read Ancient Greek literary texts and continue their study of the language.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

    1. An extensive knowledge of Ancient Greek grammar.

    1. An extensive vocabulary in Ancient Greek.

    1. Reading experience in a variety of Ancient Greek styles.

    1. Interpretative skills in relation to Ancient Greek literature, and an understanding of the texts in their historical and cultural contexts.

    Assessment

    Written assignments: 40%
    2 x 1 hour written tests: 60%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    CLA1121 or CLA2121 or CLA3121 or VCE Ancient Greek

    Prohibitions

    CLA1211, CLA2211


    CLA3220 - Intermediate Latin B/3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this unit students continue to advance their grammatical and syntactical knowledge of Latin, while reading and discussing a variety of historical and poetic Latin texts. This unit is designed not only to increase students' experience in reading Latin but also to equip students with the interpretive skills to approach Latin literature critically. Students explore relevant aspects of Roman mythology and poetic technique, and emphasis is given to the historical, political and cultural contexts of the texts studied in class.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

    1. An extensive knowledge of Classical Latin grammar.

    1. An extensive vocabulary in Classical Latin.

    1. Wide reading experience in a variety of Latin styles.

    1. Interpretive skills in relation to Latin literature, and an understanding of the texts in their historical and cultural contexts.

    Assessment

    Written assignments: 40%; 2 x 1 hour written tests: 60%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week


    CLA3221 - Intermediate ancient Greek B/3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students read further Ancient Greek literary texts and continue their study of the language.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

    1. An extensive knowledge of Ancient Greek grammar.

    1. An extensive vocabulary in Ancient Greek.

    1. Wide reading experience in a variety of Ancient Greek styles.

    1. Interpretive skills in relation to Ancient Greek literature, and an understanding of the texts in their historical and cultural contexts.

    Assessment

    Written assignments: 40%
    2 x 1 hour Written tests: 60%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (4 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    CLA1121 or CLA2121 or CLA3121 or VCE Ancient Greek

    Prohibitions

    CLA1221, CLA2221


    CLA3310 - Advanced Latin A/3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students read further Latin texts and continue their study in the language.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

    1. Extensive knowledge and understanding of Classical Latin grammar and vocabulary.

    1. Extensive experience in reading and interpreting Classical Latin literature.

    1. Specialised knowledge of style and genre in Classical Latin literature.

    1. Critical technique in analysis and interpretation of Classical Latin literature.

    Assessment

    Written work (weekly assignments equivalent to 1000 words and one 2500 word essay): 50%
    Examinations(2 x 1 hour): 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1-hour seminars)

    Prerequisites

    2 units Intermediate Latin or LAT2230 and LAT2240


    CLA3320 - Advanced Latin B/3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students read further Latin texts and continue their study in the language.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

    1. Extensive knowledge and understanding of Classical Latin grammar and vocabulary.

    1. Extensive experience in reading and interpreting Classical Latin literature.

    1. Specialised knowledge of style and genre in Classical Latin literature.

    1. Critical technique in analysis and interpretation of Classical Latin literature.

    Assessment

    Written work (weekly assignments equivalent to 1000 words and one 2500 word essay): 50%
    Examinations(2 x 1 hour): 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1-hour seminars)

    Prerequisites

    2 units Intermediate Latin or LAT2230 and LAT2240


    CLA4000 - Reading Greek

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelia Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students continue their study of Ancient Greek in class work and develop an independent research project on an area of Ancient Greek studies of their choosing, subject to the approval of the lecturer.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit, it is expected that students will:

    • have a consolidated knowledge of Ancient Greek;
    • be able to analyze key concepts in Greek literature and society in the source language;
    • demonstrate knowledge and application of a range of methodological and theoretical approaches to Classical Studies;
    • engage in independent research;
    • demonstrate an advanced level of analytical and written skills.

    Assessment

    Written work (7000 words): 70%
    2 x 1 hour Exams: 30%

    Contact hours

    Approximately 2 hours per week (classes and individual supervision)

    Prerequisites

    Major in Classical Studies


    CLA4010 - Reading Latin

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students continue their study of Advanced Latin in class work and develop an independent research project on an area of Latin/Roman studies of their choosing, subject to the approval of the lecturer.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit, it is expected that students will

    • have a consolidated knowledge of Latin at an Advanced level
    • be able to analyze key concepts in Roman literature and society in the source language
    • demonstrate knowledge and application of a range of methodological and theoretical approaches to Classical Studies;
    • engage in independent research;
    • demonstrate an advanced level of analytical and written skills

    Assessment

    Written work (7000 words): 70%
    2 x 1 hour Exams: 30%

    Contact hours

    Approximately 2 hours per week (classes and individual supervision)

    Prerequisites

    CLA2320/CLA3320


    CLA4020 - Research seminar: Ritual and drama, the politics of antiquity

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelia Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Guided reading in an area of students' choice that is relevant to the notion of Claasical Studies, subject to the approval of the lecturer. Students also conduct research which leads to written tasks on a question or topic relevant to their guided reading.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit, it is expected that students will able to

    • to understand key notions surrounding the social, religious and political institutions of the Greeks and the Romans.
    • analyze the relationship between language, ideology, and culture in the Classical world and in critical approaches to it.
    • demonstrate knowledge and application of a range of methodological and theoretical approaches to Classical Studies.
    • engage in independent research.
    • demonstrate an advanced level of analytical and written skills.

    Assessment

    Written work (8000 words): 90%
    Oral presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    Maximum two hours per week

    Prerequisites

    Completion of a Classical Studies Major and eligibility to undertake Honours


    CLA4030(A) - Honours Dissertation in Classical Studies, Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelia Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will provide students with the opportunity to engage in supervised, independent research in an area of interest related to the Greco-Roman culture and its social and ideological influences, as reflected through the surviving literary evidence. During the development of their dissertation, students will be expected to review a range of set texts, analyse various theoretical positions related to Classical studies and construct a critical approach to the issues and themes associated with it.

    Objectives

    Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. detailed knowledge and understanding of the cultural, ideological, and political influences of the Greek and Roman societies,
    2. knowledge of the relationship between language, culture, and ideology,
    3. a critical appreciation of the classical literature, the interaction between Greek and Latin literature in antiquity, and the theoretical debates that surround literary genres, as well as ancient institutions and ideologies,
    4. the ability to undertake scholarly independent research, and
    5. the ability to recognize the differences between language evidence, interpretation, opinion and facts in secondary sources.

    Assessment

    Meet Faculty requirements for satisfactory progress towards thesis completion.

    Contact hours

    6 weeks x 1 Two-hour seminar per week
    Dissertation by regular consultation with supervisor throughout the semester. (Minimum of 20 contact hours )

    Prerequisites

    A major in Classical Studies


    CLA4030(B) - Honours Dissertation in Classical Studies, Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelia Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will provide students with the opportunity to engage in supervised, independent research in an area of interest related to the Greco-Roman culture and its social and ideological influences, as reflected through the surviving literary evidence. During the development of their dissertation, students will be expected to review a range of set texts, analyse various theoretical positions related to Classical studies and construct a critical approach to the issues and themes associated with it.

    Objectives

    Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. detailed knowledge and understanding of the cultural, ideological, and political influences of the Greek and Roman societies,
    2. knowledge of the relationship between language, culture, and ideology,
    3. a critical appreciation of the classical literature, the interaction between Greek and Latin literature in antiquity, and the theoretical debates that surround literary genres, as well as ancient institutions and ideologies,
    4. the ability to undertake scholarly independent research, and
    5. the ability to recognize the differences between language evidence, interpretation, opinion and facts in secondary sources.

    Assessment

    Written work (15,000-18,000 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    6 weeks x 1 Two-hour seminar per week
    Dissertation by regular consultation with supervisor throughout the semester. (Minimum of 20 contact hours )

    Prerequisites

    A major in Classical Studies and CLA4030(A)


    CLA4110 - Introductory Latin A/3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Jane Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides CLA Honours students with the opportunity to learn Latin. The unit is based on the CLA undergraduate Introductory Latin units, CLA1110/CLA2110/CLA3110, but introduces extra material to supplement the student's enhanced learning. The unit aims to develop the student's language capability to the point that s/he is able to read unadapted texts with significant help in grammar and vocabulary. It is designed to give students a sufficiently comprehensive introduction to Latin that they can continue further study to Intermediate and Advanced levels at post-graduate level.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit, it is expected that students:

    • will have a basic understanding of Latin grammar and syntax;
    • will have a developing store of Latin vocabulary;
    • will be able to read simplified/adapted texts from Roman authors, with help in grammar and vocabulary;
    • will have a growing understanding of elementary grammar, vocabulary and syntax sufficient to enable them to continue studies in Introductory Latin B.

    Assessment

    2 x 1 hour Exams: 60%
    Class tests: 30%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture + 2 x 1.5 hour tutorials.

    Prerequisites

    Eligibility to undertake CLA Honours

    Prohibitions

    CLA1110/2110/3110


    CLA4111 - Introductory ancient Greek A/3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Jane Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides CLA Honours students with the opportunity to learn introductory Ancient. The unit is based on the CLA undergraduate Introductory Ancient Greek units, CLA1111/CLA2111/CLA3111, and aims to develop the student's language capability to the point that s/he is able to read unadapted texts with significant help in grammar and vocabulary. It is designed to give students a sufficiently comprehensive introduction to Attic Greek that they can continue further study to Intermediate and Advanced levels at post-graduate level.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit, it is expected that students:

    • will have a basic understanding of Ancient Greek grammar and syntax;
    • will have a developing store of Attic Greek vocabulary;
    • will be able to read simplified/adapted texts from Attic authors, with help in grammar and vocabulary;
    • will have a growing understanding of elementary grammar, vocabulary and syntax sufficient to enable them to continue studies of in Introductory Ancient Greek B.

    Assessment

    2 x 1 hour Exams: 60%
    Class tests:30%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and two 1.5-hour tutorials per week

    Prerequisites

    Eligibility to undertake CLA Honours

    Co-requisites

    CLA4121

    Prohibitions

    CLA1111/2111/3111


    CLA4120 - Introductory Latin B/3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Jane Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides CLA Honours students with the opportunity to continue their study of Latin. The unit is based on the CLA undergraduate Introductory Latin units, CLA1120/CLA2120/CLA3120, and aims to develop the student's language capability to the point that s/he is able to read unadapted texts with significant help in grammar and vocabulary. It is designed to give students a sufficiently comprehensive introduction to Latin that they can continue further study to Intermediate and Advanced levels at post-graduate level.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit, it is expected that students:

    • will have a solid understanding of basic Latin grammar and syntax
    • will have a developing store of Latin Greek vocabulary
    • will be able to read adapted texts from Latin authors with some help in grammar and vocabulary
    • will have a sufficiently comprehensive and secure understanding of elementary grammar, vocabulary and syntax to enable them to continue studies of more advanced Latin.

    Assessment

    2 x 1 hour Exams: 60%
    Class tests: 30%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and two 1.5-hour tutorials per week

    Prerequisites

    CLA4110

    Prohibitions

    CLA1120/2120/3120


    CLA4121 - Introductory ancient Greek B/3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Jane Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides CLA Honours students with the opportunity to continue their studies of introductory Ancient Greek. The unit is based on the CLA undergraduate Introductory Ancient Greek units, CLA1121/CLA2121/CLA3121, and aims to develop the student's language capability to the point that s/he is able to read unadapted texts with significant help in grammar and vocabulary. It is designed to give students a sufficiently comprehensive introduction to Attic Greek that they can continue further study to Intermediate and Advanced levels at post-graduate level.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit, it is expected that students:

    • will have a solid understanding of basic Ancient Greek grammar and syntax;
    • will have a developing store of Attic Greek vocabulary;
    • will be able to read adapted texts from Attic authors with some help in grammar and vocabulary;
    • will have a sufficiently comprehensive and secure understanding of elementary grammar, vocabulary and syntax to enable them to continue studies of more advanced Ancient Greek.

    Assessment

    2 x 1 hour Exams: 60%
    Class tests: 30%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and two 1.5-hour tutorials per week

    Prerequisites

    CLA4111

    Prohibitions

    CLA1121/2121/3121


    CLA4210 - Intermediate Latin A/3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this unit students advance their grammatical and syntactical knowledge of Latin, while reading and discussing a variety of historical and poetic Latin texts. This unit is designed not only to increase students' experience in reading Latin but also to equip students with the interpretive skills to approach Latin literature critically. Students explore relevant aspects of Roman mythology and poetic technique, and emphasis is given to the historical, political and cultural contexts of the texts studied in class.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

    1. An extensive knowledge of Classical Latin grammar;
    2. An extensive vocabulary in Classical Latin;
    3. Reading experience in a variety of Latin styles;
    4. Interpretive skills in relation to Latin literature, and an understanding of the texts in their historical and cultural contexts.

    Assessment

    Written assignments: 40%
    2 x 1 hour Written tests: 60%

    Contact hours

    Four 1-hour seminars per week

    Prerequisites

    CLA1120 or CLA2120 or CLA3120 or LAT1120 or VCE Latin

    Prohibitions

    LAT2210 or LAT2240 or LAT3210 or CLA3240


    CLA4211 - Intermediate ancient Greek A/3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students read Ancient Greek literary texts and continue their study of the language.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

    1. An extensive knowledge of Ancient Greek grammar.
    2. An extensive vocabulary in Ancient Greek.
    3. Reading experience in a variety of Ancient Greek styles.
    4. Interpretative skills in relation to Ancient Greek literature, and an understanding of the texts in their historical and cultural contexts.

    Assessment

    Written assignments: 40%
    2 x 1 hour Written tests: 60%

    Contact hours

    4 x 1 hour seminars

    Prerequisites

    CLA1121 or CLA2121 or CLA3121 or VCE Ancient Greek

    Co-requisites

    CLA4221

    Prohibitions

    CLA2211/3211


    CLA4220 - Intermediate Latin B/3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this unit students advance their grammatical and syntactical knowledge of Latin, while reading and discussing a variety of historical and poetic Latin texts. This unit is designed not only to increase students' experience in reading Latin but also to equip students with the interpretive skills to approach Latin literature critically. Students explore relevant aspects of Roman mythology and poetic technique, and emphasis is given to the historical, political and cultural contexts of the texts studied in class.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

    1. An extensive knowledge of Classical Latin grammar;
    2. An extensive vocabulary in Classical Latin;
    3. Reading experience in a variety of Latin styles;
    4. Interpretive skills in relation to Latin literature, and an understanding of the texts in their historical and cultural contexts.

    Assessment

    Written assignments: 40%
    2 x 1 hour Written tests: 60%

    Contact hours

    4 x 1 hour seminars

    Prerequisites

    CLA4210

    Prohibitions

    CLA1220/2220/3220


    CLA4221 - Intermediate ancient Greek B/3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students read Ancient Greek literary texts and continue their study of the language.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

    1. An extensive knowledge of Ancient Greek grammar;
    2. An extensive vocabulary in Ancient Greek;
    3. Wide reading experience in a variety of Ancient Greek styles;
    4. Interpretive skills in relation to Ancient Greek literature, and an understanding of the texts in their historical and cultural contexts.

    Assessment

    Written assignments: 40%
    2 x 1 hour Written tests: 60%

    Contact hours

    4 x 1 hour seminars

    Prerequisites

    CLA4211

    Co-requisites

    CLA4211

    Prohibitions

    CLA2221 or CLA3221


    CLA4310 - Advanced Latin A/3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students read further Latin texts and continue their study in the language.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

    1. Extensive knowledge and understanding of Classical Latin grammar and vocabulary.
    2. Extensive experience in reading and interpreting Classical Latin literature.
    3. Specialised knowledge of style and genre in Classical Latin literature.
    4. Critical technique in analysis and interpretation of Classical Latin literature.

    Assessment

    Written work (weekly assignments equivalent to 1000 words and one 2500 word essay): 50%
    Examinations(2 x 1 hour): 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1-hour seminars)

    Prerequisites

    2 units Intermediate Latin or LAT2230 and LAT2240


    CLA4320 - Advanced Latin B/3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Evangelina Anagnostou-Laoutides

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students read further Latin texts and continue their study in the language.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will have gained:

    1. Extensive knowledge and understanding of Classical Latin grammar and vocabulary.
    2. Extensive experience in reading and interpreting Classical Latin literature.
    3. Specialised knowledge of style and genre in Classical Latin literature.
    4. Critical technique in analysis and interpretation of Classical Latin literature.

    Assessment

    Written work (weekly assignments equivalent to 1000 words and one 2500 word essay): 50%
    Examinations(2 x 1 hour): 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1-hour seminars)

    Prerequisites

    2 units Intermediate Latin or LAT2230 and LAT2240


    CLS1010 - Texts and contexts 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Kate Rigby and Dr Chris Worth

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject provides an introduction to comparative literary and cultural studies. It is concerned with the ways in which human beings communicate by means of verbal and non-verbal texts, with the contexts that shape those texts and with the processes by which we make texts meaningful. Among the literary texts to be studied are Orwell's 1984, Ibsen's Ghosts, short stories by Kafka and Yu Hua and a selection of poetry. Some texts from other media, including TV and film, will also be considered.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject will have acquired:

    1. familiarity with a range of sign systems, textual structures, and literary genres;
    2. a basic competence in textual analysis and literary interpretation;
    3. an introductory understanding of the relations between a text and its cultural and social contexts;
    4. foundational skills in academic essay writing in the area of literary and cultural studies.


    Assessment

    Essay (1000 words): 30%
    Exam 2 hours: 25%
    Practical work (1500 words): 35%
    Tutorial participation 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


    CLS1020 - Texts and contexts 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Andrew Milner & Dr Matthew Ryan

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Continuing the work of CLS1010, this subject will explore further dimensions of the contextual study of literary and other texts, focusing in particular on narrative structures, ideology and intertextuality. These concerns will be pursued through the investigation of a series of related 'creation' stories, from Genesis and "Frankenstein" to "Blade Runner" and the "X-Files".

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this subject will have acquired:

    1. a basic understanding of the role of narrative, ideology and intertextuality in textual communication;
    2. familiarity with the historical transformations of a foundational narrative of Western culture (the Biblical Creation/Fall narrative) in European literature and Anglo-American popular culture;
    3. greater competence in textual analysis and interpretation;
    4. further skills in academic essay writing in the area of literary and cultural studies.

    Assessment

    Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Exam 1.5 hours: 25%,

    Practical work (1500 words): 35%
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    CLS1010


    CLS1220 - Centres and margins

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr. Pier Paolo Frassinelli and Ms. Priscilla Appama

    Offered

    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit discusses relations between the West and the rest of the world as represented in modern literary and cultural texts. The unit introduces the idea of Eurocentrism, and the dichotomy between centre and margins that has been traditionally associated with Europe's relations to the rest of the world. We will juxtapose images of Europe produced by literary authors, musicians and filmmakers from various parts of the worlds, to European views of the colonial and formerly colonised world. Students will be also exposed to narratives of migration and displacement,looking at conflicts and tensions that inform contemporary ideas of transnationalism,cosmopolitanism and globalisation.

    Objectives

    On successfully completing this unit students should be able to:

    1. have some sense of the variety of what is possible in literary and cultural studies, and a general understanding of the diversity of modern global literature and culture
    2. handle the critical concepts and language appropriate to the discussion of different narrative genres, devices and techniques
    3. recognise some of the theoretical perspectives that inform contemporary literary and cultural studies
    4. demonstrate the basic skill of analytic and critical discussion, including the technical conventions proper to English
    5. appreciate the historical perspectives and conventions within which literature and other cultural texts are produced.

    Assessment

    Short assignment (750 Words): 20%
    Long assignment (1500 words): 30%
    class presentation: 10%
    2 hour exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    One x 2 hour lecture per week and one x 1 hour tutorial per week.


    CLS2000 - Introduction to critical theory

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alison Ross

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is designed to introduce students to some of those key contemporary ideas about cultural, literary and philosophical issues which are now generally brought together under the heading 'critical theory.' It aims to present an overview of leading figures within twentieth-century critical theory including Theodor Adorno, Roland Barthes, Jacques Derrida, Michael Foucault and Julia Kristeva. The unit will also encourage students to discuss the issues that these thinkers raise. Each class will focus in detail on a specific essay by one of the authors mentioned.

    Assessment

    Two essays (2250 words each): 100%, the second of which will be written under examination conditions

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1.5 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in English or Comparative Literature and Cultural Studies


    CLS2025 - 19th century fiction: Realism, capitalism and psychoanalysis

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Readings, in English, of 19th century Russian, German, French and English fictional texts in the context of the Realist poetics, with special emphasis on the relationship of Realism and Capitalism (Modernity). Using Foucault's concept of 'genealogy of history', the course will analyze the representation of capitalist or 'modern' society and investigate the portrayal of modern subjectivity through psychoanalytic concepts (hysteria, repression).

    Objectives

    On completion of the course, students will:

    1. be familiar with the theoretical concept of 'genealogy' as well as the discourse from which it originates;
    2. understand the concept of Capitalism (Modernity) in a historical and cultural perspective;
    3. be able to apply these concepts in an analysis of the 19th century fictional texts studied and
    4. be able to 'read' these texts critically, in a theoretical and historical perspective, as well as demonstrate an awareness of their intertextuality
    5. be familiar with the theoretical concept of 'genealogy' as well as the discourse from which it originates;
    6. understand the concept of Capitalism (Modernity) in a historical and cultural perspective;
    7. be able to apply these concepts in an analysis of the 19th century fictional texts studied and
    8. be able to 'read' these texts critically, in a theoretical and historical perspective, as well as demonstrate an awareness of their intertextuality
    9. Students taking the unit at third-year-level will be expected to demonstrate that they have read more widely in both the prescribed texts and the recommended theoretical texts on the course.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words):40%;

    Class Paper (1500 words): 20%;

    Test 60 minutes 30%;

    Class Participation continuous 10%

    Additional comment: Students will have to read a minimum of two prescribed texts and be able to operate with at least one theoretical concept acquired through the critical reading on the course.

    Contact hours

    One lecture and one tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS3025


    CLS2030 - Reading Freud and Jung

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Introduction to the theories of Sigmund Freud and Carl Gustav Jung, based on a close reading of seminal texts. Key concepts of Freud's psychoanalysis in their historical intellectual context: the unconscious and its role in mental life, sexual theory and the structure of personality, the interpretation of dreams, the critique of civilization and religion. Examination of Jung's understanding of the personal and collective unconscious, dreams, achetypes and symbols, the structure of the psyche, psychological types, modern man and religion. Exploration of the application of psychoanalysis in literature, the arts and social psychology, the logic and limits of psychoanalytic interpretation.

    Assessment

    Class paper (1000 words): 20%
    Essay (2500 words): 60%
    Examination (1 hour): 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Comparative Literature and Cultural Studies or permission

    Prohibitions

    CLS3030


    CLS2035 - Intellectuals and power: a history of institutions

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The subject looks at the history of academic culture from the perspective of current problems in the academic world. These problems envisage

    1. the power play among various disciplines about giving the right description of the
    2. the influence of media use in research presentation and how the materiality of communication influences the outcome;
    3. the question of autonomy as seen from the academic perspective;
    4. the question of self-perception of academics and their 'ethics';
    5. the question of globalisation. These questions will be explored through history by reading classical texts from academics on academic culture.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject students will have gained a basic knowledge of the social, political and theoretical conditions of the history of academic/intellectual culture. They will be able to apply critical categories in an analysis of any culture-related text and will have developed a more complex understanding of the university. Eventually students will have developed a critical understanding of how disciplines and paradigms in the academic world come up, develop or disappear.

    Assessment

    Exam (1 hour): 20%
    Class Presentation (1000 words): 20%
    Essay (2500 words): 60%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 2.5 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS3035


    CLS2045 - Writing lives: Women's auto/biography and historical fiction

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susanna Scarparo

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit consists of three interrelated modules. The first focuses on the construction of the self, covering key theoretical debates on autobiography and self-invention. In the second module, we focus on biography, particularly fictional biography and its relationship with evidence, documents and "truth". In the third module we explore the relationship between women's life writing fictional recreation and historical interpretation and reflect on the process and implications involved in writing women's history through film.

    Assessment

    Essay (1500 words) or auto/biographical project agreed upon with subject coordinator (1500 words or equivalent): 30%
    Research essay (2500 words): 40%
    Tutorial paper in the form of an initial presentation of the research essay: 20%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


    CLS2050 - Narrative practices

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Chris Worth

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit will investigate story-telling, narrative literature and the role of narrative in our lives. What constitutes narrative? What are its basic features? How does story-telling communicate meaning? How do we construct effective narrative texts? What do we do with narrative? What is the future of narrative? The texts studied are drawn from a variety of genres and countries. They will include short stories,a novel,and some visual texts. There will be some opportunity for the creation of narrative texts as part of the assessed work.

    Assessment

    Written work (4500 words): 80%
    Test: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year Arts sequence


    CLS2055 - Nature, culture and colonisation

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Kate Rigby

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit address the dynamic interrelationship of nature and culture with respect to the European exploration and colonization of Australia and New Zealand. Through the analysis and interpretation of a range of written and visual texts, we will consider how cultural differences inform the perception of, and relationship to, the natural environment, as well as the ways in which the natural environment itself shapes patterns of settlement and modes of representation. The approach is multidisciplinary, incorporating ecocritical, postcolonial, and feminist perspectives.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit will have developed: some knowledge of the dynamic interrelationship of culture and nature, especially with respect to the European exploration and colonization of Australia and New Zealand from the 18th century to the present day; an understanding of the role of cultural difference in the perception of, and relationship to, the natural environment, as well as an understanding of the agency of the natural environment in shaping patterns of settlement and forms of cultural production; competency in the analysis and interpretation of a range of relevant written and visual texts from ecocritical, feminist and postcolonial perspectives; skills in presenting both orally and in writing their own informed ideas about the interrelationship of nature and culture in the exploration and colonization of Australia and New Zealand.

    Assessment

    Class test (2000 words): 40%;
    essay (2,500 words): 50%;
    class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS3055


    CLS2075 - Popular fiction and popular culture

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Sarah McDonald

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will investigate popular fiction in culture and popular culture. What fiction is widely read and seen in our society? What functions do popular texts serve? In what ways do gender and ideology intersect with the genres of popular narratives in books and films? How are national myths produced and circulated? What are the interactions between written fictional narratives and narratives in other media?

    Objectives

    At the conclusion of the unit, students should be able:

    1. To discuss and analyse popular fiction critically, using contemporary methodologies.

    1. To explain the relations between culture and the fictions which circulate in it.

    1. To understand, feel comfortable with and be able to articulate the analytical skills, theoretical vocabularies and conceptual apparatuses studied.

    1. To demonstrate a sense of their own personal and cultural reflexivity as they observe and interpret the theories, concepts and texts analysed in the unit.

    1. To write clear, grammatically and syntactically appropriate, independent essays on topics provided or chosen for assessment.

    Assessment

    One essay (2250 words): 50%
    One class project (2250 words equivalent): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    CLS2080 - Science fiction: From monsters to cyborgs

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Andrew Milner

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to contemporary discussion and debate about science fiction. It will examine:

    1. Various theoretical approaches to the analysis of science fiction.

    1. The historical development of the genre from the gothic through to cyberpunk.

    1. The debates over the genre's social role, whether as a source for the stabilisation or for the subversion of social norms.

    1. A number of key science fiction texts, drawn from the novel, film and television.

    The approach will be from a cultural studies perspective, which will seek to problematise the conventional binary oppositions between high and low culture, literature and fiction.

    Objectives

    At the conclusion of the unit, students should be able:

    1. To demonstrate a knowledge both of various theoretical approaches to the analysis of science fiction and of the historical development of the genre from the Gothic through to Cyberpunk.

    1. To demonstrate a critical understanding both of the debates over the genre's social role, whether as a source for the stabilisation or for the subversion of social norms, and of a number of science fiction texts, drawn from the novel, film and television.

    1. To understand, feel comfortable with and be able to articulate the analytical skills, theoretical vocabularies and conceptual apparatuses studied.

    1. To demonstrate a sense of their own personal and cultural reflexivity as they observe and interpret the theories, concepts and texts analysed in the unit.

    1. To write clear, grammatically and syntactically appropriate, independent essays on the various topics provided or chosen for assessment.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in English, Literary Studies or Cultural Studies or permission

    Prohibitions

    CLS3080


    CLS2085 - Science Fiction: Monsters to Cyborgs

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Andrew Milner

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to contemporary discussion and debate about science fiction. It will examine:

    1. Various theoretical approaches to the analysis of science fiction.

    1. The historical development of the genre from the gothic through to Cyberpunk.

    1. The debates over the genre's social role, whether as a source for the stabilisation or for the subversion of social norms.

    1. A number of key science fiction texts, drawn from the novel, film and television.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    CLS2100 - Reading the canon: critical approaches

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Milicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The Unit will explore texts (in English translation) with origins in ancient Greek literature and examine how the classical material is transformed in later texts belonging to the European literary canon, understood in Harold Bloom's sense. Each text will be studied in the context of its poetics and the historical moment of its production. Various critical approaches will be used to interpret the canon, including structuralism, psychoanalytic theory, phenomenology and ecocriticism.

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit, students will be able to:

    1. Successfully analyse works of the classical and modern literary canon
    2. Employ effectively, in order to produce a reading of a literary text, tools of various theoretical orientations
    3. Discriminate between various analytical approaches, such as structuralism, psychoanalytic theory, phenomenology, historical poetics and ecocriticism
    4. Read the texts of the canon in their aesthetic and historical contexts
    5. Critically appreciate the radical intertextuality of the canon and be able to identify classical allusions or transformed classical themes and motifs in post-classical texts of the canon
    6. Express their research findings in original critical essays and seminar papers
    7. Observe scholarly methodology and convention of presentation and citation of material in essays and seminar papers
    8. Be able to give feed-back on their reading in an one-hour examination.
    9. Students attempting this unit at third-year level will be required to demonstrate greater sophistication in handling the theoretical tools in application to the analysis of the literary texts.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 55%
    Class presentation (1000 words): 20%
    Test (one hour): 20%
    Class participation: 5%

    Contact hours

    1 x one hour lecture and 1 x one hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS3100


    CLS2130 - Culture and society: Introduction to cultural theory

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Matthew Ryan

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit aims to introduce students to a variety of theoretical approaches to the study of the relationship between culture and society. The unit begins with English literary-critical conceptions of culture; proceeds to the French structuralist tradition, especially as exemplified in anthropology and in semiotics; and to that mainly German tradition of theorising about culture which arises from the encounter between sociology, psychoanalysis and Marxism. The unit then moves to a discussion of current theoretical debates concerning the sociology of culture, the cultural politics of sexual difference, cultural nationalism and multiculturalism, postcolonialism and postmodernism.

    Objectives

    1. To introduce students to a variety of theoretical approaches to the study of the relationship between culture and society, drawing on literary-critical, socio-historical and anthropological discourse. It begins with English literary-critical conceptions of culture; proceeds to the French structuralist tradition, especially as exemplified in anthropology and in semiotics; and to that mainly German tradition of recognize about culture which arises from the encounter between sociology, psychoanalysis and Marxism.

    1. To introduce students to a discussion of current theoretical debatesconcerning the sociology of culture, the cultural politics of sexual difference, cultural nationalism and multiculturalism, postcolonialism and postmodernism.

    1. To enable students to understand, feel comfortable with and be able to articulate the analytical skills, theoretical vocabularies and conceptual apparatuses studied.

    1. To develop in students a sense of their own personal and cultural reflexivity as they observe and interpret the cultural theories analysed in the subject.

    1. To provide the critical and expressive resources to enable students to write clear, grammatically and syntactically appropriate, independent essays on the various topics provided or chosen for assessment.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%; Exam (1 hour): 30%; Seminar Paper (1000 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    One two-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in English, Literary Studies or Cultural Studies or permission.

    Prohibitions

    CLS3130


    CLS2160 - Chinese literature and modernity

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Gloria Davies

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to twentieth-century Chinese literature in its political, historical and cultural contexts. It will also examine and compare Chinese and Western cultural values and expectations and ask how Chinese literature is received in the West. What is the relation between Chinese literature and "third-world literatures"? What ideological assumptions are implicit in Chinese literary representations of "China" and "the Chinese" and do these differ from Western representations? What differences are there between Chinese and Western representations of modernity?

    Assessment

    Essay (2250 words): 50%
    Class project (1125 words equivalent): 25%; literature review (1125 words): 25%.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    CLS2180 - Africa and its others

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Priscilla R. Appama

    Offered

    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The Dark Continent has been and is still being imagined, analyzed and represented in many different ways, by different people on different continents. The title "Africa and its others" can be interpreted in different ways: Africa and its different discoverers/ explorers, Africa and its colonizers, Africa and its diasporas, Africa and its travelers, Africa and its other self and so on. This unit will thus look at how Africa has been and is represented from the outside by outsiders and insiders and from the inside by insiders/outsiders through a variety of materials and various perspectives (literary, anthropological, historical and philosophical).

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills:

    1. Demonstration of a critical awareness of the ways in which different texts, movies, brochures, posters, paintings, articles and so on, encourage us to interpret and construct Africa in a particular way.
    2. A better understanding of Africa and how it relates to the world or how the world relates to her.
    3. Appreciation of the significance of the various documents' constructions of (African) identity/ representation within their socio-cultural and historical contexts.
    4. Ability to perform a close analysis of the different types of documents used, i.e., in case of a literary text, he should be able to demonstrate a sensitivity to the particular devices, language and strategies employed.
    5. Demonstration of an awareness and understanding of the major theoretical approaches in Cultural Studies within academic debate in Africa and internationally.
    6. Ability to employ those and evaluate such theoretical approaches in an interpretation of the various documents used in this unit.
    7. Intellectual familiarity with the different critical concepts relevant to the unit: "othering", africanism/ africanization, post-colonialism, post-modernism, cosmopolitanism, transnationalism, globalization, traveling cultures, migration, diasporas, authenticity, ethnicity, hybridity, mimicry, "endogeny", "exogeny" and so on.
    8. Students undertaking this unit at a third-year level will be expected to meet all these objective criteria at a higher level of demonstrable and proven competency than those completing the unit at a second-year level.

    Assessment

    Short essay (1000 words): 20%
    Long essay (2500 words): 50%
    Exam (two hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS3180


    CLS2250 - Post-Marxist critical theory

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Matthew Ryan

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to contemporary discussion and debate about Marxist and post-Marxist critical theory. It will examine:

    1. Key concepts in Marxist analysis.
    2. Western Marxism's founding moment in the work of Lukacs and Gramsci.
    3. The early work of the Frankfurt School.
    4. The debates over New Left Marxism in the 1960s and 1970s.
    5. 'Post-Marxist' responses to the politics of cultural 'difference'. Each of these will be examined regarding their accounts of the relationships between art, culture and society.

    Objectives

    At the conclusion of the unit, students should be able:

    1. To demonstrate some familiarity with recent debates in Marxist and post-Marxist critical theory.
    2. To articulate the analytical skills, theoretical vocabularies and conceptual apparatuses studied in the unit.
    3. To write clear, grammatically and syntactically appropriate, independent essays on the various topics provided or chosen for assessment.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%; Exam (1 hour): 30%; Seminar paper (1000 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS3250


    CLS2280 - The fate of art: Philosophical aesthetics and contemporary culture

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alison Ross

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this unit we will examine the philosophical and institutional background to some of the significant movements in twentieth century art practice. After a brief examination of modern philosophical accounts of a crisis of cultural value in Kant and Hegel we will consider the implications of this crisis for modes of artistic representation and content, as well as twentieth century models of theoretical explanation for the significance of the arts. Works to be examined will include selections from Freud, Lyotard, Derrida, Bourdieu and Burger.

    Objectives

    On the successful completion of this subject students:

    1. Should have learned how to read and critically appraise some of the canonical texts on contemporary culture.

    1. They should be able to situate texts on culture within their philosophical and historical context.

    1. They should be able to use the terminology of aesthetic philosophy with confidence.

    1. And make their writing responsive to the issues considered in the subject.

    Assessment

    Essay (2,250 words): 45%
    Exam (2,250 words equivalent): 45%
    Seminar presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1.5 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS3280


    CLS2420 - Literature and phenomenology: De Sade, Dostoevsky, Nietzsche, Tolstoy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    A study of four seminal authors whose works have transformed European aesthetics and European literature in a fundamental way: De Sade, Dostoevsky, Nietzsche and Tolstoy. The investigation (through the thought of Deleuze, Merleau-Ponty and psychoanalysis) into the phenomenological aesthetics of the set of authors will lead to a revision of the concept of literary 'realism'.

    Assessment

    Seminar paper (1500 words): 25%
    Essay (2000 words): 45%
    Test (60 minutes): 30%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 1.5 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


    CLS2530 - Modernism in European literature

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    A study of the modernist movement as a supra-national European cultural paradigm. The texts will cover the literatures of both Eastern and Western Europe, and will be studied in English translation, though they may be read in their original languages. The poetics of the various modernist 'schools,' such as symbolism, futurism, expressionism and surrealism, will be studied with reference to and issues of modernity.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words): 45%
    Class paper (1500 words): 25%
    Test (1 hour): 30%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 1.5 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    SLA2530, SLA3530


    CLS2550 - The romantic revolution in European thought and literature

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Kate Rigby

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to the new forms of representation and ways of thinking that emerged in Europe in association with the Romantic movement. It will focus in particular on Romantic reconceptualisations of history and nationhood, God and nature, art and the self. Romanticism will be considered both as a revolutionary period in European history and as a continuing strand of Western culture. Writers discussed include Rousseau, Herder, Kant, Goethe, Schelling, Novalis, F. Schlegel, Kleist, Eichendorff, E. T. A. Hofmann, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley, Keats, Byron, Clare and Lermontov.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit will have:

    1. Developed a general understanding of the new ways of thinking and writing about history and nationhood, God and nature, art and the self that were articulated by European philosophers and writers associated with the Romantic movement.
    2. Gained a more in-depth knowledge of the work of at least two Romantic philosophers and/or writers from different parts of Europe.
    3. Become more aware of the ongoing legacy of European Romanticism in contemporary Western culture.
    4. Continued the development of their skills in the areas of research, textual analysis and interpretation, and communication, both oral and written.

    Third year students will in addition be expected to have:
    1. Integrated an understanding of one or more current approaches within literary or cultural theory into their analysis of Romantic literature and/or philosophy.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Seminar paper (1000 words): 20%
    Exam (1 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS3550


    CLS2790 - Postmodernism and the novel

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit will focus on the dominant themes and forms in contemporary Australian, American and European fiction, visual culture and music in order to answer the question: what is postmodernism and is it ethical? The course will deal with various concepts of critical theory within the context of poststructuralism, psychoanalysis and continental philosophy. The focus of the course will be on the deconstruction of cultural texts and the critical reception of theoretical models of discourse.

    Assessment

    Seminar paper (1500 words): 25%
    Essay (2000 words): 45%
    Test (60 minutes): 30%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 1.5 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


    CLS2810 - Comparative drama of the twentieth century

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit will show the development of (post-) modern drama in European culture along a historical trajectory going back to the turn-of-the-century avant garde. Particular attention will be paid to the theatre of the absurd of Artaud, Becket and Chekhov and the minimalist theatre of the post-impressionist Grotowski. The theoretical component of the course will offer various contemporary and classical models (psychoanalysis, Aristotelian poetics, semiotics of the theatre) with which to analyse particular dramatic texts or trends.

    Assessment

    Seminar paper (1500 words): 25%
    Essay (2000 words): 45%
    End-of-semester test (60 minutes): 30%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 1.5 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS3810, SLA2810, SLA3810


    CLS2820 - Earthworks: literature and environment

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Kate Rigby

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to the new field of ecologically oriented literary and cultural studies, or 'ecocriticism'. It will critically examine various cultural constructions of 'nature' and 'the body' in a range of texts exemplifying different discourses of nature (e.g. mythological, philosophical, scientific) and literary genres (e.g. drama, narrative, poetry). In addition, consideration will be given to the emergence of a number of distinct approaches within ecocritical studies, including ecofeminism, anti-colonialism, cultural materialism, environmental justice, ecophenomenology, eco-deconstruction and Queer ecocriticism.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit will have:

    1. Developed an understanding of some of the implications of ecological thinking with regard to literary and cultural studies.
    2. Enhanced their ability to recognise and discuss critically the cultural assumptions about 'nature' and 'the body' informing a variety of significant (religious, philosophical and creative) texts from a range of geographical and historical contexts.
    3. Familiarised themselves with a number of distinct approaches within ecocritical literary and cultural studies and learnt to apply at least one of these.
    4. Become more aware of the implications of their own assumptions regarding nature and the body for their self-understanding, relations with others and mode of being in the world.
    5. Continued the development of their skills in the areas of research, textual analysis and interpretation, and communication, both oral and written.
    Specifically, they should have:
    • demonstrated their understanding of ecocritical argumentation in presenting a review of a major article, both orally in class, and in writing;
    • demonstrated their ability to apply ecocritical perspectives to the analysis and interpretation of one or more texts in the form of a logically ordered written argument.

    Third year students will in addition be expected to have:
    1. Demonstrated their understanding of the implications of ecocriticism for the methodology and underlying theoretical premises of literary and cultural studies.

    Assessment

    Essay/creative writing (2500 words): 50%
    Seminar paper (1000 words): 20% +
    Exam (1 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS3820


    CLS2920 - Authority, death and desire: Medieval to renaissance literature

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit will explore the transition from medieval culture to modernity through the study of European and Asian literary texts from the 13th - early 17th century. How is authority articulated? What is the prevailing social attitude to death? What is medieval desire or sexuality as opposed to modern desire/sexuality? These questions will be asked and answered using basic concepts of Critical Theory. The paradigmatic change from pre-modern to modern culture will be illuminated through a cross-cultural perspective, encompassing European and Asian literary works. Texts studied are in English translation but language students may consult originals in their disciplines.

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit, students will be able to:

    1. define the concepts of authority, death and desire in the context of the prescribed medieval and Renaissance texts;

    1. critically discuss the concepts of authority, death and desire in the context of the prescribed medieval and Renaissance texts;

    1. analyse and critique a cultural text in the context of defined critical concepts;

    1. construct a critical argument in writing, based on an analysis of a cultural text in the context of defined critical concepts.

    1. For students taking CLS3920, there is an additional objective of developing more sophisticated analytical skills than students at second year level, using multiple (at least two) critical texts to model any one of the theoretical concepts of the course and being able to express this skill in oral presentation and writing.

    Assessment

    Essay 2,500 words: 40%, Tutorial Paper 1,000 words: 20%, End-of-Semester Test 1 hour: 30%, Tutorial participation 1 hour: 5%.

    Contact hours

    One one-hour lecture and one one-hour tutorial per week


    Prerequisites

    Any first year Arts subject.

    Prohibitions

    CLS3920


    CLS2950 - Freud and feminism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alison Ross

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to provide an introduction to the reading of a number of central texts of Sigmund Freud. It will focus primarily on Freud's understanding of the concepts of the ego, the unconscious and infantile sexuality. His work will be examined from the viewpoint of his relevance to understanding the social construction of subjectivity, and, primarily, the differences between the sexes in this construction. His work will be framed and contextualised by the writings of a number of contemporary feminist theorists who have both criticised and utilised psychoanalysis to understanding the power relations between the sexes.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words): 65%
    Seminar paper (1500 words): 35%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS3950


    CLS3000 - Introduction to critical theory

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alison Ross

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is designed to introduce students to some of those key contemporary ideas about cultural, literary and philosophical issues which are now generally brought together under the heading 'critical theory.' It aims to present an overview of leading figures within twentieth-century critical theory including Theodor Adorno, Roland Barthes, Jacques Derrida, Michael Foucault and Julia Kristeva. The unit will also encourage students to discuss the issues that these thinkers raise. Each class will focus in detail on a specific essay by one of the authors mentioned.

    Assessment

    Two essays (2250 words each): 100%, the second of which will be written under examination conditions

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1.5 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in English or Comparative Literature and Cultural Studies


    CLS3025 - 19th Century Fiction: Realism, capitalism and psychoanalysis

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Readings, in English, of 19th century Russian, German, French and English fictional texts in the context of the Realist poetics, with special emphasis on the relationship of Realism and Capitalism (Modernity). Using Foucault's concept of 'genealogy of history', the course will analyze the representation of capitalist or 'modern' society and investigate the portrayal of modern subjectivity through psychoanalytic concepts (hysteria, repression).

    Objectives

    On completion of the course, students will:

    1. be familiar with the theoretical concept of 'genealogy' as well as the discourse from which it originates;

    1. understand the concept of Capitalism (Modernity) in a historical and cultural perspective;

    1. be able to apply these concepts in an analysis of the 19th century fictional texts studied and

    1. be able to 'read' these texts critically, in a theoretical and historical perspective, as well as demonstrate an awareness of their intertextuality

    1. be familiar with the theoretical concept of 'genealogy' as well as the discourse from which it originates;

    1. understand the concept of Capitalism (Modernity) in a historical and cultural perspective;

    1. be able to apply these concepts in an analysis of the 19th century fictional texts studied and

    1. be able to 'read' these texts critically, in a theoretical and historical perspective, as well as demonstrate an awareness of their intertextuality

    1. Students taking the unit at third-year-level will be expected to demonstrate that they have read more widely in both the prescribed texts and the recommended theoretical texts on the course.

    Assessment

    Essay (2,000 words): 40%;

    Class Paper(1500 words):20%;

    Test 60 minutes 30%;

    Class Participation continuous 10%

    Additional comment: Students taking the unit at third-year-level will read a minimum of three prescribed texts as well as demonstrate wider reading in the recommended theoretical texts than students at second-year-level.

    Contact hours

    One lecture and one tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS2025


    CLS3030 - Reading Freud and Jung

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Introduction to the theories of Sigmund Freud and Carl Gustav Jung, based on a close reading of seminal texts. Key concepts of Freud's psychoanalysis in their historical intellectual context: the unconscious and its role in mental life, sexual theory and the structure of personality, the interpretation of dreams, the critique of civilization and religion. Examination of Jung's understanding of the personal and collective unconscious, dreams, achetypes and symbols, the structure of the psyche, psychological types, modern man and religion. Exploration of the application of psychoanalysis in literature, the arts and social psychology, the logic and limits of psychoanalytic interpretation.

    Assessment

    One class paper (1000 words): 20%
    Essay (2500 words): 60%
    Textual commentary under exam conditions (1 hour/1000 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS2030


    CLS3035 - Intellectuals and power: a history of institutions

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The subject looks at the history of academic culture from the perspective of current problems in the academic world. These problems envisage

    1. the power play among various disciplines about giving the right description of the
    2. the influence of media use in research presentation and how the materiality of communication influences the outcome;
    3. the question of autonomy as seen from the academic perspective;
    4. the question of self-perception of academics and their 'ethics';
    5. the question of globalisation. These questions will be explored through history by reading classical texts from academics on academic culture.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject students will have gained a basic knowledge of the social, political and theoretical conditions of the history of academic/intellectual culture. They will be able to apply critical categories in an analysis of any culture-related text and will have developed a more complex understanding of the university. Eventually students will have developed a critical understanding of how disciplines and paradigms in the academic world come up, develop or disappear. In addition, students will have better analytical skills and a theoretically more reflexive understanding of the history of intellectual concepts and how these have been influenced by non-academic powers. This understanding will be crucial for the study of literary texts as well as for scholarly texts.

    Assessment

    Exam (1 hour): 20%
    Class Presentation (1000 words): 20%
    Essay (2500 words): 60%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 2.5 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS2035


    CLS3045 - Writing lives: Women's auto/biography and historical fiction

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susanna Scarparo

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit consists of three interrelated modules. The first focuses on the construction of the self, covering key theoretical debates on autobiography and self-invention. In the second module, we focus on biography, particularly fictional biography and its relationship with evidence, documents and "truth". In the third module we explore the relationship between women's life writing fictional recreation and historical interpretation and reflect on the process and implications involved in writing women's history through film.

    Assessment

    Essay (1500 words) or auto/biographical project agreed upon with subject coordinator (1500 words or equivalent): 30%
    Research essay (2500 words): 40%
    Tutorial paper in the form of an initial presentation of the research essay: 20%
    Class participation: 10%
    In the essay third-year students will be expected to develop a deeper theoretical understanding of a text of their choice not studied in class.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS2045


    CLS3050 - Narrative practices

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Chris Worth

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit will investigate story-telling, narrative literature and the role of narrative in our lives. What constitutes narrative? What are its basic features? How does story-telling communicate meaning? How do we construct effective narrative texts? What do we do with narrative? What is the future of narrative? The texts studied are drawn from a variety of genres and countries. They will include short stories, a novel, and some visual texts. There will be some opportunity for the creation of narrative texts as part of the assessed work.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80% (4500 words)
    Test: 20% 3rd year students are required to demonstrate greater levels of theoretical reflection and analysis in their written work than students studying at 2nd year level.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in English, CLS or permission

    Prohibitions

    CLS2050


    CLS3055 - Nature, culture and colonisation

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Kate Rigby

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit address the dynamic interrelationship of nature and culture with respect to the European exploration and colonization of Australia and New Zealand. Through the analysis and interpretation of a range of written and visual texts, we will consider how cultural differences inform the perception of, and relationship to, the natural environment, as well as the ways in which the natural environment itself shapes patterns of settlement and modes of representation. The approach is multidisciplinary, incorporating ecocritical, postcolonial, and feminist perspectives.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit will have developed: some knowledge of the dynamic interrelationship of culture and nature, especially with respect to the European exploration and colonization of Australia and New Zealand from the 18th century to the present day; an understanding of the role of cultural difference in the perception of, and relationship to, the natural environment, as well as an understanding of the agency of the natural environment in shaping patterns of settlement and forms of cultural production; competency in the analysis and interpretation of a range of relevant written and visual texts from ecocritical, feminist and postcolonial perspectives; skills in presenting both orally and in writing their own informed ideas about the interrelationship of nature and culture in the exploration and colonization of Australia and New Zealand, and conceptualised the theoretical and methodological implications of new understandings about the interrelationship of nature and culture for the study of literary and visual texts.

    Assessment

    Class test (2000 words): 40%;
    essay (2,500 words): 50%;
    class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS2055


    CLS3075 - Popular fiction and popular culture

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Sarah McDonald

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will investigate popular fiction in culture and popular culture. What fiction is widely read and seen in our society? What functions do popular texts serve? In what ways do gender and ideology intersect with the genres of popular narratives in books and films? How are national myths produced and circulated? What are the interactions between written fictional narratives and narratives in other media?

    Objectives

    At the conclusion of the unit, students should be able:

    1. To discuss and analyse popular fiction critically, using contemporary methodologies.

    1. To explain the relations between culture and the fictions which circulate in it.

    1. To understand, feel comfortable with and be able to articulate the analytical skills, theoretical vocabularies and conceptual apparatuses studied.

    1. To demonstrate a sense of their own personal and cultural reflexivity as they observe and interpret the theories, concepts and texts analysed in the unit.

    1. To write clear, grammatically and syntactically appropriate, independent essays on topics provided or chosen for assessment.

    Assessment

    One essay (2250 words): 50%
    One class project (equivalent 2250 words): 50%
    Third-year students will be invited to show a greater degree of theoretical reflexiveness in their projects

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    CLS3080 - Science fiction: From monsters to cyborgs

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Andrew Milner

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to contemporary discussion and debate about science fiction. It will examine:

    1. Various theoretical approaches to the analysis of science fiction.

    1. The historical development of the genre from the gothic through to cyberpunk.

    1. The debates over the genre's social role, whether as a source for the stabilisation or for the subversion of social norms.

    1. A number of key science fiction texts, drawn from the novel, film and television.

    The approach will be from a cultural studies perspective, which will seek to problematise the conventional binary oppositions between high and low culture, literature and fiction.

    Objectives

    At the conclusion of the unit, students should be able:

    1. To demonstrate a knowledge both of various theoretical approaches to the analysis of science fiction and of the historical development of the genre from the Gothic through to Cyberpunk.

    1. To demonstrate a critical understanding both of the debates over the genre's social role, whether as a source for the stabilisation or for the subversion of social norms, and of a number of science fiction texts, drawn from the novel, film and television.

    1. To understand, feel comfortable with and be able to articulate the analytical skills, theoretical vocabularies and conceptual apparatuses studied.

    1. To demonstrate a sense of their own personal and cultural reflexivity as they observe and interpret the theories, concepts and texts analysed in the unit.

    1. To write clear, grammatically and syntactically appropriate, independent essays on the various topics provided or chosen for assessment.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%
    Third-year students will be expected to read more complex critical texts and to write a less descriptive and more self-reflexive essay

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-sequence in English, Literary Studies or Cultural Studies or permission

    Prohibitions

    CLS2080


    CLS3085 - Science Fiction: From Monsters to Cyborgs

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Andrew Milner

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to contemporary discussion and debate about science fiction. It will examine:

    1. Various theoretical approaches to the analysis of science fiction.

    1. The historical development of the genre from the gothic through to Cyberpunk.

    1. The debates over the genre's social role, whether as a source for the stabilisation or for the subversion of social norms.

    1. A number of key science fiction texts, drawn from the novel, film and television.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%
    Third year students will be expected to demonstrate a clear grasp of current approaches to literary criticism

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    CLS3100 - Reading the canon: critical approaches

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Milicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The Unit will explore texts (in English translation) with origins in ancient Greek literature and examine how the classical material is transformed in later texts belonging to the European literary canon, understood in Harold Bloom's sense. Each text will be studied in the context of its poetics and the historical moment of its production. Various critical approaches will be used to interpret the canon, including structuralism, psychoanalytic theory, phenomenology and ecocriticism.

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit, students will be able to:

    1. Successfully analyse works of the classical and modern literary canon
    2. Employ effectively, in order to produce a reading of a literary text, tools of various theoretical orientations
    3. Discriminate between various analytical approaches, such as structuralism, psychoanalytic theory, phenomenology, historical poetics and ecocriticism
    4. Read the texts of the canon in their aesthetic and historical contexts
    5. Critically appreciate the radical intertextuality of the canon and be able to identify classical allusions or transformed classical themes and motifs in post-classical texts of the canon
    6. Express their research findings in original critical essays and seminar papers
    7. Observe scholarly methodology and convention of presentation and citation of material in essays and seminar papers
    8. Be able to give feed-back on their reading in an one-hour examination.
    9. Students attempting this unit at third-year level will be required to demonstrate greater sophistication in handling the theoretical tools in application to the analysis of the literary texts.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 55%
    Class presentation (1000 words): 20%
    Test (one hour): 20%
    Class participation: 5%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS2100


    CLS3130 - Culture and society: Introduction to cultural theory

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Matthew Ryan

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit aims to introduce students to a variety of theoretical approaches to the study of the relationship between culture and society. The unit begins with English literary-critical conceptions of culture; proceeds to the French structuralist tradition, especially as exemplified in anthropology and in semiotics; and to that mainly German tradition of theorising about culture which arises from the encounter between sociology, psychoanalysis and Marxism. The unit then moves to a discussion of current theoretical debates concerning the sociology of culture, the cultural politics of sexual difference, cultural nationalism and multiculturalism, postcolonialism and postmodernism.

    Objectives

    1. To introduce students to a variety of theoretical approaches to the study of the relationship between culture and society, drawing on literary-critical, socio-historical and anthropological discourse. It begins with English literary-critical conceptions of culture; proceeds to the French structuralist tradition, especially as exemplified in anthropology and in semiotics; and to that mainly German tradition of recognize about culture which arises from the encounter between sociology, psychoanalysis and Marxism.

    1. To introduce students to a discussion of current theoretical debatesconcerning the sociology of culture, the cultural politics of sexual difference, cultural nationalism and multiculturalism, postcolonialism and postmodernism.

    1. To enable students to understand, feel comfortable with and be able to articulate the analytical skills, theoretical vocabularies and conceptual apparatuses studied.

    1. To develop in students a sense of their own personal and cultural reflexivity as they observe and interpret the cultural theories analysed in the subject.

    1. To provide the critical and expressive resources to enable students to write clear, grammatically and syntactically appropriate, independent essays on the various topics provided or chosen for assessment.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%; Exam (1 hour): 30%; Seminar Paper (1000 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    One two-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in English, Literary Studies or Cultural Studies or permission.

    Prohibitions

    CLS2130


    CLS3150 - Belief and perception

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit will initially examine the concept of 'belief' or 'faith' in the constitution of meaning and then move into the field of representation as the episteme of modernity. The relation of belief to desire, non-knowledge and revelation will be studied on the basis of critical, fictional and artistic texts. Visual and literary artistic texts will be used as primary material to be analysed deconstructively through the theoretical models studied and critiqued.

    Assessment

    Seminar paper (1500 words): 20%
    Research essay (4500 words): 50%
    Examination (3 hours): 30%
    Students may choose to convert the 3 hour examination into an additional essay of 3000 words

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    SLA3170


    CLS3160 - Chinese literature and modernity

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Gloria Davies

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to twentieth-century Chinese literature in its political, historical and cultural contexts. It will also examine and compare Chinese and Western cultural values and expectations and ask how Chinese literature is received in the West. What is the relation between Chinese literature and "third-world literatures"? What ideological assumptions are implicit in Chinese literary representations of "China" and "the Chinese" and do these differ from Western representations? What differences are there between Chinese and Western representations of modernity?

    Assessment

    Essay (2250 words): 50%
    Class project (equivalent 2250 words): 25%
    literature review (equivalent 1125 words): 25%. Third-year students will be invited to show a greater degree of theoretical reflection in their projects.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    CLS3180 - Africa and its others

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Priscilla R. Appama

    Offered

    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The Dark Continent has been and is still being imagined, analyzed and represented in many different ways, by different people on different continents. The title "Africa and its others" can be interpreted in different ways: Africa and its different discoverers/ explorers, Africa and its colonizers, Africa and its diasporas, Africa and its travelers, Africa and its other self and so on. This unit will thus look at how Africa has been and is represented from the outside by outsiders and insiders and from the inside by insiders/outsiders through a variety of materials and various perspectives (literary, anthropological, historical and philosophical).

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills:

    1. Demonstration of a critical awareness of the ways in which different texts, movies, brochures, posters, paintings, articles and so on, encourage us to interpret and construct Africa in a particular way.
    2. A better understanding of Africa and how it relates to the world or how the world relates to her.
    3. Appreciation of the significance of the various documents' constructions of (African) identity/ representation within their socio-cultural and historical contexts.
    4. Ability to perform a close analysis of the different types of documents used, i.e., in case of a literary text, he should be able to demonstrate a sensitivity to the particular devices, language and strategies employed.
    5. Demonstration of an awareness and understanding of the major theoretical approaches in Cultural Studies within academic debate in Africa and internationally.
    6. Ability to employ those and evaluate such theoretical approaches in an interpretation of the various documents used in this unit.
    7. Intellectual familiarity with the different critical concepts relevant to the unit: "othering", africanism/ africanization, post-colonialism, post-modernism, cosmopolitanism, transnationalism, globalization, traveling cultures, migration, diasporas, authenticity, ethnicity, hybridity, mimicry, "endogeny", "exogeny" and so on.
    8. Students undertaking this unit at a third-year level will be expected to meet all these objective criteria at a higher level of demonstrable and proven competency than those completing the unit at a second-year level.

    Assessment

    Short essay (1000 words): 20%
    Long essay (2500 words): 50%
    Exam (two hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS2180


    CLS3250 - Post-Marxist critical theory

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Matthew Ryan

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to contemporary discussion and debate about Marxist and post-Marxist critical theory. It will examine:

    1. Key concepts in Marxist analysis.
    2. Western Marxism's founding moment in the work of Lukacs and Gramsci.
    3. The early work of the Frankfurt School.
    4. The debates over New Left Marxism in the 1960s and 1970s.
    5. 'Post-Marxist' responses to the politics of cultural 'difference'. Each of these will be examined regarding their accounts of the relationships between art, culture and society.

    Objectives

    At the conclusion of the unit, students should be able:

    1. To demonstrate some familiarity with recent debates in Marxist and post-Marxist critical theory.
    2. To articulate the analytical skills, theoretical vocabularies and conceptual apparatuses studied in the unit.
    3. To write clear, grammatically and syntactically appropriate, independent essays on the various topics provided or chosen for assessment.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%; Exam (1 hour): 30%; Seminar paper (1000 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS2250


    CLS3280 - The fate of art: Philosophical aesthetics and contemporary culture

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alison Ross

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this unit we will examine the philosophical and institutional background to some of the significant movements in twentieth century art practice. After a brief examination of modern philosophical accounts of a crisis of cultural value in Kant and Hegel we will consider the implications of this crisis for modes of artistic representation and content, as well as twentieth century models of theoretical explanation for the significance of the arts. Works to be examined will include selections from Freud, Lyotard, Derrida, Bourdieu and Burger.

    Objectives

    On the successful completion of this subject students:

    1. Should have learned how to read and critically appraise some of the canonical texts on contemporary culture.

    1. They should be able to situate texts on culture within their philosophical and historical context.

    1. They should be able to use the terminology of aesthetic philosophy with confidence.

    1. And make their writing responsive to the issues considered in the subject.

    1. In addition, students undertaking the subject at third year level will acquire a working knowledge of the texts of modern philosophical aesthetics and be able to articulate independent views on the topics discussed in the subject.

    Assessment

    Essay (2,250 words): 45%
    Exam (2,250 words equivalent): 45%
    Seminar presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1.5 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS2280


    CLS3420 - Literature and phenomenology: De Sade, Dostoevsky, Nietzsche, Tolstoy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    A study of four seminal authors whose works have transformed European aesthetics and European literature in a fundamental way: De Sade, Dostoevsky, Nietzsche and Tolstoy. The investigation (through the thought of Deleuze, Merleau-Ponty and psychoanalysis) into the phenomenological aesthetics of the set of authors will lead to a revision of the concept of literary 'realism'.

    Assessment

    Seminar paper (1500 words): 25%
    Essay (2000 words): 45%
    Test (60 minutes): 30%
    Third-year students will be expected to read more complex critical texts and to write a less descriptive and more self-reflective essay

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 1.5 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS2420


    CLS3530 - Modernism in European literature

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    A study of the modernist movement as a supra-national European cultural paradigm. The texts will cover the literatures of both Eastern and Western Europe, and will be studied in English translation, though they may be read in their original languages. The poetics of the various modernist 'schools,' such as symbolism, futurism, expressionism and surrealism, will be studied with reference to and issues of modernity.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words): 45%
    Class paper (1500 words): 25%
    Test (1 hour): 30%
    Third-year level students will write essays which require more theoretical reflection and presuppose a wider reading than essays written by students enrolled at second-year level

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 1.5 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    SLA2530, SLA3530


    CLS3550 - The romantic revolution in European thought and literature

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Kate Rigby

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to the new forms of representation and ways of thinking that emerged in Europe in association with the Romantic movement. It will focus in particular on Romantic reconceptualisations of history and nationhood, God and nature, art and the self. Romanticism will be considered both as a revolutionary period in European history and as a continuing strand of Western culture. Writers discussed include Rousseau, Herder, Kant, Goethe, Schelling, Novalis, F. Schlegel, Kleist, Eichendorff, E. T. A. Hofmann, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley, Keats, Byron, Clare and Lermontov.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit will have:

    1. Developed a general understanding of the new ways of thinking and writing about history and nationhood, God and nature, art and the self that were articulated by European philosophers and writers associated with the Romantic movement.
    2. Gained a more in-depth knowledge of the work of at least two Romantic philosophers and/or writers from different parts of Europe.
    3. Become more aware of the ongoing legacy of European Romanticism in contemporary Western culture.
    4. Continued the development of their skills in the areas of research, textual analysis and interpretation, and communication, both oral and written.

    Third year students will in addition be expected to have:
    1. Integrated an understanding of one or more current approaches within literary or cultural theory into their analysis of Romantic literature and/or philosophy.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Seminar paper (1000 words): 20%
    Exam (1 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS2550


    CLS3790 - Postmodernism and the novel

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit will focus on the dominant themes and forms in contemporary Australian, American and European fiction, visual culture and music in order to answer the question: what is postmodernism and is it ethical? The course will deal with various concepts of critical theory within the context of poststructuralism, psychoanalysis and continental philosophy. The focus of the course will be on the deconstruction of cultural texts and the critical reception of theoretical models of discourse.

    Assessment

    Seminar paper (1500 words): 25%
    Essay (2000 words): 45%
    Test (60 minutes): 30%
    Third-year level students will write essays which presuppose a wider reading than essays written by students enrolled at second-year level

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 1.5 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


    CLS3810 - Comparative drama of the twentieth century

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit will show the development of (post-) modern drama in European culture along a historical trajectory going back to the turn-of-the-century avant garde. Particular attention will be paid to the theatre of the absurd of Artaud, Becket and Chekhov and the minimalist theatre of the post-impressionist Grotowski. The theoretical component of the course will offer various contemporary and classical models (psychoanalysis, Aristotelian poetics, semiotics of the theatre) with which to analyse particular dramatic texts or trends.

    Assessment

    Seminar paper (1500 words): 25%
    Essay (2000 words): 45%
    End-of-semester test (60 minutes): 30%
    Third-year students will be required to select different essay topics and demonstrate a wider reading relative to the second-year students

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 1.5 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS2810, SLA2810, SLA3810


    CLS3820 - Earthworks: Literature and environment

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Kate Rigby

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to the new field of ecologically oriented literary and cultural studies, or 'ecocriticism'. It will critically examine various cultural constructions of 'nature' and 'the body' in a range of texts exemplifying different discourses of nature (e.g. mythological, philosophical, scientific) and literary genres (e.g. drama, narrative, poetry). In addition, consideration will be given to the emergence of a number of distinct approaches within ecocritical studies, including ecofeminism, anti-colonialism, cultural materialism, environmental justice, ecophenomenology, eco-deconstruction and Queer ecocriticism.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit will have:

    1. Developed an understanding of some of the implications of ecological thinking with regard to literary and cultural studies.
    2. Enhanced their ability to recognise and discuss critically the cultural assumptions about 'nature' and 'the body' informing a variety of significant (religious, philosophical and creative) texts from a range of geographical and historical contexts.
    3. Familiarised themselves with a number of distinct approaches within ecocritical literary and cultural studies and learnt to apply at least one of these.
    4. Become more aware of the implications of their own assumptions regarding nature and the body for their self-understanding, relations with others and mode of being in the world.
    5. Continued the development of their skills in the areas of research, textual analysis and interpretation, and communication, both oral and written.
    Specifically, they should have:
    • demonstrated their understanding of ecocritical argumentation in presenting a review of a major article, both orally in class, and in writing;
    • demonstrated their ability to apply ecocritical perspectives to the analysis and interpretation of one or more texts in the form of a logically ordered written argument.

    Third year students will in addition be expected to have:
    1. Demonstrated their understanding of the implications of ecocriticism for the methodology and underlying theoretical premises of literary and cultural studies.

    Assessment

    Essay/creative writing (2500 words): 50%
    Seminar paper (1000 words): 20%
    Exam (1 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS2820


    CLS3920 - Authority, death and desire: Medieval to renaissance literature

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit will explore the transition from medieval culture to modernity through the study of European and Asian literary texts from the 13th - early 17th century. How is authority articulated? What is the prevailing social attitude to death? What is medieval desire or sexuality as opposed to modern desire/sexuality? These questions will be asked and answered using basic concepts of Critical Theory. The paradigmatic change from pre-modern to modern culture will be illuminated through a cross-cultural perspective, encompassing European and Asian literary works. Texts studied are in English translation but language students may consult originals in their disciplines.

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit, students will be able to:

    1. define the concepts of authority, death and desire in the context of the prescribed medieval and Renaissance texts;

    1. critically discuss the concepts of authority, death and desire in the context of the prescribed medieval and Renaissance texts;

    1. analyse and critique a cultural text in the context of defined critical concepts;

    1. construct a critical argument in writing, based on an analysis of a cultural text in the context of defined critical concepts.

    1. For students taking CLS3920, there is an additional objective of developing more sophisticated analytical skills than students at second year level, using multiple (at least two) critical texts to model any one of the theoretical concepts of the course and being able to express this skill in oral presentation and writing.

    Assessment

    Essay 2,500 words: 40%, Tutorial Paper 1,000 words: 20%, End-of-Semester Test 1 hour: 30%, Tutorial participation1 hour: 5%.

    Contact hours

    One one-hour lecture and one one-hour tutorial per week.


    Prerequisites

    Any first year Arts subject.

    Prohibitions

    CLS2920


    CLS3950 - Freud and feminism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alison Ross

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to provide an introduction to the reading of a number of central texts of Sigmund Freud. It will focus primarily on Freud's understanding of the concepts of the ego, the unconscious and infantile sexuality. His work will be examined from the viewpoint of his relevance to understanding the social construction of subjectivity, and, primarily, the differences between the sexes in this construction. His work will be framed and contextualised by the writings of a number of contemporary feminist theorists who have both criticised and utilised psychoanalysis to understanding the power relations between the sexes.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words): 65%
    Seminar paper (1500 words): 35%
    Third-year students will be expected to include a component in their written work which reflects on the implications of this unit for feminism

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS2950


    CLS4030 - Poetics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Rose Lucas

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Genres, poetic forms, metre and rhetoric. Discourse theory and narratology. Modern theorisations of genre, poetic form and rhetoric. Essays by contemporary critics including Harold Bloom, John Hollander and Paul de Man. In this seminar we will look closely at the work of four twentieth-century American poets: Wallace Stevens, Marianne Moore, Elizabeth Bishop and John Ashbery.

    Assessment

    Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    CRT4030


    CLS4070 - Lacan and subjectivity

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alison Ross

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Lacan's accounts of the ego, subjectivity and otherness; the unconscious and desire 'structured like a language'; the phallus and sexual difference. Relevance to philosophical accounts of subjectivity, theories of literary and visual representation, and feminist theory.

    Assessment

    Seminar paper (3000 words): 20%
    Essay (6000 words) or two essays (3000 words): 80%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    CRT2050/3050 or PHL3050; or CRT2060/3060 or PHL3060

    Prohibitions

    CRT4070


    CLS4080(A) - Minor Thesis Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alison Ross

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A long essay of 18,000 words on an approved topic of the candidate's own choice. Two copies of the research project must be submitted in typescript and suitably presented not later than 30 October. Comparative literature students are normally required to read literary texts in the original language.


    CLS4080(B) - Minor Thesis Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alison Ross

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for CLS4080(A)

    Assessment

    Written (15,000 - 18,000 words): 100%


    CLS4100 - Deleuze and Foucault

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alison Ross

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A brief survey of the common cultural and theoretical background of French philosophy in the twentieth century (through vitalism, structuralism, phenomenology, existentialism, psychoanalysis and Marxism) to contextualise the writings of Foucault and Deleuze. We will examine Foucault's writings on prisons and disciplinary power, the history of sexuality and epistemology and Deleuze's work on Nietzsche, Sacher von Masoch, as well as his collaborative writing with Felix Guattari.

    Assessment

    Essays (9000 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    CRT4100


    CLS4155 - Belief and perception

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit will initially examine the concept of 'belief' or 'faith' in the constitution of meaning and then move into the field of representation as the episteme of modernity. The relation of belief to desire, non-knowledge and revelation will be studied on the basis of critical, fictional and artistic texts. Visual and literary artistic texts will be used as primary material to be analysed deconstructively through the theoretical models studied and critiqued.

    Assessment

    Seminar paper (1500 words): 20%
    Research essay (4500 words): 50%
    Examination (3 hours): 30%
    Students may choose to convert the 3 hour examination into an additional essay of 3000 words

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    SLA4170


    CLS4200 - Semiotics and Poststructuralism

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit will show students how to turn literary structuralist theory into a workable tool of critical analysis. Structuralism and semiotics as critical systems will be traced back to their historic origins, the Russian Formalist school, C S Peirce and F de Saussure. The heritage and/or critique of structuralism in poststructuralism will be examined, with special emphasis on the work of Julie Kristeva, Jacques Lacan, Gilles Deleuze and Felix Guattari.

    Assessment

    Class paper/seminar paper (2,500 words): 20%
    Essay (4,500 words): 50%
    90 minute end-of-semester test: 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    CRT4200


    CLS4225 - Hermeneutics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Andrew Benjamin

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The development of hermeneutics from a theory and practice of textual interpretation to a theory of understanding the work of Heidegger, Gadamer and Habermas. Its application in the study of literature and history in the work of Hirsch, Betti, Ricoeur and Jauss. Issues include the conflict between subjectivity and objectivity, the dialectics of the foreign and familiar, the recognition of the new, the role of language and the function of tradition in understanding, the universality of hermeneutics as a theory of cognition and its impact on the social sciences.

    Assessment

    Two seminar papers (1000-1500 words each): 20%
    Research essay (6000 words): 60%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    CRT4225


    CLS4760 - Gender, body and performance

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Rachel Fensham

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Unit introduces the theoretical debates which construct and inform relations between the concepts of gender, bodies and performance. It investigates how different discourses including visual/literary criticism and psychoanalysis have produced meanings about the body and gender. It considers the way these discursive constructions of the body have been represented in performance, focusing on how particular technologies of representation contribute to the meanings of the body in performance. A broad definition of performance will be applied, from those events or representations involving the live body and those involving a mediate body.

    Assessment

    First essay (2000 words): 25%
    Second essay/presentation (2000-2500 words): 25%
    Long essay (3500 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 1 hour lecture) per week

    Prerequisites

    Permission

    Prohibitions

    VSA4760/DTS4760


    CLS4835 - Popular culture and ethics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The course will model ethics through an investigation of M Bakhtin's version of structuralism, in particular his work on the philosophy of the act, in the context of poststructural critical theory. The concept of alterity will be investigated through additional theoretical and literary texts, notably E Levinas' Ethique et infinite, J-L Nancy's theory of community, G Deleuze's philosophy of action and A Badiou's 'objectless subject.' These theoretical materials will be used to construct a model of ethics through which to analyse and critique literary, visual and popular culture texts as well as theoretical approaches to the 'culture industry.'

    Objectives

    On successful completion of the course, students should be familiar with a model of ethics derived from M M Bakhtin's Philosophy of the Act, in the context of supplementary theoretical texts of poststructuralism (Levinas, Nancy, Badiou). With this model of ethics as a tool, students will be able to critique a variety of popular culture texts as well as Modernist and postmodern theoretical approaches to popular culture. In addition, fifth year students will draw on the Modernist manifestoes of art (Tolstoy, Benjamin, Heidegger, Adorno) to construct a model of popular culture ethics. Through one of the assessment options, students will acquire skills in writing a publishable research paper.

    Assessment

    Class paper (1,500 words): 20%;

    Essay (4,500 words): 50%;

    Take home exam (,500 words): 30%

    Contact hours

    One two-hour seminar

    Prohibitions

    CRT4830 and CRT5830


    COG2111 - Pattern recognition and sensory processes

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Barry Richardson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Pattern recognition is considered in terms of feature extraction, top-down versus bottom-up principles of perception, and conscious versus unconscious processes. The design of artificial sensors is examined in the context of normal receptors (both human and animal) and sensory substitution systems (devices for the blind and deaf). Theoretical issues for discussion will include extrasensory perception and multisensory convergence.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students should be able to:

    demonstrate an understanding of receptor systems and pattern recognition processes in humans and other animals; demonstrate the basic principles of sensory substitution systems; evaluate the role of conscious and unconscious input in perceptual processes; provide fresh perspectives in the creation of artificial pattern recognition systems for humans and intelligent machines.

    Assessment

    One laboratory report (1000 words): 25%
    Laboratory exercises (CD based) 25%
    One examination (two hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour laboratory) per week

    Prerequisites

    COG1111, BHS1711 or PSS1711

    Prohibitions

    PSY3051


    COG2112 - Cognition and learning

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dianne Wuillemin

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Mental processes ranging from simple associative learning through to complex reasoning are examined in human and artificial systems. The potential for neural networks to mimic human mental processes is examined. Encoding, storage and retrieval of information are considered, as are the roles of conscious and unconscious processing. Animal thought is examined across a range of species and the role and representation of emotion in cognitive processes is studied.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students should be able to:

    demonstrate an understanding of basic concepts in the areas of memory, attention, learning and reasoning in humans; draw together information from a variety of sources and apply principles of human cognitive processing to machine systems; communicate effectively by writing clear, concise reports.

    Assessment

    One literature review (1500 words): 25%
    One laboratory report (1000 words): 25%
    One examination (two hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour laboratory) per week

    Prerequisites

    COG1111 or PSS1711 and COG1112


    COG2113 - Development of thought and action

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Catherine Haigh

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The development of human cognitive, linguistic, and motor processes will be examined from a chronological and biological perspective, and in relation to interactions with the environment. Some issues will include whether artificial intelligence may benefit from similar stages of development, and whether consciousness is an emergent developmental process that may be programmed in a non-human system.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students should be able to:

    demonstrate an understanding of developmental stages of cognitive, linguistic and motor skills in humans; theorise on the nature of "developmental processes" in artificial intelligence systems including robots; critically examine relevant literature in the development of human and machine thought; communicate effectively through written reports.

    Assessment

    Research report (1000 words): 20%
    Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour laboratory) per week

    Prerequisites

    COG1111 or PSS1711 and COG1112

    Prohibitions

    BHS1712, PSS1712, PSY2031


    COG3111 - Cognitive neuroscience

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Dianne Wuillemin

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an overview of the human nervous system and of its cellular components, as substrates for cognitive processes. The physiological mechanisms underlying perception, attention, memory and language are examined in healthy brains and through a range of neurological disorders. Consciousness and the mind are examined with particular emphasis on the understanding of computational networks be they in electronic or biological machines.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students should be able to:

    1. demonstrate an understanding of the basic mechanisms of brain function at the cellular and neuroanatomical levels;

    1. critically examine literature relevant to the areas of thinking, awareness, conscious and unconscious processing, and the mind;

    1. display creative problem solving skills, effective communication, clear, concise report writing and accurate statistical analyses.

    Assessment

    Laboratory report (1000 words): 25%
    Interactive CD quiz: 25%
    Examination (two hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week (two 1-hour lectures; one 1-hour laboratory)

    Prerequisites

    COG1111 or PSS1711 and COG1112


    COG3112 - Linguistics and language processing

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Dianne Wuillemin

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Language is necessarily of interest to those concerned with issues of learning and the representation of knowledge in natural and artificial intelligence systems. Beginning with an examination of the characteristics and rules of human language this unit examines theories of linguistic competence. The relationship between thought and language is of central importance. Consideration is given to the stages of first language acquisition, second language acquisition and critical periods, the effects of language deprivation, language and deafness, language loss, the role of language in philosophical thought, and language use (including speech) in artificial systems.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students should be able to:

    1. display an understanding of rules of language and the cognitive processes that can be inferred from them;

    1. demonstrate the ability to evaluate theories relating language to thought;

    1. explain ways in which language is necessary for machine thought and what alternatives may be used.

    Assessment

    One seminar or on-line poster presentation: 20%
    Research essay (1500 words): 30%
    Examination (two hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week (two 1-hour lectures; one 1-hour tutorial)

    Prerequisites

    COG2111


    COG3113 - Bionics and prosthetics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Barry Richardson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Bionics is the science of using natural systems (e.g., birds' wings) in synthetic designs (e.g., of aircraft wings). Prosthetics are synthetic systems that replace natural ones, the bionic ear for example. This unit explores theories of bionics and prosthetics and relates both to the human-machine interface and robots of the future.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students should be able to: 1) demonstrate an understanding of natural biological systems and their application in artificial sensing, moving and intelligence systems; 2) demonstrate an understanding of how synthetic systems can replace natural sensing and moving ones; 3) combine information from different disciplines to offer fresh theoretical perspectives and practical applications; 4) think creatively, solve problems, and develop, analyze and communicate alternative solutions.

    Assessment

    Project presentation: 15%
    Project background assignment (500 words): 15%
    Project final report (2500 words): 30%
    Examination (two hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week (two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour laboratory)

    Prerequisites

    COG1112 and COG2111


    COM1010 - Media studies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Simon Cooper

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
    Singapore First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Introduces techniques for describing and analysing the production, distribution and reception, as well as the formal properties, of media texts. Focuses on 'mass media' as a set of relationships between owners, producers, texts and audiences. Introduces these relationships in connection with studies of power and influence, focusing on particular dimensions of difference and inequality in social life. Areas of study include news production, textual analysis, media ownership and diversity, film and sport.

    Objectives

    In this unit teaching staff aim to provide you with a range of readings and practical exercises that help you acquire conceptual frameworks for analysing media texts and media industries. Through close reading, oral discussion and writing exercises you should acquire various practical and conceptual tools for understanding not only the form and content of
    media texts,but also the structure and operation of the various industries and institutions that make up what we call "mass media".

    On successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

    1. Recognise and be able to apply available strategies for critically analysing media texts as tools for making meaning;
    2. Demonstrate an understanding of the various economic, political and cultural forces which shape the practical work of media production;
    3. Demonstrate an appreciation of the historical development of media industries; and
    4. Demonstrate an appreciation of the ways that available frameworks for making sense of media texts contribute to the production of dominant, or "common sense", understandings of the world.

    Assessment

    Written work (3500 words): 60%
    Attendance/participation: 10%
    Exam: 30%
    OCL students: Written work(3500): 70%
    Exam 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    GSC1402


    COM1020 - Introduction to communication studies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Atkinson

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Sunway Trimester 3 2009 (Day)
    Singapore Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Introduces the study of communications technologies with reference to arguments about audiences, effects and technology. Investigates practices for compiling knowledge about audiences for, and effects of, communication technologies. Areas of study include telephony, screen, radio, print and digital communication technology, with a particular focus on aspects of historical development and contemporary technological convergence. Subject readings and assessment exercises expect students to discuss these matters in relation to frameworks for making sense of social, cultural and political contexts of modern life.

    Objectives

    In this unit we expect you, by the end of semester, to be able to:

    1. Use the practical skills of reading, note taking and arguing in exploring critical perspectives on communication;
    2. Demonstrate an understanding of theoretical
    frameworks and conceptual tools for describing the development of communication systems;
    1. Apply tools for analysing the social and political uses, of communications technologies; recognise "communication" as an active production and negotiation of meanings, not just the transmission of information; and
    2. Identify relations between media texts and technologies, the identities and capacities of producers and audiences, and the aspirations of governments and other powerful social actors.

    Assessment

    Written work(30 00words): 50%
    2 Hours Exam: 30% Attendance/ participation: 20%
    OCL students: Written work(3000 words): 70%
    2 Hours Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    GSC1901


    COM1510 - Media and culture

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Gil-Soo Han

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The central objective of the unit is to help students understand the relationships between media, culture and society, that is, how media influences, and is influenced by, social, economic, historical, political and cultural factors in the broader society. It introduces students to how media content is produced, distributed and consumed and also examines the ways in which power and influence are exercised through media in cultural and social life.

    Objectives

    In this unit teaching staff aim to provide you with a range of conceptual frameworks for understanding the relationships between media, culture and society.
    On successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

    1. demonstrate an appreciation of the historical development of media industries;
    2. recognise and be able to apply available frameworks for critically understanding the relationships between media, culture and society;
    3. demonstrate an understanding of the social, economic, political and cultural factors that shape the production, distribution and consumption of media;
    4. demonstrate an appreciation of the ways that the mass media contributes to understandings of the world.

    Assessment

    Essay (1000 words): 20%;
    Essay (2000 words): 35%;
    Tutorial presentation, attendance and participation: 10%;
    Examination (2 hours): 35%

    Contact hours

    1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    GSC1402; COM1010


    COM1520 - Communications and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Eduardo de la Fuente

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this unit students will be introduced to key concepts in the study of communications, and will be asked to consider the social, cultural, economic and political implications of different communication practices. The unit aims to show that communication permeates everything from everyday domestic routines to large-scale processes of social and cultural change. It is divided into three modules: what is communication and why study it; the role of communications in social and cultural change; communications and everyday life. A central feature of this unit is that students are required to apply concepts and tools from the study of communications to their own everyday experiences.

    Objectives

    Upon successfully completing this unit, a student will:

    1. possess a basic understanding of the field of communications;
    2. employ basic concepts in the study of communications;
    3. analyze the role of communications in processes of social and cultural change;
    4. be able to apply communication analysis to everyday life;
    5. be informed about areas of industry and community life where the study of communications is applicable and relevant.

    Assessment

    Critical review (750 words): 15%;
    Essay (2000 words): 35%;
    Tutorial presentation, attendance and participation: 10%;
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial per week

    Co-requisites

    COM1510


    COM2000 - Media, modernities and the everyday

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to critiques of power in relation to the uneven development of modernity and media cultures. The history of concepts of power are examined in terms of the relationship between concepts and their socio-technical and economic conditions of emergence. The unit provides students with an understanding of the shift from industrial production to flexible accumulation and the impact this has had on global media cultures. The unit aims to identify how ordinary practices of the everyday are distinguished by media cultures engaged in contests of power and governance.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Explain how the concept of power is not a static one, but is subject to the complex inter-relationships between institutions, modes of critical theory, media cultures of the everyday, communications media, and historical contingencies.
    2. Understand that 'modernity' is not reducible to Enlightenment Europe, but is a series of socio-technical experiences across the world that have been uneven in their economic and cultural effects.
    3. Critically examine the everyday as a locus of micropolitics articulated with communications media.
    4. Critically examine and research historical and contemporary media culture formations in relation to different theoretical models of power.
    5. Demonstrate how the everyday is an important dimension of analysis to understanding the historical process of uneven modernities.

    Assessment

    Essay 2500 words 40%
    Exam 2000 words 40%
    Participation 5%
    Debate 15%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    An approved first year sequence

    Prohibitions

    COM3000


    COM2010 - Computer and video games: Technology, culture, industry

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Brett Hutchins

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the fastest growing sector in the media industries globally: computer and video games. It consists of three modules:

    1. History and Theory: an overview of the historical emergence of computer and video games, as well as the developing field of computer and video game theory.
    2. Industry Issues: contextualises the place of computer games within the media industries, looks at the games production process, and demonstrates why games are of critical importance in the media marketplace.
    3. Gaming Cultures. Investigates gaming practices and sub-cultures as related to differing technological platforms (e.g. mobile, console and online).

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will be able to:

    1. Outline the emergence and historical development of the computer and video games industry.
    2. Nominate and explain key theoretical perspectives in the study of computer and video games.
    3. Analyse the role of computer and video games within the media industries globally.
    4. Acknowledge the complex relationship between different technological platforms, the content of games, and gaming subcultures.
    5. Display written and verbal evidence of knowledge and critical thinking skills in relation to computer and video games as a cultural form and social practice(s).

    Assessment

    Textual Analysis (750 words): 15%
    Essay (1500 words): 35%
    Exam (2000 words): 40%
    Seminar participation and attendance: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    An approved first-year sequence

    Prohibitions

    COM3010


    COM2015 - Managing communication in multicultural organisations

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Rose-Mari Bezuidenhout

    Offered

    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The main objective of this unit is to study and acquire theory and practice of communication in multicultural organisations. The unit begins with an introduction to broad principles of organisational communication and considers diverse perspectives and approaches to organisations and communication. Students will be introduced to organisational communication processes, components, influences and interventions. Topics of cultural and gender diversity, interpersonal skills, organisational change and development, globalisation and ethical conduct will be addressed.

    Objectives

    Students who complete this unit will be able to:

    1. Identify and assess diverse theories of organisational communication.

    • Identify and evaluate management approaches and their effects on organisational communication.

    1. Comprehend and evaluate the implications of specific processes, constructs and elements of organisational communication in terms of:

    • Roles and functions

    • Organisation structure

    • Organisation culture

    1. Identify and apply interpersonal communication skills needed in an organization.

    1. Appreciate and be sensitized to gender and cultural diversity in an organisational context.

    1. Describe organisational and individual change.

    1. Explain organisational development

    • Apply communication intervention techniques.

    1. Practice ethical behaviour in organisational and cultural contexts.

    1. To identify elements and causes of dysfunctional organisational communication

    • Apply methods of conflict resolution.

    1. Identify and evaluate the impact and effects of globalisation on organisational communication.

    Assessment

    Minor essay (1000 words): 15%
    Major essay (1500 words): 30%
    Examination 2 hours (2000 words): 40%
    Group presentations and tutorial participation (formative assessment): 15%

    Contact hours

    2 one-hour lectures and 2 one-hour tutorials per week

    Prohibitions

    LIN2160, LIN3160 and COM3015


    COM2025 - Communication realms and interfaces

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Franzel du Plooy - Cilliers

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit deals with the fundamentals of intra and interpersonal communication, covering key concepts, definitions, axioms, principles and functions as well as the theories and research that underlie and inform its study and practice, and also addressess the effects that changes in technology have had on relationships in extending and complicating our options for interpersonal communication. Furthermore, it focuses on culture and gender as major influences on people's communicative styles, and emphasises the crucial role of accurate and efficient communication in establishing, developing, maintaining, and repairing relationships.

    Objectives

    This unit is an introduction to the theory and practice of intra- and interpersonal communication. The focus is on learning and practising skills needed to improve the quality of social interactions and interpersonal relationships. The specific objectives of the course are for students to:

    1. Demonstrate knowledge of interpersonal and intrapersonal communication theory and research by describing the main ideas of such theories and research

    1. Comprehend the nature, scope, and functions of interpersonal and intrapersonal communication and to show this understanding by identifying, evaluating and reflecting on their own use of interpersonal communication skills in everyday situations and by making suggestions for their improvement.

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of how relationships are developed, maintained, repaired and terminated through the use of interpersonal communication by theoretically evaluating case studies and one of their own close relationships.

    1. Demonstrate competence of interpersonal communication skills and conflict management by practicing and assessing these skills in classroom activities.

    1. Demonstrate an ability to do research and to apply theory through analysing media examples of close relationships and presenting it to the class by making use of audio-visual communication technology.

    1. Demonstrate an ability to critically evaluate the influence of technology on personal relationships.

    1. Explain the influence of gender and diversity on interpersonal communication.

    1. Identify, in a given case study, some physical and psychological limitations that may influence the perceptions of those involved, and explain how these perceptions may influence communication.

    1. Demonstrate a high standard of written, oral and interpersonal communication skills and competencies, as well as show an ability to gather academic resources and to apply and reference them appropriately.

    Assessment

    Tutorial component (oral presentation, attendance and participation):14%; Relationship paper (1000 words):22%; Journal of practical work (900 words): 20%; Two Hour Examination (2000 words): 44%

    Contact hours

    2 hours lectures and 2 hours tutorials per week

    Prohibitions

    COM3025


    COM2030 - Media text: Practices and audiences

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mary Griffiths

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    An analysis of realism as a regime of truth in a range of examples chosen from familiar media forms: news reporting, photographs, reality TV, community advice, documentary, soap operas, policy speeches, commentary and advertising. Medical, pornographic, scientific, historical and legal regimes of representation are studied as technologies through which audiences are provided with ways to think about themselves and others. Participation in on-line forum.

    Assessment

    Dossier (2000 words): 50%
    Examination (2.5 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Communications or a related discipline

    Prohibitions

    COM3030, GSC2413


    COM2036 - Strategic communication/Public relations practice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Linda Venter, South Africa

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit deals with the fundamentals of strategic communication/public relations practice, including key critical constructs and concepts, definitions, history, scope, and the underlying theories of its study and practice. Ethical issues and laws that affect the practice of strategic communication/public relations are covered in addition to basic competencies in planning, implementing and evaluating a programme. Introducing actual management processes there is a focus on effective interpersonal and cross-cultural communication, and crisis management the unit also includes an exploration of internal/employee, government, media and industrial relations.

    Objectives

    The unit provides students with an understanding of the nature, scope, and functions of strategic communication / public relations practice within societal settings in South Africa and globally; a comprehension of how strategic communication / public relations practitioners build and maintain relationships in changing environments; and competencies to formulate and plan strategic communication / public relations programmes, including research, communication and evaluation processes. It focuses on the role of values, laws and ethical principles in the industry and the opportunities and challenges that new communication technologies offer.

    Assessment

    Tutorial component (oral presentation, attendance and participation):20%;

    Individual Case study/assignment(1150 words): 25%;

    Compilation of practical work portfolio 10%;

    Examination (2 hours, 2000 words): 45%



    Prohibitions

    COM3036


    COM2050 - New media: Communications in the electronic age

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Shane Homan

    Offered

    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the changing relationships between media, telecommunications and computing industries. It provides students with an understanding of key developments in traditional media together with awareness of the social and political implications of communicating in the electronic age. The unit is divided into two general components. Briefly, the Industries Phase describes the development of technologies for the electronic age, considers how these technologies are affected by forces for change, and introduces issues for further exploration. The Issues Phase concentrates on issue-oriented debate about new technologies, and its effects on community, business and law.

    Objectives

    At the completion of this subject students are expected to:

    1. Have gained knowledge of the historical development of new media technologies.

    1. Have developed an understanding of contemporary developments in communications internationally.

    1. Understand the processes and effects of media convergence, with particular reference to Internet and other emergent technologies.

    1. Have developed an understanding about the forces driving the information revolution.

    1. Have developed an understanding of the issues arising from mass adoption of new media technologies.

    1. Have developed the ability to critically assess the social, cultural, political impacts of communications developments.

    Assessment

    Major essay 2500 words 50%
    Exam 2000 words 40%
    Tutorial participation 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    An approved first year sequence

    Prohibitions

    COM3050


    COM2055 - Communication and creativity

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Murphy

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit examines the way in which communicative behaviour functions to expand and constrain and mediate creative action in the political, social and technological domains, and in the arts and sciences. The unit asks what is an "act of creation"? Is it defined by newness, innovation, originality? Or is it a mimesis of nature? How has it been defined in history? How is it defined by the law? What role does it play in modern economies? The unit looks at how communication mediates creative action. It reflects on whether creativity is primarily an expressive act-the authentic communicative action of individuals or societies that invent themselves. Or whether creative communication is primarily a structural force-characterized by paradox, analogy, apposition and opposition, similitude, pattern, rhythm, and the like.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. Understanding of the debates about the definition of creative action;
    2. Understanding of the role of communication in facilitating, constraining and mediating creative action;
    3. Understanding of creative communication both as a form of individual and social action;
    4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research; increased competency in the use of online research databases and other materials; enhanced capacity to formulate and write about communication issues, and to analyse and evaluate arguments. Third-year students will be expected to show a deeper theoretical grasp of the role of communication in mediating creative action.

    Assessment

    Written work(2500 words): 45%
    Exam: 40%
    Attendance/participation: 15%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    An approved first year sequence

    Prohibitions

    COM3055


    COM2065 - Communicating science

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Prof. Homer Le Grand and Prof. Patricia Vickers-Rich

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will acquire through lectures and readings frameworks for analysing the communication of scientific work to different audiences ranging from specialists to the general public. Tutorials discuss readings and apply frameworks to historical and contemporary examples including formal journal articles, popular science books and columns, and print and electronic news media. These components are augmented by presentations and workshops conducted by professional science communicators and educators ranging from videotaped presentations and critiques, mock interviews with and by students, the preparation of a scientific poster to the composition of sample news releases and newspaper articles.

    Assessment

    Group presentation on assigned case study: 15%
    Individual analysis of selected case study (1000 words): 25%
    Oral presentation of selected case study: 5%
    Role-playing as interviewer (equivalent of 250 words): 5%
    Role-playing as interviewee (equivalent of 500 words): 10%
    Group presentations of posters (equivalent of 500 words): 10%
    Examination (1.5-hour, 1500 words equivalent): 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    Completion of 12 points in Communications and Media Studies (or Journalism) or 24 points in Science


    COM2070 - Media mates and moguls: Political economy of the media

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Paul Strangio

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    In this unit, students will be invited to consider the political, economic and cultural implications of media ownership and control patterns in Australia, both historically and in the context of the emergence of a global media market. Students will be presented with an opportunity to critically analyse the rationale and record of public policy makers in regulating both traditional and new media industries, and in balancing commercial and public interests. A unifying theme of inquiry will be the locus of power in the formulation of media public policy. Students will be encouraged to focus on particular cultural industries to facilitate their understanding of themes relevant to the unit.

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation and presentation (500 words equivalent): 10%
    Research essay (2500 words): 50%
    Exam (2 hours, 1500 words equivalent): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    COM3070


    COM2080 - Youth media

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andy Ruddock

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the construction of the youth audience/consumer; the development of new media narratives; and the associated reading and consumption practices of youth. Youth narratives are examined as sites of pleasure and contestation for an emerging citizenry in an increasingly converging and globalised environment. Areas of study include virtual reality, Internet sites, music video, animation, soap opera, sitcom, hybrid current affairs and magazines.

    Assessment

    Minor Essay (1000 words): 30%
    Unit Journal (1500 Words): 30%
    Final Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    GSC3416, COM3080


    COM2100 - The public sphere

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Brett Hutchins

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces a key theoretical concept in the field of media and communications studies, the public sphere. It tracks the emergence of the theory of the public sphere, analyses the multiple uses and related applications of the concept, and explains how the public sphere relates to traditional and new communications and media environments. Attention is given to the changing character of the public sphere over time, and the advent of a so-called 'postmodern public sphere' during the past twenty years.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will be able to:



    1. Outline the emergence and historical development of the public sphere.

    1. Analyse and understand the role of the media industries in public life and communication, especially how these industries mediate politics in both formal and informal contexts.

    1. Nominate and explain contemporary media developments and issues that structure, inform and reflect the condition of the public sphere.

    1. Display written and verbal evidence of knowledge and critical thinking skills based around the theory of the public sphere, as well as related concepts and issues.





    Assessment

    Essay (2050 Words): 50%;

    Exam (2 hours, 2000 Words): 40%;

    Seminar Participation and Attendance 10%



    Contact hours

    One hour lecture and one hour tutorial

    Prerequisites

    An approved first-year sequence

    Prohibitions

    COM3100


    COM2120 - Class, culture and regional identity

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Kevin Foster

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit focuses on the relations between regional and national cultures and identities. Through the examination of a range of texts, history, political documents, as well as fiction, poetry and film, this course will examine how the landscape and environment of the north of England, its countryside and cities, its people, their histories, cultures and identities have been represented for differing political or cultural purposes. In particular the course will focus on the representation of childhood, work and unemployment, gender, ethnic and class identity and how each of these feeds into and helps shape, reinforce or contest a sense of regional or cultural identity.

    Assessment

    Short essay (1000 words): 20%
    Long essay (2000 words): 40%
    Examination (2 hours): 30%
    Seminar participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial

    Prohibitions

    COM3120


    COM2130 - Print cultures: Books as media

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Simone Murray

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The book is the oldest communications medium. It continues to thrive, constantly adapting to changes in the broader media environment. Print Cultures considers the characteristics of print as a medium and the role of the book as an information architecture. It comprises 3 modules:

    1. Theories and Methodologies introduces medium theory, history of the book, cultural policy studies and political economy approaches;
    2. Socio-Cultural Dimensions of Books analyses the contemporary international book world, including the roles of publishers, editors, literary agents, booksellers, reading groups and libraries;
    3. Book Futures focuses on the book's increasing convergence with digital media.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will demonstrate:

    1. Appreciation of the psychological, social and cultural characteristics of print communication and its differences from oral and electronic mediums.
    2. Ability to discern longitudinal developments in the history of media and communications and to contextualise contemporary developments accurately.
    3. Ability to assess the book's continuing place in the contemporary global media environment, and to account for national and regional variations in creative industries and cultural policy.
    4. Knowledge of the industrial phases through which books progress between their creation and consumption, and skill in evaluating the impact of various intervening book industry stakeholders.
    5. Skill in critically analysing the many interfaces of the book with digital media technologies and accounting for the symbiotic relationship between the two platforms.
    6. Solid advanced undergraduate-level competence in locating, analysing and comparing diverse research resources in both print and digital forms.
    7. Self-conscious awareness of how the medium used to communicate affects the message communicated, and factoring of this awareness into future learning.

    Assessment

    Briefing paper (750 words): 20%
    Research essay (1500 words): 30%
    End of semester exam (2000 words): 40%
    Tutorial presentation and participation (250 words): 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year sequence in COM, or ENH, or FTV, or any other first-year sequence approved by unit Co-ordinator.

    Prohibitions

    COM3130


    COM2140 - On the road: travel and representation

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Robin Gerster

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Cultural practices of travel and the ways these are represented in travel writing and related modes of communication form one of the most compelling fields of contemporary critical inquiry. This unit is designed to place this contemporary engagement within an historical, theoretical and practical perspective. It examines travel practices, attitudes and ideologies in a range of texts, including the popular travel book and the tourist guidebook, fiction, film and journalism. Its scope ranges from ancient pilgrimages through imaginary voyages, utopian fantasies, New World traveller's tales and the imperial quest, to the diverse branches of tourism today, including sex tourism and cyber travel.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. a critical sense of the development of the broad field of travel and representation, with knowledge of the diversity of modes and discourses it encompasses
    2. knowledge of the relationship between travel and ideology, especially in specific historical, political and gendered contexts
    3. an informed understanding of contemporary critical and theoretical approaches to travel
    4. critical perspectives on the production and consumption of travel writing and film
    5. a clear historical sense of the changing practices of travel and tourism.

    Students enrolled at a third-year level will be expected to demonstrate a greater mastery of all of the above than those enrolled at a second-year level.

    Assessment

    Long essay (2000 words) :40%
    Short essay (1000 Words) :20%
    Examination (2 hours): 30%
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year sequence in Communications or other first year sequence as approved by the co-ordinator

    Prohibitions

    ENH2660/ENH3660


    COM2150 - Inscribing Italy: travels and imaginings

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Robin Gerster

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit maps the roots and routes of English-language travel in Italy, from the aristocratic travel of the English Renaissance, to the Grand Tourists of the twentieth century, to the rise of middle-class tourism and the travel genre in the nineteenth century, to the mass tourism and cyber travel of today. In an eclectic range of sources, including travel books, essays and fiction, a central focus will be on contemporary or near-contemporary cultural responses to Italy (including those articulated in guidebooks), and also how the country is 'packaged' for the consumption of foreign travelers in the discourses of the tourism industry.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. a clear understanding of the place of Italy in the imagination of English-language travelers
    2. a critical sense of the historical development of cultural responses to Italy articulated in a range of texts
    3. knowledge of the relationship between travel and ideology, especially in specific cultural (including gendered) contexts
    4. an informed grasp of contemporary critical and theoretical approaches to the diverse discourses of travel and representation
    5. a grasp of the changing practices of travel and tourism
    6. critical perspectives on the processes of the production and reception of travel texts.

    Assessment

    Major essay (3000 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 30%
    Oral presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    Three 2-hour seminars per week for four weeks

    Prerequisites

    First year Communications sequence or other first year sequence as approved by co-ordinator

    Prohibitions

    COM3150


    COM2160 - Communications ethics, policy and law

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Elizabeth Burns Coleman

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this unit students investigate the idea that 'information should be free' in arts, 'everyday' communications and the media. It will explore the justifications for freedom of expression and its moral limits, intellectual property, and moral rights for artists. Topics covered will include: the role of the media in a democracy; gossip and the use of celebrity images; defamation and vilification; censorship and representations of sex and violence; intellectual property, plagiarism and piracy. The topics will be chosen to have broad application by students enrolled in other areas of ECPS, as well as in Media.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

    1. demonstrate knowledge of key laws and codes regulating media and communication industries and how these laws and codes influence behaviour
    2. understand how debates about communications and the media influence the development of regulations and codes
    3. critically assess the arguments that justify freedom of expression, and the reasons this freedom may be limited
    4. understand basic moral frameworks and identify moral issues
    5. articulate a coherent position about a current issue relating to freedom of expression
    6. explain their ideas and justify their conclusions in oral and written contexts.

    A higher level will be expected of third-year students in terms of the depth of research, integration of diverse sources, and sophistication of argument.

    Assessment

    Freedom of communication essay (1500 words): 25%
    Research essay (2500 words): 45%
    Exam (one hour): 20%
    Participation and attendance: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year Communications and Media Studies sequence or other sequence approved by unit coordinator

    Prohibitions

    COM3160


    COM2200 - Animation cultures

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dan Black

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines animation from both a practical and critical perspective. Students will undertake practical instruction in basic animation skills as well as investigating animation as industry, transnational cultural commodity, fan text and technology. Animation Cultures takes a largely critical approach to the study of animation, and students will become familiar with a variety of critical and theoretical perspectives on the form. However, the unit will also include a four-week practical component, in which students will be given a practical introduction to animation techniques.

    Objectives

    By the conclusion of the units students will be able to:

    1. Discuss animation as a complex and broad ranging phenomenon that is not restricted to traditional animation forms such as the comic book and the cartoon, but is also a feature of, for example, advertising, virtual reality, live action film and television, and MTV.
    2. Demonstrate an understanding of the historical development of animation and be able to account for the development of this 'genre' by reference to social, cultural, political, technological, economic and industrial factors.
    3. Demonstrate an understanding of the cultural specificities that inform the production, distribution and consumption of different forms of animation.
    4. Identify the key issues that impact upon animation's creative and technological processes.
    5. Apply current theoretical perspectives to explain the relationship between forms of animation and communications and media architectures.
    6. Apply current critical theory to the analysis of the popular cultural appeal of animation texts.
    7. Ability to analyse and explain transnational flows of animated media texts
    8. Demonstrate advanced skills in research, writing and critical analysis.
    9. Demonstrate a basic competence in animation production skills.

    Assessment

    Major Essay (2500 words) 40%
    Group debate and summary (1500 words) 10%
    Creative Production Exercise (Equivalent of 5000 words) 40%
    Attendance and participation 10%
    All students are required to undertake a four-week production skills module.

    Contact hours

    One hour lecture, 1.5 hour screening, 1-hour tutorial (9 weeks) and 3 hour practical workshop (4 weeks)

    Prerequisites

    An approved first year sequence

    Prohibitions

    COM3200


    COM2240 - Australian media histories

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Shane Homan

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this unit students consider the key social, political and technological contexts in the development of the Australian media, and its significance within Australian life. It investigates the growth of the print, radio, television, popular music and cinema industries and accompanying national contexts including media ownership patterns, media policy settings and audience formations/desires. The subject examines both the building of forums for national debate, but also how the media industries assisted in the construction of nationhood. Through the study of different histories of media and approaches to media history, students gain an understanding of contemporary local media landscapes.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. an understanding of the key communication technologies through Australian history and identify the political and social contexts associated with their introduction
    2. an assessment of the complex relationships between governments, audiences and industries in different eras through the use of specific case studies
    3. an ability to critically and independently engage with key debates and issues arising from historical media and successive media/cultural studies interpretations
    4. an ability to apply broader media studies concepts to distinct local contexts
    5. an ability to explain and analyse course concepts and debates in written and oral forms
    6. Third year students will be required to demonstrate a greater depth of analysis and engagement with conceptual frameworks arising from a higher level of independent research.

    Assessment

    Media history research essay (1000 words): 20%
    Case study essay (2000 words): 30%
    Exam: (90 minutes, 1500 words): 40%
    Participation and attendance: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year Communications and Media Studies sequence or other sequence approved by COM2240/COM3240 unit coordinator

    Prohibitions

    COM3240


    COM2400 - Music as communication

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Eduardo de la Fuente

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the role of music in culture and society. It addresses the cultural significance of various musical genres and styles, from pop to classical, from the experimental to the conventional. It asks: why is music meaningful to us? How does it give expression to personal and collective identity? What kinds of contexts do we encounter music in? And how significant is the technological mediation of the sounds we hear? The unit will examine the latest research in the socio-cultural study of music and ask students to reflect upon the musical cultures that they inhabit.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to:

    1. Understand how the socio-cultural role of music is approached in communication studies and allied disciplines such as sociology, anthropology, cultural studies and musicology
    2. Employ the tools different traditions of theoretical and empirical writing on the socio-cultural role of music
    3. Examine how different musical cultures organize meaning and value
    4. See the merit of different methods for studying musical practices such as case studies, observation and other empirical techniques.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Tutorial presentation, attendance and participation: 10%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    COM3400


    COM2408 - Screen theories and techniques

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Simon Cooper

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Singapore Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    An introduction to the study of film and television/video as mediums of fictional and documentary narrative. Major developments in the history of cinema. Films will be analysed formally in terms of narrative, editing, mise en scene, shots, lighting and sound, and stylistically in terms of genre and authorship. Different theoretical approaches to screen studies including aestheticism, discourse analysis and semiotics.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will have demonstrated ability to;
    1. Analyse and evaluate screen representations, on film and television, in terms of: stylistic elements (mise-en-scene, shots, editing, lighting and sound); narrative form; 2. Aspects of screen theory: genre, authorship; 3. Gender, psychoanalysis; historical and social contexts of production and reception; 4. They will also have an understanding of a range of critical and theoretical approaches to screen studies and their place in the wider field of cultural studies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50%
    Exam: 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    COM1010 and COM1020 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    COM3408, GSC2408, GSC3408


    COM2409 - Media texts

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Singapore Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    Media Texts introduces a range of ways of conceiving, composing and reading representation in general, and uses these techniques to analyse particular media texts. The unit considers how traditional depictions of media texts as narrative and as ideology underpin many "common-sense" readings of media representations, before broaching the analysis of such texts in terms of discourse and textuality. The unit also examines a range of compositional technqiues with regard to their potentia social, conceptual and corporeal "effects", before speculating on how these techniques can connect with established textual histories and reading protocols to enable a range of interpretive possibilities.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. an understanding of a range of theories informing the analysis of media representations; 2) an ability to use these theories to conduct the analysis of media texts in both academic and journalistic contexts; 3) a capacity to analyse a range of compositional techniques in terms of how they may be deployed to produce specific social, conceptual and corporeal effects; 4) an awareness of the force of reading protocols and textual histories in directing both everyday and sholarly responses to media texts; 5) an appreciation of the importance of cultural and communications theory for opening new possibilities in the everyday interpretation of media texts.

    Assessment

    Written work(2500 words): 70%
    2 hour exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    COM1010 and COM1020 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    COM3409, GSC2409, GSC3409


    COM2411 - Media, culture, power

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Philip Dearman

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Singapore Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    The unit reviews different accounts of the relations between media, power and popular opinion. It does this by summarizing dominant theoretical frameworks of power (conservative, liberal democratic, Marxist and post-structuralist) and the related conceptions of society and culture within which accounts of media and opinion formation have been framed. It identifies how these have worked with different conceptions of 'the individual', 'the people' and 'the public'. Media and popular opinion are discussed in terms of the development of strategies for the regulation of social relations, and the formation and guidance of individual capacities.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this Unit students are expected to be able to:

    1. Demonstrate a basic understanding of the significance of the relations between media, power and popular opinion.
    2. Recognise, identify and describe the assumptions and arguments making up theoretical approaches canvassed in the Unit.
    3. Demonstrate a capacity to discuss the strengths and weaknesses of theoretical approaches canvassed in the Unit.
    4. Demonstrate a capacity to analyse media and cultural texts by applying different theoretical approaches.
    5. Demonstrate a basic understanding of the role of media in the formation of popular opinion, and its status as an artefact (rather than simply an expression) of the social relations of power.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100%

    Contact hours

    Two hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    COM1010 and COM1020

    Prohibitions

    GSC2411, COM3411


    COM2413 - Cultural and communications policy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Philip Dearman

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Singapore First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit recounts a brief history of the ideas informing policy approaches to culture and communication. It introduces students to key rhetorics or frameworks informing policy debate (the nation-state, public sphere, media as industry) and some challenges facing the management of the communications sector (globalisation, convergence, and deregulation). Students will be provided with overviews of particular media industries and an understanding of how the policy rhetorics inform and function through the particular debates about media regulation. Examples are drawn from the Australian, Singaporean and Malaysian contexts.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. understanding of the policy approach to communications and culture;

    1. ability to identify the key rhetorics informing media regulation and the ways in which they function within and through particular policy debates;

    1. knowledge of the historical development of the general communications sector;

    1. understanding of the significance of globalisation, convergence and deregulation as challenges facing cultural and communications policy;

    1. awareness of the central role of notions of the nation-state in the development of cultural and communications policy;

    1. ability to conduct independent research.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    COM1010 and COM1020 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC3413, COM3413


    COM2417 - Virtual cultures: Sex, politics and war in cyberspace

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ned Rossiter (Berwick), Philip Dearman (Gippsland, OCL)

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to provide a comprehensive analysis of the material factors (economic, social, political, cultural) which influence the use and construction of virtual spaces on the internet. The unit examines the multiple features and often conflicting dimensions of network societies and informational economies. The unit provides an important theoretical context through which students of communications and media studies can further develop their own interests.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit students will be able to satisfactorily demonstrate:

    1. An understanding of contemporary issues and elements of the 'information society'.

    1. An understanding of internet cultures, contexts, and emerging paradigms within new media theory.

    1. A capacity to research internet sites and information relevant to research topics.

    1. Critical reflection upon the kind of multiple literacies needed to effectively engage within contemporary workplace environments.

    Distinction between 2nd and 3rd levels:

    1. Third Year level will require students to demonstrate a greater breadth of reading and a more extended understanding of the theoretical issues covered in the subject.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    COM1010 and COM1020 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC2417, GSC3417, COM3417


    COM2418 - Digital culture and new reading practices

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Patricia K.L. Goon

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit looks at changing reading practices and literacies in a technologised world. It is set up in three blocks: Historical Context, Textuality and Reading, and New Media Reading Occasions. The first block looks at communication and information technologies as cultural technologies which provide cultural users specific frameworks for symbolic production. The second block takes the student through the description and construction of the reading act as a specific occasion of meaning-making, gendered power-play, and specification of space. The last block applies the concepts introduced in the second block to specific everyday examples of new media use and occasions of reading.



    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. an awareness of the historical, cultural and material contexts leading up to the development of 21st century media technologies
    2. an understanding of key debates, issues and theories surrounding reading practices and new media
    3. a range of literacies and analytical techniques needed to describe and analyse new media reading practices
    4. experience in using and reading forms of new media

    Assessment

    Conceptual Essay (1500 words): 33%,

    Tutorial CMC Presentation: (10 minutes) 6%,

    Online Forum Exercises (1500 words): 33%,

    One hour Exam (equivalent to 1000 words) 22%,

    Tutorial Participation and Attendance throughout semester: 6%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour lecture and 1 two-hour tutorial per week for 13 weeks



    Prerequisites

    COM1010 and COM1020


    COM2419 - The cyborg subject: Identity and subjectivity in the 21st century

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Patricia K.L. Goon

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit looks at changing identity and subjectivity practices in the 21st century, and at how the technologised subject has become a social, cultural and material cyborg. It is set up in three blocks: Studying the Self; The Cyborg Subject, and Cybersubjectivities, Cybercommunities, Cybertexts, Cyberperformances. The first block traces Enlightenment and colonial constructions of the self, and looks at key schools of thought and debate on subjectivity and identity. The second block looks at the seminal influence of Donna Haraway's work and current perspectives in cyborg theory. The last introduces the student to the many 'cyborged' performances and realities in everyday life and practice.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. an awareness of the historical and cultural contexts which helped shape and lead to current notions of the self

    1. a basic grasp of the key debates, theories and schools of thought on subjectivity and identity formation

    1. a range of literacies/techniques for describing and analysing subjectivity/identity politics

    1. a critical and practical understanding of the cyborg practices encountered in everyday life and technology

    Assessment

    Conceptual Essay (1000 words): 20%,

    Analytical Essay (2000 words): 45%,

    Tutorial Presentation (10 minutes) 5%,

    One hour Exam (equivalent to 1000 words): 20%,

    Tutorial Participation and Attendance throughout semester: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour lecture and 1 two-hour tutorial per week for 13 weeks

    Prerequisites

    COM1010 and COM1020


    COM2420 - Communication research and methodology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Franzel du Plooy-Cilliers

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit introduces critical and practical approaches to research in the media and communications industries, presenting first a critical overview of the rationale for research practice in industry and academia, and then an outline of various traditions of inquiry. This material is followed by a series of lectures on specific quantitative and qualitative research methodologies. The material is framed within an ongoing review of key ethical and critical concepts.

    Assessment

    Critical theory component - take home exam (1500 words); 30%
    Ethics precis (1000 words); 20%
    Student research projects (2000 words); 40%
    Presentation Panel (oral); 10%

    Contact hours

    One two-hour seminar per week.

    Prerequisites

    COM1010, COM1020


    COM2423 - Media audiences

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Susan Yell

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Singapore First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit addresses the key issues of: media audiences and audience activity;the relations between media, citizenship and community; and the impact of new communication technologies. Most importantly, it makes available to you the techniques and theoretical frameworks for researching and analyzing audience activity and interactivity. It also helps you learn how these frameworks can be deployed in research design. The unit is organized in three blocks: ways of being an audience, ways of theorizing audiences, and ways of researching audiences.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1) demonstrate a basic grasp of the social conditions, material practices, products and outcomes of various media; 2) demonstrate an awareness of the connections between communications technologies and the formation of audiences, citizens and communities; 3) utilise the understandings in Objectives 1 and 2 to describe and analyse historical, current and likely future trends in audience formations; 4) identify and evaluate a range of theoretical approaches to understanding audiences; 5) demonstrate basic knowledge of some audience research techniques, issues and choices; and 6) utilize the understandings in Objectives 4 and 5 to design a basic research project.

    Assessment

    Participation in online discussion group (500 words): 10%
    Research design proposal (2000 words): 50%
    Exam (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    COM1010 and COM1020 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC3402, GSC3423, COM3423


    COM3000 - Media, modernities and the everyday

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to critiques of power in relation to the uneven development of modernity and media cultures. The history of concepts of power are examined in terms of the relationship between concepts and their socio-technical and economic conditions of emergence. The unit provides students with an understanding of the shift from industrial production to flexible accumulation and the impact this has had on global media cultures. The unit aims to identify how ordinary practices of the everyday are distinguished by media cultures engaged in contests of power and governance.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Explain how the concept of power is not a static one, but is subject to the complex inter-relationships between institutions, modes of critical theory, media cultures of the everyday, communications media, and historical contingencies.
    2. Understand that 'modernity' is not reducible to Enlightenment Europe, but is a series of socio-technical experiences across the world that have been uneven in their economic and cultural effects.
    3. Critically examine the everyday as a locus of micropolitics articulated with communications media.
    4. Critically examine and research historical and contemporary media culture formations in relation to different theoretical models of power.
    5. Demonstrate how the everyday is an important dimension of analysis to understanding the historical process of uneven modernities.

    Assessment

    Essay 2500 words 40%
    Exam 2000 words 40%
    Attendance and participation 5%
    Debate 15%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    An approved first year sequence

    Prohibitions

    COM2000


    COM3010 - Computer and video games: Technology, culture, industry

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Brett Hutchins

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the fastest growing sector in the media industries globally: computer and video games. It consists of three modules:

    1. History and Theory: an overview of the historical emergence of computer and video games, as well as the developing field of computer and video game theory.
    2. Industry Issues: contextualises the place of computer games within the media industries, looks at the games production process, and demonstrates why games are of critical importance in the media marketplace.
    3. Gaming Cultures. Investigates gaming practices and sub-cultures as related to differing technological platforms (e.g. mobile, console and online).

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will be able to:

    1. Outline the emergence and historical development of the computer and video games industry.
    2. Analyse and understand the role of computer and video games within the media industries globally, and especially how this industry is a key driver of change and creativity.
    3. Nominate and explain key theoretical perspectives in the study of computer and video games.
    4. Acknowledge the complex relationship between different technological platforms, the content of games, and gaming subcultures.
    5. Display written and verbal evidence of knowledge and critical thinking skills in relation to computer and video games as a cultural form and social practice(s), as well as related concepts and issues.
    6. Demonstrate a capacity for extended theoretical and substantive analysis through thorough engagement with the textual analysis assignment and essay topics.

    Assessment

    Textual Analysis (750 words): 15%
    Essay (1500 words): 35%
    Exam (2000 words): 40%
    Seminar participation and attendance: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    An approved first-year sequence

    Prohibitions

    COM2010


    COM3015 - Managing communication in multicultural organisations

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Rose-Mari Bezuidenhout

    Offered

    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The main objective of this unit is to study and acquire theory and practice of communication in multicultural organisations. The unit begins with an introduction to broad principles of organisational communication and considers diverse perspectives and approaches to organisations and communication. Students will be introduced to organisational communication processes, components, influences and interventions. Topics of cultural and gender diversity, interpersonal skills, organisational change and development, globalisation and ethical conduct will be addressed.

    Objectives

    Students who complete this unit will be able to:

    1. Identify and assess diverse theories of organisational communication.

    • Identify and evaluate management approaches and their effects on organisational communication.

    1. Comprehend and evaluate the implications of specific processes, constructs and elements of organisational communication in terms of:

    • Roles and functions

    • Organisation structure

    • Organisation culture

    1. Identify and apply interpersonal communication skills needed in an organization.

    1. Appreciate and be sensitized to gender and cultural diversity in an organisational context.

    1. Describe organisational and individual change.

    1. Explain organisational development

    • Apply communication intervention techniques.

    1. Practice ethical behaviour in organisational and cultural contexts.

    1. To identify elements and causes of dysfunctional organisational communication

    • Apply methods of conflict resolution.

    1. Identify and evaluate the impact and effects of globalisation on organisational communication.

    Assessment

    Minor essay (1000 words): 15%
    Major essay (1500 words): 30%
    Examination 2 hours (2000 words): 40%
    Group presentations and tutorial participation (formative assessment): 15%

    Contact hours

    2 one-hour lectures and 2 one-hour tutorials per week

    Prohibitions

    LIN2160, LIN3160 and COM2015


    COM3020 - The second media age

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Holmes

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    What is the 'second media age'? Does it offer new insights into what was the 'first media age? The different kinds of social, political and communication dynamics which can be found in cyberspace demands a reassessment of the methodologies used to explore media, as well as new understandings of interaction as they relate to old and new media. The difference between information and communication, interaction versus 'integration', analogue versus digital culture, cyberspace and virtual reality is also explored. Numerous theoretical perspectives will be introduced including the work of Adorno, Ang, Baym, Bennett, Baudrillard, Calhoun, Carey, Hall, Innis, McLuhan, Mellencamp, Meyrowitz, etc.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this subject students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. An understanding of the formal difference between Communications Studies and Media Studies which define the program that this subject is a part of.
    2. An appreciation of the difference between first media age and second media age.
    3. A knowledge of the social, economic and political impact of television and the internet.
    4. An understanding of how new communication technologies have changed the nature of modern audiences.
    5. An understanding that traditional media also provide for the formation of 'virtual communities' just as new media do.
    6. A sociological understanding of 'advertising' and why it does not work on the internet and how this led to the dot.com crash of the late 1990s.
    7. An understanding of the different ways in which media, old and new condition influence cultural globalisation.
    8. An appreciation of the difference between being an audience member of broadcast media and a 'user' of new media technology.

    Assessment

    Essay 1500 words 30%
    Exam 2000 words 40%
    Tutorial participation 10%
    MUSO Discussion Postings 1000 words 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


    COM3025 - Communication realms and interfaces

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Franzel du Plooy - Cilliers

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for COM2025

    Objectives

    This unit is an introduction to the theory and practice of intra- and interpersonal communication. The focus is on learning and practising skills needed to improve the quality of social interactions and interpersonal relationships. The specific objectives of the course are for students to:

    1. Demonstrate knowledge of interpersonal and intrapersonal communication theory and research by describing the main ideas of such theories and research

    1. Comprehend the nature, scope, and functions of interpersonal and intrapersonal communication and to show this understanding by identifying, evaluating and reflecting on their own use of interpersonal communication skills in everyday situations and by making suggestions for their improvement.

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of how relationships are developed, maintained, repaired and terminated through the use of interpersonal communication by theoretically evaluating case studies and one of their own close relationships.

    1. Demonstrate competence of interpersonal communication skills and conflict management by practicing and assessing these skills in classroom activities.

    1. Demonstrate an ability to do research and to apply theory through analysing media examples of close relationships and presenting it to the class by making use of audio-visual communication technology.

    1. Demonstrate an ability to critically evaluate the influence of technology on personal relationships.

    1. Explain the influence of gender and diversity on interpersonal communication.

    1. Identify, in a given case study, some physical and psychological limitations that may influence the perceptions of those involved, and explain how these perceptions may influence communication.

    1. Demonstrate a high standard of written, oral and interpersonal communication skills and competencies, as well as show an ability to gather academic resources and to apply and reference them appropriately.

    Students taking this unit at a third-year level will be expected to demonstrate a greater level of understanding of theoretical and interpretive issues.

    Assessment

    Tutorial component (oral presentation, attendance and participation):14%; Relationship paper (1000 words):22%; Journal of practical work (900 words): 20%; Two Hour Examination (2000 words): 44%

    Contact hours

    2 hours lectures and 2 hours tutorials per week

    Prohibitions

    COM2025


    COM3030 - Media text: practices and audiences

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mary Griffiths

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    An analysis of realism as a regime of truth in a range of examples chosen from familiar media forms: news reporting, photographs, reality TV, community advice, documentary, soap operas, policy speeches, commentary and advertising. Medical, pornographic, scientific, historical and legal regimes of representation are studied as technologies through which audiences are provided with ways to think about themselves and others. Participation in on-line forum.

    Assessment

    Dossier (2000 words): 50%
    Examination (2.5 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Communications or a related discipline

    Prohibitions

    COM2030, GSC2413


    COM3036 - Strategic communication/public relations practice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Linda Venter, South Africa

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for COM2036

    Objectives

    The unit provides students with an understanding of the nature, scope, and functions of strategic communication / public relations practice within societal settings in South Africa and globally; a comprehension of how strategic communication / public relations practitioners build and maintain relationships in changing environments; and competencies to formulate and plan strategic communication / public relations programmes, including research, communication and evaluation processes. It focuses on the role of values, laws and ethical principles in the industry and the opportunities and challenges that new communication technologies offer. Students completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate in written work a more sophisticated grasp of interpretive issues raised in lectures, tutorial discussions and their own wider reading. They will also be required to provide more references for written assignments.

    Assessment

    Tutorial component (oral presentation, attendance and participation):20%;

    Individual Case study/assignment(1150 words): 25%;

    Compilation of practical work portfolio 10%;

    Examination (2 hours, 2000 words): 45%

    Prohibitions

    COM2036


    COM3050 - New media: Communications in the electronic age

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Shane Homan

    Offered

    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the changing relationships between media, telecommunications and computing industries. It provides students with an understanding of key developments in traditional media together with awareness of the social and political implications of communicating in the electronic age. The unit is divided into two general components. Briefly, the Industries Phase describes the development of technologies for the electronic age, considers how these technologies are affected by forces for change, and introduces issues for further exploration. The Issues Phase concentrates on issue-oriented debate about new technologies, and its effects on community, business and law.

    Objectives

    At the completion of this subject students are expected to:

    1. Have gained knowledge of the historical development of new media technologies.

    1. Have developed an understanding of contemporary developments in communications internationally.

    1. Understand the processes and effects of media convergence, with particular reference to Internet and other emergent technologies.

    1. Have developed an understanding about the forces driving the information revolution.

    1. Have developed an understanding of the issues arising from mass adoption of new media technologies.

    1. Have developed the ability to critically assess the social, cultural, political impacts of communications developments.

    Assessment

    Major essay 2500 words: 50%
    Exam 2000 words: 40%
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    An approved first year sequence

    Prohibitions

    COM2050


    COM3055 - Communication and creativity

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Murphy

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit examines the way in which communicative behaviour functions to expand and constrain and mediate creative action in the political, social and technological domains, and in the arts and sciences. The unit asks what is an "act of creation"? Is it defined by newness, innovation, originality? Or is it a mimesis of nature? How has it been defined in history? How is it defined by the law? What role does it play in modern economies? The unit looks at how communication mediates creative action. It reflects on whether creativity is primarily an expressive act-the authentic communicative action of individuals or societies that invent themselves. Or whether creative communication is primarily a structural force-characterized by paradox, analogy, apposition and opposition, similitude, pattern, rhythm, and the like.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. Understanding of the debates about the definition of creative action;
    2. Understanding of the role of communication in facilitating, constraining and mediating creative action;
    3. Understanding of creative communication both as a form of individual and social action;
    4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research; increased competency in the use of online research databases and other materials; enhanced capacity to formulate and write about communication issues, and to analyse and evaluate arguments. Third-year students will be expected to show a deeper theoretical grasp of the role of communication in mediating creative action.

    Assessment

    Written work (2500 words): 45%
    Exam: 40%
    Attendance/participation: 15%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    An approved first year sequence

    Prohibitions

    COM2055


    COM3060 - The practising consultant

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the nature of work in the communications and cultural industries (publishing and new media, newspapers, public relations, tourism, community arts, etc.). It will include fieldwork excursions, guest lectures, case study approaches drawing on the experience of selected individual professionals. Reading will accompany lectures and practical fieldwork tasks. Students will be expected to formulate and (with assistance) work on their own consultancy/intern project. Related topics include the creation and supervision of teams; use of specialists, information technology, media skills, publishing and other topics.

    Objectives

    At the completion of the unit candidates should have an understanding of:

    1. The role of the consultant or contract worker in the communications industries.

    1. The nature and organisation of work in the communications industries.

    1. Problem-solving skills pertinent to work in the communications industries.

    1. Reporting, presentation and media skills appropriate to the communications industries.

    Assessment

    Minor Project (1000 words): 20%
    Major Project (2500 words): 40%
    Examination (1000 words): 20%
    Tutorial Presentation: 10%
    Attendance and Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in Communication


    COM3065 - Communicating science

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Prof. Homer Le Grand and Prof. Patricia Vickers-Rich

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will acquire through lectures and readings frameworks for analysing the communication of scientific work to different audiences ranging from specialists to the general public. Tutorials discuss readings and apply frameworks to historical and contemporary examples including formal journal articles, popular science books and columns, and print and electronic news media. These components are augmented by presentations and workshops conducted by professional science communicators and educators ranging from videotaped presentations and critiques, mock interviews with and by students, the preparation of a scientific poster to the composition of sample news releases and newspaper articles.

    Assessment

    Group presentation on assigned case study: 15%
    Individual analysis of selected case study (1000 words): 25%
    Oral presentation of selected case study: 5%
    Role-playing as interviewer (equivalent of 250 words): 5%
    Role-playing as interviewee (equivalent of 500 words): 10%
    Group presentations of posters (equivalent of 500 words): 10%
    Examination (1.5-hour, 1500 words equivalent): 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    Completion of 12 points in Communications and Media Studies (or Journalism) or 24 points in Science


    COM3070 - Media mates and moguls: Political economy of the media

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Paul Strangio

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    In this unit, students will be invited to consider the political, economic and cultural implications of media ownership and control patterns in Australia, both historically and in the context of the emergence of a global media market. Students will be presented with an opportunity to critically analyse the rationale and record of public policy makers in regulating both traditional and new media industries, and in balancing commercial and public interests. A unifying theme of inquiry will be the locus of power in the formulation of media public policy. Students will be encouraged to focus on particular cultural industries to facilitate their understanding of themes relevant to the unit.

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation and presentation (500 words equivalent): 10%
    Research essay (2500 words): 50%
    Exam (2 hours, 1500 words equivalent): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    COM2070


    COM3080 - Youth media

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andy Ruddock

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the construction of the youth audience/consumer; the development of new media narratives; and the associated reading and consumption practices of youth. Youth narratives are examined as sites of pleasure and contestation for an emerging citizenry in an increasingly converging and globalised environment. Areas of study include virtual reality, Internet sites, music video, animation, soap opera, sitcom, hybrid current affairs and magazines.

    Assessment

    Minor Essay (1000 words): 30%
    Unit Journal (1500 Words): 30%
    Final Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    GSC2416, COM2080


    COM3090 - Media, violence, protest, terror

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the relationship between the media and forms of 'political violence', with an emphasis on acts constructed as 'terrorism'. In particular, this unit locates practices of political violence in relation to the historical, social, cultural, economic and political contexts in which media formations are embedded to assess the extent to which both traditional media and new media constitute a condition of possibility for the practices of political violence. This unit takes a critical approach to the study of media representations of political violence in order to analyse both the practices and representation of political violence have transformed in the shift to postmodernity.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of COM3090/4090 students will be able to:

    1. Critique debates about what constitutes political violence.

    1. Locate practices of political violence in relation to the historical, social, cultural, economic and political contexts in which media formations are embedded in order to assess the extent to which both traditional media and new media constitute a condition of possibility for the practices of political violence.

    1. Apply current media and communications theory to critically analyse the representation of 'political violence' in both the national and global media of contemporary cultures.

    1. Critically assess the strengths and limitations of both traditional and current analyses of media violence. In particular, students will be able to explain how contemporary theory contributes to a more sophisticated understanding of media violence than traditional media effects research allows.

    1. Analyse the ways that media representations of political violence have transformed, and be able to locate these transformations in their historical contexts.

    1. Explain the importance of spectacle in contemporary global cultures.

    1. Explain the connections between the media, political agency, and processes of globalisation in order to comment upon new conceptualisations of the public sphere.

    1. Critically evaluate the media's role in relation to counter-terrorist policy and practice.

    1. Demonstrate advanced skills in research, writing and critical analysis.

    Assessment

    Participation in two Group Debates (held in tutorials): 10%
    Two 500 word Summaries (1000 words total): 20%
    Research Essay (3000 words): 60%
    Tutorial Attendance and Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    For BComm (Berwick) and BA students (Caulfield and Clayton), COM1010 and COM1020


    COM3100 - The public sphere

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Brett Hutchins

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces a key theoretical concept in the field of media and communications studies, the public sphere. It tracks the emergence of the theory of the public sphere, analyses the multiple uses and related applications of the concept, and explains how the public sphere relates to traditional and new communications and media environments. Attention is given to the changing character of the public sphere over time, and the advent of a so-called 'postmodern public sphere' during the past twenty years.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will be able to:

    1. Outline the emergence and historical development of the public sphere.

    1. Analyse and understand the role of the media industries in public life and communication, especially how these industries mediate politics in both formal and informal contexts.

    1. Nominate and explain contemporary media developments and issues that structure, inform and reflect the condition of the public sphere.

    1. Display written and verbal evidence of knowledge and critical thinking skills in relation to the theory of the public sphere, as well as related concepts and issues.

    1. Demonstrate a capacity for extended theoretical and substantive analysis through thorough engagement with essay topics.

    Assessment

    Essay (2050 Words): 50%;

    Exam (2 hours, 2000 Words): 40%;

    Seminar Participation and Attendance 10%

    Contact hours

    One hour lecture and one hour tutoria

    Prerequisites

    An approved first-year sequence

    Prohibitions

    COM2100


    COM3120 - Class, culture and regional identity

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Kevin Foster

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for COM2120

    Assessment

    Short essay (1000 words): 20%
    Long essay (2000 words): 40%
    Examination (2 hours): 30%
    Seminar presentation: 10%
    Third-year students will be expected to read more widely and to be more analytically and theoretically rigorous in their written work and seminar contributions.

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial.

    Prohibitions

    COM2120


    COM3130 - Print cultures: Books as media

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Simone Murray

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The book is the oldest communications medium. It continues to thrive, constantly adapting to changes in the broader media environment. Print Cultures considers the characteristics of print as a medium and the role of the book as an information architecture. It comprises 3 modules:

    1. Theories and Methodologies introduces medium theory, history of the book, cultural policy studies and political economy approaches;
    2. Socio-Cultural Dimensions of Books analyses the contemporary international book world, including the roles of publishers, editors, literary agents, booksellers, reading groups and libraries;
    3. Book Futures focuses on the book's increasing convergence with digital media.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will demonstrate:

    1. Appreciation of the psychological, social and cultural characteristics of print communication and its differences from oral and electronic mediums.
    2. Ability to discern longitudinal developments in the history of media and communications and to contextualise contemporary developments accurately.
    3. Ability to assess the book's continuing place in the contemporary global media environment, and to account for national and regional variations in creative industries and cultural policy.
    4. Knowledge of the industrial phases through which books progress between their creation and consumption, and skill in evaluating the impact of various intervening book industry stakeholders.
    5. Skill in critically analysing the many interfaces of the book with digital media technologies and accounting for the symbiotic relationship between the two platforms.
    6. Superior undergraduate-level competence in locating, analysing and comparing diverse research resources in both print and digital forms.
    7. Self-conscious awareness of how the medium used to communicate affects the message communicated, and factoring of this awareness into future learning.
    8. Superior capacity for identifying, applying and critiquing a range of theories and methodologies for conceptualising print cultures.

    Assessment

    Briefing paper (750 words): 20%
    Research essay (1500 words): 30%
    End of semester exam (2000 words): 40%
    Tutorial presentation and participation (250 words): 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    Minor sequence in COM, or ENH, or FTV, or any other minor sequence approved by unit Co-ordinator.

    Prohibitions

    COM2130


    COM3140 - On the road: travel and representation

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Robin Gerster

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Cultural practices of travel and the ways these are represented in travel writing and related modes of communication form one of the most compelling fields of contemporary critical inquiry. This unit is designed to place this contemporary engagement within an historical, theoretical and practical perspective. It examines travel practices, attitudes and ideologies in a range of texts, including the popular travel book and the tourist guidebook, fiction, film and journalism. Its scope ranges from ancient pilgrimages through imaginary voyages, utopian fantasies, New World traveller's tales and the imperial quest, to the diverse branches of tourism today, including sex tourism and cyber travel.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. a critical sense of the development of the broad field of travel and representation, with knowledge of the diversity of modes and discourses it encompasses
    2. knowledge of the relationship between travel and ideology, especially in specific historical, political and gendered contexts
    3. an informed understanding of contemporary critical and theoretical approaches to travel
    4. critical perspectives on the production and consumption of travel writing and film
    5. a clear historical sense of the changing practices of travel and tourism.

    Students enrolled at a third-year level will be expected to demonstrate a greater mastery of all of the above than those enrolled at a second-year level.

    Assessment

    Long essay (2000 words) :40%
    Short essay (1000 Words): 20%
    Examination (2 hours): 30%
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year sequence in Communications or other first year sequence as approved by the co-ordinator

    Prohibitions

    ENH2660/ENH3660


    COM3150 - Inscribing Italy: travels and imaginings

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Robin Gerster

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit maps the roots and routes of English-language travel in Italy, from the aristocratic travel of the English Renaissance, to the Grand Tourists of the twentieth century, to the rise of middle-class tourism and the travel genre in the nineteenth century, to the mass tourism and cyber travel of today. In an eclectic range of sources, including travel books, essays and fiction, a central focus will be on contemporary or near-contemporary cultural responses to Italy (including those articulated in guidebooks), and also how the country is 'packaged' for the consumption of foreign travelers in the discourses of the tourism industry.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. a clear understanding of the place of Italy in the imagination of English-language travelers
    2. a critical sense of the historical development of cultural responses to Italy articulated in a range of texts
    3. knowledge of the relationship between travel and ideology, especially in specific cultural (including gendered) contexts
    4. an informed grasp of contemporary critical and theoretical approaches to the diverse discourses of travel and representation
    5. a grasp of the changing practices of travel and tourism
    6. critical perspectives on the processes of the production and reception of travel texts.

    Assessment

    Major essay (3000 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 30%
    Oral presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    Three 2-hour seminars per week for four weeks

    Prerequisites

    First year Communications sequence or other first year sequence as approved by co-ordinator

    Prohibitions

    COM2150


    COM3160 - Communications ethics, policy and law

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Elizabeth Burns Coleman

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this unit students investigate the idea that 'information should be free' in arts, 'everyday' communications and the media. It will explore the justifications for freedom of expression and its moral limits, intellectual property, and moral rights for artists. Topics covered will include: the role of the media in a democracy; gossip and the use of celebrity images; defamation and vilification; censorship and representations of sex and violence; intellectual property, plagiarism and piracy. The topics will be chosen to have broad application by students enrolled in other areas of ECPS, as well as in Media.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

    1. demonstrate knowledge of key laws and codes regulating media and communication industries and how these laws and codes influence behaviour
    2. understand how debates about communications and the media influence the development of regulations and codes
    3. critically assess the arguments that justify freedom of expression, and the reasons this freedom may be limited
    4. understand basic moral frameworks and identify moral issues
    5. articulate a coherent position about a current issue relating to freedom of expression
    6. explain their ideas and justify their conclusions in oral and written contexts.

    A higher level will be expected of third-year students in terms of the depth of research, integration of diverse sources, and sophistication of argument.

    Assessment

    Freedom of communication essay (1500 words): 25%
    Research essay (2500 words): 45%
    Exam (one hour): 20%
    Participation and attendance: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year Communications and Media Studies sequence or other sequence approved by unit coordinator

    Prohibitions

    COM2160


    COM3200 - Animation cultures

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dan Black

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines animation from both a practical and critical perspective. Students will undertake practical instruction in basic animation skills as well as investigating animation as industry, transnational cultural commodity, fan text and technology. Animation Cultures takes a largely critical approach to the study of animation, and students will become familiar with a variety of critical and theoretical perspectives on the form. However, the unit will also include a four-week practical component, in which students will be given a practical introduction to animation techniques.

    Objectives

    By the conclusion of the units students will be able to:

    1. Discuss animation as a complex and broad ranging phenomenon that is not restricted to traditional animation forms such as the comic book and the cartoon, but is also a feature of, for example, advertising, virtual reality, live action film and television, and MTV.
    2. Demonstrate an understanding of the historical development of animation and be able to account for the development of this 'genre' by reference to social, cultural, political, technological, economic and industrial factors.
    3. Demonstrate an understanding of the cultural specificities that inform the production, distribution and consumption of different forms of animation.
    4. Identify the key issues that impact upon animation's creative and technological processes.
    5. Apply current theoretical perspectives to explain the relationship between forms of animation and communications and media architectures.
    6. Apply current critical theory to the analysis of the popular cultural appeal of animation texts.
    7. Ability to analyse and explain transnational flows of animated media texts
    8. Demonstrate advanced skills in research, writing and critical analysis.
    9. Demonstrate a basic competence in animation production skills.

    Assessment

    Major Essay (2500 words) 40%
    Group debate and summary (1500 words) 10%
    Creative Production Exercise (Equivalent of 5000 words) 40%
    Attendance and participation 10%
    All students are required to undertake a four-week production skills module
    Third year level will require students to demonstrate a greater breadth of reading and a more extended understanding of the theoretical issues covered in the unit.

    Contact hours

    One hour lecture, 1.5 hour screening, 1-hour tutorial (9 weeks) and 3 hour practical workshop (4 weeks)

    Prerequisites

    An approved first year sequence

    Prohibitions

    COM2200


    COM3240 - Australian media histories

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Shane Homan

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this unit students consider the key social, political and technological contexts in the development of the Australian media, and its significance within Australian life. It investigates the growth of the print, radio, television, popular music and cinema industries and accompanying national contexts including media ownership patterns, media policy settings and audience formations/desires. The subject examines both the building of forums for national debate, but also how the media industries assisted in the construction of nationhood. Through the study of different histories of media and approaches to media history, students gain an understanding of contemporary local media landscapes.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. an understanding of the key communication technologies through Australian history and identify the political and social contexts associated with their introduction
    2. an assessment of the complex relationships between governments, audiences and industries in different eras through the use of specific case studies
    3. an ability to critically and independently engage with key debates and issues arising from historical media and successive media/cultural studies interpretations
    4. an ability to apply broader media studies concepts to distinct local contexts
    5. an ability to explain and analyse course concepts and debates in written and oral forms.
    6. Third year students will be required to demonstrate a greater depth of analysis and engagement with conceptual frameworks arising from a higher level of independent research.

    Assessment

    Media history research essay (1000 words): 20%
    Case study essay (2000 words): 30%
    Exam: (90 minutes, 1500 words): 40%
    Participation and attendance: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year sequence in Communucations and Media Studies or other sequence approved by COM2250/COM3350 unit coordinator

    Prohibitions

    COM2240


    COM3300 - Research readings

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Simone Murray

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces advanced students to an independent program of reading on research topics. Staff members advise, supervise, and approve each enrolled student's chosen reading program. Students may develop a program of research reading on a chosen theoretical or empirical topic. The aim of the unit is to foster self-reliant research capacity and independent thinking and reflection.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate enhanced capacity for independent research, thinking and research program development.

    Assessment

    + Assignment 1 - Topic statement (500 words): 20%
    Assignment 2 - Bibliography (1500 words): 30%
    Assignment 3 - Research essay (2500 words) - 50%

    Contact hours

    On-Campus: Scheduled meetings with readings supervisor, 1 hour every two weeks of 12 week semester

    Prerequisites

    First year COM sequence (or other first-year sequence by approval)


    COM3400 - Music as communication

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Eduardo de la Fuente

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the role of music in culture and society. It addresses the cultural significance of various musical genres and styles, from pop to classical, from the experimental to the conventional. It asks: why is music meaningful to us? How does it give expression to personal and collective identity? What kinds of contexts do we encounter music in? And how significant is the technological mediation of the sounds we hear? The unit will examine the latest research in the socio-cultural study of music and ask students to reflect upon the musical cultures that they inhabit.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to:

    1. Understand how the socio-cultural role of music is approached in communication studies and allied disciplines such as sociology, anthropology, cultural studies and musicology
    2. Employ the tools different traditions of theoretical and empirical writing on the socio-cultural role of music
    3. Examine how different musical cultures organize meaning and value
    4. See the merit of different methods for studying musical practices such as case studies, observation and other empirical techniques.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Tutorial presentation, attendance and participation: 10%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    COM2400


    COM3408 - Screen theories and techniques

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Simon Cooper

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Singapore Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    An introduction to the study of film and television/video as mediums of fictional and documentary narrative. Major developments in the history of cinema. Films will be analysed formally in terms of narrative, editing, mise en scene, shots, lighting and sound, and stylistically in terms of genre and authorship. Different theoretical approaches to screen studies including aestheticism, discourse analysis and semiotics.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will have demonstrated an ability to analyse and evaluate screen representations, on film and television, in terms of: stylistic elements (mise-en-scene, shots, editing, lighting and sound); narrative form; aspects of screen theory: genre, authorship. gender, psychoanalysis; historical and social contexts of production and

    reception. They will also have an extended understanding of a range of critical and theoretical approaches to screen studies and their place in the wider field of cultural studies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50%
    Exam: 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    COM1010 and COM1020 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    COM2408, GSC2408, GSC3408


    COM3409 - Media texts

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Singapore Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    As for COM2409.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have: 1) a strong understanding of a range of theories informing the analysis of media representations; 2) an ability to use these theories to conduct the analysis of media texts in both academic and journalistic contexts; 3) a developed capacity to analyse a range of compositional techniques in terms of how they may be deployed to produce specific social, conceptual and corporeal effects; 4) an awareness of the force of reading protocols and textual histories in directing both everyday and scholarly responses to media texts; 5) an applied understanding of the importance of cultural and communications theory for opening new possibilities in the everyday interpretation of media texts.

    Assessment

    Written work (2500 words): 70%
    2 hour exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    COM1010 and COM1020 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    COM2409, GSC2409, GSC2413, GSC3409


    COM3411 - Media, culture, power

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Philip Dearman

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Singapore Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    The unit reviews different accounts of the relations between media, power and popular opinion. It does this by summarizing dominant theoretical frameworks of power (conservative, liberal democratic, Marxist and post-structuralist) and the related conceptions of society and culture within which accounts of media and opinion formation have been framed. It identifies how these have worked with different conceptions of 'the individual', 'the people' and 'the public'. Media and popular opinion are discussed in terms of the development of strategies for the regulation of social relations, and the formation and guidance of individual capacities.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this Unit students are expected to be able to:

    1. Demonstrate a basic understanding of the significance of the relations between media, power and popular opinion.
    2. Recognise, identify and describe the assumptions and arguments making up theoretical approaches canvassed in the Unit.
    3. Demonstrate a capacity to discuss the strengths and weaknesses of theoretical approaches canvassed in the Unit.
    4. Demonstrate a capacity to analyse media and cultural texts by applying different theoretical approaches.
    5. Demonstrate a basic understanding of the role of media in the formation of popular opinion, and its status as an artefact (rather than simply an expression) of the social relations of power.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100%

    Contact hours

    One x 2 hr seminar/week

    Prerequisites

    COM1010 and COM1020

    Prohibitions

    COM2411, GSC2411


    COM3413 - Cultural and communications policy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Philip Dearman

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
    Singapore First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    As for COM2413.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. understanding of the policy approach to communications and culture;

    1. ability to identify the key rhetorics informing media regulation and the ways in which they function within and through particular policy;

    1. knowledge of the historical development of the general communications sector;

    1. understanding of the significance of globalisation, convergence and deregulation as challenges facing cultural and communications policy;

    1. developed understanding of the historical rise of the nation-state and of the implications of that history for the development of communications policy;

    1. a strong grasp of the complex inter-relationship of communications industries with political, economic, technical, cultural and social forces at national, regional and international levels;

    1. ability to conduct independent research.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    COM1010 and COM1020 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC3413, COM2413


    COM3417 - Virtual cultures: Sex, politics and war in cyberspace

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ned Rossiter (Berwick), Philip Dearman (Gippsland, OCL)

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to provide a comprehensive analysis of the material factors (economic, social, political, cultural) which influence the use and construction of virtual spaces on the internet. The unit examines the multiple features and often conflicting dimensions of network societies and informational economies. The unit provides an important theoretical context through which students of communications and media studies can further develop their own interests.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit students will be able to satisfactorily demonstrate:

    1. An understanding of contemporary issues and elements of the 'information society'.

    1. An understanding of internet cultures, contexts, and emerging paradigms within new media theory.

    1. A capacity to research internet sites and information relevant to research topics.

    1. Critical reflection upon the kind of multiple literacies needed to effectively engage within contemporary workplace environments.



    Distinction between 2nd and 3rd levels:

    1. Third Year level will require students to demonstrate a greater breadth of reading and a more extended understanding of the theoretical issues covered in the subject.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    COM1010 and COM1020 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    COM2417, GSC2417, GSC3417


    COM3420 - Communication research and methodology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Linda Venter (South Africa) and Dr Allison Craven (Malaysia)

    Offered

    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)

    Prerequisites

    COM1010, COM1020


    COM3423 - Media audiences

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Susan Yell

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
    Singapore First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    As for COM2423.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. demonstrate a developed grasp of the social conditions, material practices, products and outcomes of various media;

    1. demonstrate an awareness of the connections between communications technologies and the formation of audiences, citizens and communities;

    1. utilise the understandings in Objectives 1 and 2 to describe and analyse historical, current and likely future trends in audience formations;

    1. identify and evaluate a range of theoretical approaches to understanding audiences;

    1. demonstrate sound knowledge of some audience research techniques, issues and choices; and

    1. utilize the understandings in Objectives 4 and 5 to design a research project.

    Assessment

    Participation in online discussion group (500 words): 10%
    Research design proposal (2000 words): 50%
    Exam (2 hours): 40%
    Students taking this unit at Level 3 will be expected to demonstrate a more sophisticated understanding of research paradigms for the research design assignment. They will be expected to demonstrate (in their online postings and in the exam) a more sophisticated understanding of Objectives 1, 2 and 3.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    COM1010 and COM1020 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC3402, GSC3423, COM2423


    COM3650 - Social drama and political rhetoric

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Murphy

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the role of political rhetoric and communication in great social dramas played out in key historical moments such as war and civil war. It looks at major examples of political rhetoric and official writing inspired by such dramas, the use of theatrical ideas and gestures in politics, and the structural parallels between staged drama and social drama. Examples discussed will include the political rhetoric of Lincoln and the American Civil War, and Winston Churchill and the Second World War. The plays of Shakespeare will be used to analyse the relationship of rhetorical traditions, staged drama and social drama.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will

    1. Understand principles of political rhetoric
    2. Be familiar with great examples of such rhetoric
    3. Understand how political speech-making and official writing influences grave political events including world war, civil war and the overthrow of tyranny
    4. Understand how history plays especially the Shakespearean tradition and the study of dramaturgy prepares social actors to engage in great social dramas
    5. Understand how history plays especially the Shakespearean tradition and the study of dramaturgy utilizes, influences and shapes great political rhetoric.

    Assessment

    Exam (2 hours, 1500 words):40%
    Research essay (2500 words): 45%
    Tutorial participation: 15%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    Minor in Communications and Media Studies, Drama and Theatre Studies or other approved discipline


    COM3700 - Comedy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Murphy

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the study of comedic drama, the comic novel, existential comedy, philosophies of humour and laughter, comic imagery and comic irony. It explores the comic foundations of social order and the role of incongruity and paradox in social and personal relations.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of

    1. the principles of the comedic genre,
    2. the anthropological, social, and philosophical assumptions of comedic dramaturgy and comedic narratives, and
    3. the role of comedy in the creation of social order, comedy as a genre of mass-media

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (4500 words)

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    Minor sequence in COM, DTS or other approved discipline

    Prohibitions

    DTS3700


    COM3800 - Foundations of communication

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Murphy

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to fundamental structures, mediums and forms of communication.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. an understanding of fundamental structures of communication (rhetorical, dramatic, narrative, comedic, dialogic, etc)
    2. an understanding of key communicative mediums (language, material, network, aesthetic, etc)
    3. an understanding of key forms of social communication (public, organizational, small group, intimate, etc)

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (4500 words)

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    Minor sequence in Communications or other approved discipline


    COM400H(A) - Dissertation Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)


    COM400H(B) - Dissertation Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)


    COM4010(H) - Research issues and methodology

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides training in research methodologies and theoretical frameworks, including approaches to ethics and intellectual property management. Study is developed around a research project based on identified industry needs. The project is to be designed, developed and budgeted to proposal stage and becomes the basis for assessment in the unit. The unit provides the opportunity to explore vocational interests in a chosen aspect of the communications and media industry while maintaining a critical approach to research.

    Objectives

    The objective of this unit is for students to develop critical awareness of theoretical, ethical and IP issues relevant to research in industry and academic settings and to do so in the process of developing a comprehensive research proposal based on an industry issue.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 20%
    Oral Presentation and Research Project Draft (2000 words): 20%
    Research Proposal (5000 words): 60%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    First degree with a major in communication, writing, international studies or equivalent.


    COM4020(H) - Industry practice applied

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Allison Craven and Dr Patricia Goon

    Offered

    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides students with advanced skills in seminar presentation and industry liaison. Students will identify a particular area of specialisation within the communication industry and develop networks and links with practitioners. Students will complete and present two papers in seminar format, and will participate in the organisation of guest lecturers and visits to industry.

    Objectives

    The objective of this unit is to study a significant issue in a defined industry sector, and to develop a network of contacts, and limited expertise related to that issue.

    Assessment

    Initial Position Paper (4000 words): 35%
    Final Outcomes paper (5000 words): 40%
    Guest Lecture: 15%
    Industry Visit: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    First degree with a major in communication, writing, international studies or equivalent.


    COM4030(H) - Contemporary Media and Communications Theory

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Holmes

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)


    COM4040(H) - Current Issues in International Media and Communications

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Simone Murray

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Through an in-depth analysis of current issues impacting upon international media and communications, this unit provides students with an understanding of the key quantitative and qualitative methodological approaches deployed in the discipline of Communications and Media Studies. This unit presents students with the opportunity to gain empirical and policy-based research skills, together with an awareness of the social and political issues of traditional and new media communications. Issues covered include, for example, the convergence of media and communications industries, international and national legislation, intellectual property regimes, and the 'public interest'.

    Assessment

    Short essay(3000 words): 30%
    Research essay(5000 words): 50% +
    Seminar presentation(c.1000 words): 10%
    Seminar participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2-Hour seminar per week for 13 weeks

    Prerequisites

    None

    Co-requisites

    None

    Prohibitions

    None


    COM4050(H) - Honours Thesis

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Gil-Soo Han

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Assessment

    Honours Dissertation 15,000-18,000 words 100%

    Prerequisites

    A Communications Honours coursework unit


    COM405H(A) - Honours Thesis Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Gil-Soo Han

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Assessment

    Significant work towards Honours Dissertation 15,000-18,000 words


    COM405H(B) - Honours Thesis Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Gil-Soo Han

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Assessment

    Completion of Honours Dissertation 15,000-18,000 words, started in COM405H(A): 100%

    Prerequisites

    COM405H(A)


    COM4060(H) - Readings in social, political and cultural theory

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yeoh Seng Guan

    Offered

    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit is a reading course that grounds students in contemporary debates on a range of social and cultural theory at an advanced level through a mixture of lecture inputs and seminars. Students will acquire interdisciplinary skills in critically evaluating key theoretical debates and situating them in the context of their thesis research projects.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of the unit, students should have acquired:

    1. critical familiarity and competence with major debates in contemporary social and cultural theory;
    2. interdisciplinary proficiency in discussing and debating, in writing and orally, advanced theoretical concepts;
    3. critical relevance of the theoretical debates in connection with their own thesis research projects.

    Assessment

    Three mini-essay questions (1500 words each): 60%;
    Major essay assignment (4000 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week.


    COM4090 - Media, violence, protest, terror

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the relationship between the media and forms of 'political violence', with an emphasis on acts constructed as 'terrorism'. In particular, this unit locates practices of political violence in relation to the historical, social, cultural, economic and political contexts in which media formations are embedded to assess the extent to which both traditional media and new media constitute a condition of possibility for the practices of political violence. This unit takes a critical approach to the study of media representations of political violence in order to analyse both the practices and representation of political violence have transformed in the shift to postmodernity.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of COM3090/4090 students will be able to:

    1. Critique debates about what constitutes political violence.

    1. Locate practices of political violence in relation to the historical, social, cultural, economic and political contexts in which media formations are embedded in order to assess the extent to which both traditional media and new media constitute a condition of possibility for the practices of political violence.

    1. Apply current media and communications theory to critically analyse the representation of 'political violence' in both the national and global media of contemporary cultures.

    1. Critically assess the strengths and limitations of both traditional and current analyses of media violence. In particular, students will be able to explain how contemporary theory contributes to a more sophisticated understanding of media violence than traditional media effects research allows.

    1. Analyse the ways that media representations of political violence have transformed, and be able to locate these transformations in their historical contexts.

    1. Explain the importance of spectacle in contemporary global cultures.

    1. Explain the connections between the media, political agency, and processes of globalisation in order to comment upon new conceptualisations of the public sphere.

    1. Critically evaluate the media's role in relation to counter-terrorist policy and practice.

    1. Demonstrate advanced skills in research, writing and critical analysis.

    Assessment

    Participation in two Group Debates (held in tutorials): 10%
    Two 500 word Summaries (1000 words total): 20%
    Research Essay (3000 words): 60%
    Tutorial Attendance and Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    For BComm (Berwick) and BA students (Caulfield and Clayton), COM1010 and COM1020


    COM4090(H) - Media, Violence, Protest, Terror

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009


    COM4110 - Battle lines: war and (post)modernity

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Robin Gerster

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the centrality of war to modern cultural history, as revealed in a range of literary and non-literary sources. Covering literary, visual and historical responses to World War I, though World War II (including the Holocaust and the atomic bombings), the Vietnam War, the Rwandan genocide, to the 'War on Terror', the unit analyses how mass violence poses a range of representational challenges, and been influential in disseminating the practices and intellectual trends of modernity and postmodernity. Issues covered include the redefinition of traditional concepts of 'the hero' and assumptions about national identity.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. a strong critical sense of the major representational elements of war writing and film since World War I
    2. a theoretical understanding of the relationship of war writing to the ideas and some of the important practices of modernity and postmodernity
    3. a demonstrated understanding of the role of the media in disseminating public knowledge of war and conflict
    4. demonstrated a sophisticated grasp of cultural concepts of heroism and racial virtue, as they have been invoked and revised
    5. an informed reading of the importance of gender to perspectives on war and conflict.

    In addition, students enrolled at Masters level will demonstrate a greater mastery over the broader conceptual issues addressed in the unit, and a greater capacity to produce more developed arguments and analyses arising from them.

    Assessment

    Research essay (4000 words): 50%
    Textual analysis (3000 words): 40%
    Seminar presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A major sequence in Communication, or any other related major approved by co-ordinator

    Prohibitions

    ENH2225/ENH3225 (Heroes Twilight), COM5110


    COM4120 - Cultural memory and the Spanish civil war

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Kevin Foster

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will examine how the Spanish Civil War has been represented and remembered in literature, the visual arts, photography, film, ceremonies and in the form of physical memorials by the victors and the defeated. It will consider how cultural memory of the war has been shaped and expressed during and after the dictatorship. It will examine the forces responsible for this shaping, and explore how, subsequently, these memories of the conflict have been challenged and re-interpreted and the forces responsible for this process of revision.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. have a solid grasp of the principal causes and events of the Spanish Civil War
    2. have a detailed knowledge of the major cultural responses to the war and the political and social forces that brought them into being
    3. be able to provide a sophisticated interpretation of individual texts from/about the war, detailing the political and cultural forces that shaped them
    4. recognise how cultural memory of the war was shaped, re-shaped and re-interpreted over time
    5. be able to explain and apply a variety of theoretical approaches concerning cultural memory.

    In addition, students enrolled at Masters level will demonstrate a greater mastery over the broader conceptual issues addressed in the unit and a greater capacity to produce more developed arguments and analyses arising from them.

    Assessment

    Textual analysis (3000 words): 40%
    Seminar presentation (1000 words): 10%
    Research assay (4000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    Major sequence in Communication and Media Studies, any European language, European and European Union Studies, or other discipline approved by the unit coordinator

    Prohibitions

    COM5120


    COM4130 - Audiences and the social influence of media

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andy Ruddock

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit will survey the history, concepts and methods of critical media audience research. It will consider both the mass communications and cultural studies disciplines, and will develop students' ability to critique scholarly work on both conceptual and methodological grounds. Audiences & the Social Influence of Media will enhance students' ability to develop and present original research projects, based on empirical explorations of how people interact with media in a variety of social places. The academic skills it cultivates will be directly applicable to thesis work.

    Objectives

    On successfully completing this unit a student will be able to demonstrate:

    1. an appreciation of the political, cultural and institutional factors that influence the questions scholars ask and the methods they use to analyze media influence
    2. a broad understanding of key questions in the field of media influence, and knowledge of how and why these questions have emerged
    3. an ability to critique scholarship on both conceptual and methodological bases;
    4. the ability to perform scholarly literature reviews in a manner leading to original research questions
    5. the ability to select appropriate data gathering methods for exploring questions of particular relevance to the student
    6. Postgraduate students will be asked to format Assessment 3 in line with a grant proposal of their choosing Assessment 3.

    Assessment

    Literature review (3500 words): 40%
    Class presentation: 10%
    Project proposal (4500 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    Two 6-hour weekend seminars and 2 hours per week MUSO participation

    Prerequisites

    Communication and Media Studies major or other major approved by coordinator

    Prohibitions

    COM5130


    COM4140 - Communicating the body

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Daniel Black

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will examine the role of the human body in representation, understanding, and communication. From phenomenological and neurological accounts of the role of the human body in expression and understanding, to debates surrounding the body/machine interface in new communications technologies, the body's often-overlooked role as organiser and facilitator of human action will be explored.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will:

    1. have a broad understanding of the various theoretical frameworks used to discuss the human body
    2. have a broad historical overview of the development, evolution, and increasing convergence of these frameworks
    3. be capable of providing sophisticating critiques of and comparisons between various accounts of the role of the human body in understanding and expression
    4. be able to provide a sophisticated reading of the role played by the human body in communications based on detailed research.

    In addition, students enrolled at Masters level will demonstrate a relatively greater level of confidence and mastery over the larger conceptual issues addressed and a greater capacity to produce original arguments derived from them.

    Assessment

    Literature review and research plan (3000 words): 15%
    Seminar presentation (1000 words): 15%
    Research essay (5000 words): 70%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    Major in Communication and Media Studies or other approved discipline

    Prohibitions

    COM5140


    COM4203(H) - Communication systems and networks

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Murphy

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit discusses the multiple communication systems that operate in modern societies. These include political and governmental, business and economic, artistic and scientific systems. The unit will consider different system-specific forms of communication and ways in which they interact. The unit will use the case examples, such as the ecology of the city, to explore the functioning of open systems, self-organizing systems, network systems, aesthetic systems, and other ways in which communication-rich societies manage their own complexity.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding large-scale communication systems and their convergence;
    2. Increased understanding of and competency at dealing with specific communication systems and their multiple environments;
    3. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term manner in which communications systems develop, and the social and institutional solutions aimed at integrating these systems;
    4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication systems issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communication network and system integration;
    5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity especially in matters concerning the management of sensitive communication system nodes and boundaries;
    6. Significantly greater capacity to identify and manage between organizational system and environment, and to negotiate conflicts at the intersection of communications systems.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (9000 words)

    Contact hours

    2 hours (one 2-hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    COM4203, COM5203


    COM4204(H) - Communication economies and society

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Murphy

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit examines the development of communication and information economies, the social forces driving their expansion, their social and economic impact, and the role of communication systems and practices in social development. The unit looks at how communication networks, organizations, arts, and processes impact on and are in turn shaped by regional, national and global patterns of economic and social development. The relationship between communication, creativity, and knowledge economies will be addressed.

    Objectives

    1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for the understanding of communication economies, the development of institutions and organizations in these economies, and their impact on society;
    2. Increased understanding of and competency at dealing with the convergence between communications, economy, and society;
    3. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term context in which communications, economies, and societies interact;
    4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication economy issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the social-economic dimension of communications;
    5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity;
    6. Significantly increased strategic understanding of the medium and long-term economic and social patterns affecting, and affected by, modern information/ knowledge/ ICT-based organizations and processes;
    7. Significantly increased strategic understanding of the emergence of communication-driven knowledge and creative economies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90% (9000 words)
    Seminar overview (oral presentation): 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (one 2-hour seminar) per week.

    Prohibitions

    COM4204, COM5204


    COM4300 - Honours research readings

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Simone Murray

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to an independent program of reading on research topics. Staff members advise, supervise, and approve each enrolled student's chosen reading program. Students may develop a program of research reading on a chosen theoretical or empirical topic. The aim of the unit is to foster self-reliant research capacity and independent thinking and reflection.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate enhanced capacity for independent research, thinking and research program development.

    Assessment

    + Assignment 1 - Topic Statement (1500 words) 20%
    Assignment 2 - Bibliography (2500 words) 30%
    Assignment 2 - Research Essay (5000 words) 50%

    Contact hours

    Scheduled meetings with readings supervisor, 1 hour every two weeks of a 12 week semester


    COM4302(H) - Media flows

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Daniel Black

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will address the increasingly dynamic and complex flows of media products between cultural and geographic regions, investigating the complex processes of transmutation and hybridisation which media texts undergo as they move between cultural settings. Regional media flows based around key producers such as Hong Kong, Brazil, India, Egypt and Japan will be discussed, as well as the impact of their media products outside their region. The flow of media products within diasporic communities will also be discussed as an important factor in both the maintenance of cultural identity and initiation of cultural exchange.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will:

    1. be familiar with key terms, debates and models relating to the international flow of media texts
    2. have an understanding of the complexity and unpredictability of global media flows
    3. be capable of detailed research into specific examples of the international movement of media texts, and
    4. have developed skills necessary for independent research and sophisticated debate on the topic of cross-cultural exchange and media analysis.

    Assessment

    Research Essay 1 (4000 words) 40%
    Research Essay 2 (5000 words) 60%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (one 2-hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    COM4302, COM5302


    COM4421 - Media, social relations and power

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Susan Yell

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    The unit focuses on the social relations, including power relations, entailed in and connected to various media. It reviews some key theoretical approaches to understanding discourse, power, social relations and their mediation via communication technologies. Topics include media and ideology; theories of practice; discourse, power and governmentality; deconstruction and democracy; the public sphere; media as communication technologies; the politics of media address; globalisation, informationalism and post-industrialism; intercultural relations; imagining the nation and gendering the media.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will:

    1. Be literate in (familiar with and able to apply) a range of theoretical approaches to the analysis of media, social relations and power;
    2. Be able to formulate coherent and socially relevant investigations of media output and activity/audience usage, and undertake theoretically and methodologically sound description and analysis of empirical materials relating to these;
    3. Be able to demonstrate a developed knowledge of the social conditions, material practices, products and outcomes of various media and their possible relations to specific audiences/populations;
    4. Be able to demonstrate a capacity to draw on and adapt their unit-based knowledge to generate informed description and analysis of media instances, and to argue their own positions.

    Assessment

    Essay 1 (2,500 words) : 20%
    Seminar paper (2,500 words) : 20%
    Essay 2 (4,000 words) : 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    First degree with a major in communications or a related discipline

    Prohibitions

    GSC4421


    COM4550(H) - Eyewitness: Reportage, representation and war

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Kevin Foster

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit offers a critical historical analysis of so-called factual documentary representations of war in words and images, examining how and by whom conflicts have been represented since the mid-C19; how the physical and technical constraints within which reporters and photographers operate affect the nature of their reports and images; how their reports are censored, by whom, in accordance with whose guidelines and with what ends. It examines how these reports and images are transmitted from the battlefield and how the mediating technologies through which these accounts are disseminated influence the nature and inflect the form of the reports and pictures which constitute the war report.

    Objectives

    By the conclusion of the unit students will be able to:

    1. Demonstrate a clear understanding of the historical development of nominally factual, documentary forms of war reporting and their key technological developments and innovations.
    2. Identify, explain and offer a sophisticated critique of the processes forms, effects and purposes of the major forms of censorship, which have determined the representations of war from the mid C19th to the present day.
    3. Present a sophisticated reading of individual reports and images from specific conflicts drawing on appropriate theoretical resources, accounting for the influences of physical and technical constraints, mode of transmission, information management regimes and intended deployment in the shaping of the final report/image.
    4. Demonstrate a sophisticated understanding of how the differing media which have been employed to disseminate accounts of war - newspapers, photography, newsreel, radio, television, video, internet streaming - have influenced, inflected and structured content at differing historical junctures.
    5. Drawing on appropriate theoretical and critical sources, account for and explain the processes by which Governments, military and the media inflect the reception of images and reports of war in order to achieve specific political or cultural effects.
    6. Identify and offer an informed critique of the processes by which the preferred readings promoted by Government, the military and the media have been challenged, subverted or questioned in contrary readings of key media texts.
    7. Demonstrate how war reporters/photographers have featured in fiction and film and to explain how these representations offer an array of alternative opinions on how and why specific conflicts have been represented in particular ways.

    Assessment

    Essay 3000 words 30%
    Visual text analysis 3000 words 30%
    Examination c.2000 words 30%
    Seminar participation 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week for 12 weeks

    Prohibitions

    COM4550, COM5550


    CRI1001 - Understanding crime

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Anna Eriksson

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Crime is an issue which all citizens and governments confront on a daily basis: it impinges on all our lives. The causes of crime, and how it is and should be dealt with, are the focus of intense and on-going debate. That debate is examined in this unit. Students analyse the meaning, nature, extent and measurement of crime, examine how crime is portrayed in the media and evaluate the effect images of crime can have on our perceptions of the crime problem and how it should be addressed.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject students will have been given the opportunity to gain:

    1. A critical understanding of the various facets of crime and the crime problem including what constitutes crime, how society decides which actions should be defined as criminal, what causes people to commit crime and what effect the images of crime have on the community's perception of the crime problem and how it should be addressed.

    1. An ability to critically analyse and evaluate theories of crime and to apply them to everyday situations.

    1. An understanding of the value or otherwise of crime statistics and how they are used.

    1. The ability to write an essay based on rational argument.

    1. The skills needed to make an oral presentation.

    Assessment

    written work 40%
    Exam 55%
    attendence 5%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


    CRI1002 - Criminal justice in action: Police, courts and corrections

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Sharon Pickering

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the workings of the major institutions of the criminal justice system in Australia and analyses current debates surrounding the outcomes of the system. The police, courts and sentencing, punishment and prisons and alternative community-based schemes will be investigated. The unit examines the relationship between the different parts of the criminal justice system and the relationship with the wider community. The ways in which police, courts and corrections handle contemporary issues such as mandatory sentencing, zero tolerance, drugs, vigilante justice and juvenile justice are relevant to the subject.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. A critical awareness of the functioning of the criminal justice system.

    1. An insight into the complex workings and a critical awareness of the functioning of the major institutions of the various tiers of the criminal justice system.

    1. An understanding of contemporary debates relevant to criminal justice and its future in Australia.

    1. The skill to analyse diverse arguments in relation to traditional and alternative forms of policing, sentencing and punishing.

    1. The ability to write an essay based on rational argument.

    Assessment

    Class participation: 10%
    Tutorial presentation: 10%
    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Examination (2 hours) 40%


    CRI2008 - Crime and the media

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Danielle Tyson

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Crime, Media and Culture examines the representation of crime in the media and its relationship to wider understandings of, and reactions to, crime and criminal justice. This subject uses key critical criminological, sociological and media theories to interpret the representation of crime in the media. Key areas covered include representations of class, gender and race in relation to crime, the symbiotic relationship between journalists and key actors within the criminal justice system, the relationship between the media and policy formulation and the importance of fictional representations in reflecting, reinforcing and shaping popular understandings of criminal justice and criminality.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this subject students will be able to: demonstrate knowledge of key theories of media representation; demonstrate a critical understanding of the interrelationship of media and criminal justice policy; demonstrate a critical understanding of criminological interpretations of media; understand the process of criminological research and be competent in the use of the internet for the purposes of criminological and media research; present and argue positions based on an understanding of criminological methods of media analysis and demonstrate a well-developed intellectual framework for interpreting and critically assessing the social and political implications of media representations of criminal justice.

    Assessment

    Exam (2hours): 40%
    Written work: 40% (2,500 words)
    Class presentation/participation: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    CJC 1001/CJC1002 or CRI1001/CRI1002 (These units are prerequisites ONLY if the student wishes to undertake a CRI major or minor. All other students can take this unit having completed any first year Arts sequence or by permission).

    Prohibitions

    CJC3008 or CRI3008


    CRI2015 - Policing and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dean Wilson

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Prato Trimester 2 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit critically analyses contemporary developments in policing both by and beyond the state. Australian and international examples are utilized to explore major issues related to the history, development and implementation of policing and security. Topics are explored through the prism of human rights, civil liberties, social control, crime control, crime prevention, accountability and the role of the state. Issues covered include the significance of police training and recruitment, police culture, brutality and corruption, private policing, paramilitary policing, undercover policing, policing diverse communities, policing post-conflict societies and transnational policing.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of the subject, students will have developed:

    1. a critical awareness of the origins of policing
    2. a critical awareness of contemporary trends in policing and the governance of security
    3. an understanding of the various theories and models of policing and the police role in society
    4. the skills to critically analyse historical and contemporary debates regarding the role and function of policing
    5. an ability to present a fluid and logical argument about the role of police and policing in society
    6. the ability to formulate ideas about the role and nature of policing in different societies, countries and over time, based on evidence and theory
    7. an understanding of the factors influencing the different models and forms of policing

    Assessment

    Examination (2000 words): 40%; Group Project (250 words): 10%; Research Essay (2000 words): 40%; Tutorial Participation (250 words): 10%

    Contact hours

    1 one hour lecture and a one hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    CRI1001 Understanding Crime CRI1002 Criminal Justice in Action: Police, Courts and Corrections These subjects are prerequisites only if students wish to undertake a Criminal Justice and Criminology major. The subject can be taken as an elective without prerequisites.

    Prohibitions

    CJC3015/CRI3015


    CRI2020 - Prisons, power and justice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Bree Carlton

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students read, analyse and discuss the nature and history of punishment and the institution of the prison. The relationship between punishment, social control and the differential impact of punishment on diverse communities are explored. Contemporary and comparative issues examined include the impact of new technologies, neo-liberalism, globalisation on the prison as a prevailing institution of punishment. In exploring the origins and development of the prison in historical and contemporary contexts different modes of punishment are explored such as the 'spectacular' punishments of the gallows, corporal and capital punishment, home and administrative detention and community corrections.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. A critical awareness of the history of punishment in Australia, and internationally and contemporary trends in punishment.
    2. An understanding of the various theories and types of punishment and the role of punishment and specifically the prison in society.
    3. The skills to critically analyse debates about the role and nature of punishment throughout history and in contemporary times.
    4. An ability to present a fluid and logical argument about the role of punishment in society.
    5. The ability to formulate ideas, based on evidence and theory, about the role and nature of punishment in different societies, countries and over time.
    6. An understanding of the factors influencing the historical and contemporary development of the prison as a principal institution of punishment.
    In addition to the above students taking this unit at level 3 will have:
    1. A demonstrated advanced theoretical appreciation and understanding of the changing role and nature of institutional forms of punishment in historical and contemporary contexts.
    2. Demonstrated advanced skills to critically analyse theories and debates about the role and nature of punishment in society.

    Assessment

    Written work (includes exam, class quiz & essay): 90%
    Tutorial participation and presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    CJC1001,CJC1002 , or CRI1001, CRI1002

    These subjects are prerequisites only if students wish to undertake a Criminal Justice and Criminology major. The subject can be taken as an elective without prerequisites.

    Prohibitions

    CRI3020


    CRI2030 - Drugs, crime and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Suzanne Fraser

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit focuses on drugs, crime and the legal, social and cultural forces shaping licit and illicit drug use in our society. Drawing on scholarship in criminology, sociology and gender studies, this unit engages students in current critical debates on: local and international drug markets; law enforcement, prohibition and harm minimisation; drugs in prisons; alcohol regulation and drug courts and therapeutic jurisprudence. In the process it examines concepts of addiction, treatment and drug using subjectivity and agency. A range of analytic approaches to contemporary social and law enforcement issues around drugs will be introduced, and students will undertake problem-based learning focused on key unit objectives.

    Objectives

    By the successful completion of this unit, students will have acquired the following skills:

    1. An understanding of drug markets, drug law enforcement, and the social relationships forged through drugs.
    2. An informed theoretical critique of dominant perspectives on drug taking.
    3. An interdisciplinary approach to the analysis of addiction and treatment.
    4. Library based research skills and a working knowledge of the major sources of critical scholarship on drug use.
    5. The ability to think critical and analytically, and to be able to articulate those thought processes in a high standard of written and oral expression.
    6. A focus on the production of scholarly research as the end point of a process of reading, discussion, drafting and debate.
    7. The ability to work both independently as scholars, give and receive critical feedback and to participate actively in group discussion and analytical activities..

    Assessment

    Written assesment: 20%
    Class participation: 10%
    Essay: 70%

    Contact hours

    One x 1 Hour seminar per week + One x 1 Hour tutorial
    per week

    Prerequisites

    First year Sequence in Arts.

    Prohibitions

    CRI3030


    CRI2040 - Crime and punishment

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)


    CRI2050 - International crime and justice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jude McCulloch

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Prato Trimester 2 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is focused on international crime and justice. This unit draws on scholarship in criminology, and international relations to engage students in current critical debates concerning the increasing integration of national and international systems of law enforcement and criminal justice. A range of critical and analytic approaches to contemporary global crime and justice issues will be introduced and students will undertake problem based learning focused on key unit objectives.

    Objectives

    By the successful completion of this unit, students will have acquired the following skills:

    1. A grounded working knowledge of the major criminological and political approaches to international issues in crime and justice.
    2. An informed theoretical critique of issues related to international crime and criminal justice operate and impacts in Australia and beyond its borders.
    3. An interdisciplinary approach to the analysis of international crime and justice including the size and nature of the crime global crime problem and international enforcement measures.
    4. Library based research skills and a working knowledge of the major data-bases used in criminology.
    5. The ability to think critical and analytically, and to be able to articulate those thought processes in a high standard of written and oral expression.
    6. A focus upon the production of scholarly research as the end point of a process of reading, discussion, drafting and debate.
    7. The ability to work both independently as scholars, give and receive critical feedback and to participate actively in group research activities.
    Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate greater capacity for independent research and will be required to answer a class test of a more conceptually challenging nature.

    Assessment

    Research Project: 2,500 words (50%)
    Tutorial Participation (10%)
    2 Hour Exam (40%)

    Contact hours

    One 2 hour seminar each week

    Prohibitions

    CRI3050


    CRI2060 - Criminal behaviour in South Africa: A psychosocial approach

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Robert Peacock

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The offender is analysed as influenced by multiple systems. Analyses refer to the bio- and psychosocial aetiology of criminal behaviour, classification systems, intervention measures and crime reduction. Attention is paid to life-span development, behavioural disorders, learning and situational risk factors. The relationship between crime and mental disorders are explored, focusing on mentally disordered defendants and offenders, criminal responsibility and risk assessments. The course concludes with psychosocial analyses of specific types of criminal behaviour, for instance, serial murder, pyromania, hostage-taking, domestic violence, sexual offences, substance abuse, and witch-purging.

    Objectives

    The objectives lie within five inter-related bands. These concern factual information, sources and resources, conceptual definitions, academic debates, and analytic communication skills.

    Upon successful completion of this unit, learners will be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills:

    1. understand the study field of criminal behaviour in South Africa
    2. apply knowledge of criminal behaviour to particular contexts
    3. demonstrate the ability to critically assess criminal behaviour risks
    4. critically appraise the impact of criminal behaviour on the rights of individuals and that of a just society
    5. demonstrate an understanding of the world as a set of related systems by recognising that problem-solving contexts do not exist in isolation when studying criminal behaviour
    6. use appropriate science and technology ethically, effectively and responsibly when dealing with criminal behaviour without harming society, the environment or individuals
    7. work and communicate with others as a member of a multi-disciplinary team to deal effectively with criminal behaviour.

    Assessment

    Assignment (2000 words): 35%
    Two class presentations: (1000 words each): 30%
    Exam (two hours): 35%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    CRI2271 (Victimology in South Africa)
    CRI2040 (Crime and punishment)


    CRI2140 - Sex and crime

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Danielle Tyson

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the intersection of sex and crime and the role gender stereotypes play in the operations of the criminal justice system. The subject uses key critical criminological and feminist theories to explore how social norms of femininity and masculinity produce particular sexed understandings of crime and criminality. It provides practical interpretative skills to enable students to apply these theoretical insights to the criminal justice system, to popular and media representations of crime and to the development of public policy. Topics include: sex and the nature of crime; gender and policing; femininity, masculinity and violence; family violence; constructions of rape.

    Objectives

    By the successful completion of Sex and Crime, students will have acquired the following skills:

    1. A grounded working knowledge of the major theoretical and methodological approaches that constitute the field of feminist approaches to crime and justice.
    2. An informed theoretical critique of how gender is constituted in society, the media and the criminal justice system.
    3. An interdisciplinary approach to textual analysis.
    4. Library based research skills and a working knowledge of the major data-bases used in cultural studies.
    5. The ability to think critical and analytically, and to be able to articulate those thought processes in a high standard of written and oral expression.
    6. A focus upon the production of scholarly research as the end point of a process of reading, discussion, drafting and debate.
    7. The production of thoroughly researched, well documented and presented formal essays.
    8. The ability to work independently as scholars.

    Assessment

    Written: 60%(3000 words)
    Class test: 30%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2-hour seminar

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in Arts

    Prohibitions

    CRI3140


    CRI2210 - Child justice: Human rights, law reform and socio-criminology of deviance

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Robert Peacock

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This course refers to the importance of the crime case study method and the presentation of material to the criminal justice system informed by scientific rigour. Within a legal framework analyses are presented on the reliability and validity of input variables. Analyses refer inter alia to behavioural evidence, pre-sentence evaluations and victim impact statements. Credibility is of crucial importance and psychological factors in eyewitness testimony, scientific data collection techniques, and the role and functions of the expert witness, are presented in concert with court protocols and universal ethical principles.

    Objectives

    1. Understand the study field of child justice;
    2. Apply knowledge of child justice to particular contexts;
    3. Demonstrate the ability to critically assess child justice risks;
    4. Critically appraise the impact of criminal justice victimisation on the rights of the child and that of a just society;
    5. Demonstrate knowledge of child justice reform;
    6. Use appropriate science and technology effectively and responsibly when dealing with child justice without harming society, the environment or individuals; and
    7. Work and communicate with others as a member of a multi-disciplinary team to deal effectively with child justice

    Assessment

    Written essay (2000 words): 35%; 2 Tutorial assessments (1000 words): 15% each; Written examinations (2 hours): 35%

    Contact hours

    One 2 hour lecture and one hour tutorial session per week


    Prerequisites

    CRI1001, CRI1002, CJC2271/CJC3271/CRI2271/CRI3271 & CJC2040/CJC3040/CRI2040/CRI3040

    Prohibitions

    CRI3210


    CRI2220 - Forensic criminology: Victim and offender profiling

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Robert Peacock

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This course refers to the importance of the crime case study method and the presentation of material to the criminal justice system informed by scientific rigour. Within a legal framework analyses are presented on the reliability and validity of input variables. Analyses refer inter alia to behavioural evidence, pre-sentence evaluations and victim impact statements. Credibility is of crucial importance and psychological factors in eyewitness testimony, scientific data collection techniques, and the role and functions of the expert witness, are presented in concert with court protocols and universal ethical principles.

    Objectives

    1. Understand the study field of victim and offender profiling.
    2. Apply knowledge of forensic criminology to particular contexts
    3. Demonstrate the ability to critically assess offending and victimisation risks
    4. Critically appraise the impact of criminal victimisation on the rights of the individual and that of a just society
    5. Demonstrate knowledge of court procedures, protocols, structures and relevant legislation for the presentation of forensic evidence
    6. Maintain records of the outcome of the case study method and provide appropriate feedback to participant/s in the criminal event, legal practitioners, criminal justice personnel, health worker/s and other stakeholders
    7. Use appropriate science and technology effectively and responsibly when
    compiling and presenting victim and offender profiles without harming society,
    the environment or individuals
    1. Work and communicate with others as a member of a multi-disciplinary team to
    effectively prepare and present victim and offender profiles to particular contexts
    1. Demonstrate an understanding of the world as a set of related systems by recognising that problem-solving contexts do not exist in isolation

    Assessment

    Written essay (2000 words): 35%; 2 Tutorial assessments(1000 words): 15% each; Written examinations (2 hours): 35%

    Contact hours

    One 2 hour lecture and one hour tutorial session per week


    Prerequisites

    CRI1001, CRI1002, CJC2271/CJC3271/CRI2271/CRI3271 and CJC2040/CJC3040/CRI2040/CRI3040

    Prohibitions

    CJC3220/CRI3220


    CRI2270 - Victimology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Marie Segrave

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit analyses the concept of the victim. The historical and current conceptions of the victim in the criminal justice system and in society is surveyed by academic materials and experts working in the area. Victim-offender mediation and crime prevention are discussed. Community-based agencies are identified and analysed in the context of theoretical perspectives of blame, shame and reintegration.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate a:

    1. Critical understanding of the victim in historical and current social perspectives.

    1. Critical understanding of victim, offender, community or system blaming and its relationship to other social and political systems.

    1. Critical understanding of contrasting perspectives and practitioner approaches to the victim.

    1. Critical understanding of the victim in both domestic and internationals settings and within international human rights discourse and mechanisms.

    1. Critical understanding of developing practices of national and international restorative justice.

    1. Critical understanding of representations of victims.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40%
    Class presentation: 10%
    2 hours exam: 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    CRI3270


    CRI2271 - Victimology in South Africa

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mr Robert Peacock

    Offered

    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit entails an introduction to victimology with an exposition of the concepts victim/survivor, empowerment, prevention and redress with reference to various schools of thought and current scholarly debates. Victimisation is studied within a domestic and comparative context focusing on the socio-economic, political and cultural dimensions of victimisation. Within a human rights framework, analyses refer to the abuse of power, institutional and structural victimisation and victim/offender homogeneity, sequences and victim recidivism. Through the application of victimisation theory and perspectives to particular contexts, victimisation vulnerability is assessed.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

    1. Understand the study field of victimology.
    2. Apply knowledge of criminal victimisation theories and perspectives/approaches to particular contexts.
    3. Demonstrate the ability critically to assess victimisation risk and to develop victimisation vulnerability profiles.
    4. Critically appraise the impact of criminal victimisation on individuals, society, the ecology and economy.
    5. Demonstrate knowledge of empowerment strategies for survivors of crime.
    6. Use appropriate science and technology effectively and responsibly when dealing with victimisation without harming society, the environment or individuals.
    7. Work and communicate with others as members of multi-disciplinary teams to deal effectively with victimisation.

    Assessment

    Written essay (1600 words): 35%; Tutorial assessments (450 words each): 20%; Written examinations (2hours): 45%.

    Contact hours

    One X 2hr lecture and one X 1hr tutorial session/week

    Prerequisites

    CRI1001 and CRI1002

    Prohibitions

    CRI3271


    CRI3008 - Crime and the media

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Danielle Tyson

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this subject students will be able to: demonstrate knowledge of key theories of media representation; demonstrate a critical understanding of the interrelationship of media and criminal justice policy; demonstrate a critical understanding of criminological interpretations of media; understand the process of criminological research and be competent in the use of the internet for the purposes of criminological and media research; present and argue positions based on an understanding of criminological methods of media analysis and demonstrate a well-developed intellectual framework for interpreting and critically assessing the social and political implications of media representations of criminal justice.

    Assessment

    Exam(2hours): 40%
    Written work: 40% (2,500 words):
    Class presentation/participation: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    CJC1001/CJC1002 or CRI1001/CRI1002 (These units are prerequisites ONLY if the student wishes to undertake a CRI major or minor. All other students can take this unit having completed any first year Arts sequence or by permission.)

    Prohibitions

    CJC2008 or CRI2008


    CRI3015 - Policing and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dean Wilson

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Prato Trimester 2 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit critically analyses contemporary developments in policing both by and beyond the state. Australian and international examples are utilized to explore major issues related to the history, development and implementation of policing and security. Topics are explored through the prism of human rights, civil liberties, social control, crime control, crime prevention, accountability and the role of the state. Issues covered include the significance of police training and recruitment, police culture, brutality and corruption, private policing, paramilitary policing, undercover policing, policing diverse communities, policing post-conflict societies and transnational policing.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of the subject, students will have developed:

    1. a critical awareness of the origins of policing
    2. a critical awareness of contemporary trends in policing and the governance of security
    3. an understanding of the various theories and models of policing and the police role in society
    4. the skills to critically analyse historical and contemporary debates regarding the role and function of policing
    5. an ability to present a fluid and logical argument about the role of police and policing in society
    6. the ability to formulate ideas about the role and nature of policing in different societies, countries and over time, based on evidence and theory
    7. an understanding of the factors influencing the different models and forms of policing

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Tutorial participation and presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 one hour lecture and a one hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    CJC1001 or CRI1001 Understanding Crime CJC1002 or CRI1002 Criminal Justice in Action: Police, Courts and Corrections These units are prerequisites only if students wish to undertake a Criminology major. The unit can be taken as an elective with any Arts sequence.

    Prohibitions

    CJC2015/CRI2015


    CRI3020 - Prisons, power and justice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Bree Carlton

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students read, analyse and discuss the nature and history of punishment and the institution of the prison. The relationship between punishment, social control and the differential impact of punishment on diverse communities are explored. Contemporary and comparative issues examined include the impact of new technologies, neo-liberalism, globalisation on the prison as a prevailing institution of punishment. In exploring the origins and development of the prison in historical and contemporary contexts different modes of punishment are explored such as the 'spectacular' punishments of the gallows, corporal and capital punishment, home and administrative detention and community corrections.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. A critical awareness of the history of punishment in Australia, and internationally and contemporary trends in punishment.
    2. An understanding of the various theories and types of punishment and the role of punishment and specifically the prison in society.
    3. The skills to critically analyse debates about the role and nature of punishment throughout history and in contemporary times.
    4. An ability to present a fluid and logical argument about the role of punishment in society.
    5. The ability to formulate ideas, based on evidence and theory, about the role and nature of punishment in different societies, countries and over time.
    6. An understanding of the factors influencing the historical and contemporary development of the prison as a principal institution of punishment.
    In addition to the above students taking this unit at level 3 will have:
    1. A demonstrated advanced theoretical appreciation and understanding of the changing role and nature of institutional forms of punishment in historical and contemporary contexts.
    2. Demonstrated advanced skills to critically analyse theories and debates about the role and nature of punishment in society.nd issues under consideration.

    Assessment

    Assignment (2500 words): 40%
    Class presentation and participation: 20%
    + Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    CJC1001, CJC1002, or CRI1001,CRI1002

    These subjects are prerequisites only if students wish to undertake a Criminal Justice and Criminology major. The subject can be taken as an elective without prerequisites.

    Prohibitions

    CRI2020


    CRI3030 - Drugs, crime and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Suzanne Fraser

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit focuses on drugs, crime and the legal, social and cultural forces shaping licit and illicit drug use in our society. Drawing on scholarship in criminology, sociology and gender studies, this unit engages students in current critical debates on: local and international drug markets; law enforcement, prohibition and harm minimisation; drugs in prisons; alcohol regulation and drug courts and therapeutic jurisprudence. In the process it examines concepts of addiction, treatment and drug using subjectivity and agency. A range of analytic approaches to contemporary social and law enforcement issues around drugs will be introduced, and students will undertake problem-based learning focused on key unit objectives.

    Objectives

    By the successful completion of this unit, students will have acquired the following skills:

    1. An understanding of drug markets, drug law enforcement, and the social relationships forged through drugs.
    2. An informed theoretical critique of dominant perspectives on drug taking.
    3. An interdisciplinary approach to the analysis of addiction and treatment.
    4. Library based research skills and a working knowledge of the major sources of critical scholarship on drug use.
    5. The ability to think critical and analytically, and to be able to articulate those thought processes in a high standard of written and oral expression.
    6. A focus on the production of scholarly research as the end point of a process of reading, discussion, drafting and debate.
    7. The ability to work both independently as scholars, give and receive critical feedback and to participate actively in group discussion and analytical activities.

    Assessment

    Written assessment: 20%
    Class participation: 10%
    Essay: 70%

    Contact hours

    One x 1 Hour seminar per week + One x 1 Hour tutorial
    per week

    Prerequisites

    First year Sequence in Arts.

    Prohibitions

    CRI2030


    CRI3040 - Crime and punishment

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009


    CRI3050 - International crime and justice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jude McCulloch

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Prato Trimester 2 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is focused on international crime and justice. This unit draws on scholarship in criminology, and international relations to engage students in current critical debates concerning the increasing integration of national and international systems of law enforcement and criminal justice. A range of critical and analytic approaches to contemporary global crime and justice issues will be introduced and students will undertake problem based learning focused on key unit objectives.

    Objectives

    By the successful completion of this unit, students will have acquired the following skills:

    1. A grounded working knowledge of the major criminological and political approaches to international issues in crime and justice.
    2. An informed theoretical critique of issues related to international crime and criminal justice operate and impacts in Australia and beyond its borders.
    3. An interdisciplinary approach to the analysis of international crime and justice including the size and nature of the crime global crime problem and international enforcement measures.
    4. Library based research skills and a working knowledge of the major data-bases used in criminology.
    5. The ability to think critical and analytically, and to be able to articulate those thought processes in a high standard of written and oral expression.
    6. A focus upon the production of scholarly research as the end point of a process of reading, discussion, drafting and debate.
    7. The ability to work both independently as scholars, give and receive critical feedback and to participate actively in group research activities.
    Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate greater capacity for independent research and will be required to answer a class test of a more conceptually challenging nature.

    Assessment

    Research Project: 2,500 words (50%)
    Tutorial Participation (10%)
    2 Hour Exam (40%)

    Contact hours

    One 2 hour seminar each week

    Prohibitions

    CRI2050


    CRI3060 - Criminal behaviour in South Africa: A psychosocial approach

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Robert Peacock

    Offered

    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The offender is analysed as influenced by multiple systems. Analyses refer to the bio- and psychosocial aetiology of criminal behaviour, classification systems, intervention measures and crime reduction. Attention is paid to life-span development, behavioural disorders, learning and situational risk factors. The relationship between crime and mental disorders are explored, focusing on mentally disordered defendants and offenders, criminal responsibility and risk assessments. The course concludes with psychosocial analyses of specific types of criminal behaviour, for instance, serial murder, pyromania, hostage-taking, domestic violence, sexual offences, substance abuse, and witch-purging.

    Objectives

    The objectives lie within five inter-related bands. These concern factual information, sources and resources, conceptual definitions, academic debates, and analytic communication skills.

    Upon successful completion of this unit, learners will be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills:

    1. understand the study field of criminal behaviour in South Africa
    2. apply knowledge of criminal behaviour to particular contexts
    3. demonstrate the ability to critically assess criminal behaviour risks
    4. critically appraise the impact of criminal behaviour on the rights of individuals and that of a just society
    5. demonstrate an understanding of the world as a set of related systems by recognising that problem-solving contexts do not exist in isolation when studying criminal behaviour
    6. use appropriate science and technology ethically, effectively and responsibly when dealing with criminal behaviour without harming society, the environment or individuals
    7. work and communicate with others as a member of a multi-disciplinary team to deal effectively with criminal behaviour.

    Assessment

    Assignment (2000 words): 35%
    two Class presentations: (1000 words each): 30%
    Exam (two hours): 35%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    CRI2271 (Victimology in South Africa)
    CRI2040 (Crime and punishment)


    CRI3140 - Sex and crime

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Danielle Tyson

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the intersection of sex and crime and the role gender stereotypes play in the operations of the criminal justice system. The subject uses key critical criminological and feminist theories to explore how social norms of femininity and masculinity produce particular sexed understandings of crime and criminality. It provides practical interpretative skills to enable students to apply these theoretical insights to the criminal justice system, to popular and media representations of crime and to the development of public policy. Topics include: sex and the nature of crime; gender and policing; femininity, masculinity and violence; family violence; constructions of rape.

    Objectives

    By the successful completion of Sex and Crime, students will have acquired the following skills:

    1. A grounded working knowledge of the major theoretical and methodological approaches that constitute the field of feminist approaches to crime and justice.
    2. An informed theoretical critique of how gender is constituted in society, the media and the criminal justice system.
    3. An interdisciplinary approach to textual analysis.
    4. Library based research skills and a working knowledge of the major data-bases used in cultural studies.
    5. The ability to think critical and analytically, and to be able to articulate those thought processes in a high standard of written and oral expression.
    6. A focus upon the production of scholarly research as the end point of a process of reading, discussion, drafting and debate.
    7. The production of thoroughly researched, well documented and presented formal essays.
    8. The ability to work independently as scholars.

    Assessment

    Written: 60%(3000 words)
    Class test:30%
    Participation:10%

    Contact hours

    2-hour seminar

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in Arts

    Prohibitions

    CRI2140


    CRI3210 - Child Justice: Human rights, Law reform and socio-criminology of deviance

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Robert Peacock

    Offered

    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit refers to the importance of the crime case study method and the presentation of material to the criminal justice system informed by scientific rigour. Within a legal framework analyses are presented on the reliability and validity of input variables. Analyses refer inter alia to behavioural evidence, pre-sentence evaluations and victim impact statements. Credibility is of crucial importance and psychological factors in eyewitness testimony, scientific data collection techniques, and the role and functions of the expert witness, are presented in concert with court protocols and universal ethical principles.

    Objectives

    1. Understand the study field of child justice;
    2. Apply knowledge of child justice to particular contexts;
    3. Demonstrate the ability to critically assess child justice risks;
    4. Critically appraise the impact of criminal justice victimisation on the rights of the child and that of a just society;
    5. Demonstrate knowledge of child justice reform;
    6. Use appropriate science and technology effectively and responsibly when dealing with child justice without harming society, the environment or individuals; and
    7. Work and communicate with others as a member of a multi-disciplinary team to deal effectively with child justice

    Assessment

    Written essay (2000 words): 35%; 2 Tutorial assessments (1000 words): 15% each; Written examinations (2 hours): 35%

    Contact hours

    One 2 hour lecture and one hour tutorial session per week


    Prohibitions

    CRI2210


    CRI3220 - Forensic criminology: Victim and offender profiling

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Robert Peacock

    Offered

    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit refers to the importance of the crime case study method and the presentation of material to the criminal justice system informed by scientific rigour. Within a legal framework analyses are presented on the reliability and validity of input variables. Analyses refer inter alia to behavioural evidence, pre-sentence evaluations and victim impact statements. Credibility is of crucial importance and psychological factors in eyewitness testimony, scientific data collection techniques, and the role and functions of the expert witness, are presented in concert with court protocols and universal ethical principles.

    Objectives

    1. Understand the study field of victim and offender profiling;
    2. Apply knowledge of forensic criminology to particular contexts;
    3. Demonstrate the ability to critically assess offending and victimisation risks
    4. Critically appraise the impact of criminal victimisation on the rights of the individual and that of a just society;
    5. Demonstrate knowledge of court procedures, protocols, structures and relevant legislation for the presentation of forensic evidence;
    6. Maintain records of the outcome of the case study method and provide appropriate feedback to participant/s in the criminal event, legal practitioners, criminal justice personnel, health worker/s and other stakeholders;
    7. Use appropriate science and technology effectively and responsibly when
    compiling and presenting victim and offender profiles without harming society,
    the environment or individuals ;
    1. Work and communicate with others as a member of a multi-disciplinary team to
    effectively prepare and present victim and offender profiles to particular contexts; and
    1. Demonstrate an understanding of the world as a set of related systems by recognising that problem-solving contexts do not exist in isolation

    Assessment

    Written essay (2000 words): 35%; 2 Tutorial assessments(1000 words): 15% each; Written examinations (2 hours): 35%

    Contact hours

    One 2 hour lecture and one hour tutorial session per week


    Prerequisites

    CRI1001, CRI1002, CJC2271/CJC3271/CRI2271/CRI3271 and CJC2040/CJC3040/CRI2040/CRI3040

    Prohibitions

    CJC2220/CRI2220


    CRI3270 - Victimology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Marie Segrave

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit analyses the concept of the victim. The historical and current conceptions of the victim in the criminal justice system and in society is surveyed by academic materials and experts working in the area. Victim-offender mediation and crime prevention are discussed. Community-based agencies are identified and analysed in the context of theoretical perspectives of blame, shame and reintegration.

    Assessment

    Assignment (2000 words): 40%
    Class presentation (500 words equivalent): 10%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%
    Third-year level will be required to write an essay of a more theoretical nature.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    CRI2270


    CRI3271 - Victimology in South Africa

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mr Robert Peacock

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for CRI2271

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

    1. Understand the study field of victimology.
    2. Apply knowledge of criminal victimisation theories and perspectives/approaches to particular contexts.
    3. Demonstrate the ability critically to assess victimisation risk and to develop victimisation vulnerability profiles.
    4. Critically appraise the impact of criminal victimisation on individuals, society, the ecology and economy.
    5. Demonstrate knowledge of empowerment strategies for survivors of crime.
    6. Use appropriate science and technology effectively and responsibly when dealing with victimisation without harming society, the environment or individuals.
    7. Work and communicate with others as membesr of multi-disciplinary teams to deal effectively with victimisation
    8. [need different objective for 3rd year level of unit, e.g. 'Students taking this unit at a third year level will be expected to demonstrate a greater level of understanding of theoretical and interpretive issues'.

    Assessment

    Written essay (1600 words): 35%; Two Tutorial assessments (450 words each): 20%; Written examinations (2 hours): 45%.

    Contact hours

    One X 2hr lecture and one 1hr tutorial session/week

    Prerequisites

    CRI1001 and CRI1002

    Prohibitions

    CRI2271


    CRI4000(A) - Criminal Justice Honours Thesis Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dean Wilson

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will be assigned a supervisor and will be required to attend fortnightly supervisory meetings. Students will be required to engage in a significant piece of reading and research and write a dissertation of 16,000-18,000 words on a topic of their own choosing, under the supervision of a member of academic staff.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of CJC4000 students will be able to:

    1. Review a specific body of research in the field of criminal justice and criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature.

    1. Identify and develop key research questions.

    1. Develop and implement an empirical research project in the field of criminal justice and criminology.

    1. Critically investigate a key issue in criminal justice and criminology.

    1. Critically write up research findings.

    1. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by empirical data.

    1. Construct a cumulative argument across an 15,000-18,000 word thesis.

    1. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

    Assessment

    Dissertation (15,000 to 18,000 words): 100%

    Prerequisites

    CJC4020


    CRI4000(B) - Criminal Justice Honours Thesis Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dean Wilson

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for CJC4000(A)

    Objectives

    Upon completion of CJC4000 students will be able to:

    1. Review a specific body of research in the field of criminal justice and criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature.

    1. Identify and develop key research questions.

    1. Develop and implement an empirical research project in the field of criminal justice and criminology.

    1. Critically investigate a key issue in criminal justice and criminology.

    1. Critically write up research findings.

    1. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by empirical data.

    1. Construct a cumulative argument across an 15,000-18,000 word thesis.

    1. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

    Assessment

    Dissertation (15,000 to 18,000 words): 100%


    CRI4010 - Criminology and criminal justice for the 21st century

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jude McCulloch

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit explores a range of criminal justice institutions and organisations along with the nexus between research and policy. There are a diverse range of criminal justice organisations in the community that interact with various criminal justice institutions and seek to reform and improve access to justice and substantive justice for offenders and/or victims. These organisations typically engage with policy issues and undertake and utilize research to inform their work and to create pressure for change. The unit engages with criminal justice organisations and institution in order to critically examine the policy environment and the potential of research to impact on criminal justice.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Critically examine contemporary criminal justice practice and research in relation to new frameworks and directions in criminal justice.
    2. Orally present an account of a research thesis on a criminal justice topic.
    3. Demonstrate a critical understanding of contemporary criminal justice research on policy development.
    4. Produce critical written accounts of contemporary criminal justice practice and research.

    Assessment

    Written work 60%:
    Class tests 40%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week


    CRI4020 - Researching criminal justice

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Anna Eriksson

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Researching Criminal Justice introduces students to contemporary trends in criminal justice research and to the major methodological approaches in criminal justice research. Researching Criminal Justice equips students with the skills to undertake both qualitative and quantitative criminal justice research and to understand the political and socio-legal implications of conducting criminal justice research within and between criminal justice institutions and with vulnerable populations.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of CJC4020 students will be able to:

    1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of various methodological approaches to criminal justice research and its theoretical underpinnings.

    1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of contemporary trends in researching criminal justice.

    1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of the structuring of crime, criminal justice and scientific inquiry.

    1. Identify and understand a range of qualitative and quantitative approaches to criminal justice research.

    1. Demonstrate advanced knowledge of at least two methodological approaches to criminal justice research.

    1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of the roles of criminal justice research in the development of criminal justice policy.

    1. Design a research strategy appropriate to a research question for a significant piece of criminal justice research.

    1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of the ethics approval process for criminal justice research within and between institutions.

    1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of the ethical, political and social issues in the conduct of criminal justice research, particularly criminal justice research carried out between institutions and with vulnerable populations.

    Assessment

    Essay (6000 words): 50%
    Seminar presentation and participation: 10%
    Examination (3 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour seminar and 1 x 1 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    CJC4000


    CRJ1001 - Crime: Theory and practice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr David Baker

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the history of crime and the key perspectives and theories of criminal justice. Students will discuss, analyse and evaluate the diverse and competing interpretations of a criminal act; the nature and basis of social and community attitudes to crime, why particular communities fear certain crimes; the causes and consequences of crime; measurement of crime and the relationship between crime and other forms of deviance. The community in a regional, rural, urban, national and international context will be used as the focal point of this analysis.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of the unit, students are expected to have developed:

    1. a critical understanding of the nature and complexity of crime;
    2. an insight into the nature of people who engage in criminal activity;
    3. the ability to critically analyse and evaluate both explanations and theories that attempt to explain the causes and consequences of crime in society;
    4. the analytical skills needed to think critically and independently about criminal justice issues;
    5. the skill to analyse diverse theories of crime causation;
    6. the ability to write an essay based on evidence and balanced argument.

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation or on-line forum participation (OCL): 10%
    Written work (2500 words): 50%
    2 Hour Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week (one-hour lecture and one two-hour seminar).


    CRJ1002 - The criminal justice process

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr David Baker

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit analyses and evaluates some of the challenges confronting the main agencies of criminal justice. Students learn about the various tiers in the criminal justice process, analyse its workings and tensions, and explore community crime prevention alternatives. The unit examines state and federal police agencies, private security, criminal courts, sentencing, punishment and corrections, and diversionary and community-based initiatives. It asks, among other things, whether current approaches to the administration of criminal justice address the needs of various communities (regional, rural, urban), victims of crime and the rehabilitation potential of perpetrators of crime.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to have developed:

    1. a critical awareness of the functioning of the three major institutions of the criminal justice system;
    2. a knowledge of reforms to the criminal justice system and of various diversionary alternatives;
    3. the analytical skills needed to think critically and independently about the criminal justice process;
    4. the skill to analyse a range of opinions in relation to traditional and alternative forms of policing, sentencing and punishing;
    5. an appreciation of contemporary and controversial debates relevant to justice issues in Australia;
    6. the ability to compose an essay based on evidence and logical and balanced argument.

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation and presentation or on-line forum participation (OCL): 10%
    Written work(2500 words): 50%
    2 Hour Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week (one-hour lecture and two-hour seminar)


    CRJ2001 - Comparative criminal justice: An international perspective

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Baker

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    Students study the aims and methods of comparative criminal justice. Policing structures, functions and practices are examined. The unit explores how the courts of selected countries conduct criminal trials. The fairness and effectiveness of sentencing and punishment will be analysed. Penal policy and prisoner rights will be considered as well as recent innovative non-custodial sanctions. The dismantling of geographical boundaries has hastened the spread of transnational organised crime networks. This unit offers a comparative perspective of the nature of transnational crime and the national and international efforts to identify and control such activities.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of the unit, students are expected to have developed:
    1. a deeper understanding and appreciation of contemporary international criminal justice issues; 2. an understanding of the role, functions and essential features of criminal justice systems in a range of countries; 3. the ability to analyse and evaluate the fairness of criminal justice systems within particular political systems; 4. the skill to conduct comparative analysis of criminal justice systems and to identify implications for the future of an international criminal justice system; 5. an appreciation of the issues that distinguish criminal justice systems in selected countries; 6. an understanding of the evolving globalisation of crime and the cooperative efforts needed to combat it; 7. a critical perspective on the role of law enforcement and international tribunals and courts in confronting transnational crime.

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation and presentation or on-line forum participation (OCL): 10%
    Written work(2500 words): 50%
    2 Hour Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    CRJ1001 and CRJ1002 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    CRJ3001


    CRJ2002 - Crime and Violence: Rural, Regional and Urban Communities

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Georgina Heydon

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit focuses on the complex relationship between crime and violence. The unit challenges students to analyse the stereotypes and understandings of crime in Australia, especially as they relate to regional and rural environments. Students will test the assumption that crime in the modern world is primarily an urban phenomenon. The impact of crime on local communities, especially violent crime, will be examined. The unit will explore the complexity of contemporary crime and the responses that it generates from local communities and the formal criminal justice system. The role of law and order campaigns to manage changes in crime and violence patterns will be examined. Regional and rural crime prevention programs will be assessed. The unit will consider the role of remoteness (geographical, social and political) in cycles of violence and the responses of the criminal justice institutions.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of the unit, students are expected to have developed the ability to:

    1. appreciate the complexity of crime and analyse the responses it generates in regional and rural contexts;
    2. appreciate the importance of geographic, economic, social and political dimensions in relation to the committing of crime and violence and in preventing such outcomes;
    3. analyse diverse theories of crime and violence and draw on such analytical skills in discussions;
    4. apply different theoretical models of criminology to specific issues relating to crime and violence in diverse contexts;
    5. critically evaluate the validity of approaches to violence taken by various criminal justice institutions;
    6. apply analytical frameworks to real-world examples of crime and violence in order to understand the social impact of such behaviour in communities;
    7. write an academic essay based on evidence and balanced argument.

    Assessment

    Class presentation and participation: 10%
    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    CRJ1001 and CRJ1002 or permission

    Prohibitions

    CRJ3002


    CRJ3001 - Comparative criminal justice: An international perspective

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Baker

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    Students study the aims and methods of comparative criminal justice. Policing structures, functions and practices are examined. The unit explores how the courts of selected countries conduct criminal trials. The fairness and effectiveness of sentencing and punishment will be analysed. Penal policy and prisoner rights will be considered as well as recent innovative non-custodial sanctions. The dismantling of geographical boundaries has hastened the spread of transnational organised crime networks. This unit offers a comparative perspective of the nature of transnational crime and the national and international efforts to identify and control such activities.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of the unit, students are expected to have developed:
    1. a deeper understanding and appreciation of contemporary international criminal justice issues; 2. an understanding of the role, functions and essential features of criminal justice systems in a range of countries; 3. the ability to analyse and evaluate the fairness of criminal justice systems within particular political systems; 4. the skill to conduct comparative analysis of criminal justice systems and to identify implications for the future of an international criminal justice system; 5. an appreciation of the issues that distinguish criminal justice systems in selected countries; 6. an understanding of the evolving globalisation of crime and the cooperative efforts needed to combat it; 7. a critical perspective on the role of law enforcement and international tribunals and courts in confronting transnational crime.

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation and presentation or on-line forum participation (OCL): 10%
    Written work(2500 words): 50%
    2 Hour Exam: 40%

    Prerequisites

    CRJ1001 and CRJ1002 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    CRJ2001


    CRJ3002 - Crime and Violence: Rural, Regional and Urban Communities

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Georgina Heydon

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit focuses on the complex relationship between crime and violence. The unit challenges students to analyse the stereotypes and understandings of crime in Australia, especially as they relate to regional and rural environments. Students will test the assumption that crime in the modern world is primarily an urban phenomenon. The impact of crime on local communities, especially violent crime, will be examined. The unit will explore the complexity of contemporary crime and the responses that it generates from local communities and the formal criminal justice system. The role of law and order campaigns to manage changes in crime and violence patterns will be examined. Regional and rural crime prevention programs will be assessed. The unit will consider the role of remoteness (geographical, social and political) in cycles of violence and the responses of the criminal justice institutions.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of the unit, students are expected to have developed the ability to:

    1. appreciate the complexity of crime and analyse the responses it generates in regional and rural contexts;
    2. appreciate the importance of geographic, economic, social and political dimensions in relation to the committing of crime and violence and in preventing such outcomes;
    3. analyse diverse theories of crime and violence and draw on such analytical skills in discussions;
    4. apply different theoretical models of criminology to specific issues relating to crime and violence in diverse contexts;
    5. critically evaluate the validity of approaches to violence taken by various criminal justice institutions;
    6. apply analytical frameworks to real-world examples of crime and violence in order to understand the social impact of such behaviour in communities;
    7. write an academic essay based on evidence and balanced argument.

    Assessment

    Class presentation and participation: 10%
    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    CRJ1001 and CRJ1002 or permission

    Prohibitions

    CRJ2002


    CRJ3003 - Offender Profiling

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit demystifies the process of offender profiling by examining the theoretical bases underlying approaches to profiling, listing the functions of profiling outlining and contrasting methods used, and evaluating the validity of these. The long history of profiling will be explored, and the sensationalism of popular media depictions of profilers and profiling methods will be investigated.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
    (1) describe the history of offender profiling; (2) use theoretical perspectives as an explanatory structure to outline approaches to profiling; (3) describe and evaluate critically methods of profiling; (4) appreciate the requirement that approaches to profiling be scientifically evaluated; (5) examine the different functions of profiling; (6) prepare a profile according to specific criteria based on information provided; (7) appreciate the limits of profiling

    Assessment

    Profiling assignment (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    CRJ1001 and CRJ1002, plus two of CRJ2001, CRJ2002, SCY2805, SCY2811


    CRJ4004 - Criminal behaviours and enterprises: Individuals, groups and organisations

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Baker

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the complexity of criminal behaviours and the range of criminological theories espoused in order to explain such diverse behaviours. Humans are rule-making and rule-enforcing beings, but not all of us conform to these rules. Many violate the rules and are subject to sanctions and punishment. Individual, group and organisational criminal behaviours and enterprises are examined in this unit. A sophisticated analysis of criminal behaviours includes exploration of biological, psychological and social explanations of crime and the interactionist tradition including differential association theory. Crowd disorders and street gang behaviours will be examined. Organisational and institutional criminal behaviours extend from white-collar and corporate criminal activity to the dynamics of political crimes of violence, corruption and human rights violations that can be committed by the state and against the state. The unit involves study of definitional and conceptual issues, causes, methods of control and the effects of such organisational criminal behaviour. The unit examines the legal controls and responses by governments and other agencies in order to curb and prevent criminal behaviours of individuals, groups and organisations.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to have developed:
    (1) an understanding of definitions of criminal behaviour, including an awareness that the law is not static and changes over time; (2) the ability to identify the key characteristics of criminal behaviours and criminal enterprises; (3) knowledge about the core theoretical debates and issues of criminal behaviours that focus on individuals, groups and organisations; (4) the ability to identify traits about the nature of individuals, groups and organisations that engage in criminal activity; (5) an appreciation of the various models available for explaining the relationship between criminality, the individual and society; (6) an awareness of the contribution of the criminal behaviour theories to criminal justice policy and practice; (7) an understanding of what it means to be a victim of criminal behaviour instigated by individual, group or organisation

    Assessment

    Policy report (2500 words): 30%
    Evaluation paper (2500 words): 30%
    Essay (4000 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    Only offered by OCL.

    Prerequisites

    CRJ4001 and CRJ4002

    Prohibitions

    CRJ5004


    DTH4001 - Design for theatre

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Coe

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will examine the process of creating a design approach to theatrical production through an understanding of applied aesthetics. It will consider issues of lighting, sound, line, mass and colour, and the ways in which these design elements craft theatre scenography. It will focus on the ways in which specific texts might be interpreted as well as the histories and potentials of specific theatre buildings and structures to the design process. Both the 'craft' and 'art' of the design process will be explored in a practical project that should reflect the theoretical and historical understandings developed in this unit.



    Objectives

    Students who complete this unit successfully should have developed:

    1. A greater understanding of the craft elements of design.

    1. A contextual understanding the art of design through a range of critical theories.

    1. A working design for a production representing a coherent aesthetic.

    1. The ability to critique theatrical design in sustained oral and written form.

    Assessment

    Practical folio of design for implementation (equivalent 4000 words): 40%
    Seminar paper (equivalent 2000 words): 25%
    Contribution to class discussion (equivalent 2000 words): 25%
    Practical class work (equivalent 1000 words): 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Co-requisites

    DTH4000


    DTH4003 - Performance investigation

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Will Peterson

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will investigate performance practice in two modules: one relating to the preparation of performance and one concerning both performance itself and the critique of performance. Students will be expected to initiate and carry out their own performance project, to discover appropriate background material, and to sustain a discussion with the class on issues arising from the development of their project. After the presentation of the performances, students will prepare a written or oral critique of their project.

    Objectives

    Students who complete this unit successfully should be able:

    1. To make a new performance work which draws on contemporary ideas and practices.

    1. To critique the making of this work in the light of contemporary performance theory.

    1. To participate in class investigations and help facilitate discoveries in methodologies of performance making.

    1. To make presentations on the processes of creating performance.

    1. To articulate in oral and written form the specific elements and objectives of an original piece of performance making.

    Assessment

    Workshop classes and presentations (2000 word equivalent): 25%
    Performance project, supported by journal (2500 word equivalent each): 50%
    Performance critiques (2000 words): 25%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 3 hour workshop) per week

    Co-requisites

    DTH4000


    DTS1001 - Performance in context I

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fiona Gregory

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Performance in Context I will be a foundational unit in the Drama and Theatre Studies major and minor. Whilst offering a general introduction to concepts, theories and practices in the discipline, the primary focus of the unit will be on theatre history and historiography. Students will examine the development of theatrical conventions in key periods of theatre history, and the relationship of theatrical performance to social, political and cultural forces. The continuing influence of past modes of performance in the development of contemporary theatrical forms will also be explored.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will develop:

    1. Familiarity with concepts, theories and practices within the discipline of Drama and Theatre Studies
    2. Deeper knowledge of theatre history
    3. Ability to perform research in theatre history
    4. Understanding of the ways in which performance codes of historicized texts might be translated into the processes of contemporary theatre
    5. Awareness of the range of communicative languages used on stage, and of the critical discourses appropriate to their description and analysis
    6. Ability to articulate critical interpretations of dramatic texts and processes in systematic written argument.

    Assessment

    Annotated bibliography (1000 words): 20%
    Essay (1500 wrods): 40%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 90-minute tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    DTS1060


    DTS1002 - Performance in context II

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fiona Gregory

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Performance in Context II is the companion unit to Performance in Context I, both of which function as foundational units in the Drama and Theatre Studies major and minor. Performance in Context II will extend students' understanding of concepts, theories and practices in the discipline. Whereas as Performance in Context I exposes students to traditions and conventions of mainstream theatre, Performance in Context II will explore challenges to convention, such as avant-garde theatre, feminist performance art, and site-specific performance. Students will create their own devised work as part of the assessment requirements.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will develop:

    1. Familiarity with concepts, theories and practices within the discipline of Drama and Theatre Studies
    2. Deeper knowledge of the history of theatre and performance
    3. Understanding of the ways in which the physical conditions of performance might shape performance outcomes
    4. Ability to embody critical interpretations of performance theories and forms in practical work
    5. Capacity to articulate critical and imaginative interpretations of performance texts and processes in systematic written argument and clear, concise oral presentation.

    Assessment

    Essay (1250 words): 30%
    Group presentation and report (1250 words): 30%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 90-minute tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    DTS1001 Performance in Context I, or with permission of coordinator

    Prohibitions

    DTS1160


    DTS1320 - Body, space, text

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Rob Baum

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Introduction to the primary elements of performance practice with a particular focus on the movement of the body in space. Different body disciplines will be studied in the form of structured theatrical investigations utilising body, space and text. Students will be expected to undertake a research project into the ideokinesis of the body.

    Assessment

    Performance project (1500 words): 40%
    Class exercise (1000 words): 20%
    Research project (1500 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour workshop) per week


    DTS1420 - Body, voice, text

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Will Peterson

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to a primary element of performance practice with a particular focus on the voice and its relationship to both the body of the performer and the investigation of texts. It will include opportunities for learning the specific skills of voice production. An understanding of the different techniques that have been used for teaching voice and their role in actor training will also be developed. Students will have an opportunity to apply this knowledge to creative processes, such as soundscapes, choral work and textual interpretation. They will undertake a research project on the use of voice in performance.

    Assessment

    Reflective folio (equivalent 1500 words): 40%
    Individual vocal work exercise (equivalent 1000 words): 20%
    Group presentation of either choral or spoken text (equivalent 1500 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    DTS1320


    DTS2001 - Ideas of theatre

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Maryrose Casey

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will examine foundational theories of theatre and performance practice in the context of current critical debates and theories. Drawing on primary texts by influential theorists and practitioners from 'western' and Asian theatre traditions across the centuries, this unit examines the ongoing ideas and dialogues about the nature and practice of theatre. The questions raised include: What is theatre? In what sense is theatre a representation? What are its moral effects? How can we know how other people respond? How is theatre and its reception gendered and/or racially positioned? Who decides what the text or performance means? How can a performance be analysed?


    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this course will:

    1. obtain a deeper knowledge of a range of historical and cross-cultural theatre and performance theories and practices
    2. examine and analyse the broad social, political, religious, and cultural contexts in which performance takes place
    3. discover and develop their own general theories of theatre and to develop them;
    4. strengthen their capacity to understand and engage in theoretical analysis
    5. extend their effective communication skills through developing critical awareness and writing proficiency in the fields of theatre criticism and performance history.

    Assessment

    Seminar participation and presentation (1000 words): 30%
    Reading response paper (1000 words): 30%
    Research essay (2500 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    DTS1001 Performance in context I and DTS1002 Performance in contxt II, or by permission of the unit coordinator


    DTS2010 - Mime, mask and magic

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Sue Tweg

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The aim of this unit in the very rich field of Commedia dell'Arte is to develop students' critical awareness, understanding, and enjoyment, of a highly skilled traditional performance style and to provide a basic grounding in commedia theatrecraft. Sessions will cover such topics as variations between constructed narrative and improvisation within scenes, individual and ensemble use of language, special vocabulary for characters, the place of music in performance, movement, the significance of the mask, costume and makeup as signifiers, the construction of full scenarios, satirical content of lazzi, and the ongoing tradition of commedia in modern artforms.

    Assessment

    Workshop participation with written analysis (1500 words): 50%
    Performance piece or design presentation with notes or essay (3000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    DTS1060 or DTS1160

    Prohibitions

    DTS3010


    DTS2050 - Asian theatre

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Will Peterson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit deals with traditional and contemporary Asian performance forms that have grown out of the cultures of India, China, Japan, and Southeast Asia. Additional focus will be given to recent developments in Asian theatre, English-language theatre in Singapore, and community-based theatre and religious drama in the Philippines. The unit will emphasise reading performance work in the historical and political context of Asian societies. Students will gain an understanding of the characteristic features of selected performance forms from each of these cultures, while learning to appreciate how these forms have assimilated a wide range of cultural, religious, and aesthetic influences.

    Objectives

    On successfully completing this unit students will have achieved:

    1. An enhanced understanding of the richness and diversity of Asian cultures.
    2. Some familiarity with the major performance forms of Asia.
    3. The capacity to make connections between performance and history, politics, economics, and social and cultural policies.
    4. A basic understanding the epic stories at the core of performance forms throughout India and Southeast Asia.
    5. The ability to conduct research into an aspect of Asian theatre of their own choosing and to present their findings in an appropriate format.

    Assessment

    Seminar participation: 20%
    Research paper (1800 words): 40%
    Performance/project/ritual and reflective essay: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year Arts

    Prohibitions

    DTS3050


    DTS2060 - Australian and New Zealand theatre

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Maryrose Casey

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This course will introduce students to the broad outlines of the development and practice of Australian and New Zealand theatre through a study of some key texts. It looks not only at the styles and concerns of the texts themselves, but at the various social and industrial contexts in which Australian and New Zealand theatre-writing and theatre-making was (or wasn't) produced. It will also introduce students to aspects of Australian and New Zealand theatre historiography and criticism: of how theatre was - and is - created, performed, written about, and critically constructed.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this course will:

    1. develop in-depth knowledge of some of the typical ways in which Australian and New Zealand theatre seeks to construct images of society and culture: its mythologies, debates, jokes, identity and concerns
    2. have a deeper understanding of the broad social, political, religious, and cultural contexts in which performance takes place
    3. have an ethical and social understanding of the kinds of cultural discourses and creative interventions undertaken by the Australian and New Zealand theatre industries and by Australian and New Zealand writers of various backgrounds
    4. extend their effective communication skills through developing critical awareness, web-based research skills and writing proficiency in the fields of theatre criticism and performance history
    5. Third-year students will develop a more sophisticated understanding of theatre within specific cultural contexts building on their previous units.

    Assessment

    Seminar participation and presentation (1000 words): 20%
    Class test: 10%
    Short exercise, "Critical construction of a performance text" (1,500 words): 30%
    Research essay (2500 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    DTS1001 (Performance in Context I) and DTS1002 (Performance in Context II) or by permission of the unit coordinator

    Prohibitions

    DTS3060


    DTS2070 - Music theatre

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit deals with the history and analysis of 'the Musical'. It will provide a theoretical framework for the study of Music Theatre, which defines the formal characteristics of 'the Musical' in its Broadway and other manifestations, and explores the implications of particular choices in structure and score.

    Objectives

    Students taking DTS2070/3070 will develop:

    1. An understanding of the conventions and traditions of twentieth-century musical theatre.

    1. A knowledge of the major developments in the field, and of patterns of similarity between the works in which they are expressed.

    1. A familiarity with the distinctive methodological issues involved in the study of the form, and of the languages appropriate to their articulation and analysis.

    1. Skills in the performance and technical areas related to the genre.

    1. The capacity to articulate critical analyses in systematic written argument, and in clear and confident oral presentations.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Review essay (1000 words): 20%
    Seminar presentation and contribution (equivalent 1250 words): 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 3 hour lecture/workshop) per week


    DTS2160 - Women and theatre

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to three aspects of women's work in the theatre - writing, acting and directing. It will consider some major theatre works written or created by women, such as Aphra Behn, Caryl Churchill, Sarah Bernhardt, Marilyn Monroe, Maria Irene Fornes, Jenny Kemp, Anne Bogart, Ariane Mnouchkine. A special focus will be given to the ways in which feminism has impacted on the theatre in critical and creative ways. Practical work will be encouraged to demonstrate the significance of women's artistic contribution to contemporary theatre.

    Assessment

    Class paper (1350 words): 30%
    Creative Project (1350 word equivalent): 30%
    Essay (1800 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 2.5 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    First year Arts sequence


    DTS2170 - Musical Theatre Workshop

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will provide students with a sustained opportunity to work on the performance of a musical theatre piece, from exploratory workshops to full public production. It will build on the theoretical and practical frameworks established in DTS 2/3070 in applying those analytical and performance skills to the generation of a new work in the genre.

    Objectives

    Students taking DTS2170/3170 will develop:

    1. An understanding of aspects of creative processes in the field, and of the procedures appropriate to the collaborative development of new work.

    1. An increased familiarity with the distinctive methodological issues involved in the study of the form, and of the languages appropriate to their articulation and analysis.

    1. A greater awareness of the implications of structural choices in the evolution of a musical theatre text.

    1. Skills in the performance and technical areas related to the genre.

    1. The capacity to articulate critical analyses in systematic written argument, and in clear and confident oral presentations.

    Assessment

    Production participation: 60%
    Essay (1000 words): 20%
    Seminar presentation and contribution: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour workshop) per week plus rehearsal

    Prerequisites

    DTS2070 or DTS3070 or DTS1050

    Prohibitions

    DTS3170


    DTS2450 - Contemporary drama

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Will Peterson

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit investigates a number of contemporary dramatic texts by a range of playwrights whose work differs in style, content, structure, and context. The subject also covers performance processes, looking at theatre audiences and approaches to directing and acting, while bringing in theories and analytical frameworks that extend from our encounter with these texts. Workshop sessions will focus on analysing these texts while considering ways in which they may be made to speak to a contemporary audience.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Develop and manifest a clear familiarity with each text in its context.
    2. Work singly and collectively to bring information in the playtext off the page and into creative dramatic life.
    3. Discern conceptual meanings that extend from scripted language.
    4. Bring energy and subtlety to dramatic interaction.
    5. Be able to discuss and analyse the assigned critical material in ways that contribute to the student's understanding of theatre.
    6. Employ methods of analysis, reflection, and judgment in both oral and written work.
    7. Evaluate ideas, issues, and concepts the student considers significant in the texts and discussion.

    Assessment

    Workshop Participation: 20%
    Workshop Facilitation: 20%
    Essay (1500 words total): 25%
    Performance, Design or Dramaturgical Project: 35%
    Third-year students will be expected to show, in presentation and written work, evidence of wider reading in theories of contemporary performance.

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1.5 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Drama and Theatre Studies

    Prohibitions

    DTS3450


    DTS2500 - The Study of dance

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Coe

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to dance as both an aesthetic and cultural practice and will focus on selected dance traditions and genres, with an emphasis on the history of modern and postmodern dance in performance. Students will learn approaches to movement analysis and practice using the languages of the body as a focus for performance research. Students will undertake a research project on the repertoire of an Australian dance company.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 50%
    Research project including class presentation (2500 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 2.5 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    Completion of first year Arts

    Prohibitions

    DTS3500


    DTS2510 - Choreographic project

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Rob Baum

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Choreographic Project involves the study of choreography through learning about the work of selected choreographers and through a supervised creative project in choreography. The components of choreographic work including dance style, use of space, time and human energy will be investigated in relation to contemporary ideas of dance. The student's choreographic project will be presented in a public performance.

    Assessment

    Performance project (equivalent 2250 words) implementing objectives for creative and practical work: 50%
    Choreographic essay and analysis examining key conceptual issues and involving application of analytical procedures (2250 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 3 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    DTS2500/3500 in first semester; DTS1320 and DTS1420 in first year if completing a minor in dance studies

    Prohibitions

    DTS3510


    DTS2520 - The Actor, past and present

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fiona Gregory

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to ways of thinking about the actor and identity. It will examine actors of the past and present and explore means of researching historical performances. It will consider how issues of sexuality, nationality, ethnicity, age, and status impact on our understanding of a performer and his or her celebrity.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing DTS2520 should develop:

    1. an understanding of approaches to the study of the individual actor as a unit of analysis in theatre and performance studies;
    2. an awareness of how issues of identity (sexuality, ethnicity, nationality, age) impact on readings of the actor and his or her work and celebrity
    3. a broad understanding of key theoretical concepts and their application in theatre history
    4. skills in practical research
    5. the ability to articulate ideas in sustained written analyses and clear and confident oral presentations

    Assessment

    Analytical exercise (500 words) : 20%
    Research project (2000 words) : 50%
    Examination (2 hours) : 30%
    Third-year students will be required to make greater use of theoretical concepts in their written work

    Contact hours

    1 one-hour lecture and a one-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year DTS sequence (or other sequence by approval)


    DTS2630 - Shakespeare: Text and performance

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Sue Tweg

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    In this unit we look at nine of Shakespeare's plays, both as texts on the page for study and analysis, and as blueprints for performance work. The aim is to encourage you to experience plays as both imaginative poetry and living theatre for today. We explore how plays have been understood at different historical times and in different cultures. There will be a weekly two-hour workshop for all students, plus an additional (optional) hour long performance workshop on a selected play each Wednesday afternoon.

    Assessment

    Workshop participation and presentation: 50%
    Examination (2 hours) or short performance with written analysis (2000 word equivalent) or essay (2000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    Completion of first year DTS or ENH sequence

    Prohibitions

    DTS3630


    DTS2660 - Technical Aspects of Performance Making

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Coe

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will examine in detail the role of the Stage Manager and the major departments of Lighting, Sound, Costume, Props and Scenic fabrication. Students will utilise the methods of mainstream theatrical practice particular to the western theatre, and Australian, tradition to realise the mise-en-scene of a full length theatrical production. Students will also compare this methodology to non-professional practice.

    Assessment

    Class project (1500 words): 40%
    Practical task: 60%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    PER1040 or technical skills evaluation


    DTS2670 - Technical aspects: Practical investigation

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Coe

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject offers the student the opportunity to apply the ideas and skills of stage management theorised in the first semester. By stage managing a production as practically as possible to industry standards of practice, the student will develop broad strategies of problem solving in a theatrical production. The written component of this subject is the documentation of the process including the completed prompt-copy of the production.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this subject will be able to:

    1. Plan and manage the pre-production period of a theatrical production and note the meetings.

    1. Manage the rehearsal room and prepare the Prompt-copy for a theatre production.

    1. Manage the performance and complete the documentation of the process of production.

    1. Develop a broad range of strategies for problem solving in the theatre environment.

    Assessment

    Practical work (the management) on a theatre production: 70%
    Written component (documentation of the process): 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour workshop) per week plus rehearsals

    Prerequisites

    DTS2660


    DTS2830 - Drama into film

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Sue Tweg

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is a study of texts which exist as plays and films. The unit explores ways in which dramatists and film directors realise their respective visions within the modes and techniques available to them. The unit emphasises a range of drama and cinematic approaches to the literary text. Topics include the nature and function of dialogue in play and film, mise-en-scene in theatre and film, the question of realism, and drama text and screenplay as 'blueprints' for performance.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    Test: 40% (2 hours)

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    Completion of a first-year sequence

    Prohibitions

    DTS3830


    DTS2870 - Stages: Issues in theatre history

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chris Worth

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will explore the interplay of spaces, audiences, dramatic texts, political and cultural contexts, people and technology at key moments in theatre history. The case studies will be the commercial theatre of Elizabethan England, the theatre of Restoration London, spectacular theatre in gold-rush Melbourne, and the theatrical fortunes of a Shakespeare play. The unit considers theoretical issues involved in theatre history and dramatic writing in order to develop an understanding of the relations between our own theatrical experience and the intertexts of past performances.

    Assessment

    Research work/projects: 70% (3150 words)
    Class participation and test: 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    DTS3870


    DTS3000 - Theories of directing

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Snow

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Theatre Directing will take as its premise the profound and reciprocal influence that directors have had on the theory and practice of theatre. We will follow three principal lines of inquiry. Students will make a presentation on a work of a selected C20 director, taking into account their productions, rehearsal strategies and social and performance contexts. We will explore aspects of directing practice such as preparing a text for production. And we will read and discuss some key, contemporary issues concerning directing such as theorising the actor, rehearsal methodology, intercultural theatre and performance aesthetic.

    Objectives

    Upon successfully completing this subject students should be able to:

    1. Follow the processes by which directors prepare a theatre production.

    1. Understand the relationships between directors, actors, other theatre practitioners (eg designers) and spectators.

    1. Research and make a presentation on the rehearsal strategies and productions of selected historical directors in their social and performance contexts.

    1. Carry out some of the practices of a director, such as preparing a text for production.

    1. Explain some key, conceptual issues concerning directing such as action, rehearsal methodology, mise-en-scene and performance aesthetic.

    1. Describe and theorise some of the processes of directing in confident, oral presentation as well as in clear and cogent writing.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words): 60%
    Presentation (1500 words): 30%
    Seminar participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year sequence in Drama and Theatre Studies


    DTS3010 - Mime, mask and magic

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Sue Tweg

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The aim of this unit in the very rich field of Commedia dell'Arte is to develop students' critical awareness, understanding, and enjoyment, of a highly skilled traditional performance style and to provide a basic grounding in commedia theatrecraft. Sessions will cover such topics as variations between constructed narrative and improvisation within scenes, individual and ensemble use of language, special vocabulary for characters, the place of music in performance, movement, the significance of the mask, costume and makeup as signifiers, the construction of full scenarios, satirical content of lazzi, and the ongoing tradition of commedia in modern artforms.

    Assessment

    Workshop participation with written analysis (1500 words): 50%
    Performance piece or design presentation with notes or essay (3000 words): 50%
    Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate a deeper acquaintance with primary and secondary historical sources

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    DTS1060 or DTS1160

    Prohibitions

    DTS2010


    DTS3040 - Directing workshop

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Sue Tweg

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will provide students with the opportunity to investigate directing practice in some detail. Students will choose a directing project, carry out dramaturgical research on the text and appropriate contexts, prepare the text for rehearsal, cast the work, carry out rehearsals, and stage their project. They will also write up the mise-en-scene of their production. Students will receive regular guidance and feedback on their projects.

    Objectives

    Upon successfully completing this subject, students should be able to carry out a directing project from preparation through to performance, and thus be able to:

    1. Engage in dramaturgical research.

    1. Prepare a text for rehearsal with actors.

    1. Carry out detailed and careful rehearsal.

    1. Collaborate with other theatre practitioners in order to present a performance.

    1. Understand the relations between performance work and the contexts in which it will be presented.

    1. Keep a detailed and clear record of work such that other practitioners would be able to follow the production strategies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90% (4500 words)
    Workshop participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 3 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year sequence in Drama and Theatre Studies

    Co-requisites

    DTS3000


    DTS3050 - Asian theatre

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Will Peterson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit deals with traditional and contemporary Asian performance forms that have grown out of the cultures of India, China, Japan, and Southeast Asia. Additional focus will be given to recent developments in Asian theatre, English-language theatre in Singapore, and community-based theatre and religious drama in the Philippines. The unit will emphasise reading performance work in the historical and political context of Asian societies. Students will gain an understanding of the characteristic features of selected performance forms from each of these cultures, while learning to appreciate how these forms have assimilated a wide range of cultural, religious, and aesthetic influences.

    Objectives

    On successfully completing this unit students will have achieved:

    1. An enhanced understanding of the richness and diversity of Asian cultures.
    2. Some familiarity with the major performance forms of Asia.
    3. The capacity to make connections between performance and history, politics, economics, and social and cultural policies.
    4. A basic understanding the epic stories at the core of performance forms throughout India and Southeast Asia.
    5. The ability to conduct research into an aspect of Asian theatre of their own choosing and to present their findings in an appropriate format.

    Assessment

    Seminar participation: 20%
    Research paper (1800 words): 40% +
    Performance/project/ritual and reflective essay: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    First and second year Arts sequence

    Prohibitions

    DTS2050


    DTS3060 - Australian and New Zealand theatre

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Maryrose Casey

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This course will introduce students to the broad outlines of the development and practice of Australian and New Zealand theatre through a study of some key texts. It looks not only at the styles and concerns of the texts themselves, but at the various social and industrial contexts in which Australian and New Zealand theatre-writing and theatre-making was (or wasn't) produced. It will also introduce students to aspects of Australian and New Zealand theatre historiography and criticism: of how theatre was - and is - created, performed, written about, and critically constructed.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this course will:

    1. develop in-depth knowledge of some of the typical ways in which Australian and New Zealand theatre seeks to construct images of society and culture: its mythologies, debates, jokes, identity and concerns
    2. have a deeper understanding of the broad social, political, religious, and cultural contexts in which performance takes place
    3. have an ethical and social understanding of the kinds of cultural discourses and creative interventions undertaken by the Australian and New Zealand theatre industries and by Australian and New Zealand writers of various backgrounds
    4. extend their effective communication skills through developing critical awareness, web-based research skills and writing proficiency in the fields of theatre criticism and performance history
    5. Third-year students will develop a more sophisticated understanding of theatre within specific cultural contexts building on their previous units.

    Assessment

    Seminar participation and presentation (1000 words): 20%
    Class test: 10%
    Short exercise, "Critical construction of a performance text" (1,500 words): 30%
    Research essay (2500 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    DTS1001 (Performance in Context I) and DTS1002 (Performance in Context II) or by permission of the unit coordinator

    Prohibitions

    DTS2060


    DTS3070 - Music theatre

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit deals with the history and analysis of 'the Musical'. It will provide a theoretical framework for the study of Music Theatre, which defines the formal characteristics of 'the Musical' in its Broadway and other manifestations, and explores the implications of particular choices in structure and score.

    Objectives

    Students taking DTS2070/3070 will develop:

    1. An understanding of the conventions and traditions of twentieth-century musical theatre.

    1. A knowledge of the major developments in the field, and of patterns of similarity between the works in which they are expressed.

    1. A familiarity with the distinctive methodological issues involved in the study of the form, and of the languages appropriate to their articulation and analysis.

    1. Skills in the performance and technical areas related to the genre.

    1. The capacity to articulate critical analyses in systematic written argument, and in clear and confident oral presentations.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 word essay): 50%
    Review essay (1000 words): 20%
    Seminar presentation and contribution (equivalent 1250 words): 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 3 hour lecture/workshop) per week


    DTS3160 - Women and theatre

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to three aspects of women's work in the theatre - writing, acting and directing. It will consider some major theatre works written or created by women, such as Aphra Behn, Caryl Churchill, Sarah Bernhardt, Marilyn Monroe, Maria Irene Fornes, Jenny Kemp, Anne Bogart, Ariane Mnouchkine. A special focus will be given to the ways in which feminism has impacted on the theatre in critical and creative ways. Practical work will be encouraged to demonstrate the significance of women's artistic contribution to contemporary theatre.

    Assessment

    Class paper (1350 words): 30%
    Creative project (1350 word equivalent): 30%
    Essay (1800 words): 40%
    Third-year students will be required to show a greater understanding of feminist theory and its relationship to the analysis of women and theatre

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 2.5 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    First and second year Arts sequence


    DTS3170 - Musical theatre workshop

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will provide students with a sustained opportunity to work on the performance of a musical theatre piece, from exploratory workshops to full public production. It will build on the theoretical and practical frameworks established in DTS 2/3070 in applying those analytical and performance skills to the generation of a new work in the genre.

    Objectives

    Students taking DTS2170/3170 will develop:

    1. An understanding of aspects of creative processes in the field, and of the procedures appropriate to the collaborative development of new work.

    1. An increased familiarity with the distinctive methodological issues involved in the study of the form, and of the languages appropriate to their articulation and analysis.

    1. A greater awareness of the implications of structural choices in the evolution of a musical theatre text.

    1. Skills in the performance and technical areas related to the genre.

    1. The capacity to articulate critical analyses in systematic written argument, and in clear and confident oral presentations.

    At third-year level, the capacity to apply more sophisticated theoretical models to the prescribed work.

    Assessment

    Production participation: 60%
    Essay (1000 words): 20%
    Seminar participation and contribution: 20%
    Third-year level students should develop a wider and more sophisticated knowledge of theoretical writing in the area

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour workshop) per week plus rehearsal

    Prerequisites

    DTS2070 or DTS3070 or DTS1050

    Prohibitions

    DTS2170


    DTS3260 - Independent theatre practice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fiona Gregory

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will provide students who intend to develop a career as a theatre worker, performer or teacher with appropriate kinds of experience in the community and the theatre industry. Through off-campus placements students will have the opportunity to focus on their particular areas of interest in a professional context.

    Assessment

    Journal (2500 words): 50%
    Essay (2000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours of supervision per week

    Prerequisites

    Completion of minor sequence in Drama and Theatre Studies


    DTS3400 - Script development

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Will Peterson

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will provide students with a sustained opportunity to develop their own skills in writing for performance in a collaborative workshop environment, culminating in performance work based on the completed script. The program will also involve working collaboratively on a project with a practising writer. The course will offer experience in writing and adaptation for both stage and screen, while providing students with the chance to specialise in one medium.

    Objectives

    Students taking DTS3400 will develop:

    1. Enhanced skills in the practice of their own writing in more than one performance genre.

    1. An understanding of aspects of creative processes in the field, and of the procedures appropriate to the collaborative development of new work.

    1. An increased familiarity with the distinctive methodological issues involved in the study of the form, and of the languages appropriate to their articulation and analysis.

    1. A greater knowledge of the implications of structural choices in the evolution of a performance text.

    1. Skills in editing and adaptation.

    1. The capacity to articulate critical analyses in systematic written argument, and in clear and confident oral presentations.

    Assessment

    Short completed script (3000 words): 60%
    Exercise (1500 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    A minor sequence in Drama and Theatre Studies


    DTS3450 - Contemporary drama

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Will Peterson

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit investigates a number of contemporary dramatic texts by a range of playwrights whose work differs in style, content, structure, and context. The subject also covers performance processes, looking at theatre audiences and approaches to directing and acting, while bringing in theories and analytical frameworks that extend from our encounter with these texts. Workshop sessions will focus on analysing these texts while considering ways in which they may be made to speak to a contemporary audience.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Develop and manifest a clear familiarity with each text in its context.
    2. Work singly and collectively to bring information in the playtext off the page and into creative dramatic life.
    3. Discern conceptual meanings that extend from scripted language.
    4. Bring energy and subtlety to dramatic interaction.
    5. Be able to discuss and analyse the assigned critical material in ways that contribute to the student's understanding of theatre.
    6. Employ methods of analysis, reflection, and judgment in both oral and written work.
    7. Evaluate ideas, issues, and concepts the student considers significant in the texts and discussion.

    Assessment

    Workshop Participation: 20%
    Workshop Facilitation: 20%
    Essay (1500 words total): 25%
    Performance, Design or Dramaturgical Project: 35%
    Third-year students will be expected to show, in presentation and written work, evidence of wider reading in theories of contemporary performance.

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1.5 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year sequence in Drama and Theatre Studies

    Prohibitions

    DTS2450


    DTS3500 - The study of dance

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Coe

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to dance as both an aesthetic and cultural practice and will focus on selected dance traditions and genres, with an emphasis on the history of modern and postmodern dance in performance. Students will learn approaches to movement analysis and practice using the languages of the body as a focus for performance research. Students will undertake a research project on the repertoire of an Australian dance company.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 50%
    Research project including class presentation (2500 words): 50%
    Third-year students will be required to make greater use of dance theory in their project work

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 2.5 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    Completion of second year Arts

    Prohibitions

    DTS3500


    DTS3510 - Choreographic project

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Rob Baum

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Choreographic Project involves the study of choreography through learning about the work of selected choreographers and through a supervised creative project in choreography. The components of choreographic work including dance style, use of space, time and human energy will be investigated in relation to contemporary ideas of dance. The student's choreographic project will be presented in a public performance.

    Assessment

    Performance project (equivalent 2250 words) implementing objectives for creative and practical work: 50%
    Choreographic essay and analysis (2250 words) examining key conceptual issues and involving application of analytical procedures: 50%
    Third-year students will be required to make greater use of dance theory in both their project work and their choreographic essay

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 3 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    Completion of second year Arts, in particular DTS2500/3500 in first semester; DTS1320 and DTS1420 in first year

    Prohibitions

    DTS2510


    DTS3520 - The actor,past and present

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fiona Gregory

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to ways of thinking about the actor and identity. It will examine actors of the past and present and explore means of researching historical performances. It will consider how issues of sexuality, nationality, ethnicity, age, and status impact on our understanding of a performer and his or her celebrity.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing DTS3520 should develop:

    1. an understanding of approaches to the study of the individual actor as a unit of analysis in theatre and performance studies;
    2. an awareness of how issues of identity (sexuality, ethnicity, nationality, age) impact on readings of the actor and his or her work and celebrity
    3. a deep understanding of key theoretical concepts and their application in theatre history
    4. skills in practical research
    5. the ability to articulate ideas in sustained written analyses and clear and confident oral presentations.
    6. third year students should develop a more profound understanding of key theoretical concepts and their application in theatre history.

    Assessment

    Analytical exercise (500 words) : 20%
    Research project (2000 words) : 50%
    Examination (2 hours) : 30%

    Contact hours

    1 one-hour lecture and a one-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year DTS sequence (or other sequence by approval)


    DTS3630 - Shakespeare: Text and performance

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Sue Tweg

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    In this unit we look at nine of Shakespeare's plays, both as texts on the page for study and analysis, and as blueprints for performance work. The aim is to encourage you to experience plays as both imaginative poetry and living theatre for today. We explore how plays have been understood at different historical times and in different cultures. There will be a weekly two-hour workshop for all students, plus an additional (optional) hour long performance workshop on a selected play each Wednesday afternoon.

    Assessment

    Workshop participation and presentation: 50%
    Examination (2 hours) or short performance with written analysis (2000 word equivalent) or essay (2000 words): 50%
    Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate greater sophistication in the interpretation of texts, to take the lead in practical explorations, and to make reference in written work to relevant secondary material

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence

    Prohibitions

    DTS2630


    DTS3650 - Social drama and political rhetoric

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Murphy

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the role of political rhetoric and communication in great social dramas played out in key historical moments such as war and civil war. It looks at major examples of political rhetoric and official writing inspired by such dramas, the use of theatrical ideas and gestures in politics, and the structural parallels between staged drama and social drama. Examples discussed will include the political rhetoric of Lincoln and the American Civil War, and Winston Churchill and the Second World War. The plays of Shakespeare will be used to analyse the relationship of rhetorical traditions, staged drama and social drama.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will

    1. Understand principles of political rhetoric
    2. Be familiar with great examples of such rhetoric
    3. Understand how political speech-making and official writing influences grave political events including world war, civil war and the overthrow of tyranny
    4. Understand how history plays especially the Shakespearean tradition and the study of dramaturgy prepares social actors to engage in great social dramas
    5. Understand how history plays especially the Shakespearean tradition and the study of dramaturgy utilizes, influences and shapes great political rhetoric.

    Assessment

    Exam (2 hours, 1500 words): 40%
    Research essay (2500 words): 45%
    Tutorial participation: 15%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hout tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    Minor in Communications and Media Studies, Drama and Theatre Studies or other approved discipline


    DTS3700 - Comedy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Murphy/Peter Snow

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the study of comedic drama, the comic novel, existential comedy, philosophies of humour and laughter, comic imagery and comic irony. It explores the comic foundations of social order and the role of incongruity and paradox in social and personal relations.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of

    1. the principles of the comedic genre,
    2. the anthropological, social, and philosophical assumptions of comedic dramaturgy and comedic narratives, and
    3. the role of comedy in the creation of social order, comedy as a genre of mass-media.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (4500 words)

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    Minor sequence in COM, DTS or other approved discipline

    Prohibitions

    COM3700


    DTS3800 - Drama in performance

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Coe

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will utilise the elements of dramaturgical research to shape the creation of a performance from a dramatic text. The unit will have specific areas of investigation particular to each year of presentation, for example, an investigation into issues of gender, race, morality, etc; the process of theatre making will explore these issues in a workshop/rehearsal environment. As a corollary, contemporary theatrical practices will be examined for the relevant technique or methodology to be employed in the making.

    Assessment

    Performance task (equivalent 4500 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 3 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    DTS3790


    DTS3830 - Drama into film

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Sue Tweg

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is a study of texts which exist as plays and films. The unit explores ways in which dramatists and film directors realise their respective visions within the modes and techniques available to them. The unit emphasises a range of drama and cinematic approaches to the literary text. Topics include the nature and function of dialogue in play and film, mise-en-scene in theatre and film, the question of realism, and drama text and screenplay as 'blueprints' for performance.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    Test: 40% (2 hours) 3rd year students are required to demonstrate broader critical reading and greater analytical grasp of the topic than students studying at 2nd year level and will be invited to make tutorial presentations on their essay topics.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    Completion of first-year sequence

    Prohibitions

    DTS2830


    DTS3870 - Stages: Issues in theatre history

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chris Worth

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will explore the interplay of spaces, audiences, dramatic texts, political and cultural contexts, people and technology at key moments in theatre history. The case studies will be the commercial theatre of Elizabethan England, the theatre of Restoration London, spectacular theatre in gold-rush Melbourne, and the theatrical fortunes of a Shakespeare play. The unit considers theoretical issues involved in theatre history and dramatic writing in order to develop an understanding of the relations between our own theatrical experience and the intertexts of past performances.

    Objectives

    As for DTS2870

    Assessment

    Research work/projects: 70% (3150 words)
    Class participation and test: 30% 3rd year students are required to demonstrate broader critical reading and greater analytical grasp of the topic than students studying at 2nd year level

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    DTS2870


    DTS3970 - Preparation for performance: Design

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Coe

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will provide students with the tools to prepare a text or performance score for presentation. Though a full production is not the out come of this unit, there will be practical workshops to illustrate and explore methods of rehearsal technique. The unit relies heavily, as do all theatrical ventures, on the capacity to work in an ensemble.

    Assessment

    Written and oral presentation: 30%
    Practical workshop: 30%
    Seminar participation and assessment: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    Normally students will have completed a first and second year DTS sequence


    DTS4000 - Dramatic theory, criticism and research methods

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Rob Baum

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This class grounds and equips students for future performance study, practice and critique by locating principal touchstones in the history of world theatre. Study of seminal historical and theoretical innovations from Plato and Aristotle to feminist, postcolonial and queer theorists engages students in investigation of theatre chronology, while situating events in the context of geography, genre and text. The class additionally encompasses key aspects of research methodology and methods germane to performance and arts study.

    Objectives

    1. Understanding and integration of major concepts within dramatic theory, history and literature

    1. Appreciation of the qualitative and critical significance of key thinkers within the discipline of theatre and performance studies

    1. Critical tools to interpret and engage with complex ideas about theatre criticism, theory and performance-making

    1. Awareness of diverse research methods and methodology appropriate to arts research, and experience in their practical application

    1. Development of research and writing skills

    Assessment

    Methods research (1500 words): 20%; Investigation and presentation on an issue (2500 words): 30%; Subjective exercise (1000 words): 15%; Long research paper (4000 words): 35%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours per week


    DTS4002 - Creating the new: Theatre and its experiments

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Sue Tweg

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit investigates a range of avant-garde theories, practices and practitioners, in order to stimulate imaginative and investigative possibilities for performance. The emphasis will be on work that challenges conventional boundaries, both between genres and between theatre and other models of performance. An important element in the program will be the practice of performance-makers in Australia who represent significant initiatives of this kind.

    Objectives

    Students who complete this unit successfully should have developed:

    1. A familiarity with some key early avant-garde texts and practitioners.

    1. Some awareness of contemporary avant-garde performance texts and stylistics around the world.

    1. Understanding of some foundation theories of the European avant-garde.

    1. A broad appreciation of the directions of experimental theatre practice, both in Australia and overseas.

    1. Confidence to articulate and theorise responses, both written and verbal, to a range of scripts and performance events.

    1. The capacity for observation, documentation and critique of non-mainstream performance events.

    1. Skills in written analysis and argument to support independent scholarly research for short papers.

    Assessment

    Two seminar presentations (1,500 words each): 30% +

    Short investigative performance work or 2,500-word essay on the work of an innovative contemporary practitioner: 30%
    An argumentative essay on selected issues in the development and/or analysis of non-conventional models of performance (3,500 words): 40%



    Contact hours

    2.5 hours per week

    Co-requisites

    DTS4000


    DTS4004 - Rethinking theatre history

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Maryrose Casey

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will explore the processes of rethinking theatre history in a number of ways: the challenges to received critical thinking and methodology, and to canonical assumptions; the implications for theatre history of parallel texts reflecting 'translations' into new media; the responses of analytical and critical approaches in Drama and Theatre Studies to the influence of thinking in other disciplines; the reframing of canonical texts in the light of contemporary theoretical and cultural perspectives, and its implications for historicised interpretation.

    It will examine a range of plays in relation to traditional scholarly interpretations and to specific recent re-readings.

    Objectives

    Students completing 'Rethinking Theatre History' should have acquired:

    1. A working awareness of contemporary theoretical perspectives.

    1. The capacity to apply specific theoretical approaches to a diverse range of theatrical texts.

    1. An ongoing sensitivity, openness and scepticism to shifts in the climate of disciplinary debate.

    1. A developed sense of the continuing volatility and contingency of intellectual debate in the field.

    1. A sophisticated understanding of the issues underlying those debates at a level appropriate to graduate study.

    1. Enhanced confidence in articulating informed arguments and interpretations, in both oral and written form.

    Assessment

    An exegetical essay (3000 words): 30%
    An oral class presentation (equivalent 2000 words): 20%
    A long essay (4000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Co-requisites

    DTS4000


    DTS4500 - Research Dissertation

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fiona Gregory

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Research Dissertation constitutes one of three options for thesis/project writing and weighting in the Centre for Drama and Theatre Studies. It consists of individual study, under supervision, culminating in the research, preparation and submission of a formal 15,000-18,000 word thesis. No other creative project is required or attached to this outcome. This unit is designed to provide a sustained introduction to the processes and methodologies of scholarly research for students whose academic interests make the development of those skills essential.

    Objectives

    On completion of DTS4500, students should have:

    1. Acquired and demonstrated an appropriate level of expertise in the application of contemporary theoretical models in the study of theatre and performance processes to a specific research question.

    1. Gained knowledge and experience in the nature and practice of research methodology, and in the application of distinctive disciplinary models.

    1. Developed skills in the gathering, analysis and organization of research materials.

    1. Enhanced their capacities for clear, coherent and sophisticated argument in both oral and written form.

    Assessment

    Thesis (15,000-18,000 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    Private research and supervisory contact totalling an average of 24 hours each week

    Co-requisites

    DTS4000 or DTS4120 and one other Honours level unit, as approved by the Honours co-ordinator in consultation with the student's supervisor

    Prohibitions

    DTS4600, DTS4700


    DTS4500(A) - Research Dissertation Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fiona Gregory

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Research Dissertation constitutes one of three options for thesis/project writing and weighting in the Centre for Drama and Theatre Studies. It consists of individual study, under supervision, culminating in the research, preparation and submission of a formal 15,000-18,000 word thesis. No other creative project is required or attached to this outcome. This unit is designed to provide a sustained introduction to the processes and methodologies of scholarly research for students whose academic interests make the development of those skills essential.

    Objectives

    On completion of DTS4500, students should have:

    1. Acquired and demonstrated an appropriate level of expertise in the application of contemporary theoretical models in the study of theatre and performance processes to a specific research question.

    1. Gained knowledge and experience in the nature and practice of research methodology, and in the application of distinctive disciplinary models.

    1. Developed skills in the gathering, analysis and organization of research materials.

    1. Enhanced their capacities for clear, coherent and sophisticated argument in both oral and written form.

    Contact hours

    Private research and supervisory contact totalling an average of 24 hours each week

    Co-requisites

    DTS4000 or DTS4120 and one other Honours level unit, as approved by the Honours co-ordinator in consultation with the student's supervisor

    Prohibitions

    DTS4600, DTS4700


    DTS4500(B) - Research Dissertation Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fiona Gregory

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for DTS4500(A)

    Objectives

    On completion of DTS4500, students should have:

    1. Acquired and demonstrated an appropriate level of expertise in the application of contemporary theoretical models in the study of theatre and performance processes to a specific research question.

    1. Gained knowledge and experience in the nature and practice of research methodology, and in the application of distinctive disciplinary models.

    1. Developed skills in the gathering, analysis and organization of research materials.

    1. Enhanced their capacities for clear, coherent and sophisticated argument in both oral and written form.

    Assessment

    Thesis (15,000-18,000 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    Private research and supervisory contact totalling an average of 24 hours each week

    Co-requisites

    DTS4000 or DTS4120 and one other Honours level unit, as approved by the Honours co-ordinator in consultation with the student's supervisor

    Prohibitions

    DTS4600, DTS4700


    DTS4600 - Thesis /Investigative project

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fiona Gregory

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit involves the development under staff supervision of two projects: one a sustained piece of written argument, appropriately referenced, on an approved research topic, and the other a short original performance work that explores theatrically an aspect of the thesis topic. The projects should inform one another, and in the process illuminate and articulate the possibilities and limits of a nexus between performance and written research.

    Objectives

    On completion of DTS4600, students should have developed:

    1. Skills in the acquisition, organisation and presentation of a short thesis on an approved topic.

    1. The capacity to conceive and develop a short performance piece that relates to that topic.

    1. An understanding of the applicability of performance practice to the investigation of a research question, and experience in integrating evidence from the processes of performance into sustained conceptual argument.

    1. Enhanced skills in research methodology and in the construction of clear and coherent written argument.

    Assessment

    Thesis (9000 Words): 50%
    Investigative performance projects (9000 equivalent): 50%

    Prohibitions

    DTS4500, DTS4700


    DTS4600(A) - Thesis /Investigative Project Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fiona Gregory

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit involves the development under staff supervision of two projects: one a sustained piece of written argument, appropriately referenced, on an approved research topic, and the other a short original performance work that explores theatrically an aspect of the thesis topic. The projects should inform one another, and in the process illuminate and articulate the possibilities and limits of a nexus between performance and written research.

    Objectives

    On completion of DTS4600, students should have developed:

    1. Skills in the acquisition, organisation and presentation of a short thesis on an approved topic.

    1. The capacity to conceive and develop a short performance piece that relates to that topic.

    1. An understanding of the applicability of performance practice to the investigation of a research question, and experience in integrating evidence from the processes of performance into sustained conceptual argument.

    1. Enhanced skills in research methodology and in the construction of clear and coherent written argument.

    Prohibitions

    DTS4500, DTS4700


    DTS4600(B) - Thesis /Investigative Project Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fiona Gregory

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for DTS4600(A

    Objectives

    On completion of DTS4600, students should have developed:

    1. Skills in the acquisition, organisation and presentation of a short thesis on an approved topic.

    1. The capacity to conceive and develop a short performance piece that relates to that topic.

    1. An understanding of the applicability of performance practice to the investigation of a research question, and experience in integrating evidence from the processes of performance into sustained conceptual argument.

    1. Enhanced skills in research methodology and in the construction of clear and coherent written argument.

    Assessment

    Thesis (9000 Words): 50%
    Investigative performance projects (9000 equivalent): 50%

    Prohibitions

    DTS4500, DTS4700


    DTS4800 - Creative project

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fiona Gregory

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit consists of the development of a single performance or creative project together with a written submission supporting the student's process and achievement in the project in the light of its defined objectives. 'Creative Project' will provide the opportunity for students whose primary interests are in performance making or imaginative writing to engage in the development of an original project. The reflective analytical document will be a required component of the unit, but the primary emphasis will be placed on the creative exploration itself.

    Objectives

    On completion of DTS4700, students should have:

    1. Developed their skills in the creative conceptualizing, organization and production of an original piece of work in the area of theatre and/or the performing arts.

    1. Gained a reflective appreciation of the intersections between the generation of creative projects and the investigation of a clearly defined topic in the area of creative and performance processes in the theatre.

    1. Enhanced their capacities both for independent creative initiative and for effective work with others.

    1. Developed their readiness and ability to articulate creative choices in oral and written form.

    Assessment

    Creative/performance piece (equivalent to 15,000 words): 80%
    Written retrospective analysis (3000 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    An average of 24 hours per week planning, preparation, rehearsal and superisory contact per week

    Co-requisites

    DTS4000 or DTS4120 and one other Honours level unit, as approved by the Honours Coordinator in consultation with the student's supervisor

    Prohibitions

    DTS4500, DTS4700


    DTS4800(A) - Creative Project Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fiona Gregory

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit consists of the development of a single performance or creative project together with a written submission supporting the student's process and achievement in the project in the light of its defined objectives. 'Creative Project' will provide the opportunity for students whose primary interests are in performance making or imaginative writing to engage in the development of an original project. The reflective analytical document will be a required component of the unit, but the primary emphasis will be placed on the creative exploration itself.

    Objectives

    On completion of DTS4700, students should have:

    1. Developed their skills in the creative conceptualizing, organization and production of an original piece of work in the area of theatre and/or the performing arts.

    1. Gained a reflective appreciation of the intersections between the generation of creative projects and the investigation of a clearly defined topic in the area of creative and performance processes in the theatre.

    1. Enhanced their capacities both for independent creative initiative and for effective work with others.

    1. Developed their readiness and ability to articulate creative choices in oral and written form.

    Contact hours

    An average of 24 hours per week planning, preparation, rehearsal and superisory contact per week

    Co-requisites

    DTS4000 or DTS4120 and one other Honours level unit, as approved by the Honours Coordinator in consultation with the student's supervisor

    Prohibitions

    DTS4500, DTS4700


    DTS4800(B) - Creative Project Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fiona Gregory

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for DTS4800(A)

    Objectives

    On completion of DTS4700, students should have:

    1. Developed their skills in the creative conceptualizing, organization and production of an original piece of work in the area of theatre and/or the performing arts.

    1. Gained a reflective appreciation of the intersections between the generation of creative projects and the investigation of a clearly defined topic in the area of creative and performance processes in the theatre.

    1. Enhanced their capacities both for independent creative initiative and for effective work with others.

    1. Developed their readiness and ability to articulate creative choices in oral and written form.

    Assessment

    Creative/performance piece (equivalent to 15,000 words): 80%
    Written retrospective analysis (3000 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    An average of 24 hours per week planning, preparation, rehearsal and superisory contact per week

    Co-requisites

    DTS4000 or DTS4120 and one other Honours level unit, as approved by the Honours Coordinator in consultation with the student's supervisor

    Prohibitions

    DTS4500, DTS4700


    DTS4820 - Twentieth Century Australian Drama

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Maryrose Casey

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The work of Australian playwrights of the last hundred years. Critical approaches. Patterns of preoccupations which the plays reflect and the ideologies and conventions to which they are related. Local and international theatrical models to which the plays may refer. Empowering and disabling influences of a consciousness of tradition, and the cultural assumptions on which they are based. Ways the playwrights have shaped or adapted images of Australian identity.

    Assessment

    Essay/research project (5000 words): 50%
    Essay (2000 words): 25%
    Seminar paper (2000 words): 25%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    EIL1010 - English as an international language: Communication

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Farzad Sharifian

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is a communicative unit that provides a study of some of the diverse language features of communication in English. Students will be able to increase their own language skills, particularly those related to essay writing and presentation, as they study the adaptability and flexibility of choice and variety which the English language produces. The focus of the unit is to study English as a language that facilitates communication in a range of different situations and genres. Students investigate how meaning is created to carry out a wide range of functions in a series of socially and culturally specific genres. They also look at the significance of this for them as multilingual speakers.

    Objectives

    At the completion of this unit it is expected that students, as multilingual speakers, will be able to:

    1. Demonstrate a deeper understanding of how the English language functions as a unique code of communication.
    2. Understand how communication is a shared process involving all participants within the language situation.
    3. Apply some of the theoretical and associated practical characteristics of English as a language of communication to their own language practices.
    4. Understand how individuals can participate in many discourse communities.
    5. Demonstrate the link between the academic discourse community and their own texts, particularly the essay.
    6. Understand how the shared relationship of the writer and the reader influences the creation of meaning in text.
    7. Create their own writer's voice within the texts which they produce.
    8. Explain how cultural and social expectations are important features in the creation of meaning in text.
    9. Identify the cultural level of language that acts as a hidden influence within the communicative function of English.
    10. Identify and explain the importance of 'world view' in both the texts they create and the text of others.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Test: 20%
    Oral Presentation: 10%
    Class Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x lecture and 1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    Faculty of Arts second language entry criteria


    EIL1020 - English as an international language: Language and critical analysis

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Farzad Sharifian

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit demonstrates how the English language conveys meaning in a wide range of texts from description to evaluation. Through the study of selected texts students will have opportunity to examine how some of the unique features of structure and meaning in English are linked to specific functions and genres. This includes the study of some of the strategies that offer extended access to English text for the multilingual speaker. The focus of this unit is to increase the student's knowledge of both form and theory in English including areas such as critical thinking, professional register and the language of the academic discourse community.

    Objectives

    At the completion of this unit it is expected that students, as multilingual speakers, will be able to:

    1. Form a general understanding of the social influences in English through a multilingual perspective.
    2. Demonstrate how English language structures convey a range of meanings in text.
    3. Consider the usefulness of a genre-based approach to meaning within English text.
    4. Identify the cultural basis in the patterns of language choice in a range of functional genres applicable to their own language experience.
    5. Explore the concept of choice through an examination of the genres and their expected language selection through the perspective of multilingual speakers.
    6. Understand some of the complexity of language use in relation to its function and cultural specificity.
    7. Work within a variety of registers and genres related to various discourse communities.
    8. Identify the cultural influences in their language of instruction through an increased understanding of its systems of meaning.
    9. Explain how the texts with which they interact have been formed to carry out the functions of this discourse community.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Test: 20%
    Oral Presentation: 10%
    Class Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture, 1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

    Prerequisites

    Faculty of Arts second language entry criteria


    EIL2110 - English as an international language: Meaning, language and purpose

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Farzad Sharifian

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines how form and function in English are seen as part of the interaction between the participants in a language situation, both in speech and writing. It is based on a functional approach to language study, especially on Halliday's concept of language as a social semiotic. This view of language is one that takes the broad, social context of the situation as an important influence on the system of choices made by the language user. Students are asked to consider the importance of social perspective of language through the concept of field, tenor and mode.

    Objectives

    At the completion of this unit it is expected that students, as multilingual speakers, will be able to:

    1. Identify and manipulate the appropriate English form and structure in a variety of language functions.
    2. Recognize major contextual influences on language choice.
    3. Understand the differences in language features between written and spoken texts.
    4. Understand the importance of field, tenor and mode as a model of language use in a variety of contexts, especially those contexts that have a cultural significance for the multilingual speaker.
    5. Identify the influences that affect appropriate forms of language associated with different contexts.
    6. Select the appropriate forms of cohesion for a wide variety of texts in English.
    7. Construct spoken and written texts with appropriate responses in various authentic language situations; which is quite distinct from constructing a grammatically correct text.
    8. Identify the power structures that operate within a range of genres and registers.
    9. Identify the role culture plays in the structure of meaning within texts in English.
    10. Understand how culture positions the multilingual writer and speaker within the context of the language situation.
    11. Reflect on their own language practices in a variety of situations.
    12. Use their own language background as a resource within the multilingual situation.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Test: 20%
    Oral presentation: 10%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    two hours/week

    Prerequisites

    Faculty of Arts second language entry criteria


    EIL2120 - English as an international language: The language of spoken English

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Farzad Sharifian

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit gives a special focus to the spoken mode of English, particularly the influences that shape meaning and the way meaning is conveyed in a message. Speech in English is often in a state of flux, where changes to syntax and vocabulary often first occur and enter the language. Students will: examine the way spoken English adapts to incorporate many functions and accommodate a vast variety of registers and contexts; explore and experiment with some current speech/communication theories; investigate the ways in which a second language speaker may apply these theories to their interactions with the world.

    Objectives

    The objective of this unit is to demonstrate how spoken English adapts to incorporate many functions and accommodates a vast variety of registers and contexts. In carrying out this objective we will examine the importance of cultural influence on speech and the implications of this for the multilingual speaker. Students will be able to experience how meaning in spoken English is structured by looking at some of the current speech/communication theories and also by experimenting and applying these theories to their own interactions with the world around them. The subject aims:

    1. To extend the multilingual speaker's knowledge of the characteristics that identify the various functions of speech in English.
    2. To examine a number of current speech and communication theories and relate them to the multilingual experience
    3. To consider how the speech and communication theories that have been studied apply to the speaker's own interaction within the spoken context.
    4. To understand the cultural influences that affects both the speaker and the listener in specific contexts.
    5. To examine the social influences that affect communication in spoken interactions.
    6. To explore the role of the listener as an influence in the spoken context.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Test: 20%
    Oral presentation: 10%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    two hours/week

    Prerequisites

    Faculty of Arts second language entry criteria


    EIL3102 - English as an international language: Professional communication

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Farzad Sharifian

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit will focus on the language expected by various professions in which the students will be engaged on the completion of their study. This unit widens the student's language strategies and textual understanding beyond their academic experience. It covers interpersonal and inter cultural communication in a range of diverse situations, from negotiating in groups to presenting formal written presentations and reports. Students will have the opportunity to consider the cultural background to a range of documented communicative problems especially associated with multilingual communication.

    Objectives

    At the completion of this unit it is expected that students, as multilingual speakers, will be able to:

    1. Identify how communication is organised in a wide variety of professional contexts within the professional genres of English.
    2. Identify the difference between correct language use and appropriate language choice within a variety of professional situations.
    3. Understand the importance of cultural literacy as a communicative influence on language choice.
    4. Participate in spoken presentations using appropriate situational based language and genres.
    5. Understand the language of interpersonal relationships within the professional context.
    6. Understand the social and cultural features of the language of negotiation within professional context.
    7. Recognize the communicative expectations of all the members within the various professional discourse communities they may enter.
    8. Understand and work within both the limitations and the individual potential in the genres associated with various professional discourse communities.
    9. Recognise many of the interpersonal and intercultural features of communication that influence choice, structure and organisation in the language associated with different professional situations.
    10. Be able to make informed choices in language and genre that empower them to participate fully in the communicative life of their chosen profession.


    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Test: 20%
    Oral presentation: 10%
    Class participation 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour workshop) per week


    EIL3110 - English as an international language: Language and culture

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Farzad Sharifian

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the complex relationship between language and culture focusing particularly on the multilingual perspective of the students. When students are from a non-English-speaking background they are expected to master much more than a body of information expressed in a different language; they meet, in addition, a whole world of cultural presuppositions. In our diverse cultures we learn to interpret the world differently, to adopt different patterns of thinking and to reflect all of these in our language in a variety of ways. The unit explores how the English language embodies the attitudes and behaviours which reflect its culture, in speech and in writing.

    Objectives

    At the completion of this unit it is expected that students, as multilingual speakers, will be able to:

    1. Understand how English reflects attitudes and behaviours, which are culturally determined in both speech and writing.
    2. Identify the relationship between culture and knowledge and its realization in language.
    3. Appreciate how different worldviews are realised in language.
    4. Have a deeper understanding of the complex relationships between language and culture and how this affects the multilingual speaker.
    5. Explore how English as a language system can convey and uphold unequal social power relationships.
    6. Understand the power of the discourse community to shape world views through the various registers and genres associated with particular contexts.
    7. Understand how the cultural dimension of figurative language might affect multilingual speakers writing in English.
    8. Identify some of the cultural features within the use of metaphor as a means of social communication.
    9. Understand some of the cross-cultural influences that have changed ways in which meaning can shape the message in fiction through the voices of the multilingual writer writing in English.
    10. Identify some of the culture influences that affect the organization of the text, meaning and content and how this applies to a multicultural dimension of English.
    11. Reflect on their own writing practices within a wide range of functional and creative texts.
    12. Consider their previous language experience in relation to the culturally determined structures, organization and language choices made in both spoken and written text in English.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Test: 20%
    Oral presentation: 10%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    two hours/week

    Prerequisites

    Faculty of Arts second language entry criteria


    EIL3130 - English as an international language: Language and power

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Farzad Sharifian

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The communicative bond between the users of the language has many levels beyond the literal sense of the words and structures. Texts often communicate messages that focus on the world of the sender but they also offer a subtler message that communicates attitudes, feelings, beliefs, values and emotions. These levels of meaning are woven into the message and operate beneath the surface of the content. The unit looks at the way a message is shaped to include the writer's attitudes, beliefs and values and how often this cultural or worldview is hidden beneath the structure and function of the text.

    Objectives

    At the completion of this unit it is expected that students, as multilingual speakers, will be able to:

    1. Explore a variety of functional and creative texts from a range of genres that illustrate the hidden social, cultural and ideological messages of English discourse.
    2. Make sense of text within the wider cultural frameworks of the meaning structures of language.
    3. Consider the cultural implications for the intertextual associations within the frameworks of meaning.
    4. Understand the cultural literacy consequences within various genres, registers and discourses.
    5. Understand some of the theories of language use that examine the cultural, social and ideological functions of language.
    6. Understand the importance of cohesion, coherence and register as ways in which participants in the language situation signal intentionality and meaning.
    7. Create their own texts within a variety of sociocultural frameworks of English functional genre.
    8. Engage in critical discourse analysis, particularly focussing on unfamiliar text structures.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Test: 20%
    Oral presentation: 10%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    two hours/week

    Prerequisites

    Faculty of Arts second language entry criteria


    EIL3210 - English as an international language: The language of written english

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Farzad Sharifian

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit offers an examination of the internal relationships which create textual coherence. The unit aims to develop students' insights into the way a text becomes a meaningful and unified unit of communication. Students will be required to analyse a variety of English language models. Emphasis is placed on the relationship between the organisation of structure, the content and the expectations of the reader. Influences such as the context and the intertextual links formed by the message are also examined during the course. Students have the opportunity to demonstrate their understanding of a range of textual theories in the creation of their own texts.

    Objectives

    At the completion of this unit it is expected that students, as multilingual speakers, will be able to:

    1. Understand some of the theoretical concepts of English discourse through a multilingual perspective.
    2. Understand the cultural motivation that has influenced the English writing system.
    3. Apply the structures of the written discourse to a variety of textual situations.
    4. Understand how the development of thought is expressed in text and the significance of these structures for the multilingual speaker.
    5. Identify the link between expectation and outcome as a basis for understanding of text.
    6. Understand the importance of the reader in the development of the written text.
    7. Consider the importance of the editing process within a text.
    8. Form a range of critical perspectives through which to understand the message in the written text.
    9. Work with a variety of specific functional genres in English, looking at their structure, content and cultural characteristics.
    10. Consider the influence of new technology in the development of writing strategies.
    11. Develop a distinct writer's voice that is appropriate within a specific genre.
    12. Reflect on their own writing practices within various language situations.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Test: 20%
    Oral presentation: 10%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    two hours/week

    Prerequisites

    Faculty of Arts second language entry criteria


    EIL4001 - A critical approach to language

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Farzad Sharifian and Lorraine Bullock

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the concept of critical thinking in relation to academic tasks and texts. The unit covers the language required to construct reasonable, logical and appropriate arguments. Key concepts such as the difference between fact and opinion, defining the issues, organizing a logical response and evaluating claims will be covered during the course. Finally students will be given the opportunity to consider the construction of both written and oral arguments appropriate to their own further study as well as selecting the appropriate language in which to evaluate the arguments offered by writers within their own disciplines.

    Objectives

    Upon the successful completion of this unit, students will have developed the ability to:

    1. Identify and evaluate the claims made in an academic paper,
    2. Use the language of evaluation appropriate to this discourse community,
    3. Understanding the concept of critical thinking as appropriate within this discourse community,
    4. Distinguish the difference between reasonable and fallacious argument,
    5. Form an effective argument in both written and oral contexts, and
    6. Recognise what is meant by reasonable and logical language in the construction of a successful argument.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Test: 20%
    Oral presentation: 10%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour seminar per week.

    Prerequisites

    The successful completion of an undergraduate program, An IELTS score of 6.0, where no band is less that 5.5


    EIL4002 - Language use in diverse fields

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr. Farzad Sharifian and Ms. Lorraine Bullock

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit offers a detailed study of the language of academic writing. It covers both the genres and the registers of the academic discourse community, particularly considering the language structures appropriate to postgraduate study. These range from traditional essay genre to specific academic texts such as literature reviews, research proposals, summaries, reports and seminar presentations. One final aspect of this unit is that the skills, techniques and language studied during this unit may be applied, if not exactly in this format, to the communicative practices in the documents and language of other professions.

    Objectives

    Upon the successful completion of this unit, students will have developed the ability to:

    1. Produce an individual writing style that is appropriate for the genres within this discourse community,
    2. Understand the language forms appropriate to academic argument,
    3. Be able to develop their own ideas within the language structures of their intended discipline,
    4. Be able to distinguish the difference between jargon and terminology,
    5. Be able to develop a detailed thesis statement in the approved academic style,
    6. Construct an integrated text that includes both the writer's own opinion and the arguments and opinions of other writers,
    7. Produce an appropriate bibliography, and
    8. Being able to develop text from draft to final document in both language and content.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Test: 20%
    Oral presentation: 10%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour seminar per week.

    Prerequisites

    The successful completion of an undergraduate program, An IELTS score of 6.0, where no band is less that 5.5


    EIL4003 - English as a tool for writing research

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr. Farzad Sharifian and Ms. Lorraine Bullock

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit covers the cultural, sociological and rhetorical aspects of research writing. During the unit students consider the role of the writer and the construction of an individual voice within the constraints of the research paper. Both the role of the writer and the expectations of the reader play an important part in approach to any research project. Finally, with the expansion of the Web as a resource for information, students consider the evaluation of web-based materials and sites as part of their research, looking at how this evaluation takes a different focus to that of the published journal article or scholarly text book.

    Objectives

    Upon the successful completion of this unit, students will have developed the ability to:

    1. Construct a research proposal,
    2. Recognise the importance of deadlines and set priorities in research and writing,
    3. Understand the research task as a culturally determined process,
    4. Present original ideas and findings directly in a clear, reasoned and compelling manner,
    5. Recognise the various genres related to the research task,
    6. Compose a dissertation abstract using academic language structures,
    7. Recognise the place for the individual voice within the academic text,
    8. Avoid inappropriate language, for examples colloquialisms, informal expressions and emotional appeals,
    9. Understand the presentation, style, structure and mechanics expected in this discourse community, and
    10. Evaluate the research found on the web in terms of its appropriateness and academic application.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Test: 20%
    Oral presentation: 10%
    Class Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour seminar per week.

    Prerequisites

    The successful completion of an undergraduate degree in any field, An IELTS score of 6.0, where no band is less that 5.5


    EIL4004 - International communication and culture

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Farzad Sharifian and Lorraine Bullock

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    In this unit students consider the implications of studying in an English academic tradition; how this might offer a different understating of knowledge and different expressions of content within the research framework. Every culture has its own historically developed learning style that applies to all levels of teaching within the institution. During the unit students will examine different academic traditions and how they approach learning and also consider how this might affect their own research and development strategies and practices.

    Objectives

    Upon the successful completion of this unit, students will have developed the ability to:

    1. Evaluate their learning style in relation to the expectations of this discourse community,
    2. Understand differences between various culturally determined approaches to learning,
    3. Position themselves as researchers with the western academic tradition,
    4. Understand the place of the writer's voice within this academic tradition,
    5. Use their prior knowledge of learning to enhance their approach to research within this academic tradition,
    6. Understand the concepts of cultural literacy as it applies to postgraduate study within the western academic tradition, and
    7. Develop a range of skills that will facilitate their research within this discourse community.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Test: 20%
    Oral presentation: 10%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour seminar per week.

    Prerequisites

    The successful completion of an undergraduate program, An IELTS score of 6.0, where no band is less that 5.5


    EIL4101 - Special topics in English as an international language

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Farzad Sharifian

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Guided reading in an area of students choice that is relevant to the notion of English as an International Language, subject to the approval of the lecturer. Students also conduct research which leads to written tasks on a question or topic relevant to their guided reading.



    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to

    1. understand the key notions surrounding the use of English as an International Language,
    2. understand the more important aspects of the relationship between language, ideology, and culture, and
    3. apply the notions covered in 1-2 in the analysis of the status or use of English in a particular society, a particular institution, or by a particular group of people

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Oral presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    Maximum one hour per fortnight

    Prerequisites

    Major in English as an International Language with an average grade of 70% or higher.

    Co-requisites

    EIL4201 (A) or EIL4201 (B)


    EIL4201 - English as an International language: Minor thesis and methodology

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Farzad Sharifian

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will provide students with the opportunity to engage in supervised, independent research in an area of interest related to English as an international language through its cultural, social and ideological influences. During the development of their thesis, students will be expected to review a range of set texts, analyse various theoretical positions related to English as an international language and construct a critical approach to the issues and themes associated with it.

    Objectives

    Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:



    1. detailed knowledge and understanding of the cultural, ideological, and political influences associated with the spread of English around the globe as an international language,

    1. knowledge of the relationship between language, culture, and ideology,

    1. a critical appreciation of the literature on the spread of English around the world, including the ability to form an objective response to the issues raised in the literature,

    1. the ability to undertake scholarly independent research, and

    1. the ability to recognize the differences between evidence, interpretation, opinion and facts in secondary sources.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Oral presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    Methodology 6 weeks x one 2hr seminar/week. Minor thesis by regular consultation with supervisor throughout the semester. (Minimum of 20 contact hours).

    Prerequisites

    A major in English as an International Language

    Co-requisites

    EIL4301 and EIL4101


    EIL4201(A) - English as an international language: Minor thesis and methodology part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Farzad Sharifian

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will provide students with the opportunity to engage in supervised, independent research in an area of interest related to English as an international language through its cultural, social and ideological influences. During the development of their thesis, students will be expected to review a range of set texts, analyse various theoretical positions related to English as an international language and construct a critical approach to the issues and themes associated with it.

    Objectives

    Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. detailed knowledge and understanding of the cultural, ideological, and political influences associated with the spread of English around the globe as an international language,
    2. knowledge of the relationship between language, culture, and ideology,
    3. a critical appreciation of the literature on the spread of English around the world, including the ability to form an objective response to the issues raised in the literature,
    4. the ability to undertake scholarly independent research, and
    5. the ability to recognise the differences between evidence, interpretation, opinion and facts in secondary sources.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Oral presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    Methodology 6 weeks x one 2hr seminar/week. Minor thesis by regular consultation with supervisor throughout the semester. (Minimum of 20 contact hours).

    Prerequisites

    A major in English as an International Language

    Co-requisites

    EIL4301 and EIL4101


    EIL4201(B) - English as an international language: Minor thesis and methodology part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Farzad Sharifian

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for EIL4201(A)

    Objectives

    Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. detailed knowledge and understanding of the cultural, ideological, and political influences associated with the spread of English around the globe as an international language,
    2. knowledge of the relationship between language, culture, and ideology,
    3. a critical appreciation of the literature on the spread of English around the world, including the ability to form an objective response to the issues raised in the literature,
    4. the ability to undertake scholarly independent research, and
    5. the ability to recognise the differences between evidence, interpretation, opinion and facts in secondary sources.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Oral presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    Methodology 6 weeks x one 2hr seminar/week. Minor thesis by regular consultation with supervisor throughout the semester. (Minimum of 20 contact hours).

    Prerequisites

    A major in English as an International Language

    Co-requisites

    EIL4301 and EIL4101


    EIL4301 - English as an international language: Multilingual identity

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Farzad Sharifian

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will provide students with the opportunity to extend their study of the contextual and cultural influences that affect meaning structures and perception in English. Through an examination of prescribed texts the unit offers an analysis of the relationship of language and worldview, particularly looking at the creation of contextual identities through the cultural schemas of multilingual speakers of English. Specific focus will be given to the perceptual, ideological and social implications of English as an international language and its role in the creation of a multilingual identity.

    Objectives

    Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:



    1. knowledge of the social and cultural influences that affect the worldview of the multilingual user of English,

    1. knowledge of a range of world Englishes and their relation to different cultures,

    1. a critical appreciation of the prescribed texts, including the ability to form an objective response to the issues they contain,

    1. the ability to identify the different theoretical positions offered by the texts studied,

    1. detailed knowledge and understanding of the cultural and social influences that affect the development of various cultural identities and their language,

    1. the ability to research the social and cultural background influences that are often hidden but construct an ideological perspective in the creation of meaning in English, and

    1. the ability to recognize the differences between evidence, interpretation, opinion and facts in secondary sources.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70%
    Test: 20%
    Oral presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One X 2hr seminar

    Prerequisites

    Major sequence in English as an International Language with a 70% average.

    Co-requisites

    EIL4101, EIL4201


    ENH1010 - Reading writing literature

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alan Dilnot

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit is designed to introduce students to the three major literary forms: prose fiction, poetry and drama; and to foster that imaginative reading which underlies all theoretical and critical thought about literature. It aims to introduce ideas about the creative process, to consider the resources of form and style, and to make students conscious of the various theoretical and critical frameworks used in talking and writing about literature.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this course should have developed a recognition of the specific qualities of the main genres of Literature in English: prose fiction (short story and novel); poetry; drama. They should learn how to handle critical concepts and language appropriate to discussion of the different genres, and to recognize some of the theoretical perspectives that have been brought to bear on them. They should acquire basic skills of analytic and critical discussion, together with a grounding in the historical perspectives and the traditions and conventions within which literature is produced.

    Assessment

    Exercise (750 words) and essay (1250 words): 40%
    Examination (2.5 hours): 50 %
    Seminar participation, including class paper: 10%
    For flexible delivery students 100% of assessment will be conducted by written work comprising exercises, essays, short written tasks and an examination.

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


    ENH1200 - Reading Africa - an introduction

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Kevin Foster

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit was offers a study and a practical demonstration of different literary and cultural texts from and about Africa. This unit introduces some of the major kinds of contemporary literary and cultural text - prose fiction, drama and film, and will use these genres to direct attention to the differences between various modes of representation. The unit forms an introduction on which students can build more extensive or specialised studies. They will also be introduced to the ideas that readers, audiences and critics have used to interpret literature and other cultural texts. Emphasis is placed on establishing a theoretical basis for interpreting literature and other cultural texts.

    Objectives

    On successfully completing this unit students should be able to:

    1. Develop a sense of the variety of what is possible in literary and cultural studies, and a general understanding of the diversity of modern African literature and culture
    2. handle the critical concepts and language appropriate to the discussion of different narrative genres, devices and techniques
    3. recognise some of the theoretical perspectives that inform contemporary literary and cultural studies
    4. demonstrate the basic skill of analytic and critical discussion, including the technical conventions proper to English
    5. appreciate the historical perspectives and conventions within which literature and other cultural texts are produced.

    Assessment

    Tutorial attendance and participation: 10%
    Short essay (750 words): 10%
    Long essay (1500 words): 30%
    Examination: 50%

    Contact hours

    One x 2 hr lecture/weekTwo x 1 hr tutorial/week


    ENH1220 - Worlds in conflict: Empire, margins, difference

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Rose Lucas

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject considers the ways in which power, or Empire, has been reflected, constructed and challenged within western literature. To consider Empire as Centre is also to consider what lies at the "Margins," in geographical, political, sexual, or religious terms. The subject will explore these ideas by consideration of selected literary examples: across genres - short stories, novels, drama and poetry; across time periods, from the 1600s to the present; as well across place, from England to Africa and to Australia. It will explicitly evoke post-colonialism ideas to interpret literature's representations of empire, margins and the possibilities of difference.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject should have developed:

    1. a sense of how literary texts relate to the periods in which they are written, particularly in relation to the concepts of empire, margins and difference
    2. a recognition of the elements of literary genres fiction, drama and poetry
    3. a familiarity with the appropriate theoretical and critical concepts employed in the discussion of literary texts, in particular post-colonial ideas about power, otherness and binary oppositions
    4. greater confidence in the spoken skills of discussion and debate within a tutorial context.

    Assessment

    Excercise (1000 words): 25%
    Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Exam (2 hours): 30%
    Class participation: 15%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours per week: One 1 hour lecture and one 1.5 hour tutorial


    ENH1250 - Academic writing

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Baden Eunson

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will acquire skills and knowledge in the genre of the tertiary-level academic essay: these will be transferable to all writing in all subjects students undertake. We will study techniques of planning and idea generation. We will acquire a solid foundation in grammar, punctuation, spelling, usage and style. We will develop research techniques, and correct techniques in the use of sources (referencing, quoting, paraphrasing, and the avoidance of plagiarism). We will study and apply techniques of argumentation. We will study skills in the genre of academic writing, and we will develop skills in oral presentation, drafting, and editing and proofreading.

    Objectives

    By successfully completing this unit students will:

    1. Be able to employ techniques to generate ideas, overcome writer's blocks, and structure argumentation.
    2. Acquire or revise basic concepts of grammar, punctuation, spelling, usage and style, and be able to apply these in correcting faults and in developing exposition, authorial voice and expression in essays.
    3. Develop research skills in relation to primary, secondary and tertiary sources, both in hard copy and online sources.
    4. Develop professional practice in the skills of referencing, quoting, paraphrasing, and the avoidance of plagiarism.
    5. Develop techniques of argumentation by studying logic, fallacies, and techniques of persuasion and influence.
    6. Acquire skills in the genre of academic writing, such as expositional sequences, rhetorical strategies, register, audience, and authorial voice.
    7. Acquire and improve oral presentation skills of content in essays.
    8. Develop skills in drafting, redrafting, editing and proofreading.

    Assessment

    Language test: 25%
    Essay(1500 words): 25%
    Essay(2000 words): 40%
    Class presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    ENH1240


    ENH1260 - Professional writing

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Baden Eunson

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will revise or learn the basics of grammar, punctuation, spelling, style, research methods, document planning and design/layout techniques, and basic proofreading and copy and structural editing approaches. Plain English style, jargon and readability in documents will be studied. These fundamentals will be used to create letters, memos and emails, reports, online text and job application letters and resumes. The argument of the major report will be reinforced by an oral presentation. In the modern workplace, the generic, transferable or "soft" skills of communication are highly valued, and the ability to be able to write well is one of the most important of these skills.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will be able to:

    1. Identify basic grammar and punctuation faults in documents.
    2. Use a Plain English style in writing where appropriate.
    3. Better understand document planning and design techniques.
    4. Apply basic editing and proofreading techniques to their own writing.
    5. Demonstrate effective research skills.
    6. Create letters and memos for a variety of professional situations.
    7. Create effective emails.
    8. Prepare copy for online communications.
    9. Create effective short and long reports.
    10. Prepare effective job application letters and resumes.
    11. Deliver an oral presentation, based on the major report assignment.

    Assessment

    Writing skills test: 20%
    Short assignment (800 words): 15%
    Employment communication assignment (1200 word assignment): 15%
    Report (2000 words): 40%
    Oral presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    ENH1240


    ENH1270 - Murder most foul: Crime writing

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Pauline Nestor

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit will investigate the development of crime fiction, through the examination of representative and influential texts from the 19th and 20th centuries. It will explore the ways in which contemporary life shapes popular cultural products, considering, for example, the relationship of crime writing to advances in science and technology, the growth of urban culture, the rise of psychoanalysis and the emergence of feminism. It will also examine the ways in which crime writing has provided a focus for the exploration of questions of class, race and gender. Authors studied include Fyodor Dostoevsky, Arthur Conan Doyle, Dorothy Sayers, Raymond Chandler, Patricia Cornwell and Dorothy Porter.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. Attained an awareness of the generic features of crime writing.

    1. Developed an understanding of the historical development of the genre.

    1. Acquired an appreciation of the ways in which popular cultural products like crime writing are shaped by their contemporary historical context.

    1. Gained ability and confidence in spoken debate and the articulation of complex ideas.

    1. Improved skills of critical analysis in relation both to literary texts and to critical/theoretical materials.

    Assessment

    One essay (1,250 words): 25%
    One exercise (750 words): 15%
    One examination (2.5 hours): 50%
    Tutorial performance including the presentation of a short paper introducing the week's topic: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial per week


    ENH1990 - Introduction to fantasy narratives

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Rebecca DoRozario

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A study of the oral and literary traditions of myth, hero legend and fairy tale evident in modern fantasy narratives such as those by Rowling, Tolkien, Le Guin and Pullman, traditions which underpin much adult and children's literature. Students will be introduced to theoretical approaches which can help explain the shaping influence of traditional material in modern fantasy writing. The subject will consider the ways in which fantasy literature rewrites and appropriates mythic and legendary material for modern audiences, paying some attention to the ideological assumptions involved. There will be an opportunity for students to consider these topics in relation to their own creative writing.

    Objectives

    It is intended that students undertaking this course should develop:

    1. an understanding of the historical association between oral narratives and fantasy literature.

    1. a critical understanding of some of the major thematic paradigms of fantasy literature.

    1. a introductory understanding of major cultural and psychoanalytic interpretations of myths, legendary and fairy tale material, and the connections such interpretations have with modern fantasy writing.

    1. an understanding of the ways in which fantasy literature rewrites mythic and legendary material and appropriates this material for modern audiences.

    1. an understanding of the ideological implications of cultural variance in the use of traditional materials, particularly as these might affect students' own rewritings.

    1. the capacity to meet the general learning objectives of the School.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    2 hour exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    One one-hour lecture and one 1.5-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    ENH2990/3990


    ENH2030 - Rewriting Victorian Narratives: Origins and Oblivion

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit explores, through a variety of mainstream and marginalised texts, some of the major intellectual and social issues of the nineteenth century, including Darwinian narratives of origins and oblivion, notions of history and historicity, the progress myth, industrialisation and urbanisation, changing political paradigms, social unrest and dissent, class mobility, the rights of women, redefinitions of childhood, the rise of science and the decline of religious faith. We will ask, as texts are situated within specific historic and cultural contexts, what lies beyond the pale, excluded from text and context.

    Objectives

    Students in ENH2030/3030 should develop:

    1. Knowledge and an understanding of major nineteenth-century intellectual, social and cultural debate.

    1. An understanding of specific nineteenth-century historic and cultural contexts as they influenced production of particular texts; in particular, as they influenced narrative forms, genres, audiences, speaking voices and narrative contracts.

    1. Knowledge and an understanding of historic as well as of contemporary debates about literary theory and values.

    1. The critical skills to undertake effective discourse analysis.

    Assessment

    Essay (2250 words): 50%
    Test (2250 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in English, Literary Studies or Cultural Studies or permission.

    Prohibitions

    ENH3030


    ENH2055 - Textual Theories and Practice: an Introduction

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Clive Probyn

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce second and third year students to the complex and challenging world of interpretation, particularly to theories generated by the last thirty years since structuralism gave way to poststructuralism, colonialism to postcolonialism, the patriarchy to gender studies, the autonomous text to texts as product and construction. We shall select weekly readings from leading French, American and other European critics.

    Objectives

    1. a working knowledge of some of the leading and most influential theories of interpretation in late twentieth century writing and culture

    1. an ability to read theoretical discussions of various disciplinary areas such as Literary Studies, Comparative Literary Studies, Cultural Studies, Semiotics and Gender Studies, some aspects of Social Politics

    1. an ability to apply aspects of theoretical learning to their study of texts (broadly defined).

    1. a communicative competence in the discourse of theory as such.

    Assessment

    Seminar paper/Book Review 1000: 20%, Long Essay 2500: 50%, Seminar contribution: 10%, One hour exam 1000: 20%.

    Contact hours

    One two-hour seminar each week.


    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in English or CCLS.

    Prohibitions

    ENH3055


    ENH2110 - Renaissance literature: Power and love

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Groves

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A study of the literature of the English renaissance (roughly 1560-1660) through an examination of works illustrating a variety of treatments of power and love in political, social and religious contexts. The first half of the unit concentrates on works by Marlowe, Donne and Milton; the second half considers these and some related works in a series of specific studies of

    1. literature of the politics and ethics of power, and
    2. literature of love - sexual and sacred. There will be some emphasis on the representations of gender in the prescribed texts and its relation to the socio-political status of women in the period.

    Objectives

    On successfully completing this course students will be expected to have developed:

    1. A knowledge of the outlook - philosophical, religious, political and social - of the Renaissance and of the changes in it which characterize its sensibilities and inform its literature.

    1. An understanding of the ways in which a variety of poetic and dramatic texts explore the concepts of power (political, social and sexual) and of love (divine, courtly, neo-Platonic and sexual) in the Renaissance period.

    1. The ability to respond imaginatively and critically to texts of a period of English literature whose traditions and conventions are very different from those of the present yet which have a significant influence on it.

    1. An understanding of the differing attitudes to women in the Renaissance as they are expressed in its literature.

    1. The ability to apply different critical approaches to Renaissance texts and to the preoccupations and themes which they embody.

    1. The ability to argue, interpret and analyse coherently both in written work and orally in seminar discussion.

    1. The capacity to meet the general learning objectives of the department.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90% (4500 words)
    Participation: 10%
    (An optional examination may replace the long essay)

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in English.


    ENH2130 - Literature and Opposition, 1660-1800

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Clive Probyn

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit is designed to introduce students to some major English texts of the Augustan (Enlightenment) era, selected to illustrate the intellectual, political and gender conflicts of the period. Special attention will be given to the relationship of writing to the emerging print media through a study of prose and verse pamphleteering and a group of 'best-sellers'.

    Objectives

    Students in ENH2130 will be encouraged to develop:

    1. An understanding of the cultural and political context within which literary texts were created and of the civilization of Augustan Britain - i.e. England, Scotland, Wales and Ireland.

    1. Familiarity with the forms and genres of a range of major texts, understood both as part of an evolutionary process of generic development and as the expression of ideological change.

    1. The ability to read eighteenth-century literary English with enjoyment and to understand the reason for its linguistic differences from modern English.

    1. The ability to argue interpretations clearly and persuasively in essay form and to communicate fruitfully in discussion.

    1. Skill in using the Library's exceptionally strong resources in this area of study, including the LION and EEBO electronic archives.

    1. A capacity to meet the general learning objectives of the department as set out in the preamble.

    Assessment

    First essay (1500 words): 30%
    Second essay (2000 words): 45%
    Test (1 hour): 25%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in English or permission.

    Prohibitions

    ENH3130


    ENH2135 - The Colonial Child: Australian Children's Books 1830-1950

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Unit examines the development of Australian children's literature in the colonial period from 1830 - 1950. Texts are analysed to consider such phenomena as the changing relationship between empire and colony, contradictory representations of Aboriginal people and Aboriginality, emigration propaganda, boy's own adventure narratives, the rise of militarism and nationalism, the emergence of ecoliterature, the influence of educational institutions, and the domestication and feminisation of children's books. Using such theoretical approaches as new historicism, feminism, semiotics and cultural studies, we will consider discourses of childhood, gender and race politics, and aspects of narratology.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit should develop:

    1. Knowledge and an understanding of the historic contexts and the development of the main genres of colonial Australian children's literature.

    1. Knowledge and an understanding of specifically Australian constructs of childhood and implied child readers.

    1. A critical understanding of the ways in which adult and child readers learn to construct cultural paradigms, particularly national identity, through their reading.

    1. Critical skills pertaining to postcolonial theories, narratology and discourse analysis.

    Assessment

    Essay (2250 words): 50%
    Test (2250 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in English, Literary Studies or Cultural Studies or permission.

    Prohibitions

    ENH3135


    ENH2145 - The Postcolonial Child: Australian Children's Books 1950-2000

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Unit examines the development of Australian children's literature from 1950 to the present. Texts are analysed to consider such phenomena as the uses of landscape, the rise of the sub-genres of picture story books, speculative fantasy and young adult fiction, the function of nationalist and civic discourses, the influence of pedagogic theory and institutionalised award systems, changing representations of Aboriginal people and Aboriginality within a postcolonial context, and ideologies of growing up. Using such theoretical approaches as new historicism, feminism, semiotics and cultural studies, we will consider discourses of childhood, gender and race politics, and aspects of narratology.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit should develop:

    1. Knowledge and an understanding of the historic contexts and the development of the main genres of postcolonial Australian children's literature.

    1. Knowledge and an understanding of specifically Australian constructs of childhood and implied child readers.

    1. A critical understanding of the ways in which adult and child readers learn to construct cultural paradigms, particularly national identity, through their reading.

    1. Critical skills pertaining to postcolonial theories, narratology and discourse analysis.

    Assessment

    Essay (2250 words): 50%
    Test (2250 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in English, Literary Studies or Cultural Studies or permission.

    Prohibitions

    ENH3145


    ENH2150 - Australian Urban Fictions

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Ackland

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Redirecting Australian cultural debated away from its traditional emphasis on 'The Bush', this course investigates how the fictionalised city has increasingly acted as a focus for cultural redefinition and as a catalyst for literary experimentation and innovation. The selected texts represent the variety of narrative modes used to construct the Australian city: popular fiction, social realism, autobiography, social satire and urban picaresque, as well as explore issues of regionalism and expatriation, and the interplay of architecture and inner-urban landscapes. Authors studied include Garner, Grenville, Malouf and Winton.

    Assessment

    Short Essay (1350 words) 30%, Seminar Work (1350 words) 30%, Class Test (1800 words) 40%,

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in English or permission

    Prohibitions

    ENH3150


    ENH2165 - Feisty Damsels and Pale Riders: Reconfiguring romance in Australian fiction and film

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Ackland

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit focuses on romance as both a textual and a social construct. It begins by exploring the place of romance in fluid, colonial society, together with the roles, new and inherited, available to the sexes, before examining recent recastings of this legacy. This is done through a variety of fiction and films that rework established genres and comment on romantic dreams in the light of modern realities. Authors studies included Marcus Clarke, Barbara Baynton, Peter Carey, Elizabeth Jolley, Kate Grenville, Murray Bail and Kathy Lette, as well as the films 'African Queen', 'The Piano', 'The Well' and 'Monkey Grip'.

    Assessment

    Class paper (1000 words) and tutorial participation: 30%
    Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Class Test (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture and a 1.5 hour seminar

    Prerequisites

    A first year English sequence or equivalent


    ENH2175 - Reading otherwise: Literature, gender, psychoanalysis

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Rose Lucas

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will provide students with a theoretical framework within which to undertake a psychoanalytic reading of a number of texts, across a number of genres. This will involve consideration of certain key concepts within psychoanalytic theory, accessed primarily through the reading of a number of essays by Freud and Lacan. Psychoanalysis will then be used as a primary lens for reading. This involves the consideration of texts which overtly make use of the ideas and/or methodologies of psychoanalysis- such as Woolf's Mrs Dalloway or poet Anne Sexton's "To Bedlam, and Part Way Back" - in addition to a wider range of differently motivated texts - eg crime fiction or the Hollywood melodrama.

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit have gained:

    1. Knowledge and a working understanding of selected psychoanalytic texts.

    1. Knowledge of a broad range of cross-genre literary texts.

    1. Further skills of literary analysis, enriched by the application of certain psychoanalytic concepts.

    1. Insight into the critical and theoretical debates concerning the production of a gendered subjectivity within literary texts.

    1. The necessary skills for contributing to critical discussion and producing scholarly written argument.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (2500 words)
    Class test: 40%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar and one 1-hour lecture per week and occasional 2 hour screenings


    ENH2185 - Advanced Professional Writing

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Baden Eunson

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This course aims to further develop and refine both the practical and theoretical skills learned in Professional Writing ENH1260.
    The course will focus on the production of documents in genres used in workplaces, particularly tenders/submissions/proposals/grants, instructions/manuals and position papers.

    Objectives

    On completion, the student will be able to:

    1. Demonstrate a detailed understanding of grammar and professional style
    2. Show an understanding of the principles of document design and graphic communication of information
    3. Write a tender/proposal/ submission/ grant document for a competitive bidding/ funding application situation
    4. Write sound documentation for instructions/ manuals, based on usability criteria
    5. Write a position paper which coherently presents an organizational standpoint on an issue or policy
    6. Demonstrate an ability to reinforce the message of a written document with a spoken presentation

    Assessment

    Writing skills/style assessment test: 15%
    Tender/submission/proposal/grant document (3000 words): 40%
    Manual/set of instructions (1000 words): 15%
    Position paper (1000 words): 15%
    Presentation (Ten minutes): 15%

    Contact hours

    3 hours ( 1 x 1 lecture and 1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

    Prerequisites

    A first-year English sequence including ENH1260.

    Prohibitions

    ENH3185


    ENH2190 - Gods and fairies: An introduction to middle English

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    A study of verse and prose narrative from the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries. The literature is read in the original language and discussed in its linguistic and cultural context. The particular focus of the subject is an examination of how a selection of Middle English texts treat the supernatural (in particular, the form and function of gods and fairies) as subject matter. The major authors, Chaucer and Malory, and a selection of anonymous Middle English texts will all be read in Middle English, while additional Old and Middle English texts will be read in translation.

    Objectives

    Students taking this subject should develop the following skills:

    1. Reading and analyzing the language of Middle English at a basic level, with a consequent capacity to read in their original language the literary texts prescribed for study.

    1. A broad knowledge of the historical and cultural background of these texts, extending the knowledge acquired in ENH2020/3020 (Heroes, Lovers and Monsters: The Literary Culture of Medieval England).

    1. Knowledge and understanding of medieval literary genres and in particular the nature of and conventions used in medieval English verse and prose romance.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Seminar assessment (including a paper of 500 words): 20%
    An optional examination (3 hours) may replace up to 40% of the written work

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    ENH2020 or ENH3020 or permission


    ENH2195 - The poetics of memory

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ms Sofia Kostelac

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit explores contemporary literary and cultural texts as sites of reclaimed or reconstructed histories. The texts embody a range of complex negotiations with the past and memory, bringing the discourses of history and imagination into relationship. It examines a range of questions/debates which emerge at the intersection of history, culture and fiction, and the ways in which each text reflects key aspects of its historical and cultural context and the strategies involved in their representation. Students will be able to compare and contrast cultural texts from different socio-political configurations, bringing each text into relationship with other contexts and conditions.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

    1. demonstrate a critical awareness of the ways in which certain literary and other cultural texts encourage us to re-evaluate standardized notions of historical discourse and historical 'truth'
    2. appreciate the uses of literature and other cultural texts in revising and opposing dominant socio-political discourses
    3. be able to interpret a literary text, a movie and other kinds of cultural artifacts, demonstrating a sensitivity to the language and visual and narrative devices and strategies employed
    4. demonstrate an awareness and understanding of the major theoretical approaches which may be brought to bear on literary texts and other cultural artifacts
    5. be able to employ and evaluate such theoretical approaches in an interpretation of a cultural text
    6. handle the critical concepts and language appropriate to discussion of contemporary literature and culture
    7. demonstrate a development of the skills of analytic and critical discussion introduced at first year level.

    Assessment

    Tutorial attendance and portfolio: 10%; Short essay (900 words): 20%; Long essay (1150 words): 25%; Examination: 2 hours (2000 words): 45%.

    Contact hours

    Four (Two x 1 hour lectures and two 1 hour tutorials)

    Prohibitions

    ENH3195.


    ENH2225 - Heroes' twilight: Representations of war and conflict

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Robin Gerster

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit examines the centrality of war and conflict to contemporary cultural history. Using a variety of literary (and non-literary) sources, the subject seeks to analyse how discursive representations of war have played a fundamental role in disseminating the ideas of modernity and postmodernity; redefined traditional concepts of heroism, racial virtue and the fixed gender roles which sustain them; entrenched the importance of the mass media in contributing to public knowledge about conflicts; how they have impacted on the notions of racial, ethnic and national identity; and how the Holocaust and subsequent acts of genocide have posed a range of moral and representational challenges.

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit will have gained:

    1. Critical knowledge of the major representational elements of war literature since the First World War.

    1. An understanding of concepts of heroism and racial virtue, as they have been invoked (and revised) in modern war writing.

    1. The importance of gender to critical perspectives on war.

    1. An understanding the relationship of war writing to the ideas and practices of modernity and postmodernity.

    1. An understanding of the significant role of the global media in disseminating kinds of public knowledge about war and conflict.

    Assessment

    Short essay (1000 words): 20%
    Long essay (2000 words): 50%
    Test (1.5 hours): 20%
    Seminar participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    ENH3225


    ENH2230 - Shakespeare: Interpretations and Transmutations

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Groves

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores a range of Shakespeare's plays, focussing on various interpretations which have been applied to or imposed upon them by critics and directors over the years, including feminist, Christian, nationalist, and so on, and how these reflect changing times and fashions as well as political and cultural biases. In addition, consideration will be given to the ways in which Shakespeare's texts have been adapted to the spirit of the times - re-writings of scenes and endings for eighteenth-century productions, for example - and assimilated into other cultural forms, including opera (Verdi) and film.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (2000 words)
    1 hour Exam: 30%
    Oral presentation: 20% (1500 words)

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in English or permission

    Prohibitions

    ENH3230


    ENH2315 - Romantic literature I

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit examines the birth and development of British romanticism from romance. It begins with a brief study of romance, chiefly in Spenser and Milton, passes to a study of forgery, examines the work of William Blake, and concentrates on the writings of the Wordsworth Circle: the poetry of William Wordsworth and S. T. Coleridge, and the journals of Dorothy Wordsworth.

    Assessment

    Two essays (2250 words each; one of these essays must be presented as a seminar paper): 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in English or Comparative Literature (not Cultural Studies)


    ENH2330 - Victorian Literature

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alan Dilnot

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines some of the major works to emerge during the early Victorian period (1837-1870), with particular attention to the work of Dickens. Reference will be made to social changes and to the trends of thought accompanying these changes wherever this helps to suggest the chief characteristics of early Victorian sensibilities. Certain topics will receive special attention: childhood and education, women and marriage, industrialisation, class-consciousness and concepts of social interaction.

    Assessment

    Class presentation (1000 words): 20%
    Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%
    Seminar participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week


    ENH2360 - Fairy tale traditions

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Rebecca-Anne Do Rozario

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit focuses upon the historical development of fairy and nursery tales for both adults and children. Students will learn theoretical approaches through which to examine the development of fairy tales, nursery rhymes and other supernatural and fantasy narratives, from oral origins to the Romantics to the postmodern. Key issues studied will be cultural production, gender and historicism. There will be an opportunity for students to consider the genre in their own creative writing.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will have attained

    1. An understanding of the historical background of fairy and nursery tales
    2. A critical understanding of the implications of oral and literary storytelling traditions
    3. A critical understanding of the major thematic paradigms of fairy and nursery tales
    4. An understanding of how the romantic tradition is constructed and defined and of its relationship to more contemporary fairy and nursery tales
    5. The ability to analyse fairy and nursery tales through cultural, ideological and historical frameworks
    6. An enhanced capacity to meet the general learning objectives of the School

    Assessment

    Essays/creative exercises: 80% (3750 words)
    Test: 20%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week for 11 weeks

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in English with atleast one of ENH1010, ENH1220 or ENH1990

    Prohibitions

    ENH3360


    ENH2401 - English language and text

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Sue Yell

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit will enable students to recognise the many ways in which language use and social structure are necessarily interrelated. Students will be introduced to analytical techniques drawn from grammar and stylistics, critical linguistics and literary criticism, and will apply them to the study of a range of literary and linguistic texts, focussing on the social and ideational implications of various syntactic, propositional and rhetorical forms. The unit will thus develop students' appreciation of language as a socio-textual institution, while strengthening their English literacy.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. a developed appreciation of language as a socio-textual institution and of the basic principles and techniques of theorising and reflecting upon English language use and writing practice.
    2. proficiency in English comprehension and in the use of English for a variety of purposes.
    3. the ability to identify and apply a range of analytical techniques for the purpose of critically analysing the social, political and rhetorical effects of a variety of specific linguistic and textual forms.
    4. the capacity to recognise and apply a limited set of language-use strategies for producing coherently and effectively written texts.

    Assessment

    Analytical/Writing Exercises 1 (750 words) : 20%
    Analytical/Writing Exercises 2 (750 words) : 20%
    Essay (1,500 words) : 30%
    Supervised assessment (Equivalent to 1500 words) : 30%

    Contact hours

    1 one-hour lecture + 1 one-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    COM1010 and COM1020


    ENH2402 - Literature and history

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the ideas and views of life presented in a range of literary texts and relates these ideas to the historical contexts from which they emerged. In doing so, the unit focuses on developing effective reading strategies as well as an understanding of how literary texts may be seen both as products of history and as a means for exploring human experience in all its diversity. Students will be required to analyse a number of major works in literary history, from the late Renaissance to the twenty-first century.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. a range of effective reading strategies, including strategies of evaluation, and advanced skills in close and critical reading.
    2. an appreciation of the complex relations within and between cultural and material history.
    3. detailed knowledge of the aesthetic form and social context of production of a selection of key works in literary history, from Renaissance drama to contemporary narrative.
    4. an ability to debate the significance of literature and the various ways of engaging in literary interpretation.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70% (3000 words)
    In-class tests (on campus) or 2 hour exam (OCL): 30% (1500 words)

    Contact hours

    1 one-hour lecture + 1 one-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    COM1010 and COM1020


    ENH2404 - Popular writing and criticism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit approaches the study of popular narrative afresh by uncovering some ideas about popular culture - "genre", "mass culture", "escapism", "representation" - that continue to limit and predetermine the analysis of popular texts. By considering how these ideas have come to inform our everyday responses to popular texts, the unit explores strategies for reading such texts in ways that challenge the "critical imperative" driving many analyses of popular fiction and film. Thus, the unit develops new protocols for thinking and writing about popular texts in academic, journalistic and everyday contexts. Access to on-line facilities is essential for students studying in off-campus mode.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. an understanding how popular texts mediate cultural understanding and activity;
    2. a capacity to recognise how contemporary reviews of popular fiction and film are often limited by a particular history of ideas about popular culture;
    3. an ability to appreciate different uses and interpretations of popular texts;
    4. an ability to explore innovative ways of engaging with popular culture;
    5. skills in deploy such alternative reading protocols within popular sites of cultural criticism, particularly through the popular practices of art criticism and review writing.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80% (4500 words)
    Tutorial participation or online forum for OCL students: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    COM1010 and COM1020 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    WRT2404, WRT3404, ENH3404


    ENH2405 - Contemporary fiction

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Paul Atkinson

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Singapore Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    The unit analyses of range of contemporary texts that address issues of postmodernism, discourse, memorialisation and trauma. In particular, the unit explores the relationship between memory and narrative and how the present is connected to the past in inscription. The texts are drawn from a range of traditions (US, French, British, for example) and a range of media (novel, graphic novel and film).

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing the subject will have: 1) demonstrated an ability to analyse textual representations in terms of, including narrative form, aspects of literary theory (authorship, postmodernism, psychoanalysis); 2) understand literature's relation to historical and social contexts; 3) develop an understanding of a range of critical and theoretical approaches to literary studies and their place in the wider field of cultural studies.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Exam (2000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    COM1010 and COM1020 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    WRT2405, WRT3405, ENH3405, GSC2405, GSC3405


    ENH2407 - Authorship and writing

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Paul Atkinson

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
    Singapore First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit combines the study of ideas of authorship with the critical study of a number of texts. The notion of authorship will be interrogated in relation to a variety of writing practices. The Romantic idea of the author (and that of the film auteur) will be examined in the light of recent critical theories.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students should:

    1. Be able to critically evaluate the range of practices employed in authorial criticism;
    2. Understand how theories of authorship have changed in the movement from Romanticism to structuralism;
    3. Comprehend the difference between the subject writing and the empirical author;
    4. Have a working knowledge of the relationship between film style and authorial expression;
    5. Be able to identify the key features of auteur theory and understand how it is used as a means of classification in film theory.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Exam (2000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    COM1010 and COM1020 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    COM2407, COM3407, ENH3407, GSC2407, GSC3407


    ENH2410 - Puritans and Sinners: Interrogating the American Tradition

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Ackland

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is an introduction to some of the major writers in American literature and an exploration of the concept of a national literary identity. Beginning in the nineteenth century when the interplay of inherited European cultural forms and a burgeoning literary nationalism was at its most fruitful, the subject ranges from the Puritan heritage of the great New England writers through to American postmodernism, and includes the contribution of black American writing. Authors studied include Melville, Hawthorne, Twain, Whitman, Wharton, Faulkner, Frost, Morrison and Delillo.

    Assessment

    Seminar presentation (1000 words) and participation: 30%
    Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Class test (2000 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in English, Literary Studies or Cultural Studies or permission

    Prohibitions

    ENH3410


    ENH2470 - Modern english literature: Modernism and postmodernism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alan Dilnot

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will attempt to identify some of the chief trends in modern English literature in English, concentrating on the period from 1900 to 1945. The central figures of high modernism will be studied within their cultural and historical context.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject should have developed:

    1. A recognition of what distinguishes modern English literature of the period 1900 to 1945.

    1. A grounding in the nature of the cultural conditions in which modern English literature has been produced.

    1. The ability to articulate critical interpretations of the set texts in systematic written argument and in clear and confident oral presentation.

    Assessment

    Class presentation (1000 words): 20%
    Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%
    Seminar participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


    ENH2530 - Contemporary English literature

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alan Dilnot

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit will examine representative examples of contemporary drama, poetry and fiction from the English-writing world. Particular attention will be given to postmodern texts, but other topics such as post-colonialism and feminism will also be studied.

    Assessment

    Class presentation (1000 words): 20%
    Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%
    Seminar participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in English


    ENH2570 - Writing Women

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Pauline Nestor

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit provides a general survey of women's fiction, ranging across two centuries. It will consistently question and explore the concept of 'the difference of view' and will examine the importance of common historical contexts and of intertextuality for women writers.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 60%
    Test (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in English, Literary Studies or Cultural Studies or permission

    Prohibitions

    ENH3570


    ENH2585 - Writing gender and sexuality in English literature

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ms Sofia Kostelac

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines mainstream constructions of gender and sexuality reconceptualised in a range of socio-historical and cultural contexts from the early modern period to the present, as well as complex relationships between language, gender and sexuality, exploring how these relationships have been affirmed and deconstructed by various cultural texts. The unit offers a range of psychoanalytic and performative gender and feminist theories, enabling students to understand critical implications of how texts construct male and female identity. The unit discusses theoretical lexicon and conceptual framework and outlines the themes and concerns that have been represented in the cultural texts.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

    1. have acquired the theoretical lexicon and conceptual framework necessary to make sense and articulate how gender and sexuality are represented in a different cultural texts
    2. demonstrate a critical awareness of the ways in which certain literary and other cultural texts encourage us to rethink normative constructions of gender and sexuality
    3. appreciate the uses of literature and other cultural texts in revising and opposing dominant discourses about gender and sexuality
    4. be able to interpret a literary text, a movie and other kinds of cultural artifacts demonstrating a sensitivity to the language and visual and narrative devices and strategies employed
    5. demonstrate a development of the skills of analytic and critical discussion introduced at first year level.

    Assessment

    Tutorial attendance and portfolio - 10%; Short essay (1250 words) - 20%; Long essay (2000 words) - 30%; Examination - 40%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    ENH1200 & ENH1220

    Prohibitions

    ENH3585


    ENH2620 - Grammar and expression

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Baden Eunson

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This second/ third year unit considers the structure and use of English grammar and the applications of that learning to composition and style. It considers major models of grammar or syntax and morphology (traditional, generative/transformational, and functional), punctuation, lexis or vocabulary, historical development, geographical and social variation, registers, genres, rhetoric, corpus linguistics, text types or discourse styles, and will then link these theoretical bases to practical expressive techniques.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to

    1. Explain different approaches to understanding the structure of English.
    2. Explain how historical development of the language has produced problems and opportunities for modern usage.
    3. Understand the relationships between grammar (syntax and morphology) and punctuation.
    4. Explain the relationship between theoretical models of grammar on the one hand and practical written and verbal expression and usage and style problems on the other.
    5. Demonstrate the stylistic differences between different genres, registers, text types or discourse styles.
    6. Analyse and edit texts created by others and by themselves.
    7. Teach English grammar and style to others.

    Assessment

    Tutorial attendance and participation : 10%
    Essay 1 (1500 words) : 20%
    Essay 2 (1500 words) : 20%
    Examination (2 hours (1500 words)) : 50%

    Contact hours

    3(one one-hour lecture and one two-hour tutorial)

    Prerequisites

    ENH1260

    Prohibitions

    ENH3620


    ENH2650 - Poetry: Text and performance

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Groves

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The aim of the unit will be to demystify poetry and its workings for the students who take it, and in this way to increase their understanding and enjoyment of the medium. The unit will explore some of the traditional concepts and problems of poetics, specifically in the area of the functioning of poetic language and the relation between poetic text and performance. It will include study of the following areas of interest: stylistic analysis of poetry; sound-patterning and its affective and iconic potential; metre and other kinds of rhythmic form; poetic diction; the functioning of metaphor, metonymy and other forms of figurative language; the performance of poetry.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject should have developed:

    1. Some understanding of the traditional concepts and problems of poetics, specifically in the area of the functioning of poetic language and the relation between poetic text and performance.

    1. Competence in a variety of interpretive strategies.

    1. A broad acquaintance with a wide range of poetic genres and styles.

    1. A general understanding of the historical development of English poetry.

    1. The capacity to meet the general learning objectives of the department.

    Assessment

    Written work
    Class test: 80% (4000 words)
    Performance and participation: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    ENH3650


    ENH2660 - Here and there: The literature of travel

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Ackland

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Within an English-language context and within a broad historical timeframe, this unit examines a range of rationales and motivations for travel. In particular, it looks at the ways the travel experience (actual or imaginary) has found expression in literature. Texts range from accounts of medieval pilgrimages, through imaginary voyages and utopian fantasies, New World travellers' tales and the Grand Tour, through to contemporary devlopments in the genre including the (post)modern 'travel novel', the anthropology of travel and the rise to prominence of the popular travel writer.

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit will have gained:

    1. An historical sense of the development of 'travel writing' as genre, along with knowledge of the diversity of narrative modes and discourses it encompasses.

    1. Cultural knowledge of the relationship between travel writing and ideology, especially in specific, political and gendered contexts.

    1. A sophisticated understanding of contemporary theoretical approaches to travel.

    1. Critical perspectives on the production and consumption of travel writing.

    1. An understanding of the cultural nuances of 'travel' compared with 'tourism', and how these are manifested in literature.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 50%
    Class test (90 minutes): 20%
    Short essay (1000 words): 20%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS2660, CLS3660


    ENH2680 - Introduction to poetry writing

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): John Hawke

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The subject examines the tradition of modern poetry and poetics and its applicability to contemporary writing practice from a comparative approach. The subject concentrates on a number of key texts from the Symbolist and Modernist periods and examines various works which may be seen to exemplify, modify, or challenge these poetics. Students will be required to reflect both creatively and analytically on their own writing practice in the light of these texts. In the collaborative environment of workshops, students will be encouraged to experiment with a range of Modernist techniques including: free verse, parataxis, the ideogramic method, automatic writing, visual and sound poetry.

    Objectives

    The proposed subject aims to introduce students to a range of primary texts within the field of modern poetry and poetics, providing the opportunity to develop critical and creative skills. At the successful completion of this subject the student will be able to:

    1. Articulate the key features of major developments in modern poetics
    2. Reflect critically on his/her writing practice in the light of these developments
    3. Demonstrate how a given text exemplifies or challenges contemporaneous theories of poetics
    4. Devise writing strategies which utilise in direct or modified ways (oppositional or ironic) aspects of a given poetics within their writing practice
    5. Demonstrate critical skills through the editorial commentary on works in progress presented in workshops
    6. Develop creative and professional skills through the drafting process.

    Assessment

    Workshop Participation (500 words - 5 poems) 25%
    Mid-semester Assignment (1500 words - 10 poems and 1000 word exegesis) 30%
    Final portfolio and essay (2500 words - 20pp poetry and 1500 word essay) 40%
    Tutorial Participation 5%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial/workshop per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year sequence in English, or permission

    Prohibitions

    ENH3680


    ENH2681 - Advanced poetry writing

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): John Hawke

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The subject examines contemporary poetry and poetics and its applicability to writing practice through a comparative approach. The subject concentrates on a number of key texts by major contemporary poets and examines various works which may be seen to exemplify, modify, or challenge these poetics. Students will be required to reflect both creatively and analytically on their ongoing writing practice in the light of these texts. In the collaborative environment of workshops, students will be encouraged to experiment with a range of techniques and styles

    Objectives

    The subject aims to introduce students to a range of primary texts within the field of contemporary poetry and poetics, providing the opportunity to develop critical and creative skills. At the successful completion of this subject the student will be able to:

    1. Articulate the key features of major developments in contemporary poetics
    2. Reflect critically on his/her writing practice in the light of these developments
    3. Demonstrate how a given text exemplifies or challenges contemporaneous theories of poetics
    4. Devise writing strategies which utilise in direct or modified ways (oppositional or ironic) aspects of a given poetics within their writing practice
    5. Demonstrate critical skills through the editorial commentary on works in progress presented in workshops
    6. Develop creative and professional skills through the drafting process.

    Assessment

    + Workshop participation (500 words) 25%
    Mid-semester assignment (1500 words) 30%
    Final portfolio and essay (2500 words) 40%
    Tutorial participation 5%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial/workshop per week

    Prerequisites

    ENH2680

    Prohibitions

    ENH3681


    ENH2690 - Gender and authority in Australian literature

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Ackland

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is concerned with the contribution of literature to forming and interrogating national identity, and with postwar attempts to assimilate the heritage of modernism to Australian experience. Texts range from the colonial period to the present. They focus on the distant and recent historical record as a site of contention, on racial and gender relations, on attempts to rewrite the romance and pastoral traditions and on recent developments in the Australian novel. Authors studied include Bail, Carey, Garner, Jolley, Malouf, Mudrooroo and Prichard.

    Assessment

    Seminar presentation (1000 words) and participation: 30%
    Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Class test (2000 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in English, Literary Studies or Cultural Studies or permission

    Prohibitions

    ENH3690, WMN2690, WMN3690


    ENH2710 - Orientations: Reading Asia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Robin Gerster

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the dynamics of 'Asian' (esp. South Asian) identity in the postcolonial era, as revealed in a range of fictional texts. Issues discussed include representational dichotomies and intersections of 'East' and 'West', cultural hybridity, diaspora, and Australian responses to Asia in both literature and the media.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 50%
    Short essay (1500 words): 30%
    Seminar participation: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in English or permission

    Prohibitions

    ENH3710


    ENH2750 - Contemporary Women's Fiction and Theory

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Pauline Nestor

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit provides an introduction to feminist literary theory and surveys contemporary fiction by women. A focus for study will be offered by an examination of the uses of autobiography, re-vision and re-construction - the act of 're-membering the self', which is one of the fundamental preoccupations of contemporary women's writing. The unit will enable students to build, if they choose, on the historical perspectives offered by ENH2570 (Writing Women).

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 60%
    Test (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in English or permission

    Prohibitions

    ENH3750


    ENH2770 - Short fiction classic and contemporary

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Groves

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit provides a historical and theoretical introduction to the short story, using a wide range of examples from Britain, the United States and Australia as well as a few from Russia, France, Japan, South Africa, South America and Ireland. Stories are selected in order to illustrate key elements and modes of fiction and narratological issues, which may be studied with particular advantage in such a concentrated literary form. Approximately four stories will be studied each week.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 50%
    Class presentation (1500 words): 30%
    Examination (1 hour): 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in English


    ENH2780 - Writing as Social Practice 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nina Philadelphoff-Puren

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will investigate the genre of the academic essay as a disciplinary technology and introduce students to a range of theories and alternative academic genres which contest this effect. Students will be encouraged to consider the practice of reading and writing (both their own texts and those of others) from a perspective informed by contemporary critical theory and feminism. Students will develop two major pieces of writing over the course of the semester through the practice of drafting, revision and editing in small group sessions. Basic proof-reading symbols and copy-editing skills will be taught over the semester to enhance this process.

    Objectives

    By the conclusion of the subject you should have:

    1. An understanding of the relation between writing and the social world.

    1. An understanding of theories of semiotics, subjectivity and discourse.

    1. The ability to connect these ideas to the practice of reading and writing.

    1. A knowledge of the history of the written interview.

    1. Enhanced written skills in both academic and non-academic genres.

    1. Developed editing and revision skills.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Workshop project (1000 words): 25%
    Folio presentation (1000 words): 25%
    Copy-editing test: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    One of the following first year units/sequences: ENH1250, CLS1010/1020 or CLS1040/1050

    Prohibitions

    ENH3780


    ENH2800 - In Other Worlds: Postcolonial Literature

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Ackland

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    An intro to postcolonialism as a historical phenomenon and as a dynamic field of contemporary writing and theory. Texts deal with the Americas, Africa, the Carribean and Asia-Pacific region. They promote discussion of processes of inscription, cultural interaction and strategies for dominion, of the place of indigenous or minority groups, and the intersection of postmodernist and postcolonial dilemmas. Authors include Conrad, Rhys, Forster, Achebe, Liosa, Malouf, Pynchon and Kincaid. A feature of this unit is weekly theoretical readings which provide the focus for discussing a particular creative work, and so familiarise students with the usefulness and applications of specific theories.

    Assessment

    Seminar presentation (1000 words) and participation: 30%
    Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Class test (2000 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in English, Literary Studies or Cultural Studies or permission

    Prohibitions

    ENH3800, CLS2800/3800


    ENH2810 - Novel into film

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Chris Worth

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will consider the ideological and structural effects of translation from literary to visual text. This will be achieved through a close reading of a number of paired texts (ie. novel and film). Students will develop analytical skills for reading with both specific genres, and extend these skills through seminar debate and written work.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 60%
    Test (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week plus 5 x 2-hour screenings

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Literature or relevant discipline


    ENH2980 - Introduction to fiction writing

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chandani Lokuge

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In the collaborative atmosphere of workshops, students will use a range of set readings to experiment with the elements of fiction: narrative technique and point of view, characterization, story, plotting and action, setting, figurative language etc., editing skills and preparing a manuscript for publication. The workshops will integrate reading, writing and editing skills through three activities: the study of a wide range of texts which will be used as models for students' creative explorations; writing exercises designed to develop students' skills in aspects of short story writing; editing of students' own writing and that of their colleagues and offering constructive criticism.

    Objectives

    By the conclusion of this subject students should have:

    1. Been introduced to the elements of short fiction and gained "hands-on" experience in writing short stories.

    1. Responded critically and imaginatively to a diverse range of short stories from Australia and beyond.

    1. Related current critical debate about creative writing to their own work.

    1. Developed editing and revision skills.

    1. Extended their awareness of the requirements of the publishing industry.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70% (4000 words)
    In class exercise/test: 20%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    A First-year sequence in English, Visual Culture, Drama and Theatre Studies or Comparative Literature and Cultural Studies or permission.


    ENH2981 - Advanced fiction writing

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chandani Lokuge

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Building on the skills developed in ENH2980, to develop skills in genre writing. In the atmosphere of workshops, guided by debate and a selection of short stories, students will experiment in a range of genres: Realism; New Writing; Historical Fiction; Cultural interactions; Gothic, Fantasy and the Supernatural; Crime; Re-visioning the Classic; Ficto-criticism; Writing for Children. It will pay attention to revising, editing and presenting a manuscript for publication. Delivered through the semester, 'The Writers and their World' series comprising talks by major authors, publishers and editors will give a colourful glimpse into the world of creative writers and the publishing industry.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70% (4000 words)
    In class exercise/test: 20%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hour workshop per week

    Prerequisites

    Two first-year English units, and ENH2980/ENH3980


    ENH2991 - Children's Literature: A Comparative Study

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Rebecca Do Rozario

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A study of contemporary literature for children by major Australian, American and British writers. The unit explores a range of modes, including humour, fantasy, picture story books, realistic and historical novels. Specific issues examined include the construction of national identity, cultural variations in thematic and formal emphasis, changing notions of childhood and the child figure, and the notion of the implied child/adolescent reader. Students will be encouraged to consider the ideological implications of the adult interests vested in the production of texts for children.

    Objectives

    It is intended that students undertaking this course should develop:

    1. Knowledge and an understanding of the historic context of the development of the main genres of children's literature, and of contemporary trends and issues.

    1. Knowledge and an understanding of the ways in which different cultures construct different ideas of childhood, and of implied child readers.

    1. A critical understanding of the ways in which adult and child readers learn to construct cultural paradigms, particularly of national identity, through their reading.

    1. Critical skills pertaining to narratology, deconstruction and discourse analysis.

    1. An understanding of the crucial significance of childhood reading, and a desire to explore beyond the text's parameters.

    Assessment

    Written work (3750 words): 80%
    Test: 20%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 lecture and 1 seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in English, Literary Studies or Cultural Studies or permission.

    Prohibitions

    ENH3991


    ENH3030 - Rewriting Victorian Narratives: Origins and Oblivion

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit explores, through a variety of mainstream and marginalised texts, some of the major intellectual and social issues of the nineteenth century, including Darwinian narratives of origins and oblivion, notions of history and historicity, the progress myth, industrialisation and urbanisation, changing political paradigms, social unrest and dissent, class mobility, the rights of women, redefinitions of childhood, the rise of science and the decline of religious faith. We will ask, as texts are situated within specific historic and cultural contexts, what lies beyond the pale, excluded from text and context.

    Objectives

    Students in ENH2030/3030 should develop:

    1. Knowledge and an understanding of major nineteenth-century intellectual, social and cultural debate.

    1. An understanding of specific nineteenth-century historic and cultural contexts as they influenced production of particular texts; in particular, as they influenced narrative forms, genres, audiences, speaking voices and narrative contracts.

    1. Knowledge and an understanding of historic as well as of contemporary debates about literary theory and values.

    1. The critical skills to undertake effective discourse analysis.

    Assessment

    Essay (2250 words): 50%
    Test (2250 words): 50%
    Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate a higher degree of conceptualisation in their theoretical understandings, and more sophisticated analytic and interpretative skills.

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 lecture and 1 seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year sequence in English, Literary Studies or Cultural Studies or permission.

    Prohibitions

    ENH2030


    ENH3055 - Textual Theories and Practice: an Introduction

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Clive Probyn

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce second and third year students to the complex and challenging world of interpretation, particularly to theories generated by the last thirty years since structuralism gave way to poststructuralism, colonialism to postcolonialism, the patriarchy to gender studies, the autonomous text to texts as product and construction. We shall select weekly readings from leading French, American and other European critics.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject will gain:

    1. a working knowledge of some of the leading and most influential theories of interpretation in late twentieth century writing and culture.

    1. an ability to read theoretical discussions of various disciplinary areas such as Literary Studies, Comparative Literary Studies, Cultural Studies, Semiotics and Gender Studies, some aspects of Social Politics.

    1. an ability to apply aspects of theoretical learning to their study of texts (broadly defined).

    1. a communicative competence in the discourse of theory as such.

    Assessment

    Seminar paper/Book Review 1000: 20%, Long Essay 2500: 50%, Seminar contribution: 10%, One hour exam 1000: 20%.

    At third year level a higher level of theoretical range and depth is expected: the Long Essay, for example, would require three rather than two theorists to be considered.

    Contact hours

    One two-hour seminar each week.


    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in English or CCLS.

    Prohibitions

    ENH2055


    ENH3110 - Renaissance literature: Power and love

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Groves

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A study of the literature of the English renaissance (roughly 1560-1660) through an examination of works illustrating a variety of treatments of power and love in political, social and religious contexts. The first half of the unit concentrates on works by Marlowe, Donne and Milton; the second half considers these and some related works in a series of specific studies of

    1. literature of the politics and ethics of power, and
    2. literature of love - sexual and sacred. There will be some emphasis on the representations of gender in the prescribed texts and its relation to the socio-political status of women in the period.

    Objectives

    On successfully completing this course students will be expected to have developed:

    1. A knowledge of the outlook - philosophical, religious, political and social - of the Renaissance and of the changes in it which characterize its sensibilities and inform its literature.

    1. An understanding of the ways in which a variety of poetic and dramatic texts explore the concepts of power (political, social and sexual) and of love (divine, courtly, neo-Platonic and sexual) in the Renaissance period.

    1. The ability to respond imaginatively and critically to texts of a period of English literature whose traditions and conventions are very different from those of the present yet which have a significant influence on it.

    1. An understanding of the differing attitudes to women in the Renaissance as they are expressed in its literature.

    1. The ability to apply different critical approaches to Renaissance texts and to the preoccupations and themes which they embody.

    1. The ability to argue, interpret and analyse coherently both in written work and orally in seminar discussion.

    1. The capacity to meet the general learning objectives of the department.

    Assessment

    Critical Exercise (1000 words): 25%
    Essay (3000 words): 55%
    Class paper (equivalent 450 words): 10%
    Participation: 10%
    An optional examination may replace the long essay
    Third-year students will be expected to show a greater awareness both of the cultural background and of present-day theoretical approaches to the literature.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year sequence in English.


    ENH3130 - Literature and Opposition, 1660-1800

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Clive Probyn

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit is designed to introduce students to some major English texts of the Augustan (Enlightenment) era, selected to illustrate the intellectual, political and gender conflicts of the period. Special attention will be given to the relationship of writing to the emerging print media through a study of prose and verse pamphleteering and a group of 'best-sellers'.

    Objectives

    Students in ENH3130 will be encouraged to develop:

    1. An understanding of the cultural and political context within which literary texts were created and of the civilization of Augustan Britain - i.e. England, Scotland, Wales and Ireland.

    1. Familiarity with the forms and genres of a range of major texts, understood both as part of an evolutionary process of generic development and as the expression of ideological change.

    1. The ability to read eighteenth-century literary English with enjoyment and to understand the reason for its linguistic differences from modern English.

    1. The ability to argue interpretations clearly and persuasively in essay form and to communicate fruitfully in discussion.

    1. Skill in using the Library's exceptionally strong resources in this area of study, including the LION and EEBO electronic archives.

    1. A capacity to meet the general learning objectives of the department as set out in the preamble.

    Assessment

    First essay (1500 words): 30%
    Second essay (2000 words): 45%
    Test (1 hour): 25%
    Third-year students will be expected to show a fuller awareness of the contemporary cultural background especially as it affects the writer-reader relationship.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year sequence in English or permission.

    Prohibitions

    ENH2130


    ENH3135 - The Colonial Child: Australian Children's Books 1830-1950

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Unit examines the development of Australian children's literature in the colonial period from 1830 - 1950. Texts are analysed to consider such phenomena as the changing relationship between empire and colony, contradictory representations of Aboriginal people and Aboriginality, emigration propaganda, boy's own adventure narratives, the rise of militarism and nationalism, the emergence of ecoliterature, the influence of educational institutions, and the domestication and feminisation of children's books. Using such theoretical approaches as new historicism, feminism, semiotics and cultural studies, we will consider discourses of childhood, gender and race politics, and aspects of narratology.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit should develop:

    1. Knowledge and an understanding of the historic contexts and the development of the main genres of colonial Australian children's literature.

    1. Knowledge and an understanding of specifically Australian constructs of childhood and implied child readers.

    1. A critical understanding of the ways in which adult and child readers learn to construct cultural paradigms, particularly national identity, through their reading.

    1. Critical skills pertaining to postcolonial theories, narratology and discourse analysis.

    Assessment

    Essay (2250 words): 50%
    Test (2250 words): 50%
    3rd year students are required to demonstrate greater levels of theoretical reflection and analysis in their written work than students studying at 2nd year level.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year sequence in English, Literary Studies or Cultural Studies or permission.

    Prohibitions

    ENH2135


    ENH3145 - The Postcolonial Child: Australian Children's Books 1950-2000

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Unit examines the development of Australian children's literature from 1950 to the present. Texts are analysed to consider such phenomena as the uses of landscape, the rise of the sub-genres of picture story books, speculative fantasy and young adult fiction, the function of nationalist and civic discourses, the influence of pedagogic theory and institutionalised award systems, changing representations of Aboriginal people and Aboriginality within a postcolonial context, and ideologies of growing up. Using such theoretical approaches as new historicism, feminism, semiotics and cultural studies, we will consider discourses of childhood, gender and race politics, and aspects of narratology.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit should develop:

    1. Knowledge and an understanding of the historic contexts and the development of the main genres of postcolonial Australian children's literature.

    1. Knowledge and an understanding of specifically Australian constructs of childhood and implied child readers.

    1. A critical understanding of the ways in which adult and child readers learn to construct cultural paradigms, particularly national identity, through their reading.

    1. Critical skills pertaining to postcolonial theories, narratology and discourse analysis.

    Assessment

    Essay (2250 words): 50%
    Test (2250 words): 50%
    3rd year students are required to demonstrate greater levels of theoretical reflection and analysis in their written work than students studying at 2nd year level.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year sequence in English, Literary Studies or Cultural Studies or permission.

    Prohibitions

    ENH2145


    ENH3150 - Australian Urban Fictions

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Ackland

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for ENH2150

    Objectives

    As for ENH2150

    Assessment

    Examination (2 hours): 40%
    Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Seminar paper (1000 words) and participation: 30%
    Third-year students will be expected to show a greater research involvement in their subject

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year sequence in English or permission

    Prohibitions

    ENH2150


    ENH3165 - Feisty Damsels and Pale Riders: Reconfiguring romance in Australian fiction and film

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Ackland

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for ENH2165

    Objectives

    As for ENH2165

    Assessment

    Class paper (1000 words) and tutorial participation: 30%
    Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Class Test (2 hours): 40%
    Third-year students are required to address in their essay and class test topics which require them to apply specific aspects of critical theory in their discussion of the set texts

    Contact hours

    One hour lecture and a 1.5 hour seminar

    Prerequisites

    First year English sequence or its equivalent


    ENH3175 - Reading otherwise: Literature, gender, psychoanalysis

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Rose Lucas

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will provide students with a theoretical framework within which to undertake a psychoanalytic reading of a number of texts, across a number of genres. This will involve consideration of certain key concepts within psychoanalytic theory, accessed primarily through the reading of a number of essays by Freud and Lacan. Psychoanalysis will then be used as a primary lens for reading. This involves the consideration of texts which overtly make use of the ideas and/or methodologies of psychoanalysis- such as Woolf's Mrs Dalloway or poet Anne Sexton's "To Bedlam, and Part Way Back" - in addition to a wider range of differently motivated texts - eg crime fiction or the Hollywood melodrama.

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit have gained:

    1. Knowledge and a working understanding of selected psychoanalytic texts.

    1. Knowledge of a broad range of cross-genre literary texts.

    1. Further skills of literary analysis, enriched by the application of certain psychoanalytic concepts.

    1. Insight into the critical and theoretical debates concerning the production of a gendered subjectivity within literary texts.

    1. The necessary skills for contributing to critical discussion and producing scholarly written argument.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (2500 words)
    Class test: 40%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar and one 1-hour lecture per week and occasional 2 hour screenings

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in literary studies or equivalent.


    ENH3180 - The pleasures of the text: research in english

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nina Philadelphoff-Puren

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This subject explores the key questions and debates in contemporary literary research. Students will be introduced to the concerns, methodologies, controversies and debates in selected aspects of the discipline. They will they consider the implications of these scholarly arguments for the study of specific literary texts. Issues to consider will include those of authorship, identity/subjectivity, theoretical interventions, representation and literary nationalisms.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

    1. be familiar with the key questions and debates in contemporary literary research
    2. have a knowledge of current arguments and concerns in selected areas of the discipline
    3. have a critical understanding of contemporary literary theory
    4. be able to use contemporary literary theory to critically evaluate selected literary texts
    5. be able to develop a research proposal
    6. have research skills appropriate to Honours level study
    7. have improved written and spoken communications skills.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 30%
    Research proposal (2000 words): 40%
    Class presentation: 20%
    Thesis proposal summary (250 words) : 5%
    Participation: 5%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A minor sequence in English


    ENH3185 - Advanced Professional Writing

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Baden Eunson

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This course aims to further develop and refine both the practical and theoretical skills learned in Professional Writing ENH1260.
    The course will focus on the production of documents in genres used in workplaces, particularly tenders/submissions/proposals/grants, instructions/manuals and position papers.

    Objectives

    On completion, the student will be able to:

    1. Demonstrate a detailed understanding of grammar and professional style
    2. Show an understanding of the principles of document design and graphic communication of information
    3. Write a tender/proposal/ submission/ grant document for a competitive bidding/ funding application situation
    4. Write sound documentation for instructions/ manuals, based on usability criteria
    5. Write a position paper which coherently presents an organizational standpoint on an issue or policy
    6. Demonstrate an ability to reinforce the message of a written document with a spoken presentation

    Assessment

    Writing skills/ style assessment test :15%; Tender/ submission/ proposal/ grant document 3000 words: 40%; Manual/ set of instructions 1000 words: 15%; Position paper 1000 words: 15%; Presentation 10 minutes:15%.

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 lecture and 1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

    Prerequisites

    A first-year English sequence including ENH1260.

    Prohibitions

    ENH2185


    ENH3190 - Romance and ribaldry: an introduction to Middle English

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): C Stevenson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    A study of verse and prose narrative from the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries. The literature is read in the original language and discussed in its linguistic and cultural context. The particular focus of the subject is an examination of how a selection of Middle English texts treat the supernatural (in particular, the form and function of gods and fairies) as subject matter. The major authors, Chaucer and Malory, and a selection of anonymous Middle English texts will all be read in Middle English, while additional Old and Middle English texts will be read in translation.

    Objectives

    Students taking this subject should develop the following skills:

    1. Reading and analyzing the language of Middle English at a basic level, with a consequent capacity to read in their original language the literary texts prescribed for study.

    1. A broad knowledge of the historical and cultural background of these texts, extending the knowledge acquired in ENH2020/3020 (Heroes, Lovers and Monsters: The Literary Culture of Medieval England).

    1. Knowledge and understanding of medieval literary genres and in particular the nature of and conventions used in medieval English verse and prose romance.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Seminar assessment (including a paper of 500 words): 20%
    An optional examination (3 hours) may replace up to 40% of the written work
    Third year students are required to write on two texts in their second essay.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    ENH2020 or ENH3020 or permission


    ENH3195 - The poetics of memory

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ms Sofia Kostelac

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit explores contemporary literary and cultural texts as sites of reclaimed or reconstructed histories. The texts embody a range of complex negotiations with the past and memory, bringing the discourses of history and imagination into relationship. It examines a range of questions/debates which emerge at the intersection of history, culture and fiction, and the ways in which each text reflects key aspects of its historical and cultural context and the strategies involved in their representation. Students will be able to compare and contrast cultural texts from different socio-political configurations, bringing each text into relationship with other contexts and conditions.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

    1. demonstrate a critical awareness of the ways in which certain literary and other cultural texts encourage us to re-evaluate standardized notions of historical discourse and historical 'truth'
    2. appreciate the uses of literature and other cultural texts in revising and opposing dominant socio-political discourses
    3. be able to interpret a literary text, a movie and other kinds of cultural artifacts, demonstrating a sensitivity to the language and visual and narrative devices and strategies employed
    4. demonstrate an awareness and understanding of the major theoretical approaches which may be brought to bear on literary texts and other cultural artifacts
    5. be able to employ and evaluate such theoretical approaches in an interpretation of a cultural text
    6. handle the critical concepts and language appropriate to discussion of contemporary literature and culture
    7. demonstrate a development of the skills of analytic and critical discussion introduced at first year level.

    Assessment

    Tutorial attendance and portfolio: 10%; Short essay (900 words): 20%; Long essay (1150 words): 25%; Examination: 2 hours (2000 words): 45%.

    Comment about assessment of level 3 objective needed.

    Contact hours

    Four (Two x 1 hour lectures and two 1 hour tutorials)

    Prerequisites

    ENH1200 and ENH1220

    Prohibitions

    ENH2195


    ENH3225 - Heroes' Twilight: Representations of War and Conflict

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Robin Gerster

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit examines the centrality of war and conflict to contemporary cultural history. Using a variety of literary (and non-literary) sources, the subject seeks to analyse how discursive representations of war have played a fundamental role in disseminating the ideas of modernity and postmodernity; redefined traditional concepts of heroism, racial virtue and the fixed gender roles which sustain them; entrenched the importance of the mass media in contributing to public knowledge about conflicts; how they have impacted on the notions of racial, ethnic and national identity; and how the Holocaust and subsequent acts of genocide have posed a range of moral and representational challenges.

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit will have gained:

    1. Critical knowledge of the major representational elements of war literature since the First World War.

    1. An understanding of concepts of heroism and racial virtue, as they have been invoked (and revised) in modern war writing.

    1. The importance of gender to critical perspectives on war.

    1. An understanding the relationship of war writing to the ideas and practices of modernity and postmodernity.

    1. An understanding of the significant role of the global media in disseminating kinds of public knowledge about war and conflict.

    Assessment

    Short essay (1000 words): 20%
    Long essay (2000 words): 50%
    Test (1.5 hours): 20%
    Seminar participation: 10%
    Third-year students will be expected to read more widely and show a greater understanding of the unit's critical, theoretical and conceptual concerns.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    ENH2225


    ENH3230 - Shakespeare: Interpretations and Transmutations

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Groves

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for ENH2230

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (2000 words)
    1 hour Exam: 30%
    Oral presentation: 20% (1500 words)

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year sequence in English or permission

    Prohibitions

    ENH2230


    ENH3315 - Romantic Literature I

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit examines the birth and development of British romanticism from romance. It begins with a brief study of romance, chiefly in Spenser and Milton, passes to a study of forgery, examines the work of William Blake, and concentrates on the writings of the Wordsworth Circle: the poetry of William Wordsworth, and S. T. Coleridge, and the journals of Dorothy Wordsworth.

    Assessment

    Two essays (2250 words each): 100%
    Third-year students will be required to demonstrate a greater engagement with the theory and history of romance and romanticism than second-year students

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year sequence in English or Comparative Literature (not Cultural Studies)


    ENH3330 - Victorian Literature

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alan Dilnot

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for ENH2330

    Objectives

    As for ENH2330

    Assessment

    Class presentation (1000 words): 20%
    Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Seminar participation: 10%
    Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate a greater analytical and critical grasp of the topic

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week


    ENH3360 - Fairy Tale Traditions

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Rebecca-Anne Do Rozario

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit focuses upon the historical development of fairy and nursery tales for both adults and children. Students will learn theoretical approaches through which to examine the development of fairy tales, nursery rhymes and other supernatural and fantasy narratives, from oral origins to the Romantics to the postmodern. Key issues studied will be cultural production, gender and historicism. There will be an opportunity for students to consider the genre in their own creative writing.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will have attained

    1. An understanding of the historical background of fairy and nursery tales
    2. A critical understanding of the implications of oral and literary storytelling traditions
    3. A critical understanding of the major thematic paradigms of fairy and nursery tales
    4. An understanding of how the romantic tradition is constructed and defined and of its relationship to more contemporary fairy and nursery tales
    5. The ability to analyse fairy and nursery tales through cultural, ideological and historical frameworks
    6. An enhanced capacity to meet the general learning objectives of the School
    7. A more sophisticated knowledge of theoretical concepts and more fully developed analytical and interpretative skills (than students completing ENH2360 Fairy Tale Traditions)

    Assessment

    Essays/creative exercises: 80% (3750 words)
    Test: 20%
    3rd year students are required to demonstrate greater levels of theoretical reflection and analysis in their written work than students studying at 2nd year level.

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week for 11 weeks

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in English with atleast one of ENH1010, ENH1220 or ENH1990

    Prohibitions

    ENH2360


    ENH3404 - Popular writing and criticism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit approaches the study of popular narrative afresh by uncovering some ideas about popular culture - "genre", "mass culture", "escapism", "representation" - that continue to limit and predetermine the analysis of popular texts. By considering how these ideas have come to inform our everyday responses to popular texts, the unit explores strategies for reading such texts in ways that challenge the "critical imperative" driving many analyses of popular fiction and film. Thus, the unit develops new protocols for thinking and writing about popular texts in academic, journalistic and everyday contexts. Access to on-line facilities is essential for students studying in off-campus mode.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. an understanding how popular texts mediate cultural understanding and activity;
    2. a capacity to recognise how contemporary reviews of popular fiction and film are often limited by a particular history of ideas about popular culture;
    3. an ability to appreciate different uses and interpretations of popular texts;
    4. an ability to explore innovative ways of engaging with popular culture;
    5. skills in deploy such alternative reading protocols within popular sites of cultural criticism, particularly through the popular practices of art criticism and review writing.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80% (4500 words)
    Tutorial participation or Online Forum for OCL students: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    COM1010 and COM1020 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    ENH2404, WRT2404, WRT3404


    ENH3405 - Contemporary fiction

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Paul Atkinson

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Singapore Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    The unit analyses of range of contemporary texts that address issues of postmodernism, discourse, memorialisation and trauma. In particular, the unit explores the relationship between memory and narrative and how the present is connected to the past in inscription. The texts are drawn from a range of traditions (US, French, British, for example) and a range of media (novel, graphic novel and film).

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing the subject will have: 1) demonstrated an ability to analyse textual representations in terms of, including narrative form, aspects of literary theory (authorship, postmodernism, psychoanalysis); 2) understand literature's relation to historical and social contexts; 3) develop an understanding of a range of critical and theoretical approaches to literary studies and their place in the wider field of cultural studies.

    Students at third year level should demonstrate a greater understanding of the differences between postmodern theory and postmodern culture in their assessment tasks.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Exam (2000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    COM1010 or GSC1402 and COM1020 or GSC1901 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    WRT2405, ENH2405, WRT3405, GSC2405, GSC3405


    ENH3407 - Authorship and writing

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Paul Atkinson

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Singapore First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit combines the study of ideas of authorship with the critical study of a number of texts. The notion of authorship will be interrogated in relation to a variety of writing practices. The Romantic idea of the author (and that of the film auteur) will be examined in the light of recent critical theories.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students should:

    1. Be able to critically evaluate the range of practices employed in authorial criticism;
    2. Understand how theories of authorship have changed in the movement from Romanticism to structuralism;
    3. Comprehend the difference between the subject writing and the empirical author;
    4. Have a working knowledge of the relationship between film style and authorial expression;
    5. Be able to identify the key features of auteur theory and understand how it is used as a means of classification in film theory.


    Third level students enrolled in ENH3407 are required to have a greater understanding of the historical foundations of the theory of authorship and how this is characterised in Foucault's theory of discourse.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Exam (2000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    COM1010 and COM1020 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    COM2407, ENH3407, GSC2407, GSC3407


    ENH3410 - Puritans and sinners: Interrogating the American tradition

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Ackland

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for ENH2410

    Objectives

    As for ENH2410

    Assessment

    Seminar presentation (1000 words) and participation: 30%
    Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Class test (2000 words): 40%
    Third-year level students will be expected to analyses the texts within the context of contemporary critical debate

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in English, Literary Studies or Cultural Studies or permission

    Prohibitions

    ENH2410


    ENH3470 - Modern English literature: Modernism and postmodernism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alan Dilnot

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will attempt to identify some of the chief trends in modern English literature in English, concentrating on the period from 1900 to 1945. The central figures of high modernism will be studied within their cultural and historical context.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject should have developed:

    1. A recognition of what distinguishes modern English literature of the period 1900 to 1945.

    1. A grounding in the nature of the cultural conditions in which modern English literature has been produced.

    1. The ability to articulate critical interpretations of the set texts in systematic written argument and in clear and confident oral presentation.

    Assessment

    Class presentation (1000 words): 20%
    Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Seminar participation: 10%
    Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate a greater analytical and critical grasp of the topic.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


    ENH3530 - Contemporary English literature

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alan Dilnot

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for ENH2530

    Objectives

    As for ENH2530

    Assessment

    Class presentation (1000 words): 20%
    Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Seminar participation: 10%
    Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate a greater analytical and critical grasp of the topic

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-semester sequence in English


    ENH3570 - Writing women

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Pauline Nestor

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for ENH2570

    Objectives

    As for ENH2570

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words): 60%
    Class paper (1500 words): 40%
    Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate broader critical reading and a greater analytical and conceptual grasp of the unit

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year sequence in English, Literary Studies or Cultural Studies or permission

    Prohibitions

    ENH2570


    ENH3585 - Writing gender and sexuality in English literature

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ms Sofia Kostelac

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines mainstream constructions of gender and sexuality reconceptualised in a range of socio-historical and cultural contexts from the early modern period to the present, as well as complex relationships between language, gender and sexuality, exploring how these relationships have been affirmed and deconstructed by various cultural texts. The unit offers a range of psychoanalytic and performative gender and feminist theories, enabling students to understand critical implications of how texts construct male and female identity. The unit discusses theoretical lexicon and conceptual framework and outlines the themes and concerns that have been represented in the cultural texts.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

    1. have acquired the theoretical lexicon and conceptual framework necessary to make sense and articulate how gender and sexuality are represented in a different cultural texts
    2. demonstrate a critical awareness of the ways in which certain literary and other cultural texts encourage us to rethink normative constructions of gender and sexuality
    3. appreciate the uses of literature and other cultural texts in revising and opposing dominant discourses about gender and sexuality
    4. be able to interpret a literary text, a movie and other kinds of cultural artifacts demonstrating a sensitivity to the language and visual and narrative devices and strategies employed
    5. demonstrate a development of the skills of analytic and critical discussion introduced at first year level.

    Assessment

    Tutorial attendance and portfolio - 10%; Short essay (1250 words) - 20%; Long essay (2000 words) - 30%; Examination - 40%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    ENH1200 & ENH1220

    Prohibitions

    ENH2585


    ENH3620 - Grammar and expression

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Baden Eunson

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This second/ third year unit considers the structure and use of English grammar and the applications of that learning to composition and style. It considers major models of grammar or syntax and morphology (traditional, generative/transformational, and functional), punctuation, lexis or vocabulary, historical development, geographical and social variation, registers, genres, rhetoric, corpus linguistics, text types or discourse styles, and will then link these theoretical bases to practical expressive techniques.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to

    1. Explain different approaches to understanding the structure of English.
    2. Explain how historical development of the language has produced problems and opportunities for modern usage.
    3. Understand the relationships between grammar (syntax and morphology) and punctuation.
    4. Explain in detail the relationship between theoretical models of grammar on the one hand and practical written and verbal expression and usage and style problems on the other.
    5. Demonstrate the stylistic differences between different genres, registers, text types or discourse styles.
    6. Analyse and edit texts created by others and by themselves.
    7. Teach English grammar and style to others.

    Assessment

    Tutorial attendance and participation : 10%
    Essay 1 (1500 words) : 20%
    Essay 2 (1500 words) : 20%
    Examination (2 hours (1500 words)) : 50%

    Contact hours

    3(one one-hour lecture and one two-hour tutorial)

    Prerequisites

    ENH1260

    Prohibitions

    ENH2620


    ENH3650 - Poetry: Text and performance

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Groves

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The aim of the unit will be to demystify poetry and its workings for the students who take it, and in this way to increase their understanding and enjoyment of the medium. The unit will explore some of the traditional concepts and problems of poetics, specifically in the area of the functioning of poetic language and the relation between poetic text and performance. It will include study of the following areas of interest: stylistic analysis of poetry; sound-patterning and its affective and iconic potential; metre and other kinds of rhythmic form; poetic diction; the functioning of metaphor, metonymy and other forms of figurative language; the performance of poetry.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject should have developed:

    1. Some understanding of the traditional concepts and problems of poetics, specifically in the area of the functioning of poetic language and the relation between poetic text and performance.

    1. Competence in a variety of interpretive strategies.

    1. A broad acquaintance with a wide range of poetic genres and styles.

    1. A general understanding of the historical development of English poetry.

    1. The capacity to meet the general learning objectives of the department.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words): 55%
    Class test (1000 words): 25%
    Performance of poem: 10%
    Seminar participation: 10%
    Assessment at third-year level will anticipate a broader acquaintance with the literature and a more profound understanding of poetics.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year sequence in English or permission.

    Prohibitions

    ENH2650


    ENH3660 - Here and there: The Literature of travel

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Ackland

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Within an English-language context and within a broad historical timeframe, this unit examines a range of rationales and motivations for travel. In particular, it looks at the ways the travel experience (actual or imaginary) has found expression in literature. Texts range from accounts of medieval pilgrimages, through imaginary voyages and utopian fantasies, New World travellers' tales and the Grand Tour, through to contemporary devlopments in the genre including the (post)modern 'travel novel', the anthropology of travel and the rise to prominence of the popular travel writer.

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit will have gained:

    1. An historical sense of the development of 'travel writing' as genre, along with knowledge of the diversity of narrative modes and discourses it encompasses.

    1. Cultural knowledge of the relationship between travel writing and ideology, especially in specific, political and gendered contexts.

    1. A sophisticated understanding of contemporary theoretical approaches to travel.

    1. Critical perspectives on the production and consumption of travel writing.

    1. An understanding of the cultural nuances of 'travel' compared with 'tourism', and how these are manifested in literature.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 50%
    Class test (90 minutes): 20%
    Short essay (1000 words): 20%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    CLS2660, CLS3660


    ENH3680 - Introduction to poetry writing

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): John Hawke

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The subject examines the tradition of modern poetry and poetics and its applicability to contemporary writing practice from a comparative approach. The subject concentrates on a number of key texts from the Symbolist and Modernist periods and examines various works which may be seen to exemplify, modify, or challenge these poetics. Students will be required to reflect both creatively and analytically on their own writing practice in the light of these texts. In the collaborative environment of workshops, students will be encouraged to experiment with a range of Modernist techniques including: free verse, parataxis, the ideogramic method, automatic writing, visual and sound poetry.

    Objectives

    The proposed subject aims to introduce students to a range of primary texts within the field of modern poetry and poetics, providing the opportunity to develop critical and creative skills. At the successful completion of this subject the student will be able to:

    1. Articulate the key features of major developments in modern poetics
    2. Reflect critically on his/her writing practice in the light of these developments
    3. Demonstrate how a given text exemplifies or challenges contemporaneous theories of poetics
    4. Devise writing strategies which utilise in direct or modified ways (oppositional or ironic) aspects of a given poetics within their writing practice
    5. Demonstrate critical skills through the editorial commentary on works in progress presented in workshops
    6. Develop creative and professional skills through the drafting process.
    7. Show a more profound acquaintance with modern poetics

    Assessment

    Workshop Participation (500 words - 5 poems) 25%
    Mid-semester Assignment (1500 words - 10 poems and 1000 word exegesis) 30%
    Final portfolio and essay (2500 words - 20pp poetry and 1500 word essay) 40%
    Tutorial Participation 5%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial/workshop per week

    Prerequisites

    Minor sequence in English, or permission

    Prohibitions

    ENH2680


    ENH3681 - Advanced poetry writing

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): John Hawke

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The subject examines contemporary poetry and poetics and its applicability to writing practice through a comparative approach. The subject concentrates on a number of key texts by major contemporary poets and examines various works which may be seen to exemplify, modify, or challenge these poetics. Students will be required to reflect both creatively and analytically on their ongoing writing practice in the light of these texts. In the collaborative environment of workshops, students will be encouraged to experiment with a range of techniques and styles

    Objectives

    The subject aims to introduce students to a range of primary texts within the field of contemporary poetry and poetics, providing the opportunity to develop critical and creative skills. At the successful completion of this subject the student will be able to:

    1. Articulate the key features of major developments in contemporary poetics
    2. Reflect critically on his/her writing practice in the light of these developments
    3. Demonstrate how a given text exemplifies or challenges contemporaneous theories of poetics
    4. Devise writing strategies which utilise in direct or modified ways (oppositional or ironic) aspects of a given poetics within their writing practice
    5. Demonstrate critical skills through the editorial commentary on works in progress presented in workshops
    6. Develop creative and professional skills through the drafting process.
    7. Demonstrate an awareness of the relations between modern critical theory and creative practice

    Assessment

    + Workshop participation (500 words) 25%
    Mid-semester assignment (1500 words) 30%
    Final portfolio and essay (2500 words) 40%
    Tutorial participation 5%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial/workshop per week

    Prerequisites

    ENH2680 or ENH3680

    Prohibitions

    ENH2681


    ENH3690 - Gender and authority in Australian literature

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Ackland

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for ENH2690

    Objectives

    As for ENH2690

    Assessment

    Seminar presentation (1000 words) and participation: 30%
    Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Class test (2000 words): 40%
    Third-year level students will be expected to construct their essay within the context of postcolonial theoretical debate

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in English, Literary Studies or Cultural Studies or permission

    Prohibitions

    ENH2690, WMN2690/3690


    ENH3710 - Orientations: Reading Asia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Robin Gerster

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for ENH2710

    Objectives

    As for ENH2710

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 50%
    Short essay (1500 words): 30%
    Seminar participation: 20%
    Third-year students will be expected to show evidence of a greater grasp of the theoretical issues involved in the course

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year sequence in English or permission

    Prohibitions

    ENH2710


    ENH3750 - Contemporary women's fiction and theory

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Pauline Nestor

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for ENH2750

    Objectives

    As for ENH2750

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words): 60%
    Class Paper (1500 words): 40%
    Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate broader critical reading and a greater analytical and conceptual grasp of the unit

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year sequence in English or permission

    Prohibitions

    ENH2750


    ENH3770 - Short fiction classic and contemporary

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Groves

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for ENH2770

    Objectives

    As for ENH2770

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 50%
    Class presentation (1500 words): 30%
    Examination (1 hour): 20%
    Third-year students will be expected to show a greater analytical grasp of the subject matter

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year sequence in English


    ENH3780 - Writing as social practice 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nina Philadelphoff-Puren

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will investigate the genre of the academic essay as a disciplinary technology and introduce students to a range of theories and alternative academic genres which contest this effect. Students will be encouraged to consider the practice of reading and writing (both their own texts and those of others) from a perspective informed by contemporary critical theory and feminism. Students will develop two major pieces of writing over the course of the semester through the practice of drafting, revision and editing in small group sessions. Basic proof-reading symbols and copy-editing skills will be taught over the semester to enhance this process.

    Objectives

    By the conclusion of the subject you should have:

    1. An understanding of the relation between writing and the social world.

    1. An understanding of theories of semiotics, subjectivity and discourse.

    1. The ability to connect these ideas to the practice of reading and writing.

    1. A knowledge of the history of the written interview.

    1. Enhanced written skills in both academic and non-academic genres.

    1. Developed editing and revision skills.

    Assessment

    Minor essay: 30% (2000 words)
    Major essay: 40% (2500 words)
    Class test (1 hour): 20%
    Participation 10%
    Third year students are required to demonstrate broader critical reading and greater analytic grasp of the topic than second year students and will be invited to make tutorial presentations.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    One of the following first year units/sequences: ENH1250, CLS1010/1020 or CLS1040/1050

    Prohibitions

    ENH2780


    ENH3800 - In other worlds: Postcolonial literature

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Ackland

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for ENH2800

    Objectives

    As for ENH2800

    Assessment

    Seminar participation (1000 words) and participation: 30%
    Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Class test (2000 words): 40%
    Third-year level students will be expected to apply the theoretical component to their work

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in English, Literary Studies or Cultural Studies or permission

    Prohibitions

    ENH2800, CLS2800/3800


    ENH3810 - Novel into film

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Chris Worth

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will consider the ideological and structural effects of translation form literary to visual text. This will be achieved through a close reading of a number of paired texts (ie. novel and film). Students will develop analytical skills for reading with both specific genres, and extend these skills though seminar debate and written work.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 60%
    Test (2 hours): 40% 3rd year students are required to demonstrate broader critical reading and greater analytical grasp of the topic than students studying at 2nd year level and will be invited to make tutorial presentations on their essay topics.

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week plus 5 x 2 hour screenings


    ENH3980 - Introduction to fiction writing

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chandani Lokuge

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In the collaborative atmosphere of workshops, students will use a range of set readings to experiment with the elements of fiction: narrative technique and point of view, characterization, story, plotting and action, setting, figurative language etc., editing skills and preparing a manuscript for publication. The workshops will integrate reading, writing and editing skills through three activities: the study of a wide range of texts which will be used as models for students' creative explorations; writing exercises designed to develop students' skills in aspects of short story writing; editing of students' own writing and that of their colleagues and offering constructive criticism.

    Objectives

    As for ENH2980

    Assessment

    Written work: 70% (4000 words)
    In class exercise/test: 20%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    A First-year sequence in English, Visual Culture, Drama and Theatre Studies or Comparative Literature and Cultural Studies or permission.


    ENH3981 - Advanced fiction writing

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chandani Lokuge

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for ENH2981

    Objectives

    As for ENH2981

    Assessment

    Written work: 70% (4000 words)
    In class exercise/test: 20%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hour workshop per week

    Prerequisites

    Two first-year English units and ENH2980/ENH3980


    ENH3991 - Children's literature: A comparative study

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Rebecca Do Rozario

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A study of contemporary literature for children by major Australian, American and British writers. The unit explores a range of modes, including humour, fantasy, picture story books, realistic and historical novels. Specific issues examined include the construction of national identity, cultural variations in thematic and formal emphasis, changing notions of childhood and the child figure, and the notion of the implied child/adolescent reader. Students will be encouraged to consider the ideological implications of the adult interests vested in the production of texts for children.

    Objectives

    It is intended that students undertaking this course should develop:

    1. Knowledge and an understanding of the historic context of the development of the main genres of children's literature, and of contemporary trends and issues.

    1. Knowledge and an understanding of the ways in which different cultures construct different ideas of childhood, and of implied child readers.

    1. A critical understanding of the ways in which adult and child readers learn to construct cultural paradigms, particularly of national identity, through their reading.

    1. Critical skills pertaining to narratology, deconstruction and discourse analysis.

    1. An understanding of the crucial significance of childhood reading, and a desire to explore beyond the text's parameters.

    Assessment

    Essays/creative exercises: 80% (3750 words)
    Test: 20%
    3rd year students are required to demonstrate greater levels of theoretical reflection and analysis in their written work than students studying at 2nd year level.

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 lecture and 1 seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year sequence in English, Literary Studies or Cultural Studies or permission.

    Prohibitions

    ENH2991


    ENH4195 - Legal fictions: Bodies, image, discourse

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nina Philadelphoff-Puren

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit critically explores traditional 'law and literature' debates. It explores the way in which the signifiers 'law' and 'literature' function in this context. It then examines a number of critical approaches to law, from Critical Legal Studies, Critical Race Theory, Queer Theory and Feminism. The unit will then focus specifically on the theory of discourse analysis as developed through the work of Foucault and Fairclough. It will then consider Australian feminist legal scholarship, with a particular emphasis on the question of bodies, narrative and textuality. Students will read several Australian High Court judgements over the semester and a range of literary texts.

    Assessment

    Seminar paper: 20% (1500 words)
    Short essay: 30% (3000 words)
    Major essay: 40% (4500 words)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week


    ENH4210 - Writing the child

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Rebecca Do Rozario

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will examine historical and cultural changes in the representation of childhood and the child figure in a range of texts from the romantic to the modern eras. Prose fictions, some addressed to adult readers, some to child readers, will be explored for the ways in which discourses about the 'child' intersect with discourses about notions of origins; gender and sexuality; class, social place, power and subjectivity; race, the family and the home; education of mind and body; and growing up. The subject will employ poststructuralist, semiotic and discourse theory, and will have a feminist emphasis.

    Objectives

    It is intended that students undertaking this course should develop:

    1. Knowledge and an understanding of the historicity and cultural constructedness of the child figure.

    1. A detailed knowledge and understanding of traditional, romantic, modernist and postmodern representations of the child.

    1. A detailed knowledge and understanding of the iconography of childhood.

    1. Critical skills pertaining to deconstruction, and the specific ability to deconstruct discourses of childhood in a range of texts for adults and children.

    1. An understanding of the ideological relationship between discourses of childhood and western discourses of gender, class and race.

    1. A knowledge of narratology and reception theory, and the skills to analyse and interpret such textual elements as narrator, implied reader and narratee in cultural context.

    1. The capacity to meet the general learning objectives of the department.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (9000 words)

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    ENH4250 - Gothic revivals

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Sue Tweg

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    A specialist genre study of gothic fictions (in prose and on film) with emphasis on twentieth-century examples, plus critical and theoretical approaches. Gothic fictions allow us to be frightened in a safe place: material opens up discussions on the nature of beliefs about the modern family, desire, repression, gender and sexuality, about distinctions between fantasy, dreams and reality, between madness and sanity.

    Assessment

    Two seminar presentations with written papers (2000 words each): 50%
    Essay (5000 words) or an original piece of Gothic fiction (5000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week


    ENH4265 - Writers and the creative process

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chandani Lokuge

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will extend students' skills as 'informed' writers and readers by reviewing a range of writings by 'creative writers' themselves (novelists, dramatists and poets) on the creative process: inspiration and imagination, the real and the fictive, the metaphysics of language, women's themes, and the moral and political role of the artist in society. Students will examine 'canonical' creative texts alongside essays, fugitive pieces and literary manifestoes by living writers and use them as models for their own creative writing experiments. It will appeal to aspiring creative writers, and those seeking careers in related areas like publishing, reviewing and teaching.

    Assessment

    An edited anthology of short fiction which includes a selection of texts (not included in word count), author biographies, scholarly introduction and explanatory notes (4500 words): 40%
    Folio of short fiction and exegesis, OR an essay on a given topic (4500 words): 50%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week


    ENH4270 - Feminist poetics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Rose Lucas

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will offer close study of a number of key women poets of the twentieth century who have contributed to a general feminist challenge to, and rewriting of, conventional inscriptions of gender. Using the theories of Julia Kristeva and Luce Irigaray, it will also critique the category of poetic language and its relation to the genre of poetry. These issues will form the focus for substantial readings of poetic texts. The emphasis for learning will be upon discussion and debate, facilitated by the presentation of student papers.

    Assessment

    Two exercises (2500 words each): 50%
    Major essay based on class presentation (4000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week


    ENH4280 - The fiction industry

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Rebecca-Anne Do Rozario

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit explores a range of fiction, including re-releases of the classics, literary fiction, and children's fiction, and considers these in the framework of a larger network of major publishing houses, booksellers, literary prizes, media and book clubs. Specific issues include the construction of the contemporary reader, national identities and cultural production, the material text, re/formation of genre in the contemporary fiction market, and analysis of reading. Students will be encouraged to consider the ideological implications of contemporary fiction within the wider context of book culture.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject/unit will be equipped with:

    1. An understanding of the historical context of the development of the publishing and bookselling industries alongside the evolution of genres of fiction, and of contemporary trends and issues;
    2. Knowledge and understanding of the differences in the cultural production of fiction and its readers in Australia, the UK and the US;
    3. A critical understanding of the ways in which contemporary fiction is produced and disseminated and the nature of contemporary discourses privileged by this process;
    4. Critical skills in narratology, semiology, deconstruction and discourse analysis

    Assessment

    Written work: 80% (7000 words)
    Oral presentation and paper: 20% (2000 words)

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week for 12 weeks


    ENH4340 - Australian Autobiography

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): M Ackland

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Many of the major achievements in Australian Literature since the 1950's have been autobiographies, but only within the last decade has much attention been given to the form. As a literary form, autobiography is rich and varied; it is also culturally revealing. Like its counterpart in the United States, the Australian autobiography is much concerned with ideas about national identity; it frequently presupposes a national type or a typical environment against which the narrator attempts self-definition. This study of Australian autobiography will raise questions about the distinctive concerns and structures of the genre. It will examine recurring myths of 'growing up Australian.'

    Assessment

    Two seminar papers (2500 words): 60%
    essay (4000 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week


    ENH4370 - Contemporary Australian poetry and fiction

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Ackland

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will examine key innovations in contemporary Australian writing and criticism. In studying the fiction, questions of identity - national, gender, racial - will be raised, and the ways in which postmodern fiction interrogates the very concept of identity and destabilises existing definitions through a range of stylistic strategies will be explored.

    Assessment

    Two essays (2500 words; 30% each): 60%
    Essay (4000 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week


    ENH4500 - Supervised reading subject

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alan Dilnot

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Under exceptional circumstances the department can organize a reading unit in an academically suitable area. The offering of such a unit is dependent on the availability and consent of a staff member able to conduct it, and on its likely impact on staff workload. Content, structure and schedule would be worked out between the tutor, the fourth-year co-ordinator and the student. Written assessment at the level of other fourth-year courses would be required.

    Assessment

    TBA


    ENH4580 - Ireland, Swift, England: Special author course

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Clive Probyn

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit offers a detailed study of the works (prose and verse) of Jonathan Swift (1667-1745) in their cultural and political contexts. It includes topics such as Swift's changing political ideologies; paradox and irony as modes of writing; conflict between Irish and English cultural (and economic) contexts, England as colonial 'centre', and Ireland as 'margin', poetry and misogyny. The unit includes the opportunity to work with original texts in the outstanding Monash Swift Collection.

    Assessment

    Seminar paper (1500 words): 25%
    Essay (2500 words): 25%
    Essay (5000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week


    ENH4600 - Minor Thesis

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nina Philadelphoff-Puren

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The minor thesis should be on a topic chosen by the students and approved by the English section by the end of the previous year. The student will be assigned a supervisor, and expected to commence work during the long vacation. Students will be expected to meet regularly with their supervisors, and to present a report on progress at one of a series of lunch-time seminars convened for the purpose. The thesis must be submitted in two typed copies, suitably bound, no later than the final day of the second semester (or if written over one semester on the basis of special approval, at the end of that semester).

    Assessment

    Thesis (15,000-18,000 words): 100%


    ENH4600(A) - Minor Thesis Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nina Philadelphoff-Puren

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The minor thesis should be on a topic chosen by the students and approved by the English section by the end of the previous year. The student will be assigned a supervisor, and expected to commence work during the long vacation. Students will be expected to meet regularly with their supervisors, and to present a report on progress at one of a series of lunch-time seminars convened for the purpose. The thesis must be submitted in two typed copies, suitably bound, no later than the final day of the second semester (or if written over one semester on the basis of special approval, at the end of that semester).


    ENH4600(B) - Minor Thesis Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nina Philadelphoff-Puren

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for ENH4600(A)

    Assessment

    Thesis (15,000-18,000 words): 100%


    ENH4620 - Literary theory

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Clive Probyn

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit offers a detailed study of modern theories of literary criticism, concentrating on the period 1950 to the present, and covers topics including: formalism, structuralism, deconstruction, phenomenology, Freudian and Jungian approaches to interpretation. Weekly topics for discussion will include speech act theory, repetition, dialogism, archetypes, signified and signifier, hermeneutics, feminocentric reading, metafiction and the narcissistic narrative. No previous theoretical knowledge is assumed, but the unit is appropriate for students already interested in asking questions of a general nature about the practice of literature and interpretation.

    Objectives

    This subject will not discuss 'primary literary texts' (novels, plays, poems), but 'texts about literature' and 'texts about criticism' ('literary criticism', critical discourse, what readers and critics do)'texts about texts'. We shall examine the practice and assumptions behind the activities called critical judgement and critical reading in relation to a wide variety of theories. The rationale of this subject is literary, not philosophical. In addition to surveying a wide range of types of critical discourse, we look at the often unexamined, or so-called 'axiomatic' principles and practice of literary creation from both the writer's and reader's points of view. The literary criticism listed below under 'Readings' may be no less imaginative, fictional, creative, or 'textual', than the literary works some of them claim to 'explain'. Criticism may seek to take the place of the text in the same way that the text may seem to take the place of 'reality'. Do not expect a final set of transportable 'truths' to emerge at the end. The emphasis of the course is placed on the questions we ask of literature and of criticism when we engage in reading and in the production of texts: questions about where literature belongs in human experience; its relationship to and difference from other sorts of discourse: its definition; the terminology we use to describe it; assumptions about the role and function of literature in society, and so on. Such questions have been asked by many writers and critics from the time of Aristotle to the present day.

    Assessment

    Exercise or book review (2000 words): 20%
    Seminar paper (2500 words): 20%
    Essay (4500 words): 50%
    Seminar participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    ENH4700 - Drama of the age of Shakespeare

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Groves

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit covers Shakespeare's plays in their various categories, as well as plays by the most outstanding of his contemporaries. Each work is studied in its theatrical, political and philosophical contexts, and in many seminars individual scenes in historically important productions will be watched on video (eg the lead up to the murder of Duncan in Macbeth as directed by Polanski, Kurosawa and the RSC). Shakespeare's varying reception across the centuries will be considered, and some attention will be given to transformations of Shakespeare into other media (eg into grand opera: Verdi, Othello, on film).

    Assessment

    Seminar paper (1500 words): 20%
    Essay (2500 words): 30%
    Essay (3500 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week


    ENH4750 - Exotic erotic other: World writing in English

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chandani Lokuge

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit will offer students the opportunity to engage in creative writing and critique. The main focus of the unit will be on diversity of literatures in English (mainly of the past three decades) with the emphasis on writing that confronts difference in preoccupation with identity, religion, history, gender and sexuality, children, space and landscape, marginality and diaspora, and hybridity in recent postcolonial writing. The unit will offer students the opportunity to develop their creative writing and reading skills, and provide a strong foundation for further study in creative writing, reading and research.

    Assessment

    Either one creative fiction/non-fiction with critical exegesis OR an essay (5000 words): 60%
    Seminar presentation (2000 words): 10%
    Essay (2000 words): 20%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week


    ENH4760 - Visions and revisions: Reworkings

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alan Dilnot

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will examine some ways in which imaginative experience may be reworked. Reworkings include revisions, rejoinders, amplification, reinterpretation, indirect allusion, translation and subversion. Factors in reworking, such as authorial bias, the spirit of the age, and movement from one genre or one art form to another, will also be considered. Postmodern and postcolonial factors in reworkings will receive particular attention. The large proportion of twentieth-century texts will enable students to assess how this century's literature is built upon earlier work, and to consider how contemporary sensibilities affect interpretation.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this course should have developed:

    1. An understanding of the variety of ways in which literary texts may be considered as responses to precursor texts.

    1. A recognition of how our own age interprets, evaluates and controls its cultural heritage by reworking it.

    1. A grounding in the nature of the social circumstances and cultural conditions in which literature is produced.

    1. An ability to articulate critical interpretations of the set texts in systematic written argument and in clear and confident oral presentation.

    Assessment

    Two seminar papers (1500 words; a literary exercise of 1500 words may be substituted for one of the seminar papers): 30%
    Essay (2500 words): 30%
    Essay (3500 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    ENV415F - Law and the environment

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yet Bryant

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Structure of the Australian legal system, division of law; workings of the system; the courts and their work; environmental problems involving legislative control; town planning problems.

    Assessment

    Written (4000 words): 50%
    Take-home examination: 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hour lecture/workshop per week


    ENV416F - Introduction to economics

    6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Birendra Rai

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    Scarcity and social coordination in economic systems. The concepts of demand, costs, and supply. Markets and price determination and the concept of market power. Interactions between the economy and the environment. Costs of market exchange as a barrier to coordination of natural resource use by market signals and incentives. Government planning as an alternative signalling and incentive system.

    Assessment

    Written assignment (1000 words): 20%
    Essay (1250 words): 30%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hour lecture/workshop per week


    ENV4260 - Cultural landscape, environment and sustainability in Italy

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nigel Tapper and Rebekah Brown

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This field-based unit is taught on location in the National Park/World Heritage Area of Cinque Terre on the Italian Riviera. Identified by UNESCO as an environment and cultural landscape worth preserving, the region is under immense pressure due to rural depopulation, abandonment of agricultural lands, landscape instability, and burgeoning tourism. Problems of integrating tourism and agricultural objectives, while minimising negative environmental and cultural impacts, will be explored and possible solutions for regional sustainability proposed. The unit provides unique opportunities for interaction with staff of the National Park and various local and national authorities.





    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

    1. Understand the range of complex environmental, social and economic interrelationships that shape a particular region and to be able to differentiate a 'cultural' landscape from a 'natural' landscape.
    2. Understand the criteria and processes that lead to the designation of a World Heritage Area and to be able to identify, describe and interpret problems of sustainability in the context of a region of truly global significance.
    3. Have gained practical experience in problem formulation and solution using field-based techniques of survey and analysis, along with appropriate presentation skills.
    4. (In the case of Level 4 students) have developed specialised skills in research/project formulation, appraisal, budgeting and implementation strategies.

    Assessment

    Field-study journal (1500 words): 35%; Group oral presentation (20 min): 20%; Essay (Level 3) or Project Report (Level 4) (2500 words): 45%.

    Contact hours

    8 day intensive, involving lectures/seminars, tutorials and field work.

    Prerequisites

    18 points of Geography and Environmental Science, European Studies, Tourism or permission of the Head of SGES. Other interested undergraduate and level 4 students will need to obtain permission from the Head of SGES


    ENV4371 - Stakeholder engagement & corporate environmental sustainability

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Wendy Stubbs

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit extends upon the core MCESM units to provide students with tools to identify and engage stakeholders for successful social, environmental and economic outcomes; evaluate the dimension and types of stakeholder relationships; what drives stakeholders and what strategies are used to influence organisations' operations. It debates what organisations' responsibilities are to stakeholders and how to engage them in effective stakeholder dialogue to mitigate environmental, social and economic risks. The unit provides the intellectual tools required to relate theoretical concepts to the daily implications of engaging stakeholders in organisational decision-making, for sustainable outcomes.

    Objectives

    Effective stakeholder engagement is a critical success factor for corporate, social and environmental sustainability. The objective of this unit is to provide students the tools to identify and effectively engage stakeholders to mitigate environmental and social risks and negotiate successful social, environmental and economic outcomes.
    Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

    1. Understanding of why effective stakeholder engagement is critical in driving CSR and CS agendas in organisations
    2. Understanding of organisation-stakeholder relationships and how they impact organisational performance
    3. Stakeholder dialogue techniques for effective communication and engagement with stakeholder groups
    4. Understanding of strategies and tools for effective stakeholder engagement.

    Assessment

    Assignment (2000 words): 30%
    Class presentation/simulation: 20%
    Group assignment (5000 words): 50%.

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week


    EUM4970 - European Union internship in Brussels

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Pascaline Winand, Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Known as the "Capital of Europe", Brussels is home to many European Union institutions and NGOs, and to the corporate headquarters of many multi-national firms. Students will complete an internship in this international city under academic and professional supervision. They will work in EU institutions or in Brussels-based multi-national firms, European industry associations, international organizations, NGOs and political consultancies, think tanks and law firms. This will be an opportunity to gain first-hand, practical knowledge of the European Union in law, politics, business, finance and to practice European languages including French and Dutch.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students will have

    1. gained a developed practical understanding of the institutions and policies of the European Union, thereby consolidating and extending what they have learned from core units and electives in the Master in European and International Studies;
    2. developed skills associated with work in at least one aspect of the European Union and its policies;
    3. developed communication and interpersonal skills appropriate to future professional employment;
    4. developed organizational and time management skills;
    5. developed their language skills in one or more European languages;
    6. developed an appreciation of the pressures inherent in producing high-quality, focused research under strict timelines;
    7. developed the capacity to devise, plan, write and successfully complete well-informed, well-structured and well-presented internship research reports;
    8. developed strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of their work experience and how it relates to academic scholarship on the European Union.

    Assessment

    Written work (an internship journal and internship report - 9000 words): 80%
    Oral presentation (given within 2 weeks of the students return to Australia): 20%

    Contact hours

    12 points: Minimum of 80-90 hours over the course of one semester spent in an internship in Brussels. Equivalent of 24 hours per week contact and private study.

    Prerequisites

    Successful completion of core units of the Master in European and International Studies or with coordinator's approval.

    Prohibitions

    EUM5970


    EUR1100 - Foundations of contemporary Europe: modernity and enlightenment

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces concepts and themes that are central to an understanding not only of European culture, but also of modern society or "modernity". It surveys the evolution, during the Enlightenment, of European ways of understanding and explaining the world and the human person, giving attention to such concepts as reason, freedom, imagination, nature, and beauty. It reflects on changing ideas of the arts, human creativity and power, and shows the accompanying variation of artistic style and lifestyle. It introduces such key thinkers as the French philosophes, Herder and Kant, as well as representative works of literature and the other arts.

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject students will have a familiarity with, and an understanding of, the general features of Europe's cultural and intellectual development during the eighteenth century, with a focus upon the European Enlightenment and the way its values shaped the birth of modern society. They will have acquired knowledge of some representative expository texts and works of literature and the other arts. They will have basic skills in library use, essay writing, analysis and interpretation of texts, as well as oral presentation and discussion.

    Assessment

    Tutorial preparation and participation (250 words): 6%; Class paper (250 words): 6%; Essay 1 (1000 words): 22%; Essay 2 (1500 words): 33%; Exam (1.5 hours, 1500 words): 33%.

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    EUR1015


    EUR1200 - Foundations of contemporary Europe: liberalism, socialism, romanticism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit surveys the evolution, during the late eighteenth and first half of the nineteenth centuries, of European ways of understanding and explaining the world and humankind that are associated with Romanticism. We examine the cult of individualism and its philosophical background; romantic views of imagination, creativity, the psyche, and nature; and romantic notions of history, language and the nation. The unit reflects on romantic ideas of the arts and human creativity. It introduces texts by such thinkers as Fichte and Hegel, as well as representative works of literature and the other arts from the national traditions of both Western and Eastern Europe.

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject students will have a familiarity with, and an understanding of, the general features of Europe's cultural and intellectual development during the late eighteenth and first half of the nineteenth centuries, with a special focus upon the European Romanticism and its ambivalent relationship to the birth of modern society, as well as a knowledge of some representative expository texts and works of literature and the other arts. They will have basic skills in library use, essay writing, analysis and interpretation of texts, as well as oral presentation and discussion.

    Assessment

    Tutorial preparation and participation (250 words): 6%; Class paper (250 words): 6%; Essay 1 (1000 words): 22%; Essay 2 (1500 words): 33%; Exam (1.5 hours, 1500 words): 33%.

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    EUR1015


    EUR2080 - The identity of Europe today

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit inquires into the values and ideas that underpin the process of European integration and the shaping of a contemporary European identity. It seeks to analyse the institutions, as well as the political and social forces that favour or hinder integration. The core areas of focus include: governmental structures; party systems and social movements; determining the validity of a single European experience; the process of European Integration; issues of identity and nationalism; the emergence of the far right; the expansion of the European Union and NATO and German reunification.

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject students should:

    1. Have a familiarity with, and an understanding of, the values and ideas that inform European integration and the shaping of a contemporary European identity.
    2. Have a knowledge of significant institutions of the European Union, as well as governmental structures, party systems and social movements in several European countries.
    3. Have an understanding of, and an ability to apply, key terms and concepts relevant to contemporary European debates.
    4. Be familiar with, and able to discuss, relevant documents, including expository and theoretical texts.
    5. Be able to demonstrate competence in the following skills:
      1. obtaining access to source materials and secondary writings through the library and other resources;
      2. writing (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting);
      3. analysis and interpretation of texts, including the application of appropriate terms and concepts for the discussion of content and form;
      4. oral presentation of information and argument based on guided and independent reading;
      5. discussion of texts and oral presentations;
      6. assimilation of information and opinion from various sources for purposes of forming independent judgments;
      7. team work. In addition, students taking the subject at third-year level should:
    6. Have some knowledge of different schools of thought concerning the ideas and processes treated in the subject.

    Assessment

    Tutorial leadership (equivalent to 250 words): 6%; Class paper (equivalent to 250 words): 6%; Essay (2000 words): 44%; Exam (2 hour, 2000 words): 44%.

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    EUR3080


    EUR2090 - Culture and conflict: Europe in the 20th century

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit reflects on European cultural and intellectual life of the twentieth century and its relationship to experiences of violence and war. It examines the world views and artistic practices of European modernisms from the 1890s onward and the intellectual roots and cultural manifestations of left and right totalitarianisms in Europe from the 1930s to the 1980s. It introduces the thought of Nietzsche and Freud and such notions as will, power, the subconscious, revolutionary art, race and the masses. It reflects on Fascist, Nazi and Stalinist culture and on dissent from totalitarianism. Representative texts are studied in the context of developments in the visual arts, film and music.

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject students should:

    1. Have a familiarity with, and an understanding of, significant features of Europe's cultural and intellectual development in the twentieth century.
    2. Have an understanding of, and an ability to apply, key terms and concepts relevant to the culture and intellectual life of the period.
    3. Be familiar with, and able to discuss, representative texts of the period, both expository and aesthetic.
    4. Be able to demonstrate competence in the following skills:
      1. obtaining access to source materials and secondary writings through the library and other resources;
      2. writing (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting);
      3. analysis and interpretation of cultural texts, including the application of appropriate terms and concepts for the discussion of content, form, and cultural and historical context;
      4. oral presentation of information and argument based on guided and independent reading;
      5. discussion of texts and oral presentations;
      6. assimilation of information and opinion from various sources for purposes of forming independent judgments;
      7. team work. In addition, students taking the subject at third-year level should have some knowledge of different schools of thought concerning the ideas and cultural phenomena treated in the subject.

    Assessment

    Minor Essay(1000 words): 15%
    End of semester essay(2000 words): 40%
    Class presentation(500 words): 5%
    1 x 2 Hour examination(1000 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    EUR3090


    EUR2110 - The European Union: Institutions, policy-making and evolution

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Pascaline Winand

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to the European Union. Now enlarged to 27 countries, the EU is a significant presence in the world. Students will study its origins, institutions, decision-making processes and policies. They will explore the interplay between its institutions, member states, agencies, regions and civil society. They will gain an understanding of its policy-making in various fields including trade, development and security and their impact on its external relations. They will discuss recent issues, developments and debates and consider its successes and failings. The unit will include short videos and recordings of key participants and events in the evolution of the EU.

    Objectives

    Students will gain:

    1. an understanding of the origins and evolution of the European Union;
    2. an informed appreciation of the EU's functions and powers, and the composition of its institutions and agencies, including the European Council, the Council of Ministers, the European Commission, the European Parliament, the European Court of Justice, the European Central Bank, the Committee of the Regions, the European Environment Agency;
    3. an understanding of EU policies including Competition Policy, the C ommon Commercial Policy, the Common Agricultural Policy, Economic and Monetary Union, Environmental Policy, Social Policy, Common Foreign and Security Policy/European Security and Defence Policy, Development Policy, Justice and Home Affairs;
    4. an understanding of key internal and external challenges to the European Union, including enlargement, social policy, debates on the constitutional treaty and relations between European citizens, EU institutions and EU member states;
    5. an appreciation of the functioning of EU institutions in EU external relations;
    6. an understanding of the relations of the EU with key countries and regions, including the United States, Asia and Australia;
    7. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
    8. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
    9. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay; and
    10. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

    Assessment

    Written work (inc. Oral presentation to be writen up): 56% (2500 words)
    2 hour Exam: 44%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week


    Prohibitions

    EUR3110


    EUR2140 - Modern Eastern and Central Europe: Culture and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andriy Zayarnyuk

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will consider the major developments in 19th and 20th century Eastern and Central Europe. For the 19th century the analysis of the system of continental empires will be complemented by the investigation of the emerging nationalism and growing national movements. Two world wars, the revolution of 1917 and the Soviet experiment in societal transformation will be analyzed to reveal their impact on the transformation of a society. The unit will concentrate on the social consequences of the events and trends under consideration. Students will examine a broad range of secondary and some primary sources, including works of the visual arts, music, architecture and film.

    Objectives

    1. Students are expected to acquire factual knowledge about selected developments in Eastern Europe in the 19th and 20th century, to acquire familiarity with representative texts, images and artifacts, to be able to interpret them with the help of appropriate interpretive frameworks and against the background of social and political processes in the region.
    2. They should be able to demonstrate competence in use of the library and other resources, writing (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting), analysis and interpretation of sources, oral presentation and discussion of information and argument, independent judgment and team work.

    Assessment

    Examination 2 hours (2000 words): 40%; Participation in the seminars (200 words): 5%; End of semester essay(1800 words): 40%; Midterm essay (500 words): 15%

    Contact hours

    2 one hour lectures and a one hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    EUR3140


    EUR2620 - The idea of Europe: recent debates among intellectuals and policy-makers

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit investigates the debates among policy-makers and intellectuals on Europe, European unity, and the relationship of Europe to the rest of the world in the 20th and 21st Century. Topics include the nature of Europe's cultural cohesion, the relationship between liberal-democratic Western Europe and the parts of Europe recently ruled by communist regimes, contemporary intellectuals' response to aspects of Europe's historical heritage, and the intellectual debates prompted by the attitudes of European and non-European policy-makers towards European unity.

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject students should:

    1. Have a familiarity with, and an understanding of, the positions of contemporary intellectuals with respect to the ideas of Europe and European unity.
    2. Have a knowledge of the history of the idea of, and political moves toward, European unity, especially after 1945.
    3. Be familiar with the relevant debates and able to discuss contributions to them, whether scholarly, journalistic or essayistic.
    4. Be able to demonstrate competence in obtaining access to source materials and secondary writings through the library and other resources
    5. Be able to demonstrate competence in writing (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting)
    6. Be able to demonstrate competence in analysis and interpretation of texts, including the application of appropriate terms and concepts for the discussion of content and form
    7. Be able to demonstrate competence in oral presentation of information and argument based on guided and independent reading
    8. Be able to demonstrate competence in discussion of texts and oral presentations
    9. Be able to demonstrate competence in assimilation of information and opinion from various sources for purposes of forming independent judgments
    10. Be able to demonstrate competence in team work.

    Assessment

    Written work (2300 words): 55%
    2 hour Exam (2000 words): 40%
    Class participation (200 words): 5%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    EUR3620, EUR4620


    EUR2910 - European studies in Europe - Part A

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement allowing students to enrol in a unit that can be credited towards the major in European studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of undergraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 2nd or 3rd year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European studies through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

    Assessment

    Exchange studies 100%; In accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator

    Contact hours

    Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of undergraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 2nd or 3rd year unit offered by the host institution

    Prerequisites

    EUR1100 European Ideas and Culture Modernity and Enlightenment EUR1200 European Ideas and Culture Modernity and Romanticism


    EUR2920 - European studies in Europe - Part B

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement allowing students to enrol in a unit that can be credited towards the major in European studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of undergraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 2nd or 3rd year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European studies through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

    Assessment

    Exchange studies 100%; In accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator

    Contact hours

    Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of undergraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 2nd or 3rd year unit offered by the host institution

    Prerequisites

    EUR1100 European Ideas and Culture Modernity and Enlightenment EUR1200 European Ideas and Culture Modernity and Romanticism


    EUR3080 - The Identity of Europe today

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit inquires into the values and ideas that underpin the process of European integration and the shaping of a contemporary European identity. It seeks to analyse the institutions, as well as the political and social forces that favour or hinder integration. The core areas of focus include: governmental structures; party systems and social movements; determining the validity of a single European experience; the process of European Integration; issues of identity and nationalism; the emergence of the far right; the expansion of the European Union and NATO and German reunification.

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject students should:

    1. Have a familiarity with, and an understanding of, the values and ideas that inform European integration and the shaping of a contemporary European identity.
    2. Have a knowledge of significant institutions of the European Union, as well as governmental structures, party systems and social movements in several European countries.
    3. Have an understanding of, and an ability to apply, key terms and concepts relevant to contemporary European debates.
    4. Be familiar with, and able to discuss, relevant documents, including expository and theoretical texts.
    5. Be able to demonstrate competence in the following skills:
      1. obtaining access to source materials and secondary writings through the library and other resources;
      2. writing (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting);
      3. analysis and interpretation of texts, including the application of appropriate terms and concepts for the discussion of content and form;
      4. oral presentation of information and argument based on guided and independent reading;
      5. discussion of texts and oral presentations;
      6. assimilation of information and opinion from various sources for purposes of forming independent judgments;
      7. team work. In addition, students taking the subject at third-year level should:
    6. Have some knowledge of different schools of thought concerning the ideas and processes treated in the subject.

    Assessment

    Tutorial leadership (equivalent to 250 words): 6%; Class paper (equivalent to 250 words): 6%; Essay (2000 words): 44%; Exam (2 hour, 2000 words): 44%.

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    EUR2080


    EUR3090 - Culture and conflict: Europe in the 20th century

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit reflects on European cultural and intellectual life of the twentieth century and its relationship to experiences of violence and war. It examines the world views and artistic practices of European modernisms from the 1890s onward and the intellectual roots and cultural manifestations of left and right totalitarianisms in Europe from the 1930s to the 1980s. It introduces the thought of Nietzsche and Freud and such notions as will, power, the subconscious, revolutionary art, race and the masses. It reflects on Fascist, Nazi and Stalinist culture and on dissent from totalitarianism. Representative texts are studied in the context of developments in the visual arts, film and music.

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject students should:

    1. Have a familiarity with, and an understanding of, significant features of Europe's cultural and intellectual development in the twentieth century.
    2. Have an understanding of, and an ability to apply, key terms and concepts relevant to the culture and intellectual life of the period.
    3. Be familiar with, and able to discuss, representative texts of the period, both expository and aesthetic.
    4. Be able to demonstrate competence in the following skills:
      1. obtaining access to source materials and secondary writings through the library and other resources;
      2. writing (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting);
      3. analysis and interpretation of cultural texts, including the application of appropriate terms and concepts for the discussion of content, form, and cultural and historical context;
      4. oral presentation of information and argument based on guided and independent reading;
      5. discussion of texts and oral presentations;
      6. assimilation of information and opinion from various sources for purposes of forming independent judgments;
      7. team work. In addition, students taking the subject at third-year level should have some knowledge of different schools of thought concerning the ideas and cultural phenomena treated in the subject.

    Assessment

    Minor Essay(1000 words): 15%
    End of semester essay(2000 words): 40%
    Class presentation(500 words): 5%
    1 x 2 Hour exam(1000 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    EUR2090


    EUR3110 - The European Union: Institutions, policy-making and evolution

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Pascaline Winand

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to the European Union. Now enlarged to 27 countries, the EU is a significant presence in the world. Students will study its origins, institutions, decision-making processes and policies. They will explore the interplay between its institutions, member states, agencies, regions and civil society. They will gain an understanding of its policy-making in various fields including trade, development and security and their impact on its external relations. They will discuss recent issues, developments and debates and consider its successes and failings. The unit will include short videos and recordings of key participants and events in the evolution of the EU.

    Objectives

    Students will gain:

    1. an understanding of the origins and evolution of the European Union;
    2. an informed appreciation of the EU's functions and powers, and the composition of its institutions and agencies, including the European Council, the Council of Ministers, the European Commission, the European Parliament, the European Court of Justice, the European Central Bank, the Committee of the Regions, the European Environment Agency;
    3. an understanding of EU policies including Competition Policy, the Common Commercial Policy, the Common Agricultural Policy, Economic and Monetary Union, Environmental Policy, Social Policy, Common Foreign and Security Policy/European Security and Defence Policy, Development Policy, Justice and Home Affairs;
    4. an understanding of key internal and external challenges to the European Union, including enlargement, social policy, debates on the constitutional treaty and relations between European citizens, EU institutions and EU member states;
    5. an appreciation of the functioning of EU institutions in EU external relations;
    6. an understanding of the relations of the EU with key countries and regions, including the United States, Asia and Australia;
    7. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
    8. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
    9. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay; and
    10. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

    Assessment

    Written work (inc. Oral presentation to be writen up): 56% (2500 words)
    2 hour Exam: 44%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week


    Prohibitions

    EUR2110


    EUR3140 - Modern Eastern and Central Europe: Culture and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andriy Zayarnyuk

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will consider the major developments in 19th and 20th century Eastern and Central Europe. For the 19th century the analysis of the system of continental empires will be complemented by the investigation of the emerging nationalism and growing national movements. Two world wars, the revolution of 1917 and the Soviet experiment in societal transformation will be analyzed to reveal their impact on the transformation of a society. The unit will concentrate on the social consequences of the events and trends under consideration. Students will examine a broad range of secondary and some primary sources, including works of the visual arts, music, architecture and film.

    Objectives

    1. Students are expected to acquire factual knowledge about selected developments in Eastern Europe in the 19th and 20th century, to acquire familiarity with representative texts, images and artifacts, to be able to interpret them with the help of appropriate interpretive frameworks and against the background of social and political processes in the region.
    2. They should be able to demonstrate competence in use of the library and other resources, writing (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting), analysis and interpretation of sources, oral presentation and discussion of information and argument, independent judgment and team work.

    Assessment

    Examination 2 hours (2000 words): 40%; Participation in the seminars (200 words): 5%; End of semester essay(1800 words): 40%; Midterm essay (500 words): 15%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    EUR2140


    EUR3620 - The idea of Europe: recent debates among intellectuals and policy-makers

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit investigates the debates among policy-makers and intellectuals on Europe, European unity, and the relationship of Europe to the rest of the world in the 20th and 21st Century. Topics include the nature of Europe's cultural cohesion, the relationship between liberal-democratic Western Europe and the parts of Europe recently ruled by communist regimes, contemporary intellectuals' response to aspects of Europe's historical heritage, and the intellectual debates prompted by the attitudes of European and non-European policy-makers towards European unity.

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject students should:

    1. Have a familiarity with, and an understanding of, the positions of contemporary intellectuals with respect to the ideas of Europe and European unity
    2. Have a knowledge of the history of the idea of, and political moves toward, European unity, especially after 1945
    3. Be familiar with the relevant debates and able to discuss contributions to them, whether scholarly, journalistic or essayistic
    4. Be able to demonstrate competence in obtaining access to source materials and secondary writings through the library and other resources
    5. Be able to demonstrate competence in writing (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting)
    6. Be able to demonstrate competence in analysis and interpretation of texts, including the application of appropriate terms and concepts for the discussion of content and form
    7. Be able to demonstrate competence in oral presentation of information and argument based on guided and independent reading
    8. Be able to demonstrate competence in discussion of texts and oral presentations
    9. Be able to demonstrate competence in assimilation of information and opinion from various sources for purposes of forming independent judgments
    10. Be able to demonstrate competence in team work.

    Assessment

    Written work (2300 words): 55%
    two hour Exam (2000 words): 40%
    Class participation (200 words): 5%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    EUR2620, EUR4620


    EUR3910 - European studies in Europe - Part A

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement allowing students to enrol in a unit that can be credited towards the major in European studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of undergraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 2nd or 3rd year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European studies through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

    Assessment

    Exchange studies 100%; In accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator

    Contact hours

    Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of undergraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 2nd or 3rd year unit offered by the host institution

    Prerequisites

    EUR1100 European Ideas and Culture Modernity and Enlightenment EUR1200 European Ideas and Culture Modernity and Romanticism


    EUR3920 - European studies in Europe - Part B

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement allowing students to enrol in a unit that can be credited towards the major in European studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of undergraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 2nd or 3rd year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European studies through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

    Assessment

    Exchange studies 100%; In accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator

    Contact hours

    Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of undergraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 2nd or 3rd year unit offered by the host institution

    Prerequisites

    EUR1100 European Ideas and Culture Modernity and Enlightenment EUR1200 European Ideas and Culture Modernity and Romanticism


    EUR4000 - Research project

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Marko Pavlyshyn

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is compulsory. The topic must be chosen as early as possible in consultation with a relevant staff member. Students are expected to start their preliminary reading during the summer vacation. Two copies of the research project must be submitted in typescript and suitably bound not later than 31 October.

    Assessment

    Written (18,000 words): 100%


    EUR4000(A) - Research project part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Marko Pavlyshyn

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is compulsory. The topic must be chosen as early as possible in consultation with a relevant staff member. Students are expected to start their preliminary reading during the summer vacation. Two copies of the research project must be submitted in typescript and suitably bound not later than 31 October.


    EUR4000(B) - Research project part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Marko Pavlyshyn

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for EUR4000(A)

    Assessment

    Written (18,000 words): 100%


    EUR4020 - Religion and secularism in the quest for European Integration

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Howard

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the importance of religion in the conceptualization and enacting of European Integration from an historical perspective. It examines how developments in belief and religious practice have affected culture and politics, and how historical trajectories have shaped visions and possibilities of a united Europe. Themes include: the formation and fragmentation of Christendom - the formation of Europe; Christianities and National Identities; the Secularisation of Europe; the role, within and without, of Judaism and Islam; the religious roots of notions of 'the common good', human rights, and their impact on European charters; de-secularisation of European politics.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

    1. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of European religion(s) in historical and contemporary contexts, including issues of secularization and de-secularization;
    2. a critical understanding of the history of discourses, especially in 20th century, envisioning a united Europe based on the (supposed) commonality of its religious culture;
    3. a developed understanding of the relevance, diversity and importance of religion in the development of Europe (Christianity, Judaism and Islam), and how developments in belief and religious practice have affected politics and the machinery of state;
    4. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
    5. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
    6. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
    7. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, film and visual images.

    Assessment

    a critical review of a work of interpretation or conceptualisation relevant to a seminar theme and the student's research essay, given first as a seminar presentation (10%), and then revised into a written review paper in light of seminar group comments and a written assessment by the coordinator (20%) (2000 words) : 30%
    research essay devised and developed by the student (5000 words) : 50%
    reflective response to a set question, in a take-home examination (2000 words) : 20%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    The requirements of entry into the relevant Masters or honours program, or with permission.

    Prohibitions

    EUM4020, EUM5020


    EUR4530 - Special reading course

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit enables students to take MA units in European studies (subject to availability). Please contact the Centre for further details.

    Assessment

    Research essay (9000 words): 100%


    EUR4620 - The idea of Europe: recent debates among intellectuals and policy-makers

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit investigates the debates among policy-makers and intellectuals on Europe, European unity, and the relationship of Europe to the rest of the world in the 20th and 21st Century. Topics include the nature of Europe's cultural cohesion, the relationship between liberal-democratic Western Europe and the parts of Europe recently ruled by communist regimes, contemporary intellectuals' response to aspects of Europe's historical heritage, and the intellectual debates prompted by the attitudes of European and non-European policy-makers towards European unity.

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject students should:

    1. Have a familiarity with, and an understanding of, the positions of contemporary intellectuals with respect to the ideas of Europe and European unity.

    1. Have a knowledge of the history of the idea of, and political moves toward, European unity, especially after 1945.

    1. Be familiar with the relevant debates and able to discuss contributions to them, whether scholarly, journalistic or essayistic.

    1. Be able to demonstrate competence in the following skills:
      1. obtaining access to source materials and secondary writings through the library and other resources;
      2. writing (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting);
      3. analysis and interpretation of texts, including the application of appropriate terms and concepts for the discussion of content and form;
      4. oral presentation of information and argument based on guided and independent reading;
      5. discussion of texts and oral presentations;
      6. assimilation of information and opinion from various sources for purposes of forming independent judgments;
      7. team work.

    In addition, students taking the subject at fourth-year level should:

    1. Be familiar with different theoretical perspectives on the ideas and processes treated in the subject.

    Assessment

    Two essays (7000 words): 85%
    Class project (2000 words): 15%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week; one 1-hour seminar

    Prohibitions

    EUR3620


    EUR4910 - Advanced European studies in Europe part A

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement for European and European Union Studies. This study will be the equivalent of 12 points of fourth year honours study in Arts at Monash in the form of one or two units offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European Integration through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

    Assessment

    Exchange studies in accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator 100%

    Contact hours

    Study will be the equivalent of 12 points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 4th year Honours unit offered by the host institution

    Prerequisites

    Admission to Honours candidature in European studies


    EUR4920 - Advanced European studies in Europe Part B

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Day) Overseas Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement for European and European Union Studies. This study will be the equivalent of 12 points of fourth year honours study in Arts at Monash in the form of one or two units offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European Integration through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

    Assessment

    Exchange studies in accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator 100%

    Contact hours

    Study will be the equivalent of 12 points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 4th year Honours unit offered by the host institution

    Prerequisites

    Admission to Honours candidature in European studies


    FRN1010 - French studies 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Sally Staddon

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides teaching in the basic language skills (speaking/listening/reading/writing) and an introduction to French society. It is designed for students with little or no knowledge of the language. Students will be encouraged to develop appropriate language learning strategies. Regular assessed homework and tests emphasize the continuous nature of language learning and the need for frequent practice. In the Specialized Culture component, students will explore cultural, specifically filmic, constructions of French identity and their concomitant representations of otherness from the interwar Empire years to the post-colonial present. They will develop explicit text analysis skills.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students should have met the following objectives:
    Communicative Competence and linguistic knowledge and skills:

    1. Use the basic speaking, listening, reading and writing skills needed to communicate in a limited range of situations referring to the present, future.
    2. Talk about, write about and understand others talking about self, family, studies and basic needs.
    3. Communicate effectively in French, with a minimum of misunderstandings, in a limited range of situations in France and Australia e.g. carrying out everyday tasks such as shopping, eating out, travelling, attending university.
    4. Skim read or read in detail straightforward, short texts in French e.g. advertisements, cartoons, brochures.
    5. Demonstrate a knowledge of the basic structures and sounds of the French language e.g. present and near future tenses, articles, adjectives.
    6. Demonstrate a knowledge of a range of vocabulary appropriate to the situations described above.
    7. Develop an awareness of different language learning strategies
    8. Adopt learning strategies most appropriate to their preferred learning style.

    Socio-cultural awareness:
  • Acquire a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern French society, its values and their evolution.
  • Develop a critical understanding of issues of identity in France since the beginning of the 20th century. 1
    1. Develop an explicit understanding and more sophisticated practice of text analysis, especially in relation to film.
    2. Develop individual and cooperative research skills.

    Assessment

    Weekly written and aural language homework: 17%
    Class tests (oral, aural and written): 33%
    Written language exam: 25%
    Research project (Specialized Culture component): 25%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (2 One-hour lectures, 3 one-hour tutorials) per week

    Prohibitions

    FRN2010


  • FRN1020 - French studies 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Sally Staddon

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit develops basic language skills (speaking/listening and reading/writing) beyond the level acquired in FRN1010 and provides an introduction to modern French society. It is designed for those with limited knowledge of French. Students will be encouraged to develop appropriate language learning strategies. Regular assessed homework and tests emphasize the continuous nature of language learning and the need for frequent practice. In the Specialized Culture component, students will develop explicit text analysis skills in exploring the role film has played in the culture war involving national memory of WWII Occupation and Resistance and thereby issues of conflicted national identity.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students should have met the following objectives:
    Communicative Competence and linguistic knowledge and skills:

    1. Use the basic speaking, listening, reading and writing skills needed to communicate in a range of situations referring to past, present and future: talking about, writing about and understanding others talking about self, family, studies, accommodation, travel and leisure activities.
    2. Communicate effectively in French, with a minimum of misunderstandings, in a range of situations in France and Australia e.g. staying with a host family in France, receiving an exchange student in Australia, carrying out everyday tasks such as shopping, eating out, travelling, attending university, etc.
    3. Skim read or read in detail straightforward, short texts in French e.g. advertisements, cartoons, brochures, informal correspondence, short newspaper articles or extracts from longer texts.
    4. Demonstrate a knowledge of the key structures and the sounds of the French language, e.g. past, present and future tenses, pronouns, articles, adjectives, adverbs.
    5. Demonstrate a range of vocabulary appropriate to the situations described above.
    6. Develop an awareness of different language learning strategies.
    7. Adopt learning strategies most appropriate to their preferred learning style.
    8. Develop the strategic skills needed to operate effectively in the communicative situations described above.
    Socio-cultural awareness:
    1. Acquire a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern French society, its values and their evolution.
    2. Develop a critical understanding of issues of identity in France in the post-war period.
    3. Develop an explicit understanding and more sophisticated practice of text analysis, especially in relation to film.
    4. Develop individual and cooperative research skills.

    Assessment

    Weekly written and aural language homework: 17%
    Class tests (oral, aural and written): 33%
    Written language exam: 25%
    Research project (Specialized Culture component ): 25%

    Contact hours

    5 hrs (2 One-hour lectures, 3-one hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    FRN1010 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    Students who have completed Year 11 French or its equivalent may not take this unit.


    FRN1030 - French studies 3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Philip Anderson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides teaching in the basic language skills (speaking/listening/reading/writing) and an introduction to French society. It is designed for students with little or no knowledge of the language. Students will be encouraged to develop appropriate language learning strategies. Regular assessed homework and tests emphasize the continuous nature of language learning and the need for frequent practice. In the Specialized Culture component, students will explore cultural, specifically filmic, constructions of French identity and their concomitant representations of otherness from the interwar Empire years to the post-colonial present. They will develop explicit text analysis skills.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit students should have met the following objectives in the following areas: Communicative competence and linguistic knowledge:

    1. Consolidated and improved their existing speaking, listening, reading and writing skills so as to be able to communicate effectively in an increased range of situations and on a wider range of themes including self, family, study, work and leisure, their own and French society, history, and cultural values.
    2. Developed language skills in relation to exposition and argument in a number of contexts such as casual debate, formal pressing of a petition, letter-writing, formulating a written petition.
    3. Developed information seeking skills in the form of more advanced reading skills, more advanced questioning and interview skills, writing letters and emails to request information.
    4. Developed increased explicit grammatical knowledge, empowering the student as an autonomous learner, and explicit awareness of discourse structure and register.
    5. Understood the cultural specificity of certain features of communicative practices in French and understand and use aspects of them such as forms of politeness, modes of address in spoken and written French.
    6. Developed learning strategies appropriate to their learning style, reinforcing preferred learning modes and developing other modes. Socio-cultural awareness:
    7. Acquired a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern French society, its values and their evolution.
    8. Developed a critical understanding of the nature of "cultural studies" and of the artificiality of the boundaries between disciplines.
    9. Developed research skills.

    Assessment

    Continuing assessment assignments: 35%
    Class tests: 15%
    Research project: 25%
    Exam: 25%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (4 hours of language-culture classes, 1 hour specialized culture lecture/or workshop)

    Prerequisites

    Secondary Year 11 French

    Prohibitions

    FRN2030,FRN1010,FRN1050,FRN1070


    FRN1040 - French studies 4

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Philip Anderson

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In the Language and Culture component of the unit, students will participate in a variety of theme-based activities developing more sophisticated speaking, writing and reading and aural comprehension skills, acquiring explicit grammar competence and awareness of discourse and register, and gaining insight into the socio-cultural specificity of contemporary France. In the Specialized Culture component, students will develop explicit text analysis skills in exploring the role film has played in the culture war involving national memory of WWII Occupation and Resistance and thereby issues of conflicted national identity.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit students should have met the following objectives in the following areas: Communicative competence and linguistic knowledge:

    1. Consolidated and improved their existing speaking, listening, reading and writing skills so as to be able to communicate effectively in an increased range of situations and on a wider range of themes including self, family, study, work and leisure, their own and French society, history, and cultural values.
    2. Developed language skills in relation to exposition and argument in a number of contexts such as casual debate, formal pressing of a petition, letter-writing, formulating a written petition.
    3. Developed information seeking skills in the form of more advanced reading skills, more advanced questioning and interview skills, writing letters and emails to request information.
    4. Developed increased explicit grammatical knowledge, empowering the student as an autonomous learner, and explicit awareness of discourse structure and register .
    5. Understood the cultural specificity of certain features of communicative practices in French and understand and use aspects of them such as forms of politeness, modes of address in spoken and written French.
    6. Developed learning strategies appropriate to their learning style, reinforcing preferred learning modes and developing other modes. Socio-cultural awareness:
    7. Acquired a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern French society, its values and their evolution.
    8. Developed a critical understanding of issues of identity in France in the post-war period.
    9. Developed an explicit understanding and more sophisticated practice of text analysis, especially in relation to film.
    10. Developed individual and cooperative research skills.

    Assessment

    Continuing assessment assignments: 35%
    Class tests: 15%
    Research project: 25%
    Exam: 25%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (two 1-hour lectures and 3 hours of language-culture classes) per week

    Prerequisites

    FRN1030

    Prohibitions

    FRN2040, FRN1020, FRN1060, FRN1080


    FRN1050 - French studies 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In the Language and Culture component of the unit students will develop their comprehension and analysis of communication in French and will be exposed to a variety of spoken discourses. They will practice and develop their oral skills through a variety of activities including role-play, and their writing skills through productions modeled on the study of a variety of written documents. In the Specialized culture component, students will explore cultural and specifically filmic constructions of French identity and their concomitant representations of otherness from the interwar Empire years to the post-colonial present. They will develop explicit text analysis skills.

    Objectives

    The subject aims at:

    1. Consolidating and developing the four skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing.
    2. Consolidating and developing correct use of French at the level of sentence structure and an explicit grammatical competence in French.
    3. Promoting a capacity for autonomous language learning.
    4. Promoting the appropriate use of spoken and written discourses in French.
    5. Consolidating and developing knowledge about contemporary French society and an understanding of the historical, political, social and cultural issues which underpin and contest definitions of contemporary French identity.


    Upon completion of this subject, students should be able to meet the following objectives: Communicative competence and linguistic knowledge:
    1. Express themselves, both orally and in writing, correctly, fluently and appropriately, on a wide range of topics and in the different contexts studied in the oral and written expression component of the unit which are as follows: situations in which instructions are given or requested, situations in which events are retold and chronological information provided, or refused, situations in which discourse is reported, described or commented upon, situations in which proposals are made and accepted or rejected, situations in which discourse has to be structured logically and hypotheses formulated, situations in which logical arguments are conveyed, accepted or refuted, situations in which information is processed, ideas presented or reported orally, situations in which ideas are presented or reported in writing.
    2. Understand and demonstrate understanding of written, audio and video documents.
    3. Demonstrate explicit competence in French grammar in the areas reviewed.
    4. Demonstrate competence in the use of language reference material.
    5. Demonstrate autonomous learning strategies. Socio-cultural awareness:
    6. Acquired a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern French society, its values and their evolution.
    7. Developed a critical understanding of issues of identity in France since the beginning of the 20th century.
    8. Developed an explicit understanding and more sophisticated practice of text analysis, especially in relation to film.
    9. Developed individual and cooperative research skills.

    Assessment

    Assignments (Written and Oral): 15%
    Class tests (written): 30%
    Specialized culture component: 25%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    5 hours ( 2 x 1 hour lectures and 3 hours of tutorials)

    Prerequisites

    VCE 3/4 French

    Prohibitions

    FRN1010, FRN1030, FRN1070, FRN2050, FRN3050


    FRN1060 - French studies 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In the Language and Culture component of the unit students will develop their comprehension and analysis of communication in French and will be exposed to a variety of spoken discourses. They will practice and develop their oral skills through a variety of activities including role-play, and their writing skills through productions modeled on the study of a variety of written documents. In the Specialized Culture component, students will develop explicit text analysis skills in exploring the role film has played in the culture war involving national memory of WWII Occupation and Resistance and thereby issues of conflicted national identity.

    Objectives

    The subject aims at:

    1. Consolidating and developing the four skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing.
    2. Consolidating and developing correct use of French at the level of sentence structure and an explicit grammatical competence in French.
    3. Promoting a capacity for autonomous language learning.
    4. Promoting the appropriate use of spoken and written discourses in French.
    5. Consolidating and developing knowledge about contemporary French society and an understanding of the historical, political, social and cultural issues which underpin and contest definitions of contemporary French identity.


    Upon completion of this subject, students should be able to meet the following objectives: Communicative competence and linguistic knowledge:
    1. Express themselves, both orally and in writing, correctly, fluently and appropriately, on a wide range of topics and in the different contexts studied in the oral and written expression component of the unit which are as follows: situations in which instructions are given or requested, situations in which events are retold and chronological information provided, or refused, situations in which discourse is reported, described or commented upon, situations in which proposals are made and accepted or rejected, situations in which discourse has to be structured logically and hypotheses formulated, situations in which logical arguments are conveyed, accepted or refuted, situations in which information is processed, ideas presented or reported orally, situations in which ideas are presented or reported in writing.
    2. Understand and demonstrate understanding of written, audio and video documents.
    3. Demonstrate explicit competence in French grammar in the areas reviewed.
    4. Demonstrate competence in the use of language reference material.
    5. Demonstrate autonomous learning strategies. Socio-cultural awareness:
    6. Acquired a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern French society, its values and their evolution.
    7. Developed a critical understanding of issues of identity in France since the beginning of the 20th century.
    8. Developed an explicit understanding and more sophisticated practice of text analysis, especially in relation to film.
    9. Developed individual and cooperative research skills.

    Assessment

    Assignments (Written and Oral): 15%
    Class tests (written): 30%
    Specialized culture component: 25%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    5 hours ( 2 lectures and 3 tutorials)

    Prerequisites

    FRN1050

    Prohibitions

    FRN1020, FRN1040, FRN1080, FRN2060, FRN3060


    FRN1070 - French studies 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Patrick Durel

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides teaching in the basic language skills (speaking/listening/reading/writing) and an introduction to French society. It is designed for students with little or no knowledge of the language. Students will be encouraged to develop appropriate language learning strategies. Regular assessed homework and tests emphasize the continuous nature of language learning and the need for frequent practice. In the Specialized Culture component, students will explore cultural, specifically filmic, constructions of French identity and their concomitant representations of otherness from the interwar Empire years to the post-colonial present. They will develop explicit text analysis skills.

    Objectives

    At the end of the course, students should have reinforced their ability to communicate and interact efficiently in French both in oral and written form by using appropriate techniques of exposition. They will be expected to develop and demonstrate the following skills in the target language:

    1. Reading comprehension/oral production: students should be able to communicate the main points contained in a newspaper article they have read, reformulating, structuring and explaining its content.
    2. Writing skills: students should be able to plan in detail, use appropriate expressions, vocabulary and syntax in order to write an expository text. They should also demonstrate an awareness of issues of textual grammar (coherence and cohesion).
    3. Morpho-syntax and stylistics: students should further their knowledge of French grammar and develop their awareness of differences between French and English syntax.
    4. Students should also have become familiar with the use of software programs and electronic tools such as a grammar assistant, a bilingual electronic dictionary, an online French dictionary and grammar revision software.
    5. Students should have developed learning strategies appropriate to their learning style as well as an ability to reflect and evaluate these learning strategies.
    6. Socio-cultural awareness: students should acquire a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern French society, its values and their evolution.
    7. Students should have developed a critical understanding of issues of identity in France since the beginning of the 20th century.
    8. Developed an explicit understanding and more sophisticated practice of text analysis, especially in relation to film.
    9. Developed individual and cooperative research skills.

    Assessment

    Written work: 12%
    Composition test: 16%
    Oral exam: 18%
    Comprehension test: 13%
    Reseach project: 25%
    Translation exam: 16%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (1 hr computer lab workshop, 1hr translation workshop, 1 x 2 hour language tutorial and 1hr Specialized Culture lecture/seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    VCE French (or equivalent) with a score of 40+ (or equivalent) and some study in a French-speaking country.

    Prohibitions

    FRN2070, FRN3070


    FRN1080 - French studies 8

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Patrick Durel

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit develops basic language skills (speaking/listening and reading/writing) beyond the level acquired in FRN1010 and provides an introduction to modern French society. It is designed for those with limited knowledge of French. Students will be encouraged to develop appropriate language learning strategies. Regular assessed homework and tests emphasize the continuous nature of language learning and the need for frequent practice. In the Specialized Culture component, students will develop explicit text analysis skills in exploring the role film has played in the culture war involving national memory of WWII Occupation and Resistance and thereby issues of conflicted national identity.

    Objectives

    At the end of the course, students should have reinforced their ability to communicate and interact efficiently in French both in oral and written form by using appropriate techniques of exposition. They will be expected to develop and demonstrate the following skills in the target language:

    1. Reading comprehension/oral production: students should be able to communicate the main points contained in a newspaper article they have read, reformulating, structuring and explaining its content.
    2. Listening Comprehension/writing production: students should be able to write an expository report presenting the information contained in radio or TV programmes of up to 12mn on current affairs.
    3. Writing skills: students should be able to write a clear and detailed essay on topics which are familiar, passing on information or giving reasons in support of or against a particular point of view. They should be able to use appropriate expressions, vocabulary and syntax and demonstrate an acute awareness of issues of textual grammar (coherence and cohesion).
    4. Morpho-syntax and stylistics: students should continue to further their knowledge of French grammar and develop their awareness of differences between French and English syntax through systematic use of a French reference grammar.
    5. Students should also have become familiar with the use of software programs and electronic tools such as a grammar assistant, a bilingual electronic dictionary, an online French dictionary.
    6. Students should have identified efficient learning strategies and developed an ability to autonomously take charge of and evaluate these strategies and their outcomes.
    7. Socio-cultural awareness: students should have acquired a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern French society, its values and their evolution.
    8. Developed a critical understanding of issues of identity in France in the post-war period.
    9. Developed an explicit understanding and more sophisticated practice of text analysis, especially in relation to film.
    10. Developed individual and cooperative research skills.

    Assessment

    Written work: 10%
    Comprehension work: 11%
    Reseach project: 25%
    Comprehension test: 12%
    Translation test: 12%
    Oral exam: 15%
    Written exam: 15%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (1 hour computer lab workshops, 1 hour translation workshop, 2 hour language tutorial and 1 hour Specialized Culture lecture/seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    FRN1070

    Prohibitions

    FRN2080, FRN3080


    FRN2010 - French studies 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Sally Staddon

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides teaching in the basic language skills (speaking/listening/reading/writing) and an introduction to French society. It is designed for students with little or no knowledge of the language. Students will be encouraged to develop appropriate language learning strategies. Regular assessed homework and tests emphasize the continuous nature of language learning and the need for frequent practice. In the Specialized Culture component, students will explore cultural, specifically filmic, constructions of French identity and their concomitant representations of otherness from the interwar Empire years to the post-colonial present. They will develop explicit text analysis skills.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students should have met the following objectives:
    Communicative Competence and linguistic knowledge and skills:

    1. Use the basic speaking, listening, reading and writing skills needed to communicate in a limited range of situations referring to the present, future.
    2. Talk about, write about and understand others talking about self, family, studies and basic needs.
    3. Communicate effectively in French, with a minimum of misunderstandings, in a limited range of situations in France and Australia e.g. carrying out everyday tasks such as shopping, eating out, travelling, attending university.
    4. Skim read or read in detail straightforward, short texts in French e.g. advertisements, cartoons, brochures.
    5. Demonstrate a knowledge of the basic structures and sounds of the French language e.g. present and near future tenses, articles, adjectives.
    6. Demonstrate a knowledge of a range of vocabulary appropriate to the situations described above.
    7. Develop an awareness of different language learning strategies
    8. Adopt learning strategies most appropriate to their preferred learning style.

    Socio-cultural awareness:
  • Acquire a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern French society, its values and their evolution.
  • Develop a critical understanding of issues of identity in France since the beginning of the 20th century. 1
    1. Develop an explicit understanding and more sophisticated practice of text analysis, especially in relation to film.
    2. Develop individual and cooperative research skills.

    Assessment

    Weekly written and aural language homework: 17%
    Class tests (oral, aural and written): 33%
    Written language exam: 25%
    Research project (Specialised Culture component ): 25%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (two 1-hour lectures and three 1-hour tutorials) per week

    Prohibitions

    FRN1010


  • FRN2020 - French studies 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Sally Staddon

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit develops basic language skills (speaking/listening and reading/writing) beyond the level acquired in FRN2010 and provides an introduction to modern French society. It is designed for those with limited knowledge of French. Students will be encouraged to develop appropriate language learning strategies. Regular assessed homework and tests emphasize the continuous nature of language learning and the need for frequent practice. In the Specialized Culture component, students will develop explicit text analysis skills in exploring the role film has played in the culture war involving national memory of WWII Occupation and Resistance and thereby issues of conflicted national identity.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students should have met the following objectives:
    Communicative Competence and linguistic knowledge and skills:

    1. Use the basic speaking, listening, reading and writing skills needed to communicate in a range of situations referring to past, present and future: talking about, writing about and understanding others talking about self, family, studies, accommodation, travel and leisure activities.
    2. Communicate effectively in French, with a minimum of misunderstandings, in a range of situations in France and Australia e.g. staying with a host family in France, receiving an exchange student in Australia, carrying out everyday tasks such as shopping, eating out, travelling, attending university, etc.
    3. Skim read or read in detail straightforward, short texts in French e.g. advertisements, cartoons, brochures, informal correspondence, short newspaper articles or extracts from longer texts.
    4. Demonstrate a knowledge of the key structures and the sounds of the French language, e.g. past, present and future tenses, pronouns, articles, adjectives, adverbs.
    5. Demonstrate a range of vocabulary appropriate to the situations described above.
    6. Develop an awareness of different language learning strategies.
    7. Adopt learning strategies most appropriate to their preferred learning style.
    8. Develop the strategic skills needed to operate effectively in the communicative situations described above.
    Socio-cultural awareness:
    1. Acquire a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern French society, its values and their evolution.
    2. Develop a critical understanding of issues of identity in France in the post-war period.
    3. Develop an explicit understanding and more sophisticated practice of text analysis, especially in relation to film.
    4. Develop individual and cooperative research skills.

    Assessment

    Weekly written and aural language homework: 17%
    Class tests (oral, aural and written): 33%
    Written language exam: 25%
    Research project (Specialized Culture component ): 25%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (two 1-hour lectures and three 1-hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    FRN2010 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    Students enrolled in Arts courses or in FRN1020 are prohibited from taking this unit. In addition, students who have completed Year 11 French or its equivalent may not take this unit.


    FRN2030 - French studies 3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Philip Anderson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In the Language and Culture component of the unit, students will participate in a variety of theme-based activities developing more sophisticated speaking, writing and reading and aural comprehension skills, acquiring explicit grammar competence and awareness of discourse and register, and gaining insight into the socio-cultural specificity of contemporary France. In the Specialized Culture component, students will develop an understanding of how, in the French context, everyday life reflects and embodies cultural and social change.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit students should have met the following objectives in the following areas: Communicative competence and linguistic knowledge:

    1. Consolidated and improved their existing speaking, listening, reading and writing skills so as to be able to communicate effectively in an increased range of situations and on a wider range of themes including self, family, study, work and leisure, their own and French society, history, and cultural values.
    2. Developed language skills in relation to exposition and argument in a number of contexts such as casual debate, formal pressing of a petition, letter-writing, formulating a written petition.
    3. Developed information seeking skills in the form of more advanced reading skills, more advanced questioning and interview skills, writing letters and emails to request information.
    4. Developed increased explicit grammatical knowledge, empowering the student as an autonomous learner, and explicit awareness of discourse structure and register.
    5. Understood the cultural specificity of certain features of communicative practices in French and understand and use aspects of them such as forms of politeness, modes of address in spoken and written French.
    6. Developed learning strategies appropriate to their learning style, reinforcing preferred learning modes and developing other modes. Socio-cultural awareness:
    7. Acquired a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern French society, its values and their evolution.
    8. Developed a critical understanding of the nature of "cultural studies" and of the artificiality of the boundaries between disciplines.
    9. Developed research skills.

    Assessment

    Continuing assessment assignments: 35%
    Class tests: 15%
    2 Exams: 50%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (2 one-hour lectures and 3 hours language-culture classes) per week

    Prerequisites

    FRN1020 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    FRN2030, FRN1010, FRN1050, FRN1070


    FRN2040 - French studies 4

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Philip Anderson

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In the Language and Culture component of the unit, students will participate in a variety of theme-based activities developing more sophisticated speaking, writing and reading and aural comprehension skills, acquiring explicit grammar competence and awareness of discourse and register, and gaining insight into the socio-cultural specificity of contemporary France. In the Specialized Culture component, students will further develop their understanding of how, in the French context, everyday life reflects and embodies cultural and social change.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit students should have met the following objectives in the following areas: Communicative competence and linguistic knowledge:

    1. Consolidated and improved their existing speaking, listening, reading and writing skills so as to be able to communicate effectively in an increased range of situations and on a wider range of themes including self, family, study, work and leisure, their own and French society, history, and cultural values.
    2. Developed language skills in relation to exposition and argument in a number of contexts such as casual debate, formal pressing of a petition, letter-writing, formulating a written petition.
    3. Developed information seeking skills in the form of more advanced reading skills, more advanced questioning and interview skills, writing letters and emails to request information.
    4. Developed increased explicit grammatical knowledge, empowering the student as an autonomous learner, and explicit awareness of discourse structure and register.
    5. Understood the cultural specificity of certain features of communicative practices in French and understand and use aspects of them such as forms of politeness, modes of address in spoken and written French.
    6. Developed learning strategies appropriate to their learning style, reinforcing preferred learning modes and developing other modes. Socio-cultural awareness:
    7. Acquired a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern French society, its values and their evolution.
    8. Developed a critical understanding of the nature of "cultural studies" and of the artificiality of the boundaries between disciplines.
    9. Developed research skills.

    Assessment

    Continuing assessment assignments: 35%
    Class tests: 15%
    2 Exams: 50%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (2 1-hour lectures and 3 hours of language-culture classes) per week

    Prerequisites

    FRN2030 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    FRN1040


    FRN2050 - French studies 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The Language and Culture component of this unit is designed to help students secure knowledge of French syntax through the study of grammar and translation from English to French. It aims to develop their comprehension skills and the capacity to express ideas in both oral and written French, through a range of class activities in which student production is modeled on authentic contemporary documents, both spoken and written. In the Specialized Culture component (French Culture & Everyday Life), students will develop an understanding of how, in the French context, everyday life reflects and embodies cultural and social change.

    Objectives

    The unit aims to:

    1. Consolidate and develop the four skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing.
    2. Consolidate and develop correct use of French at the level of sentence structure and an explicit grammatical competence in French.
    3. Promote a capacity for autonomous language learning.
    4. Promote the appropriate use of spoken and written discourses in French.
    5. Develop a critical awareness of the nature of "cultural studies" and of the artificiality of the boundaries between disciplines.

    Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to meet the following objectives.
    Communicative competence and linguistic knowledge:
    1. Express themselves, both orally and in writing, correctly, fluently and appropriately, on a wide range of topics and in the different contexts studied in the oral and written expression component of the unit which include: situations in which events are retold and chronological information provided, or refused, situations in which discourse is reported, described or commented upon, , situations in which discourse has to be structured logically and hypotheses formulated, situations in which logical arguments are conveyed, accepted or refuted, situations in which information is processed, ideas presented or reported orally, situations in which ideas are presented or reported in writing.
    2. Understand and demonstrate an understanding of magazines and newspapers, audio and video documents.
    3. Demonstrate explicit competence in French grammar in the areas reviewed in the Grammar component of the unit and an awareness of the key-differences between English and French syntax
    4. Demonstrate competence in the use of language reference material.
    5. Demonstrate autonomous learning strategies.
    Socio-cultural awareness:
    6. Acquire a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern French society, its values and their evolution.
    7. Develop research skills.

    Assessment

    Assignments (Written and Oral): 15%
    Class tests (written): 30%
    Specialized culture component: 25%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    5 hours ( 2 lectures and 3 tutorials)

    Prerequisites

    FRN1040

    Prohibitions

    FRN1050/FRN2050


    FRN2060 - French studies 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The Language and Culture component of this unit is designed to help students deepen their knowledge of French syntax through the study of grammar and translation from English to French. It aims to develop further their comprehension skills and the capacity to express ideas in both oral and written French, through a range of class activities in which student production is modeled on authentic contemporary documents, both spoken and written. In the Specialized Culture component (French Culture & Everyday Life), students will deepen their understanding of how, in the French context, everyday life reflects and embodies cultural and social change.

    Objectives

    The unit aims to:

    1. Consolidate and develop further the four skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing
    2. Consolidate and develop further correct use of French beyond sentence structure and an explicit grammatical competence in French.
    3. Deepen the capacity for autonomous language learning.
    4. Promote the appropriate use of spoken and written discourses in French.
    5. Develop a critical awareness of the nature of "cultural studies" and of the artificiality of the boundaries between disciplines.

    Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to meet the following objectives.
    Communicative competence and linguistic knowledge:
    1. Express themselves, both orally and in writing, correctly, fluently and appropriately, on a wide range of topics and in the different contexts studied in the oral and written expression component of the unit which are as follows: situations in which events are retold and chronological information provided, or refused, situations in which discourse is reported, described or commented upon, , situations in which discourse has to be structured logically and hypotheses formulated, situations in which logical arguments are conveyed, accepted or refuted, situations in which information is processed, ideas presented or reported orally, situations in which ideas are presented or reported in writing.
    2. Understand and demonstrate an understanding of, magazines and newspapers, audio and video documents.
    3. Demonstrate explicit competence in French grammar in the areas reviewed in the Grammar component of the unit and an awareness of the key-differences between English and French syntax.
    4. Demonstrate competence in the use of language reference material.
    5. Demonstrate autonomous learning strategies.
    Socio-cultural awareness:
    6. Acquire a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern French society, its values and their evolution.
    7. Develop research skills.

    Assessment

    Assignments (Written and Oral): 15%
    Class tests (written): 30%
    Specialized culture component: 25%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    5 hours ( 2 lectures and 3 tutorials)

    Prerequisites

    FRN2050

    Prohibitions

    FRN1060/FRN2060


    FRN2070 - French studies 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Patrick Durel

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Class activities enable students to acquire advanced communication skills in spoken and written French. Oral work focuses on expository techniques needed to present the contents of articles taken from the press. Written tasks involve expository essay writing, and English to French translation. Revision and extension of competence in syntax is undertaken in conjunction with the communication skills practiced.
    In the Specialized Culture component (French Culture & Everyday Life), students will develop an understanding of how, in the French context, everyday life reflects and embodies cultural and social change.

    Objectives

    At the end of the course, students should have reinforced their ability to communicate and interact efficiently in French both in oral and written form by using appropriate techniques of exposition. They will be expected to develop and demonstrate the following skills in the target language:

    1. Reading comprehension/oral production: students should be able to communicate the main points contained in a newspaper article, reformulating, structuring and explaining its content.
    2. Writing skills: students should be able to plan in detail, use appropriate vocabulary and syntax in order to write an expository text. They should also demonstrate an awareness of issues of textual grammar (coherence and cohesion).
    3. Morpho-syntax and stylistics: students should further their knowledge of French grammar and develop their awareness of differences between French and English syntax.
    4. Students should also have become familiar with the use of electronic tools such as a grammar assistant, a bilingual electronic dictionary, and a grammar revision software.
    5. Students should have developed learning strategies appropriate to their learning style, reinforcing preferred learning modes and developing other modes.
    In terms of socio-cultural awareness, students should have:
    1. Developed a critical awareness of the nature of "cultural studies" and of the artificiality of the boundaries between disciplines.
    2. Acquired a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern French society, its values and their evolution.
    3. Developed research skills.

    Assessment

    Written work: 12%
    Composition test: 16%
    Oral exam: 18%
    Comprehension test: 13%
    Culture component written exam: 25%
    Translation exam: 16%

    Contact hours

    5 hours in total: One 1-hour computer lab workshop; one 1-hour translation workshop; one 2-hour language tutorial; and one 1-hour Specialized Culture lecture per week.

    Prerequisites

    FRN1060

    Prohibitions

    FRN3070


    FRN2080 - French studies 8

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Patrick Durel

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Designed to equip students with advanced comprehension, speaking and writing skills, class activities build on the skills developed in Level 7. Oral work focuses on expository techniques needed to present the contents of longer articles. Written tasks will involve essay writing and English to French translation. Listening and writing production activities will enable students to develop skills leading to the writing of expository accounts of radi, TV news and current affairs programs.
    In the Specialized Culture component (French Culture & Everyday Life), students will expand their understanding of how, in the French context, everyday life reflects and embodies cultural and social change.

    Objectives

    At the end of the course, students should have reinforced their ability to communicate and interact efficiently in French both in oral and written form by using appropriate techniques of exposition. They will be expected to develop and demonstrate the following skills in the target language:

    1. Reading comprehension/oral production: students should be able to communicate the main points contained in a newspaper article, reformulating, structuring and explaining its content.
    2. Listening Comprehension/writing production: students should be able to write an expository report presenting the information contained in radio or TV programs of up to 12mins.
    3. Writing skills: students should be able to write a clear and detailed essay on topics which are familiar, passing on information or giving reasons in support of or against a particular point of view. They should be able to use appropriate expressions, vocabulary and syntax and demonstrate an acute awareness of issues of textual grammar (coherence and cohesion).
    4. Morpho-syntax and stylistics: students should continue to further their knowledge of French grammar and develop their awareness of differences between French and English syntax through systematic use of a French reference grammar.
    5. Students should also have become familiar with the use of software programs and electronic tools such as a grammar assistant, a bilingual electronic dictionary, an online French dictionary.
    6. Students should have identified efficient learning strategies and developed an ability to autonomously take charge of and evaluate these strategies and their outcomes.
    Socio-cultural awareness:
    1. Students should have acquired a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern French society, its values and their evolution.
    2. Developed a critical understanding of issues of identity in France in the post-war period.
    3. Developed a critical awareness of the nature of "cultural studies" and of the artificiality of the boundaries between disciplines.
    4. Further developed their research skills.

    Assessment

    Written work: 10%
    Comprehension work: 11%
    Culture component written exam: 25%
    Comprehension test: 12%
    Translation test: 12%
    Oral exam: 15%
    Written exam: 15%

    Contact hours

    5 hours in total: one 1-hour computer lab workshop, one 1-hour translation workshop, one 2-hour language tutorial, and one 1-hour Specialized Culture lecture per week.

    Prerequisites

    FRN2070

    Prohibitions

    FRN3080


    FRN2090 - French studies 9

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Patrick Durel

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit builds on the skills acquired in French Studies 7 and 8. Homework prepared under guidance and class tutorials will help students to refine their written and oral proficiency in the areas of exposition and argumentation. Analytical work on selected documents will allow students to develop a critical awareness of some of the main socio-cultural issues in the French-speaking world. Level 9 and 10 constitute an excellent preparation for the DALF exam (B2 and C1 units).
    In the Specialized Culture component (French Culture & Everyday Life), students will develop an understanding of how, in the French context, everyday life reflects and embodies cultural and social change.

    Objectives

    At the conclusion of this unit, students should be able to demonstrate their mastery of advanced analytical, expository and argumentative skills in the context of essay writing and written and oral compte rendu activities, as well as in relation to the Specialized Culture component, to have:

    1. developed a critical awareness of the nature of "cultural studies" and of the artificiality of the boundaries between disciplines;
    2. acquired a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern French society, its values and their evolution;
    3. developed research skills.

    Assessment

    Written work: 21%
    Oral comprehension work: 8%
    Oral and written comprehension tests: 16%
    Oral and written exams: 30%
    Culture component written exam: 25%

    Contact hours

    Two 2-hour tutorials and one 1-hour lecture per week

    Prerequisites

    FRN1080

    Prohibitions

    FRN3090, FRN4090


    FRN2100 - French studies 10

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Patrick Durel

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit builds on the skills developed in FRN2090, with a particular focus on specific expository techniques: synthse and expos. Students will further develop their critical awareness of issues in contemporary France. Level 9 and 10 constitute an excellent preparation for the DALF exam (B2, C1.)
    In the Specialized Culture component (French Culture & Everyday Life), students will deepen their understanding of how, in the French context, everyday life reflects and embodies cultural and social change.

    Objectives

    At the conclusion of this unit, students should be able to demonstrate their mastery of advanced analytical, expository and argumentative skills in the context of writing a synthesis of several documents and presenting an expos on a given topic after 60mins of preparation.
    Students are also expected to reinforce and demonstrate their knowledge and understanding of the main socio-cultural issues in France today; and, in relation to the Specialized Culture component, to have:

    1. developed a critical awareness of the nature of "cultural studies" and of the artificiality of the boundaries between disciplines;
    2. acquired a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern French society, its values and their evolution;
    3. further developed their research skills.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Oral comprehension work: 15%
    Oral and written exams: 30%
    Culture component written exam: 25%

    Contact hours

    Two 2-hour tutorials and one 1-hour lecture per week

    Prerequisites

    FRN2090

    Prohibitions

    FRN3100, FRN4100


    FRN2290 - France on film

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Leigh Astbury and Philip Anderson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit (which does not require any background in French language or history) will introduce students to a variety of French films, with particular emphasis on recent material by leading contemporary directors. Students will view and discuss films by directors such as Audiard, Beineix, Besson, Blier, Carax, Godard, Guediguian, Kassovitz, Rivette, Rochant, Techine and Zonka. The unit aims to develop an awareness of different critical approaches and of specific cinematic genres and styles (from the New Wave to postmodernism) on the one hand, and the interaction between films and their social and cultural contexts on the other. The unit will cover social issues such as the malaise of youth, consumerism, urban problems, national identity, immigration and women's position in society.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Understand, discuss and analyse different cinematic genres and styles of contemporary French cinema
    2. Develop and express an understanding of the socio-cultural context of contemporary France
    3. Understand, discuss and analyse the ways in which selected French films reflect on and interpret social and cultural issues in contemporary France
    4. Develop an ability to engage with written and visual texts and to understand a body of critical writing in the field Additional objective for students in French:
    5. Develop a knowledge of specialist critical language in relation to film studies

    Assessment

    Written work: 90% (4500 words)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 x 1-hour lecture, 1 x 1-hour tutorial, 1 x 3 hour screening

    Prohibitions

    FRN3280, FRN3290


    FRN2603 - The Media in France

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Philip Anderson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Classes will be taught in French and students will be expected to work towards developing and reinforcing their ability to read texts, watch video material as well as communicate efficiently in French in both oral and written forms.

    Assessment

    Written work and exercises: 55%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Class test: 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hour seminar

    Prerequisites

    First-year sequence in French or permission

    Prohibitions

    FRN3603


    FRN2701 - Business French

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Sally Staddon

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit reinforces and develops students' language skills, within realistic business situations where it is also necessary to draw on socio-cultural knowledge regarding register, politeness, etc. The unit introduces key business communication skills and the language of French business practice used in everyday business situations. Students are required to use these skills and language whilst taking into account differences in linguistic and socio-cultural practice. The unit also requires students to discover key information on the structure of the French economy and on the practice of French-Australian trade.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Use a range of forms of business communication in French such as: letters; faxes; internal reports; curriculum vitae; phone calls; presentations; liaison interpreting.
    2. Demonstrate a high level of language ability and an awareness of business and related social practices in France.
    3. Show sensitivity towards appropriate forms of address, style and register and be able to use them in specific business situations, both written and oral, where cross-cultural communication is required.
    4. Demonstrate a knowledge of French economic development and business structures such as: key economic indicators; company structure; European monetary union; French-Australian trade.

    Assessment

    Written business communication tasks: 60%
    Oral-aural business communication tasks: 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour and 1 x 2 hour seminar per week)

    Prerequisites

    FRN1060/FRN2060

    Prohibitions

    FRN3701


    FRN2702 - French Noir: Dark visions of self and society in post-war France

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Philip Anderson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will take as its starting point the interest aroused in post-Occupation France by American cinema and the French identification, within that filmic production of which France had been deprived, of a genre: film noir. Students will study the history of noir in France, paying particular attention to representative filmic and literary works ranging from the pre-war period to the present day. They will situate its emergence and development in France in its socio-political and (inter-) cultural context. They will make a critical analysis of the genre and its shifts.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this course students will have:

    1. Familiarized themselves with the history of the genre known as noir in France, with its emergence at the interface of two cultures (American and French), with the tracing of its antecedents in French high and popular culture, and with the development of the genre at the interface of high and popular culture up the present day.

    1. Questioned, analyzed and argued conclusions about connections between the genre and socio-political history and contemporary thinking on modernity.

    1. Questioned, analyzed and argued conclusions about connections between the genre and contemporary thinking on the human subject.

    1. Studied a number of filmic and literary works, making a critical analysis of the genre as it is posited, comparing existing hypotheses with filmic and literary texts and developing and testing their own hypotheses.

    1. Developed a critical understanding of the notion of genre itself, paying special attention to the problem of its crossing cultures and filmic and literary discourses.

    1. Developed their language skills in French, especially in the area of exposition and argument, practising those skills in oral presentations and essay-writing.

    Assessment

    Written work: 55%
    2 Seminar presentations: 30%
    Visual test: 15%

    Contact hours

    1 lecture and 1 x 2-hour seminar and 1 x 2-hour screening per week

    Prerequisites

    At least French Studies 4 at any year level (FRN1040, FRN2040)

    Prohibitions

    FRN3702


    FRN2705 - Rebelling against conventionality: expressions of French individualism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will take as its starting point recent French films of comedy and drama. These films will open up a discussion of the way French culture defines the relationship between individuality and social life. This discussion will open up a discovery of the historical roots of contemporary French culture, notably in the 17th Century, which greatly shaped French individualism.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will have familiarised themselves with French individualism in its cultural specificity. They will have gained a knowledge of the historical circumstances that have shaped French culture, namely the influence of monarchical absolutism and court life. They will have read and analysed a number of classical texts of French philosophy and literature as well as assessed their continued relevance for an understanding of contemporary French culture and its portrayal in recent filmic production. They will have developed an understanding of the notion of cultural specificity, as well as strategies for the study of written and audio-visual documents in French. They will also have acquired language skills in oral and written expression.

    Assessment

    Test: 20%
    two Presentations in French: 20%
    Written work: 60%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    FRN1050

    Prohibitions

    FRN3705


    FRN2706 - Representing Paris: Literature and Visual Culture

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Brian Nelson and Leigh Astbury

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit, ranging across literature, painting, photography, fashion and social history, will study symbolic representations of Paris in 19th Century writing (Baudelaire, Zola), painting (Manet, Degas), and early 20th Century photography (Atget, Brassai, Cartier-Bresson) and relate these to their historical contexts (the growth and metamorphosis of the city, Haussmann's redevelopment of Paris, the birth of leisure and consumerism); it will examine the emergence of urban figures such as the flaneur, dandy and prostitute; and it will explore the analytical perspectives offered by Walter Benjamin's cultural theories. (No knowledge of French language or history is required for this unit.)

    Objectives

    Having completed this unit students will:

    1. have developed a knowledge of some of the major symbolic representations of modern Paris across a range of literary and visual texts.
    2. understood broader, underlying structural changes in society that inform literary and visual representations of modern cities such as Paris.
    3. have explored the relationship between various literary and visual representations of the city and developed skills in analyzing and articulating the nature of this relationship.
    4. be able to conceptualise images of the city in relation to theoretical and methodological issues promulgated by writers and theorists such as Walter Benjamin.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words) : 60%
    Test (1.5 hours - 1500 words equivalent) : 40%

    Contact hours

    One x 1 hr lecture/week

    One x 1 hr seminar/week

    Prerequisites

    A first year level unit in French Studies, Visual Culture, Comparative Literature and Cultural Studies, Drama and Theatre Studies, or English.

    Prohibitions

    FRN3706


    FRN2707 - Contemporary French fiction: Rewriting identity

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Philip Anderson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Students will study French fiction since 1945 (emergence of the "nouveau roman", new writing by women, the formalist practices of the Oulipo, the post-80s post-formalist return of the author and the story, Beur writing, the contemporary "young Minuit group", the post-human fiction of Houellebecq) situated in its social, political and intellectual contexts. Attention will be paid to shifts in narrative form and discourse, and constructions, subversions and reconstructions of identity (with special reference to understandings of the self and community within, of and beyond the nation). Reading skills, text analysis and essay writing will be explicitly addressed.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this course, students can expect to have

    1. read a number of works of short fiction, novels, extracts of novels, extracts of texts of critical theory representative of French production in these areas over the last fifty years;

    1. improved their reading skills in terms of recognising and understanding different discourses of contemporary fiction, criticism and critical theory in French;

    1. developed their understanding of
      1. the social, political and intellectual contexts in which the production of fiction has taken place since the Liberation,
      2. the relationships that can be developed between text and context, and
      3. parallel shifts in text and context;

    1. gained an understanding of the basic notions current in narratology and an ability to deploy them to analyse their reading of narrative texts and understand shifts in narrative forms and discourses;

    1. gained an understanding of various figures and movements of contemporary French fiction and the specificity of their discourses;

    1. analysed and come to an understanding of the ways in which fiction constructs, subverts and reconstructs understandings of subjectivity, community and the world, questioning and working towards an explicit understanding of the relationship between the discourses of fiction and the reading subject and community.

    1. developed their understanding of text analysis and their ability to analyse texts and present their analysis in the form of a commentaire compose(in French for students who have completed French Studies 6) demonstrating the analyses and understandings above (3-6);

    1. analysed the genre of the academic essay, developed skills in argument and presentation of the essay (in French for students who have completed French Studies 6) so as to present the analyses and understandings above (3-6).

    Students taking the third-year version of this unit will be expected to demonstrate in their text analysis and their essay a more explicit and sophisticated understanding of the concepts of narratology and of the social, political and intellectual contexts of production of the texts studied.

    Assessment

    Written work: 55%
    2 Hours Test: 45%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour seminar and 1 one-hour reading-writing workshop per week

    Prerequisites

    At least French Studies 4 at any year level (FRN1040 or FRN2040)

    Prohibitions

    FRN3707


    FRN2708 - Realism and representation: Literature and visual culture

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Brian Nelson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will help students to understand the notion of 'realism' in literature and visual culture and the range of responses it has evoked (as reflected, for example, in humanist, Marxist, structuralist, deconstructionist and feminist criticism). The focus will be on close textual analysis of classic realist texts and on selected paintings and art criticism of the nineteenth century. Reading skills, text analysis and essay writing will be explicitly addressed

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this course, students can expect to have

    1. gained an informed knowledge of fiction and fiction theory, and of key works of art and visual culture, representative of French production in these areas during the nineteenth century

    1. improved their reading skills and acquired skills in analysing works of visual culture in terms of recognising and understanding features specific to nineteenth-century French realist fiction, art and visual culture.

    1. developed their understanding of
      1. the social and intellectual contexts in which the production of realist fiction and art took place
      2. the relationships that can be developed between written or visual texts and their contexts, and
      3. parallel shifts in text and context;

    1. gained an understanding of the basic notions current in narratology and an ability to deploy them to analyse their reading of narrative texts and understand shifts in narrative forms and discourses;

    1. gained an understanding of the main figures and tendencies of nineteenth-century French fiction and the specificity of their discourses;

    1. developed their understanding of text analysis and their ability to analyse texts and present their analysis in the form of a "commentaire compose" demonstrating the analyses and understandings above (3-5);

    1. analysed the genre of the academic essay, developed skills in argument and presentation of the essay so as to present the analyses and understandings above (3-5)

    Assessment

    Test 2000 (words): 45%; Essay: (2500 words): 55%.

    Contact hours

    One x two-hour lecture/seminar and one x 1 hour reading-writing-visual study worshop per week

    Prerequisites

    At least French Studies 4 at any year level (FRN1040 or FRN2040) if taken as part of a French Studies major or minor. No prerequiste for students not taking the unit as part of a French Studies major or minor.

    Prohibitions

    FRN3708


    FRN2710 - Individual Option

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Philip Anderson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject enables students, under special circumstances, to undertake one of the third year options in French Studies, a program of supervised reading, or linguistic fieldwork. Students should contact the Convenor of French Studies if they are interested in doing an individual option.

    Assessment

    As for relevant third year subject or as negotiated with the individual student
    Written work (4500 words or equivalent): 100%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week or equivalent

    Prerequisites

    Any first year level French unit


    FRN2801 - French studies abroad 2/1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Patrick Durel

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will undertake study in a French or French-speaking university with which Monash University has an exchange agreement for French Studies. That study will be the equivalent of 12 points of study in Arts at Monash in the form of either one or two second-year units offered by the host institution in the domain of French Studies to be approved by the Study Abroad committee of the French Studies Program.

    Assessment

    Students will satisfy the assessment requirements of the host institution for the units chosen and approved. Assessment results from the host institution will be returned by the student with copies of all non-examination assessed work. The French Studies Study Abroad Committee will determine a final mark in the light of the above elements.

    Prohibitions

    combinations FRN3901 FRN3902 FRN3903


    FRN2802 - French studies abroad 2/2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Patrick Durel

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will undertake study in a French or French-speaking university with which Monash University has an exchange agreement for French Studies. That study will be the equivalent of 6 points of study in Arts at Monash in the form of one second-year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of French Studies to be approved by the Study Abroad committee of the French Studies Program.

    Assessment

    Students will satisfy the assessment requirements of the host institution for the unit chosen and approved. Assessment results from the host institution will be returned by the student with copies of all non-examination assessed work. The French Studies Study Abroad Committee will determine a final mark in the light of the above elements.


    FRN2803 - French studies abroad (Summer Semester) 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Sally Staddon

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will undertake study in a French or French-speaking teaching institution. That study will be the equivalent of 6 points of study in Arts at Monash in the form of an intensive French language course to be approved by the Study Abroad committee of the French Studies Program.



    Objectives

    This subject will allow students to undertake an approved assessed intensive French language study at a French or French-speaking teaching institution. On completion of this unit students will have improved their overall linguistic skills in French.

    Assessment

    Assessment will be undertaken by the host institution. Students must return proof of attendance and assessment. On successful completion of the subject an SFR result will be recorded.

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    To be approved by the coordinator

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in French Studies

    Prohibitions

    Students who began their French Studies at language level 5 (FRN1050) or above (FRN1070) may not enroll in this unit. Students may complete no more than 12 points in total of summer semester French Studies units.


    FRN2807 - French studies abroad 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Sally Staddon

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Winter semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will undertake study in a French or French-speaking teaching institution. That study will be the equivalent of 12 points of study in Arts at Monash in the form of an intensive French language course to be approved by the Study Abroad committee of the French Studies Program.

    Objectives

    This subject will allow students to undertake an approved assessed intensive French language study at a French or French-speaking teaching institution. On completion of this unit students will have improved their overall linguistic skills in French

    Assessment

    Assessment will be undertaken by the host institution. Students must return proof of attendance and assessment. On successful completion of the subject an SFR result will be recorded.

    Contact hours

    To be approved by the coordinator

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in French Studies

    Prohibitions

    Students who began their French Studies at language level 5 (FRN1050) or above (FRN1070) may not enroll in this unit. Students may complete no more than 12 points in total of summer semester French Studies units.


    FRN3050 - French studies 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    French Studies 5 is aimed at students who have passed VCE French or have equivalent language competence. Unit consists of 3 parts: contemporary culture, phonology/grammar, oral and written expression. Students will develop their comprehension and analysis of communication in French and will be exposed to a variety of spoken discourses. They will practice and develop their oral skills through a variety of activities including role-play, and their writing skills through productions modelled on the study of a variety of written documents. They will develop factual knowledge of issues informing French identity in contemporary times. They will make analytical and critical readings of texts, both literary and expository, and develop their own capacity to express ideas in both oral and written French.

    Objectives

    The subject aims at:

    1. Consolidating and developing the four skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing.
    2. Consolidating and developing correct use of French at the level of sentence structure and an explicit grammatical competence in French.
    3. Promoting a capacity for autonomous language learning.
    4. Promoting the appropriate use of spoken and written discourses in French. 5. Consolidating and developing knowledge about contemporary French society and an understanding of the historical, political, social and cultural issues which underpin and contest definitions of contemporary French identity.
    Upon completion of this subject, students should be able to meet the following objectives: Communicative competence and linguistic knowledge
    1. Express themselves, both orally and in writing, correctly, fluently and appropriately, on a wide range of topics and in the different contexts studied in the oral and written expression component of the unit which are as follows: situations in which instructions are given or requested, situations in which events are retold and chronological information provided, or refused, situations in which discourse is reported, described or commented upon, situations in which proposals are made and accepted or rejected, situations in which discourse has to be structured logically and hypotheses formulated, situations in which logical arguments are conveyed, accepted or refuted, situations in which information is processed, ideas presented or reported orally, situations in which ideas are presented or reported in writing.
    2. Understand and demonstrate understanding of both fiction and non-fiction books, magazines and newspapers, audio and video documents.
    3. Demonstrate explicit competence in French grammar in the areas reviewed in the Grammar component of the unit.
    4. Demonstrate competence in the use of language reference material.
    5. Demonstrate autonomous learning strategies. Socio-cultural awareness - 6. Develop an informed understanding of aspects of French daily life as well as some cultural issues (historical, social, political and cultural) in contemporary French identity, as encountered through the use of authentic documents in oral and written expression and discussed explicitly in the contemporary culture component.

    Assessment

    Assignments (Written and Oral): 15%
    Class tests (written): 30%
    Specialized culture component: 25%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    5 hours ( 2 lectures and 3 tutorials)

    Prerequisites

    FRN2040

    Prohibitions

    FRN1050/FRN2050


    FRN3060 - French studies 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The Language and Culture component of this unit is designed to help students deepen their knowledge of French syntax through the study of grammar and translation from English to French. It aims to develop further their comprehension skills and the capacity to express ideas in both oral and written French, through a range of class activities in which student production is modeled on authentic contemporary documents, both spoken and written. In the Specialized Culture component (French Culture & Everyday Life), students will deepen their understanding of how, in the French context, everyday life reflects and embodies cultural and social change.

    Objectives

    The subject aims at:

    1. Consolidating and developing the four skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing.
    2. Consolidating and developing correct use of French at the level of sentence structure and an explicit grammatical competence in French.
    3. Promoting a capacity for autonomous language learning.
    4. Promoting the appropriate use of spoken and written discourses in French.
    5. Consolidating and developing knowledge about contemporary French society and an understanding of the historical, political, social and cultural issues which underpin and contest definitions of contemporary French identity.
    Upon completion of this subject, students should be able to meet the following objectives: Communicative competence and linguistic knowledge
    1. Express themselves, both orally and in writing, correctly, fluently and appropriately, on a wide range of topics and in the different contexts studied in the oral and written expression component of the unit which are as follows: situations in which instructions are given or requested, situations in which events are retold and chronological information provided, or refused, situations in which discourse is reported, described or commented upon, situations in which proposals are made and accepted or rejected, situations in which discourse has to be structured logically and hypotheses formulated, situations in which logical arguments are conveyed, accepted or refuted, situations in which information is processed, ideas presented or reported orally, situations in which ideas are presented or reported in writing.
    2. Understand and demonstrate understanding of both fiction and non-fiction books, magazines and newspapers, audio and video documents.
    3. Demonstrate explicit competence in French grammar in the areas reviewed in the Grammar component of the unit.
    4. Demonstrate competence in the use of language reference material.
    5. Demonstrate autonomous learning strategies. Socio-cultural awareness - 6. Develop an informed understanding of aspects of French daily life as well as some cultural issues (historical, social, political and cultural) in contemporary French identity, as encountered through the use of authentic documents in oral and written expression and discussed explicitly in the contemporary culture component.

    Assessment

    Assignments (Written and Oral): 15%
    Class tests (written): 30%
    Specialized culture component: 25% +Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    5 hours ( 2 lectures and 3 tutorials)

    Prerequisites

    FRN3050

    Prohibitions

    FRN1060/FRN2060


    FRN3070 - French studies 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Patrick Durel

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In the language-culture component of this unit class activities are designed to enable students to acquire advanced communication skills in spoken and written French. Oral work focuses on expository techniques needed to present the contents of articles taken from the French press. Written tasks involve expository essay writing, and English to French translation. Dictionary usage and close attention to vocabulary figure prominently in all written work. Revision and extension of competence in syntax is undertaken in conjunction with the communication skills practiced. The specialized culture component of the unit will help students to develop skills in textual commentary.

    Objectives

    At the end of the course, students should have reinforced their ability to communicate and interact efficiently in French both in oral and written form by using appropriate techniques of exposition. They will be expected to develop and demonstrate the following skills in the target language:

    1. Reading comprehension/oral production: students should be able to communicate the main points contained in a newspaper article they have read, reformulating, structuring and explaining its content.
    2. Writing skills: students should be able to plan in detail, use appropriate expressions, vocabulary and syntax in order to write an expository text. They should also demonstrate an awareness of issues of textual grammar (coherence and cohesion).
    3. Morpho-syntax and stylistics: students should further their knowledge of French grammar and develop their awareness of differences between French and English syntax.
    4. Students should also have become familiar with the use of software programs and electronic tools such as a grammar assistant, a bilingual electronic dictionary, an online French dictionary and a grammar revision software.
    5. Students should have developed learning strategies appropriate to their learning style, reinforcing preferred learning modes and developing other modes.
    6. The specialised culture component of the unit will develop skills in textual commentary.

    Assessment

    Written work: 12%
    Composition test: 16%
    Oral exam: 18%
    Comprehension test: 13%
    Culture component written exam: 25%
    Translation exam: 16%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (1 hour computer lab workshop, 1hr translation workshop, 1 x 2 hour language tutorial, 1 hour Specialized Culture lecture/seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    FRN2060

    Prohibitions

    FRN2070


    FRN3080 - French studies 8

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Patrick Durel

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In the Language component, class activities will build on the skills developed in level 7 and are designed to equip students with advanced comprehension, speaking and writing skills. Oral work focuses on expository techniques needed to present the contents of longer articles taken from the French press. Written tasks will involve essay writing and English to French translation. Listening and writing production activities will enable students to develop skills leading to the writing of expository accounts of radio or TV news and current affairs programmes. The specialized culture component of the unit will help students to develop skills in textual commentary.

    Objectives

    At the end of the course, students should have reinforced their ability to communicate and interact efficiently in French both in oral and written form by using appropriate techniques of exposition. They will be expected to develop and demonstrate the following skills in the target language:

    1. Reading comprehension/oral production: students should be able to communicate the main points contained in a newspaper article they have read, reformulating, structuring and explaining its content.
    2. Listening Comprehension/writing production: students should be able to write an expository report presenting the information contained in radio or TV programmes of up to 12mn on current affairs.
    3. Writing skills: students should be able to write a clear and detailed essay on topics which are familiar, passing on information or giving reasons in support of or against a particular point of view. They should be able to use appropriate expressions, vocabulary and syntax and demonstrate an acute awareness of issues of textual grammar (coherence and cohesion).
    4. Morpho-syntax and stylistics: students should continue to further their knowledge of French grammar and develop their awareness of differences between French and English syntax through systematic use of a French reference grammar.
    5. Students should also have become familiar with the use of software programs and electronic tools such as a grammar assistant, a bilingual electronic dictionary, an online French dictionary.
    6. Students should have identified efficient learning strategies and developed an ability to autonomously take charge of and evaluate these strategies and their outcomes.
    7. Socio-cultural awareness: students should have acquired a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern French society, its values and their evolution.
    8. Developed a critical understanding of issues of identity in France in the post-war period.
    9. The specialised culture component of the unit will develop skills in textual commentary.

    Assessment

    Written work: 10%
    Comprehension work: 11%
    Culture component written exam: 25%
    Comprehension test: 12%
    Translation test: 12%
    Oral exam: 15%
    Written exam: 15%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (1 hr computer lab workshop, 1hr translation workshop, 1 x 2 hour language tutorial,1hr Specialized Culture lecture/seminar) per week.

    Prerequisites

    FRN3070

    Prohibitions

    FRN2080


    FRN3090 - French studies 9

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Patrick Durel

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit builds on skills acquired in French Studies 7 and 8. Through homework prepared under guidance and class tutorials, students will refine their written and oral proficiency in the exposition and argumentation areas. Analysing selected documents will allow students to develop a critical awareness of socio-cultural issues in the French-speaking world. The unit constitutes excellent preparation for the DALF exam (B2 and C1 units), a prerequisite for entry to most postgraduate courses in French universities. In the Specialized Culture component, students will develop an understanding of how, in the French context, everyday life reflects and embodies cultural and social change.

    Objectives

    At the conclusion of this unit, students should be able to demonstrate their mastery of advanced analytical, expository and argumentative skills in the context of essay writing and written and oral compte rendu activities as well as in relation to the Specialized Culture component, to have:

    1. developed a critical awareness of the nature of "cultural studies" and of the artificiality of the boundaries between disciplines;
    2. acquired a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern French society, its values and their evolution;
    3. developed research skills.

    Assessment

    Written work: 21%
    Oral comprehension work: 8%
    Oral and written comprehension tests: 16%
    Oral and written exams: 30%
    Culture component written work: 25%

    Contact hours

    Two 2-hour tutorials and one 1-hour lecture per week

    Prerequisites

    FRN2080

    Prohibitions

    FRN2090, FRN4090


    FRN3100 - French studies 10

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Patrick Durel

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit builds upon the skills developed in French Studies 9, with a particular focus on specific expository techniques: synthse and expos. Students will continue to familiarize themselves with issues in contemporary France, with emphasis on documents representative of the discourses of the social sciences. They will further develop their critical awareness of these issues. The subject constitutes an excellent preparation for the DALF exam (B2, C1).
    In the Specialized Culture component (French Culture and Everyday Life), students will deepen their understanding of how, in the French context, everyday life reflects and embodies cultural and social change.

    Objectives

    At the conclusion of this unit, students should be able to demonstrate their mastery of advanced analytical, expository and argumentative skills in the context of writing a synthesis of several documents and presenting an expos on a given topic after 60mins of preparation.
    Students are also expected to reinforce and demonstrate their knowledge and understanding of the main socio-cultural issues in France today; and, in relation to the Specialized Culture component, to have:

    1. developed a critical awareness of the nature of "cultural studies" and of the artificiality of the boundaries between disciplines;
    2. acquired a greater critical knowledge and understanding of modern French society, its values and their evolution;
    3. further developed their research skills.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Oral comprehension work: 15%
    Oral and written exams: 30%
    Culture component written work: 25%

    Contact hours

    Two 2-hour tutorials and one 1-hour lecture per week

    Prerequisites

    FRN3090

    Prohibitions

    FRN2100, FRN4100


    FRN3290 - France on film

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Leigh Astbury and Philip Anderson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit (which does not require any background in French language or history) will introduce students to a variety of French films, with particular emphasis on recent material by leading contemporary directors. Students will view and discuss films by directors such as Audiard, Beineix, Besson, Blier, Carax, Godard, Guediguian, Kassovitz, Rivette, Rochant, Techine and Zonka. The unit aims to develop an awareness of different critical approaches and of specific cinematic genres and styles (from the New Wave to postmodernism) on the one hand, and the interaction between films and their social and cultural contexts on the other. The unit will cover social issues such as the malaise of youth, consumerism, urban problems, national identity, immigration and women's position in society.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Understand, discuss and analyse different cinematic genres and styles of contemporary French cinema
    2. Develop and express an understanding of the socio-cultural context of contemporary France
    3. Understand, discuss and analyse the ways in which selected French films reflect on and interpret social and cultural issues in contemporary France
    4. Develop an ability to engage with written and visual texts and to understand a body of critical writing in the field Additional objective for students in French:
    5. Develop a knowledge of specialist critical language in relation to film studies Additional objective for third year students:
    6. Develop a deeper understanding of theoretical debates in the field of contemporary French cinema and culture.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90% (4500 words)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 x 1-hour lecture, 1 x 1-hour tutorial, 1 x 3 hour screening

    Prohibitions

    FRN2280


    FRN3603 - The Media in France

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Philip Anderson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for FRN2603

    Objectives

    As for FRN2603

    Assessment

    Homework exercises: 25%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    1500 word essay in French: 30%
    Final class test (1 hour): 30%
    Third year students will be expected to demonstrate broader reading and a more sophisticated level of analysis.

    Contact hours

    3 hour seminar

    Prerequisites

    First-year sequence in French or permission

    Prohibitions

    FRN2603


    FRN3701 - Business French

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Sally Staddon

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit reinforces and develops students' language skills, within realistic business situations where it is also necessary to draw on socio-cultural knowledge regarding register, politeness, etc. The unit introduces key business communication skills and the language of French business practice used in everyday business situations. Students are required to use these skills and language whilst taking into account differences in linguistic and socio-cultural practice. The unit also requires students to discover key information on the structure of the French economy and on the practice of French-Australian trade.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Use a range of forms of business communication in French such as: letters; faxes; internal reports; curriculum vitae; phone calls; presentations; liaison interpreting.
    2. Demonstrate a high level of language ability and an awareness of business and related social practices in France.
    3. Show sensitivity towards appropriate forms of address, style and register and be able to use them in specific business situations, both written and oral, where cross-cultural communication is required.
    4. Demonstrate a knowledge of French economic development and business structures such as: key economic indicators; company structure; European monetary union; French-Australian trade.

    Assessment

    Written business communication tasks: 60%
    Oral-aural business communication tasks: 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour and 1 x 2 hour seminar per week)

    Prerequisites

    FRN1060/FRN2060

    Prohibitions

    FRN2701


    FRN3702 - French Noir: Dark visions of self and society in post-war France

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Philip Anderson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for FRN2702

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this course students will have:

    1. Familiarized themselves with the history of the genre known as noir in France, with its emergence at the interface of two cultures (American and French), with the tracing of its antecedents in French high and popular culture, and with the development of the genre at the interface of high and popular culture up the present day.

    1. Questioned, analyzed and argued conclusions about connections between the genre and socio-political history and contemporary thinking on modernity.

    1. Questioned, analyzed and argued conclusions about connections between the genre and contemporary thinking on the human subject.

    1. Studied a number of filmic and literary works, making a critical analysis of the genre as it is posited, comparing existing hypotheses with filmic and literary texts and developing and testing their own hypotheses.

    1. Developed a critical understanding of the notion of genre itself, paying special attention to the problem of its crossing cultures and filmic and literary discourses.

    1. Developed their language skills in French, especially in the area of exposition and argument, practising those skills in oral presentations and essay-writing.

    1. Developed more sophisticated theoretical understanding of genre and the particular genre as demonstrated in oral and written performance in French.

    Assessment

    As for FRN2702

    Contact hours

    1 lecture and 1 x 2-hour seminar and 1 x 2-hour screening per week

    Prerequisites

    At least French Studies 4 at any year level (FRN1040, FRN2040)

    Prohibitions

    FRN2702


    FRN3705 - Rebelling against conventionality: expressions of French individualism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will take as its starting point recent French films of comedy and drama. These films will open up a discussion of the way French culture defines the relationship between individuality and social life. This discussion will open up a discovery of the historical roots of contemporary French culture, notably in the 17th Century, which greatly shaped French individualism.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will have familiarised themselves with French individualism in its cultural specificity. They will have gained a knowledge of the historical circumstances that have shaped French culture, namely the influence of monarchical absolutism and court life. They will have read and analysed a number of classical texts of French philosophy and literature as well as assessed their continued relevance for an understanding of contemporary French culture and its portrayal in recent filmic production. They will have developed an understanding of the notion of cultural specificity, as well as strategies for the study of written and audio-visual documents in French. They will also have acquired language skills in oral and written expression.

    Assessment

    Test: 20%
    2 x Presentations in French: 20%
    Written work: 60%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    FRN1050

    Prohibitions

    FRN2705


    FRN3706 - Representing Paris: Literature and visual culture

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Brian Nelson and Leigh Astbury

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This interdisciplinary unit ranging across literature, painting, photography, fashion and social history will study symbolic representations of Paris in 19th Century writing (Baudelaire, Zola), painting (Manet, Degas) and early 20th Century photography (Atget, Brassai, Cartier-Bresson) relating these to their historical contexts (growth and metamorphosis of the city, Haussmann's redevelopment of Paris, the birth of leisure and consumerism). It will examine the emergence of such urban figures as the flaneur, dandy and prostitute and will explore the analytical perspectives offered by Walter Benjamin's cultural theories. (No knowledge of French language or history is required for this unit.)

    Objectives

    Having completed this unit students will:

    1. have developed a knowledge of some of the major symbolic representations of modern Paris across a range of literary and visual texts.
    2. understood broader, underlying structural changes in society that inform literary and visual representations of modern cities such as Paris.
    3. have explored the relationship between various literary and visual representations of the city and developed skills in analyzing and articulating the nature of this relationship.
    4. be able to conceptualise images of the city in relation to theoretical and methodological issues promulgated by writers and theorists such as Walter Benjamin.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words) : 60%
    Test (1.5 hours) (1500 words equivalent) : 40%

    Contact hours

    One x 1 hr lecture/week

    One x 1 hr seminar/week

    Prerequisites

    A first year level unit in French Studies, Visual Culture, Comparative Literature and Cultural Studies, Drama and Theatre Studies, or English.

    Prohibitions

    FRN2706


    FRN3707 - Contemporary French fiction: Rewriting identity

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Philip Anderson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for FRN2707.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this course, students can expect to have

    1. read a number of works of short fiction, novels, extracts of novels, extracts of texts of critical theory representative of French production in these areas over the last fifty years;

    1. improved their reading skills in terms of recognising and understanding different discourses of contemporary fiction, criticism and critical theory in French;

    1. developed their understanding of
      1. the social, political and intellectual contexts in which the production of fiction has taken place since the Liberation,
      2. the relationships that can be developed between text and context, and
      3. parallel shifts in text and context;

    1. gained an understanding of the basic notions current in narratology and an ability to deploy them to analyse their reading of narrative texts and understand shifts in narrative forms and discourses;

    1. gained an understanding of various figures and movements of contemporary French fiction and the specificity of their discourses;

    1. analysed and come to an understanding of the ways in which fiction constructs, subverts and reconstructs understandings of subjectivity, community and the world, questioning and working towards an explicit understanding of the relationship between the discourses of fiction and the reading subject and community.

    1. developed their understanding of text analysis and their ability to analyse texts and present their analysis in the form of a,'commentaire compose'(in French for students who have completed French Studies 6) demonstrating the analyses and understandings above (3-6);

    1. analysed the genre of the academic essay, developed skills in argument and presentation of the essay (in French for students who have completed French Studies 6) so as to present the analyses and understandings above (3-6).

    Students taking the third-year version of this unit will be expected to demonstrate in their text analysis and their essay a more explicit and sophisticated understanding of the concepts of narratology and of the social, political and intellectual contexts of production of the texts studied.

    Assessment

    Written work: 55%
    2 Hours Test: 45%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour seminar and 1 one-hour reading-writing workshop per week





    Prerequisites

    At least French Studies 4 at any year level (FRN1040 or FRN2040)


    FRN3708 - Realism and representation: Literature and visual culture

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Brian Nelson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for FRN2708

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this course, students can expect to have

    1. gained an informed knowledge of fiction and fiction theory, and of key works of art and visual culture, representative of French production in these areas during the nineteenth century

    1. improved their reading skills and acquired skills in analysing works of visual culture in terms of recognising and understanding features specific to nineteenth-century French realist fiction, art and visual culture.

    1. developed their understanding of
      1. the social and intellectual contexts in which the production of realist fiction and art took place
      2. the relationships that can be developed between written or visual texts and their contexts, and
      3. parallel shifts in text and context;

    1. gained an understanding of the basic notions current in narratology and an ability to deploy them to analyse their reading of narrative texts and understand shifts in narrative forms and discourses;

    1. gained an understanding of the main figures and tendencies of nineteenth-century French fiction and art and the specificity of their discourses;

    1. developed their understanding of text analysis and their ability to analyse texts and present their analysis in the form of a 'commentaire compose' demonstrating the analyses and understandings above (3-5);

    1. analysed the genre of the academic essay, developed skills in argument and presentation of the essay so as to present the analyses and understandings above (3-5)

    Students taking the third-year version of this unit will be expected to demonstrate in their text analysis and their essay a more explicit and sophisticated understanding of theoretical concepts germane to the analysis of the texts studied

    Assessment

    Test (2000 words): 45%; Essay (2500 word): 55%.

    Contact hours

    one x 2 hour lecture/seminar and one 1 x hour reading-writing-visual study worshop per week.

    Prerequisites

    At least French Studies 4 at any year level (FRN1040 or FRN2040) if taken as part of a French Studies major or minor. No prerequiste for students not taking the unit as part of a French Studies major or minor.

    Prohibitions

    FRN2708


    FRN3804 - French studies abroad (Summer Semester) 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Sally Staddon

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will undertake study in a French or French-speaking teaching institution. That study will be the equivalent of 6 points of study in Arts at Monash in the form of an intensive French language course to be approved by the Study Abroad committee of the French Studies Program.

    Objectives

    This subject will allow students to undertake an approved assessed intensive French language study at a French or French-speaking teaching institution. On completion of this unit students will have improved their overall linguistic skills in French

    Assessment

    Assessment will be undertaken by the host institution. Students must return proof of attendance and assessment. On successful completion of the subject an SFR result will be recorded.

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    To be approved by coordinator

    Prerequisites

    A minor in French Studies

    Prohibitions

    Students who began their French Studies at language level 5 (FRN1050) or above (FRN1070) may not enroll in this unit. Students may complete no more than 12 points in total of summer semester French Studies units.


    FRN3805 - Translation: Theory and practice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Brian Nelson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to provide students with the opportunity to develop their skills in translating from French into English. It is focused on literary translation. Students will work individually and collectively on a variety of texts and will engage with issues involved in the translation process, including the analysis of style.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students will have:

    1. developed skills in translating (mainly literary texts) from French into English;
    2. gained a knowledge of issues involved in the translation process (e.g. fidelity/equivalence, the importance of capturing style, voice and register);
    3. enhanced their ability to analyse texts;
    4. acquired an understanding of issues of comparative stylistics;
    5. acquired a more developed sense of the richness of language and the importance of its precise and adroit use.

    Assessment

    Long translation (1750 words): 30%; Translation workshop (500 words): 20%; Group translation (250 words): 10%; Commentaire de texte (1000 words): 20%; Reading report (1000 words): 20%;

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour class and one 1-hour class per week

    Prerequisites

    Normally FRN2080.
    Students who have successfully completed FRN1080 may seek the coordinator's permission to take the unit.
    Students who have gained a D or HD in FRN2060 and who wish to take the unit should consult with the coordinator.


    FRN3806 - Twentieth-Century French poetry

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Philip Anderson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will consider a range of writing practices in French from verse forms to the prose poem through representative texts and authors of the 20th century. It will examine formal features of these practices and other definitions of their poeticite. It will ask what (if any) particularly poetic sense they make and how they make sense, looking at the theoretical work of poets and literary theorists and testing it against writing practices.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this course students should have:

    1. Acquired a familiarity with a range of 20th-century writing practices in French which are called "poetic", including a practical understanding of their formal features (e.g. versification).

    1. Acquired an awareness of the evolution of these practices in their social, political and cultural contexts.

    1. Developed a critical understanding of the issues involved in shifting definitions of the poetic and an evaluation of the specificity and usefulness of the term "poetic".

    1. Developed and be able to deploy strategies which make sense of texts according to an understanding of their poetics.

    Assessment

    Essay No.1 in French (1000 words): 25%
    Essay No.2 in French (1500 words): 30%
    Seminar presentation (1500 words): 30%
    Notebook (500 words): 15%

    Contact hours

    3 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    At least French Studies 4 at any year level (FRN1040, FRN2040)


    FRN3807 - French studies abroad (Summer Semester) 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Sally Staddon

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will undertake study in a French or French speaking teaching institution. That study will be the equivalent of 12 points of study in Arts at monash in the form of an intensive French language course to be approved by the Study Abroad committee of the French Studies Program.

    Objectives

    This subject will allow students to undertake an approved assessed intensive French language study at a French or French-speaking teaching institution. On completion of this unit student will have improved their overall linguistic skills in French.

    Assessment

    Assessment will be undertaken by the host institution. Students must return proof of attendance and assessment. On successful completion of the subject an SFR result will be recorded.

    Contact hours

    To be approved by the coordinator

    Prerequisites

    A minor in French Studies

    Prohibitions

    Students who began their French Studies at language level 5 (FRN1050) or above (FRN1070) may not enroll in this unit. Students may complete no more than 12 points in total of summer semester French Studies units.


    FRN3812 - Individual option

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Philip Anderson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit enables students, under special circumstances, to undertake a program of supervised reading, linguistic fieldwork or an approved study abroad program. Students should consult with Convenor of French Studies.

    Assessment

    Written work (4500 words): 100%
    3rd year students are required to demonstrate greater levels of theoretical reflection and analysis in their written work than students studying at 2nd year level.

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x individual tutorials) per week or equivalent

    Prerequisites

    FRN2040 or FRN2060 or FRN2080


    FRN3901 - French studies abroad 3/1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Patrick Durel

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will undertake study in a French or French-speaking university with which Monash University has an exchange agreement for French Studies. That study will be the equivalent of 12 points of study in Arts at Monash in the form of either one or two second or third-year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of French Studies to be approved by the Study Abroad committee of the French Studies Program.

    Assessment

    Students will satisfy the assessment requirements of the host institution for the units chosen and approved. Assessment results from the host institution will be returned by the student with copies of all non-examination assessed work. The French Studies Study Abroad Committee will determine the final mark in light of the above elements.

    Prohibitions

    FRN2802, FRN2802, FRN3903


    FRN3902 - French studies abroad 3/2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Patrick Durel

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A to Semester one 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    On completion of this unit students will have improved their overall linguistic skills in French with special reference to language for higher study. They will have learnt to negotiate the specific culture and institutional structures of the French or French-speaking university system. They will have achieved the objectives and satisfied the requirements of the units they have chosen to study and which have been approved for study in the host institution. They will thereby have furthered their knowledge in the area of French studies.

    Assessment

    Students will satisfy the assessment requirements of the host institution for the units chosen and approved. Assessment results from the host institution will be returned by the student with copies of all non-examination assessed work. The French Studies Study Abroad Committee will determine the final mark in light of the above elements.

    Prohibitions

    FRN2802, FRN2802


    FRN3903 - French studies abroad 3/3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Patrick Durel

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A to Semester one 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will undertake study in a French or French-speaking university with which Monash University has an exchange agreement for French Studies. That study will be the equivalent of 6 points of study in Arts at Monash in the form of one second or third-year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of French Studies to be approved by the Study Abroad committee of the French Studies Program.

    Assessment

    Students will satisfy the assessment requirements of the host institution for the unit chosen and approved. Assessment results from the host institution will be returned by the student with copies of all non-examination assessed work. The French Studies Study Abroad Committee will determine the final mark in light of the above elements.

    Prerequisites

    FRN2325, FRN1420 or FRN2525

    Prohibitions

    FRN2801, FRN2802, FRN3901


    FRN3904 - New Caledonia study abroad program

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Philip Anderson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This 3-week program includes an intensive 30-hour language-culture course in Noumea and further fieldwork with a Kanak tribe near Poindimie. The course focusses on historical, social, political and institutional issues faced by New Caledonia as a multi-ethnic and multi-cultural society with a history of colonial and post-colonial conflict. It involves developing appropriate knowledge and language skills to conduct an interview on such an issue and to report in oral and written form on it. It includes preparation and presentation of DELF exams. Students will direct their coursework, further fieldwork and further research towards a topic on which they write an essay on return to Australia.

    Assessment

    Written assignments: 70%
    Continuing assessment (comprehension and oral work): 20%
    Exam: 10%

    Contact hours

    An intensive 3 week program in New Caledonia


    FRN4090 - French studies 9

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Patrick Durel

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for FRN2090

    Objectives

    As for FRN2090

    Assessment

    Written work: 21%
    Oral comprehension work: 8%
    Oral and written comprehension tests: 16%
    Oral and written exams: 30%
    Culture component written work: 25%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 2 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    FRN3080

    Prohibitions

    FRN2090, FRN3090


    FRN4100 - French studies 10

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Patrick Durel

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for FRN3100

    Objectives

    As for FRN3100

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Oral comprehension work: 15%
    Oral and written exams: 30%
    Culture component written work: 25%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 2 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    FRN4090

    Prohibitions

    FRN2100, FRN3100


    FRN4600 - Academic discourse in French

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Philip Anderson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Varied oral and written tasks with particular emphasis on analytical reading and writing activities of relevance to the preparation of the dissertation.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students should have practised and improved:

    1. Their written, aural and oral skills in French with particular reference to French as it is used in an academic context.
    2. Their reading and analytical skills in relation to texts representative of selected areas of French Studies.
    3. Their skills in written and oral summary, synthesis and critique of texts representative of selected areas of French Studies.
    4. Their use of discourse of exposition and argument in French.
    5. Their research skills in sourcing information and acknowledging sources through library use and preparation of bibliographies.
    6. Their skills in planning and drafting oral and written versions of an academic paper.
    7. Their skills in planning and drafting a dissertation, from the defining of a research question on.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Oral presentations: 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour and 1 x 2 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    At least FRN3060

    Prohibitions

    FRN4913


    FRN4801 - The Female body

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Brian Nelson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for FRN3801

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject students will have acquired a critical understanding of representations of women and the female body in the context of social history, and with particular reference to 19th-century France. They will engage with questions of narrative strategy, pictorial representation, and psychoanalytic theory.

    Assessment

    Class presentation (1500 words): 25%
    Essay (2000 words): 45%
    Explication de texte: 30%
    Fourth-year students will be expected to read more extensively in primary and/or secondary literature and will write an essay requiring more analytical/theoretical discussion.

    Contact hours

    3 tutorial hours per week


    FRN4805 - Translation: Theory and practice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Brian Nelson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for FRN3805

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject students will have developed skills in translating from French into English and gained a basic knowledge of theoretical issues related to translation.

    Assessment

    Two tests (200 words each): 15%
    Translation project (1500-2000 words): 25%
    Reading report (1500 words): 25%
    Group translation presented in class (300 words): 15%
    Translation workshop: 20%
    Fourth year students will be expected to read more extensively and independently in theoretical and critical literature and this should be reflected in their reading report.

    Contact hours

    3 tutorial hours per week


    FRN4806 - Twentieth-Century French poetry

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Philip Anderson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for FRN3806

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this course students should have:

    1. Acquired a familiarity with a range of 20th-century writing practices in French which are called "poetic", including a practical understanding of their formal features (e.g. versification).

    1. Acquired an awareness of the evolution of these practices in their social, political and cultural contexts.

    1. Developed a critical understanding of the issues involved in shifting definitions of the poetic and an evaluation of the specificity and usefulness of the term "poetic".

    1. Developed and be able to deploy strategies which make sense of texts according to an understanding of their poetics.

    1. Developed and be able to demonstrate a critical understanding of the issues involved in the shifting definitions of the poetic in the light of reading in the area of French literary theory from Structuralism to the present.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70%
    Seminar presentation: 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x lecture and 1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    FRN4902 - Honours dissertation

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will develop, in consultation with a supervisor, a focused research project in an aspect of French Studies: French literature, linguistics, critical theory, textual theory, cinema studies, cultural studies or civilisation. Students will produce a sustained piece of commentary that engages with an academic method (such as historical method, survey reading, close analysis, theoretical critique or a combination of these) to answer a discipline-specific question and demonstrate a thesis. The dissertation will demonstrate a command of methodology, a close knowledge of the texts or issues studied, a high degree of competence in appropriate academic discourses in French.

    Assessment

    Written (12,000-15,000 words): 100%

    Prohibitions

    FRN4901


    FRN4902(A) - Honours dissertation Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will develop, in consultation with a supervisor, a focused research project in an aspect of French Studies: French literature, linguistics, critical theory, textual theory, cinema studies, cultural studies or civilisation. Students will produce a sustained piece of commentary that engages with an academic method (such as historical method, survey reading, close analysis, theoretical critique or a combination of these) to answer a discipline-specific question and demonstrate a thesis. The dissertation will demonstrate a command of methodology, a close knowledge of the texts or issues studied, a high degree of competence in appropriate academic discourses in French.

    Prohibitions

    FRN4901


    FRN4902(B) - Honours dissertation Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for FRN4902(A)

    Assessment

    Written (12,000-15,000 words): 100%

    Prohibitions

    FRN4901


    FRN4912 - Special reading course

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The study in depth of a particular topic in French culture, society or linguistics, or, in exceptional circumstances, a subject taken in a cognate discipline. Students should consult with the honours coordinator.

    Assessment

    Written (9000 words): 100%
    Details to be negotiated with the individual student

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x individual tutorials) per week


    FRN4913 - French studies abroad 4/1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Patrick Durel

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will undertake study in a French or French-speaking university with which Monash University has an exchange agreement. That study will be the equivalent of 12 points of study in Arts at Monash at fourth year (Honours) level in a domain of French Studies to be approved by the Study Abroad committee of the French Studies Program.

    Objectives

    This subject will allow students to undertake study in the domain of French Studies at a French or French-speaking university with which Monash has an exchange agreement. On completion of this unit students will have:

    1. Improved their overall linguistic skills in French with special reference to language for higher study and research;
    2. Further developed relevant higher-level skills needed for higher study and research;
    3. Learnt to negotiate the specific culture and institutional structures of the French and French-speaking university system;
    4. Achieved and satisfied the requirements of the subjects they have chosen to study and which have been approved for study in the host institution. They will thereby have furthered their knowledge and research skills in the area of French Studies;
    5. Acquired generic and intercultural skills and competences appropriate to an internationalised curriculum.

    Assessment

    Students will undertake the assessment tasks for the units in which they enrol at the host institution. On their return to Monash, students must submit to the honours coordinator the assignments completed for assessment in France, together with an attestation of attendance and any examination results. Final assessment will be determined by the program.

    Contact hours

    6-8 hours, equivalent to a Monash 12pt unit


    FRN4914 - French studies abroad 4/2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Patrick Durel

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will undertake study in a French or French-speaking university with which Monash University has an exchange agreement. That study will be the equivalent of 12 points of study in Arts at Monash at fourth year (Honours) level in a domain of French Studies to be approved by the Study Abroad committee of the French Studies Program.

    Objectives

    This subject will allow students to undertake study in the domain of French Studies at a French or French-speaking university with which Monash has an exchange agreement. On completion of this unit students will have improved their overall linguistic skills in French with special reference to language for higher study and research. They will have learnt to negotiate the specific culture and institutional structures of the French and French-speaking university system. They will have achieved and satisfied the requirements of the subjects they have chosen to study and which have been approved for study in the host institution. They will thereby have furthered their knowledge and research skills in the area of French Studies.

    Assessment

    Students will undertake the assessment tasks for the units in which they enrol at the host institution. On their return to Monash, students must submit to the honours coordinator the assignments completed for assessment in France, together with an attestation of attendance and any examination results. Final assessment will be determined by the program.

    Contact hours

    6-8 hours, equivalent to a Monash 12 pt unit


    FTV1010 - Contemporary television studies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Therese Davis

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Employing textual criticism, critical theory and theories of political economy, this unit will introduce a variety of approaches to the study of television. It will consider the phenomenon of television through a critical approach to the forms specific to broadcast television through an understanding of recent theories relating to popular culture. These include issues of history, genre, context , consumerism and audiences. Attention will also be given to the cultural and economic forces that shape and are reflected in the structuring of television programs and networks.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate: a critical understanding of forms specific to broadcast television; an understanding of theories relating to popular culture as they inform television studies; a knowledge of the cultural and economic forces which shape and are reflected in the structuring of Australian and wider television networks; a knowledge of the issues of new media that problematise traditional television theory; an ability to critically engage with written and televisual texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70% (3500 words)
    1 hour Visual test: 20%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 x 1-hour lecture, 1-hour tutorial, 2-hour screening per week


    FTV1050 - Contemporary film studies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Con Verevis

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This introductory unit aims to acquaint students with basic principles of contemporary film studies, including film theory and history. Topics to be discussed include: film narrative and formal analysis, film sound and editing, film genre and authorship, art cinema and national cinemas, documentary and experimental film practice. Attention will be paid to recent theories of film including those which address the socio-political significance of the medium and the ways in which it may reinforce conceptions of social and sexual identity. Film texts for exploration include those from Australian, American, European and Asian cinemas.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this subject students will be expected to have:

    1. Acquired a sense of the scope of contemporary film studies.

    1. Demonstrated an understanding of film form and various film genres.

    1. Demonstrated an understanding of broad cultural and historical developments in film studies.

    1. Developed skills in the analysis of film texts in relation to contemporary film theoretical debates.

    1. Developed an ability to recognise and evaluate critical arguments.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70% (3500 words)
    1 hour Visual test: 20%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture, 1 x 1 hour tutorial and 1 x 2 hour screening) per week


    FTV2010 - Television genres

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Con Verevis

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Television genres are central to the popular and academic discussion of television tests. Defining genres-describing boundaries and crossing them-is a practice undertaken by both television producers and audiences alike. In television studies, the identification of genres has provided a way of mapping the field and delimiting an area for study. This unit looks at contemporary television genres and their historical, aesthetic and ideological development. Genres of television considered in this unit include: advertising, news, sports, music, action, comedy, soap opera, children's, talk shows, game shows, lifestyle, reality, and event television.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate: a critical understanding of the concept of genre as it applies to television texts; an understanding of the historical development of genres on and for television; an understanding of the episodic and serial nature of television genres; a knowledge of the various industrial, aesthetic and ideological factors that contribute to an understanding of television genres; an ability to define, and critically engage with, specific television genres; an understanding of the likeness and specificity of local and global television genres; an appreciation of the ways in which television genres contribute to the pleasure and possibilities of popular television; an ability to engage with written and televisual texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words) : 60%
    Visual test (1.5 hours) : 40%

    Contact hours

    1 x 1-hour lecture, 1-hour tutorial, 2-hour screening per week

    Prerequisites

    One unit at first-year level in Film and television or approved discipline

    Prohibitions

    FTV3010


    FTV2040 - Australian film studies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Therese Davis and Dean Williams

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will enable students to critically evaluate the notion of nationalism as it emerges in Australian Film. Initially, the course will explore traditional theoretical constructions of nationalism before considering the contemporary reconfiguring of nationalism. This reconfiguring will be performed in relation to discourses such as policy arrangements in relation to political machinations, auteur constructions, the tradition of landscape cinema, race relations, multiculturalism, beach culture, the social, globalism, marketing, distribution, gender and criticism. The course will employ feature, documentary and short film as well as contemporary and archival audio-visual texts.

    Objectives

    This unit aims to introduce students to the study of film and television through a focus on a specific national culture and industry. The unit aims to enable students to form a critical relationship with Australian film and to engage with debates relating to national and international film and televisual culture. Students will be required

    1. to critically examine a range of film texts as representations of Australian national experience,
    2. to develop an understanding of the Australian film industries in relation to theories of globalisation,
    3. to analyse the impact of government policy and further economic and political constraints on the national film industries,
    4. to develop skills in the textual analysis of texts in relation to contemporary reformulations of nationalism and
    5. to display an ability to critically engage with written and filmic texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation.

    Assessment

    Visual Test (1500 words) : 40%
    Essay (3000 words) : 60%

    Contact hours

    1 x 1-hour lecture, 1 x 1-hour tutorial, 1 x 2 hour screening

    Prohibitions

    VSA2040, VSA3040


    FTV2050 - Film genres

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Con Verevis

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    From its beginnings, the cinema has endlessly repeated the same stories. This unit explores the concept of film genre and cinematic remaking: quotation, allusion, adaptation, in relation to a selection of contemporary and historical films. This unit describes film genre as a complex situation, that is enabled and limited by the related roles and practices of industry, critics and audiences.This understanding of genre is developed through three broad approaches to genre as: industrial category-deals with issues of production, including commerce and authorship; textual category, considers plots and structures; critical category, investigates issues of reception, audiences and institutions.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit students will be expected to:

    1. Recognise that meaning is not simply an intra-textual property of a particular text but an effect of historically specific inter- and extra-textual material technologies or institutions.
    2. Demonstrate an understanding of the concept of intertextuality in film studies and its relation to such categories as quotation, allusion, translation, adaptation and genre.
    3. Translate the in-principle concept of intertextuality into an understanding of the particular institutional structures that maintain the category of the film remake and the related categories of the serial, series and sequel.
    4. Display an ability to critically engage with written and filmic texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation.

    Assessment

    Visual test (1.5 hours): 40%
    Essay (3000 words): 60%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture, 1 x 1 hour tutorial and 1 x 2 hour screening) per week

    Prerequisites

    Students should have completed a first year sequence in Visual Culture or a related discipline approved by the unit coordinator


    FTV2070 - Women in contemporary cinema: Culture and difference

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Belinda Smaill

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit invites critical engagement with the representation of women and the production of film and video by women in contemporary cinema. Consideration will be given to a number of contemporary and historical theoretical approaches, including questions of authorship and aesthetics, spectatorship and reception, sexual difference and subjectivity, and ethnic and national identity. A variety of production contexts and genres including Hollywood and other national cinemas, popular narrative cinema, documentary, experimental and screen arts will be discussed. Particular attention will be given to questions of cinematic representation with respect to post-colonial and critical race theories

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate: An ability to formulate an analysis of textual representations or production contexts in relation to a range of critical theories including psychoanalysis, authorship theory, and theories of sexual difference; a comprehension of recent debates in gender studies and feminist film criticism and ability to distinguish how they differ from, and critique, earlier theories; the capacity to identify the relationship between popular film and culture in regards to the way the construction of sexual and social identities are facilitated by and impact on cinema; an understanding of genre conventions and the production of meaning in relation to gender; a comprehension of the relationship between feminist film criticism and critiques of race or cultural difference; and an ability to critically engage with written and televisual texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (3000 words)
    Visual test: 30%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture, one 1-hour tutorial, and one 2-hour screening per week

    Prerequisites

    One unit at first-year level in Film and Television or approved discipline

    Prohibitions

    FTV3070


    FTV2080 - Teen film and television

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Therese Davis

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit traces the evolution of the teen genre as a hybrid form examining its changing representation of teenagers and teen culture in film and TV over the past 50 years. Surveying a wide range of the various forms of the teen genre (TV drama series, comedies, sci-fi, animation, music video), the course also examines the relationship between teen film and TV and other popular media, such as music and the internet, patterns of teen consumption, teen stardom and fandom, the role the teen genre plays in the circulation of local and global forms of cultural knowledge, and genre itself, as a conceptual tool.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate: 1) an understanding of the historical development of the teen genre as a hybrid form in film and television; 2) a critical understanding of the social functions of the teen genre; 3) an ability to define and critically engage with specific forms of the teen genre in film and TV; 4) an understanding of the diverse intertextual relations between teen film and TV and other media such as popular music and the internet; 5) an ability to define and analyse patterns of teen screen media consumption; 6) an understanding of the processes of teen film and TV star construction and teen fandom; 7) an ability to engage with written and visual (screen) texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words) 60%
    Visual test (1.5 hours) 30%
    Tutorial participation 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture, one 1-hour tutorial and one 2-hour screening per week

    Prerequisites

    One unit at first-year level in Film and television or approved discipline

    Prohibitions

    FTV3080


    FTV2110 - Independent cinema in southeast Asia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Benjamin McKay

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit deliberately bridges the nexus between theory and practice. While undertaking a critical and theoretical engagement with filmed texts from the contemporary independent cinemas of Southeast Asia students are also asked to be a part of a team in making an independent short digital film. Their exposure to the independent cinema culture of the region should help to inspire both the creative and practical processes of their filmmaking project. Students will have an opportunity to gain experience with the use of digital video camera equipment, sound systems, lighting and both editing and sound mixing using up to date computer based digital video editing software.

    Objectives

    1. Awareness of the historical and cultural contexts which have shaped the independent film industries and cultures in Southeast Asia
    2. Application of critical theory to specific film analysis and critical engagement
    3. Practical engagement with digital filmmaking - production, development, direction, writing, budgeting, editing, post-production, distribution
    4. Relating theory to practice
    5. To work as part of a team
    6. To foster and encourage critical thinking alongside practical outcomes.

    Assessment

    Critical and analytical essay (2000 words): 40%
    Visual written filmmaking diary (2000 words): 25%
    Film project creative: 15%
    Technical: 10%
    Team Work: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour screening, one 1-hour lecture, and one 2-hour AV lab workshop per week.

    Prerequisites

    FTV1010 and FTV1050

    Prohibitions

    FTV3110


    FTV2120 - Malaysian cinema

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Benjamin McKay

    Offered

    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit employs textual criticism, critical theory, historical analysis and political economy in evaluating both the historical legacy and contemporary practice of Malaysian cinema. The unit looks at popular cinema, genre, independent cinema, art cinema, documentaries and spectatorship. While the unit looks at the history of film culture in Malaysia it does so from a thematic rather than linear approach. Topics considered include gender, ethnicity, religion and the nation state as represented in Malaysian films. An assessment of what makes Malaysian cinema unique as well as what has been influenced and shaped by other cinematic cultures will inform most tutorial discussions.

    Objectives

    1. Awareness of the historical and cultural contexts which have shaped film industry and culture in Malaysia
    2. Application of critical theory to specific film analysis and critical engagement
    3. An understanding of a thematically centered historical evaluation of film culture in Malaysia
    4. Awareness of where Malaysian cinema culture can be situated within global film culture
    5. A critical and practical exposure to contemporary film theory and to how that theory is appropriate (or otherwise) to an understanding of Malaysian film culture
    6. To foster and encourage critical thinking.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Critical review (1000 words): 25%
    Class presentation (15 minutes): 15%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour screening; one 1-hour lecture; one 1-hour tutorial

    Prerequisites

    FTV1010 and FTV1050

    Prohibitions

    FTV3120


    FTV2190 - Forms of narrative cinema

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Hanan

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    A study of films representative of a range of stylistic diversity in the cinema. The aim is to develop in students an awareness of film form, and of filmic communication as organised within certain structured ways. The areas of cinema used to exemplify topics will be major innovatory phases in cinema history, e.g. the development of film form, including the continuity editing system 1895-1920; Russian experiments with editing in the 1920s (Eisenstein); Brecht and the Cinema; alternative formal systems in films by Ozu in Japan; and post-war developments, which will include Italian neo-realism, European art cinema (Antonioni, Godard), some avant-garde films, and Third World filmmaking.

    Objectives

    A primary objective of this subject is for students to be able to engage in a detailed manner with the ambiguities and complexities of narrative film, considering film as a multi-layered form of communication. By the end of the course students will be expected to demonstrate an understanding of issues of spatial construction in film and of a range of editing styles, in particular the continuity editing system and alternatives to it. Students should also be able to comment on a number of other parameters of filmic communication, for example use of body language, sound mixing, and different kinds of narrative organisation and culturally specific iconography.

    Assessment

    Essay (2700 words): 60%
    Class presentation (450 words): 10%
    Visual test (80 mins, equivalent to 1350 words): 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture, 1 x 1 hour tutorial and 1 x 2 hour screening) per week


    FTV2220 - Alternative film and video

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Con Verevis

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Alternative film and video raises questions of aesthetics and politics to consider a varied body of work, one considered 'alternative'avant-garde, experimental, independentin relation to 'dominant' cultural practice and value. This unit begins with the new American cinema of the sixties (poetic, structural and underground film) and European counter-cinema of the seventies. It goes on to look at recent alternative film theory and practice, including trash cinema, post-punk cinema, American indie film, and recent digital video. Filmmakers considered include Brakhage, Snow, Anger, Kuchar, Smith, Warhol, Waters, Jarmusch, Zedd, Benning, Jarman, Korine, Gallo, and many others.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit students will be expected to: recognise that alternative film must be understood in relation to mainstream or dominant film practice; identify a material, social and political difference between historically specific moments of alternative (avant-garde, experimental or independent) film theory and practice; identify 'political modernism' of the sixties and seventies as a discursive field produced by specific practices of film criticism and associated institutions; translate this formulation of political modernism into a more contemporary engagement of film practice with theory and the aesthetic characteristics of (post)modernism.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words) : 60%
    Visual test (1.5 hours) : 40%

    Contact hours

    1 x 1-hour lecture, 1-hour tutorial (Clayton only) , 2-hour screening

    Prerequisites

    One unit at first-year level in Film and television or approved discipline


    FTV2230 - Australian television culture

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Therese Davis and Belinda Smaill

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Australian television is integral to understandings of national culture. From public service broadcasting to pay TV, or from historical Australian genres such as soap opera, crime and comedy to advertising, television is central to academic discussions of nationhood and identity. This unit looks at the television programming, audience diversity and political institutions that make up Australian television culture. It will survey critical approaches to television history and society, the new television environment shaped by globalisation and new media and notions of television, citizenship and the public sphere from an Australian perspective.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate their ability to: discuss the relationship between the texts and institutions of television and audiences in regards to specific examples; evaluate a number of approaches to the interaction between globalization and television; analyse television texts in relation to theories of popular culture, genre, political economy and audience reception; identify the cultural and economic forces which shape and are reflected in the historical development of Australian television; engage in critical and theoretical debate concerning the impact of the new global television environment for Australian institutions and audiences; critically engage with written and televisual texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and/or oral presentation.

    Assessment

    Essay 1 (3000 words) 60%
    Visual test (1.5 hours) 30%
    Tutorial participation 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture, one 1-hour tutorial, one 2-hour screening per week

    Prerequisites

    One unit at first-year level in Film and Television or approved discipline

    Prohibitions

    FTV3230


    FTV2240 - Cinema institutions: The new hollywood

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Con Verevis

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Cinema Institutions looks at contemporary Hollywood cinema, its films and its industry. This unit considers blockbuster and independent films, and a number of institutionalised and unofficial, public and industrial discourses. These include film industry publicity and marketing; advertising and commercial tie-ins; media coverage of stars and directors; film censorship and studio self-regulation; motion picture palaces and suburban multiplexes; film reviewing and academic film criticism; the impact of television and wide-screen technologies in the fifties; the impact of home video and cable television in the seventies and eighties; and new media technologies in the nineties and beyond.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit students will be expected to:

    1. Recognise that meaning is not simply an intra-textual property of a particular text but an effect of historically specific extra-textual, material technologies or "institutions".

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of historically specific material technologies of production, distribution, exhibition and reception, in relation to a range of contemporary Hollywood films.

    1. Translate the particularity of Hollywood institutions into a methodology for investigating the material - social, historical and political - difference of other national cinemas.

    Assessment

    Visual test (1.5 hours): 40%
    Essay (3000 words): 60%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture, 1 x 1 hour tutorial and 1 x 2 hour screening) per week

    Prerequisites

    One unit at first-year level in Visual Culture


    FTV2670 - Asian cinema

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Hanan

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines key epochs of cinema in Japan, China and the Indian subcontinent, including popular genres and art films. Students will be expected to concentrate on 2 of these 3 countries. The main Japanese directors whose work is explored are Kurosawa and Oshima and Mizoguchi. Contemporary Japanese cinema examined includes examples of Japanese 'anime'. The study of Chinese cinema include films made in the 1950s for the new communist regime in the PRC. Popular genres of Hong Kong cinema will be studied. The discussion of Indian cinema concentrates on the Indian alternative documentary movement.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of the subject students will be expected to have demonstrated an ability to discuss both Asian art cinema and popular Asian film texts in ways that show some understanding of generic considerations (star and studio systems, and popular film genres), cultural differences and historical specificity (the relation of national cinemas to indigenous cultural forms and changing national ideologies); a general theoretical awareness of the problematic of cross cultural readings ('Orientalism' in the postcolonial era; constructions of 'the Orient' and Asia in Australian culture); some understanding of how cinema has developed in two of the following countries: Japan, India, China and the Chinese diaspora over the last fifty years; and into the so-called 'postmodern' era.

    Assessment

    Essay (2700 words): 60% Class presentation (450 words): 10% Visual test (80 mins, equivalent to 1350 words): 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture, 1 x 1 hour tutorial and 1 x 2 hour screening) per week

    Prerequisites

    One unit in Visual Culture or Comparative Literature and Cultural Studies at first year level, or VSA2190, or with permission

    Prohibitions

    VSA3670


    FTV2710 - Documentary film: An Australian focus

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Deane Williams

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will investigate a range of key issues in documentary and non-fiction film production from the inception of cinema to the present day, with a major focus on Australian documentary. Australian films examined include feminist films, television documentaries, deconstructive 'essay' films, documentary-fiction mix experiments, ethnographic films and films made collectively by minority groups. The theoretical and practical issues discussed in relation to the Australian films will provide a framework for the examination of a number of important phases in the historical development of documentary.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this subject students are expected to demonstrate: an understanding of the styles, strategies and structures of documentary film:

    1. a knowledge of the major 'schools' in the international history of documentary film and to employ this knowledge in the examination of recent developments in documentary theory and practice
    2. an understanding of the various modes of documentary film as they are influenced by technological developments, institutional policy and ideological inflections
    3. an understanding of the complex relationship between the pro-filmic event, its representation and modes of reception
    4. an understanding of the meanings and implications of a range of concepts as they inform documentary film theory:these include narrative, rhetoric, realism, mode of address, metaphor and metonymy, and expository form
    5. an ability to critically engage with written and filmic texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation.

    Assessment

    Visual Test (1500 words) : 40%
    Essay (3000 words) : 60%

    Contact hours

    1 x 1-hour lecture, 1 x 1-hour tutorial, 1 x 2 hour screening

    Prohibitions

    VSA2710, VSA3710 and FTV3710


    FTV3010 - Television genres

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Con Verevis

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Television genres are central to the popular and academic discussion of television tests. Defining genres-describing boundaries and crossing them-is a practice undertaken by both television producers and audiences alike. In television studies, the identification of genres has provided a way of mapping the field and delimiting an area for study. This unit looks at contemporary television genres and their historical, aesthetic and ideological development. Genres of television considered in this unit include: advertising, news, sports, music, action, comedy, soap opera, children's, talk shows, game shows, lifestyle, reality, and event television.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate: a critical understanding of the concept of genre as it applies to television texts; an understanding of the historical development of genres on and for television; an understanding of the episodic and serial nature of television genres; a knowledge of the various industrial, aesthetic and ideological factors that contribute to an understanding of television genres; an ability to define, and critically engage with, specific television genres; an understanding of the likeness and specificity of local and global television genres; an appreciation of the ways in which television genres contribute to the pleasure and possibilities of popular television; an ability to engage with written and televisual texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation; and a deeper understanding of theoretical debates in the field of television genres specifically at it applies to the concept of genre.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words) : 60%
    Visual test (1.5 hours) : 40%

    Contact hours

    1 x 1-hour lecture, 1-hour tutorial, 2-hour screening per week

    Prerequisites

    One unit at first-year level in Film and television or approved discipline

    Prohibitions

    FTV2010


    FTV3020 - From film theory to video practice

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Hanan

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This 12 point unit is designed to build on existing theoretical, critical and historical units in Film and TV. It culminates in groups of students producing videos as part of their assessment, and it focuses on students acquiring the skills necessary to do so, including script development. Time is devoted to looking at a range of videos/short films in order to think through a production's rationale and theoretical relevance. Students are expected to attain a competence in most of aspects of video filming using digital video cameras and supplementary sound systems and lights, and to develop a proficiency in editing and sound mixing using new computer-based digital video-editing software.

    Objectives

    On successfully completing this unit, the student will:

    1. Have attained a basic competence in operating equipment related to the major stages of video production: video cameras, sound equipment (microphones), and lights; and developed proficiency in using computer based digital video editing and sound mixing systems.
    2. Have a knowledge and practical experience of research processes relevant to particular kinds of production, together with script development methods, story boarding techniques, and pre-production planning.
    3. Have begun to explore ways of expressing her/his own ideas and viewpoints in an effective form using video, both through individual writing and in a context of co-operative group production work.
    4. will be able to relate the production work they are doing to some of the theoretical and critical questions about film and representation discussed in other courses.
    5. Have a knowledge of a wide range of options for this kind of work.

    Assessment

    An individually produced short script (2700 words): 30%
    Professional development exercise focusing on expertise in cameras and sound linked together with a video editing and/or sound mixing exercise and done with your group: 25%
    One class presentation jointly done with another student (technical or aesthetic): 10%
    Assessment of the role a student plays in a group production: 25%
    A 900 word report on your group's projects: 10%

    Contact hours

    5 hours


    FTV3030 - Film and television research methodologies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Deane Williams

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce third year students to a range of research methodologies from the discipline of Film and Television Studies with a view to providing for a fluid transition from third to fourth year study. This topic-based unit will focus on both practical (including archival, library and web-based methods) as well as theoretical research methods (historical, realist, experimental, structuralist, poststructural, postcolonial).

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate: a critical understanding of the methodologies available to Film and Television studies research projects including an understanding of a range of theoretical approaches to textual criticism; a knowledge of the practical approaches to textual criticism; an understanding of a range of theoretical and critical approaches to film and television institutions; a knowledge of the issues of digital media media that facilitate film and television studies research; an ability to put theoretical approaches into practice in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90% (4500 words)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 x 2-hour seminar, 2-hour screening

    Prerequisites

    Minor sequence in FTV


    FTV3040 - Australian film studies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Therese Davis and Deane Williams

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will enable students to critically evaluate the notion of nationalism as it emerges in Australian Film. Initially, the unit will explore traditional theoretical constructions of nationalism before considering the contemporary reconfiguring of nationalism. This reconfiguring will be performed in relation to discourses such as policy arrangements in relation to political machinations, auteur constructions, the tradition of landscape cinema, race relations, multiculturalism, beach culture, the social, globalism, marketing, distribution, gender and criticism. The course will employ feature, documentary and short film as well as contemporary and archival audio-visual texts.

    Objectives

    This unit aims to introduce students to the study of film and television through a focus on a specific national culture and industry. The unit aims to enable students to form a critical relationship with Australian film and to engage with debates relating to national and international film and televisual culture. Students will be required

    1. to critically examine a range of film texts as representations of Australian national experience,
    2. to develop an understanding of the Australian film industries in relation to theories of globalisation,
    3. to analyse the impact of government policy and further economic and political constraints on the national film industries,
    4. to develop skills in the textual analysis of texts in relation to contemporary reformulations of nationalism;
    5. to display an ability to critically engage with written and filmic texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation; and
    6. to develop a deeper understanding of theoretical debates pertaining to the idea of national cinema.

    Assessment

    Visual Test (1500 words) : 40%
    Essay (3000 words) : 60%

    Contact hours

    1 x 1-hour lecture, 1 x 1-hour tutorial, 1 x 2 hour screening

    Prohibitions

    VSA2040


    FTV3050 - Film genres

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Con Verevis

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    From its beginnings, the cinema has endlessly repeated the same stories. This unit explores the concept of film genre and cinematic remaking: quotation, allusion, adaptation, in relation to a selection of contemporary and historical films. This unit describes film genre as a complex situation, that is enabled and limited by the related roles and practices of industry, critics and audiences.This understanding of genre is developed through three broad approaches to genre as: industrial category-deals with issues of production, including commerce and authorship; textual category, considers plots and structures; critical category, investigates issues of reception, audiences and institutions.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit students will be expected to:

    1. Recognise that meaning is not simply an intra-textual property of a particular text but an effect of historically specific inter- and extra-textual material technologies or institutions.
    2. Demonstrate an understanding of the concept of intertextuality in film studies and its relation to such categories as quotation, allusion, translation, adaptation and genre.
    3. Translate the in-principle concept of intertextuality into an understanding of the particular institutional structures that maintain the category of the film remake and the related categories of the serial, series and sequel.
    4. Display an ability to critically engage with written and filmic texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation.
    5. Demonstrate an ability to extend subject essay topics into the development of independent research projects.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words): 60%
    Visual test (1500 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture, 1 x 1 hour tutorial and 1 x 2 hour screening) per week

    Prerequisites

    Students should have completed a first year sequence in Visual Culture or a related discipline approved by the unit coordinator

    Prohibitions

    VSA2050


    FTV3070 - Women in contemporary Cinema: Culture and difference

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Belinda Smaill

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit invites critical engagement with the representation of women and the production of film and video by women in contemporary cinema. Consideration will be given to a number of contemporary and historical theoretical approaches, including questions of authorship and aesthetics, spectatorship and reception, sexual difference and subjectivity, and ethnic and national identity. A variety of production contexts and genres including Hollywood and other national cinemas, popular narrative cinema, documentary, experimental and screen arts will be discussed. Particular attention will be given to questions of cinematic representation with respect to post-colonial and critical race theories

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate: An ability to formulate an analysis of textual representations or production contexts in relation to a range of critical theories including psychoanalysis, authorship theory, and theories of sexual difference; a comprehension of recent debates in gender studies and feminist film criticism and ability to distinguish how they differ from, and critique, earlier theories; the capacity to identify the relationship between popular film and culture in regards to the way the construction of sexual and social identities are facilitated by and impact on cinema; an understanding of genre conventions and the production of meaning in relation to gender; a comprehension of the relationship between feminist film criticism and critiques of race or cultural difference; an ability to critically engage with written and televisual texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation; and an ability to engage in critical and theoretical debate concerning questions of subjectivity and discourse in cinema and its ramifications for gendered identity in regards to filmmakers, audiences and textual analysis.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (3000 words)
    Visual test: 30%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture, one 1-hour tutorial, one 2-hour screening per week

    Prerequisites

    One unit at first-year level in Film and Television or approved discipline

    Prohibitions

    FTV2070


    FTV3080 - Teen film and television

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Therese Davis

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The course traces the evolution of the teen genre as a hybrid form examining its changing representation of teenagers and teen culture in film and TV over the past 50 years. Surveying a wide range of the various forms of the teen genre (TV drama series, comedies, sci-fi, animation, music video), the course also examines the relationship between teen film and TV and other popular media, such as music and the internet, patterns of teen consumption, teen stardom and fandom, the role the teen genre plays in the circulation of local and global forms of cultural knowledge, and genre itself, as a conceptual tool.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate: 1) an understanding of the historical development of the teen genre as a hybrid form in film and television; 2) a critical understanding of the social functions of the teen genre; 3) an ability to define and critically engage with specific forms of the teen genre in film and TV; 4) an understanding of the diverse intertextual relations between teen film and TV and other media such as popular music and the internet; 5) an ability to define and analyse patterns of teen screen media consumption; 6) an understanding of the processes of teen film and TV star construction and teen fandom; 7) an ability to engage with written and visual (screen) texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation; 8) to develop a deeper understanding of theoretical debates in the field of film and television studies, specifically at it applies to the concept of genre; 9) to develop a deeper understanding the role the teen genre plays in the circulation of culturally specific forms of knowledge and the formation of forms of local, national and transnational or hybrid identity.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words) 60%
    Visual test (1.5 hours) 30%
    Tutorial participation 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture, one 1-hour tutorial and one 2-hour screening per week

    Prerequisites

    One unit at first-year level in Film and television or approved discipline

    Prohibitions

    FTV2080


    FTV3110 - Independent cinema in southeast Asia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Benjamin McKay

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit deliberately bridges the nexus between theory and practice. While undertaking a critical and theoretical engagement with filmed texts from the contemporary independent cinemas of Southeast Asia students are also asked to be a part of a team in making an independent short digital film. Their exposure to the independent cinema culture of the region should help to inspire both the creative and practical processes of their filmmaking project. Students will have an opportunity to gain experience with the use of digital video camera equipment, sound systems, lighting and both editing and sound mixing using up to date computer based digital video editing software.

    Objectives

    1. Awareness of the historical and cultural contexts which have shaped the independent film industries and cultures in Southeast Asia
    2. Application of critical theory to specific film analysis and critical engagement
    3. Practical engagement with digital filmmaking - production, development, direction, writing, budgeting, editing, post-production, distribution
    4. Relating theory to practice
    5. To work as part of a team
    6. To foster and encourage critical thinking alongside practical outcomes.

    Assessment

    Critical and analytical essay (2000 words): 40%
    Visual written filmmaking diary (2000 words): 25%
    Film project creative: 15%
    Technical: 10%
    Team Work: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour screening, one 1-hour lecture, and one 2-hour AV lab workshop per week.

    Prerequisites

    FTV1010 and FTV1050

    Prohibitions

    FTV2110


    FTV3120 - Malaysian cinema

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Benjamin McKay

    Offered

    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit employs textual criticism, critical theory, historical analysis and political economy in evaluating both the historical legacy and contemporary practice of Malaysian cinema. The unit looks at popular cinema, genre, independent cinema, art cinema, documentaries and spectatorship. While the unit looks at the history of film culture in Malaysia it does so from a thematic rather than linear approach. Topics considered include gender, ethnicity, religion and the nation state as represented in Malaysian films. An assessment of what makes Malaysian cinema unique as well as what has been influenced and shaped by other cinematic cultures will inform most tutorial discussions.

    Objectives

    1. Awareness of the historical and cultural contexts which have shaped film industry and culture in Malaysia
    2. Application of critical theory to specific film analysis and critical engagement
    3. An understanding of a thematically centered historical evaluation of film culture in Malaysia
    4. Awareness of where Malaysian cinema culture can be situated within global film culture
    5. A critical and practical exposure to contemporary film theory and to how that theory is appropriate (or otherwise) to an understanding of Malaysian film culture
    6. To foster and encourage critical thinking.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Critical review (1000 words): 25%
    Class presentation (15 minutes): 15%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour screening; one 1-hour lecture; one 1-hour tutorial

    Prerequisites

    FTV1010 and FTV1050

    Prohibitions

    FTV2120


    FTV3190 - Forms of narrative cinema

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Hanan

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    A study of films representative of a range of stylistic diversity in the cinema. The aim is to develop in students an awareness of film form, and of filmic communication as organised within certain structured ways. The areas of cinema used to exemplify topics will be major innovatory phases in cinema history, e.g. the development of film form, including the continuity editing system 1895-1920; Russian experiments with editing in the 1920s (Eisenstein); Brecht and the Cinema; alternative formal systems in films by Ozu in Japan; and post-war developments, which will include Italian neo-realism, European art cinema (Antonioni, Godard), some avant-garde films, and Third World filmmaking.

    Objectives

    A primary objective of this subject is for students to be able to engage in a detailed manner with the ambiguities and complexities of narrative film, considering film as a multi-layered form of communication. By the end of the course students will be expected to demonstrate an understanding of issues of spatial construction in film and of a range of editing styles, in particular the continuity editing system and alternatives to it. Students should also be able to comment on a number of other parameters of filmic communication, for example use of body language, sound mixing, and different kinds of narrative organisation and culturally specific iconography.

    Assessment

    Essay (2700 words): 60%
    Class presentation (450 words): 10%
    Visual test (80 mins, equivalent to 1350 words): 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture, 1 x 1 hour tutorial and 1 x 2 hour screening) per week


    FTV3220 - Alternative film and video

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Con Verevis

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Alternative film and video raises questions of aesthetics and politics to consider a varied body of work, one considered 'alternative'avant-garde, experimental, independentin relation to 'dominant' cultural practice and value. This unit begins with the new American cinema of the sixties (poetic, structural and underground film) and European counter-cinema of the seventies. It goes on to look at recent alternative film theory and practice, including trash cinema, post-punk cinema, American indie film, and recent digital video. Filmmakers considered include Brakhage, Snow, Anger, Kuchar, Smith, Warhol, Waters, Jarmusch, Zedd, Benning, Jarman, Korine, Gallo, and many others

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit students will be expected to: recognise that alternative film must be understood in relation to mainstream or dominant film practice; identify a material, social and political difference between historically specific moments of alternative (avant-garde, experimental or independent) film theory and practice; identify 'political modernism' of the sixties and seventies as a discursive field produced by specific practices of film criticism and associated institutions; translate this formulation of political modernism into a more contemporary engagement of film practice with theory and the aesthetic characteristics of (post)modernism.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words) : 60%
    Visual test (1.5 hours) : 40%

    Contact hours

    1 x 1-hour lecture, 1-hour tutorial (Clayton only) , 2-hour screening

    Prerequisites

    One unit at first-year level in Film and television or approved discipline


    FTV3230 - Australian television culture

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Therese Davis and Belinda Smaill

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Australian television is integral to understandings of national culture. From public service broadcasting to pay TV, or from historical Australian genres such as soap opera, crime and comedy to advertising, television is central to academic discussions of nationhood and identity. This unit looks at the television programming, audience diversity and political institutions that make up Australian television culture. It will survey critical approaches to television history and society, the new television environment shaped by globalisation and new media and notions of television, citizenship and the public sphere from an Australian perspective.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate their ability to: discuss the relationship between the texts and institutions of television and audiences in regards to specific examples; evaluate a number of approaches to the interaction between globalization and television; analyse television texts in relation to theories of popular culture, genre, political economy and audience reception; identify the cultural and economic forces which shape and are reflected in the historical development of Australian television; engage in critical and theoretical debate concerning the impact of the new global television environment for Australian institutions and audiences; critically engage with written and televisual texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and/or oral presentation. Third-year students will be expected to develop a deeper understanding of theoretical debates in the field of contemporary and historical Australian television culture.

    Assessment

    Essay 1 (3000 words) 60%
    Visual test (1.5 hours) 30%
    Tutorial participation 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture, one 1-hour tutorial, and one 2-hour screening per week

    Prerequisites

    One unit at first-year level in Film and Television or approved discipline

    Prohibitions

    FTV2230


    FTV3240 - Cinema institutions: The new Hollywood

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Con Verevis

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for FTV2240

    Objectives

    As for FTV2240

    Assessment

    Visual test (1.5 hours): 40%
    Essay (3000 words): 60%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture, 1 x 1 hour tutorial and 1 x 2 hour screening) per week

    Prerequisites

    One unit at first-year level in Visual Culture


    FTV3670 - Asian cinema

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Hanan

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines key epochs of cinema in Japan, China and the Indian subcontinent, including popular genres and art films. Students will be expected to concentrate on 2 of these 3 countries. The main Japanese directors whose work is explored are Kurosawa and Oshima and Mizoguchi. Contemporary Japanese cinema examined includes examples of Japanese 'anime'. The study of Chinese cinema include films made in the 1950s for the new communist regime in the PRC. Popular genres of Hong Kong cinema will be studied. The discussion of Indian cinema concentrates on the Indian alternative documentary movement.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of the subject students will be expected to have demonstrated an ability to discuss both Asian art cinema and popular Asian film texts in ways that show some understanding of generic considerations (star and studio systems, and popular film genres), cultural differences and historical specificity (the relation of national cinemas to indigenous cultural forms and changing national ideologies); a general theoretical awareness of the problematic of cross cultural readings ('Orientalism' in the postcolonial era; constructions of 'the Orient' and Asia in Australian culture); some understanding of how cinema has developed in two of the following countries: Japan, India, China and the Chinese diaspora over the last fifty years; and into the so-called 'postmodern' era.

    Assessment

    Essay (2700 words): 60%
    Class presentation (450 words): 10%
    Visual test (80 mins, equivalent to 1350 words): 30% Third-year students will be invited to demonstrate how the analytical and critical skills they have acquired can be related to broader theoretical and historical frameworks

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture, 1 x 1 hour tutorial and 1 x 2 hour screening) per week

    Prerequisites

    One unit in Visual Culture or Comparative Literature and Cultural Studies at first year level, or VSA2190, or with permission

    Prohibitions

    VSA2670


    FTV3710 - Documentary film: An Australian focus

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Deane Williams

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will investigate a range of key issues in documentary and non-fiction film production from the inception of cinema to the present day, with a major focus on Australian documentary. Australian films examined include feminist films, television documentaries, deconstructive 'essay' films, documentary-fiction mix experiments, ethnographic films and films made collectively by minority groups. The theoretical and practical issues discussed in relation to the Australian films will provide a framework for the examination of a number of important phases in the historical development of documentary.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this subject students are expected to demonstrate: an understanding of the styles, strategies and structures of documentary film:

    1. a knowledge of the major 'schools' in the international history of documentary film and to employ this knowledge in the examination of recent developments in documentary theory and practice;
    2. an understanding of the various modes of documentary film as they are influenced by technological developments, institutional policy and ideological inflections;
    3. an understanding of the complex relationship between the pro-filmic event, its representation and modes of reception;
    4. an understanding of the meanings and implications of a range of concepts as they inform documentary film theory:these include narrative, rhetoric, realism, mode of address, metaphor and metonymy, and expository form;
    5. an ability to critically engage with written and filmic texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation;
    6. a deeper understanding of theoretical debates in the field of documentary film theory

    Assessment

    Visual Test (1500 words) : 40%
    Essay (3000 words) : 60%

    Contact hours

    1 x 1-hour lecture, 1 x 1-hour tutorial, 1 x 2 hour screening

    Prohibitions

    VSA2710, VSA3710 and FTV2710


    FTV4002(A) - Minor Thesis Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Therese Davis

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The minor thesis should be on a topic chosen by the student and approved by the department by the end of the previous year. Students will be expected to commence work during the long vacation. The thesis will be written under supervision, and students will be expected to meet regularly with their supervisors. The thesis must be submitted in two typed copies, suitably bound, no later than the final day of the second semester.


    FTV4002(B) - Minor Thesis Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Therese Davis

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for VSA4002(A)


    FTV4042 - Historical film theory and criticism

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Deane Williams

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines some concepts in the history of film theory by considering a number of theoretical and critical writings in relation to a range of films. Topics for examination include early silent film theory, the notion of the historical avant-garde in the form of French impressionism, the film theories of Kracauer and Bazin, French new wave criticism, the neglected tradition of realist phenomenology in film theory, 1968 and the leftist turn and the question of film language and structuralism.

    Objectives

    By the completion of the subject students will be expected to:

    1. identify and summarise a number of critical positions in historical film theory;
    2. critically assess the limitations of these positions so as to begin to establish new domains of inquiry;
    3. identify and defend their own critical positions with the field of film studies;
    4. relate these positions to the examination of films and film related material;
    5. demonstrate an understanding of research methodologies and the requirements of research papers.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80% (7500 words)
    Participation and paper (1500 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 2 hour screening) per week

    Prerequisites

    Two units at 2nd year level in Film and Television Studies, or other approved discipline

    Prohibitions

    FTM4042 / FTM5042


    FTV4052 - Contemporary film theory and criticism

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Con Verevis

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is primarily a reading unit that will consider aspects of film theory since 1975. A major portion of the unit will be devoted to the debates around modernism and post-modernism as they relate to film studies. Other areas of investigation include: textual analysis, feminist film theory, historical poetics, historical reception studies, queer film theory, and the impact of the cultural studies and Cinema books of Gilles Deleuze. Film texts for exploration will include those from Australian, American, European and Asian cinemas.

    Objectives

    By the completion of the unit students will be expected to:

    1. Identify and summarise a number of critical positions in contemporary film theory.

    1. Critically assess the limitations of these positions so as to begin to establish new domains of inquiry.

    1. Identify and defend their own critical positions within the field of film studies.

    1. Relate these positions to the examination of films and film related material.

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of research methodologies and the requirements of research papers.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80% (7500 words)
    Participation and paper (1500 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 2 hour screening) per week

    Prerequisites

    Two units at 2nd year level in Film and Television Studies, or other approved discipline

    Prohibitions

    FTM4052 / FTM5052


    FTV4500 - Special reading course

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Con Verevis

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


    GES1003 - Introduction to human Geography

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mr Lebogang Mashego

    Offered

    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to equip students with basic concepts in human geography required to understand, interpret and synthesise information on the world around us. It creates a foundation for advanced studies in geography by providing a broad understanding of human interaction with the environment.

    Objectives

    Upon satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to

    1. Understand similarities and differences between places, localities and areas in a wide range of the human landscape.

    1. Understand interactions between people and their environments at a variety of geographical scales ranging from local, through regional and national to, increasingly, global.

    1. Synthesise and interpret relevant material and to communicate ideas to others in a coherent manner, by either written or verbal means.

    1. Be familiar and proficient with some simple techniques for conducting research and analysing data.

    Assessment

    Essay (1600 words): 35%
    2 hour examination (2000 words): 45%
    Practical Work (450 words): 10%
    Field Trip (450 words): 10%

    Contact hours

    One one-hour lecture and a three-hour tutorial/practical per week


    GES1004 - Techniques in Geography and Environmental Science

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Claudia Holgate

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to equip students with basic geographical techniques required to understand, interpret and synthsise information on the world around us. It deals with the understanding of spatial representation of data used in geography and the use of this data for understanding the socio-economic and biophysical environment. This includes the use of topographical mapping, Geographic information systems, remote sensing and aerial photography. It provides a foundation for advanced studies in geography by providing basic research methodology skills for both qualitative and quantitative research.

    Objectives

    Upon satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to

    1. Understand and interpret information from topographical maps, aerial photographs and satellite images as well as acquire basic GIS skills.

    1. represent geographic phenomena on a two-dimension space

    1. Be able to synthesise and interpret relevant material and to communicate ideas to others in a coherent manner, by either written or verbal means.

    Assessment

    Written (1000 words): 20%
    2 hour examination (2000 words): 40%
    Oral presentation (400 words): 10%
    Practical and tutorial assessments (1100 words): 30%

    Contact hours

    One one-hour lecture and a three-hour tutorial/practical per week


    GES1020 - Australian physical environments: Evolution, status and management

    6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Tadhg O'Loingsigh

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Provides a basic understanding of the landscape, vegetation and climate characteristics of the Australian region as a foundation for more advanced study in geography and related disciplines. Explains present patterns of landform, soil, biota and climate through an understanding of past environments and events. The focus on change is carried over into future environmental management issues.

    Assessment

    Written (2000 words): 30%
    Examinations (2 hours): 35%
    Practical and fieldwork reports: 35%

    Contact hours

    4 hours per week (2 x lectures per week and 5 practicals per semester and 1 x 2.5-day field excursion)

    Prohibitions

    ENV1022


    GES1030 - Introduction to Physical Geography

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Billy Kariaga

    Offered

    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit deals with the basic understanding of the landscape, vegetation and climate characteristics of the world as a foundation for more advanced study in geography and related disciplines. It explains patterns of landforms, soil, biota and climate throughout the earth's surface.

    Objectives

    Upon satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be:

    1. Able to understand the major ideas concerning the evolution of the earth's landscape, its biota and climate patterns.

    1. Able to understand the present day distribution of the world's climate, biota, soils and landscapes with special emphasis on the African environment.

    1. Able to synthesise and interpret relevant material and to communicate ideas to others in a coherent manner, by either written or verbal means.

    1. Familiar and proficient with some simple techniques for analysing basic geographic and physical environmental information. Eg. Air photo interpretation, Satellite Remote sensing, map interpretation ,GIS and basic statistical techniques.

    1. Able to undertake an independent field study of the natural environment and understand the problems associated with making field measurements of natural phenomena.

    Assessment

    Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%
    Practical and fieldwork reports: 30%

    Contact hours

    One 2 hour lecture and a one-hour tutorial per week. One full day and one half day field trip.


    GES1050 - The Global challenge

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr. Haripriya Rangan and colleagues

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Economic, social and political forces that contribute to global change and shape new international divisions of labour and patterns of migration and industrial reorganisation. The emergence of global institutions of governance. Political movements concerned with human rights, and opposition to globalisation. The unit provides a foundation for second and third-year units that explore change and economic development in cities, regions and the environment in greater depth.

    Assessment

    Project report (2000 words): 40%
    Examination: (2 hours): 40%
    Practical/tutorial work: 20%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week


    GES1070 - Natural hazards and Human vulnerability

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Amanda Lynch and colleagues

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit analyses the wide range of environmental processes (hazards) that pose risks to human lives, livelihoods and settlements. These hazards include earthquakes, tsunami, extreme storms, and forest fires. By integrating physical and human geographical approaches, the unit explores how the risk in any area is a function of both the environmental hazards and the vulnerability of the community. Case studies of significant disasters form a key component of the unit. Other topics considered include risk management, recovery processes, and the role of international aid.

    Objectives

    Students completing GES1070 satisfactorily will

    • be aware of the range of environmental processes that need to be recognised as hazards to human lives, livelihoods and settlements.
    • understand the nature and origin of hazardous environmental processes, including concepts of event magnitude and frequency of occurrence
    • appreciate that there are regional variations in the characteristics of environmental and socio-economic processes that produce catastrophes
    • understand why social and demographic factors are involved in the processes through which an environmental process becomes a human disaster
    • appreciate the range of factors than may influence the vulnerability of particular regions or communities to hazardous environmental processes
    • be able to discuss and summarise some of the strategies that can be used to minimise the risk of environmental disaster and to respond to disasters when they occur.

    Assessment

    essay (2000 words) : 40%
    Practical class participation : 20%
    Final examination (2 hours) : 40%

    Contact hours

    2 lectures and a 2-hour support class per week


    GES2000 - Research methods in Geography and Environmental Science

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Billy Kariaga

    Offered

    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit seeks to provide the student with introductory background in research methodology relevant to Geography and Environmental Science. Basic statistical techniques needed to carry out research will be introduced. These include measures of central tendency, spatial distribution, time series, probability distributions, hypothesis testing as well as correlation and regression will be covered to help students analyse and interpret geographic data. Library and online research techniques as well as field techniques including sampling and interviewing techniques will be covered.



    Objectives

    Upon satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

    1. collect, analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative geographic data
    2. be able to synthesise and interpret relevant material and to communicate ideas to others in a coherent manner, by either written or verbal means
    3. be familiar and proficient with some simple techniques for conducting qualitative and quantitative research.

    Assessment

    Practical Exercises (2000 words): 45%
    Oral Presentation (500 words): 10%
    two hours Examination (2000 words): 45%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 3-hour tutorial/practical per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in Geography and Environmental Science, or permission


    GES2010 - Global environmental management

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Claudia Holgate

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit will focus on global environmental issues and develop an understanding for the physical, biological and social issues driving global environmental policy and change and how this is inter-related with economic and political processes. The role of tools and mechanisms for managing global environmental change, such as Clean Development Mechanisms under the Kyoto Protocol, will be used to explore the possibilities and challenges facing environmentalists, scientists, politicians and the general public This subject will critically assess cross-scale and cross disciplinary components of environmental management through the use of debates, excursions and case studies

    Objectives

    Upon satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

    1. describe and understand the current major global environmental issues.

    1. understand and discuss the cross-scale and cross disciplinary nature of global environmental change

    1. show familiarity with global institutions, tools and mechanisms used to manage global environmental change

    1. critically review an international environmental convention or protocol.

    1. explore the nature of conflicts between environmental, political, social and economic interests associated with the development and implementation of global environmental management instruments

    Assessment

    Critical analysis of an international environmental mechanism or convention (900 words); 20%;

    Major Essay (900 words); 20%;

    Oral preseantation (15 minutes): 10%;

    Class Participation 10%;

    Examination 2 hours (2000 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    One 2 hour lecture and a 1 hour tutorial per week. One full day trip.

    Prohibitions

    GES3010


    GES2080 - Archaeological field and laboratory methods

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009


    GES2130 - Soils, land use and the environment

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mr Jonathan Brown

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Introduction to soils and their management. Topics include soil constituents and characteristics; Australian soil types and their formation; soil description, classification and mapping; physical causes of land degradation; and soil management issues. Practical and field work should enable students to describe and classify soils in the field, and identify the nature and causes of land degradation.

    Assessment

    Written (2000 words): 40%
    Examinations (2 hours): 50%
    Practical work/fieldwork: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours per week (two lectures per week and one 2-hour practical per fortnight, plus one 2-day field trip)


    GES2160 - Coastal Geomorphology and Management

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jim Peterson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Coastal changes since the end of the last glacial stage. Environmental stability and the relative role of catastrophic events. Natural change and fluctuation. Economic development in determining the pattern of geographical variation in coastal landform evolution. Modern resources management in the coastal zone.

    Assessment

    Written (1500 words): 33%
    Examination (2 hours): 33%
    Practical work/fieldwork: 34%

    Contact hours

    4 hours per week on average (equivalent of two lectures per week and one 2 hour practical in alternate weeks) plus one field day plus 6 hours private study

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in geography and environmental science, or permission


    GES2170 - Biogeography - the status of Australian Biota

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A study of the factors and processes which have contributed towards the origins, nature and distribution of Australian Biota. Particular problems of land use and conservation. The practical side of the unit provides familiarity with Australian vegetation and its analysis.

    Assessment

    Written (1500 words): 30%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%
    practical work/fieldwork (1000 words): 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week on average (two lectures per week plus one 2-hour practical in alternate weeks)

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in geography, earth sciences or biology or permission


    GES2190 - Climatology: Surface-atmosphere processes and Interactions

    6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Assoc Prof Jason Beringer

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The earth's surface directly influences our climate and weather. This unit explores climates found near the ground in terms of the exchanges of water, energy and mass. We examine how atmospheric processes interact with the physical properties of different surfaces to produce distinctive climates, including natural and human-modified environments. Natural environments of increasing complexity are considered (from simple desert and water bodies, to vegetated surfaces and non-uniform terrain). Relevant examples are drawn from ongoing research particularly in Australia. Emphasis is placed on gaining practical skills through laboratory exercises and a weekend field trip.

    Objectives

    In successfully participating in this subject students will show that they

    1. understand the nature of cycling of energy and mass in the earth-atmosphere system and the place of the atmospheric boundary layer in that larger system
    2. have an understanding of the development of distinctive boundary layer climates based on knowledge of atmospheric processes and their interaction with the physical properties of different surfaces
    3. have an appreciation of time and space scales as they relate to atmospheric phenomena, along with the complexity of environmental processes
    4. have a grounding in some of the contemporary climate debates, obtained both through course work and reading and understanding the relevant scientific literature
    5. have developed an understanding of the use of instrumentation and methodologies employed in boundary layer climate research, along with an appreciation of the complexity of, and difficulties associated with, field-based research.

    Assessment

    Examination (2 hours): 35%
    mid semester test (take home): 5%
    Essay (2000 words): 25%
    Practical reports (Six 2-hour pracs): 25%
    Field trip report (weekend): 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week on average (two lectures per week and one 2-hour practical per fortnight) plus one 2-day field excursion

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in geography and environmental science, mathematics, earth sciences, biology, environmental science or permission

    Prohibitions

    ATM2211


    GES2210 - Environmental hydrology

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Associate Professor David Dunkerley

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Movement of water in environment, and roles played by water in environmental processes, discussing behaviour of water from condensation in lower atmosphere through to groundwater and river flow. The role of vegetation in intercepting and redirecting water at surface. The processes of infiltration, percolation, groundwater flow, stormflow and baseflow production. Instances of major hydrological change, case studies of large-scale deforestation or desertification, habitat or biodiversity decline, including human use of water and landscape. Observation and measuring techniques employed in hydrologic research are introduced in Practical Class.

    Assessment

    Examination (2 hours): 30%
    Written (1500 words): 50%
    Practical class reports: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 lectures and one 2 hour practical class per fortnight)

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in geography or permission


    GES2230 - Climatology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Claudia Holgate

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit deals with the basic understanding of climatic systems and human interaction with such systems. It provides a scientific basis for understanding major weather patterns and climatic environmental issues as well as providing a foundation for more advanced study in climatology and environmental science.

    Objectives

    Upon satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be:

    1. Able to understand the major components of climatology systems and how they interact to create the weather systems we experience.

    1. Able to understand the interactions that humans have with the climatic environment.

    1. Able to synthesise and interpret relevant material and to communicate ideas to others in a coherent manner, by either written or verbal means.

    1. Familiar and proficient with some simple techniques for analysing basic climatic data including interpreting synoptic charts and tephigrams.

    Assessment

    Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%
    Oral presentation: 10%
    Practical reports and tutorial assessments (1000 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    One 2 hour lecture and a one-hour tutorial/practical per week

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in Geography and Environmental Science or Permission from the Head of School


    GES2240 - Geomorphology and soils

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Billy Kariaga

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit deals with the basic understanding of the landscape and soil forming processes with specific attention to the tropical environment. Topics include weathering, mass wasting, fluvial processes, soil constituents and characteristics; South African soil types and their formation, soil description classification and mapping, physical causes of land degradation and soil management issues. Practical and fieldwork provide opportunities for students to describe and classify soils in the field, and identify the nature and causes of land degradation.

    Objectives

    Upon satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be:

    1. Able to understand various theories of landform evolution.

    1. Able to understand the major processes that shape the tropical landscape.

    1. Able to understand the processes involved in the formation of soils and problems associated with managing tropical soils.

    1. Able to synthesise and interpret relevant material and communicate ideas to others in a coherent manner, by either written or verbal means.

    1. Familiar and proficient in techniques for analysing landform processes and soils.

    Assessment

    Written (3000 words): 40%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%
    Practical and fieldwork reports: 20%

    Contact hours

    One 2 hour lecture and a one-hour tutorial per week. One full day field trip.

    Prerequisites

    First year Geography sequence


    GES2250 - Environmental assessment and decision making

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ms Claudia Holgate

    Offered

    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Prerequisites

    First year Geography sequence


    GES2320 - Tourism and the Environment

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Sharron Pfueller

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the social, environmental and economic sustainability of tourism and evaluates tourism in Australian and cross-cultural contexts. It explores the role of ecotourism in promoting an environmental ethic that forms the foundation for a sustainable future. It provides students with the opportunity to plan and design tours based on ecotourism principles.

    Assessment

    Team project (1000 words per person): 25%
    Team oral presentation (15 minutes): 10%
    Essay (2500 words): 30%
    Examination (1 hour): 20%
    Participation: 15%

    Contact hours

    Twenty hours of lectures and nine hours of tutorials spread over 13 weeks plus a six hour field trip

    Prohibitions

    GES3220


    GES2340 - Cities and sustainability

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Stephen Legg

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will interpret the concept of sustainability in the context of cities and urban development.

    Objectives

    This unit explores the economic, social and environmental dimensions of urban sustainability through issues such as housing, transport, urban development, migration, water and energy consumption, waste disposal, and critically examine their outcomes in terms of social justice, economic and cultural polarization, metropolitan governance, and community and institutional sustainability.

    Assessment

    Tutorial Presentations and participation : 25%
    Essay (1,500) : 30%
    Field-trip report (1,000) : 15%
    2-hr Written Examination : 30%
    Compared to GES2340, the third year (GES3240) essay and field-trip report will require a deeper theoretical discussion and a broader and larger research engagement (e.g. as evident in the text and bibliography).

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 hour tutorial and 2 hours lecture) per week

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in geography or permission

    Prohibitions

    GES3340


    GES2460 - Environmental policy and management

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr. Wendy Stubbs

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The rise of environmentalism. Perspectives and ideologies in respect of the environment. The 'social construction' of environmental issues. Issues of governance, policy and regulation. Themes include the internationalisation of environmental policy, the rise of corporate environmentalism, native title and indigenous rights, and the importance of property rights. Environmental impact assessment, social impact assessment, corporate environmental auditing, state of the environment reporting, and public participation.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 45%
    Examination (2 hours): 35%
    4 tutorial/practical assignments (1000 words total): 20%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours per week on average (two lectures and one 1-hour tutorial in alternate weeks)

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Geography and Environmental Science, or permission

    Prohibitions

    ENV2011, GES3460


    GES2660 - Power and poverty: Geographies of uneven Global development

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christian Kull

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    On Clayton campus this unit runs in alternating years with INT2065. This unit focuses on the interrelated nature of power, poverty and development in the contemporary world. Students are introduced to the concepts, definitions and discourses of international development. Focus on issues of famine, hunger, land reform, labour regimes and colonisation. Examines links between population, resources and health issues. The role of government and non-governmental agencies in alternative development strategies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (3000 words)
    Tutorial participation: 20%
    Test: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    First year Geography sequence


    GES2760 - Place and the politics of identity

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Lauren Costello

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Place and the Politics of Identity focuses on the role that identity plays in geographical meanings of place, space and territory. It examines the importance of culture, including everyday beliefs and practices, in understanding contemporary urban processes and explores the growing claims for social justice amongst a range of groups within urban settings. In this subject students will become familiar with models of cultural geography that consider notions of difference, diversity and the practices of social institutions. These concepts will be explored through a range of global, national and local urban social movements to illustrate the importance of place.

    Objectives

    This unit aims to familiarise students with issues, theories and debates in contemporary cultural geography. At the completion of the unit students should have developed the following skills and capacities:

    1. critical analysis
    2. effective communication
    3. identify and critically evaluate information
    4. ability to engage with theoretical debates
    5. apply theory to practical examples and case studies

    Assessment

    Field Report (2,500) : 35%
    Essay (1,500) : 25%
    Participation : 20%
    Examination : 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (one 2-hour workshop and one 1-hour practical) per week plus compulsory fieldtrip

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Geography or permission


    GES2810 - Geographical information systems (GIS) for Environmental Management

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Billy Kariaga

    Offered

    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Prerequisites

    First year Geography sequence


    GES2860 - Climate change and variability

    6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Assoc Prof Jason Beringer

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A multidisciplinary approach to the nature, causes and future implications of climatic change and variability. This is a team taught unit. Emphasis is placed on processes such as rapid climate change, greenhouse warming, carbon cycle, monsoon activity and the El Nino/Southern Oscillation (ENSO) phenomenon which are of greatest global concern. Contributions of fossil, historical and instrumental data are critically assessed and social, economic, political and broad environmental implications of predicted future changes are evaluated in terms of the significance for biotic communities and human society. Analysis of paleo, historical and current environmental data forms is a core.

    Objectives

    The course aims to provide a background in how climate has changed in the past and how it is likely to change in the future. After completing the unit student swill be expected to:

    1. Understand the concept of climate change and how this varies from climate variability

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of how climate changes across different timescales (geological, centennial, decadal to annual).

    1. Illustrate the mechanisms and feedbacks that influence climate change.

    1. Show an awareness of the social and political context to climate change and the impacts, adaptation and mitigation of such change.



    Assessment

    Examination (2 hours): 35%;

    Practical reports (6 hours): 30%;

    Essay (2000 words): 35%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week on average (two lectures per week and one 2-hour practical per fortnight) plus a 1-day field excursion.

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in geography and environmental science, mathematics, earth sciences, biology, environmental science or permission

    Prohibitions

    ATM2250, ATM3250, GES3860


    GES2900 - The Southern African atmospheric environment: A synoptic approach

    6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)


    GES2910 - Fundamentals of geographical information science

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Xuan Zhu and Lauren Costello

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces basic principles, methods, techniques and applications of geographical information science (GIS). Topics cover the concept and nature of geographical or spatial data and information, the particular ways of spatially representing the real world, the principles of associating physical and socio-economic phenomena with geographical locations, the methods for visualizing spatial patterns and processes, the basic statistical techniques for spatial data analysis, and geographical information systems. It equips students with fundamental knowledge and skills in constructing, managing, analyzing, integrating and communicating spatial data and information.

    Objectives

    1. To introduce basic concepts and principles of geographical information science;
    2. To develop knowledge in methods and techniques of geographical information science, including mapping, spatial statistical analysis, spatial data manipulation and analysis in geographical information systems;
    3. To develop skills and competency in basic methods of spatial data handling using geographical information technology through hands-on practicals;
    4. To provide a flavor of the breadth and depth of applications of geographical information science and technology.

    Assessment

    Two written assignments: 10% each
    Practical work: 40%
    2 hour written exam: 40%.

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour lecture per week, and one 3-hour practical per fortnight


    GES3000 - Research methods in Geography and environmental science

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Billy Kariaga

    Offered

    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit seeks to provide the student with introductory background in research methodology relevant to Geography and Environmental Science. Basic statistical techniques needed to carry out research will be introduced. These include measures of central tendency, spatial distribution, time series, probability distributions, hypothesis testing as well as correlation and regression will be covered to help students analyse and interpret geographic data. Library and online research techniques as well as field techniques including sampling and interviewing techniques will be covered.

    Objectives

    Upon satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

    1. collect, analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative geographic data;
    2. be able to synthesise and interpret relevant material and to communicate ideas to others in a coherent manner, by either written or verbal means;
    3. be familiar and proficient with some simple techniques for conducting qualitative and quantitative research.


    Assessment

    Practical exercises (2000 words): 45%
    Oral presentation (500 words): 10%
    + two hours Examination (2000 words): 45%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 3-hour tutorial/practical per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in Geography and Environmental Science, or permission


    GES3010 - Global environmental management

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Claudia Holgate

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for GES2010

    Objectives

    Upon satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

    1. describe and understand the current major global environmental issues.

    1. understand and discuss the cross-scale and cross disciplinary nature of global environmental change

    1. show familiarity with global institutions, tools and mechanisms used to manage global environmental change

    1. critically review an international environmental convention or protocol.

    1. explore the nature of conflicts between environmental, political, social and economic interests associated with the development and implementation of global environmental management instruments

    1. Students taking this unit at a third year level will be expected to demonstrate a greater level of understanding of theoretical and interpretive issues.

    Assessment

    Critical analysis of an international environmental mechanism or convention (900 words); 20%;

    Major Essay (900 words); 20%;

    Oral preseantation (15 minutes): 10%;

    Class Participation 10%;

    Examination 2 hours (2000 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    One 2 hour lecture and a 1 hour tutorial per week. One full day trip.

    Prohibitions

    GES2010


    GES3080 - Archaeological field and laboratory methods

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Ian McNiven

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The subject provides students with a through grounding in archaeological field and laboratory techniques. Field techniques include critical analysis of different approaches by archaeologists to find, record and excavate sites. Practical experience and tuition in each of these three areas will be gained through 10 days of fieldwork in Victoria. To understand how archaeologists interpret excavated materials, students will gain practical experience in the identification and analysis of bone, shell, stone artifact and pottery through laboratory classes. On completion of the subject students will have firsthand appreciation of what it takes to excavate and analyse archaeological sites.

    Objectives

    The overarching aims are to provide students with a through grounding in archaeological field and laboratory techniques. On successful completion of this subject, students will be able to:
    1/ Appreciate the broad range of conceptual and practical skills required to find, record and excavate archaeological sites.
    2/ Develop skills in the proper identification and appropriate analysis of a range of classes of archaeological materials.
    3/ Develop skills to critically evaluate site survey and excavation reports.

    Assessment

    Lab exam (1hr): 30%
    Fieldwork reflective diary (3000 words): 30%
    Essay (4000 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    Wk1: 4hrs lectures&practicals/day (Total 20 contact hrs) + Wk2: 4hrs lectures and practicals/day (Total 20 contact hrs) + Wk3: 7hrs fieldwork/day (Total 35 contact hrs) + Wk4: 7hrs fieldwork/day (Total 35 contact hrs)

    Prohibitions

    AIA2200, AIA3300, GES2080


    GES3210 - Environmental hydrology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Associate Professor David Dunkerley

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Movement of water in environment, and roles played by water in environmental processes, discussing behaviour of water from condensation in lower atmosphere through to groundwater and river flow. The role of vegetation in intercepting and redirecting water at surface. The processes of infiltration, percolation, groundwater flow, stormflow and baseflow production. Instances of major hydrological change, case studies of large-scale deforestation or desertification, habitat or biodiversity decline, including human use of water and landscape. Observation and measuring techniques employed in hydrologic research are introduced in Practical Class.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit will

    1. understand the controls on global freshwater availability
    2. be aware of risks to the security of global water supplies arising from human activity
    3. understand hydrologic processes including precipitation, infiltration, overland flow, and groundwater flow
    4. understand some of the hydrologic processes arising in a range of geographical environments, including drylands, urban areas, and tropical forests
    5. develop experimental skills needed for laboratory measurements of hydrologic properties such as porosity and saturated hydraulic conductivity
    6. understand the place of hydrologic considerations in debates about the management of logging, bushfire, and other forms of landsurface change

    Assessment

    Examination (2 hours): 30%
    Written (1500 words): 50%
    Practical class reports: 20%

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in geography or permission


    GES3220 - Tourism and the environment

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Sharron Pfueller

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the social, environmental and economic sustainability of tourism and evaluates tourism in Australian, cross-cultural and global contexts. It explores the role of ecotourism in promoting an environmental ethic that forms the foundation for a sustainable future. It provides students with the opportunity to plan and design tours based on ecotourism principles.

    Assessment

    As for GES2320 except that students will be expected to demonstrate greater capacity for critical analysis in the essay.

    Contact hours

    Twenty hours of lectures and nine hours of tutorials plus a six hour field trip

    Prohibitions

    GES2320


    GES3230 - Climatology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Claudia Holgate

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for GES2230

    Objectives

    pon satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be:

    1. Able to understand the major components of climatology systems and how they interact to create the weather systems we experience.

    1. Able to understand the interactions that humans have with the climatic environment.

    1. Able to synthesise and interpret relevant material and to communicate ideas to others in a coherent manner, by either written or verbal means.

    1. Familiar and proficient with some simple techniques for analysing basic climatic data including interpreting synoptic charts and tephigrams.

    Assessment

    Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%
    Oral presentation: 10%
    Practical reports and tutorial assessments (1000 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    One 2 hour lecture and a one hour tutorial/practical per week

    Prerequisites

    First year Geography sequence


    GES3240 - Geomorphology and soils

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for GES2240

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 hour tutorial and 2 hours lecture) per week

    Prerequisites

    Second year sequence in geography or permission


    GES3250 - Environmental assessment and decision making

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Megan Farrelly

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit deals with the processes by which the potential environmental consequences of development proposals are evaluated. These can be highly contentious because of the conflicting interests, types of knowledge and values of different stakeholders. The unit will examine the nature of the widely-adopted procedure of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and formulation of an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS). It will explore legislative frameworks for decision-making and consider other decision-making tools such as cost-benefit analysis and environmental audits.

    Assessment

    Critical appraisal of an EIS document (1000 words): 20%
    Report on site visit (1000 words): 20%
    Group oral presentation (15 minutes): 20%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Prerequisites

    First year Geography sequence

    Prohibitions

    ENV3011


    GES3260 - Cultural landscape, environment and sustainability in Italy

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Nigel Tapper

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This field-based unit is taught on location in the National Park/World Heritage Area of Cinque Terre on the Italian Riviera. Identified by UNESCO as an environment and cultural landscape worth preserving, the region is under immense pressure due to rural depopulation, abandonment of agricultural lands, landscape instability, and burgeoning tourism. Problems of integrating tourism and agricultural objectives, while minimising negative environmental and cultural impacts, will be explored and possible solutions for regional sustainability proposed. The unit provides unique opportunities for interaction with staff of the National Park and various local and national authorities.



    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

    1. Understand the range of complex environmental, social and economic interrelationships that shape a particular region and to be able to differentiate a "cultural" landscape from a "natural" landscape.

    1. Understand the criteria and processes that lead to the designation of a World Heritage Area and to be able to identify, describe and interpret problems of sustainability in the context of a region of truly global significance.

    1. Have gained practical experience in problem formulation and solution using field-based techniques of survey and analysis, along with appropriate presentation skills.

    1. (In the case of Level 4 students) have developed specialised skills in research/project formulation, appraisal, budgeting and implementation strategies.





    Assessment

    Field-study journal 1,500 words 35%
    Group oral presentation 20 min 20%
    Essay (Level 3) or Project Report (Level 4) 2,500 words 45%

    Contact hours

    8 day intensive, involving lectures/seminars, tutorials and field work

    Prerequisites

    18 points of Geography and Environmental Science, European Studies, Tourism or permission of the Head of SGES. Other interested undergraduate and level 4 students will need to obtain permission from the Head of SGES.


    GES3270 - Research project in geography and environmental science

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Associate Professor David Dunkerley

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will:

    1. have direct experience of the processes involved in designing a field research project, from the formulation of a research problem to the design of a research plan
    2. have direct experience of the processes of individual, independent field assessment, field measurement, and field data collection
    3. have direct experience of the processes of data reduction, data analysis, and of the evaluation of competing interpretations of field data
    4. have direct experience of the processes of independently drawing soundly-based conclusions from original, unpublished data
    5. have direct experience of the processes of preparing a scientific research paper, of a length and standard suitable for submission to a peer-reviewed international journal

    Assessment

    Report in the form of a scientific paper (8000 words) 100%

    Contact hours

    12 contact hours per week, in individual tuition and guidance in fieldwork, data analysis, and the preparation of a scientific paper suitable for publication

    Prerequisites

    24 points of GES, of which at least 12 must be at Level 2 or higher. The level 2 units must have been passed with at least an 80% average (HD average).


    GES3330 - Field studies in regional sustainability

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Priya Rangan and Christain Kull

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Flexible)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Flexible)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the concepts of regional development and sustainability, and draws attention to the practical constraints and issues associated with translating such concepts into regional policy and practice. Field-study takes place in South Africa and includes focus on topics such as: effects of commercial agriculture on soil and water quality; transnational water-sharing and flood management; ecotourism and conservation in nature parks; urbanisation, transportation and migration in environment-industry corridors; environmental education, health, and local ecological management.

    Assessment

    Field-study journal (2000 words): 35%
    Oral presentation: 20%
    Final written report (2500 words): 45%

    Contact hours

    Intensive field-based unit

    Prerequisites

    Preferably 12 to 18 points of human geography or permission

    Prohibitions

    GYM4330


    GES3340 - Cities and sustainability

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Stephen Legg (Clayton), Dr Billy Kariaga (South Africa)

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for GES2340

    Prerequisites

    First year Geography sequence


    GES3350 - Resource evaluation and management

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Christian Kull

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    National and international conflicts over the use of natural resources, eg. rainforest destruction, land degradation, pressure on water supplies and common property resources. Analysis of resource disputes, including socio-political aspects and debate over causes and trajectories. Different management approaches used to solve environmental problems, e.g. role of the state, communities, protected areas, and indigenous people.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to:

    1. Analyze the theoretical and empirical bases of resource management issues

    1. Appreciate the complex, intertwined nature of ecological, social, and political factors underlying resource management issues

    1. Recognize, apply, and distinguish between the main explanatory theories

    1. Be able to construct analytical arguments relevant to resource management issues in good quality writing.

    Assessment

    Written work: 55% (2500 words)
    Tutorial participation: 25%
    Test: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year sequence in geography or permission

    Prohibitions

    GYM4350


    GES3360 - Soils, landscape and their management

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mr Jonathan Brown

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Relationships of soil development to landscape processes, and Australian soil management in the context of past, present and future environmental change. Students are presented with a number of soil development problems and management issues, and explore alternative land uses and sustainable land management for Australian environments.

    Assessment

    Written (2000 words): 40%
    Examinations (2 hours): 30%
    Practical work/fieldwork: 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours per week on average (two lectures and one lecture plus one 3-hour practical in alternate weeks, and one 2 day field trip)

    Prerequisites

    GES2130


    GES3370 - Applied environmental climatology

    6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Nigel Tapper

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Applied climatology addresses the role climate plays in the provision of food, shelter, energy and a healthy environment. The unit begins by acknowledging the role of traditional climate knowledge systems. Then a range of contemporary climate issues will be discussed along with approaches to addressing them. Issues include urban climate and design, air pollution, renewable (solar/wind) energy, and agriculture. Issues will be considered within the Australian context of climate change and variability (including extremes). Emphasis is placed on employment related theoretical, observational, analytical and modeling skills that will be developed through lectures, practicals and project work.

    Objectives

    Students will 1) appreciate indigenous climate knowledge 2) be able to apply climate knowledge to a range of problems, 3) have gained practical experience in problem formulation and solution, d) Level 4 students, have developed specialised skills in research/project formulation.

    Assessment

    Literature review (1000 words): 20%
    Practicals (1000 words): 20%
    Group or individual project report/presentation (1500 words): 30%
    Examination (2 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures per week, one 3-hour practical per fortnight, plus private study/research time.

    Prerequisites

    18 points of Geography and Environmental Science, Atmospheric Science or permission of the Head of SGES. Other interested undergraduate and level 4 students will need to obtain permission from the Head of SGES

    Prohibitions

    GYM4370 and ATM3370


    GES3420 - Researching human environments

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is directed at providing students with experience in applied research. Students will be introduced to the characteristics of information and instruction in the appropriate presentation of information and data. The nature of Geographical Information Systems is explained and examples of their use in research will be presented. Students will be introduced to the preparation and use of questionnaire surveys, interview and qualitative research methods. Students are required to develop a research project of their own choice. Workshops are also included and designed to assist students in compiling and reporting on their research findings.

    Objectives

    By the conclusion of this unit students are expected to have satisfactorily demonstrated the following outcomes:

    1. an ability to choose the most appropriate methods for analysing a particular data set
    2. a capacity to manipulate data
    3. an understanding of sampling techniques; basic ability in questionnaire design, coding and analysis
    4. basic interviewing techniques
    5. an understanding of some of the ethical issues involved in conducting human geographical research
    6. a capacity to produce high quality research reports
    7. an awareness of the limitations of geographical data
    8. an understanding of various methodological approaches

    Assessment

    Field Report (2500) : 40%
    Project Proposal (1000) : 20%
    Participation : 20%
    Examination : 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 hour workshop and 1 hour practical) per week

    Prerequisites

    2nd year sequence in GES or permission of instructor

    Prohibitions

    GES2490


    GES3460 - Environmental Policy and Management

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The rise of environmentalism. Perspectives and ideologies in respect of the environment. The 'social construction' of environmental issues. Issues of governance, policy and regulation. Themes include the internationalisation of environmental policy, the rise of corporate environmentalism, native title and indigenous rights, and the importance of property rights. Environmental impact assessment, social impact assessment, corporate environmental auditing, state of the environment reporting, and public participation.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 45%
    Examination (2 hours): 35%
    4 tutorial/practical assignments (1000 words total): 20%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours per week on average (two lectures and one 1-hour tutorial in alternate weeks)

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Geography and Environmental Science, or permission

    Prohibitions

    ENV2011, GES2460


    GES3470 - Urbanisation and regional development in the Indo-Pacific rims

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Haripriya Rangan

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit engages in a comparative analysis of the geographical and economic dimensions of spatial and social change in the countries and regions of the Indo-Pacific Ocean rims. Themes include: state policies of economic growth, urbanisation and industrialisation, regional disparities in industrial growth, gender dimensions of industrialisation, politics of ethnicity; environmental outcomes of industrialisation, and urban governance. Objectives Students successfully completing this unit will:

    1. Show a sound understanding of theoretical concepts of state-led economic development, urbanisation, industrial growth, and regional development;
    2. Develop a comparative analytical perspective for examining urbanisation and the role of the state in shaping spatial and economic development over time;
    3. Gain in-depth understanding of the processes of spatial and social change occurring in one country region within the Indo-Pacific rims;
    4. Be able to construct analytical arguments relevant to urbanisation and sustainable regional development issues in clear, concise, and grammatically correct English.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will:

    1. Show a sound understanding of theoretical concepts of state-led economic development, urbanisation, industrial growth, and regional development;
    2. Develop a comparative analytical perspective for examining urbanisation and the role of the state in shaping spatial and economic development over time;
    3. Gain in-depth understanding of the processes of spatial and social change occurring in one country region within the Indo-Pacific rims;
    4. Be able to construct analytical arguments relevant to urbanisation and sustainable regional development issues in clear, concise, and grammatically correct English.

    Assessment

    Weekly tutorial commentaries (500 words) : 25%
    Research essays (3000 words) : 50%
    Examination (Take home 1000 words) : 25%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 hour lecture and 1x2 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    Any second-year human geography unit or permission of unit coordinator


    GES3520 - Social space: Urban justice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lauren Costello

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will bring the main themes of economic and cultural geography together. Throughout the unit we examine four main processes in contemporary cultural/economic geography: consumption, production, commodification, and urban spectacle. Case studies will be used to conceptualise the dynamics of large cities and urban spaces, in particular, patterns of intra-urban social variation, cultural construction, the distribution of power and status, and manifestations of popular culture. Through these themes attention is paid to difference, diversity and social justice principles.

    Objectives

    The unit employs a range of geographical methods and skills to evaluate and synthesize information about representations and the social construction of social spaces and urban justice. This includes a case study approach that links theory with everyday examples and fieldtrips. Such approaches provide students with conceptual skills and capacities that are transferable to a variety of contemporary issues impacting on daily life. Learning objectives and outcomes: At the completion of the subject students should have developed the following skills and capacities:

    1. critical analysis of urban and social justice
    2. ability to identify and critically evaluate information dealing with economic practices and cultural consumption
    3. effective communication in written and oral form
    4. ability to engage with theoretical debates and link to practical examples, demonstrated both in (examination and assignments) and practice (tutorial, fieldwork, class presentations).

    Assessment

    Field Report 1: 1000 words 15%
    Field report 2: 1000 words 15%
    Presentation 10%
    Essay 1500 words 20%
    Participation 20%
    Examination 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hour workshop + 2 compulsory fieldtrips

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Geography or permission

    Prohibitions

    GES2760


    GES3530 - Landscape processes

    6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Dunkerley

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Considers hydrologic and erosional processes affecting landscapes generally, including splash, surface runoff, interrill, rill, tunnel and gully erosion. The 'landscape ecology' approach is stressed, emphasising the need to develop an integrated view of landscape function that recognises links between hydrologic and erosional processes and the nature and spatial distribution of biota, including vascular and non-vascular plants, and soil fauna. Field interpretation and analysis skills form the focus for afternoons of fieldwork (e.g. estimating flood sizes, patterns of hillslope erosion). Mapping, sampling, and analytical methods are introduced.

    Assessment

    Written fieldtrip report (5000 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    9 day intensive field-based unit, approximately 3 hours lectures and 3.5 hour fieldwork per day at a desert location.

    Prerequisites

    16 points of second-year geography or permission (GES2210 strongly recommended)


    GES3555 - Environmental change: past to future

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Peter Kershaw

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces a range of methods used to reconstruct past environments at different temporal scales over the past several hundred to thousands of years. These reconstructions provide baseline data to understand and infer the human contribution to several key environmental concerns, including climate change, biomass burning, biodiversity and vegetation dynamics, water availability and quality, and the management and restoration of natural, Indigenous and historical landscapes. Emphasis is placed on hands-on, technical experience to provide fundamental understanding of environmental issues of current relevance to Australia.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject, you should be able to demonstrate

    1. familiarity with a range of palaeo-environmetal techniques employed to understand environmental change and current environmental issues, together with an ability to assess their relative merits and limitations;
    2. practical expertise in palaeoecological methods and their application to palaeo-environmental reconstruction, geo-archaeology, and environmental change;
    3. an awareness of patterns and uncertainties in environmental change that both facilitate and constrain future environmental prediction and land and water management options;
    4. familiarity with the dynamics of Australian physical and human landscapes;
    5. an ability to produce a scientific report based on a range of generated data and their analysis;
    6. an ability to make informed and rational appraisals of key environmental problems, especially in Australia.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words): 50%
    Field and laboratory report (1500 words): 30% +
    Class participation/reading log: 20%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour lecture per week; One 3 hour practical per fortnight; one 2-3 day field excursion

    Prerequisites

    Minor sequence in Geography or Indigenous Archaeology or Botany or Zoology or Earth Science, or permission of Head of School


    GES3570 - Quaternary ecology and ecosystem Management

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nick Porch

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Examination of fossil records of plant and animal groups, on timescales ranging from the last few centuries to the last 2 million years, provides necessary base line data for assessment of the response of ecosystems to both natural and human-induced environmental change. This information can provide a firm basis for ecosystem management at the present day and in the future. Emphasis is placed on fragile aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems in Australia where an original palaeoecological study will form the basis of field and laboratory work.

    Assessment

    Written (2000 words): 40%
    Examinations (2 hours): 40%
    Practical work, laboratory work, fieldwork: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week (two lectures and one lecture and one 3-hour practical in alternate weeks)

    Prerequisites

    16 points of second-year physical geography, biology or earth sciences, or permission


    GES3610 - Geographical information systems for Business and social science applications

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Associate Professor James Peterson

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces GIS for business and social science applications, and discusses its relevance, basic principles, techniques and practice in the field of geodemographics, marketing and service planning. It focuses on geocoded data bases that refer to spatial heterogeneity in the social environment. Cases studies and hands-on practices allow students to gain experience in the use of GIS in census data analysis, business and service planning. Issues of data quality, time series compatibility, statistical mapping and spatial analysis will be examined in theory, and applied in practical work.

    Objectives

    1. To introduce principles of GIS for applications in business and social science;
    2. To investigate techniques provided by GIS which are relevant to business and social science;
    3. To develop knowledge and competency in common methods of mapping and spatial analysis through hands-on practicals.

    Assessment

    Written work: 25% (2500 words)
    Practicals: 50%
    2 hour Exam: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 2hr lecture and one 3hr practical per week


    GES3660 - Power and poverty: Geographies of uneven global development

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mr Lebogang Mashego

    Offered

    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Prerequisites

    First year Geography sequence


    GES3750 - Sharing prosperity: Geographies of work, regional development and economy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr. Sally Weller

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Central to our approach in this unit is a focus on social equity. We explore equity at a variety of scales: between nations, and within nations, regions, communities and households. How has 'the economy' and 'globalisation' been understood? Answering these questions enables us to develop our critical thinking about: the changing social relations of work, the corporation, regional development, trade and consumption. Sharing prosperity is a unit for students wanting to understand how social inequality is produced and who want to investigate forms of governance that could more effectively enable better distributive and non-distributive forms of social and economic justice.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject will demonstrate the following skills and capacities:

    • Knowledge about how economic and social processes are linked and together produce inequity.
    • A critical understanding of globalisation and the uneven spatial implications of this process demonstrated through their essays, reports and discussion in class
    • A critical understanding of the changing governance structures that underpin economic change at global, national and local scales, looking particularly at the examples of bilateral trade, 'free trade' principles, industry policy and 'labour market reform'.
    • A critical understanding of how boundaries between work and home, formal and informal economies and capital and labour have come into being and play a part in the continued separation of these spaces and practices across space.
    • Sound written expression, demonstrating an ability to critically analyse text, film and other data.
    • Sound interpretation of graphs and maps.

    Assessment

    Essay (1,000 words) : 20%
    Fieldtrip report (1,500) : 30%
    Class participation : 30%
    Exam (2 hours) : 20%
    Students undertaking this unit at 4th year level will be asked to produce additional analysis for the essay and fieldtrip report.

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week (seminar) + a one day fieldtrip

    Prohibitions

    GES2750, GES4750, GYM4750


    GES3810 - Geographical information systems (GIS) for environmental management

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Xuan Zhu Clayton, Dr Billy Kariaga SAfrica

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces GIS for environmental science, and discusses basic principles, techniques and applications of GIS in the field of environmental management and research. It examines and reviews specific environmental application areas where GIS is a useful tool. Subjects covered include basics of GIS, spatial data sources, spatial data quality, spatial data analysis, terrain modelling, hydrological modelling, land suitability modelling, and decision support systems. It also includes the basic principles of remote sensing and the use of satellite imagery. Case studies and hands-on practice allow students to gain experience in the use of GIS in environmental management.

    Objectives

    1. To introduce basic principles and techniques of GIS pertaining to environmental applications;
    2. To provide an introduction to environmental applications of GIS;
    3. To develop knowledge and understanding of concepts, issues and problems specific to environmental applications of GIS through hands-on practical experiences.

    Assessment

    Written work: 25% (2500 words)
    Practicals: 50%
    2 Hour Exam: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 2hr lecture and one 3hr practical per week

    Prerequisites

    First year Geography sequence

    Prohibitions

    GES3820


    GES3820 - Geographical information systems (GIS) for environmental management

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Xuan Zhu

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Flexible)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces GIS for environmental science, and discusses basic principles, techniques and applications of GIS in the field of environmental management and research. It examines and reviews specific environmental application areas where GIS is a useful tool. Subjects covered include basics of GIS, spatial data sources, spatial data quality, spatial data analysis, terrain modelling, hydrological modelling, land suitability modelling, and decision support systems. It also includes the basic principles of remote sensing and the use of satellite imagery. Cases studies and hands-on practice allow students to gain experience in the use of GIS in environmental management.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will be able to

    • demonstrate sound knowledge and clear understanding of basic principles and techniques of GIS;
    • understand concepts, issues and problems specific to environmental applications of GIS;
    • demonstrate a high level of skill in the use of GIS software in environmental problem solving;
    • develop environmental applications of GIS.

    Assessment

    Written assignments:25% (2500 words)
    Practicals: 50%
    2 Hour exam: 25%

    Contact hours

    Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per fortnight

    Prerequisites

    First year Geography sequence

    Prohibitions

    GES3810


    GES3890 - Earth system interactions: From biogeochemical cycles to global change

    6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Assoc Prof Jason Beringer

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will deal with the interactions and feedbacks amongst the Earth's different subsystems - the atmosphere, ocean, mantle and crust, cryosphere, and biological systems. The unit will examine the dynamics of the earth by identifying the major driving processes and responses of the biosphere to energy, water and biogeochemical cycles in the earth system together with the characteristic spatial and temporal scales over which they occur. These processes and cycles will be viewed from two different timescales: firstly, thousands to millions of years and secondly, decades to centuries.

    Objectives

    The unit aims to provide specific knowledge and understanding of climate, biology and geology and their role in current global process and the feedbacks and interactions that exist between them. This will engage students by providing them with relevant information that can be applied to global environmental problems. The unit aims to provide contemporary and innovative ideas and research in the context of global change. The unit aims to develop synthetic capabilities in students through enquiry and integrative research as well as engaging teaching methods. The unit also aims to promote oral and other communications skills. Finally, students should develop teamwork skills through group based research projects.

    Assessment

    Oral seminar or debate presentation: 25%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%
    Research study report (2500 words): 35%

    Contact hours

    Three hours per week (2 one-hour lectures per week (weeks 1-10), 3 hours seminars per week (weeks 11-12), 5 fortnightly research based activities (2 hours each)).

    Prerequisites

    Second year physical geography, earth science, atmospheric science, biology or by permission

    Prohibitions

    GES4890, ATM3261


    GES3900 - The Southern African atmospheric environment: A synoptic approach

    6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Claudia Holgate

    Offered

    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Unit focuses on the synoptic-scale weather processes and phenomena of importance in the southern African region. The fundamental intention is to develop an understanding of the major atmospheric processes that interact to produce the weather and climate that obtain in South Africa. The processes that are important in the generation of synoptic scale weather systems in the Southern Africa region will therefore be given detailed study. An understanding of tropical temperate weather systems and their development in the region will be the focus. Students are provided with an understanding of climate change and availability in the region and will also learn techniques of weather forecasting.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Examination: 40%
    Practical/Field work: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours of lectures and 2 hours of practicals per week


    GES4420 - Researching human environments

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lauren Costello

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is directed at providing students with experience in applied research. Students will be introduced to the characteristics of information and instruction in the appropriate presentation of information and data. The nature of Geographical Information Systems is explained and examples of their use in research will be presented. Students will be introduced to the preparation and use of questionnaire surveys, interview and qualitative research methods. Students are required to develop a research project of their own choice. Workshops are also included and designed to assist students in compiling and reporting on their research findings.

    Objectives

    By the conclusion of this unit students are expected to have satisfactorily demonstrated the following outcomes:

    1. an ability to choose the most appropriate methods for analysing a particular data set
    2. a capacity to manipulate data
    3. an understanding of sampling techniques; basic ability in questionnaire design, coding and analysis
    4. basic interviewing techniques
    5. an understanding of some of the ethical issues involved in conducting human geographical research
    6. a capacity to produce high quality research reports
    7. an awareness of the limitations of geographical data
    8. an understanding of various methodological approaches 4th year students will be expected to complete assessed work at a qualitatively and theoretically more sophisticated level than in the Third Year version of the unit.

    Assessment

    Field Report (2500) : 40%
    Project Proposal (1000) : 20%
    Participation : 20%
    Examination : 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hour workshop per week

    Prerequisites

    Admission to Honours or Postgraduate status

    Prohibitions

    GES3420


    GES4520 - Social space and urban justice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will bring the main themes of economic and cultural geography together. Throughout the unit we examine four main processes in contemporary cultural/economic geography: consumption, production, commodification, and urban spectacle. Case studies will be used to conceptualise the dynamics of large cities and urban spaces, in particular, patterns of intra-urban social variation, cultural construction, the distribution of power and status, and manifestations of popular culture. Through these themes attention is paid to difference, diversity and social justice principles.

    Objectives

    The unit employs a range of geographical methods and skills to evaluate and synthesize information about representations and the social construction of social spaces and urban justice. This includes a case study approach that links theory with everyday examples and fieldtrips. Such approaches provide students with conceptual skills and capacities that are transferable to a variety of contemporary issues impacting on daily life. Learning objectives and outcomes: At the completion of the subject students should have developed the following skills and capacities:

    1. critical analysis of urban and social justice
    2. ability to identify and critically evaluate information dealing with economic practices and cultural consumption
    3. effective communication in written and oral form
    4. ability to engage with theoretical debates and link to practical examples, demonstrated both in (examination and assignments) and practice (tutorial, fieldwork, class presentations). 4th year students will be expected to complete assessed work at a qualitatively and theoretically more sophisticated level than in the Third Year version of the unit.

    Assessment

    Field Report 1 (1000) : 15%
    Field report 2 (1000) : 15%
    Presentation : 10%
    Essay (1,500) : 20%
    Participation : 20%
    Examination : 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hour workshop + 2 compulsory fieldtrips

    Prerequisites

    Admission to Honours or Postgraduate status

    Prohibitions

    GES2760


    GES4750 - Sharing prosperity: Geographies of work, regional development and economy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr. Sally Weller

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Central to our approach in this unit is a focus on social equity. We explore equity at a variety of scales: between nations, and within nations, regions, communities and households. How has 'the economy' and 'globalisation' been understood? Answering these questions enables us to develop our critical thinking about: the changing social relations of work, the corporation, regional development, trade and consumption. Sharing prosperity is a unit for students wanting to understand how social inequality is produced and who want to investigate forms of governance that could more effectively enable better distributive and non-distributive forms of social and economic justice.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject will demonstrate the following skills and capacities:

    • Knowledge about how economic and social processes are linked and together produce inequity.
    • A critical understanding of globalisation and the uneven spatial implications of this process demonstrated through their essays, reports and discussion in class
    • A critical understanding of the changing governance structures that underpin economic change at global, national and local scales, looking particularly at the examples of bilateral trade, 'free trade' principles, industry policy and 'labour market reform'.
    • A critical understanding of how boundaries between work and home, formal and informal economies and capital and labour have come into being and play a part in the continued separation of these spaces and practices across space.
    • Sound written expression, demonstrating an ability to critically analyse text, film and other data.
    • Sound interpretation of graphs and maps. Students at the fourth year level will be expected to demonstrate a sophisticated level of critical analysis as evidenced particularly in the essay and fieldtrip report.

    Assessment

    Essay (1,000 words) : 20%
    Fieldtrip report (1,500) : 30%
    Class participation : 30%
    Exam (2 hours) : 20%
    Students undertaking this unit at 4th year level will be asked to produce additional analysis for the essay and fieldtrip report.

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week (seminar) + a one day fieldtrip

    Prohibitions

    GES2750, GES3750, GYM4750


    GES4820 - Seminar in Geography

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Stephen Legg

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Unit matter and research methodology in human and physical geography. The unit provides a contextual framework for the theses of honours students. Students will be assessed on a research seminar and a three-hour examination at mid-year. The seminar continues to meet in the second half of the year where it provides a forum for discussion on individual thesis projects.

    Assessment

    Written (6000 words): 50%
    Examinations (3 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    4 hours per week (two 2-hour seminars)


    GES4840 - Directed studies in Geography

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Stephen Legg

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students enrol in an established unit or a combination of units either in geography or a related discipline and undertake a course of study including a selection of readings and discussion in a particular area or a set of lectures under the direction of their supervisor.

    Assessment

    Varies dependent upon nature of directed studies. Negotiated with the fourth-year level coordinator


    GES4860(A) - Honours thesis part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Stephen Legg

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Dissertation or thesis topics are approved by the head of school, and students are assigned to a supervisor. Work on the thesis should commence as soon as possible after the third-year results are published in December, but no later than 1 February. The final date by which the thesis is to be presented will be announced near the beginning of the academic year, and is usually the last working day in October.


    GES4860(B) - Honours thesis part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Stephen Legg

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for GES4860(A)

    Assessment

    Written (10,000-15,000 words): 100%


    GES4890 - Earth system interactions: From biogeochemical cycles to global change

    6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jason Beringer

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will deal with the interactions and feedbacks amongst the Earth's different subsystems - the atmosphere, ocean, mantle and crust, cryosphere, and biological systems. The unit will examine the dynamics of the earth by identifying the major driving processes and responses of the biosphere to energy, water and biogeochemical cycles in the earth system together with the characteristic spatial and temporal scales over which they occur. These processes and cycles will be viewed from two different timescales: firstly, thousands to millions of years and secondly, decades to centuries.

    Objectives

    The unit aims to provide specific knowledge and understanding of climate, biology and geology and their role in current global process and the feedbacks and interactions that exist between them. This will engage students by providing them with relevant information that can be applied to global environmental problems. The unit also aims to provide contemporary and innovative ideas and research in the context of global change. The unit aims to develop synthetic capabilities in students through enquiry and integrative research as well as engaging teaching methods. The unit also aims to promote oral and other communications skills. Finally, students should develop teamwork skills through group based research projects.

    Assessment

    Oral seminar or debate presentation: 25%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%
    Research study report (2500 words): 35%
    Students will be expected to demonstrate greater capacity for critical analysis in the research study report.

    Contact hours

    Three hours per week (2 one-hour lectures per week (weeks 1-10), 3 hours seminars per week (weeks 11-12), 5 fortnightly research based activities (2 hours each)).

    Prerequisites

    Second year physical geography, earth science, atmospheric science, biology or by permission

    Prohibitions

    GES3890 and ATM3261


    GLO2000 - Global studies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Kate Murphy

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit requires students to examine the place of the individual in the global world, using their own experiences, contemporary case studies, a variety of media and sources, and through the application of critical theory. It compels students to engage with the often confronting and challenging prospect of 'difference' and aims to engage students with their responses to and understanding of the 'individual', the 'other'. In preparation for their time overseas the unit ensures the student connects with at least one other student at their host institution and have some of the skills necessary to construct a 'blog' in order to remain connected to their family and friends at home.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. learnt how to distinguish between different knowledges and data sets which are derived from other discipline- and culture-specific domains
    2. become acquainted with methods of, and approaches to, critical thinking
    3. able to demonstrate an ability to engage in team work across disciplines and cultures. Students completing this unit at a third year level will be expected demonstrate a broader depth of theoretical knowledge.

    Assessment

    Class participation (750 words equiv): 20%; Blog entries and 1 email discussion/chat with student at host institution (1500 words total 400 per entry 300 word discussion): 25%; Research essay (2000 words): 30%; Reflective essay exam (1000 words): 25%

    Contact hours

    A minimum of 22 hours per semester consisting of 2 hour seminar or 1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial (may vary for different modules).

    Prerequisites

    INT1010, INT1020 plus at least 36 points of first-year level units in line with course structure (i.e. must have completed all of first-year).

    Prohibitions

    GLO3000


    GLO3000 - Global studies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Kate Murphy

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for GLO2000

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. learnt how to distinguish between different knowledges and data sets which are derived from other discipline- and culture-specific domains
    2. become acquainted with methods of, and approaches to, critical thinking
    3. able to demonstrate an ability to engage in team work across disciplines and cultures. Students completing this unit at a third year level will be expected demonstrate a broader depth of theoretical knowledge.

    Assessment

    Class participation (750 words equiv): 20%; Blog entries and 1 email discussion/chat with student at host institution (1500 words total 400 per entry 300 word discussion): 25%; Research essay (2000 words): 30%; Reflective essay exam (1000 words): 25%

    Contact hours

    A minimum of 22 hours per semester consisting of 2 hour seminar or 1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial (may vary for different modules).

    Prerequisites

    INT1010, INT1020 plus at least 36 points of first-year level units in line with course structure (i.e. must have completed all of first-year).

    Prohibitions

    GLO2000


    GLO3001 - Global research

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Adam Clulow

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit develops students' critical thinking, writing and research skills while allowing them to reflect on both their experience of Study Abroad and the themes met in their International Studies core units. Through peer-to-peer discussion and reflection students will choose a theme from one of their core INT units and devise a research project around an aspect of their Study Abroad experience. The extended project will allow students to investigate a topic in greater depth, interrogate its epistemological assumptions, substantially pursue related theoretical issues, and gain the methodological skills appropriate to the International Studies major and the aims of the BA (Global).

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit will be able to:

    1. formulate and complete a substantial research project in International Studies;
    2. demonstrate independent research skills;
    3. place the relevant literature in its cultural, ideological and epistemological contexts by showing where it fits into the current state of knowledge;
    4. display their acquaintance with some of the ongoing debates in the relevant disciplinary area (International Studies);
    5. demonstrate their enhanced skills in critical reading, writing, research and oral presentation.

    Assessment

    Class participation (500 words eq): 10%; Research proposal (500 words): 10%; Research essay (4000 words): 80%

    Contact hours

    A minimum of 22 hours per semester consisting of 2 hour seminar

    Prerequisites

    INT1010, INT1020, at least 12 points of 2nd year level International Studies units


    GLO4000 - Globalising research methods

    12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit will engage with two connected questions:

    1. How can we research the phenomenon of globalisation;
    2. How has globalisation impacted upon research methods in the social sciences and humanities? The unit will look at both quantitative and qualitative research methodologies, combined forms such as historical-comparative, and theoretical frameworks (e.g. post-colonialism), to understand how each of these might be applied to understand the multi-dimensional nature of the impacts of "globalisation". It will also consider how the work and approach of researchers has been changed by the forms of evidence and the trans-national contexts that exist in the modern "globalising" world.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

    1. Have a well-developed understanding of major qualitative and quantitative research methodologies and theories.
    2. Be able to determine which approaches, from a range of different research methodologies, may be appropriate for the study of specific social science or humanities research questions regarding globalisation.
    3. Understand how globalising trends and developments such as in communication technologies have changed the texts and materials available for research, and the approaches required from researchers.
    4. Have highly developed skills in web-based study forms.
    5. Have high level inquiry, collaborative learning and presentation abilities.
    6. Be able to undertake a theoretically and methodologically informed research project on an aspect of globalisation.

    Assessment

    Group online presentation (2000 words): 20%
    Individual online presentation (2000 words): 20%
    Online tutorial contributions (2000 words): 20%
    Research project proposal (3000 words): 40%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    Weekly one to two hour asynchronous tutorial

    Prohibitions

    GLM4000


    GLO4011 - Dissertation part I (Global studies)

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Seamus O'Hanlon

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Students will be allocated a supervisor with whom they will be expected to meet and communicate on a regular basis. Under supervision, students will be required to write a dissertation on an approved topic of between 15,000-18,000 words during the course of their enrolment in part I and part II of the dissertation. As part of their dissertation work, students will also be expected to attend a general seminar which prepares students to undertake research.

    Objectives

    It is expected that students undertaking this subject will be able to:

    1. Undertake independent research under the guidance of an academic supervisor
    2. Identify and develop key research questions
    3. Pursue a program of research leading to the presentation of a dissertation
    4. Demonstrate an ability to develop a sustained, coherent and logical argument within the dissertation
    5. Critically analyse the evidence used to support an argument or line of thinking
    6. Demonstrate a command of the literature relevant to the particular area of Global Studies under investigation and an understanding of how the research interacts with that literature
    7. Critically discuss and evaluate both primary and secondary sources that are relevant to the particular question under investigation
    8. Review and apply to their research relevant theoretical and conceptual questions that underpin the particular question investigation
    9. Demonstrate an understanding of the methodological issues surrounding approaches to the particular area of Global Studies under investigation

    Assessment

    N/A. Students assessed after completion of Part II

    Contact hours

    Regular supervisory meetings and participation in a general seminar


    GLO4012 - Dissertation part II (Global studies)

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Seamus O'Hanlon

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Students will be allocated a supervisor with whom they will be expected to meet and communicate on a regular basis. Under supervision, students will be required to write a dissertation on an approved topic of between 15,000-18,000 words during the course of their enrolment in part I and part II of the dissertation. As part of their dissertation work, students will also be expected to attend a general seminar which prepares students to undertake research.

    Objectives

    It is expected that students undertaking this subject will be able to:

    1. Undertake independent research under the guidance of an academic supervisor
    2. Identify and develop key research questions
    3. Pursue a program of research leading to the presentation of a dissertation
    4. Demonstrate an ability to develop a sustained, coherent and logical argument within the dissertation
    5. Critically analyse the evidence used to support an argument or line of thinking
    6. Demonstrate a command of the literature relevant to the particular area of Global Studies under investigation and an understanding of how the research interacts with that literature
    7. Critically discuss and evaluate both primary and secondary sources that are relevant to the particular question under investigation
    8. Review and apply to their research relevant theoretical and conceptual questions that underpin the particular question investigation
    9. Demonstrate an understanding of the methodological issues surrounding approaches to the particular area of Global Studies under investigation

    Assessment

    Dissertation (15000-18000 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    Regular supervisory meetings and participation in a general seminar


    GND1010 - Sex, gender, knowledge

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Maryanne Dever

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Does gender matter? How do ideas about sex and gender shape important questions in our society? How are social, political and economic structures affected by conventional notions about femininity and masculinity? This unit introduces the interdisciplinary field of Women's Studies and engages students in a series of critical debates concerning sex and citizenship; gender and the law; work and employment; and media and advertising. A range of critical and analytic approaches to contemporary social questions will be introduced and some key contemporary gender debates will be selected for close analysis and problem-based learning.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will:

    1. have developed an understanding of how gender operates as a category of analysis and an understanding of the range of critical and analytical approaches associated with the field of Women's Studies;
    2. have gained an understanding of the gendered dimensions of contemporary social debates;
    3. have developed research and library skills that will enable them to locate, assess and organise basic resources relevant to the field;
    4. have developed skills in group work and project organisation;
    5. have developed writing and communication skills that will enable them to examine and respond critically to key texts and debates in the field.

    Assessment

    Written Work (40%) Research Project (60%)


    GND2010 - Contemporary feminist theory

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Maryanne Dever

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces a range of exciting contemporary feminist theories. Broadly interdisciplinary in its concerns, the unit examines how feminist thinkers theorise around complex and challenging issues such as sex equality and sex difference; pleasure and danger in the realm of sexualities; bodies and body modification; fluidity in gender identity; shifting forms of femininity and masculinity; gender and citizenship; bodies, boundaries and nationhood; gender, race and cultural difference. Theorists examined include: Elizabeth Grosz, Luce Irigaray, Helene Cixous, Andrea Dworkin, Iris Marion Young, Richard Dyer, Ann Oakley, Joanna Frueh and others.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will have gained

    1. a basic knowledge of a range of contemporary feminist theories;
    2. developed skills in reading and analysing theoretical texts;
    3. enhanced ability to develop and sustain theoretical arguments;
    4. enhanced skills in verbal and written communication.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Class Participation/presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence.

    Prohibitions

    WMN3240


    GND2030 - Gender, media and consumption

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): JaneMaree Maher

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit offers students an introduction to feminist cultural studies by exploring questions of gender, media and consumption. Critical interdisciplinary approaches are used to address the following key questions:
    How is 'gender' created and produced by popular culture?
    How are cultural meanings around sex and gender made, circulated and reinforced?
    What roles do consumers have in determining and defining the product?

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students should have:

    1. a grounded working knowledge of the major theoretical and methodological approaches that constitute the field of cultural studies and feminist cultural studies;
    2. an informed theoretical critique of how gender is constituted in popular culture;
    3. an interdisciplinary approach to textual analysis;
    4. library-based research skills and a working knowledge of the major data-bases used in cultural studies;
    5. the ability to think critical and analytically, and to be able to articulate those thought processes in a high standard of written and oral expression;
    6. a focus upon the production of scholarly research as the end point of a process of reading, discussion, drafting and debate;
    7. the production of thoroughly researched, well documented and presented formal essays;
    8. the ability to work both independently as scholars and to participate actively in group projects.

    Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate greater capacity for independent research and will be required to answer a class test of a more conceptually challenging nature.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Class Participation/presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence

    Prohibitions

    GND3030, WMN2030, WMN3030


    GND2050 - Sex, science and the body

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): JaneMaree Maher

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    How do science, medicine and gender intersect in contemporary Western societies? How do ideas about sex and gender shape scientific knowledge and medical practice? What impact do gender norms have on the provision and delivery of health care? How does the development of scientific knowledge reflect contemporary ideas about sex and gender? This unit draws on scholarship in feminist science studies to engage students in current critical debates concerning sex, bodies and medical knowledge. A range of critical analytic approaches to contemporary medical and scientific questions will be introduced and key contemporary debates will be selected for close analysis and problem-based learning.

    Objectives

    By the successful completion of this unit, students will have acquired the following skills:

    1. A grounded working knowledge of the major feminist theoretical and methodological approaches to science and the production of scientific knowledge.
    2. An informed theoretical critique of how such concepts as sex, gender and knowledge are present in the development and dissemination of scientific knowledge.
    3. An interdisciplinary approach to the analysis of scientific knowledge and the role of science in defining sex, gender and sexuality.
    4. Library based research skills and a working knowledge of the major data-bases used in feminist science studies.
    5. The ability to think critical and analytically, and to be able to articulate those thought processes in a high standard of written and oral expression.
    6. A focus upon the production of scholarly research as the end point of a process of reading, discussion, drafting and debate.
    7. The ability to work both independently as scholars and to participate actively in group projects.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Class Participation/presentation: 20%

    Prohibitions

    GND3050


    GND2070 - Rethinking global culture: Sex, race, consumption

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): JaneMaree Maher

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will have gained

    1. a foundational understanding of feminist debates in the area of postcolonialism, cross-cultural consumption and sexed and raced identities;
    2. an understanding of the historical links between imperialism and globalization;
    3. skills in the critical analysis of popular discourses, such as advertising, news production and other media and popular cultural forms;
    4. enhanced skills in verbal and written communication;
    5. enhanced skills in the formulating, conducting and presenting of individual research projects.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Class Participation/presentation: 20%

    Prohibitions

    GND3070


    GND2080 - Feminism and popular culture: Love, sex and romance

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Maryanne Dever

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit utilizes themes of love, sex and romance in order to examine the impact of feminist ideas,theories and politics on how we think about popular culture. The unit explores the complex ways discourses of romantic love and (hetero)sexuality feature in our daily lives,the media, film, television and iterature and examines the important
    contributions recent feminist thought has made how we understand these phenomena. Using critical analytical feminist concepts, this unit
    explores how popular romance narratives; celebrity marriages; self-help literature; contemporary fairytales; chick-flicks; internet dating represent and shape individual and social experiences of love, sex and romance.

    Objectives

    By the successful completion of this unit, students will have acquired the following skills:

    1. A grounded working knowledge of the major feminist theoretical and methodological approaches to popular culture.
    2. An informed theoretical critique of how such concepts as sex, gender and romantic love are constituted in a variety of popular cultural forms.
    3. An interdisciplinary approach to the analysis of popular cultural forms.
    4. Library based research skills and a working knowledge of the major data-bases used in feminist cultural studies.
    5. The ability to think critical and analytically, and to be able to articulate those thought processes in a high standard of written and oral expression.
    6. A focus upon the production of scholarly research as the end point of a process of reading, discussion, drafting and debate.
    7. The ability to work both independently as scholars and to participate actively in group projects.
    Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate greater capacity for independent research and will be required to answer a class test of a more conceptually challenging nature.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Class Test: 20%

    Prerequisites

    Any first-year sequence

    Prohibitions

    GND3080


    GND3010 - Contemporary feminist theory

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Maryanne Dever

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces a range of exciting contemporary feminist theories. Broadly interdisciplinary in its concerns, the unit examines how feminist thinkers theorise around complex and challenging issues such as sex equality and sex difference; pleasure and danger in the realm of sexualities; bodies and body modification; fluidity in gender identity; shifting forms of femininity and masculinity; gender and citizenship; bodies, boundaries and nationhood; gender, race and cultural difference. Theorists examined include: Elizabeth Grosz, Luce Irigaray, Helene Cixous, Andrea Dworkin, Iris Marion Young, Richard Dyer, Ann Oakley, Joanna Frueh and others.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit at level 3 will have gained

    1. a sound knowledge of a range of contemporary feminist theories;
    2. developed skills in reading and analysing theoretical texts;
    3. enhanced ability to develop and sustain theoretical arguments;
    4. enhanced skills in verbal and written communication;
    5. enhanced skills in the developing and presenting of individual research assignments.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Class Participation/presentation: 10%

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence

    Prohibitions

    GND2010


    GND3020 - Feminist research

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Suzanne Fraser

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    What makes research feminist? Is it different from research on, by or about women? Are there specific feminist research methods? What is feminist epistemology? How are aspects of feminist theory applied in conducting research? These are some of the questions that this unit will address as it introduces students to recent feminist research methodologies in a range of disciplines across the humanities and social sciences. The unit will explore differing practical modes of feminist research in addition to enhancing students' own research skills. Students develop and document their own research projects as part of the unit.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Class Participation/presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    GND3030 - Gender, media and consumption

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): JaneMaree Maher

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit offers students an introduction to feminist cultural studies by exploring questions of gender, media and consumption. Critical interdisciplinary approaches are used to address the following key questions:
    How is 'gender' created and produced by popular culture?
    How are cultural meanings around sex and gender made, circulated and reinforced?
    What roles do consumers have in determining and defining the product?

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students should have:

    1. a grounded working knowledge of the major theoretical and methodological approaches that constitute the field of cultural studies and feminist cultural studies;
    2. an informed theoretical critique of how gender is constituted in popular culture;
    3. an interdisciplinary approach to textual analysis;
    4. library-based research skills and a working knowledge of the major data-bases used in cultural studies;
    5. the ability to think critical and analytically, and to be able to articulate those thought processes in a high standard of written and oral expression;
    6. a focus upon the production of scholarly research as the end point of a process of reading, discussion, drafting and debate;
    7. the production of thoroughly researched, well documented and presented formal essays;
    8. the ability to work both independently as scholars and to participate actively in group projects.

    Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate greater capacity for independent research and will be required to answer a class test of a more conceptually challenging nature.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Class Participation/presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence

    Prohibitions

    GND2030, WMN2030, WMN3030


    GND3050 - Sex, science and the body

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): JaneMaree Maher

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    How do science, medicine and gender intersect in contemporary Western societies? How do ideas about sex and gender shape scientific knowledge and medical practice? What impact do gender norms have on the provision and delivery of health care? How does the development of scientific knowledge reflect contemporary ideas about sex and gender? This unit draws on scholarship in feminist science studies to engage students in current critical debates concerning sex, bodies and medical knowledge. A range of critical analytic approaches to contemporary medical and scientific questions will be introduced and key contemporary debates will be selected for close analysis and problem-based learning.

    Objectives

    By the successful completion of this unit, students will have acquired the following skills:

    1. A grounded working knowledge of the major feminist theoretical and methodological approaches to science and the production of scientific knowledge.
    2. An informed theoretical critique of how such concepts as sex, gender and knowledge are present in the development and dissemination of scientific knowledge.
    3. An interdisciplinary approach to the analysis of scientific knowledge and the role of science in defining sex, gender and sexuality.
    4. Library based research skills and a working knowledge of the major data-bases used in feminist science studies.
    5. The ability to think critical and analytically, and to be able to articulate those thought processes in a high standard of written and oral expression.
    6. A focus upon the production of scholarly research as the end point of a process of reading, discussion, drafting and debate.
    7. The ability to work both independently as scholars and to participate actively in group projects.
    Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate greater capacity for independent research and will be required to answer a class test of a more conceptually challenging nature.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Class Participation/presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    1 x one-hour lecture + 1 x one-hour seminar (for 6 weeks); 1 x two-hour seminar (for 6 weeks)

    Prohibitions

    GND2050


    GND3070 - Rethinking global culture: Sex, race, consumption

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): JaneMaree Maher

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces the complex relationships between sex, race, and contemporary western consumer practices. Using theoretical perspectives from such critics as Anne McClintock, Stuart Hall, and bell hooks, the unit considers the politics of sex and race within the lived experiences of imperialism and globalisation. Designed to be interdisciplinary, the unit incorporates historical, political, literary and filmic perspectives. Areas for examination include advertising, media, travel and tourism, fashion, foreign aid and child sponsorship programs, 'world literature', and transnational labour movements.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit at 3rd yr level will have gained

    1. a foundational understanding of feminist debates in the area of postcolonialism, cross-cultural consumption and sexed and raced identities;
    2. a detailed understanding of the historical links between imperialism and globalization and an interdisciplinary grasp of the central debates and issues in relations to questions of sex and race in the domains of imperialism and globalisation;
    3. skills in the critical analysis of popular discourses, such as advertising, news production and other media and popular cultural forms;
    4. advanced skills in textual analysis and in the development of argument, both orally and in writing;
    5. enhanced skills in the formulating, conducting and presenting of individual research projects.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Class Participation/presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence

    Prohibitions

    GND2070


    GND3080 - Feminism and popular culture: Love, sex and romance

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Maryanne Dever

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit utilizes themes of love, sex and romance in order to examine the impact of feminist ideas,theories and politics on how we think about popular culture. The unit explores the complex ways discourses of romantic love and (hetero)sexuality feature in our daily lives,the media, film, television and literature and examines the important contributions recent feminist thought has made how we understand these phenomena. Using critical analytical feminist concepts, this unit explores how popular romance narratives; celebrity marriages; self-help literature; contemporary fairytales; chick-flicks; internet dating represent and shape individual and social experiences of love, sex and romance.

    Objectives

    By the successful completion of this unit, students will have acquired the following skills:

    1. A grounded working knowledge of the major feminist theoretical and methodological approaches to popular culture.
    2. An informed theoretical critique of how such concepts as sex, gender and romantic love are constituted in a variety of popular cultural forms.
    3. An interdisciplinary approach to the analysis of popular cultural forms.
    4. Library based research skills and a working knowledge of the major data-bases used in feminist cultural studies.
    5. The ability to think critical and analytically, and to be able to articulate those thought processes in a high standard of written and oral expression.
    6. A focus upon the production of scholarly research as the end point of a process of reading, discussion, drafting and debate.
    7. The ability to work both independently as scholars and to participate actively in group projects.
    Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate greater capacity for independent research and will be required to answer a class test of a more conceptually challenging nature.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Class Test: 20%

    Prerequisites

    Any first-year sequence

    Prohibitions

    GND2080


    GND4000 - Honours thesis (Dissertation of 15,000-18,000 Words)

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Maryanne Dever

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will be required to attend research methodology seminars, participate in research proposal seminars, to engage in a significant research and reading program, and write a dissertation on an approved topic of their own choosing. Each student will be allocated a supervisor.

    Assessment

    Written (15,000-18,000 words): 100%


    GND4001 - Honours thesis (Dissertation of 15,000-18,000 Words) Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Maryanne Dever

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will be required to attend research methodology seminars, participate in research proposal seminars, to engage in a significant research and reading program, and write a dissertation on an approved topic of their own choosing. Each student will be allocated a supervisor.


    GND4002 - Honours Thesis (Dissertation of 15,000-18,000 Words) Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Maryanne Dever

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will be required to attend research methodology seminars, participate in research proposal seminars, to engage in a significant research and reading program, and write a dissertation on an approved topic of their own choosing. Each student will be allocated a supervisor.

    Assessment

    Written (15,000-18,000 words): 100%


    GND4010 - Gender, sexuality, power

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): JaneMaree Maher

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to basic terms, concepts and debates necessary for understanding the current state of contemporary theorising on gender issues. Designed to be broadly interdisciplinary in its concerns, it will examine such issues as the formation of knowledge, the construction of bodies, the shifting nature of femininity and masculinity and questions of sexual and cultural difference. These broad issues will be considered through close reading and discussion of selected works by theorists. Contemporary theoretical interventions will be examined with respect to the history of feminist movements worldwide and the impact of feminist thought on disciplinary knowledges.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Seminar participation: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    GND4020 - Feminist research (Honours)

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Suzanne Fraser

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to prepare students to undertake extended research within the broad, interdisciplinary arena of feminist scholarship. It will pose a range of questions such as: What is feminist epistemology? What makes research feminist? Are there specific feminist research methods? What particular ethical issues are raised by feminist research? How, as researchers, do we deal with the political nature of feminist research? This unit will explore differing practical modes of feminist research and students will be required to develop and document their own research projects as part of this unit.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Class Participation/presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    GND4030 - Gender, globalisation and development: Research issues

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Maryanne Dever

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces key feminist debates in the theory and practice of cross-cultural research and grounds those debates in the literature of globalization and gender and development. Issues examined include the power relations underlying and determining the research process; cultural biases inherent in the production of knowledge; ethical issues in cross-cultural research; negotiating racial, ethnic and cultural differences in research. Discussion will also cover the challenges posed to white Western feminism primarily by women of colour, Third World and indigenous women, and women from other non-Western groups.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will have:

    1. acquired a grounded, working knowledge of the major feminist debates and methodological literature in the field of cross-cultural research;
    2. an understanding of the gendered dimensions of debates concerning globalisation and development;
    3. a capacity for informed, theoretical critique of feminist research methodologies and other qualitative research methodologies;
    4. skills in the presentation of verbal and written analyses and arguments on issues pertaining to cross-cultural feminist research;
    5. familiarity with a range of research methodologies appropriate to feminist cross-cultural research.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Seminar presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    WSM4700/5700


    GNDPLT401 - Combined Gender Studies and Politics Minor Thesis Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


    GNDPLT402 - Combined Gender Studies and Politics Minor Thesis Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


    GNM4165 - Language and society: Sociolinguistics from a German language perspective

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Ana Deumert

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A sociolinguistic perspective on the German language. Issues include language and society, politics and education. The role of the German language in a socioculturally and politically changed Europe, with particular reference to questions of language and national identity, pluricentricity and diglossia, the German language and German unity, migrant German and foreigner German, and the national and international status of the German language.

    Assessment

    Written (3000 words): 60%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week

    Co-requisites

    An advanced German Studies core unit.


    GNM4166 - German language and society: Research project

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Ana Deumert

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit will explore the German language as a productive area of investigation from a sociolinguistic perspective. This subject will also go beyond the broader issues of language and society, politics and education and take an applied, practical research approach to the new role of the German language in a politically and socioculturally changed Europe. Recent developments pertaining to issues such as language and national identity, pluricentricity, migrant German and the national and international status of German will be explored.

    Assessment

    Archival work and library exercise (1000 words): 10%
    Data collection exercise (1200 words): 15%
    Data analysis (1200 words): 15%
    Class paper (600 words): 15%
    Research essay (5000 words): 45%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x lecture and 2 x seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    GNM4165

    Co-requisites

    At least one of German Level 4 core units GNM4265, GNM4275, GNM4355, GNM4385.


    GNM4275 - Critics of civilisation

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit deals with major contributions to a central debate within German cultural and intellectual life concerning the value and status of mainstream German and Western cultural traditions. Reading the 'cultural critics' from Heine to Adorno opens up a key and controversial dimension to German intellectual history.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject students should have developed an understanding of Heine's view of German intellectual history, Marx's interpretation of history, Nietzsche's critique of Western culture and morality, Freud's theory of civilisation and Horkheimer and Adorno's of Western popular culture; formed a critical understanding of the texts studied through close reading; and grasped the premises and implications of the theories and critiques presented by the texts.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75% (3500 words)
    Exam: 25%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Advanced German Studies 3, part 2 or above; or equivalent


    GNM4355 - Research project in German studies

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will develop, in consultation with a supervisor, a focused research project in an aspect of German Studies: German literature, linguistics, critical theory, textual theory, cinema studies, cultural studies or civilisation. Students will produce a sustained piece of commentary that engages with an academic method (such as historical method, survey reading, close analysis, theoretical critique or a combination of these) to answer a discipline-specific question and formulate a thesis. The dissertation will demonstrate a command of methodology, a close knowledge of the texts or issues studied, a high degree of competence in appropriate academic discourses in German.

    Assessment

    Written thesis (9000 words): 100%
    The dissertation can be written either in German or in English.

    Prerequisites

    Advanced German Studies 3, part 2 or above; or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GNM4365


    GNM4365 - Research project in German studies (2)

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Heinz Kreutz

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In consultation with a supervisor, a focused research project is developed in an aspect of German Studies: German literature, linguistics, critical theory, textual theory, cinema studies, cultural studies or civilisation. Students produce a sustained piece of commentary that engages with an academic method (eg. historical method, survey reading, close analysis, theoretical critique or a combination of these) to answer a discipline-specific question and formulate a thesis. The dissertation (written either in German or English) will demonstrate a command of methodology, a close knowledge of the texts or issues studied, a high degree of competence in appropriate academic discourses in German.

    Assessment

    Written thesis (12,000-15,000 words): 100%

    Prerequisites

    Advanced German Studies 3, part 2 or above; or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GNM4355


    GNM4365A - Research project in German studies (2) - Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


    GNM4365B - Research project in German studies (2) - Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


    GNM4375 - Special reading course

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A study in depth of a particular topic in German literature or in German linguistics.

    Assessment

    2 essays (9000 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    Advanced German Studies 3, part 2 or above; or equivalent


    GNM4385 - Age of Goethe

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit offers a comprehensive account of literary and cultural life in Germany during the age of Goethe; the "golden age" of German culture and the formative epoch in literature, music and philosophy. Centrally important texts are read for their contribution to this era and as representative examples of the various movements and developments which make it up.

    Assessment

    Written work (3500 words): 70%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    Advanced German Studies 1, part 2 or above; or equivalent


    GRN1010 - German studies 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is for students with little or no knowledge of the language. This unit consists of two components. Component 1: Language. A communicatively oriented German language course designed for all-round development in the language. Component 2: This component will familiarise students with the history, culture and the socio-economic conditions of the German-speaking countries.

    Objectives

    1: On completion of this subject and its sequel in semester 2, students should have acquired a basic German vocabulary of about 2000 words; be able to engage in basic German conversations, e.g. introducing oneself and others, asking about someone's nationality, job, age, ordering meals in a restaurant, giving directions, describing things etc.; have acquired a practical knowledge of three of the four grammatical cases of German, of the present and perfect tenses and of the basic sentence forms (statement, question, imperative), including use of modal verbs; be able to write letters and simple descriptions of holidays etc.
    2: On completion of this subject and its sequel in semester 2, students should have gained a basic understanding and first insight into basics of modern German history, culture and literature.

    Assessment

    Examinations (3 hours): 75%
    Regular short homework exercises: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial per week (language)

    Prohibitions

    GRN1030, GRN1050, GRN1070, GRN1090


    GRN1020 - German studies 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is for students with little or no knowledge of the language. This unit consists of two components. Component 1: Language. A communicatively oriented German language course designed for all-round development in the language. Component 2: This component will familiarise students with the history, culture and the socio-economic conditions of the German-speaking countries.

    Objectives

    1: On completion of this subject and its sequel in semester 2, students should have acquired a basic German vocabulary of about 4000 words; be able to engage in basic German conversations, eg introducing oneself and others, asking about someone's nationality, job, age, ordering meals in a restaurant, giving directions, describing things etc.; have acquired a practical knowledge of three of the four grammatical cases of German, of the present and perfect tenses and of the basic sentence forms (statement, question, imperative), including use of modal verbs; be able to write letters and simple descriptions of holidays etc.
    2: On completion of this subject and its sequel in semester 2, students should have gained a basic understanding and first insight into basics of modern German history, culture and literature.

    Assessment

    As for GRN1010

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN1010 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN1040, GRN1060, GRN1080, GRN1100


    GRN1030 - German studies 3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1. A communicatively oriented German language course. Specifically, students will work through a range of topics including the world of fairy tales, education, work, crime, personal relationships, migration and the environment.
    2. An examination of the cultural and social history of the German-speaking world through a seminar and selected readings, along with an introduction into the basics of text analysis.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of component 1 of this subject together with its sequel in semester 2, students should have further developed their communicative competence in German. Students should improve their accuracy and fluency in spoken and written German, particularly in relation to the production of longer texts. At the end of both semesters students should be familiar with all of the basic grammatical concepts in German. After completion of component 2 students should also have gained

    1. an overview of some basic aspects of German social and cultural history in its European context;
    2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of simple texts in accordance with the categories of their historical origin and context;
    3. reading skills necessary to understand intermediate German;
    4. basic orientation about essay-writing and academic discussion of aspects of German culture.

    Assessment

    Written work
    exercises: 55%
    Exam: 20%
    Test and Oral assessment: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    For students with some knowledge of German not extending to post-VCE level.

    Prohibitions

    GRN1010, GRN1050, GRN1070, GRN1090, GRN2030


    GRN1040 - German studies 4

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1: A communicatively oriented German language course. Specifically, students will work through a range of topics including the world of fairy tales, education, work, crime, personal relationships, migration and the environment.
    2: An examination of the cultural and social history of the German-speaking world through a seminar and selected readings, along with an introduction into the basics of text analysis.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of component 1 of this subject, students should have further developed their communicative competence in German. Students should improve their accuracy and fluency in spoken and written German, particularly in relation to the production of longer texts. At the end of both semesters students should be familiar with all of the basic grammatical concepts in German. After completion of component 2 students should also have further gained

    1. an overview of some basic aspects of German social and cultural history in its European context;
    2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of simple texts in accordance with the categories of their historical origin and context;
    3. reading skills necessary to understand intermediate German;
    4. basic orientation about essay-writing and academic discussion of aspects of German culture.

    Assessment

    As for GRN1030

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN1030 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN1020, GRN1060, GRN1080, GRN1100, GRN2040


    GRN1050 - German studies 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1: A communicative course designed to further speaking and reading skills in German. The emphasis is on learning to use German correctly in discussing a variety of topics.
    2: An examination of modern German culture in a socio-historical context through the study of selected texts. This component will familiarise students with the key elements and main stages of the cultural history of the German-speaking region in this period.

    Objectives

    The aim of component 1 of this subject together with its sequel in semester 2 is to enhance their ability to recognise and analyse different types of texts in terms of their internal structures and their functions in the contexts in which they were produced and received; to develop their German language skills in the areas of reading, listening, speaking and writing; to acquire skills in researching, both individually and collaboratively, and in presenting the results of their research and reflection in both written and verbal form. After completion of component 2 students should have gained:

    1. a basic understanding of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in modern German literature;
    2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
    3. reading skills necessary to understand intermediate German;
    4. basic essay-writing skills and an ability to engage in informed discussion of German culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

    Assessment

    Written work
    exercises: 55%
    Exam: 20%
    Test and Oral assessment: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    VCE German or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN1010, GRN1030, GRN1070, GRN1090, GRN2030, GRN2050, GRN3050


    GRN1060 - German studies 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1: A communicative course designed to further speaking and reading skills in German. The emphasis is on learning to use German correctly in discussing a variety of topics.
    2: An examination of the cultural and social history of the German-speaking world through lectures and selected readings, along with an introduction into the basics of text analysis.

    Objectives

    The aim of component 1 of this subject is to further enhance their ability to recognise and analyse different types of texts in terms of their internal structures and their functions in the contexts in which they were produced and received; to develop their German language skills in the areas of reading, listening, speaking and writing; to acquire skills in researching, both individually and collaboratively, and in presenting the results of their research and reflection in both written and verbal form. After completion of component 2 students should also have further gained:

    1. an overview of some basic aspects of German social and cultural history in its European context;
    2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of their historical origin and context;
    3. reading skills necessary to understand intermediate German;
    4. basic orientation about essay-writing and academic discussion of aspects of German culture on an advanced level.

    Assessment

    As for GRN1050

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN1050 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN1020, GRN1040, GRN1080, GRN1100, GRN2040, GRN2060, GRN3060


    GRN1070 - German studies 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1: This unit consists of a variety of learning activities associated with a variety of discourse forms dealing with a range of topics including Germany after unification, commitment, the future (wishes, dreams, happiness).
    2: An examination of the cultural and social history of the German-speaking world through lectures and selected readings, along with an introduction into the basics of text analysis.

    Objectives

    1. German language. On successful completion of this subject and its sequel in semester 2, students should have consolidated and extended their competence in German. Students should acquire an extended range of vocabulary in the topic areas studied, to consolidate and improve their knowledge of grammatical aspects studied, increase their ability to apply this vocabulary and grammatical knowledge in discussion of, reporting on and writing in various modes about the topic areas studied. After completion of component 2 students should also have gained:
    2. an overview of some basic aspects of German social and cultural history in its European context;
    3. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of their historical origin and context;
    4. reading skills necessary to understand intermediate German;
    5. basic orientation about essay-writing and academic discussion of aspects of German culture on an advanced level.

    Assessment

    Written work
    exercises: 55%
    Exam: 20%
    Test and Oral assessment: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    Excellent VCE score or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN1010, GRN1030, GRN1050, GRN1090, GRN2030, GRN2050, GRN2070, GRN3070


    GRN1080 - German studies 8

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1: This unit consists of a variety of learning activities associated with a variety of discourse forms dealing with a range of topics including Germany after unification, commitment, the future (wishes, dreams, happiness).
    2: An examination of the cultural and social history of the German-speaking world through lectures and selected readings, along with an introduction into the basics of text analysis.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this subject students should have further consolidated and extended their competence in German. Students should acquire an extended range of vocabulary in the topic areas studied, to consolidate and improve their knowledge of grammatical aspects studied, increase their ability to apply this vocabulary and grammatical knowledge in discussion of, reporting on and writing in various modes about the topic areas studied. After completion of component 2 students should also have further gained

    1. an overview of some basic aspects of German social and cultural history in its European context;
    2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of their historical origin and context;
    3. reading skills necessary to understand intermediate German;
    4. basic orientation about essay-writing and academic discussion of aspects of German culture on an advanced level.

    Assessment

    As for GRN1070

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN1070 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN1020, GRN1040, GRN1060, GRN1100, GRN2040, GRN2060, GRN2080, GRN3060, GRN3080


    GRN1090 - German studies 9

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1: Spoken and written German. Areas covered will be politics, history, social issues, environmental issues, humour, literature and literary figures. Attention will also be given to general aspects of daily life, including colloquial language and proverbs, and to technical language.
    2: An examination of the cultural and social history of the German-speaking world through lectures and selected readings, along with an introduction into the basics of text analysis.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject and its sequel in semester 2, students should have extended and deepened their knowledge of the German language and German culture; improved their knowledge of the finer points of German grammar; extended their vocabulary as much as possible through wide reading of various types of texts, including television and radio materials; acquired practice in using German in both spoken and written form to discuss topics of current interest, based principally on the reading of a wide range of newspaper articles; become familiar with language containing varying degrees of dialect influence; acquired the ability to translate complicated, non-specialist German texts into idiomatic English, and to translate fairly complicated English texts into German. Students should also have gained a knowledge of the relationship between the German language and its speakers, a knowledge of the differences between dialect and standard German, a knowledge of the phonetics of Modern Standard German and a knowledge of the International Phonetic Alphabet as applied to Modern Standard German. After completion of component 2 students should also have gained:

    1. an overview of some basic aspects of German social and cultural history in its European context;
    2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of their historical origin and context;
    3. reading skills necessary to understand intermediate German;
    4. basic orientation about essay-writing and academic discussion of aspects of German culture on an advanced level.

    Assessment

    Written work
    exercises: 55%
    Exam: 20%
    Test and Oral assessment: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    Advanced German - near native speaker

    Prohibitions

    GRN1010, GRN1030, GRN1050, GRN1070, GRN2030, GRN2050, GRN2070, GRN2090, GRN3050, GRN3070, GRN3090


    GRN1100 - German Studies 10

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1: Spoken and written German. Areas covered will be politics, history, social issues, environmental issues, humour, literature and literary figures. Attention will also be given to general aspects of daily life, including colloquial language and proverbs, and to technical language.
    2: An examination of the cultural and social history of the German-speaking world through lectures and selected readings, along with an introduction into the basics of text analysis.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject students should have further extended and deepened their knowledge of the German language and German culture; improved their knowledge of the finer points of German grammar; extended their vocabulary as much as possible through wide reading of various types of texts, including television and radio materials; acquired practice in using German in both spoken and written form to discuss topics of current interest, based principally on the reading of a wide range of newspaper articles; become familiar with language containing varying degrees of dialect influence; acquired the ability to translate complicated, non-specialist German texts into idiomatic English, and to translate fairly complicated English texts into German. Students should also have gained a knowledge of the relationship between the German language and its speakers, a knowledge of the differences between dialect and standard German, a knowledge of the phonetics of Modern Standard German and a knowledge of the International Phonetic Alphabet as applied to Modern Standard German. After completion of component 2 students should also have further gained:

    1. an overview of some basic aspects of German social and cultural history in its European context;
    2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of their historical origin and context;
    3. reading skills necessary to understand intermediate German;
    4. basic orientation about essay-writing and academic discussion of aspects of German culture on an advanced level.

    Assessment

    As for GRN1090

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN1090 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN1020, GRN1040, GRN1060, GRN1080, GRN2040, GRN2060, GRN2080, GRN2100, GRN3060, GRN 3080, GRN3100


    GRN2010 - German studies 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is for students with little or no knowledge of the language. This unit consists of two components. Component 1: Language. A communicatively oriented German language course designed for all-round development in the language. Component 2: This component will familiarise students with the history, culture and the socio-economic conditions of the German-speaking countries.

    Objectives

    1: On completion of this subject and its sequel in semester 2, students should have acquired a basic German vocabulary of about 2000 words; be able to engage in basic German conversations, eg introducing oneself and others, asking about someone's nationality, job, age, ordering meals in a restaurant, giving directions, describing things etc.; have acquired a practical knowledge of three of the four grammatical cases of German, of the present and perfect tenses and of the basic sentence forms (statement, question, imperative), including use of modal verbs; be able to write letters and simple descriptions of holidays etc.
    2: On completion of this subject and its sequel in semester 2, students should have gained a basic understanding and first insight into basics of modern German history, culture and literature.

    Assessment

    Examinations (3 hours): 75%
    Regular short homework exercises: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prohibitions

    Students enrolled in Arts courses are prohibited from taking this unit. GRN1010


    GRN2020 - German studies 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is for students with little or no knowledge of the language. This unit consists of two components. Component 1: Language. A communicatively oriented German language course designed for all-round development in the language. Component 2: This component will familiarise students with the history, culture and the socio-economic conditions of the German-speaking countries.

    Objectives

    1: On completion of this subject students should have acquired a basic German vocabulary of about 4000 words; be able to engage in basic German conversations, eg introducing oneself and others, asking about someone's nationality, job, age, ordering meals in a restaurant, giving directions, describing things etc.; have acquired a practical knowledge of three of the four grammatical cases of German, of the present and perfect tenses and of the basic sentence forms (statement, question, imperative), including use of modal verbs; be able to write letters and simple descriptions of holidays etc.
    2: On completion of this subject and its sequel in semester 2, students should have gained a basic understanding and first insight into basics of modern German history, culture and literature.

    Assessment

    Examinations (3 hours): 75%
    Regular short homework exercises: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN2010

    Prohibitions

    Students enrolled in Arts courses are prohibited from taking this unit as well as students taking GRN1020.


    GRN2030 - German studies 3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1: A communicatively oriented German language course. Specifically, students will work through a range of topics including the world of fairy tales, education, work, crime, personal relationships, migration and the environment.
    2: An examination of modern German culture in a socio-historical context through the study of selected texts. This component will familiarise students with the key elements and main stages of the cultural history of the German-speaking region in this period.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of component 1 of this subject together with its sequel in semester 2, students should have further developed their communicative competence in German. Students should improve their accuracy and fluency in spoken and written German, particularly in relation to the production of longer texts. At the end of both semesters students should be familiar with all of the basic grammatical concepts in German. After completion of component 2 students should have gained:

    1. a basic understanding of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in German literature from the late eighteenth century to the early nineteenth century;
    2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
    3. reading skills necessary to understand intermediate German;
    4. basic essay-writing skills and an ability to engage in informed discussion of German culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

    Assessment

    Written work
    exercises: 55%
    Exam: 20%
    Test and Oral assessment: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN1020 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN1030, GRN1050, GRN1070, GRN1090, GRN2050, GRN2070, GRN2090


    GRN2040 - German studies 4

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1: A communicatively oriented German language course. Specifically, students will work through a range of topics including the world of fairy tales, education, work, crime, personal relationships, migration and the environment.
    2: An examination of modern German culture in a socio-historical context through the study of selected texts. This component will familiarise students with the key elements and main stages of the cultural history of the German-speaking region in this period.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of component 1 of this subject students should have further developed their communicative competence in German. Students should improve their accuracy and fluency in spoken and written German, particularly in relation to the production of longer texts. At the end of both semesters students should be familiar with all of the basic grammatical concepts in German. After completion of component 2 students should have further gained:

    1. a basic understanding of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in modern German literature;
    2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
    3. reading skills necessary to understand intermediate German;
    4. basic essay-writing skills and an ability to engage in informed discussion of German culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

    Assessment

    Written work
    exercises: 55%
    Exam: 20%
    Test and Oral assessment: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN2030 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN1040, GRN1060, GRN1080, GRN1100, GRN2060, GRN2080, GRN2100


    GRN2050 - German studies 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1: A communicatively oriented German language course. Specifically, students will work through a range of topics including the world of fairy tales, education, work, crime, personal relationships, migration and the environment.
    2: An examination of modern German culture in a socio-historical context through the study of selected texts. This component will familiarise students with the key elements and main stages of the cultural history of the German-speaking region in this period.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of component 1 of this subject together with its sequel in semester 2, students should have further developed their communicative competence in German. Students should improve their accuracy and fluency in spoken and written German, particularly in relation to the production of longer texts. At the end of both semesters students should be familiar with all of the basic grammatical concepts in German. After completion of component 2 students should have gained:

    1. a basic understanding of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in modern German literature;
    2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
    3. reading skills necessary to understand intermediate German;
    4. basic essay-writing skills and an ability to engage in informed discussion of German culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

    Assessment

    Written work
    exercises: 55%
    Exam: 20%
    Test and Oral assessment: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN1040 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN1050, GRN1070, GRN1090, GRN2030, GRN2070, GRN2090, GRN3050


    GRN2060 - German studies 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1: A communicatively oriented German language course. Specifically, students will work through a range of topics including the world of fairy tales, education, work, crime, personal relationships, migration and the environment.
    2: An examination of modern German culture in a socio-historical context through the study of selected texts. This component will familiarise students with the key elements and main stages of the cultural history of the German-speaking region in this period.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of component 1 of this subject students should have further developed their communicative competence in German. Students should improve their accuracy and fluency in spoken and written German, particularly in relation to the production of longer texts. At the end of both semesters students should be familiar with all of the basic grammatical concepts in German. After completion of component 2 students should have further gained:

    1. a basic understanding of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in modern German literature;
    2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
    3. reading skills necessary to understand intermediate German;
    4. basic essay-writing skills and an ability to engage in informed discussion of German culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

    Assessment

    Written work
    exercises: 55%
    Exam: 20%
    Test and Oral assessment: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN2050 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN1060, GRN1080, GRN1100, GRN2040, GRN2080, GRN2100, GRN3060


    GRN2070 - German studies 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1: A communicatively oriented German language course. Specifically, students will work through a range of topics including the world of fairy tales, education, work, crime, personal relationships, migration and the environment.
    2: An examination of modern German culture in a socio-historical context through the study of selected texts. This component will familiarise students with the key elements and main stages of the cultural history of the German-speaking region in this period.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of component 1 of this subject together with its sequel in semester 2, students should have further developed their communicative competence in German. Students should improve their accuracy and fluency in spoken and written German, particularly in relation to the production of longer texts. At the end of both semesters students should be familiar with all of the basic grammatical concepts in German. After completion of component 2 students should have gained

    1. a basic understanding of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in modern German literature
    2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch
    3. reading skills necessary to understand intermediate German
    4. basic essay-writing skills and an ability to engage in informed discussion of German culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

    Assessment

    Written work
    exercises: 55%
    Exam: 20%
    Test and Oral assessment: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN1060

    Prohibitions

    GRN1070, GRN1090, GRN2030, GRN2050, GRN2090, GRN3050, GRN3070


    GRN2080 - German studies 8

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1: A communicatively oriented German language course. Specifically, students will work through a range of topics including the world of fairy tales, education, work, crime, personal relationships, migration and the environment.
    2: An examination of modern German culture in a socio-historical context through the study of selected texts. This component will familiarise students with the key elements and main stages of the cultural history of the German-speaking region in this period.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of component 1 of this subject students should have further developed their communicative competence in German. Students should improve their accuracy and fluency in spoken and written German, particularly in relation to the production of longer texts. At the end of both semesters students should be familiar with all of the basic grammatical concepts in German. After completion of component 2 students should have further gained:

    1. a basic understanding of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in modern German literature;
    2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
    3. reading skills necessary to understand intermediate German;
    4. basic essay-writing skills and an ability to engage in informed discussion of German culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

    Assessment

    Written work
    exercises: 55%
    Exam: 20%
    Test and Oral assessment: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN2070 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN1080, GRN1100, GRN2040, GRN2060, GRN2100, GRN3060, GRN3080


    GRN2090 - German studies 9

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1: Spoken and written German. Areas covered will be politics, history, social issues, environmental issues, humour, literature and literary figures. Attention will also be given to general aspects of daily life, including colloquial language and proverbs, and to technical language.
    2: An examination of modern German culture in a socio-historical context through the study of selected texts. This component will familiarise students with the key elements and main stages of the cultural history of the German-speaking region in this period.

    Objectives

    1: Upon successful completion of this subject and its sequel in semester 2, students should have extended and deepened their knowledge of the German language and German culture; improved their knowledge of the finer points of German grammar; extended their vocabulary as much as possible through wide reading of various types of texts, including television and radio materials; acquired practice in using German in both spoken and written form to discuss topics of current interest, based principally on the reading of a wide range of newspaper articles; become familiar with language containing varying degrees of dialect influence; acquired the ability to translate complicated, non-specialist German texts into idiomatic English, and to translate fairly complicated English texts into German. Students should also have gained a knowledge of the relationship between the German language and its speakers, a knowledge of the differences between dialect and standard German, a knowledge of the phonetics of Modern Standard German and a knowledge of the International Phonetic Alphabet as applied to Modern Standard German. After completion of component 2 students should also have gained

    1. an overview of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in modern German literature;
    2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
    3. reading skills necessary to understand advanced German;
    4. essay-writing skills, an ability to engage in informed discussions of literature and culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

    Assessment

    Written work
    exercises: 55%
    Exam: 20%
    Test and Oral assessment: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour semianr (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN1080 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN1090, GRN2030, GRN2050, GRN2070, GRN3050, GRN3070, GRN3090


    GRN2100 - German studies 10

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1: Spoken and written German. Areas covered will be politics, history, social issues, environmental issues, humour, literature and literary figures. Attention will also be given to general aspects of daily life, including colloquial language and proverbs, and to technical language.
    2: An examination of modern German culture in a socio-historical context through the study of selected texts. This component will familiarise students with the key elements and main stages of the cultural history of the German-speaking region in this period.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject students should have further extended and deepened their knowledge of the German language and German culture; improved their knowledge of the finer points of German grammar; extended their vocabulary as much as possible through wide reading of various types of texts, including television and radio materials; acquired practice in using German in both spoken and written form to discuss topics of current interest, based principally on the reading of a wide range of newspaper articles; become familiar with language containing varying degrees of dialect influence; acquired the ability to translate complicated, non-specialist German texts into idiomatic English, and to translate fairly complicated English texts into German. Students should also have gained a knowledge of the relationship between the German language and its speakers, a knowledge of the differences between dialect and standard German, a knowledge of the phonetics of Modern Standard German and a knowledge of the International Phonetic Alphabet as applied to Modern Standard German. After completion of component 2 students should also have further gained:

    1. an overview of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in modern German literature;
    2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
    3. reading skills necessary to understand advanced German;
    4. essay-writing skills, an ability to engage in informed discussions of literature and culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

    Assessment

    Written work
    exercises: 55%
    Exam: 20%
    Test and Oral assessment: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN2090 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN1100, GRN2040, GRN2060, GRN2080, GRN3060, GRN3080, GRN3100


    GRN2135 - Second language acquisition and attrition

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Ana Deumert

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Issues to be covered include the distinction between language learning and acquisition; the social context of these; the relation between first, second and bilingual acquisition; interlanguage and interface; grammaticalisation phases; factors in successful second language acquisition; bilingual education; field work; attrition as the inverse of acquisition; activation and reactivation of language skills. In the tutorial the acquisition and learning of German will be discussed.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 word): 40%
    Research exercise (500 words): 10%
    Three class tests (40 minutes each): 40%
    Class paper (400 words): 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x seminars) per week

    Co-requisites

    A second-year language course at level GRN2415 or higher


    GRN2215 - German studies, intermediate, part 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Component 1: A communicatively oriented German language course. Specifically, students will work through a range of topics including the world of fairy tales, education, work, crime, personal relationships, migration and the environment. [...] Component 2: An examination of German culture from the late eighteenth to the early nineteenth century in a socio-historical context through the study of selected texts. This component will familiarise students with the key elements and main stages of the cultural history of the German-speaking region in this period [...] -- See full text at http://arts.monash.edu.au/german

    Assessment

    Essay (1000 words): 20%
    Classpaper: 15%
    Test (45 min.): 15%
    Exam (1 hour): 20%
    4 homework exercises: 20%
    Oral assessment: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x seminars and 2 x tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN1125 or GRN1128

    Prohibitions

    GRN2218, GRN2315, GRN2415, GRN2515, GRN2615


    GRN3050 - German studies 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A communicative course designed to further speaking and reading skills in German. The emphasis is on learning to use German correctly in discussing a variety of topics. Component 2 will focus on the highly productive artistic and intellectual developments in modern German and Austrian culture.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject and its sequel in semester 2, students should have extended and deepened their knowledge of the German language and German culture; improved their knowledge of the finer points of German grammar; extended their vocabulary as much as possible through wide reading of various types of texts, including television and radio materials; acquired practice in using German in both spoken and written form to discuss topics of current interest, based principally on the reading of a wide range of newspaper articles; become familiar with language containing varying degrees of dialect influence; acquired the ability to translate complicated, non-specialist German texts into idiomatic English, and to translate fairly complicated English texts into German. Students should also have gained a knowledge of the relationship between the German language and its speakers, a knowledge of the differences between dialect and standard German, a knowledge of the phonetics of Modern Standard German and a knowledge of the International Phonetic Alphabet as applied to Modern Standard German. After completion of component 2 students should also have gained:

    1. an overview of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in modern German literature;
    2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
    3. reading skills necessary to understand advanced German;
    4. essay-writing skills, an ability to engage in informed discussions of literature and culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

    Assessment

    Written work
    exercises: 55%
    Exam: 20%
    Test and Oral assessment: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN2040 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN1050, GRN1070, GRN1090, GRN2050, GRN2070, GRN2090, GRN3070, GRN3090


    GRN3060 - German studies 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A communicative course designed to further speaking and reading skills in German. The emphasis is on learning to use German correctly in discussing a variety of topics. Component 2 will focus on the highly productive artistic and intellectual developments in modern German and Austrian culture.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject students should have further extended and deepened their knowledge of the German language and German culture; improved their knowledge of the finer points of German grammar; extended their vocabulary as much as possible through wide reading of various types of texts, including television and radio materials; acquired practice in using German in both spoken and written form to discuss topics of current interest, based principally on the reading of a wide range of newspaper articles; become familiar with language containing varying degrees of dialect influence; acquired the ability to translate complicated, non-specialist German texts into idiomatic English, and to translate fairly complicated English texts into German. Students should also have gained a knowledge of the relationship between the German language and its speakers, a knowledge of the differences between dialect and standard German, a knowledge of the phonetics of Modern Standard German and a knowledge of the International Phonetic Alphabet as applied to Modern Standard German. After completion of component 2 students should also have further gained:

    1. an overview of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in modern German literature;
    2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
    3. reading skills necessary to understand advanced German;
    4. essay-writing skills, an ability to engage in informed discussions of literature and culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

    Assessment

    Written work
    exercises: 55%
    Exam: 20%
    Test and Oral assessment: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN3050 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN1060, GRN1080, GRN1100, GRN2060, GRN2080, GRN2100, GRN3080, GRN3100


    GRN3070 - German studies 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Component 1: A communicative course designed to further speaking and reading skills in German. The emphasis is on learning to use German correctly in discussing a variety of topics. Component 2 will focus on the highly productive artistic and intellectual developments in modern German and Austrian culture.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject and its sequel in semester 2, students should have extended and deepened their knowledge of the German language and German culture; improved their knowledge of the finer points of German grammar; extended their vocabulary as much as possible through wide reading of various types of texts, including television and radio materials; acquired practice in using German in both spoken and written form to discuss topics of current interest, based principally on the reading of a wide range of newspaper articles; become familiar with language containing varying degrees of dialect influence; acquired the ability to translate complicated, non-specialist German texts into idiomatic English, and to translate fairly complicated English texts into German. Students should also have gained a knowledge of the relationship between the German language and its speakers, a knowledge of the differences between dialect and standard German, a knowledge of the phonetics of Modern Standard German and a knowledge of the International Phonetic Alphabet as applied to Modern Standard German. After completion of component 2 students should also have gained:

    1. an overview of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in modern German literature;
    2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
    3. reading skills necessary to understand advanced German;
    4. essay-writing skills, an ability to engage in informed discussions of literature and culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

    Assessment

    Written work
    exercises: 55%
    Exam: 20%
    Test and Oral assessment: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN2060 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN1070, GRN1090, GRN2070, GRN2090, GRN3050, GRN3090


    GRN3080 - German studies 8

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Component 1: A communicative course designed to further speaking and reading skills in German. The emphasis is on learning to use German correctly in discussing a variety of topics. Component 2 will focus on the highly productive artistic and intellectual developments in modern German and Austrian culture.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject students should have further extended and deepened their knowledge of the German language and German culture; improved their knowledge of the finer points of German grammar; extended their vocabulary as much as possible through wide reading of various types of texts, including television and radio materials; acquired practice in using German in both spoken and written form to discuss topics of current interest, based principally on the reading of a wide range of newspaper articles; become familiar with language containing varying degrees of dialect influence; acquired the ability to translate complicated, non-specialist German texts into idiomatic English, and to translate fairly complicated English texts into German. Students should also have gained a knowledge of the relationship between the German language and its speakers, a knowledge of the differences between dialect and standard German, a knowledge of the phonetics of Modern Standard German and a knowledge of the International Phonetic Alphabet as applied to Modern Standard German. After completion of component 2 students should also have further gained:

    1. an overview of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in modern German literature;
    2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
    3. reading skills necessary to understand advanced German;
    4. essay-writing skills, an ability to engage in informed discussions of literature and culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

    Assessment

    Written work
    exercises: 55%
    Exam: 20%
    Test and Oral assessment: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN3070 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN1080, GRN1100, GRN2080, GRN2100, GRN3060, GRN3100


    GRN3090 - German studies 9

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Franz-Josef Deiters

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Component 1: A communicative course designed to further speaking and reading skills in German. The emphasis is on learning to use German correctly in discussing a variety of topics.
    Component 2: Will focus on the highly productive artistic and intellectual developments in modern German and Austrian culture.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject and its sequel in semester 2, students should have extended and deepened their knowledge of the German language and German culture; improved their knowledge of the finer points of German grammar; extended their vocabulary as much as possible through wide reading of various types of texts, including television and radio materials; acquired practice in using German in both spoken and written form to discuss topics of current interest, based principally on the reading of a wide range of newspaper articles; become familiar with language containing varying degrees of dialect influence; acquired the ability to translate complicated, non-specialist German texts into idiomatic English, and to translate fairly complicated English texts into German. Students should also have gained a knowledge of the relationship between the German language and its speakers, a knowledge of the differences between dialect and standard German, a knowledge of the phonetics of Modern Standard German and a knowledge of the International Phonetic Alphabet as applied to Modern Standard German. After completion of component 2 students should also have gained:

    1. an overview of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in modern German literature;
    2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
    3. reading skills necessary to understand advanced German;
    4. essay-writing skills, an ability to engage in informed discussions of literature and culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

    Assessment

    Written work
    exercises: 55%
    Exam: 20%
    Test and Oral assessment: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN2080 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN1090, GRN2090, GRN3050, GRN3070


    GRN3100 - German studies 10

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Franz-Josef Deiters

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Component 1: A communicative course designed to further speaking and reading skills in German. The emphasis is on learning to use German correctly in discussing a variety of topics.
    Component 2: Will focus on the highly productive artistic and intellectual developments in modern German and Austrian culture.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject students should have further extended and deepened their knowledge of the German language and German culture; improved their knowledge of the finer points of German grammar; extended their vocabulary as much as possible through wide reading of various types of texts, including television and radio materials; acquired practice in using German in both spoken and written form to discuss topics of current interest, based principally on the reading of a wide range of newspaper articles; become familiar with language containing varying degrees of dialect influence; acquired the ability to translate complicated, non-specialist German texts into idiomatic English, and to translate fairly complicated English texts into German. Students should also have gained a knowledge of the relationship between the German language and its speakers, a knowledge of the differences between dialect and standard German, a knowledge of the phonetics of Modern Standard German and a knowledge of the International Phonetic Alphabet as applied to Modern Standard German. After completion of component 2 students should also have further gained:

    1. an overview of the main periods, styles, genres, intellectual preoccupations and socio-historical trends in modern German literature;
    2. the ability to recognise and analyse a variety of texts in accordance with the categories of genre, style and epoch;
    3. reading skills necessary to understand advanced German;
    4. essay-writing skills, an ability to engage in informed discussions of literature and culture, using appropriate terminology and applying the range of language skills pertinent to component 1.

    Assessment

    Written work
    exercises: 55%
    Exam: 20%
    Test and Oral assessment: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar (culture) and one 3-hour tutorial (language) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN3090 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN1100, GRN2100, GRN3060, GRN3080


    GRN3125 - German dialects and dialectology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Heinz Kreutz

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces German dialects and dialectology. The course will explore traditional methods (speech atlases, dialect maps) and structural dialectology, and provide students with a background in regional and historical dialectology. The students will also be introduced to contemporary dialectology: social dialects, dialect as a group identity marker (youth, age and gender), sociology of dialects with particular reference to dialect and central processes of societal change, dialect and standard language, and dialect and the education system.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this subject students should be able to read and interpret traditional dialect maps and to use traditional dialect atlases effectively; have an working knowledge of the geographical distribution of German dialects; have a basic understanding of the role the German language plays in modern German society; relate this understanding of variation in German to their language acquisition experince. They will acquire have a better understanding of the diversity of the German language as a result of having contrasted dialects with standard German, and be equipped with a base for further studies in the area of German linguistics.

    Assessment

    Written work: (1800-2000 words, in German or English): 50%
    Exam: 30%
    Homework exercises: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Advanced German Studies 1, part 2 or above; or equivalent


    GRN3135 - Second language acquisition and attrition

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Heinz Kreutz and Dr Ana Deumert

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Issues to be covered include the distinction between language learning and acquisition; the social context of these; the relation between first, second and bilingual acquisition; interlanguage and interface; grammaticalisation phases; factors in successful second language acquisition; bilingual education; field work; attrition as the inverse of acquisition; activation and reactivation of language skills. In the tutorial the acquisition and learning of German will be discussed.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Research exercise (500 words): 10%
    Three class tests (40 minutes each): 40%
    Class paper (400 words): 10%
    Third year students will be expected to read more widely than second-year students.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 seminar) per week

    Co-requisites

    A third-year language unit

    Prohibitions

    GRN2135, LIN2550 or LIN3550


    GRN3165 - Language and society: Sociolinguistics from a German language perspective

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Ana Deumert

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The German language as a productive area of investigation from a sociolinguistic perspective. Issues of language and society, politics and education will be discussed. The new role of the German language in a socioculturally and politically much changed Europe will be addressed in detail, with particular relevance to questions of language and national identity, pluricentricity and diglossia, the German language and German unity, migrant German and foreigner German, and the national and international status of the German language.

    Objectives

    Students completing this subject should have achieved a basic understanding of the link between the German language and society at different levels of societal organisation. Assuming a basic proficiency in the German language, students should consolidate and reinforce their understanding of the role the German language plays in modern German society. The areas covered will supplement the language and culture core subjects in German, and students are expected to achieve an understanding of central issues in the acquisition of the German language, such as language and society, politics and education. This will require students to understand the central role of the German language as a mirror of contemporary German speaking societies through the study of a wide range of English and German texts.

    Assessment

    Essay (1800-2000 words, in English or German): 40%
    Class paper: 10%
    Examination (1 hour): 30%
    3 practical homework exercises: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x lecture and 2 x seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    Advanced German Studies II, part 2 or above; or equivalent


    GRN3235 - The contemporary novel

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will explore the contemporary German novel, focussing on key issues such as national identity and the construction of the self within the framework of political and social change. It will encourage a close critical reading of texts produced mainly in the last decade, examining modes of narratives in the light of contemporary theory.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject students should have developed an in-depth understanding of key examples of the contemporary German novel and completed detailed analyses of each of the novels in their socio-historical context. Students will be able to engage in informed discussions about the literature of the period in its context and to employ relevant theoretical concepts. They will be able to present the results of their own research in form of a class paper and a written essay.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words, in English or German): 60%
    Class paper (500-1000 words): 20%
    Exam (1 hour): 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Advanced German Studies I, part 2 or above; or equivalent


    GRN3245 - On the brink of modernity (1890-1920)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will examine Austrian and German literature at the turn of the century and will focus on the intellectual life of the urban centres, cultural criticism, the nascent youth movement and new conceptualizations of corporality and the workings of the psyche.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject students should have aquired detailed knowledge of the main features of Austrian and German literary and cultural life in the period and a good grasp of key texts reflecting the social, political, intellectual and historical developments of the time. Students should be capable of informed discussion of the literature in its context making use of relevant theoretical concepts. They will be able to present the results of their own research in form of a class paper and a written essay.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words, in English or German): 60%
    Class Paper (500-1000 words): 20%
    Exam (1 hour): 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Advanced German Studies I, part 2 or above; or equivalent


    GRN3250 - German travel writing from the 18th to the 20th century

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces German fictional and non-fictional travel accounts from the 18th, 19th and early 20th century as well as theoretical concepts related to the experience of travel, exploration and colonisation. The encounter with the foreign, in Europe or overseas, and the self-definition of the traveller will be investigated.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words, in English or German): 60%
    Class Paper (500-1000 words): 20%
    Exam (1 hour): 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN2325 or higher


    GRN3260 - German romanticism - Literature, aesthetics, philosophy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Franz-Josef Deiters

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will examine literary texts as well as aesthetical and philosophical writings (in German original and/or in translation) by the German Romantics in the context of the history of German literature and philosophy from the late 18th to the early 19th centuries. It will focus on the concepts of literature, the aesthetical and philosophical debates, the conceptualisation of history, the newly established concept of literary criticism, the intersections of literature and philosophy, and the role concept of the poet.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject students will have acquired a detailed knowledge of the main features of German literature, aesthetics and philosophy from the late 18th to the early 19th centuries. They will have a good grasp of key texts reflecting the intellectual debates of the period and they should have also developed an acute awareness of the formative historical forces in the late 18th and early 19th centuries. They will improve their ability to analyze and interpret key concepts of German Romanticism in light of the literary, philosophical and historical developments of the time and gained experience in relating isolated historical and aesthetic phenomena to a broader historical and theoretical framework. Students will be capable of an informed discussion of the literature and philosophy of the late 18th and the early 19th centuries in its historical context and present the results of their own research in form of a class paper and in a more detailed written essay.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words, in English or German): 60%
    Class Paper (500-1000 words): 20%
    Exam (1 hour): 20%

    Contact hours

    2-hour seminar

    Prerequisites

    Advanced German Studies 1, Part 2 or above; or equivalent


    GRN3295 - Introduction to the study of media culture

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Since the invention of the printing press in the 15th century, the reproduction of knowledge and social practice has become increasingly reliant and dependent on mass media. The general relation between culture, media and society on one hand and how it shows up in the design of media products will be the topic of this introductory unit. The unit will provide insights into advanced media theory and put historical media phenomena into perspective.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words, in English or German): 60%
    Class paper (500-1000 words): 20%
    Exam (1 hour): 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x lecture and 2 x tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN2325 or higher


    GRN3995 - Language study abroad program

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Full year 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    An approved semester-length unit at a foreign institution. Placement arrangements will be made through the department.

    Objectives

    To improve and consolidate German language skills and gain understanding of German culture.

    Assessment

    Successful completion of a minimum four-week full time intensive language course at an approved institution in a German speaking country, or successful completion of a minimum of one Hauptseminar or two Proseminare at a German university. Related German exam results and papers will be assessed by members of the Department.

    Prerequisites

    Intermediate German Studies part 2, or equivalent


    GRN4070 - German studies 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for GRN3070


    GRN4080 - German studies 8

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for GRN3070

    Assessment

    Written work
    exercises: 55%
    Exam: 20%
    Test and Oral assessment: 25%


    GRN4090 - German studies 9

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Assessment

    Written work
    exercises: 55%
    Exam: 20%
    Test and oral assessment: 25%


    GRN4100 - German studies 10

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Assessment

    Written work
    exercises: 55%
    Exam: 20%
    Test and oral assessment: 25%


    GRN4165 - Language and society: Sociolinguistics from a German language perspective

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Heinz Kreutz

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The German language as a productive area of investigation from a sociolinguistic perspective. Issues of language and society, politics and education will be discussed. The new role of the German language in a socioculturally and politically much changed Europe will be addressed in detail, with particular relevance to questions of language and national identity, pluricentricity and diglossia, the German language and German unity, migrant German and foreigner German, and the national and international status of the German language. Students will apply their new insights in a practical research project.

    Objectives

    Students completing this subject should have achieved a basic understanding of the link between the German language and society at different levels of societal organisation. Assuming a basic proficiency in the German language, students should consolidate and reinforce their understanding of the role the German language plays in modern German society. The areas covered will supplement the language and culture core subjects in German, and students are expected to achieve an understanding of central issues in the acquisition of the German language, such as language and society, politics and education. This will require students to understand the central role of the German language as a mirror of contemporary German speaking societies through the study of a wide range of English and German texts.

    Assessment

    Essay (1800-2000 words, in English or German): 40%
    Class paper: 10%
    Examination (1 hour): 30%
    3 practical homework exercises: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x lecture and 2 x seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    Advanced German Studies 3, part 2 or above; or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN3165


    GRN4275 - Critics of civilisation

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit deals with major contributions to a central debate within German cultural and intellectual life concerning the value and status of mainstream German and Western cultural traditions. Reading the 'cultural critics' from Heine to Adorno opens up a key and controversial dimension to German intellectual history.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject students should have developed an understanding of Heine's view of German intellectual history, Marx's interpretation of history, Nietzsche's critique of Western culture and morality, Freud's theory of civilisation and Horkheimer and Adorno's of Western popular culture; formed a critical understanding of the texts studied through close reading; and grasped the premises and implications of the theories and critiques presented by the texts.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75% (3500 words)
    Exam: 25%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Advanced German Studies 3, part 2 or above; or equivalent


    GRN4355 - Honours dissertation in German literary studies and linguistics (1)

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Doing research and writing an extended, original discussion of a significant topic within the wider field of German literature, philosophy, popular culture or German media history. The thesis is to be written on an approved topic in German literature or cultural studies.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing the honours thesis should have learned the skills of researching and writing an extended, original discussion of a significant topic within the wider field of German literature, philosophy, popular culture or German media history.

    Assessment

    Written thesis (9000 words): 100%

    Prerequisites

    Advanced German Studies 3, part 2 or above; or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN4365


    GRN4365 - Honours dissertation in German literary studies and linguistics (2)

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Doing research and writing an extended, original discussion of a significant topic within the wider field of German linguistics. The honours thesis is to be written on an approved topic in German linguistics.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing the honours thesis should have learned the skills of researching and writing an extended, original discussion of a significant topic within the wider field of German linguistics.

    Assessment

    Written thesis (15,000-18,000 words): 100%

    Prerequisites

    Advanced German Studies 3, part 2 or above; or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN4355


    GRN4365(A) - Honours dissertation in German literary studies and linguistics (2) Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Doing research and writing an extended, original discussion of a significant topic within the wider field of German linguistics. The honours thesis is to be written on an approved topic in German linguistics.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing the honours thesis should have learned the skills of researching and writing an extended, original discussion of a significant topic within the wider field of German linguistics.

    Prerequisites

    Advanced German Studies 3, part 2 or above; or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN4355


    GRN4365(B) - Honours dissertation in German literary studies and linguistics (2) Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for GRN4365(A)

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing the honours thesis should have learned the skills of researching and writing an extended, original discussion of a significant topic within the wider field of German linguistics.

    Assessment

    Written thesis (15,000-18,000 words): 100%

    Prohibitions

    GRN4355


    GRN4375 - Special reading course in German

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    A study in depth of a particular topic in German literature or in German linguistics.

    Objectives

    The objectives for this subject will vary according to the chosen topic in German literature or linguistics.

    Assessment

    2 essays (9000 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (2 x seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Advanced German Studies 3, part 2 or above; or equivalent


    GRN4415 - German Studies 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Anna Deumert

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Component 1: This unit consists of a variety of learning activities associated with a variety of discourse forms dealing with a range of topics including Germany after unification, commitment, the future (wishes, dreams, happiness). Component 2: Students will be introduced to some important issues and debates in contemporary German intellectual life through a series of articles and extracts by prominent German-speaking intellectuals, such as Hans-Magnus Enzensberger, Jurgen Habermas, Niklas Luhmann, Ulrich Beck and others. See full text at: http://arts.monash.edu.au/german

    Assessment

    Written work
    exercises: 55%
    Exam: 20%
    Test and oral assessment: 25%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x seminars and 2 x tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    GRN3325 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GRN4515, GRN4615


    GRN4995 - Language study abroad program

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    An approved semester-length subject at a foreign institution. Placement arrangements will be made through the department.

    Objectives

    To improve and consolidate German language skills and gain understanding of German culture.

    Assessment

    Successful completion of a minimum eight-week full time intensive language course at an approved institution in a German speaking country, or successful completion of a minimum of two Hauptseminare or four Proseminare at a German university.

    Contact hours

    20 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    Intermediate German Studies part 2, or equivalent


    GSC3000 - Applied social research

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Vaughan Higgins

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students are expected to acquire competency in doing quantitative or qualitative social research. Those choosing the former will undertake a placement with GRIS at Monash Gippsland where they will work with and under the supervision of GRIS staff on a project. Those doing a qualitative research project will work closely with an academic supervisor in defining a research problem, doing the literature review and conducting fieldwork on a chosen topic. In the unit, students will gain practical experience of the research process, the use of a variety of computer packages and will acquire a range of analytical and problem-solving skills relevant to employment within the public and private sector.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. apply their knowledge of quantitative or qualitative social research to analyse social problems or issues;
    2. critically engage with debates over methodology within the social science community;
    3. understand the range of ethical and privacy issues involved in carrying out applied social research;
    4. show competency in the use of computer-based data analysis packages such as SPSS for Windows or NVivo;
    5. demonstrate skills in the written presentation and communication of research findings.

    Assessment

    Research Report (3000 words): 70%
    Journal (1500 words): 30%

    Contact hours

    Quantitative Research Project - 1 hour per week with academic supervisor; 4 weeks (150hrs) work placement at the Gippsland Research and Information Service
    OR
    Qualitative Research Project - 22 hours with academic supervisor over the semester

    Prerequisites

    SCY2815 or SCY2816 and two second level sociology units


    GSC3001 - Cooperative placement

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Marianne Robinson

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    The unit will emphasise reflective learning, active self-monitoring and the transfer of skills between academic study and the requirements of the job and the workplace. Students will set learning goals in consultation with their academic supervisor and regular contact and consultation will be undertaken to ensure that the connection between academic and workplace learning is maintained.

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit they will demonstrate:

    1. a sound understanding of the requirements of working with others in a position of responsibility;
    2. well developed skills of job planning, time management and the organisation of work in a cooperative fashion
    3. application of the knowledge and skills acquired during their academic studies to the requirements of the workplace
    4. an ability to set personal goals and to find and use the resources to pursue these goals in a way appropriate to the workplace.

    Assessment

    Learning contract (1000 words) : 10%
    Annotated Bibliography (2000 Words) : 20%
    Journal (500 words/month, total 3000 words) : 35%
    Final Report (3000 words) : 35%
    Students are encouraged to participate in an on-line discussion group about their placement expereinces

    Contact hours

    No contact hours

    Prerequisites

    Registration in the Co-operative Education Program and satisfactory progress


    HON4441 - Combined thesis part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


    HON4442 - Combined Thesis Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


    HPL1503 - Global and regional studies I: Modern world events and issues

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Elizabeth Edmondson

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    Issues and events post 1900 using global and regional frameworks. Critical analysis will be used to gain an understanding of the most significant forces that have shaped the period 1900 to present. Topics studied include sovereign states; imperialism; World War I, the Depression, Nazis, World War II, Nuclear Age, Cold War, Collapse of the Soviet Empire, and Nationalism in the 1990s.

    Objectives

    To have students:

    1. apply theoretical and methodological tools in the evaluation of geographic, environmental, social, economic, and political factors which have, and continue to shape the world since 1900;
    2. Develop conceptual and analytical skills in examining the causes and consequences of major global and regional trends;
    3. Develop further their abilities to use oral and written presentations in discussions of contemporary global and regional issues;
    4. Apply theoretical and methodological tools in the evaluation of geographic, environmental, social, economic and political factors which have, and continue to shape post-1900 life; and
    5. Develop an interest in and understanding of world events and to foster a life long study of the forces which shape regions and the global system.

    Assessment

    Tutorial paper (1000 words): 20%
    Essay (1500 words): 40%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week (two 1-hour lecture, one 1-hour tutorial)

    Prohibitions

    GSC1503


    HPL1504 - Global and regional studies II

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Keith Wilson

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit focuses on the political social economic ideas that shaped the world during the 20th Century and especially since 1945. This unit will foster an understanding of the ideas and beliefs that continue to shape the lives of people and activites of states in the contemporary international political system.

    Objectives

    It is anticipated that participation in this unit will enable you to:



    1. Develop an understanding of the ideas that form the basis of the major religious, economic, political and social theories that have been the focus of social transformation and conflict in the late twentieth century;

    1. Use a variety of theoretical and conceptual frameworks to analyse and critically evaluate ideas and ideologies and their impact on late twentieth century societies;

    1. Develop skills in oral and written discussion of ideas and their importance in ordering different cultures and societies;and

    1. Comprehend a range of cultural, intellectual and philosophical perspectives recognising their impact on the lives of people and their interaction with others.

    Assessment

    Essay 1 (1000 words): 20%
    Essay 2 (1500 words): 40%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week (two 1-hour lecture, one 1-hour tutorial)

    Prohibitions

    GSC1504


    HPL2501 - Australian history

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Erik Eklund

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides a general introduction to the history of Australia from the arrival of the Aboriginal people to the post World War II period. The unit seeks to provide an overview of the development of Australian society; the nature and development of the Australian character, the utilisation of land and resources; the involvement in and impact of war; the emergence of a mixed economy and the development and maturation of the political system. The themes are explored through a comparative study of the 'traditional' and more recent 'revisionist' accounts of Australian history.

    Objectives

    This unit is designed to provide students with a knowledge of Australian history and the development of historical skills.

    Students will be encouraged to develop a knowledge of:

    1. Specific facts, events personalities and time periods;
    2. Terminology, conventions, trends and theories;
    3. Classifications, structures and causal factors;
    4. Criteria and principles by which opinions, conduct, facts, theories and laws are tested and evaluated;
    5. Methods of inquiry, research, data collection and historical writing.

    Students will be encouraged to develop skills in:
    1. Comprehension of historical problems in terms of their complexity and the interaction of various factors and factors;
    2. The application of theories, procedures and methods;
    3. Analysis of elements, relationships, explicit and implicit structures;
    4. Synthesis of elements, ideas, theory, evidence and generalisations to provide a piece of written history;
    5. Evaluation of quantitative and qualitative judgements about the extent to which material, methods and conclusions satisfy historical criteria. Evaluation will normally involve the use of tests of internal and external criteria.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week (1-hour lecture, 1-hour tutorial)

    Prerequisites

    HPL1503 and HPL1504 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC2501


    HPL2502 - United states politics: Media and power

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Keith Wilson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit has two aims: to provide students with an understanding of the fundamental elements of United States politics, and to give students an insight into the role of the media in the political process. It has four parts: foundations of democracy (the constitution), the media and the political process (congressional and presidential elections, party politics), the media and contemporary political issues (civil rights, and terrorism). All parts seek to describe the dynamics of the political process and the way politics is presented, via the media, to the American people and the world at large.

    Objectives

    To introduce students to the concepts, language and nature of United States politics.



    1. To outline the historic evolution of the major United States political institutions.

    1. To develop students' understanding of the relationship between the media and the political process, and the problems associated with political policy formulation and implementation.

    1. To promote critical and analytic skills in the research, and writing up of papers on the main institutions and problems faced by the United States political system.

    Students will be encouraged to further develop their skills by:

    1. Applying terminology, theories and methods;

    1. Identifying classifications, structures and causal factors; and

    1. Extending their research, thinking and writing skills.

    Formal skills in the following methodological techniques will be extended:

    1. Comprehension and analysis of theory, and political relationships;

    1. Synthesis of elements, ideas, evidence and generalisations;

    1. Evaluation -- quantitative and qualitative judgements on the extent to which material, methods and conclusions satisfy political science criteria.

    Additional aims for HPL2502/HPL3502 students:

    1. To develop a more critical understanding of the conceptual issues and debates involved in the relationship between the political process and the mass media; and

    1. To develop a political research topic.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week (1-hour lecture, 1-hour tutorial)

    Prerequisites

    HPL1503 and HPL1504 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC2502, GSC3512, HPL3502


    HPL2505 - Courtesans, concubines and conquest

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Beth Edmondson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the changing nature of roles and identities of women in a variety of social and political contexts, drawing upon diverse historical and contemporary political settings. It explores the relationship between status and power and focuses on the capacities of women to influence the economic, social and political structures, mechanisms and visions of their contexts. Key themes include the importance of women's political status, their access to political representation and participation in judicial processes. These themes underpin analysis of economic/ employment status and opportunities, respect, power, independence, freedom and gender definition.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

    1. demonstrate familiarity with a variety of conceptual frameworks for analyzing women's roles and political status in a range of historical and contemporary political settings;
    2. demonstrate an understanding of the importance of political representation and status as a key component of political and economic power in a range of contemporary political settings;
    3. identify key factors in changing social and political relations and outline their significance for changing the roles and status of women;
    4. demonstrate familiarity with key debates concerning women's status and power in selected historical and contemporary settings.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    2 hour exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week (1 hour lecture, 1 hour tutorial)

    Prerequisites

    HPL1503 and HPL1504 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC2505, HPL3505


    HPL2506 - Researching and writing community history

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit focuses on local and community history, and investigates concepts of community, the relationship between people and place and the connection between past and present. Students will study methods of historical research including oral history, photographic interpretation and material culture. Through the assignments that include designing an exhibition panel and undertaking a community history research project, students will acquire the skills of writing for a community audience.

    Objectives

    When you have successfully completed your study of HPL2506: Researching and Writing Community History, and all the assignments, you will have:

    1. Developed your understanding of the history of the landscape, people and institutions around you;

    1. Experienced using a number of approaches to researching and presenting community history; and

    1. Gained insight into the reasons why communities write their histories, and to the role of the historian.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    2 hour exam: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week (1-hour lecture and 1-hour tutorial)

    Prerequisites

    HPL1503 and HPL1504 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC2506, GSC3513, HPL3506


    HPL2507 - Politics and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to major political philosophers such as Hobbes, Locke, Mill, Marx and Burke. These studies will be linked to theories developed in support of autocratic, totalitarian, republican and democratic institutions, processes of politics and government. The main approaches to modern political analysis: pluralism, elitism and various forms of structuralism will be examined. The radical critics of modern society and politics, including feminists will be introduced. These will include Nietzsche, Foucault and Pateman.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this Unit students are expected to be able to:
    1. comment competently on major political theorists; 2. comment competently on the major debates in which contemporary thinkers are engaged in regarding politics, power, freedom, justice and citizenship; 3. employ a range of analytical skills and conceptual frameworks; 4. write well argued and competently written essays for assessment.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    2 hour exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week (1 hour lecture, 1 hour tutorial)

    Prerequisites

    HPL1503 and HPL1504 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC2507, HPL3507


    HPL2510 - Governing Australia: Federal politics and policy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit will focus on Australia's political institutions and practices. Students will examine the role of government, the relationship between executive, legislative and judicial branches as well as their impact on society. Students will become familiar with phases in policy development and the relationship between institutions, government and policy-making. This unit will introduce students to conceptual and analytical models which seek to explain policy stages and processes. Students will examine the nature and roles of key actors and the policy framework, including the importance of liberal democratic institutions in the Australian federal system.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, you will be able to:

    1. use and integrate appropriate theoretical and methodological tools in analysing the nature, functions and significance of Australia's political institutions, actors and government;
    2. demonstrate an understanding of the key political institutions that operate as the framework for the formulation and implementation of Australian public and social policy;
    3. demonstrate an awareness of significant debates, structural developments and theoretical/analytical frameworks in the study of Australia's political arrangements and policy context; and
    4. demonstrate an understanding of the dynamics, processes and outcomes of formulating, implementing and evaluating public and social policy decisions.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    2 hour exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week (1 hour lecture, 1 hour tutorial)

    Prerequisites

    HPL1503 and HPL1504 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC2504, GSC2508, GSC2510, GSC3510, HPL3510


    HPL2511 - Community studies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Keith Wilson

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit gives students a critical understanding of community building, innovation, maintenance and failure. Topics include traditional communities, utopian communities, theories of social organisations, cooperatives, religious communities, sects, self-sufficient communities, community networks and the challenges facing Australian rural communities.

    Objectives

    At the completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. understand the range of social formations that exist both as parts of communities and as communities in themselves;
    2. comprehend a range of perspectives on community organisation;
    3. critically understand the factors involved in community building, community innovation, community maintenance and community failure;
    4. employ a range of analytical skills and conceptual frameworks; and
    5. write well argued and competently written essays for assessment.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    2 hour exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week (1-hour lecture, 1-hour tutorial)

    Prerequisites

    Completion of eight first-level units in Humanities and Social Sciences or permission

    Prohibitions

    GSC2701


    HPL3502 - United States politics: Media and power

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Keith Wilson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for HPL2502

    Objectives

    As for HPL2502

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week (1 hour lecture, 1 hour tute)

    Prerequisites

    HPL1503 and HPL1504 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC2502, GSC3512, HPL2502


    HPL3503 - International relations

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Beth Edmondson

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an historical approach to the study of international relations, incorporating an array of theoretical perspectives and conceptual tools. The focus of the unit will be upon the evolution of the international political system, engaging directly with the question of inevitability of war, the nature of a balance of power and prospects for peace. Students will examine issues such as the significance of states, the meaning and scope of sovereignty, and effectiveness of international law.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    2 hour exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week (1 hour lecture, 1 hour tutorial)

    Prerequisites

    HPL1503 and HPL1504 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC3503


    HPL3504 - Theories and Research in History and Politics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Julie Fenwick

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    The unit introduces students to the methodologies of history and political science. It focuses on the development of a critical approach to research and method in history, political science and the social sciences. Students will develop the ability to apply a critical and analytical approach to the central questions in each of the discipline areas. This approach will focus on issues associated with objectivity, causation and explanation. Students are required to prepare a research paper on an original history or politics topic. The research essay will be based the use of primary sources.

    Assessment

    Assignment 1 (1,000 words): 35%
    Assignment 2 (1,000 words): 25%
    Assignment 3 (2,500 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week (1 hour lecture, 1 hour tutorial)

    Prerequisites

    12 points of second year history-politics

    Prohibitions

    GSC3504


    HPL3505 - Courtesans, concubines and conquest

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Beth Edmondson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the changing nature of roles and identities of women in a variety of social and political contexts, drawing upon diverse historical and contemporary political settings. It explores the relationship between status and power and focuses on the capacities of women to influence the economic, social and political structures, mechanisms and visions of their contexts. Key themes include the importance of women's political status, their access to political representation and participation in judicial processes. These themes underpin analysis of economic/ employment status and opportunities, respect, power, independence, freedom and gender definition.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

    1. demonstrate familiarity with a variety of conceptual frameworks for analyzing women's roles and political status in a range of historical and contemporary political settings;
    2. demonstrate an understanding of the importance of political representation and status as a key component of political and economic power in a range of contemporary political settings;
    3. identify key factors in changing social and political relations and outline their significance for changing the roles and status of women;
    4. demonstrate familiarity with key debates concerning women's status and power in selected historical and contemporary settings.
    5. demonstrate proficiency in utilizing and integrating a variety of theoretical frameworks in analysing the roles and power of women within historical and contemporary political settings.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    2 hour exam: 40%

    Prerequisites

    HPL1504

    Prohibitions

    HPL2505


    HPL3506 - Researching and writing community history

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    As for HPL2506

    Objectives

    As for HPL2506

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    2 hour exam: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week (1 hour lecture, 1 hour tutorial)

    Prerequisites

    HPL1503 and HPL1504 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC2506, GSC3513, HPL2506


    HPL3507 - Politics and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    As for HPL2507.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this Unit students are expected to be able to:

    1. comment competently on major political theorists.

    1. comment competently on the major debates in which contemporary thinkers are engaged in regarding to politics, power, freedom, justice and citizenship.

    1. employ a range of analytical skills and conceptual frameworks.

    1. apply meaningful comparative references when discussing the political theory of major political theorists.

    1. make intelligent use of primary sources to write a well argued and competently written essay for assessment.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    2 hour exam: 40%
    3rd level students are required to demonstrate greater levels of theoretical reflection and analysis in their written work than students studying at 2nd level.

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week (1 hour lecture, 1 hour tutorial)

    Prerequisites

    HPL1503 and HPL1504 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC2507, HPL2507


    HPL3510 - Governing Australia: Federal politics and policy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit will focus on Australia's political institutions and practices. Students will examine the role of government, the relationship between executive, legislative and judicial branches as well as their impact on society. Students will become familiar with phases in policy development and the relationship between institutions, government and policy-making. Students will become familiar with relevant conceptual and analytical models and learn to apply them to explain policy stages and processes. Students will examine the nature and roles of key actors and the policy framework, as well as the importance of liberal democratic institutions in the Australian federal system.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    2 hour exam: 40%
    3rd level students are required to demonstrate greater levels of theoretical reflection and analysis in their written work than students studying at 2nd level.

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week (1 hour lecture, 1 hour tutorial)

    Prerequisites

    HPL1503 and HPL1504 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC2504, GSC2508, GSC2510, GSC3510, HPL2510


    HPL4000(A) - Dissertation (History) Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    A dissertation of 15,000 words on an approved topic selected and researched by the candidate under the supervision of a member of staff with expertise in the proposed area of research.


    HPL4000(B) - Dissertation (History) Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for HPL4000(A).


    HPL4001(A) - Dissertation (Politics) Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    A dissertation of 15,000 words on an approved topic selected and researched by the candidate under the supervision of a member of staff with expertise in the proposed area of research.


    HPL4001(B) - Dissertation (Politics) Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for HPL4001(A).


    HPL4510 - Research writing in history and politics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to different modes of historical and political writing. It examines the rationale behind the various modes of writing and relevance these writing have to historical and political subjects. It examines the how different modes of writing can be evaluated. Students studying this unit will be encouraged to apply their knowledge and understanding of the various modes of historical and political writing to their own particular research interest.

    Objectives

    At the completion of the unit students will be expected to have:

    1. demonstrated an understanding of issues and processes that shape research writing;
    2. used a variety of theoretical and conceptual frameworks to analyse and critically evaluate the way different modes of historical and political research writing have impacted on scholarly debate;
    3. developed skills in oral and written presentation in discussing modes of research writing;
    4. applied knowledge and theoretical understandings of research writing modes to research projects and assignments.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (9000 words)

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    First degree with a major in history-politics or related discipline


    HSY1010 - Medieval Europe

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Clare Monagle

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The long term changes in European society and civilisation from the time of Charlemagne in the late eighth century to the first signs of the breaking apart of the idea of a unified Christendom in the early fiftteenth century. Themes include social structure, urbanisation, relationships between men and women, education, the crusades, the role of the church and the relationship between religious reform and heresy.



    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. Acquired and demonstrated an understanding of the structure of medieval European society as it evolved between 800 and 1450.
    2. Considered critically the different ways developed by historians of looking at medieval society.
    3. Become familiar with the major changes which took place in society, the Church and in political institutions between 1050 and 1450, and be able to discuss why these changes took place.
    4. Learned how to interpret and discuss critically documents from the medieval period, provided in translation, setting them in their social context.
    5. Learned to relate artistic, intellectual and literary culture, including Romanesque and Gothic architecture, to wider changes in medieval society.
    6. Formed the ability to discuss critically, and in an informed fashion, the stereotypes conjured up by the term 'medieval'.

    Assessment

    Exercise (1000 words): 25%;

    Essay (1,500 words): 30%;

    Class test (500 words): 10%;

    Tutorial responses (500 words); 10%;

    Exam (1000 words): 25%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week


    HSY1020 - Renaissance Europe

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Clayton - Dr Peter Howard

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The social and cultural history of Western Europe from the fourteenth to the seventeenth century, especially the Italian Renaissance and the spread of its influence in northern Europe in the sixteenth century. Themes include humanism, art and patronage, gender, discovery of the New World, science, political and religious changes in the later Middle Ages, and the dissemination of the civilisation of the Renaissance in Western Europe.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. Acquired and demonstrated an understanding of the structure of Renaissance European society as it evolved between c.1400 and 1650.

    1. Considered critically different ways developed by historians of looking at renaissance society.

    1. Become familiar with the major changes which took place in society, the Church and in political institutions between 1400 and 1650, and be able to discuss why these changes took place.

    1. Learned how to interpret and discuss critically documents from the renaissance period, provided in translation, setting them in their social context.

    1. Learned to relate visual evidence, in particular architecture, to wider changes in renaissance society and intellectual life.

    1. Be able to discuss critically and in an informed fashion stereotypes conjured up by the term 'renaissance'.

    Assessment

    Tutorial preparation and participation: 20%
    essay related work: 40%
    class tests: 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week


    HSY1050 - Asian civilisations: The cycle of empires

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Bruce Jacobs

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A broad overview of Asian history from antiquity to the dawn of European maritime exploration in the sixteenth century. Topics studied include the Indus Valley civilisation; Hinduism and the caste system; traditional political thought; the rise of great empires in India, China and Southeast Asia; Mahayana Buddhism; the Japanese samurai; and Genghis Khan and the Mongols.

    Assessment

    Written (2500 words): 55%
    Examinations (2 hours): 45%

    Contact hours

    2 lectures and 1 tutorial per week


    HSY1060 - Asian civilisations: Crisis and transformation

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ian Copland

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Imperialism, colonialism and modernisation in the shaping of Asian societies and politics from the 16th to the 20th centuries. How did India, China, and Japan manage to throw off the shackles of imperialism, and how did they adjust to the economic and cultural challenge posed by a confident, industrialised and democratising Europe? Was the postwar East Asian 'economic miracle' the beginning of an era of Asian world dominance? How far has this sea-change been arrested or undercut by the 'meltdown' of 1997?

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. Been introduced to the body of knowledge that has been built up about the transformation of Asia between the 16th and 20th centuries under the impact of Western 'imperialism'.

    1. Been introduced to debates about 'imperialism', 'colonialism', 'race', 'nationalism',

    'gender', 'modernization' and 'globalization'.

    1. Gained an understanding of how different societies function and change over time.

    1. Gained an understanding of how the dynamic trading world to Australia's 'near north' came into being, and offer perspectives about where Asia might be headed in the 21st century.

    1. Developed intelligent reading habits and learned to exploit library and internet sources efficiently and intelligently for specific purposes.

    1. Become acquainted with the way scholars use 'evidence' to construct an 'argument'.

    1. Been introduced to the technical elements of scholarly writing, such as the use of footnotes or endnotes.

    1. Be prompted to think about the role of human agency in historical change, through specific exercises focusing on 'heroic' characters in modern Asian history.

    1. Gained an understanding of what we can learn from studying and 'representing' past events and episodes.

    Assessment

    Written (2500 words): 60%
    Examinations (2 hours): 30%
    Class participation/attendance: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    ASN1020


    HSY1111 - Nations at War I: From Napoleon to Gallipoli

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lachlan Grant

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Starting with the French Revolution, the unit explores the importance of war for the formation of national identities from the late eighteenth to the Twentieth century. We will look at the American Civil War, the German and Italian wars of unification, and nineteenth-century Imperialism. Finally, students will learn about the role of warfare in Australian society and the transformation of Gallipoli into a founding myth of Australian nationhood. This chronological framework will be supplemented by the exploration of themes that are central to a critical understanding of history. We will ask how war transformed societies and how industrialisation and science changed the nature of war.

    Objectives

    Students who have successfully completed this unit will be able to demonstrate:

    1. an understanding of the major issues in the historiography of modern war and nationalism.

    1. Knowledge of the history of major military conflicts during the long nineteenth century.

    1. the ability to explain how wars have transformed Western societies.

    1. the ability to assess the impact of war on people's understanding of gender, social class, and citizenship.

    1. the ability to discuss critically the impact of wars on the creation of national identities and mythologies.

    1. the ability to analyse critically different kinds of historical sources.

    1. the development of skills for collaborative learning and group work.

    1. the acquisition of solid writing and oral presentation skills.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2700 words)
    Exam: 30%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    Two hours of lectures, one tutorial


    HSY1112 - Nations at war 2: genocide and total war

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Clayton - Dr Christina Twomey

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit explores the relationship between genocide, ethnic cleansing, and war during the Twentieth Century. Whether one looks at the fate of the Armenians during World War I, the Holocaust, or the massive genocide committed by the German army, SS, and police in Eastern Europe, all these atrocities were committed in the course of "Total Wars". The subject will further examine how Twentieth century states mobilised the resources and loyalties of their nations in the pursuit of "total war". The total mobilisation of resources as well as the threat of the total annihilation of entire populations was among the most consequential features of warfare during the Twentieth century.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will be able to demonstrate:

    1. the ability to discuss in an informed way the relationship between modern wars, genocide, and ethnic cleansings.

    1. An understanding of the ways in which different countries have mobilised the resources of their economies and the loyalties of their subjects for the conduct of total war.

    3 the ability to assess the impact of war on civilians and soldiers.

    4) an understanding how total war shaped different forms of national memory.

    5) the ability to assess critically visual sources and their contributions to historical memory.

    6) the ability to analyse a variety of written historical sources.

    7) the development of skills for collaborative learning and group work.

    8) the acquirsition of solid writing and oral presentation skills.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    Two hours of lecture and one hour tutorial




    HSY1120 - Conflict and coexistence: jews, christians, muslims

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Forgasz, Mark Baker

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit deals with the social, cultural, political and economic interactions of Jews with Christians and Muslims from antiquity to the present. In a contemporary world that frames these relations as a 'clash of civilisations', the course retraces the shifting relationships between the three monotheistic traditions, emphasising Jewish life in the medieval period under Christian and Islamic rule. The course will consider the legacy of this history in the modern period by reflecting on the post-Holocaust re-evaluation of Christian-Jewish relations and the way the Arab-Israel conflict has impacted on the place of Jews in the Middle East from the collapse of the Ottoman empire to the present.

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit will have the ability to:

    1. Trace the way Jews, Christians and Muslims have defined their identities against each other.
    2. Understand the interaction between Jews, Muslims and Christians in medieval Europe.
    3. Compare the Jewish experience of medieval Christian and Islamic rule respectively.
    4. Analyse the material, social, cultural and religious life of Jewish communities in Europe and the Mahgreb.
    5. Analyse the impact of modern nationalism and the collapse of the Ottoman empire on the relations between Jews, Christians and Muslims.
    6. Analyse the impact of the Holocaust on Jewish-Christian relations.

    Assessment

    Written work: 55% (2500 words)
    2 hour exam: 45%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    JWC1040


    HSY1190 - The bible as history

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Forgasz

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit spans some two thousand years, from the period Abraham to the beginnings of early Christianity. Whilst the approach is chronological, events will be examined through the lens of various themes which have influenced Jewish civilisation throughout the centuries. For much of the period under study, our only source of information is the Bible. One of the central issues underpinning this unit concerns the extent to which we can rely on the Bible as a source for reconstructing a history of ancient Israel. Thus, whilst seeking to understand the relationship of the biblical writers to their own past, we will also examine the place of the contemporary historian within that relationship.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of the ancient near eastern setting of the period of Jewish history.

    1. Discuss and analyse the major events, issues and concepts that underpin this course.

    1. Analyse texts and sources relating to the biblical and post biblical period.

    1. Understand the debates concerning the reliability of the Bible as a source of historical reconstruction.

    Assessment

    Written work: 55% (2500 words)
    2 hour exam: 45%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week


    HSY1200 - Histories of God

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nathan Wolski, Constant Mews, Salih Yucel

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the different ways God has been presented in the scriptures and traditions of Judaism, Christianity and Islam. The emphasis is on exploring the broad history of religious ideas and images about divinity from the time of the formation of the canon of classic sacred texts in each of these religions to modernity. It will consider how these ideas and images have related to specific situations in human experience at particular moments in history, as well as how they have been used both to support and to question an established religious, social and political order. The emphasis will be on how these teachings are lived out in practice as well as in theory.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

    1. have an understanding of the historical origins of the three monotheistic faiths;
    2. understand the major developments and phases of the individual traditions and the continuities and ruptures that characterize them;
    3. understand the core beliefs about God of the individual traditions;
    4. be familiar with the key texts and figures of Judaism (Bible and Rabbinic literature), Christianity (New Testament and Church Fathers), Islam (Koran and hadith literature);
    5. be familiar with different ways of figuring divinity (eg. transcendent, immanent etc.) and the subsequent view of the religious quest;
    6. be able to analyse core texts and distill religious ideas from them;
    7. appreciate the challenge of modernity (eg. enlightenment, secularism, feminism) to the various traditions studied;
    8. understand the historical relationship between the three religions;
    9. appreciate how the 3 traditions have shaped and continue to shape the modern world.

    Assessment

    Major essay (1750 words): 50% +Tutorial presentation (1000 words) and participation: 10%
    Short writing exercise or text analysis (750 words): 10% +
    Exam (1 hour): 30%

    Contact hours

    Two hours of lectures and one hour of tutorials per week


    HSY2015 - History, film and TV in 20th century Australia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christina Twomey

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Twentieth century Australians have learned their history as often from film and television as from books. This subject explores the major themes of Australian history in the twentieth century, showing how film and television have produced new interpretations of key events, individuals and myths of the national past. Feature-length films and television serials, mini-series and documentaries will be studied as narratives produced at specific historical moments. Students will develop a critical appreciation of the strengths and limitations of texts, especially pictorial texts, in the production of historical knowledge.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit should:

    1 be able to understand some of the key themes and preoccupations of twentieth- century Australian society as made manifest in film and television.

    2 be able to assess critically the ways in which the makers of images have imagined and presented national identity, and how they have constructed and used the Australian past as part of this identity-making.

    3 have developed skills in the critical analysis of various kinds of sources, especially film and television, and understand the different theoretical approaches underpinning this analysis.

    4 have acquired solid writing and oral presentation skills

    5 have developed skills for collaborative learning and group work

    6 have developed research and bibliographic skills

    Third year students will in addition have acquired the capacity to generate research essays on the basis of a critical reading of primary sources, both visual and textual

    Assessment

    1 Visual Source Analysis (1,350 words): 30%;

    2 Research Essay (1,700): 40%;

    3 Exam (1,000 words): 20%;

    4 Tutorial Participation 10%

    Contact hours

    Three hours per week comprising of films, lectures and tutorials.

    Prerequisites

    Completion of a first-year sequence history or with permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3015


    HSY2025 - Beyond Machiavelli: Crisis and renewal in early modern Italy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Carolyn James

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will focus on Italy during the tumultuous period between 1490 and 1550 when foreign invasion and a Europe experiencing religious reformation, social revolution and dramatic overseas expansion precipitated major political, cultural and religious change. It will examine varying political systems in the small states of Italy, and the attempts by intellectuals to grapple with the new politics of what was to become the Italian and European ancien regime. Another key area of analysis will be the differences in cultural production which distinguished courtly societies from republican oligarchies in this age during which the High Renaissance style gave way to Mannerism.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Engage in critical discussion about the most important social, cultural and religious changes which occurred in Italy during the period.

    1. Understand the various political systems in Italy in the late fifteenth and early sixteenth century.

    1. Identify different genres of texts circulating in the period.

    1. Engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to the urban context of early modern Italy and to speculate about the relationship between particular political systems and cultural production.

    1. Analyse the processes which underpinned the construction of particular texts.

    1. Suggest ways in which literary texts and works of art can be used as historical evidence.

    Assessment

    Oral presentation: 10%
    Participation: 10%
    Written work: 50%
    In class test: 30%

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in history (or with permission) or first year Italian

    Prohibitions

    HSY3025


    HSY2045 - Decoding 'The Da Vinci Code': histories behind the story

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Peter Howard

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit explores critically the historical backgrounds and ideas underpinning Dan Brown's The Da Vinci Code, and aims to explore the construction of religious cultures in their broader context. This will involve a study of: versions of the life of Jesus and the role of Mary Magdalene; the "Holy Grail" and quests in Christianity: the role of societies, like the medieval Templars and the modern Opus Dei; the impact of hermetic and neo-platonic texts on da Vinci, Botticelli and Newton in relation to textual, architectural and artistic representations; the popularity of the novel in the context of New Age spiritualities and the resurgence of religious fundamentalism in the new millennium.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will have:

    1. developed a critical understanding of the historical construction of religious cultures;

    1. acquired an understanding of the historical roots of Christianity in the context of gnosticism and other Ancient Near Eastern religions;

    1. acquired an understanding of the historical matrix of texts (including the Hag Hammadi collection) out of which emerged the codification of the Christian bible;

    1. explored the complex history of the traditions surrounding Mary Magdalene and the function of these traditions in different historical contexts;

    1. reflected on the role of "the quest", especially the quest for the Holy Grail, in Christianity;

    1. explored the role of secret societies, for example the Knights Templar and Opus Dei, in Catholic Christianity;

    1. examined the impact of apocalyptic, hermetic and neo-platonic texts in the circle of Leonardo da Vinci and Botticelli in Renaissance Florence, and later in the life of Isaac Newton, will be explored in relation to the textual, architectural and artistic representations, including Da Vinci's famous "Last Supper".

    1. examined the role of women, and theologies of womanhood, in Catholicism;

    1. developed an understanding of the role of myth and symbol in religion, and of the romantic resurgence of myth in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries;

    1. reflected on reasons underpinning the success of The Da Vinci Code in the context of contemporary culture;

    1. acquired the capacity to critique contemporary representations of historical material, particularly the Da Vinci Code but also other examples like Mel Gibson's The Passion of Christ;

    1. had opportunities to work effectively with others and to express ideas verbally in group situations;

    1. developed skills in bibliographic research, analysis, and written expression.

    Assessment

    Tutorial preparation and participation: 35%
    Essay related work: 40%
    Class test: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week.

    Prohibitions

    HSY3045


    HSY2050 - Fears and fantasies: deviance and criminality in the modern world

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Peel

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will explore changing conceptions of deviance, criminality and disorder since 1500. Beginning with European and American witchcraft, it examines key shifts in ideas about the origins of criminality and 'criminal defects'; changing regimes of punishment and incarceration; the history of disease, disability, 'lunacy' and 'freaks'; panics over juvenile delinquency; and the history of monstrosity from Frankenstein to space aliens and serial killers. It will explore the role of fears and fantasies in the development of structures of power and authority, deviance as a focus for political mobilisation, and the connections and differences between deviance, transgression and resistance.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject will be able to show familiarity with the key theoretical and conceptual issues in the comparative analysis of deviance, crime and authority, and an awareness of the contested and historical nature of legal, medical and governmental definitions of 'abnormality' and the threats supposed to emanate from human diversity. They will also be able to analyse themes of domination and resistance in a range of texts, including records of interrogation, medical and psychological literature and legal proceedings; demonstrate their skills in collaborative group work, especially the design and presentation of that which illustrate contemporary aspects of deviance; and demonstrate particular skills in analysing a broad range of documentary evidence.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70% (3500 words)
    Class test: 20%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 90-minute lecture per week and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    HSY3050


    HSY2055 - Murderous cities: Killers, slums and social reform

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Marc Brodie

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit explores crime, disease and deprivation in nineteenth- and twentieth-century cities, and the reforms that tackled their causes. It examines the criminals, slum-dwellers and 'white slavers' who featured in sensational exposes, as well as the new techniques, such as 'underworld' journalism and slum photography, that shaped people's understanding of the city as a dangerous place that should be and could be reformed. Using case studies in Britain, Europe, the United States and Australia, the unit covers a range of important themes, including ethnic and racial conflict; women as both victims and active reformers of the 'evil' city; and academic investigation as a tool of social reform.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Understand the relationships between the reporting, investigation and narration of social problems and the development of social and political reform movements in different historical contexts.
    2. Have a developed knowledge of the major changes in patterns of crime, disease and deprivation in the urban worlds of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries and of the changing ways in which people understood and represented their causes and solutions.
    3. Be able to assess and use a variety of primary sources in the construction of a historical 'case', and have improved written and verbal abilities to present a historical argument.
    4. Have a developed understanding of how historical context impacts upon the assessment of evidence.
    5. Have an improved ability to use technology, particularly the internet, for research and study purposes.
    6. Have skills in co-operative learning and presentation.
    7. In addition, students at 3rd level will be expected to use comparative approaches and research methods to explore different historical contexts.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70% (3500 words)
    Class test: 20%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One and a half hour lecture and a one hour tutorial per week for 12 weeks

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in History or permission.


    HSY2060 - History wars: the uses of the past

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Alistair Thomson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The past is over, but history is replayed and remade every day. This unit explores how the past is re-presented and contested in contemporary societies. It examines the use and significance of the past through critical examination of current literature, Australian and international case studies and fieldwork excursions to 'public history' sites in Melbourne. Case studies will include social history museums, heritage and the built environment, family photographs and memory, war memory and national identity in Australian and overseas, Holocaust memory in Melbourne's Jewish community, and reconciliation and remembering in post-conflict contexts such as South Africa after apartheid.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing the unit at second year level will be expected to develop a critical understanding of the uses of history in contemporary public discourse and to acquire practical skills in textual analysis and fieldwork. In addition, they will also be able to:

    1. Demonstrate an ability to formulate research projects and acquire independent research skills.

    1. Demonstrate an ability to present a sustained argument, based mainly on substantial primary sources.

    1. Place secondary sources in their cultural, ideological and epistemological context by showing where they fit into the current state of historical knowledge.

    1. Demonstrate an acquaintance with some of the ongoing debates about the philosophy and practice of history.

    1. Consider some of the more 'public' uses of history.

    1. Analyse critically the nature of historical memory and the role of history in society.





    Assessment

    Written work: 70% (2500 words)
    Test: 20%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 lecture and 1 tutorial per week and 3 x 2 hour field excursions per semester

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3060, HYM4065


    HSY2065 - Suspicious minds: A history of distrust

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Richard Scully

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Has suspicion between people increased or declined in the modern world? What are the effects of personal distrust? This unit will look at a range of case studies of how people have thought about (and often loathed) their neighbours, countrymen or foreigners, from medieval and renaissance Italy to 19th century Britain and Australia and 20th century Asia and America. It will consider both the ways in which we might be able to identify or measure distrust in past communities and also the multitude of effects on societies and political and other movements of differing views of human nature.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have:

    1. some knowledge of the extent to which personal distrust has existed in a range of past societies;
    2. an understanding of the debates concerning social capital in a historical setting;
    3. knowledge of a range of methodologies used for investigating and measuring different historical phenomena;
    4. an understanding of how individual views of human nature have affected past political and social philosophies and responses; and
    5. the ability to interpret personal attitudes and prejudices within primary historical sources.

    Assessment

    Case study (2000 words): 35%; Historical document reading(1500 words): 30%; Exam (1 hour): 25%; Tutorial participation: 10%.

    Contact hours

    One hour lecture and one hour tutorial

    Prohibitions

    HSY3065


    HSY2075 - Soldiers of fortune: mercenaries, states and violence

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Adam Clulow

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Since the beginning of the nineteenth century, the business of war has been monopolized by nation states. Over the past decade, mercenaries and private military companies have re-emerged as an important force in world politics. The new trend to contract the task of war has changed warfare and the nature of state control over violence. This unit examines the historical development of the mercenary from the medieval period to the present day in Asia and Europe. The focus is on the shifting relationship between the state and private violence.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing HSY2075/HSY3075 (Soldiers of fortune) will be able to demonstrate:

    1. a thorough understanding of the different forms of the mercenary and mercenary organizations across periods and societies;
    2. a critical understanding of the development of the state and the ways in which notions of state sovereignty and authority have changed;
    3. a critical understanding of the role that war and violence has played in state formation;
    4. a thorough understanding of the ways in which modern mercenary companies represent a return to an older form of authorized, private violence and also a sharp departure from past practices;
    5. an enhanced ability to work with and analyse a wide variety of primary and secondary sources; and improved skills in using sources to construct a logical and forceful historical argument;
    6. the capacity to prepare web presentations and contribute to a database.
    7. the capacity to work with others to produce a collaborative research project and presentation.

    In addition, students at third-year level will be able to demonstrate a more complex grasp of the theoretical concepts linking mercenaries to wider political and social developments over time, and a greater ability to use primary source material in their essays.

    Assessment

    Written work: 65%
    Web-based and oral presentation: 20%
    Tutorial participation: 15%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 90-minute tutorial per week, for 12 weeks

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3075


    HSY2085 - Witches and depravity in the medieval and early modern world

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Clare Monagle

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will consider the cultural history of Western Europe from late antiquity through to the beginnings of modernity. We will focus particularly on the persecution of witches, accused sometimes of fornication with the devil or of infanticide and cannibalism, but will look also at other individuals and groups that have been considered sinful, unnatural, freakish or depraved. In so doing, we will explore the long story of the European "outsider", and ask what these harsh designations and cruel treatments of people who were marginal or different might tell us about the history of European society as a whole.

    Objectives

    Students who have completed the subject will:

    1. be familiar with different approaches in the cultural history of the body and deviance;
    2. know how to critically assess these approaches;
    3. discuss their merit;
    4. formulate their own positions on key issues based on a critical engagement with the historiography and relevant primary sources;
    5. situate their own work within larger historiographical debates;
    6. In addition, at Level 3, students will develop an independent research project.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One lecture and one tutorial per week for 13 weeks

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3085


    HSY2095 - The modern middle east

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andrew Markus

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines aspects of contemporary Middle Eastern politics encompassing both the Arab and the non-Arab worlds. The political culture, development and processes of key countries will be analysed. Regional relationships and conflicts will be examined, including the ongoing Gulf Conflict, the Lebanon War, and the Arab-Israel conflict. The implications for wider international politics will also be considered.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject students will be expected to:

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of the historical, ethnic and religious diversity of the Middle East upon which contemporary political complexity is based.

    1. Show an awareness of the major political cultures, structures, actors and issues in the contemporary Middle East.

    1. Understand the causes of regional; conflicts and the preconditions for their resolution, as well as the reasons for persistent authoritarianism and the prospects for political reform and democratization.

    1. Appreciate the major theories explaining Middle Eastern political realities.

    1. Display an ability for political scrutiny, awareness of the broad range of sources and interpretations of Middle Eastern politics and a careful use of evidence and logical argumentation in discussing Middle Eastern issues.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Tutorial work (500 words): 15%
    Take home exam (1400 words): 30%
    Class test (40 minutes): 15%

    Contact hours

    2 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    JWC2095, PLT2490, PLT2492, HSY3095


    HSY2105 - Religion and Genocide in 20th Century India

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ian Copland

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    In 1947 the Indian subcontinent was partitioned to create two new national states 'India and Pakistan' on the basis of religion. In consequence, millions of Sikhs, Hindus and Muslims found themselves on the wrong side of the border. They fled, seeking safety in the companionship of their co-religionists. Many were killed before they could find it. Many more were robbed, raped or otherwise traumatized. This unit explores the roots of the partition scheme, investigates how it was implemented, and tries to understand the psychology that lay behind the collective violence of 1947. It also looks at the longer-term results of the partition, such as the on-going international dispute over Kashmir.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of HSY2105, a student will:

    1. Have acquired a broad knowledge of 20th century Indian social and political history.

    1. Be familiar with the concepts of state, nation and community in the South Asian context.

    1. Be able to comment intelligently, with reference to published literature, on the roots and results of the partition violence of 1947 and on the causes of collective violence more generally.

    1. Be conversant with debates about the formation of historical memory.

    1. Demonstrate skills in the areas of bibliography, textual analysis and written and verbal argument.



    Assessment

    Class participation: 10%
    Documentary exercise (1000 words): 30%
    Essay (2500 words): 40%
    Test (1 hour): 20%
    Students taking the subject at Level 3 will be expected to demonstrate more sophisticated analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent reading and research.

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours of lectures and tutorials per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3105


    HSY2130 - The Ottoman Empire: From Gazi to Gallipoli

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Susan Aykut

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    In this travel and study subject, students assess the cultural, social, architectural and political history of the Ottoman Empire to the First World War. On location at historic sites in Turkey in Bursa, Edirne and Istanbul, the three Ottoman capitals, students examine six key periods of Ottoman history: the early Ottomans, the conquest of Constantinople, the 'classical' era of Suleyman the Magnificent and his successors, the eighteenth-century 'Tulip Age', nineteenth-century Europeanization and reform, and the Gallipoli campaign. Initial classes in this subject will take place in December every second year (ie 2007, 2009, 2011etc) and travel to Turkey will occur in the January.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of HSY2130 students will:

    1. Acquire a broad knowledge of the rise and fall of the Ottoman Empire and an understanding of key themes, periods and personalities.

    1. Experience first-hand key institutions, monuments and artefacts of the Ottoman/Islamic world and develop conceptual frameworks for integrating material culture into the understanding of historical pasts.

    1. Be conversant with a range of primary sources and develop a critical appreciation of the strengths and limitations of texts, particularly travelogues, in the production of historical knowledge.

    1. Develop an understanding of mapping cultural landscapes in space and time.

    1. Gain experience in the planning and organisation of a critical essay involving both primary and secondary sources.

    Assessment

    Tutorial presentation prepared in Melbourne for oral delivery in Turkey (1,000 words): 10%
    2000-word paper written after visiting the site of the informal tutorial presentation (2,000 words): 20%
    Travel journal written in Turkey (2,000 words): 20%
    Research essay 4,000 words 50%

    Contact hours

    Three-weeks intensive study in Turkey: and two 2-hour seminars in Melbourne.

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in History or permission from Head of School

    Prohibitions

    HSY3130


    HSY2140 - Faith and power: Islam in history and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Assoc.Prof. Ian Copland

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The overarching theme of this unit is this extraordinary story of Islam's worldwide expansion from the 7th Century in particular, how it was facilitated by the establishment of Muslim states and empires. Connected themes are: the tussle within Islam between religious and political authority; the Sunni-Shi'a schism; the role of mysticism in Islamic thought; the treatment by Muslim states of non-Muslim populations; the reactions of Muslim rulers and thinkers to the rise of the West; Islam and nationalism; the theory of a 'clash of civilizations'

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing HSY2140:

    1. Will have acquired a broad knowledge of the main landmarks and currents of Islamic history from the 7th to the 20th centuries;

    1. Will be familiar with the main elements of Islamic belief and ritual;

    1. Will be familiar with the major debates in the field of Islamic studies about the reasons for Islam's rise and decline from the 16th century in the face of a resurgent West, and for its 20th century renaissance, about the treatment of non-Muslims in Islamic states, and about the relationship between political and religious authority within the Islamic world;

    1. Will have developed a capacity to work effectively with others and a capacity to express ideas verbally in group situations;

    1. Will have developed considerable facility in bibliographic research, analysis, and written expression.

    Assessment

    Secondary source exercise (1000 words)20%; Essay (2500 words)40%; Examination (one hour)(1000 words)30%; Class Participation 10%

    Contact hours

    One 90-minute lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week.

    Prohibitions

    HSY2500,HSY3500,HSY3140


    HSY2145 - The history of the Arab-Israeli conflict

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Associate Professor Mark Baker and Professor Fania Oz-Salzberger

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will provide an historical analysis of the changing dimensions of the Arab-Israeli conflict from its origins to the present day. Themes to be studied include Jewish-Arab relations under the Ottoman Empire and British Mandate, the emergence of Jewish and Palestinian nationalism, Zionist ideology, the impact of the Holocaust, the birth of Israel in 1948 and the Palestinian refugee crisis, war, the status of the West Bank, Gaza and Jerusalem, the rise of the PLO, the Intifadas, terrorism and counterterrorism. In tutorials, students will simulate the politics of negotiation by engaging with documents that have attempted to forge a peaceful end to the conflict.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of the course, students will also be expected to:

    1. Understand the competing narratives and claims of all parties to the conflict and how the past informs current perceptions of the conflict;
    2. Be able to describe the historiographical debates about the history of the conflict;
    3. Have a knowledge of the broader regional and global implications of the Arab-Israeli conflict;
    4. Be able to analyse how key documents framing the conflict have been contested by different parties and political streams; and
    5. Have the ability to interpret the role of the media in shaping perceptions of the Arab-Israeli conflict.

    Assessment

    Class participation 10%; Short essay (1000 words): 20%; Long essay (2000 words): 40%; 2 hour exam 30%.

    Contact hours

    1 two hour lecture plus 1 one hour tutorial

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in Jewish Civilisation or in History

    Prohibitions

    HSY3145


    HSY2190 - Modern Indonesia: Nation and State

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jane Drakard

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Indonesia, Australia's nearest and largest Asian neighbour, has grown in this century from a Dutch colonial territory into the third most populous state of Asia and the most populous Muslim nation in the world. This subject examines the major factors which have shaped the Indonesian experience in this century, including ethnic and religious diversity; colonialism; nationalism; Islamic reform; communism; authoritarian government and the independence movement in East Timor.

    Assessment

    One essay (2000 words): 45%
    Class project (equivalent 1500 words): 30%
    Class test (1000 words): 25%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3190


    HSY2225 - History and film: Nazi Germany and the Jewish holocaust

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mia Treacey

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the nature of film as history, using Nazi Germany and the Jewish Holocaust as case studies. It will consider temporary newsreels, photographs and feature films, as well as historical documentaries and feature films, in the course of examining the role of film in past times, the influence of these upon historical understanding since, the strengths and weaknesses of historical film, the criteria historians should adopt to critically assess filmed history, and the part historians have played in film-making.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject will be able to understand:

    1. The nature of historical film in its various forms.

    1. The criteria for assessing the merits of historical film, and the ways film differs from other forms of historical representation.

    1. The influence of film in the past and upon later historical understanding.

    1. The role of historians in film-making.

    Assessment

    Film commentary (1000 words): 25%
    Long essay (2500 words): 40%
    Test (1000 words): 25%
    tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours a week, comprising of films, lectures and tutorials

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3225


    HSY2260 - Australian Aboriginal history

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Bain Attwood

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will consider relations between indigenous and non-Aboriginal people in Australia since 1770. The main topics will include the legal basis of British sovereignty; the nature of frontier contact; violence and the dispossession of Aborigines; Aboriginal depopulation; Aborigines' responses to colonialism; government policy and practice, from segregation to assimilation; and Aboriginal political movements. The unit will simultaneously examine the political and theoretical dimensions associated with representing the Australian Aboriginal past and, in particular, the relationship between power and knowledge in historical discourses.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject students will be able to:

    1. Demonstrate an understanding relations between indigenes and Europeans in Australia.

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of the epistemological issues and problems evident in the study of Australian Aboriginal History.

    1. Think critically and communicate effectively. Specifically to:
      1. develop a topic for investigation;
      2. show an awareness of both the diversity of interpretations of the past, and the nature of such forms of knowledge;
      3. familiarise oneself with a range of sources;
      4. display precision in argument and documentation; and
      5. recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument.

    Assessment

    Document exercise (1500 words): 25%
    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Examination (1000 words): 25%
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial over 9 weeks and 2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial for 3 weeks

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3260


    HSY2265 - The world of the bible: text and context

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Nathan Wolski

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit provides a survey of the Hebrew Scriptures as viewed in their ancient Near Eastern historical and cultural setting and as interpreted by modern biblical scholarship. Particular attention will be devoted to the Bible as an expression of the religious life and thought of ancient Israel. Topics examined include an exploration of the core beliefs of the Bible regarding creation, revelation and redemption and the problem of evil and suffering as well as conceptions of divinity, prophecy, law and cult. The art of biblical narrative and poetry will also be explored.

    Objectives

    On completion of this course, students will be able to:

    1. understand the foundational beliefs of the Bible.

    1. understand the Bible in its ancient Near Eastern context.

    1. appreciate the diversity of Biblical literature and demonstrate familiarity with the different genres of Biblical literature.

    1. appreciate the literary sophistication of Biblical texts.

    1. read and interpret select Biblical texts.

    1. demonstrate familiarity with the key institutions of Ancient Israelite religious life.

    1. demonstrate a familiarity with the key debates in modern scholarship concerning the compositional history of the Bible.

    1. demonstrate a familiarity with contemporary approaches to reading the Bible (eg, literary, feminist etc.)



    Assessment

    Written work: 40%
    Test: 40%
    Participation: 20%

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture followed by a 90 minute seminar

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in Jewish Civilisation or Religion and Theology or Archaeology or Philosophy; or by special permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3265


    HSY2275 - Islam: Principles, civilisations, influences

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Salih Yucel

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the evolution and influence of Islam as a religion and civilization, with particular emphasis on the principles underpinning Islamic law and theology and Islamic civilisation in its classic phase. It examines core themes in the Qur'an, and in early works of Islamic history, literature and jurisprudence, as well as the different ways in which these principles were interpreted in practice in the early centuries of Islam. It considers how Islamic civilization responded to non-Islamic communities and cultural traditions within and outside the Arab world, notably in Andalusia and in the Middle East, with reference to the writings of great thinkers, mystics, and historians.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing HSY2275:

    1. Will have acquired a broad knowledge of the core principles articulated in the Qur'an and in other early Islamic writings.
    2. Will be familiar with the evolution of Islamic civilization, from the early period to the great age of the caliphates of Cordoba and Baghdad, and subsequent crisis provoked by the Mongol invasions, up to the beginnings of the Ottoman Empire.
    3. Will be familiar with the major debates in the field of Islamic studies about the reasons for Islam's expansion during the first seven centuries of its existence, and the way it interacted with non-Islamic communities and culture.
    4. Will have developed a capacity to work effectively with others and a capacity to express ideas verbally in group situations;
    5. Will have developed considerable facility in bibliographic research, analysis, and written expression.

    Assessment

    Primary source exercise (1000 words) : 20%
    Essay (2500 words) : 40%
    Exam (1000 words) : 30%
    Tutorial participation : 10%

    Contact hours

    1x90 minute lecture and 1x 1 hour tutorial

    Prohibitions

    HSY3275


    HSY2300 - Twentieth century Australia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Christina Twomey

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    A study of the changing character of the Australian state and of national aspirations and identity. The topics covered include federation and national goals in the first decade of the twentieth century, the defence of the state from external and internal enemies, including consideration of involvement in overseas conflicts from the First World War to Vietnam, the significance of race and gender, changing representations of the Australian way of life, and the remaking of Australia in the 1980s and 1990s.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Distinguish the key moments of demographic, economic, social and political change in twentieth-century Australia.

    1. Understand the changing character of the Australian state.

    1. Identify the incidence of conflict and consensus in Australian political life.

    1. Analyse the changing representations of Australian identity.

    1. Apply the analytical frameworks of race, gender, class, ethnicity and power to twentieth-century Australian history.

    1. Recognize how these key concepts are used by historians of twentieth-century Australia.

    Assessment

    Class participation: 10%
    Tutorial paper (500 words): 15%
    Book review (750 words): 15%
    Research essay (2250 words): 35%
    Examination (1 hour): 25%

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3300, HSY2740, HSY3740


    HSY2325 - From convict colony to white Australia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Christina Twomey

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit offers a critical examination of Australian people and culture from the earliest days of European settlement until the federation of the colonies in 1901 and the introduction of the White Australia policy. It explores the economic, social and cultural impact of colonisation and emigration on both newcomers and indigenous people; looking also at conflict over access to land, mineral wealth, political power and the control of working conditions; contests over the definitions, benefits and limitations of citizenship and at the fate of the family. It will also examine how artists, novelists, film-makers, politicians and historians have pictured Australia's colonial past.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will:

    1. Be able to identify the major economic, social and political developments in Australian colonial society between 1788 and 1901.
    2. Be able to distinguish between different historical interpretations of key aspects of colonial Australian history.
    3. Have developed skills in the critical analysis of various kinds of sources, especially primary sources for the study of Australian history.
    4. Have acquired solid writing and oral presentation skills.
    5. Have developed research and bibliographic skills.
    6. Students doing this unit at level 3 will also have developed skills in independent research.

    Assessment

    2nd Year:
    Assignment 1 (1000 words): 20%
    Assignment 2 (2000 words): 40%
    Examination (2 hours): 30%
    Class Participation: 10%

    3rd Year:
    Assignment 1 (4000 words): 60%
    Class Participation: 10%
    Examination (2 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3325


    HSY2400 - Sexuality, decadence and modernity in Europe c1880-1918

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Barbara Caine

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will explore the relationship between the aggresive imperialism of the late 19th and early 20th century and changing ideas on sexuality, gender and subjectivity. It will also look at questions of race: at concerns about degeneration and 'race suicide', at the emergence of anti-Semitism, and at the connection between racial concerns and questions about sexuality.

    Assessment

    Group presentation and report (10 minutes): 20%
    Tutorial presentation: 10%
    Essay (2500 words): 45%
    Examination (1 hour): 25%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3400


    HSY2410 - History of sexuality 1800 - to the Present

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Barbara Caine

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will examine the changing nature of sexuality in Australia, Britain and North America during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The main topics will be the construction of masculinity and femininity, courtship and marriage, family and kinship, birth control, regulation in the private and public spheres, heterosexuality and homosexuality, the theorisation of sex, sexual reformers and sexual liberation movements.

    Assessment

    Document exercise (1000 words): 20%
    Essay (2500 words): 40%
    Test (1000 words): 30%
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2-3 hours of lectures and tutorials per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3410


    HSY2415 - Twentieth century news media: The prerogative of the harlot.

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marianne Hicks

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Through examining the news reporting of a number of important historical events across the 20th century, this unit will look at the development of the modern news mass media in the English-speaking world. The news frames the way the public sees the world, telling us what to think about, if not what to think. Examination of the mass media raises questions of power, agency and control. Looking at specific case studies of political, war, sport, and cultural events covered in print, radio, television and online news will allow the exploration of the issues of censorship, propaganda, governance, public taboos, responsibility, global citizenship, 'news flow' and possible global media futures.

    Objectives

    The unit aims to provide students with a thorough knowledge of the role of the mass media in shaping ideas about global citizenship, spectatorship, social change and responsibility, with a particular focus on the nature of public opinion and the power of the media to mould it. In addition, the unit also aims to develop students' skills in both independent research and writing and collaborative research and presentation. Specifically, students successfully completing HSY2415 will be able to demonstrate:

    1. a thorough knowledge of the history of the major developments in news media, including technological advancements in news media production, across the twentieth century;
    2. a critical understanding of the news media and the appropriate ways of analysing and critiquing it;
    3. a thorough knowledge of the ways in which the processes of inquiry generated by the news media have historically explored issues of social change, attitudes, responsibility, community, and governance;
    4. enhanced skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts, including newspaper, radio, televisual and web-based news material, as well as secondary scholarly work;
    5. developed skills in source criticism, critical reading, research and writing skills, analysing different interpretations of an event or issue, organising and defending an argument, and writing with precision and imagination;
    6. a critical understanding of the historical role of the media in shaping public opinion, governance and interactions between local, regional, national and international communities;
    7. knowledge and historical understanding of a range of news events covered in the media across the course of the twentieth century, including material dealing with war, natural disasters, political, social and cultural events; and
    8. the capacity to work with others in a collaborative research project and presentation.

    Assessment

    Written work: 65% (3000 words)
    Class test: 25%
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 one-hour lecture, and a two-hour workshop/tutorial per week.

    Prohibitions

    HSY3415


    HSY2440 - The rise and fall of Nazi Germany

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Hau

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit examines the course of German history from 1918 to 1945, focusing on the development, policies, course and implications of National Socialism as movement and regime. It explores the development, nature and decline of the Weimar Republic, the intellectual origins and rise of National Socialism, the development, course and nature of National Socialist domination, National Socialist policies of political killing and genocide, support for and opposition to National Socialism, and the impact and consequences of National Socialism for Germany and the world.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Be able to identify the major causes for the failure of the Weimar Republic.

    1. Recognise the complexity of social developments that characterised the Weimar and Nazi periods.

    1. Develop their own views on the relationship between modernity and Nazism.

    1. Know how to critically assess the works of other historians.

    1. Have developed strategies for the interpretation of primary source materials.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2510, HSY2520, HSY3440


    HSY2460 - The Vietnam War

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jane Drakard

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit traces the origins of the war in resistance to French colonialism after 1945 and examines deepening US involvement, analysing the motivations of the main participants. The unit will focus not just on the military phases of the war, but also on its cultural and ideological ramifications in Vietnam, the USA and Australia. Lectures will provide a general framework with tutorials focussing on more specific issues such as contrasting styles of warfare, cold war ideology, the role of the media, anti-war protest, POW and veterans issues and approaches to commemoration and remembrance. The wider ramifications of the war in Southeast Asia, especially in Cambodia, will also be studied.

    Objectives

    In addition to fulfilling the general objectives established for history units at second-year level, students successfully completing this subject will be expected to:

    1. Develop a knowledge of the historical development of the Vietnam War and an understanding of the broader ideological, political and cultural context in which the war took place.

    1. Reflect on the impact of the war in Vietnam and the USA, as well as other parts of the world such as Cambodia and Laos and Australia.

    1. Think critically and about the different cultural values involved in the various American, Vietnamese and other perceptions of this highly complex event.

    1. Continue the acquisition of critical and analytical skills, and the ability to communicate these verbally and in writing.

    Assessment

    Written work (essay): 35%
    Class participation (including written and oral tasks): 25%
    Test (two in-class tests of 1 hour): 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3460


    HSY2555 - Australian jewry: History and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lionel Sharpe

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The focus of the unit is on the story of Australian Jewry from the beginnings of European settlement to the present day. A major element will be the contemporary Jewish community: its organisation and place in the general Australian society.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. A basic knowledge of the history of Australian Jewry from the beginning of European settlement.

    1. An understanding of the history of Australian Jewry in the context of the major developments in Jewish and general world history in the modern period.

    1. A basic knowledge of the structure, activities and dilemmas of the Australian Jewish community.

    1. An understanding of the interaction of Australia's Jews with the general Australian community.

    1. The background knowledge and understanding to analyse the problems facing the Australian Jewish community.

    1. Developed skills in discussing issues related to the historical experience of Australian Jewry.

    1. Developed skills in critical analysis of documentary and primary source materials.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 44%
    Tutorial presentation (500 words): 12%
    Examination (2 hours): 44%

    Contact hours

    2 hour lecture per week and 1 hour tutorial per fortnight


    HSY2560 - Jews in the modern world

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Forgasz

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit focuses on Jewish society from the eighteenth century to the opening decades of the twentieth century. This period witnessed widespread political, economic and social changes throughout the western world. Jews were thrust from the fringes of European society into its very centre, and with this transformation, they experienced changes in their legal status, religious outlook, and cultural habits. The aim of this unit is to analyse the Jewish encounter with the modern world and gentile society - the impact of that encounter on Jews and Jewish life, as well as the variety of social, ideological and cultural forms in which that encounter was expressed.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of the subject students should be able to understand the variety and complexity of Jewish existence in a modern society and be capable of analysing sources critically.

    Assessment

    Written work: 55% (2500 words)
    Take-home exam: 45%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    HSY3560, JWC2560, JWC3560


    HSY2570 - Modern Israel: History, politics and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Fania Oz-Salzberger

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit examines the history, politics and society of modern Israel from the early days of the Zionist movement to the beginning of the 21st century. Main topics include the varieties of Zionist ideology and practice, pre-independence Jewish society, the history of Jewish-Arab conflicts, constitutional and legal history of the State of Israel, and the growth of modern Israeli society. We will look at issues of identity, cultural coherence and variety, social divisions along national, ethnic, political and religious lines, Israel's international standing, and the common denominators of Israeli polity and society.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. understand major topics in the political and social history of modern Israel;
    2. be able to demonstrate skills in analysis of conceptual issues involved in the study of identity, social division and coherence;
    3. understand Israel's international standing and related issues in Middle East and international politics;
    4. understand the major ideologies and institutions at work in the development of modern Israeli society;
    5. be able to discuss and analyse the major social and political facing the State of Israel.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%; Tutorial paper (1000 words): 20%; Take home exam (1000 words): 20%; Tutorial preparation [text]: 10%.

    The teaching program for this course involves a period of intensive teaching in weeks 4, 5 and 6.

    Contact hours

    Classes are held over ten weeks of the semester. There will be three contact hours per week for seven weeks (weeks 1-2, 8-12; one 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial), in part utilizing video conference from Israel, and intensive teaching involving six contact hours for three weeks (weeks 4-6).

    Prohibitions

    HSY3570


    HSY2580 - The holocaust in an age of genocide

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Baker

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the Holocaust and its place in the broader phenomenon of genocide and mass killing in history. Major topics covered include antisemitism, the Nazi state, ghettos and death camps, and the responses of victims, perpetrators and bystanders. The course will reflect on the Holocaust as a symbol of the modern condition, its uniqueness and relationship to other forms of violence and genocide. Other themes studied are trauma and testimony, the limits of representation, the survivor experience across generations and cultures, the role of the law in adjudicating war crimes, media coverage of atrocity, and the failure to prevent genocide in the post-war period.

    Objectives

    Upon completion, students will be expected to possess:

    1. a knowledge of events leading to the Holocaust, its course and aftermath;
    2. an understanding of Jewish responses to the Holocaust across Europe;
    3. an understanding of the issues involved in representations of the Holocaust, including literature and the arts;
    4. an appreciation of how collective and national memories of genocide are created;
    5. An understanding of the United Nations Genocide Convention and debates about the definition of genocide;
    6. A knowledge of the major cases of post-war mass killing and their relationship to the Holocaust

    Assessment

    Participation in class: 10%
    Short essay (1000 words): 20%
    Long essay (2500 words): 40%
    Exam (1000 words equivalent): 30%

    Contact hours

    2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in History, or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3580/JWC3580


    HSY2600 - Cults and the end of time: A history of millenarian discourse

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Howard

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit exlores the allure of ideas of apocalypse and the advent of a new age, either catastrophic or utopian. It will investigate the origins of such millenarian thought in the ancient Eastern Mediterranean world, before surveying how and why the images therein evoked caught not only the medieval imagination but also how end-of-time discourse plays out amongst modern thinkers (Marx, Fukyama, Derrida etc.) and is represented in literature, media and film. Special attention will be given to charting the complex relationship of apocalyptic/eschatalogical traditions to religious, social and political change, and therefore to dissent, revolution, and rhetorics of new world orders.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. Acquainted themselves with and evaluated the considerable body of knowledge that has built up on the subject of millenarianism in recent years.
    2. Reflected on the complex relationship of apocalyptic traditions to religious, social and political change, and therefore to dissent and revolution, between 100 CE and today.
    3. Thought about questions of millenarian concepts of time, history and numerology, as well as the contextual and conceptual nuances of millenarian, apocalyptic, eschatological and utopian designations.
    4. Thought comparatively and applied their developing understanding to analyses of specific situations and contexts, examples of which they will have engaged during the course.
    5. Continued the acquisition of critical and analytical skills, and the ability to communicate them verbally and in writing. These skills include, with specific reference to this course:
      1. developing the habit of thinking and reading critically;
      2. displaying both precision and imagination in presenting an historical argument;
      3. being able to develop an historical topic of one's own for investigation; and
      4. being able to think self-consciously about history as a form of knowledge, and being willing to entertain a multi-disciplinary approach to its study.

    Assessment

    Tutorial preparation and participation: 35%
    Essay related work: 40%
    Class test: 25%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    a first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3600


    HSY2630 - Renaissance Florence

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Carolyn James

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    A study of the political, social and cultural history of Florence from the late thirteenth to the early sixteenth centuries, with particular reference to the Renaissance period.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject/unit will be expected to demonstrate:

    1. An acquaintance with the considerable body of knowledge that has been built up about late medieval and Renaissance Florence (in the context of Italian history in general).

    1. A critical understanding of this fascinating society and its historiography.

    1. Enhanced skills in the critical and analytical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, religious and polemical literature, historical scholarship and visual representations.

    1. The development of the skills to contribute to knowledge about Renaissance Florence.

    Assessment

    Tutorial Participation (800 words): 15%
    Topic Presentation and essay (1000 words): 15%
    Research Essay (1200 words): 30%
    Two in-class tests (1.5 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3630, HSY2860, HSY3860


    HSY2640 - The age of crusades: Cultures and societies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Constant Mews

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the impact of the Crusades on European culture and society during the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, with particular reference to changing relationships between Christians, Jews and Muslims. It explores the relationship between ecclesiastical politics, religious reform and Crusading ideology, as well as the socio-economic pressures that underpinned Christian expansion in both the Near East and other parts of Europe, such as Spain. It considers episodes of cultural interaction and appropriation, as well as of conflict between Christian, Jewish and Muslim communities by considering the perspectives of commentators and thinkers from each of these religious groups.

    Objectives

    1. This course has as its principal objective to make students familiar with the impact of the Crusades on culture and society in Europe during the twelfth and thirteenth centuries.
    2. Students should acquire an understanding of the different ways in which historians have approached the Crusades and issues of cultural interaction between Jews, Christians and Muslims.
    3. The unit aims to introduce students to the writings of selected individuals from the period (e.g. Abelard, Heloise, John of Salisbury, Maimonides, Averroes). Students will be expected to be able relate their writing to a wider historical context.
    4. Students will be expected to acquire training in library skills, empirical methods and in intelligent summary of secondary literature. Third year students will be expected to acquire research skills through identifying a research topic of their own choice.

    Assessment

    Oral presentation: 15%
    Written work: 60%
    In class test: 25%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3640


    HSY2645 - Arthur: History and myth

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Carol Williams

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the debate around whether or not King Arthur actually existed and the ways in which the figure of Arthur became a mythic figure in subsequent centuries. It considers the earliest sources relating to Arthur, in particular Geoffrey of Monmouth in the early 12th century, who constructs a credible narrative from earlier sources and Chretien de Troyes later in the same century, who with considerable literary skill transformed the warrior leader into a chivalric king. This myth-making is explored across the centuries through Malory's Morte d'Arthur and into the literature of the 19th century.

    Objectives

    The unit aims to provide students with a thorough knowledge of the debate around Arthur and to use this as the starting point for an examination of the concept of medievalism. At a broader level the unit aims to contrast primary historical documents which provide specific truths with literary historical documents which may provide general truths. In addition, the unit also aims to develop students' skills in both independent research and writing and collaborative research and presentation. Specifically, students successfully completing HSY2645 will be expected to demonstrate:

    1. A thorough knowledge of the debate around whether Arthur is a historical or fictional figure;
    2. A comprehensive understanding of medievalism or the body of beliefs, customs and practices of the Middle Ages as related to this topic;
    3. a critical understanding of the various interpretations that inform the historical and contemporary analysis of the ongoing debate;
    4. a stronger understanding of the relationship between fictional and non-fictional representations of Arthur;
    5. enhanced skills in the critical and analytical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary critique, historical scholarship and non-fictional and fictional narrative reconstructions, and specifically the development of skills in source criticism, critical reading, the development of research and writing skills, especially organising and defending an argument, and writing with precision and imagination; and
    6. the capacity to work with others in a collaborative research project and presentation.

    Assessment

    Source criticism exercise (500 words) : 10%
    Class test (1 hour) : 20%
    Report (500 words) : 20%
    Research essay (including plan) (2500) : 50%
    The research essay is on a question set by the unit coordinator.

    Contact hours

    2 one-hour lectures and a one-hour tutorial for 9 weeks and 1 ninety-minute seminar and a one-hour tutorial for 2 weeks

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3645


    HSY2655 - Troubadours and street singers: Music and popular culture 1100-1600

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Carol Williams

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Song is one of the most important and direct transmitters of European history and culture. This unit explores its development, seeing it as an essentially urban phenomenon, with origins in the medieval courts, colleges, cities, and churches. It examines sung verse and melodies of 12th century trouveres and troubadours, which are subtle and highly organised products of an aristocratic society and covers a range of songs, ending with the carnival song and the performance property of the street singer in 15th century Florence. Often, these songs are satirical or obscene in character and the titles of the songs effectively portray the vigour and excitement of life in 15th century Florence.

    Assessment

    Exercise (1000 words): 20%
    Essay (1500 words): 40%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3655


    HSY2710 - The island world of Southeast Asia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jane Drakard

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The island world of Southeast Asia encompasses the region now defined by the modern states of Malaysia and Indonesia. The unit will explore cultural, political and economic change in this region from the early kingdoms to the beginning of the nineteenth century. A major theme will be the development of two local cultural and political patterns, those of the Javanese and Malay worlds.

    Objectives

    Students taking the course will:

    1. Become familiar with some major developments in island Southeast Asia before the end of the nineteenth century, including the nature and ramifications of religious change, the role of state power and political loyalty, economic change, western intrusion, the development of colonial power, and the character of local responses.

    1. Identify and understand major issues and debates discussed in the historical literature dealing with Southeast Asia.

    1. Develop a critical approach to these debates and an appreciation of the nature of the available evidence.

    1. Consider the relative values embodied in the western language and indigenous documents studied in the course.

    1. Develop their own perspectives on issues considered in the course and learn to present and support them with evidence in their written work and in tutorials.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75%
    Class participation (including written and oral tasks): 25%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in history or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3710


    HSY2725 - Nationalism and revolution in Southeast Asia

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jane Drakard

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to provide students with a thorough knowledge of the development of nationalism in three Southeast Asian colonies (drawn from Indonesia, Burma, Vietnam, The Philippines and Malaysia) during the early twentieth century and a comparative understanding of the way in which these movements developed into revolutionary struggle and led to eventual independence from colonial rule. The unit aims to develop students' awareness of the rich complexity of cultural and political change in this period of anti-colonial struggle and to encourage them to consider theoretical work on nationalism and cultural change in the context of these specific historical examples.

    Objectives

    The unit aims to provide students with a thorough knowledge of the development of nationalism in three Southeast Asian colonies during the early twentieth century and a comparative understanding of the way in which these movements developed into revolutionary struggle and led to eventual independence from colonial rule. The unit aims to develop students' awareness of the rich complexity of cultural and political change in this period of anti-colonial struggle and to encourage them to consider theoretical work on nationalism and cultural change in the context of these specific historical examples. The unit also aims to develop students' skills in both independent research and writing and collaborative research and oral presentation. Specifically, students successfully completing HSY2725 will be expected to demonstrate:

    1. Familiarity with major historical developments in the selected three Southeast Asian historical contexts during the first half of the twentieth century.

    1. An understanding of the role and impact of western imperialism in Southeast Asia and the nature of local reactions to foreign intrusion.

    1. An appreciation of the nature and impact of colonial constructions of Southeast Asian peoples and the long term political, economic and cultural consequences of these attitudes.

    1. An understanding of the manner in which local cultural identity was defined and redefined in the face of colonial intrusion.

    1. A thorough knowledge of the character and impact of nationalist and revolutionary thought in twentieth century Southeast Asia.

    1. A critical understanding of the role and impact of western ideas in Southeast Asia in the early twentieth century and an appreciation of the nature of local restatements of these ideas.

    1. A critical understanding of the major issues and debates found in the existing historiography.

    1. An advanced understanding of the values and cultural perspectives embodied in the western language and indigenous documents studied in the unit, including enhanced skills in the critical and analytical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, historical scholarship and visual representations.

    1. The development of skills in source criticism, critical reading, oral presentation and research and writing.

    Assessment

    Seminar work (verified class participation): 30%
    Written work: 70%

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture and 2 hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    HSY2720, HSY3720, HSY3725


    HSY2735 - Myth and meaning in ancient worlds

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Tamara Prosic

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Mythic narrative provides a crucial vision of reality and discusses ideas about life, death, sexuality, culture, transcendence, etc. Students will learn about myth and symbol, types and functions of myths, myth and ritual, and different approaches to myth interpretation through reading mythic narratives from ancient sources and classical texts from ancient Greece and Near East focusing in detail on two mythic traditions of their choice. The unit also looks at interpretation of ancient myths within the Hebrew Bible and early Christian writings and their relevance in the modern age. The unit will be of relevance to students majoring in any branch of historical, literary and religion studies.

    Objectives

    1. Students will become familiar with key mythological traditions, deities, their function and sexuality from in the mythologies of ancient Greece and Near East and learn to situate them in the social and religious context in which they evolved.
    2. Students will acquire critical skills in the interpretation of a range of classic literary texts dealing with mythic traditions.
    3. Acquired and demonstrated an understanding of the nature and significance of myth and the variety of ways in which myths can function.
    4. Be acquainted with the major types of myths.
    5. Students will acquire the skill to analyse the way mythological themes from a variety of ancient cultures are reinterpreted in a contemporary context.
    6. Considered critically various definitions of myth and mythology and the validity and the scope of the major methodological approaches used in interpretation of myths.
    7. Learned about the relationship between the sacred narrative (myth) and the sacred behaviour (ritual) through the angle of mystery religions, and the sacred doctrine (religion) and symbol.
    8. Formed the ability to understand and interpret the symbolism of myths.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (2500 words)
    Exam: 35%
    Tutorial presentation: 15%

    Contact hours

    One 1.5 hour lecture and a one-hour tutorial per week for 11 weeks

    Prohibitions

    HSY3735, RLT2190, RLT3190


    HSY2850 - The Australian city: Contemporary problems in historical perspective

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Graeme Davison

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines contemporary concerns about the structure and function of Australian cities in the light of past debates about the future of cities and the historical experience of urban change. Attention will be paid to images of urban life in popular culture and students will be expected to engage in fieldwork. Among the specific questions to be considered are: How do cities compete with each other, and who wins? Is suburban sprawl a benefit or a liability? Why have Australians been so attached to the idea of individual home-ownership? Have Australian cities been successful in absorbing immigrants, and, if so, why?

    Objectives

    1. To investigate the historical roots of current urban policy dilemmas.

    1. To inculcate skills in the historical analysis of urban landscapes and of textual and visual representations of the city.

    1. To critically appraise the historical and theoretical assumptions underlying current urban policy debates.

    1. To encourage reflection on, and critical self-appraisal of, the student's own writing.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 50%
    Fieldwork report (1500 words): 30%
    Test (1000 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3850


    HSY2860 - The Renaissance in Florence

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Howard

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This intensive course of 4-week's duration departs from Melbourne in mid-November. It involves interdisciplinary study, conducted in the city itself, of the political, social and cultural history of Florence, from the late thirteenth to the early sixteenth centuries, with particular reference to the Renaissance period. Students who have not passed HSY1010 and HSY1020 should do the preliminary reading with great care.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

    1. A knowledge of the city of Florence itself - including its churches, palaces, museums, piazzas, monuments and streets - as an artefact of its complex history.
    2. The development of the requisite skills to interpret the Renaissance aspects of that artefact within an historical framework.
    3. Enhanced skills in the critical and analytical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, religious and polemical literature, historical scholarship, physical monuments and visual representations.
    4. An acquaintance with the considerable body of knowledge that has been built up about late medieval and Renaissance Florence (in the context of Italian history in general).
    5. A critical understanding of this fascinating society and its historiography.
    6. The ability to use this knowledge (1, 3, 4, 5) and these skills (2) as a capital source for contributing to an understanding of the Renaissance city, its society and culture.

    Assessment

    Site visit / tutorial preparation and participation: 10%
    essay related work: 65%
    class test: 25%

    Contact hours

    Intensive lectures, tutorials and field trips for 35 hours per week, over 1 month (November/December)

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2630/3630, HSY3860


    HSY2920 - Death and disease: Healers and quacks in history

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Hau

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The class will explore important issues in the social history of medicine from the 18th to the 20th century. Focusing on developments in Europe and America, the unit will discuss trans-national themes in Western medicine. Topics covered include the rise and changing functions of hospitals, the historical development of the ,modern' patient - physician relationship, the emergence of a hierarchy of medical practitioners (e.g. doctors, nurses, and quacks) and the transformation of medical practice through modern technologies. Through interlocking narratives, it will provoke students to reflect on the social construction of medical knowledge about health, disease, degeneracy, race, and gender.

    Objectives

    1. Students should have a general idea of the ways in which modern institutions (e. g. hospitals, laboratories, and health insurers) shaped the development of modern medicine in the West.



    1. They should understand how modern medical technology transformed the relationship between patients and healers. Did this transformation benefit the patients, the doctors, or both?



    1. They should further be able to critically discuss ethical implications of new medical technologies. Did medical knowledge about reproduction and reproductive technologies work for the benefit of women as some historians would claim? Or was this type of knowledge another way of subjecting women to the power of their husbands, their physicians, or to the state as other historians would argue?



    1. Discussion sections are designed to familiarize students with primary source materials. Students may be confronted with authors whose fundamental assumptions are very different from their own. They should learn how to identify some of the basic assumptions behind the claims of a given primary source by addressing a number of critical questions. What do I have to believe in order to accept the statement of its author as true? What are the epistemological assumptions of its author? What does the source tell us about the worldview of the author? What are his or her assumptions concerning the nature of nature, the nature of humans, or the nature of men and women? How are these assumptions related to the medical knowledge of the period?



    1. Students should learn to critically evaluate historical arguments. What type of evidence does a historian provide in support of his or her argument? Statistics, case studies, analogies, or metaphors? Students should be able to explain why they find a historical argument persuasive or why they disagree with claims made by a given historian.



    1. Finally, students should become familiar with some of the basic narratives of medical historiography. Is the history of medicine primarily the history of outstanding physicians and their contributions to medical science? How does the view of medical history as social history change our understanding of medical knowledge? Is the history of medicine and medical knowledge a history of continuous progress? Or is the history of medicine part of a modern reconfiguration of power relations between social classes, men and women, and/or scientific experts and lay people?



    1. Students should be able to develop a position for their own research projects by critically engaging some the narratives of medical historiography.







    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 - 3 hours of lectures and tutorials per week

    Prerequisites

    A First Year level sequence in History, or permission of the Head of School

    Prohibitions

    HSY3920


    HSY2950 - Slavery, freedom and revolution: The enlightenment and the French revolution

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fiona Graham

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The debate over the slave trade was one of the key issues of the Enlightenment and was closely linked to debates about freedom and despotism in Europe itself. This unit follows changing ideas about slavery and freedom from the mid eighteenth century into the French Revolution and through to the rule of Napoleon. It will use case studies to explore the intellectual and social conflicts of the period and the way European society, culture, and politics were changing. Students will choose their group presentations from a range of topics linked to religious, political, scientific and literary debates and conflicts of the period.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject should have gained knowledge of the political and social systems and ideologies of eighteenth and early nineteenth century Europe and a familiarity with some of the principal historiographical debates relevant to Europe during this period, in particular debates about slavery, despotism, and freedom, class formation, the state, secularisation, gender relations and the French Revolution and Empire. Students should have also gained understanding of some of the major philosophical and scientific debates of the period, in addition to comprehending the social and economic impact of further exploration of the globe, particularly of the Pacific and America. Through this unit students should have attained an understanding of the origins of many institutions, structures and thought in existence today; witnessing the transformation of the medieval era into the foundations of modern Europe.



    In addition to acquiring the subject specific knowledge, students who successfully complete this unit will also attain the skills specific to second and third year study in the School of Historical Studies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 45% (3000 words)
    Group presentation: 30%
    Class test: 25%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 lecture and one 1.5 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3950, EUR2950, EUR3950


    HSY2955 - Searching for the American dream

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Katherine Ellinghaus

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    In this overseas intensive unit we trace the American Dream from its origins in Puritan Boston to the present day. The unit is taught on location in Boston, New York, and Washington during three weeks in June/July. In each city we visit museums, historic sites, and a range of current day organizations involved in assisting disadvantaged American citizens. We examine, firstly, how elusive and powerful the American dream is, and secondly, how Americans address the high poverty rates experienced in their wealthy nation. Students are introduced to these themes in seminars before departure, undertake some written work during the trip, and on return to Australia write a detailed research essay.

    Objectives

    On successful completion students will:

    1. have acquired a broad knowledge of the evolution of the American Dream from Puritan New England to the present day, and developed conceptual frameworks for understanding the philosophies and discourses that underlie American society and culture;
    2. have acquired an understanding of the key themes, periods and personalities of the development of equal civil rights in United States history, and the role of class, race and gender in this history;
    3. have experienced first hand people, organisations and institutions dedicated to assisting economically disadvantaged Americans, and apply critical thinking and analysis to these visits through recommended reading and tutorial discussion;
    4. be conversant with the methodological tools necessary to assess the presentation of American history in museums and historical sites, and to understand their role in the production of historical knowledge; and
    5. be familiar with the archives and other primary material available for research in American History, and to use some of that material to plan, organise and produce a critical essay

    Contact hours

    On-campus: 6 one-hour seminars prior to departure
    Off-campus: three week intensive lectures, visits, tutorials and field trips equalling approximately 35 hours per week

    Prohibitions

    HSY3955


    HSY2985 - Twentieth-century America: Race, rights and power

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Peel

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    After providing a general overview of the history of the United States in the twentieth century, this unit examines three key themes. 'Race' traces struggles over the meaning of racial difference in America, with a particular emphasis on the civil rights and black protest movements. 'Rights', examines the contest over civil, social and human rights in the United States between 1900 and 2000 and the meaning of 'freedom' for women, cultural minorities and the poor. 'Power' examines Americans' continuing debates about their place in the world, with a particular emphasis upon the role of the United States in twentieth-century global and regional conflicts.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing HSY2895 will be expected to demonstrate a comprehensive historical understanding of key themes in the history of the United States after 1900: the expression of and challenges to racial oppression; the ongoing debate about the nature and extent of the rights of American citizens; and the debates within the United States about America's status as a global power. In addition, they will be expected to demonstrate a good critical understanding of the contested interpretations that inform the history of the twentieth-century United States, skills in the critical and analytical reading of a variety of written and visual texts, the capacity to work with others in a collaborative research project and presentation, and skills in the critical use of historical data and documentary evidence available on the web.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80% (3500 words)
    Class test: 20%


    HSY2990 - The American civil war

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Peel

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will relate the history of the American Civil War, with a particular focus on the political, social and ideological origins of the conflict between North and South; contemporary and historical understandings of the causes and outcomes of the war; the international significance of the Civil War as a political, military and social conflict; the experience and perspectives of 'ordinary Americans' before, during and after the war, with particular attention to soldiers and on slaves before and after emancipation; and the representation of the conflict in photography, fiction, film, popular memory and historical scholarship during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject will be able to demonstrate a thorough knowledge of the history of the American Civil War, of the ways in which the war was understood by its various participants (including direct combatants, Northern and Southern black Americans, civilians, photographers and artists) and of its subsequent interpretation and representation by historians, film-makers and other cultural producers. They will also show skills in independent research and writing, collaborative research and presentation, and in the use of information technologies such as the WWW to locate, access and critically analyse various forms of historical data, documents and sources.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80% (3500 words)
    Class test: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours of lectures and tutorials per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY3990


    HSY2995 - Dissent, revolution and freedom: Inventing the United States to 1850

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Peel

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit provides an overview of the main themes and events in the history of the United States before 1850 and detailed examinations of particular events and issues in American history. It focuses on the America invented by a series of revolutions and on the revolutionary ideas and enthusiasms that produced and sustained them. The unit is broken into three parts. Part One traces the history of American colonies to 1850, laying the groundwork of events and themes, in Part Two students participate in one of several conventions which reconstruct and examine key historical debates and Part Three provides detailed case studies of recent themes such as indigenous societies and slave cultre.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing HSY2995 will be expected to demonstrate a comprehensive historical understanding of the origins, nature and development of the major political, cultural and social institutions of the North American colonies and the United States before 1850; a thorough knowledge of the context, European origins and subsequent impact of the most significant ideas, debates and principles that shaped the discovery, exploitation and settling of early America, the American enlightenment, the American Revolution and Constitution, and the development of national and sectional institutions; and a critical understanding of the various interpretations and representations that inform early American history, and of the ways in which that history has been contested and shaped from different perspectives. In addition, they will be expected to show enhanced skills in the critical and analytical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, religious and polemical literature, historical scholarship and visual representations; the capacity to work with others in a collaborative research project and presentation; and enhanced skills in the critical use of on-line resources, especially the various forms of historical data and documentary evidence available on the web.

    Assessment

    Source criticism exercise (500 words): 10%
    Class test (1 hour): 20%
    Collaborative project report (500 words): 20%
    Research essay (2500 words): 50%


    HSY3005 - Special reading unit

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Carolyn James

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Proposals to undertake a special reading unit should be prepared before the start of the semester, in order for the student to arrange a supervisor and finalise a viable study program (with a written contract detailing performance requirements and assessment methods).

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this subject will be able to:

    1. Formulate and complete a substantial research project.
    2. Demonstrate independent research skills.
    3. Place relevant literature in its cultural, ideological and epistemological contexts by showing where it fits into the current state of knowledge.
    4. Display their acquaintance with some of the ongoing debates in the relevant discipline (archaeology, history, Jewish civilisation, theology).

    Assessment

    Written report as determined by supervisor (4500 words) 100%

    Contact hours

    Regular meetings with nominated supervisor

    Prerequisites

    Appropriate disciplinary minor


    HSY3015 - History, film and TV in 20th century Australia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christina Twomey

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Twentieth century Australians have learned their history as often from film and television as from books. This subject explores the major themes of Australian history in the twentieth century, showing how film and television have produced new interpretations of key events, individuals and myths of the national past. Feature-length films and television serials, mini-series and documentaries will be studied as narratives produced at specific historical moments. Students will develop a critical appreciation of the strengths and limitations of texts, especially pictorial texts, in the production of historical knowledge.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit should:

    1. be able to understand some of the key themes and preoccupations of twentieth-century Australian society as made manifest in film and television.

    1. be able to assess critically the ways in which the makers of images have imagined and presented national identity, and how they have constructed and used the Australian past as part of this identity-making.

    1. have developed skills in the critical analysis of various kinds of sources, especially film and television, and understand the different theoretical approaches underpinning this analysis.

    1. have acquired solid writing and oral presentation skills

    1. have developed skills for collaborative learning and group work

    1. have developed research and bibliographic skills

    Third year students will in addition have acquired the capacity to generate research essays on the basis of a critical reading of primary sources, both visual and textual.

    Assessment

    Visual Source Analysis (1,350 words) 25%; Research Essay (1,700 words) 45%; Exam (1,000 words) 20%; Tutorial Participation 10%.

    Contact hours

    Three hours per week comprising of films, lectures and tutorials.

    Prerequisites

    Completion of a first-year sequence in HSY or with permission.

    Prohibitions

    HSY2015


    HSY3025 - Beyond Machiavelli: Crisis and renewal in Early Modern Italy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Carolyn James

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2025

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Engage in critical discussion about the most important social, cultural and religious changes which occurred in Italy during the period.

    1. Understand the various political systems in Italy in the late fifteenth and early sixteenth century.

    1. Identify different genres of texts circulating in the period.

    1. Engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to the urban context of early modern Italy and to speculate about the relationship between particular political systems and cultural production.

    1. Analyse the processes which underpinned the construction of particular texts.

    1. Suggest ways in which literary texts and works of art can be used as historical evidence.

    1. Formulate and develop an independent research project focused on the critical analysis of a relevant primary text (either in Italian or English translation).

    Assessment

    Oral presentation: 10%
    Participation: 10%
    Written work: 50%
    In class test: 30%

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in history (or with permission) or first year Italian

    Prohibitions

    HSY2025


    HSY3045 - Decoding 'The Da Vinci Code': Histories behind the story

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Peter Howard

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2045

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will have:

    1. developed a critical understanding of the historical construction of religious cultures;

    1. acquired an understanding of the historical roots of Christianity in the context of gnosticism and other Ancient Near Eastern religions;

    1. acquired an understanding of the historical matrix of texts (including the Hag Hammadi collection) out of which emerged the codification of the Christian bible;

    1. explored the complex history of the traditions surrounding Mary Magdalene and the function of these traditions in different historical contexts;

    1. reflected on the role of "the quest", especially the quest for the Holy Grail, in Christianity;

    1. explored the role of secret societies, for example the Knights Templar and Opus Dei, in Catholic Christianity;

    1. examined the impact of apocalyptic, hermetic and neo-platonic texts in the circle of Leonardo da Vinci and Botticelli in Renaissance Florence, and later in the life of Isaac Newton, will be explored in relation to the textual, architectural and artistic representations, including Da Vinci's famous "Last Supper".

    1. examined the role of women, and theologies of womanhood, in Catholicism;

    1. developed an understanding of the role of myth and symbol in religion, and of the romantic resurgence of myth in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries;

    1. reflected on reasons underpinning the success of The Da Vinci Code in the context of contemporary culture;

    1. acquired the capacity to critique contemporary representations of historical material, particularly the Da Vinci Code but also other examples like Mel Gibson's The Passion of Christ;

    1. had opportunities to work effectively with others and to express ideas verbally in group situations;

    1. developed skills in bibliographic research, analysis, and written expression.

    1. be capable of independently devising and executing an advanced research project in the above areas of study, based predominantly on primary sources.

    Assessment

    Tutorial preparation and participation: 10%
    Essay related work: 65%
    Class test: 25%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week.

    Prohibitions

    HSY2045


    HSY3050 - Fears and fantasies: Deviance and criminality in the modern world

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Peel

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will explore changing conceptions of deviance, criminality and disorder since 1500. Beginning with European and American witchcraft, it examines key shifts in ideas about the origins of criminality and 'criminal defects'; changing regimes of punishment and incarceration; the history of disease, disability, 'lunacy' and 'freaks'; panics over juvenile delinquency; and the history of monstrosity from Frankenstein to space aliens and serial killers. It will explore the role of fears and fantasies in the development of structures of power and authority, deviance as a focus for political mobilisation, and the connections and differences between deviance, transgression and resistance.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject will be able to show familiarity with the key theoretical and conceptual issues in the comparative analysis of deviance, crime and authority, and an awareness of the contested and historical nature of legal, medical and governmental definitions of 'abnormality' and the threats supposed to emanate from human diversity. They will also be able to analyse themes of domination and resistance in a range of texts, including records of interrogation, medical and psychological literature and legal proceedings; demonstrate their skills in collaborative group work, especially the design and presentation of that which illustrate contemporary aspects of deviance; and demonstrate particular skills in analysing a broad range of documentary evidence.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90% (4500 words)
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 90-minute lecture per week and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    HSY2050


    HSY3055 - Murderous cities: Killers, slums and social reform

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Marc Brodie

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit explores crime, disease and deprivation in nineteenth- and twentieth-century cities, and the reforms that tackled their causes. It examines the criminals, slum-dwellers and 'white slavers' who featured in sensational exposes, as well as the new techniques, such as 'underworld' journalism and slum photography, that shaped people's understanding of the city as a dangerous place that should be and could be reformed. Using case studies in Britain, Europe, the United States and Australia, the unit covers a range of important themes, including ethnic and racial conflict; women as both victims and active reformers of the 'evil' city; and academic investigation as a tool of social reform.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Understand the relationships between the reporting, investigation and narration of social problems and the development of social and political reform movements in different historical contexts.
    2. Have a developed knowledge of the major changes in patterns of crime, disease and deprivation in the urban worlds of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries and of the changing ways in which people understood and represented their causes and solutions.
    3. Be able to assess and use a variety of primary sources in the construction of a historical 'case', and have improved written and verbal abilities to present a historical argument.
    4. Have a developed understanding of how historical context impacts upon the assessment of evidence.
    5. Have an improved ability to use technology, particularly the internet, for research and study purposes.
    6. Have skills in co-operative learning and presentation.
    7. In addition, students at 3rd level will be expected to use comparative approaches and research methods to explore different historical contexts.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90% (4500 words)
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1.5 hour lecture and one hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in History or permission


    HSY3060 - History wars: The uses of the past

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Alistair Thomson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The past is over, but history is replayed and remade every day. This unit explores how the past is re-presented and contested in contemporary societies. It examines the use and significance of the past through critical examination of current literature, Australian and international case studies and fieldwork excursions to 'public history' sites in Melbourne. Case studies will include social history museums, heritage and the built environment, family photographs and memory, war memory and national identity in Australian and overseas, Holocaust memory in Melbourne's Jewish community, and reconciliation and remembering in post-conflict contexts such as South Africa after apartheid.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing the unit at third year level are expected to gain a critical understanding of the uses of history and of theoretical approaches to public discourse about the past and to develop analytical and research skills for a project or fourth-year thesis. In addition, they will also be able to:

    1. Demonstrate an ability to formulate research projects and acquire independent research skills.
    2. Demonstrate an ability to present a sustained argument, based mainly on substantial primary sources.
    3. Place secondary sources in their cultural, ideological and epistemological context by showing where they fit into the current state of historical knowledge.
    4. Demonstrate an acquaintance with some of the ongoing debates about the philosophy and practice of history.
    5. Consider some of the more 'public' uses of history.
    6. Analyse critically the nature of historical memory and the role of history in society


    Assessment

    Written work: 70% (2500 words)
    Test: 20%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 lecture + 1 tutorial per week and 3 x 2-hour field excursions per semester

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2060, HYM4065


    HSY3065 - Suspicious minds: A history of distrust

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Richard Scully

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Has suspicion between people increased or declined in the modern world? What are the effects of personal distrust? This unit will look at a range of case studies of how people have thought about (and often loathed) their neighbours, countrymen or foreigners, from medieval and renaissance Italy to 19th century Britain and Australia and 20th century Asia and America. It will consider both the ways in which we might be able to identify or measure distrust in past communities and also the multitude of effects on societies and political and other movements of differing views of human nature.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have:

    1. some knowledge of the extent to which personal distrust has existed in a range of past societies;
    2. an understanding of the debates concerning social capital in a historical setting;
    3. knowledge of a range of methodologies used for investigating and measuring different historical phenomena;
    4. an understanding of how individual views of human nature have affected past political and social philosophies and responses;
    5. the ability to interpret personal attitudes and prejudices within primary historical sources; and
    6. At level 3, students will also be expected to have demonstrated a higher level of analytical skill in dealing with primary material and historical methodologies.

    Assessment

    Case study (2000 words): 35%; Historical document reading(1500 words): 30%; Exam1 hour: 25%; Tutorial participation: 10%.

    Contact hours

    One hour lecture and one hour tutorial

    Prohibitions

    HSY2065


    HSY3075 - Soldiers of fortune: mercenaries, states and violence

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Adam Clulow

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Since the beginning of the nineteenth century, the business of war has been monopolized by nation states. Over the past decade, mercenaries and private military companies have re-emerged as an important force in world politics. The new trend to contract the task of war has changed warfare and the nature of state control over violence. This unit examines the historical development of the mercenary from the medieval period to the present day in Asia and Europe. The focus is on the shifting relationship between the state and private violence.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing HSY2075/HSY3075 (Soldiers of fortune) will be able to demonstrate:

    1. a thorough understanding of the different forms of the mercenary and mercenary organizations across periods and societies;
    2. a critical understanding of the development of the state and the ways in which notions of state sovereignty and authority have changed;
    3. a critical understanding of the role that war and violence has played in state formation;
    4. a thorough understanding of the ways in which modern mercenary companies represent a return to an older form of authorized, private violence and also a sharp departure from past practices;
    5. an enhanced ability to work with and analyse a wide variety of primary and secondary sources; and improved skills in using sources to construct a logical and forceful historical argument;
    6. the capacity to prepare web presentations and contribute to a database.
    7. the capacity to work with others to produce a collaborative research project and presentation.

    In addition, students at third-year level will be able to demonstrate a more complex grasp of the theoretical concepts linking mercenaries to wider political and social developments over time, and a greater ability to use primary source material in their essays.

    Assessment

    Written work: 65%
    Web-based and oral presentation: 20%
    Tutorial participation: 15%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 90-minute tutorial per week, for 12 weeks

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2075


    HSY3080 - Reading history

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Sarah Pinto

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit focuses on the types, or 'genres', of historical sources: their origins and history, the uses made of them by their originators and by later historians, and how they may be read. 'Reading' includes the interpretation of visual, oral, architectural and material sources as well as textual ones. Themes will include the translation of oral communication into writing and the rendering of writing into print; issues of authorship and audience; the interpretation of maps, photographs, documentary film and architectural analysis.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject should have developed an understanding of key theoretical and conceptual issues in the reading of diverse kinds of texts and of the relationship between 'text' and 'genre', and a greater awareness of the nature of historical writing. The subject also aims to assist students in developing skills in critical reading and the analysis of historiographical debate and to lay the groundwork for successful thesis writing.

    Assessment

    Classroom exercise (750 words): 20%
    Critical essay (2750 words): 50%
    Project/thesis proposal (1000 words): 30%

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture, 90 minute tutorial

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission


    HSY3085 - Witches and depravity in the medieval and early modern world

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Clare Monagle

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will consider the cultural history of Western Europe from late antiquity through to the beginnings of modernity. We will focus particularly on the persecution of witches, accused sometimes of fornication with the devil or of infanticide and cannibalism, but will look also at other individuals and groups that have been considered sinful, unnatural, freakish or depraved. In so doing, we will explore the long story of the European "outsider", and ask what these harsh designations and cruel treatments of people who were marginal or different might tell us about the history of European society as a whole.

    Objectives

    Students who have completed the subject will:

    1. be familiar with different approaches in the cultural history of the body and deviance
    2. know how to critically assess these approaches
    3. discuss their merit
    4. formulate their own positions on key issues based on a critical engagement with the historiography and relevant primary sources
    5. situate their own work within larger historiographical debates
    6. In addition, at Level 3, students will develop an independent research project.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One lecture and one tutorial per week for 13 weeks

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2085


    HSY3095 - The modern Middle East

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andrew Markus

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2095

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of the historical, ethnic and religious diversity of the Middle East upon which contemporary political complexity is based.

    1. Show an awareness of the major political cultures, structures, actors and issues in the contemporary Middle East.

    1. Understand the causes of regional conflicts and the preconditions for their resolution, as well as the reasons for persistent authoritarianism and the prospects for political reform and democratisation.

    1. Appreciate the major theories explaining Middle Eastern political realities.

    1. Display an ability for political scrutiny, awareness of the broad range of sources and interpretations of Middle Eastern politics and a careful use of evidence and logical argumentation in discussing Middle Eastern issues.

    1. Demonstrate a greater level of sophistication and independence in their engagement with sources and the questions which they pose.

    1. Demonstrate a deeper understanding of the theoretical issues that underpin the course and an ability to formulate and develop an independent research question which is grounded in a reading and analysis of primary sources.

    Assessment

    As for HSY2095
    Third-year level students will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level than second-year students.

    Contact hours

    1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    JWC3095, PLT3490, PLT3492, HSY2095


    HSY3105 - Religion and genocide in 20th century India

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ian Copland

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2105

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Have acquired a broad knowledge of twentieth-century Indian social and political history.

    1. Be familiar with the concepts of state, nation and community in the South Asian context.

    1. Be able to comment intelligently, with reference to published literature, on the roots and results of the partition violence of 1947 and on the causes of collective violence more generally.

    1. Demonstrate skills in the areas of bibliography, textual analysis and written and verbal argument.

    1. Be conversant with debates about historical events and historical memory.

    1. Be capable of devising and executing independently and advanced research project.

    Assessment

    As for HSY2105

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours of lectures and tutorials per week

    Prohibitions

    HSY2105


    HSY3125 - Dante's medieval world: politics, religion and the city

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Clare Monagle and Constant Mews

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Dante's medieval world (1265-1321) was one of cultural innovation, religious revival and economic growth, as well as of political strife in many urban communities throughout Italy. This unit explores the political, social, artistic and spiritual worlds of Dante and his contemporaries, and in so doing will give coherency to this dynamic medieval period. Taught in Prato and its environs, the unit provides an opportunity to understand Dante's literary achievement and political activities through direct experience of Dante's Tuscany during the medieval period.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected:

    1. to be familiar with the social, political, cultural and religious environment of the world in which Dante lived and formulated his writings
    2. to be familiar with core writings of Dante (in translation)
    3. to be capable of original analysis of a primary document and the location in which it was generated
    4. to formulate an argument and engage in original research
    5. to communicate a historical argument to staff and fellow students
    6. At fourth-year level, students will be expected to show greater initiative in developing their own research hypothesis and proposal.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Oral presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    Three 3-hour seminars per week for four weeks

    Prerequisites

    Second-year sequence in Historical Studies or Religion and Theology

    Prohibitions

    HSY4125, HYM4125


    HSY3130 - The Ottoman empire: From Gazi to Gallipoli

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Susan Aykut

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    In this travel and study subject, students assess the cultural, social, architectural and political history of the Ottoman Empire to the First World War. On location at historic sites in Turkey in Bursa, Edirne and Istanbul, the three Ottoman capitals, students examine six key periods of Ottoman history: the early Ottomans, the conquest of Constantinople, the 'classical' era of Suleyman the Magnificent and his successors, the eighteenth-century 'Tulip Age', nineteenth-century Europeanization and reform, and the Gallipoli campaign. Initial classes in this subject will take place in December every second year (ie 2007, 2009, 2011etc) and travel to Turkey will occur in the January.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of HSY3130 students will:.

    1. Acquire a broad knowledge of the rise and fall of the Ottoman Empire and an understanding of key themes, periods and personalities.

    1. Experience first-hand key institutions, monuments and artefacts of the Ottoman/Islamic world and develop conceptual frameworks for integrating material culture into the understanding of historical pasts.

    1. Be conversant with a range of primary sources and develop a critical appreciation of the strengths and limitations of texts, particularly travelogues, in the production of historical knowledge.

    1. Develop an understanding of mapping cultural landscapes in space and time.

    1. Gain experience in the planning and organisation of a critical essay involving both primary and secondary sources.

    1. Be expected to demonstrate sophisticated analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent reading and research.







    Assessment

    Tutorial presentation prepared in Melbourne for oral delivery in Turkey (1000 words) 10%
    Paper written after visiting the site of the informal tutorial presentation (2000 words) 20%
    Travel journal written in Turkey (2000 words) 20%
    Research essay (4000 words) 50%

    Contact hours

    Three-weeks intensive study in Turkey: and two 2-hour seminars in Melbourne.

    Prerequisites

    12 points at second year level in History, or permission from the Head of School.

    Prohibitions

    HSY2130


    HSY3135 - Facing history: representing the Arab-Israeli conflict

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fania Oz-Salzberger

    Offered

    Caulfield Winter semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this 3-week intensive unit, we will examine the historiography of the Arab-Israel conflict with a focus on the New Historians and their critics. Students will study narratives of the conflict from the dominant Labour Zionist interpretation to the emergence of counter-narratives informed by post-Zionist perspectives. The course will identify the ideological currents that underpin the construction of historical accounts of the conflict and the paradigms that shape the use of evidence, narrative structure and content. A major concern will be to examine the various media through which the conflict is represented - news, documentaries, eyewitness accounts, archives, fiction, and film.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to have the capacity to:

    1. identify debates surrounding key events in the Arab-Israel conflict from Zionist settlement in the nineteenth century to current affairs
    2. identify the disciplinary perspectives that influence the writing of the Arab-Israel conflict
    3. analyse how the news media shapes reportage of the conflict
    4. explore the different media through which an event can be represented and critically analyse the attributes of that medium
    5. In addition, students at fourth year will be expected to have the ability to analyse intellectual currents that have informed the historiography of the Arab-Israel conflict.

    Assessment

    Research essay (5000 words): 40%
    Critical journal (2000 words): 20%
    Seminar presentation (1000 words): 10%
    Exam (2 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    One 3-hour seminar daily (five days per week) for three weeks

    Prohibitions

    HSY4135; HYM4135


    HSY3140 - Faith and power: Islam in history and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Assoc.Prof.Ian Copland

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2140

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing HSY3140:

    1. Will have acquired a broad knowledge of the main landmarks and currents of Islamic history from the 7th to the 20th centuries;

    1. Will be familiar with the main elements of Islamic belief and ritual;

    1. Will be familiar with the major debates in the field of Islamic studies about the reasons for Islam's rise and decline from the 16th century in the face of a resurgent West, and for its 20th century renaissance, about the treatment of non-Muslims in Islamic states, and about the relationship between political and religious authority within the Islamic world;

    1. Will have developed a capacity to work effectively with others and a capacity to express ideas verbally in group situations;

    1. Will have developed considerable skills in bibliographic research, analysis, and written expression.

    1. Be capable of independently devising and executing an advanced research project in the above areas of study, based predominantly on primary sources.

    Assessment

    Secondary source exercise(1000 words)20%;Essay (2500 words)40%; Examination (one hour)(1000 words)30%; Class participation 10%.

    Contact hours

    One 90-minute lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week.

    Prohibitions

    HSY2500,HSY3500,HSY2140


    HSY3145 - The history of the Arab-Israeli conflict

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Associate Professor Mark Baker and Professor Fania Oz-Salzberger

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will provide an historical analysis of the changing dimensions of the Arab-Israeli conflict from its origins to the present day. Themes to be studied include Jewish-Arab relations under the Ottoman Empire and British Mandate, the emergence of Jewish and Palestinian nationalism, Zionist ideology, the impact of the Holocaust, the birth of Israel in 1948 and the Palestinian refugee crisis, war, the status of the West Bank, Gaza and Jerusalem, the rise of the PLO, the Intifadas, terrorism and counterterrorism. In tutorials, students will simulate the politics of negotiation by engaging with documents that have attempted to forge a peaceful end to the conflict.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of the course, students will also be expected to:

    1. Understand the competing narratives and claims of all parties to the conflict and how the past informs current perceptions of the conflict;
    2. Be able to describe the historiographical debates about the history of the conflict;
    3. Have a knowledge of the broader regional and global implications of the Arab-Israeli conflict;
    4. Be able to analyse how key documents framing the conflict have been contested by different parties and political streams;
    5. Have the ability to interpret the role of the media in shaping perceptions of the Arab-Israeli conflict.
    An additional objective for third year students will be:
    1. To distinguish between different schools of thought in current historiographical debates about the conflict.

    Assessment

    Class participation 10%; Short essay (1000 words): 20%; Long essay (2000 words): 40%; 2 hour exam 30%.

    Contact hours

    1 two hour lecture plus 1 one hour tutorial

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in Jewish Civilisation or in History

    Prohibitions

    HSY2145


    HSY3165 - Final journey: the life and death of European Jews, 1900-1945

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Baker

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Based at the Monash campus in Prato, this three-week intensive study abroad unit explores the modern history of European Jews before the destruction. Students will travel to the major centres of interwar Jewish life in Berlin, Prague, and Warsaw, and encounter the diverse heritage of Jewish life in each country. The unit will explore issues central to this period and the individuals who shaped their times. Students will visit museums, synagogues, cemeteries, destroyed ghettos, and conclude with a guided visit to Auschwitz-Birkenau. We will ask what remains of the past, by looking at the ways in which the lost world of European Jews is being memorialised and renewed through tourism and return.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. the capacity to locate the development of modern Jewish life in the context of modern Europe
    2. a demonstrated ability to evaluate the social, political , economic and intellectual concerns of the inter-war community
    3. an understanding of the institutions and individuals that shaped the interwar European Jewish communities
    4. the capacity to describe and analyse the diversity of Jewish communal life and cultural expression in interwar Europe
    5. an understanding of gender and class issues within the framework of the interwar European Jewish communities
    6. an understanding of the significance of Yiddish as a literary and cultural phenomenon
    7. a broader appreciation of the social history and cultural differences in Europe gained through study abroad
    8. In addition, students at fourth-year level will have a familiarity with the primary sources and an appreciation of the historiographical problems involved in reconstructing a history of these destroyed communities.

    Assessment

    Major essay (5000 words): 50%
    Analytical travel diary: 30%
    Exam (2-hours): 20%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    Three-week intensive study abroad unit in Prato and other European sites

    Prohibitions

    JWC2425, JWC3425


    HSY3190 - Modern Indonesia: Nation and State

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jane Drakard

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2190

    Objectives

    As for HSY2190

    Assessment

    Research essay (2500 words): 50%
    Class project (1500 words equivalent): 25%
    Class test (1000 words equivalent): 25%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2190


    HSY3195 - Israelis and Palestinians between war and peace

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Baker

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This three-week intensive unit will be based at Haifa University in Israel where students will experience first-hand the complexities of Israeli and Palestinian society. The focus will be on investigating current attempts to mediate peace between Jews and Palestinians through political, social and educational institutions. Themes to be explored include the impact of the conflict on the lives of people, poverty, illegal workers, immigrants, settlements and security issues, terrorism and counter-terrorism, Jerusalem and its holy sites. Students will travel the length and breadth of Israel where they will visit schools, museums, the Supreme Court and NGOs engaged in reconciliation work.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to have the ability to:

    1. understand the geography of Israel and the Palestinian territories
    2. understand debates about security issues and the impact security measures have on the day-to-day life of people
    3. appreciate the social and political divisions in Israeli and Palestinian society
    4. have an in-depth understanding of peace movements and the obstacles they confront
    5. In addition, students studying at a fourth-year level will be expected to have the capacity to understand the changing historiographical debates about the conflict.

    Assessment

    Major essay (4000 words): 50%
    Analytical travel diary (3000 words): 30%
    Exam (2 hours): 20%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    20 hours per week for three weeks of intensive study in Israel


    HSY3200 - Advanced history workshop

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Mark Peel

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is an intensive reading, and writing skills development, unit for students in the final stage of a History major. The unit initially involves students in a general seminar for which they will read major historical works and examine differences in writing styles and approaches. Students will then form supervised geographic or thematic interest group workshops, discussing key works in that specific field, preparing a literature review and a book review of a recent publication. Finally, they will present material to the general seminar group from their specialised workshops and undertake a range of experimental writing exercises, which will be workshopped with the group each week.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

    1. Have a developed knowledge of a range of key historical works and of historiographical and writing approaches in History;
    2. Have completed a sustained reading program in a specialised historical field;
    3. Be able to develop a comprehensive literature review on an historical topic;
    4. Understand, and be able to effectively use, a range of writing styles and techniques for the presentation of historical work; and
    5. Be aware of the importance for history writing of differences in potential audience.

    Assessment

    A literature review on a specialised topic (2500 words): 25%; A book review (1000 words): 15%; A group presentation on historiographical and writing approaches (1000 words): 15%; Three writing style exercises (4500 words): 45%.

    Contact hours

    Two hour weekly seminar/workshop

    Prerequisites

    At least six units in History


    HSY3225 - History and film: Nazi Germany and the Jewish holocaust

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mia Treacey

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2225

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject will be able to understand:

    1. The nature of historical film in its various forms.

    1. The criteria for assessing the merits of historical film, and the ways film differs from other forms of historical representation.

    1. The influence of film in the past and upon later historical understanding.

    1. The role of historians in film-making.

    1. The ways in which film can extend and challenge our understanding of history as a discourse.

    Assessment

    Film commentary (1000 words): 25%
    Long essay (2500 words): 40%
    Test (1000 words): 25%
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours a week, comprising of films, lectures and tutorials

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2225


    HSY3260 - Australian Aboriginal history

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Bain Attwood

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2260

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject students will be able to:

    1. Demonstrate an understanding relations between indigenes and Europeans in Australia.

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of the epistemological issues and problems evident in the study of Australian Aboriginal History.

    1. Think critically and communicate effectively. Specifically to:
      1. develop a topic for investigation;
      2. show an awareness of both the diversity of interpretations of the past, and the nature of such forms of knowledge;
      3. familiarise oneself with a range of sources;
      4. display precision in argument and documentation; and
      5. recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument.

    Assessment

    Reflective essay (1500 words): 25%
    Research essay (2000 words): 40%
    Examinations (1000 words): 25%
    Tutorial participation: 10%
    Third year students will be expected to demonstrate more sophisticated analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent research and reading.

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial over 9 weeks and 2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial over 3 weeks

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2260


    HSY3265 - The world of the bible: text and context

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Nathan Wolski

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2265

    Objectives

    As for JWC2630, with the additional objectives that students will be able to:

    1. demonstrate a greater level of sophistication and independence in their engagement with primary sources and the questions which they pose; and a deeper understanding of the theoretical issues that underpin the course.

    1. apply the reading and interpretative skills they have learned to unseen texts of the authors to be studied

    1. formulate and develop an independent research question which is grounded in a reading and analysis of primary sources

    Assessment

    Written work: 40%
    Test: 40%
    Participation: 20%

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture followed by a 90 minute seminar

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in Jewish Civilisation or Religion and Theology or Archaeology or Philosophy; or by special permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2265


    HSY3275 - Islam: Principles, civilisations, influences

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Salih Yucel

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the evolution and influence of Islam as a religion and civilization, with particular emphasis on the principles underpinning Islamic law and theology and Islamic civilisation in its classic phase. It examines core themes in the Qur'an, writings about the Prophet, and early works of Islamic history and literature. Particular attention will be given to Islamic jurisprudence and enquiry, as well as to the different ways in which these principles were interpreted in practice in different schools of Islamic law, and the way in which Islamic civilization responded to non-Islamic communities and cultural traditions, notably in the caliphates of Cordoba and of Baghdad. It will consider the writings of great thinkers and mystics, as well as of historians like Ibn Ishaq and Ibn-Khaldun.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing HSY3275:

    1. Will have acquired a broad knowledge of the core principles articulated in the Qur'an and in other early Islamic writings.
    2. Will be familiar with the evolution of Islamic civilization, from the early period to the great age of the caliphates of Cordoba and Baghdad, and subsequent crisis provoked by the Mongol invasions, up to the beginnings of the Ottoman Empire.
    3. Will be familiar with the major debates in the field of Islamic studies about the reasons for Islam's expansion during the first seven centuries of its existence, and the way it interacted with non-Islamic communities and culture.
    4. Will have developed a capacity to work effectively with others and a capacity to express ideas verbally in group situations;
    5. Will have developed considerable facility in bibliographic research, analysis, and written expression.
    6. Will have chosen their own research topic and completed an original essay on a question of their choice.

    Assessment

    Primary source exercise (1000 words) : 20%
    Essay (2500 words) : 40%
    Exam (1000 words) : 30%
    Tutorial participation : 10%
    Students completing the unit at 3rd year level will have chosen their own research topic and completed an original essay on a question of their choice.

    Contact hours

    1x90 minute lecture and 1x1 hour tutorial

    Prohibitions

    HSY2275


    HSY3300 - Twentieth century Australia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Christina Twomey

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2300

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Distinguish the key moments of demographic, economic, social and political change in twentieth-century Australia.

    1. Understand the changing character of the Australian state.

    1. Identify the incidence of conflict and consensus in Australian political life.

    1. Analyse the changing representations of Australian identity.

    1. Apply the analytical frameworks of race, gender, class, ethnicity and power to twentieth-century Australian history.

    1. Recognize how these key concepts are used by historians of twentieth-century Australia.

    Assessment

    Class participation: 10%
    Tutorial paper (500 words): 15%
    Book review (750 words): 15%
    Research essay (2250 words): 35%
    Examination (1 hour): 25%
    Third-year students will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level than second-year students.

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2300, HSY2740, HSY3740


    HSY3325 - From convict colony to white Australia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): christina Twomey

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit offers a critical examination of Australian people and culture from the earliest days of European settlement until the federation of the colonies in 1901 and the introduction of the White Australia policy. It explores the economic, social and cultural impact of colonisation and emigration on both newcomers and indigenous people; looking also at conflict over access to land, mineral wealth, political power and the control of working conditions; contests over the definitions, benefits and limitations of citizenship and at the fate of the family. It will also examine how artists, novelists, film-makers, politicians and historians have pictured Australia's colonial past.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will:

    1. Be able to identify the major economic, social and political developments in Australian colonial society between 1788 and 1901.
    2. Be able to distinguish between different historical interpretations of key aspects of colonial Australian history.
    3. Have developed skills in the critical analysis of various kinds of sources, especially primary sources for the study of Australian history.
    4. Have acquired solid writing and oral presentation skills.
    5. Have developed research and bibliographic skills.
    6. Students doing this unit at level 3 will also have developed skills in independent research.

    Assessment

    2nd Year:
    Assignment 1 (1000 words): 20%
    Assignment 2 (2000 words): 40%
    Examination (2 hours): 30%
    Class Participation: 10%

    3rd Year:
    Assignment 1 (4000 words): 60%
    Class Participation: 10%
    Examination (2 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in history or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2325


    HSY3400 - Sexuality, decadence and modernity in Europe c1880-1918

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Barbara Caine

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2400

    Objectives

    As for HSY2400

    Assessment

    Group presentation and report (10 minutes): 20%
    Tutorial presentation: 10%
    Essay (2500 words): 45%
    Examination (1 hour): 25%
    Third year students should also have developed ability to write critical reviews of secondary literature and to devise and write a research essay.

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2400


    HSY3410 - History of sexuality 1800 - to the present

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Barbara Caine

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2410

    Objectives

    As for HSY2410

    Assessment

    Document exercise (1000 words): 20%
    Research essay (2500 words): 40%
    Test (1000 words): 30%
    Tutorial partcipation: 10%
    Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate more sophisticated analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent research and reading.

    Contact hours

    2-3 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2410


    HSY3415 - Twentieth century news media: The prerogative of the harlot.

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marianne Hicks

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Through examining the news reporting of a number of important historical events across the 20th century, this unit will look at the development of the modern news mass media in the English-speaking world. The news frames the way the public sees the world, telling us what to think about, if not what to think. Examination of the mass media raises questions of power, agency and control. Looking at specific case studies of political, war, sport, and cultural events covered in print, radio, television and online news will allow the exploration of the issues of censorship, propaganda, governance, public taboos, responsibility, global citizenship, 'news flow' and possible global media futures.

    Objectives

    The unit aims to provide students with a thorough knowledge of the role of the mass media in shaping ideas about global citizenship, spectatorship, social change and responsibility, with a particular focus on the nature of public opinion and the power of the media to mould it. In addition, the unit also aims to develop students' skills in both independent research and writing and collaborative research and presentation. Specifically, students successfully completing HSY2415 will be able to demonstrate:

    1. a thorough knowledge of the history of the major developments in news media, including technological advancements in news media production, across the twentieth century;
    2. a critical understanding of the news media and the appropriate ways of analysing and critiquing it;
    3. a thorough knowledge of the ways in which the processes of inquiry generated by the news media have historically explored issues of social change, attitudes, responsibility, community, and governance;
    4. enhanced skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts, including newspaper, radio, televisual and web-based news material, as well as secondary scholarly work;
    5. developed skills in source criticism, critical reading, research and writing skills, analysing different interpretations of an event or issue, organising and defending an argument, and writing with precision and imagination;
    6. a critical understanding of the historical role of the media in shaping public opinion, governance and interactions between local, regional, national and international communities;
    7. knowledge and historical understanding of a range of news events covered in the media across the course of the twentieth century, including material dealing with war, natural disasters, political, social and cultural events;
    8. the capacity to work with others in a collaborative research project and presentation;
    With the additional objective that students completing HSY3415 will demonstrate:
    1. enhanced skills in the formulation of an independent research project and in the development of a comparative examination, including the location and critical analysis of relevant documentary sources.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90% (4000 words)
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 one-hour lecture, and a two-hour workshop/tutorial per week.

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2415


    HSY3440 - The rise and fall of Nazi Germany

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Hau

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2440

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Be able to identify the major causes for the failure of the Weimar Republic.

    1. Recognise the complexity of social developments that characterised the Weimar and Nazi periods.

    1. Develop their own views on the relationship between modernity and Nazism.

    1. Know how to critically assess the works of other historians.

    1. Have developed strategies for the interpretation of primary source materials.

    1. Have an ability to formulate, investigate and write up an independent research project.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2510/3510, HSY2520/3520, HSY2440


    HSY3460 - The Vietnam war

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jane Drakard

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2460

    Objectives

    In addition to fulfilling the general objectives established for history units at third-year level, students successfully completing this subject will be expected to:

    1. Develop a knowledge of the historical development of the Vietnam War and an understanding of the broader ideological, political and cultural context in which the war took place.

    1. Reflect on the impact of the war in Vietnam and the USA, as well as other parts of the world such as Cambodia and Laos and Australia.

    1. Think critically and about the different cultural values involved in the various American, Vietnamese and other perceptions of this highly complex event.

    1. Continue the acquisition of critical and analytical skills, and the ability to communicate these verbally and in writing.

    1. Have an ability to formulate, investigate and write up an independent research project.

    1. Demonstrate in their writing the capacity to present a sustained argument based largely on primary sources.

    1. Be aware of contemporary philosophical, historical and cultural debates including structuralist and post-structuralist models of interpretation.

    1. Have a sense of the past as a site of political contestation.

    Assessment

    Written work: 45%
    Class participation (including written and oral tasks): 20%
    Test (two in-class tests of 1 hour): 35%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2460


    HSY3555 - Australian Jewry: History and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lionel Sharpe

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2555

    Objectives

    As for HSY2555

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 44%
    Tutorial presentation (500 words): 12%
    Examination (2 hours): 44%
    Third-year students will be expected to make use of a broader range of primary sources in their research essay and tutorial presentation.

    Contact hours

    2 hour lecture per week and 1 hour tutorial per fortnight


    HSY3560 - Jews in the modern world

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Forgasz

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit focuses on Jewish society from the eighteenth century to the opening decades of the twentieth century. This period witnessed widespread political, economic and social changes throughout the western world. Jews were thrust from the fringes of European society into its very centre, and with this transformation, they experienced changes in their legal status, religious outlook, and cultural habits. The aim of this unit is to analyse the Jewish encounter with the modern world and gentile society - the impact of that encounter on Jews and Jewish life, as well as the variety of social, ideological and cultural forms in which that encounter was expressed.

    Objectives

    As for HSY2560 with the additional objectives that students should gain a more comprehensive understanding of the relationships between Jewish identity, nationalism and migration and the importance of gender and cultural difference in Jewish identity and develop skills in formulating and completing historical research.

    Assessment

    Research essay (2500 words): 40%
    Seminar presentation (1000 words): 20%
    Examination (1000 words): 35%
    Seminar participation: 5%
    Third-year level students are expected to demonstrate more sophisticated analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent reading and research.

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    HSY2560, JWC2560, JWC3560


    HSY3570 - Modern Israel: History, politics and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Fania Oz-Salzberger

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit examines the history, politics and society of modern Israel from the early days of the Zionist movement to the beginning of the 21st century. Main topics include the varieties of Zionist ideology and practice, pre-independence Jewish society, the history of Jewish-Arab conflicts, constitutional and legal history of the State of Israel, and the growth of modern Israeli society. We will look at issues of identity, cultural coherence and variety, social divisions along national, ethnic, political and religious lines, Israel's international standing, and the common denominators of Israeli polity and society.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. understand major topics in the political and social history of modern Israel;
    2. be able to demonstrate skills in analysis of conceptual issues involved in the study of identity, social division and coherence;
    3. understand Israel's international standing and related issues in Middle East and international politics;
    4. understand the major ideologies and institutions at work in the development of modern Israeli society;
    5. be able to discuss and analyse the major social and political facing the State of Israel;
    6. demonstrate an appreciation of the complexity of Israeli society through analysis of historical, religious, ethnic, national and political determinants.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%; Tutorial paper (1000 words): 20%; Take home exam (1000 words): 20%; Tutorial preparation (text): 10%.
    The teaching program for this course involves a period of intensive teaching in weeks 4, 5 and 6.

    Contact hours

    Classes are held over ten weeks of the semester. There will be three contact hours per week for seven weeks (weeks 1-2, 8-12; one 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial), in part utilizing video conference from Israel, and intensive teaching involving six contact hours for three weeks (weeks 4-6).

    Prohibitions

    HSY2570


    HSY3580 - The holocaust in an age of genocide

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Baker

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2580

    Objectives

    Upon completion, students will be expected to possess:

    1. a knowledge of events leading to the Holocaust, its course and aftermath;
    2. an understanding of Jewish responses to the Holocaust across Europe;
    3. an understanding of the issues involved in representations of the Holocaust, including literature and the arts;
    4. an appreciation of how collective and national memories of genocide are created;
    5. An understanding of the United Nations Genocide Convention and debates about the definition of genocide;
    6. A knowledge of the major cases of post-war mass killing and their relationship to the Holocaust

    Assessment

    Participation: 10%
    Historiographical essay (1000 words): 20%
    Research essay (2500 words): 40%
    Examination (1000 words): 30%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    HSY2580, JWC2580


    HSY3600 - Cults and the end of time: A history of millenarian discourse

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Howard

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit exlores the allure of ideas of apocalypse and the advent of a new age, either catastrophic or utopian. It will investigate the origins of such millenarian thought in the ancient Eastern Mediterranean world, before surveying how and why the images therein evoked caught not only the medieval imagination but also how end-of-time discourse plays out amongst modern thinkers (Marx, Fukyama, Derrida etc.) and is represented in literature, media and film. Special attention will be given to charting the complex relationship of apocalyptic/eschatalogical traditions to religious, social and political change, and therefore to dissent, revolution, and rhetorics of new world orders.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. Acquainted themselves with and evaluated the considerable body of knowledge that has built up on the subject of millenarianism in recent years.
    2. Reflected on the complex relationship of apocalyptic traditions to religious, social and political change, and therefore to dissent and revolution, between 100 CE and today.
    3. Thought about questions of millenarian concepts of time, history and numerology, as well as the contextual and conceptual nuances of millenarian, apocalyptic, eschatological and utopian designations.
    4. Thought comparatively and applied their developing understanding to analyses of specific situations and contexts, examples of which they will have engaged during the course.
    5. Continued the acquisition of critical and analytical skills, and the ability to communicate them verbally and in writing. These skills include, with specific reference to this course:
      1. developing the habit of thinking and reading critically;
      2. displaying both precision and imagination in presenting an historical argument;
      3. being able to develop an historical topic of one's own for investigation; and
      4. being able to think self-consciously about history as a form of knowledge, and being willing to entertain a multi-disciplinary approach to its study.
    6. Third year students, in addition, will have acquired a greater degree of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in using different kinds of literary and historical works in the context of social history.

    Assessment

    Tutorial preparation and participation: 10%
    Essay related work: 65%
    Class test: 25%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2600


    HSY3630 - Renaissance Florence

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Carolyn James

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2630

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

    1. An acquaintance with the considerable body of knowledge that has been built up about late medieval and Renaissance Florence (in the context of Italian history in general).

    1. A critical understanding of this fascinating society and its historiography.

    1. Enhanced skills in the critical and analytical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, religious and polemical literature, historical scholarship and visual representations.

    1. An ability to undertake independent research.

    1. A more sophisticated understanding of historiographical issues and the use of primary sources.

    Assessment

    Monograph Review (800 words): 20%
    Research Presentation and essay (2200 words): 40%
    Two in-class tests (1.5 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2630, HSY2860, HSY3860


    HSY3640 - The age of crusades: Cultures and societies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Constant Mews

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2640

    Objectives

    1. This course has as its principal objective to make students familiar with the impact of the Crusades on culture and society in Europe during the twelfth and thirteenth centuries.
    2. Students should acquire an understanding of the different ways in which historians have approached the Crusades and issues of cultural interaction between Jews, Christians and Muslims.
    3. The unit aims to introduce students to the writings of selected individuals from the period (e.g. Abelard, Heloise, John of Salisbury, Maimonides, Averroes). Students will be expected to be able relate their writing to a wider historical context.
    4. Students will be expected to acquire training in library skills, empirical methods and in intelligent summary of secondary literature.
    5. Third year students will be expected to acquire research skills through identifying and develop a research topic of their own choice.

    Assessment

    Oral presentation: 15%
    Written work: 60%
    In class test: 25%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2640


    HSY3645 - Arthur: History and myth

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Carol Williams

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the debate around whether or not King Arthur actually existed and the ways in which the figure of Arthur became a mythic figure in subsequent centuries. It considers the earliest sources relating to Arthur, in particular Geoffrey of Monmouth in the early 12th century, who constructs a credible narrative from earlier sources and Chretien de Troyes later in the same century, who with considerable literary skill transformed the warrior leader into a chivalric king. This myth-making is explored across the centuries through Malory's Morte d'Arthur and into the literature of the 19th century.

    Objectives

    The unit aims to provide students with a thorough knowledge of the debate around Arthur and to use this as the starting point for an examination of the concept of medievalism. At a broader level the unit aims to contrast primary historical documents which provide specific truths with literary historical documents which may provide general truths. In addition, the unit also aims to develop students' skills in both independent research and writing and collaborative research and presentation. Specifically, students successfully completing HSY3645 will be expected to demonstrate:

    1. A thorough knowledge of the debate around whether Arthur is a historical or fictional figure;
    2. A comprehensive understanding of medievalism or the body of beliefs, customs and practices of the Middle Ages as related to this topic;
    3. a critical understanding of the various interpretations that inform the historical and contemporary analysis of the ongoing debate;
    4. a stronger understanding of the relationship between fictional and non-fictional representations of Arthur;
    5. enhanced skills in the critical and analytical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary critique, historical scholarship and non-fictional and fictional narrative reconstructions, and specifically the development of skills in source criticism, critical reading, the development of research and writing skills, especially organising and defending an argument, and writing with precision and imagination; and
    6. the capacity to work with others in a collaborative research project and presentation.
    7. enhanced skills in the formulation of an independent research project.

    Assessment

    Source criticism exercise (500 words) : 10%
    Class test (1 hour) : 20%
    Report (500 words) : 20%
    Research essay (including plan) (2500) : 50%
    The research essay is a self-generated, independent research project.

    Contact hours

    2 one-hour lectures and a one-hour tutorial for 9 weeks and 1 ninety-minute seminar and a one-hour tutorial for 2 weeks

    Prerequisites

    A minor sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2645


    HSY3655 - Troubadours and street singers: Music and popular culture 1100-1600

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Carol Williams

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2655

    Objectives

    As for HSY2655

    Assessment

    Exercise (1000 words): 20%
    Essay (1500 words): 40%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%
    Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate sophisticated analytic skills and must initiate their own research subject.

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2655


    HSY3690 - Angels and demons: Rome, the papacy and the world

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Howard

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The papacy has been central to the development of the modern world. A mysterious and powerful institution, it lies at the heart of European culture and the broader Catholic world. This unit explores the nature and role of the papacy in relation to changing political, social, intellectual and cultural circumstances from the medieval to modern periods. Topics include: understandings of papal polity, religious reform and revolt, the impact of humanism, cultural encounters and exchanges, Catholicism and modernity, the papacy on the world stage, as well as expressions of power in papal Rome.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Have acquainted themselves with the considerable body of knowledge on the changing nature of the papacy and religious reform and be able to evaluate it critically.

    1. Have some knowledge of the ways in which religion interacts with social, cultural and political experience in specific contexts.

    1. Be able to evaluate the various methodologies and the theoretical issues surrounding recent approaches to the study of religion and religious reform.

    1. Be able to engage in critical discussion of the issues raised by the subject.

    1. Have acquired critical and analytical skills, and the ability to communicate their views verbally and in writing (coherently, economically and rigorously), in a way which is appropriate to the advanced study of religious discourse within an historical framework.

    1. Be able to display an independent approach to research on the issues involved.

    1. Be able to demonstrate a more sophisticated understanding of the theoretical issues involved.

    Assessment

    Essay related work: 60%
    Critical journal: 20%
    Seminar preparation and presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A History or RLT Sequence

    Prohibitions

    HSY4690, HYM4690


    HSY3710 - The island world of Southeast Asia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jane Drakard

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2710

    Objectives

    Students taking the course will:

    1. Become familiar with some major developments in island Southeast Asia before the end of the nineteenth century, including the nature and ramifications of religious change, the role of state power and political loyalty, economic change, western intrusion, the development of colonial power, and the character of local responses.

    1. Identify and understand major issues and debates discussed in the historical literature dealing with Southeast Asia.

    1. Develop a critical approach to these debates and an appreciation of the nature of the available evidence.

    1. Consider the relative values embodied in the western language and indigenous documents studied in the course.

    1. Develop their own perspectives on issues considered in the course and learn to present and support them with evidence in their written work and in tutorials.

    1. Demonstrate enhanced skills in the formulation and development of an independent research project including the location and critical analysis of relevant documentary sources.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75%
    Class participation (including written and oral tasks): 25%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2710


    HSY3725 - Nationalism and revolution in Southeast Asia

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jane Drakard

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2725

    Objectives

    The unit aims to provide students with a thorough knowledge of the development of nationalism in three Southeast Asian colonies during the early twentieth century and a comparative understanding of the way in which these movements developed into revolutionary struggle and led to eventual independence from colonial rule. The unit aims to develop students' awareness of the rich complexity of cultural and political change in this period of anti-colonial struggle and to encourage them to consider theoretical work on nationalism and cultural change in the context of these specific historical examples. The unit also aims to develop students' skills in both independent research and writing and collaborative research and oral presentation. Specifically, students successfully completing HSY2725 will be expected to demonstrate:

    1. Familiarity with major historical developments in the selected three Southeast Asian historical contexts during the first half of the twentieth century.

    1. An understanding of the role and impact of western imperialism in Southeast Asia and the nature of local reactions to foreign intrusion.

    1. An appreciation of the nature and impact of colonial constructions of Southeast Asian peoples and the long term political, economic and cultural consequences of these attitudes.

    1. An understanding of the manner in which local cultural identity was defined and redefined in the face of colonial intrusion.

    1. A thorough knowledge of the character and impact of nationalist and revolutionary thought in twentieth century Southeast Asia.

    1. A critical understanding of the role and impact of western ideas in Southeast Asia in the early twentieth century and an appreciation of the nature of local restatements of these ideas.

    1. A critical understanding of the major issues and debates found in the existing historiography.

    1. An advanced understanding of the values and cultural perspectives embodied in the western language and indigenous documents studied in the unit, including enhanced skills in the critical and analytical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, historical scholarship and visual representations.

    1. The development of skills in source criticism, critical reading, oral presentation and research and writing.

    1. Enhanced skills in the formulation and development of an independent research project including the location and critical analysis of relevant documentary sources.

    Assessment

    Seminar work (verified class participation): 30%
    written work: 70%

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture and 2 hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    HSY2720, HSY3720, HSY2725


    HSY3735 - Myth and meaning in ancient worlds

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Tamara Prosic

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Mythic narrative provides a crucial vision of reality and discusses ideas about life, death, sexuality, culture, transcendence, etc. Students will learn about myth and symbol, types and functions of myths, myth and ritual, and different approaches to myth interpretation through reading mythic narratives from ancient sources and classical texts from ancient Greece and Near East focusing in detail on two mythic traditions of their choice. The unit also looks at interpretation of ancient myths within the Hebrew Bible and early Christian writings and their relevance in the modern age. The unit will be of relevance to students majoring in any branch of historical, literary and religion studies.

    Objectives

    1. Students will become familiar with key mythological traditions, deities, their function and sexuality from in the mythologies of ancient Greece and Near East and learn to situate them in the social and religious context in which they evolved.
    2. Students will acquire critical skills in the interpretation of a range of classic literary texts dealing with mythic traditions.
    3. Acquired and demonstrated an understanding of the nature and significance of myth and the variety of ways in which myths can function.
    4. Be acquainted with the major types of myths.
    5. Students will acquire the skill to analyse the way mythological themes from a variety of ancient cultures are reinterpreted in a contemporary context.
    6. Considered critically various definitions of myth and mythology and the validity and the scope of the major methodological approaches used in interpretation of myths.
    7. Learned about the relationship between the sacred narrative (myth) and the sacred behaviour (ritual) through the angle of mystery religions, and the sacred doctrine (religion) and symbol.
    8. Formed the ability to understand and interpret the symbolism of myths.
    9. Research and write an original essay on a topic chosen by the student.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (2500 words)
    Exam: 35%
    Tutorial presentation: 15%

    Contact hours

    One 1.5-hour lecture and a one-hour tutorial per week for 11 weeks

    Prohibitions

    HSY2735, RLT2190, RLT3190


    HSY3805 - Teaching history

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Merilyn Hoystead

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit offers both critical perspectives on the teaching of history and the design and delivery of information to different kinds of audiences, and supervised practical experience in real or 'virtual' teaching environments. The unit will cover major issues in the debate about 'teaching history' and introduce students to the skills involved in designing, developing and reviewing curriculum materials, developing learning objectives and outcomes. Students will either participate in classroom teaching in volunteer schools, using the curriculum materials, learning outline and teaching strategy they have developed, or deliver web-based material to a particular group of students.

    Assessment

    Research essay (4000 words): 35%
    Curriculum materials and teaching strategy document (4000 words): 40%
    Project report (1000 words): 15%
    School evaluation: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY4805


    HSY3850 - The Australian city: Contemporary problems in historical perspective

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Graeme Davison

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2850

    Objectives

    1. To investigate the historical roots of current urban policy dilemmas.

    1. To inculcate skills in the historical analysis of urban landscapes and of textual and visual representations of the city.

    1. To critically appraise the historical and theoretical assumptions underlying current urban policy debates.

    1. To encourage reflection on, and critical self-appraisal of, the student's own writing.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Class project (2500 words): 60%
    Third-year students will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level than second year students.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2850


    HSY3860 - The Renaissance in Florence

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Howard

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This intensive course of 4-week's duration departs from Melbourne in mid-November. It involves interdisciplinary study, conducted in the city itself, of the political, social and cultural history of Florence, from the late thirteenth to the early sixteenth centuries, with particular reference to the Renaissance period. Students who have not passed HSY1010 and HSY1020 should do the preliminary reading with great care.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

    1. A knowledge of the city of Florence itself - including its churches, palaces, museums, piazzas, monuments and streets - as an artefact of its complex history.
    2. The development of the requisite skills to interpret the Renaissance aspects of that artefact within an historical framework.
    3. Enhanced skills in the critical and analytical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, religious and polemical literature, historical scholarship, physical monuments and visual representations.
    4. An acquaintance with the considerable body of knowledge that has been built up about late medieval and Renaissance Florence (in the context of Italian history in general).
    5. A critical understanding of this fascinating society and its historiography.
    6. The ability to use this knowledge (1, 3, 4, 5) and these skills (2) as a capital source for contributing to an understanding of the Renaissance city, its society and culture.


    Students successfully completing HSY3860 will, in addition: 7. Be capable of independently devising and executing an advanced research project in the above areas of study, based predominantly on primary sources.

    Assessment

    Site visit/tutorial preparation and participation: 10%
    Essay related work: 65%
    Class test: 25%

    Contact hours

    Intensive lectures, tutorials and field trips for 35 hours per weeks, over one month (November/December)

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2630, HSY3630, HSY2860


    HSY3920 - Death and disease: Healers and quacks in history

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Hau

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The class will explore important issues in the social history of medicine from the 18th to the 20th century. Focusing on developments in Europe and America, the unit will discuss trans-national themes in Western medicine. Topics covered include the rise and changing functions of hospitals, the historical development of the modern' patient - physician relationship, the emergence of a hierarchy of medical practitioners (e.g. doctors, nurses, and quacks) and the transformation of medical practice through modern technologies. Through interlocking narratives, it will provoke students to reflect on the social construction of medical knowledge about health, disease, degeneracy, race, and gender.

    Objectives

    1. Students should have a general idea of the ways in which modern institutions (e. g. hospitals, laboratories, and health insurers) shaped the development of modern medicine in the West.



    1. They should understand how modern medical technology transformed the relationship between patients and healers. Did this transformation benefit the patients, the doctors, or both?



    1. They should further be able to critically discuss ethical implications of new medical technologies. Did medical knowledge about reproduction and reproductive technologies work for the benefit of women as some historians would claim? Or was this type of knowledge another way of subjecting women to the power of their husbands, their physicians, or to the state as other historians would argue?



    1. Discussion sections are designed to familiarize students with primary source materials. Students may be confronted with authors whose fundamental assumptions are very different from their own. They should learn how to identify some of the basic assumptions behind the claims of a given primary source by addressing a number of critical questions. What do I have to believe in order to accept the statement of its author as true? What are the epistemological assumptions of its author? What does the source tell us about the worldview of the author? What are his or her assumptions concerning the nature of nature, the nature of humans, or the nature of men and women? How are these assumptions related to the medical knowledge of the period?



    1. Students should learn to critically evaluate historical arguments. What type of evidence does a historian provide in support of his or her argument? Statistics, case studies, analogies, or metaphors? Students should be able to explain why they find a historical argument persuasive or why they disagree with claims made by a given historian.



    1. Finally, students should become familiar with some of the basic narratives of medical historiography. Is the history of medicine primarily the history of outstanding physicians and their contributions to medical science? How does the view of medical history as social history change our understanding of medical knowledge? Is the history of medicine and medical knowledge a history of continuous progress? Or is the history of medicine part of a modern reconfiguration of power relations between social classes, men and women, and/or scientific experts and lay people?



    1. Students should be able to develop a position for their own research projects by critically engaging some the narratives of medical historiography.









    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 - 3 hours of lectures and tutorials per week

    Prerequisites

    A First Year level sequence in History, or permission of the Head of School

    Prohibitions

    HSY2920


    HSY3950 - Slavery, freedom and revolution: The enlightenment and the French revolution

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fiona Graham

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2950

    Objectives

    As for HSY2950, with the additional objectives that students taking the subject at third year should have acquired a greater degree of analytical skill and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues.

    Assessment

    Written work: 45% (3000 words)
    Group presentation: 30%
    Class test: 25%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 lecture and 1.5 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    Second year history sequence or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2950, EUR2950, EUR3950


    HSY3955 - Searching for the American dream

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Katherine Ellinghaus

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    In this overseas intensive unit we trace the American Dream from its origins in Puritan Boston to the present day. The unit is taught on location in Boston, New York, and Washington during three weeks in June/July. In each city we visit museums, historic sites, and a range of current day organizations involved in assisting disadvantaged American citizens. We examine, firstly, how elusive and powerful the American dream is, and secondly, how Americans address the high poverty rates experienced in their wealthy nation. Students are introduced to these themes in seminars before departure, undertake some written work during the trip, and on return to Australia write a detailed research essay.

    Objectives

    On successful completion students will:

    1. have acquired a broad knowledge of the evolution of the American Dream from Puritan New England to the present day, and developed conceptual frameworks for understanding the philosophies and discourses that underlie American society and culture;
    2. have acquired an understanding of the key themes, periods and personalities of the development of equal civil rights in United States history, and the role of class, race and gender in this history;
    3. have experienced first hand people, organisations and institutions dedicated to assisting economically disadvantaged Americans, and apply critical thinking and analysis to these visits through recommended reading and tutorial discussion;
    4. be conversant with the methodological tools necessary to assess the presentation of American history in museums and historical sites, and to understand their role in the production of historical knowledge;
    5. be familiar with the archives and other primary material available for research in American History, and to use some of that material to plan, organise and produce a critical essay;

    In addition third year students will:
    1. be expected to demonstrate more sophisticated analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent reading and research.

    Contact hours

    On-campus: 6 one-hour seminars prior to departure
    Off-campus: three week intensive lectures, visits, tutorials and field trips equalling approximately 35 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in History, 12 points at second year level or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2955


    HSY3985 - Twentieth-Century America: Race, rights and power

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Peel

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2985

    Objectives

    As for HSY2985, with the additional objectives that students successfully completing HSY3895 will be expected to demonstrate an enhanced critical understanding of a wider range of interpretations informing the history of the twentieth-century United States and skills in the formulation and development of an independent research project based upon locating and critical analysing relevant documentary sources.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (4500 words)

    Contact hours

    2-3 hours per week


    HSY3990 - The American civil war

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Peel

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2990

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject will be able to demonstrate a thorough knowledge of the history of the American Civil War, of the ways in which the war was understood by its various participants (including direct combatants, Northern and Southern black Americans, civilians, photographers and artists) and of its subsequent interpretation and representation by historians, film-makers and other cultural producers. They will also show skills in independent research and writing, collaborative research and presentation, and in the use of information technologies such as the WWW to locate, access and critically analyse various forms of historical data, documents and sources.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (4500 words)

    Contact hours

    3 hours of lectures and tutorials per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or permission

    Prohibitions

    HSY2990


    HSY3995 - Dissent, revolution and freedom: Inventing the United States to 1850

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Peel

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for HSY2995

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing HSY3995 will be expected to demonstrate a comprehensive historical understanding of the origins, nature and development of the major political, cultural and social institutions of the North American colonies and the United States before 1850; a thorough knowledge of the context, European origins and subsequent impact of the most significant ideas, debates and principles that shaped the discovery, exploitation and settling of early America, the American enlightenment, the American Revolution and Constitution, and the development of national and sectional institutions; and a critical understanding of the various interpretations and representations that inform early American history, and of the ways in which that history has been contested and shaped from different perspectives. In addition, they will be expected to show enhanced skills in the critical and analytical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, religious and polemical literature, historical scholarship and visual representations; the capacity to work with others in a collaborative research project and presentation; enhanced skills in the critical use of on-line resources, especially the various forms of historical data and documentary evidence available on the web and the ability to formulate and develop an independent research project based upon documentary sources.

    Assessment

    Research essay proposal (500 words): 10%
    Class test (1 hour): 20%
    Collaborative project report (500 words): 20%
    Research essay (2500 words): 50%
    Students completing HSY3995 will be expected to demonstrate in their research essays a greater critical understanding of the nature of historical debates on key themes in early American history.


    HSY4030 - Special subject 1: First semester

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    There will be several units in each semester offering study in depth of specific topics. Details of the units offered will be made available by the department. Students may choose to study either one special unit or two with the condition that those taking two special units must choose them from different subject areas.

    Assessment

    Essays and reports (7000 words): 70%
    Examination (2 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week


    HSY4040 - Special subject 1: Second semester

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    There will be several units in each semester offering study in depth of specific topics. Details of the units offered will be made available by the department. Students may choose to study either one special unit or two with the condition that those taking two special units must choose them from different subject areas.

    Assessment

    Essays and reports (7000 words): 70%
    Examination (2 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week


    HSY4095 - History and heritage

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Seamus O'Hanlon

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009


    HSY4115 - Private and public voices in renaissance correspondence

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Carolyn James

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This subject introduces the theoretical and conceptual frameworks appropriate to a study of Renaissance letters. It will analyse the development of the letter as a self-conscious literary genre but also dwell on more private correspondence, never meant for publication. Letters are essential sources, particularly for the social historian, and the insights and problems associated with using different kinds of letters as historical documents - whether they are carefully-crafted epistles drafted and redrafted by humanists and famous writers; practical, everyday communication; or even messages dictated to a scribe by the illiterate - will be the particular focus of discussion and analysis.

    Objectives

    Students who complete this subject:

    1. Will have a thorough knowledge of the Renaissance letter collections chosen for study.

    1. Will understand the social or intellectual context in which the letters were written.

    1. Will be able to distinguish between different types of letters, through recognition of formal elements and the development of a critical perspective on the writer's audience and intentions.

    1. Will have developed an awareness of how gender, levels of literacy and exposure to classical literary models influenced both male and female letter writers.

    1. Will be able to engage in discussion of letters as historical evidence and demonstrate strong skills in the critical reading of historical scholarship that uses such evidence.

    1. Will be able to organise and defend an historical argument using appropriate letter collections, as well as other types of primary and secondary evidence.

    1. Students taking this subject at level five have the additional objectives of acquiring a greater degree of analytical skills, a deeper understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues and a stronger degree of independence in locating and evaluating both primary and secondary historical resources.

    Assessment

    Written work (7000 words): 80%
    Seminar presentation and participation: 20% (2000 words)

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    Major in Historical Studies


    HSY4125 - Dante's medieval world: politics, religion and the city

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Clare Monagle and Constant Mews

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Dante's medieval world (1265-1321) was one of cultural innovation, religious revival and economic growth, as well as of political strife in many urban communities throughout Italy. This unit explores the political, social, artistic and spiritual worlds of Dante and his contemporaries, and in so doing will give coherency to this dynamic medieval period. Taught in Prato and its environs, the unit provides an opportunity to understand Dante's literary achievement and political activities through direct experience of Dante's Tuscany during the medieval period.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected:

    1. to be familiar with the social, political, cultural and religious environment of the world in which Dante lived and formulated his writings
    2. to be familiar with core writings of Dante (in translation)
    3. to be capable of original analysis of a primary document and the location in which it was generated
    4. to formulate an argument and engage in original research
    5. to communicate a historical argument to staff and fellow students
    6. At fourth-year level, students will be expected to show greater initiative in developing their own research hypothesis and proposal.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Oral presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    Three 3-hour seminars per week for four weeks

    Prerequisites

    Second-year sequence in Historical Studies or Religion and Theology

    Prohibitions

    HSY3125, HYM4125


    HSY4135 - Facing history: representing the Arab-Israeli conflict

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fania Oz-Salzberger

    Offered

    Caulfield Winter semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this 3-week intensive unit, we will examine the historiography of the Arab-Israel conflict with a focus on the New Historians and their critics. Students will study narratives of the conflict from the dominant Labour Zionist interpretation to the emergence of counter-narratives informed by post-Zionist perspectives. The course will identify the ideological currents that underpin the construction of historical accounts of the conflict and the paradigms that shape the use of evidence, narrative structure and content. A major concern will be to examine the various media through which the conflict is represented - news, documentaries, eyewitness accounts, archives, fiction, and film.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to have the capacity to:

    1. identify debates surrounding key events in the Arab-Israel conflict from Zionist settlement in the nineteenth century to current affairs
    2. identify the disciplinary perspectives that influence the writing of the Arab-Israel conflict
    3. analyse how the news media shapes reportage of the conflict
    4. explore the different media through which an event can be represented and critically analyse the attributes of that medium
    5. In addition, students at fourth year will be expected to have the ability to analyse intellectual currents that have informed the historiography of the Arab-Israel conflict.

    Assessment

    Research essay (5000 words): 40%
    Critical journal (2000 words): 20%
    Seminar presentation (1000 words): 10%
    Exam (2 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    One 3-hour seminar daily (five days per week) for three weeks

    Prohibitions

    HSY3135; HYM4135


    HSY4140 - The Raj imagined: Stories and films of British India in their historical context

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ian Copland

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    India exists in British consciousness, just as bilati-Britain-figures in educated Indians' imaginings during the Raj era. A few hold literary classic status, yet a number of stories by British authors set in India provide valuable evidence for how the English "constructed" India. Stories by Indian writers also reveal mindsets of Indian middle class and attitudes more ambiguous than from reading mainstream accounts. This unit seeks to test the utility of works of imagination as historical documents by comparing several English literary/filmic representations of the Raj with landmark "political" novels/films by Indian writers and directors, and testing these against historical records.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of HSY4140 students will:

    1. Have a broad understanding of the relations between the British and their Indian subjects during the last eighty years of the Raj.

    1. Be familiar with a number of important novels and stories by English and Indian writers set in the India of the Raj.

    1. Be conversant with the problems of using fictional sources as historical texts.

    1. Be capable of researching and writing an extended original academic essay in the discipline of history.

    Assessment

    Class participation: 10%
    Research essay (7,000 words): 60%
    Examination (2 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A Third Year sequence in History

    Prohibitions

    HYM4140, HYM5140


    HSY4165 - Final journey: the life and death of European Jews, 1900-1945

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Baker

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Based at the Monash campus in Prato, this three-week intensive study abroad unit explores the modern history of European Jews before the destruction. Students will travel to the major centres of interwar Jewish life in Berlin, Prague, and Warsaw, and encounter the diverse heritage of Jewish life in each country. The unit will explore issues central to this period and the individuals who shaped their times. Students will visit museums, synagogues, cemeteries, destroyed ghettos, and conclude with a guided visit to Auschwitz-Birkenau. We will ask what remains of the past, by looking at the ways in which the lost world of European Jews is being memorialised and renewed through tourism and return.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. the capacity to locate the development of modern Jewish life in the context of modern Europe
    2. a demonstrated ability to evaluate the social, political , economic and intellectual concerns of the inter-war community
    3. an understanding of the institutions and individuals that shaped the interwar European Jewish communities
    4. the capacity to describe and analyse the diversity of Jewish communal life and cultural expression in interwar Europe
    5. an understanding of gender and class issues within the framework of the interwar European Jewish communities
    6. an understanding of the significance of Yiddish as a literary and cultural phenomenon
    7. a broader appreciation of the social history and cultural differences in Europe gained through study abroad
    8. In addition, students at fourth-year level will have a familiarity with the primary sources and an appreciation of the historiographical problems involved in reconstructing a history of these destroyed communities.

    Assessment

    Major essay (5000 words): 50%
    Analytical travel diary: 30%
    Exam (2-hours): 20%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    Three-week intensive study abroad unit in Prato and other European sites

    Prohibitions

    JWC2425, JWC3425


    HSY4175 - Interpreting the Bible: Jewish and Christian perspectives

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Fagenblat

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Judaism and Christianity and both text-centred religions and, as such, the practice of interpretation invariable mediates the authority of the text. Interpretation is the way in which the authority of the text is extended and contested. This course examines the interpretive methods as well as the theological and ideological content of practices such as: Midrash, allegory, legal interpretation, mystical symbolism and multi-levelled approached to the text. Focus will be given to the historical contexts in which such practices arose and to their socio-political investment, as well as to the differences and similarities of Jewish and Christian approaches

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this course will be able to demonstrate:

    1. a comprehensive knowledge of the strength, status and scope of claims to authority made both by and for the Bible in Jewish and Christian traditions.

    1. knowledge of the historical, theoretical and cultural issues involved in claiming authority for any sacred text.

    1. Understanding of the basic interpretive practices that have been applied by Jewish and Christian communities to the Bible.

    1. skills in evaluating and applying different kinds of exegesis and hermeneutic theory.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2.5 Hours

    Prohibitions

    JWC4010, JWM4010, JWM5010, HYM4175, HYM5175, RLT4090, RLM4090, RLM5090


    HSY4180 - Images of the Natural World: Issues in Environmental History

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Garrioch

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit covers history of how people related to and thought about the natural environment. It introduces recent literature on environmental history, beginning with how early modern Europeans used natural resources and the impact on landscape and waterways of new technology, urban growth and larger population. It examines environmental consequences of European expansion into the New World, of industrialization and imperialism, medicine and science. Attention is given to how the environment has affected human society through climate change, plagues and depletion of natural resources. Focuses on changing ideas of the natural environment, which underlay the way people interpreted and used it.

    Objectives

    In addition to the general objectives for fourth year defined by the School of Geography and the School of Historical Studies, students successfully completing this subject will have:

    1. A general grasp of the two-way interaction between social practices and the environment in the past.

    1. An understanding of changing Western ideas about the natural world.

    1. An awareness of the way that current environmental debates are based on historically-determined conceptions of the environment and of the place of humans within it.

    1. A grasp of the principal debates in environmental history.

    1. An ability to find and use a wide range of historical sources, including visual sources.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75% (7000 words)
    Take-home examination: 25%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    GES4180, HYM4180, HYM5180


    HSY4185 - Colonial encounters: Ideas of race and 'otherness'

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Marian Quartly and Professor Mark Peel

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will explore the ways that Europeans interacted with people they encountered in settler societies in North America, Australia, and the Pacific. It will examine how these newly encountered groups of people were depicted in the era of colonialism, explore the histories of racial designations such as black, white and red, and examine how interracial sexual relationships complicated these neat colonial categories. Racism remains a huge problem in 21st century society: this unit will explore the background to this issue, not just narrating the events of colonialism, but putting the issue of 'otherness' and the formation of racial categories at the forefront of the story.

    Objectives

    At the successful completion of the unit students will be expected:

    1. to have a detailed understanding of the history of settler colonialism as both a global and a local phenomenon
    2. to understand the theoretical arguments about how "race" was understood from the 17th to the 19th centuries, and how interracial sexuality came to play an increasingly important role in such classifications
    3. to be able to critically examine contemporary texts and drawings to evaluate what they reveal to the historian about ideas of race in the era
    4. to be able to fully articulate, verbally and in writing, their conclusions from these examinations
    5. to have shown their capacity to devise, research, and complete an essay on some aspect of Colonial Encounters based on their own study of the sources and scholarship
    6. to be able to reflect on the way in which history has influenced the present, through evaluating how our present-day racial formations are not fixed categories but historically and geographically unstable constructs
    7. In addition, students at fifth-year level will be expected to demonstrate more sophisticated analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent reading and research.

    Assessment

    Tutorial presentation (approx. 1000 words): 10%
    Report (2000 words): 20%
    Research essay (4000 words): 50%
    Take-home test (2000 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    HYM4185, HYM5185


    HSY4195 - Israelis and Palestinians between war and peace

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Baker

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This three-week intensive unit will be based at Haifa University in Israel where students will experience first-hand the complexities of Israeli and Palestinian society. The focus will be on investigating current attempts to mediate peace between Jews and Palestinians through political, social and educational institutions. Themes to be explored include the impact of the conflict on the lives of people, poverty, illegal workers, immigrants, settlements and security issues, terrorism and counter-terrorism, Jerusalem and its holy sites. Students will travel the length and breadth of Israel where they will visit schools, museums, the Supreme Court and NGOs engaged in reconciliation work.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to have the ability to:

    1. understand the geography of Israel and the Palestinian territories
    2. understand debates about security issues and the impact security measures have on the day-to-day life of people
    3. appreciate the social and political divisions in Israeli and Palestinian society
    4. have an in-depth understanding of peace movements and the obstacles they confront
    5. In addition, students studying at a fourth-year level will be expected to have the capacity to understand the changing historiographical debates about the conflict.

    Assessment

    Major essay (4000 words): 50%
    Analytical travel diary (3000 words): 30% ++ Exam (2 hours): 20%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    20 hours per week for three weeks of intensive study in Israel


    HSY4210 - History and memory: Oral history, life stories and commemoration

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Alistair Thomson

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces the theoretical and conceptual frameworks deployed in the analysis of various forms of history that involve memory. In particular it considers oral history, life stories and autobiography, and commemoration, and explores the relationship between these forms of memory and history. Specific topics include oral history and social history, private and public memory, myth and history, war and remembrance, popular memory and nostalgia, psychoanalysis and history, memory and collective identity, and trauma and memory.

    Objectives

    This subject aims to:

    1. Introduce key conceptual and theoretical issues in the relationship between memory and the writing of history.

    1. Introduce students to a range of past and present 'memory-work' particularly as it relates to the development of shared understandings of the past, including the production of oral histories and life stories and various forms of public and private commemoration.

    1. Provide students interested in exploring research tools such as oral history or life story reconstruction with a coherent and thorough grounding in the relevant historical scholarship and critical literature.

    1. Introduce students to key questions about the ethical dimensions involved in producing and using various forms of memory as historical evidence.

    1. Provide supervised practical experience in research techniques involving the use of memory in the writing of history.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (9000 words)

    Contact hours

    Regular seminars totalling 24 hours per semester

    Prohibitions

    HYM4200, HYM5200


    HSY4260 - Medieval dialogues: Reason, mysticism and society

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Nathan Wolski

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the intellectual interaction between Judaism, Christianity and Islam in the medieval period. Focusing mainly on the late twelfth and thirteenth century, the unit revolves around a central religious fault line of the era- reason and rationalism on the one hand, and the mystical quest on the other - and pursues a comparative analysis of the major figures from each of the traditions. Beginning with the rationalists, the course explores the thought of Ibn Rushd, Maimonides and Thomas Aquinas, before moving to a comparative examination of various mystics, such as - Bernard of Clairvaux, Bonaventure, the Zohar, Meister Eckhart, Ibn al-Arabi and Rumi.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students will be expected to:

    1. have an understanding of the major intellectual currents within Judaism, Christianity and Islam in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries;
    2. have an understanding of the relationship between and mutual influences informing the various traditions;
    3. understand the role of classical thinkers and writers on the varied traditions;
    4. demonstrate familiarity with the major texts of the key religious figures of the period;
    5. appreciate the exegetical horizons facing interpreters of scripture;
    6. be able to engage in comparative analysis of philosophers and mystics from the different traditions;
    7. have applied the reading and interpretative skills they have learned to unseen texts; and
    8. identify continuities and ruptures among the thinkers and writers examined

    Assessment

    Research essay (6000 words): 50%; Seminar paper (1000 words): 15%; Take-home exam (2000 words): 25%; Seminar preparation: 10%.

    Contact hours

    One 2.5 hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    HYM4260, HYM5260


    HSY4270 - Research methods in biography and life writing

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Barbara Caine

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit looks at some of the methodological questions involved in life writing. It includes practical questions such as assessing databases and sources, interpreting and utilising interviews and oral histories. It explores ethical issues involved in researching life stories and biographies, and different approaches to the reading and interpretation of texts and sources. The unit examines methods used in biography, particularly political and literary biography, and newer methods developed in writing women's lives and indigenous lives. The use of life stories as case studies in history and sociology and questions raised by the study of testimony and collective memory are also explored.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Understand the research processes involved in writing biography and life stories, particularly the use of existing published works, archives and oral history.
    2. Demonstrate an awareness of the ethical and legal issues involved in biography and life writing.
    3. Understand the theoretical issues involved in the discipline, including questions about style, audience and readership.
    4. Develop advanced skills in written and oral communication.
    5. Develop skills in working as a group.
    6. Develop advanced skills in using new technology

    Assessment

    Seminar paper (2000-3000 words); 30%;

    Outline of research project including literature review, discussion of method and time line (6000 words): 50%;

    1 seminar presentation 10%;

    General seminar performance 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    HYM4270, HYM5270


    HSY4280 - Reading and writing biography and life stories

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Barbara Caine

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit focuses on the writing of biography as a literary form, including questions about the relationship between biography and fiction; the many new forms of life story developed through feminist and postcolonial theory and through work in memory and testimony; and the uses of life story in case studies in the social sciences. The unit will deal with biography as metaphor, the importance of cultural context in reading and writing biography, life stories and cultural context, ways of analysing the authorial presence and the use of psychoanalysis in biography and life writing.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to:

    1. Have a sophisticated understanding of the different forms of writing biographies and life stories and of the importance of particular genres within this field.

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of the ways in which new fields such as psychoanalysis, feminism and gender studies and postcolonialism have affected the writing of life stories and biography.

    1. Be acquainted with some of the recent debates about the relationship between fiction and biography.

    1. Have developed advanced skills in written and oral communication.

    1. Have developed skills in working as a group.

    1. Have developed skills in using new technology.

    Assessment

    Seminar presentation and paper (2,000 words): 20%
    Group seminar presentation and paper (1000 words): 20%
    Essay (5,000-6,000 words): 50%
    General seminar performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week


    HSY4290 - Holocaust memories: Landscape, mourning, identity

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Associate Professor Mark Baker

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will trace the changing contours of Holocaust memory from its inception to the present day. Topics include witnessing, survivor testimony, second-generation memoirs, representations of the Holocaust in cinema, photography, museums, literature and online, the practices of 'death camp tourism', the memory debates of Germany and Poland and the globalising of Holocaust memory, the relationship that remembering the Holocaust has to Jewish identity and to Jewish political existence, questions of ethics 'after Auschwitz', and the rise of Holocaust denial.

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit will have the ability to:

    1. understand differences between individual, collective, and official memories of the Holocaust
    2. have researched different mediums in which Holocaust memory is transmitted including testimony, literature, memorials, cinema, museums, annual days of remembrance
    3. have engaged with theoretical debates about the relationship between history and memory and modern participation in remembrance practices
    4. understand some of the ways in which memory informs personal and national identities
    5. have formulated their own arguments on key issues of Holocaust memory, informed by the relevant primary sources and secondary readings.

    Assessment

    Seminar Participation: 10%; Short Essay (3000 words): 30%; Research Essay (6000 words): 60%.

    Contact hours

    One 2 hour seminar

    Prohibitions

    HYM4290, HYM5290


    HSY4320 - Citizens: Histories of Australian citizenship

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Marian Quartly

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The rejection of the 1999 republic referendum has sharpened scholarly concern with Australian citizenship and nationality, both as concept and practice. In the last decade historians from quite disparate fields-constitutional, legal, political, administrative, educational, literary, cultural-have addressed aspects of these histories. At the same time historians from reformist traditions-indigenous, feminist, multicultural, post-colonial-have reassessed mainstream accounts as exclusionary. This unit reads secondary texts as the products of particular disciplinary traditions and seeks to understand the multiple meanings imagined for 'the Australian citizen' in the twentieth century.

    Assessment

    Class participation: 10%
    Research essay (6000 words): 60%
    Examination (3 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    HYM4320, HYM5320


    HSY4330 - Cultures of devotion in Renaissance Italy

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Howard

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the religious cultures of Italy from the fourteenth to the early sixteenth century, including the role of humanism and the recovery of the classical past in the re-envisioning of the Christian life in the Renaissance city, the boundaries between magic, superstition, and orthodox religion, the cult of the saints, shrines, and pilgrimage, the relationship between institutional religion and popular piety, high culture and popular expressions of devotion, the function of preaching and education by friars in local contexts, and the extent to which public theology shaped the cultural and material milieu.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Have acquired an understanding of the nature of Christianity as the matrix of experience in the Italian Renaissance city.

    1. Have acquired an understanding of the variety within that experience.

    1. Be critically conversant with the conceptual and analytical issues relating to the term 'popular'.

    1. Have worked with the conceptual complexities of 'religious culture'.

    1. Understand the nature of, and the religious and the social function of, devotion and devotional space.

    1. Have examined the Renaissance understanding of the nature of the natural order, sign and symbol, language and power.

    1. Understand the impact of the return 'to sources' which was part of the humanist agenda.

    1. Will have engaged the inter-relationship between the material world (piazza, building; representation) and the aesthetic, spiritual and religious activities of Renaissance Italians.

    1. Have developed a capacity to analyse the processes which underpinned the construction of devotional and theological texts.

    1. Will have developed the capacity to detect the resonances of language and code embedded in particular texts and their relationship to social context.

    1. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to the urban context of Italian Renaissance Society.

    1. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to the urban context of Italian Renaissance Society.

    Assessment

    Essay related work: 60%
    Critical journal: 20%
    Seminar preparation and presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    A History or RLT Major

    Prohibitions

    HYM4330


    HSY4340 - The Highland clearances: Displacement, migration and memory in Scotland

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jane Drakard

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the famous evictions of Scottish highlanders from their ancestral lands between the late eighteenth and mid-nineteenth centuries. It focuses on the context and rationale for these events and the consequences for crofters who were either forcibly removed to inferior lands by their landlords or who chose to emigrate. Patterns of local resistance will be considered, as will the long term consequences for highland society. The Highland Clearances are still prominent in popular memory and a subject for vigorous debate in Scotland; the role of the clearances in modern Scottish identity and history-making will be considered, including issues of commemoration and memorialisation.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate: a thorough grasp of the context in which the Clearances took place, key events and the broad outlines of the social, economic and cultural consequences for Highland society; a critical appreciation of historical debates about the severity of the evictions and the economic and social impact of the Clearances; familiarity with the major historical works on this subject and a close engagement not only with the arguments put forward by key historians, but also with available documentary sources; well developed oral and written skills in the critical analysis of a variety of texts including government papers, the viewpoint of landlords, the perspectives of the displaced crofters and contemporary understandings of those who observed and recorded the events in journals and memoirs; a capacity to reflect on the history-making process in the context of the Highland Clearances and to analyse the contemporary meanings of the past which are manifested in popular histories, in web sites and in literature, music and film about the Clearances.

    Assessment

    Tutorial presentation (15 minutes) (equiv. 1000 words) 10%, Critical review (2000 words) 20%, Research essay (4000 words) 50%, Take-home examination (2000 words) 20%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour seminar per week.

    Prohibitions

    HYM4340, HYM5340


    HSY4370 - Fantasies of the flesh: The body in history

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Michael Hau

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit draws on work from a wide range of historical fields. Students will analyse how representations of the body and practices centred on the body (eg. exercising, tattooing etc.) have influenced people's understandings of class, race, and gender. In discussing the representations of grotesque, normal, and beautiful bodies, the unitexplores mechanisms of symbolic inclusion and exclusion from imagined communities. The relationship between the reproductive and productive bodies of men and women will be another focus. In addition, the unit will discuss the enabling of the body and mind through modern practices of performance enhancement.

    Objectives

    Students who have completed the unit will

    1. Be able to distinguish between different approaches in the historiography dealing with the body
    2. Know how to critically assess these approaches
    3. Discuss their heuristic potential
    4. Formulate their own positions on key issues based on a critical engagement with the historiography and relevant primary sources.
    5. Be able to review monographs published in the field
    6. Develop an independent research project in the field
    7. Situate their own work within larger historiographical debates

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    Twelve 2-hour seminars

    Prohibitions

    HYM4370,HYM5370


    HSY4430 - Perfecting America: Rhetoric, reform and reaction

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Peel

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the history of the United States through case studies of reform and reaction and in particular the ways in which these tended to emphasise both the difficulty and the continuing mission of 'perfecting America'. Examples may include Progressivism, isolationism, responses to the Great Depression and the Second World War, anti-communism, movements for civil, women's and gay rights, cultural, social and religious conservatism, struggles over race, poverty and indigenous rights, abolitionism and moral reform, women's suffrage, and agrarian populism. The unit will also examine the relationship between these movements and debates about America's role as a global power.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing HSY4430 will be expected to demonstrate a thorough grasp of the key differences and similarities in the assumptions, language and objectives of a range of social and cultural movements in the United States during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries and a comprehensive understanding of the links between movements of reform and reaction, the history of American perfectionism, and debates about America's place and role in the world. Further, they will be expected to show strong skills in: the critical reading of the rhetoric of reform and reaction in a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, polemical literature and visual representations and the historical scholarship based upon those texts; critical oral and written assessment of historians' methods, assumptions and uses of evidence in different interpretations of past movements of reform and reaction; and organising and defending a verbal and written argument. They will also be expected to show a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a detailed case study, based upon historical research, that critically examines and evaluates conclusions and contentions in the relevant historical scholarship; and to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of historical resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, film and visual images.

    Assessment

    Tutorial presentation: 10%
    Tutorial paper (2000 words): 20%
    Research essay (5000 words): 50%
    Reflective essay (2000 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week


    HSY4440 - Genocidal thought

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Andrew Markus

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the character and genealogy of genocidal thought. The first part focuses on the development of racial thought in the post-Enlightenment period, especially the objectification of human life and paradigms of social progress and destiny. It will consider eugenic thought, and the cultural and pseudo-scientific variants of anti-semitism. These studies will provide the basis for a typology of genocidal thought. The second part considers the application of this typology to the theories of class warfare and religious conflict in Stalinist Soviet Union, Pol Pot's Cambodia, contemporary Christian millenarianism and variants of radical Islam.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

    1. have an understanding of the content and development of genocidal thought
    2. have an understanding of typologies of genocidal thought
    3. appreciate the possible relationships or connections in extreme forms of thought within the realms of religion, race and class conflict
    4. have a capacity to undertake research in the subject area of this unit

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation: 10%; Short essay (3000 words): 30%; Research essay (6000 words): 60%

    Contact hours

    1 two hour seminar for 12 weeks


    Prohibitions

    HYM4440, HYM5440


    HSY4470 - Genocide and colonialism

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Bain Attwood

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this subject we consider the origins of the term 'genocide' and the different ways in which it has been defined before considering whether the concept might be a useful tool for understanding aspects of colonialism in two settler societies, colonial America and Australia: epidemic diseases; frontier violence; and assimilation (particularly the removal of indigenous children). The unit will consider whether there are any continuities or causal connections between intellectual and political traditions associated with European imperialism and the Nazi German genocide of European Jewry, and will investigate the public reception of the concept of genocide in Australia and the United States.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

    1. have an understanding of the different ways in which genocide has been defined
    2. appreciate the possible relationships or connections between colonialism in settler societies and the Nazi genocide
    3. have an understanding of the debates which have occurred about the application of the concept of genocide to the history of settler societies
    4. have a capacity to undertake higher level research in the subject area of this unit

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation: 10%; Short essay (3000 words): 30%; Research essay (6000 words): 60%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour seminar for 12 weeks

    Prohibitions

    HYM4470, HYM5470


    HSY4490 - Fascism, Nazism, and racial and social utopias

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Michael Hau

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Some historians have argued that Nazi racial and social utopias were an articulation of the destructive potentials of modernity. Others point to a longer history of racism. The unit introduces students to key historical debates concerning whether Nazism was a form of radical fascism or was unique in its racial utopianism. What were the relationships between Nazi racial and social policies? Was Nazism supported for rational and pragmatic reasons or were people enthralled by its ideology of racial supremacy? The unit also explores connections between the bio-medical sciences, racial hygiene, and the euthanasia program and looks at Nazi genocides in the context of Nazi bio-politics.

    Objectives

    After successfully completing the unit students should be able to

    1. Explain historical concepts such as fascism and totalitarianism.
    2. Distinguish between and be able to discuss the most important historiographical interpretations of Nazism.
    3. Formulate their own positions on key issues based on a critical engagement with the historiography and relevant primary sources.
    4. Review and critically analyse historical monographs.
    5. Develop an independent research project on the history of Fascism, Nazism, or Nazi genocide.
    6. Situate their research within larger historiographical debates

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    HYM4490, HYM5490


    HSY4510 - History and the museum

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Seamus O'Hanlon

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    Unit introduces ways in which understandings of the past inform policy and practice in contemporary museums. Using a range of history museums as case-studies the unit examines the historical origins and development of modern museums, both local and national; the challenges of presenting national history in a post-modern and post-colonial world; techniques of presenting the past, including textual, digital and dramatic forms; and tensions between the role of museums in education and tourism. Students will have opportunities to develop their skills in the application of history to museums, and to learn from museum professionals the tasks normally performed by historians in such settings.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Have been introduced to the history of the museum in a variety of national contexts.

    1. Be aware of the challenges facing museums in postmodern and post-colonial contexts.

    1. Have been introduced to basic practices of museology in a variety of contexts.

    1. Have been introduced to new media and communications technologies and their utility in museum practice.

    1. Have improved their oral and written communication skills, including for DE students, their electronic communication skills.

    1. Be able to demonstrate advanced understandings of historiography and theoretical frameworks.

    Assessment

    Review of museum or exhibition (2000 words): 20%
    Proposal for, and design of, a museum exhibition (4500 words or equivalent): 50%
    Reflective essay (2000 words): 20%
    Seminar or discussion group participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 hour on-line discussion group or two hour seminar

    Prerequisites

    Undergraduate degree with a major in history, or permission from co-ordinator


    HSY4590 - Imagining Europe: Representations and images of a continent

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Garrioch

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Imagining Europe surveys the ways that Europe has been thought of from classical times to the present. Through literature, painting, architecture, travellers' tales, cinema and other sources, it traces the development of the idea of Europe as a region defined both geographically and by its culture, distinct from other 'non-European' cultures. The unit will trace the idea of multiple Europes: of a culturally defined 'Eastern Europe'; of regions within Europe, each with its own special character; and after World War II, the images of Eastern and Western Europe as politically distinct entities. The unit will conclude by looking at the impact of the European Union on images of Europe.

    Objectives

    In addition to the general objectives for students in Honours in the relevant area (History or European Studies), a student who has successfully completed this unit at Level 5 should have:

    1. A knowledge of the way that ideas and representations of Europe have changed across its history;
    2. An understanding of the way that apparently natural, even geographical entities are defined culturally, and of the role that visual and literary images play in defining and redefining such categories;
    3. A sound grasp of the debates surrounding the concept of Europe, and of the different cultural, national, and ideological positions that underlie them;
    4. An awareness of different disciplinary approaches to the concept of 'Europe' and of the way that each one provides specific understandings of the way our perceptions of the world are structured;
    5. An ability to undertake independent research;
    6. An ability to use material from a range of disciplines and to apply interdisciplinary perspectives

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (9000 words)

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week


    Prerequisites

    A relevant undergraduate degree.

    Prohibitions

    HYM4590,HYM5590


    HSY4620 - Family history and genealogy

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Seamus O'Hanlon

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit offers a critical and practical approach to the study of family history and genealogy. Students will examine the recent explosion of interest in family history, placing it against the broader history of the family and the contemporary search for personal identity, including the recovery of memory among migrant and indigenous communities. They will be introduced to the interpretation of the main sources of family history, including records of the human life-cycle, migration, church affiliation, property transactions and adoptions, and oral history. They will gain skills in writing and publishing family history and using family history in celebrations, commemorations and reunions.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. have been introduced to debates surrounding the modern development of the family history movement.

    1. have been introduced to the history of the family in its European and Australian contexts.

    1. have developed skills in the selection and interpretation of the main sources for the writing of family history in Australia.

    1. have developed skills in the writing, editing and publishing of family history.

    1. have explored the uses of family history in events of celebration, commemoration and reunion.

    Assessment

    Source Exercise 2000 words 20%, Critical/ reflective Essay 2000 words 20%, Family History Project 4000 words 50%, Class participation 1000 words 10%

    Contact hours

    One x 1 hr on-line discussion group/week

    or

    One x 2 hr seminar/week

    Prerequisites

    Undergraduate degree with a major in history, or permission from co-ordinator.


    HSY4660 - Recording oral history: Theory and practice

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Alistair Thomson

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the theoretical and methodological issues posed in the creation of oral history interviews, drawing upon the rich inter-disciplinary and international literature in the field and through critical reflection on students' own oral history interview practice. Students will explore: debates about memory and oral history; approaches and issues in interview preparation; approaches and issues in conducting oral history interviews; digital audio recording techniques and issues; ethical, epistemological and political issues posed by the oral history relationship; and approaches and issues in the documentation and preservation of oral history interviews.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

    1. a comprehensive and critical understanding of the key intellectual and political debates about the nature of recorded memory and its use as a source for social and historical research;
    2. a thorough grasp of the essential elements of oral history project preparation, of the techniques of oral history interviewing and recording, of the debates about oral history methodologies and the oral history relationship, and of the ethical guidelines of the Oral History Association of Australia;
    3. a thorough grasp of the main approaches to the documentation of oral history interviews, and of the debates about transcription and documentation;
    4. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
    5. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete an oral history interview project, including research and preparation, an extended interview and appropriate documentation;
    6. a capacity to evaluate issues posed within the course of an oral history recording project by drawing upon oral history scholarship
    7. at level 5, students will have developed an enhanced appreciation of these issues through more extensive understanding of theoretical approaches.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (9000 words)

    Contact hours

    Regular seminars totaling 24 hours per semester

    Prohibitions

    HYM4660, HYM5660


    HSY4690 - Angels and demons: Rome, the papacy and the world

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Howard

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The papacy has been central to the development of the modern world. A mysterious and powerful institution, it lies at the heart of European culture and the broader Catholic world. This unit explores the nature and role of the papacy in relation to changing political, social, intellectual and cultural circumstances from the medieval to modern periods. Topics include: understandings of papal polity, religious reform and revolt, the impact of humanism, cultural encounters and exchanges, Catholicism and modernity, the papacy on the world stage, as well as expressions of power in papal Rome.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will

    1. have acquainted themselves with the considerable body of knowledge on the changing nature of the papacy and religious reform and be able to evaluate it critically

    1. have some knowledge of the ways in which religion interacts with social, cultural and political experience in specific contexts

    1. be able to evaluate the various methodologies and the theoretical issues surrounding recent approaches to the study of religion and religious reform

    1. be able to engage in critical discussion of the issues raised by the subject

    1. have acquired critical and analytical skills, and the ability to communicate their views verbally and in writing (coherently, economically and rigorously), in a way which is appropriate to the advanced study of religious discourse within an historical framework

    1. be able to display an independent approach to research on the issues involved

    1. be able to demonstrate a more sophisticated understanding of the theoretical issues involved.

    Students taking the subject at Level 4 have the additional objectives of acquiring a greater degree of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in using different kinds of literary and historical works in the context of social history.



    Assessment

    Essay related work: 60%
    Critical journal: 20%
    Seminar preparation and presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A History or RLT Sequence

    Prohibitions

    HSY3690 and HYM4690


    HSY4730 - Reading and writing Australian history

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Christina Twomey

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to develop craftsmanship in historical prose. Through the study of historians, literary theorists and selected historical novelists. The primary orientation of the unit is practical and confessional rather than theoretical. Practical issues include setting the writer in context, story-telling, description, explanation, beginnings and endings, transitions, scene-setting, characterisation, placing oneself in the text, addressing different readerships, documentation and the onus of proof, irony and the use of different voices and tropes, and formal and colloquial prose.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Demonstrate their ability to examine issues of historiography and method through a critical reading of selected Australian historians.

    1. Analyse some of the key elements of historical prose, such as story-telling, beginnings and endings, transitions, scene-setting, characterisation, placing oneself in the text, addressing different readerships, documentation and the onus of proof, irony and indirection, the use of different voices and tropes, formal and colloquial prose.

    1. Demonstrate a high level of development of practical skills in reading and writing historical prose.

    Assessment

    Essays and writing exercises (9000 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    HYM4120, HYM5120


    HSY4740 - The French revolution: Issues and debates

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Garrioch

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The French Revolution is one of the most extensively debated periods in modern history. This unit will examine the origins and course of the Revolution up to 1795, with a focus on current historical debates. Were the events of 1789 a political crisis like many others under the Old Regime, or were they a product of changes in French society? What was the relationship between the Enlightenment and the Revolution? How far did the Revolution represent a radical break with the? Why did events take the course they? The unit will give particular attention to the French Revolution as a testing ground for theories of history and as an area of experimentation in historical writing.

    Objectives

    In addition to the general objectives of fourth year study in History, students are expected to

    1. Acquire a good grasp of the period of the French Revolution;
    2. Develop a sound understanding of the principal debates on the origins and course of the Revolution;
    3. Be able to analyse critically the different approaches to the Revolution;
    4. Appreciate the main types of sources available and the methodological issues raised by different historical approaches to the Revolution;
    5. Devise their own general interpretation of the Revolution;
    6. Be able to link the historiography of the Revolution with more general trends in recent historical writing.

    Assessment

    Seminar presentation/short essay (2000 words) : 20
    Research essay (5000 words) : 55%
    Colloquium presentation - an end-of-semester session (half-day, depending on numbers enrolled) at which each of the students will present a short paper, followed by discussion.

    Contact hours

    2 contact hours and 22 hours of private study and research

    Prerequisites

    A BA or related degree with a major in History

    Prohibitions

    HYM4740, HYM5740


    HSY4760 - The body, gender and history

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Hau

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Concepts of masculinity, femininity, gender and the body in European and American history. Scientific and other ideas about the nature of sexual difference and embodiment, The question of how concerns about the body have become issues of importance in science and state policy, and how the regulation of bodies has been understood. Bodily efficiency in relation to sport, industry and other activities.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit should have developed a knowledge and understanding of the theoretical and historical debates about sexual difference, gender and embodiment which have emerged in the last few years and an understanding of key concepts such as 'sexuality', 'masculinity', and 'femininity' in historical and cultural terms.

    Assessment

    Research essay (5000 words) : 60%
    Two seminar papers (2000 words each) : 40%

    Contact hours

    2-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    Undergraduate degree with a major in history, or permission from co-ordinator

    Prohibitions

    HYM4960, HYM5960


    HSY4805 - Teaching history

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Merilyn Hoystead

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for HSY3805

    Objectives

    As for HSY3805

    Assessment

    Research essay (4000 words): 35%
    Curriculum materials and teaching strategy (4000 words): 40%
    Project report (1000 words): 15%
    School evaluation: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours lectures/seminars per week

    Prohibitions

    HSY3805


    HSY4810 - History, biography and autobiography

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Barbara Caine

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the writing of biography and autobiography from the late eighteenth century, looking in particular at changing ideas about subjectivity and identity, and at the relationship between biography and the novel across the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. It will include Boswell's 'Life of Johnson'; Rousseau's 'Confessions'; fictional autobiographies such as 'Jane Eyre'; the affect of the development of psychoanalysis; the 'new' approach to biography by Virginia Woolf and Lytton Strachey; Carolyn Steedman's negotiation of autobiography in 'Landscape for a Good Woman'; and contemporary autobiographies and biographies.

    Objectives

    Students completing this course will be expected to:

    1. Have a detailed knowledge of the developments and changes in autobiography and biography from the late 18th century to the present.

    1. Understand the connection between autobiography, biography and fiction across the period.

    1. Understand the impact of Freud on the writing of biography.

    1. Understand some of the different approaches that historians have taken to biography across this period.

    1. Develop the critical skills required to analyse and assess different approaches to biography.

    Assessment

    Historiographical essay (3000 words): 35%
    Essay (4000 words): 45%
    Writing exercises (2000 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    HYM4900, HYM5900


    HSY4820 - Local and community history

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Alistair Thomson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit focuses on local and community history, and investigates concepts of community, the relationship between people and place and the connection between past and present. Students will study methods of historical research including oral history, material culture, emerging technologies, and cultural events. Through the assignments that include reviewing existing local history material and undertaking a community history research project, students will acquire a range of skills to equip to them to become involved in local and community history writing.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. have been introduced to concepts of 'community' and community history-making

    1. have been introduced to the origins of local and community histories, and their uses and purposes.

    1. have developed skills in researching and writing local and community histories

    1. have developed strong writing skills, including the production of a community history

    1. have developed strong oral communication skills, and recognised the importance of consultation and engagement with community groups when undertaking local and community histories

    1. have developed skills in the use of computers and other new media.

    1. have developed reflective skills and understandings of the broader issues of the importance of community and belonging

    Assessment

    Written work/reviews: 90% (8000 words)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    24 hours over the semester

    Prerequisites

    Undergraduate degree with a major in history, or permission from co-ordinator.

    Prohibitions

    GSC2506, GSC3513, HPL2506, HPL3506, HYM4820, HYM5820


    HSY4840 - Text and community in renaissance Italy

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Howard

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will examine in detail a range of texts written during the late medieval and Italian Renaissance periods. Some of these texts will be canonical, for instance Dante's 'Divine Comedy' and Machiavelli's 'The Prince'. Others will represent literary genres popular at the time, among women and men, such as vernacular letters, diaries and sermons. These works will be read, and intertextually where appropriate. Their relationship to oral culture will also be considered.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit:

    1. Will have a thorough knowledge of the text(s) chosen for study.
    2. Will have gained an understanding of different genres of text circulating in Medieval and Renaissance Italy (chronicle, letter, diary, tract, sermon, poem, play, dialogue, treatise, monument, visual representation).
    3. Will have gained a grounding in core skills for Medieval and Renaissance Studies with respect to archives, manuscripts and palaeography.
    4. Will have developed a capacity to analyze the processes which underpinned the construction of particular texts.
    5. Will have developed the capacity to detect the resonances of language and code embedded in particular texts and their relationship to social context.
    6. Will have developed the capacity to read 'against the grain' in relation to the Medieval and Renaissance Italian social, political and social contexts.
    7. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to the urban context of Italian Medieval and Renaissance Society.

    Assessment

    Essay related work: 60%
    Critical journal: 20%
    Seminar preparation and Presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    HYM4840, HYM5840


    HSY4950 - Hidden transcripts: Cultural approaches to the past

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jane Drakard

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This subject investigates new approaches in anthropology and history and ways culturally oriented reading strategies have been used to uncover the 'hidden transcripts' encoded in texts, rituals and events. Particular emphasis will be placed on the way these strategies might be applied in the preparation of honours dissertations.

    Objectives

    This subject examines methodological approaches in anthropology and history and looks at the ways in which culturally oriented reading strategies have been used to uncover the 'hidden transcripts' encoded in texts, rituals and events. Students are expected to:

    1. Think carefully about the relationship between anthropology and history and the nature and implications of attempts to work within and between these two disciplines.

    1. Consider the concept of 'culture' and its uses as a tool for historical investigation.

    1. Relate their reading to a set of general questions about what historians do, including the nature of historical evidence and the conclusions that may be drawn from it.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    In-class test: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    HYM4950, HYM5950


    HSY4970(A) - General seminar part 1

    SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ian Copland

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A series of meetings focused on the work being done by students towards their dissertation. The first two or three weeks, at the end of first semester, will be devoted to guest speakers about their own research projects and methodologies; the remainder, which will occupy the first four or five weeks of second semester, will feature presentations of work-in-progress, followed by questions and discussion. The seminar will provide practical help and guidance to students on their thesis writing.

    Assessment

    Not applicable

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week


    HSY4970(B) - General seminar part 2

    SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ian Copland

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for HSY4970(A)

    Assessment

    Not applicable

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week


    HSY4990 - Dissertation

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Christina Twomey

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Prospective students should see the history honours coordinator, Dr Jane Drakard, in the first three weeks of October, to have their thesis topic approved and to be referred to a supervisor for commencement of their research during the long vacation. The date by which the dissertation is to be presented will be announced at the beginning of the academic year.

    Assessment

    Dissertation (15,000-18,000 words, including footnotes): 100%

    Contact hours

    First and second semesters


    HSY4990(A) - Dissertation part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ian Copland

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Contact hours

    First and second semesters


    HSY4990(B) - Dissertation part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ian Copland

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for HSY4990(A)

    Assessment

    Dissertation (15,000-18,000 words, including footnotes): 100%

    Contact hours

    First and second semesters


    HSYPLT401 - Combined History and Politics Minor Thesis Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


    HSYPLT402 - Combined History and Politics Minor Thesis Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


    HUM4000(A) - Honours dissertation (A)

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides students with the opportunity to expand their knowledge of a relatively narrow topic within their chosen discipline and to design and conduct research on that topic. Students will produce a dissertation of 15,000-18,000 words on an approved topic selected and researched by the candidate under supervision of a member of academic staff with expertise in the proposed area of research. In the process of preparing their dissertations, students will be required to participate in non-graded honours seminars.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students should:

    1. be able to demonstrate expertise in a specific area of the chosen discipline;
    2. be able to independently design and conduct a research project;
    3. have advanced academic research skills and highly developed academic writing skills;
    4. have produced a coherent, well-organised and professionally presented dissertation in the discipline.

    Assessment

    See HUM4000 (B)

    Contact hours

    1 hour supervisory meeting per week

    Prerequisites

    Undergraduate degree within a School of Humanities, Communications & Social Sciences recognised discipline


    HUM4000(B) - Honours Dissertation (B)

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides students with the opportunity to expand their knowledge of a relatively narrow topic within their chosen discipline and to design and conduct research on that topic. Students will produce a dissertation of 15,000 - 18,000 words on an approved topic selected and researched by the candidate under supervision of a member of academic staff with expertise in the proposed area of research. In the process of preparing their dissertations, students will be required to participate in non-graded honours seminars.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students should:

    1. be able to demonstrate expertise in a specific area of the chosen discipline;
    2. be able to independently design and conduct a research project;
    3. have advanced academic research skills and highly developed academic writing skills;
    4. have produced a coherent, well-organised and professionally presented dissertation in the discipline.

    Assessment

    Dissertation (15,000-18,000 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    One hour per week supervisory meeting

    Prerequisites

    HUM4000(A)


    HUM4002 - Selected topics in theory and practice

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit serves both as an expansion of undergraduate background knowledge and as a preparation for further studies and research. Students will critically examine current research in at least one major field within his/her chosen discipline. The particular topics to be included will be determined in consultation with the supervisor, honours convenor, and another member of academic staff from the discipline.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students should be able to:

    1. critically examine current research in at least one major field within their discipline;
    2. argue for the relevance of the selected field of study in relation to their discipline;
    3. demonstrate an understanding of advanced concepts within that field;
    4. effectively locate and access relevant literature on the selected field of study;
    5. synthesise information from a variety of sources and present this in academic writing.

    Assessment

    To be negotiated (9000 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    1 hour contact with supervisor per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 hour contact with supervisor via telephone or email per week

    Prerequisites

    Acceptance into the School of Humanities, Communications & Social Sciences Honours programme


    HYM4470 - Genocide and colonialism

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Bain Attwood

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this subject we consider the origins of the term 'genocide' and the different ways in which it has been defined before considering whether the concept might be a useful tool for understanding aspects of colonialism in two settler societies, colonial America and Australia: epidemic diseases; frontier violence; and assimilation (particularly the removal of indigenous children). The unit will consider whether there are any continuities or causal connections between intellectual and political traditions associated with European imperialism and the Nazi German genocide of European Jewry, and will investigate the public reception of the concept of genocide in Australia and the United States.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

    1. have an understanding of the different ways in which genocide has been defined
    2. appreciate the possible relationships or connections between colonialism in settler societies and the Nazi genocide
    3. have an understanding of the debates which have occurred about the application of the concept of genocide to the history of settler societies
    4. have a capacity to undertake higher level research in the subject area of this unit

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation: 10%; Short essay (3000 words): 30%; Research essay (6000 words): 60%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour seminar for 12 weeks

    Prohibitions

    HSY4470, HYM5470


    INM1010 - Indonesian 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Thomas

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The primary focus of the unit is on the communication skills required for use in an Indonesian setting. Lectures cover a broad introduction to the culture and geography of Indonesia as well as an introduction to strategies and skills required in learning a language. Practicals deal with the introduction and application of basic communication tasks with an emphasis on numeracy skills and immediate needs.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Understand basic grammatical structures of the Indonesian language.
    2. Consider cultural influences on the use of the Indonesian language.
    3. Use Indonesian to communicate everyday needs with particular emphasis on introductions and family
    4. Apply acquired learning skills to new language learning environments.
    5. Use the Internet and associated electronic tools to obtain information about aspects of language and culture related to Indonesia.

    Assessment

    Spoken presentation: 25%
    Cultural journal (in English): 15%
    Short tasks 10%
    Written exam: 30%
    Spoken exam: 20%.

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

    Prohibitions

    INM2010, INM4010, INM5010


    INM1020 - Indonesian 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Thomas

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A continuation of Indonesian 1. Lectures explore the historical, cultural, and political background to the modern Indonesian state while tutorials continue to develop proficiency in basic communication tasks, though with a greater emphasis on travel related themes.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. demonstrate greater accuracy in basic grammatical structures of the Indonesian language;
    2. discuss some of the cultural and historical developments that have helped shape Indonesia;
    3. extend their use of Indonesian to communicate everyday needs with particular emphasis on travel;
    4. apply acquired learning skills to new language learning environments;
    5. demonstrate greater ability in the use of the Internet and associated tools for research on aspects of language and culture related to Indonesia.

    Assessment

    Spoken presentation: 25%
    Cultural journal (in English): 15%
    Short tasks 10%
    Written exam: 30%
    Spoken exam: 20%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

    Prerequisites

    INM1010 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    INM2020, INM4020, INM5020


    INM1030 - Indonesian 3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Basoeki Koesasi

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit develops and consolidates further students' ability to communicate in the Indonesian language and introduces them to the use of more idiomatic expressions and sophisticated grammar. Students develop an approach to researching current Indonesian cultural and political issues and are provided practice in a wide range of communicative tasks. Emphasis is given to the translation process within the context of common registers.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. demonstrate an understanding of the Indonesian language across a broad range of non-specialist registers.
    2. make use of more advanced syntax and vocabulary to communicate topics and themes related to personal experiences
    3. exploit newly acquired cultural knowledge to communicate their understanding of social situations in an Indonesian setting.

    Assessment

    Spoken presentation: 20%
    Cultural project: 20%
    Short tasks: 10%
    Written exam: 30%
    Spoken exam: 20%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

    Prerequisites

    VCE Indonesian or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    INM2030, INM4030, INM5030


    INM1040 - Indonesian 4

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Basoeki Koesasi

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the continuation of Indonesian 3, and follows a similar pattern of language practice through lectures and discussion in the practicals. Translation skills are further developed in the context of a paraprofessional role.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. demonstrate an understanding of the Indonesian language in formal and semi-formal registers commonly found in the media, government and personal correspondence;
    2. expand their use of vocabulary and more complex syntax, in spoken and written language related to discussion and description;
    3. put into practice their background cultural knowledge to communicate in more complex cross cultural social meetings.

    Assessment

    Spoken presentation: 20%
    Cultural project: 20%
    Short tasks: 10%
    Written exam: 30%
    Spoken exam: 20%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

    Prerequisites

    INM1030 or VCE Indonesian or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    INM2040, INM4040, INM5040


    INM1050 - Indonesian 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Passages from the Indonesian print media and other sources on selected topics relating to Indonesian society, culture and politics are critically analysed. Audio-visual material on selected topics are viewed and discussed, and writing tasks using appropriate registers are undertaken. Indonesian is the medium of instruction in all classes.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. enhanced and deepened their knowledge of issues in contemporary Indonesian society, politics and culture;
    2. strengthened their understanding of the way Indonesian language is structured and registered, and extended their vocabulary to convey information about, and interpretation of, attitudes to these issues;
    3. enhanced their skills in listening and comprehension of spoken Indonesian language;
    4. increased their skills in reproducing appropriate structure and registers of Indonesian language in speaking and writing;
    5. strengthened their translation skills, both from Indonesian to English and vice versa.

    Assessment

    Spoken word project: 25%
    Written project: 20%
    Short tasks and class assignments: 15%
    Written exam: 25%
    Spoken exam: 15%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

    Prerequisites

    Entry on Placement Test

    Prohibitions

    INM2050, INM3050


    INM1060 - Indonesian 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Passages from the Indonesian print media and other sources on selected topics relating to Indonesian society, culture and politics are critically analysed. Audio-visual material on such topics is viewed and discussed, and writing tasks using appropriate registers are undertaken. Indonesian is the medium of instruction in all classes.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. enhanced and deepened their knowledge of issues in contemporary Indonesian society, politics and culture;
    2. strengthened their understanding of the way Indonesian language is structured and registered, and extended their vocabulary to convey information about, and interpretation of, attitudes to these issues;
    3. enhanced their skills in listening and comprehension of spoken Indonesian language;
    4. increased their skills in reproducing appropriate structure and registers of Indonesian language in speaking and writing;
    5. strengthened their translation skills, both from Indonesian to English and vice versa.

    Assessment

    Spoken word project: 25%
    Written project: 20%
    Short tasks and class assignments: 15%
    Written exam: 25%
    Spoken exam: 15%.

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

    Prerequisites

    INM1050 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    INM2060, INM3060


    INM1070 - Indonesian for special purposes: Media masa

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Thomas

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides opportunities for language learning through immersion in a content based unit dealing with practical aspects of journalism in the Indonesian context. Two workshops are conducted each week which integrate language skills with four main themes: history and background of the media in Indonesia, translation and the media, the print media; and radio broadcasting.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to: follow and create text across a broad range of registers commonly dealt with by the Indonesian news journalist; demonstrate an understanding of the underlying issues related to the practice and occupation of journalism in Indonesia; exploit a range of questioning skills in an interview situation; recognise and apply specific journalistic styles both in the print and broadcast media; question the underlying motives and quality of journalistic text.

    Assessment

    Spoken word project: 30%
    News analysis and translation: 30%
    Feature article: 20%
    Written Exam: 20%.

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x workshop and 1 x lecture) per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

    Prerequisites

    Entry on Placement Test

    Prohibitions

    INM2070, INM3070


    INM1080 - Indonesian for special purposes: Seni drama

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Thomas

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is presented in a series of practical workshops and seminar discussions conducted in Indonesian exploring modern Indonesian theatre and film. The unit provides options for either performance or written proposals related to film or theatre. Aspects of language are highlighted through the creation of scripts and through reading, translating, and interpreting of works by Indonesian playwrights and film directors.

    Objectives

    At the conclusion of the unit, students should be able:

    1. To present arguments and proposals for creative cooperation across cultures
    2. To demonstrate a knowledge of developments in both the theatre and film over recent decades.
    3. To present a critical appraisal of a creative work for a general audience
    4. To have an understanding of the basic principals of sub-titling as they relate to film.

    Assessment

    Performance/production reports: 65% +Theatre/film review:15%
    Sub-title project: 20%.

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x workshop and 1 x seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    INM1060 or INM1070 or Placement Test

    Prohibitions

    INM2080, INM3080


    INM2010 - Indonesian 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Thomas

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    The primary focus of the unit is on the communication skills required for use in an Indonesian setting. Lectures cover a broad introduction to the culture and geography of Indonesia as well as an introduction to strategies and skills required in learning a language. Practicals deal with the introduction and application of basic communication tasks with an emphasis on numeracy skills and immediate needs.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Understand basic grammatical structures of the Indonesian language.
    2. Consider cultural influences on the use of the Indonesian language.
    3. Use Indonesian to communicate everyday needs with particular emphasis on introductions and family
    4. Apply acquired learning skills to new language learning environments.
    5. Use the Internet and associated electronic tools to obtain information about aspects of language and culture related to Indonesia.

    Assessment

    Spoken presentation: 25%
    Cultural journal (in English) : 15%
    Short tasks 10%
    Written exam: 30%
    Spoken exam: 20%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

    Prohibitions

    INM1010, INM4010, INM5010


    INM2020 - Indonesian 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Thomas

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    A continuation of Indonesian 1 . Lectures explore the historical, cultural, and political background to the modern Indonesian state while tutorials continue to develop proficiency in basic communication tasks, though with a greater emphasis on travel related themes.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. demonstrate greater accuracy in basic grammatical structures of the Indonesian language;
    2. discuss some of the cultural and historical developments that have helped shape Indonesia;
    3. extend their use of Indonesian to communicate everyday needs with particular emphasis on travel;
    4. apply acquired learning skills to new language learning environments;
    5. demonstrate greater ability in the use of the Internet and associated tools for research on aspects of language and culture related to Indonesia.

    Assessment

    Spoken presentation: 25%
    Cultural journal (in English): 15%
    Short tasks: 10%
    Written exam: 30%
    Spoken exam: 20%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

    Prerequisites

    INM2010 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    INM1010, INM4020, INM5020


    INM2030 - Indonesian 3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Basoeki Koesasi

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit develops and consolidates further students' ability to communicate in the Indonesian language and introduces them to the use of more idiomatic expressions and sophisticated grammar. Students develop an approach to researching current Indonesian cultural and political issues and are provided practice in a wide range of communicative tasks. Emphasis is given to the translation process within the context of common registers.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. demonstrate an understanding of the Indonesian language across a broad range of non-specialist registers.
    2. make use of more advanced syntax and vocabulary to communicate topics and themes related to personal experiences
    3. exploit newly acquired cultural knowledge to communicate their understanding of social situations in an Indonesian setting.

    Assessment

    Spoken presentation: 20%
    Cultural project: 20%
    Short tasks: 10%
    Written exam: 30%
    Spoken exam: 20%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

    Prerequisites

    INM1020, VCE Indonesian or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    INM1030, INM4030, INM5030


    INM2040 - Indonesian 4

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Basoeki Koesasi

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This is the continuation of Indonesian 3, and follows a similar pattern of language practice through lectures and discussion in the practicals. Translation skills are further developed in the context of a paraprofessional role.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. demonstrate an understanding of the Indonesian language in formal and semi-formal registers commonly found in the media, government and personal correspondence.
    2. expand their use of vocabulary and more complex syntax, in spoken and written language related to discussion and description.
    3. put into practice their background cultural knowledge to communicate in more complex cross cultural social meetings.

    Assessment

    Spoken presentation: 20%
    Cultural project: 20%
    Short tasks: 10%
    Written exam: 30%
    Spoken exam: 20%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

    Prerequisites

    INM2030

    Prohibitions

    INM1040, INM4040, INM5040


    INM2050 - Indonesian 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    Passages from the Indonesian print media and other sources on selected topics relating to Indonesian society, culture and politics are critically analysed. Audio-visual material on selected topics are viewed and discussed, and writing tasks using appropriate registers are undertaken. Indonesian is the medium of instruction in all classes.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. enhanced and deepened their knowledge of issues in contemporary Indonesian society, politics and culture;
    2. strengthened their understanding of the way Indonesian language is structured and registered, and extended their vocabulary to convey information about, and interpretation of, attitudes to these issues;
    3. enhanced their skills in listening and comprehension of spoken Indonesian language;
    4. increased their skills in reproducing appropriate structure and registers of Indonesian language in speaking and writing;
    5. strengthened their translation skills, both from Indonesian to English and vice versa.

    Assessment

    Spoken word project: 25%
    Written project: 20%
    Short tasks and class assignments: 15%
    Written exam: 25%
    Spoken exam: 15%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

    Prerequisites

    INM1040 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    INM1050, INM3050


    INM2060 - Indonesian 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    Passages from the Indonesian print media and other sources on selected topics relating to Indonesian society, culture and politics are critically analysed. Audio-visual material on such topics is viewed and discussed, and writing tasks using appropriate registers are undertaken. Indonesian is the medium of instruction in all classes.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. enhanced and deepened their knowledge of issues in contemporary Indonesian society, politics and culture;
    2. strengthened their understanding of the way Indonesian language is structured and registered, and extended their vocabulary to convey information about, and interpretation of, attitudes to these issues;
    3. enhanced their skills in listening and comprehension of spoken Indonesian language;
    4. increased their skills in reproducing appropriate structure and registers of Indonesian language in speaking and writing;
    5. strengthened their translation skills, both from Indonesian to English and vice versa.

    Assessment

    Spoken word project: 25%
    Written project: 20%
    Short tasks and class assignments: 15%
    Written exam: 25%
    Spoken exam: 15%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

    Prerequisites

    INM2050 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    INM1060, INM3060


    INM2070 - Indonesian for special purposes: Media masa

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Thomas

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides opportunities for language learning through immersion in a content based unit dealing with practical aspects of journalism in the Indonesian context. Two workshops are conducted each week which integrate language skills with four main themes: history and background of the media in Indonesia, translation and the media, the print media; and radio broadcasting.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to: follow and create text across a broad range of registers commonly dealt with by the Indonesian news journalist; demonstrate an understanding of the underlying issues related to the practice and occupation of journalism in Indonesia; exploit a range of questioning skills in an interview situation; recognise and apply specific journalistic styles both in the print and broadcast media; question the underlying motives and quality of journalistic text.

    Assessment

    Spoken word project: 30%
    News analysis and translation: 30%
    Feature article: 20%
    Written Exam: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x workshop and 1 x lecture) per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

    Prerequisites

    INM1060 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    INM1070, INM3070


    INM2080 - Indonesian for special purposes: Seni drama

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Thomas

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is presented in a series of practical workshops and seminar discussions conducted in Indonesian exploring modern Indonesian theatre and film. The unit provides options for either performance or written proposals related to film or theatre. Aspects of language are highlighted through the creation of scripts and through reading, translating, and interpreting of works by Indonesian playwrights and film directors.

    Objectives

    At the conclusion of the unit, students should be able:

    1. To present arguments and proposals for creative cooperation across cultures
    2. To demonstrate a knowledge of developments in both the theatre and film over recent decades.
    3. To present a critical appraisal of a creative work for a general audience
    4. To have an understanding of the basic principals of sub-titling as they relate to film.

    Assessment

    Performance/production reports: 65%
    Theatre/film review: 15%
    Sub-title project: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x workshop and 1 x seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    INM2060 or INM2070 or Placement Test

    Prohibitions

    INM1080, INM3080


    INM2430 - Beginning Javanese, Part 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Conversational materials are introduced week by week, with discussion of grammar and of the social and cultural factors that affect language-use in Java. Students begin to hold simple conversations and to write simple exercises in Javanese.

    Assessment

    Exam: 40%
    Oral and periodic tests: 40%
    Class exercises: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 lectures and 1 workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    INM1120


    INM2440 - Beginning Javanese, Part 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is a continuation of INM2230. More advanced topics are introduced, with further discussion of grammatical structures and social and cultural factors affecting language-use.

    Assessment

    Exam: 40%
    Oral and periodic tests: 40%
    Class exercises: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 lectures and 1 workshop writing) per week

    Prerequisites

    INM2230


    INM2990 - Language study abroad program

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    An approved intensive-mode or semester-length unit at an Indonesian university. Placement arrangements will be overseen by the Indonesian language teaching staff.

    Assessment

    Students are assessed in-country by qualified staff under supervision of Monash staff. Documentation is reviewed at Monash on the student's return.


    INM2991 - Language study abroad program

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Students participate in an approved program of study which includes formal language classes and an agreed number of workshops and excursions relevant to Indonesian culture.

    Assessment

    Students are assessed in-country by qualified staff under supervision of Monash staff. Documentation is reviewed at Monash on the student's return.


    INM2992 - Language study abroad program

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    Students participate in an approved year long program of study, in Indonesia, covering areas relevant to a language and related disciplines.

    Assessment

    Students are assessed in-country by qualified staff under supervision of Monash staff. Documentation is reviewed at Monash on the student's return.


    INM3050 - Indonesian 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    Passages from the Indonesian print media and other sources on selected topics relating to Indonesian society, culture and politics are critically analysed. Audio-visual material on selected topics are viewed and discussed, and writing tasks using appropriate registers are undertaken. Indonesian is the medium of instruction in all classes.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. enhanced and deepened their knowledge of issues in contemporary Indonesian society, politics and culture;
    2. strengthened their understanding of the way Indonesian language is structured and registered, and extended their vocabulary to convey information about, and interpretation of, attitudes to these issues;
    3. enhanced their skills in listening and comprehension of spoken Indonesian language;
    4. increased their skills in reproducing appropriate structure and registers of Indonesian language in speaking and writing;
    5. strengthened their translation skills, both from Indonesian to English and vice versa.

    Assessment

    Spoken word project: 25%
    Written project: 20%
    Short tasks and class assignments: 15%
    Written exam: 25%
    Spoken exam: 15%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

    Prerequisites

    INM2040 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    INM1050, INM2050


    INM3060 - Indonesian 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    Passages from the Indonesian print media and other sources on selected topics relating to Indonesian society, culture and politics are critically analysed. Audio-visual material on such topics is viewed and discussed, and writing tasks using appropriate registers are undertaken. Indonesian is the medium of instruction in all classes.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. enhanced and deepened their knowledge of issues in contemporary Indonesian society, politics and culture;
    2. strengthened their understanding of the way Indonesian language is structured and registered, and extended their vocabulary to convey information about, and interpretation of, attitudes to these issues;
    3. enhanced their skills in listening and comprehension of spoken Indonesian language;
    4. increased their skills in reproducing appropriate structure and registers of Indonesian language in speaking and writing;
    5. strengthened their translation skills, both from Indonesian to English and vice versa.

    Assessment

    Spoken word project: 25%
    Written project: 20%
    Short tasks and class assignments: 15%
    Written exam: 25%
    Spoken exam: 15%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

    Prerequisites

    INM3050 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    INM1060, INM2060


    INM3070 - Indonesian for special purposes: Media masa

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Thomas

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides opportunities for language learning through immersion in a content based unit dealing with practical aspects of journalism in the Indonesian context. Two workshops are conducted each week which integrate language skills with four main themes: history and background of the media in Indonesia, translation and the media, the print media; and radio broadcasting.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to: follow and create text across a broad range of registers commonly dealt with by the Indonesian news journalist; demonstrate an understanding of the underlying issues related to the practice and occupation of journalism in Indonesia; exploit a range of questioning skills in an interview situation; recognise and apply specific journalistic styles both in the print and broadcast media; question the underlying motives and quality of journalistic text.

    Assessment

    Spoken word project: 30%
    News analysis and translation: 30%
    Feature article: 20%
    Written Exam: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x workshop and 1 x lecture) per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor

    Prerequisites

    INM2060 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    INM1070, INM2070


    INM3080 - Indonesian for special purposes: Seni drama

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Thomas

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is presented in a series of practical workshops and seminar discussions conducted in Indonesian exploring modern Indonesian theatre and film. The unit provides options for either performance or written proposals related to film or theatre. Aspects of language are highlighted through the creation of scripts and through reading, translating, and interpreting of works by Indonesian playwrights and film directors.

    Objectives

    At the conclusion of the unit, students should be able:

    1. To present arguments and proposals for creative cooperation across cultures
    2. To demonstrate a knowledge of developments in both the theatre and film over recent decades.
    3. To present a critical appraisal of a creative work for a general audience
    4. To have an understanding of the basic principals of sub-titling as they relate to film.

    Assessment

    Performance/production reports : 65%
    Theatre/film review: 15%
    Sub-title project : 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x workshop and 1 x seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    INM2060 or INM2070 or Placement Test

    Prohibitions

    INM1080, INM2080


    INM3090 - Special project in Indonesian I

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Basoeki Koesasi

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In consultation with staff the student selects appropriate Indonesian language materials to support a proposed special project based on future research or vocational interests. Projects may include placements in related work or study areas and the project may be based on a translation project or be reported purely in Indonesian. The student reports via consultations with the lecturer, through class seminars and through writing projects. Reading and research design skills are discussed and developed in a practical context.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Be able to use a variety of reading skills and research strategies appropriate for developing an individual study project;
    2. Be able to develop and discuss their study design;
    3. Be able to utilise a variety of listening and reading skills to select and exploit a wide range of relevant resources in both Indonesian and English.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90% (4500 words)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hour report consultation or seminars every fortnight with an option of a work placement

    Prerequisites

    INM2070/ INM3070 or INM2080/INM3080 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    INM4090, INM5090


    INM3100 - Special project in Indonesian II

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Basoeki Koesasi

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In consultation with staff the student selects appropriate Indonesian language materials to support a proposed special project based on future research or vocational interests. Projects may include placements in related work or study areas and the project may be based on a translation project or be reported purely in Indonesian. The student reports via consultations with the lecturer, through class seminars and through writing projects. Reading and research design skills are discussed and developed in a practical context.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Be able to use a variety of reading skills and research strategies appropriate for developing an individual study project
    2. Be able to develop and discuss their study design
    3. Be able to utilise a variety of listening and reading skills to select and exploit a wide range of relevant resources in both Indonesian and English.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90% (4500 words)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hour report consultation or seminars every fortnight with an option of a work placement

    Prerequisites

    INM2070/INM3070 or INM2080/INM3080 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    INM4100/INM5100


    INM3430 - Beginning Javanese, Part 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Conversational materials are introduced week by week, with discussion of grammar and of the social and cultural factors that affect language-use in Java. Students begin to hold simple conversations and to write simple exercises in Javanese.

    Assessment

    Exam: 40%
    Oral Test and presentation: 40%
    Written work:20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 lectures and 1 workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    INM1220 or INM2220


    INM3440 - Beginning Javanese, Part 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is a continuation of INM3430. More advanced topics are introduced, with further discussion of grammatical structures and social and cultural factors affecting language-use. An introduction to Javanese literature and script is given.

    Assessment

    Exam: 40%
    Oral Test and presentation: 40%
    Written work: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x lectures and 1 x workshop writing) per week

    Prerequisites

    INM3430


    INM3990 - Language study abroad program

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Students join approved third level language studies at an Indonesian institution, for 260 contact hours. Program is negotiated in advance of departure with convenor.

    Assessment

    Students are assessed in-country by qualified staff under supervision of Monash staff. Documentation is reviewed at Monash on the student's return.


    INM3991 - Language study abroad program

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Students participate in an approved program of study which includes formal language classes and an agreed number of workshops and excursions relevant to Indonesian culture.

    Assessment

    Students are assessed in-country by qualified staff under supervision of Monash staff. Documentation is reviewed at Monash on the student's return.


    INM3992 - Language study abroad program

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    Students participate in an approved year long program of study in Indonesia covering areas relevant to a language and related disciplines.

    Assessment

    Students are assessed in-country by qualified staff under supervision of Monash staff. Documentation is reviewed at Monash on the student's return.


    INM4010 - Indonesian 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Thomas

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    The primary focus of the unit is on the communication skills required for use in an Indonesian setting. Lectures cover a broad introduction to the culture and geography of Indonesia as well as an introduction to strategies and skills required in learning a language. Practicals deal with the introduction and application of basic communication tasks with an emphasis on numeracy skills and immediate needs.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Understand basic grammatical structures of the Indonesian language.
    2. Consider cultural influences on the use of the Indonesian language.
    3. Use Indonesian to communicate everyday needs with particular emphasis on introductions and family
    4. Apply acquired learning skills to new language learning environments.
    5. Use the Internet and associated electronic tools to obtain information about aspects of language and culture related to Indonesia.

    Assessment

    Spoken presentation: 25%
    Cultural journal (in English): 15%
    Short tasks 10%
    Written exam: 30%
    Spoken exam: 20%.

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

    Prohibitions

    INM1010, INM2010, INM5010


    INM4020 - Indonesian 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Thomas

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    A continuation of Indonesian 1 . Lectures explore the historical, cultural, and political background to the modern Indonesian state while tutorials continue to develop proficiency in basic communication tasks, though with a greater emphasis on travel related themes.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. demonstrate greater accuracy in basic grammatical structures of the Indonesian language;
    2. discuss some of the cultural and historical developments that have helped shape Indonesia;
    3. extend their use of Indonesian to communicate everyday needs with particular emphasis on travel;
    4. apply acquired learning skills to new language learning environments;
    5. demonstrate greater ability in the use of the Internet and associated tools for research on aspects of language and culture related to Indonesia.

    Assessment

    Spoken presentation: 25%
    Cultural journal (in English): 15%
    Short tasks: 10%
    Written exam: 30%
    Spoken exam: 20%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent with private tutor.

    Prerequisites

    INM4010 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    INM1020, INM2020, INM5020


    INM4030 - Indonesian 3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Basoeki Koesasi

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit develops and consolidates further students' ability to communicate in the Indonesian language and introduces them to the use of more idiomatic expressions and sophisticated grammar. Students develop an approach to researching current Indonesian cultural and political issues and are provided practice in a wide range of communicative tasks. Emphasis is given to the translation process within the context of common registers.





    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. demonstrate an understanding of the Indonesian language across a broad range of non-specialist registers.
    2. make use of more advanced syntax and vocabulary to communicate topics and themes related to personal experiences
    3. exploit newly acquired cultural knowledge to communicate their understanding of social situations in an Indonesian setting.

    Assessment

    Spoken presentation: 20%
    Cultural project: 20%
    Short tasks: 10%
    Written exam: 30%
    Spoken exam: 20%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

    Prerequisites

    INM1020 or VCE Indonesian or equivalent.

    Prohibitions

    INM1030/INM2030/INM5030


    INM4040 - Indonesian 4

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Basoeki Koesasi

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This is the continuation of Indonesian 3, and follows a similar pattern of language practice through lectures and discussion in the practicals. Translation skills are further developed in the context of a paraprofessional role.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. demonstrate an understanding of the Indonesian language in formal and semi-formal registers commonly found in the media, government and personal correspondence.
    2. expand their use of vocabulary and more complex syntax, in spoken and written language related to discussion and description.
    3. put into practice their background cultural knowledge to communicate in more complex cross cultural social meetings.

    Assessment

    Spoken presentation: 20%
    Cultural project: 20%
    Short tasks: 10%
    Written exam: 30%
    Spoken exam: 20%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

    Prerequisites

    INM1030 or INM4030

    Prohibitions

    INM1040, INM2040, INM5040


    INM4050 - Indonesian 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurnaisih

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    Passages from the Indonesian print media and other sources on selected topics relating to Indonesian society, culture and politics are critically analysed. Audio-visual material on selected topics are viewed and discussed, and writing tasks using appropriate registers are undertaken. Indonesian is the medium of instruction in all classes.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. enhanced and deepened their knowledge of issues in contemporary Indonesian society, politics and culture;
    2. strengthened their understanding of the way Indonesian language is structured and registered, and extended their vocabulary to convey information about, and interpretation of, attitudes to these issues;
    3. enhanced their skills in listening and comprehension of spoken Indonesian language;
    4. increased their skills in reproducing appropriate structure and registers of Indonesian language in speaking and writing;
    5. strengthened their translation skills, both from Indonesian to English and vice versa.

    Assessment

    Spoken word project: 25%
    Written project: 20%
    Short tasks and class assignments: 15%
    Written exam: 25%
    Spoken exam: 15%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

    Prerequisites

    INM3040 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    INM3050, INM5050


    INM4060 - Indonesian 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurnaisih

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    Passages from the Indonesian print media and other sources on selected topics relating to Indonesian society, culture and politics are critically analysed. Audio-visual material on such topics is viewed and discussed, and writing tasks using appropriate registers are undertaken. Indonesian is the medium of instruction in all classes.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. enhanced and deepened their knowledge of issues in contemporary Indonesian society, politics and culture;
    2. strengthened their understanding of the way Indonesian language is structured and registered, and extended their vocabulary to convey information about, and interpretation of, attitudes to these issues;
    3. enhanced their skills in listening and comprehension of spoken Indonesian language;
    4. increased their skills in reproducing appropriate structure and registers of Indonesian language in speaking and writing;
    5. strengthened their translation skills, both from Indonesian to English and vice versa.

    Assessment

    Spoken word project: 25%
    Written project: 20%
    Short tasks and class assignments: 15%
    Written exam: 25%
    Spoken exam: 15%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

    Prerequisites

    INM4050 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    INM3060, INM5060


    INM4070 - Indonesian for special purposes: Media masa

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Thomas

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides opportunities for language learning through immersion in a content based unit dealing with practical aspects of journalism in the Indonesian context. Two workshops are conducted each week which integrate language skills with four main themes: history and background of the media in Indonesia, translation and the media, the print media; and radio broadcasting.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to: follow and create text across a broad range of registers commonly dealt with by the Indonesian news journalist; demonstrate an understanding of the underlying issues related to the practice and occupation of journalism in Indonesia; exploit a range of questioning skills in an interview situation; recognise and apply specific journalistic styles both in the print and broadcast media; question the underlying motives and quality of journalistic text.

    Assessment

    Spoken word project: 30%
    News analysis and translation: 30%
    Feature article: 20%
    Written Exam: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x workshop and 1 x lecture) per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor

    Prerequisites

    INM3060 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    INM3070, INM5070


    INM4080 - Indonesian for special purposes: Seni drama

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Thomas

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is presented in a series of practical workshops and seminar discussions conducted in Indonesian exploring modern Indonesian theatre and film. The unit provides options for either performance or written proposals related to film or theatre. Aspects of language are highlighted through the creation of scripts and through reading, translating, and interpreting of works by Indonesian playwrights and film directors.

    Objectives

    At the conclusion of the unit, students should be able:

    1. To present arguments and proposals for creative cooperation across cultures;
    2. To demonstrate a knowledge of developments in both the theatre and film over recent decades;
    3. To present a critical appraisal of a creative work for a general audience;
    4. To have an understanding of the basic principals of sub-titling as they relate to film.

    Assessment

    Performance/production reports: 65%
    Theatre/film review: 15%
    Sub-title project: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x workshop and 1 x seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    INM3070 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    INM3080, INM5080


    INM4090 - Special project in Indonesian I

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Basoeki Koesasi

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    reported purely in Indonesian. The student reports via consultations with the lecturer, through class seminars and through writing projects. Reading and research design skills are discussed and developed in a practical context.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Be able to use a variety of reading skills and research strategies appropriate for developing an individual study project;
    2. Be able to develop and discuss their study design;
    3. Be able to utilise a variety of listening and reading skills to select and exploit a wide range of relevant resources in both Indonesian and English.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90% (4500 words)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hour report consultation or seminars every fortnight with an option of a work placement.

    Prerequisites

    INM3070 or INM3080 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    INM3090, INM5090


    INM4100 - Special project in Indonesian II

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Basoeki Koesasi

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In consultation with staff the student selects appropriate Indonesian language materials to support a proposed special project based on future research or vocational interests. Projects may include placements in related work or study areas and the project may be based on a translation project or be reported purely in Indonesian. The student reports via consultations with the lecturer, through class seminars and through writing projects. Reading and research design skills are discussed and developed in a practical context.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Be able to use a variety of reading skills and research strategies appropriate for developing an individual study project
    2. Be able to develop and discuss their study design
    3. Be able to utilise a variety of listening and reading skills to select and exploit a wide range of relevant resources in both Indonesian and English.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90% (4500 words)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hour report consultation or seminars every fortnight with an option of a work placement

    Prerequisites

    INM3070, INM3080 or INM3090 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    INM3100/INM5100


    INM4439 - Beginning Javanese, Part 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for INM3430

    Objectives

    As for INM3430

    Assessment

    Exam: 40%
    Oral Test and presentation: 40%
    Written work: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 lectures and 1 workshop writing) per week


    INM4449 - Beginning Javanese, Part 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for INM3440

    Objectives

    As for INM3440

    Assessment

    Exam: 40%
    Oral test and presentation: 40%
    Written work: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 lectures and 1 workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    INM4439

    Prohibitions

    INM3440, INM2240


    INM4499 - Special reading course in Indonesian studies

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Brett Hough

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit allows students with special interests to study in depth a particular topic in Indonesian linguistics, literature or culture and society. Special permission to undertake this unit must be obtained from the Honours Coordinator for Indonesian Studies.

    Objectives

    After successfully completing this unit, students should be able to:

    1. demonstrate an in-depth understanding of their chosen topic;

    1. identify the key sources relevant to the topic;

    1. develop a research proposal based on those sources;

    1. write a detailed research report;

    1. present a 20 minute oral presentation of their research findings.

    Aims:

    More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to:

    1. devise and conceptualise a research project;

    2. develop a viable research strategy; and

    3. present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing.

    Assessment

    Written work (9,000-10,000 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    A weekly thirty minute meeting.


    INM4579 - Special project in Indonesian

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Basoeki Koesasi

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    In consultation with staff the student selects appropriate Indonesian language materials relevant to their special project, and then reports in writing three times per semester on their findings. Regular meetings with the supervisor provide an opportunity for assistance and feedback and for oral reports on progress.

    Assessment

    3 Written reports (in English, 1500 words each): 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hour report consultation every fortnight

    Prerequisites

    INM3320 or INM3420 or equivalent


    INM4929 - Honours thesis - Indonesian

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Brett Hough

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit consists of a thesis of 12,000-15,000 words on a topic in Indonesian language or studies which involves original research and makes substantial use of sources in both Indonesian and English. Students should have selected a provisional topic by the end of their third year.

    Assessment

    Thesis (12,000-15,000 words): 100%


    INM4929(A) - Honours Thesis - Indonesian Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Brett Hough

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for INM4929

    Assessment

    As for INM4929


    INM4929(B) - Honours Thesis - Indonesian Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Brett Hough

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for INM4929

    Assessment

    As for INM4929


    INM4990 - Language study abroad program

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    Students join approved fourth level language studies at an Indonesian institution 260 contact hours. Program is negotiated in advance of departure with convenor.

    Assessment

    Students are assessed in-country by qualified staff under supervision of Monash staff. Documentation is reviewed at Monash on the student's return.

    Prerequisites

    Permission of Study Abroad convenor


    INM4991 - Language study abroad program

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    Students participate in an approved program of study which includes formal language classes and an agreed number of workshops and excursions relevant to Indonesian culture.

    Assessment

    Students are assessed in-country by qualified staff under supervision of Monash staff. Documentation is reviewed at Monash on the student's return.


    INM4992 - Language study abroad program

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    Students participate in an approved year long program of study in Indonesia covering areas relevant to a language and related disciplines.

    Assessment

    Students are assessed in-country by qualified staff under supervision of Monash staff. Documentation is reviewed at Monash on the student's return.

    Co-requisites

    INM4993


    INM4993 - Language study abroad program

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    Students participate in an approved year long program of study in Indonesia covering areas relevant to a language and related disciplines.

    Assessment

    Students are assessed in-country by qualified staff under supervision of Monash staff. Documentation is reviewed at Monash on the student's return.


    INS2020 - Islam in the Malay world

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Brett Hough

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    The unit will give an introduction to the diversity of Islam throughout the Malay World. In particular, the unit will focus on ethnographic studies of Islam as practiced in diverse communities throughout the region. The unit will discuss issues such as the relationship between local customs and Islam; the role of Islam in politics and civil society; religious pluralism; the rise of extremist Muslim groups; and the relationship of Islam in the Malay world to the wider context of Southeast Asia.

    Objectives

    After successfully completing this unit, students should be able to:

    1. identify key features of Islam in the Malay World
    2. discuss the relationship between local customs and Islamic orthodoxy
    3. describe and assess the various ways in which people have sought to understand Islam in the Malay World
    4. use specific case studies to evaluate the validity of generalisations about Islam.

    For students taking the unit at Level 3 as part of a major in Indonesian studies there is the additional objective of use and critically evaluate Indonesian language materials. For students taking the unit at Level 3 as part of a major in Anthropology there is the additional objective of: critically evaluate the theoretical perspective of their ethnographic case study.

    Assessment

    Participation:10%
    Written work: 70% (3,500 words)
    Test: 20%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar and one 1-hour film screening per week

    Prohibitions

    INS3020


    INS2990 - Language study abroad program

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Students participate in an approved program of study which includes both formal lectures and field-work experience, as appropriate to their individual needs.

    Assessment

    Students are assessed in-country by qualified staff under the supervision of Monash staff. Documentation is reviewed at Monash on the student's return.


    INS3020 - Islam in the Malay world

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Brett Hough

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    The unit will give an introduction to the diversity of Islam throughout the Malay World. In particular, the unit will focus on ethnographic studies of Islam as practiced in diverse communities throughout the region. The unit will discuss issues such as the relationship between local customs and Islam; the role of Islam in politics and civil society; religious pluralism; the rise of extremist Muslim groups; and the relationship of Islam in the Malay world to the wider context of Southeast Asia.

    Objectives

    After successfully completing this unit, students should be able to:

    1. identify key features of Islam in the Malay World
    2. discuss the relationship between local customs and Islamic orthodoxy
    3. describe and assess the various ways in which people have sought to understand Islam in the Malay World
    4. use specific case studies to evaluate the validity of generalisations about Islam.

    For students taking the unit at Level 3 as part of a major in Indonesian studies there is the additional objective of use and critically evaluate Indonesian language materials. For students taking the unit at Level 3 as part of a major in Anthropology there is the additional objective of: critically evaluate the theoretical perspective of their ethnographic case study.

    Assessment

    Participation: 10%
    Written work: 70% (3,500 words)
    Test: 20%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar and one 1-hour film screening per week

    Prohibitions

    INS2020


    INS3110 - Literary traditions of Indonesia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Selected Indonesian literatures are introduced with reference to their particular features and are related to theoretical issues, and students report on their exploration of recommended works relevant to these topics on a weekly basis.

    Assessment

    Essays (two, 1500 words each): 60%
    Seminar reports and participation: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week


    INS3990 - Language study abroad program

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Students participate in an approved program of study which includes both formal lectures and field-work experience, as appropriate to their individual needs.

    Assessment

    Students are assessed in-country by qualified staff under the supervision of Monash staff. Documentation is reviewed at Monash on the student's return.


    INS4119 - Literary traditions of Indonesia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for INM3110

    Objectives

    As for INM3110

    Assessment

    Essays (two, 1500 words each): 60%
    Oral seminar reports and participation: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prohibitions

    INS3110


    INT1010 - Contemporary worlds 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Adam Clulow (Clayton), Dr Megan Blair (Berwick), Dr Ernest Koh (Caulfield)

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    An overview of major world events in the Twentieth Century in order to gain an understanding of how the world has come to be as it is today. Themes include nationalism and imperialism; democracy and the First World War; Communism; Fascism and the Second World War; decolonisation; postwar affluence and youth movements; the collapse of Communism.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Demonstrate a knowledge of modern world history.

    1. Understand who we are and how we got here.

    1. Demonstrate sound knowledge of current affairs and debates about the future.

    1. Demonstrate improved oral and written communication skills, particularly in relation to the analysis and explanation of ideas and the development of argument.

    1. Successfully undertake a variety of research and writing tasks.

    Assessment

    Document analysis (1000 words): 20%
    Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hour lecture and 1 tutorial per week


    INT1020 - Contemporary worlds 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Seamus O'Hanlon (Clayton), Dr Megan Blair (Berwick), Dr Ernest Koh (Caulfield)

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Sunway Trimester 3 2009 (Day)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    An examination of the major issues facing the world as we move into the Twenty-First Century and the Third Millennium. Themes include globalisation; the internet and the mass media; religious fundamentalism; the role of global institutions such as the United Nations; Australia's role in the contemporary world

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Recognise the importance of debates about globalisation and its likely development.

    1. Understand the importance of debate and discussion in the development of these ideas.

    1. Demonstrate sound oral and written communication skills.

    1. Understand the importance of critical analysis and be comfortable in challenging ideas and arguments.

    Assessment

    Website analysis (1000 words): 15%
    Group presentation: 20%
    Essay (1500 words): 25%
    Final examination (2 hours): 30%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hour lecture and 1 tutorial per week


    INT2015 - Production, consumerism and the environment in the contemporary world

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit provides students with a theoretical and practical overview of some of the processes associated with globalisation. It builds on knowledge that students have acquired about how the contemporary world has evolved over the past half century. It is future oriented and considers the on-going forces that are currently driving the push to globalise and the forces that work to impede or retard globalisation. It does this in part by considering how organizations are likely to evolve at the international level while also looking locally at some of the domains that seem to be widely affected by the processes of globalisation.

    Objectives

    It is expected that students who successfully complete this subject will have acquired the following:

    1. Knowledge of the way economic and technological forces are interacting with the social and cultural development of societies in the contemporary world in terms of issues related to the organization of the world economic system, local production, consumerism and the environment.

    1. Knowledge of key theoretical concepts relevant to the discussion of the global econbomic system, social and cultural change, production, consumerism, and the environment movement in the international context.

    1. Skills in reading critically.

    1. Skills in oral and written communication.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    Exam: 20%
    Presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture and 1 hour seminar


    INT2030 - Nationality, ethnicity and conflict

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Marianne Hicks

    Offered

    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit explores ideas of 'nation', 'nationality' and 'ethnicity' through a variety of theoretical frameworks and with the specific focus on three case studies; Yugoslavia, South Africa and Malaysia, from the sixteenth century to the present. Students will be expected to explore the histories of the three case studies over the period in order to gain a deeper understanding of some of the complex issues tied up in nationalism, nation building, ethnicity and conflict throughout the modern era.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

    1. Recognise the importance of debates and ideas about race, nationalism, ethnicity and conflict.
    2. Understand the importance of debate and discussion in the development of these ideas.
    3. Have sound oral and written communication skills and be able to utilise these in such debates.
    4. Understand the importance of critical analysis and be comfortable in challenging ideas and arguments.

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation (500 words equiv): 10% ; Film/book review (1000 words): 20%; Research essay (2000 words): 40%; Exam (2 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    INT1010 and INT1020 or as approved

    Prohibitions

    PLT2150/3150, INT3030


    INT2040 - Globalization and its discontents

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Terry MacDonald

    Offered

    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    An analysis of the debates surrounding globalization. Which groups defend or attack the phenomenon and why? What meanings do they attach to the term? Evidence will be examined as to who stands to win or lose from the processes of globalization. Case studies will be made of responses to globalization at different levels, from local to international.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will have:

    1. Deepened their understanding of the reasons why people differ in their evaluation of globalization.

    1. Analysed and evaluated evidence as to the groups which benefit or suffer from the impacts of globalization.

    1. Understood key concepts in the globalization debate.

    1. Acquired knowledge about the different stakeholders affected by globalization; about the power-structures in which they are enmeshed; and about the strategies they employ to promote, retard or amend the processes of globalization.

    1. Located and critically analysed web-based and mass media material relating to current protagonists in the globalization debate.

    1. Improved their oral skills by participating in class debate on globalization.

    1. Improved their written skills by producing a journal or a well-reasoned and well-documented essay on an aspect of the globalization debate.

    1. developed their own views in the form of an argument about globalization.

    Students successfully completing INT3040 will be expected to demonstrate, in addition:

    1. Enhanced skills in the formulation and development of an independent research project focused on focused on the globalization debate and a critical analysis of relevant documentary sources.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70%
    2 Hours Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week.

    Prerequisites

    First year INT sequence or permission

    Prohibitions

    INT3040


    INT2050 - Mobile worlds: Migrants, refugees and the politics of belonging

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Penny Graham

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Why do politicians and citizens seem so threatened by refugees, asylum seekers and labour immigrants? Is it because such people-out-of-place challenge the system of nation-states? Mobile Worlds explores socially and culturally diverse forms of migrant experience, from among those know as gypsies, nomads, refugees, asylum seekers, illegal immigrants, illegal aliens, guest workers, labour migrants, circular migrants, astronauts, settlers, diasporas and transnational communities around the globe. The aim is to understand the implications of human movement for emerging trends that will characterise life in the 21st century.

    Objectives

    On successfully completing this subject, students should be able to appreciate the diverse forms of migrant experience in the contemporary world; identify ways in which refugees, asylum seekers, labour migrants and transnational communities pose a variety of challenges to the international order of nation-states; and critically analyse selected social categories through which 'people who move' are perceived and represented.

    Assessment

    Tutorial oral presentation (500 words): 10%
    Web site or film documentary analysis (1000 words): 25%
    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Class test (1000 words): 25%
    Third year students will be required to provide a critical evaluation of website or documentary material, while second year students need only analyse the argument made by a particular site or film.

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    INT1010 and INT1020 or SCY1100 and SCY1200 or ANY1010 and ANY1020 or permission if the unit coordinator

    Prohibitions

    INT3050


    INT2055 - Global disasters: impact, inquiry and change

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Peel

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the history of significant disasters since the late nineteenth century. Beginning with the eruption of Krakatoa, each case study examines the process of inquiry and debates over changes to mitigate future catastrophic impacts. Disasters encourage societies to examine causes, solutions and risks, and spark debates about how to render people less vulnerable. The case studies include natural as well as 'man-made' catastrophes, with both short- and long-term impacts. By examining real disasters, and ideas about potential disasters-such as asteroid impact or climate change-it also explores the ways in which disasters have been used to explore a range of possible global futures.

    Objectives

    The unit aims to provide students with a thorough knowledge of the role of disasters in shaping ideas about vulnerability, social change, responsibility and mitigation in the modern world, with a particular focus on issues of global governance, connection and culture. It aims to further develop themes explored in the first-year sequence in International Studies, and to introduce themes and concepts that feature in the core Level 4 unit in that discipline. In addition, the unit also aims to develop students' skills in both independent research and writing and collaborative research and presentation. Specifically, students successfully completing INT2055 will be expected to demonstrate:

    1. a comprehensive understanding of the role that specific disasters and disasters in general have played in the development of global knowledge, institutions and governance;
    2. a thorough knowledge of the ways in which the processes of inquiry generated by disasters have explored issues of responsibility, mitigation, risk, vulnerability and social change;
    3. a critical understanding of the various interpretations that inform the historical and contemporary analysis of these phenomena;
    4. a stronger understanding of the relationship between fictional and non-fictional representations of disasters and arguments about social, political and economic change
    5. enhanced skills in the critical and analytical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, polemical literature, historical scholarship visual representations and web-based evidence, and specifically the development of skills in source criticism, critical reading, the development of research and writing skills, especially the use of evidence and primary sources, analysing different intepretations of an event or issue, organising and defending an argument, and writing with precision and imagination; and
    6. the capacity to work with others in a collaborative research project and presentation;

    Assessment

    Source criticism exercise (500 words) : 10%
    Class test (1 hour) : 20%
    Report (500 words) : 20%
    Research essay (2500) : 50%

    Contact hours

    1 x90-minute lecture and 1 x1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    INT3055


    INT2060 - Global cultures, local traditions: Creating and consuming (popular) culture

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Consumption (and re-creation) of Jazz in Japan, McDonalds in Madrid and karaoke in Kuala Lumpur are just a few of the examples of transnational cultural flows which are visible the world over. The mass electronic media of cinema, television, and the Internet have speeded up the transnational flow of images of modernity and created local desires to consume cultures originating in distant places. Unit looks at the implications of globalisation for a variety of cultural phenomena, tracing transitions from local to global cultural practices. It looks at specific cases of local consumption of global cultures, including television, video games, popular music, fiction and comics, and the Internet.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject should have:

    1. A deeper knowledge of the concepts of modernity and tradition, and the problems of cultural ownership and authenticity, as epitomized in copyright law

    1. Acquired knowledge about the challenges to cultural nationalism by transnational cultural flows, and the role of electronic media, especially the Internet in this

    1. Studied in depth some cases of cultural production and its local consumption, and critically analysed web-based and mass media material relating to these case studies

    1. Improved their oral skills by participating in tutorial debate, both face-to-face and on-line cross-campus, on specific instances of cultural flows and local identities created through their consumption.

    1. Improved their written skills by producing a journal (second-year students) or a well-reasoned and well-documented essay on an aspect of the globalisation debate (third-year students).

    1. Developed independent research skills (third-year students).

    1. Developed the ability to critically assess the ideological implications of global cultural flows (third-year students).

    Assessment

    Written work: 55% (2500 words, 2 tasks)
    Class tests/quizzes: 20% (1000 words)
    Group online discussion project 25% (1500 words)

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    First year INT sequence or permission

    Prohibitions

    INT3060


    INT2065 - International development in a globalising world

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Craig Thorburn

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit provides students with the ability to critically examine geographical polarities of wealth, opportunity and risk for different groups of people in a globalising world. It focuses on differential resource allocation, demographic factors, agrarian systems and health outcomes. Answers to the following questions will be sought: 1)What are key disparities that pose serious concerns for a secure global community? 2)How have international development differences come about? 3)What competing explanations exist for global disparities? 4)What institutional and other structures exacerbate and reinforce uneven international development? 5)How might patterns of global inequality be transformed?

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will be able to:

    1. Understand and explain how international development differences have come about.
    2. Interpret critically the competing explanations exist for global disparities.
    3. Assess critically the institutional and other structures that exacerbate and reinforce uneven international development
    4. Explain key disparities that pose serious concerns for a secure global community.
    5. Develop normative understandings about how patterns of global inequality can be transformed toward socially just and sustainable outcomes
    6. Demonstrate sound written and verbal expression, involving the critical analysis of text, graphs, tables, maps, film and other data.
    Students will meet the objectives of the unit by:
    • Actively participating in tutorials,
    • Demonstrating knowledge of key concepts of international development in discussions and written work,
    • Preparing and submitting an essay that adheres to essay guidelines, is clearly structured, and which shows a well argued and balanced treatment of the material,
    • Demonstrating the complexities of uneven international development issues and theory in the exam.

    Assessment

    + Essay (2500 words): 40%
    Class participation: 10%
    Short answers: 10%
    Exam (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in INT, SCY, ANY, GES or permission of instructor.


    INT2075 - Faith in the future: Religion and spirituality in a globalising world

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Thomas Reuter

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Is secularism on the wane, as we witness a significant resurgence of interest in religion? This unit explores new forms of religiosity that are shaping the way many people respond to today's globalising world. Major trends include the rise of fundamentalist streams in the world religions, the proliferation of revitalization movements supporting local religious traditions, and the emergence of post-modern forms of religion such as New Age and eco-spirituality. These value-focused belief systems reinterpret the meaning of contemporary life experience, but they are also concerned about global crises and injustices and propose utopian alternatives to the prevalent ethos of materialism and greed.

    Objectives

    On successfully completing this unit, students will be able to

    1. analyse contemporary and emerging forms of religiosity in historical terms - namely, through an understanding of
      1. the co-evolution of modern religion, science and capitalist economies in Europe from the Enlightenment period to the mid-20th century and
      2. subsequent departures from the project of modernity since WW2
    2. compare and analyse the different, alternative forms of modernity and post-modernity that are currently being created in non-Western countries through new interpretations of Islam, Hinduism and other world religions
    3. define the political circumstances and socio-economic conditions that are leading to a renewed prominence of religion in contemporary political life in general and in relation to particular cases, such as Islamic, Christian and Hindu fundamentalism
    4. characterize the global trend toward a revitalization of local religious traditions and the ways this process can generate not only religious ethno-nationalism and conflicts with immigrant populations, but also avenues for local resistance to disenfranchisement through globalization
    5. articulate the context and identify the causes that have precipitated a globalization of Pentecostal and Charismatic Christianity and the relative decline of public support for mainstream Christian churches
    6. compare, contrast and identify commonalities among a range of emerging New-Age spiritualities that are advocating a post-modern utopic religious pluralism, based on freedom of individual expression, personal religious experience and a monistic universalism
    7. evaluate contemporary forms of Shamanism, Witchcraft and Paganism as attempts to rediscover and rework pre-modern forms of religiosity for a post-modern world
    8. identify and compare the core values of alternative religious and spiritual movements
    9. critically consider what contribution religion and alternative spiritualities can make to solving some of the most pressing psychological, social, environmental, economic and political problems of a globalising world.

    Assessment

    Tutorial Participation in Discussion (500 words): 10%; Class Test (short answer) 1000 words: 25%; Book, Website or Documentary Film Analysis (1000 words): 25%; Essay (2000 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    1 one-hour lecture and 1 one-hour tutorial per week for 11 weeks

    Prerequisites

    INT1010 and INT1020 or ANY1010 and ANY1020 or SCY1100 and SCY1200 or RLT1010 and RLT1020 unit, or permission of the unit coordinator.

    Prohibitions

    INT3075


    INT2085 - Governing the global economy: Stability, efficiency, justice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Helen E.S. Nesadurai

    Offered

    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the global economy and its governance. It enables students to critically examine conflicts among states, firms, international organizations, NGOs and other groups over how the global economy is governed. Key questions to be explored are:

    1. How do different political and economic ideas influence global economic governance, including in trade and finance, and whose interests are privileged as a result?
    2. How have groups such as women and labour and issues such as the environment fared under neoliberal approaches to governance?
    3. Should we govern the global economy to achieve stability and efficiency, or should we also attempt to achieve justice?

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

    1. Identify and interpret the changes that have occurred in how the world economy has been governed since the end of the Second World War.
    2. Understand how different political and economic ideas that underpin distinct approaches to global economic governance privilege some actors and normative values at the expense of others.
    3. Explain why conflicts occur among states, firms, international organizations, NGOs and other groups over how the global economy is governed.
    4. Engage with and evaluate key normative debates on how the global economy should be governed.

    Students will meet the objectives of the unit by:
    • Participating actively in tutorial discussions.
    • Reading critically about the topics covered in lectures.
    • Writing and submitting an essay that presents a well-researched and carefully argued analysis of the material covered in the unit
    • Demonstrating in the examination knowledge and understanding of key concepts and theoretical debates on global economic governance and their application to different case studies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40% (2500 words)
    Class participation: 10%
    Exam: 50% (2 hours)

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in INT or permission

    Prohibitions

    INT3085


    INT2095 - Travel and global encounters

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jane Drakard

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Travel is essential in modern life, yet we rarely pause to think about the role of travel over time and the way in which travel and travellers have shaped our world. This unit examines the history and impact of global travel from earliest times until the present, concluding with questions about the future of travel. Lectures will develop a number of key themes which will be explored in detail in tutorials through the examination of specific examples and case studies. These themes will have an international focus and will include exploration, cultural encounter, pilgrimage, migration, technology, tourism and mass travel, travel imagery and writing and the environmental impact of travel.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing INT2095 will be expected to demonstrate:

    1. an understanding of several key themes relating to the role and impact of travel;
    2. an appreciation of the complex ways in which travel and cultural encounter have shaped and continue to shape modern society;
    3. a critical understanding of the various interpretations that inform the historical and contemporary analysis of these phenomena;
    4. an enhanced understanding of the relationship between fictional and non-fictional representations of travel and encounter and of arguments about cultural change and representation;
    5. enhanced skills in the critical and analytical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, polemical literature, historical scholarship visual representations and web-based evidence, and specifically the development of skills in source criticism, critical reading, the development of research and writing skills, especially the use of evidence and primary sources, analysing different interpretations of an event or issue, organising and defending an argument, and writing with precision and imagination; and
    6. the capacity to work with others and present conclusions in oral form

    Assessment

    Class participation: 20%
    Written work: 80%

    Contact hours

    1 one-hour lecture and 1 one-hour tutorial per week for 11 weeks

    Prohibitions

    INT3095


    INT2120 - After war: justice, memory, reconciliation

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Baker

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit addresses the contemporary histories of post-genocide and post-conflict societies, through three specific cases: European Jews after the Holocaust; the South African approach after apartheid; and local and global responses to the Rwandan genocide. A focus of the unit will explore the manifold social relations between perpetrators, victims and bystanders in an age of 'neighbour killing' and the public debates on memory and justice. Topics include: retribution at Nuremberg; Nazi reparations; trauma and testimony; the South African Truth and Reconciliation Commissions; the Rwandan 'Gacaca' courts; cultural losses; familial and communal relations after massive social upheaval.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. an understanding of the human impact of genocide and conflict on the communities that survive it
    2. an understanding of the modern historical contexts in which these conflicts emerged
    3. an appreciation of the issues and the agencies involved in rebuilding states and societies after genocide and conflict
    4. In addition, third-year students will develop the capacity to describe and analyse questions of memory and justice using historical examples.

    Assessment

    Major essay (2500 words): 50%
    Short writing exercise or text analysis (1000 words): 20%
    Exam (1000 words equivalent): 30%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    INT3120, INT3140, INT4140, ITM4140


    INT2130 - Global cities: past, present future

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Seamus O'Hanlon

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    How have cities contributed to the progress of globalisation over the past two millennia? This unit analyses a series of major world cities, examining their histories, contemporary situation, and emerging or possible future development scenarios. The overarching theme will be the historical and contemporary role of cities as drivers of economic and social change, with a sub-theme around the idea of cities as centres of cultural interaction.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit student will:

    1. have an understanding of the past, present and possible futures of a number of important world cities
    2. have an understanding of the historical and contemporary role of cities as drivers of economic, social and cultural change
    3. have an understanding of the contemporary and historical role of cities as places of cultural interaction
    4. be familiar with the research skills and methods of urban scholars, including urban historians
    5. have experience in working with a range of textual, visual and material urban research sources
    6. have further developed their oral and written communication skills, including skills in writing for non-specialist audiences
    7. In addition to the above, students undertaking the unit at level three will have demonstrated the ability to conceive and complete an independent research project around an urban theme.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in INT or permission

    Prohibitions

    INT3130


    INT2150 - Global indigeneity

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Matt Tomlinson

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Many scholars understand indigeneity in terms of:

    1. original relationships to particular lands
    2. historical engagements with colonial or settler populations
    3. distinct present-day cultural practices, ideologies and self-representations
    4. embeddedness and appropriation of intangible heritage.

    This unit explores indigeneity by focusing on its global emergence and future trajectories. Key topics may include land and treaties; law and translation; education; art and the appropriation and consumption of intellectual property; and religion and ritual. The unit contains modules on specific regions which may include Australia and NZ; the Pacific Islands; Asia; the Americas; and Africa.

    Objectives

    After successfully completing this unit at second-year level, students should be able to:

    1. display knowledge of various definitions of indigeneity;
    2. identify key debates in studies of indigeneity;
    3. articulate broad connections between cultural identity and expression, history, land, and political power;
    4. display an understanding of indigenous issues pertinent to thee specific cultural-geographical regions;

    For students taking the unit at third-year level, there should be:
    1. display knowledge of various definitions of indigeneity;
    2. identify key debates in studies of indigeneity;
    3. articulate broad connections between cultural identity and expression, history, land, and political power;
    4. display an understanding of indigenous issues pertinent to thee specific cultural-geographical regions;

    With the additional objective of:
    5. write a brief (1500 words) but focused research paper on the global connections between disparate indigenous movements.

    Students at either level are expected to develop their abilities to:
    1. use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with social science accounts of diverse peoples;
    2. read written sources and view visual materials critically;
    3. assess preconceived ideas about what indigenous cultures are like;
    4. present logical, coherent arguments in writing.

    Assessment

    Written work (3000 words): 60%
    Exam (1500 words): 30%
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Anthropology, Australian Indigenous Studies, International Studies, Spanish & Latin American Studies, or a cognate discipline, or by permission

    Prohibitions

    INT3150


    INT2160 - Transnational culture in theatre, literature and film

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): William Peterson

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines transnational culture in selected works of literature, film and theatre. Cultural production in these fields has shifted radically over the last generation as terms such as 'postcolonial,' 'hybrid,' 'fusion,' and 'intercultural' have become increasingly contested when applied to works that extend beyond national boundaries. A body of work has emerged in literature, film and theatre that challenges conventional notions of 'host' and 'target' cultures in an intercultural exchange, suggesting that artists are doing more than simply 'borrowing' cultures and their lived experience in a globalised world increasingly obliterates what were once viewed as firm cultural boundaries.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit will be in able to:

    1. articulate a deeper knowledge of the complexity of cultural flows across borders
    2. apply this deeper understanding to specific cultural contexts and works of art in literature, film and theatre
    3. analyse the complex strands of cultural interactions within a work of art
    4. articulate and be able to defend a personal position with respect to these cultural flows
    5. develop further skills in research and writing
    6. synthesise knowledge obtained in class along with information from a range of sources in an original, analytical piece of writing
    7. Third year students will extend their writing and analytical skills further through a deeper engagement with theory in their seminar presentation and essay.

    Assessment

    Class test (one hour): 20%
    Seminar participation and presentation: 30%
    Research essay (2000 words): 35%
    Review/analysis (500 words): 15%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in either English, Communications, Drama and Theatre Studies, Film & Television Studies, or International Studies, or by permission of the unit coordinator

    Prohibitions

    INT3160


    INT2910 - Poverty, ecology, and international justice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Karen Green

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    What does justice demand of rich individuals and/or nations in response to poverty, climate change and natural disasters? What difference does it make if these misfortunes occur inside or outside of our national border? What is the proper role of international organizations in addressing these problems? This unit examines conflicting answers to these questions offered by leading theorists in environmental ethics and international justice. The unit will serve as an introduction to central moral and political dilemmas of the 21st century. No background in philosophy is required, merely an interest in rational debate about world affairs and a passion for the question: what ought we to do?

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will be able to:

    1. critically assess the ethical aspects of proposed measures to alleviate environmental problems, global poverty and inequality;
    2. apply philosophical theories of justice to problems of practical concern;
    3. comprehend and critically assess complex moral and political arguments;
    4. effectively communicate theoretical ideas in written assignments;
    5. contribute to the developing debate on the justice of current international relations and solutions to international problems.

    Assessment

    Written work and exercises: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    1 one-hour lecture and 1 one-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in International Studies, Philosophy, or Bioethics

    Prohibitions

    INT3910


    INT2920 - The ethics of global conflict

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Rob Sparrow

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    When, if ever, is warfare justified? What about humanitarian intervention? What about violent revolution and terrorism? Why should civilians be protected in conflict? This unit will introduce students to theoretical approaches to the ethics of conflict that will allow them to answer these difficult questions. It will also serve to introduce students to basic ideas in moral and political philosophy. No background in philosophy is required: merely an interest in rational argument applied to global conflict.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80% (3500 words)
    Test: 20%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week


    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in International Studies, Philosophy, or Bioethics.

    Prohibitions

    INT3920

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/int2920.php


    INT3015 - Production, consumerism and the environment in the contemporary World

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit provides students with a theoretical and practical overview of some of the processes associated with globalisation. It builds on knowledge that students have acquired about how the contemporary world has evolved over the past half century. It is future oriented and considers the on-going forces that are currently driving the push to globalise and the forces that work to impede or retard globalisation. It does this in part by considering how organizations are likely to evolve at the international level while also looking locally at some of the domains that seem to be widely affected by the processes of globalisation.

    Objectives

    It is expected that students who successfully complete this subject will have acquired the following:

    1. Knowledge of the way economic and technological forces are interacting with the social and cultural development of societies in the contemporary world in terms of issues related to the organization of the world economic system, local production, consumerism and the environment.

    1. Knowledge of key theoretical concepts relevant to the discussion of the global econbomic system, social and cultural change, production, consumerism, and the environment movement in the international context.

    1. Skills in reading critically.

    1. Skills in oral and written communication.

    1. Experience in assessing comparative data in qualitative and quantitative terms.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    Exam: 20%
    Presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture and 1 hour seminar


    INT3030 - Nationality, ethnicity and conflict

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Marianne Hicks

    Offered

    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for INT2030

    Objectives

    As for INT2030

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation (500 words equiv): 10%; Film/book review (1000 words): 20%; Research essay (2000 words): 40%; Exam (1500 words): 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    INT1010 and INT1020 or as approved

    Prohibitions

    PLT2150/3150, INT3030


    INT3040 - Globalization and its discontents

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Terry MacDonald

    Offered

    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    An analysis of the debates surrounding globalization. Which groups defend or attack the phenomenon and why? What meanings do they attach to the term? Evidence will be examined as to who stands to win or lose from the processes of globalization. Case studies will be made of responses to globalization at different levels, from local to international

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will have:

    1. Deepened their understanding of the reasons why people differ in their evaluation of globalization.

    1. Analysed and evaluated evidence as to the groups which benefit or suffer from the impacts of globalization.

    1. Understood key concepts in the globalization debate.

    1. Acquired knowledge about the different stakeholders affected by globalization; about the power-structures in which they are enmeshed; and about the strategies they employ to promote, retard or amend the processes of globalization.

    1. Located and critically analysed web-based and mass media material relating to current protagonists in the globalization debate.

    1. Improved their oral skills by participating in class debate on globalization.

    1. Improved their written skills by producing a journal or a well-reasoned and well-documented essay on an aspect of the globalization debate.

    1. developed their own views in the form of an argument about globalization.

    Students successfully completing INT3040 will be expected to demonstrate, in addition:

    1. Enhanced skills in the formulation and development of an independent research project focused on focused on the globalization debate and a critical analysis of relevant documentary sources.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70%
    2 Hours Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week.

    Prerequisites

    First year INT sequence or permission

    Prohibitions

    Prohibited combination INT2040 and INT3040


    INT3050 - Mobile worlds: Migrants, refugees and the politics of belonging

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Penny Graham

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Why do politicians and citizens seem so threatened by refugees, asylum seekers and labour immigrants? Is it because such people-out-of-place challenge the system of nation-states? Mobile Worlds explores socially and culturally diverse forms of migrant experience, from among those know as gypsies, nomads, refugees, asylum seekers, illegal immigrants, illegal aliens, guest workers, labour migrants, circular migrants, astronauts, settlers, diasporas and transnational communities around the globe. The aim is to understand the implications of human movement for emerging trends that will characterise life in the 21st century.

    Objectives

    As for INT2050

    Assessment

    Tutorial oral presentation (500 words): 10%
    Web site or film documentary analysis (1000 words): 25%
    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Class test (1000 words): 25%
    Third year students will be required to provide a critical evaluation of website or documentary material, while second year students need only analyse the argument made by a particular site or film.

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    INT1010 and INT1020 or ANY1010 and ANY1020 or SCY1100 and SCY1200 or permission of the unit coordinator.

    Prohibitions

    INT2050


    INT3055 - Global disasters: impact, inquiry and change

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Peel

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for INT2055.

    Objectives

    As for INT2055, with the additional objective that students completing INT3055 will demonstrate enhanced skills in the formulation of an independent research project and in the development of a comparative examination, including the location and critical analysis of relevant documentary sources

    Assessment

    Research project proposal (500 words) : 15%
    Report (500 words) : 20%
    Research essay (3500 words) : 65%
    Students completing INT3055 will be expected to demonstrate a greater critical understanding of the nature of debates over mitigation, vulnerability and risk and their impact on ideas about global institutions

    Contact hours

    1 x90-minute lecture and 1 x1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    INT2055


    INT3060 - Global cultures, local traditions: Creating and consuming (popular) culture

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for INT2060

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject should have:

    1. A deeper knowledge of the concepts of modernity and tradition, and the problems of cultural ownership and authenticity, as epitomized in copyright law

    1. Acquired knowledge about the challenges to cultural nationalism by transnational cultural flows, and the role of electronic media, especially the Internet in this

    1. Studied in depth some cases of cultural production and its local consumption, and critically analysed web-based and mass media material relating to these case studies

    1. Improved their oral skills by participating in tutorial debate, both face-to-face and on-line cross-campus, on specific instances of cultural flows and local identities created through their consumption.

    1. Improved their written skills by producing a journal (second-year students) or a well-reasoned and well-documented essay on an aspect of the globalisation debate (third-year students).

    1. Developed independent research skills (third-year students).

    1. Developed the ability to critically assess the ideological implications of global cultural flows (third-year students).

    Assessment

    Written work: 55% (2500 words, 2 tasks)
    Class tests/quizzes: 20% (1000 words)
    Group online discussion project: 25% (1500 words)

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    First year INT sequence or permission

    Prohibitions

    INT2060


    INT3065 - International development in a globalising world

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Craig Thorburn

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit provides students with the ability to critically examine geographical polarities of wealth, opportunity and risk for different groups of people in a globalising world. It focuses on differential resource allocation, demographic factors, agrarian systems and health outcomes. Answers to the following questions will be sought: 1)What are key disparities that pose serious concerns for a secure global community? 2)How have international development differences come about? 3)What competing explanations exist for global disparities? 4)What institutional and other structures exacerbate and reinforce uneven international development? 5)How might patterns of global inequality be transformed?

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will be able to:

    1. Understand and explain how international development differences have come about.
    2. Interpret critically the competing explanations exist for global disparities.
    3. Assess critically the institutional and other structures that exacerbate and reinforce uneven international development
    4. Explain key disparities that pose serious concerns for a secure global community.
    5. Develop normative understandings about how patterns of global inequality can be transformed toward socially just and sustainable outcomes
    6. Demonstrate sound written and verbal expression, involving the critical analysis of text, graphs, tables, maps, film and other data.
    Students will meet the objectives of the unit by:
    • Actively participating in tutorials,
    • Demonstrating knowledge of key concepts of international development in discussions and written work,
    • Preparing and submitting an essay that adheres to essay guidelines, is clearly structured, and which shows a well argued and balanced treatment of the material,
    • Demonstrating the complexities of uneven international development issues and theory in the exam.

    Assessment

    + Essay (2500 words): 40%
    Class participation: 10%
    Short answers: 10%
    Exam (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in INT, SCY, ANY, GES or permission of instructor.

    Prohibitions

    INT2065


    INT3075 - Faith in the future: Religion and spirituality in a globalising world

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Thomas Reuter

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Is secularism on the wane, as we witness a significant resurgence of interest in religion? This unit explores new forms of religiosity that are shaping the way many people respond to today's globalising world. Major trends include the rise of fundamentalist streams in the world religions, the proliferation of revitalization movements supporting local religious traditions, and the emergence of post-modern forms of religion such as New Age and eco-spirituality. These value-focused belief systems reinterpret the meaning of contemporary life experience, but they are also concerned about global crises and injustices and propose utopian alternatives to the prevalent ethos of materialism and greed.

    Objectives

    On successfully completing this unit, students will be able to

    1. analyse contemporary and emerging forms of religiosity in historical terms - namely, through an understanding of
      1. the co-evolution of modern religion, science and capitalist economies in Europe from the Enlightenment period to the mid-20th century and
      2. subsequent departures from the project of modernity since WW2
    2. compare and analyse the different, alternative forms of modernity and post-modernity that are currently being created in non-Western countries through new interpretations of Islam, Hinduism and other world religions
    3. define the political circumstances and socio-economic conditions that are leading to a renewed prominence of religion in contemporary political life in general and in relation to particular cases, such as Islamic, Christian and Hindu fundamentalism
    4. characterize the global trend toward a revitalization of local religious traditions and the ways this process can generate not only religious ethno-nationalism and conflicts with immigrant populations, but also avenues for local resistance to disenfranchisement through globalization
    5. articulate the context and identify the causes that have precipitated a globalization of Pentecostal and Charismatic Christianity and the relative decline of public support for mainstream Christian churches
    6. compare, contrast and identify commonalities among a range of emerging New-Age spiritualities that are advocating a post-modern utopic religious pluralism, based on freedom of individual expression, personal religious experience and a monistic universalism
    7. evaluate contemporary forms of Shamanism, Witchcraft and Paganism as attempts to rediscover and rework pre-modern forms of religiosity for a post-modern world
    8. identify and compare the core values of alternative religious and spiritual movements
    9. critically consider what contribution religion and alternative spiritualities can make to solving some of the most pressing psychological, social, environmental, economic and political problems of a globalising world.

    Assessment

    Exam(2hours): 40%
    Written work: 40% (2,500 words):
    Class presentation/participation: 20%

    Contact hours

    1 one-hour lecture and 1 one-hour tutorial per week for 11 weeks

    Prerequisites

    INT1010 and INT1020 or ANY1010 and ANY1020 or SCY1100 and SCY1200 or RLT1010 and RLT1020 unit, or permission of the unit coordinator.

    Prohibitions

    INT2075


    INT3085 - Governing the global economy: Stability, efficiency, justice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Helen E.S. Nesadurai

    Offered

    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the global economy and its governance. It enables students to critically examine conflicts among states, firms, international organizations, NGOs and other groups over how the global economy is governed. Key questions to be explored are:

    1. How do different political and economic ideas influence global economic governance, including in trade and finance, and whose interests are privileged as a result?
    2. How have groups such as women and labour and issues such as the environment fared under neoliberal approaches to governance?
    3. Should we govern the global economy to achieve stability and efficiency, or should we also attempt to achieve justice?

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

    1. Identify and interpret the changes that have occurred in how the world economy has been governed since the end of the Second World War.
    2. Understand how different political and economic ideas that underpin distinct approaches to global economic governance privilege some actors and normative values at the expense of others.
    3. Explain why conflicts occur among states, firms, international organizations, NGOs and other groups over how the global economy is governed.
    4. Engage with and evaluate key normative debates on how the global economy should be governed.

    Students will meet the objectives of the unit by:
    • Participating actively in tutorial discussions.
    • Reading critically about the topics covered in lectures.
    • Writing and submitting an essay that presents a well-researched and carefully argued analysis of the material covered in the unit
    • Demonstrating in the examination knowledge and understanding of key concepts and theoretical debates on global economic governance and their application to different case studies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40% (2500 words)
    Class participation: 10%
    Exam: 50% (2 hours)

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    INT2085


    INT3095 - Travel and global encounters

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Travel is essential in modern life, yet we rarely pause to think about the role of travel over time and the way in which travel and travellers have shaped our world. This unit examines the history and impact of global travel from earliest times until the present, concluding with questions about the future of travel. Lectures will develop a number of key themes which will be explored in detail in tutorials through the examination of specific examples and case studies. These themes will have an international focus and will include exploration, cultural encounter, pilgrimage, migration, technology, tourism and mass travel, travel imagery and writing and the environmental impact of travel.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing INT3095 will be expected to demonstrate:

    1. an understanding of several key themes relating to the role and impact of travel;
    2. an appreciation of the complex ways in which travel and cultural encounter have shaped and continue to shape modern society;
    3. a critical understanding of the various interpretations that inform the historical and contemporary analysis of these phenomena;
    4. an enhanced understanding of the relationship between fictional and non-fictional representations of travel and encounter and of arguments about cultural change and representation;
    5. enhanced skills in the critical and analytical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, polemical literature, historical scholarship visual representations and web-based evidence, and specifically the development of skills in source criticism, critical reading, the development of research and writing skills, especially the use of evidence and primary sources, analysing different interpretations of an event or issue, organising and defending an argument, and writing with precision and imagination; and
    6. the capacity to work with others and present conclusions in oral form; and
    7. enhanced skills in the formulation of an independent research project and in the development of a comparative examination, including the location and critical analysis of relevant documentary sources.

    Assessment

    Class participation: 20%
    Written work: 80%

    Prohibitions

    INT2095


    INT3120 - After war: justice, memory, reconciliation

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Baker

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit addresses the contemporary histories of post-genocide and post-conflict societies, through three specific cases: European Jews after the Holocaust; the South African approach after apartheid; and local and global responses to the Rwandan genocide. A focus of the unit will explore the manifold social relations between perpetrators, victims and bystanders in an age of 'neighbour killing' and the public debates on memory and justice. Topics include: retribution at Nuremberg; Nazi reparations; trauma and testimony; the South African Truth and Reconciliation Commissions; the Rwandan 'Gacaca' courts; cultural losses; familial and communal relations after massive social upheaval.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. an understanding of the human impact of genocide and conflict on the communities that survive it
    2. an understanding of the modern historical contexts in which these conflicts emerged
    3. an appreciation of the issues and the agencies involved in rebuilding states and societies after genocide and conflict
    4. In addition, third-year students will develop the capacity to describe and analyse questions of memory and justice using historical examples.

    Assessment

    Major essay (2500 words): 50%
    Short writing exercise or text analysis (1000 words): 20%
    Exam (1000 words equivalent): 30%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    INT2120, INT3140, INT4140, ITM4140


    INT3130 - Global cities: past, present future

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Seamus O'Hanlon

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    How have cities contributed to the progress of globalisation over the past two millennia? This unit analyses a series of major world cities, examining their histories, contemporary situation, and emerging or possible future development scenarios. The overarching theme will be the historical and contemporary role of cities as drivers of economic and social change, with a sub-theme around the idea of cities as centres of cultural interaction.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit student will:

    1. have an understanding of the past, present and possible futures of a number of important world cities
    2. have an understanding of the historical and contemporary role of cities as drivers of economic, social and cultural change
    3. have an understanding of the contemporary and historical role of cities as places of cultural interaction
    4. be familiar with the research skills and methods of urban scholars, including urban historians
    5. have experience in working with a range of textual, visual and material urban research sources
    6. have further developed their oral and written communication skills, including skills in writing for non-specialist audiences
    7. In addition to the above, students undertaking the unit at level three will have demonstrated the ability to conceive and complete an independent research project around an urban theme.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%:
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in INT or permission

    Prohibitions

    INT2130


    INT3140 - After atrocity: the holocaust, South Africa, Rwanda

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Baker and Simon Adams

    Offered

    South Africa Winter semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will bring together students from Monash campuses in Australia and South Africa to study the contemporary histories of post-genocide and post-conflict societies, through three specific cases: European Jews after the Holocaust; the South African approach after apartheid; and local and global responses to the Rwandan genocide. Held in the winter semester as a three-week intensive, students will spend a week in Johannesburg and a week in Rwanda exploring public debates on memory and justice through visits to memorial sites and museums. Places to be explored include Soweto, the Apartheid Museum, Constitution Hill, the Murambi genocide memorial, and a Gacaca village trial.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. an understanding of the human impact of genocide and conflict on the communities that survive it
    2. an understanding of the modern historical contexts in which these conflicts emerged
    3. an appreciation of the issues and the agencies involved in rebuilding states and societies after genocide and conflict
    4. the capacity to describe and analyse questions of memory and justice using historical examples
    5. In addition, students undertaking this unit at fourth-year level will be expected to have the ability to analytically differentiate between the different forms genocide and conflict manifest themselves in.

    Assessment

    Major essay (6000 words): 50%
    Short writing exercise or text analysis (1000 words): 20%
    Exam (2 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    One 4-hour lecture per day, five days a week, for three weeks

    Prohibitions

    INT2120, INT3120, INT4140, ITM4140


    INT3150 - Global indigeneity

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Matt Tomlinson

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Many scholars understand indigeneity in terms of:

    1. original relationships to particular lands
    2. historical engagements with colonial or settler populations
    3. distinct present-day cultural practices, ideologies and self-representations
    4. embeddedness and appropriation of intangible heritage.

    This unit explores indigeneity by focusing on its global emergence and future trajectories. Key topics may include land and treaties; law and translation; education; art and the appropriation and consumption of intellectual property; and religion and ritual. The unit contains modules on specific regions which may include Australia and NZ; the Pacific Islands; Asia; the Americas; and Africa.

    Objectives

    After successfully completing this unit at second-year level, students should be able to:

    1. display knowledge of various definitions of indigeneity;
    2. identify key debates in studies of indigeneity;
    3. articulate broad connections between cultural identity and expression, history, land, and political power;
    4. display an understanding of indigenous issues pertinent to thee specific cultural-geographical regions;

    For students taking the unit at third-year level, there should be:
    1. display knowledge of various definitions of indigeneity;
    2. identify key debates in studies of indigeneity;
    3. articulate broad connections between cultural identity and expression, history, land, and political power;
    4. display an understanding of indigenous issues pertinent to thee specific cultural-geographical regions;

    With the additional objective of:
    5. write a brief (1500 words) but focused research paper on the global connections between disparate indigenous movements.

    Students are expected to develop their abilities to:
    1. use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with social science accounts of diverse peoples;
    2. read written sources and view visual materials critically;
    3. assess preconceived ideas about what indigenous cultures are like;
    4. present logical, coherent arguments in writing.

    Assessment

    Written work (4500 words): 90% +
    Tutorial participation: 10%.

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Anthropology, Australian Indigenous Studies, International Studies, Spanish & Latin American Studies, or a cognate discipline, or by permission

    Prohibitions

    INT2150


    INT3160 - Transnational culture in theatre, literature and film

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): William Peterson

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines transnational culture in selected works of literature, film and theatre. Cultural production in these fields has shifted radically over the last generation as terms such as 'postcolonial,' 'hybrid,' 'fusion,' and 'intercultural' have become increasingly contested when applied to works that extend beyond national boundaries. A body of work has emerged in literature, film and theatre that challenges conventional notions of 'host' and 'target' cultures in an intercultural exchange, suggesting that artists are doing more than simply 'borrowing' cultures and their lived experience in a globalised world increasingly obliterates what were once viewed as firm cultural boundaries.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit will be in able to:

    1. articulate a deeper knowledge of the complexity of cultural flows across borders
    2. apply this deeper understanding to specific cultural contexts and works of art in literature, film and theatre
    3. analyse the complex strands of cultural interactions within a work of art
    4. articulate and be able to defend a personal position with respect to these cultural flows
    5. develop further skills in research and writing
    6. synthesise knowledge obtained in class along with information from a range of sources in an original, analytical piece of writing
    7. Third year students will extend their writing and analytical skills further through a deeper engagement with theory in their seminar presentation and essay.

    Assessment

    Class test (one hour): 20%
    Seminar participation and presentation: 30%
    Research essay (2000 words): 35%
    Review/analysis (500 words): 15%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in either English, Communications, Drama and Theatre Studies, Film & Television Studies, or International Studies, or by permission of the unit coordinator

    Prohibitions

    INT2160


    INT3910 - Poverty, ecology, and international justice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Karen Green

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    What does justice demand of rich individuals and/or nations in response to poverty, climate change and natural disasters? What difference does it make if these misfortunes occur inside or outside of our national border? What is the proper role of international organizations in addressing these problems? This unit examines conflicting answers to these questions offered by leading theorists in environmental ethics and international justice. The unit will serve as an introduction to central moral and political dilemmas of the 21st century. No background in philosophy is required, merely an interest in rational debate about world affairs and a passion for the question: what ought we to do?

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will be able to:

    1. critically assess the ethical aspects of proposed measures to alleviate environmental problems, global poverty and inequality;
    2. apply philosophical theories of justice to problems of practical concern;
    3. comprehend and critically assess complex moral and political arguments;
    4. effectively communicate theoretical ideas in written assignments;
    5. contribute to the developing debate on the justice of current international relations and solutions to international problems.

    Assessment

    Written work and exercises: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    1 one-hour lecture and 1 one-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in International Studies, Philosophy, or Bioethics

    Prohibitions

    INT2910


    INT3920 - The ethics of global conflict

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Rob Sparrow

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    When, if ever, is warfare justified? What about humanitarian intervention? What about violent revolution and terrorism? Why should civilians be protected in conflict? This unit will introduce students to theoretical approaches to the ethics of conflict that will allow them to answer these difficult questions. It will also serve to introduce students to basic ideas in moral and political philosophy. No background in philosophy is required: merely an interest in rational argument applied to global conflict.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit at 3-level will:

    1. have a high level of understanding of the central ideas of just war theory;
    2. appreciate a wide variety of criticisms of just war theory;
    3. have developed the ability to apply philosophical theories of justice in conflict to actual cases from recent history;
    4. be able to develop and critically assess arguments about the justification of violence in the pursuit of political ends;
    5. have improved their ability to effectively communicate about complex issues in international affairs.
    6. have developed their ability to conduct independent research on topics of international justice.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80% (3500 words)
    Test: 20%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week


    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in International Studies, Philosophy, or Bioethics.

    Prohibitions

    INT2920

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/int3920.php


    INT4000(A) - Dissertation Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Seamus O'Hanlon

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will be allocated a supervisor with whom they will be expected to meet and communicate on a regular basis. Under supervision, students will be required to write a dissertation on an approved topic of between 15,000-18,000 words during the course of their enrolment in part I and part II of the dissertation. As part of their dissertation work, students will also be expected to attend a general seminar which prepares students to undertake research.

    Objectives

    It is expected that students undertaking this unit will be able to:

    1. Undertake independent research under the guidance of an academic supervisor
    2. Identify and develop key research questions
    3. Pursue a program of research leading to the presentation of a dissertation
    4. Demonstrate an ability to develop a sustained, coherent and logical argument within the dissertation
    5. Critically analyse the evidence used to support an argument or line of thinking
    6. Demonstrate a command of the literature relevant to the particular area of International Studies under investigation and an understanding of how the research interacts with that literature
    7. Critically discuss and evaluate both primary and secondary sources that are relevant to the particular question under investigation
    8. Review and apply to their research relevant theoretical and conceptual questions that underpin the particular question investigation
    9. Demonstrate an understanding of the methodological issues surrounding approaches to the particular area of International Studies under investigation

    Assessment

    Students assessed after completion of Part II

    Contact hours

    Regular supervisory meetings and participation in a general seminar


    INT4000(B) - Dissertation Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Seamus O'Hanlon

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for INT4000(a) Dissertation Part 1.

    Objectives

    It is expected that students undertaking this unit will be able to:

    1. Undertake independent research under the guidance of an academic supervisor
    2. Identify and develop key research questions
    3. Pursue a program of research leading to the presentation of a dissertation
    4. Demonstrate an ability to develop a sustained, coherent and logical argument within the dissertation
    5. Critically analyse the evidence used to support an argument or line of thinking
    6. Demonstrate a command of the literature relevant to the particular area of International Studies under investigation and an understanding of how the research interacts with that literature
    7. Critically discuss and evaluate both primary and secondary sources that are relevant to the particular question under investigation
    8. Review and apply to their research relevant theoretical and conceptual questions that underpin the particular question investigation
    9. Demonstrate an understanding of the methodological issues surrounding approaches to the particular area of International Studies under investigation

    Assessment

    Dissertation (15,000-18,000 words) : 100%

    Contact hours

    Regular supervisory meetings and participation in a general seminar


    INT4010 - Global justice: civil and human rights after 1945

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Ernest Koh

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores civil and human rights campaigns since 1945. It examines their origins and outcomes, and the ways in which they drew from and contributed to an emerging international framework. Further case studies include women's rights and sexual liberation, freedom of speech, capital punishment, economic justice and unfair trade. The unit examines the development of global movements and organisations, new technologies and tactics of protest and the formation of virtual communities of activism. It also covers the relationship between universal notions of justice and differences of gender, culture and belief, and potential differences between local and global understandings of 'rights'.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing INT4010 will be expected to demonstrate:

    1. a comprehensive understanding of the key intellectual and political debates about the nature of justice, civil rights and human rights on a global scale, as well as the relationship between universal notions of justice and rights and arguments about difference and diversity;
    2. a thorough grasp of the key differences and similarities in the arguments, objectives, strategies and outcomes of significant campaigns for justice and rights during the twentieth and twenty-first centuries, of the links and tensions between local and global campaigns and movements, and of the development of global civil and human rights frameworks;
    3. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, polemical literature and campaign material, the academic scholarship based upon those texts and the theoretical and conceptual debates about justice and rights;
    4. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
    5. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a detailed case study, including significant documentary research, that evaluates the significance of a particular campaign, organisation or issue; and
    6. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, film and visual images.

    Assessment

    Written work and tutorial presentation: 80% (7000 words)
    Take-home exam: 20% (2000 words)

    Contact hours

    A two-hour seminar per week.


    INT4020 - Civilising global politics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor James Walter

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Conventionally, state-based political institutions have been designed to mediate between interests and to 'civilise' conflict. As globalisation raises doubts about the ability of state agencies to answer popular demands, are new institutional resources to respond to peoples' expectations and to manage competition developing? This unit uses case-studies to assess emerging arguments about global civil society and global citizenship in the context of the interactions between multinational corporations, international agencies and transnational non-government organisations as they seek to negotiate the terms on which people might live together in a civilised global order.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

    1. Understand the dynamics of political institutions and the arguments about how such institutions might function in a global political context.
    2. Analyse contemporary theoretical debates about global civil society, and their relation to emerging global actors (multinational corporations, international agencies and NGOs).
    3. Distinguish between theoretical interpretation, secondary source review and primary source analysis.
    4. Demonstrate practical research and project management skills.
    5. Develop advanced skills in oral and written communication and relate these to group participation and leadership. 6. Relate both knowledge and practical skills to potential careers in international institutions.

    Assessment

    Research proposal (1000 words): 10%; Written exercise - based on seminar presentation (1000 words): 10%; Essay (5000 words): 50%; Exam (2000 words): 30%.

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week.

    Prerequisites

    Distinction average in level 3 units.

    Prohibitions

    ITM4020/ITM5020


    INT4140 - After atrocity: the holocaust, South Africa, Rwanda

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Baker and Simon Adams

    Offered

    South Africa Winter semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will bring together students from Monash campuses in Australia and South Africa to study the contemporary histories of post-genocide and post-conflict societies, through three specific cases: European Jews after the Holocaust; the South African approach after apartheid; and local and global responses to the Rwandan genocide. Held in the winter semester as a three-week intensive, students will spend a week in Johannesburg and a week in Rwanda exploring public debates on memory and justice through visits to memorial sites and museums. Places to be explored include Soweto, the Apartheid Museum, Constitution Hill, the Murambi genocide memorial, and a Gacaca village trial.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. an understanding of the human impact of genocide and conflict on the communities that survive it
    2. an understanding of the modern historical contexts in which these conflicts emerged
    3. an appreciation of the issues and the agencies involved in rebuilding states and societies after genocide and conflict
    4. the capacity to describe and analyse questions of memory and justice using historical examples
    5. In addition, students undertaking this unit at fourth-year level will be expected to have the ability to analytically differentiate between the different forms genocide and conflict manifest themselves in.

    Assessment

    Major essay (6000 words): 50%
    Short writing exercise or text analysis (1000 words): 20%
    Exam (2 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    One 4-hour lecture per day, five days a week, for three weeks

    Prohibitions

    INT2120, INT3120, INT3140, ITM4140


    ISA2035 - Diplomacy in contemporary international relations

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michelle Small

    Offered

    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Basic understandings of diplomacy in international relations are developed: what diplomacy is, what it entails (structure, process, agenda), what some of the complexities, anomalies and challenges are. Follows the historical trajectory of diplomacy in international relations and deliberates upon what are seen as key historical junctures. Seeks to link the relevance of diplomacy to current international issues, events, relations, and nuances. The course is theoretically grounded and practically useful. Relevance is tied directly to contemporary examples and case studies.

    Objectives

    The objectives lie within five inter-related bands. These concern:

    1. factual information;
    2. sources and resources;
    3. conceptual definitions;
    4. academic debates; and
    5. analytic communication skills. Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills:

    1. Knowledge of the divergent structures, processes, and agendas that exist in multi-issue areas of diplomacy
    2. An appreciation of the complexities, problems, anomalies, and challenges that diplomatic negotiations undergo
    3. An understanding of what it means to be a diplomat, to partake of diplomatic functions and duties
    4. Grounding in the theoretical and normative debates, discourses, and perspectives underpinning foreign policy decision making
    5. A familiarity of key terminologies such as foreign policy, game theory, levels of analysis, rational choice theory, bureaucratic politics model, group think, instrumental rationality, procedural rationality, policy agenda, mediation, arbitration, negotiation, sanctions, carrot and stick approach, brokering, brinkmanship policies
    6. Experience in conducting independent research and writing tasks, utilising a wide array of primary, secondary, visual, and electronic resources
    7. Improved oral, debating, presentation, and writing skills
    8. Students undertaking this unit at a third year level will be expected to meet all these objective criteria at a higher level of demonstrable and proven competency than those completing the unit at a second year level.

    Assessment

    Primary source material (900 words): 20%
    Case Study analysis (900 words): 20%
    Research Essay (1800 words): 40%
    Tutorial Presentation and Participation (900 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    1 x 2 hr lecture + 1 hr tutorial + 9 hours of private study per week.

    Prerequisites

    INT1010 and INT1020

    Prohibitions

    INT2035 and INT3035 and ISA3035


    ISA2045 - Democratization and human rights in Africa

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Sabelo Ndlovu

    Offered

    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In 1991 the strongman president of Benin was swept from power. This event was the first in the process of 'Third Wave of Democratization' in Africa. Within the contexts of post-Cold war rejuvenated liberal democracy and world wide calls for respect for human rights these struggles for democracy and human rights have been tenuous, fragile and threatened with reversal. Tracing political developments from the time of independence, we will see how African states, civil society and political parties are being reshaped by this ongoing democratizing process.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. A knowledge of the main events, processes, issues, personalities, ideas and politics in modern Africa
    2. An understanding of the relationships between African states and societies and wider global politics and international relations
    3. Intellectual familiarity with the main theoretical and conceptual issues relevant to the Unit: democracy , human rights, one party-state, repression, civil society, good governance, constitutionalism, constitution, multi-party-ism, liberal democracy, accountability, transparency, legitimacy, consent, coercion, good governance, state, globalization, civil society, military governance, civil governance.
    4. An understanding of the main currents within academic debate, within Africa and internationally, concerning democratization and human rights in Africa
    5. An understanding of the main currents within academic debate, within Africa and internationally, concerning democratization and human rights in Africa
    6. Experience in working with and understanding the difference characteristics of various forms of evidence, both primary and secondary, documentary, oral and visual
    7. Experience in conducting research using both primary and secondary sources
    8. Improving oral, writing, presentation and debating styles

    Assessment

    One primary source document analysis essay (900 words):20%
    One essay on scholarly debates(900 words): 20%
    One general topic essay (1800 words):40%
    Two (oral) tutorial presentations (450 words each): 20%

    Contact hours

    Two x 1 hr lectures and one x 1 hr tutorial per week for twelve weeks.

    Prerequisites

    INT1010 and INT1020

    Prohibitions

    ISA3045


    ISA2070 - Africa in the modern world

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Iain Edwards

    Offered

    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In March 2004 the African Parliament was formally constituted - the first such pan continental parliament to be so formed. The path from colonies to independent states has been a long and challenging one. Surveying the entire continent from the late colonial period onwards, we will see how ordinary men and women, peasants and workers, subjects and citizens, political and economic elites and religious and cultural leaders created new forms of meaning and power. Themes concern African states, political parties, a growing civil society, developmental paths and the complex cross-currents of wider international worlds from 1945 into the current period of globalization.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. A knowledge of the main events, processes, issues, personalities, ideas and politics in the modern history of Africa
    2. An understanding of the relationships between African states and societies and wider global politics and international relations
    3. Intellectual familiarity with the main theoretical and conceptual issues relevant to the Unit: colonization, decolonization, ethnicity, tribalism, nationalism, liberation movements, one party states, typologies of different forms of states (egs crisis, client, failed, gatekeeper and rogue), development and under development, civil society, the Third World and key terms in international affairs: ie. globalization, unilateralism, bilateralism and multilateralism
    4. An understanding of the main currents in wider political discourses, within Africa and internationally, concerning Africa in the modern world
    5. An understanding of the main currents within academic debate, within Africa and internationally, concerning Africa in the modern world
    6. Experience in working with and understanding the difference characteristics of various forms of evidence, both primary and secondary, documentary, oral and visual
    7. Experience in conducting research using both primary and secondary sources
    8. Improving oral, writing, presentation and debating styles

    Assessment

    One primary source document analysis essay (900 words): 20%
    one essay on scholarly debates (900 words): 20%
    one general topic essay (1800 words): 40%
    two (oral) tutorial presentations (450 words each): 20%

    Contact hours

    Two one-hour lectures and one one-hour tutorial per week for twelve weeks

    Prerequisites

    INT1010 and INT1020

    Prohibitions

    INT3070, ISA3070


    ISA2110 - South Africa: Democracy and development

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Iain Edwards

    Offered

    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is a survey course on the history and politics of South Africa's long transition from colonial capitalist development through the period of the Apartheid regime to constitutional democracy. The challenges faced by the new state and society to achieve the dual but complex tasks of deepening mass-based legitimate participatory democracy and securing sustainable development for all citizens are placed within an international context, comparing South Africa's modern history to that of other new and democratising states and raising up scholarly debates over these essential challenges confronting all new states.

    Objectives

    The objectives of this Unit are to provide students with the following types of information and academic and professional skills:

    1. Intellectual familiarity with the main conceptual issues relevant to the Unit: democracy, nationalism, development and under development, theories and concepts relating to late developing states, political parties and civil society and key terms in international affairs: ie. globalization, unilateralism, bilateralism and multilateralism
    2. Knowledge of the main events, processes, issues, personalities, ideas and politics in the modern history of South Africa
    3. An understanding of the relationships between the South African state and society and wider global politics and international relations
    4. An understanding of the main currents in wider political discourses, within South Africa and internationally, concerning new states, democracy and development in the contemporary post 1945 and post-Cold War worlds
    5. An understanding of the main currents within academic debate, within South Africa and internationally, concerning South Africa's modern history and politics and its place within in the modern world
    6. Experience in working with and understanding the different characteristics of various forms of evidence, both primary and secondary, documentary, oral and visual
    7. Experience in conducting research using both primary and secondary sources
    8. improving oral, writing, presentation and debating styles
    9. Students undertaking this unit at a third-year level will be expected to meet all these objective criteria at a higher level of demonstrable and proven competency than those completing the unit at a second-year level

    Assessment

    One primary source document analysis essay (1000 words): 20%
    one essay on scholarly debates (1000 words): 20%
    one general topic essay (2000 words): 40%
    tutorial (oral) presentation (500 words): 10% +
    tutorial (oral) presentation (500 words): 10%

    Contact hours

    Two one-hour lectures and one one-hour tutorial per week for twelve weeks

    Prerequisites

    INT1010 and INT1020

    Prohibitions

    INT3110, ISA3110


    ISA3035 - Diplomacy in contemporary international relations

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michelle Small

    Offered

    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Basic understandings of diplomacy in international relations are developed: what diplomacy is, what it entails (structure, process, agenda), what some of the complexities, anomalies and challenges are. Follows the historical trajectory of diplomacy in international relations and deliberates upon what are seen as key historical junctures. Seeks to link the relevance of diplomacy to current international issues, events, relations, and nuances. The course is theoretically grounded and practically useful. Relevance is tied directly to contemporary examples and case studies.

    Objectives

    The objectives lie within five inter-related bands. These concern:

    1. factual information;
    2. sources and resources;
    3. conceptual definitions;
    4. academic debates; and
    5. analytic communication skills. Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of and familiarity with the following types of information, academic perspectives and skills:

    1. Knowledge of the divergent structures, processes, and agendas that exist in multi-issue areas of diplomacy
    2. An appreciation of the complexities, problems, anomalies, and challenges that diplomatic negotiations undergo
    3. An understanding of what it means to be a diplomat, to partake of diplomatic functions and duties
    4. Grounding in the theoretical and normative debates, discourses, and perspectives underpinning foreign policy decision making
    5. A familiarity of key terminologies such as foreign policy, game theory, levels of analysis, rational choice theory, bureaucratic politics model, group think, instrumental rationality, procedural rationality, policy agenda, mediation, arbitration, negotiation, sanctions, carrot and stick approach, brokering, brinkmanship policies
    6. Experience in conducting independent research and writing tasks, utilising a wide array of primary, secondary, visual, and electronic resources
    7. Improved oral, debating, presentation, and writing skills
    8. Students undertaking this unit at a third year level will be expected to meet all these objective criteria at a higher level of demonstrable and proven competency than those completing the unit at a second year level

    Assessment

    Primary source material (900 words): 20%
    Case Study analysis (900 words): 20%
    Research Essay (1800 words): 40%
    Tutorial Presentation & Participation (900 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    1 x 2 hr lecture per week + 1 hr tutorial + 9 hours of private study per week.

    Prerequisites

    INT1010 and INT1020

    Prohibitions

    INT2035 and INT3035 and ISA3035


    ISA3045 - Democratization and human rights in Africa

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Sabelo Ndlovu

    Offered

    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In 1991 the strongman president of Benin was swept from power. This event was the first in the process of 'Third Wave of Democratization' in Africa. Within the contexts of post-Cold war rejuvenated liberal democracy and world wide calls for respect for human rights these struggles for democracy and human rights have been tenuous, fragile and threatened with reversal. Tracing political developments from the time of independence, we will see how African states, civil society and political parties are being reshaped by this ongoing democratizing process.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. A knowledge of the main events, processes, issues, personalities, ideas and politics in modern Africa
    2. An understanding of the relationships between African states and societies and wider global politics and international relations
    3. Intellectual familiarity with the main theoretical and conceptual issues relevant to the Unit: democracy, human rights, dictatorship, one-party state, multi-party-ism, civil society, civil governance military governance government, separation of powers, judiciary, repression, child rights, women rights, minorities, constitutionalism, constitution, good governance, accountability, consent, legitimacy, transparency, coercion.
    4. An understanding of the main currents in wider political discourses, within Africa and internationally, concerning Africa in the modern world
    5. An understanding of the main currents within academic debate, within Africa and internationally, concerning Africa in the modern world
    6. Experience in working with and understanding the difference characteristics of various forms of evidence, both primary and secondary, documentary, oral and visual
    7. Experience in conducting research using both primary and secondary sources
    8. Improving oral, writing, presentation and debating styles
    9. Students undertaking this unit at a third-year level will be expected to meet all these objective criteria at a higher level of demonstrable and proven competency than those completing the unit at a second-year level.

    Assessment

    One primary source document analysis essay (900 words): 20%
    One essay on scholarly debates(900 words): 20%
    One general topic essay (1800 words): 40%
    Two (oral) tutorial presentations (450 words each): 20%

    Contact hours

    Two x 1 hr lectures and one x 1 hr tutorial per week for twelve weeks.

    Prerequisites

    INT1010 and INT1020

    Prohibitions

    ISA2045


    ISA3070 - Africa in the modern world

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Iain Edwards

    Offered

    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In March 2004 the African Parliament was formally constituted - the first such pan continental parliament to be so formed. The path from colonies to independent states seeking to control their own destinies within the modern post-World War 2 international context has been a long and challenging one. Tracing developments from colonial regimes through the first independent states to the modern African states, we will see how men and women, political and economic elites, peasants and workers, religious and cultural leaders endeavoured to create new forms of meaning and power. Central themes concern the characteristics of African states, relationships between states, political parties and a growing civil society, developmental paths and the relationships between African states, their subjects and citizens and the complex cross-currents of wider international worlds from 1945 into the current period of globalization.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. A knowledge of the main events, processes, issues, personalities, ideas and politics in the modern history of Africa
    2. An understanding of the relationships between African states and societies and wider global politics and international relations
    3. Intellectual familiarity with the main theoretical and conceptual issues relevant to the Unit: colonization, decolonization, ethnicity, tribalism, nationalism, liberation movements, one party states, typologies of different forms of states (egs crisis, client, failed, gatekeeper and rogue), development and under development, civil society, the Third World and key terms in international affairs: ie. globalization, unilateralism, bilateralism and multilateralism
    4. An understanding of the main currents in wider political discourses, within Africa and internationally, concerning Africa in the modern world
    5. An understanding of the main currents within academic debate, within Africa and internationally, concerning Africa in the modern world
    6. Experience in working with and understanding the difference characteristics of various forms of evidence, both primary and secondary, documentary, oral and visual
    7. Experience in conducting research using both primary and secondary sources
    8. Improving oral, writing, presentation and debating styles
    9. Students undertaking this unit at a third-year level will be expected to meet all these objective criteria at a higher level of demonstrable and proven competency than those completing the unit at a second-year level

    Assessment

    One primary source document analysis essay (900 words): 20%
    one essay on scholarly debates (900 words): 20%
    one general topic essay (1800 words): 40%
    two (oral) tutorial presentations (450 words each): 20%

    Contact hours

    Two one-hour lectures and one one-hour tutorial per week for twelve weeks

    Prerequisites

    INT1010 and INT1020

    Prohibitions

    INT2070, ISA2070


    ISA3110 - South Africa: Democracy and development

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Iain Edwards

    Offered

    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is a survey course on the history and politics of South Africa's long transition from colonial capitalist development through the period of the Apartheid regime to constitutional democracy. The challenges faced by the new state and society to achieve the dual but complex tasks of deepening mass-based legitimate participatory democracy and securing sustainable development for all citizens are placed within an international context, comparing South Africa's modern history to that of other new and democratising states and raising up scholarly debates over these essential challenges confronting all new states.

    Objectives

    The objectives of this Unit are to provide students with the following types of information and academic and professional skills:

  • Intellectual familiarity with the main conceptual issues relevant to the Unit: democracy, nationalism, development and under development, theories and concepts relating to late developing states, political parties and civil society and key terms in international affairs: ie. globalization, unilateralism, bilateralism and multilateralism

  • Knowledge of the main events, processes, issues, personalities, ideas and politics in the modern history of South Africa

  • An understanding of the relationships between the South African state and society and wider global politics and international relations

  • An understanding of the main currents in wider political discourses, within South Africa and internationally, concerning new states, democracy and development in the contemporary post 1945 and post-Cold War worlds

  • An understanding of the main currents within academic debate, within South Africa and internationally, concerning South Africa's modern history and politics and its place within in the modern world

  • Experience in working with and understanding the different characteristics of various forms of evidence, both primary and secondary, documentary, oral and visual

  • Experience in conducting research using both primary and secondary sources

  • Improving oral, writing, presentation and debating styles

  • Assessment

    Three essays: One primary source document analysis essay (1000 words): 20%
    One essay on scholarly debates (1000 words): 20%
    One general topic essay (2000 words): 40%
    Two oral presentations: Tutorial presentation (500 words): 10%
    Tutorial presentation (500 words):10%
    Note:
    This unit (or INT2110) is a pre-requisite component in a BA majoring in International Studies at Monash South Africa.

    Contact hours

    Two one-hour lectures and one one-hour tutorial per week for twelve weeks

    Prerequisites

    INT1010 and INT1020

    Prohibitions

    INT2110, ISA2110


    ITA1010 - Italian studies 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Carolyn James

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Prato First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to provide a basic foundation in the basic language skills - listening, speaking, reading and writing Italian, and a brief introduction to contemporary Italian social and political history and culture. It is specifically designed for those students who have little or no knowledge of the language.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, learners should be able to: understand, speak and write basic Italian with reference to present, past and future events in a range of everyday situations, read authentic texts for gist or for specific information; have acquired an understanding of basic structural aspects of Italian; have developed an enhanced understanding of language learning and communication strategies. From the first year culture component students should have acquired an overview to key aspects of contemporary Italian culture and society.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Class work/tests/exercises: 30%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (1 hour culture lecture and 4 hours language workshops) per week


    ITA1020 - Italian studies 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Carolyn James

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Consolidation and extension of work begun in ITA1010.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Class work/tests/exercises: 30%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (1 hour culture lecture and 4 hours language workshops) per week

    Prerequisites

    ITA1010


    ITA1030 - Italian studies 3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Raffaele Lampugnani

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The subject will consist of two sections:

    1. Level 3 Language (70%) and
    2. Year 1 Culture (30%).
    3. Language: practical language acquisition through oral practice and the use of contemporary written, aural and audiovisual materials representing selected situations and registers; consolidation and extension of grammatical knowledge through revision.
    4. Culture: a brief introduction to contemporary social and political history and culture.

    Objectives

    Language: Ability to interact in most everyday social situations with reasonable confidence and fluency. Limited ability to vary the tone and register of the oral and written texts they produce. Ability to read simply-structured literary texts or articles in periodicals. Be able to use monolingual as well as bilingual dictionaries. In the cultural component students should gain an understanding of the interrelationships between the literary production and the ideology of the period convered. Students should also have familiarised themselves with textual analysis and different types of narrative constructs.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Class work/tests/exercises: 40%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (1 hour culture and 4 hours language workshops) per week

    Prerequisites

    Intermediate language competence - VCE scoring 30 or below.

    Prohibitions

    ITA1010 and ITA1050


    ITA1040 - Italian studies 4

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Raffaele Lampugnani

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit consolidates and extends the work done in ITA1030.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit students should achieve further development in the four macro skills with specific emphasis on reading and writing, and an informed knowledge of contemporary Italian society in its constant change. In the language component, students are expected to consolidate and expand their knowledge of basic grammatical concepts and vocabulary. They are also expected to reach communicative competence on most topics relating to oneself, one's family, home, school, work and social environment. In the cultural component, students should acquire an understanding of key aspects of contemporary Italian history, society and culture.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Class work/tests/exercises: 40%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (1 hour culture and 4 hours language workshops) per week

    Prerequisites

    Intermediate language competence - VCE scoring 30 or below.

    Prohibitions

    ITA2040


    ITA1050 - Italian studies 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Simon West

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit will consist of two sections:

    1. Level 5 Language (70%) and
    2. Year 1 Culture (30%). Language: practical language acquisition through oral practice and the use of contemporary written, aural and audiovisual materials representing selected situations and registers. Culture: brief introduction to contemporary Italian social and political history and culture.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of these units students should further develop the four macro skills with specific emphasis on reading and writing, and an informed knowledge of contemporary Italian society in its constant change. In the language component, students are expected to consolidate and expand their knowledge of basic grammatical concepts and vocabulary. They are also expected to reach communicative competence on most topics relating to oneself, one's family, home, school, work and social environment. From the first cultural component, students should have acquired an overview to key aspects of contemporary Italian culture and society.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Class work/tests/exercises: 30%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (1 hour culture lecture and 4 hours language workshops) per week

    Prerequisites

    VCE in Italian

    Prohibitions

    ITA2050, ITA3050


    ITA1060 - Italian studies 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Raffaelle Lampugnani

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit consolidates and extends the work begun in ITA1050.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of these units students should further develop the four macro skills with specific emphasis on reading and writing, and an informed knowledge of contemporary Italian society in its constant change. In the language component, students are expected to consolidate and expand their knowledge of basic grammatical concepts and vocabulary. They are also expected to reach communicative competence on most topics relating to oneself, one's family, home, school, work and social environment. From the first cultural component, students should have acquired an overview to key aspects of contemporary Italian culture and society.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Class work/tests/exercises: 30%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (1 hour culture lecture and 4 hours language workshops) per week

    Prerequisites

    ITA1050 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    ITA2060, ITA3060


    ITA1070 - Italian studies 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Roberta Mandis

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit integrates two components:

    1. Level 7 Language (70%) and
    2. Level 7 Culture (30%).
    3. Language: the aim is to stimulate and improve advanced language acquisition through the integrated practice of the four language skills. The program has a thematic approach. Topic areas explored include: education, social and environmental issues, changes in attitudes relating to the use of the Italian language and institutions.
    4. The cultural component for level 7 introduces students to nineteenth century and early twentieth century Italy through an overview of the period and the analysis of representative texts.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit the students will have progressed in all four language skills:

    • Listening: they will be able to understand authentic spoken Italian from songs, films, plays, TV news;
    • Reading: they will be able to comprehend a range of authentic (although slightly edited) non-specialist Italian written texts (such as short stories and magazine articles) and specialist Italian written texts (such as news reports and advertisements);
    • Speaking: they will be able to interact in correct Italian in a range of specific situations (telephone messages; sales techniques; fairly simple debates);
    • Writing: they will be able to produce a range of coherent, short (approx. 300-word) descriptive, argumentative or persuasive texts in correct and appropriate Italian. Culture: students will have acquired an overview to key aspects of nineteenth and early twentieth century culture and society.

    Assessment

    Mid-semester Specialized Culture Assignment 1 (1000 words) in English or in Italian 15%
    End-of-semester Specialized Culture Assignment 2 (1000 words) in English or in Italian 15%
    Continuous assessment (class work, vocab and grammar tests and homework exercises): Equivalent of (1000 words) in English 30%
    Aural/oral work Equivalent of (500 words) in English 15%
    Examination Equivalent of (1000 words) in English 25%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 hour culture lecture and 3 hours language workshops) per week

    Prerequisites

    Italian studies 6

    Prohibitions

    ITA2070/3070/4070


    ITA1080 - Italian studies 8

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Roberta Mandis

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit consolidates and extends the language work done in ITA1070.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit the students will have progressed in all four language skills:

    1. Listening: they will be able to understand authentic spoken Italian from songs, films, plays, TV news.

    1. Reading: they will be able to comprehend a range of authentic (although slightly edited) non-specialist Italian written texts (such as short stories and magazine articles) and specialist Italian written texts (such as news reports and advertisements).

    1. Speaking: they will be able to interact in correct Italian in a range of specific situations (telephone messages; sales techniques; fairly simple debates).

    1. Writing: they will be able to produce a range of coherent, short (approx. 300-word) descriptive, argumentative or persuasive texts in correct and appropriate Italian.

    Culture: from the first-year culture component students should have acquired an overview to key aspects of contemporary culture and society.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Class work/tests/exercises: 35%
    Exam: 25%
    Oral work: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 hour culture lecture and 3 hours language workshops) per week

    Prerequisites

    ITA1070 or equivalent language competence


    ITA2010 - Italian studies 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Carolyn James

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to provide a basic foundation in the basic language skills - listening, speaking, reading and writing Italian, and an introduction to contemporary Italian history, culture and Italian society. It is specifically designed for those students who have little or no knowledge of the language.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, learners should be able to: understand, speak and write basic Italian with reference to present, past and future events in a range of everyday situations, read authentic texts for gist or for specific information; have acquired an understanding of basic structural aspects of Italian; have developed an enhanced understanding of language learning and communication strategies. From the first year culture component learners should have acquired an overview to key aspects of contemporary Italian culture and society.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Class work/tests/exercises: 30%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (1 hour culture lecture and 4 hours language workshops) per week

    Prohibitions

    Students enrolled in Arts courses are prohibited from taking this unit.


    ITA2020 - Italian studies 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Carolyn James

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Consolidation and extension of work began in ITA2010.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Class work/tests/exercises: 30%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (1 hour culture lecture and 4 hours language workshops) per week

    Prerequisites

    ITA2010

    Prohibitions

    Students enrolled in Arts courses are prohibited from taking this unit.


    ITA2030 - Italian studies 3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Raffaele Lampugnani

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The subject will consist of two sections:

    1. Level 3 Language (70%) and
    2. Year 2 Culture (30%).
    3. Language: practical language acquisition through oral practice and the use of contemporary written, aural and audiovisual materials representing selected situations and registers; consolidation and extension of grammatical knowledge through revision.
    4. The cultural component for second year Italian aims at providing a brief introduction to the first half of the Nineteenth Century through a broad overview of Italian socio-political history leading to Italian Unification and the literary production of that period.

    Objectives

    Language: Ability to interact in most everyday social situations with reasonable confidence and fluency. Limited ability to vary the tone and register of the oral and written texts they produce. Ability to read simply-structured literary texts or articles in periodicals. Be able to use monolingual as well as bilingual dictionaries. In the cultural component students should gain an understanding of the interrelationships between the literary production and the ideology of the period convered. Students should also have familiarised themselves with textual analysis and different types of narrative constructs.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Class work/tests/exercises: 40%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (1 hour culture lecture and 4 hours language workshops) per week


    ITA2040 - Italian studies 4

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Raffaele Lampugnani

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit consolidates and extends the language and culture begun in ITA2030.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit students should achieve further development in the four macro skills with specific emphasis on reading and writing, and an informed knowledge of contemporary Italian society in its constant change. In the language component, students are expected to consolidate and expand their knowledge of basic grammatical concepts and vocabulary. They are also expected to reach communicative competence on most topics relating to oneself, one's family, home, school, work and social environment. In the cultural component, students should acquire an understanding of key aspects of contemporary Italian history, society and culture.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Class work/tests/exercises: 40%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (1 hour culture lecture and 4 hours language workshops) per week

    Prerequisites

    ITA2030 or equivalent language competence

    Prohibitions

    ITA1040


    ITA2050 - Italian studies 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Simon West

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit will consist of two sections:

    1. Level 5 Language (70%) and
    2. Year 2 Culture (30%). Language: practical language acquisition through oral practice and the use of contemporary written, aural and audiovisual materials representing selected situations and registers. Culture: an introduction to the Nineteenth Century through a broad overview of Italian Unification and the literary production of that period.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of these units students should further develop the four macro skills with specific emphasis on reading and writing, and an informed knowledge of contemporary Italian society in its constant change. In the language component, students are expected to consolidate and expand their knowledge of basic grammatical concepts and vocabulary. They are also expected to reach communicative competence on most topics relating to oneself, one's family, home, school, work and social environment. In the cultural component, students should gain an understanding of the interrelationship between literary production and ideology of the period covered. Students should also have familiarised themselves with textual analysis and different types of narrative contructs.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Class work/tests/exercises: 30%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (1 hour culture lecture and 4 hours language workshops) per week

    Prerequisites

    VCE in Italian scoring 31 or above or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    ITA1050, ITA3050


    ITA2060 - Italian studies 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Simon West

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Consolidation and extension of work begun in ITA2050.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of these units students should further develop the four macro skills with specific emphasis on reading and writing, and an informed knowledge of contemporary Italian society in its constant change. In the language component, students are expected to consolidate and expand their knowledge of basic grammatical concepts and vocabulary. They are also expected to reach communicative competence on most topics relating to oneself, one's family, home, school, work and social environment. In the cultural component, students should acquire an understanding of key aspects of contemporary and Nineteenth Century Italian history, society and culture.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Class work/tests/exercises: 30%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (1 hour culture lecture and 4 hours language workshops) per week

    Prerequisites

    ITA2050 or equivalent language competence

    Prohibitions

    ITA1060, ITA3060


    ITA2070 - Italian studies 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Roberta Mandis

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit integrates two components:

    1. Level 7 Language (70%) and
    2. Level 7 Culture (30%).
    3. Language: the aim is to stimulate and improve advanced language acquisition through the integrated practice of the four language skills. The program has a thematic approach. Topic areas explored include: education, social and environmental issues, changes in attitudes relating to the use of the Italian language and institutions.
    4. The cultural component for level 7 introduces students to nineteenth century and early twentieth century Italy through an overview of the period and the analysis of representative texts.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit the students will have progressed in all four language skills:

    1. Listening: they will be able to understand authentic spoken Italian from songs, films, plays, TV news.
    2. Reading: they will be able to comprehend a range of authentic (although slightly edited) non-specialist Italian written texts (such as short stories and magazine articles) and specialist Italian written texts (such as news reports and advertisements).
    3. Speaking: they will be able to interact in correct Italian in a range of specific situations (telephone messages; sales techniques; fairly simple debates).
    4. Writing: they will be able to produce a range of coherent, short (approx. 300-word) descriptive, argumentative or persuasive texts in correct and appropriate Italian. Culture: students will have acquired an overview to key aspects of nineteenth and early twentieth century culture and society.

    Assessment

    Mid-semester Specialized Culture Assignment 1 (1000 words) in English or in Italian: 15%
    End-of-semester Specialized Culture Assignment 2 (1000 words) in English or in Italian: 15%
    Continuous assessment (class work, vocab and grammar tests and homework exercises): Equivalent of 1000 words in English: 30%
    Aural/oral work - Equivalent of 500 words in English: 15%
    Examination Equivalent of 1000 words in English: 25%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 hour culture lecture and 3 hours language workshops) per week

    Prerequisites

    Italian studies 6

    Prohibitions

    ITA1070/3070/4070


    ITA2080 - Italian studies 8

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Roberta Mandis

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Consolidation and extension of work begun in ITA2070.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit the students will have progressed in all four language skills:

    1. Listening: they will be able to understand authentic spoken Italian from songs, films, plays, TV news.

    1. Reading: they will be able to comprehend a range of authentic (although slightly edited) non-specialist Italian written texts (such as short stories and magazine articles) and specialist Italian written texts (such as news reports and advertisements).

    1. Speaking: they will be able to interact in correct Italian in a range of specific situations (telephone messages; sales techniques; fairly simple debates).

    1. Writing: they will be able to produce a range of coherent, short (approx. 300-word) descriptive, argumentative or persuasive texts in correct and appropriate Italian.

    In the cultural component students should gain an understanding of the interrelationships between the literary production and the ideology of the period covered. Students should also have familiarised themselves with textual analysis and different types of narrative constructs.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Class work/tests/exercises: 35%
    Exam: 25%
    Oral/Aural exam: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 hour culture lecture and 3 hours language workshops) per week

    Prerequisites

    ITA2070 or equivalent language competence


    ITA2090 - Italian studies 9

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susanna Scarparo

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit integrates two components:

    1. Level 9 Language (70%) and
    2. Year 2 Culture (30%).
    3. Language: the component is thematically organised and present a variety of texts through which to explore register variations and discourse strategies. The component reviews areas of syntax considered problematic and aim at consolidating oral and written expression.
    4. The cultural component for second-year Italian aims at providing a brief introduction to the first half of the 19th Century though a broad overview of Italian socio-political history leading to Italian Unification and the literary production of that period.

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit students should have refined their knowledge of language structures and functions. They should have a clear understanding of sequence of tenses and moods, have mastered more complex structures such as the passive and the impersonal form, indirect speech etc. They should be able to operate in the language with accuracy and have the ability to construct complex sentences with appropriate subordination. They should be able to read texts of varied complexities such as journalistic articles, academic writing and literary texts and recognise the syntactic complexities of different styles of writing. Their knowledge of Italian syntax should enable them to avoid interference with English, and they should also have sufficient familiarity with comparative linguistic structures to be able to translate from the two languages. In the cultural component students should gain an understanding of the interrelationships between the literary production and the ideology of the period covered. Students should also have familiarised themselves with textual analysis and different types of narrative constructs.

    Assessment

    Written work: 35%
    Class tests: 30%
    Culture oral test: 10%
    Exam: 25%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 hour culture lecture, 2 hour translation workshop and 1 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    ITA1080 or equivalent language competence

    Prohibitions

    ITA3090, ITA4090


    ITA2100 - Italian studies 10

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susanna Scarparo

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit consolidates and extends the language and culture work done in ITA2090.

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit students should have refined their knowledge of language structures and functions. They should have a clear understanding of sequence of tenses and moods, have mastered more complex structures such as the passive and the impersonal form, indirect speech etc. They should be able to operate in the language with accuracy and have the ability to construct complex sentences with appropriate subordination. They should be able to read texts of varied complexities such as journalistic articles, academic writing and literary texts and recognise the syntactic complexities of different styles of writing. Their knowledge of Italian syntax should enable them to avoid interference with English, and they should also have sufficient familiarity with comparative linguistic structures to be able to translate from the two languages. In the cultural component students should gain an understanding of the interrelationships between the literary production and the ideology of the period covered. Students should also have familiarised themselves with textual analysis and different types of narrative constructs.

    Assessment

    Written work: 35%
    Class tests: 30%
    Culture oral test: 10%
    Exam 25%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 hour culture, 2 hour workshop and 1 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    ITA2090 or appropriate language competence


    ITA2190 - Individual option

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susanna Scarparo

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A unit intended to give students the opportunity to pursue, in appropriate cases, a specialized aspect of Italian studies not otherwise available, provided adequate supervision is available in the department. Interested students should first discuss their proposed topic with a prospective supervisor, and then apply for permission to enrol in the individual option. Approved candidates will normally be required to submit periodic reports as research exercises, as well as two essays, summarizing their findings, before the end-of semester exam.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Class work/tests/participation/exercises: 40%


    ITA2230 - Italian language and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the Italian linguistic situation, with some historical background on pre-unification Italy, but with a focus on developments in the twentieth century. The most important features of the three main dialect areas (North, Centre and South) are analyzed, and the language-dialect continuum in the Italy of the 1990s is discussed. The unit also looks at the most important varieties of written standard Italian, such as the language of sports reports, of advertising, and of bureaucracy.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to:

    1. Understand the nature and the characteristics of linguistic usage in present-day Italy (geographical, social, situational varieties).

    1. Understand the historical and social reasons for language variation in Italy.

    1. Have an initial idea of the main features of geographical varieties of Italian (dialects and italiani regionali) and of the social varieties (italiano popolare).

    1. Understand and analyse the distinctive features of some Italian written languages for special purposes (linguaggi settoriali).

    In addition, third-year students are expected to develop a deeper theoretical understanding of both linguistic and social issues.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40%
    2 Hours Exam: 40%
    Participation: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 hour lecture and 1 tutorial) per week


    ITA2240 - Renaissance Italy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Carolyn James

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Students will consider what the Renaissance was and examine different aspects of the important social, cultural and cultural changes that occurred in Italy from the fourteenth to the sixteenth centuries. The approach is interdisciplinary and students will engage in critical discussion of literary, visual and other texts to learn about the relationship between the urban context of early modern Italy and cultural production, especially works of literature. There will be an emphasis on the representations of gender in the prescribed texts and on its relation to the socio-political status of women and men in the period.

    Objectives

    On successfully completing this unit students will be expected to have developed:

    1. A knowledge of the philosophical, religious, political and social context of Renaissance Italy.
    2. An understanding of the tensions between prescriptive gender norms and literary or social challenges to convention.
    3. The ability to respond imaginatively and critically to texts whose conventions and traditions may be very different from modern genres of writing.
    4. The ability to apply different critical approaches to Renaissance texts
    5. The ability to argue, interpret and analyse coherently both in written work and orally in seminar discussion.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50%
    Class participation: 20%
    Test: 30%

    Contact hours

    One x 1 hr lecture/week

    One x 2 hr seminar/week

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence

    Prohibitions

    ITA3240; HSY2025/3025; HSY2630/3630


    ITA2260 - Italy on film

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susanna Scarparo and John Gregory

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to post-war Italian cinema and its cultural contexts and gives an opportunity to view and discuss films by Scola, Rossellini, Visconti, Benigni, and others. The unit familiarises students with a variety of critical approaches and allows them to analyse the films as representatives of specific cinematographic genres and styles, and as reflections on and interpretations of post-war Italian culture. The unit covers issues such as wartime resistance; fascism; migration within, from and to Italy amongst others.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this subject students will be able to:

    1. Understand, discuss and analyse different cinematographic genres and styles of post-war Italian Cinema
    2. Develop and express a relative understanding of the cultural context of post-war Italy
    3. Understand, discuss and analyse the ways in which select post-war Italian films reflect on and interpret the social and political issues of their time
    4. Develop an ability to engage with written and visual texts and to understand a body of critical writing in the field
    Additional objective for students in Italian:
    1. To develop a knowledge of specialist language in relation to film studies

    Assessment

    Written: 60% (3000 words)
    Visual Test : 30%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    Film Screening (3 hours)
    1 lecture (1 hour)
    1 tutorial (1 hour) extra tutorial in Italian (1 hour) for students wishing to include this unit in their Italian Studies major

    Prerequisites

    None

    Prohibitions

    ITA3260, VSA2260, VSA3260


    ITA2270 - Modern Italian literature and society II

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Annamaria Pagliaro

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit analyses the socio-historical context of unified Italy through a reading of three major Sicilian novels fundamental to the devlopment of the modern novel form. Attention will be paid to the theory behind narrative techniques intended to represent objective reality.

    Objectives

    The unit seeks to equip students with analytical skills transferable to broader contexts and should enable them to discern how methods of interpretation and preference for certain topics can influence the text. As students work progressively through the body of material, they should develop an understanding of the nature of realistic representation, the questionable claim of producing objective reality. They should be able to acquire those skills which will enable then to analyse critically a literary text: distinguish between author and narrator, be aware of narrative structures and of the relationship between the reader and the text.

    Assessment

    Written tasks: 70%
    Examination (2 hours): 20%
    Seminar participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 hour seminar and 1 hour lecture) per week

    Prerequisites

    ITA1070/1080 or ITA2010/2020 or equivalent knowledge of the language


    ITA2990 - Language study abroad program

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Carolyn James

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    An approved semester-length unit or an intensive language program at an Italian teaching institution, or at the Monash University Centre in Prato. Placement arrangements will be made through the department, which has links with the universities of Florence and Perugia, and intends to offer study units at Prato.

    Assessment

    Exam: 40%
    Diary: 20%
    Class work/exercises/participation: 40%

    Prerequisites

    ITA1020, ITA1080 or equivalent knowledge of the language


    ITA3050 - Italian studies 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Simon West

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit integrates two components:

    1. Level 5 Language (70%) and
    2. Year 3 Culture (30%).
    3. Language: practical language acquisition through oral practice and the use of contemporary written, aural and audiovisual materials representing selected situations and registers. The Cultural component for 3rd year Italian aims at providing an introduction to Italian culture and thought of medieval and Renaissance Italy through an overview of the period and the analysis of representative literary texts of that period.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of these units students should further develop the four macro skills with specific emphasis on reading and writing, and an informed knowledge of contemporary Italian society in its constant change. In the language component, students are expected to consolidate and expand their knowledge of basic grammatical concepts and vocabulary. They are also expected to reach communicative competence on most topics relating to oneself, one's family, home, school, work and social environment. In the cultural component, students should gain an understanding of the interrelationship between literary production and ideology of the period covered. Students should also have familiarised themselves with textual analysis and different types of narrative contructs.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Class work/tests/exercises: 30%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (1 hour culture lecture and 4 hours language workshops) per week

    Prerequisites

    ITA2040 or equivalent language competence

    Prohibitions

    ITA1050, ITA2050


    ITA3060 - Italian studies 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Simon West

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Consolidation and extension of work begun in ITA3050.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of these units students should further develop the four macro skills with specific emphasis on reading and writing, and an informed knowledge of contemporary Italian society in its constant change. In the language component, students are expected to consolidate and expand their knowledge of basic grammatical concepts and vocabulary. They are also expected to reach communicative competence on most topics relating to oneself, one's family, home, school, work and social environment. In the cultural component, students should acquire an understanding of key aspects of contemporary and Nineteenth Century Italian history, society and culture.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Class work/tests/exercises: 30%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (1 hour culture lecture and 4 hours language workshops) per week

    Prerequisites

    ITA3050 or equivalent language competence

    Prohibitions

    ITA1060, ITA2060


    ITA3070 - Italian studies 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Roberta Mandis

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit integrates two components:

    1. Level 7 Language (70%) and
    2. Level 7 Culture (30%).
    3. Language: the aim is to stimulate and improve advanced language acquisition through the integrated practice of the four language skills. The program has a thematic approach. Topic areas explored include: education, social and environmental issues, changes in attitudes relating to the use of the Italian language and institutions.
    4. The cultural component for level 7 introduces students to nineteenth century and early twentieth century Italy through an overview of the period and the analysis of representative texts.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit the students will have progressed in all four language skills:

    • Listening: they will be able to understand authentic spoken Italian from songs, films, plays, TV news;
    • Reading: they will be able to comprehend a range of authentic (although slightly edited) non-specialist Italian written texts (such as short stories and magazine articles) and specialist Italian written texts (such as news reports and advertisements);
    • Speaking: they will be able to interact in correct Italian in a range of specific situations (telephone messages; sales techniques; fairly simple debates)
    • Writing: they will be able to produce a range of coherent, short (approx. 300-word) descriptive, argumentative or persuasive texts in correct and appropriate Italian. Culture: students will have acquired an overview to key aspects of nineteenth and early twentieth century culture and society.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Class work/tests/exercises: 35%
    Exam: 25%
    Oral work: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 hour culture lecture and 3 hours language workshops) per week

    Prerequisites

    Italian Studies 6

    Prohibitions

    ITA1070/2070/4070


    ITA3080 - Italian studies 8

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Roberta Mandis

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Consolidation and extension of work begun in ITA3070.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit the students will have progressed in all four language skills:

    1. Listening: they will be able to understand authentic spoken Italian from songs, films, plays, TV news.

    1. Reading: they will be able to comprehend a range of authentic (although slightly edited) non-specialist Italian written texts (such as short stories and magazine articles) and specialist Italian written texts (such as news reports and advertisements).

    1. Speaking: they will be able to interact in correct Italian in a range of specific situations (telephone messages; sales techniques; fairly simple debates).

    1. Writing: they will be able to produce a range of coherent, short (approx. 300-word) descriptive, argumentative or persuasive texts in correct and appropriate Italian.

    From the third year culture component students should have acquired an overview of view aspects of Medieval and Renaissance Italian culture and society.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Class work/tests/exercises: 35%
    Exam: 25%
    Oral/Aural exam: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 hour culture lecture and 3 hours language workshops) per week

    Prerequisites

    ITA3070 or equivalent language competence

    Prohibitions

    ITA1080, ITA2080


    ITA3090 - Italian studies 9

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susanna Scarparo

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit integrates two components:

    1. Level 9 Language (70%) and
    2. Year 3 Culture (30%).
    3. Language: the component is thematically organised and presents a variety of texts through which to explore register variations and discourse strategies. The component reviews areas of syntax considered problematic and aim at consolidating oral and written expression.
    4. The cultural component for third-year Italian aims at providing an introduction to Italian culture and thought of the Renaissance through an overview of the period and the analysis of representative literary texts of that period.

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit students should have refined their knowledge of language structures and functions. They should have a clear understanding of sequence of tenses and moods, have mastered more complex structures such as the passive and the impersonal form, indirect speech etc. They should be able to operate in the language with accuracy and have the ability to construct complex sentences with appropriate subordination. They should be able to read texts of varied complexities such as journalistic articles, academic writing and literary texts and recognise the syntactic complexities of different styles of writing. Their knowledge of Italian syntax should enable them to avoid interference with English, and they should also have sufficient familiarity with comparative linguistic structures to be able to translate from the two languages. In the cultural component students should gain an understanding of the interrelationships between the literary production and the ideology of the period covered. Students should also have familiarised themselves with textual analysis and different types of narrative constructs.

    Assessment

    Written work: 35%
    Class tests: 30%
    Culture oral test: 10%
    Exam: 25%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 hour culture lecture, 2 hour workshop and 1 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    ITA2080 or equivalent language competence

    Prohibitions

    ITA2090, ITA4090


    ITA3100 - Italian studies 10

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susanna Scarparo

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit consolidates and extends the language and culture work done in ITA3090.

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit students should have refined their knowledge of language structures and functions. They should have a clear understanding of sequence of tenses and moods, have mastered more complex structures such as the passive and the impersonal form, indirect speech etc. They should be able to operate in the language with accuracy and have the ability to construct complex sentences with appropriate subordination. They should be able to read texts of varied complexities such as journalistic articles, academic writing and literary texts and recognise the syntactic complexities of different styles of writing. Their knowledge of Italian syntax should enable them to avoid interference with English, and they should also have sufficient familiarity with comparative linguistic structures to be able to translate from the two languages. In the cultural component students should gain an understanding of the interrelationships between the literary production and the ideology of the period covered. Students should also have familiarised themselves with textual analysis and different types of narrative constructs.

    Assessment

    Written work: 35%
    Class tests: 30%
    Culture oral test: 10%
    Exam 25%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 hour culture lecture, 2 hour translation workshop and 1 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    ITA3090 or appropriate language competence


    ITA3150 - Individual option

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susanna Scarparo

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A unit intended to give students the opportunity to pursue, in appropriate cases, a specialized aspect of Italian studies not otherwise available, provided adequate supervision is available in the department. Interested students should first discuss their proposed topic with a prospective supervisor, and then apply for permission to enrol in the individual option. Approved candidates will normally be required to submit periodic reports as research exercises, as well as two essays, summarizing their findings, before the end-of semester exam.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Class work/tests/participation/exercises: 40%


    ITA3230 - Italian language and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susanna Scarparo

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the Italian linguistic situation, with some historical background on pre-unification Italy, but with a focus on developments in the twentieth century. The most important features of the three main dialect areas (North, Centre and South) are analyzed, and the language-dialect continuum in the Italy of the 1990s is discussed. The unit also looks at the most important varieties of written standard Italian, such as the language of sports reports, of advertising, and of bureaucracy.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to:

    1. Understand the nature and the characteristics of linguistic usage in present-day Italy (geographical, social, situational varieties).

    1. Understand the historical and social reasons for language variation in Italy.

    1. Have an initial idea of the main features of geographical varieties of Italian (dialects and italiani regionali) and of the social varieties (italiano popolare).

    1. Understand and analyse the distinctive features of some Italian written languages for special purposes (linguaggi settoriali).

    In addition, third-year students are expected to develop a deeper theoretical understanding of both linguistic and social issues.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40%
    2 Hours Exam: 40%
    Participation: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 hour lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    ITA2230


    ITA3240 - Renaissance Italy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Carolyn James

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Students will consider what the Renaissance was and examine different aspects of the important social, cultural and cultural changes that occurred in Italy from the fourteenth to the sixteenth centuries. The approach is interdisciplinary and students will engage in critical discussion of literary, visual and other texts to learn about the relationship between the urban context of early modern Italy and cultural production, especially works of literature. There will be an emphasis on the representations of gender in the prescribed texts and on its relation to the socio-political status of women and men in the period.

    Objectives

    On successfully completing this unit students will be expected to have developed:

    1. A knowledge of the philosophical, religious, political and social context of Renaissance Italy.
    2. An understanding of the tensions between prescriptive gender norms and literary or social challenges to convention.
    3. The ability to respond imaginatively and critically to texts whose conventions and traditions may be very different from modern genres of writing.
    4. The ability to apply different critical approaches to Renaissance texts
    5. The ability to argue, interpret and analyse coherently both in written work and orally in seminar discussion.
    6. The ability to formulate a research topic and critically assess relevant bibliography.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50%
    Class participation: 20%
    Test: 30%

    Contact hours

    One x 1 hr lecture/week

    One x 2 hr seminar/week

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence

    Prohibitions

    ITA2240 or HSY2025/3025 or HSY2630/3630


    ITA3260 - Italy on film

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susanna Scarparo and John Gregory

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to post-war Italian cinema and its cultural contexts and gives an opportunity to view and discuss films by Scola, Rossellini, Visconti, Benigni, and others. The unit familiarises students with a variety of critical approaches and allows them to analyse the films as representatives of specific cinematographic genres and styles, and as reflections on and interpretations of post-war Italian culture. The unit covers issues such as wartime resistance; fascism; migration within, from and to Italy amongst others.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this subject students will be able to:

    1. Understand, discuss and analyse different cinematographic genres and styles of post-war Italian Cinema
    2. Develop and express a relative understanding of the cultural context of post-war Italy
    3. Understand, discuss and analyse the ways in which select post-war Italian films reflect on and interpret the social and political issues of their time
    4. Develop an ability to engage with written and visual texts and to understand a body of critical writing in the field
    Additional objective for students in Italian:
    1. To develop a knowledge of specialist language in relation to film studies
    Additional objectives for third year students will be
    1. To develop a deeper understanding of theoretical debates in the field of post-war Italian cinema and Italian culture.
    2. The ability to apply that understanding to one or more other films of their choice not studied in class

    Assessment

    Written: 60% (3000 words)
    Visual test: 30%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    Film Screening (3 hours)
    1 lecture (1 hour)
    1 tutorial (1 hour); extra tutorial in Italian (1 hour) for students wishing to include this unit in their Italian Studies major

    Prerequisites

    None

    Prohibitions

    ITA2260, VSA2260, VSA3260


    ITA3330 - Women in Italy: Representations and realities

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susanna Scarparo

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit analyses ways in which women have been represented and have represented themselves in literature and cinema across time. Fictional representations will be analysed in light of the evolution of the social position of Italian women, from the Fascist period and the Resistance to the development of second-wave feminism between the 1970's and the beginning of the twenty-first century. Through an examination of fictional as well as social and legal changes, students will become familiar with the position of women in historical and social contexts up to the present day.

    Objectives

    To enable students 1) to develop students' ability to read and analyse literary and cinematic texts in Italian 2) to become familiar with the position and role of women in the Italian culture and society to 3) to encourage students to draw comparisons with other (Australian and European) societies.

    Assessment

    Essay: 60%
    2 Tests: 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (one hour lecture and two hours seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year Italian sequence


    ITA3350 - Modern Italian literature and society IV

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Annamaria Pagliaro

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit analyses the socio-historical context of unified Italy through a reading of three major Sicilian novels fundamental to the devlopment of the modern novel form. Attention will be paid to the theory behind narrative techniques intended to represent objective reality.

    Objectives

    The unit seeks to equip students with analytical skills transferable to broader contexts and should enable them to discern how methods of interpretation and preference for certain topics can influence the text. As students work progressively through the body of material, they should develop an understanding of the nature of realistic representation, the questionable claim of producing objective reality. They should be able to acquire those skills which will enable them to analyse critically a literary text: distinguish between author and narrator, be aware of narrative structures and of the relationship between the reader and the text.

    Assessment

    Examination (2 hours): 30%
    2 assignments (1500 words each): 50%
    3 Seminar participation tasks: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 hour seminar and 1 hour lecture) per week

    Prerequisites

    ITA2020, ITA2080, or equivalent knowledge of the language


    ITA3360 - Italian Theatre from Goldoni to Fo

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Annamaria Pagliaro

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Unit looks at the development of the Italian theatre from the Commedia dell'Arte to modern theatre. It analyses works by Carlo Goldoni, Federico De Roberto, Eduardo De Filippo and Dario Fo. The unit considers critical approaches to the prescribed texts and, using as a starting point Dario Fo's Manuale minimo dell'attore, it will examine aspects of the Commedia dell'Arte which have filtered through to modern theatre such as the use of the mask and philosophical issues relating to it and the function of comicality, satire and humour. Attention will be given to the response of individual playwrights to issues relating to social reality, identity and representation of reality.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will be able to demonstrate an analytical approach to theatre texts and processes. As they progressively work through the texts they should acquire an understanding of theatrical signifiers apart from dialogue which contribute to the production of meaning and be able to demonstrate a critical method specific to the genre. Students should gain an understanding of the development of Italian theatre and the socio-historical context in which it evolved and the innovative contribution and adaptation of individual playwrights.

    Assessment

    Written: 60%
    Exam: 30%
    Seminar participation tasks: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture and 2 hour seminar per week


    ITA3370 - Tradurre / tradire: Italian literary translation

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Simon West

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to practical and theoretical literary translation between English and Italian. Students will examine a range of translation theories and the problems concerning the translation of particular genres including poetry, prose, theatre and cinema. Some existing translations of selected Italian authors will be studied and contrasted in order to consider how the translator and his or her cultural context influence the translation itself. Students will practice and develop their own translation skills through a series of translation exercises and a translation project.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. understand, discuss and analyse different theoretical issues involved in literary translation.
    2. develop and express a relative understanding of the specific issues relating to particular genres.
    3. understand, discuss and analyse the ways in which the translator and his or her cultural context influences the translation.
    4. develop an ability to engage, critique and compare existing translations of particular Italian authors.
    5. develop their own translating skills

    Assessment

    Translation project (3000 words): 70%; Seminar activities (1500 words): 30%

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture, 1 hour seminar


    Prerequisites

    Second year Italian sequence

    Prohibitions

    ITA4370(H)/ ITA4370


    ITA3450 - The Italian experience in Australia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Raffaele Lampugnani

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    An introduction to the history of Italian migration (especially to Australia) and to the study of selected aspects (socio-cultural, linguistic, literary, etc.) of the Italian migrant experience in Australia.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students should:

    1. Have a knowledge of the historical processes which led to Australia seeking large scale immigration especially in the second post war period.

    1. Have a familiarity with, and an understanding of, the processes of Italian migration to Australia and the impact Italians have had on its economic, social and cultural life.

    1. Have acquired an understanding of the culture, values and linguistic varieties prevalent in the Italian community at the time.

    1. Be familiar with the relevant debates and able to discuss contributions to them.

    1. Have had the opportunity to expand their knowledge of Italian through a study of language transference phenomena and aspects of cultural maintenance in the community.

    1. Have the opportunity to acquire basic fieldwork and survey techniques in addition to library search techniques.

    Assessment

    Seminar participation: 10%
    Class work/questionnaire/tests: 30%
    Written work: 60% (2500 words)

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week


    ITA3470 - Dante

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Raffaele Lampugnani

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The aim of the subject is to introduce students to the works of Dante Alighieri, the most important poet of the Middle Ages, through a reading of the 'Divina Commedia'.

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject students should have acquired an understanding of:

    1. The history and culture of Italian medieval society.

    1. The novelty of the Italian language at the time Dante wrote.

    1. Basic notions of Italian metrics, including canzone, sonnet; the basics of Italian rhyme, terza rima.

    1. Uses of simile, metaphor, imagery, allegory, myth, in Dante's work.

    1. What "love" meant to poets at the time.

    1. Dante's vision of monsters, retaliation/punishment, Hell, the Heavens.

    1. Dante's vision of Italy and Europe, Church and Empire.

    They should be able to demonstrate the ability to analyse critically selected Cantos from the 'Divine Comedy'.



    In addition, students taking the subject at fourth-year level should be familiar with different theoretical perspectives on the ideas and processes treated in the subject.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40%
    Exam: 40% (2 hours)
    Seminar participation tasks: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    Completion of second year Italian or equivalent knowledge of the language


    ITA3990 - Language study abroad program 3/1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Carolyn James

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Prato Summer semester A 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Approved study equivalent to a 6-point unit (Arts, Monash) at an Italian university or an intensive language program at an Italian teaching institution, or at the Monash University Centre in Prato. Placement arrangements will be made through the Program, which has links with the universities of Florence, Bologna, Perugia and Siena and will offer study units at Prato.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit students should have:

    1. Successfully undertaken a program of study offered by a host institution in Italy equivalent to a 6-point level language and culture unit at Monash University.

    1. Achieved a good level of competency in the designated tasks.

    1. Gained first-hand understanding of Italian culture in Italy.

    1. Improved and consolidated Italian language skills in Italy.

    1. Taken advantage of access to Italian library holdings, and the Italian-speaking academic environment to complement their language and/or culture programs.

    Assessment

    As determined by the host institution. Students will be required to bring back all written work for assessment.

    Prerequisites

    ITA2040, ITA2080, ITA2100, or equivalent knowledge of Italian


    ITA3991 - Language study abroad program 3/2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Carolyn James

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    Approved semester-length study equivalent to 12 points (Arts, Monash) at an Italian university, or at the Monash University Centre in Prato. Placement arrangements will be made through the Program, which has links with the universities of Florence, Bologna, Perugia and Siena.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit students should have:

    1. Successfully undertaken a program of study offered by a host institution in Italy equivalent to 12 points third-year level language and culture units at Monash University.

    1. Achieved a good level of competency in the designated tasks.

    1. Gained first-hand understanding of Italian culture in Italy.

    1. Improved and consolidated Italian language skills in Italy.

    1. Taken advantage of access to Italian library holdings, and the Italian-speaking academic environment to complement their language and/or culture programs.

    Assessment

    As determined by the host institution. Students will be required to bring back all written work for assessment.

    Prerequisites

    ITA2040, ITA2060, ITA2080 or equivalent language competence


    ITA4000 - Honours dissertation

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susanna Scarparo

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A dissertation of approximately 15,000-18,000 words based on individual research, supervised by a member of staff with expertise in the proposed area of research, on one aspect of Italian language, literature or civilisation. It is expected that students will choose the topic as early as possible and begin during the summer vacation. An outline of at least 500 words must be submitted by 1 May, and a first draft of 5000 words by the beginning of second semester. The dissertation, written in Italian or in English, should be submitted by 1 November.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of their dissertation students should develop research skills which include:

    1. The ability to define the aims of a research project, formulating research questions and structuring them into a coherent argument.

    1. The ability to define their research project's theoretical framework,establishing links between the project and previous ones, if they exist.

    1. The ability to conduct focused reading.

    1. The ability to develop relevant bibliographies, examining the sources critically.

    1. The ability to develop advanced academic writing skills.

    Assessment

    Written work (15,000-18,000 words): 100%

    Prerequisites

    48 points in Italian Studies - average of 70% or more in 3 units taken at third-year level and one of second-year level.


    ITA4000(A) - Honours dissertation Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susanna Scarparo

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for ITA4000

    Objectives

    As for ITA4000

    Assessment

    As for ITA4000

    Prerequisites

    As for ITA4000


    ITA4000(B) - Honours dissertation Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susanna Scarparo

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for ITA4000

    Objectives

    As for ITA4000

    Assessment

    Assessment Written (15-18,000 words): 100%

    Prerequisites

    ITA4000(A)


    ITA4070 - Italian studies 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Roberta Mandis

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit integrates two components:

    1. Level 7 Language (70%) and
    2. Level 7 Culture (30%).
    3. Language: the aim is to stimulate and improve advanced language acquisition through the integrated practice of the four language skills. The program has a thematic approach. Topic areas explored include: education, social and environmental issues, changes in attitudes relating to the use of the Italian language and institutions.
    4. The cultural component for level 7 introduces students to nineteenth century and early twentieth century Italy through an overview of the period and the analysis of representative texts.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit the students will have progressed in all four language skills:

    • Listening: they will be able to understand authentic spoken Italian from songs, films, plays, TV news;
    • Reading: they will be able to comprehend a range of authentic (although slightly edited) non-specialist Italian written texts (such as short stories and magazine articles) and specialist Italian written texts (such as news reports and advertisements);
    • Speaking: they will be able to interact in correct Italian in a range of specific situations (telephone messages; sales techniques; fairly simple debates)
    • Writing: they will be able to produce a range of coherent, short (approx. 300-word) descriptive, argumentative or persuasive texts in correct and appropriate Italian. Culture: students will have acquired an overview to key aspects of nineteenth and early twentieth century culture and society.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Class work/tests/exercises: 35%
    Exam: 25%
    Oral work: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 hour culture lecture and 3 hours language workshops) per week

    Prerequisites

    Italian Studies 6

    Prohibitions

    ITA1070/2070/3070


    ITA4080 - Italian studies 8

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Roberta Mandis

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit consolidates and extends the language work done in Italian Studies 7.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit the students will have progressed in all four language skills:

    • Listening: they will be able to understand authentic spoken Italian from songs, films, plays, TV news;
    • Reading: they will be able to comprehend a range of authentic (although slightly edited) non-specialist Italian written texts (such as short stories and magazine articles) and specialist Italian written texts (such as news reports and advertisements);
    • Speaking: they will be able to interact in correct Italian in a range of specific situations (telephone messages; sales techniques; fairly simple debates);
    • Writing: they will be able to produce a range of coherent, short (approx. 300-word) descriptive, argumentative or persuasive texts in correct and appropriate Italian. Culture: students will have acquired an overview to key aspects of nineteenth and early twentieth century culture and society.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Class work/tests/exercises: 35%
    Exam: 25%
    Oral/Aural exam: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 hour culture lecture and 3 hours language workshops) per week

    Prerequisites

    Italian Studies 7

    Prohibitions

    ITA1080/2080/3080


    ITA4090 - Italian studies 9

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susanna Scarparo

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit integrates two components:

    1. Level 9 Language (70%) and
    2. Year 4 Culture (30%).
    3. Language: the component is thematically organised and present a variety of texts through which to explore register variations and discourse strategies. The component reviews areas of syntax considered problematic and aim at consolidating oral and written expression.
    4. The cultural component explores key concepts involving translation practice such as intercultural issues, cultural transpositions with specific reference to Italian, the formal properties of a text and language varieties.

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit students should have refined their knowledge of language structures and functions. They should have a clear understanding of sequence of tenses and moods, have mastered more complex structures such as the passive and the impersonal form, indirect speech etc. They should be able to operate in the language with accuracy and have the ability to construct complex sentences with appropriate subordination. They should be able to read texts of varied complexities such as journalistic articles, academic writing and literary texts and recognise the syntactic complexities of different styles of writing. Their knowledge of Italian syntax should enable them to avoid interference with English, and they should also have sufficient familiarity with comparative linguistic structures to be able to translate from the two languages. In the cultural component students should gain an understanding of the interrelationships between the literary production and the ideology of the period covered. Students should also have familiarised themselves with textual analysis and different types of narrative constructs.

    Assessment

    Written work: 35%
    Class tests: 30%
    Culture oral test: 10%
    Exam: 25%

    Contact hours

    4 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    ITA3080 or equivalent language competence

    Prohibitions

    ITA2090, ITA3090


    ITA4100 - Italian studies 10

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susanna Scarparo

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit consolidates and extends the language work done in ITA4090. The specialized culture component for this unit consists of an introduction to the theory of cross-cultural communication and intensive practical applications of this theory through exercises in Liaison interpreting

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit students should have refined their knowledge of language structures and functions. They should have a clear understanding of sequence of tenses and moods, have mastered more complex structures such as the passive and the impersonal form, indirect speech etc. They should be able to operate in the language with accuracy and have the ability to construct complex sentences with appropriate subordination. They should be able to read texts of varied complexities such as journalistic articles, academic writing and literary texts and recognise the syntactic complexities of different styles of writing. Their knowledge of Italian syntax should enable them to avoid interference with English, and they should also have sufficient familiarity with comparative linguistic structures to be able to translate from the two languages. In the cultural component students should gain an understanding of the interrelationships between the literary production and the ideology of the period covered. Students should also have familiarised themselves with textual analysis and different types of narrative constructs.

    Assessment

    Written work: 35%
    Class tests: 30%
    Culture oral test: 10%
    Exam: 25%

    Contact hours

    4 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    ITA4090 or appropriate language competence

    Prohibitions

    ITA2100, ITA3100


    ITA4340 - Women in Italy: Representations and realities

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susanna Scarparo

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit analyses ways in which women have been represented and have represented themselves in literature and cinema across time. Fictional representations will be analysed in light of the evolution of the social position of Italian women, from the Fascist period and the Resistance to the development of second-wave feminism between the 1970's and the beginning of the twenty-first century. Through an examination of fictional as well as social and legal changes, students will become familiar with the position of women in historical and social contexts up to the present day.

    Objectives

    To enable students 1) to develop students' ability to read and analyse literary and cinematic texts in Italian 2) to become familiar with the position and role of women in the Italian culture and society to 3) to encourage students to draw comparisons with other (Australian and European) societies.

    Assessment

    1.Mid semester test 1 hour (equivalent to 750 words in English): 20%;
    2.Essay (3000 words): 60%;
    3.End of semester test (equivalent to 750 words in English): 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (one hour lecture and two hours seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A third-year Italian sequence


    ITA4360 - Italian theatre from Goldoni to Fo

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Annamaria Pagliaro

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Unit looks at the development of the Italian theatre from the Commedia dell'Arte to modern theatre. It analyses works by Carlo Goldoni, Federico De Roberto, Eduardo De Filippo and Dario Fo. The unit considers critical approaches to the prescribed texts and, using as a starting point Dario Fo's Manuale minimo dell'attore, it will examine aspects of the Commedia dell'Arte which have filtered through to modern theatre such as the use of the mask and philosophical issues relating to it and the function of comicality, satire and humour. Attention will be given to the response of individual playwrights to issues relating to social reality, identity and representation of reality.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will be able to demonstrate an analytical approach to theatre texts and processes. As they progressively work through the texts they should acquire an understanding of theatrical signifiers apart from dialogue which contribute to the production of meaning and be able to demonstrate a critical method specific to the genre. Students should gain an understanding of the development of Italian theatre and the socio-historical context in which it evolved and the innovative contribution and adaptation of individual playwrights.

    Assessment

    Written: 60%
    Exam: 30%
    Seminar participation tasks: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 hour lecture and 2 hour seminar) per week


    ITA4370 - Tradurre / Tradire: Italian Literary Translation

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Simon West

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to practical and theoretical literary translation between English and Italian. Students will examine a range of translation theories and the problems concerning the translation of particular genres including poetry, prose, theatre and cinema. Some existing translations of selected Italian authors will be studied and contrasted in order to consider how the translator and his or her cultural context influence the translation itself. Students will practice and develop their own translation skills through a series of translation exercises and a translation project.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. understand, discuss and analyse different theoretical issues involved in literary translation.
    2. develop and express a relative understanding of the specific issues relating to particular genres.
    3. understand, discuss and analyse the ways in which the translator and his or her cultural context influences the translation.
    4. develop an ability to engage, critique and compare existing translations of particular Italian authors.
    5. develop their own translating skills

    Assessment

    Translation project (3000 words): 70%; Seminar activities (1500 words): 30%

    Prerequisites

    Second year Italian sequence

    Prohibitions

    ITA3370(H)/ITA3370


    ITA4380(H) - Italian encounters: translation, literature and cultural identity

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Simon West

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines practical and theoretical issues involved in translation of literature and cultures, between Italian and English. Translation can be about texts but it can also be about people and culture. Students will explore ideas about translation through a range of specific literary and/or cultural examples. Students will be encouraged to relate these ideas to their thesis project.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. understand, discuss and analyse different theoretical issues involved in literary translation and cultural encounters
    2. develop and express a relative understanding of the specific issues relating to particular genres and contexts
    3. understand, discuss and analyse the ways in which the translator and his or her cultural context influences translation and cultural encounters
    4. develop an ability to engage with, critique and compare existing translations and cultural encounters of selected authors and contexts
    5. Fifth-year students employ a more sophisticated analysis and written presentation. They will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level.

    Assessment

    One written project including practical translation and critical component (6000 words): 70%
    Seminar activities (3000 words): 30%
    Fifth-year students will use more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills.

    Contact hours

    One 3-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    Must have completed a unit at Honours level in Italian or cognate area with prior approval for postgraduate level OR a third year sequence in Italian Studies or cognate area with prior approval.

    Prohibitions

    ITA4380, ITA5380


    ITA4440 - Special reading course

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susanna Scarparo

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit offers the opportunity to study in depth a particular topic in Italian culture, society or linguistics and, more especially, to combine Italian studies with suitably advanced work in related disciplines. Students are advised to consult with members of staff to ascertain if adequate supervision in the proposed area of study is available.

    Assessment

    Two essays
    4 minor assignments: 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week


    ITA4440(A) - Special reading course Part 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susanna Scarparo

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit offers the opportunity to study in depth a particular topic in Italian culture, society or linguistics and, more especially, to combine Italian studies with suitably advanced work in related disciplines. Students are advised to consult with members of staff to ascertain if adequate supervision in the proposed area of study is available.

    Assessment

    Two essays
    4 minor assignments: 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week


    ITA4440(B) - Special reading course Part 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susanna Scarparo

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for ITA4440(A)

    Assessment

    Two essays
    4 minor assignments: 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week


    ITA4460 - The Italian experience in Australia

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Raffaele Lampugnani

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    An introduction to the history of Italian migration (especially to Australia) and to the study of selected aspects (socio-cultural, linguistic, literary, etc.) of the Italian migrant experience in Australia.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students should:

    1. Have a knowledge of the historical processes which led to Australia seeking large scale immigration especially in the second post war period.

    1. Have a familiarity with, and an understanding of, the processes of Italian migration to Australia and the impact Italians have had on its economic, social and cultural life.

    1. Have acquired an understanding of the culture, values and linguistic varieties prevalent in the Italian community at the time.

    1. Be familiar with the relevant debates and able to discuss contributions to them.

    1. Have had the opportunity to expand their knowledge of Italian through a study of language transference phenomena and aspects of cultural maintenance in the community.

    1. Have the opportunity to acquire basic fieldwork and survey techniques in addition to library search techniques.



    In addition, students taking the subject at fourth-year level should:

    1. Be familiar with different theoretical perspectives on the ideas and processes treated in the subject.

    Assessment

    Seminar participation: 10%
    Class work/questionnaire/tests: 30%
    Written work: 60% (2500 words)

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week


    ITA4480 - Dante

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Raffaele Lampugnani

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The aim of the subject is to introduce students to the works of Dante Alighieri, the most important poet of the Middle Ages, through a reading of the 'Divina Commedia'.

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject students should have acquired an understanding of:

    1. The history and culture of Italian medieval society.

    1. The novelty of the Italian language at the time Dante wrote.

    1. Basic notions of Italian metrics, including canzone, sonnet; the basics of Italian rhyme, terza rima.

    1. Uses of simile, metaphor, imagery, allegory, myth, in Dante's work.

    1. What "love" meant to poets at the time.

    1. Dante's vision of monsters, retaliation/punishment, Hell, the Heavens.

    1. Dante's vision of Italy and Europe, Church and Empire.

    They should be able to demonstrate the ability to analyse critically selected Cantos from the 'Divine Comedy'.



    In addition, students taking the subject at fourth-year level should be familiar with different theoretical perspectives on the ideas and processes treated in the subject.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40%
    Exam: 40% (2 hours)
    Seminar participation tasks: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 lectures and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    ITA3470


    ITA4490 - Language study abroad program

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Carolyn James

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    An approved semester-length unit at an Italian university. Placement arrangements will be made through the department, which has links with the universities of Florence and Perugia.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit students should have:

    1. Successfully undertaken a program of study offered by a host institution in Italy equivalent to a 6-point level language and culture unit at Monash University.

    1. Achieved a good level of competency in the designated tasks.

    1. Gained first-hand understanding of Italian culture in Italy.

    1. Improved and consolidated Italian language skills in Italy.

    1. Taken advantage of access to Italian library holdings, and the Italian-speaking academic environment to complement their language and/or culture programs.

    Assessment

    As determined by the host institution. Students will be required to bring back all written work for assessment.


    ITA4491 - Language study abroad program 4/2

    18 points, SCA Band 1, 0.375 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Carolyn James

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    Approved study equivalent to 18-points (Arts, Monash) at an Italian university. Placement arrangements will be made through the Program, which has links with the universities of Florence, Bologna, Perugia and Siena. Students will take the "Programma Seminariale" within their chosen units in Italy.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit students should have:



    1. successfully undertaken a program of study offered by a host institution in Italy equivalent to fourth-year 18-point level language and culture units at Monash University;

    1. achieved a good level of competency in the designated tasks;

    1. gained first-hand understanding of Italian culture in Italy;

    1. improved and consolidated Italian language skills in Italy;

    1. study culture units which are broadly related to students' dissertation topics in order to enhance linguistic and cultural competence of that field of study

    Assessment

    As determined by the host institution. Students will be required to bring back all written work for assessment.

    Contact hours

    As determined by the host institution

    Prerequisites

    Entry into the Honours Program in Italian


    JAL4530 - Teaching and learning Asian languages

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Robyn Spence-Brown

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A broad introduction to theoretical and practical issues in the teaching and acquisition of Asian languages. Topics include communicative competence (what students need to know in order to interact in Asian languages); the aims of language teaching; how people learn language; course design; approaches and methods; and assessment. The aim is not to provide definitive answers but to introduce students to a cross-section of current thinking and research on relevant issues. Seminar discussions and activities will enable students to relate the general issues to their own teaching and learning situations and to learn from the experience of others.

    Objectives

    Be aware of a cross-section of current thinking and research on issues relevant to the teaching and learning of second or foreign languages, especially Asian languages. Be able to apply this knowledge to practical teaching and learning situations and problems. Develop skills in finding, reading and interpreting research articles relating to language teaching/learning. Develop abilities in academic writing, and in oral presentation. Relate prior learning in areas of applied linguistics and related disciplines to theoretical issues in language teaching and learning, and to the understanding of research in the field.

    Assessment

    Written work
    class presentation: 80%
    Test: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    JAL5530


    JPL1010 - Japanese 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Robyn Spence-Brown

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to develop knowledge, strategies and skills to interact in Japanese, in situations likely to be encountered in Australia and Japan and to establish a firm foundation of linguistic, sociolinguistic and sociocultural knowledge which can be creatively applied in a variety of situations.

    Objectives

    Upon completing Japanese 1, students should:

    1. Be able to participate in simple social conversations in Japanese.

    1. Possess basic 'survival' Japanese required for travelling in Japan.

    1. Be able to communicate in Japanese with teachers about their study.

    1. Be able to communicate basic information about themselves and family members.

    1. Have a basic knowledge of the Japanese writing system, including a knowledge of hiragana, some katakana and 25 kanji, and be able to use this knowledge to read and write in defined contexts.

    1. Have a basic knowledge of some aspects of Japanese geography, culture, society and economy.

    1. Be able to access the internet to obtain information on Japan and enhance their learning of the Japanese language.

    1. Have developed strategies for learning Japanese and have established a foundation for the continued study of both spoken and written Japanese.

    Assessment

    Quizzes and assignments: 25%
    Tests and examination: 75%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

    Prohibitions

    JPL2010, JLG4010, JLG5010


    JPL1020 - Japanese 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Robyn Spence-Brown

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to develop knowledge, strategies and skills needed to interact in Japanese in practical contexts in Australia and Japan and also aims to extend linguistic, sociolinguistic and sociocultural knowledge to develop cross-cultural awareness and facilitate effective interaction.

    Objectives

    Upon completing Japanese 2, students should:

    1. Be able to participate in conversation in defined social situations.

    1. Be able to interact with Japanese guests, customers and tourists in a number of settings using simple Japanese.

    1. Possess basic 'survival' Japanese required for travelling in Japan.

    1. Have a knowledge of the fundamentals of the Japanese writing system, including a knowledge of hiragana, katakana and about 100 kanji, and be able to use this knowledge to read and write in defined contexts.

    1. Have a basic knowledge of some aspects of Japanese geography, culture, society, etiquette and tourism.

    1. Be able to access the internet to obtain information on Japan and enhance their learning of the Japanese language.

    1. Have developed strategies for learning Japanese and have established a foundation for the continued study of both spoken and written Japanese.

    Assessment

    Quizzes and assignments: 25%
    Tests and examination: 75%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    JPL1010 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL2020, JLG4020, JLG5020


    JPL1030 - Japanese 3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ms Jun Yano

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to consolidate and develop students' basic linguistic skills and socio-cultural knowledge in spoken and written Japanese at a pre-intermediate level. The focus is to develop students' interactive competence, including linguistic, socio-linguistic and socio-cultural knowledge. The unit also aims to develop students' intercultural skills.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

    1. have gained and developed fundamental linguistic skills (e.g. basic grammar, vocabulary) at this level which are necessary for any further study of Japanese;
    2. have gained basic social/cultural knowledge about Japan;
    3. have developed listening and speaking skills for daily conversation (e.g. about leisure, travel, study) and exchanging information in Japanese within defined situations;
    4. be able to obtain necessary information from a variety of written and spoken Japanese texts, genres and media including the internet, with some guidance;
    5. be able to recognize and write the kanji introduced at previous levels and approximately 150 newly introduced characters;
    6. be able to write about personal life (e.g. daily life, leisure, travel) using basic kanji; 7/. have developed intercultural skills which include awareness of and sensitivity to cultural differences (and similarities) through comparison and reflection on students' own cultures and societies;
    7. have enhanced awareness of language as a system, through comparison of linguistic features of Japanese and English (or other languages); and
    8. have developed skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese acquisition outside the classroom.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    One x 1 hour lecture/week

    Three hours (tutorials/seminars)/week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 2 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL2030, JPL3030, JLG4030, JLG5030


    JPL1040 - Japanese 4

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ms Jun Yano

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the second part of a sequence progressing from the beginner to the intermediate levels of Japanese. This unit aims to enhance students' knowledge about Japan and consolidate and further develop their interactive skills in spoken and written Japanese. The unit also aims to enhance students' intercultural awareness through learning Japanese.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

    1. have gained good fundamental linguistic knowledge of Japanese (e.g. basic grammar, vocabulary, kanji) and developed skills to use them at pre-intermediate level;
    2. have gained social/cultural knowledge of Japan which are necessary to interact with Japanese people effectively in daily contexts;
    3. have developed listening and speaking skills for basic communication purposes;
    4. have developed strategies to obtain necessary information from a variety of written and spoken Japanese texts, genres and media including the internet, with some guidance;
    5. be able to recognize and use the kanji introduced at previous levels and approximately 150 newly introduced characters (450 in total);
    6. be able to write a simple essay about a social issue (e.g. ageing society, environment, education) using a wider range of vocabulary, sentence patterns and kanji;
    7. have developed intercultural awareness through learning Japanese;
    8. have developed skills and strategies that will enable them to continue their Japanese acquisition outside the classroom.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    One x 1 hour lecture/week

    Three hours (tutorials/seminars)/week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 3 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL2040, JLG4040, JLG5040


    JPL1050 - Japanese 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the first part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. The course content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker and writing a report.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion students should:

    1. be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at intermediate level,

    1. be able to read and understand extracts from Japanese text, of various genres written for a Japanese audience,

    1. have developed listening and speaking skills in the area of their interest,

    1. have developed interview skills to obtain information from members of the Japanese community,

    1. be able to write and talk about given topics,

    1. be able to recognize the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced kanji,

    1. have developed and be able to display skills to use a Japanese word processor

    1. be able to use a kanji dictionary, and

    1. have developed skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese acquisition outside the classroom.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    4 hours

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 4 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL2050, JPL3050, JLG4050, JLG5050


    JPL1059 - Japanese 5 (Kanazawa)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the first part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. The course content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker and writing a report.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion, students should:

    1. have established and be able to maintain relationships with Japanese people
    2. be able to obtain information in Japanese on current affairs, from newspaper articles and other written materials in areas covered in this unit
    3. have developed interview skills to obtain information from the Japanese people
    4. be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at intermediate level
    5. have developed listening and speaking skills in the area of their interest
    6. be able to write and talk about given topics
    7. be able to recognize the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters as well as reviewing the previously learnt kanji (400) totaling 550
    8. have developed and be able to apply skills in Japanese word processing, and
    9. be able to use a kanji dictionary and develop skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese outside the classroom.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 4 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL2059, JPL3059, JPL1050, JPL2050, JPL3050


    JPL1060 - Japanese 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the first part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. The course content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker and writing a report.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion students should:

    1. be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at intermediate level
    2. be able to read and understand extracts from Japanese text, of various genres written for a Japanese audience
    3. have developed listening and speaking skills in the area of their interest
    4. have developed interview skills to obtain information from members of the Japanese community
    5. be able to write and talk about given topics
    6. be able to recognize the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced kanji
    7. have developed and be able to display skills to use a Japanese word processor
    8. be able to use a kanji dictionary, and
    9. have developed skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese acquisition outside the classroom.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    4 hours

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 5 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL2060, JPL3060, JLG4060, JLG5060


    JPL1069 - Japanese 6 (Kanazawa)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the first part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. The course content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker and writing a report.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students should:

    1. be able to maintain relationships with Japanese people
    2. be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at advanced-intermediate level
    3. be able to obtain some knowledge about issues in Japanese society and culture through reading, speaking and writing about the topic,
    4. be able to read and understand extracts from Japanese texts of various genres written for a Japanese audience
    5. have developed listening and speaking skills about social issues
    6. be able to obtain information in Japanese from newspaper articles and other written materials including the internet
    7. have further developed and be able to display skills to use a Japanese word processor
    8. be able to recognize the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters, and
    9. have developed skills that will enable continued study of Japanese outside the classroom.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 5 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL2069, JPL3069, JPL1060, JPL2060, JPL3060


    JPL1070 - Japanese 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Takako Tomoda

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the first part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese. It covers spoken language and contemporary written language through various activities integrating listening, speaking, reading and writing. Activities are built around topics relating to Japanese lifestyles, their values, and to cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. Extended their skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese.

    1. Reinforced their knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (750 kanji), and developed their knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media.

    1. Developed skills to gain necessary information from newspaper articles, journals, books and the internet.

    1. Developed the skills to express themselves in written forms, in group discussions and in interviews with Japanese people.

    1. Acquired independent study strategies, noting problems and weaknesses and devising strategies to overcome these.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 6 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL2070, JPL3070, JPL4070, JLG4070, JLG5070


    JPL1079 - Japanese 7 (Kanazawa)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Takako Tomoda

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the first part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese.It covers spoken language and contemporary written language through various activities integrating listening, speaking, reading and writing. Activities are built around topics relating to Japanese lifestyles, their values, and to cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese. In addition to daily classroom-based study, this special fee-paying, in-country program provides home-stay, a variety of cultural activities, visits to various institutions and number of other excursions.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit should:

    1. extend their skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese;

    1. reinforce knowledge of the kyooiku kanji they have acquired so far (a total of 750 kanji), and develop knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media;

    1. develop skills to gain necessary information from a variety of Japanese media including print materials, online materials and visual materials;

    1. develop the skills to express themselves in written forms, in group discussions and in interviews with Japanese people; and

    1. acquire independent study strategies, noting problems and weakness and devising strategies to overcome these.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

    Prerequisites

    Completion of Japanese 6 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL2079/3079; JPL1070/2070/3070


    JPL1080 - Japanese 8

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Takako Tomoda

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the second part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese. Activities are built around topics relating to current issues in Japan and to cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese. Students will reinforce 1006 kyooiku kanji.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. Further developed skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese.

    1. Reinforced their knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (900) and developed their knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media.

    1. Developed the skills to gain information on current issues from newspaper articles, journals, books and the internet, and through interviews with Japanese people.

    1. Developed their skills to summarise findings and express themselves in appropriate written forms, in group discussions, in presentations and in interviews with Japanese people.

    1. Developed a firm foundation for the continued acquisition of both spoken and written Japanese at an advanced level.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 7 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL2080, JPL3080, JPL4080, JLG4080, JLG5080


    JPL1089 - Japanese 8 (Kanazawa)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Takako Tomoda

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the second part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese.Activities are built around topics relating to current issues in Japan and cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese. Students will reinforce 1006 kyooiku kanji. In addition to daily classroom-based study, this special fee-paying, in-country program provides home-stay, a variety of cultural activities, visits to various institutions and number of other excursions.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit should:

    1. further develop the skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese;

    1. reinforce knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (a total of 900 kanji) and develop knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media;

    1. develop skills to gain information on current issues from newspaper articles, journals, books and on the Internet, and through interviews with Japanese people;

    1. develop the skills to summarise the findings and express themselves in appropriate written forms, in group discussions and in presentation; and

    1. have a firm foundation for the continued acquisition of both spoken and written Japanese at an advanced level.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

    Prerequisites

    Completion of Japanese 7 or equivalent.



    Prohibitions

    JPL2089/3089; JPL1080/2080/3080


    JPL1090 - Japanese 9

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Conducted entirely in Japanese, the unit offers an advanced level of spoken and written Japanese, designed to bring the student closer to semi-native competence, through studying Japanese popular cultural forms. Language activities include reading a variety of text genres, including academic texts, learning advanced modes of expression and kanji, writing summaries and essays in Japanese, translation, debates and discussions, and conversation with Japanese visitors. Students will develop IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing, working with Japanese Internet sites, using on-line glossaries and making a powerpoint presentation in Japanese.

    Objectives

    After successfully completing this unit, students will have further developed towards an advanced, semi-native level :

    1. Their ability to use spoken Japanese to discuss and debate issues.

    1. Their ability to give a sustained and coherent oral presentation (supported by powerpoint) on a popular culture related topic.

    1. Their ability to comprehend spoken Japanese in the context of lecture presentations and authentic audio and audiovisual popular cultural documents.

    1. Their ability to read print and on-line texts using on-line glossaries and dictionaries, including both rapid reading for comprehension and detailed analytical reading.

    1. Their ability to write in Japanese, with particular reference to the skills of summary, synthesis and argument, in an essay related to popular culture.

    1. Their IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing, searching Japanese databases for information, analyzing and interpreting Japanese web pages, and doing a powerpoint presentation in Japanese.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 8 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL2090, JPL3090, JPL4090, JLG4090, JLG5090


    JPL1100 - Japanese 10

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is an introduction to the theoretical and practical skills required for interpreting and translating between Japanese and English. It is designed for students with advanced competence in both Japanese and English, and will address both linguistic skills and interpreting/translating skills. While not intended to bring students to a professional level, the course will enhance students' ability to perform the informal interpreting and translating tasks. It will also provide a good foundation for further study in this area.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

    1. Be aware of basic theoretical issues concerning interpreting and translating and their practical implications;
    2. Have developed strategies for processing spoken and written texts from English into Japanese and vice versa; and
    3. Have improved their competence in Japanese.

    Assessment

    Written work: 20%
    Performance activities: 30%
    Tests: 50%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 2 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 9 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL2100, JPL3100, JPL4100, JLG4100, JLG5100


    JPL1110 - Japanese 11

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is an advanced level of spoken and written Japanese. It is designed to bring the student close to semi-native competence in the language, as well as enhancing their awareness of current issues in Japan and their ability to discuss current issues in Japanese.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Have increased their knowledge of the nature, structure and issues of media reports;
    2. Have increased their knowledge of current social issues in Japan;
    3. Have developed their ability to discuss current issues in Japanese;
    4. Have enhanced their ability to read authentic materials selected from Japanese books, journals and newspapers; and
    5. Have gained research skills in Japanese including: search of information through books, journals, newspapers, internet, etc.; critical thinking; and oral and written presentation skills.

    Assessment

    Exam: 45%
    Class Test: 15%
    Oral presentation: 20%
    Written work: 20%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 10 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL2110, JPL3110, JPL4110, JLG4110, JLG5110


    JPL1120 - Japanese 12

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Kuniko Yoshimitsu

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is designed to develop students' Japanese language skills to an advanced level, while enriching their knowledge of Japan-Asia-Pacific relations. Students will develop reading skills, research skills using Japanese resources, debating and discussion skills, and will use a variety of Japanese media, including the Internet. Writing skills to be developed include note-taking, translation, summary, synthesis and argument in essay writing. Teaching materials will relate to Japan-Asia-Australia relations, focussing on the issues facing Japan in its relations with the Asian region, past and present.

    Objectives

    After successfully completing this unit, students should have further developed to an advanced level:

    1. Their ability in speaking Japanese, in the context of informal and formal intellectual discussion and debate in Japanese.

    1. Their ability to comprehend spoken Japanese in direct formal exposition, and in audiovisual media.

    1. Their ability to read print and on-line texts using on-line glossaries and dictionaries, especially extensive reading for comprehension.

    1. Their ability to write in Japanese, with particular reference to the skills of note-taking and translation, and of summary, synthesis and argument in an essay on a topic related to Japan and the Asia-Pacific, past or present.

    1. Their IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing and researching and recording information from Japanese databases.

    Assessment

    Exam: 45%
    Written work: 35%
    Quizzes: 10%
    Oral test: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 11 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL2120,JPL3120, JPL4120, JLG4120, JLG5120


    JPL1550 - Japanese for Background Speakers, Part 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Robyn Spence-Brown

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is the first part of a one-year first-year sequence for Japanese background speakers. It aims to expand student's knowledge of the Japanese language and culture and to equip students to be able to adapt their language skills to their intellectual and social activities in both Japanese and Australian societies. It also aims to assist students to develop their critical awareness of identity in cross-cultural contexts.

    Assessment

    Ongoing assessment including quizzes, interpreting and on-line discussion: 35%
    Essay (equivalent to 1500 words in English): 20%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Final exam (1.5 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Successful completion of VCE LOTE Japanese first language stream Units 3 and 4, or equivalent.

    Prohibitions

    JPL1410


    JPL1560 - Japanese Background Speakers, Part 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Robyn Spence-Brown

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is the second part of a one-year first-year sequence for Japanese background speakers. It aims to further expand student's knowledge of the Japanese language and culture and to equip students to be able to adapt their language skills to their intellectual and social activities in both Japanese and Australian societies. It also aims to assist students to develop their critical awareness of identity in cross-cultural contexts.

    Assessment

    Ongoing assessment, including quizzes, translation and on-line discussion: 35%
    Essay (equivalent to 1500 words in English): 20%
    Oral presentation: 15%
    Final exam (1.5 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    JPL1550

    Prohibitions

    JPL1420


    JPL2010 - Japanese 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Robyn Spence-Brown

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to develop knowledge, strategies and skills to interact in Japanese in situations likely to be encountered in Australia and Japan and to establish a firm foundation of linguistic, sociolinguistic and sociocultural knowledge, which can be creatively applied in a variety of situations.

    Objectives

    Upon completing Japanese 1, students should:

    1. Be able to participate in simple social conversations in Japanese.

    1. Possess basic 'survival' Japanese required for travelling in Japan.

    1. Be able to communicate in Japanese with teachers about their study.

    1. Be able to communicate basic information about themselves and family members.

    1. Have a basic knowledge of the Japanese writing system, including a knowledge of hiragana, some katakana and 25 kanji, and be able to use this knowledge to read and write in defined contexts.

    1. Have a basic knowledge of some aspects of Japanese geography, culture, society and economy.

    1. Be able to access the internet to obtain information on Japan and enhance their learning of the Japanese language.

    1. Have developed strategies for learning Japanese and have established a foundation for the continued study of both spoken and written Japanese.

    Assessment

    Quizzes and assignments: 25%
    Tests and examination: 75%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

    Prohibitions

    Students enrolled in Arts courses are prohibited from taking this unit. In addition, students taking this unit are excluded from taking JPL1010, JLG4010, JLG5010.


    JPL2020 - Japanese 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Robyn Spence-Brown

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to develop knowledge, strategies and skills needed to interact in Japanese in practical contexts in Australia and Japan and also aims to extend linguistic, sociolinguistic and sociocultural knowledge to develop cross-cultural awareness and facilitate effective interaction.

    Objectives

    Upon completing Japanese 2, students should:

    1. Be able to participate in conversation in defined social situations.

    1. Be able to interact with Japanese guests, customers and tourists in a number of settings using simple Japanese.

    1. Possess basic 'survival' Japanese required for travelling in Japan.

    1. Have a knowledge of the fundamentals of the Japanese writing system, including a knowledge of hiragana, katakana and about 100 kanji, and be able to use this knowledge to read and write in defined contexts.

    1. Have a basic knowledge of some aspects of Japanese geography, culture, society, etiquette and tourism.

    1. Be able to access the internet to obtain information on Japan and enhance their learning of the Japanese language.

    1. Have developed strategies for learning Japanese and have established a foundation for the continued study of both spoken and written Japanese.

    Assessment

    Quizzes and assignments: 25%
    Tests and examination: 75%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    JPL2010 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    Students enrolled in Arts courses are prohibited from taking this unit. In addition, students taking this unit are excluded from taking JPL1020, JLG4020, JLG5020.


    JPL2030 - Japanese 3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ms Jun Yano

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to consolidate and develop students' basic linguistic skills and socio-cultural knowledge in spoken and written Japanese at a pre-intermediate level. The focus is to develop students' interactive competence, including linguistic, socio-linguistic and socio-cultural knowledge. The unit also aims to develop students' intercultural skills.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

    1. have gained and developed fundamental linguistic skills (e.g. basic grammar, vocabulary) at this level which are necessary for any further study of Japanese;
    2. have gained basic social/cultural knowledge about Japan;
    3. have developed listening and speaking skills for daily conversation (e.g. about leisure, travel, study) and exchanging information in Japanese within defined situations;
    4. be able to obtain necessary information from a variety of written and spoken Japanese texts, genres and media including the internet, with some guidance;
    5. be able to recognize and write the kanji introduced at previous levels and approximately 150 newly introduced characters;
    6. be able to write about personal life (e.g. daily life, leisure, travel) using basic kanji;
    7. have developed intercultural skills which include awareness of and sensitivity to cultural differences (and similarities) through comparison and reflection on students' own cultures and societies;
    8. have enhanced awareness of language as a system, through comparison of linguistic features of Japanese and English (or other languages); and
    9. have developed skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese acquisition outside the classroom.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    One x 1 hour lecture/week

    Three hours (tutorials/seminars)/week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 2 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1030, JLG4030, JLG5030


    JPL2040 - Japanese 4

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ms Jun Yano

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the second part of a sequence progressing from the beginner to the intermediate levels of Japanese. This unit aims to enhance students' knowledge about Japan and consolidate and further develop their interactive skills in spoken and written Japanese. The unit also aims to enhance students' intercultural awareness through learning Japanese.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

    1. have gained good fundamental linguistic knowledge of Japanese (e.g. basic grammar, vocabulary, kanji) and developed skills to use them at pre-intermediate level;
    2. have gained social/cultural knowledge of Japan which are necessary to interact with Japanese people effectively in daily contexts;
    3. have developed listening and speaking skills for basic communication purposes;
    4. have developed strategies to obtain necessary information from a variety of written and spoken Japanese texts, genres and media including the internet, with some guidance;
    5. be able to recognize and use the kanji introduced at previous levels and approximately 150 newly introduced characters (450 in total);
    6. be able to write a simple essay about a social issue (e.g. ageing society, environment, education) using a wider range of vocabulary, sentence patterns and kanji;
    7. have developed intercultural awareness through learning Japanese;
    8. have developed skills and strategies that will enable them to continue their Japanese acquisition outside the classroom.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    One x 1 hour lecture/week

    Three hours (tutorials/seminars)/week



    Prerequisites

    Japanese 3 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1040, JLG4040, JLG5040


    JPL2050 - Japanese 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the first part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. The course content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker and writing a report.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion students should:

    1. be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at intermediate level,
    2. be able to read and understand extracts from Japanese text, of various genres written for a Japanese audience
    3. have developed listening and speaking skills in the area of their interest
    4. have developed interview skills to obtain information from members of the Japanese community
    5. be able to write and talk about given topics
    6. be able to recognize the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced kanji
    7. have developed and be able to display skills to use a Japanese word processor
    8. be able to use a kanji dictionary, and
    9. have developed skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese acquisition outside the classroom.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    4 hours

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 4 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1050, JPL3050, JLG4050, JLG5050


    JPL2059 - Japanese 5 (Kanazawa)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the first part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. The course content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker and writing a report.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion, students should:

    1. have established and be able to maintain relationships with Japanese people
    2. be able to obtain information in Japanese on current affairs, from newspaper articles and other written materials in areas covered in this unit
    3. have developed interview skills to obtain information from the Japanese people
    4. be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at intermediate level
    5. have developed listening and speaking skills in the area of their interest
    6. be able to write and talk about given topics
    7. be able to recognize the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters as well as reviewing the previously learnt kanji (400) totaling 550
    8. have developed and be able to apply skills in Japanese word processing, and
    9. be able to use a kanji dictionary and develop skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese outside the classroom.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 4 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1059, JPL3059, JPL1050, JPL2050, JPL3050


    JPL2060 - Japanese 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the second part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. It focuses on the language required for business and hospitality industry situations such a job interview and includes a major project developing publicity material for Japanese tourists or residents.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at advanced-intermediate level.

    1. Have obtained some knowledge on issues of Japanese society and culture through reading and be able to speak and write on these topics.

    1. Be able to read and understand extracts from Japanese texts of various genres written for Japanese audiences.

    1. Have developed listening and speaking skills on social issues.

    1. Be able to obtain information in Japanese from newspaper articles and other written materials including the internet in areas covered in Semester 2.

    1. Have further developed and displayed skills to use Japanese word processors.

    1. Be able to recognize the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters.

    1. Have developed skills that will enable continued study of Japanese outside the classroom.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    4 hours

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 5 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1060, JPL3060, JLG4060, JLG5060


    JPL2069 - Japanese 6 (Kanazawa)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    A special fee-paying, in-country Japanese language program providing home-stay, a variety of cultural activities, visits to various institutions and number of other excursions as well as classroom-based study.

    This is the second part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. This unit focuses on social and cultural issues from a global view point. The content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker, reading articles in the newspaper and internet sites and writing a report.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students should:

    1.be able to maintain relationships with Japanese people 2. be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at advanced-intermediate level 3. be able to obtain some knowledge about issues in Japanese society and culture through reading, speaking and writing about the topic 4. be able to read and understand extracts from Japanese texts of various genres written for a Japanese audience 5. have developed listening and speaking skills about social issues 6. be able to obtain information in Japanese from newspaper articles and other written materials including the internet 7. have further developed and be able to display skills to use a Japanese word processor 8. be able to recognize the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters, and 9. have developed skills that will enable continued study of Japanese outside the classroom.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 5 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1069, JPL3069, JPL1060, JPL2060, JPL3060


    JPL2070 - Japanese 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Takako Tomoda

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the first part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese. It covers spoken language and contemporary written language through various activities integrating listening, speaking, reading and writing. Activities are built around topics relating to Japanese lifestyles, their values, and to cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. Extended their skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese.

    1. Reinforced their knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (750 kanji), and developed their knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media.

    1. Developed skills to gain necessary information from newspaper articles, journals, books and the internet.

    1. Developed the skills to express themselves in written forms, in group discussions and in interviews with Japanese people.

    1. Acquired independent study strategies, noting problems and weaknesses and devising strategies to overcome these.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 6 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1070, JPL3070, JPL4070, JLG4070, JLG5070


    JPL2079 - Japanese 7 (Kanazawa)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Takako Tomoda

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the first part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese.It covers spoken language and contemporary written language through various activities integrating listening, speaking, reading and writing. Activities are built around topics relating to Japanese lifestyles, their values, and to cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese. In addition to daily classroom-based study, this special fee-paying, in-country program provides home-stay, a variety of cultural activities, visits to various institutions and number of other excursions.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit should:

    1. extend their skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese;

    1. reinforce knowledge of the kyooiku kanji they have acquired so far (a total of 750 kanji), and develop knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media;

    1. develop skills to gain necessary information from a variety of Japanese media including print materials, online materials and visual materials;

    1. develop the skills to express themselves in written forms, in group discussions and in interviews with Japanese people; and

    1. acquire independent study strategies, noting problems and weakness and devising strategies to overcome these.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

    Prerequisites

    Completion of Japanese 6 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1079/3079; JPL1070/2070/3070


    JPL2080 - Japanese 8

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Takako Tomoda

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the second part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese. Activities are built around topics relating to current issues in Japan and to cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese. Students will reinforce 1006 kyooiku kanji.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. Further developed their skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese.

    1. Reinforced their knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (900) and developed their knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media.

    1. Developed the skills to gain information on current issues from newspaper articles, journals, books and the internet, and through interviews with Japanese people.

    1. Developed their skills to summarise findings and express themselves in appropriate written forms, in group discussions, in presentations and in interviews with Japanese people.

    1. Developed skills that will enable continued acquisition of Japanese outside the classroom.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 7 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1080, JPL3080, JPL4080, JLG4080, JLG5080


    JPL2089 - Japanese 8 (Kanazawa)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Takako Tomoda

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the second part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese.Activities are built around topics relating to current issues in Japan and cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese. Students will reinforce 1006 kyooiku kanji. In addition to daily classroom-based study, this special fee-paying, in-country program provides home-stay, a variety of cultural activities, visits to various institutions and number of other excursions.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit should:

    1. further develop the skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese;

    1. reinforce knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (a total of 900 kanji) and develop knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media;

    1. develop skills to gain information on current issues from newspaper articles, journals, books and on the Internet, and through interviews with Japanese people;

    1. develop the skills to summarise the findings and express themselves in appropriate written forms, in group discussions and in presentation; and

    1. have a firm foundation for the continued acquisition of both spoken and written Japanese at an advanced level.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

    Prerequisites

    Completion of Japanese 7 or equivalent.

    Prohibitions

    JPL1089/3089; JPL1080/2080/3080


    JPL2090 - Japanese 9

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Conducted entirely in Japanese, the unit offers an advanced level of spoken and written Japanese, designed to bring the student closer to semi-native competence, through studying Japanese popular cultural forms. Language activities include reading a variety of text genres, including academic texts, learning advanced modes of expression and kanji, writing summaries and essays in Japanese, translation, debates and discussions, and conversation with Japanese visitors. Students will develop IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing, working with Japanese Internet sites, using on-line glossaries and making a powerpoint presentation in Japanese.

    Objectives

    After successfully completing this unit, students will have further developed towards an advanced, semi-native level :

    1. Their ability to use spoken Japanese to discuss and debate issues.

    1. Their ability to give a sustained and coherent oral presentation (supported by powerpoint) on a popular culture related topic.

    1. Their ability to comprehend spoken Japanese in the context of lecture presentations and authentic audio and audiovisual popular cultural documents.

    1. Their ability to read print and on-line texts using on-line glossaries and dictionaries, including both rapid reading for comprehension and detailed analytical reading.

    1. Their ability to write in Japanese, with particular reference to the skills of summary, synthesis and argument, in an essay related to popular culture.

    1. Their IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing, searching Japanese databases for information, analyzing and interpreting Japanese web pages, and doing a powerpoint presentation in Japanese.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 8 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1090, JPL3090, JPL4090, JLG4090, JLG5090


    JPL2100 - Japanese 10

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is an introduction to the theoretical and practical skills required for interpreting and translating between Japanese and English. It is designed for students with advanced competence in both Japanese and English, and will address both linguistic skills and interpreting/translating skills. While not intended to bring students to a professional level, the course will enhance students' ability to perform the informal interpreting and translating tasks. It will also provide a good foundation for further study in this area.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

    1. Be aware of basic theoretical issues concerning interpreting and translating and their practical implications;
    2. Have developed strategies for processing spoken and written texts from English into Japanese and vice versa; and
    3. Have improved their competence in Japanese.

    Assessment

    Written work 20%
    Performance activities: 30%
    Tests: 50%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 2 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 9 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1100, JPL3100, JPL4100, JLG4100, JLG5100


    JPL2110 - Japanese 11

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is an advanced level of spoken and written Japanese. It is designed to bring the student close to semi-native competence in the language, as well as enhancing their awareness of current issues in Japan and their ability to discuss current issues in Japanese.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Have increased their knowledge of the nature, structure and issues of media reports;
    2. Have increased their knowledge of current social issues in Japan;
    3. Have developed their ability to discuss current issues in Japanese;
    4. Have enhanced their ability to read authentic materials selected from Japanese books, journals and newspapers; and
    5. Have gained research skills in Japanese including: search of information through books, journals, newspapers, internet, etc.; critical thinking; and oral and written presentation skills.

    Assessment

    Exam: 45%
    Class Test: 15%
    Oral presentation: 20%
    Written work: 20%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 10 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1110, JPL3110, JPL4110, JLG4110, JLG5110


    JPL2120 - Japanese 12

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Kuniko Yoshimitsu

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is designed to develop students' Japanese language skills to an advanced level, while enriching their knowledge of Japan-Asia-Pacific relations. Students will develop reading skills, research skills using Japanese resources, debating and discussion skills, and will use a variety of Japanese media, including the Internet. Writing skills to be developed include note-taking, translation, summary, synthesis and argument in essay writing. Teaching materials will relate to Japan-Asia-Australia relations, focussing on the issues facing Japan in its relations with the Asian region, past and present.

    Objectives

    After successfully completing this unit, students should have further developed to an advanced level:

    1. Their ability in speaking Japanese, in the context of informal and formal intellectual discussion and debate in Japanese.

    1. Their ability to comprehend spoken Japanese in direct formal exposition, and in audiovisual media.

    1. Their ability to read print and on-line texts using on-line glossaries and dictionaries, especially extensive reading for comprehension.

    1. Their ability to write in Japanese, with particular reference to the skills of note-taking and translation, and of summary, synthesis and argument in an essay on a topic related to Japan and the Asia-Pacific, past or present.

    1. Their IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing and researching and recording information from Japanese databases.

    Assessment

    Exam: 45%
    Written work: 35%
    Quizzes: 10%
    Oral test: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 11 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL3120, JPL4120, JLG4120, JLG5120


    JPL2652 - Reading Japanese texts level B

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Provides students with the opportunity to improve their skills in reading and writing Japanese, including development of their knowledge of kanji and understanding of written language styles and vocabulary. A range of texts, such as simple newspaper articles, instructions, advertisements, letters and short fiction will be utilised, organised around themes relating to Japanese culture and society.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    4 hours per week

    Co-requisites

    JPL2210 or equivalent


    JPL2752 - Intermediate Japanese reading skills

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Beatrice Trefalt

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Provides students with the opportunity to improve their skills in reading and writing in Japanese, including development of their knowledge of kanji and understanding of written language styles and vocabulary. A range of texts, such as newspaper articles, essays and short stories will be utilised, organised around themes relating to Japanese culture and society.

    Objectives

    Upon successfully completing this unit, student should:

    1. Feel more at ease in approaching a variety of Japanese texts.

    1. Be able to recognize a larger number of kanji.

    1. Have become familiar with the written language style in Japanese.

    1. Have acquired rapid reading skills which will lead to extensive reading.

    1. Have enhanced their ability to use Japanese dictionaries.

    1. Have consolidated and further developed their skills in grammar and vocabulary which are used for textual communication, both reading and writing.

    Assessment

    2 Exams: (15%
    35%)
    Class performance and exercises: 20%
    Written work: 30% (1500 words)

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    JPL1040 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL3752


    JPL2852 - Advanced Japanese reading skills

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Kuniko Yoshimitsu

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Develops skills in speed reading and comprehending a variety of texts in Japanese, including longer works than are included in other language units at this level. Skills in summarising will be introduced and discussion sessions will focus on both textual and linguistic features and content.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Be able to use a variety of reading skills and strategies appropriate for the purpose such as scanning, skimming and prediction.

    1. Be able to summarise a variety of Japanese texts effectively.

    1. Be able to read Japanese materials in a larger quantity than previously, from a variety of fields, while recognising features of the different genres covered.

    1. Have a basic capacity for independent reading in Japanese through on-line learning materials and web based resources.

    Assessment

    2 Exams: (15%
    35%)
    Class contribution and exercises: 20%
    Written work: 30% (1500 words)

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 6 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL3853, JPL4852, JLG4852, JLG5852


    JPL2990 - Language study in Japan 6 Points

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject allows students to study in Japan at one of the universities with which Monash has formal agreements. Individual study plans based on Japanese proficiency and the host institution's programs are negotiated with the coordinator. Students will normally enrol in a subject or subjects formally offered by the institution concerned, based on the study plan agreed to before departure. The workload for this subject will be not less than that required for a 6-point subject at Monash University and will normally be completed over approximately 3-4 weeks for intensive programs, or over a semester when combined with other study.

    Assessment

    Students will be required to bring back all written work competed in Japan for assessment and/or to sit for a competency test. Assessment will be conducted by Monash staff, drawing on assessments provided by the host institution and direct assessment of work completed and competence achieved.

    Contact hours

    Four hours per week or equivalent

    Prerequisites

    Permission of School

    Prohibitions

    JPL3990


    JPL2991 - Language study in Japan 12 points

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject allows students to study in Japan at one of the universities with which Monash has formal agreements. Individual study plans based on Japanese proficiency and the host institution's programs are negotiated with the coordinator. Students will normally enrol in a subject or subjects formally offered by the institution concerned, based on the study plan agreed to before departure. The workload for this subject will be not less than that required for a 12-point subject at Monash University and will normally be completed over approximately 6-8 weeks for intensive programs, or over two semesters when combined with other study.

    Assessment

    Students will be required to bring back all written work competed in Japan for assessment and/or to sit for a competency test. Assessment will be conducted by Monash staff, drawing on assessments provided by the host institution and direct assessment of work completed and competence achieved.

    Contact hours

    8 hours per week or equivalent

    Prerequisites

    Permission of School

    Prohibitions

    JPL3991


    JPL2993 - Language study in Japan 18 points

    18 points, SCA Band 1, 0.375 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hiroko Hashimoto

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject allows students to study in Japan at one of the universities with which Monash has formal agreements. Individual study plans based on Japanese proficiency and the host institution's programs are negotiated with the coordinator. Students will normally enrol in a subject or subjects formally offered by the institution concerned, based on the study plan agreed to before departure. The workload for this subject will be not less than that required for an 18-point subject at Monash University and will normally be completed over approximately 9-12 weeks for intensive programs, or over two semesters when combined with other study.

    Objectives

    Upon participating in this unit students will improve their proficiency in Japanese through study at a Japanese university.

    Assessment

    Students will be required to bring back all written work competed in Japan for assessment and/or to sit for a competency test. Assessment will be conducted by Monash staff, drawing on assessments provided by the host institution and direct assessment of work completed and competence achieved.

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    12 hours per week of equivalent

    Prerequisites

    Permission of School


    JPL3000 - Adjunct unit in advanced Japanese

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ms Jun Yano

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides advanced students who are self-directed and highly motivated and who are taking an approved co-requisite unit with the opportunity to further expand their linguistic competence and knowledge of a topic area by undertaking an in-depth project or program of study. This will usually include research on a specific topic and written work. Other activities may include participation in relevant conferences and forums, viewing and production of creative works, small group projects or community involvement. Specific content and assessment will be negotiated and set out in writing prior to the commencement of semester, or within the first two weeks.



    Objectives

    Students will:

    1. Extend their linguistic competence, particularly in relation to reading and writing skills.

    1. Extend their knowledge in the topic area covered by the co-requisite unit.

    1. Demonstrate independent research skills and/or other relevant independent study skills at a level commensurate with their year level.

    Assessment

    Written work/oral and written projects: 100%

    Contact hours

    Regular consultation with coordinator and attendance at normal classes x 2 hrs per week for co-requisite unit.

    Prerequisites

    Permission of coordinator of corequisite unit

    Co-requisites

    Japanese 9, 10, 11 or 12 at appropriate year level


    JPL3050 - Japanese 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the first part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. The course content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker and writing a report.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at intermediate level.

    1. Be able to read and understand extracts from Japanese texts of various genres written for Japanese audiences.

    1. Have developed listening and speaking skills in their areas of interest.

    1. Have developed interview skills to obtain information from members of the Japanese community.

    1. Be able to write and talk about given topics.

    1. Be able to recognize the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced kanji

    1. Have developed and displayed skills to use Japanese word processor.

    1. Be able to use a kanji dictionary and

    1. Have developed skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese acquisition outside the classroom.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    4 hours

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 4 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1050, JPL2050, JLG4050, JLG5050


    JPL3059 - Japanese 5 (Kanazawa)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the first part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. The course content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker and writing a report.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion, students should:

    1. have established and be able to maintain relationships with Japanese people,

    1. be able to obtain information in Japanese on current affairs, from newspaper articles and other written materials in areas covered in this unit,

    1. have developed interview skills to obtain information from the Japanese people,

    1. be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at intermediate level,

    1. have developed listening and speaking skills in the area of their interest,

    1. be able to write and talk about given topics,

    1. be able to recognize the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters as well as reviewing the previously learnt kanji (400) totaling 550,

    1. have developed and be able to apply skills in Japanese word processing, and

    1. be able to use a kanji dictionary and develop skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese outside the classroom.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 4 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1059, JPL2059, JPL1050, JPL2050, JPL3050


    JPL3060 - Japanese 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the second part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. This unit focuses on social and cultural issues from a global view point. The content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker, reading articles in the newspaper and internet sites and writing a report.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion, students should:

    1. be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at advanced-intermediate level;

    1. be able to obtain some knowledge about issues in Japanese society and culture through reading, speaking and writing about the topic;

    1. be able to read and understand extracts from Japanese texts of various genres written for a Japanese audience;

    1. have developed listening and speaking skills about social issues;

    1. be able to obtain information in Japanese from newspaper articles and other written materials including the internet;

    1. have further developed and be able to display skills to use a Japanese word processor;

    1. be able to recognize the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters and;

    1. have developed skills that will enable continued study of Japanese outside the classroom.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    4 hours

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 5 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1060, JPL2060


    JPL3069 - Japanese 6 (Kanazawa)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    A special fee-paying, in-country Japanese language program providing home-stay, a variety of cultural activities, visits to various institutions and number of other excursions as well as classroom-based study.

    This is the second part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. This unit focuses on social and cultural issues from a global view point. The content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker, reading articles in the newspaper and internet sites and writing a report.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students should:

    1. be able to maintain relationships with Japanese people,

    1. be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at advanced-intermediate level,

    1. be able to obtain some knowledge about issues in Japanese society and culture through reading, speaking and writing about the topic,

    1. be able to read and understand extracts from Japanese texts of various genres written for a Japanese audience,

    1. have developed listening and speaking skills about social issues,

    1. be able to obtain information in Japanese from newspaper articles and other written materials including the internet,

    1. have further developed and be able to display skills to use a Japanese word processor,

    1. be able to recognize the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters, and

    1. have developed skills that will enable continued study of Japanese outside the classroom.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 5 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1069, JPL2069, JPL1060, JPL2060, JPL3060


    JPL3070 - Japanese 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Takako Tomoda

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the first part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese. It covers spoken language and contemporary written language through various activities integrating listening, speaking, reading and writing. Activities are built around topics relating to Japanese lifestyles, their values, and to cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. Extended their skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese.

    1. Reinforced their knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (750 kanji), and developed their knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media.

    1. Developed skills to gain necessary information from newspaper articles, journals, books and the internet.

    1. Developed the skills to express themselves in written forms, in group discussions and in interviews with Japanese people.

    1. Acquired independent study strategies, noting problems and weaknesses and devising strategies to overcome these.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 6 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1070, JPL2070, JPL4070, JLG4070, JLG5070


    JPL3079 - Japanese 7 (Kanazawa)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Takako Tomoda

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the first part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese.It covers spoken language and contemporary written language through various activities integrating listening, speaking, reading and writing. Activities are built around topics relating to Japanese lifestyles, their values, and to cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese. In addition to daily classroom-based study, this special fee-paying, in-country program provides home-stay, a variety of cultural activities, visits to various institutions and number of other excursions.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit should:

    1. extend their skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese;

    1. reinforce knowledge of the kyooiku kanji they have acquired so far (a total of 750 kanji), and develop knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media;

    1. develop skills to gain necessary information from a variety of Japanese media including print materials, online materials and visual materials;

    1. develop the skills to express themselves in written forms, in group discussions and in interviews with Japanese people; and

    1. acquire independent study strategies, noting problems and weakness and devising strategies to overcome these.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

    Prerequisites

    Completion of Japanese equivalent to Japanese 6

    Prohibitions

    JPL1079/2079; JPL1070/2070/3070


    JPL3080 - Japanese 8

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Takako Tomoda

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the second part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese. Activities are built around topics relating to current issues in Japan and to cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese. Students will reinforce 1006 kyooiku kanji.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Have further developed their skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese.

    1. Have reinforced their knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (900) and developed knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media.

    1. Have developed the skills to gain information on current issues from newspaper articles, journals, books and the internet, and through interviews with Japanese people.

    1. Have developed their skills to summarise findings and express themselves in appropriate written forms, in group discussions, in presentations and in interviews with Japanese people.

    1. Have a firm foundation for the continued acquisition of both spoken and written Japanese at an advanced level.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 7 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1080, JPL2080, JPL4080, JLG4080, JLG5080


    JPL3089 - Japanese 8 (Kanazawa)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Takako Tomoda

    Offered

    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the second part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese.Activities are built around topics relating to current issues in Japan and cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese. Students will reinforce 1006 kyooiku kanji. In addition to daily classroom-based study, this special fee-paying, in-country program provides home-stay, a variety of cultural activities, visits to various institutions and number of other excursions.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit should:

    1. further develop the skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese;

    1. reinforce knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (a total of 900 kanji) and develop knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media;

    1. develop skills to gain information on current issues from newspaper articles, journals, books and on the Internet, and through interviews with Japanese people;

    1. develop the skills to summarise the findings and express themselves in appropriate written forms, in group discussions and in presentation; and

    1. have a firm foundation for the continued acquisition of both spoken and written Japanese at an advanced level.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

    Prerequisites

    Completion of Japanese 7 or equivalent.

    Prohibitions

    JPL1089/2089; JPL1080/2080/3080


    JPL3090 - Japanese 9

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Conducted entirely in Japanese, the unit offers an advanced level of spoken and written Japanese, designed to bring the student closer to semi-native competence, through studying Japanese popular cultural forms. Language activities include reading a variety of text genres, including academic texts, learning advanced modes of expression and kanji, writing summaries and essays in Japanese, translation, debates and discussions, and conversation with Japanese visitors. Students will develop IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing, working with Japanese Internet sites, using on-line glossaries and making a powerpoint presentation in Japanese.

    Objectives

    After successfully completing this unit, students will have further developed towards an advanced, semi-native level :

    1. Their ability to use spoken Japanese to discuss and debate issues.

    1. Their ability to give a sustained and coherent oral presentation (supported by powerpoint) on a popular culture related topic.

    1. Their ability to comprehend spoken Japanese in the context of lecture presentations and authentic audio and audiovisual popular cultural documents.

    1. Their ability to read print and on-line texts using on-line glossaries and dictionaries, including both rapid reading for comprehension and detailed analytical reading.

    1. Their ability to write in Japanese, with particular reference to the skills of summary, synthesis and argument, in an essay related to popular culture.

    1. Their IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing, searching Japanese databases for information, analyzing and interpreting Japanese web pages, and doing a powerpoint presentation in Japanese.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 8 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1090, JPL2090, JPL4090, JLG4090, JLG5090


    JPL3100 - Japanese 10

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is an introduction to the theoretical and practical skills required for interpreting and translating between Japanese and English. It is designed for students with advanced competence in both Japanese and English, and will address both linguistic skills and interpreting/translating skills. While not intended to bring students to a professional level, the course will enhance students' ability to perform the informal interpreting and translating tasks. It will also provide a good foundation for further study in this area.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

    1. Be aware of basic theoretical issues concerning interpreting and translating and their practical implications;
    2. Have developed strategies for processing spoken and written texts from English into Japanese and vice versa; and
    3. Have improved their competence in Japanese.

    Assessment

    Written work: 20%
    Performance activities: 30%
    Tests: 50%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 2 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 9 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1100, JPL2100, JPL4100, JLG4100, JLG5100


    JPL3110 - Japanese 11

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is an advanced level of spoken and written Japanese. It is designed to bring the student close to semi-native competence in the language, as well as enhancing their awareness of current issues in Japan and their ability to discuss current issues in Japanese.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Have increased their knowledge of the nature, structure and issues of media reports;
    2. Have increased their knowledge of current social issues in Japan;
    3. Have developed their ability to discuss current issues in Japanese;
    4. Have enhanced their ability to read authentic materials selected from Japanese books, journals and newspapers; and
    5. Have gained research skills in Japanese including: search of information through books, journals, newspapers, internet, etc.; critical thinking; and oral and written presentation skills.

    Assessment

    Exam: 45%
    Class Test: 15%
    Oral presentation: 20%
    Written work: 20%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 10 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1110, JPL2110, JPL4110, JLG4110, JLG5110


    JPL3120 - Japanese 12

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Kuniko Yoshimitsu

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is designed to develop students' Japanese language skills to an advanced level, while enriching their knowledge of Japan-Asia-Pacific relations. Students will develop reading skills, research skills using Japanese resources, debating and discussion skills, and will use a variety of Japanese media, including the Internet. Writing skills to be developed include note-taking, translation, summary, synthesis and argument in essay writing. Teaching materials will relate to Japan-Asia-Australia relations, focussing on the issues facing Japan in its relations with the Asian region, past and present.

    Objectives

    After successfully completing this unit, students should have further developed to an advanced level:

    1. Their ability in speaking Japanese, in the context of informal and formal intellectual discussion and debate in Japanese.

    1. Their ability to comprehend spoken Japanese in direct formal exposition, and in audiovisual media.

    1. Their ability to read print and on-line texts using on-line glossaries and dictionaries, especially extensive reading for comprehension.

    1. Their ability to write in Japanese, with particular reference to the skills of note-taking and translation, and of summary, synthesis and argument in an essay on a topic related to Japan and the Asia-Pacific, past or present.

    1. Their IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing and researching and recording information from Japanese databases.

    Assessment

    Exam: 45%
    Written work: 35%
    Quizzes: 10%
    Oral test: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 11 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL2120, JPL4120, JLG4120, JLG5120


    JPL3550 - Advanced Japanese Language: Language and Communication System

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jun Yano

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The aim of this subject is to provide students with opportunities to develop a better understanding of the Japanese language system including grammar; morphology, lexicology, syntax and semantics through reading, discussion, activities (including error analysis) and exercises. This subject also deals with language diversity in society, including issues such as honorifics, male and female language, dialects and different styles related to communication mode; face to face, telephone, email, letter, etc.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students should:

    1. Have consolidated and improved their knowledge of linguistic aspects of Japanese, including morphology, lexicology, syntax and semantics.

    1. Have improved their ability in speaking and comprehension through informal and formal discussion in Japanese.

    1. Have further improved their reading ability of print and on-line texts using on-line glossaries and dictionaries.

    1. Have improved their ability to write in Japanese, with particular reference to the skills of note-taking, and of summary, synthesis and argument in weekly exercises and an essay on a topic related to Japanese grammar and communication system.

    1. Have further developed their communication skills by studying the diversity of the language such as honorifics, male and female languages, dialects and different styles and genres, and applying this knowledge to their communication.

    1. Be able to use style and form of language appropriate to the situation.

    1. Have further improved their IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing and researching and recording information from Japanese databases.

    1. Have developed their ability to analyse their own language use.

    1. Have consolidated the kanji learnt in the previous levels and be able to recognize new kanji in daily use.

    1. Have developed skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese acquisition outside the classroom.

    Assessment

    Exam: 35%
    Written work: 30%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    JPL3520 and JPL3540


    JPL3752 - Intermediate Japanese reading skills

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Beatrice Trefalt

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Provides students with the opportunity to improve their skills in reading and writing in Japanese, including development of their knowledge of kanji and understanding of written language styles and vocabulary. A range of texts, such as newspaper articles, essays and short stories will be utilised, organised around themes relating to Japanese culture and society.

    Objectives

    Upon successfully completing this unit, student should:

    1. Feel more at ease in approaching a variety of Japanese texts.

    1. Be able to recognize a larger number of kanji.

    1. Have become familiar with the written language style in Japanese.

    1. Have acquired rapid reading skills which will lead to extensive reading.

    1. Have enhanced their ability to use Japanese dictionaries.

    1. Have consolidated and further developed their skills in grammar and vocabulary which are used for textual communication, both reading and writing.

    Assessment

    2 Exams: (15%
    35%)
    Class performance and exercises: 20%
    Written work: 30% (1500 words)

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    JPL2040 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL2752


    JPL3852 - Advanced Japanese reading skills

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Kuniko Yoshimitsu

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Develops skills in speed reading and comprehending a variety of texts in Japanese, including longer works than are included in other language untis at this level. Skills in summarising will be introduced and discussion sessions will focus on both textual and linguistic features and content.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Be able to use a variety of reading skills and strategies appropriate for the purpose such as scanning, skimming and prediction.

    1. Be able to summarise a variety of Japanese texts effectively.

    1. Be able to read Japanese materials in a larger quantity than previously, from a variety of fields, while recognising features of the different genres covered.

    1. Have a basic capacity for independent reading in Japanese through on-line learning materials and web based resources.

    Assessment

    2 Exams: (15%
    35%)
    Class performance and exercises: 20%
    Written work: 30% (1500 words)

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 6 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL2852, JPL4852, JLG4852, JLG5852


    JPL3990 - Language study in Japan 6 points

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject allows students to study in Japan at one of the universities with which Monash has formal agreements. Individual study plans based on Japanese proficiency and the host institution's programs are negotiated with the coordinator. Students will normally enrol in a subject or subjects formally offered by the institution concerned, based on the study plan agreed to before departure. The workload for this subject will be not less than that required for a 6-point subject at Monash University and will normally be completed over approximately 3-4 weeks for intensive programs, or over a semester when combined with other study.

    Assessment

    Students will be required to bring back all written work competed in Japan for assessment and/ or to sit for a competency test. Assessment will be conducted by Monash staff, drawing on assessments provided by the host institution and direct assessment of work completed and competence achieved.

    Contact hours

    Four hours per week or equivalent

    Prerequisites

    Permission of School

    Prohibitions

    JPL2990


    JPL3991 - Language study in Japan 12 points

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester to First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject allows students to study in Japan at one of the universities with which Monash has formal agreements. Individual study plans based on Japanese proficiency and the host institution's programs are negotiated with the coordinator. Students will normally enrol in a subject or subjects formally offered by the institution concerned, based on the study plan agreed to before departure. The workload for this subject will be not less than that required for a 12-point subject at Monash University and will normally be completed over approximately 6-8 weeks for intensive programs, or over two semesters when combined with other study.

    Assessment

    Students will be required to bring back all written work competed in Japan for assessment and/or to sit for a competency test. Assessment will be conducted by Monash staff, drawing on assessments provided by the host institution and direct assessment of work completed and competence achieved.

    Contact hours

    8 hours per week or equivalent

    Prerequisites

    Permission of School


    JPL3992 - Language Study in Japan 24 Points

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject allows students to study in Japan at one of the universities with which Monash has formal agreements. Individual study plans based on Japanese proficiency and the host institution's programs are negotiated with the coordinator. Students will normally enrol in a subject or subjects formally offered by the institution concerned, based on the study plan agreed to before departure. The workload for this subject will be not less than that required for a 24-point subject at Monash University and will normally be completed over approximately 12-16 weeks for intensive programs, or over two semesters when combined with other study.

    Assessment

    Students will be required to bring back all written work completed in Japan for assessment and/or to sit for a competency test. Assessment will be conducted by Monash staff, drawing on assessments provided by the host institution and direct assessment of work completed and competence achieved.

    Contact hours

    16 hours per week or equivalent

    Prerequisites

    Permission of School


    JPL3993 - Language study in Japan 18 points

    18 points, SCA Band 1, 0.375 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hiroko Hashimoto

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject allows students to study in Japan at one of the universities with which Monash has formal agreements. Individual study plans based on Japanese proficiency and the host institution's programs are negotiated with the coordinator. Students will normally enrol in a subject or subjects formally offered by the institution concerned, based on the study plan agreed to before departure. The workload for this subject will be not less than that required for an 18-point subject at Monash University and will normally be completed over approximately 9-12 weeks for intensive programs, or over two semesters when combined with other study.

    Objectives

    Upon participating in this unit students will improve their proficiency in Japanese through study at a Japanese university.

    Assessment

    Students will be required to bring back all written work competed in Japan for assessment and/or to sit for a competency test. Assessment will be conducted by Monash staff, drawing on assessments provided by the host institution and direct assessment of work completed and competence achieved.

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    12 hours per week of equivalent

    Prerequisites

    Permission of School


    JPL4000 - Adjunct unit in advanced Japanese

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ms Jun Yano

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for JPL3000

    Objectives

    Students will:

    1. Extend their linguistic competence, particularly in relation to reading and writing skills.

    1. Extend their knowledge in the topic area covered by the co-requisite unit.

    1. Demonstrate independent research skills and/or other relevant independent study skills at a level commensurate with their year level.

    Assessment

    Written work/oral and written projects: 100%

    Contact hours

    Regular consultation with coordinator and attendance at normal x 2hr classes for co-requisite unit

    Prerequisites

    Permission of coordinator of corequisite unit

    Co-requisites

    Japanese 9, 10, 11 or 12 at appropriate year level


    JPL4070 - Japanese 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Takako Tomoda

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the first part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese. It covers spoken language and contemporary written language through various activities integrating listening, speaking, reading and writing. Activities are built around topics relating to Japanese lifestyles, their values, and to cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. Extended their skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese.

    1. Reinforced their knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (750 kanji), and developed their knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media.

    1. Developed skills to gain necessary information from newspaper articles, journals, books and the internet.

    1. Developed the skills to express themselves in written forms, in group discussions and in interviews with Japanese people.

    1. Acquired independent study strategies, noting problems and weaknesses and devising strategies to overcome these.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 6 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1070, JPL2070, JPL3070, JLG4070, JLG5070


    JPL4080 - Japanese 8

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Takako Tomoda

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is the second part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese. Activities are built around topics relating to current issues in Japan and to cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese. Students will reinforce 1006 kyooiku kanji.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Have further developed their skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese.

    1. Have reinforced their knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (900) and developed knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media.

    1. Have developed the skills to gain information on current issues from newspaper articles, journals, books and the internet, and through interviews with Japanese people.

    1. Have developed their skills to summarise findings and express themselves in appropriate written forms, in group discussions, in presentations and in interviews with Japanese people.

    1. Have a firm foundation for the continued acquisition of both spoken and written Japanese at an advanced level.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 7 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1080, JPL2080, JPL3080, JLG4080, JLG5080


    JPL4090 - Japanese 9

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Conducted entirely in Japanese, the unit offers an advanced level of spoken and written Japanese, designed to bring the student closer to semi-native competence, through studying Japanese popular cultural forms. Language activities include reading a variety of text genres, including academic texts, learning advanced modes of expression and kanji, writing summaries and essays in Japanese, translation, debates and discussions, and conversation with Japanese visitors. Students will develop IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing, working with Japanese Internet sites, using on-line glossaries and making a powerpoint presentation in Japanese.

    Objectives

    After successfully completing this unit, students will have further developed towards an advanced, semi-native level:

    1. Their ability to use spoken Japanese to discuss and debate issues.

    1. Their ability to give a sustained and coherent oral presentation (supported by powerpoint) on a popular culture related topic.

    1. Their ability to comprehend spoken Japanese in the context of lecture presentations and authentic audio and audiovisual popular cultural documents.

    1. Their ability to read print and on-line texts using on-line glossaries and dictionaries, including both rapid reading for comprehension and detailed analytical reading.

    1. Their ability to write in Japanese, with particular reference to the skills of summary, synthesis and argument, in an essay related to popular culture.

    1. Their IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing, searching Japanese databases for information, analyzing and interpreting Japanese web pages, and doing a powerpoint presentation in Japanese.

    Assessment

    Tests and Examination: 65%
    On-going assessment: 35%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 8 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1090, JPL2090, JPL3090, JLG4090, JLG5090


    JPL4100 - Japanese 10

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is an introduction to the theoretical and practical skills required for interpreting and translating between Japanese and English. It is designed for students with advanced competence in both Japanese and English, and will address both linguistic skills and interpreting/translating skills. While not intended to bring students to a professional level, the course will enhance students' ability to perform the informal interpreting and translating tasks. It will also provide a good foundation for further study in this area.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

    1. Be aware of basic theoretical issues concerning interpreting and translating and their practical implications;
    2. Have developed strategies for processing spoken and written texts from English into Japanese and vice versa; and
    3. Have improved their competence in Japanese.

    Assessment

    Written work 20%
    Performance activities: 30%
    Tests: 50%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 2 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 9 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1100, JPL2100, JPL3100, JLG4100, JLG5100


    JPL4110 - Japanese 11

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is an advanced level of spoken and written Japanese. It is designed to bring the student close to semi-native competence in the language, as well as enhancing their awareness of current issues in Japan and their ability to discuss current issues in Japanese.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Have increased their knowledge of the nature, structure and issues of media reports;
    2. Have increased their knowledge of current social issues in Japan;
    3. Have developed their ability to discuss current issues in Japanese;
    4. Have enhanced their ability to read authentic materials selected from Japanese books, journals and newspapers; and
    5. Have gained research skills in Japanese including: search of information through books, journals, newspapers, internet, etc.; critical thinking; and oral and written presentation skills.

    Assessment

    Exam: 45%
    Class Test: 15%
    Oral presentation: 20%
    Written work: 20%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 10 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL1110, JPL2110, JPL3110, JLG4110, JLG5110


    JPL4120 - Japanese 12

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Kuniko Yoshimitsu

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is designed to develop students' Japanese language skills to an advanced level, while enriching their knowledge of Japan-Asia-Pacific relations. Students will develop reading skills, research skills using Japanese resources, debating and discussion skills, and will use a variety of Japanese media, including the Internet. Writing skills to be developed include note-taking, translation, summary, synthesis and argument in essay writing. Teaching materials will relate to Japan-Asia-Australia relations, focussing on the issues facing Japan in its relations with the Asian region, past and present.

    Objectives

    After successfully completing this unit, students should have further developed to an advanced level:

    1. Their ability in speaking Japanese, in the context of informal and formal intellectual discussion and debate in Japanese.

    1. Their ability to comprehend spoken Japanese in direct formal exposition, and in audiovisual media.

    1. Their ability to read print and on-line texts using on-line glossaries and dictionaries, especially extensive reading for comprehension.

    1. Their ability to write in Japanese, with particular reference to the skills of note-taking and translation, and of summary, synthesis and argument in an essay on a topic related to Japan and the Asia-Pacific, past or present.

    1. Their IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing and researching and recording information from Japanese databases.

    Assessment

    Exam: 45%
    Written work: 35%
    Quizzes: 10%
    Oral test: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 11 or equivalent


    JPL4200 - Theory and practice of translation B

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Masato Takimoto

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Students will gain an understanding of the basic skills of English-Japanese and Japanese-English translation and practice in translating from a number of texts. Common mistakes made in translating and various strategies for translating set texts are discussed.

    Objectives

    The objectives of this unit are:

    1. To provide students with a basic understanding of the major theoretical concerns and choices confronting all translators.

    1. To share with students some practical techniques concerning the mechanics and strategies frequently used in actual translation processo.

    1. To provide students with practice in translating a variety of texts.

    1. To provide students with good writing skills particularly in their B language.

    1. To provide students with an overview of the main requirements of NAATI accreditation

    Assessment

    Mid Semester Test: 20%
    Weekly exercises: 30%
    Final test: 50%

    Contact hours

    1.5 hours of lecture per week

    Prerequisites

    Successful completion of Japanese 10 or Japan Foundation's Japanese Language Proficiency Test Level 2 or equivalent, and English competency (a minimum of IELTS 6.5). Approval from the unit coordinator.

    Co-requisites

    JPL4832

    Prohibitions

    JPL3200


    JPL4481(A) - Honours thesis in Japanese Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Beatrice Trefalt

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    The students will be required to complete an honours dissertation of 15,000 - 18,000 words. This unit may be taken over one or two semesters in the same calendar year by students who are starting and completing the thesis in that calendar year.


    JPL4481(B) - Honours thesis in Japanese Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Beatrice Trefalt

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    As for JPL4481(A)

    Assessment

    Honours dissertation (15,000-18,000 words): 100%


    JPL4482(A) - Honours thesis in Japanese - Part A - Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Beatrice Trefalt

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is available only to students who enrol for honours in Japanese on a part-time basis over two calendar years and are working on their thesis or a combined honours program for students doing their honours program wholly in Japanese. This unit must be followed by enrolment in JPL4483.


    JPL4482(B) - Honours thesis in Japanese - Part A - Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Beatrice Trefalt

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for JPL4482(A)

    Assessment

    Research Dissertation (15,000-18,000 words): 100%


    JPL4483(A) - Honours thesis in Japanese - Part B - Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Beatrice Trefalt

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is available only to students who enrol for honours in Japanese on a part-time basis or for a combined honours program.


    JPL4483(B) - Honours thesis in Japanese - Part B - Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Beatrice Trefalt

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for JPL4483(A)

    Assessment

    Research Dissertation (15,000-18,000 words): 100%


    JPL4610 - Research methodology for applied linguistics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Associate Professor Helen Marriott

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The role and conduct of research in applied linguistics and sociolinguistics. The unit is designed for students intending to write minor theses or research papers, but will also be of benefit to students undertaking other data-based projects or writing academic essays.

    Objectives

    Students should develop an understanding of different research approaches and methodologies in order to design research projects and present research reports.

    Assessment

    Written and oral work: 100%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week


    JPL4621 - Interpreting current events in Japanese and English B

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Masato Takimoto

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit constitutes the first stage of progressive training in consecutive interpreting with an emphasis on interpretation from Japanese to English and vice versa. The unit is interrelated to JPL3622 Interpreting B and consequently both units share the overall objective which is to train students to be able to perform at a professional level in a variety of English-Japanese interpreting situations.

    Objectives

    When completing the unit, students are expected to:

    1. identify a wide range of skills and techniques required for interpreting, as well as various issues surrounding interpreting situations;

    1. discuss basic interpreting theories; and

    1. deliver a reasonably polished and accurate interpreting on general (i.e. non-technical) topics in the form of short speeches, with minimum hesitations and giving appropriate consideration to target language (TL) grammar, idiom, style and register.

    Assessment

    Written: 30%
    3 Tests: 70%

    Contact hours

    2 hours of workshop per week

    Prerequisites

    Successful completion of Japanese 10 or Japan Foundation's Japanese Language Proficiency Test Level 2 or equivalent, and English competency (a minimum of IELTS 6.5). Approval from the unit coordinator.

    Co-requisites

    JPL4622

    Prohibitions

    JPL3621


    JPL4622 - Interpreting B

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Masato Takimoto

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Skills and techniques for consecutive interpreting using authentic interviews and talks. Topics focus on industry, business, general contemporary affairs, education, Australia-Japan relations, medicine, tourism etc. Practice in both languages and relevant aspects of the theory of English-Japanese consecutive interpreting.

    Objectives

    When completing the unit, students are expected to:

    1. deliver a reasonably polished and accurate interpreting on general (i.e. non-technical) topics in the form of dialogue interpreting, with minimum hesitations and giving appropriate consideration to target language (TL) grammar, idiom, style, and register.

    Assessment

    Written: 20%
    2 Tests: 80%

    Contact hours

    2 hours of workshop per week

    Prerequisites

    Successful completion of Japanese 10 or Japan Foundation's Japanese Language Proficiency Test Level 2 or equivalent, and English competency (a minimum of IELTS 6.5). Approval from the unit coordinator.

    Co-requisites

    JPL4621

    Prohibitions

    JPL3622


    JPL4720 - Advanced Japanese language in Japan 12 points

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit allows honours students to study in Japan at an approved tertiary institution and will continue the program commenced in JPL4991. Individual study plans based on Japanese proficiency and the host institution's programs are negotiated with the coordinator. Students will normally enrol in a subject or subjects formally offered by the institution concerned, based on the study plan agreed to before departure.

    Assessment

    Students will be required to bring back all written work completed in Japan for assessment and/or to sit for a competency test. Assessment will be conducted by Monash staff, drawing on assessments provided by the host institution and direct assessment of work completed and competence achieved.

    Contact hours

    6 hours per week or equivalent

    Co-requisites

    JPL4991


    JPL4832 - Translation of Japanese business documents

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Masato Takimoto

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Introduction to the various types of business writing encountered in paid employment (including letters, legal documents, internal memoranda, reports, notifications and pamphlets) especially the translation of such writings from Japanese into English and vice versa. The medium of instruction will be English and/or Japanese

    Objectives

    When completing the unit, students are expected:

    1. to be familiar with the range of basic documents used in firms and other similar kinds of organisations in Japan and Australia;

    1. to have several strategies for processing and translating documents from Japanese into English and vice versa; and

    1. to have confidence to negotiate with clients about the translation of business documents.

    Assessment

    Written work(3500 words):60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    1.5 hours of lecture per week

    Prerequisites

    Successful completion of Japanese 10 or Japan Foundation's Japanese Language Proficiency Test Level 2 or equivalent, and English competency (a minimum of IELTS 6.5). Approval from the unit coordinator

    Co-requisites

    JPL4200

    Prohibitions

    JPL3832


    JPL4852 - Advanced Japanese reading skills

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Kuniko Yoshimitsu

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Develops skills in speed reading and comprehending a variety of texts in Japanese, including longer works than are included in other language units at this level. Skills in summarising will be introduced and discussion sessions will focus on both textual and linguistic features and content.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Be able to use a variety of reading skills and strategies appropriate for the purpose such as scanning, skimming and prediction.

    1. Be able to summarise a variety of Japanese texts effectively.

    1. Be able to read Japanese materials in a larger quantity than previously, from a variety of fields, while recognising features of the different genres covered.

    1. Have a basic capacity for independent reading in Japanese through on-line learning materials and web based resources.

    Assessment

    2 Exams: (15%
    35%)
    Class contribution and exercises: 20%
    Written work: 30% (1500 words)

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    Japanese 6 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPL2852, JPL3852, JLG4852, JLG5852


    JPL4990 - Language study in Japan 6 Points

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit allows honours students to study in Japan at an approved tertiary institution. Individual study plans based on Japanese proficiency and the host institution's programs are negotiated with the coordinator. Students will normally enrol in a unit or units formally offered by the institution concerned,based on the study plan agreed to before departure.

    Assessment

    Students will be required to bring back all written work completed in Japan for assessment and/or to sit for a competency test. Assessment will be conducted by Monash staff, drawing on assessments provided by the host institution and direct assessment of work completed and competence achieved.

    Contact hours

    Four hours per week or equivalent

    Prerequisites

    Permission of School


    JPL4991 - Language study in Japan 12 points

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject allows students to study in Japan at one of the universities with which Monash has formal agreements. Individual study plans based on Japanese proficiency and the host institution's programs are negotiated with the coordinator. Students will normally enrol in a subject or subjects formally offered by the institution concerned, based on the study plan agreed to before departure. The workload for this subject will be not less than that required for a 12-point subject at Monash University and will normally be completed over approximately 6-8 weeks for intensive programs, or over two semesters when combined with other study.

    Assessment

    Students will be required to bring back all written work completed in Japan for assessment and/or to sit for a competency test. Assessment will be conducted by Monash staff, drawing on assessments provided by the host institution and direct assessment of work completed and competence achieved.

    Contact hours

    8 hours per week or equivalent

    Prerequisites

    Permission of School


    JPL4992 - Language study in Japan 24 points

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject allows students to study in Japan at one of the universities with which Monash has formal agreements. Individual study plans based on Japanese proficiency and the host institution's programs are negotiated with the coordinator. Students will normally enrol in a subject or subjects formally offered by the institution concerned, based on the study plan agreed to before departure. The workload for this subject will be not less than that required for a 24-point subject at Monash University and will normally be completed over approximately 12-16 weeks for intensive programs, or over two semesters when combined with other study.

    Assessment

    Students will be required to bring back all written work completed in Japan for assessment and/or to sit for a competency test. Assessment will be conducted by Monash staff, drawing on assessments provided by the host institution and direct assessment of work completed and competence achieved.

    Contact hours

    16 hours per week or equivalent

    Prerequisites

    Permission of School


    JPL4993 - Language study in Japan 18 points

    18 points, SCA Band 1, 0.375 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Hiroko Hashimoto

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject allows students to study in Japan at one of the universities with which Monash has formal agreements. Individual study plans based on Japanese proficiency and the host institution's programs are negotiated with the coordinator. Students will normally enrol in a subject or subjects formally offered by the institution concerned, based on the study plan agreed to before departure. The workload for this subject will be not less than that required for an 18-point subject at Monash University and will normally be completed over approximately 9-12 weeks for intensive programs, or over two semesters when combined with other study.

    Objectives

    Upon participating in this unit students will improve their proficiency in Japanese through study at a Japanese university.

    Assessment

    Students will be required to bring back all written work competed in Japan for assessment and/or to sit for a competency test. Assessment will be conducted by Monash staff, drawing on assessments provided by the host institution and direct assessment of work completed and competence achieved.

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    12 hours per week of equivalent

    Prerequisites

    Permission of School


    JPS1090 - Understanding Contemporary Japan

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides a necessary introduction to Japan for students who take Japanese language courses or wish to proceed to further Japanese studies units. Topics include Hiroshima and the war trials, the occupation, the economic development of post-war Japan, the legal structure, the socio-cultural and political dynamics of postwar Japan and its relations with the outside world, especially Australia.

    Objectives

    On successfully completing this unit, students will have:

    1. Gained an understanding of the socio-economic and political dynamics of postwar Japan, its culture, and its relations with the outside world, especially Australia.

    1. Had experience in cricitally analyzing popular images or stereotypes that have served to colour the way Japan is viewed in Australia.

    1. Acquired familiarity with the major events shaping Japan's postwar history, the key institutions and issues in contemporary Japanese society and Japan in the international system.

    1. Improved their writing skills, as a basis for further development in second-year and third-year units.

    Assessment

    Written work (2500 words): 50%
    Tutorial contribution: 15%
    Exam (2 hours): 35%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


    JPS2110 - Japanese society and the new millennium

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit surveys Japanese society and culture since 1945. It focuses on basic social structure and lifestyles in contemporary Japan, and on the various challenges which are confronting Japanese society. After examining important aspects of Japanese society such as its mosaic of inequality, the organisation of work, the education system and the family, the unit considers selected areas of social life which are currently being debated in Japan. Special attention will be given to Japan's international interface and to the multiculturalisation of Japanese society at the beginning of the new Millennium.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2000 words)
    Exam: 20%
    Tutorial presentation: 20% (1000 words)

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    JPS3110, COS3060


    JPS2130 - Introduction to Japanese sociolinguistics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Assoc Prof Helen Marriott

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the study of the basic aspects of the Japanese language and system of communication, as well as intercultural communication. Topics include communication problems, speech acts, politeness, discourse structure.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Have developed their understanding of the discipline of sociolinguistics and to be able to employ some of the terminology used within it.

    1. Have increased their knowledge about communicating in Japanese or English with native speakers of Japanese.

    1. Have improved their understanding of the processes of communication found in native Japanese communication situations as well as in intercultural contact situations.

    1. Have improved their competence in communicating in their second (or third) language.

    1. Have developed a knowledge of enquiry techniques employed in sociolinguistics.

    1. Have improved their skills in reading critically, analysing, writing and presenting reports.

    Assessment

    written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Co-requisites

    Japanese 4 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPS3130


    JPS2140 - Touring Japanese Culture

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alison Tokita

    Offered

    Overseas Trimester 1 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is a 3 week intensive study tour of Japan which will give the student direct experience of a number of Japanese cultural events and phenomena, in addition to library based study before travelling to Japan and on return to Australia. Like its counterpart, JPS2/3150, this unit treats Japanese culture primarily in the sense of the arts: verbal, visual and performing. It offers a broad perspective of Japanese cultural and artistic forms, allowing students to focus on areas of individual interest. It covers Japanese cultural history from prehistoric times to the contemporary, particularly looking at the relations between Chinese, Korean and indigenous Japanese culture.

    Assessment

    Travel diary
    Site critiques: 50%
    Major Essay: 50%

    Contact hours

    25-30 hours (site visits, lectures and tutorials) per week over 3 weeks

    Prerequisites

    First-year Japanese or other Asian studies sequence or combination, or permission.

    Prohibitions

    JPS2150/3150, JPS3140


    JPS2150 - Japanese culture: Identity and tradition

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alison Tokita

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit treats Japanese culture in the sense of the arts: verbal, visual and performing. It offers a broad perspective of Japanese cultural and artistic forms, allowing students to focus on areas of individual interest.

    Assessment

    Essay: 50% (2000 words)
    Tutorial contribution: 25%
    Exam: 25%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour tutorial and 1 x 1 hour lecture) per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year Japanese or other Asian language or Japanese or other Asian studies sequence or combination.

    Prohibitions

    JPS2140/3140 and JPS3150


    JPS2190 - Japanese management and the economy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the historical background of the Japanese economy, and examines the post-war development of the Japanese economy, various aspects of contemporary Japanese management, the Australia-Japan relationship and various theoretical perspectives on the relationship between the state and markets (including the issue of trade friction).

    Objectives

    This subject has been designed to give students a good grasp of Japanese management and the economic history of Japan as well as to introduce students to the political economy of contemporary Japan. By completing this subject, students will:

    1. Have developed an understanding of the basic characteristics of Japanese management.

    1. Have become acquainted with the modern history of the Japanese economy.

    1. Have become familiar with various contemporary aspects, trends, and problems of the modern Japanese economy.

    1. Have sharpened analytical skills through discussions of contending theoretical perspectives which attempt to explain the character of Japanese management and the economy.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40% (2000 words)
    Exam: 40%
    Tutorial presentation+ Participation: 20% (1000 words)

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year Japanese language, Japanese studies, economics or management related disciplines, or permission.

    Prohibitions

    JPS3190


    JPS2530 - Japanese language acquisition and use

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Robyn Spence-Brown

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The first part of the unit focuses on basic aspects of the Japanese language and system of communication, particularly as they relate to intercultural communication. Topics covered will include computers and the Japanese script, code switching and borrowing, variation, and intercultural communication. The second part examines the nature of communicative competence in Japanese and introduces some theories about how a second language is learned and how teaching and learning can be optimised.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Be able to display a basic, critical understanding of some issues related to the acquisition and use of Japanese language.

    1. Be able to relate these issues to their own experiences in learning languages and using Japanese.

    1. Be able to employ general academic skills (in library research, critical thinking, oral and written communication).

    1. Have a foundation for undertaking further studies in Japanese linguistics and sociolinguistics.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (3000 words)
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year Japanese language sequence or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPS3530


    JPS2590 - Introduction to Japanese linguistics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Assoc Prof Helen Marriott

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is an introduction to the linguistic study of Japanese and deals with a number of topics from different areas of language (writing system, sound system, word formation, particles, and other topics).

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Display a basic understanding of the major fields of Japanese linguistics and terminology used within it.

    1. Display a critical understanding of issues in Japanese linguistics.

    1. Undertake an analysis of their own written and spoken language.

    1. Utilize various inquiry techniques.

    1. Write an academic essay on a linguistics topic.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Co-requisites

    Japanese 4 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPS3590


    JPS2710 - Australia-Japan relations

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Beatrice Trefalt

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines economic, political, social and cultural aspects of the Australia-Japan relationship in historical context, treating a variety of topics such as education, tourism and intercultural communication.

    Assessment

    Written (2000 words): 40%
    Examination (1.5 hours): 40%
    Tutorial presentation (1000 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year Japanese studies, Japanese language or History sequence or permission

    Prohibitions

    JPS3710


    JPS2990 - Japanese studies in Japan 6 points

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    An approved semester-length, or year-length program of study at a Japanese institution. Students will take one or more units in Japanese studies at the Japanese institution which are equivalent in standard to work done in the School of Japanese studies as approved by the head of School. The workload for this unit will be approximately equal to that required for a 6-point unit at Monash University, and will normally be completed over one or two semesters when combined with other study.

    Assessment

    Students will be required to bring back all written work competed in Japan for assessment by Monash staff, drawing both on results provided by the host institution and on direct assessment of work completed.

    Prerequisites

    Permission


    JPS2991 - Japanese studies in Japan (12 Points)

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    An approved semester-length, or year-length program of study at a Japanese institution. Students will take one or more units in Japanese studies at the Japanese institution which are equivalent in standard to work done in the School of Japanese studies as approved by the head of School. The workload for this unit will be approximately equal to that required for a 12-point unit at Monash University, and will normally be completed over one or two semesters when combined with other study.

    Assessment

    Students will be required to bring back all written work competed in Japan for assessment by Monash staff, drawing both on results provided by the host institution and on direct assessment of work completed.

    Prerequisites

    Permission


    JPS3110 - Japanese society and the new millennium

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit surveys Japanese society and culture since 1945. It focuses on basic social structure and lifestyles in contemporary Japan, and on the various challenges which are confronting Japanese society. After examining important aspects of Japanese society such as its mosaic of inequality, the organisation of work, the education system and the family, the unit considers selected areas of social life which are currently being debated in Japan. Special attention will be given to Japan's international interface and to the multiculturalisation of Japanese society at the beginning of the new Millennium.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2000 words)
    Exam: 20%
    Tutorial presentation: 20% (1000 words)

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    JPS2110, COS3060


    JPS3130 - Introduction to Japanese sociolinguistics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Assoc Prof Helen Marriott

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the study of the basic aspects of the Japanese language and system of communication, as well as intercultural communication. Topics include communication problems, speech acts, politeness, discourse structure.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Have developed their understanding of the discipline of sociolinguistics and to be able to employ some of the terminology used within it.

    1. Have increased their knowledge about communicating in Japanese or English with native speakers of Japanese.

    1. Have improved their understanding of the processes of communication found in native Japanese communication situations as well as in intercultural contact situations.

    1. Have improved their own competence in communicating in their second (or third) language.

    1. Have developed a knowledge of enquiry techniques employed in sociolinguistics.

    1. Have improved their skills in reading critically, analysing, writing and presenting reports.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    Completion of, or current enrolment, in Japanese 3/4 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPS2130


    JPS3140 - Touring Japanese culture

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alison Tokita

    Offered

    Overseas Trimester 1 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is a 3 week intensive study tour of Japan which will give the student direct experience of a number of Japanese cultural events and phenomena, in addition to library based study before travelling to Japan and on return to Australia. Like its counterpart, JPS2/3150, this unit treats Japanese culture primarily in the sense of the arts: verbal, visual and performing. It offers a broad perspective of Japanese cultural and artistic forms, allowing students to focus on areas of individual interest. It covers Japanese cultural history from prehistoric times to the contemporary, particularly looking at the relations between Chinese, Korean and indigenous Japanese culture.

    Assessment

    Travel diary
    Site critiques: 50%
    Major Essay: 50%

    Contact hours

    25-30 hours (site visits, lectures and tutorials) per week over 3 weeks

    Prerequisites

    First-year Japanese or other Asian studies sequence or combination, or permission.

    Prohibitions

    JPS2150/3150, JPS2140


    JPS3150 - Japanese culture: Identity and tradition

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alison Tokita

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit treats Japanese culture in the sense of the arts: verbal, visual and performing. It offers a broad perspective of Japanese cultural and artistic forms, allowing students to focus on areas of individual interest.

    Assessment

    Essay: 50% (2000 words)
    Class Presentation
    participation: 25%
    Exam: 25%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour tutorial and 1 x 1 hour lecture) per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year Japanese or other Asian language or Japanese or other Asian studies sequence or combination.

    Prohibitions

    JPS2150


    JPS3190 - Japanese management and the economy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the historical background of the Japanese economy, and examines the post-war development of the Japanese economy, various aspects of contemporary Japanese management, the Australia-Japan relationship and various theoretical perspectives on the relationship between the state and markets (including the issue of trade friction).

    Objectives

    This subject has been designed to give students a good grasp of Japanese management and the economic history of Japan as well as to introduce students to the political economy of contemporary Japan. By completing this subject, students will:

    1. Have developed an understanding of the basic characteristics of Japanese management.

    1. Have become acquainted with the modern history of the Japanese economy.

    1. Have become familiar with various contemporary aspects, trends, and problems of the modern Japanese economy.

    1. Have sharpened analytical skills through discussions of contending theoretical perspectives which attempt to explain the character of Japanese management and the economy.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40% (2000 words)
    Exam: 40%
    Tutorial presentation+ Participation: 20% (1000 words)

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year Japanese language, Japanese studies, economics, or management related disciplines and the completion of at least two second-year units in any discipline, or permission.

    Prohibitions

    JPS2190


    JPS3530 - Japanese language acquisition and use

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Robyn Spence-Brown

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The first part of the unit focuses on basic aspects of the Japanese language and system of communication, particularly as they relate to intercultural communication. Topics covered will include computers and the Japanese script, code switching and borrowing, variation, and intercultural communication. The second part examines the nature of communicative competence in Japanese and introduces some theories about how a second language is learned and how teaching and learning can be optimised.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Be able to display a basic, critical understanding of some issues related to the acquisition and use of Japanese language.

    1. Be able to relate these issues to their own experiences in learning languages and using Japanese.

    1. Be able to employ general academic skills (in library research, critical thinking, oral and written communication).

    1. Have a foundation for undertaking further studies in Japanese linguistics and sociolinguistics.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (3000 words)
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year Japanese studies unit or Japanese language sequence or equivalent.

    Prohibitions

    JPS2530


    JPS3590 - Introduction to Japanese linguistics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Assoc Prof Helen Marriott

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is an introduction to the linguistic study of Japanese and deals with a number of topics from different areas of language (writing system, sound system, word formation, particles, and other topics).

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Display a basic understanding of the major fields of Japanese linguistics and terminology used within it.

    1. Display a critical understanding of issues in Japanese linguistics.

    1. Undertake an analysis of their own written and spoken language.

    1. Utilize various inquiry techniques.

    1. Write an academic essay on a linguistics topic.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Co-requisites

    Japanese 3/4 sequence or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    JPS2590


    JPS3710 - Australia-Japan relations

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Beatrice Trefalt

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines economic, political, social and cultural aspects of the Australia-Japan relationship in historical context, treating a variety of topics such as education, tourism and intercultural communication.

    Assessment

    Written work (3000 words): 70%
    1 hour Exam: 20%
    Tutorial contribution:10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year Japanese studies, Japanese language or History sequence or permission.

    Prohibitions

    JPS2710


    JPS3990 - Japanese studies in Japan (6 Points)

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer

    Offered

    Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    An approved semester-length, or year-length program of study at a Japanese institution. Students will take one or more units in Japanese studies at the Japanese institution which are equivalent in standard to work done in the School of Japanese studies as approved by the head of School. The workload for this unit will be approximately equal to that required for a 6-point unit at Monash University, and will normally be completed over one or two semesters when combined with other study.

    Assessment

    Students will be required to bring back all written work completed in Japan for assessment by Monash staff, drawing both on results provided by the host institution and on direct assessment of work completed.

    Prerequisites

    Permission


    JPS3991 - Japanese studies in Japan (12 Points)

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    An approved semester-length, or year-length program of study at a Japanese institution. Students will take one or more units in Japanese studies at the Japanese institution which are equivalent in standard to work done in the School of Japanese studies as approved by the head of School. The workload for this unit will be approximately equal to that required for a 12-point unit at Monash University, and will normally be completed over one or two semesters when combined with other study.

    Assessment

    Students will be required to bring back all written work competed in Japan for assessment by Monash staff, drawing both on results provided by the host institution and on direct assessment of work completed.

    Prerequisites

    Permission


    JPS3992 - Japanese studies in Japan (24 Points)

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    An approved semester-length, or year-length program of study at a Japanese institution. Students will take one or more units in Japanese studies at the Japanese institution which are equivalent in standard to work done in the School of Japanese studies as approved by the head of School. The workload for this unit will be approximately equal to that required for a 24-point unit at Monash University, and will normally be completed over one semester, or two semesters when combined with other study.

    Assessment

    Students will be required to bring back all written work competed in Japan for assessment by Monash staff, drawing both on results provided by the host institution and on direct assessment of work completed.

    Prerequisites

    Permission


    JRN1902 - Newsroom practice and theory

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Louise North

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
    Singapore First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to introduce students to key practices in journalism. At the same time, the unit will familiarize students with the various historical, technological, political, social, cultural and institutional conditions that influence journalism. The basic objective of this unit is to foster critical enquiry by developing specific news writing and reporting skills, and a comprehensive knowledge of the networks of power journalists are engaged with. Students in this unit will also participate in discourses surrounding the current issues and debates in journalism, particularly focused on media laws and codes of ethics and, their impact on professional practice.

    Objectives

    This unit aims to enable students to:

    1. develop knowledge of news writing and reporting skills;

    1. develop knowledge of newsroom practices and the pressures that working journalists experience;

    1. obtain an introduction to the legal aspects of journalism including the impact of defamation legislation, contempt of court, and other legal issues;

    1. gain a comprehensive understanding of the cultural and historical forces acting on Australian journalism to create its particular character;

    1. be aware of the ethical implications of journalistic work and of the responsibilities journalists have to the various communities they report on and that make up a culturally diverse population;

    1. produce (write and report) relevant, commercially viable copy for print media. Publication will be encouraged but is not an essential requirement for this subject, and

    1. understand and participate in discourses about the current issues and debates in journalism, including the impact of new technologies on journalism.

    Assessment

    Written work: Two News Stories (900 words): 20%
    Reporting One News Story (1000 words): 25%
    Discussion/Debate participation: 15%
    2 hour Exam: 40% OCL students: Written work: Two News Stories (900 words): 20%
    Reporting One News Story (1000 words): 25%
    Discussion paper (700 words): 15%
    2 hour Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    GSC1902, GSC2901


    JRN1903 - Feature writing

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Bill Birnbauer

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Singapore Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    Students critically consider the genre of feature writing for print and electronic media, including new media. They produce news features and magazine style articles to publishable standard, learn advanced reporting skills, and address the cultural implications of writing about issues of contemporary interest. The unit includes aspects of design and presentation of feature articles.

    Objectives

    1. production of newspaper and magazine feature articles to publishable standard;

    1. application of research skills for writing in the genre;

    1. understanding of the similarities and differences between news and news feature writing, including the role of argument and persuasion;

    1. management of information in the form of documents and date bases;

    1. professional understanding of workplace practices and principles and of industry standards relevant to the craft of feature writing

    Assessment

    Two feature articles (800-1000 words each): 50% +

    One extended feature article (1600-1800 words): 30% +

    Critique (800 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    GSC1903, GSC2902


    JRN2901 - International journalism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Usha M Rodrigues

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
    Singapore First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    The unit considers journalism in both an international and a regional context. Students gain an understanding of Asian and Western values for journalism and the impact this might have on Australian journalism. Students compare various press systems and the impact of globalization on international news reporting. Topics include propaganda, censorship, reporting wars, media ownership, and national and international media agencies, with reference to specific national and international conflicts.

    Objectives

    1. Critical and analytical understanding of the key theories in international news reporting;

    1. Understanding of global journalism practices;

    1. Ability to examine issues facing international news reporting, with reference to particular regions;

    1. Understanding of the historical relationship between Western media, in particular the Australian media, and Asian media;

    Assessment

    Written assignments (4200 words): 90%
    Attendance/participation for on-campus students, or reading report for OCL students (300 words): 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (one 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    JRN1902 and JRN1903 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    JRN3901, GSC3901


    JRN2903 - Online journalism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Usha Manchanda Rodrigues

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Singapore Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit is designed to develop students' skills in the area of online journalism. It considers the role of the journalist in the 'information society'; issues of access to and distribution of information; and the applications and potentials of online and convergence journalism. The legal and ethical issues confronting the online journalist will be considered. The wider implications of the electronic networks and online news outlets will be addressed through contemporary debates, for example the projected demise of newspapers; the role of electronic literacy in contemporary society; the emergence of multi-media story telling and convergence journalism.

    Objectives

    At the end of the semester, students will have a good knowledge of:

    1. the development of the Internet, in particular the world wide web, and its impact on the media and in the society; 2. the critical discourses related to the information society;

    3. the differences between traditional print and broadcast journalism, and online and convergence journalism;

    4. how the practice of journalism is being shaped by new information technologies;

    5. what skills are needed to work as an online or multi-media journalist;

    6. the ethical and legal issues confronting online journalists;

    7. what skills are required to produce a multi-media news web site.

    Assessment

    Written assignments: 50% (2000 words)
    Multi-media project: 40%
    Team work and participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour laboratory) per week

    Prerequisites

    JRN1902 and JRN1903 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC2903, GSC3913, JRN3903


    JRN2904 - Editing for print media

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Ndaeyo Uko

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit introduces students to the principles and practice of copyediting for various print media. Topics include aspects of grammar, house-style, technical conventions of the English language, editing and proof-reading symbols, structural editing, the role of the editor in the publishing process, publishing conventions, legal issues such as copyright, and page design and layout. The unit refines students' own writing skills and self-editing skills for non fiction forms and prepares them for the responsibilities associated with the editorial workplace. Students studying by off-campus learning will need access to a computer and the Internet.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. Skill in English expression for non fiction publications in print media, including specialist and international publications;

    1. Ability to explain and apply the grammatical principles, technical conventions, and editing styles used in media communication and mainstream publishing;

    1. Proof-reading skills and knowledge of proof-reading symbols;

    1. Ability to detect legal and ethical problems in the printed word;

    1. An understanding of the changing role of the editor in the history of publishing;

    1. Competency in the use of industry standard software.

    Assessment

    Copyediting assignment (1000 words): 20% +

    Manuscript editing assignment (1500 words): 30% +

    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (one 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    JRN1902 and JRN1903 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    JRN3904


    JRN2905 - Radio journalism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the role of radio news and current affairs in society. Students receive instruction in the use of audio recording equipment and digital editing, and they produce their own radio bulletins and feature packages.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit should be able to demonstrate:



    1. An understanding of the current issues affecting radio in Australia

    1. An ability to critically discuss the emerging technologies (especially Internet radio) and their relationship to radio

    1. Skills necessary for successful participation in radio production and presentation for broadcast and the web: sound recording, editing, panel operation, voice production and interviewing; and

    1. Radio production skills that will allow students to work in the traditional and web radio industry.

    Assessment

    Radio analysis: 20%
    Radio news bulletin: 20%
    Radio feature: 30%
    Live radio: 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    GSC1902 and GSC1903 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GSC2905, GSC2907, JRN2907


    JRN2906 - Television journalism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Topics include the role of television news and current affairs in a democratic society; the production of meaning by television news construction and editing; news production and journalism fieldwork in the television industry. Students learn skills in audio-visual recording and digital editing and will gather and produce their own news stories.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit should be able to demonstrate:

    1. An understanding of the distinction between television, print, radio and web news, their production processes, and the essential characteristics of news presented by these different media.
    2. Knowledge of issues affecting television journalism in particular and broadcast industry in general.
    3. An understanding of the role and impact of television news and current affairs in a society, of the link between ownership, rating, advertising, entertainment, and news and current affairs, and of the future of television news vis a vis the convergence of media.
    4. Production skills required to become a television journalist with emphasis on news and current affairs.
    5. An understanding of how a television news room functions, the importance of teamwork, the role each crewmember in a television news program plays; learn to produce news stories in a team environment.
    6. An understanding of how TV news is written, the language, the script format and visual requirements and practice writing TV news script.
    7. Interviewing skills on location and in the studio.
    8. Skill in the use of the digital camera and digital editing equipment.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Studio and production work: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week (plus 6 hours of workshops for the semester)

    Prerequisites

    JRN1902, JRN1903, JRN2905 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC2904, GSC2907, GSC2906, JRN2907


    JRN2907 - Radio and television journalism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andrea Baker

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Singapore Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the role of radio and television news and current affairs in society. Students consider the ways news reporting and editing can contribute to the construction of meaning. The unit also includes news production and journalism fieldwork.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. An understanding of the role of radio and television news and current affairs;

    1. Knowledge of the practice of broadcast news reporting, writing and editing;

    1. Ability in broadcast production work;

    1. Experience in broadcast journalism fieldwork.

    Assessment

    Critical essay: 20%
    Radio news script (2 minutes): 20%
    TV Script (6 minutes): 20%
    Live radio or TV program: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hour workshop per week

    Prerequisites

    JRN1902 and JRN1903 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC2904, GSC2905, GSC2906, GSC2907, GSC2908, JRN2905, JRN2906


    JRN2909 - Media law

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
    Singapore First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit covers the areas of law that affect journalists in their everyday work, including defamation, contempt of court, confidentiality, copyright and freedom of information legislation. Students learn the extent of legal freedoms and constraints on the publishing industry and the ways some points of professional ethics and the law might come into conflict. The principle of freedom of expression provides a framework for comparing legal rights, freedoms and obligations in various jurisdictions.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit should be able to demonstrate:

    1. knowledge of the professional practices and procedures in reporting legal proceedings and in reporting matters that could potentially lead to legal actions;

    1. knowledge of the journalist's rights and responsibilities in reporting on the civil and criminal courts;strategies to collect and write about sensitive information relating to private and public individuals and corporations;

    1. familiarity with the regulatory proceedings relating to journalism;

    1. understanding of the debates and conflicts between governments and media in various jurisdictions;

    1. ability to interpret and critically analyse legal and regulatory trends affecting freedom of expression.

    Assessment

    Written work: Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Oral presentation and written paper (1000 words): 30%
    2 hour Exam: 40%
    OCL students: Written work: Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Critical analysis of case studies (1000 words): 30%
    2 hour Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    JRN1902 and JRN1903 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC3909, GSC3903, GSC2909, JRN3909


    JRN2910 - Journalism ethics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Singapore Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit covers the areas of professional ethics that govern journalism in Australia and in other countries. Topics include fairness and accuracy, media bias, invasion of privacy, conflict of interest, media stereotypes, self-regulation, and reporting on minorities. Students learn the extent of ethical constraints and freedoms and the tensions that arise among media owners, media regulators, journalists, and the public in reporting of news. The challenges of globalisation and of rapid technological change provide a framework within which to consider trends and dilemmas in journalism ethics in the 21st century.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit should be able to demonstrate:

    1. Knowledge of and practice in applying the Australian Journalists Association code of ethics and the Australian Press Council Statement of Principles and knowledge of comparative codes of ethics from other countries;

    1. Knowledge of the journalist's rights and responsibilities as defined by the Australian Journalists Association Code of Ethics and where appropriate various codes of ethics applying to other countries;

    1. Strategies to communicate in a professional way with employers and the public about ethics issues in the workplace;

    1. Ability to debate the ethics conflicts that arise between governments, the public, and the media in various press systems;

    1. Skills in news gathering, interpretation, and writing to enable students to carry out the duties of the profession of journalism in a way that honours and includes all groups in society and recognises the rights of people from various socio-economic and cultural backgrounds;

    1. Ability to critically analyse self-regulation of the media in Australia and elsewhere and to compare self-regulation with other forms of regulation of media;

    1. Understanding of trends in globalisation of the media and the implications for journalism ethics.

    Assessment

    Online tutorial discussion: 30%
    Tutorial presentation (online for DE students) and report: 20%
    Written project - 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    JRN1902 and JRN1903 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC3903, GSC3910, GSC2910, JRN3910


    JRN3901 - International journalism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Usha M Rodrigues

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
    Singapore First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    As for JRN2901.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. Critical and analytical understanding of the key theories in international news reporting;
    2. Understanding of global journalism practices;
    3. Ability to examine issues facing international news reporting, with reference to particular regions;
    4. Understanding of the historical relationship between Western media, in particular the Australian media, and Asian media;

    Assessment

    Written assignments (4200 words): 90%
    Attendance/participation for on-campus students, or reading report for OCL students (300 words): 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (one 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    Two second-year journalism units

    Prohibitions

    GSC3901, JRN2901


    JRN3902 - Applied journalism research project

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Usha Rodrigues

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Singapore First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Singapore Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This is a final year compulsory unit exclusive to the Bachelor of Arts (Journalism). Students have the option of undertaking an industry placement in print, audio, visual or on-line media or conducting an advanced project in Australia or Overseas, developed in consultation with the unit adviser.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit should be able to demonstrate:

    1. Practical experience in the media and related industries in Australia and overseas.
    2. Ability to draw conclusions about the way in which newsrooms operate and about news criteria and journalism skills.
    3. Ability to apply the principles and practice of journalism that they have learnt in their undergraduate studies.
    4. Skills relevant to prospective employers.
    5. Evidence of a folio of experiences and publications gained during placement.
    6. Ability to make decisions about careers in journalism.
    7. Competency in completion of a workplace project or practical research project to enable an understanding of different aspects of the news media, of editorial requirements and of news values.

    Assessment

    Project and evidence of production or publication (2,500 words) : 60%
    Project Report (2,000 words) : 40%

    Contact hours

    1 hour seminar in weeks 1 and 13. Consultation with unit leader during placement.

    Prerequisites

    On-campus students: JRN1902 and JRN1903, plus JRN2903/JRN3903, JRN2905, JRN2906, JRN2909/JRN3909

    OCL students: JRN1902 and JRN1903, plus JRN2903/JRN3903, JRN2907, JRN2909/JRN3909

    Prohibitions

    GSC3902


    JRN3903 - Online journalism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Usha Manchanda Rodrigues

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Singapore Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    As for JRN2903.

    Objectives

    At the end of the semester, students will have a good knowledge of:

    1. the development of the Internet, in particular the world wide web, and its impact on the media and in the society;
    2. the critical discourses related to the information society;
    3. the differences between traditional print and broadcast journalism, and online and convergence journalism;
    4. how the practice of journalism is being shaped by new information technologies;
    5. what skills are needed to work as an online or multi-media journalist;
    6. the ethical and legal issues confronting online journalists;
    7. what skills are required to produce a multi-media news web site.

    Assessment

    Written assignments: 50% (2000 words)
    Multi-media project: 40%
    Team work and participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour laboratory) per week

    Prerequisites

    Two second-year journalism units

    Prohibitions

    GSC2903, GSC3913, JRN2903


    JRN3904 - Editing for print media

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Ndaeyo Uko

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for JRN2904.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. Skill in English expression for non fiction publications in print media, including specialist and international publications;

    1. Ability to explain and apply the grammatical principles, technical conventions, and editing styles used in media communication and mainstream publishing;

    1. Proof-reading skills and knowledge of proof-reading symbols;

    1. Ability to detect legal and ethical problems in the printed word;

    1. An understanding of the changing role of the editor in the history of publishing;

    1. Competency in the use of industry standard software;

    1. Ability to edit complex manuscripts within professional conventions, identifying and correcting obscure solecisms and applying the finer points of grammar and expression to particular forms of non fiction writing such as international and specialist media publications for particular audiences

    Assessment

    Copyediting assignment (1000 words): 20%
    Advanced editing assignment (1500 words): 30%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (one 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    Two second-year journalism units

    Prohibitions

    JRN2904


    JRN3908 - Environmental reporting

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to a set of research and reporting approaches that enable in-depth investigation of environmental issues in their local and global context. The subject is designed to demonstrate a variety of practical research techniques, drawing on a broad range of scientific and social sources; to explore the relationship of media reporting and social change; and for students to produce in-depth investigations of their own.

    Objectives

    On satisfactory completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. recognise the local and global dimensions of high quality environmental reporting
    2. contribute to a national or international database of investigative resources and sources on environmental issues.
    3. utilize a range of research skills in finding and interviewing a wide range of sources.
    4. produce quality environmental reporting relevant to both local and global audiences
    5. understand and utilise narrative and presentation techniques appropriate to in-depth journalism.
    6. demonstrate an understanding of the roles of environmental reporting in a context of marked environmental and social change.

    Assessment

    Contribution to and revision of an information database: 20%
    Minor investigative report (1200 words): 25%
    Research plan and brief for major report: 15%
    Major investigative project (2500 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    JRN1902 and JRN1903 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    JRN3908


    JRN3909 - Media law

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Elizabeth Hart

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
    Singapore First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    As for JRN2909.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit should be able to demonstrate:

    1. knowledge of the professional practices and procedures in reporting legal proceedings and in reporting matters that could potentially lead to legal actions;

    1. knowledge of the journalist's rights and responsibilities in reporting on the civil and criminal courts;strategies to collect and write about sensitive information relating to private and public individuals and corporations;

    1. familiarity with the regulatory proceedings relating to journalism;

    1. understanding of the debates and conflicts between governments and media in various jurisdictions;

    1. ability to interpret and critically analyse legal and regulatory trends affecting freedom of expression.

    Assessment

    Written work: Essay (1500 words): 30%
    Oral presentation and written report: 30% (1000 words)
    2 Hour Exam: 40%
    For OCL students: Written work: 30% (2500 words)
    Critical analysis of case studies (1000 words): 30%
    2 hour exam: 40% 3rd year students are required to demonstrate greater levels of theoretical reflection and analysis in their written work than students studying at 2nd year level.

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    Two second-year journalism units

    Prohibitions

    GSC2909, GSC3903, GSC3909, JRN2909


    JRN3910 - Journalism ethics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Singapore Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    As for JRN2910.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit should be able to demonstrate:

    1. Knowledge of and practice in applying the Australian Journalists Association code of ethics and the Australian Press Council Statement of Principles and knowledge of comparative codes of ethics from other countries;

    1. Knowledge of the journalist's rights and responsibilities as defined by the Australian Journalists Association Code of Ethics and where appropriate various codes of ethics applying to other countries;

    1. Strategies to communicate in a professional way with employers and the public about ethics issues in the workplace;

    1. Ability to debate the ethics conflicts that arise between governments, the public, and the media in various press systems;

    1. Skills in news gathering, interpretation, and writing to enable students to carry out the duties of the profession of journalism in a way that honours and includes all groups in society and recognises the rights of people from various socio-economic and cultural backgrounds;

    1. Ability to critically analyse self-regulation of the media in Australia and elsewhere and to compare self-regulation with other forms of regulation of media;

    1. Understanding of trends in globalisation of the media and the implications for journalism ethics.

    Students at third level will be required to demonstrate in the essay, research paper, and examination (on-campus and off-campus), a higher level of critical argument and be required to make pertinent judgements about global trends in media ethics in the internet age.

    Assessment

    Online tutorial discussion: 30%
    Tutorial presentation (online for DE students) and report: 20%
    Written project - 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    Two second-year journalism units

    Prohibitions

    GSC2910, GSC3903, GSC3910, JRN2910


    JRN4901 - Investigative journalism

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Usha Manchanda Rodrigues

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to research complex events and issues with the perceptiveness, scepticism and persistence necessary to uncover hidden facts to enlighten readers, listeners or viewers and enhance their understanding of the underlying causes, current implications and possible outcomes. They will be skilled in communicating their understanding of society, its undercurrents, and the ways in which governments and other institutions operate.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit should be able to demonstrate:



    1. Advanced research skills applicable to journalism theory and practice

    1. A capacity for critical thought and analysis of complex current and historical events

    1. Perception, scepticism, and the persistence to investigate public affairs

    1. Understanding of socio-political structures and forces

    1. Ability to apply journalistic skills to impart important public information

    Assessment

    Written work including an investigative story: 100% (9000 words)

    Prerequisites

    First degree with a major in journalism or permission.


    JRN4902 - Practice and representation in journalism

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit addresses the social and industrial production of non-fiction forms. Topics include the history of the observing subject, theories of the documentary and the influence and place of archives in social representation.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit should be able to demonstrate:



    1. A critical understanding of the history of journalism as a literary genre, with particular emphasis on the New Journalism of the 1960s and its aftermath.

    1. Insights to the ways new trends in journalism have challenged traditional notions of journalism and literature.

    1. An ability to draw on journalism theory and literary theory to define the elementsof literary journalism.

    1. Application of fictional techniques to the non fiction form and ability to evaluate diverse approaches, techniques, and effects within literary journalism, using sound,logical reasoning, creative interviewing techniques, and effective writing.

    1. Knowledge of major literary journalists and their works.

    Assessment

    Seminar paper (2000 words): 25%
    A 'treatment' or proposal for a media production (audio, video multimedia or text as a result of class-based workshops): 25%
    Essay or article (5000 words) or the equivalent in an electronic format (audio 15 minutes, video 7 minutes, multimedia): 50%

    Prerequisites

    First degree with a major in journalism or permission.


    JWC1000 - Introductory Hebrew, Part A

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    A guided study of non-literary and some literary texts, audio-visual material and oral and written exercises.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject students should have developed basic Hebrew grammatical, syntactic and idiomatic skills both in the written and oral spheres of the subject. This subject should also provide the students with some insight into the Jewish cultural background.

    Assessment

    Written assignments (2500 words): 50% Written examination (2000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (3 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A Year-9 standard of Hebrew or its equivalent.


    JWC1005 - Introductory Hebrew, Part B

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    A guided study of non-literary and literary texts, audio-visual material and oral and written exercises.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject students should have further developed their basic Hebrew grammatical, syntactic and idiomatic skills both in the written and oral spheres, building on part A of the subject. They should also continue to gain insight into the Jewish cultural background and heritage.

    Assessment

    Written assignments (2500 words): 50% Written examination (2000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (3 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    JWC1000 or its equivalent


    JWC1010 - Modern Hebrew language and literature I, Part A

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Katzew

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A guided study of literary and non-literary texts, audio-visual material, oral and written exercises and an exposure to varied literary criticism.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject students should have developed a knowledge of modern Hebrew language and literature in order to bring within their grasp its literary and colloquial forms. Students should enhance their verbal and written skills and gain an insight into the Jewish cultural background and heritage.

    Assessment

    Written assignments (2500 words): 43%
    Oral examination: 7%
    Written examination (2000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (3 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour language lab) per week

    Prerequisites

    VCE Hebrew or its equivalent.


    JWC1020 - Modern Hebrew language and literature I, Part B

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Katzew

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Consolidation and extension of work begun in JWC1010. The unit exposes students to more challenging texts to sharpen their analytical skills and contribute to a better understanding of the Jewish cultural background and heritage.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject students should have extended the knowledge and skills which they acquired in JWC1010.

    Assessment

    Written assignments (2500 words): 43%
    Oral examination: 7%
    Written examination (2000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (3 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour language lab) per week

    Prerequisites

    JWC1010 or its equivalent.


    JWC1060 - Yiddish language, culture and literature 1A

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Bobbi Zylberman

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The central feature of Yiddish 1 will be the teaching of Yiddish as a living language, as a tool for both written and spoken communication. The course is designed for students who wish to improve their knowledge of the subject both in its literary and colloquial form. The course will include use of non-literary texts and exercises to develop grammatical, syntactic and idiomatic mastery of the language. An additional component will utilise Yiddish literary texts of Australia as well as other countries. Completion of parts A and B will prepare students to continue to an eventual major in the discipline.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Be able to demonstrate a mastery of reading and writing Yiddish script.

    1. Gain a working understanding of spoken Standard Modern Yiddish.

    1. Acquire the ability to write original Yiddish sentences.

    1. Acquire the essential skills required for Yiddish conversation.

    1. Begin to develop an appreciation of the richness of Yiddish as a rich literary and cultural tradition.

    Assessment

    Assignments (written and oral): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (3 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour language lab) per week


    JWC1070 - Yiddish language, culture and literature 1B

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Bobbi Zylberman

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The central feature of Yiddish 1 will be the teaching of Yiddish as a living language, as a tool for both written and spoken communication. The course is designed for students who wish to improve their knowledge of the subject both in its literary and colloquial form. The course will include use of non-literary texts and exercises to develop grammatical, syntactic and idiomatic mastery of the language. An additional component will utilise Yiddish literary texts of Australia as well as other countries. Completion of parts A and B will prepare students to continue to an eventual major in the subject.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Demonstrate a mastery of reading and writing Yiddish script.

    1. Gain a working understanding of spoken Standard Modern Yiddish.

    1. Acquire the ability to write original Yiddish sentences and paragraphs.

    1. Acquire the essential skills required for Yiddish conversation.

    1. Develop an appreciation of the richness of Yiddish as a rich literary and cultural tradition.

    Assessment

    Assignments (written and oral): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (3 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


    JWC2010 - Modern Hebrew language and literature II, Part A

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Katzew

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will be exposed to a wide and challenging variety of literary and non-literary texts, audio-visual material which deals with universal and current issues, extensive sources of literary criticism and stimulating oral and written exercises all of which are designed to lead to a proficiency in the varied aspects of the unit and a sound understanding of the Jewish cultural background and heritage.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject students should have gained a deeper and more rounded appreciation of modern Hebrew language and its literary form.

    Assessment

    5 essays (2500 words total): 43%
    Oral examination: 7%
    Examination (2000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (3 lectures and 1 language lab) per week

    Prerequisites

    JWC1010 and JWC1020 or equivalent


    JWC2020 - Modern Hebrew language and literature II, Part B

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Katzew

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides a guided study of relevant literary and non-literary texts which focus on modern Israeli authors and issues dealing with Jewish cultural trends, audio-visual material, verbal and written communication and an exposure to literary criticism.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject should have extended the knowledge and skills which they acquired in JWC2010.

    Assessment

    5 essays (2500 words total): 43%
    Oral examination: 7%
    Examination (2000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (3 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour language lab) per week

    Prerequisites

    JWC2010 or equivalent


    JWC2030 - Jewish law: Ancient, medieval, modern

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Melanie Landau

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to the principles of Jewish Law. The focus is on the way in which Jewish Law has established its principles and has then been applied to Jewish life in a range of host countries including, in modern times, Israel and Australia.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit students will:

    1. Have a basic knowledge of the operation of Jewish law and its historical development.

    1. Be familiar with the textual sources of Jewish law.

    1. Have an understanding of the major concepts of Jewish law.

    1. Have an understanding of the relation between Jewish law and some of its legal systemsems, including the Australian legal system.

    1. Have an understanding of the role of Jewish law in the Israeli legal system.

    1. Be able to apply their understanding of Jewish law to specific situations involving legal consequences.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 44%
    Tutorial presentation (500 words): 12%
    Examination (2 hours): 44%

    Contact hours

    1 x 2 hour lecture per week and 1 x 1 hour tutorial per fortnight

    Prohibitions

    JWC3030


    JWC2040 - Modern Jewish literature

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Leah Garrett

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Over the last one hundred years, Jewish writers throughout the world have composed a remarkable array of works that deal with the modern experience. This unit will analyse modern Jewish novels, short stories, poems, and plays and will consider how writers understood modernism and their own identities as writers.

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit will:

    1. Develop an appreciation of the range of Jewish writers and the intersection of the Jewish and modern in their writing
    2. Understand how writers deal with issues of Jewish identity through literature
    3. Consider the significance of language in shaping literature
    4. In addition, third year students will be expected to develop their own research essay topic in relation to Jewish literature.

    Assessment

    Essay 2000 words 40%
    Tutorial presentation 500 words 20%
    Class preparation and participation 1000 words 10%
    Exam 1000 words 30%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures per week and one 1-hour tutorial per fortnight

    Prohibitions

    JWC3040


    JWC2110 - Yiddish language, culture and literature 2A

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Bobbi Zylberman

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Yiddish 2A is a continuation of first year level Yiddish. The central feature of both Yiddish 2A and 2B will be the more advanced teaching of Yiddish as a living language, as a tool for both written and spoken communication. The course is designed for students who wish to improve their knowledge of the subject both in its literary and conversational form. The course will include use of non-literary texts and exercises to develop grammatical, syntactic and idiomatic mastery of the language. An additional component will utilise Yiddish literary texts of Australia as well as of other countries. Completion of parts A and B will prepare students to continue to an eventual major in the subject.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of Yiddish 2 students will:

    • be able to demonstrate a fluency in reading and writing Yiddish script

    • have a working understanding of spoken Standard Modern Yiddish

    • acquire the ability to write original short essays in Yiddish; acquire advanced skills required for Yiddish conversation

    • have an appreciation of the richness of Yiddish as a rich literary and cultural tradition

    • begin to demonstrate a critical appraisal of selected Yiddish authors and poets and their writings

    Assessment

    Short weekly assignments including: written work, oral presentations, dictation, comprehension and short essays - equivalent to 2500 words: 50% of the total assessment. Two hour examination of two hours duration: 50% of the total assessment

    Contact hours

    3 hours of lectures and 1 x 1 hour language laboratory per week

    Prerequisites

    JWC1070 - Yiddish 1B or an approved equivalent standard


    JWC2120 - Yiddish language, culture and literature 2B

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Bobbi Zylberman

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Yiddish 2B is an extension of Yiddish 2A. The central feature of both Yiddish 2A and 2B will be the further teaching of Yiddish as a living language, as a tool for both written and spoken communication. The course is designed for students who wish to improve their knowledge of the subject both in its literary and conversational form. The course will include use of non-literary texts and exercises to develop grammatical, syntactic and idiomatic mastery of the language. An additional component will utilise Yiddish literary texts of Australia as well as of other countries. Completion of parts A and B will prepare students to continue to an eventual major in the subject.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of Yiddish 2 students will:

    • be able to demonstrate a fluency in reading and writing Yiddish script

    • have a working understanding of spoken Standard Modern Yiddish

    • acquire the ability to write original short essays in Yiddish; acquire advanced skills required for Yiddish conversation

    • have an appreciation of the richness of Yiddish as a rich literary and cultural tradition

    • demonstrate a critical appraisal of selected Yiddish authors and poets and their writings

    Assessment

    Short weekly assignments involving written work, oral presentations, dictation, comprehension and short essays - equivalent to 2500 words: 50% of the total assessment. Two hour examination of two hours duration: 50% of the total assessment

    Contact hours

    3 hours of lectures and 1 x 1 hour language laboratory per week

    Prerequisites

    JWC2110 - Yiddish 2A or an approved equivalent standard




    JWC2270 - Reading gender in Judaism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Melanie Landau

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This subject explores a range of questions relating to the interpretation of gender in the Bible and Talmud, such as counter-narratives of women's power, the representation of sexuality, and the construction of masculinity. Drawing in part on methods from contemporary cultural studies, students will be encouraged to engage in close readings of the texts in order to develop personal and persuasive interpretations.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this subject students will be expected to demonstrate an ability to:

    1. Read closely and analyse Biblical and Talmudic texts (in translation).

    1. Read Biblical and Talmudic narratives with a sense of the gender questions they pose.

    1. Integrate the theoretical frameworks for reading with one's personal response to the texts.

    1. To use textual proofs to support one's arguments.

    1. Demonstrate the skill of learning in chevruta, a traditional method of analysing classical Jewish sources.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90% (4500 words)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 2.5 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    JWC3270


    JWC2280 - Jewish philosophy and Kabbalah

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Fagenblat and Nathan Wolski

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    From the 11th to the 13th centuries Jewish expression underwent a remarkable renaissance that saw the birth of its greatest philosophical and mystical exponents. We will study Maimonides' Guide for the Perplexed as a universalistic philosophy of religion, as well as an exponent of the particulars of Jewish law. The second half of the course will examine the extraordinary rise of Kabbalah, the Jewish mystical tradition that flourished in Spain from the end of the 13th century. Besides considering the relations between Maimonides and the mystics we will also examine the different but equally daring reading techniques of philosophers and mystics alike.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Understand and explain the central ideas and the intellectual context of the medieval renaissance in Jewish philosophy and mysticism.

    1. Analyse, describe, differentiate and trace the influences between the basic ideas of Maimonidean rationalism and the mysticism of the early Kabbalah.

    1. Read and analyse selected texts from Maimonides' The Guide of the Perplexed and his Code of Jewish Law and selected texts from The Zohar and the Gates of Light.

    1. Be familiar with contemporary scholarly debates concerning The Guide and The Zohar.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Test 30%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1.5 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    JWC3280


    JWC2425 - On the Edge of Destruction: Polish Jewry Between the Two World Wars

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Forgasz

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Students will study the major centres of interwar Jewish life in Europe before the Holocaust and explore the diverse heritage of Jewish life in each country. The unit will investigate issues central to the history of this period: tradition and modernisation in the twentieth century; political movements; religious and secular values; ethnic divisions; persecutions; urban and shtetl lifestyles; the development, destruction, and revival of Yiddish; and the individuals who shaped their times. The course will ask what remains of the past, by looking at the ways in which the lost world of European Jews is being memorialised and renewed through tourism and return.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. an understanding of the institutions and individuals that shaped the interwar European Jewish communities.
    2. the capacity to describe and analyse the diversity of Jewish communal life and cultural expression in interwar Europe.
    3. an understanding of gender and class issues within the framework of the interwar European Jewish communities.
    4. an understanding of the significance of Yiddish as a literary and cultural phenomenon.
    5. In addition, students at third year will be able to locate the development of modern Jewish life in the context of modern Europe.

    Assessment

    Research essay 2000 words: 40%
    An historiographical exercise 1000 words: 20%
    Examination: 90 minutes (1500 words equivalent): 30%
    Seminar preparation and participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    HSY3165, HSY4165, HYM4165


    JWC2540 - Israeli culture through cinema and literature

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Fania Oz-Salzberger and Dr Michael Fagenblat

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit presents aspects of current Israeli culture as depicted in cinema and related literary works. Focus will be given to the social and cultural fault lines of Israeli society, such as Jews and Arabs, religious and secular, ashkenazi and sepharadi, city and periphery, ideology and reality, old and young. We will follow the history of Israeli culture through viewings and texts of films and documentaries and read some of the belletristic and critical literature associated with them. The format of the unit will include lectures, partly by video conference from Israel, and film viewing.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of the unit students will be expected:

    1. To be acquainted with representations of Israeli history and culture as depicted in modern Israeli cinema and related literary works;
    2. To gain a sense of current debates and discussions on Israeli culture and identity;
    3. To familiarize themselves with the major issues addressed by contemporary Israeli cinema and literature;
    4. To understand aspects of cinematic rendering of literary works, both in the Israeli and in broader cultural contexts; and
    5. To be able to analyse and discuss the complexities of contemporary Israeli society and culture.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90% (4500 words)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    This course is taught in a concentrated teaching format.
    There will be two contact hours per week, involving a lecture and class discussion, for eight weeks (weeks 1-3, 6-8, 11-12) and an additional four contact hours for three weeks (weeks 2, 3 and 11). Students will have the option to view films as a group, or privately in the library. Four of the lectures will be via video conference from Israel.

    Prohibitions

    JWC3540


    JWC2610 - Yiddish writers in translation

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Danielle Charak

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This subject covers the diversity of Yiddish literary life against the backdrop of 19th and 20th century social-cultural influences. Through the works of classical Eastern European Yiddish writers, as well as those who settled in the United States and Australia, students will examine themes related to the changing traditional patterns of Jewish life in response to modernity - exile and the search for belonging; faith and doubt; acculturation and assimilation; immigration and nostalgia; memory and preservation. Students will also consider how Yiddish writers have incorporated and interpreted folk genres, as well as biblical and chassidic tales in their works.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this subject students will be able to:

    • analyse and recognise the prescribed texts in terms of their historical, social and cultural contexts.

    • describe, analyse and recognise the emergence of new forms of Jewish experience through the study of literary texts.

    • analyze and understand the process of change and continuity in the shifting cultural, historical and political contexts.

    • describe, recognise, analyse and understand the relationship between a particular location, genre and language of composition.

    Assessment

    2,000 word essay: 40%
    500 word seminar paper and presentation: 10%
    2 X 500 word reading reports: 20%
    One hour exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    One-hour lecture followed by a 90-minute seminar

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in Jewish Civilisation or English; or 12 points at level 2 in Jewish Civilisation or English; or by special permission.

    Prohibitions

    JWC3610


    JWC2620 - God: From Sinai to Auschwitz

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Michael Fagenblat

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the way God has been understood in the Jewish tradition from the Bible through to modernity. Particular attention will be given to the relation between theology and anthropology by considering how ideas about God relate to ideas about the human body, non-Jews, gender relations, religious experience and the purpose of religious life. Specifically modern responses to God in the wake of the Enlightenment, secularism and the Holocaust are also considered. The unit also provides an overview of most of the major genres of Jewish thought and literature (Bible, Midrash, Talmud, philosophy and Kabbalah) by focusing on the multiple understandings of God throughout Jewish history.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

    1. understand the varieties of ways God has been depicted within Judaism
    2. understand the impact of external forces and cultural trends on Jewish thought
    3. demonstrate an understanding of the different genres of classical Jewish texts
    4. appreciate the interpretative or hermeneutical structure of the Jewish tradition
    5. be able to analyse the anthropological and political implications of various images of God
    6. understand key features of the challenge of, and Jewish responses to modernity
    3rd year students will also be expected to
    1. understand the impact of the Holocaust on Jewish theology
    2. Demonstrate an ability to interpret and critically analyse selected texts.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90% (4500 words)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1-hour lecture followed by a 90-minute seminar

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in Jewish Civilisation or Religion and Theology or Philosophy; or 12 points at level 2 in Jewish Civilisation or Religion and Theology or Philosophy; or by special permission

    Prohibitions

    JWC3620


    JWC3010 - Hebrew language and literature III, Part A

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Keren Rubinstein

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides a guided study of relevant literary and non-literary texts which focus on modern Israeli authors and issues dealing with Jewish cultural trends, audio-visual material, verbal and written communication and an exposure to literary criticism.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject students should have developed an appreciation of sophisticated Hebrew literature, a refinement of grammatical and analytical skills and an understanding of Jewish cultural trends afforded through the study of Hebrew literary and non-literary texts.

    Assessment

    4 essays (2600 words total): 45%
    Oral examination: 5%
    Examination (2000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour language lab) per week


    JWC3020 - Hebrew language and literature III, Part B

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Keren Rubinstein

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is a continuation of Hebrew language and literature III (part A) and provides students with a close study of specially selected literary and non-literary texts, audio-visual material, verbal and written communication and an exposure to important literary criticism.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject should consolidate their advanced literary and language skills acquired in part A, and continue broadening their knowledge and understanding of the Hebrew language and literature and of Jewish cultural trends afforded through the medium of relevant Hebrew texts.

    Assessment

    4 essays (2600 words total): 45%
    Oral examination: 5%
    Examination (2000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour language lab) per week

    Prerequisites

    JWC3010 or equivalent


    JWC3030 - Jewish law: Ancient, medieval, modern

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Melanie Landau

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to the principles of Jewish Law. The focus is on the way in which Jewish Law has established its principles and has then been applied to Jewish life in a range of host countries including, in modern times, Israel and Australia.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit students will:

    1. Have a basic knowledge of the operation of Jewish law and its historical development.

    1. Be familiar with the textual sources of Jewish law.

    1. Have an understanding of the major concepts of Jewish law.

    1. Have an understanding of the relation between Jewish law and some of its legal systemsems, including the Australian legal system.

    1. Have an understanding of the role of Jewish law in the Israeli legal system.

    1. Be able to apply their understanding of Jewish law to specific situations involving legal consequences.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 44%
    Tutorial presentation (500 words): 12%
    Examination (2 hours): 44%
    Third-year students will be expected to rely on a broader range of primary sources in their research essay and tutorial presentation.

    Contact hours

    1 x 2 hour lecture per week and 1 x 1 hour tutorial per fortnight

    Prohibitions

    JWC2030


    JWC3040 - Modern Jewish literature

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Leah Garrett

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Over the last one hundred years, Jewish writers throughout the world have composed a remarkable array of works that deal with the modern experience. This unit will analyse modern Jewish novels, short stories, poems, and plays and will consider how writers understood modernism and their own identities as writers.

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit will:

    1. Develop an appreciation of the range of Jewish writers and the intersection of the Jewish and modern in their writing
    2. Understand how writers deal with issues of Jewish identity through literature
    3. Consider the significance of language in shaping literature
    4. In addition, third year students will be expected to develop their own research essay topic in relation to Jewish literature.

    Assessment

    Essay 2000 words 40%
    Tutorial presentation 500 words 20%
    Class preparation and participation 1000 10%
    Exam 1000 30%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures per week and one 1-hour tutorial per fortnight

    Prohibitions

    JWC2040


    JWC3050 - Hebrew literature research project

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Through an exposure to a wide variety of literary and non-literary texts which focus on modern Israeli writers and Jewish cultural trends, comprehensive critical sources, international scholars, individualised guidance and regular supervision, students will be able to achieve a scholarly approach to the unit marked by the sharpening of literary and analytical skills necessary in successful research.

    Assessment

    2 essays (8000 words total): 90%
    Tutorial paper (oral and written, 1000 words): 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    JWC3010 and JWC3020 or equivalent


    JWC3110 - Yiddish Language, culture and literature 3A

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Danielle Charak

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Yiddish 3A is a continuation of second year level Yiddish. The central feature of Yiddish 3 will be the more advanced teaching of Yiddish as a living language, as a tool for both written and spoken communication. The course is designed for students who wish to improve their knowledge of the subject both in its literary and conversational form. The course will include use of non-literary texts and exercises to develop grammatical, syntactic and idiomatic mastery of the language. An additional component will utilise Yiddish literary texts of Australia as well as of other countries. Completion of parts A and B will prepare students to complete a major in the subject.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of Yiddish 3A students will:

    1. be able to demonstrate a fluency in reading and writing texts in Yiddish script

    1. have a working understanding of spoken Standard Modern Yiddish

    1. acquire the ability to write original short essays in Yiddish

    1. acquire advanced skills required for Yiddish conversation

    1. have an appreciation of the richness of Yiddish as a literary and cultural tradition

    1. begin to demonstrate a critical appraisal of selected Yiddish authors and poets



    Assessment

    Written work, oral presentations, dictation, comprehension and short essays (equivalent to approximately 2500 words: 55%
    Examination (2000 words): 45% +

    Participation in annual weekend retreat where they will be immersed in Yiddish language.

    Contact hours

    3 hours of lectures and 1 x 1 hr language laboratory per week.

    Prerequisites

    JWC2120 or an approved equivalent standard.


    JWC3120 - Yiddish Language, culture and literature 3B

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Danielle Charak

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Yiddish 3B is an extension of Yiddish 3A. The central feature of both Yiddish 3A and 3B will be the more advanced teaching of Yiddish as a living language, as a tool for both written and spoken communication. The course is designed for students who wish to improve their knowledge of the subject both in its literary and conversational form. The course will include use of non-literary texts and exercises to develop grammatical, syntactic and idiomatic mastery of the language. An additional component will utilise Yiddish literary texts of Australia as well as of other countries. Completion of parts A and B will prepare students to complete a major in the subject.



    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of Yiddish 3B students will:

    1. be able to demonstrate a fluency in reading and writing texts in Yiddish script

    1. have a working understanding of spoken Standard Modern Yiddish

    1. acquire the ability to write original short essays in Yiddish

    1. acquire advanced skills required for Yiddish conversation

    1. have an appreciation of the richness of Yiddish as a literary and cultural tradition

    1. demonstrate a critical appraisal of selected Yiddish authors and poets and their writings

    Assessment

    Written work, oral presentations, dictation, comprehension and short essays (equivalent to approximately 2500 words): 55%
    Examination (two hours) equivalent to 2000 words): 45%

    Contact hours

    3 hours of lectures and 1 x 1 hr language laboratory per week.

    Prerequisites

    JWC3110 or an approved equivalent standard.


    JWC3260 - Jewish literature of destruction

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Leah Garrett

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit will focus on Jewish literary responses to catastrophe from ancient times to the Holocaust. After considering the historical framework for events including the Destruction of the Temple, the Crusades and the Spanish Exile, students will read the poetry, stories, songs, and prayers that the Jews composed in reaction to the catastrophes. We will consider how the literature of destruction manifested a Jewish religious response to collective trauma, and how the literature became a means of cultural survival for the Jewish people. We will also examine if and how the literature of destruction is artistic.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to have the capacity to:

    1. Analyse the historical contexts of key events that challenged Jewish theological understandings
    2. Understand the cultural meanings of 'destruction' and 'catastrophe' in Jewish writings
    3. Explore the unique meaning of the Holocaust in Jewish thought and it's literary representations
    4. In addition, students at fourth year will have the ability to appreciate the range of literary forms practised by Jews through history.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90% (4500 words)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    JWC2260


    JWC3270 - Reading gender in Judaism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Melanie Landau

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This subject explores a range of questions relating to the interpretation of gender in the Bible and Talmud, such as counter-narratives of women's power, the representation of sexuality, and the construction of masculinity. Drawing in part on methods from contemporary cultural studies, students will be encouraged to engage in close readings of the texts in order to develop personal and persuasive interpretations.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this subject students will be expected to demonstrate an ability to:

    1. Read closely and analyse Biblical and Talmudic texts (in translation).

    1. Read Biblical and Talmudic narratives with a sense of the gender questions they pose.

    1. Integrate the theoretical frameworks for reading with one's personal response to the texts.

    1. To use textual proofs to support one's arguments.

    1. Demonstrate the skill of learning in chevruta, a traditional method of analysing classical Jewish sources.

    In addition, students pursuing this subject at a third year level will be able to:

    1. Demonstrate a greater level of sophistication and independence in their engagement with primary sources and the gender questions which they pose; and a deeper understanding of the theoretical issues that underpin the course.

    1. Formulate and develop an independent research question which is grounded in a reading and analysis of primary sources.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90% (4500 words)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 2.5 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    JWC2270


    JWC3280 - Jewish philosophy and Kabbalah

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Fagenblat and Nathan Wolski

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    From the 11th to the 13th centuries Jewish expression underwent a remarkable renaissance that saw the birth of its greatest philosophical and mystical exponents. We will study Maimonides' Guide for the Perplexed as a universalistic philosophy of religion, as well as an exponent of the particulars of Jewish law. The second half of the course will examine the extraordinary rise of Kabbalah, the Jewish mystical tradition that flourished in Spain from the end of the 13th century. Besides considering the relations between Maimonides and the mystics we will also examine the different but equally daring reading techniques of philosophers and mystics alike.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Understand and explain the central ideas and the intellectual context of the medieval renaissance in Jewish philosophy and mysticism.

    1. Analyse, describe, differentiate and trace the influences between the basic ideas of Maimonidean rationalism and the mysticism of the early Kabbalah.

    1. Read and analyse selected texts from Maimonides' The Guide of the Perplexed and his Code of Jewish Law and selected texts from The Zohar and the Gates of Light.

    1. Be familiar with contemporary scholarly debates concerning The Guide and The Zohar.

    In addition, third-year students will be expected to demonstrate an ability to:

    1. Understand the influence between the medieval texts we examine and the Midrashic literature which it draws upon.

    1. Apply the reading and interpretative skills they have learned to unseen texts of the authors to be studied.

    1. Formulate and develop their own research question.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Test: 30%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1.5 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    JWC2280


    JWC3425 - On the Edge of Destruction: Polish Jewry Between the Two World Wars

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Forgasz

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Students will study the major centres of interwar Jewish life in Europe before the Holocaust and explore the diverse heritage of Jewish life in each country. The unit will investigate issues central to the history of this period: tradition and modernisation in the twentieth century; political movements; religious and secular values; ethnic divisions; persecutions; urban and shtetl lifestyles; the development, destruction, and revival of Yiddish; and the individuals who shaped their times. The course will ask what remains of the past, by looking at the ways in which the lost world of European Jews is being memorialised and renewed through tourism and return.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. an understanding of the institutions and individuals that shaped the interwar European Jewish communities.
    2. the capacity to describe and analyse the diversity of Jewish communal life and cultural expression in interwar Europe.
    3. an understanding of gender and class issues within the framework of the interwar European Jewish communities.
    4. an understanding of the significance of Yiddish as a literary and cultural phenomenon.
    5. In addition, students at third year will be able to locate the development of modern Jewish life in the context of modern Europe.

    Assessment

    Research essay 2000 words: 40%
    An historiographical exercise1000 words: 20%
    Examination 90 minutes (1500 words equivalent): 30%
    Seminar preparation and participation:10%
    Students taking the subject at Level 3 will be expected to demonstrate more sophisticated analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent reading and research.



    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    HSY3165, HSY4165, HYM4165


    JWC3540 - Israeli culture through cinema and literature

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Fania Oz-Salzberger and Dr Michael Fagenblat

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit presents aspects of current Israeli culture as depicted in cinema and related literary works. Focus will be given to the social and cultural fault lines of Israeli society, such as Jews and Arabs, religious and secular, ashkenazi and sepharadi, city and periphery, ideology and reality, old and young. We will follow the history of Israeli culture through viewings and texts of films and documentaries and read some of the belletristic and critical literature associated with them. The format of the unit will include lectures, partly by video, and film viewing.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of the unit students will be expected:

    1. To be acquainted with representations of Israeli history and culture as depicted in modern Israeli cinema and related literary works;
    2. To gain a sense of current debates and discussions on Israeli culture and identity;
    3. To familiarize themselves with the major issues addressed by contemporary Israeli cinema and literature;
    4. To understand aspects of cinematic rendering of literary works, both in the Israeli and in broader cultural contexts; and
    5. To be able to analyse and discuss the complexities of contemporary Israeli society and culture.

    Additional objectives for third year students include:

    1. The ability to demonstrate deeper and broader and knowledge of the complexity of Israeli culture.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90% (4500 words)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    Five 3-hour seminars per week for three weeks

    Prohibitions

    JWC2540


    JWC3610 - Yiddish writers in ttranslation

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Danielle Charak

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This subject covers the diversity of Yiddish literary life against the backdrop of 19th and 20th century social-cultural influences. Through the works of classical Eastern European Yiddish writers, as well as those who settled in the United States and Australia, students will examine themes related to the changing traditional patterns of Jewish life in response to modernity - exile and the search for belonging; faith and doubt; acculturation and assimilation; immigration and nostalgia; memory and preservation. Students will also consider how Yiddish writers have incorporated and interpreted folk genres, as well as biblical and chassidic tales in their works.

    Objectives

    As for JWC2610, but in addition, third year students will be able to:

    • a deeper understanding of the thematic concerns in the literature

    • the ability to apply this understanding to the nature of Jewish self-definition from the study of the texts.

    • the ability to examine relevant texts of their choice not analysed in lectures and tutorials.

    Assessment

    As for JWC2610

    Contact hours

    One-hour lecture followed by a 90-minute seminar

    Prerequisites

    Prequisities: First year sequence in Jewish Civilisation or English; or 12 points at level 2 in Jewish Civilisation or English; or by special permission.

    Prohibitions

    JWC2610


    JWC3620 - God: From Sinai to Auschwitz

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Michael Fagenblat

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the way God has been understood in the Jewish tradition from the Bible through to modernity. Particular attention will be given to the relation between theology and anthropology by considering how ideas about God relate to ideas about the human body, non-Jews, gender relations, religious experience and the purpose of religious life. Specifically modern responses to God in the wake of the Enlightenment, secularism and the Holocaust are also considered. The unit also provides an overview of most of the major genres of Jewish thought and literature (Bible, Midrash, Talmud, philosophy and Kabbalah) by focusing on the multiple understandings of God throughout Jewish history.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

    1. understand the varieties of ways God has been depicted within Judaism
    2. understand the impact of external forces and cultural trends on Jewish thought
    3. demonstrate an understanding of the different genres of classical Jewish texts
    4. appreciate the interpretative or hermeneutical structure of the Jewish tradition
    5. be able to analyse the anthropological and political implications of various images of God
    6. understand key features of the challenge of, and Jewish responses to modernity
    3rd year students will also be expected to
    1. understand the impact of the Holocaust on Jewish theology
    2. Demonstrate an ability to interpret and critically analyse selected texts.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90% (4500 words)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1-hour lecture followed by a 90 minute seminar

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in Jewish Civilisation or Religion and Theology or Philosophy; or 12 points at level 2 in Jewish Civilisation or Religion and Theology or Philosophy; or by special permission

    Prohibitions

    JWC2620


    JWC4000(A) - Dissertation (Jewish Civilisation) Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Baker

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


    JWC4000(B) - Dissertation (Jewish Civilisation) Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Baker

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


    JWC4010 - Reading Jewish texts: From antiquity to modernity

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nathan Wolski, Michael Fagenblat and Paul Forgasz

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Jewish literary creativity and religious life are characterised by on the one hand an extraordinary fidelity to a fixed text and on the other, a commitment to interpreting that text within a wide historical context. Since the emergence of the biblical canon, the 'People of the Book' have read scripture (Torah) in diverse modes, ranging from literary to legalistic, philosophical to mystical. This unit explores the different reading strategies employed by the Jewish tradition from the earliest rabbinic works, through the great medieval commentators and on to some Jewish moderns.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this subject students will be expected to demonstrate an ability to:

    1. Understand and explain the different hermeneutic practices present in the Jewish tradition.

    1. Demonstrate a familiarity with the different genres of classical Jewish literature.

    1. Read and analyse selected texts from the Jewish tradition.

    1. Apply the reading and interpretative skills they have learned to unseen texts.

    1. Appreciate the exegetical horizons facing contemporary readers of scripture.

    1. Appreciate the continuities and ruptures between classical, medieval and modern interpretative practices.

    Assessment

    Research essay (5000 word): 50%
    Seminar paper (1000 word): 15%
    Textual exercise in a take-home exam (2000 word): 25%
    Seminar preparation and participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    A weekly one hour lecture followed by a 90 minute seminar


    JWC4020 - Between homeland and holy land: Israel in Jewish thought

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nathan Wolski, Michael Fagenblat and Melanie Landau

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    What is the place of Israel in Jewish thought? How is Israel both homeland and holy land? How has Israel figured in Jewish literature and law? This unit seeks to explore the place of Israel both in different periods of Jewish history and in different genres of Jewish literature. This unit begins with an examination of classical Jewish sources - the Bible, Talmud and medieval Jewish writers - and then moves to an examination of classical and post-classical Zionist thinkers. The unit also investigates 'Aliyah literature', the literary responses of Jewish immigrants to the land, and the continuities and ruptures that mark Zionist thought.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this subject students will be expected to demonstrate an ability to:

    1. Understand the place of Israel in different strata of the classical Jewish tradition - biblical, rabbinic and medieval.

    1. Appreciate the continuities and differences between these strata.

    1. Analyse and discuss the key 'Israel texts' of the Jewish tradition.

    1. Demonstrate familiarity with the thought of classical Zionist thinkers.

    1. Understand the place of Zionist thought within the continuum of the Jewish tradition.

    1. Understand more recent trends in Zionist thought - ranging from post-classical zionism to post-zionism.

    Assessment

    Research essay (5000 words): 50%
    Seminar paper (1000 word): 15%
    Textual exercise in a take-home exam (2000 word): 25%
    Seminar preparation and participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar and one 1-hour tutorial


    JWC4030 - Jewish history, Jewish memory

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Forgasz

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit surveys various ways in which Jews throughout the ages have elucidated the meaning of their historical experience and traces the major themes and preoccupations of writers of Jewish history from biblical times to the present. A number of topics that are central to Jewish historiography will be explored including: causality in Jewish history; divine providence and intervention; teleology and messianic perspectives; problems of rendering judgement on the past; periodisation. Consideration will also be given to the varying emphases given to religion, nationality and culture by historians seeking to explain what has made the Jews a single people and their history a continuous one.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students will be expected to:

    1. have an understanding of the different approaches and practices present within the Jewish tradition to recording and preserving the Jewish past;
    2. have an understanding of the relationship between Jewish history and collective memory and of the place of the Jewish historian within that relationship;
    3. recognise the continuities and discontinuities between classical, medieval and modern approaches to writing and reading the Jewish past
    4. have demonstrated a familiarity with the different genres and modes of Jewish historical writing;
    5. have read and analysed selected texts from the Jewish historiographical tradition;
    6. have applied the reading and interpretative skills they have learned to unseen texts

    Assessment

    Research essay (5000) : 50%
    Seminar paper (1000) : 15%
    Textual exercise (2000) : 25%
    Preparation and participation : 10%

    Contact hours

    1x2.5 hours lecture/seminar/ week for 12 weeks. One week during the semester will be devoted to student consultation regarding research essays. Private study (21.5 hours) will be devoted reading seminar materials, preparing and completing the research essays, and wider reading.

    Prohibitions

    JWM4030, JWM5030


    JWC4040 - Jewish literature of subversion

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Leah Garret

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Before the Holocaust, the Yiddish speaking world played a critical role in the transmission of culture from East to West and West to East. Jewish authors rewrote 'A Thousand and One Nights', 'Don Quixote', 'Aesop's Fables', 'King Lear' and many other texts, transforming them into writings with Jewish and European characteristics. They also played with genre traditions, presenting a seemingly mainstream narrative from a subversive standpoint. In this seminar we will study the Jewish subversive tradition, with an eye to how the writings challenged the basic precepts of how literature works by deconstructing many elements of the novel and short story.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to have:

    1. knowledge of the forms of writing to have emerged from the Jewish subversive literary tradition
    2. an understanding of the historical background to this tradition
    3. familiarity with the original stories that Jewish authors subverted, and recognise Jewish critiques of both internal Jewish writing as well as broader European discourse
    4. In addition, students studying at fifth-level will be expected to have an appreciation of the pivotal role Jews played in the transmission of culture from the Islamic world to Christendom and vice versa.

    Assessment

    Seminar participation: 10%
    Short essay (3000 words): 30%
    Research essay (6000 words): 60%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week


    JWC4260 - Jewish literature of destruction

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit will focus on Jewish literary responses to catastrophe from ancient times to the Holocaust. After considering the historical framework for events including the Destruction of the Temple, the Crusades and the Spanish Exile, students will read the poetry, stories, songs, and prayers that the Jews composed in reaction to the catastrophes. We will consider how the literature of destruction manifested a Jewish religious response to collective trauma, and how the literature became a means of cultural survival for the Jewish people. We will also examine if and how the literature of destruction is artistic.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to have the capacity to:

    1. Analyse the historical contexts of key events that challenged Jewish theological understandings

    1. Understand the cultural meanings of 'destruction' and 'catastrophe' in Jewish writings

    1. Explore the unique meaning of the Holocaust in Jewish thought and it's literary representations

    1. In addition, students at fourth year will have the ability to appreciate the range of literary forms practised by Jews through history.


    JWM4260 - Jewish literature of destruction

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)


    KLG4040 - Korean 4

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Consolidation and extension of KOR1030. Topics include everyday social situations, such as narrating personal experiences, enquiring about or expressing knowledge and opinions, and making arrangements. Students will read simplified texts from newspapers, and write simple texts such as a diary. They will be introduced to expressions in different registers in the spoken and written language and the social and cultural aspects of Korean society necessary to understand them.

    Objectives

    Upon completing this unit, students should:

    • Be able to confidently communicate in everyday social situations;
    • Read simple texts from magazines and newspapers on a variety of topics;
    • Understand expressions in different registers and their social and cultural background;
    • Write competently in Korean on simple subjects.

    Assessment

    Class tests and written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    KLG4030 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    KLG5040, KOR1040, KOR2040


    KLG4060 - Korean 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Development and consolidation of Korean language skills in speaking, reading and writing. Students will develop the ability to have moderately sophisticated conversations and to comprehend diverse reading materials

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    • Speak and comprehend Korean with structural accuracy and vocabulary sufficient to manage most social situations;
    • Gain information from spoken and written sources in Korean using dictionaries;
    • Read about and discuss issues regarding contemporary features of Korean society.

    Assessment

    Class tests and written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    KLG4050 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    KLG5060, KOR1060, KOR2060, KOR3060


    KOR1010 - Korean 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    An introduction to contemporary Korean, with special emphasis on spoken usage for everyday situations. Students will be introduced to the Korean alphabet and begin to produce simple written Korean.

    Objectives

    Upon completing this unit, students should:

    1. Be able to participate in simple social conversations in Korean.
    2. Possess basic 'survival' Korean for traveling in Korea.
    3. Be able to communicate basic information about themselves and family members.
    4. Be able to read and write simple Korean.
    5. Have a basic understanding of Korean culture.

    Assessment

    Class tests and written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prohibitions

    KOR1010, KLG4010, KLG5010


    KOR1020 - Korean 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Consolidation and extension of work begun in Korean 1; Students will continue to develop their ability to communicate in routine social situations.

    Objectives

    Upon completing this unit, students should:

    1. Be able to competently participate in simple Korean conversations in a variety of settings.
    2. Possess a solid grasp of numbers and counting.
    3. Be able to compare and describe.
    4. Be able to make requests, and express agreement and refusal.
    5. Be able to talk about future and past events.
    6. Be able to read and write in defined contexts.
    7. Have an increased understanding of Korean society and culture.

    Assessment

    Class tests and written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    KOR1010

    Prohibitions

    KOR2020, KLG4020, KLG5020


    KOR1030 - Korean 3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Develops lower intermediate competence in contemporary Korean, emphasising active oral and writing skills, and the socio-cultural aspects of communication. Students will develop the ability to communicate in everyday social situations, as well as read and write simple texts.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Speak and comprehend enough to communicate in everyday social situations.

    1. Read highly simplified texts from magazines and newspapers.

    1. Write a personal letter on simple everyday topics or a simple report on an everyday event.

    Assessment

    Class tests and written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    VCE Korean or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    KOR2030, KLG4030, KLG5030


    KOR1040 - Korean 4

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Consolidation and extension of KOR1030. Topics include everyday social situations, such as narrating personal experiences, enquiring about or expressing knowledge and opinions, and making arrangements. Students will read simplified texts from newspapers, and write simple texts such as a diary. They will be introduced to expressions in different registers in the spoken and written language and the social and cultural aspects of Korean society necessary to understand them.

    Objectives

    Upon completing this unit, students should:

    1. Be able to confidently communicate in everyday social situations
    2. Read simple texts from magazines and newspapers on a variety of topics.
    3. Understand expressions in different registers and their social and cultural background.
    4. Write competently in Korean on simple subjects.

    Assessment

    Class tests and written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    KOR1030 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    KOR2040, KLG4040, KLG5040


    KOR1050 - Korean 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Development and consolidation of Korean language skills in speaking, reading and writing. Students will develop the ability to have moderately sophisticated conversations and to comprehend diverse reading materials

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Engage in moderately sophisticated conversation in most formal and informal settings.
    2. Read diverse and increasingly complex texts.
    3. Produce moderately sophisticated written Korean.

    Assessment

    Class tests and written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    KOR1040 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    KOR2050, KOR3050, KLG4050, KLG5050


    KOR1060 - Korean 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    An extension of Korean 5, further developing and consolidating Korean language skills to an upper intermediate level.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Speak and comprehend Korean with structural accuracy and vocabulary sufficient to manage most social situations.
    2. Gain information from spoken and written sources in Korean using dictionaries.
    3. Read about and discuss issues regarding contemporary features of Korean society

    Assessment

    Class tests and written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    KOR1050 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    KOR2060, KOR3060, KLG4060, KLG5060


    KOR1450 - English to Korean translation 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): In-Jung Cho

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Flexible)

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to develop and consolidate students' language skills through the English to Korean translation of various types of texts. It provides an introduction to English to Korean translation techniques.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Control complex sentence constructions demonstrating an in-depth knowledge of Korean grammar and vocabulary.
    2. Comprehend and analyse most varieties and registers of language encountered in texts related to topical social issues.
    3. Apply knowledge of both Korean and Western cultures.

    Assessment

    Written work and class exercises/tasks: 70%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    One 3-hour on-line discussion per week, and one 3-hour seminar per fortnight

    Prerequisites

    Permission of unit coordinator

    Prohibitions

    KOR2450, KOR3450


    KOR1460 - English to Korean Translation 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): In-Jung Cho

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Flexible)

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to extend proficiency acquired in the unit 'English to Korean Translation 1'. This unit will place more emphasis on various text transfer techniques, so that students can understand the problems of translating from both linguistic and cultural perspectives.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Comprehend and analyse most varieties and registers of language encountered in texts related to topical social issues.
    2. Integrate their acquired translation skills with practical knowledge of advanced grammar.

    Assessment

    Written work and class exercises/tasks: 70%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    One 3-hour seminar fortnightly, and one 3-hour on-line discussion per week

    Prerequisites

    KOR1450 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    KOR2460, KOR3460


    KOR1470 - Korean to English translation 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr In-Jung Cho

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to develop and consolidate students' language skills through the Korean to English translation of various types of texts.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. Developed in-depth knowledge of Korean grammar and vocabulary.
    2. Improved their inter-lingual and intercultural communication skills between the two languages.
    3. Acquired basic techniques of translation from Korean to English.

    Assessment

    Written work and class exercises/tasks: 70%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    One 3-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    Permission of unit coordinator

    Prohibitions

    KOR2470, KOR3470


    KOR1480 - Korean to English translation 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr In-Jung Cho

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to extend proficiency acquired in the unit 'Korean to English Translation 1'. This subject will place more emphasis on advanced grammar and various text transfer techniques, so that students can understand the problems of translating from both linguistic and cultural perspectives.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Develop the good comparative linguistic knowledge of Korean and English.
    2. Improve their understanding of source texts and apply analytic skills of the factors that affect the translation of source texts into the target language.
    3. Acquire important techniques of translation from Korean to English.

    Assessment

    Written work and class exercises/tasks: 70%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    One 3-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    KOR1470 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    KOR2480, KOR3480


    KOR2010 - Korean 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    An introduction to contemporary Korean, with special emphasis on spoken usage for everyday situations. Students will be introduced to the Korean alphabet and begin to produce simple written Korean.

    Objectives

    Upon completing this unit, students should:

    1. Be able to participate in simple social conversations in Korean.
    2. Possess basic 'survival' Korean for traveling in Korea.
    3. Be able to communicate basic information about themselves and family members.
    4. Be able to read and write simple Korean.
    5. Have a basic understanding of Korean culture.

    Assessment

    Class tests and written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prohibitions

    KOR1010, KLG4010, KLG5010


    KOR2020 - Korean 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Consolidation and extension of work begun in Korean 1; Students will continue to develop their ability to communicate in routine social situations.

    Objectives

    Upon completing this unit, students should:

    1. Be able to competently participate in simple Korean conversations in a variety of settings.
    2. Possess a solid grasp of numbers and counting.
    3. Be able to compare and describe.
    4. Be able to make requests, and express agreement and refusal.
    5. Be able to talk about future and past events.
    6. Be able to read and write in defined contexts.
    7. Have an increased understanding of Korean society and culture.

    Assessment

    Class tests and written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    KOR2010

    Prohibitions

    KOR1020, KLG4020, KLG5020


    KOR2030 - Korean 3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Develops lower intermediate competence in contemporary Korean, emphasising active oral and writing skills, and the socio-cultural aspects of communication. Students will develop the ability to communicate in everyday social situations, as well as read and write simple texts.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Speak and comprehend enough to communicate in everyday social situations.

    1. Read highly simplified texts from magazines and newspapers.

    1. Write a personal letter on simple everyday topics or a simple report on an everyday event.

    Assessment

    Class tests and written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    KOR1020 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    KOR1030, KLG4030, KLG5030


    KOR2040 - Korean 4

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Consolidation and extension of KOR1030. Topics include everyday social situations, such as narrating personal experiences, enquiring about or expressing knowledge and opinions, and making arrangements. Students will read simplified texts from newspapers, and write simple texts such as a diary. They will be introduced to expressions in different registers in the spoken and written language and the social and cultural aspects of Korean society necessary to understand them.

    Objectives

    Upon completing this unit, students should:

    1. Be able to confidently communicate in everyday social situations
    2. Read simple texts from magazines and newspapers on a variety of topics.
    3. Understand expressions in different registers and their social and cultural background.
    4. Write competently in Korean on simple subjects.

    Assessment

    Class tests and written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    KOR2030 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    KOR2040, KLG4040, KLG5040


    KOR2050 - Korean 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Development and consolidation of Korean language skills in speaking, reading and writing. Students will develop the ability to have moderately sophisticated conversations and to comprehend diverse reading materials

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Engage in moderately sophisticated conversation in most formal and informal settings.
    2. Read diverse and increasingly complex texts.
    3. Produce moderately sophisticated written Korean.

    Assessment

    Class tests and written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    KOR1040 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    KOR1050, KOR3050, KLG4050, KLG5050


    KOR2060 - Korean 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    An extension of Korean 5, further developing and consolidating Korean language skills to an upper intermediate level.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Speak and comprehend Korean with structural accuracy and vocabulary sufficient to manage most social situations.
    2. Gain information from spoken and written sources in Korean using dictionaries.
    3. Read about and discuss issues regarding contemporary features of Korean society

    Assessment

    Class tests and written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    KOR2050 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    KOR1060, KOR3060, KLG4060, KLG5060


    KOR2450 - English to Korean translation 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): In-Jung Cho

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Flexible)

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to develop and consolidate students' language skills through the English to Korean translation of various types of texts. It provides an introduction to English to Korean translation techniques.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Control complex sentence constructions demonstrating an in-depth knowledge of Korean grammar and vocabulary
    2. Comprehend and analyse most varieties and registers of language encountered in texts related to topical social issues
    3. Apply knowledge of both Korean and Western cultures.

    Assessment

    Written work and class exercises/tasks: 70%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    One 3-hour on-line discussion per week, and one 3-hour seminar per fortnight

    Prerequisites

    Permission of unit coordinator

    Prohibitions

    KOR1450, KOR3450


    KOR2460 - English to Korean translation 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): In-Jung Cho

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Flexible)

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to extend proficiency acquired in the unit 'English to Korean Translation 1'. This unit will place more emphasis on various text transfer techniques, so that students can understand the problems of translating from both linguistic and cultural perspectives.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Comprehend and analyse most varieties and registers of language encountered in texts related to topical social issues.
    2. Integrate their acquired translation skills with practical knowledge of advanced grammar.

    Assessment

    Written work and class exercises/tasks: 70%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    One 3-hour seminar fortnightly, and one 3-hour on-line discussion per week

    Prerequisites

    KOR1450 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    KOR1460, KOR3460


    KOR2470 - Korean to English translation 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr In-Jung Cho

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to develop and consolidate students' language skills through the Korean to English translation of various types of texts.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. Developed in-depth knowledge of Korean grammar and vocabulary
    2. Improved their inter-lingual and intercultural communication skills between the two languages
    3. Acquired basic techniques of translation from Korean to English.

    Assessment

    Written work and class exercises/tasks: 70%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    One 3-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    Permission of unit coordinator

    Prohibitions

    KOR1470, KOR3470


    KOR2480 - Korean to English translation 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr In-Jung Cho

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to extend proficiency acquired in the unit 'Korean to English Translation 1'. This subject will place more emphasis on advanced grammar and various text transfer techniques, so that students can understand the problems of translating from both linguistic and cultural perspectives.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Develop the good comparative linguistic knowledge of Korean and English.
    2. Improve their understanding of source texts and apply analytic skills of the factors that affect the translation of source texts into the target language.
    3. Acquire important techniques of translation from Korean to English.

    Assessment

    Written work and class exercises/tasks: 70%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    One 3-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    KOR1470 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    KOR1480, KOR3480


    KOR2990 - Language study in Korea 6 Points

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit allows second year students to study in Korea at one of the universities with which Monash has formal agreements. Individual study plans based on Korean proficiency and the host institution's programs are negotiated with the coordinator. Students will normally enrol in a unit or units formally offered by the institution concerned, based on the study plan agreed to before departure. The workload for this unit will be not less than that required for a 6-point unit at Monash University and will normally be completed over approximately 3-4 weeks for intensive programs, or over a semester when combined with other study.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to improve their ability to perform in Korean in the Korean environment. The specific objectives will depend on the level of Korean proficiency attained before commencing the unit and the nature of the program at the host institution.

    Assessment

    Students will be required to bring back all written work completed in Korea for assessment and/ or to sit for a competency test. Assessment will be conducted by Monash staff, drawing on assessments provided by the host institution and direct assessment of work completed and competence achieved.

    Contact hours

    4 hours per week or equivalent

    Prerequisites

    First year Korean


    KOR2991 - Language study in Korea 12 Points

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit allows second year students to study in Korea at one of the universities with which Monash has formal agreements. Individual study plans based on Korean proficiency and the host institution's programs are negotiated with the coordinator. Students will normally enrol in a unit or units formally offered by the institution concerned, based on the study plan agreed to before departure. The workload for this unit will be not less than that required for a 12-point unit at Monash University and will normally be completed over approximately 3-4 weeks for intensive programs, or over a semester or two semesters when combined with other study.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to improve their ability to perform in Korean in the Korean environment. The specific objectives will depend on the level of Korean proficiency attained before commencing the unit and the nature of the program at the host institution.

    Assessment

    Students will be required to bring back all written work completed in Korea for assessment and/or to sit for a competency test. Assessment will be conducted by Monash staff, drawing on assessments provided by the host institution and direct assessment of work completed and competence achieved.

    Contact hours

    6 hours per week or equivalent

    Prerequisites

    First year Korean


    KOR2992 - Language study in Korea 24 Points

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit allows second year students to study in Korea at one of the universities with which Monash has formal agreements. Individual study plans based on Korean proficiency and the host institution's programs are negotiated with the coordinator. Students will normally enrol in a unit or units formally offered by the institution concerned, based on the study plan agreed to before departure. The workload for this unit will be not less than that required for a 24-point unit at Monash University and will normally be completed over approximately 3-4 weeks for intensive programs, or over a semester or two semesters when combined with other study.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to improve their ability to perform in Korean in the Korean environment. The specific objectives will depend on the level of Korean proficiency attained before commencing the unit and the nature of the program at the host institution.

    Assessment

    Students will be required to bring back all written work completed in Korea for assessment and/or to sit for a competency test. Assessment will be conducted by Monash staff, drawing on assessments provided by the host institution and direct assessment of work completed and competence achieved.

    Contact hours

    12 hours per week or equivalent

    Prerequisites

    Second year Korean


    KOR3001 - Project in Korean 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides students who are self-directed and highly motivated with the opportunity to further expand their linguistic competence and knowledge of a topic area by undertaking an in-depth project or program of study. This will usually include research on a specific topic and written work. Other activities may include participation in relevant conferences and forums, viewing and production of creative works, small group projects or community involvement. Specific content and assessment will be negotiated and set out in writing prior to the commencement of semester, or within the first two weeks.

    Objectives

    Students will:

    1. Extend their linguistic competence, particularly in relation to reading and writing skills.
    2. Extend their knowledge in the topic area covered by the co-requisite unit.
    3. Demonstrate independent research skills and/or other relevant independent study skills at a level commensurate with their year level.

    Assessment

    Written and Oral work: 100%

    Contact hours

    Regular consultation with coordinator (1 hour per week)

    Prerequisites

    Korean 4 or Permission of coordinator of Korean Studies


    KOR3002 - Project in Korean 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides students who are self-directed and highly motivated with the opportunity to further expand their linguistic competence and knowledge of a topic area by undertaking an in-depth project or program of study. This will usually include research on a specific topic and written work. Other activities may include participation in relevant conferences and forums, viewing and production of creative works, small group projects or community involvement. Specific content and assessment will be negotiated and set out in writing prior to the commencement of semester, or within the first two weeks.

    Objectives

    Students will:

    1. Extend their linguistic competence, particularly in relation to reading and writing skills.
    2. Extend their knowledge in the topic area covered by the co-requisite unit.
    3. Demonstrate independent research skills and/or other relevant independent study skills at a level commensurate with their year level.

    Assessment

    Written and Oral work: 100%

    Contact hours

    Regular consultation with coordinator (1 hour per week)

    Prerequisites

    Korean 4 or Permission of coordinator of Korean Studies


    KOR3050 - Korean 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Development and consolidation of Korean language skills in speaking, reading and writing. Students will develop the ability to have moderately sophisticated conversations and to comprehend diverse reading materials.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Engage in moderately sophisticated conversation in most formal and informal settings.
    2. Read diverse and increasingly complex texts.
    3. Produce moderately sophisticated written Korean.

    Assessment

    Class tests and written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x lectures and 2 x tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    KOR2040 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    KOR1050, KOR2050, KLG4050, KLG5050


    KOR3060 - Korean 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    An extension of Korean 5, further developing and consolidating Korean language skills to an upper intermediate level.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Speak and comprehend Korean with structural accuracy and vocabulary sufficient to manage most social situations.
    2. Gain information from spoken and written sources in Korean using dictionaries.
    3. Read about and discuss issues regarding contemporary features of Korean society

    Assessment

    Class tests and written work: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    KOR2050 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    KOR3060, KOR3060, KLG4060, KLG5060


    KOR3450 - English to Korean translation 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): In-Jung Cho

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Flexible)

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to develop and consolidate students' language skills through the English to Korean translation of various types of texts. It provides an introduction to English to Korean translation techniques.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Control complex sentence constructions demonstrating an in-depth knowledge of Korean grammar and vocabulary.
    2. Comprehend and analyse most varieties and registers of language encountered in texts related to topical social issues.
    3. Apply knowledge of both Korean and Western cultures.

    Assessment

    Written work and class exercises/tasks: 70%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    One 3-hour on-line discussion per week, and one 3-hour seminar per fortnight

    Prerequisites

    Permission of unit coordinator

    Prohibitions

    KOR1450, KOR2450


    KOR3460 - English to Korean translation 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): In-Jung Cho

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Flexible)

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to extend proficiency acquired in the unit 'English to Korean Translation 1'. This unit will place more emphasis on various text transfer techniques, so that students can understand the problems of translating from both linguistic and cultural perspectives.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Comprehend and analyse most varieties and registers of language encountered in texts related to topical social issues.
    2. Integrate their acquired translation skills with practical knowledge of advanced grammar.

    Assessment

    Written work and class exercises/tasks: 70%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    One 3-hour seminar fortnightly, and one 3-hour on-line discussion per week

    Prerequisites

    KOR1450 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    KOR1460, KOR2460


    KOR3470 - Korean to English translation 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr In-Jung Cho

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to develop and consolidate students' language skills through the Korean to English translation of various types of texts.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. Developed in-depth knowledge of Korean grammar and vocabulary.
    2. Improved their inter-lingual and intercultural communication skills between the two languages.
    3. Acquired basic techniques of translation from Korean to English.

    Assessment

    Written work and class exercises/tasks: 70%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    One 3-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    Permission of unit coordinator

    Prohibitions

    KOR1470, KOR2470


    KOR3480 - Korean to English translation 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr In-Jung Cho

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to extend proficiency acquired in the unit 'Korean to English Translation 1'. This subject will place more emphasis on advanced grammar and various text transfer techniques, so that students can understand the problems of translating from both linguistic and cultural perspectives.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Develop the good comparative linguistic knowledge of Korean and English.
    2. Improve their understanding of source texts and apply analytic skills of the factors that affect the translation of source texts into the target language.
    3. Acquire important techniques of translation from Korean to English.

    Assessment

    Written work and class exercises/tasks: 70%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    One 3-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    KOR1470 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    KOR1480, KOR2480


    KOR3990 - Language study in Korea 6 Points

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit allows third year students to study in Korea at one of the universities with which Monash has formal agreements. Individual study plans based on Korean proficiency and the host institution's programs are negotiated with the coordinator. Students will normally enrol in a unit or units formally offered by the institution concerned, based on the study plan agreed to before departure. The workload for this unit will be not less than that required for a 6-point unit at Monash University and will normally be completed over approximately 3-4 weeks for intensive programs, or over a semester when combined with other study.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to improve their ability to perform in Korean in the Korean environment. The specific objectives will depend on the level of Korean proficiency attained before commencing the unit and the nature of the program at the host institution.

    Assessment

    Students will be required to bring back all written work completed in Korea for assessment and/or to sit for a competency test. Assessment will be conducted by Monash staff, drawing on assessments provided by the host institution and direct assessment of work completed and competence achieved.

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week or equivalent

    Prerequisites

    Second year Korean


    KOR3991 - Language study in Korea 12 Points

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit allows third year students to study in Korea at one of the universities with which Monash has formal agreements. Individual study plans based on Korean proficiency and the host institution's programs are negotiated with the coordinator. Students will normally enrol in a unit or units formally offered by the institution concerned, based on the study plan agreed to before departure. The workload for this unit will be not less than that required for a 12-point unit at Monash University and will normally be completed over approximately 3-4 weeks for intensive programs, or over a semester or two semesters when combined with other study.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to improve their ability to perform in Korean in the Korean environment. The specific objectives will depend on the level of Korean proficiency attained before commencing the unit and the nature of the program at the host institution.

    Assessment

    Students will be required to bring back all written work completed in Korea for assessment and/or to sit for a competency test. Assessment will be conducted by Monash staff, drawing on assessments provided by the host institution and direct assessment of work completed and competence achieved.

    Contact hours

    6 hours per week or equivalent

    Prerequisites

    Second year Korean


    KOR3992 - Language study in Korea 24 Points

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit allows third year students to study in Korea at one of the universities with which Monash has formal agreements. Individual study plans based on Korean proficiency and the host institution's programs are negotiated with the coordinator. Students will normally enrol in a unit or units formally offered by the institution concerned, based on the study plan agreed to before departure. The workload for this unit will be not less than that required for a 24-point unit at Monash University and will normally be completed over approximately 3-4 weeks for intensive programs, or over a semester or two semesters when combined with other study.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to improve their ability to perform in Korean in the Korean environment. The specific objectives will depend on the level of Korean proficiency attained before commencing the unit and the nature of the program at the host institution.

    Assessment

    Students will be required to bring back all written work completed in Korea for assessment and/or to sit for a competency test. Assessment will be conducted by Monash staff, drawing on assessments provided by the host institution and direct assessment of work completed and competence achieved.

    Contact hours

    12 hours per week or equivalent

    Prerequisites

    Second year Korean


    KOR4001 - Project in Korean 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides students who are self-directed and highly motivated with the opportunity to further expand their linguistic competence and knowledge of a topic area by undertaking an in-depth project or program of study. This will usually include research on a specific topic and written work. Other activities may include participation in relevant conferences and forums, viewing and production of creative works, small group projects or community involvement. Specific content and assessment will be negotiated and set out in writing prior to the commencement of semester, or within the first two weeks.

    Objectives

    Students will:

    1. Extend their linguistic competence, particularly in relation to reading and writing skills.
    2. Extend their knowledge in the topic area covered by the co-requisite unit.
    3. Demonstrate independent research skills and/or other relevant independent study skills at a level commensurate with their year level.

    Assessment

    Written and Oral work: 100%

    Contact hours

    Regular consultation with coordinator (1 hour per week)

    Prerequisites

    Korean 4 or Permission of coordinator of Korean Studies


    KOR4002 - Project in Korean 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides students who are self-directed and highly motivated with the opportunity to further expand their linguistic competence and knowledge of a topic area by undertaking an in-depth project or program of study. This will usually include research on a specific topic and written work. Other activities may include participation in relevant conferences and forums, viewing and production of creative works, small group projects or community involvement. Specific content and assessment will be negotiated and set out in writing prior to the commencement of semester, or within the first two weeks.

    Objectives

    Students will:

    1. Extend their linguistic competence, particularly in relation to reading and writing skills.
    2. Extend their knowledge in the topic area covered by the co-requisite unit.
    3. Demonstrate independent research skills and/or other relevant independent study skills at a level commensurate with their year level.

    Assessment

    Written and Oral work: 100%

    Contact hours

    Regular consultation with coordinator (1 hour per week)

    Prerequisites

    Korean 4 or Permission of coordinator of Korean Studies


    KOR4990 - Language study abroad program

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    An approved intensive-mode or semester-length subject at an institution in Korea. Placement arrangement will be made through the department.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to acquire social, academic and vocational proficiency in the Korean language including the following skills and knowledge:

    1. An in depth knowledge of Korean grammar and vocabulary to control complex sentence constructions.

    1. The ability to comprehend most varieties and registers of language encountered in social, academic and vocational life.

    1. The ability to read accurately different forms of texts include a variety of literary texts, editorials, journal articles and technical material in a professional field.

    1. The ability to listen and speak with sufficient accuracy to participate in formal and informal conversations on social, professional and abstract topics.

    1. The ability to write about the topics relating to the student's special field of competence with substantial precision and in detail.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (9000 words)

    Prerequisites

    A pass in the relevant language at level 3: KOR3050/3060 or KOR4050/4060


    KOS2010 - Korean Politics and Economy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to traditional and modern Korean politics and economy. It deals with the development of the Korean political tradition during the Chosen period (1392-1910), the transition of Korea from dynastic monarchy to Japanese colony and then to its current divided state. The subject investigates the process of development in both the ROK and the DPRK, comparing and contrasting strategies. It also examines the influence of the post-war international economic and political orders on these strategies. Areas to be examined include foreign and domestic policy, respective roles in the Asia-Pacific region, and relations with Australia.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to understand the Korean political tradition, and the development of the political and economic systems of North and South Korea since 1945.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Exam: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    KOS3010


    KOS3020 - Korean Society and Culture

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to traditional and modern Korean society and culture. It deals with key aspects of traditional Korea during the Choson period (1392-1910) of particular relevance to the understanding of the modern transformation of Korea. Over the past 100 years or so, Korea has passed through periods of social upheaval and foreign encroachment to its present status as a divided country. This subject deals with aspects of Korean society and culture since 1876, including intellectual history, the Japanese colonial experience, religion, rural-urban migration, gender issues, regionalism, the rise of the new middle class and cultural change.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to understand the main features of traditional Korean society and culture and major issues of modern Korea. The subject deals in the modern era primarily with South Korea although reference is also made to the modern transformation of North Korean society.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Exam: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    KOS2020


    LIN1010 - The Language game: Why do we talk the way we do?

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Prof Kate Burridge

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    Human beings spend much of their time playing the language game - small wonder Linguistics, the scientific investigation of language, is such a fast growing and important field of study. In this unit we examine aspects of this fascinating game in a systematic way. They include: the nature of the game (e.g. human versus animal communication, the structure of language); the players (e.g. language acquisition, language and thought); the game plan (e.g. strategies for interacting, politeness); variation in the game (e.g. social/regional varieties, jargon, slang); myths about the game (e.g. some languages are better/harder/more beautiful) and the changing game.

    Objectives

    On successfully completing this subject students should be able to:

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of what linguistics is and what linguists do.

    1. Identify and describe the nature of human language.

    1. Discuss and analyse different varieties of language and language use.

    1. Identify and analyse the ways in which language changes.

    1. Observe and be sensitive to issues arising in linguistic interaction.

    1. Explain the major processes of language acquisition.

    1. Critically evaluate attitudes to language.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (2500 words)
    Class participation/online discussion: 10%
    2 hours Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


    LIN1020 - Describing and analysing language and communication

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Kate Burridge and Dr Keith Allan

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides students with an introduction to theoretical and descriptive frameworks adopted in the analysis of language. You will be introduced to techniques for different levels of language analysis; key questions and theoretical and descriptive frameworks adopted in the analysis of language; and some of the applications of these theoretical tools. There is a description of speech sounds and their organization in linguistic systems, the structures of words and sentences and their meanings, the description and analysis of historical processes of language change over time.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students should be able to: apply techniques and procedures, methods and skills presented in the unit to analyse sentence structure and sentence constituents, speech sounds, sound patterns, lexical meaning, and historical approaches to language change from a range of language data sets; methodically collect and analyse linguistic data; presenting findings with coherent argument that reflects the appropriate and conventional formalism utilised in the linguistic analysis of language and communication; display insights both into the language(s) they speak and into languages not previously encountered; demonstrate an understanding of what linguistics is and what linguists do

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2000 words)
    Tutorial exercise/participation: 10%
    2 hours Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


    LIN2070 - Eastern Austronesian languages of Indonesia, East Timor and Oceania

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Anna Margetts

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit introduces students to Eastern Austronesian languages and cultures of Indonesia, East Timor and Oceania, covering issues in linguistic structure (morphology, syntax), sociolinguistic, and anthropological linguistics. Students will learn about the linguistic structure of Eastern Austronesian languages as well as the history of the Austronesian language family and the dispersal of the Austronesian people through linguistic, archaeological, anthropological, and genetic evidence. The unit will discuss issues such as language contact (including with neighbouring languages groups of Indonesia and New Guinea), special registers, language endangerment and language socialization.

    Objectives

    After successfully completing this unit, students should be able to:

    1. describe and analyse data from Austronesian languages of the Molucas and Oceania,

    1. identify key features of the morphology, syntax and semantics of these languages,

    1. discuss the relationship between languages in this geographical area and identify contact phenomena between them,

    1. use linguistic, archaeological, anthropological, and genetic evidence to evaluate theories of the history of Austronesian languages and of the dispersal of the Austronesian people.

    More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to:

    1. use analytic and interpretative skills in dealing with language data

  • read critically


  • assess evidence supporting various theories and thereby evaluate these theories


  • present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing.

  • Assessment

    Participation and class presentation: 30%
    Written work: 70%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour seminar

    Prerequisites

    LIN 1010 and LIN 1020 OR ANY1010 and ANY1020 OR INM1010 and INM1020 OR INM1030 and INM1040

    Prohibitions

    LIN3070


    LIN2080 - Language across time

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Prof Kate Burridge

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    All languages are constantly changing - just as other aspects of human society are also constantly changing. How and why do these changes begin? How and why do they take hold and spread? How can we explain them? This subject is an introduction to the study of language over time. It examines changes at all linguistics levels - vocabulary, meaning, sounds and grammar. Examples are drawn from the history of a wide range of languages - Germanic, Romance, Pacific and Asian. Part of the subject also gives students practice in reconstructing lost stages of languages, using the internal and comparative methods of reconstruction.

    Objectives

    On successfully completing this subject students should be able to:

    1. Describe language as a dynamic system of communication.

    1. Analyse language data with respect to the evolution of sounds, vocabulary and grammar.

    1. Identify the types of change that occur.

    1. Discuss the factors responsible for these changes and how they interact.

    1. Explain the major processes of language change.

    1. Use the methods of comparative reconstruction to build past linguistic systems.

    1. Integrate language observation and analysis with corresponding literature in the field (3rd year students only).

    Assessment

    Written work: 70% (3000 words)
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (lectures/seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in Linguistics

    Prohibitions

    LIN3080


    LIN2090 - Syntax: Grammatical structure, typology and universals

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Anna Margetts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will cover the basic tools necessary for the study of syntax and will specifically focus on the linguistic analysis of the sentence in different languages. This study will be approached through the comparison of different systems of case marking, agreement, use of clitic pronouns, word order, topic-comment structure and other mechanisms that reveal the structure of the clause. Attention will be given to understanding basic concepts such as verb, transitive verb, passive subject and direct object and tense/aspect.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Be able to demonstrate familiarity with the basic units of analysis as exemplified in a variety of different languages.

    1. Be familiar with different theoretical approaches to the analysis of sentence structure and the relevant terminology.

    1. Be able to read and understand grammatical descriptions of languages and discussions of grammatical phenomena in the linguistic literature.

    1. Be able to analyse data from languages which they know, and from those with which they are unfamiliar.

    Assessment

    Class participation and presentation: 20%
    Written work: 80%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Linguistics


    LIN2110 - Phonetics and phonology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Heather Bowe

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Introduction to the principles of articulatory phonetics and the International Phonetic Alphabet. Introduction to the acoustic analysis of speech sounds and their measurement. Introduction to the principles of phonological analysis and issues in phonological theory.

    Objectives

    Upon the successful completion of this subject students are expected to understand the ways in speech sounds are produced in different languages, and the processes by which sounds are modified in connected speech, be familiar with the use of computerised speech analysis and understand the principles of phonological analysis and issues in phonological theory. More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to:

    1. Read critically.

    1. Use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with language data.

    1. Assess evidence supporting various theories and thereby evaluate these theories.

    1. Present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Linguistics

    Prohibitions

    LIN3110


    LIN2150 - Accents and varieties of English

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Prof Kate Burridge

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will survey the main distinguishing features at the key linguistic levels (notably pronunciation/accent, morphology, syntax and lexis) of the more important varieties of English around the world (native-speaker and 'new'; standard and non-standard) and also the origins and development of these features.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Know the main distinguishing features, at the key linguistic levels, of the more important varieties of English around the world (native-speaker and 'new'; standard and non-standard) and also the origins and development of these features.

    1. Be able to explain the relevant facts using the terminology of linguistics.

    1. Be able to understand the main facts and issues associated with the statuses and functions of these varieties in the various societies in which they are used, the attitudes which users of English have adopted with respect to these varieties, and the connections between all these issues.

    1. Be in a position to analyse new situations involving language varieties (English or other) in these terms.

    1. Be in a position to develop critical and well-informed positions on the practical upshots of these considerations (educational, language planning, etc).

    Assessment

    Written work: 70%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Linguistics


    LIN2160 - Managing intercultural communication

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Heather Bowe

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Flexible)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines basic concepts of intercultural communication: face and politeness in language; the relation between cultural values and discourse; cultural variation in speech acts, turn taking rules and formulaic patterns; cultural differences in the organization of written and spoken discourse; and examines their interaction in intercultural communication in the global context. Case studies drawn from a wide variety of cultures will provide opportunities to examine language use in light of broader cultural, political and social issues such as stereotyping and discriminatory language, cultural expectation and attitudes, cultural awareness training, language reform and policies.

    Objectives

    On the successful completion of this unit it is expected that students will:

    1. be sensitive to inter-cultural differences in communication patterns and cultural expectations
    2. know what kinds of questions to ask about communication patterns in a culture with which they are not (very) familiar
    3. be able to analyze what goes wrong in communication breakdown
    4. have encountered examples of inter-cultural communication

    More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to:
    1. read and think critically
    2. use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with language data
    3. present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing.

    Assessment

    Written assignments (3250 words): 75%
    Exam (1000 words equivalent): 20%
    Class/On-line participation (250 words equivalent): 5%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial, or one 22-hour seminar, per week

    Prohibitions

    LIN2470, LIN3470, LIN3160, LLC2160, LLC3160


    LIN2190 - History and sociolinguistics of English

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Kate Burridge

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will survey the history of English (origins, development, diversification, recent convergence, etc; including the origins and development of the key features which distinguish the main varieties of the language), and the relevant basic aspects of theoretical historical linguistics and philology. It will also deal with the main sociolinguistic facts and issues associated with the statuses and functions of the English language as it exists today and of the key varieties of English in the various societies in which they are used.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Describe the major structural changes in the history of English.

    1. Identify the sociohistorical context for these changes.

    1. Discuss the effects of language contact on English.

    1. Analyse language data with respect to the evolution of sounds, vocabulary and grammar.

    1. Explain the major processes of language standardization, focusing on the development of Standard English.

    1. Illustrate the effects of globalization and e-communication on current-day English.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Linguistics


    LIN2310 - Semantics: the study of meaning in human languages

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Keith Allan

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Flexible)

    Synopsis

    Semantics is the study and representation of the meaning of every kind of constituent and expression in language, and also of the meaning relationships between them. Expressing meaning through language is deeply influenced by the social-interactive functions of language - demonstrated in the pervasive importance of the cooperative principle, common ground, and implicature. Semantic theory must explain how this is achieved by giving a demonstrably rational account of the structure of the meaningful categories and constructions of human language, their properties, interrelations, and motivations. This unit takes up the challenge to elucidate paths to that goal.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students should be familiar with the fundamental concepts for linguistic semantics; be able to apply techniques and procedures, methods and skills presented in the unit in order to combine theoretical exegesis of several methods of inquiry with detailed semantic analysis; be equipped with the basic tools and skills needed to progress to original research in semantics.

    Assessment

    Written work: 95%
    Class Test: 5%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Linguistics or Communications.

    Prohibitions

    LIN3310


    LIN2330 - Pragmatics: Strategies for communication

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Keith Allan

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Flexible)

    Synopsis

    The (neo-Gricean) cooperative principle in language interaction; language understanding as a constructive process; sentence meaning and speaker meaning; politeness phenomena; Sperber and Wilson on manifestness, ostension and intention; the nature of practical inference; relevance theory; implicature and presupposition; information structure, definiticity, and anaphora; literal and nonliteral language; theories of speech acts; pragmatics and discourse; pragmatics across cultures and subcultures.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject students should be able to come to appreciate that language understanding is a constructive process using not only knowledge of the language but also inferences based on context and common ground -- knowledge of the world, and knowledge of the conventions of language use; recognise that communication cannot function without conventions such as the cooperative principle in language interaction originally identified by Grice, and/or Sperber and Wilson's relevance theory; recognise the way in which politeness strategies (more precisely, face concerns) function as a significant component of language understanding; have some basis for dealing with the fact that different pragmatic conventions across cultures and subcultures can lead to unforeseen misunderstandings; understand the nature of practical inference, and how to calculate implicature; gain a firm grasp of the main principles, achievements, and limitations of speech act theories; justify categorising expressions as either literal or non-literal, direct or indirect, on-record or off-record.

    Assessment

    Written work: 95%
    Class Test: 5%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Linguistics or Communications.

    Prohibitions

    LIN3330


    LIN2350 - Sociolinguistics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Simon Musgrave

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will survey sociolinguistics, including key general notions, contrasts between sociolinguistic and folk-linguistic ideas, sociolinguistic research methods, language variation, types of language variety, dialectology, code choice, speech communities, language attitudes, language change, language and identity, language in use, ethnography of speaking, language situations, language problems, language planning, language and culture/thought, language and gender/ethnicity, language and ideology.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Identify and assess the significance of key theoretical perspectives in the study of language and society.

    1. Apply sociolinguistic insights to everyday experience.

    1. Describe the main data gathering methods used in sociolinguistics, and select appropriate methods for a range of research questions.

    1. Design and carry out a small sociolinguistic fieldwork project.

    1. Engage in informed debate on matters of theoretical and practical significance in the areas of language and society, language education, language purism and language planning.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Linguistics.

    Prohibitions

    LIN3350


    LIN2370 - Aboriginal languages of Australia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Heather Bowe

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    An introduction to Australian Aboriginal languages covering features of phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics and sociolinguistic issues including language status, bilingualism and the role of linguistics in language maintenance and revival.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Understand key features of the phonology, morphology, syntax, and semantics of Australian Aboriginal languages and be able to identify such features in a number of different Aboriginal languages.

    1. Be aware of some of the key theoretical issues regarding the structure of Aboriginal languages.

    1. Understand relevant sociolinguistic issues including language status, bilingualism and the role of linguistics in language maintenance and revival and the implication of these for language education and planning.

    More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to:

    1. Read critically.

    1. Use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with language data.

    1. Assess evidence supporting various theories and thereby evaluate these theories.

    1. Present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing.

    Assessment

    Oral presentation and class participation: 20%
    Written work: 80%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in Linguistics.

    Prohibitions

    LIN3370


    LIN2390 - Language and identity

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Julie Bradshaw

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Flexible)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the role of language in the construction of identity or identities, with a particular focus on gender identity. In addition the linguistic contribution to presentation and construction of ethnic and other identities will be examined. The examination of differences in the language use and communication patterns of the sexes focuses on

    1. a variety of languages
    2. written and spoken texts and
    3. public and private contexts including patient/doctor interaction, computer mediated interaction, interpersonal communication and educational settings. The unit will also examine the cultural and social framing of identity, style shifting and acts of identity, and identity formation in language contact and second language learning.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, a student will be able to:

    1. Summarize key theoretical debates in relation to identity and language;
    2. Compare the approaches of theorists from different discipline backgrounds;
    3. Reflect on gender differences across languages in the light of theoretical and empirical studies;
    4. Evaluate major methodological approaches to the study of identity and language;
    5. Work in teams to apply at least one methodology to a selected context;
    6. Use data thus collected to support an argument in relation to theoretical debates;
    7. Present a coherent oral and written account of research thus conducted.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    Any first-year sequence in Linguistics, a language, English as an International Language, Communication, Text and Context

    Prohibitions

    Either LIN2390 or LIN3390


    LIN2430 - Psycholinguistics and child language acquisition

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Anna Margetts

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit traces the development of child language from pre-speech to later stages of acquisition, including the development of communicative competence. It examines the development of the child's phonological, syntactic, morphological and semantic system and attempts to account for this development by considering various linguistic models and theories. The unit also investigates the comprehension and production of speech. Experimental evidence is examined in order to determine the psychological validity of the various models and theories which have been proposed to describe the process involved in comprehending and producing speech.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this subject, students are expected to have developed

    1. a critical understanding of the process of language acquisition and the various theories which have developed to account for this acquisition

    1. a critical understanding of the mental processes of sentence comprehension and production and the various theories which have been developed to explain these processes.

    More generally students are expected to develop

    1. critical reading skills

    2.analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with raw language data

    3.the ability to assess evidence supporting various theories and thereby evaluate these theories

    4.the ability to present logical, coherent arguments, both orally and in writing

    Assessment

    Oral presentation and class participation: 20%
    Written work: 80%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Linguistics.

    Prohibitions

    LIN3430


    LIN2490 - Literacies and communication: Education, media and cyberspace

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Julie Bradshaw

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Flexible)

    Synopsis

    This unit will provide an introduction to issues in language in education including, reading, writing, early childhood literacy, tertiary literacy and classroom practices. Literacies in media and computer communication contexts will be investigated including the language of hypertext, 'reading' in CMC, television and video discourse, and the ethical issues of access, participation and democratisation will also be explored. These topics help frame understandings about the measurement, acquisition, absence and change for literacies in communication contexts.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Engage in informed debate on the relationship between literacy and cognition.

    1. Identify the attributes of major writing systems of the world.

    1. Describe the spoken-written language continuum and the features of computer-mediated communication.

    1. Outline the stages of literacy development in young children.

    1. Assess the effects of schooled literacy, second language literacy, and biliteracy.

    1. Use ethnographic methods to study of literacy events.

    1. Assess the cultural impact of electronic literacy.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Linguistics, English or Communications.

    Prohibitions

    LIN3490


    LIN2510 - Structure of English

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Prof Kate Burridge

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit provides a step-by-step account of English grammar from the perspective of the theoretical insights of modern linguistics. It examines the most important English constructions and categories, compares the leading standard and near-standard varieties in these respects, discusses key differences of interpretation, and (briefly) relates language-specific facts and issues to language typology and universals.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Be able to understand the key notions used in the analysis of contemporary English syntax.

    1. Be able to understand the more important aspects of the relationship between syntax and meaning in English.

    1. Be able to apply the notions covered in 1-2 (and to use the relevant terms accurately) in the analysis of 'real' texts, especially with the view to how information is structured in discourse.

    1. Know the key syntactic (and syntactic-semantic) features that distinguish the main standard varieties of English from each other and from other important varieties.

    1. Know the key syntactic (etc.) features that distinguish formal and informal usage.

    1. Know the key syntactic (etc.) features that distinguish different occupational varieties (like Journalese, Legalese, Sports-Announcer Talk etc.).

    1. Be aware of the place of English in respect of the main parameters of syntactic typology.

    1. Have the basis for further study which would enable them to teach English grammar themselves.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Linguistics.

    Prohibitions

    LIN3510


    LIN2550 - Second language acquisition and attrition

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Julie Bradshaw

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The distinction between language learning and acquisition; the social context of these; the relation between first, second and bilingual acquisition; interlanguage and interference; grammaticalisation phases; factors in successful second language acquisition; bilingual education; attrition as the inverse of acquisition; activation and reactivation of language skills.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of the major applied linguistic theories that have influenced the field of second language acquisition.

    1. Understand the role of the individual learner differences in second language learning.

    1. Evaluate the role of internal and external factors in language learning.

    1. Analyse a learner's langauge.

    1. Apply all these understandings to the practice of enabling learners to learn and acquire a second language in both formal and informal contexts.

    1. Relate the research literature to their own and others' second language acquisition experience.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Linguistics.

    Prohibitions

    GRN2135, GRN3135, GRN2130, GRN3130, CHI2550, CHI3550, ITA2550, ITA3550, MGR3550 or SPN3550


    LIN2570 - The analysis of discourse: Texts, narrative and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Keith Allan

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will examine a number of theoretical and methodological approaches to the analysis of discourse and texts in a range of sites and social contexts. We examine the way narrative texts are constructed; the resources that speakers manipulate in conversation and in 'electronic' discourse; the ways that institutions such as the media, education and the judiciary appropriate features of discourse structures in their discourses; and how information is transformed in written texts.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject students should be able to demonstrate that language understanding is a constructive process using not only knowledge of the language but also inferences based on context, knowledge of the conventions of language use, and knowledge of discourse conventions for narrative, joke telling, conversation, etc. and encyclopedic knowledge of all kinds; recognise the contribution made by plans and scripts to the development of written texts and spoken dialogues; recognise and be able to describe the characteristics of turn taking in dialogue; recognise linguistic clues and cues to the introduction of individuals, topics, and themes within texts, to their maintenance, and how some are made more salient than others. Also, to recognise the ways in which topics and themes are concluded; apply Labov's theory for action narrative and also rhetorical structure theory; be aware of some of the similarities and differences in discourse conventions across cultures and how to identify them; confidently undertake the systematic linguistic analysis of a text or dialogue. Additional work is required with respect to LIN2570.

    Assessment

    Written work: 95%
    Class test: 5%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Linguistics and Communication.

    Prohibitions

    LIN3570


    LIN2590 - History and Philosophy of Linguistics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Keith Allan

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    We seek answers to questions such as 'What is a linguistic theory?' 'How do we evaluate a linguistic description?' 'What constitutes an explanation within the discipline of linguistics?' We will then turn to the history of linguistic analysis, and look at the ancient, medieval, and post-Renaissance conceptions of grammar that compose the classical tradition to which modern linguistics owes a very clear debt.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Class test: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in Linguistics.

    Prohibitions

    LIN3590


    LIN3030 - Issues in language endangerment

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Margaret Florey

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the key issues in language endangerment. It examines historical and contemporary assessments of linguistic diversity and language endangerment within the broader framework of the loss of biological and cultural diversity. It reflects on a wide range of issues, including factors in assessing speaker fluency and the degree of endangerment, symptoms and causes of language shift, and changes in domains of language use and patterns of language transmission. General principles and issues are embedded within case studies from a range of regions and language families. The seminar combines lectures with group discussion of key concepts guided by focus questions.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students should have gained familiarity with the significant aspects of the rapidly growing field of language endangerment research and practice; have an understanding of, and an ability to apply, key terms, concepts and theoretical models relevant to a wide range of language endangerment settings; and developed the ability to critically evaluate assessments of language endangerment. Students should be able to demonstrate an understanding of the historical development of language endangerment research, analyse the key factors in assessing language endangerment and speaker fluency, evaluate alternative explanations for language variation, interpret theoretical frameworks developed and utilised by researchers in the field, and apply key concepts to new sets of data. They should be able to formulate research questions, utilise appropriate methodologies to conduct independent research, present their results in discussion forums in small groups (on campus)/on line discussion (off campus), and in written exposition (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting), and engage in team work and critical academic discussion of information and argument.

    Assessment

    Research essay proposal 500 words 15%, Research essay 3000 words 45%, Take home test 1 hour 30%, Group/Online participation 10%


    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    LIN 4030


    LIN3070 - Eastern Austronesian languages of Indonesia, East Timor and Oceania

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Anna Margetts

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit introduces students to Eastern Austronesian languages and cultures of Indonesia, East Timor and Oceania, covering issues in linguistic structure (morphology, syntax), sociolinguistic, and anthropological linguistics. Students will learn about the linguistic structure of Eastern Austronesian languages as well as the history of the Austronesian language family and the dispersal of the Austronesian people through linguistic, archaeological, anthropological, and genetic evidence. The unit will discuss issues such as language contact (including with neighbouring languages groups of Indonesia and New Guinea), special registers, language endangerment and language socialization.

    Objectives

    After successfully completing this unit, students should be able to:

    1. describe and analyse data from Austronesian languages of the Molucas and Oceania,
    2. identify key features of the morphology, syntax and semantics of these languages,
    3. discuss the relationship between languages in this geographical area and identify contact phenomena between them,
    4. use linguistic, archaeological, anthropological, and genetic evidence to evaluate theories of the history of Austronesian languages and of the dispersal of the Austronesian people.

    More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to:
    1. use analytic and interpretative skills in dealing with language data
    2. read critically
    3. assess evidence supporting various theories and thereby evaluate these theories
    4. present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing.

    Assessment

    Participation and class presentation: 30%
    Written work: 70%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour seminar

    Prerequisites

    LIN 1010 and LIN 1020 OR ANY1010 and ANY1020 OR INM1010 and INM1020 OR INM1030 and INM1040

    Prohibitions

    LIN2070


    LIN3080 - Language across time

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Prof Kate Burridge

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    All languages are constantly changing - just as other aspects of human society are also constantly changing. How and why do these changes begin? How and why do they take hold and spread? How can we explain them? This subject is an introduction to the study of language over time. It examines changes at all linguistics levels - vocabulary, meaning, sounds and grammar. Examples are drawn from the history of a wide range of languages - Germanic, Romance, Pacific and Asian. Part of the subject also gives students practice in reconstructing lost stages of languages, using the internal and comparative methods of reconstruction.

    Objectives

    On successfully completing this subject students should be able to:

    1. Describe language as a dynamic system of communication.

    1. Analyse language data with respect to the evolution of sounds, vocabulary and grammar.

    1. Identify the types of change that occur.

    1. Discuss the factors responsible for these changes and how they interact.

    1. Explain the major processes of language change.

    1. Use the methods of comparative reconstruction to build past linguistic systems.

    1. Integrate language observation and analysis with corresponding literature in the field.

    Assessment

    Three written practical assignments (approximately 3,000 words): 70%
    One examination (1.5 hour): 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (lectures/seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in Linguistics

    Prohibitions

    LIN2080


    LIN3090 - Syntax: Grammatical structure, typology and universals

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Anna Margetts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will cover the basic tools necessary for the study of syntax and will specifically focus on the linguistic analysis of the sentence in different languages. This study will be approached through the comparison of different systems of case marking, agreement, use of clitic pronouns, word order, topic-comment structure and other mechanisms that reveal the structure of the clause. Attention will be given to understanding basic concepts such as verb, transitive verb, passive subject and direct object and tense/aspect.

    Objectives

    As of LIN2090 and in addition a deeper understanding of theoretical issues relating to the study of syntax.

    Assessment

    Class participation and presentation: 20%
    Written work: 80%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year sequence in Linguistics


    LIN3110 - Phonetics and phonology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Heather Bowe

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Introduction to the principles of articulatory phonetics and the International Phonetic Alphabet. Introduction to the acoustic analysis of speech sounds and their measurement. Introduction to the principles of phonological analysis and issues in phonological theory.

    Objectives

    Upon the successful completion of this subject students are expected to understand the ways in speech sounds are produced in different languages, and the processes by which sounds are modified in connected speech, be familiar with the use of computerised speech analysis and understand the principles of phonological analysis and issues in phonological theory. More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to:

    1. Read critically.

    1. Use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with language data.

    1. Assess evidence supporting various theories and thereby evaluate these theories.

    1. Present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year sequence in Linguistics

    Prohibitions

    LIN3110


    LIN3150 - Accents and varieties of English

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Prof Kate Burridge

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will survey the main distinguishing features at the key linguistic levels (notably pronunciation/accent, morphology, syntax and lexis) of the more important varieties of English around the world (native-speaker and 'new'; standard and non-standard) and also the origins and development of these features.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Know the main distinguishing features, at the key linguistic levels, of the more important varieties of English around the world (native-speaker and 'new'; standard and non-standard) and also the origins and development of these features.

    1. Be able to explain the relevant facts using the terminology of linguistics.

    1. Be able to understand the main facts and issues associated with the statuses and functions of these varieties in the various societies in which they are used, the attitudes which users of English have adopted with respect to these varieties, and the connections between all these issues.

    1. Be in a position to analyse new situations involving language varieties (English or other) in these terms.

    1. Be in a position to develop critical and well-informed positions on the practical upshots of these considerations (educational, language planning, etc).

    Assessment

    Written work: 70%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Linguistics


    LIN3160 - Managing intercultural communication

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Heather Bowe

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Flexible)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines basic concepts of intercultural communication: face and politeness in language; the relation between cultural values and discourse; cultural variation in speech acts, turn taking rules and formulaic patterns; cultural differences in the organization of written and spoken discourse; and examines their interaction in intercultural communication in the global context. Case studies drawn from a wide variety of cultures will provide opportunities to examine language use in light of broader cultural, political and social issues such as stereotyping and discriminatory language, cultural expectation and attitudes, cultural awareness training, language reform and policies.

    Objectives

    On the successful completion of this unit it is expected that students will:

    1. be sensitive to inter-cultural differences in communication patterns and cultural expectations
    2. know what kinds of questions to ask about communication patterns in a culture with which they are not (very) familiar
    3. be able to analyze what goes wrong in communication breakdown
    4. have encountered examples of inter-cultural communication
    5. assess evidence supporting different theories and thereby evaluate those theories.

    More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to:
    1. read and think critically
    2. use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with language data
    3. present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing.

    Assessment

    Written assignments (3250 words): 75%
    Exam (1000 words equivalent): 20% +
    Class/on-line participation (250 words equivalent): 5%

    Third-year students will be invited to show a greater degree of theoretical sophistication in their assignments.

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial, or, one 2-hour seminar, per week

    Prohibitions

    LIN2470, LIN3470, LIN2160, LLC2160, LLC3160


    LIN3180 - Data management for linguists

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Simon Musgrave

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The impact of the digital revolution on data collection and management in linguistics has been profound. Professional linguists in the 21st century need to know what technologies are available and be able to adapt to change, to manage digitally encoded data, and to prepare data for presentation to the linguistic community or for long-term storage. This unit will cover all these topics using project-based learning. Language-specific software (e.g. Shoebox) and more general software (e.g. FileMaker and Access) will be used, the use of Unicode and issues in interoperability will be discussed, and the ethical issues raised by storing data collected from human subjects will be canvassed.

    Objectives

    After successfully completing this unit, students will:

    1. Understand the variety of material which can be considered as language data.

    1. Understand the volume of data generated in language study.

    1. Understand the unified nature of the entire process of handling language data, from acquisition to long-term storage.

    1. Have acquired knowledge of currently available technologies.

    1. Understand the consequences of choosing any particular technological solution.

    1. Have developed skills to evaluate and use new technologies as they become available.

    1. Have developed the management skills needed to handle large volumes of data from human subjects.

    Assessment

    Group Participation: 20%
    Group Project (equivalent to 2000 words): 40%
    Individual Report (2000 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    LIN1010 or LIN1020


    LIN3190 - History and sociolinguistics of English

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Prof Kate Burridge

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will survey the history of English (origins, development, diversification, recent convergence, etc; including the origins and development of the key features which distinguish the main varieties of the language), and the relevant basic aspects of theoretical historical linguistics and philology. It will also deal with the main sociolinguistic facts and issues associated with the statuses and functions of the English language as it exists today and of the key varieties of English in the various societies in which they are used.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Describe the major structural changes in the history of English.

    1. Identify the sociohistorical context for these changes.

    1. Discuss the effects of language contact on English.

    1. Analyse language data with respect to the evolution of sounds, vocabulary and grammar.

    1. Explain the major processes of language standardization, focusing on the development of Standard English.

    1. Illustrate the effects of globalization and e-communication on current-day English.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70%
    Exam: 30% (1.5 hours)

    Contact hours

    2 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Linguistics and 12 points of Linguistics at 2nd year level.


    LIN3310 - Semantics: the study of meaning in human languages

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Keith Allan

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Flexible)

    Synopsis

    Semantics is the study and representation of the meaning of every kind of constituent and expression in language, and also of the meaning relationships between them. Expressing meaning through language is deeply influenced by the social-interactive functions of language - demonstrated in the pervasive importance of the cooperative principle, common ground, and implicature. Semantic theory must explain how this is achieved by giving a demonstrably rational account of the structure of the meaningful categories and constructions of human language, their properties, interrelations, and motivations. This unit takes up the challenge to elucidate paths to that goal.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students should be familiar with the fundamental concepts for linguistic semantics; be able to apply techniques and procedures, methods and skills presented in the unit in order to combine theoretical exegesis of several methods of inquiry with detailed semantic analysis; be equipped with the basic tools and skills needed to progress to original research in semantics.

    Assessment

    Written work: 95%
    Class test: 5%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    12 points in Linguistics or Philosophy at second-year level.

    Prohibitions

    LIN2310


    LIN3330 - Pragmatics: Strategies for communication

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Keith Allan

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Flexible)

    Synopsis

    The (neo-Gricean) cooperative principle in language interaction; language understanding as a constructive process; sentence meaning and speaker meaning; politeness phenomena; Sperber and Wilson on manifestness, ostension and intention; the nature of practical inference; relevance theory; implicature and presupposition; information structure, definiticity, and anaphora; literal and nonliteral language; theories of speech acts; pragmatics and discourse; pragmatics across cultures and subcultures.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject students should be able to come to appreciate that language understanding is a constructive process using not only knowledge of the language but also inferences based on context and common ground -- knowledge of the world, and knowledge of the conventions of language use; recognise that communication cannot function without conventions such as the cooperative principle in language interaction originally identified by Grice, and/or Sperber and Wilson's relevance theory; recognise the way in which politeness strategies (more precisely, face concerns) function as a significant component of language understanding; have some basis for dealing with the fact that different pragmatic conventions across cultures and subcultures can lead to unforeseen misunderstandings; understand the nature of practical inference, and how to calculate implicature; gain a firm grasp of the main principles, achievements, and limitations of speech act theories; justify categorising expressions as either literal or non-literal, direct or indirect, on-record or off-record.

    Assessment

    Written work: 95%
    Class test: 5%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    12 points of Linguistics at second-year level.

    Prohibitions

    LIN3330


    LIN3350 - Sociolinguistics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Simon Musgrave

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will survey sociolinguistics, including key general notions, contrasts between sociolinguistic and folk-linguistic ideas, sociolinguistic research methods, language variation, types of language variety, dialectology, code choice, speech communities, language attitudes, language change, language and identity, language in use, ethnography of speaking, language situations, language problems, language planning, language and culture/thought, language and gender/ethnicity, language and ideology.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Identify and assess the significance of key theoretical perspectives in the study of language and society.

    1. Apply sociolinguistic insights to everyday experience.

    1. Describe the main data gathering methods used in sociolinguistics, and select appropriate methods for a range of research questions.

    1. Design and carry out a small sociolinguistic fieldwork project.

    1. Engage in informed debate on matters of theoretical and practical significance in the areas of language and society, language education, language purism and language planning.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    12 points of Linguistics at second-year level

    Prohibitions

    LIN2350


    LIN3370 - Aboriginal languages of Australia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Heather Bowe

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    An introduction to Australian Aboriginal languages covering features of phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics and sociolinguistic issues including language status, bilingualism and the role of linguistics in language maintenance and revival.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Understand key features of the phonology, morphology, syntax, and semantics of Australian Aboriginal languages and be able to identify such features in a number of different Aboriginal languages.

    1. Be aware of some of the key theoretical issues regarding the structure of Aboriginal languages.

    1. Understand relevant sociolinguistic issues including language status, bilingualism and the role of linguistics in language maintenance and revival and the implication of these for language education and planning.

    More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to:

    1. Read critically.

    1. Use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with language data.

    1. Assess evidence supporting various theories and thereby evaluate these theories.

    1. Present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing.

    Assessment

    Oral presentation and class participation: 20%
    Written work: 80%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in Linguistics.

    Prohibitions

    LIN2370


    LIN3390 - Language and identity

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Julie Bradshaw

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Flexible)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the role of language in the construction of identity or identities, with a particular focus on gender identity. In addition the linguistic contribution to presentation and construction of ethnic and other identities will be examined. The examination of differences in the language use and communication patterns of the sexes focuses on

    1. a variety of languages
    2. written and spoken texts and
    3. public and private contexts including patient/doctor interaction, computer mediated interaction, interpersonal communication and educational settings. The unit will also examine the cultural and social framing of identity, style shifting and acts of identity, and identity formation in language contact and second language learning.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, a student will be able to:

    1. Summarize key theoretical debates in relation to identity and language;
    2. Compare the approaches of theorists from different discipline backgrounds;
    3. Reflect on gender differences across languages in the light of theoretical and empirical studies;
    4. Evaluate major methodological approaches to the study of identity and language;
    5. Work in teams to apply at least one methodology to a selected context;
    6. Use data thus collected to support an argument in relation to theoretical debates;
    7. Present a coherent oral and written account of research thus conducted.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90% and Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    Any first-year sequence in Linguistics, a language, English as an International Language, Communication, Text and Context

    Prohibitions

    Either LIN2390 or LIN3390


    LIN3430 - Psycholinguistics and child language acquisition

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Anna Margetts

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The first part of the unit traces the development of child language from pre-speech to the later stages of acquisition, including the development of communicative competence. It examines the development of the child's phonological, syntactic, morphological and semantic system and attempts to account for this development by considering various linguistic models and theories. The second part of the unit focuses on the comprehension and production of speech. Experimental evidence are examined in order to determine the psychological validity of the various models and theories which have been proposed to describe the process involved in comprehending and producing speech.

    Objectives

    As for LIN2430 and in addition a deeper understanding of the theoretical issues involved in the study of psycholinguistics and child language acquisition.

    Assessment

    Oral presentation and class participation: 20%
    Written work: 80%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year sequence in Linguistics.

    Prohibitions

    LIN2430


    LIN3490 - Literacies and communication: Education, media and cyberspace

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Julie Bradshaw

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Flexible)

    Synopsis

    This unit will provide an introduction to issues in language in education including, reading, writing, early childhood literacy, tertiary literacy and classroom practices. Literacies in media and computer communication contexts will be investigated including the language of hypertext, 'reading' in CMC, television and video discourse, and the ethical issues of access, participation and democratisation will also be explored. These topics help frame understandings about the measurement, acquisition, absence and change for literacies in communication contexts.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Engage in informed debate on the relationship between literacy and cognition.

    1. Identify the attributes of major writing systems of the world.

    1. Describe the spoken-written language continuum and the features of computer-mediated communication.

    1. Outline the stages of literacy development in young children.

    1. Assess the effects of schooled literacy, second language literacy, and biliteracy.

    1. Use ethnographic methods to study of literacy events.

    1. Assess the cultural impact of electronic literacy.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Linguistics, English or Communication and 12 points of Linguistics, English or Communication at second-year level.

    Prohibitions

    LIN2490


    LIN3510 - Structure of English

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Prof Kate Burridge

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit provides a step-by-step account of English grammar from the perspective of the theoretical insights of modern linguistics. It examines the most important English constructions and categories, compares the leading standard and near-standard varieties in these respects, discusses key differences of interpretation, and (briefly) relates language-specific facts and issues to language typology and universals.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Understand the key notions used in the analysis of contemporary English syntax.

    1. Understand the more important aspects of the relationship between syntax and meaning in English.

    1. Be able to apply the notions covered in 1-2 (and to use the relevant terms accurately) in the analysis of 'real' texts, especially with the view to how information is structured in discourse.

    1. Know the key syntactic (and syntactic-semantic) features that distinguish the main standard varieties of English from each other and from other important varieties.

    1. Know the key syntactic (etc.) features that distinguish formal and informal usage.

    1. Know the key syntactic (etc.) features that distinguish different occupational varieties (like Journalese, Legalese, Sports-Announcer Talk etc.).

    1. Be aware of the place of English in respect of the main parameters of syntactic typology.

    1. Have the basis for further study which would enable them to teach English grammar themselves.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year sequence in Linguistics.

    Prohibitions

    LIN2510


    LIN3550 - Second language acquisition and attrition

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Julie Bradshaw

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The distinction between language learning and acquisition; the social context of these; the relation between first, second and bilingual acquisition; interlanguage and interference; grammaticalisation phases; factors in successful second language acquisition; bilingual education; attrition as the inverse of acquisition; activation and reactivation of language skills.

    Objectives

    As for LIN2550 and in addition a more in-depth critical appreciation of the theoretical underpinnings of second language acquisition and the research literature.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A second-year sequence in Linguistics.

    Prohibitions

    GRN2135, GRN3135, GRN2130 or GRN3130, CHI2550, CHI3550, ITA2550, ITA3550, MGR3550 or SPN3550


    LIN3570 - The analysis of discourse: Texts, narrative and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Keith Allan

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will examine a number of theoretical and methodological approaches to the analysis of discourse and texts in a range of sites and social contexts. We examine the way narrative texts are constructed; the resources that speakers manipulate in conversation and in 'electronic' discourse; the ways that institutions such as the media, education and the judiciary appropriate features of discourse structures in their discourses; and how information is transformed in written texts.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject students should be able to demonstrate that language understanding is a constructive process using not only knowledge of the language but also inferences based on context, knowledge of the conventions of language use, and knowledge of discourse conventions for narrative, joke telling, conversation, etc. and encyclopedic knowledge of all kinds; recognise the contribution made by plans and scripts to the development of written texts and spoken dialogues; recognise and be able to describe the characteristics of turn taking in dialogue; recognise linguistic clues and cues to the introduction of individuals, topics, and themes within texts, to their maintenance, and how some are made more salient than others. Also, to recognise the ways in which topics and themes are concluded; apply Labov's theory for action narrative and also rhetorical structure theory; be aware of some of the similarities and differences in discourse conventions across cultures and how to identify them; confidently undertake the systematic linguistic analysis of a text or dialogue. Additional work is required with respect to LIN2570.

    Assessment

    Written work: 95%
    Class test: 5%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    12 points in Linguistics or Communication.

    Prohibitions

    LIN2570


    LIN4060 - Working with linguistic archival materials

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Heather Bowe

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to advance students' understanding of the processes necessary for locating, identifying, and analysing historical/archival language material to establish the original pronunciation of words, to describe the phonological system and to propose an appropriate spelling system for the language as a whole and for individual words, and to reconstitute aspects of the grammar. Such work needs to be undertaken by analysis of the historical/archived texts and audio recordings, drawing comparison from documentation of languages of the same or closely related language families for which there may be relevant extant material .

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students should be able to:

    1. demonstrate an understanding of the context in which historical archival materials might have been written down and named ;

    1. understand general principles for evaluating different naming practices for languages and language varieties

    1. analyse historical archival material in terms of the sound system , aspects of the grammatical system including word building, as revealed by notes and translations provided;

    1. consider word meaning and pragmatics of language use by reference to general principles as well as the systems evident in the material being analysed;

    1. apply theoretical frameworks utilised by researchers in the analysis of phonology, syntax, language relatedness and historical change; and in the design of practical orthographies

    1. apply key concepts to new sets of data;

    1. demonstrate competence in the following skills:

  • obtaining access to source materials and secondary writings through the library and other resources (including publications produced by community and non-government organisations)


  • analysis and interpretation of texts and audio resources, including the application of appropriate terms, concepts and theoretical frameworks for the discussion of their content and form,


  • assimilation of information and opinion from various sources for purposes of forming independent judgments;


  • small group work (on campus)/on line discussion (off campus learning)


    1. be able to formulate research questions associated with the documentation and classification of languages, and the social contexts of language relatedness, particularly in non-literate societies;

    1. be able to evaluate and apply appropriate methodologies to implement research questions;

    1. have acquired advanced skills in research essay writing.

    Assessment

    Written assignments (4,000 words): 90%; Group/On-line participation (500 words equivalent): 10%
    Fourth year students will be invited to show a greater degree of theoretical sophistication in their assignments.

    Contact hours

    1 two hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    LIN 3060 or LIN 4060


    LIN4660 - Minor thesis

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Anna Margetts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Preparation of a thesis reporting the student's investigation, under the guidance of a supervisor, into an aspect of linguistics. Prospective honours students are encouraged to contact the honours coordinator during their third year to discuss their intended thesis topic and to be referred to a supervisor.

    Objectives

    Through the completion of a thesis, under the guidance of a supervisor, students will have the experience of conducting a piece of specialised or advanced research on a specific linguistic topic of their choosing, presenting relevant background literature and frameworks, methodology, and results in a 16,000 word thesis. More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to:

    1. Read critically.

    1. Use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with language data.

    1. Assess evidence supporting various theories and thereby evaluate these theories.

    1. Present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing.

    Assessment

    Thesis (16,000 words): 100%


    LIN4660(A) - Minor thesis Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Anna Margetts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Preparation of a thesis reporting the student's investigation, under the guidance of a supervisor, into an aspect of linguistics. Prospective honours students are encouraged to contact the honours coordinator during their third year to discuss their intended thesis topic and to be referred to a supervisor.

    Objectives

    Through the completion of a thesis, under the guidance of a supervisor, students will have the experience of conducting a piece of specialised or advanced research on a specific linguistic topic of their choosing, presenting relevant background literature and frameworks, methodology, and results in a 16,000 word thesis. More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to:

    1. Read critically.

    1. Use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with language data.

    1. Assess evidence supporting various theories and thereby evaluate these theories.

    1. Present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing.


    LIN4660(B) - Minor thesis Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Anna Margetts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for LIN4660(A)

    Assessment

    Thesis (16,000 words): 100%


    LIN4720 - Special topics in linguistics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Anna Margetts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A course of readings, seminar discussions and written assignments on a topic relevant to the student's fourth-year program. Topic to be arranged with the fourth-year coordinator.

    Assessment

    Research essay / assignments (8000-9000 words): 90%
    Oral presentation: 10%


    LIN4740 - Linguistic theory

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Keith Allan

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Review and discussion of theoretical approaches to the analysis of language and communication, drawing on issues in phonology, syntax, semantics, pragmatics, discourse analysis and sociolinguistics.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students should be familiar with all the major trends and developments in linguistics within the Western Classical Tradition from the time that writing was invented up to the 21st century. This knowledge gives a solid foundation to all other studies in linguistics - theoretical and applied.

    Assessment

    Research essay (4000 words): 40%
    Class participation and exercises (4500 words): 60%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    Major in Linguistics


    LIN4990 - Linguistics study abroad program

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Anna Margetts

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    Semester-length coursework study equivalent to 24 points (Arts, Monash) at an international university. Students need to apply to the Monash Study Abroad Scheme after having sought approval from the Linguistics Program for the choice of host institution as well as for units to be completed there.A list of recommended universities is available from the Linguistics Honours Coordinator.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit students should have:

    a. successfully undertaken a program of study offered by an international host institution equivalent to 24 points fourth-year level linguistics units at Monash University;

    b. gained first-hand experience of the academic field of linguistics as taught outside Australia;

    c. gained first-hand experience with linguistic specializations of staff at the host institution.

    Assessment

    As required by host institution

    Contact hours

    As determined by the host institution

    Prerequisites

    Entry into the Linguistics Honours Program


    LLC3010 - The social context of language learning

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Heather Bowe

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The seminars will investigate issues concerned with second language acquisition and will enable students to reflect on the experience of acquiring languages from a Comparative perspective.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Reflect on the experience of acquiring languages from a comparative perspective.

    1. Share experiences with students taking other languages/same language/different combinations of languages.

    1. Engage in informed discussion on methods and outcomes in second language acquisition.

    1. Show familiarity with cultural and social aspects of second language acquisition, multilingualism and contact.

    Assessment

    Class participation: 30%
    Class paper written up as a 3000-word assignment: 70%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Co-requisites

    Enrolment in BA (Languages) or current enrolment in 3rd year level LOTE study AND additional 12 points in a second LOTE at first year level OR by permission.


    LLC4000(H) - Writing worlds: The novel from Cervantes to Calvino

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Philip Anderson, Stewart King and Susanna Scarparo

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit explores links between the novel and the historicity of the modern period and therefore of modernity. The progression of this unit is therefore historical but not in the traditional sense of that term. We begin with the seventeen-century novel, Don Quixote, and progress to the 20th century, but not to provide an evolutionary view of the novel. Instead, we explore the novel as representation and the specific relationship between the novel and both fiction and narrative. By looking at select integral categories of the novel (metafiction, history, gender, class, ethnicity, self and other), we seek to understand each of these categories individually and as part of the novel genre.

    Objectives

    On completion, students will be able to:

    1a understand issues dealing with narrative theory and practice.

    1b discuss issues dealing with narrative theory and practice.

    1c analyse issues dealing with narrative theory and practice.

    2a develop a relative understanding of historical and cultural contexts in relation to the above.

    2b express a relative understanding of historical and cultural contexts in relation to the above.

    3 develop an understanding and application of modes of textual analysis.

    4. Develop oral and written skills in exposition, analysis and argumentation.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (6000 words)
    Seminar presentation and participation: 40%

    Contact hours

    24 hours per week divided as follows:

    1 hour lecture, 2 hour seminar, 12 hours reading, 9 hours preparation for seminar and essay writing

    Prerequisites

    Any third-year sequence in any program within the School of Languages, Cultures and Linguistics.


    LLC4010(H) - European language policy

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Ana Deumert

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to European language policy. It examines Europe's standard languages, their origins and their current status vis vis a multitude of regional and social dialects. It introduces European models of dealing with multilingualism within a nation-state and draws attention to the relationship between language policy and social change. It discusses issues such as language and education, linguistic diversity, minority languages, linguistic purism, and language as an aspect of social equality. The unit considers European responses to these issues from a variety of perspectives by studying a wide range of texts in the area of language policy and planning.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students should be familiar with, and have an understanding of significant aspects of language policy in Europe from the Renaissance to the present. They should be familiar with the research tradition of language planning and policy, and be able to apply relevant terms and concepts. They should be able to discuss and review research literature in field of language planning and policy, as well as language-political legislation (including constitutional texts). They should be able to conduct independent research, to present their results orally and in written exposition (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting), and to engage in team work and critical academic discussion of information and argument.

    Assessment

    One essay (6000 words, 70%), one class paper (oral presentation, hurdle requirement; written up in 3000 words, 30%).

    Contact hours

    12 one-hour lectures and 12 one-hour tutorials

    Prohibitions

    LLC4010, LLC5010


    LLC4020(H) - One World or many? Global experiences of modernity

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The subject explores the existence of a contemporary global condition of modernity in its constitutive pluralism born of different forms of cultural interaction with Western-European civilization, including colonization. It seeks to give students knowledge and understanding of the phenomenon of modernity and of its relationship to culture and civilization. This subject provides an introduction to central issues of social and cultural modernization from a historical and theoretical perspective. It examines the conceptual categories associated with the original Western European experience to question and assess their relevance to different experiences in other parts of the globe.

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject students should be familiar with, and have an understanding of significant features of modernity from its inception in Western Europe through to its emergence as shared experience across the globe. They should be familiar with the research tradition of historical sociology, modernization and civilizational theories, and be able to apply relevant terms and concepts. They should be able to discuss and review research literature. They should be able to conduct independent research, to present their results orally as well as in written exposition (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting), engage in team work and in critical academic discussion of information and argument.

    Assessment

    Essay (5000 words): 60%
    Seminar paper (2000 words): 20%
    Class paper (2000 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    12 hours per week of lectures and tutorials


    LLC4030(H) - Introduction to translation studies

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Rita Wilson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    One-semester introductory core unit in Translation Studies (TS). The language of instruction will be English, the seminar will allow both formal lectures and practical workshops. The unit will cover the theoretical disciplines which inform the recently merged interdisciplinary field of TS; the history of translation and TS (comparative linguistics, pragmatic and semiotic approaches); the various linguistic, cultural, social and other contextual factors involved in translation work; the relevance of translation theory to translation practice; the basic theoretical principles of translation; and translation terminology.

    Objectives

    On completion of the subject, students will:

    1. Be able to identify and discuss significant historical developments in translation studies

  • Have learnt a metalanguage for articulating different paradigms in translation studies (structuralism, hermeneutics, semiotic, post-modernism)


  • Have acquired the ability to recognise translation studies as an 'inter-discipline'


  • Be able to discuss in depth at least two translation theoretical paradigms and their historical embeddedness, including the applicability of this predominantly European theoretical framework to non-European languages.


  • Assessment

    Written work: 75% (5500 words)
    2 Hours Exam: 25%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week


    MAH5000 - Children and Society

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Associate Professor Naomi White

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    How sociological theory positions children as subjects. The relationship between the theorising of children and socially constructed understandings of their position in the social structure. Social policies and practices affecting children in areas such as education, welfare and the family. Literature examining the connection between power, the state and minority status, and theories dealing with the construction of social categories is used as a framework for analysing the changing status and notions of children and childhood.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70%
    Seminar participation: 10%
    Oral presentation: 20%


    MAL1000 - Malaysian studies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Wendy Smith

    Offered

    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject is designed to give a broad overview of Malaysian history, socio-economy, politics and culture for undergraduate students in all faculties. It is informed by the approaches of various disciplines in order to be intellectually stimulating, but avoids being too specialised for students from a particular academic background. It both analyses the peculiarities of Malaysia's multi-cultural society and emphasises factors promoting national integration. It notes key areas of development and challenge in the economy, the education system, in health and technology and in Malaysia's role in the global community.

    Assessment

    Individual essay (2000 words): 30%
    group tutorial presentation: 30% (individual component equal to 500 words)
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week


    MUS1000 - Music and popular culture: Asia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Margaret Kartomi

    Offered

    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The musical, social, political and commercial aspects of popular music and its development in Singapore, India, Malaysia, Indonesia, Vietnam, Thailand, China and Japan will be examined. The history and major categories of popular music are studied to discover how these styles have influenced each other and relate to the surrounding culture. The ways in which the 'business' of music affects musical style is a central issue in examining cultural trends.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of the unit students should have a basic knowledge of popular music developments and a general knowledge of the major styles and stylistic trends of popular music in Asia. The student will distinguish specific musical characteristics that define popular music traditions and develop a framework in which to identify, categorise and assess popular music styles in a wide variety of musical contexts.

    Assessment

    Written (2500 words): 40%
    Exam (2 hours): 40%
    Listening tests: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    MUS1030 - Music and popular culture: Asia and Australia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Graeme Smith

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The musical, social, political and commercial aspects of popular music and its development in Australia, both in Aboriginal and white communities, as well as in India, Indonesia, Vietnam, Thailand, China and Japan will be examined. The history and major categories of popular music are studied to discover how these styles have influenced each other and relate to the surrounding culture. The ways in which the 'business' of music affects musical style is a central issue in examining cultural trends.

    Assessment

    Written (2500 words): 40%
    Exam (2 hours): 40%
    Listening tests: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 hour lecture and 2 hour seminar) per week


    MUS1040 - American music and popular culture

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Craig De Wilde

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The musical, sociopolitical and commercial aspects of popular music and its development in the United States including British-American folk music, African-American folk music, blues, jazz, country, and rock music. How these styles have influenced each other and relate to the surrounding culture. The ways the 'business' of music affects musical style is a central issue in analysing cultural trends: from the 'beats' of the 50s and the 'hippies' of the 60s to the 'punks' of the 70s and the 'rappers' of today.

    Objectives

    By the end of the semester, students who complete this unit successfully should have:

    1. A basic knowledge of primary musical terminology and its function in describing popular music development.

    1. A general knowledge of the major styles and stylistic trends in popular music, with an emphasis on the specific musical characteristics which define each tradition.

    1. A framework to identify, categorise and assess popular music styles and selected works from folk, blues, country, jazz and rock music repertoires.

    1. An understanding of how to write about music through critical observation and analysis.

    Assessment

    2 Concert reviews: 40%
    2 Listening tests: 20%
    Final exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour library session) per week


    MUS1060 - Gamelan performing Arts

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Made Hood

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Introduction to the basic theory and practice of Javanese and Balinese gamelan and performing arts including dance and theatre. The study of ensembles, tuning systems and musical structure and form. Aurally-based performance skills on the gamelan.

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit should have a basic knowledge of the main principles, concepts and performance techniques of Javanese and Balinese gamelan music, dance and theatre terminology, and the cultural, historical and socio-political contexts of gamelan performing arts.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Exam (1.5 hours): 40%
    Performance Assessment: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour practical performance class) per week


    MUS1100 - Exploring music I

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Craig De Wilde

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Introduction to western music history, western music theory and ethnomusicology. Western music history of music from the Middle Ages to c.1800 including form, style and genre. Western music theory, tonal harmony, including triads, chords, seventh chords, chord inversions, harmonic analysis, modulation, and four-part voice leading. Ethnomusicology: Introduction to selected forms of world music and to associated concepts of ethnomusicology, including the social, ritual, and musical functions of the music.

    Objectives

    The first semester of this first-year music core unit is designed to introduce the beginning music student to three areas of music: Western music history, Western music theory, and World musics.



    The Western music history lectures examine fundamental questions such as how composers write music, how music is performed in concerts and how music is organised in an historical framework with respect to form, style and genre. Students are guided in the appreciation, enjoyment and assessment of selected works from the Middle Ages to approximately 1800. A basic familiarity will be gained with a variety of set works, determining specific formal and stylistic traits within each musical tradition. The knowledge gained from this study can then be used as a basis for the further study of other works within each tradition.



    The Western music theory lectures assist the beginning music student with the study of tonal harmony, including triads, chords, seventh chords, chord inversions, harmonic analysis, modulation, 4-part voice leading, etc. Four-part harmonisation of melodies and/or bass lines will be practiced in order to learn the functions of chords and chord progressions in the tonal system.



    The World musics sessions provide an introduction to the performance genres of selected cultural traditions of World music and to associated concepts useful in ethnomusicology, including the social, ritual, and musical functions of the music. World music concepts of musical elegance, beauty, form, and meaning are examined in relation to similar concepts in the other visual and performing arts. Students are given the opportunity to perform some of the music they study, using the instruments of the various World music orchestras and ensembles in the Department.

    Assessment

    Written (3000 words): 50%
    Exam (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour lectures) per week


    MUS1110 - Exploring Music II

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Thomas Reiner

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A continuation of MUS1100. Western music history: Analysis, assessment, and appreciation of selected works from the Romantic period to the present day. Western music theory: Tonal music, four-part voice leading, and advanced tonal harmony. Music composition: Composition, improvisation, and music technology.

    Objectives

    The second semester of this first-year music core unit is designed as a continuation and broadening of the first semester. The advancing music student continues to study and increase his/her skills in the areas of Western music history and Western music theory, and looks into the fundamentals of composition and music technology.



    The Western music history lectures examine fundamental questions such as how composers write music, how music is performed in concerts and how music is organised in an historical framework with respect to form, style and genre. Students are guided in the appreciation, enjoyment and assessment of selected works from c.1800 to the present day. A basic familiarity will be gained with a variety of set works, determining specific formal and stylistic traits within each musical tradition. The knowledge gained from this study can then be used as a basis for the further study of other works within each tradition.



    The Western music theory lectures assist the beginning music student with the study of tonal harmony, including chords, seventh chords, chord inversions, 4-part voice leading, modulation, sequences, etc.



    The composition and music technology sessions will explore the methods and concepts relevant to composers in the context of the modern technological world. Students will explore the concepts behind the technology used by composers today as well as their creative application. Topics covered will include the use of computers in creating music, synthesisers and basic sound recording. Some practical training will be given in the use of computers as well as some exercises in composition.

    Assessment

    Written (3000 words): 50%
    Exam (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour lectures) per week

    Prerequisites

    MUS1100


    MUS1120 - Ensemble studies I

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1. Ensemble rehearsals and performance of selected repertoire, and
    2. training in the materials and structures of music with an emphasis on their relationship to ensemble performance. Included will be related melodic, rhythmic, harmonic and contrapuntal relationships and formal structures and studies in the history and style of the selected repertoire.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will able to:

    1. Demonstrate required practical and discriminatory skills.

    1. Demonstrate developing interactive and cooperative performance skills.

    1. Demonstrate a practical understanding of competent practice routines and a disciplined, self-critical approach to performance.

    1. Demonstrate developing aural skills.

    1. Demonstrate a theoretical understanding of repertoire studied.

    Assessment

    Written (2500 words): 40%
    Concert performance/practical examinations: 60%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2.5 hour rehearsal and 1 x 0.5 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    Admission by audition.


    MUS1130 - Ensemble studies II

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1. Ensemble rehearsals and performance of selected repertoire and
    2. training in the materials and structure of music with an emphasis on their relationship to ensemble performance. Included will be related melodic, rhythmic, harmonic structures and studies in the history and style of selected repertoire.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will able to:

    1. Demonstrate required practical and discriminatory skills.

    1. Demonstrate developing interactive and cooperative performance skills.

    1. Demonstrate a practical understanding of competent practice routines and a disciplined, self-critical approach to performance.

    1. Demonstrate developing aural skills.

    1. Demonstrate a theoretical understanding of repertoire studied.

    Assessment

    Written (2500 words): 40%
    Concert performance/practical examinations: 60%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2.5 hour rehearsal and 1 x 0.5 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    MUS1120


    MUS1980 - Chief practical study I

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fintan Murphy

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students prepare for a technical examination on their chief instrument. The unit is taught through a combination of individual lessons, small group consultations and workshops. Students are required to take part in an ensemble or composition workshop as a hurdle requirement. There is a written component of 2400 words

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit will demonstrate a greater understanding of research based performance or composition and will have mastered the required body of technical work as set out in the technical syllabus.

    Assessment

    Written work: 35%
    Performance exam or composition: 65%

    Contact hours

    One x 1 hr individual lesson and one x 1 hr tutorial per week
    Students who are repeating this unit will be offered a maximum of 6 individual lessons.

    Prerequisites

    Admission by audition
    Students who fail this unit will need permission from their instrumental coordinator in order to repeat the unit.


    MUS1990 - Chief practical study II

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fintan Murphy

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students prepare for a repertoire examination on their chief instrument. The unit is taught through a combination of individual lessons, small group consultations and workshops. Students are required to take part in an ensemble or composition workshop as a hurdle requirement. There is a written component of 2400 words

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit will demonstrate a greater understanding of research based performance or composition.

    Assessment

    Written work: 35%
    Performance exam or composition: 65%

    Contact hours

    One x 1 hr individual lesson and one x 1 hr tutorial per week
    Students who are repeating this unit will be offered a maximum of 6 individual lessons.

    Prerequisites

    MUS1980
    Students who fail this unit will need permission from their instrumental coordinator in order to repeat the unit.


    MUS2020 - Professional practice 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Elizabeth Sellars

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will present many issues important to the performing and teaching professions. The following areas will be covered: Motivation, body use, performance anxiety, communication skills, score analysis and the art of practicing.

    Objectives

    At the conclusion of the unit, students should have acquired:

    1. An introductory level of aural skills.

    1. Introductory analytical skills in the approach to music performance and its pedagogy.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (2000 words)
    Written exam: 50%


    MUS2030 - Professional practice 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fintan Murphy

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will cover the important approaches to the teaching of instrumental and vocal music, especially methodologies that aim to teach the beginner. A weekly lecture will present methods such as Orff, Kodaly, Suzuki and Yamaha. A further practicum class will offer either;

    1. A seminar focusing on instrumental technique and analysis of playing in instrument specific groups or
    2. A seminar focusing on School music programs - what to expect and how to prepare for teaching in the school environment (no prerequisite.)

    Objectives

    At the conclusion of the unit, students should have acquired:

    1. A more advanced level of aural skills.

    1. Intermediate analytical and practical skills in instrumental/vocal pedagogy.

    Assessment

    An examination of no more than 30 minutes consisting of a student presentation followed by a viva voce. A written synopsis will be handed in at the examination. (4500 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    MUS2020 or permission


    MUS2040 - Audio culture: Developments in new music

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Thomas Reiner

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit will introduce students you to a range of concepts in the field of contemporary audio-based art. It will concentrate on important innovations that developed outside the mainstream of contemporary Western art music, especially those that occurred throughout the 20th century, and which continue to exert influence today. The unit will examine how such concepts and innovations have influenced not only composers of art music, but music practitioners across all genres, including popular music, sound art and jazz.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will have:

    1. acquired a deep understanding of contemporary music and audio-based art
    2. become thoroughly familiar with a variety of key works in the repertoire
    3. acquired the knowledge of major compositional approaches, philosophies and aesthetics associated with contemporary sound-based work
    4. acquired an understanding of the complex interplay of new technologies and aesthetic forms.

    Assessment

    Concert exam: 50%
    Concert preparation: 30%
    Program notes (500 words): 10%
    Listening test: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2 hour performance seminar and 1 x 1 hour library study) per week


    MUS2070 - Ensemble studies III

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1. Ensemble rehearsals and performance of selected repertoire and
    2. extended practical training and analysis in the materials and structure of music with an emphasis on their relationship to ensemble performance. Included will be related melodic, rhythmic and harmonic structures and studies in the history and style of the selected repertoire.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will able to:

    1. Demonstrate required practical and discriminatory skills.

    1. Demonstrate developed interactive and cooperative performance skills.

    1. Implement competent practice routines and a disciplined, self-critical approach to performance.

    1. Demonstrate developed aural skills.

    1. Demonstrate an in depth theoretical understanding of repertoire studied.

    Assessment

    Written (2500 words): 40%
    Concert performance/practical examinations: 60%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2.5 hour rehearsal and 1 x 0.5 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    MUS1130


    MUS2080 - Ensemble studies IV

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Griffiths

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1. Ensemble rehearsals and performance of selected repertoire and
    2. extended practical training and analysis in the materials and structure of music with an emphasis on their relationship to ensemble performance. Included will be related melodic, rhythmic and harmonic structures and studies in the history and style of the selected repertoire.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will able to:

    1. Demonstrate required practical and discriminatory skills.

    1. Demonstrate well developed interactive and cooperative performance skills.

    1. Implement competent practice routines and a disciplined, self-critical approach to performance.

    1. Demonstrate extended aural skills.

    1. Demonstrate an in depth theoretical understanding of repertoire studied.

    Assessment

    Written (2500 words): 40%
    Concert performance/practical examinations: 60%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2.5 hour rehearsal and 1 x 0.5 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    MUS2070


    MUS2110 - Analytical and compositional techniques I

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Thomas Reiner

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces advanced analytical and compositional procedures in the area of tonal music. Advanced harmonic functions and aspects of voice-leading are learned through critical listening and analysis of representative works. Analyses and harmony exercises are used to consolidate the understanding of functional harmony.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have broadened their knowledge of music theory, analysis and composition. Students will be able to understand advanced tonal procedures and chromatic harmony, conduct harmonic and voice-leading analyses of Baroque, Classical, Romantic, and popular musics.

    Assessment

    Analysis group assessment (two pages of notated music) : 20%
    Harmony exercise group assessment (two pages of notated music) : 20%
    Final exam (2 hrs) : 60%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures) per week

    Prerequisites

    MUS1110


    MUS2120 - Analytical and compositional techniques II

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Thomas Reiner

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit covers a chromatic harmony, voice leading and musical structure. Students learn to analyse music at different structural levels and examine advanced compositional techniques.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have

    1. broadened their knowledge of music theory,
    2. analysis and
    3. composition. Students will be able to understand
    4. advanced compositional techniques and
    5. aspects of musical structure, and
    6. conduct analyses of Western art music and popular musics.

    Assessment

    Analysis group assessment (Two pages of notated music (equivalent to 1250 words)) : 25%
    Harmony exercise group assessment (Two pages of notated music (equivalent to 1250 words)) : 25%
    Final exam (Two hours (equivalent to 2000 words)) : 50%

    Contact hours

    Two hours of lectures per week

    Prerequisites

    MUS2110


    MUS2140 - From Schubert to Strauss: Music of the romantic ideal

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Craig De Wilde

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is a survey of European musical styles and compositional trends from c.1820 to 1900. Representative source works will be analysed and the major musical figures of the period will be discussed. Topics to be studied include the Romantic period aesthetic, vocal genres (art song, opera, choral music), piano music (character piece), chamber music (string quartet, string quintet, piano trio), orchestral music (symphony, concerto, symphonic poem), and the debate between absolute and programmatic instrumental music.

    Objectives

    At the successful completion of the unit, students should have a general knowledge of the major trends in nineteenth-century composition - in particular, the ways in which these trends relate to one another in a broad sense, and the opportunity to delve into specific areas of nineteenth-century music in some depth, providing further insight into the styles, composers and works important to the specific area in question.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Mid-semester examination (1 hour): 20%
    Final examination (1.5 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture) per week


    MUS2200 - Neo-traditional musics of the world

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Graeme Smith

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Neo-traditional musical genres combine features of established local musical traditions with modern and western genres. Musics such as Bulgarian Wedding Music, many localised Country Musics, Thai Phleng Luk Thung, Hungarian Tanz-haus, Argentinian tango, Zulu Isicathimiya, Yoruba Ju-Ju, share many characteristics, and chief amongst these is a self referential traditionalism. Some are entertainment genres for particular groups, others may be culturally emblematic. In many cases their social and political status is complex and contentious. This unit will study these and similar musics and outline theories of musical fusion, cultural appropriation and globalisation, cultural revival, musical subcultures and micromusics, nationalism and localism which are relevant to understanding their formation and development.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, the students:

    1. Will have been introduced to a number of neo-traditional music styles of the twentieth and twenty-first century and their relationship to political and social movements.
    2. They will have advanced their skill in critically evaluating interpretations of musical forms, and have learnt to listen for and to identify significant features in unfamiliar musics.
    3. They will have enhanced their ability to locate and evaluate information on cultural activities

    Assessment

    Written work: 50%
    Class tests: 10%
    Exam with listening component: 40%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour lecture per week

    Prohibitions

    MUS3200


    MUS2480 - Performance studies: Indonesian Gamelan

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Made Hood

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Introduction to the theory and practice of Javanese gamelan and its relationship to Javanese and Balinese society, culture and performing arts, including dance and theatre. Ensembles, tuning and modal systems, musical structure and form, transmission and sociology of performance, and performance theory. Development of aurally-based performance skills.

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit should have a basic knowledge of the main principles, concepts and performance techniques of Javanese or Balinese gamelan music, dance and theatre terminology, the historical, cultural and social contexts of the gamelan performing arts, and performance ability on all the core instruments of the gamelan. They should also have knowledge of Javanese or Balinese, as opposed to Western, approaches to playing and understanding the music.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40% (2000 words)
    Concert and performance: 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour practical performance class) per week

    Prerequisites

    Prior experience in gamelan practice/theory plus audition


    MUS2490 - Indonesian Gamelan: Special studies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Made Hood

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Introduction to the theory and practice of Javanese gamelan and its relationship to Javanese and Balinese society, culture and performing arts, including dance and theatre. Ensembles, tuning and modal systems, musical structure and form, transmission and sociology of performance, and performance theory. Development of aurally-based performance skills.

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit should have a basic knowledge of the main principles, concepts and performance techniques of Javanese or Balinese gamelan music, dance and theatre terminology, the historical, cultural and social contexts of the gamelan performing arts, and performance ability on all the core instruments of the gamelan. They should also have knowledge of Javanese or Balinese, as opposed to Western, approaches to playing and understanding the music.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40%
    Performance/concert: 60%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour practical performance class) per week

    Prerequisites

    Prior experience in gamelan practice/theory plus audition

    Prohibitions

    MUS3490


    MUS2660 - Composition techniques: Structure, pitch and space

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter McIlwain

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit will cover three topics related to compositional technique. The first topic will explore basic concepts behind musical structures from both the listener's and composer's perspective and methods for analysis of musical structures in notated works. The second topic covers the formation and organisation of pitch in terms of tuning, scales and. The third topic, called post-production techniques, explores compositional technique specific to the recording studio and computer technology. Included will be an investigation of a number of techniques for organising sounds in virtual spaces (such as the stereo space) and related aesthetic issues.

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit will be able to; incorporate a range of structural strategies into their compositions or improvisations, perform structural analysis of notated works to a basic level, have developed listening skills in relation to pitch organisation, compose musical ideas using a range of approaches to scale and mode, and be able to analyse and criticise music created in recording studios from the perspective of post-production technique.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75% (3500 words)
    Post-production exercise: 25%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture) per week

    Prerequisites

    MUS1100, MUS1110


    MUS2980 - Chief practical study III

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fintan Murphy

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students prepare for a technical examination on their chief instrument. The unit is taught through a combination of individual lessons, small group consultations and workshops. Students are required to take part in an ensemble or composition workshop as a hurdle requirement. There is a written component of 2400 words

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit will demonstrate a greater understanding of research based performance or composition and will have mastered the required body of technical work as set out in the technical syllabus.

    Assessment

    Written work: 35%
    Performance exam or composition: 65%

    Contact hours

    One x 1 hr individual lesson/week
    One x 1 hr tutorial/week
    Students who are repeating this unit will be offered a maximum of 6 individual lessons.

    Prerequisites

    MUS1990
    Students who fail this unit will need permission from their instrumental coordinator in order to repeat the unit.


    MUS2990 - Chief practical study IV

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fintan Murphy

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students prepare for a repertoire examination on their chief instrument. The unit is taught through a combination of individual lessons, small group consultations and workshops. Students are required to take part in an ensemble or composition workshop as a hurdle requirement. There is a written component of 2400 words

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit will demonstrate a greater understanding of research based performance or composition.

    Assessment

    Written work: 35%
    Performance exam or composition: 65%

    Contact hours

    One x 1 hr individual lesson/week
    One x 1 hr tutorial/week
    Students who are repeating this unit will be offered a maximum of 6 individual lessons.

    Prerequisites

    MUS2980
    Students who fail this unit will need permission from their instrumental coordinator in order to repeat the unit.


    MUS3200 - Neo-Traditional musics and their Socio-Cultural interpretation

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Graeme Smith

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Neo-traditional musical genres combine features of established local musical traditions with modern and western genres. Musics such as Bulgarian Wedding Music, many localised Country Musics, Thai Phleng Luk Thung, Hungarian Tanz-haus, Argentinian tango, Zulu Isicathimiya, Yoruba Ju-Ju, share many characteristics. Some are entertainment genres for particular groups, others may be culturally emblematic. In many cases their social and political status is complex and contentious. This unit will study these and similar musics and students will critically evaluate theories of musical fusion, cultural appropriation and globalisation, cultural revival, musical subcultures and micromusics, nationalism and localism which are relevant to understanding their formation and development.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, the students:

    1. Will have studied in detail of a number of neo-traditional music styles of the twentieth and twenty-first centuries and investigated their relationship to political and social movements.
    2. They will have advanced their skill in critically evaluating interpretations of musical forms, and have learnt to listen for and to identify significant features in unfamiliar musics.
    3. They will have enhanced their ability to locate and evaluate information on cultural activities.
    4. They will understand relevant socio-cultural theoretical approaches to popular culture and critically comment and argue for their relevance to interpreting the social significance and meaning of neo-traditional musics.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50%
    Class tests: 10%
    Exam with listening component: 40%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour lecture per week

    Prohibitions

    MUS2200


    MUS3280 - Applied music I

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Griffiths and Graeme Smith

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit is taught through interactive seminars and workshops addressing the relevant issues associated with the formation and management of an ensemble, repertoire and composition/arrangement/orchestration of scores for the ensemble and its musical direction.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have gained an introduction to ensemble direction and management through the development of composition/arranging skills, baton techniques, score preparation and rehearsal techniques for both standard and diverse ensemble orchestrations

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Practical performance and composition: 70%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Co-requisites

    MUS3290

    Prohibitions

    MUS3980, MUS3990


    MUS3290 - Applied music II

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Griffiths and Graeme Smith

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students are required to propose a program of works to be arranged and/or conducted for performance by an approved ensemble. Students meet with a supervisor to discuss the arrangements, develop approaches to interpretation, and refine baton techniques specific to their program choice.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have developed the skills and knowledge required to successfully create musical materials for a potentially disparate group of musicians. In addition, they should be able to offer this group the musical and artistic direction necessary in realizing a successful musical performance. Therefore, students will gain intermediate skills in conducting, orchestration and ensemble management that will have been consolidated around one integrated project.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Practical performance and composition: 70%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prohibitions

    MUS3980, MUS3990


    MUS3310 - Composition techniques: Chance, sets and computers

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter McIlwain

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit will cover topics related to compositional technique that elate to contemporary practice since 1950. Techniques covered include will be: the use of chance or indeterminacy, post-tonal theory (12 tone, serialism, pitch sets and centricity) and an introduction to computer music.

    Objectives

    Students who have worked successfully in their studies will be able to; organise musical elements using chance operations, understand basic 12 tone composition techniques, perform analysis using pitch sets and have an understanding of aesthetic and compositional issues relating to computer music.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture) per week

    Prerequisites

    MUS2110, MUS2120


    MUS3320 - Jazz history: Readings in history, biography, improvisation and world music

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Made Mantle Hood

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is a general introduction to the emerging academic field of Jazz history. Journals and monographs serve as a basis for students to write about Jazz through a broad selection of readings addressing Jazz history, biography, improvisation and world music. Historic centres and styles such as New Orleans and Chicago/ Big Band, and Bebop are launching points into the hardships, trials and triumphs of Jazz greats such as Louis Armstrong, Charlie Parker, and Miles Davis. Readings on improvisation illuminate debates into spontaneous composition or pre-determined expression? Much more than an American genre, Jazz is examined in Europe, Latin America, Africa and Asia.

    Objectives

    On the successful completion of the unit, students will successfully:

    1. gain a chronological perspective as to the placement of major historic events and trends in the history of Jazz in society.
    2. develop a solid foundation for further academic inquiry beyond practical performance into research and scholarship in sociological, biographical and historical topics.
    3. distinguish between styles, composers and works relevant to both performance Jazz musicology and related fields including ethnomusicology.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Written and listening exam: 40%
    Class tests: 20%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour session per week

    Prohibitions

    MUS3390


    MUS3330 - Music of North and South India

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Graeme Smith

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit deals with music, aesthetic, social and ritual concepts and practices as expressed in the musical life of North and South India with particular reference to selected performances of music and dance, the relationships between music and the related arts.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students undertaking this unit should have:

    1. A basic knowledge of the history and styles of the music cultures of North and South India.

    1. A knowledge of music theory, terminology, and performance techniques in North and South India and how they reflect local socio/cultural patterns and values.

    Assessment

    Written (2500 words): 70%
    Exam (2 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture) per week


    MUS3390 - Music aesthetics, criticism, sociology and psychology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Graeme Smith

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Judgements about music and musical activities are based on aesthetic presuppositions. The subject deals with the history and theory of music aesthetics and the history, theory and practice of music criticism, sociology and psychology. Issues discussed include music as text and work of art; value, greatness and genius; affection, formalism, program music, musical forgery, phenomenology of music, postmodern music aesthetics, perception and cognition of experimental music, and the 'styles of the future'.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have a basic knowledge of the main issues in history of music and aesthetics, criticism, sociology and psychology and their interdisciplinary relationships and an understanding of how to write about and orally discuss, in a cogent manner, what music is and what it means.

    Assessment

    Written (2500 words): 60%
    Exam (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 0.5 hour lecture and 1 x 1.5 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    MUS2110 and MUS2120


    MUS3450 - Asian performance studies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Margaret Kartomi

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit covers

    1. Orchestral lessons, rehearsals and concert performances of selected works,
    2. the socio-historical and theoretical study of music and its repertoire in context, and
    3. guidance in composing works in selected Asian local style(s).

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, the student will have:

    1. Consolidated performance skills on the core instruments of the relevant ensemble or orchestra (from Java, Bali, Sunda, Sumatra, or India, or Thailand).
    2. Become familiar with performance-related theories of relevant musical tunings, modes, tempi, rhythmic and melodic tendencies, and structures.
    3. Studied the social context of the music and its use in accompanying theatre and dance.
    4. The ability to discuss and write about the music cogently.
    5. The ability to compose a work in an accepted style in the music-culture studied.

    Assessment

    Performance (including practice/performance diary): 50%
    Music theory assignment: 10%
    Essay (2000 words): 40% OR Composition assignment: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour practical performance class) per week

    Prerequisites

    Previous relevant practical experience and audition.

    Prohibitions

    MUS3490


    MUS3490 - Indonesian Gamelan: Special studies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Made Hood

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit aims to develop advanced Javanese gamelan performance skills, develop critical reading and writing skills based on the relevant literature and foster an interest in and understanding of contemporary composition for gamelan. It includes the study of advanced gamelan theory and performance practice, and ideas, techniques and historical and recent developments in gamelan composition, both in Java and internationally.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students should have consolidated their performance skills on all core instruments of the gamelan and acquired performance knowledge of at least one advanced gamelan instrument. They should also be familiar with the complexities of performance-related theories of mode and structure, regional stylistic variants of Javanese gamelan music, and the concepts of traditional gamelan composition and their application to contemporary composition.

    Assessment

    Written (2500 words): 25%
    Critical reading assignment: 10%
    Written/oral/composition work: 15%
    Performance and concert: 40%
    Exam (1 hour): 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour practical performance class) per week

    Prerequisites

    Previous relevant practical experience and audition.

    Prohibitions

    MUS2490


    MUS3580 - Contemporary music

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Thomas Reiner

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A survey of the primary musical styles and compositional trends of the twentieth century. Representative source works are analysed and the major musical figures of the period are discussed. Topics include the transition from nineteenth century Romanticism, impressionism, expressionism, the atonal revolution, neo-classicism, the twelve-tone system, serialism (including integral serialism), constructivism (electronic music and extended techniques), indeterminacy, neo-Romanticism, and minimalism. Contemporary Australian music is also considered within this context.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have:

    1. A general knowledge of the major trends of twentieth-century composition in particular, the ways in which these trends relate to one another in a broad sense.

    1. The opportunity to delve into specific areas of twentieth-century music in some depth, providing further insight into the styles, composers and works important to the specific area in question.

    1. An introduction to the principles of modern musical notation (i.e. graphic notation).

    Assessment

    Written: 40%
    Mid-term and final listening exams: 60%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture) per week


    MUS3610 - Professional practice 3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Elizabeth Sellars

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will develop a range of skills to prepare graduates to enter the profession. Central to this will be a study of performance practice traditions from the Baroque to the 20th century. Further topics will include: Business and marketing skills, setting up a private studio, music administration and concert management.

    Assessment

    Written work: 20%
    Written exam: 30%
    Performance with written synopsis: 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures) per week

    Prerequisites

    MUS2020 or approved prior experience.


    MUS3620 - Professional practice 4

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fintan Murphy

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will present a weekly two hour practicum, which will be offered in three ways:

    1. A seminar focusing on technique and analysis of playing in instrument specific groups (prerequisite: a minimum mark of 70% in MUS3610,) or
    2. A seminar focussing on the setting up and development of band programs (no prerequisite), or
    3. A seminar analysing the programming and presentation of concerts. Topics will include developing innovative concert environments, evaluating educational benefit, music criticism and marketing (no prerequisite). The availability of these options is dependent on class numbers at enrolment.

    Assessment

    Examination of no more than 30 minutes consisting of a student presentation followed by a viva voce. A written synopsis will be handed in at the examination: (4500 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    MUS2020 or approved prior experience.


    MUS3660 - Composition techniques: Film and orchestration

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter McIlwain

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit will cover three topics related to compositional technique. The first topic will explore the practical and theoretical aspects of film music composition with an emphasis on aesthetic considerations. The topics related to orchestration will cover a range or concepts related to the organization of musical texture and methods for the organisation of timbre in orchestral and ensemble situations

    Objectives

    Students who have worked successfully in their studies will be able to; analyse and criticise examples of music composed for films, have a developed understanding of approaches to film composition, analyse musical textures from and orchestrational perspective, and be able to carry out orchestration tasks for standard ensembles up to a full orchestra.

    Assessment

    Film music assignment (2000 words) and orchestration exercise (1500 words): 75%
    Style report (1000 word): 25%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture) per week

    Prerequisites

    MUS1100 and MUS1110


    MUS3880 - Music of China, Japan and Korea

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Made Hood

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit deals with musical, aesthetic, social and ritual concepts and practices as expressed in the musical life of the Chinese, Japanese and Korean cultures, with particular reference to selected performances of music and dance and the relationships between music and the related arts.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have:

    1. A basic knowledge of the history and styles of the music cultures of China, Korea, and Japan.

    1. A knowledge of music theory, terminology, and performance techniques in the three cultures and how they reflect local socio/cultural patterns and values.

    Assessment

    Written (2500 words): 70%
    Exam (2 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture) per week


    MUS3910 - Music of Sub-Saharan Africa

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Graeme Smith

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Musical, aesthetic, social and ritual concepts and practices as expressed in the musical life of sub-Saharan African cultures, with particular reference to selected performances of music and dance, and the topology of musical instruments in Sub-Saharan Africa.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have:

    1. A practical knowledge of a variety of performance issues in the musical traditions of sub-Saharan Africa.

    1. A knowledge of the history, musical styles and socio/cultural function of different performance genres.

    1. A fundamental understanding of the unusual variety of musical instruments in Sub-Saharan Africa.

    Assessment

    Written (2500 words): 70%
    Exam (2 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture) per week


    MUS3980 - Chief practical study V

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fintan Murphy

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students prepare for a technical examination on their chief instrument. The unit is taught through a combination of individual lessons, small group consultations and workshops. Students are required to take part in an ensemble or composition workshop as a hurdle requirement. There is a written component of 2400 words

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit will demonstrate a greater understanding of research based performance or composition and will have mastered the required body of technical work as set out in the technical syllabus.

    Assessment

    Written work: 35%
    Performance exam or composition: 65%

    Contact hours

    One x 1 hr individual lesson/week
    One x 1 hr tutorial/week
    Students who are repeating this unit will be offered a maximum of 6 individual lessons.

    Prerequisites

    A minimum of 60% in the recital component of MUS2990
    Students who fail this unit will need permission from their instrumental coordinator in order to repeat the unit.

    Prohibitions

    MUS3280, MUS3290


    MUS3990 - Chief practical study VI

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fintan Murphy

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students prepare for a repertoire examination on their chief instrument. The unit is taught through a combination of individual lessons, small group consultations and workshops. Students are required to take part in an ensemble or composition workshop as a hurdle requirement. There is a written component of 2400 words

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit will demonstrate a greater understanding of research based performance or composition.

    Assessment

    Written work: 35%
    Performance exam or composition: 65%

    Contact hours

    One x 1 hr individual lesson/week
    One x 1 hr tutorial/week
    Students who are repeating this unit will be offered a maximum of 6 individual lessons.

    Prerequisites

    MUS3980
    Students who fail this unit will need permission from their instrumental coordinator in order to repeat the unit.

    Prohibitions

    MUS3280, MUS3290


    MUS4030 - Special project: Practical study

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fintan Murphy

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The student is required to present a concert recital, the works of which are chosen in consultation and approval of a supervisor for their unity of intellectual purpose. The student organises the concert and, following clear academic writing principles, writes a critical essay that explains and justifies the programs intellectual purpose. This unit is taught through a combination of individual lessons on the students chief practical instrument, instrumental workshops and academic supervision.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject students should have developed a high level of performance and programming skills and knowledge of style through presentation of an extended recital and programme booklet and organising a successful performance event.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Concert performance: 70% (60mins); Participation in an approved ensemble as a hurdle requirement

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    70% minimum in MUS3990. Students need to have an interview/audition with the unit coordinator and MUS4420 and one of the following units MUS4600, MUS4640 or MUS4980.


    MUS4030(A) - Special project: Practical study part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fintan Murphy

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The student is required to present a concert recital, the works of which are chosen in consultation and approval of a supervisor for their unity of intellectual purpose. The student organises the concert and, following clear academic writing principles, writes a critical essay that explains and justifies the programs intellectual purpose. This unit is taught through a combination of individual lessons on the students chief practical instrument, instrumental workshops and academic supervision.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject students should have developed a high level of performance and programming skills and knowledge of style through presentation of an extended recital and programme booklet and organising a successful performance event.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Concert performance: 70% (60mins); Participation in an approved ensemble as a hurdle requirement

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    70% minimum in MUS3990. Students need to have an interview/audition with the unit coordinator


    MUS4030(B) - Special project: Practical study part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fintan Murphy

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for MUS4030(A)

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject students should have developed a high level of performance and programming skills and knowledge of style through presentation of an extended recital and programme booklet and organising a successful performance event.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Concert performance: 70% (60mins); Participation in an approved ensemble as a hurdle requirement

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    MUS4030(A) and MUS4420


    MUS4420 - Research methods

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Joel Crotty

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit aims to familiarise students with various research methods appropriate to musicology. In particular the unit provides an introduction to the practical aspects of historical musicology, ethnomusicology, and jazz and popular music studies, concentrating on methodologies associated with textual criticism, archival research, repertoire and performance practice.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of the unit, students should have the skills essential to constructing a simple research proposal in a variety of areas and have acquired initial critical reading skills applicable to both text and score.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75%
    Thesis proposal: 15%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours seminar


    MUS4600 - Special research project in music

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Joel Crotty

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A study in depth of a particular topic in music under the direct supervision of a staff member.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of the unit students should have acquired a basic knowledge of the history, style and context of a selected genre, instrument, ensemble or repertoire on a framework within which to identify, categorise, write and/or perform critically about it.

    Assessment

    Written work and critiques: 100% (9000 words)

    Contact hours

    2 hours seminar


    MUS4640 - Fieldwork techniques and technology

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Margaret Kartomi

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    An introduction to the theory and practice of fieldwork in the musical traditions of the West and other cultures of the world, including individual and group fieldwork planning and methods; audio-recording, videoing and filming; the processing of field materials, including transcription and analysis; and reviewing of ethnographic films; videos and records.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of the unit, students should have a practical and theoretical knowledge of individual and group fieldwork techniques and an understanding of how to transcribe, analyse and process data which has been collected and recorded.

    Assessment

    Written (3000 words): 33%
    Fieldwork assignments (6000 words): 67%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    MUS4720(A) - Thesis part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Joel Crotty

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Preparation of a thesis on an approved topic. It is the student's responsibility to submit a research proposal to the head of the department by 31 March and to submit the thesis no later than 1 October. Full details of requirements are available from the department.

    Objectives

    At the completion of this unit, students should develop various research skills, the capacity to conceptualise parameters of a chosen topic, and to articulate them in coherent written argument.


    MUS4720(B) - Thesis part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Joel Crotty

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for MUS4720(A)

    Objectives

    At the completion of this unit, students should develop various research skills, the capacity to conceptualise parameters of a chosen topic, and to articulate them in coherent written argument.

    Assessment

    Written (15000-18000 words): 100%

    Prerequisites

    MUS4720(A), MUS4420


    MUS4760 - Special project: Composition and music technology

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter McIlwain

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Preparation of a folio of three original compositions for varied musical forces and the presentation of a concert performance of at least one work. Studies include musical applications of computers, studio technology, and concepts underlying contemporary techniques of the capture and modification of audio signals and musical representations, such as score notation.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit will be able to apply themselves to extensive creative projects in music composition that involve; the research and synthesis of compositional techniques, the planning and implementation of creative strategies and the development of particular skills and learning as negotiated with the unit leader.



    Assessment

    Written work: 20%
    Original composition: 70%
    Concert performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 hour (1 x 1 hour lecture) per week

    Prerequisites

    MUS3980 (in composition) and MUS3990 (in composition), or admission by audition and MUS4420 and one of the following units MUS4600, MUS4640 or MUS4980


    MUS4760(A) - Special project: Composition and music technology part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter McIlwain

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Preparation of a folio of three original compositions for varied musical forces and the presentation of a concert performance of at least one work. Studies include musical applications of computers, studio technology, and concepts underlying contemporary techniques of the capture and modification of audio signals and musical representations, such as score notation.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit will be able to apply themselves to extensive creative projects in music composition that involve; the research and synthesis of compositional techniques, the planning and implementation of creative strategies and the development of particular skills and learning as negotiated with the unit leader.

    Contact hours

    1 hour (1 x 1 hour lecture) per week

    Prerequisites

    MUS3980 (in Composition) and MUS3990 (in Composition), or admission by audition.


    MUS4760(B) - Special project: Composition and music technology part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter McIlwain

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for MUS4760(A)

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit will be able to apply themselves to extensive creative projects in music composition that involve; the research and synthesis of compositional techniques, the planning and implementation of creative strategies and the development of particular skills and learning as negotiated with the unit leader.

    Assessment

    Written work: 20%
    Original composition: 70%
    Concert performance: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 hour (1 x 1 hour lecture) per week


    MUS4980 - Music pedagogy

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fintan Murphy

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A critical study of music education with reference to its philosophy, psychology and traditions. The unit will aim to develop individual approaches to the teaching process with a particular focus on the use of innovative technology. Students will present the outcomes of their research as a critical essay or in a video/CDROM format.

    Objectives

    By the end of the semester, students should have attained a critical understanding of: various methodologies in music education, the importance of research and ongoing professional development in the area and the need to present material in a variety of mediums including articles, conference presentations, lecture demonstrations and video. Special attention will be paid to the importance of CDRom and DVD in the field of music education.

    Assessment

    Written (6000 words): 70%
    Seminar paper (3000 words): 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars) per week


    PCE4000 - Thesis

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Baker

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    A dissertation of between 15,000 and 18,000 words. Prospective students should see the honours coordinator prior to the commencement of their fourth year in order to have their thesis topic approved. The date by which the dissertation is to be presented will be announced at the beginning of the academic year.

    Assessment

    Dissertation (15,000 to 18,000 words): 100%


    PCE4010 - Policing, protest and politics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Baker

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The controlling and policing of protest in a modern liberal democratic society. Theories of conflict, collective violence, police intervention, policing by consent and public order. Specific cases of the policing of protest to be studied include the civil rights movement in the USA, racial unrest in Great Britain, the British coalminers' strike of 1984-85, global protests, major industrial conflicts in Australia, the anti-Vietnam War moratorium and anti-Springbok marches, and recent environmental protests.

    Assessment

    Research paper (5000 words): 50%
    Essay (2500 words): 30%
    Seminar presentation (1500 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    2-hour seminar per week


    PCE4030 - The politics of police accountability

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Colleen Lewis

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is concerned with police accountability, in particular the trend toward civilian oversight of complaints against police. It discusses the problems which led to civilian involvement in what had previously been a police controlled process, and analyses the politics which surrounded the police loss of monopolistic control. The unit also examines the various models used to oversight police complaints, evaluates their strengths and weaknesses and examines the way in which government intent impacts on the effectiveness of this form of accountability.

    Assessment

    Individual and group written work: 50%
    Tests: 50%

    Contact hours

    2-hour seminar per week


    PCY3002 - Policy internship

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009


    PER1040 - Interdisciplinary performance project

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Coe

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    An investigation of the elements that comprise a performance.

    1. An overview of the technical departments involved in the theatre making process.
    2. Selected scenes from contemporary playtexts or libretti, investigating a methodology of rehearsal, including exercises on action and character. The class will present showings of their scene work.

    Assessment

    Seminar/workshop participation: 30%
    Written document (1000 words): 30%
    Contribution to performance projects: 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour workshop) per week


    PER1260 - Production practice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Snow

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A wide-ranging introduction to, and involvement in, all the processes of bringing a script/production concept from the stage of initial planning to public presentation.

    Objectives

    After completing this subject students should have:

    1. Developed an awareness of the multiple facets of the production process.

    1. Developed a familiarity with customary problems in production and appropriate procedures for their solution.

    1. Acquired skills in particular areas of theatre production.

    1. Acquired the capacity to analyse and evaluate the production processes with which they have had a primary involvement.

    Assessment

    Evaluation of the quality of production contribution by a monitoring panel: 50%
    Essay/project (3000 words or equivalent) providing detailed documentation and analysis of a particular area of the production process with which the student has been involved: 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 3 hour workshop) per week, plus rehearsal


    PER2000 - The aesthetics of performance

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Snow

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit works with selected texts to examine the aesthetic issues involved in the creation of a performance. The emphasis in the workshops will be on the way we understand texts and contexts, how we recognise style, and creative parameters of work or performance. We will examine issues such as the rationale for attempting to recreate authentic performance styles for historical works, issues of audience involvement, communication of meanings in the design and presentation of extracts or short pieces from longer works. There is a practical component to this work.

    Assessment

    Essay (2250 words): 50%
    Class project (2250 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in the Bachelor of Performing Arts.


    PER2040 - Making performance: Theory and practice

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Snow

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is a performance based unit which continues from PER1040 and PER1260. It investigates the processes of making and theorising performance. Each week students will complete short performance exercises exploring a particular element of performance, such as space, tempo, bodies etc. They will then proceed to make a self-devised work drawing on the ideas and practices of the weekly sessions. In addition there will be several guided performance projects throughout the semester. There will also be readings and discussions on the performance-making strategies and theoretical positions of well-known practitioners. Students will write up and critique the projects in which they have participated.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students should:

    1. Understand some of the relationships between practice and theory in the construction of contemporary performance work.

    1. Be able to investigate and manipulate particular elements of performance, such as tempo, space, bodies and action, with a view to production possibilities.

    1. Have the capacity to make a short, imaginative, theoretically informed performance work.

    1. Be able to utilize their skills to participate in a range of performance projects.

    1. Be able to critique some of the processes of the performance projects according to contemporary theoretical perspectives.

    Assessment

    Written work (inc.performance projects): 100% (9000 words)

    Contact hours

    6 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and a minimum of 4 hours of performance workshops and rehearsals) per week

    Prerequisites

    PER1040, PER1260 and normally a first-year sequence in DTS.

    Co-requisites

    PER2000


    PER3000 - Contemporary performance culture

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mary-rose Casey

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit will focus on contemporary Australian theatre in the context of social and political ideas about performance. The definition of performance will broadly include film festivals, sound sculpture, contemporary opera, music theatre, street theatre, community theatre and multi-media installations. Key topics will include the ways in which theatre and theatrical representation contributes to cultural identity, social interaction and the interrogation of the human subject. This subject will also provide eminently practical knowledge and tools with which to participate in theatrical life beyond the university.

    Assessment

    Research assignment (2250 words): 50%
    Written Examination (2250 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 2.5 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A two year sequence of Performing Arts units in the Bachelor of Performing Arts degree.


    PER3040 - Writing/Performance

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Snow

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is a performance-based unit continuing and developing the work of PER2040. It investigates the processes involved in writing and creating performance works and performance texts of those works. Various strategies of initiating new work, including the possibilities of various sites and modes of performance, will be explored. Students will work under guidance to take these projects to public presentation standard. Students will then write either a performance text of the work they have created or an analysis of the writing/ performance project. To contextualise the chosen investigations there will be a weekly programme of readings, discussions and class presentations.

    Objectives

    On successfully completing this subject students should be able to:

    1. Write a clear and precise proposal for a possible future performance.

    1. Initiate, research and create a detailed and theoretically informed performance work based on a proposal.

    1. Develop a performance work from workshop stage through to public presentation.

    1. Produce a clear and comprehensive performance text of a performance work.

    1. Read, analyse and discuss the writing practices of selected performance practitioners.

    1. Explain a range of theoretical ideas currently informing performance practice, both in engaging, live presentation and in clear and cogent written work.

    Assessment

    Participation: 25%
    Performance project development (3000 words): 25%
    Performance project presentation (3000 words): 25%
    Performance texts and critique (3000 words): 25%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and a minimum of 2 hours of workshops and rehearsals) per week

    Prerequisites

    PER2000, PER2040


    PER3050 - Performance project

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Coe

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    PER 3050 is a continuation and development of PER 3040. It offers students the opportunity to undertake rehearsal in a professional manner and to bring that project to fruition in the public performance of a major length theatrical work or a number of shorter works. This unit emphasises the quality of all elements of the processes of preparation and rehearsal, in addition to that of its public product.

    Objectives

    Students completing PER 3050 should be able to:

    1. apply particular theoretical methods in the creation of a piece of theatre,

    1. utilize a range of physical skills in performance,

    1. demonstrate an understanding of the technical elements of theatre and how they contribute to the aesthetic of the performance,

    1. develop and refine strategies for the maintenance of the performance through a performance season.

    1. conceptualise and articulate, in written and oral form, the imaginative basis and developmental processes of an original piece of theatre work.

    Assessment

    Model/folio: 70%
    Attendance/participation: 30%

    Contact hours

    Three hours class-time each week, plus nine hours weekly of preparation and rehearsal.

    Prerequisites

    PER3040

    Prohibitions

    DTS3800


    PHL1010 - Introduction to philosophy A

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ros Furney

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit consists of two components, 'Reason and argument' and 'Life, Death, and Morality'

    1. 'Reason and argument' is concerned with the appraisal of reasons and arguments that may be used in defence of various beliefs and policies. Its objective is to develop skills in argument and critical reasoning.
    2. 'Life, Death, and Morality' examines some major controversies concerning life and death issues. More information on first year philosophy is available at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/firstyear/

    Objectives

    On completing this subject students will have an understanding of some central issues in applied ethics and of the role philosophy can play in clarifying the discussion of them. They will have acquired some understanding of the nature and methods of philosophical inquiry, and an enhanced capacity for critical reasoning and rigorous thought.

    Assessment

    Written exercises: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (one 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    PHL1070

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/firstyear/phl1010.php


    PHL1020 - Introduction to philosophy B

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jakob Hohwy, with Monima Chadha and Graham Oppy

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    PHL1020 consists of two distinct components, which may vary from year to year. The components offered will be drawn from the following list:

    1. Time, Self and Freedom;
    2. God, Freedom, and Evil
    3. Greeks and the Good Life;
    4. Philosophy of Sex; and
    5. Crime and Punishment.

    For information about the components offered in the current semester, students should go to the subject website: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/firstyear/phl1020.php

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject will acquire:

    1. skills in argument analysis,
    2. improved comprehension of complex texts,
    3. the ability to critically interpret philosophical positions
    4. improved written communication skills.
    Students will also obtain familiarity with central ideas in the history of philosophy, and begin to develop an understanding of important philosophical theories.

    Assessment

    Written exercises: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    None, but it is recommended that students take PHL1010 prior to PHL1020.

    Prohibitions

    PHL1080

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/firstyear/phl1020.php


    PHL1030 - Thinking: Analysing arguments

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Sam Butchart

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Thinking is a set of skills. In this course we will focus on one family of this set: the skills involved in argument analysis. We will address the essential features of good arguments and how they can be articulated and represented. We will also examine the many ways in which reasoning can go wrong and how to avoid them. While we will focus on some of the theory of successful thinking, our main focus will be the practical techniques necessary for you to reason more effectively. Students taking this subject at 2-level will be assessed on their ability to identify arguments in more complex texts and will be expected to be able to evaluate a wider variety of argument types.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject should:

    1. have a theoretical understanding of what an argument is;
    2. have developed the skills to extract the arguments from a variety of texts;
    3. be able to identify and represent the structure of an argument;
    4. understand the criteria of argument success and have the skills to apply those criteria to evaluate a variety of arguments;
    5. have developed the skills to evaluate some common types of argument.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75%
    Test: 25%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (one 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour laboratory) per week

    Prohibitions

    PHL2030

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/firstyear/phl1030.php


    PHL1070 - Philosophy: Life, death and morality

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Monima Chadha

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit consists of two components, 'Reason and argument' and 'Moral issues'

    1. 'Reason and argument' is concerned with the appraisal of reasons and arguments that may be used in defence of various beliefs and policies. Its objective is to develop skills in argument and critical reasoning.
    2. 'Moral issues' examines some major controversies concerning life and death issues. The content will be similar to that for the 'Life, Death and Morality' component of PHL1010. More information on first year philosophy is available at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/firstyear/

    Objectives

    On completing this subject students will have an understanding of some central issues in applied ethics and of the role philosophy can play in clarifying the discussion of them. They will have acquired some understanding of the nature and methods of philosophical inquiry, and an enhanced capacity for critical reasoning and rigorous thought.

    Assessment

    Essay (1200 words): 20%
    Five exercises (covering both parts of the course): 40%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

    OCL mode: workshops optional

    Prohibitions

    PHL1010

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/firstyear/phl1070.php


    PHL1080 - Philosophy: Time, self and freedom

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Rosalyn Furney

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit consists of two components: 'Primary Logic' and 'Metaphysical issues'.

    1. 'Primary Logic' extends the treatment of topics dealt with in the 'Reason and argument' component of PHL1070 and introduces some central ideas of modern formal logic.
    2. 'Metaphysical issues' examines some major topics in metaphysics, concerned with time and freedom, the nature of the self, and the possibility of artificial intelligence.

    Objectives

    On completing this subject students will have an understanding of some main theories in metaphysics and will have reflected on the impact of recent developments in science and philosophy on our most fundamental views about ourselves and our place in the world. The subject will further develop capacities for critical thought by introducing students to the systematic study of techniques for the evaluation of arguments and reasoning. and reasoning.

    Assessment

    Written work and exercises: 60%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    On-campus: 3 hours (one 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour seminar) per week. OCL: workshops optional.

    Prohibitions

    PHL1020

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/firstyear/phl1080.php


    PHL1090 - Philosophy of film

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Monima Chadha

    Offered

    Clayton Summer semester A 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Film's ability to distort reality has often been considered a potential threat. However, film also affords us a unique opportunity to see the world in new ways. This course will use a variety of films, from popular classics to the avant-garde, as a basis for philosophical inquiry into concepts such as love, death, morality, reality, freedom, luck, memory, dreams, and existence. We will also consider films as vehicles for philosophical ideas and arguments, and will examine whether the ability of some films to 'think' about important issues means that they should, themselves be considered works of philosophy (filmosophy).

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject should have developed:

    1. Skills to think analytically about film;
    2. Skills to apply a range of philosophical theories/ perspectives to film;
    3. Skills to understand philosophical concepts/ issues conveyed in film;
    4. Skills to examine philosophical themes and concepts through their treatment in film.

    Assessment

    Assignment 1 (2000-word essay): 40%
    Assignment 2(2000-word essay): 40%
    Exam (2 hours): 20%

    Contact hours

    Three 2-hour lectures, in week 3 and week 10 of Summer semester. + Three 2-hour tutorials each in week 3 and week 10 of Summer semester.


    PHL1130 - Plato and platonism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dirk Baltzly

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    In the first part of this century the British philosopher A. N. Whitehead remarked that 'all philosophy is but a series of footnotes to Plato.' This unit introduces students to some of the central themes in Plato's work. These will include: the relation between knowledge, moral virtue and happiness; the immortality of the soul and reincarnation; the existence and nature of Plato's "forms" - abstractions such as beauty itself, alleged to be the source of all beautiful things here. Finally we will look at some of the developments of Plato's philosophy in neoplatonism. For more information: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/firstyear/phl1130.php

    Objectives

    Objectives: Students who successfully complete the subject will be able to explain central themes from the works of Plato in the light of scholarship on the subject and be able to offer, in modern terms, good reasons for or against the claim that Plato was right. You should also be able to incorporate into your own written work the interpretative principles (such as charity and consistency) which are used by historians of philosophy.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    Completion of philosophy studies to an advanced secondary level, and sufficiently high grades, to the satisfaction of the Undergraduate Coordinator.

    Prohibitions

    PHL2130

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/firstyear/phl1130.php


    PHL1140 - Introducing logic

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Monima Chadha

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Introducing logic is an elementary introduction to the study of formal logic. We use logic intuitively whenever we reason, argue, explain something or think critically: we could not survive long without it. Yet our capacities for intuitive reason are flawed: we make mistakes, fail to recognise the implications of our views, and sometimes slip into inferences that seem to us clear and unanswerable yet lead to falsehood. Formal logic is the systematic study of logical inference. It strives to understand the principles underlying valid reasoning, and can improve our abilities to reason effectively in all fields of thought.

    Objectives

    The overarching aims of the subject are to acquaint the students with key concepts in logic and introduce them to basic syntactic tools and methods of proof used in formal systems. Students successfully completing this unit will:

    1. Have mastered the syntax of first order propositional logic and predicate logic.
    2. Have mastered a tableaux method of proof in first order propositional logic.
    3. Have a basic understanding of proof-methods in first order predicate logic.
    4. Have an appreciation of key concepts of validity, deduction, and completeness and soundness of formal systems.

    Assessment

    Written exercises: 70%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week


    Prerequisites

    None

    Prohibitions

    PHL2140

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/firstyear/phl1140.php


    PHL1150 - Ethics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jo Asscher, Ros Furney

    Offered

    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Unit deals with some central debates in normative theory and their underpinning in the meta-ethical theories of Hume and Kant. A major focus of discussion is the opposition between consequentialist theories, such as utilitarianism, which judge rightness and wrongness solely in terms of consequences, and Kantian theory which judges rightness and wrongness according to whether the act is in accordance with rational will. How do these theories account for the agent-centred reasons which arise from relations of love and friendship and which seem to have the potential to conflict with impartial moral requirements? Is there a limit to our obligation to minimise suffering and maximise happiness?

    Objectives

    1. Have a detailed understanding of central ethical theories such as consequentialism and Kantianism.
    2. Have developed skills in written communication, argument analysis, textual interpretation, and argument construction.
    3. Have some acquaintance with the main theories and arguments in meta-ethics.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    On-campus: 2 hours (one 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial) per week. OCL: workshops optional.

    Prerequisites

    Students may enrol in this subject only if they have completed philosophy studies to an advanced secondary level, and obtained sufficiently high grades, to the satisfaction of the Undergraduate Coordinator.

    Prohibitions

    PHL2150

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/firstyear/phl1150.php


    PHL1650 - Philosophy of mind

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jakob Hohwy

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is concerned with some philosophical questions about the nature of consciousness, in particular with the question whether consciousness is irreducibly non-physical. We shall look at all of the major theories of the mind/body relationship, and we shall also examine the prospects for the creation of artificial intelligence and conscious computers.
    Further information on first year philosophy subjects is available at:
    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/firstyear

    Objectives

    Upon successfully completing this unit, students will have a good understanding of the main competing solutions to the mind/body problem, i.e. to the problem of determining exactly how mind and body are related. Students will also have a good understanding of the ways in which solutions to the mind/body problem relate to other disputed questions in philosophy of mind, e.g. whether animals have thoughts, whether machines are capable of thought, whether the world can be exhaustively described in the language of physics, and so forth.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    Completion of philosophy studies to an advanced secondary level, and sufficiently high grades, to the satisfaction of the Undergraduate Coordinator.

    Prohibitions

    PHL2650

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/firstyear/phl1650.php


    PHL2001 - Ethics at work: Ethical issues in professional life

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Globalisation, changes in technology and communication and commercial pressures have all added complexity to the ethical dimension of professional life. This subject examines issues affecting the professions and their practice. Students undertake a core module, Ethics at Work, which looks at the conceptual framework for ethical decision making and two professional modules. One module will normally be relevant to their home faculty, the other will provide a contrast case. The teaching program will involve a case-based inquiry culminating in the writing of a report addressing carefully formulated terms of reference. http://courseware.monash.edu.au/pep/about/

    Assessment

    Written work: 80% (3,500 words)
    Test: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    36 points of university study and regular access to a computer with CD ROM and Internet connection.


    PHL2030 - Thinking: Analysing arguments

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jakob Hohwy

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Thinking is a set of skills. In this course we will focus on one family of this set: the skills involved in argument analysis. We will address the essential features of good arguments and how they can be articulated and represented. We will also examine the many ways in which reasoning can go wrong and how to avoid them. While we will focus on some of the theory of successful thinking, our main focus will be the practical techniques necessary for you to reason more effectively. Students taking this subject at 2-level will be assessed on their ability to identify arguments in more complex texts and will be expected to be able to evaluate a wider variety of argument types.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject should:

    1. have a theoretical understanding of what an argument is;
    2. have developed the skills to extract the arguments from a variety of texts;
    3. be able to identify and represent the structure of an argument;
    4. understand the criteria of argument success and have the skills to apply those criteria to evaluate a variety of arguments;
    5. have developed the skills to evaluate some common types of argument.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75%
    Test: 25%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (one 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour laboratory) per week

    Prerequisites

    24 points of study in any discipline at any level

    Prohibitions

    PHL1030

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/phl2030.php


    PHL2040 - Philosophical explorations of world religions

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nick Trakakis

    Offered

    Clayton Summer semester A 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the major 'world religions': Hinduism, Buddhism, Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. The unit explores these religions by looking at their historical development, basic ideas, practices and sacred texts. In addition, students are introduced to the philosophical examination of these religions, where this involves the critical analysis and evaluation of the concepts and doctrines that have played a central role in each religion. Possible topics to be covered include revelation, conceptions of divinity, evil and suffering, afterlife and liberation, faith and reason, karma and moral responsibility, and inter-religious dialogue

    Objectives

    The objectives of this unit are:

    1. to offer students the opportunity to improve their understanding of the history, beliefs, practices and sacred texts of the world's great religions
    2. to provide students with the skills necessary to identify the structure and distinguishing features of major religious traditions, and to compare diverse belief-systems for their similarities and differences with a critical focus
    3. to help students develop their hermeneutical and exegetical skills, so that they can interpret, contextualise and explain passages and texts from different religious traditions, as well as integrate their analysis of scriptural texts with contemporary scholarly and critical material
    4. to develop the capacities of students to engage in reflective and critical thinking, particularly the capacity to critically analyse and evaluate concepts, doctrines and arguments that have played a central role in the world's religions, as well as to put forward ideas and arguments of their own in a clear and cogent way.

    Assessment

    Assignment 1 (2000 words essay): 40%
    Assignment 2 (2000 words essay): 40%
    Exam (2 hours): 20%

    Contact hours

    2-hour lectures + 3 lectures each in week 2 and week 10 of Summer semester + 2-hour tutes + 3 tutes each in week 2 and week 10 of Summer semester.


    PHL2110 - Res Cogitans: Descartes on mind and knowledge

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Aubrey Townsend

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    'I think therefore I am'. In the Meditations Descartes gave central place to the idea that to be human is to be a thinking thing (or res cogitans). His discussion of what this involves set the agenda for modern philosophical debates in epistemology, metaphysics and cognitive theory. This unit will examine the entire Cartesian system, but with special emphasis on Descartes' views about the possibility of knowledge and what it is to be a thinking thing. We will follow these themes into contemporary philosophical discussions.

    Objectives

    On completion of the subject students will have read the Meditations of Descartes and in reading them will have gained an understanding of the complete Cartesian system and its influences on the development of philosophical theories in epistemology and metaphysics. They will have an enhanced capacity for critical and rigorous reading of a philosophical text, and skills in the evaluation of philosophical positions in the context of an integrated system. They will have reflected on some contemporary work with roots in the Cartesian tradition. Students completing the subject will develop skills in writing and argument.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70%
    Test: 30%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week. OCL: workshops optional

    Prerequisites

    A first-year unit in Philosophy

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/phl2110.php


    PHL2115 - Making knowledge: Modern scientific controversies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Homer Le Grand

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The analysis of controversies over knowledge claims in science - claims about data, instruments, techniques, theories and world-views - reveals the provisional, revisable and dynamic character of scientific knowledge. This often results in controversies within one or more disciplines, the resolution of which may be the inclusion, removal or modification of what is accepted by the scientific community as valid knowledge. Student will gain a familiarity with several competing interpretations of this process and how these may be applied to a range of past and present controversies drawn primarily from the earth sciences.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70% (3500 words)
    Tutorial exercises: 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    12 points in Philosophy, History or Social Sciences, or 18 points in Science at any level.


    PHL2120 - Language, truth and power

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Karen Green

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit will concentrate on two major approaches to the study of language. The structuralist approach which can be traced back to Saussure, and the referential realist approach which can be traced back to Aristotle. It will begin with an introduction to structuralism and the idea that language structures reality. It will move on to the referential semantics introduced by Aristotle and further developed by Frege. Various views concerning truth will be discussed including the view that truth is correspondence with reality and the contrasting position that truth is related to power. www.arts.monash.edu.au/phil/undergraduate/lateryear.html

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in philosophy or comparative literature, cultural studies and critical theory or linguistics

    Prohibitions

    CLS2120


    PHL2130 - Plato and platonism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dirk Baltzly

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In the first part of this century the British philosopher A. N. Whitehead remarked that 'all philosophy is but a series of footnotes to Plato.' This unit introduces students to some of the central themes in Plato's work. These will include: the relation between knowledge, moral virtue and happiness; the immortality of the soul and reincarnation; the existence and nature of Plato's "forms" - abstractions such as beauty itself, alleged to be the source of all beautiful things here. Finally we will look at some of the developments of Plato's philosophy in neoplatonism. For more information: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    At least six points of first year philosophy except with permission.

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/phl2130.php


    PHL2140 - Introducing logic

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Monima Chadha

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Introducing logic is an elementary introduction to the study of formal logic. We use logic intuitively whenever we reason, argue, explain something or think critically: we could not survive long without it. Yet our capacities for intuitive reason are flawed: we make mistakes, fail to recognise the implications of our views, and sometimes slip into inferences that seem to us clear and unanswerable yet lead to falsehood. Formal logic is the systematic study of logical inference. It strives to understand the principles underlying valid reasoning, and can improve our abilities to reason effectively in all fields of thought.

    Objectives

    The overarching aims of the subject are to acquaint the students with key concepts in logic and introduce them to basic syntactic tools and methods of proof used in formal systems. Students successfully completing this unit will:

    1. Have mastered the syntax of first order propositional logic and predicate logic.
    2. Have mastered a tableaux method of proof in first order propositional logic.
    3. Have a basic understanding of proof-methods in first order predicate logic.
    4. Have an appreciation of key concepts of validity, deduction, and completeness and soundness of formal systems.

    Students successfully completing the 2nd year level version of the unit will in addition:
    1. Have some understanding of the meta-theory of formal systems.

    Assessment

    Written exercises: 70%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week


    Prerequisites

    24 points in any discipline.

    Prohibitions

    PHL1140


    PHL2150 - Ethics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Rosalyn Furney

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Unit deals with some central debates in normative theory and their underpinning in the meta-ethical theories of Hume and Kant. A major focus of discussion is the opposition between consequentialist theories, such as utilitarianism, which judge rightness and wrongness solely in terms of consequences, and Kantian theory which judges rightness and wrongness according to whether the act is in accordance with rational will. How do these theories account for the agent-centred reasons which arise from relations of love and friendship and which seem to have the potential to conflict with impartial moral requirements? Is there a limit to our obligation to minimise suffering and maximise happiness?

    Objectives

    1. Have a detailed understanding of central ethical theories such as consequentialism and Kantianism.
    2. Have developed skills in written communication, argument analysis, textual interpretation, and argument construction.
    3. Have some acquaintance with the main theories and arguments in meta-ethics

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    On-campus: 2 hours (one 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial) per week. OCL: workshops optional.

    Prerequisites

    6 points of first-year except with permission.

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/phl2150.php


    PHL2170 - Symbolic logic

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lloyd Humberstone

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit is intended to provide a survey of modern symbolic logic, concentrating on the propositional and predicate logic. Besides building on a basic competence in these systems, the subject provides an introduction to the meta-theory of formal systems and involves some discussion of philosophical problems associated with the application of such systems to informal discourse.

    Objectives

    1. To provide students with a comprehensive grasp of contemporary symbolic logic.
    2. To give students a firm basis from which to proceed to advanced logical theory.


    Assessment

    Assignments: 90%
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    - Students can replace assignments with 3 hour exam: 90%.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week.



    Prerequisites

    PHL1140 or PHL2140

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/phl2170.php


    PHL2180 - Morality, objectivity and agency: Issues in meta-ethics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will concentrate on some central issues concerning the nature and status of the moral judgements we make and their influence on our actions. What are we doing when we judge an action to be right or wrong? Are we merely expressing our emotions? Or are we using our reason? Can moral judgements be true or false? How are our moral judgements related to our motives for acting? Moral judgements are supposed to be action guiding yet we have all had the experience of doing something, while at the very same time judging that we shouldn't. We shall look at the ways in which the major meta-ethical theories answer these questions. www.arts.monash.edu.au/phil/undergraduate/

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    A 6 point first year unit in philosophy except with permission.


    PHL2210 - Thinking about science

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Homer Le Grand

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    Unit looks at the growth of scientific theories from the standpoint of three humanities disciplines - history, philosophy and sociology - using a case study method. On completion, students will have an acquaintance with several important developments in the history of science, and have thought about issues in the philosophy of science and sociology of knowledge. They will also have read Thomas Kuhn's The Structure of Scientific Revolutions, and so have encountered one of the most important books on science written in the 20th C. Three case studies will be presented and students will undertake an individual case study under supervision.

    Objectives

    1. Have an understanding of major theoretical approaches to the nature of science;
    2. Have familiarity with a variety of case studies in the history of science;
    3. Have improved their skills in analysing and interpreting philosophical texts;
    4. Have developed some skills in reading and analysing historical scientific texts;
    5. Have developed skills in criticising philosophical accounts of scientific progress.

    Assessment

    Written work: 75% (3000 words)
    Exam: 25%

    Contact hours

    On-campus: 2 hours per week. OCL: workshops optional.

    Prerequisites

    A first-year unit in Philosophy or 12-points of study in a science discipline.

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/phl2210.php


    PHL2230 - Feminist philosophers

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Karen Green

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit will discuss theories of liberty, equality and justice, and the role of the state in promoting these values. When are inequalities of income and wealth just? Are liberty and equality compatible? Can a secure foundation be provided for individual rights and liberties? Must liberty take priority over other values? These issues will be discussed mainly in the light of the work of contemporary political philosophers, but some reference will also be made to classical thinkers.

    Objectives

    Students completing the subject will have an understanding of the various suggested foundations of property rights, and the nature of disagreements about the role of the state in redistribution of income and wealth, and in protecting property rights.

    At 3rd year level, students will be expected to attain a deeper level of understanding, and to have become familiar with a wider ranger of texts.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (4500 words) - One written piece may be replaced by a 2 hour Exam (50%)

    Contact hours

    2 hours (one 2-hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Philosophy or Bioethics

    Prohibitions

    PHL3330


    PHL2260 - Philosophy of Art

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines two of the most profound and most puzzling of human questions: 'What is art?' and 'Why is art important (if it is)?' In addressing these questions we have to face the fact that, in our time, there is no clear and generally accepted definition of 'art' - what are the implications of this? Traditionally, art is regarded as one of the great human achievements - and many people continue to agree in principle with this assessment. But it has proved remarkably difficult to provide a convincing and detailed elucidation of the value of art. And this task will occupy us in the later section of the unit.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (4500 words) - One written piece may be replaced by a 2 hour Exam (50%)

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


    PHL2330 - Issues in political theory

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Robert Sparrow

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit will discuss theories of liberty, equality and justice, and the role of the state in promoting these values. When are inequalities of income and wealth just? Are liberty and equality compatible? Can a secure foundation be provided for individual rights and liberties? Must liberty take priority over other values? These issues will be discussed mainly in the light of the work of contemporary political philosophers, but some reference will also be made to classical thinkers. www.arts.monash.edu.au/phil/undergraduate/lateryear.html

    Objectives

    Students completing the subject will have an understanding of the various suggested foundations of property rights, and the nature of disagreements about the role of the state in redistribution of income and wealth, and in protecting property rights.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hour (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Philosophy or Politics.


    PHL2510 - Political philosophy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Toby Handfield

    Offered

    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject introduces some central debates in contemporary political theory. The first third of the course examines some essential recent work on the liberal conception of justice and equality. The second part of the course looks at socialist, feminist and communitarian critiques of liberalism. The final third of the course is concerned with the foundations and limits of religious toleration and individual freedom in a multicultural society.
    For more details, please see:
    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/phl2510.php

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject will have an understanding of current debates over the core political concepts of justice, freedom and equality. Students will be able to formulate and analyse these issues in relation to the problem of inter-cultural tolerance in a pluralistic society.

    Students at third year level will also have developed skills in independent research in political philosophy; a deeper and more thorough understanding of the issues covered in the unt; and a familiarity with a wider range of literature in political philosophy.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Test: 20%

    Contact hours

    One x 90 minute lecture/week.
    One x 1 hour tutorial/week.

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in Philosophy or Bioethics

    Prohibitions

    PHL3510

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/phl2510.php


    PHL2650 - Philosophy of mind

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jakob Hohwy

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is concerned with some philosophical questions about the nature of consciousness, in particular with the question whether consciousness is irreducibly non-physical. We shall look at all of the major theories of the mind/body relationship, and we shall also examine the prospects for the creation of artificial intelligence and conscious computers. www.arts.monash.edu.au/phil/undergraduate/lateryear.html

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    Students with first-year level units to the value of 24 points in any faculty by permission.


    PHL2670 - Philosophy of religion

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Graham Oppy

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will concentrate on assessment of the claim that the world was created by one or more deities. Traditional arguments for and against the existence of deities-such as ontological arguments, cosmological arguments, design arguments, moral arguments, arguments from miracles, arguments from revelation, arguments from scripture, arguments from religious experience, arguments from evil, Pascal's wager, arguments from the incompatibility of divine attributes, arguments from the will to believe, and so on-will be considered.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/phl2670.php


    PHL2810 - Environmental ethics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Karen Green

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Ethical issues which are raised by the environmental crisis stretch the traditional philosophical concepts, to breaking point. This has led to calls for a completely new ethic based on environmental values and a non-anthropocentric world view. The subject examines a number of such proposals and the moral concepts they introduce: in particular, animal rights, the intrinsic value of nature and eco-centric notions of value. Various ethical dilemmas which arise in relation to our treatment of animals and the environment, the value of wilderness, population growth and the ethical responsibilities that come with globalization will be discussed.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject should have a good understanding of the ethical issues raised by environmentalism and by the ethical limits placed on human behaviour by our environment.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (4500 words) - One written piece may be replaced by a 2 hour Exam (50%)

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1x 1 hour lecture and 1x1 hour tutorial per week)

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Philosophy, GES1000, ENE1621, ENV1011 or ENV1022

    Prohibitions

    PHL3810


    PHL2850 - Topics in Indian Philosophy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Monima Chadha

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    The unit considers a range of topics in metaphysics and ethics from an Indian perspective. The aim is to contrast the views of the conservative Hindu philosophers with those of the Indian heretics. Among the metaphysical topics special emphasis is placed on the theories of the self and their relation to interesting Hindu doctrines of Karma and Rebirth. The course also explores the relations between karma and other enigmatic traditional Indian concepts.
    For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/phl2850.php

    Objectives

    Students who complete the course will

    • understand the central philosophical tenets of traditional Indian systems.
    • deepen their understanding of central issues in philosophy by considering them from a novel perspective.
    • appreciate how traditional Indian philosophers envisage a deep connection between their metaphysical and ethical positions.
    • be motivated and well equipped to exploit traditional Indian ideas through an understanding of a variety of problems in contemporary metaphysics and moral philosophy and attempts at resolving them.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70% (3500 words)
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    On-campus: 2 hours (one 2-hour seminar) per week. OCL: workshops optional.

    Prerequisites

    A first-year 6 point unit in Philosophy.

    Prohibitions

    PHL3850

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/phl2850.php


    PHL3040 - Philosophical explorations of world religions

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton Summer semester A 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the major 'world religions': Hinduism, Buddhism, Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. The unit explores these religions by looking at their historical development, basic ideas, practices and sacred texts. In addition, students are introduced to the philosophical examination of these religions, where this involves the critical analysis and evaluation of the concepts and doctrines that have played a central role in each religion. Possible topics to be covered include revelation, conceptions of divinity, evil and suffering, afterlife and liberation, faith and reason, karma and moral responsibility, and inter-religious dialogue

    Objectives

    The objectives of this unit are:

    1. to offer students the opportunity to improve their understanding of the history, beliefs, practices and sacred texts of the world's great religions
    2. to provide students with the skills necessary to identify the structure and distinguishing features of major religious traditions, and to compare diverse belief-systems for their similarities and differences with a critical focus
    3. to help students develop their hermeneutical and exegetical skills, so that they can interpret, contextualise and explain passages and texts from different religious traditions, as well as integrate their analysis of scriptural texts with contemporary scholarly and critical material
    4. to develop the capacities of students to engage in reflective and critical thinking, particularly the capacity to critically analyse and evaluate concepts, doctrines and arguments that have played a central role in the world's religions, as well as to put forward ideas and arguments of their own in a clear and cogent way.

    Assessment

    Assignment 1 (2500 words): 40%
    Assignment 2 (2500 words): 40%
    Exam (2 hours): 20%

    Contact hours

    2-hour lectures + 3 lectures each in week 2 and week 10 of Summer semester + 2-hour tutes + 3 tutes each in week 2 and week 10 of Summer semester.


    PHL3100 - Philosophical issues in applied ethics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Justin Oakley

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines key philosophical issues and concepts in contemporary applied ethics, focusing on more advanced philosophical discussions in this area. The unit considers issues and concepts in ethical debates about the beginning and the end of life, such as the status of human life, persons, and potential persons, along with acts and omissions, the doctrine of double effect, and personal identity questions raised by advance directives. The unit also investigates conceptual and ethical issues raised by debates about genetic interventions and access to assisted reproduction, such as the nature and moral significance of eugenics, disability, and wrongful life, and notions of parenthood.

    Objectives

    On successfully completing this unit, students will have:

    1. familiarity with key philosophical issues and concepts in contemporary applied ethics
    2. skills enabling them to critically analyse contemporary debates in applied ethics which depend on such issues and concepts
    3. the ability to make informed judgments about those ethical and conceptual issues.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Philosophy or Bioethic and one of the following: CHB2100, PHL2150, PHL2810, PHL2330, PHL2510, PHL2001.

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/phl3100.php


    PHL3115 - Making knowledge: Modern scientific controversies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Homer Le Grand

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The analysis of controversies over knowledge claims in science - claims about data, instruments, techniques, theories and world-views - reveals the provisional, revisable and dynamic character of scientific knowledge. This often results in controversies within one or more disciplines, the resolution of which may be the inclusion, removal or modification of what is accepted by the scientific community as valid knowledge. Student will gain a familiarity with several competing interpretations of this process and how these may be applied to a range of past and present controversies drawn primarily from the earth sciences.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70% (3500 words)
    Tutorial exercises: 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hour (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    12 points in Philosophy, History or Social Sciences, or 18 points in Science at any level.


    PHL3240 - Aristotle and Aristotelianism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dirk Baltzly

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    We will examine those aspects of Aristotle's philosophy that have had the greatest impact on western thought. From his logical works we will consider his views on universals and particulars, his account of the nature of scientific knowledge and its origins in sense experience. From his Physics we will examine the distinction between matter and form, and the question of whether the world has a beginning. We will consider his account of the nature of humans and rational thought in On the soul. Finally, we will examine the consequences of Aristotle's metaphysical views in his ethics and politics. In each case we will advert to later developments in aristotelianism.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete the subject will be able to explain central themes from the works of Aristotle in the light of scholarship on the subject; have some acquaintance with the influence of these themes on western thought; and offer good reasons for or against the claim that Aristotle's view are right. Finally you will be able to incorporate into their work the interpretative principles (such as charity and consistency) which are used by historians of philosophy.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    12 points in second year philosophy units.

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/phl3240.php


    PHL3260 - Philosophy of Art

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines two of the most profound and most puzzling of human questions: 'What is art?' and 'Why is art important (if it is)?' In addressing these questions we have to face the fact that, in our time, there is no clear and generally accepted definition of 'art' - what are the implications of this? Traditionally, art is regarded as one of the great human achievements - and many people continue to agree in principle with this assessment. But it has proved remarkably difficult to provide a convincing and detailed elucidation of the value of art. And this task will occupy us in the later section of the unit.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (4500 words) - One written piece may be replaced by a 2 hour Exam (50%)

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


    PHL3310 - Recent philosophy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lloyd Humberstone and John Bigelow

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit will follow some central themes in twentieth century philosophy. The first half of the seminars will revolve around student-initiated discussions. www.arts.monash.edu.au/phil/undergraduate/

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (4500 words) - One written piece may be replaced by a 3 hour Exam (50%)

    Contact hours

    2 hour (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Philosophy and two 6-point second-year Philosophy units including at least one of PHL2110, PHL2130 or PHL2170, a basic competence in logic is required.


    PHL3330 - Issues in political theory

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Robert Sparrow

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit will discuss theories of liberty, equality and justice, and the role of the state in promoting these values. When are inequalities of income and wealth just? Are liberty and equality compatible? Can a secure foundation be provided for individual rights and liberties? Must liberty take priority over other values? These issues will be discussed mainly in the light of the work of contemporary political philosophers, but some reference will also be made to classical thinkers.

    Objectives

    Students completing the subject will have an understanding of the various suggested foundations of property rights, and the nature of disagreements about the role of the state in redistribution of income and wealth, and in protecting property rights.

    At 3rd year level, students will be expected to attain a deeper level of understanding, and to have become familiar with a wider ranger of texts.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hour (one 2-hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Philosophy, plus one of PHL2150, PHL2510, PLT2140, or CHB2100.

    Prohibitions

    PHL2330


    PHL3350 - Moral psychology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Are we ever morally responsible for what we do? In the first part of this course we will draw out and examine the philosophical implications of ordinary assumptions about free agency, reasons for action, and responsibility for action. In the second part we will consider the impact of certain conditions, for example addiction, oppression, or mental illness, on free agency and moral responsibility. www.arts.monash.edu.au/phil/undergraduate/

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (4500 words) - One written piece may be replaced by a 2 hour Exam (50%)

    Contact hours

    2 hour (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    PHL2150 and another second-year Philosophy unit.


    PHL3410 - Theory of knowledge

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lloyd Humberstone

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The subject will take the form of student-initiated discussions on problems connected with knowledge and belief. It will be mainly based on recent articles, which will be made available.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (4500 words) - One written piece may be replaced by a 2 hour Exam (50%)

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    (a) Either (i) the Logic component of PHL1020, or (ii) PHL1080, or (iii) PHL2170; and
    (b) Two 6-point second year philosophy subjects, including at least one of: PHL2110, PHL2120, PHL2130, PHL2150, PHL2650, or PHL2670.

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/phl3410.php


    PHL3430 - The Philosophy of Jean-Paul Sartre and Simone De Beauvoir

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Karen Green

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit looks at the development of Jean-Paul Sartre and Simone de Beauvoir's existentialism from Being and Nothingness and She Came to Stay, to The Second Sex and Critique of Dialectical Reason. Students will be introduced to the origins of Sartre and de Beauvoir's thinking in Husserl and Heidegger's phenomenology, the influence of Hegel on their thought and the concept of human freedom that they developed on this basis. Students will also be introduced to their later, more politically engaged philosophy, its relationship to Marxism, and its influence on late twentieth century notions of liberation. www.arts.monash.edu.au/phil/undergraduate/

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (4500 words) - One written piece may be replaced by a 2 hour Exam (50%)

    Contact hours

    2 hour (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year Philosophy sequence and at least one second-year philosophy unit.

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/phl3430.php


    PHL3510 - Political philosophy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Toby Handfield

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This subject introduces some central debates in contemporary political theory. The first third of the course examines some essential recent work on the liberal conception of justice and equality. The second part of the course looks at socialist, feminist and communitarian critiques of liberalism. The final third of the course is concerned with the foundations and limits of religious toleration and individual freedom in a multicultural society.
    For more details, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/phl3510.php

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject will have an understanding of current debates over the core political concepts of justice, freedom and equality. Students will be able to formulate and analyse these issues in relation to the problem of inter-cultural tolerance in a pluralistic society.

    Students at third year level will also have developed skills in independent research in political philosophy; a deeper and more thorough understanding of the issues covered in the unt; and a familiarity with a wider range of literature in political philosophy.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Test: 20%

    Contact hours

    One x 90 minute lecture/week.
    One x 1 hour tutorial/week.

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in Philosophy or Bioethics, plus one of PHL2330 (preferred), PHL2150, or CHB2100.

    Prohibitions

    PHL2510


    PHL3570 - Recent logic

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lloyd Humberstone

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    We shall examine some areas of recent formal logic whose development has been motivated by philosophical concerns (with modality, tense, morality, entailment, etc.) www.arts.monash.edu.au/phil/undergraduate/lateryear.html

    Assessment

    Two assignments (2250 words equivalent): 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hour (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year Philosophy sequence and PHL2170.


    PHL3590 - Mind and meaning

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): John Bigelow

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to some major themes in recent philosophy of language and mind. Among the topics to be covered are: theories of reference and truth; theories of meaning; and theories of performative utterances. These topics have come to be of central concern in contemporary analytical philosophy and are often crucial in modern debates in fields as diverse as ethics, philosophy of mind, and metaphysics. One aim of this unit is to provide essential background for students intending to go on in philosophy. For further information see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (4500 words) - One written piece may be replaced by a 2 hour Exam (50%)

    Contact hours

    2 hour (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    Two second-year Philosophy units - PHL2170 and PHL2650 are strongly recommended.

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/phl3590.php


    PHL3610 - Philosophy of law

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit deals with moral and political aspects of law, including the differences between moral and legal obligation, the nature of legal rules and principles and the relation between law and morals. Particular attention will be paid to recent controversies. www.arts.monash.edu.au/phil/undergraduate/

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (4500 words) - One written piece may be replaced by a 2 hour Exam (50%)

    Contact hours

    2 hour (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year Philosophy followed by any second-year Philosophy unit or by two compulsory law units.


    PHL3650 - Philosophy of mind

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jakob Hohwy

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is concerned with some philosophical questions about the nature of consciousness, in particular with the question whether consciousness is irreducibly non-physical. We shall look at all of the major theories of the mind/body relationship, and we shall also examine the prospects for the creation of artificial intelligence and conscious computers. www.arts.monash.edu.au/phil/undergraduate/lateryear.html

    Objectives

    Upon successfully completing this unit, students will have a good understanding of the main competing solutions to the mind/body problem, i.e. to the problem of determining exactly how mind and body are related. Students will also have a good understanding of the ways in which solutions to the mind/body problem relate to other disputed questions in philosophy of mind, e.g. whether animals have thoughts, whether machines are capable of thought, whether the world can be exhaustively described in the language of physics, and so forth.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    Students with first-year level units to the value of 24 points in any faculty by permission.


    PHL3690 - Metaphysics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): John Bigelow

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit will deal with philosophical problems concerning modality and some issues in the metaphysics of individuals, properties, relations, change, events and fate. A large part of the subject will be recent articles which will be made available, and there will be ample opportunity for seminar discussions. www.arts.monash.edu.au/phil/undergraduate/lateryear.html

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (4500 words) - One written piece may be replaced by a 2 hour Exam (50%)

    Contact hours

    2 hour (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Philosophy and two 6-point second-year Philosophy units including at least one of PHL2110, PHL2130 or PHL2170.


    PHL3790 - Issues in logical theory

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Lloyd Humberstone

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    We investigate various questions in logical theory by considering alternatives to, and subsystems of, orthodox ('classical') logic. www.arts.monash.edu.au/phil/undergraduate/

    Assessment

    Two assignments (2250 words each): 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Philosophy followed by PHL2170.


    PHL3810 - Environmental ethics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Karen Green

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for PHL2810

    Objectives

    As for PHL2810

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (4500 words) - One written piece may be replaced by a 2 hour Exam (50%)

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1x 1 hour lecture and 1x1 hour tutorial per week)

    Prerequisites

    PHL2170, GES1000, ENE1621, ENV1011 or ENV1022

    Prohibitions

    PHL2810


    PHL3850 - Topics in Indian Philosophy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Monima Chadha

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    The unit considers a range of topics in metaphysics and ethics from an Indian perspective. The aim is to contrast the views of the conservative Hindu philosophers with those of the Indian heretics. Among the metaphysical topics special emphasis is placed on the theories of the self and their relation to interesting Hindu doctrines of Karma and Rebirth. The course also explores the relations between karma and other enigmatic traditional Indian concepts.
    For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/phl3850.php

    Objectives

    Students who complete the course will

    • understand the central philosophical tenets of traditional Indian systems.
    • deepen their understanding of central issues in philosophy by considering them from a novel perspective.
    • appreciate how traditional Indian philosophers envisage a deep connection between their metaphysical and ethical positions.
    • be motivated and well equipped to exploit traditional Indian ideas through an understanding of a variety of problems in contemporary metaphysics and moral philosophy and attempts at resolving them.
    In addition, students completing the course at third-year level will be required to demonstrate independent research ability. To meet this requirement students must be able to exploit relevant resources which have not been mentioned in subject handbook and lectures in completing their assignments, in particular the major essay.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70% (3500 words)
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    On-campus: 2 hours (one 2-hour seminar) per week. OCL: workshops optional.

    Prerequisites

    A first-year 6 point unit in Philosophy.

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/phl3850.php


    PHL3880 - Space, time and deity: Themes from Leibniz and Hume

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Aubrey Townsend

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    The subject will examine some major themes in the debate between rationalist and empiricist outlooks, as exemplified in the works of Leibniz and Hume. Hume's Treatise of Human Nature was the culmination of the empiricist tradition in the 18th century. Among the topics Hume discussed were causation, induction, the existence of the material objects and their relation to the mind, and the rationality of belief in God. Most of these topics had also been discussed by Leibniz, who approached them from a very different perspective. So it is instructive to look at the work of these two great thinkers in relation to one another.
    For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/phl3880.php

    Objectives

    On Completion of the subject students will have gained an understanding of the debates between Rationalist and Empiricist schools in the 17th and 18th centuries, and its influences on the development of philosophical theories in epistemology, metaphysics and philosophy of religion since then. They will have an enhanced capacity for critical and rigorous reading of a philosophical text, and skills in the evaluation of philosophical positions in the context of an integrated system. They will have reflected on contemporary discussions of causation, induction and scepticism and belief in God arising out of the work of Leibniz and Hume. Students completing the subject will develop skills in writing and argument in ways that are responsive to a developing discussion in seminars.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70% (3500 words)
    Test: 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (one 2-hour seminar) per week. OCL mode: workshops optional

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in Philosophy and one second year unit, preferably PHL2110.

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/phl3880.php


    PHL3890 - Science, happiness and death in Stoic and Epicurean philosophy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dirk Baltzly

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces the student to the philosophical systems of these rival Hellenistic schools and examines their interaction, evolution and relevance to contemporary philosophical problems. Among the issues that concern the stoics and epicureans are questions about happiness and fulfilment; coping with the inevitability of death; fatalism and moral responsibility; and the role and relevance of god in a purely material universe. A proper understanding of the truths revealed by the systems was thought to make the fully educated stoic or epicurean 'a mortal god'-blessed and happy, utterly immune to the vagaries of misfortune and fearless in the face of death.

    Objectives

    Students who complete the subject successfully should:

    • Understand the central perspectives and tenets of stoic and epicurean philosophy.
    • Appreciate how the stoic and epicurean systems were shaped by classical philosophy and the social conditions of the Hellenistic period.
    • Be aware of the ways in which subsequent historical and social conditions were shaped by adherents of the two schools
    • Be in a position and motivated to explore stoic and epicurean ideas towards a resolution of a variety of contemporary philosophical problems.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70% (3500 words)
    Test: 30%

    Contact hours

    On-campus: 2 hours (one 2-hour seminar) per week. OCL: workshops optional

    Prerequisites

    12 points 2-level PHL, 12 points in Classical Studies, or permission of Instructor

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/ugrad/units/phl3890.php


    PHL4000 - Honours research project

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dirk Baltzly

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This subject provides students with their first experience of a supervised research project on a topic of their own choosing. Students will work up to the writing of the main research paper by a series of shorter assessment tasks, elements of which will be incorporated into the final draft.

    Objectives

    This subject provides students with their first experience of a supervised research project on a topic of their own choosing. Students will work up to the writing of the main research paper by a series of shorter assessment tasks, elements of which will be incorporated into the final draft.

    Assessment

    Written work and Literature reviews: 90% (15,000 - 17,000 words)
    Thesis presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    Weekly Work in Progress seminar (2 hours) and fortnightly supervision session.

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/honours


    PHL4000(A) - Honours research project part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dirk Baltzly

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject provides students with their first experience of a supervised research project on a topic of their own choosing. Students will work up to the writing of the main research paper by a series of shorter assessment tasks, elements of which will be incorporated into the final draft.

    Objectives

    This subject provides students with their first experience of a supervised research project on a topic of their own choosing. Students will work up to the writing of the main research paper by a series of shorter assessment tasks, elements of which will be incorporated into the final draft.

    Assessment

    Written work and Literature reviews: 90% (15,000 - 17,000 words)
    Thesis presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    Weekly Work in Progress seminar (2 hours) and fortnightly supervision session.

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/honours


    PHL4000(B) - Honours research project part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dirk Baltzly

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for PHL4000(A)

    Objectives

    This subject provides students with their first experience of a supervised research project on a topic of their own choosing. Students will work up to the writing of the main research paper by a series of shorter assessment tasks, elements of which will be incorporated into the final draft.

    Assessment

    Written work and Literature reviews: 90% (15,000 - 17,000 words)
    Thesis presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    Weekly Work in Progress seminar (2 hours) and fortnightly supervision session.

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/honours


    PHL4010 - Philosophy honours A

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dirk Baltzly

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students take two units from the following list:

    1. Metaphysics and Epistemology;
    2. Value Theory;
    3. Foundations of Analytic Philosophy;
    4. Contemporary European Philosophy;
    5. Supervised Reading;
    6. Philosophy of Mind and Cognition;
    7. Philsophical Pedagogy. Each unit consists of nine 2-hour seminars. At least 3 units will be offered. Students will be provided details of which units are on offer as well as specific reading lists shortly after they receive their letter of offer to undertake Honours.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this subject will gain the ability to read and understand advanced philosophical material in some specific areas of current research. They will be able to examine and criticise arguments in those areas, as well as develop and defend their own position on some specific issues within those areas. They will further their basic competence in the use of research tools in Philosophy. Those who undertake the Philosophical Pedagogy unit will additionally gain an appreciation for the ways in which the practical demonstration of these research skills informs teaching.

    Assessment

    Written work: 85% or 100% (7500-9000 words). Some choices of component may involve oral presentations: 15%

    Contact hours

    Two units. Each unit consists of nine 2-hour seminars.

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/honours


    PHL4020 - Philosophy honours B

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dirk Baltzly

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students take two units from the following list:

    1. Metaphysics and Epistemology;
    2. Value Theory;
    3. Foundations of Analytic Philosophy;
    4. Contemporary European Philosophy;
    5. Supervised Reading,
    6. Philosophy of Mind and Cognition;
    7. Philosophical Pedagogy. Each unit consists of nine 2-hour seminars. At least three units will be offered. Students will be provided details of which units are on offer as well as specific reading lists shortly after they receive their offer letter to undertake Honours.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this subject will gain the ability to read and understand advanced philosophical material in some specific areas of current research. They will be able to examine and criticise arguments in those areas, as well as develop and defend their own position on some specific issues within those areas. They will further their basic competence in the use of research tools in Philosophy. Those who undertake the Philosophical Pedagogy unit will additionally gain an appreciation for the ways in which the practical demonstration of these research skills informs teaching.

    Assessment

    Written work: 85% or 100% (7500-9000 words). Some choices of component may involve oral presentations: 15%

    Contact hours

    Two units. Each unit consists of nine 2-hour seminars.

    Prerequisites

    Philosophy Honours A

    Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

    http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/philosophy/honours


    PLB1005 - Moral studies: Contemporary ethical issues

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This subject aims to provide students with a basic understanding of the major approaches to ethical theory, in both Western and Eastern traditions, and to develop students' ability to critically examine various key issues in applied ethics. The subject begins with an explanation of the nature of reasoning in ethics, and shows how such reasoning can help to resolve certain practical issues. We will discuss utilitarian and non-utilitarian ethical theories offered by various philosophers in both Western and Eastern traditions. The subject will then draw on these theories and perspectives in order to examine a range of issues in applied ethics.

    Assessment

    Two expository exercises (500 words each): 20%
    Essay (2000 words): 40% Examination (1500 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week


    PLM4030 - Ethics in world politics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Terry MacDonald

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will explore a number of real-world ethical problems in world politics, arising as a result of political transformations associated with 'globalisation'. These include problems such as poverty and inequality in the global economy, just war and legitimate political violence in an age of terrorism, and the political legitimacy of state and non-state actors (including Corporations, NGOs, and International Organisations). This unit will further familiarise students with a range of ethical and normative political theories devised to help analyse and resolve such new ethical dilemmas in world politics, and encourage students to apply these critical tools to real-world ethical problems.

    Objectives

    By the end of this unit, students will have achieved:

    1. Understanding of the practical and policy dimensions of a range of ethical problems in world politics, including: poverty and economic inequality; the character and prospects of 'fair trade' regimes and associated labour rights; human rights interventionism; justifications for new forms of political violence such as terrorism/the 'war on terror'; the power and political responsibility of corporations and NGOs; the democratic legitimacy of International Organisations; the rights of immigrants and refugees versus the right of states to control their borders; responsibility for climate change and future environmental protection.
    2. Knowledge of key normative and ethical theories pertinent to these practical ethical problems, including: Rawlsian, cosmopolitan, communitarian, and utilitarian theories of global 'justice' and ethics; classical and contemporary theories of 'just war' and ethical violence; theories of individual and state 'rights'; domestic and cosmopolitan 'democratic' theories; and ethical theories of 'responsibility'.
    3. Understanding of the theoretical basis for 'normative' methods of inquiry in world politics, and the way in which normative and empirical modes of analysis are distinct and inter-connected.
    4. Capacity to employ normative modes of theoretical analysis, in order to examine critically the ethical credentials and political legitimacy of political decisions and institutions in world politics.
    5. Capacity to employ normative modes of theoretical analysis, in order to critically engage with and evaluate key ethical assumptions and arguments in the theoretical literature on global ethics.
    6. Proficient oral communication and analysis skills, developed through class participation and presentations.
    7. Proficient writing skills, developed through writing two essays.
    8. Proficient research skills, developed in particular through work on the major research essay component of the course; these should be developed to a level capable of sustaining the commencement of PhD research.

    Assessment

    Research essay (6000 words): 50%
    Examination (3 hours): 40%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    ITM4030, ITM5030, PLT4030, PLM5030, PLM5040


    PLM4210 - Leaders, politics and publics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor James Walter

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    What is the relationship between leaders and their followers? Who become leaders, and why? What is their role in policy determination (and what should be its limits)? How do individuals persuade a public that they 'speak for' their interests? This unit engages with political psychology, introducing some applications of theory in relation to cultural, social and political interaction. No prior knowledge of psychology is required: students will be introduced to varieties of psychological theory that have been applied to political behaviour. Students will focus on case studies of leaders in action, or of policy determination.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to: 1 Understand the theoretical debates about leadership and political psychology in political institutions. 2 Analyse the hierarchy of inputs into policy determination. 3 Distinguish between theoretical interpretation, secondary source review and primary source analysis. 4 Understand the techniques of case study approaches to political analysis, and demonstrate practical research and project management skills. 5 Develop advanced skills in oral and written communication. 6 Relate both knowledge and practical skills to potential careers in the public service, policy determination and private enterprise management.

    Assessment

    Research proposal (1000 words) : 10%
    Written exercise (theory) (1000 words) : 10%
    Case Study (5000 words) : 50%
    Exam (2000 words) : 30%

    Contact hours

    1 x 2 hour seminar

    Prohibitions

    PLT4210,PLM5210


    PLT1020 - Australian politics and government

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dennis Woodward and Nick Economou

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Systems and structures of Australian government, especially the national parliament, the Australian constitution, the electoral process, how political parties are organised and how they impact on the political process, and how national policy is made in a federated polity. Key philosophies and theories including liberal-democratic theory, pluralism, and social democracy. The three critically important political concepts of 'power', 'democracy' and 'the state' will also be dealt with.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able:

    1. To introduce students to the discipline of Politics and to foster a critical understanding of contemporary Australian politics.

    1. To introduce students to the demands of studying politics at the tertiary level and to foster an ability to present clear and coherent arguments in a tutorial situation and to write analytically rigorous essays.

    1. To foster a critical understanding of Australia's key political and governmental institutions and their inter-relations.

    1. To foster a critical understanding of theories about the nature of liberal democracy and power in the context of Australian politics.

    1. To foster an ability to examine current political events within a framework informed by an understanding of the major themes and processes of contemporary politics.

    1. To foster an enthusiasm for the study of Australian politics.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (2500 words)
    Tutorial contribution: 10%
    2 hours exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


    PLT1031 - Introduction to international relations

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Remy Davison

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Concepts of sovereignty, power, intervention, nationalism, conflict, and conflict resolution are explored in the context of such issues as human rights, refugees, war, arms control, global ecology, new world economy and the collapse of USSR. An underlying theme throughout the unit is an examination of the roles of power and morality in the conduct and analysis of international relations.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. A better understanding of the relations between nation-states, regional and world actors.

    1. A better comprehension of the forces pulling towards greater globalization in international politics.

    1. An ability to present an argument in a fluent, logical and coherent way.

    1. A better understanding of the of the nature of moral judgements in the conduct and analysis of international relations.

    Assessment

    Essay (6000 words): 50%
    Examination (3 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    PLT1040


    PLT1040 - Introduction to international relations

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Remy Davison

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Introduction to the major traditions of international relations theory, including classical and structural realism, neoliberalism, British rationalism, cosmopolitanism, and Marxism. Critiques, especially those offered by critical theorists, poststructualists, and feminists. Historical and contemporary events, developments and issues in international relations.

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation: 10%
    Assignment (1000 words): 15%
    Essay (1500 words): 35%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    PLT1031


    PLT1050 - Nature, law and revolution: Political ideas in context

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Janover

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Themes of nature and reason, law and will, revolution and history in selected political and philosophical writings. Central to the unit will be writings by Plato, Niccolo Machiavelli, Thomas Hobbes, John Locke, Edmund Burke and Karl Marx. We will consider questions of the origins of political society, ways of organising power, connections (or gaps) between morals and politics.

    Assessment

    Tutorial presentation and participation: 10%
    Assignment (500 words): 15%
    Essay (2000 words): 35%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


    PLT1120 - Fanatics and fundamentalists: The global politics of violence

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Pete Lentini, David Wright-Neville

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject explores the political phenomenon of violence committed in the name of culture and religion. It begins with an examination of how different forms of cultural expression can either reinforce or subvert established political hierarchies. Drawing on case studies of religiously motivated terrorism, the subject then moves on to investigate the political and social conditions that appear most likely to nurture to growth of violent forms of cultural resistance. The subject concludes with a study into the likely implications that different forms of cultural violence have for both domestic and global politics.



    Objectives

    1. To develop in students a sophisticated introductory understanding of

    1. culture and religion as contested political concepts; (b) how cultural and religious revivalisms have become organizing principles for new forms of political activism; (c) the political and social circumstances that sometimes lead to cultural and religious violence; and

  • the impact of such forms of violence on personal freedoms and international security.


    1. To develop student's understanding of how political struggles centring on culture and religion are manifest in the public sphere - especially in mass and popular media - and the role these institutions sometimes play in driving cultural and religious violence.

    1. To foster in students a sophisticated introductory understanding of the challenge posed to traditional forms of political organization by culturally and religiously motivated groups that use violence to achieve political ends.

    1. To enhance student's ability to contribute in a constructive way to public debates in areas ranging from the ethnic and cultural rights, as well as other issues including counter-terrorism and national security.

    Assessment

    Class essay (500 words): 10%
    Major essay (2000 words): 50%
    Seen examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


    PLT2015 - Foreign policies of the great and emerging powers

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Remy Davison

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to the practice of foreign policy and the foreign relations of the great and emerging powers. The unit is divided into two modules:

    1. an overview of the foundational international relations approaches and theoretical approaches to foreign policy analysis;
    2. historical and contemporary case studies of the foreign policies of major global and regional powers from the Americas, Asia, Europe and the Middle-East, including the P5, Japan, India, Iran, Israel and the EU. The unit examines issues integral to the case studies, such as balances of power; threat perceptions and foreign policy; grand strategies; and status quo and revisionist powers.

    Objectives

    1. Explain different theoretical approaches to national preference formation.
    2. Explain the various states' approaches to foreign policy making.
    3. Utilize approaches from international relations to explain why and how major and emerging powers bandwagon or balance.
    4. Determine how major and emerging powers develop security strategies.
    5. Analyse historical and contemporary influences upon foreign policy making, as well as domestic and international constraints upon foreign policy implementation.
    6. Critically apply theoretical approaches to individual states' foreign policy behaviour.

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have attained the following learning outcomes and skills:
    1. An understanding of the major theoretical approaches to the study of foreign policy.
    2. A comprehension of the major foreign policy objectives of the P5.
    3. An awareness of the continuities and disjunctures in foreign policy behaviour.
    4. A familiarity with the major strategic concepts espoused by great and emerging powers.
    5. An ability to dissect, contextualise and distinguish between declaratory and operational foreign policy, via documentary analysis and empirical case-studies.
    6. An appreciation of the complexities of, and multiple inputs into, the foreign policy process.

    Assessment

    Written work (3500 words): 60%
    2 hour Exam: 40%.
    PLT3015 students will be expected to demonstrate wider reading in written work and greater understanding of the subject matter by answering at least one exam question of a higher conceptual standard than that required of PLT2015 students.

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    12 points of either PLT or INT units at a first-year level, or permission of the unit coordinator


    PLT2040 - Raging against the machine: The politics of rock and global identities

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Pete Lentini

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit analyses rock music as a site of contested political and cultural space and fuses these issues with a new politics of identity. The unit interrogates how different subcultures associated around post-Cold War rock genres use music as a form of political communication to advance their political agendas and celebrate their lifestyles and histories.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words): 65%
    Open-book examination (1.5 hours - equivalent to 1500 words): 35%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission.

    Prohibitions

    COS 2/3840, PLT3040


    PLT2050 - World politics and international law

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the complex and evolving relationship between world politics, broadly defined, and international law. The unit examines the connection between the development of modern international society and the rise of contractual international law, focusing on changing ideas of legitimate statehood and the relationship between international law and multilateralism. It then considers the role of non-state actors in the development and mobilisation of international legal norms. The unit concludes by reflecting on the impact of international law on the global political order, and its implications for the theory and practice of sovereignty.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Identify the major institutions involved in the international legal regime.

    1. Understand the role played by international law in aspects of contemporary politics, including human rights, environmental protection, the conduct of war, economic management and the status of the rights of indigenous peoples at international law.

    1. Describe the relationship between legal norms and political action.

    1. Explain critically the traditional and revisionist arguments about the impact of international law on the nature of sovereign states and on international relations.

    1. Discuss the basic jurisprudential principles that structure international legal discourse.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words): 60%
    Examination (1.5 hours): 30%
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission.

    Prohibitions

    PLT3050


    PLT2070 - Ideas and power

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor James Walter

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Why do ideas matter? Because they give us the tools with which we make sense of the world. The way we think determines how we act. Politics is about persuading us to act in some ways rather than others, so how ideas are deployed is fundamental to politics. When we think politically, we are encouraged to accept certain patterns of power relations. Exploring political language uncovers the power relations that it assumes. What this means for contemporary (and future) Australian politics is explored through case studies.

    Objectives

    Objectives On successful completion of this subject, the student will understand:

    • That power is given effect by ways of thinking and seeing the world that shape our actions and that politics is implicated in this process;

    • The general applications of ideas in Western polities;

    • Some of the specific interpretations of ideas in current Australian politics and their relation to governance.

    • How to deploy advanced skills in textual interpretation, analysis, argument and communication.

    • How interpret discourse and to assess not only broad political contest but also the discourse of power in everyday relations

    Assessment

    Tutorial report/ review-20% (500 words); Syndicate group: report on outcomes and reflective essay-50%.(2000 words); Exam-30%. (2 hours).

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week: one one-hour lecture and one one-hour tutorial weeks 1-7; one two-hour seminar/workshop weeks 8-13.

    Prerequisites

    A first year Politics sequence.

    Prohibitions

    PLT3070


    PLT2090 - Reflections on humanity: Truth, freedom and power

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Paul Muldoon and Dr Michael Janover

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit seeks to illuminate the current crisis of humanity by looking at the work of three key figures in recent political theory - Hannah Arendt, Michel Foucault and Jacques Derrida. Each of these theorists has interrogated the relationship between politics and barbarism at the most profound level and attempted to salvage a concept of humanity from the catastrophes of the twentieth century. Pivoting around themes of truth, freedom and power, their work draws us back to fundamental questions about the purposes and possibilities of politics as a human endeavour. Engaging with them will help to shed light on what might be hoped for human beings, individually and collectively, in the future.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students at levels 2 and 3 will be able to:

    1. understand debates about humanism and anti-humanism in politics and political theory
    2. compare and contrast key political ideas of the three theorists studied in the unit: Arendt, Foucault, Derrida
    3. display developing skills of spoken and written communication in addressing questions of politics and humanism
    4. summarise and analyse passages of text (including visual documentary text) that raise issues and ideas in political theory
    5. understand and analyse the relationship between politics and ethics in the writings of political theorists In addition, students taking this unit at level three will be able to:
    6. critically reflect on political theory as an attempt to explain the meaning and advance the possibility of human freedom

    Assessment

    Tutorial presentation: 10%
    Written work: 60% (3000 words)
    2 Hours exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    1 one-hour lecture and a one-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in politics

    Prohibitions

    PLT3090


    PLT2120 - Politics and violence: Conquest, exclusion and reconciliation

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Muldoon

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit interrogates the conventional distinction between politics and violence in light of the growing prominence of notions of reconciliation in democratic theory and practice. It examines the claim that it is impossible to either found a political community or determine the boundaries of the citizen body without doing a certain kind of violence on the frontier - violence to what came before (conquest) and what lies on the outside (exclusion). It questions whether the recent emergence of a 'politics of reconciliation' is symptomatic of a new willingness to deal with these 'acts of violence' or a dangerous substitution of therapy for justice.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students at levels 2 and 3 are expected to be able to:

    1. understand the way in which the distinction between politics and violence has been used in democratic theory and practice
    2. recognise why questions have been raised about the legitimacy of democratic politics
    3. compare and contrast concepts that are central to democratic theory
    4. think critically about the emergence of a 'politics of reconciliation' in contemporary democratic states
    5. undertake structured research tasks and demonstrate high level written communication skills In addition, students undertaking this unit at level three are expected to be able to:
    6. relate theories about politics and violence to contemporary political issues
    7. reflect on whether (and how) political theory might help to legitimate certain kinds of violence

    Assessment

    Written work: 70%
    2 hours exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours/week

    Prerequisites

    First year politics sequence

    Prohibitions

    PLT3120


    PLT2140 - Progress and despair: Modern political ideologies and theories

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Janover

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores some crucial currents of thought on the nature of modernity, community, and liberty from the French Enlightenment until the present. The principal 'isms' of modern politics - liberalism, socialism, conservatism - are studied as both ideologies of progress and expressions of despair in the face of the massive changes in political, economic, intellectual and moral life of the last two centuries. Thinkers discussed will include Rousseau, Marx, Nietzsche, Habermas and Foucault. Our key focus will be how these thinkers have characterised and imagined modernity in forms of utopian ideal and dystopian counter-ideal.

    Assessment

    Tutorial presentation (500 words): 10%
    Tutorial participation: 10%
    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (1.5 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission.

    Prohibitions

    COS2140, COS3140, PLT3140


    PLT2170 - Politics and the media in Australia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Narelle Miragliotta

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this unit, the politics of the media is studied from three broad perspectives. First, the politics of the media is investigated from the perspective of liberal democratic theory in order to understand the role of newspapers, electronic news media, entertainment and, popular culture and so on in that which we might consider 'the political'. Second, the political economy of the media is investigated with particular emphasis on the structure of media ownership in Australia. Third, the unit undertakes a study of the relationship between the Australian media and Australian politics.

    Assessment

    Written work - 90%; Tutorial participation and presentation - 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission.

    Prohibitions

    PLT3170


    PLT2230 - International political economy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Remy Davison

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the study of global political economy. It examines theoretical approaches to cooperation and global political economic issues are studied through the lens of the international regime concept. It then analyses approaches to trade prior to analysing the post-World War II global trade regime. Topics include: the GATT/WTO; the IMF, World Bank and Bank for International Settlements, and their role in the stabilization of global lending, finance and foreign exchange transactions; aggressive unilateralism; Asian and EU economic regionalism, and Australia's integration with the international political economy.

    Objectives

    The aim of the unit is to

    • Explain different approaches to International Political Economy (IPE);
    • Explain the concept and importance of 'international regimes';
    • Employ IPE and regime approaches to understand global trade, investment and monetary arrangements;
    • Present an overview of the structure and operation of important global institutions including the WTO, IMF and the World Bank;
    • Analyse relevant case studies; and,
    • Encourage critical analysis of the political economy of globalization.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics OR International Studies

    Prohibitions

    COS730, COS3730, PLT3230


    PLT2270 - Ministers, minders and bureaucrats

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit looks at policy as a concept and analyses the complexities involved in the formulation and implementation of public policy at the federal and state level. Particular attention will be paid to the role of key players and the influence these individuals, groups and institutions can have on the policy making process in Australia. Ideas of accountability, responsibility and ethics will also be explored.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this subject students should:

    1. Demonstrate an improved understanding of the complexities involved in the formulation, implementation and evaluation of public policy.

    1. Have gained an understanding of the role and influence of key players in the policy process.

    1. Be able to link theory and practice.

    1. Have developed the ability to present arguments (in oral and written form) relevant to the topic being analysed and debated.

    Assessment

    Tutorial presentation: 10%
    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Examination (2000 words, 2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    Any two of the following first-year units in Politics - PLT1020, PLT1031, PLT1040, PLT1050, PLT1070, PLT1120 or permission.

    Prohibitions

    PLT3270


    PLT2340 - Politics and modern Russia: Foundations and antecedents

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Lentini

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit identifies the major political and social developments in the former Soviet Union and the contemporary Russian Federation and attempts to identify patterns of continuity, contradiction and departure within them. The teaching matter addresses developments in the late Soviet - especially the Gorbachev period - and introduces students to themes in contemporary Russian politics. The subject also devotes significant attention to the application of various political science approaches to interpreting politics and society in Russia from the 20th century to the present.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject students should be able to develop an understanding of the political, historical and social contexts in which contemporary Russia finds itself; to enhance their analytical skills and critical thinking in relation to major concepts, theories, events and processes pertaining to Russia's transition from communist party rule; to strengthen their conceptual and empirical knowledge of regime change, social problems and institution building in contemporary conditions; to continue the development of critical skills and an ability to communicate effectively; specifically to: develop a topic for investigation; familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources; recognise and be able to present a logically-ordered argument

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 50%; A seen exam (Two hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    Two hours Lecture/Seminar per week.

    Prerequisites

    First-year sequence in Politics


    PLT2370 - America: Decay of the liberal dream?

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Gerry Nagtzaam

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is concerned with contemporary issues, institutions, debates and actors in US politics and society and also aims to provide an overview of political power in the United States. The unit addresses three core themes influencing American governance and political participation: formal political institutions, extra-institutional factors and forces like the media and protest, and the politics of identity and multiculturalism.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    A seen exam (2000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year sequence in Politics.

    Prohibitions

    PLT3370


    PLT2380 - Gender and politics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Maryanne Dever

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to key debates around gender and politics. Students will gain an understanding of why a gender gap in politics exists in Australia and will examine relevant international comparisons. The unit will examine how gender shapes political representation and participation, drawing on critical concepts of citizenship and nation. Key questions are: Why are women not equally represented in parliaments and politics? What effect do patterns of representation and the processes of politics have on policy outcomes?

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students should have:

    1. An understanding of the gender gap in politics in Australia and in relevant international contexts;
    2. A theoretically informed understanding of how concepts such as sex, gender and sexuality operate in the realms of politics and policy;
    3. An interdisciplinary approach to the gendered analysis of political and policy debates;
    4. Enhanced library based research skills and a working knowledge of the major databases in politics and gender studies.
    5. Enhanced ability to think critical and analytically, and to be able to articulate those thought processes in a high standard of written and oral expression.
    6. The ability to work both independently as scholars and to participate actively in group projects.
    Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate greater capacity for independent research and will be required to answer a class test of a more conceptually challenging nature.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Class participation/presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    For a major in politics, a first year sequence in politics; for a major in gender studies, a first year sequence in gender studies; Students may take this unit as an elective without any pre-requisite with a first year Arts sequence or the equivalent.

    Prohibitions

    PLT3380


    PLT2460 - Crisis zone: The international relations of the Middle East

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Greg Barton

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject will examine the interplay of external and internal factors in conflict situations in the crisis zone of the Middle East. It will cover the role of foreign powers in five main case studies:

    1. Egypt's nationalisation of the Suez canal and the impact of the subsequent war on the radicalisation of Egyptian politics.

    1. Arab/Israeli conflict and the role of the United States. 3. Iraqi invasion of Kuwait and the subsequent Gulf War of 1990-1991.

    4. The American-led campaign against the Taliban and al-Qaeda in Afghanistan.

    5. The war on Iraq and its impact on relations between the West and the Muslim states of the Middle East.

    Objectives

    By the end of their study of this subject, students will have:

    1. Deepened their understanding of the relationship between the great powers and Middle Eastern societies.

    1. Understood the significance of major events for relations between the Muslim Middle East and the West, primarily the United States.

    1. Identified, analysed and evaluated the dynamics of relations between the internal politics of the Middle East and external factors.

    1. Gained sufficient information and research skills to formulate their own essay questions.

    1. Developed their own views on the prospects of relations between the Muslim Middle East and the United States.

    1. Gained a holistic appreciation of international relations and will be in a position to apply that analytical tool to the study of other international relations units.

    1. Improved their written skills by producing two well-reasoned and well-documented essays.

    Assessment

    1.Research Essay (3000 words): 50%

    2.Examination 2 hour (1500 words):40%

    3.Participation:10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    PLT3460


    PLT2521 - Parties and power in Australia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nick Economou

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is an advanced unit in Australian Politics which concentrates on the political party system. It involves an examination of

    1. the emergence of the Australian party system;
    2. the organisation and ideologies of the parties;
    3. the role of parties within parties;
    4. the nature of competition among the parties;
    5. the relationship between political parties and social movements; and
    6. the relationship between the party system and the electoral system. A theme of the subject will be the way the parties exercise political power in Australia.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Tutorial presentation 10%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission.

    Prohibitions

    PLT3521


    PLT2631 - China: Revolution versus pragmatism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dennis Woodward

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines contemporary Chinese politics. In particular, it focuses on the post-1978 'reform' period and seeks to place its policies against the background of the 'Maoist' period. It is assumed that students will not have any prior knowledge of Chinese history, society or politics. As well as looking at the major debates over social and economic change in China, the changing nature of Chinese politics will be examined through highlighting specific policy areas. The role of ideology, the relationship between the Chinese Communist Party, the army and the state apparatus, and the relationship between the individual and the state will be scrutinised.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Have a critical understanding of contemporary Chinese society.

    1. Have an understanding of the relationship between economic, social and political reform.

    1. Have an understanding of the relationship between stable government and revolutionary ideals.

    1. Have a critical understanding of Maoism.

    1. Be able to find, evaluate and effectively use empirical data in support of an argument in regard to central issues in Chinese politics.

    1. Be able to present an argument in a fluent, coherent and persuasive manner.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Tutorial participation: 10%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    PLT3631


    PLT2650 - Terrorism and violence in global politics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ben MacQueen

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Prato Trimester 2 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject addresses the political significance for international politics of terrorism and other forms of politically motivated violence. Beginning with an overview of what some have called the 'New Global Disorder', the subject explores the different ways in which political violence manifests itself in the contemporary world. In so doing it covers cultural, economic and political explanations of politically motivated violence, undertakes case studies of violent political groups, touches on conceptual debates over terms such as 'freedom fighter' versus 'terrorist', and critically explores different strategies for dealing with the threat of global terrorism.

    Objectives

    After successfully completing this subject students should be able to demonstrate the following:

    1. A detailed understanding of the cultural, economic, social and religious circumstances that lie behind the spread of politically motivated violence, especially terrorism.

    1. A detailed understanding of how politically motivated violence challenges established domestic and international political norms; especially in the areas of citizenship, state surveillance, and international cooperation between states.

    1. A thorough understanding of violent secessionist groups and international terrorist networks and how these networks might impact on national and international security.

    1. An enhanced ability to contribute in a constructive way to public debates in areas such pre-emptive military action, peacekeeping, intelligence and surveillance, and other pertinent contemporary issues relating to government policies designed to both minimize and control the threat posed by politically motivated violence.

    Assessment

    Written and Tutorial work: 70%
    2 hours exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in politics.

    Prohibitions

    PLT3650


    PLT2701 - Victorian state politics and policy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Strangio

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit involves a detailed analysis of the structure and functions of Victoria's State Polity in a comparative perspective. Victoria's place in Australia's federalism is examined as is the constitutional architecture of the State (parliament, Governor, Cabinet, Bureaucracy and regulating agencies such as the Auditor General). Electoral arrangements, voter behaviour and the State political parties are investigated as is the political economy of Victoria. Particular attention is paid to the relationship between demographics and political behaviour in the State. Victoria's machinery of public policy making is examined both from input and output perspectives.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 word): 40%
    Tutorial presentation: 10%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    PCY2/3005,PLT3701


    PLT2850 - Defended to death? Arms control and international security

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andy Butfoy

    Offered

    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines some of the ideas and policies which have been developed to facilitate the emergence of a less militarised form of world politics. Three themes are addressed. First, general issues involved in efforts to manage and stop the arms race are introduced. Second, attempts to restrain the proliferation of nuclear, chemical, biological and conventional weapons are outlined. Third, the prospects for various degrees of demilitarisation are discussed in the light of developments in world politics.

    Objectives

    This subject has the following objectives:

    1. to provide a sense of the conceptual and historical context required for understanding developments in international arms control;
    2. to introduce students to key arms control agreements; and
    3. to enhance the ability of students to engage in critical reflection and produce reasoned, soundly structured and well presented debate on the place of arms control in the international system.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission.

    Prohibitions

    COS2850, COS3850,PLT3850


    PLT2870 - Power and influence in Australia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    American political scientist Harold Laswell once wrote that the study of politics involved a study of '... who gets what, and how'. In this course the study of power will occur through an examination of how political organisations influence the public policy agenda. Topics include an investigation of the theoretical perspectives on the exercise of power in liberal democratic states, the organisation and mobilisation of interest groups, strategies used by groups to influence government, public opinion and elections. Specific case studies of lobbying by political movements will be drawn on to highlight how power and influence manifests itself in Australian politics.

    Objectives

    By the conclusion of this subject, students will have:

    1. undertaken a review of the major theoretical approaches to the study of power in liberal-democratic society;

    1. understood the role played by the key institutions of national government in the political and policy-making process;

    1. understood the distribution of political power in Australian political organisations

    1. developed a comprehension of how policy outcomes have been influenced by extra-parliamentary actors through the examination of a selection of case studies.

    Assessment

    1. Essay 2,000 40%

    2. Tutorial Presentation and Participation 500 10%

    3. Examination 2000 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission.

    Prohibitions

    PLT3870


    PLT2910 - Australian political economy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dennis Woodward

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    At the conclusion of the unit students will be able to understand past policies which have shaped Australia's economic development; to understand the relationship between Australian politics, the Australian economy and the global economy; to understand the nature and impact of economic reforms/restructuring by the Federal ALP government since 1983 and by the Howard government since 1996; to present an argument in a fluent, coherent and persuasive manner; to critically evaluate topical debates about Australia's current economic policies; and to find, evaluate and effectively use empirical data in support of an argument in regard to central issues in Australian political economy.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able:

    1. To foster an understanding of past policies which shaped Australia's economic development.

    1. To foster an understanding of the relationship between Australian politics, the Australian economy and the global economy.

    1. To foster an understanding of the nature and impact of the economic reforms/restructuring by the Federal ALP governments since 1983 and by the Howard governments since 1996.

    1. To foster an ability to present one's argument in a fluent, coherent and persuasive manner.

    1. To foster an ability to critically evaluate topical debates about Australia's current economic policies.

    1. To foster an ability to find, evaluate and effectively use empirical data in support of an argument in regard to central issues in Australian political economy.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Tutorial participation: 10%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission.

    Prohibitions

    PLT3910


    PLT2940 - Power and (in)justice in world politics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Terry Macdonald

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores tensions between the moral imperatives of 'global justice', and the practical realities of international power-politics (or 'Realpolitik').
    The unit examines several normative (ethical) theories of justice, which attempt to explain what citizens of different societies owe to one another in three key areas: the distribution of resources; the exercise of political power; and compensation for past wrongs.
    It then analyses how the dynamics of global power-politics can undermine the pursuit of these forms of justice, and explores some institutional innovations aimed at better aligning these political dynamics with the moral imperatives of global justice.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. An understanding of key normative (ethical) concepts and theories of global justice. These include: theories of 'distributive' justice (concerned with the just distribution of resources across the world population); theories of 'political' justice (concerned with the just and democratic exercise of political power on a global stage); and 'restorative' justice (concerned with just compensation for past wrongs, such as those associated with past war and colonization).
    2. An understanding of the concept of 'power' in world politics, and of how the political realities of international power-politics (or 'Realpolitik') undermine the pursuit of many ideals of 'global justice' in practice.
    3. An understanding of some key global institutions (and new institutional proposals) aimed at regulating the exercise of power in world politics to make it better comply with principles of global justice. These include institutions aimed at the following: the regulation of state power through International Organizations and International Law; the regulation and accountability of powerful private Corporations and private security companies; the regulation and accountability of International Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs); and the design of a just cosmopolitan institutional structure.
    4. An ability to apply some normative (ethical) theoretical concepts and critical analytical methods to practical problems of global policy and institutional design.
    Students successfully completing PLT3940 will be expected to demonstrate, in addition:
    1. Enhanced skills in the formulation and development of an independent research project focused on focused on debates about justice and power in world politics.

    Assessment

    Oral presentation of topics (equivalent to 500 words): 10%
    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour seminar and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission

    Prohibitions

    PLT3940


    PLT2960 - Seeking A new world order? Washington and world politics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andrew Butfoy

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is an exploration of the foreign policy of the world's only superpower. The major issues looked at include the way in which the US is responding to the challenges of globalisation and interdependence; US policy regarding international order; and the factors which help shape decision making in Washington. A central theme is the playing out of the relationship between the 'politics of principle' and the 'politics of power'.

    Objectives

    This subject has the following objectives:

    1. to introduce students to contemporary US foreign policy - including its context, formulation, substance and consequences; and
    2. to enhance the ability of students to engage in critical reflection and produce reasoned, soundly structured and well presented debate on the role of Washington in the contemporary international system.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission.

    Prohibitions

    PLT3960


    PLT2970 - Australia and the world

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Wright-Neville

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit offers a survey of Australia's external relations. It discusses continuity and change in Australia's interests and alliances, and their main domestic and international determinants. Several themes are interwoven: foreign policy, defence policy and international economic policy. The unit pays particular attention to Australia's relationships with Asia, the United States and Britain.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70%
    Oral presentation: 20%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission.

    Prohibitions

    COS2970, COS3970


    PLT2980 - Issues in global politics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Clayton Summer semester A 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit offers a broad survey of key developments and problems in world politics. These encompass governmental, environmental, security, ethical and cultural matters. The concept of globalisation is used to frame the investigation of these issues.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission.

    Prohibitions

    PLT3980


    PLT2990 - Politics of environmentalism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Narelle Miragliotta

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to environmental politics, focusing on the politicisation of environmental problems. The course is divided into three sections. Part one explores the ideas and values which have informed the environmental debate. Part two examines the evolution and development of environmental groups, such as green political parties and the environmental movement. Part three will consider state responses to environmental problems. Critical attention will be directed to the structural barriers to ecologically sustainable development, and the continuing contradictory environment and development imperatives facing the state.

    Assessment

    Written work - 90%; Tutorial participation and presentation - 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission.

    Prohibitions

    PLT3990


    PLT3015 - Foreign policies of the great and emerging powers

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Remy Davison

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to the practice of foreign policy and the foreign relations of the great and emerging powers. The unit is divided into two modules:

    1. an overview of the foundational international relations approaches and theoretical approaches to foreign policy analysis;
    2. historical and contemporary case studies of the foreign policies of major global and regional powers from the Americas, Asia, Europe and the Middle-East, including the P5, Japan, India, Iran, Israel and the EU. The unit examines issues integral to the case studies, such as balances of power; threat perceptions and foreign policy; grand strategies; and status quo and revisionist powers.

    Objectives

    1. Explain different theoretical approaches to national preference formation.
    2. Explain the various states' approaches to foreign policy making.
    3. Utilize approaches from international relations to explain why and how major and emerging powers bandwagon or balance.
    4. Determine how major and emerging powers develop security strategies.
    5. Analyse historical and contemporary influences upon foreign policy making, as well as domestic and international constraints upon foreign policy implementation.
    6. Critically apply theoretical approaches to individual states' foreign policy behaviour.

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have attained the following learning outcomes and skills:
    1. An understanding of the major theoretical approaches to the study of foreign policy.
    2. A comprehension of the major foreign policy objectives of the P5.
    3. An awareness of the continuities and disjunctures in foreign policy behaviour.
    4. A familiarity with the major strategic concepts espoused by great and emerging powers.
    5. An ability to dissect, contextualise and distinguish between declaratory and operational foreign policy, via documentary analysis and empirical case-studies.
    6. An appreciation of the complexities of, and multiple inputs into, the foreign policy process.

    Assessment

    Written work (3500 words): 60%
    2 hour exam: 40%.
    PLT3015 students will be expected to demonstrate wider reading in written work and greater understanding of the subject matter by answering at least one exam question of a higher conceptual standard than that required of PLT2015 students.

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    Two 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    12 points of either PLT or INT units at a first-year level, or permission of the unit coordinator


    PLT3040 - Raging against the machine: The politics of rock and global identities

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Pete Lentini

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit analyses rock music as a site of contested political and cultural space and fuses these issues with a new politics of identity. The unit interrogates how different subcultures associated around post-Cold War rock genres use music as a form of political communication to advance their political agendas and celebrate their lifestyles and histories.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words): 65%
    Open book examination (1.5 hours - equivalent to 1500 words): 35%
    Third year students' essays and projects will require higher degrees of originality and more sophisticated conceptual and analytical standards than second year students' assessments. They will be evaluated based on how well they demonstrate evidence of the aforementioned criteria.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    PLT2040


    PLT3050 - World politics and international law

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the complex and evolving relationship between world politics, broadly defined, and international law. The unit examines the connection between the development of modern international society and the rise of contractual international law, focusing on changing ideas of legitimate statehood and the relationship between international law and multilateralism. It then considers the role of non-state actors in the development and mobilisation of international legal norms. The unit concludes by reflecting on the impact of international law on the global political order, and its implications for the theory and practice of sovereignty.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Identify the major institutions involved in the international legal regime.

    1. Understand the role played by international law in aspects of contemporary politics, including human rights, environmental protection, the conduct of war, economic management and the status of the rights of indigenous peoples at international law.

    1. Describe the relationship between legal norms and political action.

    1. Explain critically the traditional and revisionist arguments about the impact of international law on the nature of sovereign states and on international relations.

    1. Discuss the basic jurisprudential principles that structure international legal discourse.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words): 60%
    Examination (1.5 hours): 30%
    Tutorial participation: 10%
    Third-year students will demonstrate wider reading, and greater understanding by answering exam questions of a higher conceptual standard than those required of second-year students.

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in politics or permission.

    Prohibitions

    PLT2050


    PLT3070 - Ideas and power

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor James Walter

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Why do ideas matter? Because they give us the tools with which we make sense of the world. The way we think determines how we act. Politics is about persuading us to act in some ways rather than others, so how ideas are deployed is fundamental to politics. When we think politically, we are encouraged to accept certain patterns of power relations. Exploring political language uncovers the power relations that it assumes. What this means for contemporary (and future) Australian politics is explored through case studies.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this subject, the student will understand:

    1. That power is given effect by ways of thinking and seeing the world that shape our actions and that politics is implicated in this process.

    1. The general applications of ideas in Western polities.

    1. Some of the specific interpretations of ideas in current Australian politics and their relation to governance.

    1. How to deploy advanced skills in textual interpretation, analysis, argument and communication.

    1. How interpret discourse and to assess not only broad political contest but also the discourse of power in everyday relations.

    Assessment

    Tutorial report/ review (500 words): 20%
    Syndicate group report on outcomes and reflective essay (2000 words): 50%
    Exam (2 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year Politics sequence.

    Prohibitions

    PLT2070


    PLT3090 - Reflections on humanity: Truth, freedom and power

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Paul Muldoon and Dr Michael Janover

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit seeks to illuminate the current crisis of humanity by looking at the work of three key figures in recent political theory - Hannah Arendt, Michel Foucault and Jacques Derrida. Each of these theorists has interrogated the relationship between politics and barbarism at the most profound level and attempted to salvage a concept of humanity from the catastrophes of the twentieth century. Pivoting around themes of truth, freedom and power, their work draws us back to fundamental questions about the purposes and possibilities of politics as a human endeavour. Engaging with them will help to shed light on what might be hoped for human beings, individually and collectively, in the future.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students at levels 2 and 3 will be able to:

    1. understand debates about humanism and anti-humanism in politics and political theory
    2. compare and contrast key political ideas of the three theorists studied in the unit: Arendt, Foucault, Derrida
    3. display developing skills of spoken and written communication in addressing questions of politics and humanism
    4. summarise and analyse passages of text (including visual documentary text) that raise issues and ideas in political theory
    5. understand and analyse the relationship between politics and ethics in the writings of political theorists In addition, students taking this unit at level three will be able to:
    6. critically reflect on political theory as an attempt to explain the meaning and advance the possibility of human freedom

    Assessment

    Tutorial presentation: 10%
    Written work: 60% (3000 words)
    2 Hours exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    1 one-hour lecture and a one-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in politics

    Prohibitions

    PLT2090


    PLT3120 - Politics and violence: Conquest, exclusion and reconciliation

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Muldoon

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit interrogates the conventional distinction between politics and violence in light of the growing prominence of notions of reconciliation in democratic theory and practice. It examines the claim that it is impossible to either found a political community or determine the boundaries of the citizen body without doing a certain kind of violence on the frontier - violence to what came before (conquest) and what lies on the outside (exclusion). It questions whether the recent emergence of a 'politics of reconciliation' is symptomatic of a new willingness to deal with these 'acts of violence' or a dangerous substitution of therapy for justice.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students at levels 2 and 3 are expected to be able to:

    1. understand the way in which the distinction between politics and violence has been used in democratic theory and practice
    2. recognise why questions have been raised about the legitimacy of democratic politics
    3. compare and contrast concepts that are central to democratic theory
    4. think critically about the emergence of a 'politics of reconciliation' in contemporary democratic states
    5. undertake structured research tasks and demonstrate high level written communication skills In addition, students undertaking this unit at level three are expected to be able to:
    6. relate theories about politics and violence to contemporary political issues
    7. reflect on whether (and how) political theory might help to legitimate certain kinds of violence

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation: 10%
    Written work: 60% (3000 words)
    2 Hours exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours/week

    Prerequisites

    First year politics sequence

    Prohibitions

    PLT2120


    PLT3140 - Progress and despair: Modern political ideologies and theories

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Janover

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores some crucial currents of thought on the nature of modernity, community, and liberty from the French Enlightenment until the present. The principal 'isms' of modern politics - liberalism, socialism, conservatism - are studied as both ideologies of progress and expressions of despair in the face of the massive changes in political, economic, intellectual and moral life of the last two centuries. Thinkers discussed will include Rousseau, Marx, Nietzsche, Habermas and Foucault. Our key focus will be how these thinkers have characterised and imagined modernity in forms of utopian ideal and dystopian counter-ideal.

    Assessment

    Tutorial presentation (500 words): 10%
    Tutorial participation: 10%
    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (1.5 hours): 30%
    Students enrolled in the unit at third-year level will be expected to show greater theoretical sophistication in the essay and will be required to answer a question, in the examination, drawn from a section devoted to more complex and/or comparative questions.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission.

    Prohibitions

    COS2140, COS3140, PLT2140


    PLT3170 - Politics and the media in Australia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Narelle Miragliotta

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this unit, the politics of the media is studied from three broad perspectives. First, the politics of the media is investigated from the perspective of liberal democratic theory in order to understand the role of newspapers, electronic news media, entertainment and, popular culture and so on in that which we might consider 'the political'. Second, the political economy of the media is investigated with particular emphasis on the structure of media ownership in Australia. Third, the unit undertakes a study of the relationship between the Australian media and Australian politics.

    Assessment

    Written work (includes exam, class quiz & essay) - 90%; Tutorial participation and presentation - 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission.

    Prohibitions

    PLT2170


    PLT3230 - International political economy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Remy Davison

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the study of global political economy. It examines theoretical approaches to cooperation and global political economic issues are studied through the lens of the international regime concept. It then analyses approaches to trade prior to analysing the post-World War II global trade regime. Topics include: the GATT/WTO; the IMF, World Bank and Bank for International Settlements, and their role in the stabilization of global lending, finance and foreign exchange transactions; aggressive unilateralism; Asian and EU economic regionalism, and Australia's integration with the international political economy.

    Objectives

    The aim of the unit is to

    • Explain different approaches to International Political Economy (IPE);
    • Explain the concept and importance of 'international regimes';
    • Employ IPE and regime approaches to understand global trade, investment and monetary arrangements;
    • Present an overview of the structure and operation of important global institutions including the WTO, IMF and the World Bank;
    • Analyse relevant case studies; and,
    • Encourage critical analysis of the political economy of globalization.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%
    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    COS2730, COS3730, PLT2230


    PLT3270 - Ministers, minders and bureaucrats

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit looks at policy as a concept and analyses the complexities involved in the formulation and implementation of public policy at the federal and state level. Particular attention will be paid to the role of key players and the influence these individuals, groups and institutions can have on the policy making process in Australia. Ideas of accountability, responsibility and ethics will also be explored.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this subject students should:

    1. Demonstrate an improved understanding of the complexities involved in the formulation, implementation and evaluation of public policy.

    1. Have gained an understanding of the role and influence of key players in the policy process.

    1. Be able to link theory and practice.

    1. Have developed the ability to present arguments (in oral and written form) relevant to the topic being analysed and debated.

    Assessment

    Tutorial presentation (500 words): 10%
    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Examination (2000 words, 2 hours): 50%
    Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate a more sophisticated grasp of the conceptual issues and their linkages to the practice of policy making. Third-year students will also be expected to demonstrate wider reading and greater understanding by answering at least one exam question of a higher conceptual standard than required of second-year students.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    Any two of the following first-year units in Politics PLT1020, PLT1031, PLT1040, PLT1050, PLT1070, PLT1120 or permission

    Prohibitions

    PLT2270


    PLT3340 - Contemporary Russia: Identities, transformations and conflicts

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Lentini

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Prato Trimester 2 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject examines some of the key developments and processes in Russian politics since the beginning of the Putin era. It addresses the strengths and weaknesses of Russia's political institutions and political parties, Russia's struggle to define a coherent sense of national identity, its role in global affairs and its attempts to resolve tensions arising from new social inequalities, combat corruption, organized crime and domestic and international terrorism.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able: to develop an understanding of the political, historical and social contexts in which contemporary Russia finds itself; to enhance their analytical skills and critical thinking in relation to major concepts, theories, events and processes pertaining to Russia's transition from communist party rule; to strengthen their conceptual and empirical knowledge of regime change, social problems and institution building in contemporary conditions; to continue the development of critical skills and an ability to communicate effectively; specifically to: develop a topic for investigation; familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources; recognise and be able to present a logically-ordered argument.

    In addition, third-year students should be able to demonstrate they can conduct original research into a topic of their own choice.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Class tests: 40%

    Contact hours

    1 two hour seminar per week.

    Prerequisites

    None. However, successful completion of PLT2340 is advisable


    PLT3370 - America: Decay of the liberal dream?

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Gerry Nagtzaam

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is concerned with contemporary issues, institutions, debates and actors in US politics and society and also aims to provide an overview of political power in the United States. The unit addresses three core themes influencing American governance and political participation: formal political institutions, extra-institutional factors and forces like the media and protest, and the politics of identity and multiculturalism.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    A seen exam (2000 words): 50%
    Third-year students will require higher degrees of originality and more sophisticated conceptual and analytical standards than second-year student's assessments. They will be evaluated based on how well they demonstrate evidence of the aforementioned criteria.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year sequence in Politics.

    Prohibitions

    PLT2370


    PLT3380 - Gender and politics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Maryanne Dever

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to key debates around gender and politics. Students will gain an understanding of why a gender gap in politics exists in Australia and will examine relevant international comparisons. The unit will examine how gender shapes political representation and participation, drawing on critical concepts of citizenship and nation. Key questions are: Why are women not equally represented in parliaments and politics? What effect do patterns of representation and the processes of politics have on policy outcomes?

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students should have:

    1. An understanding of the gender gap in politics in Australia and in relevant international contexts;
    2. A theoretically informed understanding of how concepts such as sex, gender and sexuality operate in the realms of politics and policy;
    3. An interdisciplinary approach to the gendered analysis of political and policy debates;
    4. Enhanced library based research skills and a working knowledge of the major databases in politics and gender studies.
    5. Enhanced ability to think critical and analytically, and to be able to articulate those thought processes in a high standard of written and oral expression.
    6. The ability to work both independently as scholars and to participate actively in group projects.
    Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate greater capacity for independent research and will be required to answer a class test of a more conceptually challenging nature.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Class participation/presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    For a major in politics, a first year sequence in politics; for a major in gender studies, a first year sequence in gender studies; Students may take this unit as an elective without any pre-requisite with a first year Arts sequence or the equivalent.

    Prohibitions

    PLT2380


    PLT3440 - Victorian parliamentary internship

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Narelle Miragliotta - Semester 1

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides first-hand experience of parliamentary structures and processes otherwise unavailable. It directly assists students focusing on Australian politics to develop their understanding and skills. Entry is competitive, being limited to fifteen places per year. Students will work under the overall supervision of a member of the department and under the supervision of a Member of the Victorian Parliament.

    Assessment

    Reflective essay (2000 words): 20%
    Research seminar presentation: 15%
    Applied research report (6500 words): 65%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week


    PLT3460 - Crisis Zone: The International relations of the Middle East

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Greg Barton

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject will examine the interplay of external and internal factors in conflict situations in the crisis zone of the Middle East. It will cover the role of foreign powers in five main case studies:

    1. Egypt's nationalisation of the Suez canal and the impact of the subsequent war on the radicalisation of Egyptian politics.

    1. Arab/Israeli conflict and the role of the United States. 3. Iraqi invasion of Kuwait and the subsequent Gulf War of 1990-1991.

    4. The American-led campaign against the Taliban and al-Qaeda in Afghanistan.

    5. The war on Iraq and its impact on relations between the West and the Muslim states of the Middle East.

    Objectives

    By the end of their study of this subject, students will have:

    1. Deepened their understanding of the relationship between the great powers and Middle Eastern societies.

    1. Understood the significance of major events for relations between the Muslim Middle East and the West, primarily the United States.

    1. Identified, analysed and evaluated the dynamics of relations between the internal politics of the Middle East and external factors.

    1. Gained sufficient information and research skills to formulate their own essay questions.

    1. Developed their own views on the prospects of relations between the Muslim Middle East and the United States.

    1. Gained a holistic appreciation of international relations and will be in a position to apply that analytical tool to the study of other international relations units.

    1. Improved their written skills by producing two well-reasoned and well-documented essays.

    Assessment

    1.Research Essay (3000 words):50%

    2.Examination 2 hour (1500 words):40%

    3.Participation:10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    PLT2460


    PLT3521 - Parties and power in Australia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nick Economou

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This is an advanced unit in Australian Politics which concentrates on the political party system. It involves an examination of

    1. the emergence of the Australian party system;
    2. the organisation and ideologies of the parties;
    3. the role of parties within parties;
    4. the nature of competition among the parties;
    5. the relationship between political parties and social movements; and
    6. the relationship between the party system and the electoral system. A theme of the subject will be the way the parties exercise political power in Australia.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Tutorial participation: 10%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%
    Third-year students will be required to undertake a question during the exam from a section devoted to issues of a more conceptual nature.

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission.

    Prohibitions

    PLT2521


    PLT3631 - China: Revolution versus pragmatism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dennis Woodward

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines contemporary Chinese politics. In particular, it focuses on the post-1978 'reform' period and seeks to place its policies against the background of the 'Maoist' period. It is assumed that students will not have any prior knowledge of Chinese history, society or politics. As well as looking at the major debates over social and economic change in China, the changing nature of Chinese politics will be examined through highlighting specific policy areas. The role of ideology, the relationship between the Chinese Communist Party, the army and the state apparatus, and the relationship between the individual and the state will be scrutinised.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Have a critical understanding of contemporary Chinese society.

    1. Have an understanding of the relationship between economic, social and political reform.

    1. Have an understanding of the relationship between stable government and revolutionary ideals.

    1. Have a critical understanding of Maoism.

    1. Be able to find, evaluate and effectively use empirical data in support of an argument in regard to central issues in Chinese politics.

    1. Be able to present an argument in a fluent, coherent and persuasive manner.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Tutorial participation: 10%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    PLT2631


    PLT3650 - Terrorism and violence in global politics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ben MacQueen

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Prato Trimester 2 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject addresses the political significance for international politics of terrorism and other forms of politically motivated violence. Beginning with an overview of what some have called the 'New Global Disorder', the subject explores the different ways in which political violence manifests itself in the contemporary world. In so doing it covers cultural, economic and political explanations of politically motivated violence, undertakes case studies of violent political groups, touches on conceptual debates over terms such as 'freedom fighter' versus 'terrorist', and critically explores different strategies for dealing with the threat of global terrorism.

    Objectives

    After successfully completing this subject students should be able to demonstrate the following:

    1. A detailed understanding of the cultural, economic, social and religious circumstances that lie behind the spread of politically motivated violence, especially terrorism.

    1. A detailed understanding of how politically motivated violence challenges established domestic and international political norms; especially in the areas of citizenship, state surveillance, and international cooperation between states.

    1. A thorough understanding of violent secessionist groups and international terrorist networks and how these networks might impact on national and international security.

    1. An enhanced ability to contribute in a constructive way to public debates in areas such pre-emptive military action, peacekeeping, intelligence and surveillance, and other pertinent contemporary issues relating to government policies designed to both minimize and control the threat posed by politically motivated violence.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (2500 words)
    Class test: 40% (2 hours)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in politics.

    Prohibitions

    PLT2650


    PLT3701 - Victorian state politics and policy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Strangio

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit involves a detailed analysis of the structure and functions of Victoria's State Polity in a comparative perspective. Victoria's place in Australia's federalism is examined as is the constitutional architecture of the State (parliament, Governor, Cabinet, Bureaucracy and regulating agencies such as the Auditor General). Electoral arrangements, voter behaviour and the State political parties are investigated as is the political economy of Victoria. Particular attention is paid to the relationship between demographics and political behaviour in the State. Victoria's machinery of public policy making is examined both from input and output perspectives.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Tutorial presentation: 10%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%
    Third year students will be required to undertake a question during the exam from a section devoted to issues of a more conceptual nature.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    PCY2/3005, PLT2701


    PLT3850 - Defended to death? Arms control and international security

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andy Butfoy

    Offered

    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines some of the ideas and policies which have been developed to facilitate the emergence of a less militarised form of world politics. Three themes are addressed. First, general issues involved in efforts to manage and stop the arms race are introduced. Second, attempts to restrain the proliferation of nuclear, chemical, biological and conventional weapons are outlined. Third, the prospects for various degrees of demilitarisation are discussed in the light of developments in world politics.

    Objectives

    This subject has the following objectives:

    1. to provide a sense of the conceptual and historical context required for understanding developments in international arms control;
    2. to introduce students to key arms control agreements; and
    3. to enhance the ability of students to engage in critical reflection and produce reasoned, soundly structured and well presented debate on the place of arms control in the international system.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission.

    Prohibitions

    COS2850, COS3850, PLT2850


    PLT3870 - Power and influence in Australia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    American political scientist Harold Laswell once wrote that the study of politics involved a study of '... who gets what, and how'. In this course the study of power will occur through an examination of how political organisations influence the public policy agenda. Topics include an investigation of the theoretical perspectives on the exercise of power in liberal democratic states, the organisation and mobilisation of interest groups, strategies used by groups to influence government, public opinion and elections. Specific case studies of lobbying by political movements will be drawn on to highlight how power and influence manifests itself in Australian politics.

    Objectives

    By the conclusion of this subject, students will have:

    1. undertaken a review of the major theoretical approaches to the study of power in liberal-democratic society;
    2. understood the role played by the key institutions of national government in the political and policy-making process;
    3. understood the distribution of political power in Australian political organisations
    4. developed a comprehension of how policy outcomes have been influenced by extra-parliamentary actors through the examination of a selection of case studies;
    5. as third year students, demonstrated a greater critical awareness and deeper understanding of the topics covered.

    Assessment

    Essay (2,000 words): 40%
    Participation (500 words): 10%
    Examination (2000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission.

    Prohibitions

    PLT2870


    PLT3910 - Australian political economy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dennis Woodward

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    At the conclusion of the unit students will be able to understand past policies which have shaped Australia's economic development; to understand the relationship between Australian politics, the Australian economy and the global economy; to understand the nature and impact of economic reforms/restructuring by the Federal ALP government since 1983 and by the Howard government since 1996; to present an argument in a fluent, coherent and persuasive manner; to critically evaluate topical debates about Australia's current economic policies; and to find, evaluate and effectively use empirical data in support of an argument in regard to central issues in Australian political economy.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able:

    1. To foster an understanding of past policies which shaped Australia's economic development.

    1. To foster an understanding of the relationship between Australian politics, the Australian economy and the global economy.

    1. To foster an understanding of the nature and impact of the economic reforms/restructuring by the Federal ALP governments since 1983 and by the Howard governments since 1996.

    1. To foster an ability to present one's argument in a fluent, coherent and persuasive manner.

    1. To foster an ability to critically evaluate topical debates about Australia's current economic policies.

    1. To foster an ability to find, evaluate and effectively use empirical data in support of an argument in regard to central issues in Australian political economy.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Tutorial participation: 10%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission.

    Prohibitions

    PLT2910


    PLT3930 - Southeast Asian politics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susan Blackburn

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to assess the strategies for development adopted in three countries, Indonesia, Malaysia and Vietnam. After reviewing the social and economic problems facing those countries at independence, the subject looks briefly at the development options available and then proceeds to examine the development policies of successive governments from the point of view of identifying the groups which benefit and lose as a result of these policies. Finally, some issues of political economy affecting the region as a whole will be discussed, including environmental controversies, democratisation, globalisation and women and development.

    Objectives

    As a result of studying this subject, it is anticipated that students will be able to:

    1. Understand and explain the different strategies for development adopted by governments in Vietnam, Malaysia and Indonesia in recent years.

    1. Appreciate the importance of implementation of development policies as affecting political outcomes.

    1. Analyse the political forces supporting and opposing those policies.

    1. Evaluate the intended and unintended effects of those policies on different social, regional, ethnic and gender groups in the three countries.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 25%
    Essay (4000 words): 45%
    Oral tutorial presentation (equiv. 1000 words): 10%
    Examination (2 hours): 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission.


    PLT3940 - Power and (in)justice in world politics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Terry Macdonald

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores tensions between the moral imperatives of 'global justice', and the practical realities of international power-politics (or 'Realpolitik').
    The unit examines several normative (ethical) theories of justice, which attempt to explain what citizens of different societies owe to one another in three key areas: the distribution of resources; the exercise of political power; and compensation for past wrongs.
    It then analyses how the dynamics of global power-politics can undermine the pursuit of these forms of justice, and explores some institutional innovations aimed at better aligning these political dynamics with the moral imperatives of global justice.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. An understanding of key normative (ethical) concepts and theories of global justice. These include: theories of 'distributive' justice (concerned with the just distribution of resources across the world population); theories of 'political' justice (concerned with the just and democratic exercise of political power on a global stage); and 'restorative' justice (concerned with just compensation for past wrongs, such as those associated with past war and colonization).
    2. An understanding of the concept of 'power' in world politics, and of how the political realities of international power-politics (or 'Realpolitik') undermine the pursuit of many ideals of 'global justice' in practice.
    3. An understanding of some key global institutions (and new institutional proposals) aimed at regulating the exercise of power in world politics to make it better comply with principles of global justice. These include institutions aimed at the following: the regulation of state power through International Organizations and International Law; the regulation and accountability of powerful private Corporations and private security companies; the regulation and accountability of International Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs); and the design of a just cosmopolitan institutional structure.
    4. An ability to apply some normative (ethical) theoretical concepts and critical analytical methods to practical problems of global policy and institutional design.
    Students successfully completing PLT3940 will be expected to demonstrate, in addition:
    1. Enhanced skills in the formulation and development of an independent research project focused on focused on debates about justice and power in world politics.

    Assessment

    Oral presentation of topics (equivalent to 500 words): 10%
    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour seminar and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission

    Prohibitions

    PLT2940


    PLT3960 - Seeking A new world order? Washington and world politics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andy Butfoy

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is an exploration of the foreign policy of the world's only superpower. The major issues looked at include the way in which the US is responding to the challenges of globalisation and interdependence; US policy regarding international order; and the factors which help shape decision making in Washington. A central theme is the playing out of the relationship between the 'politics of principle' and the 'politics of power'.

    Objectives

    This subject has the following objectives:

    1. to introduce students to contemporary US foreign policy - including its context, formulation, substance and consequences; and
    2. to enhance the ability of students to engage in critical reflection and produce reasoned, soundly structured and well presented debate on the role of Washington in the contemporary international system.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission.

    Prohibitions

    PLT2960


    PLT3970 - Australia and the world

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Wright-Neville

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit offers a survey of Australia's external relations. It discusses continuity and change in Australia's interests and alliances, and their main domestic and international determinants. Several themes are interwoven: foreign policy, defence policy and international economic policy. The unit pays particular attention to Australia's relationships with Asia, the United States and Britain.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70%
    Test: 20%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission.

    Prohibitions

    COS2970, COS3970


    PLT3980 - Issues in global politics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Clayton Summer semester A 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit offers a broad survey of key developments and problems in world politics. These encompass governmental, environmental, security, ethical and cultural matters. The concept of globalisation is used to frame the investigation of these issues.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%
    Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate a deeper knowledge of the unit.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Politics or permission.

    Prohibitions

    PLT2980


    PLT3990 - Politics of environmentalism

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Narelle Miragliotta

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to environmental politics, focusing on the politicisation of environmental problems. The course is divided into three sections. Part one explores the ideas and values which have informed the environmental debate. Part two examines the evolution and development of environmental groups, such as green political parties and the environmental movement. Part three will consider state responses to environmental problems. Critical attention will be directed to the structural barriers to ecologically sustainable development, and the continuing contradictory environment and development imperatives facing the state.

    Assessment

    Written work - 90%; Tutorial participation and presentation - 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in politics or permission.

    Prohibitions

    PLT2990


    PLT4030 - Ethics in world politics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Terry MacDonald

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will explore a number of real-world ethical problems in world politics, arising as a result of political transformations associated with 'globalisation'. These include problems such as poverty and inequality in the global economy, just war and legitimate political violence in an age of terrorism, and the political legitimacy of state and non-state actors (including Corporations, NGOs, and International Organisations). This unit will further familiarise students with a range of ethical and normative political theories devised to help analyse and resolve such new ethical dilemmas in world politics, and encourage students to apply these critical tools to real-world ethical problems.

    Objectives

    By the end of this unit, students will have achieved:

    1. Understanding of the practical and policy dimensions of a range of ethical problems in world politics, including: poverty and economic inequality; the character and prospects of 'fair trade' regimes and associated labour rights; human rights interventionism; justifications for new forms of political violence such as terrorism/the 'war on terror'; the power and political responsibility of corporations and NGOs; the democratic legitimacy of International Organisations; the rights of immigrants and refugees versus the right of states to control their borders; responsibility for climate change and future environmental protection.
    2. Knowledge of key normative and ethical theories pertinent to these practical ethical problems, including: Rawlsian, cosmopolitan, communitarian, and utilitarian theories of global 'justice' and ethics; classical and contemporary theories of 'just war' and ethical violence; theories of individual and state 'rights'; domestic and cosmopolitan 'democratic' theories; and ethical theories of 'responsibility'.
    3. Understanding of the theoretical basis for 'normative' methods of inquiry in world politics, and the way in which normative and empirical modes of analysis are distinct and inter-connected.
    4. Capacity to employ normative modes of theoretical analysis, in order to examine critically the ethical credentials and political legitimacy of political decisions and institutions in world politics.
    5. Capacity to employ normative modes of theoretical analysis, in order to critically engage with and evaluate key ethical assumptions and arguments in the theoretical literature on global ethics.
    6. Proficient oral communication and analysis skills, developed through class participation and presentations.
    7. Proficient writing skills, developed through writing two essays.
    8. Proficient research skills, developed in particular through work on the major research essay component of the course; these should be developed to a level capable of sustaining the commencement of PhD research.

    Assessment

    Research essay (6000 words): 50%
    Examination (3 hours): 40%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    ITM4030, ITM5030, PLM4030, PLM5030, PLM5040


    PLT4049 - Honours thesis

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Remy Davison

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Honours students write a thesis of 15,000-18,000 words in length. Both the subject area and a possible supervisor must be arranged as early as possible and intending honours students should consult with the head of department or the honours coordinator prior to the close of second semester in their third year. Students are strongly advised to begin thesis work during the long vacation preceding their entry into fourth year. The date for submission is announced at the beginning of the academic year. The department provides a document combining policy and advice for honours students, which is available from the general office.

    Assessment

    Written (15,000-18,000 words): 100%


    PLT4049(A) - Honours thesis part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Remy Davison

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Honours students write a thesis of 15,000-18,000 words in length. Both the subject area and a possible supervisor must be arranged as early as possible and intending honours students should consult with the head of department or the honours coordinator prior to the close of second semester in their third year. Students are strongly advised to begin thesis work during the long vacation preceding their entry into fourth year. The date for submission is announced at the beginning of the academic year. The department provides a document combining policy and advice for honours students, which is available from the general office.


    PLT4049(B) - Honours thesis part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Remy Davison

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for PLT4049(A)

    Assessment

    Written (15,000-18,000 words): 100%


    PLT4065 - Advanced seminar in international political economy

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Remy Davison

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit comprises an advanced seminar in international political economy (IPE), The unit explores the concept of a global political economy, and examines the key themes, theories and paradigms in IPE in the contemporary literature. The unit covers three main areas:

    1. theoretical approaches to the global political economy;
    2. major developments in 20th and 21st-century IPE; and
    3. case studies from North America, Europe and East Asia. Australia is included as a paradigmatic case of a 'middle power' that is both an influential actor in, as well as a state profoundly affected by, the global political economy

    Objectives

    The main objectives of the course are for students to develop:

    1. a critical understanding of the principal themes and theories in international political economy;
    2. an awareness of the major developments in the international political economy since World War Two, with emphasis upon the impact of economic interdependence and globalisation;
    3. insights into how a small country can influence international regulatory structures and institutions, in a world dominated by the economic powers like the United States, Japan and the European Union; and,
    4. a critical appreciation of the costs and benefits of Australia's responses to global economic pressures, with emphasis upon developments within the past decade.

    Assessment

    Essay (6,000 words) : 50%
    Examination (3 hours) : 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2-seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    Admission to Politics 4th-Year Honours or admission to the MA in International Relations or admission to the Master of Counter-Terrorism Studies


    PLT4090 - Interfaith relations in the 21st century

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Greg Barton

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will examine the role of interfaith relations in promoting social harmony and common security in the 21st century. It will include a historical overview of interfaith relations; religion and globalization; interfaith peacebuilding; methods for interfaith engagement; the nexus between interfaith relations and security since the terrorist attacks of 11 September 2001; approaches to interfaith relations from the major religious traditions; a case study of interfaith relations in Australia; gender and youth issues in interfaith; interfaith environmental activism.

    Objectives

    By the end of this unit, students will have achieved:

    1. an intricate knowledge of the international history of interfaith relations
    2. an understanding of the significance of religion in late modernity, with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements and the role of religion in conflict, violence and terrorism
    3. an understanding of the role of religion in peacebuilding and conflict resolution
    4. a detailed knowledge of the methods and practices of interreligious engagement
    5. an understanding of the nexus between interfaith relations & security following the events of September 11, 2001
    6. an understanding of the various manifestations of interreligious engagement including Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Buddhist and Hindu perspectives
    7. an understanding of interreligious engagement in the Australian context, with particular emphasis on co-operation between religious and state actors including police
    8. an understanding of interreligious environmental activism
    9. a sophisticated level of oral skills
    10. improved writing skills by producing two research essays
    11. developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

    Assessment

    Short essay (3000 words): 30%
    Major essay (5000 words): 50%
    Field trip: 10%
    Class participation: 10%.

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week, and one 1-day (7 hours) field trip


    PLT4210 - Leaders, politics and publics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor James Walter

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    What is the relationship between leaders and their followers? Who become leaders, and why? What is their role in policy determination (and what should be its limits)? How do individuals persuade a public that they 'speak for' their interests? This unit engages with political psychology, introducing some applications of theory in relation to cultural, social and political interaction. No prior knowledge of psychology is required: students will be introduced to varieties of psychological theory that have been applied to political behaviour. Students will focus on case studies of leaders in action, or of policy determination.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to: 1 Understand the theoretical debates about leadership and political psychology in political institutions. 2 Analyse the hierarchy of inputs into policy determination. 3 Distinguish between theoretical interpretation, secondary source review and primary source analysis. 4 Understand the techniques of case study approaches to political analysis, and demonstrate practical research and project management skills. 5 Develop advanced skills in oral and written communication. 6 Relate both knowledge and practical skills to potential careers in the public service, policy determination and private enterprise management.

    Assessment

    Research proposal (1000 words) : 10%
    Written exercise (theory) (1000 words) : 10%
    Case Study (5000 words) : 50%
    Exam (2000 words) : 30%

    Contact hours

    1 x 2 hour seminar


    PLT4299 - China: The quest for modernisation

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dennis Woodward

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A study of China's attempts to modernise in the wake of the Western impact last century emphasising the political economy. Key historical debates and the various development strategies pursued in China since 1949. Critical examination of the Soviet-inspired First Five Year Plan, the 'Maoist' programs of the Great Leap Forward and Cultural Revolution, and the various gyrations of the post-Mao 'reforms' constitute the main body of the unit.

    Assessment

    Essay (6000 words): 50%
    Seminar presentation and participation: 10%
    Examination (3 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    COS4299


    PLT4319 - Wars of recognition: Terrorism and political violence

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ben MacQueen

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject explores the relationship between contemporary forms of political violence, especially terrorism, and the forces of globalisation. It focuses in particular on violence as a manifestation of the disintegration of traditional belief systems centering on 'the nation' and the emergence of assertive forms of sub-cultural resistance. Through case studies of terrorist networks and the ideologies that motivate them, the course addresses conundrums such as the distinction between 'freedom fighters' and 'terrorists', the relationship between technology, economy and political violence, and the impact of violence on traditional notions of national and international governance.

    Objectives

    1. To develop in students a sophisticated understanding of
      1. the global circumstances behind rise of culture and identity as contested political concepts,
      2. under what circumstances cultural politics can take on a violent/terrorist edge, and
      3. the implications of these developments for national and international forms of governance.

    1. To foster in students a high level understanding of the challenges posed to established norms of global politics by the spread of terrorist networks and other violence-prone movements (including through case studies of terrorist movements).

    1. To enhance students' ability to contribute to public debates on issues such as counter-terrorism, state-sponsored violence, and arguments over trade-offs between civil and individual rights and public security.

    Assessment

    Essay (6000 words): 50%
    Examination (3 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    Applicants should have completed a bachelors degree with a major in politics, or a Faculty Certificate in politics with grades of at least credit average. Subject to the approval of the Graduate Coordinator, applicants with a major in a cognate discipline may be admitted.


    PLT4349 - Fringe Politics and extremist violence: An introduction to terrorism

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Pete Lentini

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Concentrating on contemporary religious extremists, vigilante and militia movements, and hate groups, this unit examines the political thought, identity politics, political, social and economic conditions that give rise to terrorism and other forms of political violence. The subject addresses the following questions: How are terrorism and extremism defined? What conditions lead to terrorism and what factors have been most successful preventing it? How has globalisation contributed to terrorism and counter-terrorism? How do terrorism and counter-terrorism affect democracy and civil liberties?

    Objectives

    Upon completing this subject students will be able to:

    1. Understand, identify and assess critically different forms of contemporary terrorist actions, extremist political movements and thought.

    1. Develop a comparative understanding of the role of states, elites, transnational corporations and marginalised communities in relation to cultural politics and the limits and potential of political expression.

    1. Appreciate the importance and limitations of identity politics in the post-Cold War era.

    1. Develop an understanding of the complex relationship between mainstream and fringe political thought, practice and tendencies and terrorism and political violence.

    1. Develop skills to read various forms of text critically (audio-visual materials, scholarly literature, internet sources) and incorporate them in their assessed work.

    1. Continue the development of critical skills and an ability to communicate effectively. Specifically to:

    develop a topic for investigation; familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources; recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Class test: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    PLT4399 - Grand theories of politics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Janover

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Selected topics in the history of political thought, including the nature of epic or grand theories of politics and the role of various forms of moral, religious, scientific, and metaphysical thinking in such theories. Texts and arguments considered are of two kinds:

    1. models of construction and deconstruction of the history of Western political and philosophical thought in writings of Heidegger, Feyerabend, Strauss, Derrida;
    2. conceptions of knowledge, power and morality, culture and civilisation in the thinking of Socrates, Plato, Machiavelli, Rousseau and Nietzsche.

    Assessment

    Research essay (6000 words): 50%
    Examination (3 hours): 40%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    COS4399, EUR4399


    PLT4429 - Islam and modernity

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Irfan Ahmad

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will have attained an intricate and critical knowledge of the diversity of Islamic thought in relation to modernity; a profound and detailed understanding of the key issues at the heart of tensions between Islam and modernity; a deep understanding of the way Muslims in the Muslim world and Muslims in the West are affected by the ongoing tension between Islam and modernity; a critical appreciation of the way reformist Islamic thinkers have tried to deal with the question compatibility between Islam and modernity; a detailed knowledge of the common ground between Islam and modernity that is used by Islamic modernists/reformers and the analytical ability to deconstruct that argument with reference to traditional Islamic sources; a deep understanding of the broad conceptual basis of Islamic political thoughts; a detailed understanding of the Islamic reformist movement that has emerged in the West; a sophisticated level of oral presentation skills; highly developed writing skills; and developed research skills..

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words): 30%; Take home Exam (6000 words): 60%; Class Participation 10%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour seminar

    Prohibitions

    PLM4420/PLM5420


    PLT4430 - Political Islam

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Greg Barton

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject will explore the origins of 'political Islam' or 'Islamism'- a backlash against the economic, political and cultural dominance of the 'West'. It will survey the gamut of Islamist organisations in the Middle East, South and South East Asia against the backdrop of an increasingly shrinking world. Political Islam begins with the study of Islamic responses to European imperialism in the 19th and 20th centuries, with particular emphasis upon the emergence of Islamic modernism. It then focuses on the growth of Islamic movements and their response to contending ideologies, including secular nationalism and socialism. Finally we consider the impact of Islam on international relations.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject will have gained a critical understanding of Islamic radicalism, in its different manifestations globally, and the political and conceptual forces that extend or hamper its scope. This subject will place political Islam within the context of a shrinking world and offer students a nuanced appreciation of relations between the West and the Muslim world.

    Assessment

    Seminar presentation (2000 words): 10%
    Short essay (2000 words): 30%
    Take-home exam paper (5000 words): 60%

    Contact hours

    A 2-hour seminar per week.

    Prohibitions

    PLM4430,PLM5430


    PLT4449 - Global Soul: Consumers, citizens and rebels

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Muldoon

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As the consumer ethos invades every area of our lives, identity is increasingly related less to the place one inhabits and more to what one owns or is capable of attaining. These developments have implications, not only for our political life as citizens, but for the Western tradition of thinking about politics itself. To the extent that political thought and action has traditionally been based around an embedded notion of citizenship, it is in serious need of re-examination. This unit explores how changes in modes of consumption in post-industrial societies have altered our notions of citizenship and produced a new 'politics of rebellion' outside the conventional political arena.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Understand different theoretical approaches to consumerism.

    1. Connect debates over consumerism to notions of democracy and citizenship.

    1. Develop a deeper understanding of globalisation and its discontents.

    1. Be able to make connections across different disciplines (particularly politics, sociology and cultural studies).

    1. Display advanced oral communication skills.

    1. Undertake independent research and present the results in a coherent written format.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (5000 words)
    Take home exam: 40%
    Oral presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    PLT4469 - Conflict resolution and Islam in the Middle East

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ben MacQueen

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will explore the patterns of civil and international conflict in Islamic societies in the Middle East and attempts at its resolution. Specifically, it will highlight how a variety of formal and informal conflict resolution mechanisms have been employed with varying degrees of success. This review of the mechanics of conflict resolution will be complemented by a detailed examination of conflict resolution theory and how it links to practice. A series of case studies will be coupled with a detailed examination of both the theoretical and practical underpinnings of conflict resolution to evaluate current and alternative trends at the resolution of conflict in the Middle East.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will have

    1. An intricate knowledge of the patterns of conflict in the Middle East as well as the mechanics of conflict resolution;
    2. An understanding of the interconnectedness of patterns of conflict in the Middle East and an ability to relate the interconnectedness of conflicts to the difficulties of conflict resolution;
    3. An understanding of Islamic political and social mechanisms relative to the processes of conflict resolution;
    4. A detailed knowledge of the conflict resolution processes in the Arab-Israel/Israeli-Palestinian conflicts, the Lebanese civil war, the Iran-Iraq war, the Algerian civil war and the current conflicts in Iraq and Sudan;
    5. An appreciation of the role of international powers in the conflict and resolution processes in the Middle East;
    6. An understanding of the broad conceptual basis of conflict resolution theory from materialist, structuralist, and 'culturalist' standpoints;
    7. An understanding of the various manifestations of conflict resolution practice, such as Track I & II diplomacy, interstate and non-state negotiations, and the role of civil society;
    8. An understanding of the role of major international powers in Middle Eastern conflict resolution as well as the mechanics of United Nations conflict resolution practice, the role of NGOs and local cultural processes of conflict resolution;
    9. A sophisticated level of oral skills;
    10. Improved writing skills by producing two research essays;
    11. Developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Class tests: 40%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour seminar


    PLT4490 - Islam in Turkey and Indonesia

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Greg Barton

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the social, historical and intellectual dynamics driving Islamic revivalism in Turkey and Indonesia and pays particular attention to their progressive potential. Drawing upon the critical work of contemporary civil society movements and innovative intellectuals in both countries, it explores the conceptual and practical dimensions of the pursuit of constructive interfaith relations in the Islamic world. By placing Turkey and Indonesia at the centre of analysis, the unit aims to reveal Islam, less as a source of violence and terrorism, than as a source of tolerance, peace and conflict resolution.

    Objectives

    By the end of this unit, students at 4th level will have achieved:

    1. An sound understanding of the character and position of Islam and Islamic thought in contemporary Turkey and Indonesia
    2. An understanding of the significance of Islam in late modernity, with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements in Turkey and Indonesia and the role of Islamic movements in political dissent, conflict, violence and terrorism
    3. An understanding of the role of Islamic social movements in Turkey and Indonesia in promoting tolerance, conflict resolution and contributing to the common good
    4. A sound understanding of traditional Islamic thought, practices and social movements in Turkey and Indonesia
    5. A broad understanding of the social, historical and intellectual dynamics driving Islamic revivalism in Turkey and Indonesia
    6. A broad understanding of radical Islamist movements in Turkey and Indonesia, including terrorist groups
    7. An sound understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Indonesia
    8. An understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Turkey, in particular the contribution of Said Nursi and the Nurcu movements and of Fethullah Gulen and the Gulen movement to Islamic thought and practice in Turkey
    9. Improved writing skills by producing two research essays
    10. Developed research skills and theoretical background and ability

    By the end of this unit, students at Masters level will have achieved:
    1. An sound understanding of the character and position of Islam and Islamic thought in contemporary Turkey and Indonesia
    2. An understanding of the significance of Islam in late modernity, with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements in Turkey and Indonesia and the role of Islamic movements in political dissent, conflict, violence and terrorism
    3. An understanding of the role of Islamic social movements in Turkey and Indonesia in promoting tolerance, conflict resolution and contributing to the common good
    4. A sound understanding of traditional Islamic thought, practices and social movements in Turkey and Indonesia
    5. A broad understanding of the social, historical and intellectual dynamics driving Islamic revivalism in Turkey and Indonesia
    6. A broad understanding of radical Islamist movements in Turkey and Indonesia, including terrorist groups
    7. An sound understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Indonesia
    8. An understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Turkey, in particular the contribution of Said Nursi and the Nurcu movements and of Fethullah Gulen and the Gulen movement to Islamic thought and practice in Turkey
    9. Improved writing skills by producing two research essays
    10. Developed research skills and theoretical background and ability
    11. Highly sophisticated level of oral skills
    12. Highly developed writing skills by producing two research essays
    13. Highly developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

    Assessment

    Short essay (3000 words): 30%
    Major essay (5000 words): 50%
    Field trip: 10%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week, and in addition one 7-hour field trip


    PLT4569 - Special reading unit

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Remy Davison

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


    PLT4609 - Strategic studies

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andy Butfoy

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Strategic studies is defined here as the analysis of the military dimension of international relations. Within this setting, the unit looks at the following topics: the role of US military power in world affairs, Australian defence policy, armed intervention, threats to the peace, the proliferation of 'weapons of mass destruction', arms control and concepts of security.

    Objectives

    This subject has the following objectives:

    1. to introduce students to the role of military power in international relations; and
    2. to enhance the ability of students to engage in critical reflection and produce reasoned, soundly structured and well presented analyses of the relationship between military power and significant themes in the broader debate on the working of the international system.

    Assessment

    Essay (6000 words): 50%
    Examination (3 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    PLT4759 - Special reading course

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Remy Davison

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Assessment

    Mass media assignment (1000 words): 25%
    Research essay (2500): 50%
    Examination (1 hour): 25%


    PLT4809 - Australian national government

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nick Economou

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Characteristics and operation of constitutional democracy in Australia and selected political debates of contemporary import. Topics include political traditions and the growth of government; political culture and citizenship; the hybrid with special reference to the role of the Senate; constitutional reform; governmental reform; contemporary party political debate.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80% (9000 words)
    Seminar work: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    PLT4930 - Southeast Asian politics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susan Blackburn

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit assesses strategies for development adopted in Indonesia, Malaysia and Vietnam. After reviewing the social and economic problems facing those countries at independence, students will look briefly at development options available and then examine the development policies of successive governments, identifying the groups which benefit and lose as a result of these policies. Finally, some issues affecting the politics of development in all three countries will be discussed comparatively, including environmental controversies, democratization, globalisation, and women and development.

    Objectives

    As a result of studying this subject, it is anticipated that students will be able to:

    1. understand and explain the different strategies for development adopted by governments in Vietnam, Malaysia and Indonesia in recent years;

    1. appreciate the importance of implementation of development policies as affecting political outcomes;

    1. analyse the political forces supporting and opposing those policies;

    1. evaluate the intended and unintended effects of those policies on different social, regional, ethnic and gender groups in the three countries;

    1. develop empathy for the situation and viewpoints of people in the three countries studied, in other words to develop intercultural understanding;

    1. improve their ability to locate and critically analyse relevant material, to synthesise information and present logical, coherent and well-documented essays and oral arguments in class;

    1. develop their own questions for research and locate relevant research data to address those questions.









    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 25%
    Oral presentation: (1000 words) 10%
    Essay (4000 words): 45%
    Examination (2 hours): 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours a week

    Prerequisites

    A major in Politics or permission

    Prohibitions

    PLM4930,PLT3930


    PRJ1220 - Public relations writing

    6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Principles and processes involved in preparing publishable media releases, newsletters, speeches, fact sheets and brochures. Writing for diverse audiences, for promotional and persuasive purposes, and for different media and production environments. Persuasive techniques, readability research, language theory and communication philosophy.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate: a critical understanding of the meaning, nature and rationale of public relations; skills in preparing basic communication tools; comprehension of fundamental public relations theory; knowledge of the nature, diversity and changeability of public opinion; understanding about the ways that publics interpret and misinterpret communications, and a critical appreciation of the impact of current events on public relations.

    Assessment

    Written work: 55%
    Presentation: 15%
    2 hour Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

    Co-requisites

    This unit is only available to students enrolled in course codes 0002 (Caulfield students only), 1275 or 3793

    Prohibitions

    MKW1220


    PRJ2221 - Public relations principles and practice

    6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The primary aim of this unit is to introduce students to the range and depth of contemporary theory and practice of public relations in an organisational setting. Applications of stakeholder theory and communication theory. The contributions which public relations can make to an organisation's performance.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate: a critical understanding of the context of the public relations industry and its theoretical base; the ability to interpret, analyse and critique current practices and issues for public relations organizational communication, practice and management; a capacity for critical reflection about the meaning and value of socially responsible and ethical public relations practice; knowledge and understanding about the legal implications for public relations activities; the ability to identify publics for public relations clients, issues and activities and; skills in the development and use of stakeholder mapping techniques.

    Assessment

    Written work: 55%
    Presentation: 15%
    2 hour Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

    Prerequisites

    Arts Students undertaking course 1275 and 0002 at Caulfield: COM1020 and (MKW1220 or PRJ1220) + All other Students: MGW1100 and (MKW1220 or PRJ1220)

    Co-requisites

    This unit is only available to students enrolled in course codes 0002 (Caulfield students only), 1275 or 3793

    Prohibitions

    MKW2221


    PRJ2251 - Publicity and promotion

    6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Theory and practice of publicity and promotion as public relations tools. Through exposure to practitioner accounts and critical analysis of case studies, students will plan and coordinate effective publicity and promotion campaigns that support strategic objectives.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will demonstrate their ability to: identify and critically appraise the strategic differences between publicity and promotion as public relations tools; develop suitable and measurable objectives for publicity and promotion design; strategically plan campaigns to meet objectives and, apply critical analysis to a range of case studies regarding publicity and promotion.

    Assessment

    Written work: 55%
    Presentation: 15%
    2 hour Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

    Prerequisites

    MKW1220 and MKW2221 or PRJ1220 and PRJ2221

    Co-requisites

    This unit is only available to students enrolled in course codes 0002 (Caulfield students only), 1275 or 3793

    Prohibitions

    MKW2251


    PRJ2252 - Crisis and risk communication

    6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr James Gomez

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The dynamics of issues management, risk communication and crisis management in internal and external environments. Research tools and methods to assess stakeholder views and values, both for strategic planning and campaign evaluation purposes. How communication technologies can support or impede communication management.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will be able to: identify and analyse risk and crises issues; comprehend, interpret and reflect on the role and purposes of issue and risk identification in modern organisations; critically analyse information relating to issues or crises; develop risk and crisis management plans; conduct appropriate literature searches, review literature and carry out research; compose clear, concise actionable reports; and work reflexively and effectively as a member of a broad based team.

    Assessment

    Written work: 55%
    Presentation: 15%
    2 hour Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

    Prerequisites

    MKW2251 or PRJ2251

    Co-requisites

    This unit is only available to students enrolled in course codes 0002 (Caulfield students only), 1275 or 3793

    Prohibitions

    MKW2252


    PRJ3231 - Public relations consulting

    6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The operation of specialist Public Relations consultancies, and Public Relations units within organisations (inc. government, non-government and for-profit organisations). Through consideration of a range of such situations, students will be able to demonstrate their ability to utilise knowledge and skills developed in earlier subjects towards the effective and efficient management of such units and the issues with which they deal.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate: a critical understanding of the nature of public relations client/consultancy relationships; the ability to formulate and evaluate public relations programs for various client groups using a sound ethical basis; skills in developing a strategic approach to the application of public relations and public relations consulting, and the ability to conduct the research necessary for achieving these objectives.

    Assessment

    Written work: 55%
    Presentation: 15%
    2 hour Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

    Prerequisites

    MKW2251, MKW2252, PRJ2251, PRJ2252

    Co-requisites

    This unit is only available to students enrolled in course codes 0002 (Caulfield students only), 1275 or 3793

    Prohibitions

    MKW3231


    PRJ3261 - Public relations campaigns

    6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr James Gomez

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    An integrative experience using the theory and processes to which students have been exposed through their course. Students will further study and use campaign planning and management tools. They will create from briefs one major PR campaign with target groups involving multiple groups of stakeholders

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will be able to: identify and apply appropriate theoretical concepts to the development of an effective public relations campaign; critically analyse and evaluate a range of case studies regarding public relations campaigns; creatively design and implement a public relations campaign to meet client objectives; develop suitable and measurable objectives for public relations campaigns; critically evaluate techniques for campaign effectiveness; demonstrate a critical appreciation of research relevant to planning and evaluating public relations campaigns; justify and defend their positions and final conclusions relating to the design of a public relations campaign; construct and present a portfolio of innovative work undertaken for a client project; and demonstrate effective group/team work by contributing to the planning, research, analysis, and reporting components of a group project, and supporting and encouraging other group members.

    Assessment

    Written work: 55%
    Presentation: 15%
    2 hour Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

    Prerequisites

    MKW3231 or PRJ3231

    Co-requisites

    This unit is only available to students enrolled in course codes 0002 (Caulfield students only), 1275 or 3793

    Prohibitions

    MKW3261


    PRJ3631 - Public relations internship

    6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The internship provides students with the opportunity to integrate theory with practice, and first-hand experience in working in public relations in the area of specialty in which they expect to be employed on graduation. Separate internship programs are drawn up for each student.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate: the ability to critically reflect on, comprehensively analyse and undertake a public relations task; the ability to critically appraise the suitability and applicability of particular theoretical concepts and constructs in public relations task areas and, the development of advanced practice skills for working reflexively within the practical constraints of working within an organization.

    Assessment

    Presentation: 20%
    Project report: 50%
    Sponsor assessment: 30%

    Contact hours

    No formal classes

    Prerequisites

    PRJ2221 and PRJ2251 and PRJ2252

    Co-requisites

    This unit is only available to students enrolled in course codes 0002 (Caulfield students only), 1275 or 3793

    Prohibitions

    MKF3631, MKW3631


    PRL1001 - Foundations of public relations

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Wolstencroft

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Singapore First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    Introduction to the theory and practice of public relations. Economic, social, ethical, legal and theoretical basis of the field. Critical analyses of the roles and responsibilities of public relations people in organisational and societal settings. Public relations processes in organisational and societal contexts.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (3200 words)
    Exam: 30% Tutorial Attendance/participation/presentation: 10% OR OCL students: Written work: 70%
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week

    Prohibitions

    GSC1001, GSC2410, MKW2221, PRL2003


    PRL1002 - Principles of public relations writing

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Wolstencroft

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Singapore Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    Introduction to the essentials of style and format in public relations writing. Basic guidelines in getting your message across using the appropriate styles and methods. Critical analysis of the end results and impact of public relations writing.

    Assessment

    2 Media Releases: 10%
    2 Speeches: 10%
    Newsletter: 20%
    Brochure: 20%
    2 hour Exam: 30% Tutorial attendance and participation/presentation: 10% 2 Media Releases: 10%
    2 Speeches: 10%
    2 Backgrounders: 10%
    Newsletter: 20%
    Brochure: 20%
    2 hour Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week

    Prohibitions

    GSC1002, MKW 1220


    PRL2001 - Strategic communications management

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Wolstencroft

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Singapore First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit is meant to equip students with both the conceptual and practical tools necessary for managing an organisation's communication in a strategic manner. It discusses the nature of crises and opportunities and how these relate to organisational survival. Offers students the necessary knowledge and tactics in how to use communication tools to bring about harmony for the benefit of organisations and their publics.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this subject students should be able to demonstrate:

    1. A critical understanding of the value of strategic communications management to organisations.

    1. Identify what potentially constitutes a crisis in a wide range of situations and among varying publics.

    1. Identify what potentially constitutes an opportunity in a wide range of situations and among varying publics.

    1. Skills in forecasting and planning for unexpected situations.

    1. Skills in managing opportunities and crises from a strategic communications point of view.

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation and exercises: 20%
    Strategic management plan (1500 words): 30%
    Exam: 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    PRL1001 and PRL1002 or equivalents.

    Prohibitions

    MKW2252


    PRL2002 - Public relations research and techniques

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): David Wolstencroft

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Singapore Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit is meant to equip students with both the conceptual and practical tools necessary for conducting research and planning campaigns. Students will gain an understanding of social processes and the motivation of people while learning how to use appropriate tools and methods for conducting and interpreting public relations research. The unit will also introduce students to planning techniques with opportunities to put those techniques to practical use. Students will learn the techniques and strategies for developing, presenting and executing a wide-range of public relations campaign plans in an efficient manner.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this subject students should be able to:

    1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of the rationale and need for research in public relations.

    1. Identify meaningful criteria for selecting appropriate methods in doing public relations research.

    1. Demonstrate skills in preparing and executing a campaign plan.

    1. Identify appropriate methods of evaluating public relations campaigns.

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation: 10%
    Written work: 60% (3000 words)
    Exam: 30% OR OCL students: Written work: 70% (3500 words)
    Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    PRL1001, PRL1002 and PRL2001 or equivalents or permission


    PRL2003 - Public relations theory and processes

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Introduction to the theory and processes of public relations. Historical, economic, social, ethical and legal contexts. Roles and responsibilities of public relations people in managing populations in an age of rapid social change. Public relations processes in International and Australian contexts.

    Assessment

    Essay (1200 words): 20%
    Folio project (1800 words): 40%
    Examination (2.5 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    COM1010 and COM1020 or equivalents or permission (Business students may substitute MKW1120 for COM1010 or COM1020).

    Prohibitions

    GSC1001, GSC2410, PRL1001


    PRL3004 - Sports promotion cases

    6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This subject helps students to identify how best sports promotion principles are applied through detailed case based analyses. It is designed to allow students to acquire an indepth understanding of best practice in sports promotion in various sporting environments and events.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to

    1. Critique different sports promotion strategies discussed in selected case studies and compare and contrast them with best practice models informed by an understanding of relevant Public Relations theory and principles.
    2. Critique the sports promotion strategy in a case they choose, comparing and contrasting it with best practice.
    3. Discuss the application of best practice sports promotion principles to Australian sporting business and sports events.
    4. Place these principles in a wider frame of critical perspectives on sports as entertainment and spectacle "constructed" by the promotion industries.

    Assessment

    Case study report (1500 words) : 35%
    Self-selected case critique (1000 words) : 25%
    Essay (2000 words) : 40%

    Prerequisites

    PRL1001, PRL1002, PRL2001 and PRL2002 or with permission


    PSI3000 - Professional internship

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    PSI 3000 is an Internship Program in which students produce a Research Report while conducting a supervised placement within a designated and approved public or private sector agency. Such agencies may include local government authorities, private corporations, interest and advocacy groups, federal or state statutory commissions, NGOs, political parties and charitable or other not-for-profit organisations.

    As well as completing a research report will have the opportunity to appreciate the professional

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this subject students will have:

    1. developed social science research skills in the use of primary data;

    1. developed communication and interpersonal skills appropriate to future professional employment;

    1. developed organizational and time management skills;

    1. developed an appreciation of the pressures inherent in producing high quality, focused research under strict timelines;

    1. gained an appreciation of ethical issues involved in research;

    1. developed the skills necessary to write well-informed, well-structured and well-presented research reports.

    Assessment

    Tutorial participation: 10%
    Written work: 60% (3000 words)
    2 hour Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour seminar per week and one 1-hour supervision session per week averaged over one semester

    Prerequisites

    A minor sequence in either Communications and Media Studies, Criminology, Politics, Sociology or Women's Studies

    Co-requisites

    PLT 2270 or PLT 2/3870 - for Politics Majors only

    Prohibitions

    PLT 3440


    PSS1711 - Exploring human behaviour

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Barry Richardson & Dr Dianne Wuillemin

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    The unit provides an introduction to the study of human behaviour, covering aspects such as brain structure and function, sensation, perception, consciousness and its many states, learning and conditioning, memory, cognition, motivation, emotion, stress and coping.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students should: 1) be aware of the complexity of human behaviour and have an appreciation of the issues related to understanding and measuring some of these behaviours; 2) be aware of some of the theories that attempt to explain human processes, particularly those related to sensation, perception, consciousness, learning, memory, cognition and emotion.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    2 hour Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    APY1910, BHS1320, GSC1306, GSC1711, PSY1011, WEL1320, BHS1711


    PSS1712 - Behaviour across the lifespan

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to the lifespan perspective on human development across three domains: physical, social and cognitive. The importance of culture and the sociohistorical context will be acknowledged while exploring phenomena such as prenatal development, aging, attachment, gender role development, and language acquisition.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

    1. outline a range of theories of human development;identify predictable life events and crises which may occur across the lifespan;
    2. contrast various cultural and social differences that contribute to adult development;
    3. discuss major theoretical perspectives that attempt to explain successful aging.

    Assessment

    Weekly questions(1200 words): 25%
    Short-answer assignment (1300 words): 35%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    BHS1340, BHS1712, GSC1307, GSC1712, PSY2031, WEL1340, PSY1011, PSY1022


    PSS2711 - Knowing me, knowing you: Perspectives on personality

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Symmons

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit will examine personality from a series of perspectives broadly represented by the psychoanalytic, phenomenological, dispositional and behavioural approaches. Significant theorists representing these approaches will be studied and their theories evaluated and compared. Particular attention will be paid to Adler, Fromm and Horney; May, Maslow and Rogers; Eysenck, Skinner and Bandura. The challenges raised by social, existential and humanistic approaches will be emphasised.

    Objectives

    At the conclusion of this unit students should be able to identify and compare personality theories; evaluate their validity and utility; argue their merits and limitations; exhibit analytic skills required for the evaluation of their philosophic foundations; develop explanations for the manifestation of normal and abnormal behaviour; identify the limits of personality theories; demonstrate an awareness of alternative paradigms derived from systemic models; engage in self-exploration and reflect on their own personality and beliefs; and identify and interpret current events using constructs derived from this unit.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (2500 words)
    2 hour Exam: 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    PSS1711 and PSS1712 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    BHS2320, BHS2711, BHS3711, GSC2711, PSY3051


    PSS2712 - Behavioural disorders

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Symmons

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    The unit covers the diagnostic and prognostic assessment of behavioural disorders, positive and negative aspects of classifying abnormal behaviour and how these behaviours depart from what is considered 'normal'. It examines biological, environmental and other factors which may underpin behavioural disorders. Strategies for prevention, stabilisation and management of behavioural disorders will be considered in light of the major therapeutic approaches and these strategies will be evaluated. Current research findings and best psychological practices will be used to show how the unit is relevant to the workplace.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students should be able to:

    1. demonstrate a familiarity with the classification of abnormality and assessment of behavioural disorders;

    1. explain the biological and environmental factors that underpin behavioural disorders with particular attention given to cultural awareness;

    1. describe strategies for prevention, stabilisation and management of behavioural disorders and how these may be evaluated.

    Assessment

    Report (1000 words): 20%
    Case study (1500 words): 30%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    One of BHS1711, COG1111, PSS1711

    Prohibitions

    BHS2712, GSC2712, PSY3032


    PSS2713 - The individual in a social context

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    In this unit we investigate how the thoughts, feelings and behaviours of individuals are influenced by other people. The influence of others is considered in a range of topics including impression formation, schemas, stereotyping, casual attributions, attitudes and attitude change, obedience, conformity, minority influences, group processes and group decision making, prejudice, aggression, attraction, helping behaviours, and environmental effects. The range of empirical methods used to obtain data on these topics will be addressed and the efficacy and ethics of such methods discussed.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. understand how social behaviour can be studied through a variety of perspectives involving different levels of analysis and varying research methods;

    1. describe the application of a range of key concepts such as schemata, stereotypes, categorisation, causal attribution, obedience, conformity and minority influence;

    1. appreciate how views of some concepts of social behaviour change over time;

    1. understand the powerful role group membership can exert on social behaviour and how outcomes such as aggression, racism, and sexism can be represented as interactions between groups

    Assessment

    Laboratory report (1500 words): 30%
    Two laboratory-based assignments (equivalent to 500 words): 30%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour laboratory) per week

    Prerequisites

    One of BHS1711, COG1111, PSS1711

    Prohibitions

    BHS2713, GSC2713, PSY2042


    PSS3716 - Psychology of sport and adventure

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the involvement of individuals in physically demanding activities; including organised individual and team sports, personal training, and individual adventurous pursuits. The unit is pitched at both the practitioner and the individual so that they might better understand the psychology of the athlete. A practitioner should find the content useful for coaching, teaching physical or outdoor education, or facilitating adventurous activity such as Outward Bound-type courses. The individual should find the content useful for augmenting their training regimes, pursuing higher levels of performance or tackling greater challenges.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students should be able to:-

    1. demonstrate an understanding of a range of psychological theories as they apply to sport psychology and the pursuit of adventurous activities;

    1. outline various research techniques used in the fields of sports and adventure psychology;

    1. appreciate how psychology can be used to understand and alter the performance of athletes at all levels of competition and fitness;

    1. explain the biopsychosocial benefits of exercise and fitness and how they relate to individual performance in a range of circumstances.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (2500 words)
    2 hour Exam: 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour laboratory) per week

    Prerequisites

    48 points of study in any discipline

    Prohibitions

    BHS3716


    PSS3717 - Psychology at work

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the application of psychological theory and methodology to the problems of organisations and the activities of groups and individuals within a wide range of organisational settings. The influence of groups on individual employees through organisational structure, communication patterns, and decision making processes will be considered. Other topics affecting individuals within the workplace include personnel recruitment, selection and training, job satisfaction, motivation, stress reduction, and balancing family and work life.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students should be able to:

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of the ways in which psychological theory and methodology are applied within organisations.

    1. Explain the various ways in which individuals are affected by group processes within the workplace.

    1. Evaluate the influence of a variety of workplace factors on individual performance.

    1. Critically examine and report recent research within the field of organisational psychology.

    Assessment

    Written work: 30%
    Oral presentation/poster: 20%
    2 hour Exam: 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour laboratory) per week

    Prerequisites

    48 points of study in any discipline

    Prohibitions

    BHS3717


    PSS3718 - Forensic psychology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    Forensic psychology deals with the application of psychological principles to problems of law enforcement and the courts. This unit includes areas such as eyewitness and expert testimony, jury selection and decision-making, screening and training of police, handling of situations such as hostage taking and suicide threats, and the construction of personal profiles of criminals.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students should be able to:

    1. evaluate the role of research and theory in the advancement of knowledge within the field of forensic psychology;

    1. demonstrate an understanding of how the theoretical foundations of areas such as memory and decision making processes can be applied for forensic purposes;

    1. communicate their own and others research ideas effectively in written and verbal reports

    Assessment

    Major assignment (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour laboratory) per week

    Prerequisites

    48 points of study in any discipline including SCY2817 or COG1112 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    BHS3718


    PSS3719 - Parapsychology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Barry Richardson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is concerned with psychological phenomena that are "beyond the normal" or not readily explained according to scientific principles. Areas of interest include extrasensory perception, exotic senses, telepathy, precognition, clairvoyance, astrology, graphology, and deja-vu experiences. Methods of gathering and evaluating evidence of parapsychological phenomena will be examined and the roles of belief, illusion, and placebo effects will be discussed.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students should be able to:

    1. demonstrate an understanding of normal sensory and perceptual processes;

    1. display an appreciation of the role of belief and expectation in human cognitive and perceptual processes;

    1. evaluate a range of testing procedures used within and outside the laboratory

    1. critically examine relevant literature from a variety of sources

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    2 hour Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour laboratory) per week

    Prerequisites

    48 points of study in any discipline including SCY2817 or COG1112 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    BHS3719


    PSS3720 - People and other animals: Studying the relationship between humans and other species

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dianne Wuillemin

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the interaction between humans and the other animal species across three major topics. The first reviews the changing nature of the relationship between man and domestic animals across time within selected cultures. The second topic focuses on attitudes, beliefs, and emotions surrounding the interaction between people and companion animals, and animals as objects of leisure and entertainment. Topic three takes an objective approach to the emotive area of animals as food and providers of other products and services and considers ethical issues associated with each of these.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. outline the historical background that undepins the current relationship between animals and humans in a variety of settings;
    2. demonstrate knowledge of the factors that affect the relationship of humans with animals as companions, leisure and entertainment;
    3. critically evaluate attitudes towards animals as sources of products and labour;
    4. outline the various ethical considerations involved in current uses of animals.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40%
    Oral presentaion/poster: 20%
    2 hour Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    48 points of study in any discipline


    PSS4711 - Methods in psychological sciences

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Barry Richardson

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit serves as both an expansion of undergraduate background knowledge and as a preparation for further studies and research. The chosen topics of study will include issues of professional concern such as ethical issues in research and practice, and methodology and statistical techniques appropriate to evaluate various therapeutic interventions and experimental manipulations.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students should be able to:

    1. identify ethical issues in professional practice and research;

    1. address said issues in an appropriate manner;

    1. apply appropriate statistical techniques to analyse data collected pre and post intervention;

    1. interpret statistical analyses undertaken to evaluate the effects of therapeutic intervention;

    1. present verbal and written reports that effectively communicate relevant information

    Assessment

    Two problem sets (2500 words each) 40%
    One group presentation (1500 words): 20%
    One research report (2500): 40%

    Contact hours

    One two-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    Undergraduate degree with Psychological Studies, Psychology or related major


    RLM4140 - Confronting death through ceremony and symbol: A cross-cultural analysis

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Tamara Prosic

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit explores the ways in which different cultures confront the experience of death through metaphor, ritual, and symbolic association, and the ways in which they memorialize the dead. It considers the nature of beliefs about life, death and the hereafter; funerary rituals and strategies for body disposal; the physical and symbolic boundaries between the worlds of the living and the dead; the perceived impact of the dead on the affairs of the living; the dying process as a public or private event; taboos about dying and death in everyday discourse and the language used regarding death; death in myths. Examples will be drawn from major religious traditions (Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Buddhism), ancient Mediterranean cultures, and modern secular societies, including contemporary Australia.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Gain familiarity and be conversant with the main conceptions and ritualisation of death and symbolic themes in a range of different cultures and societies.
    2. Reflect critically on the influence particular death ethos has on the conduct of the living.
    3. Understand the nature and the social function of death related practices.
    4. Develop a capacity to understand, analyse and contextualise the symbolic language of death.
    5. Research and complete a research essay that considers the process of memory and ceremony in relation to the dead, within a specific cultural situation.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80% (7000 words)
    Tutorial presentation: 20% (2000 words)

    Prohibitions

    RLT4140, RLM5140


    RLT2140 - Principles of Christian theology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): I Naumann and P Howard

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces the student to the purpose, method and content of Christian Theology. It investigates the Christian understanding of the possibility of human knowledge of God and of a self revelation of God within human history, the development of theological understandings of the role of God in the origin of the universe and the emergence and evolution of human society, the human experience of death and the possibility of an afterlife.

    Assessment

    One short essay (1000 words): 25%
    Research Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (1 hour): 25%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or Religion and Theology or permission.

    Prohibitions

    RLT3140


    RLT2160 - Reforming theologies: Reforming societies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Howard, Isabell Naumann and Constant Mews

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Reform has been a constant, but one with many meanings, in the institutional life of the Christian Church. Students will be introduced to the idea of reform and its diverse meanings as the interaction of institutional, social, political and intellectual circumstances at different moments of the Church's history from the medieval and reformation periods (both Catholic and Protestant) to the twentieth century, encompassing the ecumenical movement, Vatican II, liberation and eco-feminist theologies. Particular attention will be placed on the way in which theology has acted at different times as a motor for social, political and intellectual reform.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Have acquainted themselves with the considerable body of knowledge on the changing nature of religious reform and be able to evaluate it critically.

    1. Have some knowledge of the ways in which religion interacts with social, cultural and political experience in specific contexts.

    1. Be able to evaluate the various methodologies and the theoretical issues surrounding recent approaches to the study of religious reform.

    1. Be able to engage in critical discussion of the issues raised by the course.

    1. Have acquired critical and analytical skills, and the ability to communicate their views verbally and in writing (coherently, economically and rigorously), in a way which is appropriate to the advanced study of religious discourse within an historical framework.

    Assessment

    One short essay (1000 words): 25%
    Examination (1000 words): 25%
    Research presentation and essay (2500 words): 50%
    Students taking the subject at Level 3 will be expected to demonstrate more sophisticated analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent reading and research.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or Religion and Theology or permission.

    Prohibitions

    RLT3160


    RLT2170 - Christian theology: Grace and church

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): I Naumann and P Howard

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit investigates the Christian understanding of the problem of evil - cosmic and personal - in the context of the interrelationship of God and humanity. It explores the self understanding of the Christian church in the light of the great schism of the eleventh century and the reforms of the sixteenth century.

    Assessment

    Two short essays (1500 words each): 70%
    Examination (1.5 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours per week

    Prohibitions

    PLT3170


    RLT2180 - Scripture, sacrament and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): I Naumann and P Howard

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit presents the history of Christian thinking about the relationship of the self-communication of God (Word) and ritual activity within world-views that conceive of the material as pregnant with the divine. It explores myth and metaphor as the foundational components of Christian public worship, and the history and significance of ritual in Christianity.

    Assessment

    Short essay (1000 words): 25%
    Research Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (1 hour): 25%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or Religion and Theology or permission.

    Prohibitions

    RLT3180


    RLT2210 - Starring God: Religion, myth and film

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Michael Fagenblat

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit employs film in order to explore the way biblical and mythic ideas are expressed in secular and post-secular culture. It aims to provide students with literacy in key religious texts in order to enable them to appreciate and analyse their cinematic interpretations. While most weeks involve viewing a movie, the focus will not be on cinema studies but on the meaning and modern transformations of biblical and mythic ideas. Themes to be explored include: biblical narratives of redemption; the return of gnostic mythology; the role of images in religion; the dynamics of allegory; visions of utopia and dystopia; the structure of religious narratives in relation to cinematic narrative.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of the unit students will be expected:

    1. to have gained familiarity with some fundamental biblical and mythological narratives;
    2. to understand the ways in which biblical and related narratives inform modern and secular culture;
    3. to appreciate the historical process of secularization and contemporary accounts of the move to a post-secular period;
    4. to be able to analyse the dynamics of allegory as a mode of cultural transmission and transformation;
    5. to understand the relation between religious ideas and visual representation; and
    6. to be able to understand, discuss and analyse designated films in the light of the theoretical and historical framework of the course.

    Assessment

    Film commentary (1000 words): 25%; Long essay (2500 words): 40%; Test (1 hour) 1000 words: 25%; Tutorial: 10%.

    Contact hours

    1 one hour lecture followed by a two-three hour screening of a film plus 1 one hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    RLT3210


    RLT2480 - The religious quest: Eastern faith and illumination

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Angelo Andrea Di Castro

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit is designed to introduce students to the study of religion, looking at the main religious traditions of Asia in turn, tracing their evolution, and relating each to the cultural environment in which it grew. Certain basic questions are taken as themes to apply to each section of the subject: for example, what have the different religions said about fundamental questions such as the problem of suffering, the existence of an afterlife and the existence of God or gods? The concern in this semester will be with eastern religions, with special attention to Confucianism, Taoist mysticism, the Hindu way of life, yoga and salvation, and the Buddhist teaching.

    Objectives

    The intention of this course is to cultivate familiarity with:

    1. The character of the texts which constitute sources for the historical study of Asian religions (primarily Chinese religions, Hinduism and Buddhism and their cultural contexts).

    1. Some of the problems of interpretation identified and debated by historians of religion.

    1. The range of relevant reference material available as sources for the study, engaging in as extensive a reading program as possible.

    1. The answers given by the religions concerned to perennial questions about such matters as the existence of God or gods, the sequel to death, the problem of suffering, and the ultimate authority for moral statements.

    The course is designed to enhance the students' skill in the following areas:

    1. Facility in using library resources to find useful source material, and in exploiting it efficiently.

    2. Sensitivity in interpreting historical sources (both primary and secondary), recognizing the need to relate them to their cultural contexts and to read between the lines when necessary.

    3. Independent thought about the solutions to problems of religious history.

    4. Ability to write a reasoned, appropriately documented and perspicuous answer to a set question on religious history, adapted to a prescribed word limit.

    Assessment

    Precis exercise (500 words): 15%
    Tutorial presentation and handout (500 words): 15%
    Research essay (2000 words): 40%
    Examination (1.5 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 1.5 hour lecture and 1 x 1 tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    RLT3480, HSY2480/3480


    RLT3140 - Principles of Christian theology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): I Naumann and P Howard

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for RLT2140

    Assessment

    One short essay (1000 words): 25%
    Research Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (1 hour): 25%
    Third-year students will be expected to complete the assessment in greater depth than at second-year level.

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or Religion and Theology or permission.

    Prohibitions

    RLT2180


    RLT3145 - Interpreting the sources of Islam: the Qur'an and Hadith

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Salih Yucel

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will explore the textual sources of Islam, the Qur'an and hadith from Sunni, Shiite and Western points of views, as well as the notion of independent inquiry (itjihad) within Islam involved in exploring these texts. It will consider the different ways in which the Qur'an and hadith or Prophetic sayings have been interpreted as a source of understanding and implementation of Islamic jurisprudence. It will explore both traditional and contemporary interpretations of the Qur'an and hadith in the Islamic world and the West. In the process, the students will develop their ability of research and analysis of sacred text and Islamic law.

    Objectives

    By the end of this unit, students will:

    1. gain a foundational knowledge of the science of the Qur'an and hadith
    2. understand the compilation and structure of the Qur'an and the collection and ranking system of hadith
    3. be familiar with the relationship between Qur'anic exegesis, hadith interpretation and Islamic law from Sunni and Shiite point of views
    4. have analyzed contemporary discussions of the Qur'an and hadith sfrom a critical point of view
    5. have developed the ability to undertake academic research and analysis of Islam's sacred texts and law
    6. In addition, at fourth-year level students will engage in original research in applying Islamic principles to contemporary issues.

    Assessment

    Written work (8000 words): 90%
    Seminar participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    RLT4145, RLM4145


    RLT3160 - Reforming theologies: Reforming societies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Peter Howard, Isabell Naumann and Constant Mews

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Reform has been a constant, but one with many meanings, in the institutional life of the Christian Church. Students will be introduced to the idea of reform and its diverse meanings as the interaction of institutional, social, political and intellectual circumstances at different moments of the Church's history from the medieval and reformation periods (both Catholic and Protestant) to the twentieth century, encompassing the ecumenical movement, Vatican II, liberation and eco-feminist theologies. Particular attention will be placed on the way in which theology has acted at different times as a motor for social, political and intellectual reform.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Have acquainted themselves with the considerable body of knowledge on the changing nature of religious reform and be able to evaluate it critically.

    1. Have some knowledge of the ways in which religion interacts with social, cultural and political experience in specific contexts.

    1. Be able to evaluate the various methodologies and the theoretical issues surrounding recent approaches to the study of religious reform.

    1. Be able to engage in critical discussion of the issues raised by the course.

    1. Have acquired critical and analytical skills, and the ability to communicate their views verbally and in writing (coherently, economically and rigorously), in a way which is appropriate to the advanced study of religious discourse within an historical framework.

    1. Be able to display an independent approach to research on the issues involved.

    1. Be able to demonstrate a more sophisticated understanding of the theoretical issues involved.

    Assessment

    One short essay (1000 words): 25%
    Examination (1000 words): 25%
    Research presentation and essay (2500 words): 50%
    Students taking the subject at Level 3 will be expected to demonstrate more sophisticated analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent reading and research.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or Religion and Theology or permission.

    Prohibitions

    RLT2160


    RLT3170 - Christian theology: Grace and Church

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): I Naumann and P Howard

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit investigates the Christian understanding of the problem of evil - cosmic and personal - in the context of the interrelationship of God and humanity. It explores the self understanding of the Christian church in the light of the great schism of the eleventh century and the reforms of the sixteenth century.

    Assessment

    Two short essays (1500 words each): 70%
    Examination (1.5 hours): 30%
    Third-year students will be expected to complete the assessment in greater depth than at second-year level.

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 2.5 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    RLT2170


    RLT3180 - Scripture, sacrament and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): I Naumann and Peter Howard

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit presents the history of Christian thinking about the relationship of the self-communication of God (Word) and ritual activity within world-views that conceive of the material as pregnant with the divine. It explores myth and metaphor as the foundational components of Christian public worship, and the history and significance of ritual in Christianity.

    Assessment

    One short essay (1000 words): 25%
    Research Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (1 hour): 25%
    Third-year students will be expected to complete the assessment in greater depth than at second-year level.

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in History or Religion and Theology or permission.

    Prohibitions

    RLT2180


    RLT3480 - The religious quest: Eastern faith and illumination

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Angelo Andrea Di Castro

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit is designed to introduce students to the study of religion, looking at the main religious traditions of Asia in turn, tracing their evolution, and relating each to the cultural environment in which it grew. Certain basic questions are taken as themes to apply to each section of the subject: for example, what have the different religions said about fundamental questions such as the problem of suffering, the existence of an afterlife and the existence of God or gods? The concern in this semester will be with eastern religions, with special attention to Confucianism, Taoist mysticism, the Hindu way of life, yoga and salvation, and the Buddhist teaching.

    Objectives

    The intention of this course is to cultivate familiarity with:

    1. The character of the texts which constitute sources for the historical study of Asian religions (primarily Chinese religions, Hinduism and Buddhism and their cultural contexts).

    1. Some of the problems of interpretation identified and debated by historians of religion.

    1. The range of relevant reference material available as sources for the study, engaging in as extensive a reading program as possible.

    1. The answers given by the religions concerned to perennial questions about such matters as the existence of God or gods, the sequel to death, the problem of suffering, and the ultimate authority for moral statements.

    The course is designed to enhance the students' skill in the following areas:

    1. Facility in using library resources to find useful source material, and in exploiting it efficiently.

    2. Sensitivity in interpreting historical sources (both primary and secondary), recognizing the need to relate them to their cultural contexts and to read between the lines when necessary.

    3. Independent thought about the solutions to problems of religious history.

    4. Ability to write a reasoned, appropriately documented and perspicuous answer to a set question on religious history, adapted to a prescribed word limit.

    In addition to these points of knowledge and technique, third-year students should develop skill in writing research essays in greater depth, with thorough documentation derived from extensive use of primary sources and thorough examination of the research literature, including journal articles.

    Assessment

    Tutorial exercises and long essay (total 2500 words): 65%
    Examination (1.5 hours): 35%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 2.5 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    RLT2480


    RLT4000(A) - Minor thesis in religion and theology part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Constant Mews

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A minor thesis of 15-18,000 words on a topic of the candidate's own choosing. Candidates will be allocated supervisors to assist them in the writing process. Two copies of the thesis must be submitted in typescript and appropriately bound by 20 October. The thesis will be assessed by two readers associated with the centre.


    RLT4000(B) - Minor thesis in religion and theology part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Constant Mews

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for RLT4000(A)

    Assessment

    Written (15-18,000 words): 100%


    RLT4040 - Islamic thought in the modern world

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Salih Yucel

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines various major trends in the contemporary Islamic world, situating them in the context of the major tension of Islam with modernity, in North Africa, Turkey, India, and other parts of the Islamic world. Consideration will be given both to movements demanding strict implementation of traditional sources of authority and to contextualist schools of thought concerned with interpreting Islamic principles within evolving socio-economic conditions. The impact of socialism, feminism, secularism and concern with human rights on a range of contemporary Islamic thinkers will be studied, both within a range of traditionally Islamic countries, and among Muslims within the West.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing RLTM4040:

    1. Will have acquired a broad knowledge of the principles, main varieties and characteristics of the mainstrands of contemporary Islamic thought;
    2. Will be familiar with the social and political context of the main varieties of contemporary Islamic thought;
    3. Will be familiar with the major contemporary debates within Islam and relation to its encounter with other contemporary intellectual, social and political movements;
    4. Will have developed a capacity to work effectively with others and a capacity to express ideas verbally in group situations; and
    5. Will have developed considerable facility in bibliographic research, analysis, and written expression.

    Assessment

    Review exercises (2000 words): 20%; Research Essay (7000 words): 70%; Seminar participation: 10%.

    Contact hours

    one two hour seminar, weekly

    Prohibitions

    RLM4040, RLM5040


    RLT4070 - Buddhism: Society, politics and ethics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ian Mabbett

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Ethical and social doctrines in early Buddhist texts and their implications for questions of politics in the light of the society of the time. Buddhist ethical doctrines and theories in the light of Western philosophical issues. The unit highlights selected issues of social concern such as human relationships and emotions, women and family, race, caste and identity orientations, equality, freedom and human rights, ethical issues pertaining to the environment, and death and dying.

    Assessment

    Exercise (1000 words): 10%
    Two research essays (3000 words each): 30%
    Examination (2 hours): 60%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    RLT4100 - Religion and ceremony in Australian society

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Thomas Reuter

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit explores contemporary belief systems and ritual practices in Australian society from the perspective of social theory and within a historical context of major global changes in the way religion and ceremony operate in society. The underlying reasons behind new developments in religion and ceremonial practice will be explored by analyzing commonalities and differences between various agendas and organizational forms, ranging from fundamentalist movements to New Age groups, Pentecostal Christianity, eco-spirituality and neo-religious youth subcultures. International trends and influences will be considered together with the unique history and phenomenology of religion in Australia.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Define at least two basic, classical social theory approaches to the study of religion and critique them with the help of contemporary theory in sociology, anthropology and post-colonial studies;
    2. Describe and analyze the various ways in which religions have developed historically, especially with the advent of modernity, both internationally and within Australian society;
    3. Analyze a historical or contemporary manifestation of the action of religion in society by applying social theories of religion;
    4. Provide a critical account of the role of fundamentalism, revivalism and charismatic movements at both an international and a local level;
    5. Analyze the impact of new trends in religion and ceremonial practice on the re-imagining of multiculturalism and on inter-faith relations in Australia.

    Assessment

    Class presentation and written synopsis (2000 words): 25%; Research essay (7000 words): 75%.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    RLM4100, RLM5100


    RLT4110 - Sustainability and the sacred

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Constant Mews and Kate Rigby

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to the history of changing attitudes towards nature and the sacred from ancient times to the present through the examination of a variety of religious, philosophical and literary texts, with particular emphasis on the implications of such attitudes for environmental sustainability. It will consider in succession mythic narratives about creation from traditional cultures (e.g. Aboriginal, Celtic, Middle Eastern), Greek philosophical reflection on the cosmos, the impact of monotheism (Jewish, Christian, Islamic), the rise of mechanistic science, Romanticism, and the emergence of a range of contemporary ecospiritualities (neopaganism, 'greenfaith').

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit will:

    1. acquire a broad overview of the evolution of thinking about nature and the sacred, from the earliest records of mythic thought to most recent thinking on ecospirituality, with particular reference to the idea of "paradigm shifts"
    2. acquire expertise in reading and analysing mythological, religious and scientific narratives about creation with particular reference to the assumptions about nature and the sacred which underpin them
    3. become familiar with critical debate about a variety of issues connected to sustainability and the sacred, such as the significance of animist beliefs or devotion to "mother earth", the contribution of monotheistic traditions to thinking about nature, the scientific revolution and the romantic reenchantment of the world
    4. develop the skill of presenting both orally and in writing their own reasoned reflections about the relationship between environmental sustainability and changing notions of the sacred
    5. acquire the capacity to carry out a sustained research project on an approved subject of their choice.

    Assessment

    Exercise (1000 words): 20%
    Class paper (1000 words): 20%
    Research essay (7000 words): 50%
    Oral presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    RLM4110, RLM5110


    RLT4140 - Confronting death through ceremony and symbol: A cross-cultural analysis

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Tamara Prosic

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit explores the ways in which different cultures confront the experience of death through metaphor, ritual, and symbolic association, and the ways in which they memorialize the dead. It considers the nature of beliefs about life, death and the hereafter; funerary rituals and strategies for body disposal; the physical and symbolic boundaries between the worlds of the living and the dead; the perceived impact of the dead on the affairs of the living; the dying process as a public or private event; taboos about dying and death in everyday discourse and the language used regarding death; death in myths. Examples will be drawn from major religious traditions (Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Buddhism), ancient Mediterranean cultures, and modern secular societies, including contemporary Australia.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Gain familiarity and be conversant with the main conceptions and ritualisation of death and symbolic themes in a range of different cultures and societies.
    2. Reflect critically on the influence particular death ethos has on the conduct of the living.
    3. Understand the nature and the social function of death related practices.
    4. Develop a capacity to understand, analyse and contextualise the symbolic language of death.
    5. Research and complete a research essay that considers the process of memory and ceremony in relation to the dead, within a specific cultural situation.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80% (7000 words)
    Tutorial presentation: 20% (2000 words)

    Prohibitions

    RLM4140, RLM5140


    RLT4145 - Interpreting the sources of Islam: the Qur'an and Hadith

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Salih Yucel

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will explore the textual sources of Islam, the Qur'an and hadith from Sunni, Shiite and Western points of views, as well as the notion of independent inquiry (itjihad) within Islam involved in exploring these texts. It will consider the different ways in which the Qur'an and hadith or Prophetic sayings have been interpreted as a source of understanding and implementation of Islamic jurisprudence. It will explore both traditional and contemporary interpretations of the Qur'an and hadith in the Islamic world and the West. In the process, the students will develop their ability of research and analysis of sacred text and Islamic law.

    Objectives

    By the end of this unit, students will:

    1. gain a foundational knowledge of the science of the Qur'an and hadith
    2. understand the compilation and structure of the Qur'an and the collection and ranking system of hadith
    3. be familiar with the relationship between Qur'anic exegesis, hadith interpretation and Islamic law from Sunni and Shiite point of views
    4. have analyzed contemporary discussions of the Qur'an and hadith sfrom a critical point of view
    5. have developed the ability to undertake academic research and analysis of Islam's sacred texts and law
    6. In addition, at fourth-year level students will engage in original research in applying Islamic principles to contemporary issues.

    Assessment

    Written work (8000 words): 90%
    Seminar participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    RLT3145, RLM4145


    RLT4400 - Medieval women and their world: Constructing identities 1100-1450

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Constant Mews

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit looks at the way a range of medieval women (like Heloise, Hildegard of Bingen, Julian of Norwich, and Christine de Pizan), shaped and performed their identity through visionary and scholarly writing, and thus helped transform conventional themes in theology, literature and art, 1100-1450. The unit will explore the ways in which women sought to transform both secular and religious understanding of their own identity, and thus to question received ideas about gender, religion and ethics.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Reflect critically on historiography relating to gender and religion in the medieval period.

    1. Gain familiarity with the literary achievement of a range of women writers and visionaries in medieval Europe.

    1. Acquire research skills in analysing and contextualising the thought of at least two women writers.

    1. Gain expertise in relating literature to visual representations in the period.

    Assessment

    Review essay (1,500 words): 10%
    Research essay (5,500 words): 60%
    Take home examination: 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    HSY4400, RLM4060, RLM5060


    RUP1000 - Strategic planning

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Elizabeth O'Brien

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit introduces strategic planning in an urban and regional planning context. Conceptualising strategic planning as an activity aimed at developing long-term objectives and directions for urban development, it will also emphasize the inclusion of fairness of process, sustainability and equity of outcomes. The unit focuses on practical methods and implementation, and through a broad range of readings, practical exercises and project work will develop an understanding of the basic tenets of strategic planning, i.e. an integrated approach to planning inclusive of economic, environmental and social dimensions, involving a balanced and visionary approach to land use and transport.



    Objectives

    1. Students will develop an understanding of the multi-faceted , and integrated nature of strategic planning.

    1. Students will be exposed to planning discourses and public debates on urban planning and, more specifically, will explore existing tensions between community expectations, development industry desiderata and planning framework imperatives.

    1. Students will learn to differentiate between ad-hoc, localised approaches to strategic planning and inclusive, integrative and holistic systems combining local and state planning schemes.

    1. Students will be introduced to
      • principles of planning (standards, database management for planning and socio-economic surveys, data analysis)
      • urban design and conservation (urban design theory, urban forms)
      • planning for urban utilities (waste disposal, water management, storm water)
      • population, demography and urbanisation (demographic analysis, settlement systems and histories

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 40%; Project brief: (500 words): 10%; Group Project: (2000 words) 50%.

    Contact hours

    One x 1 hr lecture/week

    One x 2 hr seminar/tutorial per week


    RUP1001 - Statutory planning

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Elizabeth O'Brien

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is an introduction of principles of Statutory Planning and the realisation that no single area of planning can exist in isolation. Closely aligned with the content of RUP1000, Statutory planning is concerned with managing and regulating processes of change in and urban and rural context. Students will be exposed to the application of different planning schemes at state and local government level (metropolitan strategies, local schemes and overlays - heritage, residential, business, public etc.). The key focus is on sustainable cities and regions': assuming that statutory guidelines, while providing a set of invaluable guidelines, are always subject to interpretation.

    Objectives

    1. Students will acquire an understanding of different planning schemes, their evolution and history.
    2. Students will develop skills in policy formulation, evaluation, interpretation and implementation
    3. Students will learn to apply purpose to, and method of, planning (traditions, current philosophies and principles, emerging issues) within statutory frameworks
    4. Students will be introduced to
      • aspects of housing and community planning
      • principles of statutory planning legislation (case studies related to planning laws and schemes, urban design and conservation (urban design theory, urban forms)
      • development planning, including developed and under-developed communities, theories and models of developments.
      • urban and regional management
      • environmental planning (urban disruption and environmental improvement)

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 40%; Project brief(500 words): 10%; Group Project (2000 words): 50%.

    Contact hours

    one x 1 hr lecture/week

    one x 2 hr seminar/tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    RUP1000 Strategic Planning


    RUP2001 - Spatial planning

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Elizabeth O'Brien

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit investigates: the various ways in which strategic planning and statutory planning translate at the local level; emerging issues; planning objectives, such as participatory planning; linkages between the economic, environmental, social and cultural aspects of planning; the connected nature of demographics, employment, housing, transport and community facilities and services; and the shift towards integrated governance, and spatial integration. Key planning concepts, themes, issues, problems and potential solutions are addressed, together with the formulation of planning responses. Case studies are explored and students introduced to the various skills employed in Regional and Urban Planning.

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit students will have:

    1. Acquired further understanding of the purpose and methods of planning, principles of integrated sustainable development, planning objectives, methods of evaluating and managing natural and built environments, the political, legal and institutional contexts of planning, and emerging issues in planning;
    2. Developed their understanding of planning policies, instruments and urban design principles at the local level within a regional planning context;
    3. Gained an understanding of planning requirements and outcomes at the local level within a regional planning context;
    4. Developed their skills in problem definition and objectives formulation;
    5. Acquired further experience of knowledge synthesis and application in planning practice;
    6. Enhanced their communication and interpersonal skills.

    Assessment

    Site Plan (1500 words) : 30%
    Housing Strategy (3000 words) : 70%

    Contact hours

    1 one-hour lecture and 1 one-hour tutorial, seminar, workshop or focus group per week

    Prerequisites

    Students enrolled in Bachelor of Regional and Urban Planning: RUP1000 and RUP1001


    RUP2002 - Sustainable communities

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Elizabeth O'Brien

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines planning approaches to the delivery of sustainable communities, and related concepts, themes, issues, problems and potential solutions. Key considerations include: spatial disadvantage, social exclusion, social capital, community building, social/community cohesion and quality of life; the nature and implications of a place focussed approach to sustainable communities; integration of economic, social and environmental development; provision of local infrastructure and services; and community and stakeholder engagement. Case studies of sustainable communities' initiatives are explored and students introduced to skills for sustainable communities, such as inclusive visioning

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit students will have:

    1. Acquired further understanding of the purpose and methods of planning, principles of integrated sustainable development, planning objectives, methods of evaluating and managing natural and built environments, the political, legal and institutional contexts of planning, and emerging issues in planning;
    2. Gained conceptual understandings of sustainable communities, and developed their understanding of planning approaches aimed at achieving sustainable communities;
    3. Gained an understanding of a place focussed approach to sustainable communities, the diverse needs of residents, and local governance;
    4. Developed their skills in problem definition, problem solving, and objectives formulation;
    5. Acquired further experience of knowledge synthesis and application in planning practice; and
    6. Enhanced their communication and interpersonal skills.

    Assessment

    Short-answer tests (1000 words) 20%
    Sustainable communities critique (3500 words) 80%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial, seminar, workshop or focus group per week

    Prerequisites

    RUP1000 and RUP10001


    RUP3000 - Professional (Third Year) planning internship

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Elizabeth O'Brien

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    An advanced work placement program: students produce unit assignments while engaging in a supervised placement with a planning agency. The work placement is aimed at consolidating and extending what they have learnt from core units and other Degree units, through experiential learning. The unit develops their understanding of the application of academically obtained knowledge and skills in a workplace environment, and facilitates their acquisition of work-based networks for potential employment opportunities. Students will undertake a structured professional development program negotiated with the agency and will participate in regular progress review sessions with their supervisors.

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit students will have:

    1. Acquired further understanding of the purpose and methods of planning, principles of integrated sustainable development, methods of evaluating and managing natural and built environments, the political, legal and institutional contexts of planning, and emerging issues in planning; and demonstrated this understanding;
    2. Developed greater understanding of planning policies and instruments; and demonstrated this understanding;
    3. Developed further skills in problem definition, objectives formulation, the use of primary data, knowledge synthesis and application in planning practice, and the production of planning documents;
    4. Enhanced their communication and interpersonal skills;
    5. Acquired further proficiency in the use of information technology;
    6. Gained further experience in, and demonstrated their understanding of, the adoption of professional ethics (integrating value issues in practice and assessing critically the use of professional knowledge, skills and communication).

    Assessment

    Internship Learning Plan (3000) : 20%
    Internship Journal (4000) : 30%
    Internship Report (6,500) : 50%

    Contact hours

    1 one-hour seminar per week and 1 one-hour supervisory session each week

    Prerequisites

    RUP1000, RUP1001, RUP2000 and RUP2001


    RUP3001 - Economic development planning

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Elizabeth O'Brien

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit investigates the theory and practice of sustainable economic development; strategic approaches to economic development planning; associated social and environmental goals; and related concepts, themes and issues. Trends influencing regional and local economic development are examined, including the emergence of globalisation and structural changes within the Australian economy. Key considerations include responding to the challenges of globalisation and structural change; identifying and strengthening competitive advantage; developing export oriented sectors; fostering consumption led growth; providing strategic infrastructure; facilitating investment; and encouraging innovation.

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit students will have:

    1. Acquired further understanding of the purpose and methods of planning, principles of integrated sustainable development, planning objectives, methods of evaluating and managing natural and built environments, the political, legal and institutional contexts of planning, and emerging issues in planning;
    2. Gained conceptual understandings of sustainable economic growth, and developed their understanding of strategic approaches to economic development planning and associated social and economic goals;
    3. Gained an understanding of the trends influencing regional and local economic development, and the role of planners in supporting sustainable economic growth at the local level;
    4. Developed their skills in promoting economic growth, including problem definition, problem solving, and objectives formulation, policy formulation, evaluation and implementation, and the use of economic planning instruments;
    5. Acquired further experience of knowledge synthesis and application in planning practice; and
    6. Enhanced their communication and interpersonal skills.

    Assessment

    Short answer test (1000 words): 20%
    Economic development critique (3500 words): 80%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial, seminar, workshop or focus group per week

    Prerequisites

    RUP1000, RUP1001, RUP2000, RUP2001, and RUP2002


    RUP3002 - Planning communication

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Elizabeth O'Brien

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit investigates the theory and practice of professional communication processes; examines the application of communication methods and interpersonal skills in planning activities; and highlights the ethical and political considerations that arise. An exploration is undertaken of the integral role of communication in planning pursuits, such as information gathering and exchange. Various communication methods employed in stakeholder and community engagement are examined, including interviews and mediation sessions. A focus is placed on the interpersonal skills used in facilitation, moderation, negotiation, problem solving, consensus building, and conflict avoidance and resolution.

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit students will have:

    1. Acquired further understanding of the purpose and methods of planning, principles of integrated sustainable development, planning objectives, methods of evaluating and managing natural and built environments, the political, legal and institutional contexts of planning, and emerging issues in planning;
    2. Gained an understanding of communication based approaches to planning, and planning communication methods aimed at fostering and facilitating stakeholder and community engagement, including interviews, participant observation, spatial mapping surveys, workshops, focus group discussions, and mediation sessions;
    3. Developed their understanding of the adoption of professional ethics in the use of professional knowledge, skills and communication;
    4. Acquired understanding of, and skills in qualitative research, including designing an applied research project, undertaking a literature review and producing an issues paper, conducting and transcribing an in-depth interview, engaging in textual and thematic analysis, and compiling a case study;
    5. Enhanced their communication skills, and developed their interpersonal skills in facilitation, moderation, negotiation, problem solving, consensus building, conflict avoidance and resolution; and
    6. Acquired further experience of knowledge synthesis and application in planning practice.

    Assessment

    Short-answer tests (1000 words): 20%
    Qualitative Research Project (3500 words): 80%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial, seminar, workshop or focus group per week

    Prerequisites

    RUP1000, RUP1001, RUP2000, RUP2001, RUP2002


    SCW1302 - Governing inequality: Foundations of social welfare provision

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Olga Bursian

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to social and community welfare as a professional field located within governmental practice and changing community attutudes. The development, dispersal and decline of the Welfare State throughout western and 'westernised' countries is critically explored. Students also develop an understanding of the historical contribution of the broad range of social and human sciences in the formulation of strategies and techniques for addressing disadvantage and effecting social change.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Understand the historical and political context of the Welfare State and its relationship to the rise of social and community welfare as a professional field.

    1. Discern the role of government policy in the implementation of social and community welfare services and programs.

    1. Comprehend and engage with key debates and critiques of the social and community welfare system.

    1. Demonstrate the development of skills in independent and self-directed learning.

    Assessment

    Introductory assignment (500 words): 10%
    Historical analysis (2000 words): 45%
    Exam (2 hours): 45%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    SCW1303 - Foundations of interpersonal practice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chris Laming

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    The unit introduces the importance of an interpersonal focus to welfare practice and the significance of self-awareness for the welfare practitioner. It examines the centrality of knowledge,values and skills in developing an understanding of social casework and family welfare. It seeks to develop an awareness of the socio-political forces as well as the inter- and intra-personal dynamics that foster problems situations, and the way in which welfare practice is contextualised in the community.

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit, the students will:

    1. Understand the significance of self-awareness in social welfare practice, and will have begun the process of purposeful self-reflection.

    1. Understand and apply basic knowledge, values and skills in welfare practice.

    1. Identify and evaluate typical individual and family welfare situations through the use of simple assessment frameworks.

    1. Develop case plans for productive intervention.

    Assessment

    On-campus students - Assignment 1 (750 words): 20%
    Assignment 2 (1500 words): 30%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%
    Class participation: 10%

    Off-campus students - Assignment 1 (750 words): 20%
    Assignment 2 (1750 words): 40%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    A compulsory 2-day weekend school for off-campus students.

    Prohibitions

    GSC1303


    SCW1304 - Communication and counselling skills

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Marg Lynn

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    The unit provides an understanding of the essential qualities required for effective interviewing in welfare practice. Through practice, continuing beyond this subject, students prepare for the development of sound counselling skills.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students should have a critical understanding of:

    1.The reasons for carrying out an interview; 2. The various roles performed by Interviewers; 3. The skills and processes of interviewing; 4. Assessment and collaborative planning in relation to client needs; and the satisfactory conclusion of an interview relationship.

    Assessment

    Two assignments (1000 words each): 50%
    Workbook: 50%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour tutorial) per week. Off-campus learning students have a compulsory 3-day residential school in September.

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    Off-campus learning students have a compulsory 3-day residential school in September.

    Prerequisites

    SCW1303

    Prohibitions

    GSC1304


    SCW1305 - Constructive groups and teams

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chris Laming

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit will equip students with the necessary skills and knowledge to work effectively within, and with teams and groups in organisations and communities. The unit introduces theories and models relevant to group and community work, and emphasises the importance of utilising teams, groups, and community networks as a Social and Community practitioner within a Human Service organisation. The unit also introduces students to how these skills and knowledge apply to the management of teams and programs.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students will:

    1. Understand the structure and function of teams, groups, and community networks in rleation to Human Service organisations.

    1. Have developed knowledge of the various models of team, group and community work and how this applies to management of human service programs.

    1. Have developed the ability to discern the inter-personal dynamics of teams, groups and community networks.

    1. Appreciate the importance of interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary teams, groups and community networks as a practitioner and manager in human service organisations.

    1. Have developed inter-agency protocols for grounding community networks in accountability.

    1. Be able to critically analyse the processes of teams, groups and community networks.

    Assessment

    Assignment (750 words): 20%
    Workbook (1500 words): 30%
    Exam (2 hrs): 40%
    Participation (On-campus students will be assessed on class participation, off-campus students will be assessed on the basis of participation in the on-line discussion group): 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    GSC1305


    SCW2303 - Case management theory and practice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Debra Manning

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores theoretical frameworks in casework practice, including systems theory, feminist casework, radical casework, problem solving and crisis intervention theory. In particular attention is paid to the process of casework, and how theory is implemented in assessments and case plans.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, each student should have:

    1. Demonstrated understanding of their own implicit practice and how their values and beliefs affect casework practice;
    2. An ability to apply more than one theoretical framework to welfare practice;
    3. Demonstrated understanding of the general casework process

    Assessment

    Analysis of Implicit Theory (2000 words): 40%
    Case Study (2500 words): 60%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    SCW1302, SCW1303, SCW1304, SCW1305 or permission.

    Prohibitions

    GSC2303


    SCW2304 - Community development

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Margaret Lynn

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit focuses attention on 'big picture' or macro welfare work. Its ultimate purpose is to impart skills and knowledge that will enable graduates to work with communities to eliminate disadvantage.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. understand community development as a method of social welfare practice; become familiar with the application of community development models, values, skills, strategies and tactics;

    1. participate in the identification, execution and/or evaluation of a community development response to a situation, problem or issue through a supervised 16-day field education placement in a community organisation;

    1. demonstrate a capacity for reflective analysis of own practice.

    Assessment

    Pre-placement plan: 10% (500 words)
    Workbook: 70%
    Attendance & participation: 20% OR OCL students Pre-placement plan: 20% (1000 words)
    Workbook: 70%
    Field Educator's report: 10%
    This unit includes a 20-day field placement

    Contact hours

    2 hour weekly seminar, 16 day placement

    Prerequisites

    SCW1303 and SCW1304 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC2304


    SCW2306 - Field education and practice

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chris Laming

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Gippsland Full year 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    Students are placed in a welfare or community setting for sixty days to gain experiential learning and professional integration of their welfare theory and practice. The social welfare teaching section makes contact at least twice during placement to facilitate the learning process. Each student is supervised by a qualified field educator and is assigned a liaison person. On-campus students must undertake this unit in semester two.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of welfare practice through participation in the ongoing work of an agency.

    1. Integrate and apply relevant knowledge and skills in a practice setting.

    1. Critically evaluate their values, attitudes and beliefs and the ways in which these can influence their practice.

    1. Analyse and critique their role as an agent of change in social and community welfare practice.

    Assessment

    Pre-placement assignment (750 words): 10%
    Learning plan (1500 words): 20%
    Field education assignment (6000 words): 70%
    To obtain a pass in the unit students will be required to pass each piece of work (the unit will be assessed as pass grade only).

    Prerequisites

    SCW2304

    Co-requisites

    SCW2303

    Prohibitions

    GSC2306, GSC3306, SCW3306


    SCW2307 - Human services management and practice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Karen Crinall

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit recognises the organisational context of all social and community welfare practice and explores the ways this context can effect practice interventions. The unit aims to prepare students for the increasing number and range of management functions embodied in many welfare positions today, with an emphasis on project planning and resourcing.

    Objectives

    1. To further develop the organisational knowledge and skills of welfare practitioners.

    1. To develop particular skills in supervision and management.

    1. To gain knowledge and skills in program planning, development and evaluation.

    1. To develop skills in acquiring resources for a human service organisation.

    Assessment

    Examination (2 hours): 40%
    Workbook assignment (2500 words): 60%

    Prerequisites

    All first-year level units for Diploma of Social and Community Welfare.

    Prohibitions

    GSC2307, GSC3307, SCW3307


    SCW2311 - Social issues and personal values

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Karen Crinall

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores current social issues in Australian society, the interconnections and relationships between them and how the array of cultural, social, political, economic, legal and media influences shape our considerations of social problems. Students are encouraged to reflect on, and challenge, their own values and beliefs through utilising concepts offered by contemporary social theory.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Have developed an understanding and knowledge of current social issues through an awareness of various discourses about

    social problems and the links between these and how social issues are defined and addressed;

    1. Have acquired an understanding of the concepts of objectivity and subjectivity through critical examination of their

    personal values and beliefs and the social ideologies which underpin them;

    1. Have developed their ability to research a social issue;

    1. Be able to distinguish between opinion and fact when processing information, conversing and writing about social issues.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40% (2500 words)
    2 hour Exam: 50%
    Participation: 10% OR OCL students - Written: 50%
    Exam: 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in an Arts discipline or permission.

    Prohibitions

    GSC1301, GSC2311


    SCW2312 - Welfare law, rights & ethics

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Olga Bursian

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Social welfare workers require a knowledge of legal issues and of the legal system, human rights frameworks and professional codes of ethics in order to ensure social justice for service users (citizens, residents and asylum seekers). This unit provides an overview of professional skills in working within the legal system, advocacy skills, and the processes of campaigning for the extension of human rights. Students will learn how to use relevant legislation and locate resource systems for direct practice. It also examines the ways in which legal obligations and powers inform professional judgement.

    Objectives

    Understand the legal system and legal instruments to ensure social justice; demonstrate a good understanding of national & international human rights ; demonstrate an appreciation of practitioners' legal & ethical obligations towards service users (citizens, residents, asylum seekers); develop skills in collaborating with legal professionals; develop advocacy skills and knowledge of resources available for extending human rights and social justice.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 60%
    Exam (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    SCW1302

    Co-requisites

    SCW2311


    SCW3303 - Insights Into practice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Debra Manning

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit focuses on theory, research and practice issues pertaining to a major approach to social and community welfare practice. Our study of Anti-oppressive theory and practice includes ethical and legal dimensions of practice and addresses issues in major fields of social and community welfare practice including disability, child protection and violence against women.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have developed:

    1. An understanding of the main theories and significant practice issues and dilemmas in one major area of social welfare practice;

    1. An awareness of the centrality of values, their own, and those of the clients and workers and the way in which these can colour perceptions of practice issues;

    1. Skills in critical analysis and research methods in a specific practice context.

    Assessment

    Critical Analysis (2000 words): 40%
    Integrative Assignment (2500 words): 60%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    SCW2303 and SCW2304

    Prohibitions

    GSC3303


    SCW3304 - Paradigms of practice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Karen Crinall

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit offers a critical examination of social and community welfare practice. Whilst the lower level units have separated the study of these different foci of intervention, this unit presents an integrated view of social and community welfare practice through the examination of particular practice theories and their derivation from broader social theories. Students pursue recent and relevant readings according to their chosen theoretical perspective.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. Gained knowledge of the historical development and derivation of social welfare practice from broader social, scientific and psychological theories of the individual and society;
    2. Developed a professional orientation to social and community welfare practice that has a sound philosophical and theoretical basis;
    3. Developed the ability to integrate the principles of a particular theoretical perspective into a practice approach that incorporates various levels of intervention, eg. individual, group, family, organisational, governmental;
    4. Gained the necessary skills and knowledge to conduct a literature review.

    Assessment

    Off-campus students - Literature review (2250 words): 50%
    Integrative assignment (2250 words): 50%

    On-campus students - Literature review (2000 words): 40%
    Integrative assignment (2250 words): 50%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    SCW2303 and SCW2304 or eqivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC3304


    SCW3306 - Field education and practice

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Chris Laming

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Gippsland Full year 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    Students are placed in a welfare or community setting for sixty days to gain experiential learning and professional integration of their welfare theory and practice. The social welfare teaching section makes contact at least twice during placement to facilitate the learning process. Each student is supervised by a qualified field educator. On-campus students must undertake this unit in semester two.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:



    1. Demonstrate an understanding of welfare practice through participation in the ongoing work of an agency.

    1. Integrate and apply relevant knowledge and skills in a practice setting.

    1. Critically evaluate their values, attitudes and beliefs and the ways in which these can influence their practice.

    1. Analyse and critique their role as an agent of change in social and community welfare practice.

    Assessment

    Pre-placement assignment (750 words)
    Learning plan (1500 words)
    Field educator report
    Mid-placement report (750 words)
    Field education assignment (6000 words) equivalent assessment
    To obtain a pass in the uniy students will be required to pass each piece of work (the unit will be assessed as pass grade only).

    Prerequisites

    SCW2303 and SCW2304

    Prohibitions

    GSC2306, GSC3306, SCW2306


    SCW3307 - Human services management and practice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Karen Crinall

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit recognises the organisational context of all social and community welfare practice. Students are introduced to strategies for organisational change, and are prepared for the leadership and management functions embodied in many welfare positions. Students study project planning and evaluation, strategic planning and current trends in resourcing.

    Objectives

    1. To further develop the organisational knowledge and skills of welfare practitioners.

    1. To develop particular skills in supervision and management.

    1. To gain knowledge and skills in program planning, development and evaluation.

    1. To develop skills in acquiring resources for a human service organisation.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (4500 words)

    Prerequisites

    SCW2303 and either SCW2304 or SCW2310 or equivalents.

    Prohibitions

    GSC2307, GSC3307, SCW2307


    SCW3310 - Social policy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Olga Bursian

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit interrogates the processes and politics of social policy-making within the Welfare State. It reviews procedures and instruments used to formulate, fund, implement, evaluate, and revise social policy, and critically examines the impact of major policy decisions on the welfare of citizens.

    Objectives

    This unit enables students to:

    1. Understand the relationship between social, economic and public policy.

    1. Understand the processes and politics of social policy making.

    1. Understand alternative theoretical frameworks for analyzing social policy.

    1. Assess the costs and benefits of a policy decision.

    1. Understand the methods used to challenge and influence policy agenda, choices and directions.

    Assessment

    Policy analysis (2500 words): 60%
    Exam (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    SCW1302

    Co-requisites

    Two of SCW2312, SCW2303, SCW2304

    Prohibitions

    SCW2310, GSC2310


    SCW4305 - Research methods for social and community welfare

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Karen Crinall

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides a framework for designing research methodologies relevant to social and community welfare by examining the history, nature, function and current role of social and community research. Using a problem-based approach, students engage in exercises requiring resolution of ethical and methodological issues and dilemmas, including forming researchable questions, negotiating selection of appropriate design and method; developing awareness of underpinning agendas and vested interests; and knowledge of philosophical and theoretical positions. Issues concerning research with individuals, groups, communities and organisations in a range of contexts are also explored and examined.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

    1. engage with research in social and community welfare as a creative, problem solving activity;
    2. demonstrate awareness of, and critical engagement with theoretical, practical and ethical considerations in social and community welfare research design and conduct;
    3. demonstrate knowledge and skills in conducting and evaluating research.
    Students will also be able to:
    1. demonstrate awareness of the options and constraints of different types of research design, including qualitative and quantitative methodologies;
    2. identify appropriate methods for conducting research across a range of contexts;
    3. design an appropriate research methodology.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90% (9000 words)
    Learning contract: 10%


    SCY1100 - Introduction to sociology I

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Naomi White

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this subject students will begin the process of learning about the concepts and approaches used by sociologists to analyze and gain an understanding of the social world. Students will learn how these concepts are used examine particular aspects of social life. The specific topics considered may vary from year to year. Among these might be whether our ideas of masculinity and femininity have changed, the significance of ethnic identity in today's world, the underpinnings of racism or how theoretical perspectives can help us to think about social problems.

    Objectives

    After completing this subject, students will have

    • Knowledge of some of the key concepts and perspectives used in sociological analysis.
    • Understanding of how sociologists approach the link between the individual and society.
    • An understanding of how structural factors influence the ways in which people experience everyday life.
    • Skills in presenting coherently argued and well organized essays on sociological topics.

    Assessment

    Essay 1 (1000 words): 15%; Essay 2 (2000 words) 25%; Library project: 10%; Examination (1.5 hours): 45%; Class participation: 5%

    Contact hours

    Two 1-hour lectures and One 1-hour tutorial per week


    SCY1200 - Introduction to sociology II

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dharma Arunachalam

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is the second in the first year introductory sociology sequence, building on the skills and knowledge developed in first semester. It introduces students to three important areas of sociological research and theoretical endeavour. These may include topics such as: sexuality and gender, popular culture through an examination of mass media; class and social inequality; poverty and social exclusion; population and society; and family.

    Assessment

    Two short essays (1250 words each): 60%; Examination (2 hours): 30%; Class attendance and participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


    SCY1801 - Sociological reflections on everyday life

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Eva Petersen and Pam Reynolds

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Singapore First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit is an introduction to the discipline, with a specific focus on using sociology to reflect on everyday life. Through the analysis of substantive social issues and institutions the unit explores the role of a sociological perspective in moving beyond 'common sense' and taken-for-granted understandings of society. Broad topics covered include: the nature of sociological knowledge; experiencing everyday life through gender, family and the body; the relationship between conformity, deviance and social control; and the role of social class and the mass media in shaping how we interpret and understand the world.

    Objectives

    1. Understand the nature of sociological explanation and its difference to other forms of explanation.

    1. Be able to recognize the different ways in which sociologists theorise and research the social world.

    1. Be able to apply basic sociological concepts to issues of local and global concern.

    1. Have gained skills in the written presentation of an argument, including the ways in which sociologists incorporate and acknowledge the ideas of other writers.

    1. Begin to develop a critical, questioning approach to reading/assessing sociological material that provides a sound basis for further study in the discipline

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    2 hour Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


    SCY1802 - Global sociology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Singapore Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the different ways in which our lives are connected increasingly to global events and processes. Through the study of topics such as consumption, work, sport, crime and terrorism, international migration, and environmental degradation it questions the inevitability of 'globalisation' and examines its social causes and consequences. Specifically, the unit engages with important social questions such as: 'How does globalisation shape our everyday experiences?' 'In what ways does it contribute to social divisions as well as new forms of belonging?' and 'What are the strategies pursued by various social groups for creating a more environmentally and socially just world?'

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. understand the nature of sociological explanation and its difference to other forms of explanation;
    2. be able to recognise the different ways in which sociologists theorise and research the social world;
    3. be able to apply basic sociological concepts to issues of local and global concern;
    4. have gained skills in the written presentation of an argument, including the ways in which sociologists incorporate and acknowledge the ideas of other writers; and,
    5. begin to develop a critical, questioning approach to reading/assessing sociological material that provides a sound basis for further study in the discipline.

    Assessment

    Short essay (1000 words): 25%
    Long essay (1500 words): 35%
    Final examination (2 hour): 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    GSC1202


    SCY2021 - Media, communications and societies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Davis

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will investigate the role of the popular media in the social construction of reality including such issues as the social distribution of knowledge; political dimensions of the information industry; competing ideologies with competing technologies; legitimation (or subversion) of the status quo; the construction and dissemination of cultural symbolism, myths and stereotypes. This will involve regular viewing of films and videos in the lecture periods.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (2500 words)
    Class test: 40% (2 hours)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hour Seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY3021


    SCY2030 - Sociology of community corrections

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Community Based Corrections is an integral part of the correctional system with 3 times as many offenders being placed on community orders than those who are sent to prison. This unit will complement the existing unit on the Sociology of Prisons (SCY2181/3181) and give students who wish to specialise in the correctional field a detailed insight into the different forms of corrections in the community and the rationale behind these. Community corrections include probation and parole, diversion, pre-trial release, restitution, community service orders, work and education release, residential and home detention programs.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this subject, students will have gained an understanding of:

    1. The historical development of community corrections.

    1. Probation and parole systems generally and those operating specifically in Victoria.

    1. The various types of community correction orders and those operating specifically in Victoria.

    1. The training and role of the community corrections officer.

    1. Various prison leave programs including family, work and educational leave.

    1. Issues associated with home detention programs.

    1. The capacity to think analytically and to engage in informed debate, both verbal and written, on community corrections issues.

    Assessment

    Report and Tutorial presentation: 40%
    Written work: 50% (2500 words)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    SCY1100 and SCY1200 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    SCY3030


    SCY2031 - Sexuality, gender and social relations

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Kirsten McLean

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will investigate the meaning and construction of sexuality and gender in Western culture, using a range of theoretical approaches; explore the relationship between sexuality and gender; investigate the regulation and control of sexuality and gender through a variety of social institutions; explore a range of both traditional and controversial areas where sexuality, gender and society interact; and examine the cultural representation of gender and sexuality and the impacts of these representations.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. Become familiar with a range of theoretical approaches to sexuality and gender in Western society.

    1. The ability to use these approaches to analyse a variety of areas in which sexuality and gender are experienced in social life.

    1. An understanding of the diversity of sexual desires, practices and identities.

    1. Increased awareness of the gender differences in perceptions and experiences of sexualities.

    1. A grasp of the range of institutions which reinforce and challenge notions of sexuality and gender.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50%
    2 hours exam: 40%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY3031


    SCY2041 - Multiculturalism, citizenship and identity

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Denise Cuthbert

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the main concepts and theoretical approaches in the study of ethnicity and migration. It places multicultural Australia in the context of globalisation and global migration and takes a comparative view on the issues of ethnicity, identity, nation and transnationalism. The unit also deals with the issues of nation-state's management of ethnic diversity, comparing settler societies such as Australia with the old nations of Europe and Asia. In the unit, students are encouraged to learn about Australian multiculturalism in a historical perspective, and develop a critical understanding of Australian ethnic relations since the beginning of European settlement.

    Objectives

    After completing this unit students will have

    • An understanding of the application of sociological concepts to multiculturalism, citizenship and identity.
    • Knowledge of theoretical and methodological approaches to studying these issues.
    • A critical understanding of contemporary Australian society in a historical perspective.
    • A deeper critical understanding of their own and other people's social identities.
    • Understanding of how dominant ideas and assumptions are created.
    • Further developed written, research and analytical skills.

    Assessment

    Essay 1 (1000 words): 15%; Essay 2 (2000 words): 25%; Library project: 10%; Examination (1.5 hours): 45%; Class participation: 5%

    Contact hours

    One 1 hour lecture and One 1 hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY3041


    SCY2050 - Health, technologies and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Davis

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Health, Technologies & Society critically addresses the social impacts of recent developments in health-related technologies. Students will be introduced to the area through a brief historical overview of the role that technologies have played in health and medicine. The unit features case studies such as genetic testing, drug treatment and technologically intensive public health interventions. The unit is taught in three blocks: governing and accessing innovative health technologies; identity and the biomedical imaginary; technology users, expertise and health care.

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit will be able to:

    1. identify and describe the key ways in which new health technologies impact on individuals and populations;
    2. explain the social and cultural aspects of health technologies ;
    3. critically examine the contribution of various theoretical perspectives regarding the social impacts of health technologies;
    4. apply critical and theoretical arguments to the social aspects of health technologies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (2500 words)
    Class test: 40% (2 hours)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 one-hour lecture and 1 one-hour seminar per week


    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY3050


    SCY2070 - Families, labour and intimacy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jo Lindsay

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit focuses on intimate relationships and the complexities of contemporary family life. In the first part of the unit we examine theoretical perspectives on intimate life and put contemporary families in historical and cultural context. In the second part we examine romance, partnering and parenting, relationship diversity, relationship dissolution and the labour that families do. Throughout the unit we analyse everyday experiences, popular culture and social policy to understand the ways in which personal life is shaped by wider social forces.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit students should be able to:

    1. articulate a good understanding of the sociological imagination or perspective;
    2. analyse personal life, family life and examples from popular culture using a Sociological perspective;
    3. describe the ways in which wider social forces shape personal life;
    4. work with peers to discuss and refine analysis;
    5. develop and present an argument in both oral and written formats.

    Assessment

    Report and Tutorial presentation: 40%
    Written work: 50% (2500 words)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 one hour lecture and 1 one hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY3070


    SCY2100 - Social theory

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Suzi Adams

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to introduce students to some of the key thinkers and themes in classical and contemporary social theory. The contrasting perspectives of the classical thinkers Marx, Weber and Durkheim are discussed, along with contemporary approaches to issues such as action, structure, power, culture and modernity.

    Objectives

    Students who study this unit:



    • will acquire knowledge about a broad range of sociological theories, both classical and contemporary, as alternative and differing approaches to analysing social relations, and hence will gain an understanding of how sociological knowledge has developed over time;



    • will learn to critique certain accepted social theories and learn how to question dominant ideas and assumptions;



    • will develop their oral and written skills in order to analyse theoretical material.

    Assessment

    Written work 45%
    Exam 45%
    Participation 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY3100


    SCY2121 - Youth, culture and social change

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jo Lindsay

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the importance of lives of young people to contemporary sociology, as well as the meanings of the construction of youth as a life phase. Topics covered include: youth cultures and styles, globalisation and consumption, changing transitions to adulthood, media and internet, citizenship and social change, work and leisure.

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit will develop a critical understanding of the historical and contemporary trends in the field of youth sociology. They will learn to evaluate competing interpretations of issues related to youth and identify different theoretical perspectives. They will develop skills in the defended articulation and critique of arguments both orally and in written work. They will learn to relate theory to policy and vice versa.

    Assessment

    Written work: (3000 words): 60%
    Class test: 30%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY 3121


    SCY2131 - Sociology of Religion

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Religion and sociology. Religion: sword or sacred canopy. The functions of religion in society. The development of religion in primitive and modern societies. Spiritual experiences and the search for meaning in life. Religion and social inequality. Religious change and social change. Gender issues and religion. Protestantism and the development of capitalism. The church-sect typology of religious groups. Religion and secularisation. The religious factor in Australian life. The concept of membership applied to a religious group such as a church.

    Assessment

    Seminar presentation (500 words equivalent): 10%
    Essay (2000 words): 45%
    Test (2 hours): 45%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year SCY sequence or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    SCY3131


    SCY2142 - Sociology of Education

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the main theoretical debates in the sociology of education from an historical perspective as it relates to current debates surrounding this most contentious of areas. Students will explore the idealogical bases underpinning prevailing educational philosophies, the epistemological and practical implications, and their relationship to political and economic imperatives.

    Assessment

    Research project (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY3142


    SCY2151 - The body, health and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alan Petersen

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit focuses on sociological theorising about the body and contemporary issues in health sociology. It covers the big human issues of birth, sex, reproduction and death and the important social divisions of class, gender, ethnicity and sexuality. We will discuss embodiment and change, how health inequalities are socially produced and distributed and power relations in the current health care system.

    Objectives

    By the completion of the unit the student should be able to:

    1. articulate a sound understanding of the sociological imagination or perspective;
    2. analyse complex health issues using a sociological perspective;
    3. articulate how our bodies are socially constructed;
    4. discuss the operation of medical dominance within the health system;
    5. demonstrate skills in synthesizing information and presenting an argument within class and in a report format.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (2500 words)
    Class test: 40% (2 hours)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 one hour lecture and 1 one-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY3151


    SCY2181 - Sociology of prisons

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The following topics will be examined: historical development of punishment and penal institutions; remand, trial and imprisonment; the effects of isolation and deprivation; prison populations and social class; resocialisation and techniques of coping in a total institution; deterrence and rehabilitation; parole; release; recidivism; reform; alternatives; privatisation; unit management and specific therapeutic communities.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY3181


    SCY2210 - Gender and sociology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ulla Svensson and Jan van Bommel

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The conceptualisation of gender and gender relations in the discipline of sociology. A broad range of theories will be examined critically from feminist perspectives (radical, marxist, psychoanalytic and poststructuralist). In the process, students will gain knowledge of the classic 'male-stream' social theorists (Marx, Weber, Durkheim, Freud) as well as more contemporary theorists (Parsons, Althusser, Lacan, Foucault).

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Class participation/presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY3210


    SCY2251 - Children and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Associate Professor Naomi White

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines contemporary understandings of, and relations with children. It also considers how these understandings and relations have changed over time. That is, shifts in public responses to children and variations in how children are treated are explored in relation to changing economic arrangements and prevailing family structures. Literature which examines the connection between power, the state and minority status, as well as theories dealing with the construction of social categories will be used as frameworks for analysing the changing status and notions of children and childhood.

    Assessment

    Seminar presentation and written summary (1500 words): 35%
    Research project (3000 words): 65%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY3251


    SCY2261 - Social research methods

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dharma Arunachalam, Naomi White

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Doing sociological research requires us to think conceptually, to systematically plan how we might obtain valid information relevant to the research questions we are asking, and to analyze information. Because sociological research draws on people's experiences, its conduct inevitably raises ethical and political questions. In this unit, we will discuss these issues. We will also consider various qualitative and quantitative research strategies and data gathering techniques available to us when we seek to document the social world.

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit, students will have

    • An understanding of the strengths, limitations and appropriate applications of quantitative and qualitative approaches to research;
    • Knowledge of methods commonly used in both quantitative and qualitative research;
    • Understanding of the theoretical, practical and ethical considerations in research;
    • Knowledge of issues related to the design and implementation of social science research; and
    • Skills relevant to working in groups.

    Assessment

    Individual and group written work 50%
    Tests 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY 3261


    SCY2272 - Sociology of popular music

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Historical and critical analysis of the production, communication, consumption and social contexts and implications of youth music of the 1950s, 1960s and 1970s; popular music forms and icons; popular music as commodity and art; popular music technology, performances, audiences, and mass media central to youth 'revolutions' of these eras; the 'rock is dead' thesis and the ongoing impact of the last four decades of 'vinyl' on youth music of the 1990s.

    Assessment

    Essay (1750 words): 40%
    Project (1750 words): 40%
    Test (1 hour): 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY3272


    SCY2290 - Spiritualities, faiths and religions: Society and the transcendent

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Charlotte Baines

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Are Australians spiritual, religious or what? Is Australia Christian, Monotheist, Secular or Polytheist? Why are Islam, Buddhism and Witchcraft growing? Is there a future for the churches? Does it make any difference? Focusing on religion in Australia, this unit examines the problem of religious meaning, the emergence and maintenance of religious systems of meaning, and the interaction between religion and other aspects of society.

    Objectives

    Students completing this subject successfully will encounter the diversity of spirituality in religiously plural Australia, become sensitive to the ways in which spiritualities and modes of interacting with the transcendent are socially organised, understand the complex interplay between religion and society, appreciate the social underpinning and structuring of religious belief and the ways in which religious belief shapes society, become aware of the sociological perspectives on spirituality and religious belief, practice and organisation in Australian society.

    Assessment

    Research paper (3500 words) : 75%
    Class Test (1 hour ) : 25%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week (1 x 2 hr seminar per week)

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY 3290, RLT2/3290, COS2290/3290


    SCY2310 - Population and migration

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dharma Arunachalam

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit examines

    1. the determinants of fertility, mortality and internal migration in Australia,
    2. the factors shaping Australian immigration policy since World War Two and the outcomes as regards country of origin, skill and other social characteristics of migrants, and
    3. the migrant impact on Australian society, including inter ethnic relations.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    SCY3310


    SCY2400 - Social psychology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Naomi White

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the social construction of social relationships and of emotions as constituent elements of face-to-face interactions. Students will examine conceptual and theoretical frameworks relevant to the social psychology of interpersonal relationships, the social construction of emotion and the interplay of self-definitions, emotions and situational factors in face-to-face relationships. How we attribute meaning to events, situations and our own and others' actions will also be considered.

    Assessment

    Group written work 45%
    Test 55%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial.

    Prerequisites

    SCY1100 and SCY1200 or PSY1011and PSY1022 or BHS1711 and BHS1712 or SCY1801 and SCY1802 or GSC1201 and GSC1202.

    Prohibitions

    SCY3400


    SCY2420 - Sociology of Economic Life: Money, Morals and Markets

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Ray Jureidini

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The social bases of money and exchange in modern and traditional society. The ritual of exchange and the cash nexus. Topics will cover sociological interpretations of ethical issues concerned with the monetary valuation of various aspects of individual and social life. As an introduction to economic sociology, three theoretical and ideological paradigms will be canvassed: economic liberalism, political economy and economic sociology.

    Assessment

    Written work: (3000 words): 60%
    Class test: 30%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY3420


    SCY2460 - Men, masculinity and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andrew Singleton

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores recent sociological analyses of men and masculinity, which start from the realisation that men's lives are just as much gendered as are those of women. Topics covered include: the social construction of masculinity; men and popular culture; the contemporary crisis in masculinity; self-help literature for men; men's magazines; the men's movement; male bodies; men and sport; men and domesticity; aggression and violence.

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit will:

    1. Develop a critical awareness of the status of men in society.
    2. Be introduced to different sociological approaches to the study of men and masculinity.
    3. Possess an insight into the various cultural constructions of masculinity.
    4. Develop their analytical skills to critically understand and interpret the status of men in society.

    Assessment

    Mass Media Assignment (1000 words): 25%
    Research Essay (2500): 50%
    Examination (1 hour): 25%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY3460


    SCY2470 - Women, gender and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to a range of feminist perspectives on society. We examine gender relations in both the public and domestic domains. The two major themes of the unit are labour and love. Through doing this unit students develop a basic knowledge of feminist perspectives on Western Society; skills in reading and analysing theoretical, empirical and popular texts; the ability to think sociologically about gender issues and to connect personal experience with wider social forces.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject should develop:

    1. A basic knowledge of feminist perspectives on Western society.

    1. Skills in reading and analysing theoretical, empirical and popular texts.

    1. The ability to think sociologically about gender issues and to connect personal experience with wider social forces.

    1. The ability to communicate analysis in oral and written forms.

    Assessment

    Seminar presentation and report (2500 words): 50%
    Class test (2 hours, 2000 words equivalent): 40%
    Class presentation and participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY3470


    SCY2480 - Political sociology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Suzi Adams

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores recent developments in political sociology. It takes up key contemporary thinkers to critically discuss various approaches to such important issues as social movements, autonomy, democracy, the public sphere, power, institutions, (the clash of) civilizations, religion and the political constitution of modernity.

    Objectives

    At the completion of this subject students should be able to: Understand at a developed (SCY2480) or advanced (SCY3480) level the key tenets and conditions of emergence of new social theories; Demonstrate a competent understanding of the historical development of contemporary social and political thought and the impact of global political, cultural and economic changes on this development; Demonstrate a capacity to critically analyse conflicting views, arguments and evidence on current theories of power, ideology, agency and social transformation; Demonstrate transferable information management, communication and interpersonal skills such as listening, reading, oral communication, research, analysis, synthesis, argument formation, and related computer skills, as well as a range of self-management skills (seminar preparation, study habits, essay preparation).

    Assessment

    Written work 45%
    Exam 45%
    Participation 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY 3480


    SCY2560 - Work and social change

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The social bases of working life. An historical overview of the meaning of work will include cultural, religious, economic and psychological attitudes and explanations of the importance of work. Particular emphasis will be placed on labour process theory and recent changes in the organisation of work, including part-time, casual and 'invisible' employment. Globalisation and the international division of labour.

    Assessment

    Research report (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY3560


    SCY2570 - Sociology by numbers: Introduction to data analysis

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is a practical introduction to quantitative social research methods that are currently experiencing a revival in the social sciences. The topics include: research design, data collection (including sampling theory) and data analysis (understanding and using univariate and bivariate statistics, validity and tests of statistical significance). Multivariate statistics will only be briefly touched upon. The level of mathematics is not very high, but students will need to be able to work comfortably with simple formulae, graphs and tables, and to operate a calculator.

    Objectives

    Students who complete this unit:

    • Will understand the changing and important role of a range of quantitative methods in the social sciences;
    • Will develop analytical skills in research design, data collection and analysis in order to critically interpret data;
    • Be able to undertake an independent sociological research project and write a research report that will include research design, data collection and analysis.

    Assessment

    Minor practical assignment (1000) : 25%
    Research report (2500) : 50%
    Test (1 hour) : 25%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY 3570


    SCY2651 - The unconscious in social life

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Naomi White

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The contribution of unconscious processes to interpersonal interactions will be expolored in this unit. The processes decribed in various psychoanalytic approaches to human behaviour have been incorporated into sociological theorising and research. These will be examined with particular attention to their applications to analyses of interactions in the family and organisations. Their utility in understanding contemporary poltical and social movements will also be considered.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Class project (1000 words): 20%
    Test (1.5 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in Sociology or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    SCY3651


    SCY2801 - Sociology of family and generation

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit will cover the following topics: modern family structure and kinship relations, family processes, changing gender roles within the family, and family disruption.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of the unit students will:

    1. be able to use sociological terms to describe the structure of the family and distinguish family from other types of households;
    2. be able to use the major sociological perspectives to identify and analyse significant changes to family processes and relationships associated with modernisation;
    3. have developed a sociological explanation of kinship ties, marriage choices, and generational relationships;
    4. demonstrate an understanding of sociological theories applied to the family.

    Assessment

    Seminar presentation and written paper (on campus students) or Research essay (off campus students) (2500 words) : 55%
    Examination (2 hours) : 45%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    SCY1801 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GSC2201, GSC3221, SCY3801


    SCY2802 - Sociology of race and ethnic relations

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will emphasise the study of social relations between racial and ethnic groups in selected societies. The unit will pay special attention to the place of ethnic and Aboriginal groups in Australia. The concepts of race, racism, ethnicity, prejudice, discrimination and multiculturalism will be analysed and discussed in detail.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:



    1. Identify and describe the different theories and concepts through which sociologists and other social scientists seek to explain issues of race and ethnicity;

    1. Demonstrate a critical evaluation of the relationship between national identity and ethnic identity;

    1. Identify contemporary issues associated with multiculturalism including multicultural citizenship, community languages and maintenance of cultural diversity; and

    1. Understand the complexities of the relationships between dominant culture and minority culture including Aboriginal-European contact.



    Assessment

    Assignment one (1000 words): 30%
    Assignment two (1500 words): 40%
    Examination (2 hour): 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    SCY1801 and SCY1802 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC2202


    SCY2803 - Sociology of children

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the position of children in the social structure of Australian society. It covers the major institutions that shape the experience of childhood and current social concerns about the position of children. Major topics include gender socialisation, children's position within the family and the society, theories of parenting, children's rights, and the child and the state. Students' work in the subject will progress from a review of everyday knowledge of childhood to the development of a critical understanding of the social construction of childhood.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Be able to describe the position of children in Australian and other societies
    2. Have critically examined beliefs about children and child raising practices;
    3. Have engaged in both independent and cooperative work to develop an understanding of the social construction of childhood.

    Assessment

    Assignment (1500 words) : 30%
    Seminar presentation (on campus) or research paper (off campus) : 40%
    Review essay (1000 words) : 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    SCY1801 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GSC2203, GSC3203, SCY3803


    SCY2804 - Work and technology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is a basic introduction to the concepts, theories and research developed in sociological studies of work and technology. Particular emphasis will be placed upon the fundamental influences work and technology have on societies. The influence of working life and technological development on the social careers of individuals will also be emphasised.

    Objectives

    The objectives of the unit are to enable students to:

    • Identify the central issues in the sociology of work and technology;
    • Understand the input of technology and changing nature of work in contemporary society;
    • Develop a conceptual and theoretical framework for understanding work;
    • Critically review their own experiences of work; and
    • Present a well constructed argument which shows evidence of wide reading and an ability to explore alternative interpretations when forming conclusions.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    2 hour Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    SCY1801 or SCY1802 or permission

    Prohibitions

    GSC2204, GSC3204, SCY3804


    SCY2805 - Sociology of deviance

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Lyle Munro

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Singapore Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    The unit focuses on a sociological analysis of deviant behaviour by examining a wide range of theoretical perspectives on deviance. The unit considers why and how some behaviours are defined as deviant (eg sexual deviance, delinquency, mental disorders) and other important social problems are not (eg speciesism, sexism, racism). The role of social control agents, particularly in relation to young people, will be examined. Topics to be studied focus on both Australian and overseas experience and examples.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Understand how deviant and moral identities are socially constructed and contested, particularly in the mass media;
    2. Distinguish between sociological and non-sociological explanations of deviant behaviour;
    3. Critically evaluate and apply sociological theories of deviance to specific issues in (Australian) society;
    4. Be informed about different kinds of social control
    5. Present as a written argument a balanced, sociological analysis of issues concerning marginality, deviance and crime.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    2 hour Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    SCY1801 and SCY1802 or CRJ1001 and CRJ1002

    Prohibitions

    SCY3805, GSC2205, GSC3205


    SCY2806 - Sociology of health and illness

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Vaughan Higgins

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to sociological understandings of health and illness. The first section looks at the social production and patterning of health and illness, and provides a critique of the contemporary focus on health promotion. The middle section engages with recent sociological analyses of issues related to gender, the body, the illness experience and mental illness. The third section provides an understanding of the social organization of health care with a focus on the role of scientific medicine. The ways in which both occupational groupings and patients have sought to challenge medical dominance are also examined.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    • Understand the importance of the 'social' in the construction, production and experience of illness;
    • Understand the different ways in which sociologists research and theorise about health and illness;
    • Critically assess the social organisation of health-care;
    • Contribute to public debates on health promotion, lifestyle and risk;
    • Apply their sociological knowledge to their own lives in a reflexive way.

    Assessment

    Assignment 1 (1000 words) : 25%
    Assignment 2 (1500 words) : 35%
    Examination (2 hours) : 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hr seminar per week)

    Prerequisites

    SCY1801 or SCY1802 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC2206, GSC3216, SCY3806


    SCY2809 - Environmental sociology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Lyle Munro

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to introduce students to the ways in which sociological knowledge can be used to understand contemporary environmental issues. In order to achieve this, the unit has a dual focus - society and nature. First, it develops theoretical and conceptual knowledge drawn from traditional and contemporary sociological theory to provide analytical frameworks. Second, through the anlaysis of environmental issues, the unit seeks to apply these frameworks to specific local, national and international contexts.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    2 hour Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    SCY1801 and SCY1802 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC2209, GSC3209, SCY3809


    SCY2811 - Social justice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Singapore First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces to students a sociological understanding of social justice related issues including gender equity, minority rights, democratic government, economic opportunity, environmental protection and human rights. It provides students a comparative view of social justice over a number of political and legal states and chronological periods. A variety of legal issues including those of consitutionalism, social control, and equity are examined to illustrate the disparate definitions of social justice.

    Objectives

    1. Identify issues of power and privilege;

    1. Exhibit an awareness and understanding of self in relation to diverse and vulnerable populations;

    1. Understand the various definitions and theoretical debates surrounding social justice;

    1. Learn about national and international social justice movements;

    1. Develop a sociological position regarding the analysis of contemporary social justice related issues.

    Assessment

    Two assignments (1350 words each): 60%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    SCY1801 and SCY1802 or CRJ1001 and CRJ1002 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GSC2211, SCY3811


    SCY2813 - Globalisation and change in regional Australia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Vaughan Higgins

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the different ways in which globalisation transforms those regions that lie outside the boundaries of Australia's capital cities. Studying the regional impact of global processes is significant since it is often non-metropolitan regions where the uneven effects of globalisation are experienced most intensely. The unit focuses on how globalisation contributes to economic, environmental and social change in regional Australia, and its implications for various groups communities and industries. We also engage with debates over how to create a more sustainable future for regional Australia, and reflect on the tensions involved in current strategies to enhance 'sustainability'.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will:

    1. be able to explain the relationship between globalisation processes and contemporary change in regional Australia;
    2. be able to recognise and describe the different theories and concepts through which sociologists explain regional and rural change;
    3. understand the processes, institutions and policies that shape the social organisation of regional Australia;
    4. be able to recognise and assess critically debates concerning the sustainability of Australia's regions;
    5. have gained skills in the written presentation of an argument, including the ways in which sociologists incorporate and acknowledge the ideas of other writers.

    Assessment

    Short essay (1000 words): 25%
    Long essay (1500 words): 35%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    SCY1801 and SCY1802 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC2213, GSC3213, SCY3813


    SCY2814 - Social movements and change

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Lyle Murno

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to introduce students to the ways in which sociological knowledge can be used to understand how social movements and collective action facilitate or inhibit social change in a wide variety of societal contexts. In order to achieve this, the unit focuses on key concepts and theories in the social movement literature and then seeks to apply these to specific local, national and international campaigns where people are either striving to achieve social change or are mounting counter movements against change.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Be able to identify major sociological issues relating to contemporary social movements and change.

    1. Be able to describe and recognise the different theories and concepts through which sociologists explain social movements and change.

    1. Understand the causes and consequences of change initiated by interest groups, NGOs and movements in society.

    1. Have developed the capacity to recognise and critically assess debates concerning various social movements in Australia and elsewhere.

    1. Have gained skills in developing and presenting an argument, including the ways in which sociologists acknowledge the ideas of various researchers in the field.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    2 hour Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    SCY1801 and SCY1802 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    SCY3814


    SCY2815 - Analysing social data

    6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Pam Reynolds

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    An accessible introduction to reading, understanding and presenting social data, typically in numerical form, using a computer package to analyse collected data.

    Objectives

    On the successful completion of this unit students should:

    1. Have acquired an understanding of variable measurement.

    1. Be able to demonstrate a comprehension of statistical summaries.

    1. Have mastered the concepts underlying bivariate inferential techniques.

    1. Be able to show some ability in creating meaningful data summaries of report quality.

    1. Have attained the ability to use a computer package for statistical analysis.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70% (equivalent 3000 words)
    Exam: 30% (equivalent 1500 words)

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 1 hour supervised lab) per week

    Prerequisites

    24 points at level 1

    Prohibitions

    GSC1601


    SCY2816 - Qualitative social research

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Associate Professor Harry Ballis

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Singapore First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    Ethnographic research is the art and science of describing a group or culture. It involves the studying groups and/or individuals as they go about their daily lives. A central premise of this unit is that the ethnographer enters "the field" with an open mind, but not an empty head. Before engaging with their subjects, the ethnographer begins with a problem, a theory or model, a research design, specific data collection techniques, tools of analysis, and often specific writing style. The unit examines in detail each of these activities and traces their implications for research and the researcher.

    Objectives

    By the time students complete this unit, they will be able to:

    1. ascertain what research methods are appropriate with particular theoretical issues that they wish to explore;

    1. understand the uses and limitations of qualitative research;

    1. gain expertise on how to establish a qualitative research framework;

    1. know how to use The Ethnograph to analyse qualitative data.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100%

    Contact hours

    One two-hour workshop per week

    Prerequisites

    SCY1801 and SCY1802 or equivalents


    SCY2817 - Quantitative social research

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Barry Richardson

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the basic concepts necessary for the research process in the social sciences. Topics include a range of methods used in social research, the strengths and weaknesses of each method, the situations in which each method can be appropriately applied, research design and ethics, data collection techniques, and reporting of research. Verbal skills of interviewing and reporting are assessed as well as written skills. Spreadsheeting is introduced using the university's software package.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students should have:

    1. Acquired familiarity, both theoretical and practical, with the basic stages of a research project.

    1. The ability to describe a range of methods used in conducting social research and be able to assess the strengths and weaknesses of each method.

    1. Improved their proficiency in oral and written reporting skills.

    1. Developed their capacity for independent achievement of goals.

    1. Extended their ability to critically evaluate research reported in current literature.

    1. Prepared themselves for undertaking postgraduate research.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90% (4000 words)
    Oral report: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    24 points at first year level

    Prohibitions

    COG1112, GSC1112, BHS2110, BHS3110


    SCY2818 - Identity, gender and sexuality

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Eva Petersen

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores from a sociological perspective how identities are developed and what role gender and sexuality play in this process. This unit introduces various contemporary theoretical perspectives on the social construction of identity and on gender and sexuality as historical and social categories. A specific focus is on the application of the theoretical perspectives to understanding and analysing everyday life and experience. The unit examines the significance of understanding the formation of identity in context-sensitive ways and in the intersection of various social categories.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    SCY1801 or SCY1802 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    SCY3818


    SCY2990 - Representing the Holocaust: Popular Culture, Literature and Memory

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Associate Professor Naomi White

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The Nazi's attempted genocide raises crucial historical, socio-political, ethical and psychological questions. Since these events, the Holocaust has been a major arena for cultural reflection, metaphysical scrutiny and political appropriation. Three categories of post-war depictions of the Holocaust will be examined as contested sites of remembrance and representation: film, fiction and oral histories. These will be analysed in relation to theoretical debates about representation. Attention will be paid to the way in which representation and remembrance is socially, culturally, politically and historically embedded.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Tutorial participation: 10%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY3990


    SCY3021 - Media, communications and societies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Davis

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will investigate the role of the popular media in the social construction of reality including such issues as the social distribution of knowledge; political dimensions of the information industry; competing ideologies with competing technologies; legitimation (or subversion) of the status quo; the construction and dissemination of cultural symbolism, myths and stereotypes. This will involve regular viewing of films and videos in the lecture periods.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (2500 words)
    Class test: 40% (2 hours)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hour Seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY2021


    SCY3030 - Sociology of community corrections

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Community Based Corrections is an integral part of the correctional system with 3 times as many offenders being placed on community orders than those who are sent to prison. This unit will complement the existing unit on the Sociology of Prisons (SCY2181/3181) and give students who wish to specialise in the correctional field a detailed insight into the different forms of corrections in the community and the rationale behind these. Community corrections include probation and parole, diversion, pre-trial release, restitution, community service orders, work and education release, residential and home detention programs.

    Assessment

    Written work: 45%
    Exam: 45%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    SCY1100 and SCY1200 or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    SCY2030


    SCY3031 - Sexuality, gender and social relations

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Kirsten McLean

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will investigate the meaning and construction of sexuality and gender in Western culture, using a range of theoretical approaches; explore the relationship between sexuality and gender; investigate the regulation and control of sexuality and gender through a variety of social institutions; explore a range of both traditional and controversial areas where sexuality, gender and society interact; and examine the cultural representation of gender and sexuality and the impacts of these representations.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. Become familiar with a range of theoretical approaches to sexuality and gender in Western society.

    1. The ability to use these approaches to analyse a variety of areas in which sexuality and gender are experienced in social life.

    1. An understanding of the diversity of sexual desires, practices and identities.

    1. Increased awareness of the gender differences in perceptions and experiences of sexualities.

    1. A grasp of the range of institutions which reinforce and challenge notions of sexuality and gender.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours) (equivalent 2000 words): 40%
    Tutorial attendance and participation: 10%

    Additional comment
    Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate wider reading and the ability to present more sophisticated theoretical arguments.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY2031


    SCY3041 - Multiculturalism, citizenship and identity

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Denise Cuthbert

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the main concepts and theoretical approaches in the study of ethnicity and migration. It places multicultural Australia in the context of globalisation and global migration and takes a comparative view on the issues of ethnicity, identity, nation and transnationalism. The unit also deals with the issues of nation-states management of ethnic diversity, comparing settler societies such as Australia with the old nations of Europe and Asia. In the unit, students are encouraged to learn about Australian multiculturalism in a historical perspective, and develop a critical understanding of Australian ethnic relations since the beginning of European settlement.

    Objectives

    After completing this unit students will have

    • An understanding of the application of sociological concepts to multiculturalism, citizenship and identity.
    • Knowledge of theoretical and methodological approaches to studying these issues.
    • A critical understanding of contemporary Australian society in a historical perspective.
    • A deeper critical understanding of their own and other people's social identities.
    • Understanding of how dominant ideas and assumptions are created.
    • Further developed written, research and analytical skills.

    Assessment

    Tutorial presentation (5mins): 10%; Essay (3000 words): 55%; Class test (1 hour): 35%

    Contact hours

    One x 1 hour lecture and One x 1 hour workshop per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY2041


    SCY3050 - Health, technologies and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Davis

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Health, Technologies & Society critically addresses the social impacts of recent developments in health-related technologies. Students will be introduced to the area through a brief historical overview of the role that technologies have played in health and medicine. The unit features case studies such as genetic testing, drug treatment and technologically intensive public health interventions. The unit is taught in three blocks: governing and accessing innovative health technologies; identity and the biomedical imaginary; technology users, expertise and health care.

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit will be able to:

    1. identify and describe the key ways in which new health technologies impact on individuals and populations;
    2. explain the social and cultural aspects of health technologies;
    3. critically examine the contribution of various theoretical perspectives regarding the social impacts of health technologies;
    4. apply critical and theoretical arguments to the social aspects of health technologies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (2500 words)
    Class test: 40% (2 hours)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 one-hour lecture and 1 one-hour seminar per week


    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY2050


    SCY3070 - Families, labour and intimacy

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jo Lindsay

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit focuses on intimate relationships and the complexities of contemporary family life. In the first part of the unit we examine theoretical perspectives on intimate life and put contemporary families in historical and cultural context. In the second part we examine romance, partnering and parenting, relationship diversity, relationship dissolution and the labour that families do. Throughout the unit we analyse everyday experiences, popular culture and social policy to understand the ways in which personal life is shaped by wider social forces.

    Objectives

    By the completion of this unit students should be able to:

    1. articulate a good understanding of the sociological imagination or perspective;
    2. analyse personal life, family life and examples from popular culture using a Sociological perspective;
    3. describe the ways in which wider social forces shape personal life;
    4. work with peers to discuss and refine analysis;
    5. develop and present an argument in both oral and written formats.

    Assessment

    Report and Tutorial presentation: 40%
    Written work: 50% (2500 words)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 one hour lecture and 1 one hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY2070


    SCY3100 - Social theory

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Suzi Adams

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to introduce students to some of the key thinkers and themes in classical and contemporary social theory. The contrasting perspectives of the classical thinkers Marx, Weber and Durkheim are discussed, along with contemporary approaches to issues such as action, structure, power, culture and modernity.

    Objectives

    Students who study this unit:



    • will acquire knowledge about a broad range of sociological theories, both classical and contemporary, as alternative and differing approaches to analysing social relations, and hence will gain an understanding of how sociological knowledge has developed over time;



    • will learn to critique certain accepted social theories and learn how to question dominant ideas and assumptions;



    • will develop their oral and written skills in order to analyse theoretical material.

    Assessment

    Written work 45%
    Exam 45%
    Participation 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    A first year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY2100


    SCY3121 - Youth, culture and social change

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jo Lindsay

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the importance of lives of young people to contemporary sociology, as well as the meanings of the construction of youth as a life phase. Topics covered include: youth cultures and styles, globalisation and consumption, changing transitions to adulthood, media and internet, citizenship and social change, work and leisure.

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit will develop a critical understanding of the historical and contemporary trends in the field of youth sociology. They will learn to evaluate competing interpretations of issues related to youth and identify different theoretical perspectives. They will develop skills in the defended articulation and critique of arguments both orally and in written work. They will learn to relate theory to policy and vice versa.

    Assessment

    Written work: (3000 words): 60%
    Class test: 30%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY 2121


    SCY3131 - Sociology of Religion

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Religion and sociology. Religion: sword or sacred canopy. The functions of religion in society. The development of religion in primitive and modern societies. Spiritual experiences and the search for meaning in life. Religion and social inequality. Religious change and social change. Gender issues and religion. Protestantism and the development of capitalism. The church-sect typology of religious groups. Religion and secularisation. The religious factor in Australian life. The concept of membership applied to a religious group such as a church.

    Assessment

    Seminar presentation (500 words equivalent): 10%
    Essay (2000 words): 45%
    Test (2 hours): 45%
    Third-year students must write their essays from a separate list of topics and will be required to show a greater depth of critical analysis of arguments and issues than second-year students.

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year SCY sequence or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    SCY2131


    SCY3142 - Sociology of Education

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the main theoretical debates in the sociology of education from an historical perspective as it relates to current debates surrounding this most contentious of areas. Students will explore the idealogical bases underpinning prevailing educational philosophies, the epistemological and practical implications, and their relationship to political and economic imperatives.

    Assessment

    Research report (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%
    Third-year students will be required to show a greater depth of critical analysis of arguments and issues than second-year students.

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY2142


    SCY3150 - Contemporary issues in sociological research

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Denise Cuthbert

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this unit, students will identify an issue of interest to them drawn from their undergraduate studies in Sociology. Using this topic, students will undertake an extensive review of the relevant academic literature and complete an independent research exercise exploring this topic. This research will be supervised by the Unit Coordinator with input from other Sociology staff as appropriate.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will have:

    1. developed extensive knowledge of a significant issue in contemporary sociology
    2. engaged with a variety of critical and theoretical debates about this issue
    3. developed the ability to critically evaluate the extant literature about this issue
    4. knowledge of a range of methodological aproaches that have been used to examine this issue
    5. developed the ability to communicate in both oral and written formats about this issue
    6. independently developed and completed a significant piece of research.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (2500 words)
    Class test: 40% (2 hours)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    SCY2150


    SCY3151 - The body, health and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Alan Petersen

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit focuses on sociological theorising about the body and contemporary issues in health sociology. It covers the big human issues of birth, sex, reproduction and death and the important social divisions of class, gender, ethnicity and sexuality. We will discuss embodiment and change, how health inequalities are socially produced and distributed and power relations in the current health care system.

    Objectives

    By the completion of the unit the student should be able to:

    1. articulate a sound understanding of the sociological imagination or perspective;
    2. analyse complex health issues using a sociological perspective;
    3. articulate how our bodies are socially constructed;
    4. discuss the operation of medical dominance within the health system;
    5. demonstrate skills in synthesizing information and presenting an argument within class and in a report format.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (2500 words)
    Class test: 40% (2 hours)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 one hour lecture and 1 one-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY2151


    SCY3181 - Sociology of prisons

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The following topics will be examined: historical development of punishment and penal institutions; remand, trial and imprisonment; the effects of isolation and deprivation; prison populations and social class; resocialisation and techniques of coping in a total institution; deterrence and rehabilitation; parole; release; recidivism; reform; alternatives; privatisation; unit management and specific therapeutic communities.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%
    Third year students will be expected to show a greater depth of critical analysis.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY2181


    SCY3210 - Gender and sociology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Jan van Bommel

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The conceptualisation of gender and gender relations in the discipline of sociology. A broad range of theories will be examined critically from feminist perspectives (radical, marxist, psychoanalytic and poststructuralist). In the process, students will gain knowledge of the classic 'male-stream' social theorists (Marx, Weber, Durkheim, Freud) as well as more contemporary theorists (Parsons, Althusser, Lacan, Foucault).

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Class participation/presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY2210


    SCY3251 - Children and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Naomi White

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines contemporary understandings of, and relations with children. It also considers how these understandings and relations have changed over time. That is, shifts in public responses to children and variations in how children are treated are explored in relation to changing economic arrangements and prevailing family structures. Literature which examines the connection between power, the state and minority status, as well as theories dealing with the construction of social categories will be used as frameworks for analysing the changing status and notions of children and childhood.

    Assessment

    Seminar presentation and written summary (1500 words): 35%
    Research project (3000 words): 65%
    Third-year students are expected to show a greater degree of theoretical reflexiveness in their projects.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY2251


    SCY3261 - Social research methods

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dharma Arunachalam, Naomi White

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Doing sociological research requires us to think conceptually, to systematically plan how we might obtain valid information relevant to the research questions we are asking, and to analyze information. Because sociological research draws on people's experiences, its conduct inevitably raises ethical and political questions. In this unit, we will discuss these issues. We will also consider various qualitative and quantitative research strategies and data gathering techniques available to us when we seek to document the social world.

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit, students will have

    • An advanced understanding of the strengths, limitations and appropriate applications of quantitative and qualitative approaches to research;
    • A sound conceptual knowledge of methods commonly used in both quantitative and qualitative research;
    • A developed understanding of the theoretical, practical and ethical considerations in research;
    • Practice in the design and implementation of social science research; and
    • Further development of group-working skills.

    Assessment

    Individual and group written work: 50%; Tests: 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY 2261


    SCY3272 - Sociology of popular music

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Historical and critical analysis of the production, communication, consumption and social contexts and implications of youth music of the 1950s, 1960s and 1970s; popular music forms and icons; popular music as commodity and art; popular music technology, performances, audiences, and mass media central to youth 'revolutions' of these eras; the 'rock is dead' thesis and the ongoing impact of the last four decades of 'vinyl' on youth music of the 1990s.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (2500 words)
    Class test: 40% (2 hours)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour workshop) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY2272


    SCY3290 - Spiritualities, faiths and religions: Society and the transcendent

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Charlotte Baines

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Are Australians spiritual, religious or what? Is Australia Christian, Monotheist, Secular or Polytheist? Why are Islam, Buddhism and Witchcraft growing? Is there a future for the churches? Does it make any difference? Focusing on religion in Australia, this unit examines the problem of religious meaning, the emergence and maintenance of religious systems of meaning, and the interaction between religion and other aspects of society.

    Objectives

    Students completing this subject successfully will encounter the diversity of spirituality in religiously plural Australia, become sensitive to the ways in which spiritualities and modes of interacting with the transcendent are socially organised, understand the complex interplay between religion and society, appreciate the social underpinning and structuring of religious belief and the ways in which religious belief shapes society, become aware of the sociological perspectives on spirituality and religious belief, practice and organisation in Australian society.

    Assessment

    Research paper (3500 words) : 75%
    Class Test (1 hour ) : 25%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week (1 x 2 hr seminar per week)

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY 3290, RLT2/3290, COS2290/3290


    SCY3310 - Population and migration

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dharma Arunachalam

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit examines

    1. the determinants of fertility, mortality and internal migration in Australia,
    2. the factors shaping Australian immigration policy since World War Two and the outcomes as regards country of origin, skill and other social characteristics of migrants, and
    3. the migrant impact on Australian society, including inter ethnic relations.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Tutorial participation and presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    SCY2310


    SCY3380 - Women, psychiatry and madness

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jan van Bommel

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    We will begin with a socio-historical analysis of the institutionalisation of madness and its current practice of de-institutionalisation. We will then critically assess sociological, medical and feminist theories of femininity, psychiatry and madness. We will examine various interpretations of psychoanalysis and female subjectivity (Freudian, Lacanian, French feminist).

    Assessment

    Two essays (3000 words each): 70%
    Seminar presentation (2000 words): 20%
    Seminar participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    ASM4370


    SCY3400 - Social psychology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Naomi White

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the social construction of social relationships and of emotions as constituent elements of face-to-face interactions. Students will examine conceptual and theoretical frameworks relevant to the social psychology of interpersonal relationships, the social construction of emotion and the interplay of self-definitions, emotions and situational factors in face-to-face relationships. How we attribute meaning to events, situations and our own and others' actions will also be considered.

    Assessment

    Group written work: 45%; Test: 55%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    SCY1100 and SCY1200 or PSY1011and PSY1022 or BHS1711 and BHS1712 or SCY1801 and SCY1802 or GSC1201 and GSC1202

    Prohibitions

    SCY2400


    SCY3420 - The Sociology of Economic Life: Money, Morals and Markets

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Ray Jureidini

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The social bases of money and exchange in modern and traditional society. The ritual of exchange and the cash nexus. Topics will cover sociological interpretations of ethical issues concerned with the monetary valuation of various aspects of individual and social life. As an introduction to economic sociology, three theoretical and ideological paradigms will be canvassed: economic liberalism, political economy and economic sociology.

    Assessment

    Research report (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%
    Third-year students will be required to show a greater depth of critical analysis of arguments and issues than second-year students.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY2420


    SCY3460 - Men, masculinity and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andrew Singleton

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores recent sociological analyses of men and masculinity, which start from the realisation that men's lives are just as much gendered as are those of women. Topics covered include: the social construction of masculinity; men and popular culture; the contemporary crisis in masculinity; self-help literature for men; men's magazines; the men's movement; male bodies; men and sport; men and domesticity; aggression and violence.

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit will:

    1. Develop a critical awareness of the status of men in society.
    2. Be introduced to different sociological approaches to the study of men and masculinity.
    3. Possess an insight into the various cultural constructions of masculinity.
    4. Develop their analytical skills to critically understand and interpret the status of men in society.

    Assessment

    Mass Media Assignment (1000 words) : 25
    Research Essay (2500) : 50
    Examination (1 hour ) : 25

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY2460


    SCY3470 - Women, gender and society

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to a range of feminist perspectives on society. We examine gender relations in both the public and domestic domains. The two major themes of the unit are labour and love. Through doing this unit students develop a basic knowledge of feminist perspectives on Western Society; skills in reading and analysing theoretical, empirical and popular texts; the ability to think sociologically about gender issues and to connect personal experience with wider social forces.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject should develop:

    1. A basic knowledge of feminist perspectives on Western society.

    1. Skills in reading and analysing theoretical, empirical and popular texts.

    1. The ability to think sociologically about gender issues and to connect personal experience with wider social forces.

    1. The ability to communicate analysis in oral and written forms.

    Assessment

    Seminar presentation and report (2500 words): 50%
    Class test (2 hours, 2000 words equivalent): 40%
    Class presentation and participation: 10%
    Third-year students will be expected to demonstrate a greater degree of sophistication in their written work.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY2470


    SCY3480 - Political sociology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Suzi Adams

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores recent developments in political sociology. It takes up key contemporary thinkers to critically discuss various approaches to such important issues as social movements, autonomy, democracy, the public sphere, power, institutions, (the clash of) civilizations, religion and the political constitution of modernity.

    Objectives

    At the completion of this subject students should be able to: Understand at a developed (SCY2480) or advanced (SCY3480) level the key tenets and conditions of emergence of new social theories; Demonstrate a competent understanding of the historical development of contemporary social and political thought and the impact of global political, cultural and economic changes on this development; Demonstrate a capacity to critically analyse conflicting views, arguments and evidence on current theories of power, ideology, agency and social transformation; Demonstrate transferable information management, communication and interpersonal skills such as listening, reading, oral communication, research, analysis, synthesis, argument formation, and related computer skills, as well as a range of self-management skills (seminar preparation, study habits, essay preparation).

    Assessment

    Written work 45%
    Exam 45%
    Participation 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY 2480


    SCY3560 - Work and social change

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The social bases of working life. An historical overview of the meaning of work will include cultural, religious, economic and psychological attitudes and explanations of the importance of work. Particular emphasis will be placed on labour process theory and recent changes in the organisation of work, including part-time, casual and 'invisible' employment. Globalisation and the international division of labour.

    Assessment

    Research report (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%
    Third-year students will be required to show a greater depth of critical analysis of arguments and issues than is expected of those writing their essays at second-year level.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY2560


    SCY3570 - Sociology by numbers: Introduction to data analysis

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is a practical introduction to quantitative social research methods that are currently experiencing a revival in the social sciences. The topics include: research design, data collection (including sampling theory) and data analysis (understanding and using univariate and bivariate statistics, validity and tests of statistical significance). Multivariate statistics will only be briefly touched upon. The level of mathematics is not very high, but students will need to be able to work comfortably with simple formulae, graphs and tables, and to operate a calculator.

    Objectives

    Students who complete this unit:

    • Will understand the changing and important role of a range of quantitative methods in the social sciences;
    • Will develop analytical skills in research design, data collection and analysis in order to critically interpret data;
    • Be able to undertake an independent sociological research project and write a research report that will include research design, data collection and analysis.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50%
    2 hours exam: 40%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY 2570


    SCY3651 - The unconscious in social life

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Naomi White

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The contribution of unconscious processes to interpersonal interactions will be expolored in this unit. The processes decribed in various psychoanalytic approaches to human behaviour have been incorporated into sociological theorising and research. These will be examined with particular attention to their applications to analyses of interactions in the family and organisations. Their utility in understanding contemporary poltical and social movements will also be considered.

    Assessment

    Essay (2000 words): 40%
    Class project (1000 words): 20%
    Test (1.5 hours): 40%
    Third-year students will be required to critically evaluate theoretical issues in their assignments.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in Sociology or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    SCY2651


    SCY3801 - Sociology of family and generation

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for SCY2801. Students taking this unit at third level will demonstrate an understanding of how recent developments in sociological theory can be applied to an analysis of the family.

    Assessment

    Seminar presentation and written paper (on-campus students) or research essay (OCL students) (2500 words): 55%
    Examination (2 hours): 45%
    Third-year students will have different assignment topics.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    Two second-year sociology units

    Prohibitions

    GSC2201, GSC3221, SCY2801


    SCY3803 - Sociology of children

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the position of children in the social structure of Australian society. It covers the major institutions that shape the experience of childhood and current social concerns about the position of children. Major topics include gender socialisation, children's position within the family and the society, theories of parenting, children's rights, and the child and the state. Students' work in the subject will progress from a review of everyday knowledge of childhood to the development of a critical understanding of the social construction of childhood.

    Objectives

    As for SCY2803 plus:

    students taking this subject at third level will be expected to have developed a theoretical discussion of the sociological issues related to childhood by selecting and applying appropriate sociological theories to an analysis and interpretation of the social and cultural construction of childhood.

    Assessment

    Assignment (1200 words): 25%
    Seminar presentation or group project (1300 words): 30%
    Theoretical essay (2000 words): 45%
    Third-year students will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level than second-year students

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    Two second-year sociology units

    Prohibitions

    GSC2203, GSC3203, SCY3803


    SCY3804 - Work and technology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is a basic introduction to the concepts, theories and research developed in sociological studies of work and technology. Particular emphasis will be placed upon the fundamental influences work and technology have on societies. The influence of working life and technological development on the social careers of individuals will also be emphasised.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    2 hour Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    Two second-year sociology units

    Prohibitions

    GSC2204, GSC3204, SCY2204


    SCY3805 - Sociology of deviance

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Lyle Munro

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Singapore Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    The unit focuses on a sociological analysis of deviant behaviour by examining a wide range of theoretical perspectives on deviance. The unit considers why and how some behaviours are defined as deviant (eg sexual deviance, delinquency, mental disorders) and other important social problems are not (eg speciesism, sexism, racism). The role of social control agents, particularly in relation to young people, will be examined. Topics to be studied focus on both Australian and overseas experience and examples. In addition students will undertake a theory-based analysis of a relevant issue by means of a detailed case study.

    Objectives

    As for SCY2805.

    In addition students will undertake a theory-based analysis of a relevant issue by means of a detailed case study.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    2 hour Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    SCY1801 and SCY1802 or CRY1010 and CRY1020 and second-level sociology units

    Prohibitions

    SCY2805, GSC2205, GSC3205


    SCY3806 - Sociology of health and illness

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to sociological understandings of health and illness. The first section looks at the social production and patterning of health and illness, and provides a critique of the contemporary focus on health promotion. The middle section engages with recent sociological analyses of issues related to gender, the body, the illness experience and mental illness. The third section provides an understanding of the social organisation of health care with a focus on the role of scientific medicine. The ways in which both occupational groupings and patients have sought to challenge medical dominance are also examined.

    Assessment

    Assignment one (1000 words): 25%
    Assignment two (1500 words): 35%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    Two second-year sociology units

    Prohibitions

    GSC2206, GSC3216, SCY2806


    SCY3809 - Environmental sociology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Lyle Munro

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to introduce students to the ways in which sociological knowledge can be used to understand contemporary environmental issues. In order to achieve this, the unit has a dual focus - society and nature. First, it develops theoretical and conceptual knowledge drawn from traditional and contemporary sociological theory to provide analytical frameworks. Second, through the anlaysis of environmental issues, the unit seeks to apply these frameworks to specific local, national and international contexts.

    Objectives

    1. develop sociologically informed theoretical and conceptual frameworks for the analysis of contemporary environmental issues;
    2. apply these frameworks to a range of contemporary environmental problems;
    3. consider the implications and uses of this analysis for contributing to our understanding of contemporary environmental issues and relevant public debate;
    4. present well-constructed written arguments which show evidence of wide reading and an ability to apply theoretical and conceptual knowledge and understanding to contemporary environmental issues and problems, especially in the examination.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    2 hour Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    SCY1801 and SCY1802 or equivalents

    Prohibitions

    GSC2209, GSC3209, SCY2809


    SCY3811 - Social justice

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Singapore First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces to students a sociological understanding of social justice related issues including gender equity, minority rights, democratic government, economic opportunity, environmental protection and human rights. It provides students a comparative view of social justice over a number of political and legal states and chronological periods. A variety of legal issues including those of consitutionalism, social control, and equity are examined to illustrate the disparate definitions of social justice.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will be able to :

    1. identify issues of power and privilege;
    2. exhibit an awareness and understanding of self in relation to diverse and vulnerable populations;
    3. understand the various definitions and theoretical debates surrounding social justice;
    4. learn about national and international social justice movements;
    5. develop a sociological position regarding the analysis of contemporary social justice related issues; 6) draw upon social justice perspectives to analyse contemporary social justice concerns.

    Assessment

    Assignment one (1300 words): 30%
    Assignment two (1300 words): 30%
    Exam (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    SCY1801 and SCY1802 or CRJ1001 and CRJ1002 or equivalent and two second-level sociology or criminal justice units

    Prohibitions

    GSC2211, SCY2811


    SCY3813 - Globalisation and change in regional Australia

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Vaughan Higgins

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the different ways in which globalisation transforms those regions that lie outside the boundaries of Australia's capital cities. Studying the regional impact of global processes is significant since it is often non-metropolitan regions where the uneven effects of globalisation are experienced most intensely. The unit focuses on how globalisation contributes to economic, environmental and social change in regional Australia, and its implications for various groups communities and industries. We also engage with debates over how to create a more sustainable future for regional Australia, and reflect on the tensions involved in current strategies to enhance 'sustainability'.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will:

    1. be able to explain the relationship between globalisation processes and contemporary change in regional Australia;
    2. be able to recognise and describe the different theories and concepts through which sociologists explain regional and rural change;
    3. understand the processes, institutions and policies that shape the social organisation of regional Australia;
    4. be able to recognise and assess critically debates concerning the sustainability of Australia's regions;
    5. have gained skills in the written presentation of an argument, including the ways in which sociologists incorporate and acknowledge the ideas of other writers.

    In addition, students completing the unit at third level will have gained skills in the writing of research projects.

    Assessment

    Short essay (1000 words): 25%
    Long essay (1500 words): 35%
    Research project (2000 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    Two second-year sociology units

    Prohibitions

    GSC2213, GSC3213, SCY2813


    SCY3814 - Social movements and change

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Lyle Munro

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to introduce students to the ways in which sociological knowledge can be used to understand how social movements and collective action facilitate or inhibit social change in a wide variety of societal contexts. In order to achieve this, the unit focuses on key concepts and theories in the social movement literature and then seeks to apply these to specific local, national and international campaigns where people are either striving to achieve social change or are mounting counter movements against change.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Be able to identify major sociological issues relating to contemporary social movements and change.

    1. Be able to describe and recognise the different theories and concepts through which sociologists explain social movements and change.

    1. Understand the causes and consequences of change initiated by interest groups, NGOs and movements in society.

    1. Have developed the capacity to recognise and critically assess debates concerning various social movements in Australia and elsewhere.

    1. Have gained skills in developing and presenting an argument, including the ways in which sociologists acknowledge the ideas of various researchers in the field.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (2500 words)
    2 hour Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    Two second-year sociology units

    Prohibitions

    SCY2814


    SCY3815 - Structure and analysis in sociology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Singapore Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    The unit addresses the following issues:

    1. a developmental and comparative analysis of sociological theory, from its origins in eighteenth-century philosophy, through the classical works of the 'founding fathers', to contemporary social theory - with a focus on structural perspectives;
    2. the issue of fragmentation and synthesis within social theory;
    3. the relationship between sociological theories and research strategies. Students will also gain practical experience in putting together a research proposal.

    Objectives

    Students will:

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of the development of sociological thought;
    2. Show an appreciation of how particular traditions and theories are historically and culturally grounded;
    3. Have acquired an understanding of sociology as a social science and the interdependence between theory and method; and
    4. Have mastered basic skills in proposal writing.

    Assessment

    Assignment 1 (1000 words) : 25%
    Research proposal (1500 words) : 35%
    Exam (2 Hours) : 40%

    Contact hours

    2.5 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1.5 hours tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    Two second-level sociology units (SCY2817 is highly recommended)

    Prohibitions

    GSC3201


    SCY3816 - Interpretation and meaning in sociology

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Vaughan Higgins

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Singapore First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the significance of micro-social approaches to sociological inquiry. Using the distinction between macro- and micro-sociological perspectives as a guiding framework, students will engage with a range of questions such as: How do we attribute meaning to objects and experiences in everyday life? In what ways are orderly interactions with others achieved? How do we come to think of ourselves as having particular capacities and forms of identity? Why do some forms of human conduct become an institutionalised part of social life whereas others do not? The unit addresses such questions through engagement with various micro-sociological theories and applied empirical research.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. acquired a broad understanding of micro-sociological approaches, and their relationship to macro-sociological theorising;
    2. an understanding of the various ways in which sociologists theorise micro-social phenomena;
    3. the capacity to identify, and differentiate between, different micro-sociological theories and concepts;
    4. the capacity to critically analyze the merits and limitations of different micro-sociological approaches;
    5. gained skills in the written presentation of an argument, including the ways in which sociologists incorporate and acknowledge the ideas of other writers.

    Assessment

    Article Review (1000 words): 25%
    Essay (1,500 words): 35%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    Two second-year sociology units

    Prohibitions

    GSC3202


    SCY3818 - Identity, gender and sexuality

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Eva Petersen

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores from a sociological perspective how identities are developed and what role gender and sexuality play in this process. This unit introduces various contemporary theoretical perspectives on the social construction of identity and on gender and sexuality as historical and social categories. A specific focus is on the application of the theoretical perspectives to understanding and analysing everyday life and experience. The unit examines the significance of understanding the formation of identity in context-sensitive ways and in the intersection of various social categories.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. be able to identify the major contemporary social theoretical perspectives on identity and critically assess the differences between them;
    2. have gained an understanding of the social construction of gender and sexuality, and how that intersects with identity formation;
    3. have gained an ability to analyse processes of identity formation in everyday life;
    4. have gained skills in the presentation of a written academic argument, including the ways in which sociologists acknowledge the ideas of other writers;
    5. Third year students will be expected to demonstrate a greater depth of comprehension and higher levels of analytical skill than second year students.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    Two second-year sociology units


    SCY3990 - Representing the Holocaust: Popular Culture, Literature and Memory

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Associate Professor Naomi White

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The Nazi's attempted genocide raises crucial historical, socio-political, ethical and psychological questions. Since these events, the Holocaust has been a major arena for cultural reflection, metaphysical scrutiny and political appropriation. Three categories of post-war depictions of the Holocaust will be examined as contested sites of remembrance and representation: film, fiction and oral histories. These will be analysed in relation to theoretical debates about representation. Attention will be paid to the way in which representation and remembrance is socially, culturally, politically and historically embedded.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words): 65%
    Seminar presentation (1000 words): 25%
    Written summary (500 words): 10%
    Third-year students will be invited to show a greater degree of theoretical reflexivemess in their assignments.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    First-year sequence in Sociology or permission

    Prohibitions

    SCY2990


    SCY4500 - Sociology honours seminar A

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andrew Singleton

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Students may select a unit from those available at fourth-year level. Approval for the selection must be obtained from the honours coordinator or head of department.

    Assessment

    TBA

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    SCY4520 - Sociology honours seminar B

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andrew Singleton

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Students may select a unit from those available at fourth-year level. Approval for the selection must be obtained from the honours coordinator or head of department.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (2500 words)
    Class test: 40% (2 hours)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    SCY4540 - Theory and practice of sociology

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andrew Singleton

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A critical understanding of the research process, including the complex interplay between theory, methodology, data collection and data analysis; and recognition of the diversity of approaches to sociological research analysis. Students will develop the skills required to undertake an independent piece of research for the first time.

    Assessment

    Critical Review essay (2000 words): 20%
    Class presentation: 20%
    Final portfolio containing a literature review and a methodological paper (5000 words): 60%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    COS4640


    SCY4580(A) - Thesis in sociology part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andrew Singleton

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A dissertation for assessment by a panel of staff members. The thesis may be a theoretical analysis or an empirical study, though it should demonstrate the student's ability to relate 'evidence to argument'. Various types of empirical research can be considered. Particularly suitable are case studies, in-depth interviews, small surveys and secondary analysis. All sudents have a staff supervisor.


    SCY4580(B) - Thesis in sociology part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andrew Singleton

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for SCY4580(A)

    Assessment

    Written (15,000-18,000 words): 100%


    SCY4660 - Professional honours in social research I: Key issues

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Bob Birrell

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit provides students with the skills to access and manipulate large data bases that are used by government departments and private companies for policy and planning processes. In this 'Key Issues' component of the course, students will examine how important social issues like income inequality can be explored through these databases.

    Assessment

    Two essays (4500 words each): 100%


    SCY4670 - Professional honours in social research II: Research project

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Bob Birrell

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will provide students with the skills to access and manipulate large data bases that are used by government departments and private companies for policy and planning processes.

    Assessment

    Tutorial presentation: 10%
    Written work: 60% (3000 words)
    2 hour Exam: 30%

    Prerequisites

    Satisfactory completion of SCY4660


    SCY4801 - Theory and practice in sociology

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Eva Petersen

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    Theories and methods for research in sociology. Recent trends in sociological theorising. Different methods for the collection of empirical data. The relationship between theory and practice. Issues in the process of research.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students should be able to:



    1. Demonstrate a knowledge of key developments in contemporary sociological theorising and research, and an understanding of the links with the work of classical sociologists;

    1. Show an understanding of the connections and disconnections between various themes in terms of their ontological and epistemological assumptions;

    1. Demonstrate knowledge of the basic research strategies which arise from these assumptions and the variety of methods each employs;

    1. Show awareness of and sensitivity towards a range of ethical and political issues in the conduct of research; and

    1. Apply this knowledge in undertaking their own research projects.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    First degree with a major in sociology or related discipline

    Prohibitions

    GSC4211, HSM4801


    SHM4000A - Research project part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Baker

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students undertake a reading program and research project in their field of study, decided in consultation with the course coordinator and supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

    Objectives

    A student successfully completing SHM4000A/SHM5000A will be able to demonstrate:

    1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff
    2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study being researched
    3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project
    4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence
    5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

    Assessment

    Students undertaking this unit at are expected to complete a 9000 word research project under the supervision of a member of the academic staff. This will normally involve 1-2 hours per week of meetings with the supervisor, with additional time spent on private research and writing. Students completing a 24 point research project will complete BOTH SHM4000A/SHM5000A AND SHM4000B/SHM5000B.

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour meeting per week with supervisor


    SHM4000B - Research project part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Baker

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students undertake a reading program and research project in their field of study, decided in consultation with the course coordinator and supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

    Objectives

    A student successfully completing this unit will be able to demonstrate:

    1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff
    2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study being researched
    3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project
    4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence
    5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

    Assessment

    Students undertaking this unit at are expected to complete a 9000 word research project under the supervision of a member of the academic staff. This will normally involve 1-2 hours per week of meetings with the supervisor, with additional time spent on private research and writing. Students completing a 24 point research project will complete BOTH SHM4000A/SHM5000A AND SHM4000B/SHM5000B.

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour meeting per week with supervisor


    SHM4010 - School of historical studies placement

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Constant Mews and Michael Fagenblatt

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will undertake about eighty hours of work placement in a field relating to their area of graduate study. In consultation with the subject convener, students will work under the supervision of a professional in an institution situated locally or overseas. Students pursue a practical project during the placement resulting in a substantial report or other piece of written work.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this course students will be expected to:

    1. have negotiated relevant placement and engaged in a relationship with a supervisor from the organization of placement
    2. have developed a network of contacts both within the organization and with the other participants of the program
    3. have developed an understanding of the theoretical issues relating to the field
    4. have developed high level communication and presentation skills.

    Assessment

    Reflective essay (1500 words): 20%
    Oral Report (1500 words): 10%
    Placement project (6000 words): 70%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week for four weeks, plus placement


    SHS2010 - Ancient religions

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Tamara Prosic

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit introduces students to key themes for understanding the nature, the forms and the organizational structure of religion in ancient Mediterranean cultures, with particular reference to the ancient near east. It explores topics such as public and personal worship, religious personnel, organizations and bodies, types and functions of ritual practices (festivals, sacrifices, prayers, curses, divination, prophecy, etc.) sacred narratives, deities and demons. It also introduces students to theories on the development of ancient religions, exploring their wider social and cultural context through topics such as religion and law codes, women and religion, and religion and politics.

    Objectives

    Upon the completion of the unit students will:

    1. be familiar with a range of ancient Mediterranean religions
    2. have an understanding of the complexity of ancient religions forms and basic principles of their organization and interactions with other social and cultural phenomena
    3. be familiar with major theoretical issues regarding development of religions
    4. be able to use ancient visual and written material as sources for the study
    5. be able to critically evaluate and analyse the similarities and the differences between different ancient religions
    6. have acquired the skills to analyze the ways in which religious symbols, institutions, practices, and beliefs both influence and are influenced by their wider social and cultural context.

    In addition, students at 3rd-year level will have enhanced skills in the formulation of an independent research project and development of analytical skills in writing research essays in greater depth with thorough documentation derived from extensive use of primary sources and thorough examination of the research literature, including journal articles.

    Assessment

    Analytical exercise (500 words): 10%
    Essay (2000 words): 50%
    Tutorial presentation: 10%
    Exam (1.5 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    SHS3010


    SHS2020 - Jesus and the jews

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Forgasz and Michael Fagenblat

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Jesus was born, lived and died a Jew, as did many of his earliest followers. Beginning with an exploration of the character of first-century Judaism, including apocalypticism and sectarianism (eg the Dead Sea Scroll communities), the unit then concentrates on the way the Jewishness of Jesus was represented by the two emerging religions of rabbinic Judaism and Christianity. Relevant issues include the origins of anti-Semitism, the relationship between the New Testament and the Hebrew Scriptures, Jewish depictions of Jesus and messianism, and important modern debates about "the parting of the ways" between Judaism and Christianity or about the very idea of a "Judeo-Christian tradition".

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. locate "Jesus the Jew" in the context of early first century Judaism, especially with respect to sectarianism and apocalypticism
    2. understand how Jesus' Jewishness and relationship to other Jews is represented by New Testament writers
    3. demonstrate an awareness of the relationship between the Gospels' depictions of Jesus and early rabbinic thinking
    4. appreciate how the Hebrew scriptures and key Jewish ideas were reinterpreted in light of the New Testament's theology of Jesus
    5. understand the historical processes that led to the parting of the ways between Judaism and Christianity and alternative positions adopted by other groups of the period
    6. critically appreciate different scholarly approaches to the subject
    7. analyse evidence from primary sources.

    In addition, students at third-year level will:
    1. demonstrate evidence of wider reading and greater reliance on primary sources
    2. understand the complexity of various issues addressed in the unit.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Oral presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 90-mintue lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    SHS3020


    SHS2265 - The world of the bible: text and context

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nathan Wolski

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides a survey of the Hebrew Scriptures as viewed in their ancient Near Eastern historical and cultural setting and as interpreted by modern biblical scholarship. Particular attention will be devoted to the Bible as an expression of the religious life and thought of ancient Israel. Topics examined include an exploration of the core beliefs of the Bible regarding creation, revelation and redemption and the problem of evil and suffering as well as conceptions of divinity, prophecy, law and cult. The art of biblical narrative and poetry will also be explored.

    Objectives

    On completion of this course, students will be able to:

    1. understand the foundational beliefs of the Bible.
    2. understand the Bible in its ancient Near Eastern context.
    3. appreciate the diversity of Biblical literature and demonstrate familiarity with the different genres of Biblical literature.
    4. appreciate the literary sophistication of Biblical texts.
    5. read and interpret select Biblical texts.
    6. demonstrate familiarity with the key institutions of Ancient Israelite religious life.
    7. demonstrate a familiarity with the key debates in modern scholarship concerning the compositional history of the Bible.
    8. demonstrate a familiarity with contemporary approaches to reading the Bible (eg, literary, feminist etc.).

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 40%
    Tutorial paper and oral presentation (1000 words): 20% +
    Exam (one hour): 30%
    Seminar preparation and participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture followed by a 90-minute seminar

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in Jewish Civilisation or Religion and Theology or Archaeology or Philosophy; or by special permission

    Prohibitions

    SHS3265, HSY2265, HSY3265


    SHS2470 - Spiritual journeys: mysticism, sufism and kabbalah

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Constant Mews, Nathan Wolski, Salih Yuceh

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the literature of mysticism in a variety of religious traditions, in particular of medieval Christianity, Sufism within Islam, and of Jewish esoteric teaching, the Kabbalah. It will consider how mystical literature and teaching relates to any religious practice, its social function within any religion, and the extent to which it may challenge religious authority, while also drawing its discourse from a religious tradition. There will be opportunity to consider mysticism outside as well as within monotheist tradition. It thus raises questions about the nature of mysticism in its various forms, and its relationship to both rational and poetic thought.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

    1. Demonstrate awareness of the major theoretical issues relating to mystical literature within a variety of religious traditions.
    2. Demonstrate awareness of the developments of mystical teaching in Judaism, Christianity and Islam, with particular attention to mysticism in medieval Christianity, Sufism, and Kabbalah in Judaism.
    3. Show understanding of the relationship between mystical literature and the religious tradition from which it emanates.
    4. Consider the historical context in which mystical teaching has emerged, and what social and political function it may play within a religious tradition.
    5. Demonstrate awareness of the major theoretical debates raised by the phenomenon of mysticism, and the question of whether or not it involves experiences common to different religious traditions.
    In addition, third level students will have engaged in substantial research into the teachings and implications of at least two major mystical theorists within one or more religious traditions.

    Assessment

    Exercise (1000 words): 10%
    Class Presentation: 10%
    Assignment (2000 words): 50%
    Take-home exam (1500 words): 30%

    Contact hours

    One 90-minute lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    HSY2470, HSY3470, RLT2470, RLT3470, SHS3470


    SHS2735 - Myth and meaning in ancient worlds

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Tamara Prosic

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Mythic narrative provides a crucial vision of reality and discusses ideas about life, death, sexuality, culture, transcendence, etc. Students will learn about myth and symbol, types and functions of myths, myth and ritual, and different approaches to myth interpretation through reading mythic narratives from ancient sources and classical texts from ancient Greece and Near East focusing in detail on two mythic traditions of their choice. The unit also looks at interpretation of ancient myths within the Hebrew Bible and early Christian writings and their relevance in the modern age. The unit will be of relevance to students majoring in any branch of historical, literary and religion studies.

    Objectives

    Objectives for this unit are:

    1. Students will become familiar with key mythological traditions, deities, their function and sexuality from in the mythologies of ancient Greece and Near East and learn to situate them in the social and religious context in which they evolved.
    2. Students will acquire critical skills in the interpretation of a range of classic literary texts dealing with mythic traditions.
    3. Acquired and demonstrated an understanding of the nature and significance of myth and the variety of ways in which myths can function.
    4. Be acquainted with the major types of myths.
    5. Students will acquire the skill to analyse the way mythological themes from a variety of ancient cultures are reinterpreted in a contemporary context.
    6. Considered critically various definitions of myth and mythology and the validity and the scope of the major methodological approaches used in interpretation of myths.
    7. Learned about the relationship between the sacred narrative (myth) and the sacred behaviour (ritual) through the angle of mystery religions, and the sacred doctrine (religion) and symbol.
    8. Formed the ability to understand and interpret the symbolism of myths.

    Assessment

    Written work 50% (2500 words)
    Exam 35%
    Tutorial presentation 15%

    Contact hours

    One 90-minute lecture and a one-hour tutorial per week for 11 weeks

    Prohibitions

    SHS3735, HSY 2735, HSY3735, RLT2190, RLT3190


    SHS3010 - Ancient religions

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Tamara Prosic

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit introduces students to key themes for understanding the nature, the forms and the organizational structure of religion in ancient Mediterranean cultures, with particular reference to the ancient near east. It explores topics such as public and personal worship, religious personnel, organizations and bodies, types and functions of ritual practices (festivals, sacrifices, prayers, curses, divination, prophecy, etc.) sacred narratives, deities and demons. It also introduces students to theories on the development of ancient religions, exploring their wider social and cultural context through topics such as religion and law codes, women and religion, and religion and politics.

    Objectives

    Upon the completion of the unit students will:

    1. be familiar with a range of ancient Mediterranean religions
    2. have an understanding of the complexity of ancient religions forms and basic principles of their organization and interactions with other social and cultural phenomena
    3. be familiar with major theoretical issues regarding development of religions
    4. be able to use ancient visual and written material as sources for the study
    5. be able to critically evaluate and analyse the similarities and the differences between different ancient religions
    6. have acquired the skills to analyze the ways in which religious symbols, institutions, practices, and beliefs both influence and are influenced by their wider social and cultural context.

    In addition, students at 3rd-year level will have enhanced skills in the formulation of an independent research project and development of analytical skills in writing research essays in greater depth with thorough documentation derived from extensive use of primary sources and thorough examination of the research literature, including journal articles.

    Assessment

    Analytical exercise (500 words): 10%
    Essay (2000 words): 50%
    Tutorial presentation: 10%
    Exam (1.5 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    SHS2010


    SHS3020 - Jesus and the Jews

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Forgasz and Michael Fagenblat

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Jesus was born, lived and died a Jew, as did many of his earliest followers. Beginning with an exploration of the character of first-century Judaism, including apocalypticism and sectarianism (eg the Dead Sea Scroll communities), the unit then concentrates on the way the Jewishness of Jesus was represented by the two emerging religions of rabbinic Judaism and Christianity. Relevant issues include the origins of anti-Semitism, the relationship between the New Testament and the Hebrew Scriptures, Jewish depictions of Jesus and messianism, and important modern debates about "the parting of the ways" between Judaism and Christianity or about the very idea of a "Judeo-Christian tradition".

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. locate "Jesus the Jew" in the context of early first century Judaism, especially with respect to sectarianism and apocalypticism
    2. understand how Jesus' Jewishness and relationship to other Jews is represented by New Testament writers
    3. demonstrate an awareness of the relationship between the Gospels' depictions of Jesus and early rabbinic thinking
    4. appreciate how the Hebrew scriptures and key Jewish ideas were reinterpreted in light of the New Testament's theology of Jesus
    5. understand the historical processes that led to the parting of the ways between Judaism and Christianity and alternative positions adopted by other groups of the period
    6. critically appreciate different scholarly approaches to the subject
    7. analyse evidence from primary sources.

    In addition, students at third-year level will:
    1. demonstrate evidence of wider reading and greater reliance on primary sources
    2. understand the complexity of various issues addressed in the unit.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Oral presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 90-mintue lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    SHS2020


    SHS3265 - The world of the Bible: text and context

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nathan Wolski

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for SHS2265

    Objectives

    As for SHS2265, with the additional objectives that students will be able to:

    1. demonstrate a greater level of sophistication and independence in their engagement with primary sources and the questions which they pose; and a deeper understanding of the theoretical issues that underpin the course.
    2. apply the reading and interpretative skills they have learned to unseen texts of the authors to be studied
    3. formulate and develop an independent research question which is grounded in a reading and analysis of primary sources.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 40%
    Tutorial paper and oral presentation (1000 words): 20%
    Exam (one hour): 30%
    Seminar preparation and participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture followed by a 90-minute seminar

    Prerequisites

    First year sequence in Jewish Civilisation or Religion and Theology or Archaeology or Philosophy; or by special permission

    Prohibitions

    SHS2265, HSY2265, HSY3265


    SHS3470 - Spiritual journeys: mysticism, sufism and kabbalah

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Constant Mews, Nathan Wolski, Salih Yuceh

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit explores the literature of mysticism in a variety of religious traditions, in particular of medieval Christianity, Sufism within Islam, and of Jewish esoteric teaching, the Kabbalah. It will consider how mystical literature and teaching relates to any religious practice, its social function within any religion, and the extent to which it may challenge religious authority, while also drawing its discourse from a religious tradition. There will be opportunity to consider mysticism outside as well as within monotheist tradition. It thus raises questions about the nature of mysticism in its various forms, and its relationship to both rational and poetic thought.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

    1. Demonstrate awareness of the major theoretical issues relating to mystical literature within a variety of religious traditions.
    2. Demonstrate awareness of the developments of mystical teaching in Judaism, Christianity and Islam, with particular attention to mysticism in medieval Christianity, Sufism, and Kabbalah in Judaism.
    3. Show understanding of the relationship between mystical literature and the religious tradition from which it emanates.
    4. Consider the historical context in which mystical teaching has emerged, and what social and political function it may play within a religious tradition.
    5. Demonstrate awareness of the major theoretical debates raised by the phenomenon of mysticism, and the question of whether or not it involves experiences common to different religious traditions.
    6. In addition, third level students will have engaged in substantial research into the teachings and implications of at least two major mystical theorists within one or more religious traditions.

    Assessment

    Exercise (1000 words): 10%
    Class Presentation: 10%
    Assignment (2000 words): 50%
    Take-home exam (1500 words): 30%

    Contact hours

    One 90-minute lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

    Prohibitions

    HSY2470, HSY3470, RLT2470, RLT3470, SHS2470


    SHS3735 - Myth and meaning in ancient worlds

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Tamara Prosic

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Mythic narrative provides a crucial vision of reality and discusses ideas about life, death, sexuality, culture, transcendence, etc. Students will learn about myth and symbol, types and functions of myths, myth and ritual, and different approaches to myth interpretation through reading mythic narratives from ancient sources and classical texts from ancient Greece and Near East focusing in detail on two mythic traditions of their choice. The unit also looks at interpretation of ancient myths within the Hebrew Bible and early Christian writings and their relevance in the modern age. The unit will be of relevance to students majoring in any branch of historical, literary and religion studies.

    Objectives

    Objectives for this unit are:

    1. Students will become familiar with key mythological traditions, deities, their function and sexuality from in the mythologies of ancient Greece and Near East and learn to situate them in the social and religious context in which they evolved.
    2. Students will acquire critical skills in the interpretation of a range of classic literary texts dealing with mythic traditions.
    3. Acquired and demonstrated an understanding of the nature and significance of myth and the variety of ways in which myths can function.
    4. Be acquainted with the major types of myths.
    5. Students will acquire the skill to analyse the way mythological themes from a variety of ancient cultures are reinterpreted in a contemporary context.
    6. Considered critically various definitions of myth and mythology and the validity and the scope of the major methodological approaches used in interpretation of myths.
    7. Learned about the relationship between the sacred narrative (myth) and the sacred behaviour (ritual) through the angle of mystery religions, and the sacred doctrine (religion) and symbol.
    8. Formed the ability to understand and interpret the symbolism of myths.
    9. Research and write an original essay on a topic chosen by the student.

    Assessment

    Written work 50% (2500 words)
    Exam 35%
    Tutorial presentation 15%

    Third-year students will be expected to complete assessment in greater depth than at second year level.

    Contact hours

    One 90-minute lecture and a one-hour tutorial per week for 11 weeks

    Prohibitions

    SHS2735, HSY2735, HSY3735, RLT2190, RLT3190


    SLA1050 - Polish studies 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    1. Language and business studies: A review of various aspects of contemporary Polish, including the language of business.
    2. Literature and society: An introduction to major literary, social and political developments in Poland between 1947 and the post-communist years.
    3. Comparative cultural studies of East European countries: A selection of texts will be studied to disclose the special social, political and cultural role of literature in central and eastern Europe.
    4. Study and practice of translation.

    Objectives

    On completion of the course, students

    1. will be proficient in analysing the stylistics of contemporary Polish texts, including those using the language of business, and a demonstrated ability of translating them into English,
    2. will have a general command of the major social and cultural developments of Poland since 1947 in the context of Eastern Europe of the post-communist era.

    Assessment

    Language test (1.5 hours): 20%
    Oral test (30 mins): 20%
    Written (1000 words): 20%
    Literature and society essay (1500 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    VCE/HSC Polish or equivalent


    SLA1060 - Polish studies 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    1. Language and business studies: A review of various aspects of contemporary Polish, including the language of business.
    2. Literature and society: An introduction to major literary, social and political developments in Poland between 1947 and the post-communist years.
    3. Comparative cultural studies of East European countries: A selection of texts will be studied to disclose the special social, political and cultural role of literature in central and eastern Europe.
    4. Study and practice of translation.

    Objectives

    On completion of the course, students

    1. will be proficient in analysing the stylistics of contemporary Polish texts, including those using the language of business, and a demonstrated ability of translating them into English,
    2. will have a general command of the major social and cultural developments of Poland since 1947 in the context of Eastern Europe of the post-communist era.

    Assessment

    Language test (1.5 hours): 20%
    Oral test (30 mins): 20%
    Written (1000 words): 20%
    Literature and society essay (1500 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    VCE/HSC Polish or equivalent


    SLA2070 - Polish studies 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Language: Advanced study through literary and official texts of the nowomowa ('new speech') which characterises postwar Polish usage. Analysis of the stylistics of contemporary Polish political, economic and cultural discourses. Advanced translation. (2) Literature and society: Polish Modernism through dramatic, poetic, novelistic and artistic tests, studies against the backdrop of fin-de-siecle cultural movements in Poland and Eastern Europe. Contemporary Polish drama, fiction and film in the context of East European Postmodernism.

    Objectives

    On completion of the course, students

    1. will be able to distinguish different types of contemporary Polish cultural discourses (political, economic, artistic);
    2. be able to translate different discourse types into English;
    3. have a command of the major trends in Polish Modernism and
    4. an acquaintance with Polish post-war cinema.

    Assessment

    Language Test (1 hour): 30%
    Written work (1000 words): 20%
    Literature and society essay (2500 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures) per week

    Prerequisites

    SLA1050, SLA1060


    SLA3400 - Language study abroad program

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    An approved subject in Russian or Ukrainian at a foreign institution. Placement arrangements are made through the section.

    Assessment

    Students are required to bring back all written work (9000 words): 100%


    SLA4600(A) - Thesis part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The honours thesis is to be written on an approved topic in Slavic literature or linguistics.


    SLA4600(B) - Thesis part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for SLA4600(A)

    Assessment

    Written (15,000-18,000 words): 100%


    SPN1010 - Spanish studies 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Sarah McDonald

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    SPN1010 is aimed at students with no previous experience of the Spanish language. It provides an integrated, innovative and communicatively oriented Spanish course which develops all-round competence in the basic structures of the language. In addition, students are introduced to key aspects of Spanish and Latin American cultures and societies.

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject, students will be able to:

    1. Converse in Spanish for 5 to 10 minutes about present and future activities.
    2. Use the following tenses: the present habitual, the present progressive and the informal future.
    3. Write compositions of up to 100 words in Spanish, with the help of a Spanish-English dictionary and a reference grammar.
    4. Engage in conversations and discussions in Spanish, about themselves, their family and friends
    5. Read and comprehend texts in Spanish of up to 500 words;
    6. Demonstrate an understanding of key aspects of Hispanic cultures and societies.

    Assessment

    Culture component: 30%
    Written work: 15%
    Tests: 20%
    Oral quiz: 5%
    Written exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    1x1 hour lecture, 2x2 hour language tutorials


    SPN1020 - Spanish studies 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Sarah McDonald

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    SPN1020 develops language skills acquired in SPN1010 with particular emphasis on oral and written practices. In addition, students are introduced to key aspects of Hispanic cultures and societies.

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject, students will be able to:

    1. Converse in basic Spanish for 15 to 20 minutes about past, present and future activities.
    2. Use the following tenses: the present habitual, the present progressive, the present perfect, preterite and imperfect, and the informal and formal future.
    3. Write compositions of up to 300 words in Spanish, with the help of a Spanish-English dictionary and a reference grammar.
    4. Engage in conversations and discussions in Spanish, about themselves, their family and friends, Australia and the world at large.
    5. Read and comprehend newspaper articles and narrative and descriptive literary texts of up to 1000 words in Spanish.
    6. Demonstrate an understanding of key aspects of Hispanic cultures and societies.

    Assessment

    Culture component: 30%
    Written work: 10%
    Tests: 20%
    Oral test: 10%
    Written exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    1x1 hour lecture, 2x2 hour language tutorials

    Prerequisites

    SPN1010

    Prohibitions

    SPN2020


    SPN1030 - Spanish studies 3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Stewart King

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Upon completion of this unit, students should have developed further their reading, writing, oral and aural skills in Spanish. Particular emphasis is placed on reading and writing, and an informed knowledge of contemporary Spanish and Latin American societies and cultures. Students are expected to

    1. consolidate their knowledge of basic grammatical concepts and expand their Spanish vocabulary, and
    2. communicate effectively in Spanish on most topics relating to oneself, one's family, home, school, work and social environments

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject, students will be able to:

    1. Converse in basic Spanish for 25 to 30 minutes about past, present and future activities.
    2. Use the following tenses and moods: the present habitual, the present progressive, the present perfect, preterite and imperfect, the informal and formal future, and the present subjunctive and imperative.
    3. Write compositions of up to 1000 words in Spanish, with the help of a Spanish-English dictionary and a reference grammar.
    4. Engage in conversations and discussions in Spanish, about themselves, their family and friends, Australia and the world at large.
    5. Read and comprehend newspaper articles and narrative and descriptive literary texts of up to 1000 words in Spanish.
    6. Demonstrate an understanding of key aspects of Hispanic cultures and societies.

    Assessment

    Culture component: 30%
    Written work: 20%
    Mid-semester test: 10%
    Oral test: 10%
    Written and listening exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    1x1 hour culture lecture, 3x1 hour language tutorials

    Prohibitions

    SPN2030


    SPN1040 - Spanish studies 4

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Stewart King

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit seeks to develop further language skills acquired in SPN1030. Particular emphasis will be placed on oral and written academic discourse. The culture component will consolidate students understanding of Spanish and Latin American societies and cultures through lectures, readings and visual culture.

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject, students will be able to:

    1. Converse in Spanish for approximately 25 minutes about past, present and future activities.

    1. Use the following tenses and moods: the present habitual, the present progressive, the present perfect, preterite and imperfect, the informal and formal future, the present and imperfect subjunctive, and the imperative.

    1. Write compositions of up to 1500 words in Spanish, with the help of a Spanish-English dictionary and a reference grammar.

    1. Engage in complex conversations and discussions in Spanish, about themselves and political and social issues.

    1. Read and comprehend articles and narrative and descriptive literary texts of up to 2000 words in Spanish.

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of key aspects of Hispanic cultures and societies.

    Assessment

    Culture component: 30%
    Written work: 20%
    Mid-semester test: 10%
    Oral test: 10%
    Written and listening exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    1x1 hour cultural tutorial, 3x1 hour language tutorials

    Prerequisites

    SPN1030

    Prohibitions

    SPN2040


    SPN1050 - Spanish studies 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit offers an introduction to modern Spanish and Hispanic American culture and society through the reading of historical, literary and journalistic texts. Emphasis is also given to the analysis and writing of a variety of Spanish texts such as: literary and journalistic texts, academic essays, creative and fictional writings.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this subject, students will be able to:

    1. Converse in Spanish for 20-25 minutes about past, current and hypothetical issues as well as engage in complex conversations and discussions about historical, political and social matters.

    1. Be able to comprehend T.V/radio news-reports from different Spanish speaking regions and Hispanic American countries.

    1. Write descriptive, narrative, fiction and argumentative passages of up to 1000 words in Spanish, with the help of a Spanish-English dictionary and a reference grammar.

    1. Read and comprehend articles using a variety of registers and styles of writing of up to 3500 words in Spanish.

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of key aspects of Hispanic cultures and societies.

    Assessment

    Culture component: 30%
    Aural and written tests: 25%
    Oral and written tasks: 20%
    Exam: 25%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lecture and 3 x 1 hour language tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    A pass in VCE Spanish or equivalent, (language proficiency assessed prior to commencement by appointment made during Orientation week)

    Prohibitions

    SPN1010/2010,SPN1030/2030 and or SPN2050/3050


    SPN1060 - Spanish studies 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Upon completion of this unit, students should have developed an advanced level in their reading, writing, oral and aural skills in Spanish. Particular emphasis is placed on advanced reading and writing, as well as a sound knowledge of contemporary Spanish and Latin American societies and cultures. Students are expected to

    1. consolidate their knowledge of essay writing by using a wide range of genre styles that reflect an advanced level of the language and
    2. interact effectively in Spanish taking into consideration the social setting where the discourse takes place as well as the sociological factors of participants.

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject, students will be able to:

    1. Converse and interact effectively in Spanish taking into consideration the social setting where the discourse takes place as well as the sociological factors of participants.

    1. Use advanced grammatical structures that show an advanced level of the language.

    1. Written work of up to 3500 words in Spanish, with the help of a monolingual Spanish dictionary.

    1. Engage in conversations and discussions in Spanish on topics about current affairs, historical and cultural aspects of Hispanic cultures and societies.

    1. Read and comprehend academic texts of up to 3500 words in Spanish.

    Assessment

    Culture component: 30%
    Written work: 40%
    Mid-semester test: 10%
    Exam: 20%

    Contact hours

    1 x 1hr cultural tutorial, 3 x 1hr language tutorials.

    Prerequisites

    SPN1050 or special permission from the unit coordinator.

    Prohibitions

    SPN1020/2020, SPN1040/2040 and/or SPN2060/3060.


    SPN1308 - Study abroad program 1A

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will allow students to undertake a Spanish Language unit in a university with which Monash University has an exchange agreement. On completion students will have expanded their understanding and knowledge of the Spanish language and Spanish and/or Latin American culture.

    Objectives

    1. At the end of SPN1308 students should have gained a basic understanding of the Spanish language and mastered simple grammatical structures.
    2. Students should be able to hold short conversations in Spanish.
    3. Students should have developed a basic understanding of the culture or cultures of Spain and/or Latin America.

    Assessment

    Students are required to enrol in a semester-length unit, fulfil attendance and assessment requirements as specified by the host institution for the study of a unit equivalent to a Monash University 6 credit points.

    Contact hours

    Equivalent to a Monash University 6 credit points

    Prohibitions

    Students need to seek Program approval before enrolling in the unit.
    Students changing enrolment abroad have to obtain approval from the Program


    SPN1309 - Study abroad program 1B

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will allow students to undertake a Spanish Language unit in a university with which Monash University has an exchange agreement. On completion students will have expanded their understanding and knowledge of the Spanish language and Spanish and/or Latin American culture.

    Objectives

    1. At the end of SPN 1308 students should have gained a basic understanding of the Spanish language and mastered simple grammatical structures.
    2. Students should be able to hold short conversations in Spanish.
    3. Students should have developed a basic understanding of the culture or cultures of Spain and/or Latin America.

    Assessment

    Students are required to enrol in a semester-length unit, fulfil attendance and assessment requirements as specified by the host institution for the study of a unit equivalent to a Monash University 6 credit points.

    Contact hours

    Equivalent to a Monash University 6 credit points

    Prerequisites

    SPN2010 or SPN1308.

    Prohibitions

    Students need to seek Program approval before enrolling in the unit.
    Students changing enrolment abroad have to obtain approval from the Program


    SPN2010 - Spanish studies 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Sarah McDonald

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for SPN1010

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject, students will be able to:



    1. Converse in Spanish for 5 to 10 minutes about present and future activities.

    1. Use the following tenses: the present habitual, the present progressive and the informal future.

    1. Write compositions of up to 100 words in Spanish, with the help of a Spanish-English dictionary and a reference grammar.

    1. Engage in conversations and discussions in Spanish, about themselves, their family and friends

    1. Read and comprehend texts in Spanish of up to 500 words;

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of key aspects of Hispanic cultures and societies.

    Assessment

    Culture component: 30%
    Written work: 15%
    Tests: 20%
    Oral quiz: 5%
    Written exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    1 x 1 hour lecture, 2 x 2 hour language tutorials

    Prohibitions

    SPN1010

    Students enrolled in Arts courses are prohibited from taking this unit


    SPN2020 - Spanish studies 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Sarah McDonald

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for SPN1020

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject, students will be able to:

    1. Converse in basic Spanish for 15-20 minutes about past, present and future activities.

    1. Use the following tenses: the present habitual, the present progressive, the present perfect, preterite and imperfect, and the informal and formal future.

    1. Write compositions of up to 300 words in Spanish, with the help of a Spanish-English dictionary and a reference grammar.

    1. Engage in conversations and discussions in Spanish, about themselves, their family and friends, Australia and the world at large.

    1. Read and comprehend newspaper articles and narrative and descriptive literary texts of up to 1000 words in Spanish.

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of key aspects of Hispanic cultures and societies

    Assessment

    Culture component: 30%
    Written work: 10%
    Tests: 20%
    Oral test: 10%
    Written exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    1x1 hour lecture, 2x2 hour language tutorials

    Prerequisites

    SPN2010

    Prohibitions

    Students enrolled in Arts courses are prohibited from taking this unit. In addition, students enrolled in this unit are prohibited from taking SPN1020.


    SPN2030 - Spanish studies 3

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Stewart King

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for SPN1030

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

    1. Converse in Spanish for 15-20 minutes about past, present and future activities;
    2. Use the following tenses and moods: the present habitual, the present progressive, the present prefect, preterite and imperfect, the informal and formal future, and the present subjunctive and imperative;
    3. Write compositions of up to 500 words in Spanish, with the help of a Spanish-English dictionary and a reference grammar;
    4. Engage in conversations and discussions in Spanish, about themselves, their family and friends, Australia and the world at large ;
    5. Read and comprehend newspaper articles and narrative an descriptive literary of up to 500 words texts in Spanish;
    6. Demonstrate an understanding of key aspects of Hispanic cultures and societies.

    Assessment

    Culture component: 30%
    Written work: 20%
    Mid-semester test: 10%
    Oral test: 10%
    Written and listening exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x lectures and 2 x tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    SPN1010 and SPN1020

    Prohibitions

    SPN1030


    SPN2040 - Spanish studies 4

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Stewart King

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for SPN1040

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject, students will be able to:

    1. Converse in Spanish for approximately 25 minutes about past, present and future activities.

    1. Use the following tenses and moods: the present habitual, the present progressive, the present perfect, preterite and imperfect, the informal and formal future, the present and imperfect subjunctive, and the imperative.

    1. Write compositions of up to 1500 words in Spanish, with the help of a Spanish-English dictionary and a reference grammar.

    1. Engage in complex conversations and discussions in Spanish, about themselves and political and social issues.

    1. Read and comprehend articles and narrative and descriptive literary texts of up to 2000 words in Spanish.

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of key aspects of Hispanic cultures and societies.

    Assessment

    Culture component: 30%
    Written work: 20%
    Mid-semester test: 10%
    Oral test: 10%
    Written and listening exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    1x1 hour cultural tutorial, 3x1 hour language tutorials

    Prerequisites

    SPN2030

    Prohibitions

    SPN1040


    SPN2050 - Spanish studies 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for SPN1050

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject, students will be able to:

    1. Converse in Spanish for 20-25 minutes about past, current and hypothetical issues as well as engage in complex conversations and discussions about historical, political and social matters.
    2. Be able to comprehend T.V/radio news-reports from different Spanish speaking regions and Hispanic American countries.
    3. Write descriptive, narrative, fiction and argumentative passages of up to 1000 words in Spanish, with the help of a Spanish-English dictionary and a reference grammar.
    4. Read and comprehend articles using a variety of registers and styles of writing of up to 3500 words in Spanish.
    5. Demonstrate an understanding of key aspects of Hispanic cultures and societies.

    Assessment

    Culture component: 30%
    Aural and written tests: 25%
    Oral and written tasks: 20%
    Exam: 25%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lectures and 3 x 1 hour language tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    SPN1040

    Prohibitions

    SPN1010/SPN2010, SPN2030 and/or SPN3050


    SPN2060 - Spanish studies 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    AS for SPN1060

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject, students will be able to:

    1. Converse and interact effectively in Spanish taking into consideration the social setting where the discourse takes place as well as the sociological factors of participants.
    2. Use advanced grammatical structures that show an advanced level of the language.
    3. Written work of up to 3500 words in Spanish, with the help of a monolingual Spanish dictionary.
    4. Engage in conversations and discussions in Spanish on topics about current affairs, historical and cultural aspects of Hispanic cultures and societies.
    5. Read and comprehend academic texts of up to 3500 words in Spanish.

    Assessment

    Culture component: 30%
    Written work: 40%
    Mid-semester test: 10%
    Exam: 20%

    Contact hours

    1 x 1hr cultural tutorial, 3 x 1hr language tutorials.

    Prerequisites

    SPN2050 or special permission from the unit coordinator.

    Prohibitions

    SPN1020/SPN2020, SPN2040 and/or SPN3060.


    SPN2070 - Spanish language 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit focuses on the study and understanding of the communicative rules or strategies that orient Spanish and Hispanic American speakers to communicate effectively in a variety of scenarios. Lectures explore the discursive similarities that link all Spanish speakers and make students aware of those which may differ as a result of varying social and political realities and historical factors.
    Theoretical knowledge in pragmatics -language in use- and discourse analysis is explored to understand

    1. the organization of a text in relation to the socio-cultural context
    2. particular discursive features of Hispanic speech, which may influence deference, politeness, directness, and/or indirectness linguistic behaviours.

    Objectives

    By completion of the course, students are expected to have developed:

    • Awareness of the norms and value systems that modulate Spanish and Hispanic American discourse(s);
    • Knowledge of the predominant discursive features produced in business, among other discourses, in Spanish and English;
    • Knowledge of pragmatic features used in a variety of social interactions.

    Assessment

    2 Tests: 50%
    Oral and written work: 50%

    Contact hours

    3 (1 lecture + 2 tutorial/seminar)

    Prerequisites

    SPN1060/SPN2060 or by permission

    Prohibitions

    SPN2290, SPN3290, SPN3070


    SPN2080 - Spanish studies 8

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The class is conducted in Spanish. The unit aims to examine the art of translating as a representation of a cultural reality. The main focus is on both the understanding of translation as a cross-cultural event (language and culture, system of norms, idioms and metaphors) and the studying of translation as a textual and language representation (text analysis, interlingual relationship, intention and function). The theoretical platform is accompanied by the development of translation skills. A mixture of literary passages, press documents scientific sections and government agency materials form the corpus of texts and develop students' knowledge in translation.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of the subject students should be able to translate a wide variety of texts that differ in their genre and style. In addition, students should be able to discuss theoretical issues on translation studies.

    Assessment

    Mid-semester test: 15%
    Oral and written work: 60%
    Exam: 25%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 2 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    SPN2070

    Prohibitions

    SPN3080


    SPN2190 - Individual option

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit enables students, under special circumstances and with permission from the convenor of Hispanic Studies, to undertake a program of supervised reading, linguistic fieldwork or an approved study abroad program. The written work for individual options will have to be completed in Spanish and will include a comprehensive bibliography of the area being investigated, and two written essays of 2000 words each.

    Objectives

    Upon completion students should have learnt to carry out a small research project with the guidance of a lecturer. They should be able to identify in their readings the information that it is relevant to their research topic. By the end of the unit students should be able to successfully write an academic essay including every section of it (e.g. introduction, literature review, analysis, bibliography etc.).

    Assessment

    Written work: 100%

    Contact hours

    1 hour per week


    SPN2280 - Hispanic film

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Sarah McDonald

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to a variety of Hispanic films, with particular emphasis on recent material by contemporary directors. This unit will further deepen the student's knowledge of the Spanish language and Hispanic cultures via the viewing and discussion of Hispanic films from the 1950s to the present, including films by renowned directors, such as the Spaniard Pedro Almodovar and the Cuban Tomas Gutierrez Alea. The unit aims to develop an awareness of different critical approaches to film analysis, including genre, style and the interaction between films and their sociocultural contexts. The unit covers issues such as identity, sexuality, history, colonialism and nationalism.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Be able to understand, discuss and analyse different cinematic genres and styles of Post-1950s Hispanic cinema.

    1. Have developed and be able to express an understanding of the socio-cultural context of the contemporary Hispanic world.

    1. Be able to understand, discuss and analyse the ways in which selected films reflect on and interpret social and cultural issues.

    1. Have developed an ability to engage with written and visual texts and be able to understand a body of critical writing in the field.

    Assessment

    1 visual test (1 hour/ 1000 words): 15%;
    short essay (1000 words) 20% ;
    participation (equiv. to 500 words): 10%;
    Final essay (2000 words): 55%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week plus film screening

    Prerequisites

    SPN1080 or SPN2040

    Prohibitions

    SPN3280


    SPN2290 - Spanish communication in a global world

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit focuses on the study and understanding of the communicative rules or strategies that orient Spanish and Hispanic American speakers to communicate effectively in a variety of scenarios. Lectures explore the discursive similarities that link all Spanish speakers and make students aware of those which may differ as a result of varying social and political realities and historical factors.
    Theoretical knowledge in pragmatics -language in use- and discourse analysis is explored to understand

    1. the organization of a text in relation to the socio-cultural context
    2. particular discursive features of Hispanic speech, which may influence deference, politeness, directness, and/or indirectness linguistic behaviours.

    Objectives

    By completion of the course, students are expected to have developed:

    1. Awareness of the norms and value systems that modulate Spanish and Hispanic American discourse(s);
    2. Knowledge of the predominant discursive features produced in business, among other discourses, in Spanish and English;
    3. Knowledge of pragmatic features used in a variety of social interactions.

    Assessment

    2 Tests: 50%
    Oral and written work: 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1.5 hour lecture and 1.5 hour tute/seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    SPN1040/2040 or SPN1060/2060 or SPN1080 or by permisssion

    Prohibitions

    SPN3290, SPN2070, SPN3070


    SPN2310 - Study abroad program

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    Students undertaking a Study Abroad Program in a Hispanic nation will spend a minimum of a month in an overseas institution studying an intensive language-culture course.

    Objectives

    Upon completion students should have improved their four skills of the language (speaking, listening, writing and reading) and they should be able to interact in Spanish using a wider variety of registers. Students should be more aware of the social-cultural norms and values that modulate the Spanish speaking world, in particular the region/province they have visited.

    Assessment

    Students are required to enrol in a semester-length unit, fulfil attendance and assessment requirements as specified by the host institution for the study of a unit equivalent to a Monash University 6 credit points.

    Prerequisites

    Students should have high marks in Spanish units (high D or HD average)

    Co-requisites

    SPN2010

    Prohibitions

    May not be counted as part of a minor sequence in Spanish. Not available to Post VCE stream students.


    SPN2950 - History of the spanish language

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jeff Browitt

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit traces the development of Spanish from so-called vulgar Latin, the Latin most commonly spoken by everyday people in the Roman Empire. It also follows the development of modern-day Spanish with its various dialectical evolutions both in peninsular Spanish and in the Spanish spoken in the Americas.

    Assessment

    Tests: 40%
    Assignment (500 words): 10%
    Participation: 10%
    Examination: 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    SPN1050 or SPN1020 plus permission


    SPN3050 - Spanish studies 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Intermediate spoken and written Spanish, and an introduction to modern Spanish and Hispanic America culture and society. The language of instruction is Spanish.

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject, students will be able to:

    1. Converse in Spanish for 20-25 minutes about past, current and hypothetical issues as well as engage in complex conversations and discussions about historical, political and social matters.
    2. Be able to comprehend T.V/radio news reports from different Spanish speaking regions and Hispanic American countries.
    3. Write descriptive, narrative, fiction and argumentative passages of up to 1000 words in Spanish, with the help of a Spanish-English dictionary and a reference grammar.
    4. Read and comprehend articles using a variety of registers and styles of writing of up to 3500 words in Spanish.
    5. Demonstrate an understanding of key aspects of Hispanic cultures and societies.


    Assessment

    Culture component: 30%
    Aural and written tests: 25%
    Oral and written tasks: 20%
    Exam: 25%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 x 1 hour language tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    SPN2040 or permission

    Prohibitions

    SPN1010/2010,SPN1050/2050,SPN1030/2030


    SPN3060 - Spanish studies 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for SPN2060

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject, students will be able to:

    1. Converse and interact effectively in Spanish taking into consideration the social setting where the discourse takes place as well as the sociological factors of participants.
    2. Use advanced grammatical structures that show an advanced level of the language.
    3. Written work of up to 3500 words in Spanish, with the help of a monolingual Spanish dictionary.
    4. Engage in conversations and discussions in Spanish on topics about current affairs, historical and cultural aspects of Hispanic cultures and societies.
    5. Read and comprehend academic texts of up to 3500 words in Spanish.

    Assessment

    Culture component: 30%
    Written work: 40%
    Mid-semester test: 10%
    Exam: 20%

    Contact hours

    1 x 1hr cultural tutorial, 3 x 1hr language tutorials.

    Prerequisites

    SPN3050 or special permission from the unit coordinator.

    Prohibitions

    SPN1020/SPN2020, SPN2040 and/or SPN2060.


    SPN3070 - Spanish language 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit focuses on the study and understanding of the communicative rules or strategies that orient Spanish and Hispanic American speakers to communicate effectively in a variety of scenarios. Lectures explore the discursive similarities that link all Spanish speakers and make students aware of those which may differ as a result of varying social and political realities and historical factors.
    Theoretical knowledge in pragmatics -language in use- and discourse analysis is explored to understand

    1. the organization of a text in relation to the socio-cultural context
    2. particular discursive features of Hispanic speech, which may influence deference, politeness, directness, and/or indirectness linguistic behaviours.

    Objectives

    By completion of the course, students are expected to have developed:

    • Awareness of the norms and value systems that modulate Spanish and Hispanic American discourse(s);
    • Knowledge of the predominant discursive features produced in business, among other discourses, in Spanish and English;
    • Knowledge of pragmatic features used in a variety of social interactions.

    Assessment

    2 Tests: 50%
    Oral and written work: 50%

    Contact hours

    3 (1 lecture + 2 tutorial/seminar)

    Prerequisites

    SPN2060 or SPN1080 or by permission

    Prohibitions

    SPN2070, SPN2290, SPN3290


    SPN3080 - Spanish studies 8

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for SPN2080

    Objectives

    Upon completion of the subject students should be able to translate a wide variety of texts that differ in their genre and style. In addition, students should be able to discuss theoretical issues on translation studies.

    Assessment

    Mid-semester test: 15%
    Oral and written work: 60%
    Exam: 25%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 2 x 1 hour seminars) per week

    Prerequisites

    SPN2070, SPN3070, SPN3050

    Prohibitions

    SPN2080


    SPN3100 - Spanish studies 10

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Stewart King

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit allows students with special interests to study in-depth a particular topic in Hispanic linguistics, literature or culture. All the assignments will be written in Spanish and completed according to the MLA handbook for writers of research papers.

    Objectives

    1. Develop student's critical and analytical skills and prepare them for postgraduate work.
    2. Introduce key conceptual and theoretical issues in the chosen area.
    3. Enhance student's abilities to undertake independent research.

    Assessment

    Literature Review (2000) : 20%
    Research Paper (2000) : 20%
    Oral presentation (2000) : 20%
    Essay (3000) : 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures) per week

    Prerequisites

    SPN2080/3080 or by permission


    SPN3280 - Hispanic culture through film

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Sarah McDonald

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to a variety of Hispanic films, with particular emphasis on recent material by contemporary directors. This unit will further deepen the student's knowledge of the Spanish language and Hispanic cultures via the viewing and discussion of Hispanic films from the 1950s to the present, including films by renowned directors, such as the Spaniard Pedro Almodovar and the Cuban Tomas Gutierrez Alea. The unit aims to develop an awareness of different critical approaches to film analysis, including genre, style and the interaction between films and their sociocultural contexts. The unit covers issues such as identity, sexuality, history, colonialism and nationalism.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Be able to understand, discuss and analyse different cinematic genres and styles of Post-1950s Hispanic cinema.

    1. Have developed and be able to express an understanding of the socio-cultural context of the contemporary Hispanic world.

    1. Be able to understand, discuss and analyse the ways in which selected films reflect on and interpret social and cultural issues.

    1. Have developed an ability to engage with written and visual texts and be able to understand a body of critical writing in the field.

    Assessment

    1 visual test (1 hour/ 1000 words): 15%;
    short essay (1000 words) 20% ;
    participation (equiv. to 500 words): 10%;
    Final essay (2000 words): 55%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week plus film screening

    Prerequisites

    SPN1080 or SPN2040

    Prohibitions

    SPN2280


    SPN3290 - Spanish communication in a global world

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit focuses on the study and understanding of the communicative rules or strategies that orient Spanish and Hispanic American speakers to communicate effectively in a variety of scenarios. Lectures explore the discursive similarities that link all Spanish speakers and make students aware of those which may differ as a result of varying social and political realities and historical factors.
    Theoretical knowledge in pragmatics -language in use- and discourse analysis is explored to understand

    1. the organization of a text in relation to the socio-cultural context
    2. particular discursive features of Hispanic speech, which may influence deference, politeness, directness, and/or indirectness linguistic behaviours.

    Objectives

    By completion of the course, students are expected to have developed:

    • Awareness of the norms and value systems that modulate Spanish and Hispanic American discourse(s);
    • Knowledge of the predominant discursive features produced in business, among other discourses, in Spanish and English;
    • Knowledge of pragmatic features used in a variety of social interactions.

    Assessment

    2 Tests: 50%
    Oral and written work: 50%

    Contact hours

    3 (1 lecture + 2 tutorial/seminar)

    Prerequisites

    SPN 1040/2040, SPN 1060/2060 or SPN1080 or by permisssion

    Prohibitions

    SPN2290, SPN2070, SPN3070


    SPN3311 - Study abroad program 3A

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will allow students to undertake a subject in the domain of Spanish or Latin American Studies in a university with which Monash University has an exchange agreement. On completion students will have expanded their understanding and knowledge of the Spanish and/or Latin American culture by studying a unit in the area of linguistics, cinema and/or contemporary literature.

    Objectives

    Students completing this unit should have gained a comprehensive understanding of Spanish and/or Latin American culture by studying in one of the approved institutions and living in an Hispanic environment for a length of time. Students should have succeeded in following the lectures and tutorials in Spanish in the overseas university. Students should have developed a higher level of independence in their studies leading to critical thinking and analytical skills.

    Assessment

    Students are required to enrol in a semester-length unit, fulfil attendance and assessment requirements as specified by the host institution for the study of a unit equivalent to a Monash University 6 credit points.

    Contact hours

    Equivalent to a Monash University 6 credit points

    Prerequisites

    A result of 75% or more in units completed in Spanish and successful completion of SPN2040, SPN 2060 or special permission from the unit co-ordinator.


    SPN3312 - Study abroad program 3B

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will explore and elaborate further the knowledge acquired on Campus in the areas of cultural studies, linguistics, cinema and/or contemporary literature. On completion of this unit students will have improved their overall linguistic skills in Spanish with special reference to language for higher study.

    Objectives

    1. At the end of SPN 3312 students should have gained a comprehensive understanding of Spanish and/or Latin American culture by studying in one of the approved institutions and living in an Hispanic environment for a length of time.
    2. Students should be able to follow the lectures and take notes fully in Spanish. Their contribution in tutorials should demonstrate their advanced language skills and their critical thinking.
    3. Students should have developed a level of independence in learning and analytical skills equipping them to further their studies in Spanish or Latin America Studies.

    Assessment

    Students are required to enrol in a semester-length unit, fulfil attendance and assessment requirements as specified by the host institution for the study of a unit equivalent to a Monash University 6 credit points.

    Contact hours

    Equivalent to a Monash University 6 credit points

    Prerequisites

    A result of 75% or more in units completed in Spanish and successful completion of SPN2040, SPN 2060 or special permission from the unit co-ordinator.


    SPN3560 - Culture and identity in hispanic America

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Sarah McDonald

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to acquaint students with current debates within cultural studies and cultural theory in relation to the construction of cultural identities in Hispanic America since Independence. The course will thus have a historical as well as a social and cultural focus. Students will critically engage with a selection of fictional, historical and theoretical writings which deal specifically with issues of culture and identity, especially as these relate to the formation of Hispanic-American nation-states and the advent of modernity.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70%
    Class participation and presentation: 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    SPN2130


    SPN3730 - Dictatorship and democracy in contemporary Spanish fiction

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Stewart King

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit studies different literary forms (fiction, poetry and drama) written in Spain since the end of the Civil War to the present day. This course concentrates on the social and artistic conditions of Spain under the Francoist dictatorship and the return to democracy during the 1980s and 1990s. What were the conditions under which Spanish authors wrote during the dictatorship? How did they show their dissatisfaction with the regime? What are the trends in post-Franco literature? The unit will be taught in Spanish.

    Objectives

    1. Demonstrate a broad understanding of the major Spanish literary movements since 1939.

    1. Explain the effects of government policies on cultural production and the reaction of writers and artists to these policies.

    1. List the principal differences between literary production during the Franco regime and the Return to Democracy in Spain.

    1. Analyse a variety of literary texts and films in light of Spanish sociocultural concerns.

    1. Understand and apply techniques of reading and analysing historical documents and literary texts in Spanish.

    1. Produce a coherent, logical and well-argued written and oral assignments in Spanish.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Tests: (20%)
    Class presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    SPN3770 - Contesting cultures and identities in modern Spain

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Stewart King

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Through a range of texts -poetry, fiction, film and historical documents- this unit will examine the ways in which landscape, history, literature, language and people have been represented for differing political and cultural purposes in Spain from the nineteenth century until the present day. Emphasis will be placed on the construction of a dominant Spanish national culture and identity as well as on the formation of regional identities and cultures in the Basque Country, Catalonia and Galicia. It will also examine the way in which these representations help to construct, reinforce or challenge cultural identities at both a national and regional level.

    Objectives

    1. Have a thorough understanding of debates surrounding the construction of national and regional cultures and identities in Spain from the nineteenth century until the present.

    1. Be able to compare and contrast different nationalist movements in Spain and discuss the cultural and political implications of such movements.

    1. Be able to explain and apply theoretical approaches to identity formation.

    1. Have developed a thorough understanding of the sociopolitical and cultural context of modern Spain.

    1. Have developed the ability to analyse a variety of cultural representations in literary and non-literary Spanish texts as well as the ideological positions which underpin them.

    1. Be able to produce critical written and oral work of a high standard in Spanish.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    Tests: (20%)
    Class presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    SPN2130 or permission


    SPN3910 - Discourse and power in the media and politics of the Hispanic world

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit focuses on the deconstruction of mass media, medical and political texts by observing the discourse types that shape and form the discourse. Special emphasis is placed on the dynamic relation between the local organization of the discourse and the global socio-cultural, historical and political characteristics that permeate and help to reconstruct the Hispanic discourse.

    Objectives

    Upon completion students should be able to deconstruct institutional texts and understand how the discourse is modulated to achieve particular ends. On completion students should be able to analyse media and political discourses by using critical and discourse analysis frameworks.

    Assessment

    Two tests (equivalent to 500 words each): 30%
    Essay (1500 words): 35%
    Seminar paper (1000 words): 15%
    Oral presentation (equivalent to 500 words): 10%
    Bibliography (equivalent to 500 words): 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1.5 hour lecture and 1 x 1.5 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    SPN2050/SPN3050 and SPN2290 or permission


    SPN3930 - Individual Option

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit enables students, under special circumstances and with permission from the head of Hispanic Studies, to undertake a program of supervised reading, linguistic fieldwork or an approved study abroad program. The written work for individual options at third-year level will have to be completed in Spanish and will include a comprehensive bibliography of the area being investigated and a final essay of 3500 words.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Carry out a research project with some guidance of a lecturer.

    1. Identify in their readings the information that it is relevant to their research topic and provide critical views.

    1. Write an academic essay including every section of it (e.g. introduction, literature review, analysis, bibliography etc.) and presenting new ideas and thoughts.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures) per week

    Prerequisites

    Permission


    SPN4000(A) - Honours dissertation part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A dissertation of approximately 15,000-18,000 words based on individual research, supervised by a member of staff with expertise in the proposed area of research, on one aspect of Spanish or Latin American language, literature, linguistics, film or cultural studies. It is expected that students will choose the topic as early as possible and begin work on the project. The dissertation may be written in Spanish or English.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of their dissertation students should develop research skills which include:

    1. The ability to define the aims of a research project, formulating research questions and structuring them into a coherent argument.
    2. The ability to define their research project's theoretical framework, establishing links between the project and previous ones, if they exist.
    3. The ability to conduct focused reading.
    4. The ability to develop relevant bibliographies, examining the sources critically.
    5. The ability to develop advanced academic writing skills.

    Prerequisites

    48 points in Hispanic Studies with an average of 70% or more in 3 units taken at third-year level and one of second-year level.


    SPN4000(B) - Honours dissertation part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A dissertation of approximately 15,000-18,000 words based on individual research, supervised by a member of staff with expertise in the proposed area of research, on one aspect of Spanish or Latin American language, literature, linguistics, film or cultural studies. It is expected that students will choose the topic as early as possible and begin work on the project. The dissertation may be written in Spanish or English.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of their dissertation students should develop research skills which include:

    1. The ability to define the aims of a research project, formulating research questions and structuring them into a coherent argument.
    2. The ability to define their research project's theoretical framework, establishing links between the project and previous ones, if they exist.
    3. The ability to conduct focused reading.
    4. The ability to develop relevant bibliographies, examining the sources critically.
    5. The ability to develop advanced academic writing skills.

    Assessment

    Thesis (15,000 words): 100%

    Prerequisites

    48 points in Hispanic Studies with an average of 70% or more in 3 units taken at third-year level and one of second-year level


    SPN4100 - Spanish studies 10

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit allows students with special interests to study in-depth a particular topic in Hispanic linguistics, literature or culture. All the assignments will be written in Spanish and completed according to the MLA handbook for writers of research papers.

    Objectives

    1. Develop student's critical and analytical skills and prepare them for postgraduate work.
    2. Introduce key conceptual and theoretical issues in the chosen area.
    3. Enhance student's abilities to undertake independent research.

    Assessment

    Literature Review (2000 words): 20%
    Research paper (2000 words): 20%
    Oral presentation (2000 words): 20%
    Essay (3000 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures) per week

    Prerequisites

    Completion of major sequence of studies in Hispanic Studies and approved admission into Honours.


    SPN4250 - Twentieth-century spanish American literature

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Sarah McDonald

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit studies the most important literary developments that took place in Spanish America in the Twentieth Century. Literary texts will be situated in their socio-historical and political contexts in a way that students will be able to anyalyse and understand the direct relationship. Works of literature included are: modernist poetry, the "novelas de la tierra", magic-realist novels and anthology of short stories and post-boom narrative. This course should provide broad knowledge of the main ideas and achievements of the most important Spanish American writers, philosophers and politicians. This unit is 100% taught and assessed in Spanish.

    Assessment

    Comprehensive bibliography (100 words): 10%
    3 tests (1000 words each): 30%
    Research project (2000 words Spanish): 20%
    Final essay (3500 words in Spanish): 40%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (3 x 1 hour lectures) per week

    Prerequisites

    A major in Spanish


    SPN4580 - Research in Spanish linguistics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will provide students with the theoretical and analytical tools to prepare them to undertake an Honours dissertation in Spanish linguistics. Students will build their knowledge in this area by engaging in two small research projects as part of their assessment. Individual appointments are used to

    1. promote a culture of research methodologies, and
    2. stimulate critical and creative thinking, and
    3. discuss topics arising from the reading of relevant papers.

    Objectives

    The objective of SPN 4580 is to develop a critical way of thinking about theoretical issues in language/discourse research and expand students' knowledge about data analysis and interpretation. On completion, students will:

    1. Understand issues dealing with linguistics theory and practice.

    1. Know how to collect ethnographic data and understand ethical issues in regards to confidentiality.

    1. Be able to analyse language/discourse data following a theoretical framework of analysis.

    1. Be able to discuss their research findings by comparing/contrasting them with the literature published in their field of research.

    1. Be able to write a research paper following the appropriate format (abstract, introduction, methodology, analysis, discussion, conclusion, bibliography).

    1. Have developed an understanding and application of different modes of linguistics analysis.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week


    SPN4650 - Latin American studies in culture and power

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Sarah McDonald

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce the student to a variety of texts, both fictional and non-fictional, and audio-visual recordings which illustrate the intersection of processes of cultural production and consumption and how they intersect with structures of power in Latin American societies. The unit will have a historical as well as a social and cultural focus.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70%
    Class participation and presentation: 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


    SPN4990 - Language study abroad program

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Marisa Cordella

    Offered

    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
    Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

    Synopsis

    Two approved semester-length subjects at a foreign institution.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Complete successfully the requirements for the unit taken abroad.

    1. Carry out semi-independent research in a Spanish speaking country.

    1. Interact effectively with native speakers.

    Assessment

    Students are required to enrol in a semester-length unit, fulfil attendance and assessment requirements as specified by the host institution for the study of a unit equivalent to a Monash University 6 credit points.


    TSD1611 - Understanding University Learning

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Stuart Levy

    Offered

    Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Leongatha First semester 2009 (Day)
    South Africa Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit is designed to introduce students to the nature and requirements of university study and encourages them to demystify the practices and requirements they will confront in their first year. It provides students with a range of specific and identifiable capacities that are essential for undergraduate study. The thematic content is unified around a consideration of the relationships between the learner, the university's requirements and the expectations of students. Students are introduced to the traditions of university scholarship and the changing culture of scholarship. Particular emphasis is given to the importance of independent learning in university studies.

    Objectives

    After successfully completing this unit, students will:

    1. understand the centrality of critical thinking in university scholarship;
    2. be able to employ relevant theoretical and practical knowledge in a range of skills central to university learning, including critical reading and writing;
    3. have an appreciation of the skills necessary to maximise their learning from lectures, tutorials and teaching materials;
    4. be able to produce essays and reports that present a critical argument and adhere to the standard conventions of academic presentation;
    5. demonstrate the development of sound examination techniques.

    Assessment

    Written work: 65% (2500 words)
    2 hours exam: 35%

    Prohibitions

    GSC1611, DFS1611, DTS1611


    TSD1612 - Knowledge and Context

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Stuart Levy

    Offered

    Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Leongatha Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will draw from the various disciplines in which the Diploma students are enrolled. It will explore different disciplinary approaches to knowledge to develop student's understanding of the importance and relationships between context and knowledge. It will critique different paradigms of knowledge to explore differences or similarities between scientific, humanities or social sciences perspectives. Students will identify, compare, contrast and discuss different disciplinary approaches to knowledge and be familiar with the relationships between knowledge and context.

    Objectives

    After successfully completing this unit, students will:

    1. demonstrate a grasp of the relationship between knowledge and context;
    2. demonstrate some familiarity with a variety of traditions about knowledge;
    3. demonstrate independent research skills;
    4. construct a bibliography and correctly use citation;
    5. demonstrate ability to write well-structured essays;
    6. demonstrate familiarity with word processing applications;
    7. demonstrate an ability to prepare for and deliver an oral report;
    8. demonstrate the development of sound examination techniques.

    Assessment

    Written work: 45% (1750 words)
    Oral presentation: 15%
    2 hours exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    GSC1612, DFS1612, DTS1612


    UKR1010 - Ukrainian studies 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andriy Zayarnyuk

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Introduction to Ukrainian for students with little or no knowledge of the language. The unit concentrates on the acquisition of practical speaking, reading and writing skills.

    Objectives

    This subject, with its second-semester continuation, UKR1020 Ukrainian Studies 2, is intended for students with no previous knowledge of Ukrainian. On completing these subjects, students should have acquired an elementary Ukrainian vocabulary and knowledge of the basic rules of Ukrainian grammar. Students should be able to read and understand uncomplicated texts, to understand basic dialogue, to conduct a simple conversation and to write simple sentences. They should be familiar with some aspects of Ukrainian culture and some simple texts of Ukrainian literature.

    Assessment

    Examinations (1 hour): 40%
    Weekly homework and tests: 60%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 3 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prohibitions

    UKR1050, UKR1060


    UKR1020 - Ukrainian studies 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andriy Zayarnyuk

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Consolidation and extension of the work begun in UKR1010.

    Objectives

    On completing this unit, students should have acquired an elementary Ukrainian vocabulary and knowledge of the basic rules of Ukrainian grammar. Students should be able to read and understand uncomplicated texts, to understand basic dialogue, to conduct a simple conversation and to write simple sentences. They should be familiar with some aspects of Ukrainian culture and some simple texts of Ukrainian literature.

    Assessment

    Exam (1 hour): 30%
    Weekly homework and tests: 60%
    Oral test: 10%

    Contact hours

    5 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 3 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    UKR1010

    Prohibitions

    UKR1050, UKR1060


    UKR1050 - Ukrainian studies 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andriy Zayarnyuk

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1. Language: A review of Ukrainian grammar; development of conversation and composition skills using texts on contemporary themes.
    2. Literature, Culture and Society: this part of the course will consider selected topics on 19th and 20th century Ukraine. Secondary literature and selected texts of the period will be studied. The narrower focus of the course will change from year to year.

    Objectives

    • Students who have completed this unit and its continuation, UKR1060, will be expected to demonstrate a knowledge of Ukrainian grammar based on D.S. Struk, Ukrainian for Undergraduates;
    • Students should have acquired an advanced vocabulary relating to selected subjects from everyday life;
    • They should be able to read, write, speak and understand standard Ukrainian correctly at the level of non-technical communication;
    • Students will be expected to have a knowledge of the main developments in modern Ukrainian history, literature and culture, of the representative works from the period, and of the major explanatory frameworks;
    • They should have acquired basic skills in the analysis and interpretation of primary texts, events, and secondary literature.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40% (2000 words)
    Tests: 30%
    Homework: 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    VCE/HSC Ukrainian or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    UKR2050


    UKR1060 - Ukrainian studies 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andriy Zayarnyuk

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1. Language: A review of Ukrainian grammar; development of conversation and composition skills using texts on contemporary themes.
    2. Literature, Culture and Society: this part of the course will consider selected topics on 19th and 20th century Ukraine. Secondary literature and selected texts of the period will be studied. The narrower focus of the course will change from year to year.

    Objectives

    1. Students who have completed this unit, will be expected to demonstrate a knowledge of Ukrainian grammar based on D.S. Struk, Ukrainian for Undergraduates;
    2. Students should have acquired an advanced vocabulary relating to selected subjects from everyday life;
    3. They should be able to read, write, speak and understand standard Ukrainian correctly at the level of non-technical communication;
    4. Students will be expected to have a knowledge of the main developments in modern Ukrainian history, literature and culture, of the representative works from the period, and of the major explanatory frameworks;
    5. They should have acquired basic skills in the analysis and interpretation of primary texts, events, and secondary literature.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40% (2000 words)
    Tests: 30%
    Homework: 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    UKR1050

    Prohibitions

    UKR1010, UKR1020


    UKR2050 - Ukrainian studies 5

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andriy Zayarnyuk

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1. Language: A review of Ukrainian grammar; development of conversation and composition skills using texts on contemporary themes;
    2. Literature, Culture and Society: this part of the course will consider selected topics on 19th and 20th century Ukraine. Secondary literature and selected texts of the period will be studied. The narrower focus of the course will change from year to year.

    Objectives

    1. Students who have completed this unit, will be expected to demonstrate a knowledge of Ukrainian grammar based on D.S. Struk, Ukrainian for Undergraduates;
    2. Students should have acquired an advanced vocabulary relating to selected subjects from everyday life;
    3. They should be able to read, write, speak and understand standard Ukrainian correctly at the level of non-technical communication;
    4. Students will be expected to have a knowledge of the main developments in modern Ukrainian history, literature and culture, of the representative works from the period, and of the major explanatory frameworks;
    5. They should have acquired basic skills in the analysis and interpretation of primary texts, events, and secondary literature.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40% (2000 words)
    Tests: 30%
    Homework: 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    UKR1010 and UKR1020

    Prohibitions

    UKR1050, UKR1060


    UKR2060 - Ukrainian studies 6

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andriy Zayarnyuk

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    1. Language: A review of Ukrainian grammar; development of conversation and composition skills using texts on contemporary themes;
    2. Literature, Culture and Society: this part of the course will consider selected topics on 19th and 20th century Ukraine. Secondary literature and selected texts of the period will be studied. The narrower focus of the course will change from year to year.

    Objectives

    1. Students who have completed this unit, will be expected to demonstrate a knowledge of Ukrainian grammar based on D.S. Struk, Ukrainian for Undergraduates;
    2. Students should have acquired an advanced vocabulary relating to selected subjects from everyday life;
    3. They should be able to read, write, speak and understand standard Ukrainian correctly at the level of non-technical communication;
    4. Students will be expected to have a knowledge of the main developments in modern Ukrainian history, literature and culture, of the representative works from the period, and of the major explanatory frameworks;
    5. They should have acquired basic skills in the analysis and interpretation of primary texts, events, and secondary literature.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40% (2000 words)
    Tests: 30%
    Homework: 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    UKR2050

    Prohibitions

    UKR1050, UKR1060


    UKR2070 - Ukrainian studies 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andriy Zayarnyuk

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Advanced conversation and composition, as well as systematic study of the selected aspects of Ukrainian literature, history, and culture.

    Objectives

    1. Students who have completed this unit and its continuation, UKR2080, will be expected to demonstrate a knowledge of Ukrainian grammar based on D.S. Struk, Ukrainian for Undergraduates.
    2. Students should have acquired vocabulary relating to selected subjects from everyday life.
    3. They should be able to read, write, speak and understand standard Ukrainian correctly at the level of non-technical communication.
    4. Students should also have gained a thorough understanding of the selected topics in Ukrainian literature, history and culture, a detailed knowledge of the selected texts in their context, and intermediate skills in literary and historical analysis and criticism.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40% (2000 words)
    Tests: 30%
    Homework: 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    UKR1050 and UKR1060

    Prohibitions

    UKR3070


    UKR2080 - Ukrainian studies 8

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andriy Zayarnyuk

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Advanced conversation and composition, as well as systematic study of the selected aspects of Ukrainian literature, history, and culture.

    Objectives

    1. Students on completing this unit should be able to demonstrate a knowledge of Ukrainian grammar based on D.S. Struk, Ukrainian for Undergraduates;
    2. Students should have acquired vocabulary relating to selected subjects from everyday life;
    3. They should be able to read, write, speak and understand standard Ukrainian correctly at the level of non-technical communication;
    4. Students should also have gained a thorough understanding of the selected topics in Ukrainian literature, history and culture, a detailed knowledge of the selected texts in their context, and intermediate skills in literary and historical analysis and criticism.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40% (2000 words)
    Tests: 30%
    Homework: 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    UKR2070

    Prohibitions

    UKR3080


    UKR3070 - Ukrainian studies 7

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andriy Zayarnyuk

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Advanced conversation and composition, as well as systematic study of the selected aspects of Ukrainian literature, history, and culture.

    Objectives

    1. Students on completing this unit should be able to demonstrate a knowledge of Ukrainian grammar based on D.S. Struk, Ukrainian for Undergraduates;
    2. Students should have acquired vocabulary relating to selected subjects from everyday life;
    3. They should be able to read, write, speak and understand standard Ukrainian correctly at the level of non-technical communication;
    4. Students should also have gained a thorough understanding of the selected topics in Ukrainian literature, history and culture, a detailed knowledge of the selected texts in their context, and intermediate skills in literary and historical analysis and criticism.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40% (2000 words)
    Tests: 30%
    Homework: 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    UKR2050, UKR2060

    Prohibitions

    UKR2070


    UKR3080 - Ukrainian studies 8

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andriy Zayarnyuk

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Advanced conversation and composition, as well as systematic study of the selected aspects of Ukrainian literature, history, and culture.

    Objectives

    1. Students on completing this unit should be able to demonstrate a knowledge of Ukrainian grammar based on D.S. Struk, Ukrainian for Undergraduates.
    2. Students should have acquired vocabulary relating to selected subjects from everyday life.
    3. They should be able to read, write, speak and understand standard Ukrainian correctly at the level of non-technical communication.
    4. Students should also have gained a thorough understanding of the selected topics in Ukrainian literature, history and culture, a detailed knowledge of the selected texts in their context, and intermediate skills in literary and historical analysis and criticism.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40% (2000 words)
    Tests: 30%
    Homework: 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    UKR3070

    Prohibitions

    UKR2080


    UKR3090 - Ukrainian studies 9

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andriy Zayarnyuk

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In-depth study of the Ukrainian literature in its historical context with special reference to the visual arts and against the background of social and political change.

    Objectives

    1. Upon completion of this unit students should have acquired a knowledge of representative texts of the major genres of the Ukrainian literature, an in-depth knowledge of the major developments of the Ukrainian history;
    2. Students should have developed an understanding of the texts in the context of contemporary East-Slavic and Ukrainian culture, and should be able to place them into the context of social and political change as well as the context of other arts;
    3. Students should have developed skills in critical interpretation, as well as coherent, independent written argument that makes properly documented use of secondary literature;
    4. Students taking the unit at fourth-year level should be familiar with various critical and theoretical approaches to the subject matter of the unit.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40% (2000 words)
    Tests: 30%
    Homework: 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    A minor in Ukrainian studies

    Prohibitions

    UKR2080, UKR4090


    UKR3100 - Ukrainian studies 10

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andriy Zayarnyuk

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Studies in the culture of the sixteenth to eighteenth centuries in Ukraine. Literary texts (polemical literature; lyrical, laudatory and emblematic verse; school drama, including comic interlude; historical writing; the philosophical and poetic works of Skovoroda) are examined in the original, in relation to contemporary Ukrainian art, architecture, music and folklore, and with reference to social and political developments.

    Objectives

    1. Upon completion of this unit students should have acquired a knowledge of representative texts of the major genres of the Ukrainian literature, an in-depth knowledge of the major developments of the Ukrainian history;
    2. Students should have developed an understanding of the texts in the context of contemporary East-Slavic and Ukrainian culture, and should be able to place them into the context of social and political change as well as the context of other arts;
    3. Students should have developed skills in critical interpretation, as well as coherent, independent written argument that makes properly documented use of secondary literature;
    4. Students taking the unit at fourth-year level should be familiar with various critical and theoretical approaches to the subject matter of the unit.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40% (2000 words)
    Tests: 30%
    Homework: 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    A minor in Ukrainian Studies

    Prohibitions

    UKR4100


    UKR4000(A) - Honours thesis part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Marko Pavlyshyn

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


    UKR4000(B) - Honours thesis part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Marko Pavlyshyn

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


    UKR4090 - Ukrainian studies 9

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andriy Zayarnyuk

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In-depth study of the Ukrainian literature in its historical context with special reference to the visual arts and against the background of social and political change.

    Objectives

    1. Upon completion of this unit students should have acquired a knowledge of representative texts of the major genres of the Ukrainian literature, an in-depth knowledge of the major developments of the Ukrainian history;
    2. Students should have developed an understanding of the texts in the context of contemporary East-Slavic and Ukrainian culture, and should be able to place them into the context of social and political change as well as the context of other arts;
    3. Students should have developed skills in critical interpretation, as well as coherent, independent written argument that makes properly documented use of secondary literature;
    4. Students taking the unit at fourth-year level should be familiar with various critical and theoretical approaches to the subject matter of the unit.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40% (2000 words)
    Tests: 30%
    Homework: 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    A major in Ukrainian studies

    Prohibitions

    UKR3090


    UKR4100 - Ukrainian studies 10

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andriy Zayarnyuk

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In-depth study of the Ukrainian literature in its historical context with special reference to the visual arts and against the background of social and political change.

    Objectives

    1. Upon completion of this unit students should have acquired a knowledge of representative texts of the major genres of the Ukrainian literature, an in-depth knowledge of the major developments of the Ukrainian history;
    2. Students should have developed an understanding of the texts in the context of contemporary East-Slavic and Ukrainian culture, and should be able to place them into the context of social and political change as well as the context of other arts;
    3. Students should have developed skills in critical interpretation, as well as coherent, independent written argument that makes properly documented use of secondary literature;
    4. Students taking the unit at fourth-year level should be familiar with various critical and theoretical approaches to the subject matter of the unit.

    Assessment

    Written work: 40% (2000 words)
    Tests: 30%
    Homework: 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

    Prerequisites

    A major in Ukrainian studies

    Prohibitions

    UKR3100


    VSA2230 - Australian visual culture: Heidelberg to contemporary

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Leigh Astbury

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will study major themes and issues in Australian visual culture from the Heidelberg School era of the late nineteenth century through to the present. Selected themes for study include the landscape as subject matter and changing attitudes towards nature; the search for an Australian identity; the emergence of particular Australian myths; the influence of American visual culture; the diversification of cultural expression in the 1970s and manifestations of feminist visual culture; and the embrace of Aboriginal art and culture from the mid 1970s onwards. The unit will conclude with a consideration of recent developments and issues of postmodernism in an Australian context.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have developed:

    1. A sound general knowledge of major themes and issues in twentieth and early twenty-first century visual culture.
    2. An ability to contextualise these developments within a broader social, cultural and psychological framework.
    3. An understanding of visual expressions of Australian identity as changing cultural constructions which are often exploited by individuals or sections of society for their own purposes.
    4. Critical skills that enable them to analyse a diverse range of material in visual culture.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words) : 60%
    Visual Test (1.5 hours (1500 words equivalent)) : 40%

    Contact hours

    1 one-hour lecture and 1 one-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    One first year level unit in Visual Culture or a comparable discipline

    Prohibitions

    VSA3230


    VSA2800 - Colonial/postcolonial: Australian art and film

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Leigh Astbury

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit explores major issues in Australian visual culture since white settlement from a postcolonial perspective. Areas for study will include the imaging of settlement from the colonial era to the present; the changing conception of Australia's cultural relationship with the South Pacific and its inhabitants; the apparent need to create popular heroes such as the bushranger and explorer; the meaning of the war experience for the Australian populace; the issue of race relations in both colonial and postcolonial contexts; and, inevitably, the perennial appeal of the landscape in Australian visual culture.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject students will have:

    1. A sound general knowledge of major issues in colonial Australian visual culture and their critique in contemporary art, film and theory.

    1. An understanding of postcolonial theory and its relevance to Australian visual culture, both past and present.

    1. Studied the inter-relationship of both still and moving media in constructing changing identities.

    Assessment

    Essay (3500 words): 60%
    Visual test (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture, 1 x 1 hour tutorial and 1 x 2 hour screening) per week


    VSA2820 - Male trouble: masculinities in visual culture

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Leigh Astbury

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will study the representation of masculinities in visual culture, both locally and globally, over the last two decades or so. Utilising recent gender theory and discourse, it will examine some of the underlying contradictions and ambivalences of mainstream masculine identities in the fields of consumer culture, fashion, sport, war, crime, etc. Equal focus will be devoted to challenges presented to male verities by figures such as the creative artist, pop star, or cross-dresser and by alternative masculinities to be found in Indigenous, gay and queer cultures. The unit will conclude with a consideration of 'female masculinities.'

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students can expect to have:

    1. Gained a sound general knowledge of the representation of a wide range of male identities, types and stereotypes within contemporary visual culture, including some which noticeably dissent from mainstream masculinities.
    2. Developed an informed understanding of the relationship of male identities in visual culture to their broader social, cultural and psychological underpinnings.
    3. A working knowledge of major recent theoretical and methodological approaches to the study of masculinities and be aware of the key contemporary discourses and debates that have arisen in their wake.
    4. Acquired the ability to apply key theoretical precepts to the analysis of material in visual culture.
    5. Developed critical skills in analysing a range of visual media, including film, advertising imagery, fashion, art and photography.
    6. The ability to recognise and to deconstruct, where appropriate, connecting thematic and conceptual paradigms that appear across a diverse range of visual media.
    7. (Third-year level students) Students taking this unit at third-year level will be expected to demonstrate in their essay and their visual test a more explicit and sophisticated understanding of theoretical concepts germane to the analysis of the visual material and texts studied.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words) : 60%
    Visual Test (1.5 hours (1500 words equivalent)) : 40%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour screening, 1 one-hour lecture and 1 one-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    One first year level unit in Visual Culture or a comparable discipline


    VSA3230 - Australian visual culture: Heidelberg to contemporary

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Leigh Astbury

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will study major themes and issues in Australian visual culture from the Heidelberg School era of the late nineteenth century through to the present. Selected themes for study include the landscape as subject matter and changing attitudes towards nature; the search for an Australian identity; the emergence of particular Australian myths; the influence of American visual culture; the diversification of cultural expression in the 1970s and manifestations of feminist visual culture; and the embrace of Aboriginal art and culture from the mid1970s onwards. The unit will conclude with a consideration of recent developments and issues of postmodernism in an Australian context.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have developed:

    1. A sound general knowledge of major themes and issues in twentieth and early twenty-first century visual culture.
    2. An ability to contextualise these developments within a broader social, cultural and psychological framework.
    3. An understanding of visual expressions of Australian identity as changing cultural constructions which are often exploited by individuals or sections of society for their own purposes.
    4. Critical skills that enable them to analyse a diverse range of material in visual culture.:
    5. An ability to demonstrate evidence of wider reading and a more complex understanding of the social, cultural and psychological underpinnings of visual culture production than that expected of VSA2230 students.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words) : 60%
    Visual Test (1.5 hours (1500 words equivalent)) : 40%

    Contact hours

    1 one-hour lecture and 1 one-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    One first year level unit in Visual Culture or a comparable discipline

    Prohibitions

    VSA2230


    VSA3800 - Colonial/postcolonial: Australian art and film

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Leigh Astbury

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit explores major issues in Australian visual culture since white settlement from a postcolonial perspective. Areas for study will include the imaging of settlement from the colonial era to the present; the changing conception of Australia's cultural relationship with the South Pacific and its inhabitants; the apparent need to create popular heroes such as the bushranger and explorer; the meaning of the war experience for the Australian populace; the issue of race relations in both colonial and postcolonial contexts; and, inevitably, the perennial appeal of the landscape in Australian visual culture.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject students will have:

    1. A sound general knowledge of major issues in colonial Australian visual culture and their critique in contemporary art, film and theory.

    1. An understanding of postcolonial theory and its relevance to Australian visual culture, both past and present.

    1. Studied the inter-relationship of both still and moving media in constructing changing identities.

    Assessment

    Essay (3500 words): 60%
    Visual test (2 hours): 40%
    Third-year students will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level than second-year students.

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture, 1 x 1 hour tutorial and 1 x 2 hour screening) per week

    Prerequisites

    Two units at first-year level in Visual Culture or a comparable discipline

    Prohibitions

    VSA2800


    VSA3820 - Male trouble: Masculinities in visual culture

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Leigh Astbury

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will study the representation of masculinities in visual culture, both locally and globally, over the last two decades or so. Utilising recent gender theory and discourse, it will examine some of the underlying contradictions and ambivalences of mainstream masculine identities in the fields of consumer culture, fashion, sport, war, crime, etc. Equal focus will be devoted to challenges presented to male verities by figures such as the creative artist, pop star, or cross-dresser and by alternative masculinities to be found in Indigenous, gay and queer cultures. The unit will conclude with a consideration of 'female masculinities.'

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students can expect to have:

    1. Gained a sound general knowledge of the representation of a wide range of male identities, types and stereotypes within contemporary visual culture, including some which noticeably dissent from mainstream masculinities.
    2. Developed an informed understanding of the relationship of male identities in visual culture to their broader social, cultural and psychological underpinnings.
    3. A working knowledge of major recent theoretical and methodological approaches to the study of masculinities and be aware of the key contemporary discourses and debates that have arisen in their wake.
    4. Acquired the ability to apply key theoretical precepts to the analysis of material in visual culture.
    5. Developed critical skills in analysing a range of visual media, including film, advertising imagery, fashion, art and photography.
    6. The ability to recognise and to deconstruct, where appropriate, connecting thematic and conceptual paradigms that appear across a diverse range of visual media.
    7. A more explicit and sophisticated understanding of theoretical concepts germane to the analysis of the visual material and texts studied.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words) : 60%
    Visual Test (1.5 hours (1500 words equivalent)) : 40%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour screening, 1 one-hour lecture and 1 one-hour tutorial per week

    Prerequisites

    One first year level unit in Visual Culture or a comparable discipline


    VSA4056 - Twentieth century Australian modernism

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    A study of the art and ideologies of modernism from federation to the 1960s. The different manifestations of modernism in Melbourne and Sydney will inevitably be addressed. Special areas for attention include the identification of the contribution of Australian women, the influence of Aboriginal art, the iconography of the modern city, modernist photography and suburbia.

    Assessment

    First seminar paper (2500 words): 25%
    Second seminar paper (3000 words): 35%
    Essay (3500 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    VSA4086 - The Culture and Imagery of Cities

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Leigh Astbury

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit will study the nature and role of the image of the city from first settlement together with the development of city architecture from the late colonial period to federation. The role of art institutions and the formation of nineteenth and early twentieth-century Australian taste will be studied with reference to the foundation of the National Gallery of Victoria, significant private collections and the establishment of academies, schools of design and art societies, as well as gardens, cemeteries, and war memorials. The growth of culture in a city is thus viewed against patterns of patronage and collecting, and the institutionalisation of taste.

    Assessment

    First seminar paper (2500 words): 25%
    Second seminar paper (2500 words): 35%
    Essay (4000 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    WLI2000 - Faculty of arts workplace learning internship

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBD

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The internship provides students with the opportunity to integrate theory with practice, and to gain first-hand experience in working in the area of specialty in which they want to pursue after graduation. The work placement is aimed at consolidating and extending what they have learnt from core units and other Degree units, through experiential learning. The unit develops their understanding of the application of academically obtained knowledge and skills in a workplace environment, and facilitates their acquisition of work-based networks for potential employment opportunities. Separate internship programs are drawn up for each student.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. the ability to analyse and undertake a workplace task
    2. enhanced communication skills
    3. the development of skills applicable for working within an organisation
    4. experience in professional ethics (integrating value issues in practice and assessing critically the use of professional knowledge skills and communication).

    Assessment

    Assessment tasks equivalent to 9000 words, including at least 6000 words of written work (5000 words in languages other than English), will be specified in the unit guide. Written work can include research reports, reflective pieces evaluating the internship experience, and other written pieces focused on skills or experience. Where appropriate, assessment of other workplace tasks may be included, drawing on the report provided by the workplace supervisor.

    Prerequisites

    First-year sequence in approved discipline, as per the area of study

    Prohibitions

    Any other WLI unit


    WLI2005 - Faculty of arts workplace learning internship

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBD

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The internship provides students with the opportunity to integrate theory with practice, and to gain first-hand experience in working in the area of specialty in which they want to pursue after graduation. The work placement is aimed at consolidating and extending what they have learnt from core units and other Degree units, through experiential learning. The unit develops their understanding of the application of academically obtained knowledge and skills in a workplace environment, and facilitates their acquisition of work-based networks for potential employment opportunities. Separate internship programs are drawn up for each student.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. the ability to analyse and undertake a workplace task
    2. enhanced communication skills
    3. the development of skills applicable for working within an organisation
    4. gained experience in professional ethics (integrating value issues in practice and assessing critically the use of professional knowledge, skills and communication).

    Assessment

    Assessment tasks equivalent to 4500 words, including at least 3000 words of written work (2500 words in languages other than English), will be specified in the unit guide. Written work can include research reports, reflective pieces evaluating the internship experience, and other written pieces focused on skills or experience. Where appropriate, assessment of other workplace tasks may be included, drawing on the report provided by the workplace supervisor.

    Prerequisites

    First-year sequence in the discipline, as per the area of study

    Prohibitions

    Any other WLI unit


    WLI3000 - Faculty of arts workplace learning internship

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBD

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The internship provides students with the opportunity to integrate theory with practice, and to gain first-hand experience in working in the area of specialty in which they want to pursue after graduation. The work placement is aimed at consolidating and extending what they have learnt from core units and other Degree units, through experiential learning. The unit develops their understanding of the application of academically obtained knowledge and skills in a workplace environment, and facilitates their acquisition of work-based networks for potential employment opportunities. Separate internship programs are drawn up for each student.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. the ability to critically reflect on, comprehensively analyse and undertake a workplace task or tasks
    2. enhancement of communication and interpersonal skills
    3. the development of advanced practice skills for working effectively within an organisation
    4. experience in, and understanding of professional ethics (integrating value issues in practice and assessing critically the use of professional knowledge, skills and communication).

    Assessment

    Assessment tasks equivalent to 9000 words, including at least 6000 words of written work (5000 words in languages other than English), will be specified in the unit guide. Written work can include research reports, reflective pieces evaluating the internship experience, and other written pieces focused on skills or experience. Where appropriate, assessment of other workplace tasks may be included, drawing on the report provided by the workplace supervisor.

    Prerequisites

    First-year sequence in approved discipline, as per the area of study

    Prohibitions

    Any other WLI unit


    WLI3005 - Faculty of arts workplace learning internship

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBD

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The internship provides students with the opportunity to integrate theory with practice, and to gain first-hand experience in working in the area of specialty in which they want to pursue after graduation. The work placement is aimed at consolidating and extending what they have learnt from core units and other Degree units, through experiential learning. The unit develops their understanding of the application of academically obtained knowledge and skills in a workplace environment, and facilitates their acquisition of work-based networks for potential employment opportunities. Separate internship programs are drawn up for each student.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

    1. the ability to critically reflect on, comprehensively analyse and undertake a workplace task or tasks
    2. enhancement of communication and interpersonal skills
    3. the development of advanced practice skills for working effectively within an organisation
    4. having gained experience in, and and understanding of professional ethics (integrating value issues in practice and assessing critically the use of professional knowledge, skills and communication).

    Assessment

    Assessment tasks equivalent to 4500 words, including at least 3000 words of written work (2500 words in languages other than English), will be specified in the unit guide. Written work can include research reports, reflective pieces evaluating the internship experience, and other written pieces focused on skills or experience. Where appropriate, assessment of other workplace tasks may be included, drawing on the report provided by the workplace supervisor.

    Prerequisites

    A first-year sequence in approved discipline, as per the area of study

    Prohibitions

    Any other WLI unit


    WRT2407 - Postcolonial and diasporic literature

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Andrew Ng Hock Soon

    Offered

    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces contemporary debates surrounding the concept of postcolonialism and its attending notions including orientalism, diaspora, hybridity, cosmopolitanism, nationalism and third-world sexuality. This unit is introduced in line with the aim of globalising of the University's curriculum and in making learning relevant to the learners. The objectives, apart from creating an awareness among students with regards to their postcolonial subjectivities, also opens up a critical space with which they can engage, debate, interpret and realign. Through interaction with literature, it is hoped that students will translate what they read to how they experience their subjectivities.

    Objectives

    At the end of the units duration, the students will be able to:
    a. Critically appreciate their postcolonial subjectivities through an involved interaction with literature and contemporary theories of postcolonialism; this will be evidenced from their participation during tutorial sessions.
    b. Understand and critically interrogate vital concepts of subjectivity such as hybridity, diaspora, exile, orientalism and postcolonialism through their engagement with text and theory so as to vitalise their awareness of the contemporary and globalised world within which they live.
    c. Make informed notions of, and debate on the vicissitudes of postcolonialism and its complementary concepts in both their tutorial interactions and their assignments and exams.

    Assessment

    Assignment (2000 words) 45%,

    Examination (2 hours): 45%,

    Tutorial participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1-2 hour lecture and 1-2 hour tutorial per week)




    WRT3421 - Writing techniques

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
    Singapore First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    The unit covers a range of compositional techniques used in such written forms as prose fiction, feature articles, reviewing and travel writing. The weekly topics are organised around exercises designed to develop skills in effective use of creative detail, in conscious crafting of formal elements, and in preparation and editing of copy for publication.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. An understanding of a range of practices and techniques in contemporary writing through reading, analysis and practice;
    2. Refined and extended communication and writing skills across a number of literary and other forms and for a variety of audiences;
    3. Skills in editing, proofing and preparation of copy for publication;
    4. Advanced writing and reading skills as a member of an Internet writing group; and
    5. A dossier of research, ideas for writing and examples of drafts and finished work at the end of the unit.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80% (4500 words)
    Participation: 20%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    COM1010 and COM1020, plus one of ENH2401, ENH2402, ENH2404/3404, ENH2405/3405, ENH2407/3407, COM2407/3407, or equivalent

    Prohibitions

    GSC3421, GSC3425


    WRT3422 - Writing experiments

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Simon Cooper

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Singapore Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores "creative" writing in terms its status as a product of process of experimentation (as distinct from "expression"). Students will explore a range of strategies for experimenting with forms and with themes through weekly exercises, investigations into literary theory, and a focus on the processes of researching, drafting and editing creative texts. The unit emphasises the importance of research (in relation to questions both of "style" and of "content") to the production of effective and experimental writing, and the importance of reflecting on creative work through the critical techniques of exegesis.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will have:

    1. An ability to experiment with a range of writing structures and techniques, and to assess these writing strategies in terms of their effectiveness and creativeness;
    2. Skills in researching and critically reflecting on writing projects, and an appreciation of the importance of the research and exegetical stages in the creative writing processes;
    3. Skills in editing, proofing and preparation of copy for publication; advanced writing and reading skills as a member of an Internet writing group; and
    4. A dossier of research, ideas for writing and examples of drafts and finished work at the end of the unit.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (4500 words)

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    GSC3421 or WRT3421

    Prohibitions

    GSC3427, GSC3422


    WRT4401 - Literary theory

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
    Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit explores some attempts throughout history to define the nature and status of "creative" writing - not just to determine which kinds of writing may count as "creative", let alone as "quality writing", but to examine the very process and conditions of literary production. In this way, the unit explores a range of literary theories, with particular reference to Romanticism, psychoanalysis, postmodernism and poststructuralism, in terms of their potential to shed light on the philosophical and social implications of creative writing practice, where the term "creative writing" is understood in its broadest sense.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. demonstrate literacy in a range of theories of literary production
    2. formulate coherent and relevant accounts of the potential philosophical and social implications of creative writing
    3. explore those theories in the context of traditional disciplines of literary criticism
    4. use those theories to reflect upon and inform their own writing practice
    5. appreciate the significance of "industrial" and "administrative" processes and practices underpinning professional writing practice

    Assessment

    Written work: 85% (8000 words)
    Reading Group: 15%

    Contact hours

    Two hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    First degree in Writing

    [an error occurred while processing this directive]